In the docks at Dekarran, a visiting ship, captained by Eriana Embriktsdottir, is being made ready for a voyage upstream along the Sirrel.
The ship has been commissioned to convey Duke Wallesan and his close advisor, Maralin, back to the city of Joth, after which her captain and crew will undertake an exploratory voyage upstream along the countries of the Great Valley.
What surprises will Eriana and her crew of exiled Norsemen encounter as they travel the mighty Sirrel?
The Norse long ship Visund departs Dekarran for an exploratory trip upstream along the great river Sirrel. The aim is to call at many of the countries which line the rivber banks, most of which took part in the recently concluded war.
Along the way a castaway is discovered. What is then revealed changes the plans of all concerned, and reveals tensions few knew existed.
In the docks at Dekarran, a visiting ship is being made ready for a voyage upstream along the Sirrel...on the dockside above, Captain Eriana Embriktsdottir receives unpleasant news. Although her initial fears are calmed by those in authority, she still has concerns. Meanwhile, her ship must be victualed, crewed and prepared for impending departure.
The
Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
1 - A Disappearance and a Departure
This account begins approximately two bells
after Garia's disappearance on her second visit to Blackstone.
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"What?" Eriana's eyes blazed. "What did
you say?"
The man took a step backwards, fearful of Eriana's renowned temper. Maralin leaned towards him.
"Fear not, my man. She is not angry with you but concerned for she of whom you speak."
The man licked his lips and began again. "Highness, it is true. Princess Garia has... disappeared! On the road to Teldor, their party was attacked by a flight of grakh and their beasts scattered. Her Highness's frayen went down the bank into the ditch but when others sought for her, only her frayen could be found. There was no sign of Her Highness at all."
Eriana spun in Maralin's direction. "How is this possible? Could such a beast have carried her off? Grakh are big but I did not think they were that big."
Maralin shook his head. "Highness, I do not think that any grakh carried away Her Highness. I believe... that there may be other explanations, better discussed in private, perhaps."
Eriana took the point immediately and relaxed slightly. She turned to the messenger.
"You have done well to bring us this news so promptly. Do you know if we are required to return to the castle at once? This news is grave but I deem others will be more concerned at Garia's disappearance than I."
"Your Highness, I have just come from the castle. His Grace thought you ought to know what had happened as soon as possible. I do not believe that he is expecting you to return there immediately." He glanced at Maralin and coughed. "Ah, I mean His Grace Duke Gilbanar that is, not Duke Wallesan."
Eriana gave a brief nod and turned to one of her men standing nearby. "Tor, if you can find a coin for this man. He has served Gilbanar well."
As the messenger retreated Eriana stalked across the dock to stand beside Maralin. She looked shocked.
"This is disturbing news, and so soon after their wedding! What has happened to her? I doubt not that Keren will be as one bereaved. What will happen now, do you think? Is this mayhap some trick of Yod's, to cause confusion and dismay?"
Maralin tried hard to keep a poker face. "Highness, I know nothing and guess little, but I do not believe that those of Yod are behind this. As I said, better to speak of this in private."
"As you wish, Tenant." Unsettled, she changed the subject, gesturing at the moored craft in front of them. "We were speaking of the changes to my ship. What say you? I find these additions to be strange, despite the advice of those who build ships in these waters."
Maralin shrugged. "Highness, I am no expert on any kind of ship design, either that of Alaesia or that of Earth. However, I have heard tales of what happens when the rains come to the Great Valley and my belief is that without the new decking and the awnings, your ship would be in difficulty almost immediately."
"So I am told, but surely this is just a little rain! The ships of Einnland are built to weather storms at sea." She paused. "Most storms at sea. None may say that one day a greater storm might seek to overwhelm you. But I understood this to be simply a season of rain rather than the storms we are accustomed to further south."
"Highness, I am reliably informed that when the rains come, it will rain heavily for between seven and ten weeks. Continuously. Every single day. The Visund would fill up within a bell. That is why the decking and awning will be required."
Eriana grimaced. "I was aware that the weather in other lands is different than we might expect in Einnland, naturally, but... so much? How do these people manage?"
"With great difficulty, so I am told, Highness. That is why the fields have such huge ditches either side and why many houses are built on piles or on raised ground. The Sirrel increases greatly in size and floods most of the surrounding land where it can. However, the locals are all accustomed to the extra water and adjust their living arrangements accordingly. Many simply retreat to upper floors until the worst is over or stay with relatives who live in higher properties. I am told that Joth itself becomes a city with canals replacing its streets and rowboats replacing carriages."
Eriana shook her head. "I have been told this before but it is still hard to believe. What of travel? Would any brave the Sirrel, do you think?"
"I doubt it greatly, Highness. If the river is so swollen, you might not know whether you were on the river or sailing over farmland and I imagine the current would be fierce. Besides, if it is raining that hard you would not be able to see your way."
"Then let us hope we are near a friendly town when this deluge begins, I deem. Come, let us inspect what the craftsmen of Dekarran have done to my ship."
The two walked across the dock to stand beside the Visund, which was moored alongside. The Einnland longboat was long, flat and broad, but not very high compared to most ships which used Dekarran and so it presently lay well below the level of the dockside. They looked down at the activity on the deck. Nearly everyone who was working below them stopped as they appeared but Eriana waved at them to continue, this was not in the way of an official visit and she wanted to get the work done as soon as possible.
Spending so much time on land had made her anxious, she wanted to get the boards of a ship under way beneath her feet as quickly as she could.
At each end the Visund had been decked over for about three to three and a half strides, the decking being flush or just slightly higher than the sides. Since the hull narrowed to a point at each end, the decks thus formed were roughly triangular. A single square post, mounted on the keel, supported the center of each deck but for the rest it relied on its own strength. These posts had a U-shaped notch cut in the top, a stride above the level of the new deck, that were designed to support the mast whenever it was dismounted.
"That wood looks too thin to me," Eriana remarked. "I may stand on it but many of my men are much heavier than I."
"Highness," one of the craftsmen working on the decking replied, "you need not fear these planks, they will take the weight of any of your men. We have used a tough-grained wood which allows us to make the decking lighter and more flexible. Like all craft, we know that a ship must flex as it travels through the water else it shatters."
"Thank you, my man. Your name?"
"I am Firn son of Terren, Your Highness," he replied with a bow, "Master Shipwright and charge-hand for the work on your ship. Most call me Firn Blackbeard for obvious reasons."
"Master Firn, you must excuse me, I doubt not that you know your job, but this is my ship and I am naturally concerned when such big changes are made. In Einnland we have a different style of shipbuilding, as you have discovered. The hull may behave differently than that of the ships I see around me here. For example, this decking must add weight to each end of the ship, thus putting unexpected strain on the keel."
"Ah, I understand your concern, Highness. Let me put your mind at ease, I have conversed at length with Tor son of Magnus about the way your people build their ships and I am impressed with how good the design is. I would not hammer in a single nail without speaking to him first. If you would look along the outside edge of the sides, you will see that we have stretched a cable around the ship at the top and this will counteract any sagging of the bow or stern due to the extra weight while still allowing the ship to twist with the seas."
Eriana looked and spotted the cable, stapled at the top of the sides and carefully painted to match the rest of the woodwork.
"This is a new idea?"
"Highness, it may be considered a repair technique but it is one we have used and tested for many years. You need not worry that it would snap under strain."
"I must take your word for it, Firn Blackbeard. Thank you for your time."
The man bowed and returned to the task he was doing previously, while Eriana and Maralin strolled toward the stern of the ship. Tor Magnusson joined them as they walked.
"These men use different tools and materials than we do," Eriana said to him. "Has this caused us any problem so far?"
"Highness, it has not! These men respect the way our craft is made and tell me there are some ideas here that they could use on a similar ship. Of course, everyone here has many tools of iron and steel and the work progresses rapidly. The availability of materials is a pleasure, too, Highness. Why, I do not even have to make my own nails but instead I can go and buy a whole bucketful from the shop up there! The time and effort saved cannot be ignored."
"Buy nails? They produce so many, then?" Eriana realized what she was saying. "Of course they do, in such an important port." She considered. "When will it be finished?"
"The ship, Highness, by tomorrow at the latest. For the stores I could not say. Ragnar would be the best to ask."
"As you say. Thank you, Tor."
The man nodded and walked off. Maralin turned to Eriana.
"Still thinking about leaving day after tomorrow, Highness?"
"Hmm? Aye, Tenant, unless we are required to search for Garia."
"I do not think that will be necessary," Maralin replied quietly.
Eriana turned her head and looked carefully at Maralin as they walked but he maintained his impassive expression.
"You know more of this than you say," she stated.
"Later, Highness."
Eriana scowled. "As you wish, Tenant. I hate mysteries."
If you hate mysteries, you'll be chewing on this one a long time, Maralin thought. This is one secret I am oath-bound to keep.
Oh, no! She could become unbearable during the voyage back to Joth... I think I need to speak with the King.
Looking at the new stern decking, Eriana mused, "There is one advantage, I deem. As steersman I would stand higher and my footing would be better."
"Oh, right. I forgot you don't have a rudder on these ships, I should have remembered. You use a steering oar instead, is that right?"
"Aye, that is so." Her eyes narrowed. "You remembered, you say? Yet you have never been to Einnland."
"Of course not, Highness. What I meant was that I remembered how Viking ships were shown on Earth. In a thousand years the design has hardly changed at all."
"As you say, Tenant. Do my people on Earth still use such ships, then?"
"I regret they have moved on to much bigger ships of steel, Highness, like everybody else. There are one or two like this one floating around but they are usually projects by historians to discover how those ships worked."
"Historians? Aye. I understand." Eriana spotted something and called down. "Ragnar, are those barrels food or something else? You know we will have little room for luxuries and no need for trade goods."
Ragnar called back, "These are good salted fish, Highness. They are the same as they serve in that great big castle up there so they should taste good enough. I like the barrels these locals use, though. They are easy to open and re-seal."
Eriana nodded approval. "Good. Has all the food arrived?"
"Some fresh goods are to arrive early before we sail, Highness, but everything else is already down here or up on the dock. Was there anything you especially desired, Highness? I could ask at the castle or enquire in the marketplace if you do."
"Hah! I have eaten both rich fare and poor recently, Ragnar. I will be content with whatever the men are eating, as you well know."
"And of the Duke, Highness? I do not know if you have made provision for his needs."
Eriana turned to Maralin. "What manner of food does His Grace eat, Maralin?"
"He will eat as the King does or as his men do, Highness. You must remember we have recently been at war. He is no stranger to a hastily taken meal at camp." Maralin paused. "You do remember that we will be spending most of our nights ashore along the river, Highness? It is not the custom in the Great Valley, so I am told, to venture on the Sirrel at night." Maralin shrugged. "As for any meals taken on the river, doubtless he will eat what is available, as will we all."
"As you wish, Maralin." Eriana called down to Ragnar, "Nothing special for the Duke, I deem."
"If I may carry on, Highness."
"Aye." Eriana gave Ragnar a negligent wave and turned to Maralin. "I find a pressing need to return to the castle, Tenant." Her eyes bored into his. "I need to know what has happened to Garia."
* * *
When Eriana entered Dekarran's main hall Terys immediately made directly for her, leaving the two noblewomen she had been conversing with shaking their heads with amusement.
"Eriana, dear, have your heard the news?"
"Aye, Ma'am, I have. Is it yet known what happened? What does the King intend to do? What of Keren? Is he returning here?"
Terys tucked her arm into that of Eriana's and steered her back towards the noblewomen.
"So many questions, dear, and we have as yet no answers! If I may introduce you to..."
Maralin heard no more as he hurried to join Wallesan. He gave a salute but lost no time with his question.
"Your Grace. It is true, then? She is gone?"
"Aye, Maralin, it is true. At least we know she is not taken by any foe."
"As you say, Your Grace." He lowered his voice. "If I may, I believe that Eriana will not rest until she learns the truth - which we are forbidden to give her. She already suspects that I know more than I have told her. It could make our journey difficult. That ship of hers is big but there will be no privacy. It will not be easy to deflect her."
Wallesan's gaze studied Eriana casually but with care. "You have an answer?"
"Tell her the truth, Your Grace - but not all of it. I'm sure that much would be expected of us." ...by the Beings who spirited Garia away. "I'm sure the King would agree."
"You have spent more time with Eriana than I," Wallesan muttered. "You know her temper, I deem. Aye, let us ask Robanar."
The King was at the back of the hall, talking in low voices with his brother Gilbanar and their respective guard captains. Robanar looked up as Wallesan and Maralin approached. Knowing glances were exchanged.
"You have heard the news, Tenant," Robanar asked.
"Aye, Sire. A sad blow and a torment for His Highness, so soon after their happy day."
"As you say. Is there something I can do for you or His Grace? As you can see we are planning a search of the area to look for her."
"A private matter, Sire. To do with our voyage. It will only take a moment of your time."
"As you wish. Gil, Jokar, Merek, if you would excuse us."
The two captains saluted and followed Gilbanar to continue making their plans in another corner of the hall. Robanar turned to Maralin.
"What has happened now?"
"Eriana, Sire. She suspects that we know more than we say. His Grace and I will be stuck on her ship for some days and she may become unbearable. Sire, my advice would be to tell her part of it without telling her everything. It could be done in such a way that our oaths would not be broken."
Robanar grunted. "Eriana, always Eriana." He grinned suddenly. "Whenever it was not Garia, I deem! Since those two came to Palarand we have hardly known what was happening from one day to another. Still, Eriana is a different prospect now and I will think carefully on your suggestion, Maralin. What say you, brother?"
Wallesan replied, "I agree, Robanar. I believe she already knows that... others... brought Garia and Maralin here so the fact that they may have taken Garia away again would not be so surprising. We don't have to admit to any further knowledge of the... others... at all."
"She knows that Garia was brought here, aye, she learned that soon after Garia returned from the north. We may feign ignorance of the rest." He nodded. "Good. Tenant, if you would fetch Her Highness, this would probably be the best time to set her mind at ease."
As Maralin walked off across the hall Wallesan asked, "Are you sure of this, brother? You have had no time to consider our story."
Robanar waved a hand. "It is simple enough, Wallesan. You will see."
Maralin brought Eriana back across the hall alongside Terys, who was curious to see what her husband intended.
"Sire?"
"Eriana, Garia's departure has unsettled you among many in this hall and indeed will unsettle many in the entire Kingdom. Let me give answer to you."
Instead of continuing, Robanar signed to Kendar, who banged his staff against one of the entrance doors since the carpet prevented him using the floor. Gilbanar winced as everybody turned to the chamberlain.
"His Majesty desires to make an announcement!"
All eyes turned to Robanar and the room became completely quiet.
"Most of you will by now have heard of the incident concerning Princess Garia," he began. "I can tell you now that her disappearance, while surprising us all, was not completely unexpected."
There was a murmur in the hall, now.
Robanar continued, "As you all know, Garia came to us last summer, brought to us from somewhere else entirely by beings of whom we know almost nothing. Those beings brought her here to Anmar in order to stimulate our development and in that they have been very successful. At the time she arrived I acknowledged that she served those of a higher status than any in the Great Valley and that if she desired to leave then none in Palarand would prevent her." A grimace. "At that time, of course, we did not know that she would ensnare the heart of my son and your Prince, an unexpected complication indeed!
"She has spoken to me privately and told me that she believed that those beings might desire to... borrow her, perhaps, for a time and it seems that is exactly what they may have done. Just as Keren undertook a mission for me during the winter to gain allies for a war against those of Yod, and just as Eriana undertook a mission for Palarand against the fortress of Boldan's Rock, so I believe that Garia has departed to undertake a mission for those who brought her here.
"It is my firm belief that Princess Garia will return in time to be reunited with her husband and her people. Since we have no knowledge of what task awaits her and where that task might take place, we have no idea when she might return. Therefore, I will ask you all to await her reappearance as patiently as your King must. I can take no view on how long it must be before she returns to us, but as your King I must ensure the safety and continuation of the royal line. If she has not, therefore, returned by the last day of this year then I must consider, together with the Queen and my heir the Prince, if some other decision must needs be made."
Robanar turned to the chamberlain. "Kendar, I will have a short statement made to be distributed to our towns and villages." He remembered something. "Ahem! We may use the new semaphore system to send the statement, I deem. See me later, if you would."
Eriana's eyes were round but she kept quiet until she was certain that Robanar had finished speaking.
"Sire, do you know where she has gone?"
The King shook his head. "All I know is what you know, my dear. My belief is that she is no longer on Anmar."
"These beings -" She stopped short and then curtseyed. "As you say, Sire. I apologize if I have said or done anything to upset anyone. I was naturally concerned for Garia's safety."
"As are we all, my dear. Are you satisfied?"
Eriana considered. "Enough, Sire. I had not considered those who brought her here at all. I thought mayhap she had been carried away by a grakh." She looked at Robanar. "Is that possible? I did not believe those creatures could grow so big as to take a man or woman."
Gilbanar had by now rejoined his brother. "Aye, Highness, some of the largest have been known to take men from the King's Tower above us. I do not think that those that attacked the procession of Their Highnesses were of that kind, though it will take time before we have all the details before us."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
Robanar sought to distract Eriana. "What of your ship, the Visund? Does the work go well?"
"Aye, Sire, we will be ready to depart the day after tomorrow, by your leave. If I may ask His Grace if his party will be ready."
Wallesan nodded. "Highness, we brought little with us thus there is little to pack. We will be ready when our presence is needed. At what time will you sail, do you think?"
"My men have been consulting in the port and they tell me that low tide is just after the second bell, Your Grace. It seems strange to me that we should leave shortly after a low tide but it will be necessary in order to obtain a current which runs up the river Sirrel." Eriana shook her head. "In Einnland we launch our ships from the beach or from small coves. The mechanics of this great river are strange to me and fascinating."
Gilbanar nodded. "Aye, Highness, our circumstances take some time to adjust to. With the Palar flowing out into the Sirrel, a departing ship must needs choose exactly the right moment to take advantage of the various tides and currents and that depends which direction it is bound. You are taking the pilot I suggested?"
"Aye, Your Grace, he seems a competent man. Again, we have little need for such guides where the Visund came from."
"Tell me," Robanar asked, "have you thought at all about the suggestion which Garia made before she departed? That of founding a... Navy, I believe the word was?"
"Aye, Sire, though I would learn more before I pledge myself to such a task. With Garia departed... somewhere, it seems I must needs consult Maralin for further details."
Maralin bowed. "I can give you further details, Highness, but I would also add the caution which Garia gives with all her knowledge. My knowledge is of the way things are done on Earth and the circumstances here are very different. The organization might be very similar, in the way that the armies here are similar to those of Earth, but the problems a navy will face here will be completely different and you - we - must solve them in our own way, the way of Anmar."
Robanar pointed a finger. "We must learn more before you depart, then. A concern of mine is the great amount of coin that this navy will cost us. With the possible exception of the Visund, ships do not just appear from the open sea when we desire them, somebody has to build them and equip them and that costs coin from our treasuries."
"Aye," Wallesan agreed. "Let us meet while such of us who remain are still gathered here. If we are to be a federation, then that federation must needs be able to defend itself and not all our foes will be so considerate as to arrive by land."
"Well said, Wallesan. We will gather after lunch, then."
* * *
"So many men? I thought most would serve on these ships you describe."
"Sire," Maralin replied, "Those ships and the men who serve on them will require a lot of support and administration from land-based personnel. Both men and ships need supplies which have to be ordered, made, delivered and stored at shore bases where the ships can get at them. The ships themselves will require regular maintenance and any repairs after action. The men will need support in terms of training, uniforms and other equipment, food, shore leave -" Maralin had to explain this term, "- and possibly retirement benefits if they serve long enough or are injured while serving."
Robanar nodded. "So much I can understand, it seems little different than the organization of our armies."
"The thing you have to remember, Sire, is that this will be a standing commitment instead of the small core and levies that you are used to here in the Great Valley. In addition to what I mentioned above there will also be levels of administrators and auditors to make sure that the federation's money is not wasted. Not all of those people would be actually in the navy but would be civilians who work for the navy. Then you have the top level, which would be like your Marshals, I guess, a level of very senior naval officers who actually do the bidding of whatever government directs them."
Robanar grunted. "I wonder if this Navy is needed at all. We have managed so long without anything such as you describe."
"Sire, I believe that in time you will. As the federation grows then it will come into contact with other lands and peoples who might be more warlike than yourselves. Just as Palarand keeps stocks of weapons and maintains the knowledge to make more when neighbors become difficult then the federation must do the same, and the border of the federation will probably include a very long coastline by the time you are finished."
Wallesan leaned back in his chair. "Rob, you know it makes sense. With great respect to Her Highness, her own people are more warlike than anyone along the Sirrel, at least the parts we are familiar with. What happens when we send out trading expeditions and meet someone with a steel hull and guns? Princess Garia tells us the world is so large, we have no knowledge of what developments may have happened the other side of Anmar."
"True." Robanar frowned as he recognized that the creation of a navy was inevitable given what was happening in the Great Valley. He turned to Eriana. "What say you, my dear?"
"Sire, I believe His Grace is right. Although I have little idea how the navy which Maralin proposes will function I can tell you from my own experience that creating such an organization will be necessary given the coastline your countries already have. I have spoken recently with Prince Jarith -" she nodded to the Prince, seated further along the table "- and learned that the coast of Vardenale may be more than twice as long as that of Palarand and Plif combined. Though those islands and nations they trade with are peaceful enough now, that may not always be so."
"Surely, then it is a matter for Vardenale how their country is protected, as it is now?"
"Aye, Sire, but once it becomes part of a federation we will all become responsible." She flushed slightly. "Until the situation in the land of my birth is satisfied the lands beyond the Palumaks to the south must also be considered a danger, if only a minor one. Einnland ships could not withstand the guns of the federation, it is true, but there may in time be others."
"As you say."
"Sire..." she continued slowly, "I have also been talking with others from distant lands who have made their homes in Palarand. There is a small Kittrin community in Dekarran and I have spoken to two who come from the Six Cities."
"Ah?"
"Aye, Sire. As the federation expands, I doubt not that in time we will have closer contact with those living on the farther coast, distant enough though that seems to us today. Both the Kittrins and those of the Six Cities must needs defend themselves from pirates and raiders, some of which do not appear to come from the shores of Alaesia but from some other, more distant land."
Wallesan flipped a hand. "Surely, Highness, such concerns can be left for a later date, when the federation is stronger and more able to explore such distant regions."
"Not so, Your Grace. Though many of the central and western lands of Alaesia correspond with those in the Great Valley and each other, there are unexplored lands to the far north and south. It is possible that some passage exists which would provide ships with a short route between both oceans."
Bardanar raised a finger. "Point, Robanar. Until we can get Alaesia completely mapped we may not be able to understand what threats we may face. To map the coast of Alaesia, I deem, much of the work must needs be done by ships of exploration."
Robanar nodded. "And what you imply is that such ships would be a part of this navy. Very well, the point is agreed. If I might propose formally that a Navy Department be established, that detailed planning for such a service may begin."
"Agreed."
"Agreed."
"Aye," Jarith responded, "Vardenale will agree to that, I deem, but where would it be based? I may not offer a home in my father's lands until we know more about what will be needed."
"For now," Robanar replied, "it can be based here, I deem. It will only require a few offices and there are plenty of those in Dekarran! I am sure my brother can find an odd chamber or two in this great pile. Once we have made more detailed plans then we can decide which ports will be used for the ships and so on."
Jarith nodded. "As you say, Sire. I will ask Father to send a small party to assist with the organization, since it seems likely that the navy of the federation will have much to do with Vardenale whether we host it or not."
"Good." Robanar leaned back. "I will have a document drafted and printed, that you might each take a copy with you when you return home."
Chorvath raised his eyebrows. "So quick, brother? Have you so many scribes available, then, for such a task?"
Robanar grinned. "I need scribes no longer, Chorvath, since their only purpose will be to record my words and convey them to the nearest printing workshop. Provided I do not dissemble, the document will be printed and in your hands by breakfast tomorrow morning."
~o~O~o~
The following morning, Eriana went again to the dockside area. This time she was accompanied by two female palace guards, all attired in their day uniforms with swords. Eriana hadn't bothered with her rank sash on this excursion, thinking it would only cause trouble where they were going.
The older of the two guardswomen, Bennet, stopped uncertainly at the junction of one of the access roads and a narrower lane which paralleled the dockside.
"Highness, it has been many years since I last came this way, and I was barely eleven years old... I believe that we must turn this way."
"As you wish. Your family is from Dekarran, I heard?"
"Aye, my father's father worked in one of the shipwright's shops below, but my father desired to serve His Majesty directly so we moved to the palace when I was that age. Ah! There it is, the White Safkh."
She pointed to a sign over an inn doorway, which showed an improbable-looking sea monster under the name.
Eriana snorted. "There is no such beast! The hide of a safkh is either a dark blue or a lighter gray, from my experience. True, their bellies are a paler shade but I know of none that could be called white."
The younger guardswoman's eyes were round. "You have seen such a monster, Highness?"
"Aye, Semma, several times. Once the men caught one at sea, it took five ships and many harpoons to subdue the beast. Very occasionally, others are washed up on the shore for us to scavenge."
"Scavenge? Surely, Highness, you just wanted the meat?"
"Not just the meat, from so large a beast, Bennet. The fat we render into lamp-oil, the bones become tools and fish hooks and the hide makes excellent leather. You shall see safkh leather when we sail, since most of the men have boots made from it, as do I." She added, "Oh, and for our own safety in this place, do not name me Highness, if you would. Captain will be sufficient today, I deem."
"As you command... uh, Captain."
As they spoke they reached the door and entered. They were in a kind of vestibule, with stairs to their left, a doorway ahead and another to the right from which the smell of food, ale and unwashed bodies emanated.
A small man came from the doorway in front of them. He took one look at their attire and bowed uncertainly.
"If I may help... uh, Mistress?"
"My good man, Captain will be title enough today. I was instructed to come here, where I would find four men who wished to sail with me."
He nodded. "Ah yes. They arrived earlier and sought a small room for your discussions. I believe they are presently in the public chamber quenching their thirst."
Eriana rolled her eyes. "Aye, that sounds like them. Your thanks, Goodman."
Inside the bar it was dark, but not so dark that Eriana could see the room was half filled with men drinking, even though it was mid-morning. At sight of the three women, there were catcalls and whistles, but the uniforms and the swords, especially Eriana's broadsword across her back, prevented any overt action. She cast around.
"I seek four here who sailed with Torulf."
They were sitting at a table in the corner of the tavern and stood when she spoke.
"We are here -"
She held up a hand. «Do not use my title here, it will cause trouble we could do without. Today I am just a captain looking for crew.»
The nearest man bowed. «Of course... Captain. We have arranged a small room for our meeting, if you would follow me.»
She gestured. «Lead the way, then.»
Once inside the room, Eriana chose a chair around the small table and sat. The four men followed, casting appraising glances at the guardswomen, who remained standing behind the Princess.
She gestured at the first man. «You! What makes you think you are good enough to join my crew?»
The Einnlander bristled at Eriana but kept his temper. She might no longer be a Princess of his country but she owned the ship and she was the captain he wanted to serve under.
«Highness, you know me. I am at least as good as any man who came with you and though I have not sailed aboard the Visund, I have sailed sister ships made by the same wrights. I will not return with Torulf» - he omitted the title - «and I have little love for your father either. I would stay in Palarand and make my way among people who respect my abilities - and who do not want to run me through with a sword for looking at them the wrong way.»
Eriana appraised the man. He was well built and could certainly pull an oar. She remembered that he had fought reasonably well at the summer contests and seemed to have a cool head.
«Very well, Halsten. What of you, Haakan? Are you of the same mind?»
Haakan nodded. «I am, Highness. If I had known that you were leaving when you did, I would have joined your crew then. Like Halsten, I have no love for Einnland nor its King. Coming to these lands only proves what a poor and miserable place it is.» He straightened. «Even if you do not take me, I do not intend to return to Einnland with the Prince, Highness. I will stay here and find my way among these people.»
«Hmm. Since I left my father's lands for many of the same reasons, I cannot condemn either of you for your preferences. In the Great Valley, I must remind you, oaths are important and you will be expected to follow my orders as you would those of any captain.»
Haakan bowed his head briefly. «Highness, this is common sense. You will not find dissent from me.»
«Another matter. Since it is through the Great Valley we shall be sailing, and since we will have local people aboard, I desire that all should speak the local tongue. If you are to remain in Palarand, then it would be as well for you to become proficient in the tongue of your new country.»
«Highness, I understand this.» Haakan coughed. "Ah, Highness, your pardon. I have learned to speak as these people do but I would improve my speech whenever I can."
Eriana turned her attention to the other two Einnlanders. These would present a different problem.
"Both of you would sail with me, yet you still desire to return to Einnland with Torulf, if that is possible."
The third man briefly dipped his head. "Highness..." He frowned, then switched languages. «Ah, Highness, I lack the words to explain in the tongue of these people. That will no doubt change if I remain here long enough. You know I am Olof Ingolf's son and you know what my father does for your father, our King.»
Eriana grimaced. «He may still - just - be my father, but he is no longer my King. I know what Ingolf does. Continue.»
«Einnland has desperate need of information about these lands, Highness. You yourself told us that when you departed you had no idea where you were going or what you were coming to. I thought to join you, to learn what I could so that those at home should find it easier in future, should they choose to sail north again.»
«I cannot fault your logic, Olof Ingolf's son. Will you swear to me while you are among my crew? On such a journey a man may not have two masters. I would release you, and you, Torvald Stine's son, when we again reach the shores of Palarand.» She shrugged. «Of course, I have no idea how long our journey will be and I do not know if we will be back before my brother sails for... his homeland. I am not expecting any problems, especially now that their war is finished, but every voyage sets forth into the unknown. Will you both agree?»
Both men dipped their heads.
"Of course, Highness."
"Highness, I would expect nothing else."
She spoke to all four men. "If I take you I must warn you, this voyage will be very different than any you may have made before. We are traveling up this great river, so the journey will be nothing like roaming the open seas. All the countries we will be passing through will be friendly, so there will be no pillaging. All who sail with me will be paid a daily rate for the voyage, not a share of the proceeds as is usual. None of you have trained the way my own men have since we arrived in Palarand, so you will be expected to learn as we go about our journey. The Visund, too, has been modified to take account of local weather conditions."
Olof cleared his throat. "Highness, I understand this. I spoke with Ragnar Grim's son before I dared approach you."
The others nodded. They had already discussed the voyage with other crew members and knew what to expect.
Eriana made a small smile. "Then your requests are granted, Halsten son of Lindorm, Haakan Eirik's son, Olof Ingolf's son and Torvald Stine's son. You may join my crew. I would give you all this warning, though."
"Highness?"
"These two women sail with me as companions. Both of them can probably wield a sword better than you can. They are of the Palace Guard and are not servants or playmates, so leave them alone. We'll also have noble passengers, since we are to return Duke Wallesan of Joth and his small party to their homeland. Be sure you mind your manners aboard ship."
Halsten bowed. "You are the Captain, Highness, you make the rules. You shall not find us wanting."
"Good. We sail about the second bell tomorrow -"
Olof interrupted. "The second bell, Highness? I am still confused by the way they measure times here."
"Aye, we have all found it strange, but they are slowly changing to something resembling our own hours. About ten of the morning, then. Bring all your gear before then."
* * *
Later, back in the castle, Eriana held a less agreeable meeting.
"Are you expecting trouble then, Lord Kalmenar?"
The diplomat returned Eriana's gaze steadfastly. "I am not, Highness, but you must needs recall that we were at war with Yod but a few weeks ago. Apart from Yod itself there are troops from many other countries camped in lands either side. His Majesty considers that a seasoned hand who knows the countries along the Sirrel would be better able to manage any... problems... you may encounter along the way."
She stared at the little man for a long moment before nodding.
"Aye, mayhap you are right, My Lord. I do not know these people, not really. I have not been here long enough and, after all, one of the reasons for the voyage is for us to learn about the peoples of the Sirrel. Einnland has no real neighbors and also," she gave a hard smile, "I am noted for my temper, though it is not what it was when I first came to Palarand. I am perhaps not the best person to quell an argument."
Kalmenar was diplomatic. "As you say, Highness. It was for this reason that I was chosen by the King." He paused. "Um, Highness, if your temper is such, should you not consider contracting a captain who knows the river and may better control your crew? Forgive me, I do not intend to suggest that -"
Eriana's eyes flared. "You had better not, My Lord! No, almost all those who sail with me are sworn to me, they have followed me into exile from the lands of our birth. We have together conquered Boldan's Rock, I would remind you, so we are also bound by the bonds of battle. They trust me completely and I repay that trust. I would say again that I am not the person who arrived in Palarand, the spoilt child of a difficult father. I believe that I am a better person now, having taken instruction from Princess Garia concerning the calming of my mind."
"My apologies, Highness. It seems that, though I may know the countries of the Sirrel, I do not know enough about you. I trust that will be remedied as we continue our journey."
"Aye, well, only time will tell. Are you prepared for the voyage?"
"I am, Highness. Your man Tor son of Magnus has explained what I should take and what I may not. I will be ready to leave tomorrow morning as requested."
Eriana made a brief nod of acknowledgement. "Good. Now, if you will excuse me, I have another meeting before the evening meal. My remaining time in Dekarran is short and I must make the best of it."
Kalmenar bowed. "Of course, Highness. Until tomorrow, then."
Eriana waited until the door had closed before sinking into her chair with a sigh. Kalmenar had been one of the few people she had disliked on sight - much like Vilken, in fact, though the little diplomat presumably wouldn't resort to sticking a knife into people. Kalmenar could prove to be the more dangerous because of that, since his job meant that he would have a good way with words.
"Highness?"
Eriana waved a dismissive hand. "Nothing, Marisa," she said to her maid. "I do not like that man and I will be stuck with him for weeks."
"I do not know of him, Highness, since he is a Dekarran man," the maid commented. "If you desire, I could enquire below stairs for any word about him."
Eriana found it odd that her personal staff would actually volunteer to find out things for her. Her previous maids would never have considered using their own initiative, but then the situation was different here.
"Aye," she replied after a thought. "If you would. There is little time left but we may discover something to our advantage." She smiled at the maid, something else that was new to her. "Thank you, Marisa. I appreciate your help."
"As you say, Highness. Now, will you change now for the evening meal, or wait until after you have spoken to Prince Jarith?"
The Princess thought. "Let's go and see Jarith first, I deem. That way, if the conversation becomes too long I can excuse myself to return here and change."
Marisa smiled. "As you say, Highness."
~o~O~o~
Eriana caused a stir when she arrived for breakfast on the morning of departure. That was because she was dressed ready for the voyage, and that in turn meant that she caused a bigger stir than Garia had once done by turning up in riding gear. She wore a short-sleeved tunic under a sleeveless leather jerkin, but the item that made everyone gasp was her well-worn - but clean - canvas trousers tucked into ankle boots made from safkh leather.
"What?"
Terys bustled over to her, surprise evident on her face. "Dear, your attire is unusual for such a meal as this."
"What, this? Oh - you mean the trousers! Ma'am, I beg your pardon. It never occurred to me. In Einnland, especially in winter, such clothing is not unusual for any to wear." Eriana looked towards the door uncertainly then turned back to the Queen. "Ma'am, it is too late for me to change, then change back. If I may be permitted to break my fast as I am, just this once?"
"Eriana, dear, this is not my household, we are but guests here just as you and the others are. Gilbanar is the one you must satisfy but if I know him he will only be amused." Terys beckoned with a finger and Eriana bent so that the Queen's words would be unheard by others in the hall. "You should know that sailors upon the Sirrel, which does not have the same fury as the wider sea, customarily wear tights as the men on land do, dear. When the summer arrives they may even go bare-legged. You might find those trousers too warm after a day or two."
"I did not know that, Ma'am." She smiled. "Already I am learning things about these lands I did not know. I will take your advice concerning such matters although," the smile widened into a grin, "all the men are also wearing trousers. If I suggest that they unpack and remove them all from their bags there will be chaos, and we sail in three bells."
"As you say, dear." Terys twinkled. "In that case, perhaps it would be better to say nothing and let them discover for themselves the truth."
"When we traveled to Boldan's Rock," Eriana reflected, "the men wore their trousers but, of course, it was much colder then." She nodded. "I will do as you say, Ma'am, and let them decide their own attire as we progress along the river."
Robanar and Gilbanar appeared talking to Bardanar, so everybody paid their respects. When Gilbanar spotted Eriana he grinned and came to join them.
"Is that what the well-clothed Einnlander wears for a voyage, Highness?"
"It is, Your Grace, but it seems that I ought not to have worn trousers to breakfast. I have lowered the tone of your table, and in front of the King."
Gilbanar waved a dismissive hand. "Pah! You are about to climb on a ship and vanish up-river, girl. If your departure was this afternoon, I might object but not now. Be welcome at our table this morning as you are. I'm sure that my brother won't even notice."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
Robanar joined them. "All is ready, Eriana?"
"I certainly hope so, Sire. I find that I am anxious to feel a moving deck 'neath my feet, though I know that those of Palarand might find that strange."
"I understand, my dear. Some, like Garia and Merizel, feel the same when they are not riding. It is what you have become used to, I deem."
Wallesan and Maralin appeared then, causing a fresh round of bowing and curtseying. Everybody moved towards the tables.
"Today, my dear," Robanar said to Eriana, "you shall sit facing the Queen and Wallesan shall face me. You are both departing and it is fit that you should have that honor."
Maralin ended up the other side of Eriana as the breakfast began.
"Highness, I imagine that most at this table have never traveled aboard a ship before, except maybe the ferries," he said. "I trust that you will put up with our clumsiness."
"It should not be a problem, Tenant. Though most in Einnland are familiar with sea travel yet there are some who have made few such journeys. We are used to landsmen on our ships." She turned to Robanar to add, "I regret, Sire, that oft times the landsmen would be slaves, captives taken during raids upon remote towns. I do not intend to make such raids upon the towns of the Valley."
Gilbanar spluttered into his drink. "I should hope not, Highness! We have barely finished one war, I beg you not to start another."
Terys smiled at the Duke. "I think Eriana makes a joke, Gil. Since she has been in Palarand we have discovered she has a sense of humor, though sometimes it can be hard to tell."
"Your Grace," Eriana explained, "since coming to Palarand I have found much to help me relax, and that in turn has permitted my humor to grow. The court of my father -" She stopped and shook her head. "That is in the past, I deem. I am much happier now than I was before, and I shall be happy once more when I return to these shores."
"Well said, Your Highness," Gilbanar responded. "You know you will always be welcome to stay in Dekarran in the future, indeed, your presence here as the Federation Navy takes shape will be essential."
"Your Grace, I shall think about the navy as we travel but it is not at the front of my thoughts today. Today I shall be doing something no Einnlander has ever done, and that is to travel many marks up a river larger than any we have known before."
Wallesan said, "Highness, you went to Boldan's Rock. Did you not see the river then?"
"Aye, Your Grace, but that was from the other side, from beyond the mountains. We came back as you know, along the trade route, using the ferries, but I desire to explore the twists and turns of this mighty waterway by ship. That is an entirely different adventure, I deem."
"As you say."
The breakfast ended and farewells were made and returned. Everyone moved out into the courtyard to climb into the carriages which would take them all down to the quays for the last time. Their route led out of the North Gate and down the ramp to join the highway towards Teldor; once at the main route they doubled back until nearly at the town of Dekarran, many strides below the castle which watched over them. The carriages then turned down a side street to reach some of the many quays and wharves which lined both sides of the Palar here.
Tor Magnus's son greeted them on the quayside. Of the Visund, only the bare mast was visible with the yard still stowed on deck, the tide being almost at its lowest.
"Highness! Your ship is ready to leave."
"Thank you, Tor. We are all here, yes?"
Tor scratched his chin. "I think so, Captain, with the exception of this, what do they call him? Ah, pilot was the word, I think. And those with you from the castle, of course. Were there any problems above?"
Eriana grinned. "Only my -" She remembered. "Never mind. It is not important. We are all here. Where are the two girls?" She peered over the edge at the ship below. "Ah, right at the front. Good. Will you take the steering oar for our departure? That gap on the way out to the Sirrel looks somewhat narrow."
Tor bowed. "I assumed you would claim the privilege, Highness, but I am ready, aye."
Wallesan joined them. "Where do you want us, Highness?"
"Oh, for now, find a seat anywhere along the center line of the boat, Your Grace. We usually discover favored places as we sail. For now, while we have to get between yonder rocks, best to keep out of the way."
"As you desire, Highness."
She frowned. "Hmm. If I may, this voyage could be difficult enough without ourselves making it tedious by using our titles all the time. I propose that we just use our first names. It is customary aboard the ships of Einnland, though I do not know what custom is used by those of the Valley."
Wallesan gave the idea a brief consideration then nodded. "As you wish... Eriana. We will all be close together for days, we will all suffer the same hazards and rewards, I find it seemly."
Tor had a point to make. "By your leave, Wallesan, sir, there is one exception to the rule. Eriana is owner and captain of the Visund, when she issues an order which concerns the ship we name her Captain then."
"I cannot argue with that. On any ship, the Captain is as a King, or in your case a Queen. Her word is law."
Robanar, Gilbanar, Vivenne and Terys joined the group, watching as the remainder of the crew made their way to the ship. Steps cut into the edge of the quay allowed the travelers to descend to reach deck level. The ship was filled with upturned faces watching them come down to board.
"So," Robanar said. "It is time, I see. Go you safely on your way, Eriana, and bring all your people back home to Palarand. I trust that this time you will not be faced by the men of Yod, you will have a pleasant enough journey exploring the river, I deem."
Eriana curtseyed, despite her trousers. "As you command, Sire."
Gilbanar made a small bow. "My brother says it all, Highness. A safe voyage to you. You and your crew will always be welcome at Dekarran."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
Vivenne gave Eriana a hug and then it was the turn of Terys.
"When you depart, all those I might call my children will have gone," she said softly as they hugged. "You know I worry about you all? Come home safely, dear."
Wallesan paid his respects to his hosts, with assurances of further visits and exchanges of news and ideas, before turning and descending the steps. Eriana looked about and saw that only she and Tor remained on the quayside.
"Are you waiting for me, Tor?"
"Highness, we await the pilot. He has not yet come."
A youngish man came running from an alley between two of the warehouses which backed the quay. He had a duffel bag over his shoulder and looked harassed. Coming to a stop before them, he addressed Tor, amusing everyone else by ignoring them.
"Captain, sir! Sorry I am late. I have recently arrived with a ship as the tide fell and needed to make my report to the port authorities. Is everybody aboard? Who are these?"
Tor grinned. "There is only myself, yourself and the owner left to board, Prell. These people? Why, they are your King and Queen together with the Duke of North Palarand and his lady the Duchess."
The shocked man looked more closely at those closest and fell to his knees.
"Your Majesty! I did not know it was you, your Queen, your brother or his Duchess. If you would forgive me. Though I have plied these waters some ten years, I do not know the faces of any of you."
Gilbanar grinned at the pilot. "Rise, man! You have a ship to direct, or whatever it is you do. We are but sightseers attending the departure. If you do not know our faces, you have not looked at the coin of Palarand very closely, have you? I deem it flows as quickly out of your pockets as the waters of the Palar flow between the rocks."
The man stood up quickly, blushing. "As you say, Your Grace." He turned. "Tor Magnus's son? We must leave immediately, else we lose the current."
Eriana told him, "No need to say which Tor here, my man. By custom, when men with the same name take ship in Einnland, the senior rank is addressed by his given name while the others will either have their father's name added or, more often, we would use a nickname instead. Come, let us board."
With a nod to Robanar she led the way down the steps. Prell followed, leaving Tor at the top. He called to men waiting at the mooring ropes, these were untied and thrown down to men on the ship. With a nod and a wave to them he ran down the steps and jumped onto the deck, just as the Visund caught the current and drifted away from the quay.
Oars were unshipped, those nearest the wall of the quay being gingerly used to push the ship out into the main channel. Tor climbed over the clutter of ropes, benches, barrels and tarpaulin-wrapped packages to join Prell on the stern deck.
"What now, pilot? Should we set the sail?"
"No, that will not be necessary just yet. In this narrow channel, a stray gust can take a ship onto the rocks before anyone can correct the problem. Best to use your oars until we are out in the channel. Keep to the right-hand side for now."
"As you say." Tor turned and shouted instructions in Norse to the crew, who began to row towards the gap between the rocks. He then asked, "What then, once we have passed through?"
"By all means set sail, Captain. The wind will almost always blow from downriver, your left, and we desire to head upriver by means of a channel along the farther shore. Be warned, to get there we will have to cross the outflow, which always goes to the sea whether the tide flows in or out."
"As you say. I will heed your words and once we are on our way you can explain to me the currents of this strange river. Oh, and though you name me captain I am not. I am what I believe you in Palarand would call the First Mate. Our owner is the captain and she prefers to be addressed that way."
"She?"
"Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand, once Princess of Einnland. You followed her down the steps. I told you all this when we first spoke."
Prell gulped. "Sir, I have piloted some eight ships since I originally met you to contract this voyage. I regret that many of the details have slipped my mind, especially if they are not concerned with the ship or its route."
"Never mind. Here she is."
Eriana joined them just as the Visund swept through the rocks which defined the limits of the Palar. To their left, a fortress brooded low on the eastern bank. To their right, the town of Dekarran was built on the steep slope beneath the many levels of the castle of the same name. Here, the smell of brine from the sea filled their lungs. Ahead, the open river beckoned.
"Finally!" Eriana took a deep breath and gazed all around her. "At last we have departed the land. At last, our journey has begun!"
The Visund departs Dekarran and makes a tricky crossing of the river before turning upstream. The pilot, Prell, educates Eriana about what they might expect as their voyage continues.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
2 - The Mighty Sirrel
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. Drawings copyright (c) 2018 by Di Wonder. All rights reserved.
As the Visund cleared the mouth of the Palar the
residual flow from the outgoing tide grabbed the bow and swung it
sharply left towards the ocean.
Prell shouted, "Steer across! Head for the other bank!"
Tor leaned on the steering oar and the bow slowly began to swing right again against the tugging of the current.
Eriana looked concerned. "We'll end up out on the ocean! I want to go the other way!"
"Of course, Captain. Now you must ask for the sail to be raised. How far round can it be swung? The wind will almost always flow from the ocean and we will use it to help us get upstream."
"Oh, I see. Aye, of course."
Eriana issued commands and the yard began to rise from the deck, where it had been stowed lengthwise along the center of the ship. As it rose, men untied the sail, allowing it to be unfurled as the yard was pulled up the mast. The wind immediately caught it and it bellied out, making a significant difference that Eriana could feel with her feet.
"Ah, good. Pilot, where should we aim?"
Prell shrugged. "Directly across, Captain. This close to the Dekarran shore, the current will always flow to the sea at almost all states of the tide, so we must get across it. Once clear, the incoming tide will carry us up-river for a fair distance." He pointed. "I know, you could aim for the semaphore mast. It is so new I am not yet accustomed to using it as a reference."
"As you wish, Pilot. Should we be using oars?"
He shrugged again. "If you were in a desperate hurry then of course you could use oars but there is little point today, I deem. Best save the energy of your men for another day, since you will soon need your oars to cross the stream as you progress."
The ship seemed to be drawn a ridiculous distance downstream before their motion ceased. The wind blew them across the river still, but the further bank suddenly seemed to start sliding in the other direction. More commands now caused the yard to be slowly hauled around until it was almost perpendicular to the length of the ship, while Tor slowly swung the bow upstream to compensate. Eriana and Prell, who had both been standing beside Tor on the stern deck, now hopped down to stand in the hull, in order to be able to see their way beneath the sail.
Now, the inrushing current of the tide began to be strongly felt. With the assistance of the wind, even Eriana could see that the Visund was being propelled along at a significant speed. Soon, it was apparent that they would pass not too far from the semaphore mast at South Slip.
"Captain, you must be careful to avoid the ferries."
Eriana's eyes narrowed as she realized the potential danger. She already knew that the ferries sailed - or were rowed - at all states of the tide and of course they would cut across their own track. Fortunately none were nearby as they shot past the slipways at South Slip.
Prell nodded appreciatively. "A goodly progress, I deem. Your ship is well-wrought, Captain. I have not traveled on one built like this before. We should make Sheldane by lunchtime."
"Lunchtime?" Eriana was puzzled. "Do you expect us to stop for every meal?"
The pilot laughed. "Oh, no, Captain! 'Tis but a figure of speech. If you were to desire to eat on shore, then of course you might call at Sheldane. I merely mention a waypoint and the time we should pass it."
"Ah, of course. I am a woman of the open sea, we do not think of waypoints as we might do when traveling by wagon." She added, "How close to the shore should we go? I am uncertain of the depth of water in this huge river and I do not wish to be stranded on a mud bank."
"I understand your caution, Captain. This far away is far enough, I deem. You should know that the bottom of the river is deepest where the current is strongest, on the far side beneath the cliffs. Over here it slopes very gently to the shore and, as you have guessed, is mostly mud in the tidal parts of the river. What depth does she draw?"
Eriana was briefly confused to hear her ship referred to as 'she' but replied smoothly, "The ships of Einnland are shallow craft, as you can see for yourself. Loaded like this, I deem we may have a stride, or at worst a little more, between the water's surface and the lowest part of the ship."
Prell's eyebrows rose. "So little? Then she is well-wrought, I deem. You should be able to go almost anywhere you desire along the Sirrel, even well beyond Yod."
"That was our intention, aye. The Visund was designed to be launched from beaches into the ocean, as are almost all of our craft. There are several small rivers flowing through our lands, and beyond them marshes which we have explored, but your art is almost unknown to us, pilot."
"I am honored to be of service to you and your men, Captain. Do you intend to travel the Sirrel frequently?"
"I am not sure, pilot. I have been commissioned by His Majesty to consider the formation of a fleet of ships to protect the countries of the Sirrel, and this voyage is partly for me to survey the river and partly to accustom myself to its people and ways."
Prell's eyebrows rose again. "King Robanar seeks to rule the Sirrel? This seems a strange idea. I should imagine that the other countries will have much to say about that!"
Sitting on barrels just in front of Prell and Eriana were Wallesan and Maralin, and the former turned to join the conversation.
"Pilot, I am the Duke of Joth and I may tell you that Her Highness has partly misspoken. We have just come from a joint session of the Sirrel Congress, a meeting of almost all the rulers of the Sirrel lands from Vardenale to Ferenis, and it is on their behalf that Her Highness travels upriver. Aye, she is a vassal of Robanar, but the force she will lead will operate on behalf of all of the nations of the Sirrel, not just Palarand."
Prell got over his shock and bowed to Wallesan. "Your Grace, I am corrected. This is something new for the river, then."
"Aye, and the peoples who live along it. You will forgive me, I may not say more since there is much work yet to be done, but you may see many changes in the next few years."
"As you say, Your Grace." Prell turned to Tor. "If you would shift the bow a little right, steersman. We have begun to approach the shore too closely. We will need to keep at least this distance away until we pass Sheldane."
"As you wish, pilot."
Eriana relaxed and began to examine the banks of the Sirrel on either hand. Looking both left and right, she wondered if 'bank' was the appropriate word for either. On her right, the cliffs of the northern wall of the Great Valley stood up almost vertically for some two hundred strides, at this time of day still illuminated by the morning sun. Soon, the sun would swing far enough round that the rock would remain in shadow until almost sunset.
Part way up the side of the cliff face, perhaps fifty to a hundred strides or so here, a road had been laboriously chopped out. Eriana knew this was the trade road from Dekarran to Brugan and it was heavily used, almost as much as the highways within Palarand. She could easily see riders, wagons and occasional carriages traveling along that road in both directions. At the foot of the cliff, the river foamed about rocks which had tumbled from above over the ages, a warning that the return voyage might have its own dangers.
Turning to her left, the contrast could not be greater. Here the land was so flat that it was sometimes difficult to determine where river ended and land began. Along the shores of Plif, where the Visund had first landed, the coast was thickly covered in tall reeds, many of which were harvested, she knew, by the locals. Here, there were a few clumps of reed but mostly it was low-lying salt marsh and muddy bank. Beyond that were damp fields where pakh, gavakhan and other livestock could just be made out. There were few signs of habitation, though she could see numbers of people working in the distance, doing things she could not imagine.
Sitting just in front of Eriana, Wallesan spoke to Maralin. "You told us that you did not live anywhere near the sea."
"Aye, Your Grace, that is true," Maralin replied, "but I lived in a city which was on the shore of a great lake, a lake large enough that it could be considered an inland sea. It was wide enough you couldn't see the other side and also large enough to have fairly big storms, particularly in fall and winter."
"Do you tell me? Did you venture onto this lake, then, during your days on Earth?"
Maralin shook his head. "Never did, Your Grace. I doubt a large portion of the city did either. The life of the city was more interesting."
"So you've never been on a ship like this, then?"
Maralin laughed. "Absolutely not, Your Grace! There are a small number of craft built like this, but they are usually for academics, Questors if you will, to try and find out how the Vikings managed such long voyages in them. I think I've discovered more in the last month than anyone on Earth has ever managed. No," he added, "I doubt many people would be comfortable this close to the waterline. Most modern ships, small or large, keep their passengers a safe distance away from the water."
"Indeed. I noticed that when I looked at the other ships at Dekarran, though those were built to carry cargo, I deem."
"As you say, Your Grace, though maybe size and shape are limited when it comes to river travel. I know that traffic on rivers in the US consists mainly of long, thin boats and ships whether they are for cargo or passengers. Like here, I would guess that rivers have deep parts and shallow parts so you have to fit the channels that are there."
Eriana said, "Aye, that is true, Maralin. Apart from the ferries, which are made for a particular place along the river, most ships and boats we have seen have been long and narrow, though I might guess that those of Earth are much longer."
"I could not disagree, Highness... Captain."
Eriana pointed. "Look yonder! The semaphore masts march across the land. In the distance, that must be Sheldane, I deem."
Maralin could see a smudge in the distance, with a semaphore mast right in the middle. Having a stray thought, he reached forward for the waterproof duffel bag he had been given to keep his possessions in, pulling out a short leather cylinder. Opening this he took out the telescope he had recently been presented with.
Seeing this, Eriana smiled. "An excellent thought, Maralin! I must go find my own telescope."
As Maralin began to survey the low-lying coast to their left Eriana skipped forward, standing on box, barrel or bench as necessary, until she reached the bow.
"How are you managing, girls?"
"All right so far... Captain," replied the older one. "I have heard tales of folk being sick when they go on a boat but I have not been troubled so far."
"Aye, well, this is not the sea but a river, even though the water is presently sea-water. There is not the motion that would make most sick, not here. Out on the open ocean, about a third to a half of all who sail will be sick at one time or another. It is just the way of life at sea."
"Then I am glad we have not sailed on the ocean," muttered the younger one. "I am not so sure that I should have eaten so much for breakfast this morning."
"I think," Eriana said slowly, "that it should become easier the further up the river we go. It may take a few days, though, before you settle down."
"As you say, Captain. I always forget just how big this river is."
"Me, too. Now, I need to get under the deck to find my bag, so if you would move aside for a moment - ah, there it is. I do not remember, have either of you been presented with telescopes? No? A pity, but then, a warrior always complains about how much she must needs carry, does she not? There are several of these on board," she held up her own telescope, "and I doubt not that someone will permit you their use when necessary."
"What does it do, Captain?"
"It makes far things seem near, Semma. Here, put it to your eye like thus, then adjust by turning this part."
Eriana passed the telescope to the younger of the two guardswomen who held it to her eye and attempted to look at the coastline.
"I can't see any... oh, it's blurry... ah! I see!" She focused on the nearest semaphore tower. "That is very good, Captain! To bring things near, things that might be dangerous, that is a clever thing."
Semma looked at various items of interest for a while and then handed the telescope back to Eriana, who promptly gave it to the other guardswoman, Bennet.
"Thank you, Captain."
While Bennet examined the land to either side Eriana threaded the case onto her belt next to her knife. The guardswoman returned the telescope to Eriana who put it back in its case before jumping lightly up onto the fore deck.
"Brodgar, Folke. Any problems?"
The two men stood at the extreme bow, one looking over each side for potential dangers as they traveled. This was uncharted territory for all of the crew and nobody wanted the ship to get into trouble through inattention.
Brodgar replied, "None, Captain. In this water, I doubt we would find shallows so soon but I wondered about floating debris."
Eriana shrugged. "I have no idea, boys. The incoming tide flows with us, so I doubt you will find any tree trunks or wreckage, if that is what worries you. I am told there are no rocks this side of the river, though they are plain to see against the cliffs yonder."
Folke said, "Aye, Captain, we can see those plain enough. What of the bottom? I do not like sailing when I do not know the depth of the sea bottom - your pardon, the river bed."
"The pilot says that the river bed slopes very gradually from the deepest part, which are near the cliffs, towards the shore over there. There are apparently shoals nearer Sheldane," she pointed, "but nothing to worry us."
"Thank you, Captain. If you don't mind -"
"Aye, keep your eyes on the river, boys." She gave them a twisted smile. "Assume there is nothing and we will hit the one tree trunk that chance puts in our path."
They both chuckled. "Aye, Captain."
Eriana turned and jumped down, making her way aft and taking the time to have a word with every person on board, even the four men of the Duke's escort who had accompanied the Duke and Maralin from Joth.
"Captain Hambran."
"Captain. This is an unusual way for me to travel, I deem. I am not accustomed to having nothing at all to do on a journey. If I may help?"
Eriana grinned. "Relax and enjoy the ride, Captain. Passengers should not have to work, though there may be occasions when the help of you and your men would be welcome."
"Aye, I have already helped pull a rope to hoist the sail, when we left Dekarran. I was in the right place to do it, that is all."
"Well, you should not be needed, Captain. There are enough crew on board to take care of most that may happen to us. However..."
"Captain?"
"There could be an occasion or two when the help of you and your men might be needed pulling the oars. We are going against the flow of the water and the wind may not always blow us on our way."
Hambran nodded. "Understood, Captain. Just tell us where and when you need us and we shall be there."
By the time she had worked her way back Sheldane was clearly visible forward and to the left. Eriana took out her telescope and surveyed the town, Maralin and Wallesan doing likewise.
"Look at those masts! Why are those over there? The town's harbor lies there, does it not?"
"Captain," Prell answered, "those are the masts of the galleys that Yod brought to capture the town. They landed there and attacked by land. There were also a number of merchant ships used but those have now been reclaimed by their owners and removed. I do not know what is intended for the galleys."
"Actually, I believe that they might become part of my fleet," Eriana said, her eye glued to the telescope. "All galleys of Yod were declared war booty and assigned to one or another of the injured countries along the Sirrel. Most might become ships of River Command, as I believe it will be called."
"But they have been left out there the whole winter," Maralin objected. "Will they still be in a usable condition?"
Eriana shrugged. "I have no idea, Maralin. Those of Sheldane may have tended them. It matters not. If I may use them, I will. If not, doubtless there will be a new design of ship to take their place."
Prell's ears perked up. "A new design, Captain?"
"I would not concern yourself, pilot. Any such design yet exists only as a drawing or in the mind of its creator. It will be a year or two before you must needs worry about such a vessel."
Sheldane slid past. They could all plainly see the small harbor, formed along a creek from the Sirrel, with fishing craft nestling against jetties either side, the town being beyond. Further along the bank were laid up the three galleys which Yod had used to make their last-gasp attack to either capture or kill Garia. Eriana surveyed those closely through her telescope, wondering how much use such a labor intensive vessel would be to her new command.
Once past Sheldane, the river gently began angling away from the now-shadowed cliffs to their right, to begin a wandering course over the wide expanse of the Great Valley. At one point they had to pick their way carefully, since the strong downstream current briefly switched sides and almost overcame the incoming tide from the sea, but the steady wind ensured that they made sufficient progress.
Duke Gilbanar had provided all on board with a packed lunch and this was the time that most chose to open theirs and eat. There were meat, bread, pastries both savory and sweet, cheese and fresh fruit, all foods that could be eaten in the hand. Since the Visund carried no firebox the only drinks were cold water or small beer. Eriana had been offered wine but had declined, saying that it would only cause trouble if the men drank it, and she preferred beer anyway.
The rate of progress seemed to slow as the early afternoon warmed up, their ship lazily edging past landmarks to their left, fences, ditches, the occasional clump of trees in the distance. Eriana wondered why.
"Pilot, we seem to have slowed right down. Is there some trick to this? Are we in the right channel?"
"Captain, this is a natural consequence of the tides. We departed when the tide was at its lowest and spent part of the morning making our way across the outflow current. Now we have passed Sheldane, the tide has reached full and is turning. You know that there are two full tides a day?"
"Aye, of course! Why, is it different in a river?"
"Not at all, Captain, though the consequences may not be what you are used to. On a beach, I deem, the water merely retreats some strides at low tide and then advances at high tide, Is that not so?"
"Aye, of course, that is what I am used to. We have to pull our ships above the high tide mark."
"As you say. In the Sirrel, then, the tide will push against the outflow of the river. Where the flow is weakest, the tide will form a counter-current, which we have made use of to get this far. However, the tide has now turned, as I have said, and no longer assists us. Only the wind may propel us further today, since the next tide will be ten and a half bells after the last one, and by that time we will have reached our lodgings for the night."
"Ah! I understand. So we may make use of the tide as we progress along the river?"
Prell shook his head. "Regrettably not, Captain. One day more, and that will be the hardest one since the loop of the river means that we will get no benefit from the wind. Tomorrow, therefore, your crew must row for some while." He added, "Once beyond Brikant you should find that your sails will be sufficient to take you upstream, although you will need to cross the main current at each bend."
Eriana frowned. "This sounds complicated, pilot. When we reach our lodging place, shall you explain?"
Prell nodded. "To one such as yourself, who has never experienced the Sirrel before, of course I shall explain."
Eriana gave Prell a curt nod and then turned to contemplate the water. Navigating this river seemed... tricky, more so than she had expected. She was uncomfortable when there were questions and no answers, such as with Garia's disappearance... That made her even more determined to discover what had really happened to her friend. Since only Maralin apparently knew the truth, that puzzle could wait until they arrived at Joth. For now, the Sirrel had to be her most immediate concern. Here, at least, was a puzzle she would find the answers to, and it would make her a better sailor.
In the distance she noted that the further shore appeared to come across the river and she took that to mean that the Sirrel was about to curve to the left.
"Pilot, the river bends ahead. Should we prepare to steer left and to adjust the sail?"
"Captain, we must steer right soon, to avoid several shoals which are against the left bank. Our course will take us near the center of the river, but we will still be out of the strongest part of the downstream current. Only then may we consider bearing left."
"Right?" She considered, then shrugged. "As you say, pilot. This river must be wide enough to allow us room, I deem."
"Aye, there will always be plenty of water between the banks, as you must already know. I have heard the tale of your expedition to Boldan's Rock, Captain, and that most of your crew joined you on that adventure. Even at Boldan's Rock you will remember that the river there is about two marks wide. Our problem is that there are many shoals and sandbanks along the way, and many of them shift and move with the seasons and years. That is why most ships will take a pilot, unless they are regular travelers along the Sirrel and know its foibles."
"Ah... I see. I am used to beaches and small coves, as I mentioned before. There are shoals and bars which come and go over the years, but that happens very slowly and so all know where they are." She frowned. "I may travel the river in the future, it is true, but I doubt I would become as familiar with it as, for example, those on the other vessels I see around us."
Prell smiled. "Which is why, Captain, pilots will always be available to guide travelers like you and your crew."
Some time later, Prell gave directions and the bow swung around until the cliff wall was almost at their backs. It was mid-afternoon and the weather had become warm in the spring sun. Eriana found that her legs had become sticky but remembered a conversation with the Queen, so merely smiled and observed her crew. Most had discarded jackets and vests and now wore just a simple tunic, but many were noticeably uncomfortable as they sat and watched the banks slide by. None of her crew, of course, were wearing footwear on board. Bare feet had the safest grip on an unsteady deck and all had put their boots in their duffel bags when they boarded.
"Are you confident in our position?" she asked Prell.
"Aye, Captain. If I may ask why?"
"Oh, I would go forward and have another word with my crew."
"As you wish, Captain. Ah, this is probably a good time for you to give them a warning."
"Oh?"
"Aye... When we depart tomorrow, your men can expect to spend most of the morning rowing. If you could ask them to avoid drinking too much beer this evening, Captain. They will need clear heads when they waken tomorrow."
Eriana considered this, then nodded. "You give sound advice, pilot. My men are used to spending days at sea, and we all know that it is foolish to drink strong beer when the sun is fierce and there is work yet to do. I will warn them not to indulge too much tonight."
As Eriana stepped forward over the baggage Wallesan turned to Maralin. "I must admit that I never considered that. With such a warm afternoon, all are tempted to drink as much as we can, but beer and wine today will have consequences tomorrow."
"Aye, Your Grace. Best stick to water, I would think. Pel this evening."
"Agreed. If you would go along and warn Hambran, so that he can tell the men."
Maralin followed Eriana over the boxes and barrels. Hambran saw him approach.
"Tenant. Is there something wrong? I saw His Grace speaking to Her Highness."
"The pilot gave us a warning, sir. If you would instruct the men not to drink too much beer this evening, and no wine at all. It seems we shall be pulling at the oars tomorrow morning and it would be well if we have clear heads, if you understand me. The sun is hot and we have little shade, most will be thinking of sinking a few tankards when we arrive at our lodgings."
"I can see the sense of it, Tenant. His Grace agrees?"
"He does, Captain."
Hambran turned, "You hear that, boys? Easy on the beer tonight. Water or pel would be better."
Maralin gestured. "Varran is forward. I'll go and warn him."
Hambran gave a nod. "Tenant."
Maralin made his way forward, passing Eriana, to where Varran was talking to two of the Norsemen.
"Maralin? What's happening? I saw you talking to Captain Hambran and I see Her Highness speaking with each of her crew."
Maralin eased himself down onto a bench facing Varran, nodding to the two Norsemen.
"Oh, nothing alarming. The pilot tells us that we'll be using the oars tomorrow morning so to lay off the beer tonight to make sure we'll all have clear heads. With this hot sun we're all going to build up a good thirst, it's just a warning to make sure we don't do something stupid tonight and regret it tomorrow."
Varran squinted up at the sun. "Aye, it is warm today, though the water makes it feel a little cooler than a plowed field would be. It will be a shame not to sink a few tonight but I can see the reason for it. What say you, Stine?"
"It is the same, my friend, as when we sail to sea," the Einnlander agreed. "There, the sun can make you stupid and make your head hurt. I did not think this brown water would be the same but it is so. We will be careful tonight, hey, Halvard?"
"Yah." Halvard's speech was not yet as good as most of Eriana's men. "Is good to drink ale, but not good to have bad head. Ale can wait till other day."
Varran relaxed and asked, "What do you think, Maralin? We've both come a long way from Galdarin. I cannot believe the things I've seen!"
Maralin smiled. "You and me both. Tell you what, though, this beats scrambling through frozen fields any day."
"That's the truth! Castles and palaces, Dukes and Kings, even a royal wedding! I could never have imagined what we've been doing the last few weeks." The other gestured at the river with a sweep of his arm. "What about this? Most who live in the Valley have seen the river, is there anything like this where you came from?"
Almost everyone on the Visund was aware of Maralin's Earthly origins, if not the specifics. It was, therefore, reasonably safe for Maralin to tell the truth.
"On Earth there are some big rivers like this, yes, but I didn't live anywhere near any of them. The city I lived in was on the coast of a big lake, though, one you could call an inland sea."
There followed an intense discussion of Lake Michigan, which intrigued the Einnlanders, and of Chicago. Maralin spoke little of the city, fearing his listeners would not believe most of it. Eventually Eriana joined them.
"Ho, Stine, Halvard. The pilot says we are to row tomorrow and for that we'll need clear heads. If you would try and keep your beer consumption low tonight, water or pel will suffice if you are thirsty."
"Yah," Halvard said. "Maralin here has told us so."
She nodded. "Ah, good." A wave of a hand. "I must tell the others."
The two Norsemen dipped their heads. "Captain."
"Captain!" The shout came from the bow. Heads all turned that way.
"What is it, Adin?"
"In the distance. Ferries."
Eriana hopped the short distance to the fore deck and climbed up. The two ferries were clearly visible in the distance and easily identifiable for what they were.
"Good work, boys. We'll be coming to port just beyond the ferry slipways, so I am told. Keep looking for things in the water. It would be embarrassing to sink in front of so many."
Adin and Fritjof, the two doing the afternoon watch duty, both grinned at their captain.
"Of course, Highness," Fritjof agreed. "What will happen when we arrive?"
"I am not certain," she replied. "We have traveled this way, and even used those ferries, if you remember, but I do not know how the docking is arranged, or even if there is a wharf ready for us. We will discover our fate shortly."
Eriana hopped down and informed the last remaining few of the refreshment restrictions before making her way back to the stern.
Wallesan asked her, "Trouble, Captain?"
A shake of the head. "Our stop for the night, I deem. Once we go beyond the ferries you may be able to see in the distance."
The Duke craned his neck before nodding. "As you say, Captain. Probably the same hostel we used when we came by the trade road."
"Indeed, that is what I would expect, but I did not notice what the facilities for water craft were like, since," a smile, "we had other things on our mind then."
It took the best part of a bell before they came abreast of the nearest ferry. This confused Maralin before he remembered that, though the two slips faced one another across the river, the current usually took the vessels on a roundabout route as they cut across from one side to the other. In fact, since he had now made several crossings of the Sirrel, the curious routes had just become 'part of the crossing' and so he hadn't appreciated what it must look like if you were on another craft or on the bank.
It seemed to him that the ferry was making straight for them at one point, but the different currents meant that they slid past with ample room to spare. The second ferry had long crossed their potential route, so was no danger. Suddenly Prell was calling instructions to the helmsman and the bow swung to the left, to aim for a muddled mass of thick black poles sticking up out of the water.
What Maralin discovered as they approached was that the poles were guides for pontoons which stretched from the land some distance away. With care, Prell guided them between the poles and along an entranceway between several other craft already moored. With a gesture, he pointed to the left and the Visund swung that way, carefully, straightening up to touch the pontoon with a light bump. Crewmen jumped over with lines and secured the ship in place, whereupon most of those left on board stood and began to stretch themselves.
"Where now, Captain?"
"I do not know, Your Grace. I was not present when the Visund arrived at Dekarran so I do not know the custom. Prell, what must we do?"
"Captain, the Wharfmaster will shortly appear and find out who you are and when you will be leaving. He will collect a fee, as is proper, and then assign several of the local watch to protect your ship." He coughed. "Ah, unlike most craft which travel the Sirrel, all your belongings are exposed to plain view. You may desire to spend some extra coin for more men to guard your ship. You may know that you are not expected to guard your own ship but if you desire to leave some on board then no-one would object."
Wallesan suggested, "I could leave some of my men on board, if you like."
"Your Grace, you and your men are passengers! It would be most improper."
"Indeed, but Her Highness, for this part of her journey, is acting as my official transport, no? I may thus use my own men, in uniform, to provide a guard for our possessions."
Prell bowed his head. "Your Grace, forgive me, I forget that this ship is like an embassy and therefore has greater protection. I doubt any would object to your suggestion."
The Wharfmaster appeared and was suitably impressed by those who owned the Visund and were carried by it. Coin changed hands and arrangements were made. Four of Eriana's men were detailed to watch the ship while Wallesan's detachment went off to the wash-house to clean themselves up and change into uniforms. Four more were detailed to carry two chests, one for the guardswomen and one of Eriana's, up to a private chamber in the women's part of the hostel. The rest of the crew followed more slowly, walking along the pontoons to reach the distant land.
"I am puzzled, pilot," Eriana said. "This arrangement of pontoons seems strange to me. Why are they so far out into the river, and why are the poles so tall? Surely the tides do not rise so high here?"
"Captain, it is because of the rise and fall of the river over the course of the seasons. Just before the rains, the level is at its lowest, and so the pontoons must needs be far out into what is now the river to permit vessels to approach without grounding. This water you see either side? In a few months it will be dry land.
"Then, once the rains begin, the level of the river rises rapidly. Even the courtyard of yonder hostel may be flooded then. No-one will travel while it is raining, it is impossible to find your way, and you would not know whether you were sailing on the river or over farmland. The poles must needs be so high to prevent the pontoons from being washed away. Sometimes, even so, some are lost."
"That high? How much does the river grow, then?"
Prell shrugged. "Perhaps five strides, perhaps more, Captain. As I said, nobody uses the river then, and for a few weeks afterward, so I do not know the exact heights it may reach."
Wallesan said, "It is the sort of thing a Questor may know, then."
"As you say, Your Grace. Now, if I may ask, do any of you need the facilities to be explained?"
Eriana replied, "Thank you no, pilot. We stayed here when His Grace traveled to Palarand by road. We are all familiar with the place."
"Then, if you would excuse me, I would go to the local office and make my report on conditions as we traveled." He shrugged. "As at Dekarran, it will be a short report, but the information will then be available to others who travel back the way we have come."
"Ah, of course. I believe that those who run the wagon trains exchange information in a similar way."
"As you say, Captain. If you would excuse me."
Prell bowed and strode ahead, leaving Wallesan and Eriana to lead the main body of crew towards the local hostel, which was almost a mark from where the Visund was moored. This was patterned on the standard square of the roadhouses, but the buildings were much larger, since the number of travelers by water could be large at certain seasons, especially if the river did not permit movement for any reason. As at South Slip, the buildings were also raised on piles above the land level, to allow for any flooding. Reaching the entrance to the central courtyard Eriana stood aside, waiting for the two guardswomen.
"Ladies! I find that I am in need of a bath, I deem. Shall you join me?"
"With pleasure, Your Highness," Bennet agreed. "It has been a warm afternoon and I would be fresh again. What say you, Semma?"
"Oh, yes! It is pleasant to be on the water but the hot sun has made me sticky. Do you know the way, Highness?"
"Of course, we have been here before, when we escorted the Duke to Palarand. This way."
As they crossed to the womens' portion of the wash block Eriana noticed with some amusement that most of her crew had headed for the men's side rather than towards the kitchens. A few of them, she knew, would probably just use the toilets, but most would bathe themselves before eating. Such a change from when they first arrived in Palarand! She had been forced to use threats to get some of them to wash, but exposure to the Palace Guard and to Garia's men had caused most of them to change their habits.
Once inside, the women did the necessary preparations before climbing together into a tub of steaming water. They began to wash each other and to relax their muscles, the two guardswomen having spent most of their day sitting in restricted positions on one of the ship's benches. They rinsed each other off, making small talk, before climbing out and drying their bodies and hair with the towels provided by the hostel.
Once dried they temporarily put on the clothes they had worn before and crossed to the women's block, where inquiry of the doorkeeper led to a girl servant showing them the way to the chamber that had been reserved for them. Inside the three stripped off their travel garments and went into the chests to find appropriate wear for the evening.
"What should we wear this evening, Highness?" asked Semma. "I do not know the custom, not really."
"As I understand the matter," Eriana explained, "customs among travelers along the highways and trade roads are less formal than you may have been used to in Palarand. When we traveled before we did see women wearing but day dresses even during the evening, something Her Majesty would surely frown upon at table."
Bennet nodded. "Aye, Highness, though I believe that Mistress Milsy did so once, in the palace. It was the talk of the servants' hall for days."
Eriana grinned. "Milsy is a law unto herself, I deem! But the reason you remember it, is because it was so unusual. Here, travelers may not have such a wide selection of attire at hand to wear, so allowances are made. A traveler's day gown, then. Any kind of uniform would just alarm the other travelers without need."
"As you say, Highness."
Finally, they put on soft ankle boots of the kind they would customarily wear in the palace. Eriana had spent almost the entire Boldan's Rock campaign wearing her riding boots and she had made sure that all who sailed with her had brought at least a change of footwear with them.
"Highness? I notice that the trousers you wore today are badly stained. Shall one of us wash them for you? I think, with the warm air we have at the moment, that they might be dry before we sail tomorrow."
Eriana fingered the garment thoughtfully. "Semma, thank you for the offer, but you are not my servants in this adventure, we are companions instead. If any clothing must needs be washed, then each should see to their own, and I would not be embarrassed by washing my own. It is a warrior's duty, as you already know."
She added, "You are right, these should now be washed, but that can wait, I deem. As you may realize, the sailors of Einnland customarily wear such trousers, men and women, when we sail, since the seas around our shores can be cold most times of the year, and the air even colder in the winter months." A mischievous smile came. "You should know that I wore these trousers to breakfast this morning, in front of the King and Queen! Their Majesties knew the circumstance and so graciously permitted it... once they had gotten over the shock."
Bennet giggled. "Oh, that I had been there to see it!"
"Aye. I had not considered the fuss, since that is the custom in Einnland, but the courts of King Robanar and Duke Gilbanar are more decorous, as you may know. Now, the Queen gave me a warning, and that was that the weather may become much warmer as we proceed, and as summer comes. Thus, I desire to seek an alternative to heavy canvas trousers, perhaps some garment like your own. It is a pity I did not think of it before we left, but there were other matters that took my attention - like the departure of Keren and Garia for their journey to the north... and her sudden disappearance."
The two women were pensive. Bennet replied, "Highness, we have little to share, and I doubt that anything of mine would fit you anyway."
Eriana waved a dismissive hand. "I would not deprive you, girls. I must needs solve my own problem. When we passed through here on our way back from Forguland the highway went through a market. Do either of you sew?"
"Of course, Highness! We may not be seamstresses, but any maiden at least knows how to repair a tear, or to fix a drooping hem."
Eriana smiled. "As do I. Let us then discover what time we should sail tomorrow morning. There may be a chance for us to find needle, thread and cloth in the market before we leave. I may need your help, since my experience of any market is slight, as you must realize, especially those in the Valley."
The two returned her smile. Bennet said, "Of course, Highness! It would be our pleasure."
Semma added, "Highness, what will you make? Do you desire a light gown, or perhaps a tunic shaped for a woman, like our uniforms?"
"I have no idea, Semma. As we eat our meal, let us observe those from other craft, see how they may be attired. It will give us ideas."
The three left the womens' accommodation and crossed to the kitchens. The bulk of the Visund's crew and passengers were already there, forming about half those present. Of the rest, Eriana noted a variety of modes of attire among the men and the few other women who were also there. They went to the counter and obtained plates of food, the two women carrying their three plates while Eriana brought a tray with goblets of small beer. A free table was found and they began to eat.
"What do you think, Semma?"
"It had not occurred to me before, but of course those who work on the river must needs wear different attire than those who do not. I am surprised by the variety, though."
"As am I," Eriana agreed. "Perhaps custom changes by country as well as by trade. Look at those three on yonder table! I cannot believe that their clothes are suitable for traveling on the river."
"Ah, Highness, do not forget that this hostel is also used by those who cross by the ferries. I would think that those three may be merchants or minor nobles, perhaps, who have a carriage around the back somewhere."
"You are right, Bennet. But look! There are six, some of whom I saw on a barge moored just beyond the Visund."
"As you say, Highness."
Three of the men wore sleeveless undershirts tucked into short kilts while two more wore smocks similar to those that the Yodans had been wearing, though in this case belted with lengths of rope. None of these wore tights and had sandals on their feet. The last man had conventional tunic and tights with ankle boots. All the clothes were undyed and had obviously seen extended use.
"He with the boots is the captain, I deem. I do not know how to name the rest."
"I agree, Bennet. He must needs look tidy for his dealings with authority along the river." Eriana suddenly laughed, which made some of those on nearby tables turn their heads briefly. "I have not told you yet what else the Queen said to me. Of course, all my men are also wearing trousers."
Bennet and Semma both giggled.
"Oh! I had not thought of that!" Semma said. "Shall you tell them, Highness?"
Eriana's grin was wide, but not malicious. "Not me! We may have some small fun at the crew's expense, I deem. Let us see if any take note of what those around them are wearing."
"And if they do not, Highness?"
"Then we shall watch them wriggle and squirm as the days grow warmer. I am told that what a man has between his legs must not be permitted to become too warm. Do not ask me how I know this."
They giggled again.
"You would not be so cruel, Highness?"
"I would not, Bennet. These are grown men and entirely capable of solving their own problems. If they should become uncomfortable, then mayhap there will be other hostels along our journey where inspiration may be found."
Bennet smirked. "As you say, Highness."
As they reached the end of their meals, Prell came over to the table and bowed.
"Captain... Your Highness. Forgive me, I do not know which way to address you under these circumstances."
Eriana waved a hand. "It matters little, pilot. Tonight, either will do. If there is something I may do for you?"
"Aye... Captain, then. If you would remember, I would explain how the river works."
Eriana gestured. "Good. Please, sit down, I am interested in what you have to say."
Prell took a seat and then pulled out a square of parchment. He studied this for a moment and then turned it over. With a piece of charcoal he had obtained from the kitchens, he sketched out a diagram on the back.
"This is a very rough sketch of the next part of our course, Captain. What I am about to describe will be almost the same along other parts of the river, so it will be worth remembering." Eriana nodded. "I have marked Terban, where we now are, here with a cross. This part of the Sirrel is known as the Reverse Reach, since the ship is turned completely around and faces the distant sea, even though we are traveling upstream.
"Now these arrows represent the strongest flow of the current. I will tell you that of course across almost the whole width of the river, the water flows towards the sea, except when the tide is coming in."
Eriana nodded again. "As you say, pilot. I would expect that of any river."
"Indeed. Now, you will notice that the strongest flow moves from the outside edge of one bend to the outside edge of the other, cutting across the width of the river to do so. I have no idea why it does this, and neither does anyone else that I know of. Since the strongest current is thus always on the outside, the outer bank is always tested by the water and is gradually eaten away. This means that over time, the bend actually becomes larger and that in turn makes the flow faster there."
Eriana frowned. "You are saying it reinforces itself?"
"Aye, exactly, Captain. That means that the course of the river is slowly changing, and has been changing since anyone can remember. Now, if you would consider here, on the inside of each bend, the opposite happens. The force of the river is slight, and that encourages it to drop what it may be carrying in those parts. Thus, the inside of bends is where you will most often discover banks and shoals."
"Ah! Already you are giving me valuable knowledge. I thank you for this, pilot."
Prell gave a twisted smile and then drew some more lines on the sketch.
"Captain, what I have shown you means that this is what your ship must needs do as it travels upriver. Downriver is simple, just follow the strongest flow, but to go against the flow you must use cunning, and occasionally plain force. You must row upriver tomorrow, against the slowest flow, until the main current comes across to this side. Then your men must row across this current to gain the slower flow along the other side. Once around the further bend, your sail should be sufficient to convey you further."
Eriana whistled. "I... understand, pilot. And all the time we are rowing, the river is carrying us back, like this?"
"Just so, Captain. Now you begin to understand how any must navigate a river like the Sirrel. Every time your course turns a bend, you must do the same again, although your sail should be sufficient most of the time. Fortunately for us, the prevailing wind normally blows up the Great Valley except for short periods during storms, and of course during the rains, when nobody dares venture on the river anyway."
She considered and then nodded. "Aye. It will give the men something to do, it is better than having them idle most of the time. How long will it be before -"
Prell suddenly pushed back his chair and stood up. Eriana turned to see Wallesan, Maralin and Kalmenar approaching. She also stood, followed by Bennet and Semma.
"Your Grace, good evening."
Wallesan nodded. "Highness, good evening to you. My apologies, I came to ask our pilot the timings for tomorrow's departure."
Prell replied, "Your Grace, about the same time as today, as it happens. Hmm, I have been explaining the path of the currents to Her Highness, and the course her ship must needs take to avoid them."
Eriana asked, "What of the tides? Will we take advantage of them?"
"We will do, Captain, but they are delayed compared to when you sailed from Dekarran. The aim is to reach the first turning point on that drawing just before the tide becomes full and slows the main flow. Depending how your men row, we may reach there sooner or later, it makes little difference."
Wallesan and Maralin, their curiosity roused, bent to look at the drawing.
"Ah! I see," the Duke said. "Of course I am familiar with movements on the river but I do not know the fine details of why things are done a certain way, that is for the boatmen. This drawing makes much clear, I deem."
Prell bowed. "As you say, Your Grace."
Maralin looked at Eriana. "A matter for your command, Highness? Some kind of School of Navigation, perhaps?"
Her eyes narrowed in thought. "Aye, an excellent point, Tenant. We will discuss this - and other matters we may think of - when we arrive in Joth." She turned to Wallesan. "By Your Grace's leave, of course."
Wallesan spread his hands. "By all means, Eriana. It is your business, it is Federation business, it is therefore my business as well." He turned to Prell. "If I may ask, how far have we traveled today?"
"Your Grace, as the ptuvil flies, perhaps eighty to eighty five marks. Because we must needs cross the flow, and that took us downstream, today we have done more than a hundred, most likely."
The Duke pursed his lips. "Indeed! I doubt there is anyone, even a swift messenger with changes of steed, who could manage such a feat. Perhaps travel by ship is not as slow as I believed."
"Sometimes it is, Your Grace, sometimes the winds, the tides, the currents and the weather may conspire against those who travel on the water. Today we have been fortunate."
"As you say. Eriana, if I may have a word?"
"Of course. Pilot, we will speak again tomorrow."
Prell bowed and then left. Eriana looked at Wallesan.
"There are matters I would ask you concerning the Federation, and the likely attitude of Einnland to it."
She gestured. "Of course. If you would join me, Wallesan." As the Duke pulled his chair in, she turned to the two women. "I would not have you bored tonight, girls, if you desire to amuse yourselves elsewhere I would not object."
Bennet grinned. "As you wish, Highness. We can continue what we were doing before the pilot appeared."
Eriana grinned back. "As you say! I will see you later, then. Now, Wallesan, what is it you desire to know?"
Wallesan leaned forward. "Well, it recently occurred to me..."
The third leg of their voyage sees the Visund tackle the toughest leg: upstream with no wind assistance, crossing the main current. This involves almost everyone taking an oar. Once past the obstacle, the next reach proves easy sailing, but just before they reach their stop for the following night, the lookouts spot something.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
3 - Crossing the Current
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
As was often the case, Eriana turned heads when she led Bennet
and Semma to breakfast the following morning. Today this was because
they were not dressed for traveling. The two guardswomen wore their
uniforms, with swords, while Eriana had opted for one of her day
gowns.
Most of her crew, and all of the Jothans, stood as she approached. She gave them a regal wave.
"Good morrow, friends. Please, you should not stand for me like this. I prefer the rule that Garia suggested, that if you have already already started your meal then you should continue. I am the one interrupting you, not the other way around."
Most muttered good-naturedly at her and resumed their meals, but Wallesan held a chair for her, while Maralin and Hambran seated the girls.
"Your Grace, you should not! I am but an uncouth ship's captain from a land of barbarians."
Wallesan smiled. "...Who is also the daughter of a King and a Princess of one of the strongest countries in the Great Valley! I am a noble and a gentleman, and it is a gentleman's task to ensure that our ladies are well looked after, for it is they who will bear the next generation."
"I cannot disagree, Your Grace," her smile faded, "but I have had in my life no thoughts of motherhood at all. Perhaps that duty is not for one such as myself."
Wallesan saw that the guardswomen were staring at Eriana at this revelation. "Eriana, do not wish your life away. A year ago you could not have imagined what adventures you have had since."
"Aye, Wallesan," she nodded, as they dropped the formal tones, "you are right. A hasty voyage, strange lands, battles, friends I never knew existed. I am still young and there is much water to flow by before I know what fate has arranged for me." She made to stand again. "If you will excuse me, I must obtain my breakfast, and these two are also hungry."
"No need, here are two of your crew bearing trays. Now, tell me if you would, why are you attired so? Is there some function I have overlooked?"
Eriana smiled as her men placed bowls, plates and cutlery on the table. "Not at all. I have an errand, I find, to the local market before we sail. We discussed it this morning when we rose and decided that a noblewoman with an escort would obtain more respect than a female river captain. Thus, our attire as you can see."
"You go to the market?"
"Aye, to seek items of concern to a woman, mainly."
Maralin looked interested. "Highness, would you object if I joined you? We have no needs that a market would fill but I do remember that the Messenger office is at the end of the market square. I should go there and see if anything has been left for His Grace."
"If His Grace has no objection?" Wallesan shook his head. "Then join us, Tenant. Do you think that there would be anything at the office for me? I have seen them along our route when we returned from Forguland but I do not know how the system works."
Maralin spread his hands. "It is a complicated subject, Highness, of which I understand only the little that concerns my own activities. His Grace has made it known that he will be returning to Joth by means of the river and so the various offices along the way will hold letters, packets and such which arrive and are addressed to him. I understand that most travelers do something similar. For yourself, I do not think anyone will hold mail for you, it will probably be waiting in Joth when we get there."
Eriana nodded. "As you say. I doubt not that I will find packets concerning the Navy, and also letters from Her Majesty. Does this mean that I will need to set something up for when the Visund sails beyond Joth?"
Wallesan raised a hand. "If you would leave the arrangements to me, Eriana. I will ensure that anything important reaches you as soon as it may."
"I give you thanks, Wallesan."
After finishing their meal Eriana, Bennet and Semma stood and walked out of the hostel, once Eriana had given instructions to her crew. As they departed they were joined by Maralin, who held a pouch over his shoulder by a strap.
"If I may ask what you look for in the market, Highness?"
Eriana turned to Maralin with a look on her face and then stopped, calculating. The guardswomen stopped also and gathered round.
The Princess chose her words very carefully. "Maralin, if I would speak of matters you might consider breaking a confidence."
His eyebrows rose for a moment before he relaxed. "I understand. I have no objection to these two knowing, but of course it might be better if an oath was given." He grinned. "Being a stranger from somewhere else entirely is bad enough, I would like to retain some dignity if I may."
Eriana grinned in return before speaking to the two intrigued guardswomen. "Girls, Maralin bears a secret he is willing to share with you, but naturally he would not desire it to become widely known. Shall you give oaths?"
They both nodded and gave oaths to Maralin, which Eriana witnessed. They looked at Maralin expectantly.
"You both know that I came from Earth, just as Princess Garia did? Of course, all of Palarand knows her origins now. You also know, I think, that she was not a girl on Earth? Aye? Well, know now that I was a girl on Earth. I have been transformed the other way."
The two stared at Maralin with interest and curiosity.
Eriana added, "That was one reason that I was content to permit Maralin to join us today. Although he has many of the qualities of a man, his upbringing and instincts are still a mixture of male and female. He will understand our quest today."
Maralin nodded. "Indeed, Highness. If I may enquire what your interest in the market is?"
Eriana laughed as the four began walking. "You saw the trousers we all wore yesterday? Before we departed Her Majesty told me that, as summer approaches, the weather will become so warm that such attire will become uncomfortable. I seek alternative material I may make into something suitable." She shrugged. "Perhaps the girls will also desire something lighter."
Maralin's eyes narrowed. "I did see the sweat stains on the clothing of you and your men, Highness, but it never occurred to me that..." His voice trailed off as he came to the obvious conclusion. "Your men! They'll become even more uncomfortable, I think. Now, you know that I have a man's body now, but I have not yet experienced a summer in the Great Valley either." His lips pursed. "I have assets to protect, so to speak, and I do not know how. Other than the Duke, there is nobody who I could go to for advice."
Eriana giggled. "Aye! You cannot ask another man, for they would think you already know, and a woman would not understand your problem - or misunderstand your intent."
"Exactly!" He grinned. "This could turn into an interesting voyage. I'm assuming that you're going to let the men suffer?"
She sniffed. "They have eyes, they can observe what the other sailors are wearing. Doubtless they will discover some answer."
The market ran through the middle of the town and was situated either side of the trade road, the buildings being set back behind the stalls. With a muttered word Maralin strode off towards a structure at the far end with a yellow flag above the door. Eriana turned towards the stalls.
"He's a good looking man," Semma remarked. "Do you know anything of him, Highness?"
"He is sworn to the Duke, Semma, that I know. Ah, I understand. You should know that he is already spoken for, and that he would have already married by now if he had not traveled to Palarand with His Grace."
The disappointment was obvious. "Oh. Thank you, Highness."
Eriana smiled at Semma. "There are plenty more where he came from, I deem! Perhaps, as Guardswoman Heldra did, you may find someone suitable among the crew." She hesitated at a new thought. "Girls, I think today we should do as we did before. I do not think I will be a Princess today, just a noblewoman passing through, which is mostly true. If you would name me 'My Lady' as we survey the stalls."
By the time Maralin came back from the Messenger office, the three had trawled one side of the market and were halfway down the other side.
"Greetings, ladies! Have you found anything of use?"
Eriana replied, "I regret we have not, though there have been many distractions. I am amazed at the variety of goods and services we have seen on the stalls so far. We were particularly interested in two stalls which sold weapons and armor."
"I would think twice before buying anything from one of those," Maralin advised. "I was warned off them by someone in Thorn. You would never know what was in the metal you bought or how it was tempered. It might break when you most needed it not to."
Eriana's eyes narrowed. "There is much in what you say, Maralin. I doubt many in the country could better those weapons Master Haflin provides." She nodded. "In future I will look but not touch. Look! Here is a clothier, with rails of gowns which may be of use."
The woman came forward and bobbed. "My Lady, how may I be of assistance? I regret that a stall like mine does not carry gowns fine enough for yourself, though I can recommend a seamstress who might be able to provide."
Eriana waved a hand. "Do not concern yourself, Mistress. Though I am a noble it is not noble wear that I seek. We are taking passage on a ship along the river and the captain informs me that warm weather lies ahead. Have you lighter, serviceable garments for myself and my attendants? We do not care for frills and fancies, not on board a working vessel, merely attire that will not cook us as summer approaches."
The woman smiled warmly. "Just so, My Lady, I understand that while on the river all must needs wear attire of a practical nature. I regret, though, that presently I have nothing suitable for someone as tall as yourself. Will you be staying in Terban some days? It may be possible for me or others to sew something to suit your build."
"I regret that we shall be departing in a bell or two, Mistress. If you may have something on your rails for my two girls?"
"So soon? Then I will see what I can do. First, I must needs measure them. I can do that over their clothes, since the kind of dress you desire must needs be of a loose fit."
The woman produced a tape measure and measured bust, waist and waist-to-knee of both guardswomen, noting the numbers on a slate. She then went to the rails and began riffling through them, considering each thoughtfully.
"I have here a lightweight dress for your taller attendant," she said finally, indicating Bennet. "This is made from a much thinner cloth which will keep one cool during the hotter days, while still being tough enough to withstand life aboard a ship. I do have something which may fit the other but it could be too tight."
Eriana looked at the two garments the woman presented. Both were of a thin, closely-woven undyed material and were in a traditional style with a fitted bodice and a skirt which was wide enough to allow free movement but not so wide that the wind would lift it up completely. She nodded.
"If they may try them on? I think we can spare so much time to make sure they will fit."
There was a canvas cubicle to the rear of the stall and Bennet and Semma took the two gowns inside to change. Maralin came forward, pointing.
"If I may look at your cloth? I may have some ideas which may help My Lady's problem."
The stall owner stared at Maralin, who smiled back.
"I come from a family of tailors," he said blandly. "My two elder brothers went into the business but I have found another patron in a different art. Still, I know something of cloth. If I may?"
"As you wish, Master."
The woman gestured at the bolts of cloth to one side of her display, intended for patrons to select material for a bespoke garment. Maralin went over and began fingering the cloth, going through the stock quite quickly. He held up the corner of a small bolt.
"How wide is this, and how much per stride?"
"It is a stride and a half, Master, and I usually ask eight feniks a stride for it. Why, how much did you desire?"
Maralin's eyes glazed as he worked through the math, using his fingers to make sure he had done it right. While he was doing this the woman pulled out the bolt and unrolled it onto the trestle table, covering the small goods which were on display.
"I think three strides should do it, though more would make certain," he said, finally.
In reply the woman said, "This is the end of the bolt, it is about four and a half strides, I deem. If I take three, or three and a half from it, there would only be a scrap left. You may have it all for thirty feniks."
"Done!" Maralin smiled and held out his hand to seal the deal.
As the woman folded up the cloth and found a length of string to tie it with, she asked Maralin, "What do you intend doing with it, Master? It is too thin for a gown, I deem, and would show too much should the wind blow."
Maralin smiled. "If these ladies must needs wear lighter gowns then they will also require lighter underwear, must they not? Once we have leisure along the way I will see how much of my father's teachings I can remember."
"You're going to make -" The woman blushed. "I never imagined such a thing! You have my best wishes, Master, in your endeavor."
Bennet came out wearing her dress, which proved to be a comfortable fit. Semma, however, had tried on the other garment and even with Bennet's help could not make it fit satisfactorily. She emerged with it over one arm.
"My Lady," she said, "I cannot wear this one, it is too tight. Maybe at the next stop?"
"Of course, Semma. With unexpected help from Maralin, we may even find suitable cloth and make our own."
Maralin held up his hands. "Please... My Lady. I can probably make certain things but I am no seamstress. If we may discuss this on the way back to the ship."
As Maralin was obviously reluctant to say anything in front of the woman, Eriana merely nodded. "As you wish, Maralin." She turned to the woman. "How much do we owe, for the dress and the material?"
With the bill paid, the four began walking back to the hostel, having decided that there was not enough time to investigate the remaining stalls.
"I assume that you do not, actually, come from a family of tailors, Maralin?"
"Hardly! Mine were all in the catering business... cooking, public kitchens, um, food stalls, shall we say, and eating houses." He thought. "Though, come to think of it, there was cousin Manny who married into a family of bespoke tailors. I didn't learn any sewing from them, I did it all myself, and it was only domestic repairs, that kind of thing."
He held up his free hand and looked at it. "Of course, things were different then. I'm not sure how easy it will be for me to even hold a needle these days, let alone thread it! And, don't forget, almost all our sewing was done by machine, not by hand."
"Then why did you buy this cloth?"
"Because, Highness, even if I cannot sew it myself, I can still design and lay out the cloth for others to cut and sew. And, while I was on my way to the Messenger office and back, I have been thinking about your problem. As Garia said, sometimes you have to think big, and that's what I have just been doing."
"Thinking? About what?"
Maralin grinned. "Summer dresses for you three, for a start. Oh, don't worry, I'll make sure the designs don't frighten the good burghers of the towns or their wives." The grin faded. "The other thing I've been thinking about is uniforms. For your new Navy."
"For the Navy? I did not think we would need to take such decisions so soon, Maralin! Can it not wait until we return?"
Maralin grinned again. "Maybe, Highness, but we have been presented with an unexpected opportunity. You have a shipload of men who will soon want light summer outfits, and that same shipload of men will soon become the federation's first sailors and marines. Why not just make them all summer uniforms instead?"
Eriana was impressed by the idea. "An interesting thought. You have designs, I deem."
"Some initial thoughts only. I have only just thought about this, you understand, and I'm resisting temptation to just copy Earth uniforms. We need something that works for conditions here in the Valley. At other seasons, and out on the ocean, we can do things differently if we wish."
Eriana was surprised. "Maralin, you are every part as smart as Garia, I deem. You have given me much to consider, and just before sailing! We can do nothing more until we reach our next stop, I suppose?"
"As you say, Highness. It will give me time to think things through. If any of you have ideas, please let me know, though it would be better not to spring this on the men until we know what we will be doing."
"I agree. Bennet, Semma, we'll keep this conversation to ourselves for now. Girls, we have to go and get changed and packed ready to sail." She rolled her eyes at Maralin. "You of all people know what a woman must needs do before she may travel."
Another grin. "Aye, Highness, though the alternative has its own problems, I can assure you."
* * *
The Visund nosed between the pilings and the other vessels, heading cautiously back to the Sirrel. Two oars each side were enough to make way, since they had the wind at their backs, even though the sail was still rolled up on deck. Once beyond the immediate shoreline the prow was swung left, to make use of the remaining incoming tide in order to progress upstream.
On the foredeck, Eriana stood along with Prell and two of her best lookouts, Tor Gunnarson and Jorl. These latter two looked out into the murky waters, trying to see if there were any shallows about to ground the Visund.
"I could raise sail here," Eriana remarked. "We would make better progress than by oars alone."
Prell replied, "Captain, you know that the river bends almost immediately. Unless your people have some clever means of using a sail to go directly into the wind, then there is little point raising the sail, since you would have to lower it almost immediately."
"Aye." She nodded, following it with a smile. "We have some art in sailing against the wind, it is true, but in a river I do not know? Better not to take the risk, not until we have become more familiar with these strange waters. But later, perhaps, could we use the sail to help us cross?"
"Indeed, Captain! It may shorten your crossing and save the muscles of your men, if it is possible to do so. You should know that many of the boats and ships which ply the Sirrel do so with sail alone, only hiring maybe eight or ten men to help them past this stretch."
"Which way shall we be turning?" She peered at the distant shore, still indistinct in the late morning mist. "Over there? Then the yard must be laid... it is already in the right position, I deem, but I will have to give instructions to have the sail lowered at the right moment."
The bow continued to turn as the river curved to the left, so she added, "And I will have the rest of the oars unshipped, ready to pull."
She shouted at the men and all turned to face her, intent. She rattled off instructions in rapid Norse and the Visund suddenly exploded with activity. Oars were brought from their stowage near the centerline and fed through keyhole-shaped holes in the upper hull, while the sailors among the crew retied the lines which held the sail close to the yard before tying longer lines to them. With help from the brawnier members of the crew, the yard was raised as high as possible, but lengthwise along the ship and with the sail still closed. Everybody then found positions near an oar, ready for action.
Since pulling at an oar meant that the men faced the stern, Eriana nodded to Prell and made her way back to the stern deck so that they could see her when she asked for effort.
Wallesan spoke to her when she reached the stern. "Eriana, how may we help?"
"If Prell speaks true, then the men should manage the next section, Wallesan. They are used to rowing and will know what to do. Some of them are not so strong, however, and when we turn to cross the current," she gestured at the distant shore, "then, I deem, your men may help those who find the work difficult."
"As you wish, Eriana." His brow furrowed. "I see empty oar holes along the hull. Did you have more men when you came to Palarand?"
"I did, Wallesan." Her expression became grim. "Storms on the voyage from Einnland cost me eight lives, among them the original owner of the ship and his whole family, along with my best steersman. Two we lost when we were almost wrecked landing on the shores of Plif. Then Gylfi and Sten died during the Boldan's Rock assault and I have left five in Forguland who were wounded in that expedition. Two more have joined His Majesty's guards and five more serve Garia now, Gullbrand whom you know, Vidrik as armsman, Sigsten, who was a good sailor, and of course the two maids who came with me from Einnland." A small smile. "Oh, and little Alrik, of course. We found him hiding under the praam after we sailed -" she pointed to the upturned small boat secured forward of the mast, "- and he served us well as ship's boy during the voyage. I wonder what happened to him? Garia said that he had been fostered to a family in the palace."
"I wondered why your ship was so big," Wallesan commented. "Your crew must be at least as large as that of those galleys we passed."
"Aye, maybe, but those are cramped places of toil, Wallesan. The men who pull the oar on a galley, so I have been told, are mostly convicts and rootless men who seek to keep starvation at bay. They are not treated well, even when their strength is not required. On the Visund, there are moments when strength is required, it is true, but other than that we mostly use the sail and all can see the horizon... when we are on the ocean, of course. It is a happier life, I deem."
On the distant prow, Prell raised both arms in the air and then swept them forward.
«Right, you miserable apologies for mudfish! Time to earn your keep! Oars, my men, and ready!»
The whole crew grinned at her as they made themselves ready. This was routine.
«And... pull! Two, three, four, pull! Two, three, four, pull! Easy strokes, save your strength for later!»
The Visund twitched and leaped forward, finding her rhythm rapidly. Eriana had been very worried that the alterations would affect the way the ship behaved but it seemed that it was not so. The nearer shore slid past at a satisfying rate, their progress helped by what was left of the incoming tide.
At the bow, First Mate Tor came and sat by the two guardswomen, who were keeping out of the way in front of the front-most rowers.
"If I may ask for your assistance, Mistresses."
Both scrambled to their feet. "What do you need, Master?"
He shook his head with a smile. "Please, we are not used to the formality of the palace here. I am Tor son of Magnus, as you know, and I am second in command of the Visund. Just Tor will do. Since all who can are rowing, I would ask your help lowering the sails when the time comes. You know we must cross to the other side of the river?" He pointed to the far shore.
"Aye, of course." Bennet added with a smile, "As no doubt you already know, I am Bennet and this is Semma. What must we do?"
"You see those lines which drop from the yard? When those are pulled a knot will spill and the sail will drop. When you see the Captain do the like at the stern, then if you would do the same this end."
Bennet's eyes flicked up and down at the lines which fell from the yard. "That should be easy enough, Tor. Do we need to secure the lines anywhere?"
He shook his head. "If you can find somewhere along the middle to tie them out of the way of the rowers, then do so. But if you cannot, it will not matter. The important lines are those at the corners of the sail, to hold the lower edge against the wind, and someone will attend to those immediately."
She nodded. "As you wish, Tor."
Tor made his way back to the stern, where he took the steering oar from Eriana. She had been holding it while he went forward, but she knew that his strength would be needed soon. She looked out over the river, trying to see the currents and eddies which might affect their passage. Here, the river was still wide enough that they could choose a path without too much concern.
A bell passed, and Eriana could now see the powerful main current as it approached the nearer bank. Prell was giving frequent signals to ensure that they did not either stray into it or approach the bank too closely. The men were by now warmed up and pulling steadily, the effort seeming to cause them little trouble. The day was turning out as fine as the previous one and she looked at the sweat being worked up by her crew. Most now had stained tunics and several had already taken theirs off.
Prell shouted and then pointed right with both arms. This was the moment to turn, and all knew what to do. Tor leaned on the steering oar while Eriana leaped into the hull and began pulling on a line to drop the sail. This was a critical moment, the precise point when the Visund would encounter the strong, downstream current.
Now, most of the men bent to their oars and began pulling strongly, while Eriana continued tugging the lines to release the sail. Amidships, Brodgar pulled a line one side of the mast then climbed around it to release another the other side. At the bow, Bennet and Semma pulled their own lines and the sail came down with a thump, filling immediately. Brodgar came forward to grab the control line at their corner of the sail and hold it fast, watching as Eriana did the same at the stern. Once satisfied that nothing had snagged, they tied them off, the sail filling to the right side of the ship.
"Come on!" Bennet said. "Take you an oar!"
The two women sat down on benches beside the front-most pair of men, grabbing the ends of their oars and helping them pull. With a grin the men moved over to give them room. Near the mast, the Jothan troops did likewise, Maralin and Hambran choosing oars as well. Once Eriana was satisfied with the set of the sail, she too grabbed the end of an oar and began to pull. Only six people were not rowing now, the two lookouts and Prell on the foredeck, Tor at the stern who was struggling to keep the bow steady against the force of the current, and in front of him Wallesan and Kalmenar.
"What is happening?"
Wallesan eyed the little diplomat with disfavor. "You have to ask? We are crossing the current, that is what. Why are you not rowing? If needs be I would put my own hands to an oar to help us get across faster."
Kalmenar was outraged. "I- I am a noble! I do not do such things."
"Eriana is a noble, and a better one than you will ever be! She is the daughter of a King and yet she sees no difficulty in helping her men."
"Well, Your Grace, why do you not row?"
"There is no room here, as you are well aware. If I had known when this was to happen - whoa!"
The Visund went over a wave in the river, causing the ship to rise and fall. Kalmenar looked worried.
Wallesan was disdainful. "Bah! This is nothing! I have made river crossings where the water was much rougher than this. As I was saying, I would have moved to be nearer my men if I had known. There is more room by the mast."
"As you say," Kalmenar said, but his eyes were wild. "We're not succeeding! We're going backwards!"
Eriana spoke up, her voice patient. "The current will always pull us downstream, Kalmenar, however hard we row. We know this. What we have to do is get across the current."
Suddenly the water was calm again, their motion still downstream but much slower. The nearer bank approached rapidly. A shout from the front and a wave from Prell, and Tor leaned on the steering oar to change their direction again. Now they were a hundred strides or so from the right bank and their oars were easily beating the slack current here. The sail flapped limply, the wind now being almost along the length of the ship.
She stood up and turned. "Easy, men! We have done the hardest we must needs do today. Go back to your slower pace. We must needs row until we reach the next bend of the river, so measure your effort carefully. Men of Joth, we thank you for your assistance." She smiled. "Women of Palarand, I thank you for yours. The timing for lowering the sail was perfect. We'll make sailors out of you yet!"
That raised a cheer from most of the men, some of whom turned and grinned at the two girls. Some bent forward over their oars, momentarily exhausted.
"Brodgar!" Eriana called forward. "Break out water for any who need it. I'll start this end."
At the bow Bennet stood. "Brodgar, we'll do that. You have more important things to do, ship things."
He smiled at her. "Yah. Ship things. You take water this side, Semma take water other side."
With water skins in hand, the two walked down the row of benches, offering a drink to each of the men that they passed. It was necessary to go back and get fresh skins partway through, since most of the men were large and their thirst matched their size. At the stern, Eriana noticed what had happened but decided not to say anything.
She took a drink from her own skin and relaxed, looking around at the nearby river bank. Here, since there was still a little residual tide, the water was brackish and this made a difference to the landscape, making it more 'coast' than 'bank'. The beaches were mostly mud and the nearest foliage was reeds and salt-water scrub, thinly scattered over the land which approached the water. Further inland, as before, there were people working the land, small clumps of trees of various kinds and even one or two small farms.
The flapping of the sail made her look up. Seeing the canvas fluttering in the wind, she realized that it would not help their passage against the flow, so ordered that the yard be lowered. Partially lowered, the sailors among the crew gathered up the sail and secured it, before swinging the yard around. Once the yard lay across the ship it was raised again, with the sail furled, to enable those on deck to pass beneath it instead of having to climb over.
Their course gradually swung right, and right, and further right, until the ship was pointing at the cliffs on the southern wall of the Great Valley, even though at that stage they were still some twenty marks away. Then, finally, they completed the turn and everybody could relax. Once round the bend the sail was dropped and secured in position, the wind would be in their favor and the oars could be shipped, permitting all the crew to take a late lunch.
Once the decks were cleared Eriana gave permission for the men to eat. Unlike their lunch following their departure from Dekarran, the food was of a plainer fare but just as tasty and plentiful. Many of the men took the opportunity to snooze in the warm spring air, while others looked around at the landscape with interest.
Maralin was doodling with a stub of charcoal stick and an old sheet of parchment, re-used and scrubbed clean so many times so that the color was completely gray. Eriana saw and stepped down to sit beside him.
"Some of your ideas, Maralin?"
He smiled at her. "Just getting my thoughts in order, Captain. First, what do you think of that dress that Bennet has on?"
She waved a hand. "It is sufficient for the purpose, I would guess."
"But what you are not saying is that you like it."
"Of course. There are similar designs in Einnland, it is true, but they would be worn by the... peasants, I think they would call them here. Certainly the sleeves and the skirts would be longer. No-one would ever think of wearing such a dress on board a ship there."
"Hmm. You remember that not everybody who sails along the Sirrel is a warrior? Leaping about at a moment's notice with a sword or axe in hand? I have been looking at some of the ships and barges that we have passed today and many of the women I have seen aboard have worn something similar. I shouldn't imagine that any of them would be doing heavy work on board, so what they wear is probably good enough."
Eriana studied Maralin. "But you also do not approve."
"As you say, Captain. I'm trying to remember summer Earth styles that could be used in our situation. I know that they shouldn't show their knees freely and we have to be careful about shoulders, so I'm thinking something different, something that will be even cooler than what Bennet is wearing."
"I am an Einnlander... I was an Einnlander. We do not care if anyone shows knees or shoulders, man or woman. Are Earth styles so different, then?"
Maralin barely resisted the temptation to say, "Wait until Garia gets back! You won't believe what Earth women wear!", instead merely saying, "Aye, Captain they are. I need to adapt what I know. Something like this, maybe."
He sketched, crudely, a simple shift style with short sleeves and a generous neckline.
"Ah! I see! But there is no shape to it."
"That's an advantage, Captain. The air will flow fully around inside, keeping you cool while still not revealing anything." He paused, muttering to himself. "Hmm. I don't know enough about this... let me add some bust darts, and maybe there'll be waist darts at the back." To Eriana he said, "Because it will be loose fitting, you won't need laces so therefore you can just pull it over your head like a tunic. That makes it easier to sew together."
Eriana considered. "An interesting idea. That material you bought, you would use it for this?"
"Oh, no, Captain! I have other ideas for that, ideas we had best speak of later, if you understand me. The material that Bennet's dress is made of, that is about what I thought we would need, even if the design is not."
"As you say. That was the one thing that I approved of. This dress of yours, how difficult will it be to make?"
"Let me see. If I get this right, there will just be a front and a back, since there is no waist seam, see? Oh, and the sleeves, of course. I can probably use the sleeves of Bennet's dress for a pattern, I think I can manage that without having to unpick it."
"Four pieces of cloth? And such a simple shape?"
"Well, setting the sleeves in won't be simple, but -"
"The men make their own tunics, Maralin, and set the sleeves in themselves. They have the art for such work, this dress will be merely a longer kind of tunic, I deem."
"Well, yes, of course, I never thought of that. Of course the men can do such things, if they can sew sails."
"Then we shall see if we can obtain suitable cloth in the next market we come to." She gave him a look. "And later, we shall speak of other sewing matters."
Maralin gave a nod and a grin. "As you command, Captain."
* * *
With the wind at her back, the Visund fairly flew along the South Brugan Reach. The Sirrel twisted and turned, making it difficult to see far ahead. The south wall of the Great Valley came closer and closer so that eventually the river foamed about its base as it had previously foamed about the cliffs near Dekarran on the other side. Indeed, at one point it looked as if the river had broken through, leaving a jagged gap and vistas of mountainsides beyond.
Then their course curved away again. This was tricky, since the downstream current promptly switched sides, but Prell showed them how to use the narrow channel between the current and the bank to proceed safely.
"How can you know that this channel is safe, pilot?"
"Because it is the side which the main current is, Captain. Over here, the water is at its deepest and we have no fear of sandbank or shoal. Provided we do not actually beach ourselves, we should be safe."
"We had better be! It is astonishing to me that we may travel so fast, and safely. I do not think we could go so fast on the open ocean."
"On the ocean, Captain, it may seem slower because there is nothing close by to judge your speed by. Here, the banks are close and make things seem to go past faster."
"As you say, pilot." But Eriana was nervous all the same.
At the end of the South Brugan Reach the Sirrel turned right, another tight turn, but by this time the main current had gone back to the further side. Because of this Prell was more cautious and made Eriana take the Visund out until it was about half a mark from the right shore. His caution was confirmed when the low shapes of sandbanks began to become visible in the late afternoon sun, even out as far as they were.
Many were just low mounds breaking the surface, but one or two of the bigger ones had accumulated debris and even, in a few cases, permanent vegetation signaling their change in status from sandbank to island. On one of the larger ones Maralin even caught sight of a small house, with boats outside and washing hanging from a line to one side.
Needless to say everyone was keeping a close eye on things, those who had telescopes using them to survey the sandbanks and the waters ahead of their course. Despite this it was one of the lookouts who gave a shout, pointing at a long, low mound cluttered with flood-borne tree-trunks, brush and other debris. Eriana raced forward to find out what the problem might be.
"Folke. What have you seen?"
"A body, Captain. See? Over there, just to the right of that big bleached tree trunk."
Eriana lifted her telescope and looked, easily finding what looked like a person lying on the fine sand of the bank.
"As you say. What do we do?"
By now Prell, Maralin and Wallesan had followed Eriana to the bow and stood watching her in the hull below the foredeck. Maralin had his telescope to his eye, but it was Prell who answered the question.
"Captain, you must go and investigate. It is the law of the river, that may not be a body but someone washed off a ship, mayhap, or more probably a fisherman whose boat has overturned. They may still be alive. We must needs go and help them."
"Of course." She turned to the main body of the ship, where the crew were now staring at her. "Drop the yard! Quickly now, before we go too far past! Oars out! Six, perhaps, each side. Make for the island."
The yard, which had been slewed right round again, was dropped with a thump to leave the sail billowing over men, oars and all. Out of the momentary confusion men quickly bundled the sail up, securing it roughly to the yard with the lines, and freeing space for others around the mast to find oars and push them through the holes. With the sail down the Visund quickly lost way and the slack current began taking it back down the river.
Oars ready, Tor leaned on the steering oar and the bow swung towards the little mound of sand and debris. The ship picked up speed and drove directly towards it, Maralin realizing that this would be the best way to do it, the way the Norse were accustomed to landing, so that only the small area of the bow would be grounded. The Visund slid up onto dry land with barely a shudder.
Lars was the first man down, splashing into water up to his knees and wading rapidly out onto the fine silt towards the body. This was several strides from where they had grounded, so it was difficult to see what he had found or what he was doing. Two other men also dropped down, taking lines and holding them so that the ship would not float off and leave the landing party stranded.
Lars bent briefly and then straightened, turning. "A woman, Captain, and still alive!"
"Bring her. Quickly now, Lars!"
The big man scooped up the castaway and turned, showing his prize to be a slender woman with, at the moment, pale skin. Her clothing looked odd. He brought her tenderly to the side of the ship and passed her up before hoisting himself on board. Two of the men laid the woman down on the nearest bench and everybody crowded round.
Maralin took one look and felt as if his gut had been punched.
"Oh, shit!" There was really nothing else to say. "She's from Earth!"
The castaway and her clothing are in shocking condition. This raises many questions, some of which dare not be answered by those who know. Examination of her belongings reveals yet more puzzles, and the time taken means that the Visund will not reach her intended stop for the night. Once a suitable place for camping has been found, a furious argument then develops...
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
4 - A Night on the River
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Maralin was shocked because he had never expected to meet
another transferee, certainly not on this voyage, possibly not ever
again. The Beings just didn't work like that - that he was aware of.
Then, to compound matters, there was the state of the person
in front of him.
He assumed that the body itself would be intact, since it would have been grown afresh to deliver to Anmar. However, the state of the clothing indicated that the previous owner must have died violently on Earth before transference occurred. What that person was wearing carried its own implications, too.
The upper garment was a military-style tee shirt of olive green which hung loosely on the slight build of the woman. This was badly torn in several places and was liberally splashed with dark stains that could only be blood. The trousers were military combat pants, colored with a camouflage pattern of overlapping red, green, brown and orange triangles, and these were similarly loose except across the hips. They were also blood-stained, although there were no obvious rips or tears.
Around the hips was a khaki webbing belt with a serious looking knife scabbarded on the right side, dangling loosely now below the bench. Both hilt and scabbard had blood on them. The feet were inside good quality hiking boots but these appeared to be of a civilian make rather than military issue. There may also have been socks, but the baggy legs of the trousers obscured the tops of the boots.
"What do you mean, of Earth?" Eriana's voice intruded on his thoughts. "Oh, you mean, because of the trousers? An interesting design, I deem. She is wounded!"
"I think that you'll find that her body will not have so much as a single scratch on it," Maralin said, turning. He let out a breath. "Shit! This complicates matters no end, doesn't it?"
He exchanged a meaningful glance with Wallesan, who nodded back.
Prell said, "What do you mean, her body has no scratches? Can you not see the blood, the tears in her attire? We must examine her, tend her wounds!"
Maralin suddenly became aware of the impossibility of their situation. How could they possibly explain to any of these people what had just happened? This could be tough, and although he and the Duke knew all too well what was going on, they were oath-bound to keep quiet about it.
At least Eriana has some idea what might have happened. We need her on our side.
But we can't tell even her what has really happened! Shit!
Wallesan took over with a cautionary wave. "Pilot, you shall not examine anybody today. Let the guardswomen have that task, this is a... young woman... a woman, at the very least, and our conduct must be proper in such circumstances."
Prell had the decency to blush. "As you say, Your Grace. I did not intend to imply... Um, how shall it be done? There is no privacy here for such a task."
Wallesan looked at the men crowding around the bench to get a look. "As you say. We need a clear space. Eriana, your advice?"
Before she could reply Maralin said, "Highness, if I may, things may have fallen from her pockets when she was lifted. If you would send some of your men to search the ground around where she lay. They will soon know if they find something that shouldn't belong there."
"An excellent idea, Maralin. Lars! Take four and go over this island thoroughly. Maralin, if you would carry the woman back to the stern, the girls can examine her there." She turned to her men. "The rest of you, once Maralin has passed, come to the bow so that we do not slip off the sandbank."
Maralin went to the woman and unbuckled the belt, pulling it with the knife from under her body and handing them to a surprised Eriana. There were some whistles from the men at the apparent size of the weapon.
"Highness, if you would leave the knife alone for now. We may find useful clues before you pull the blade."
He lifted the body, discovering that it was heavier than he expected.
She's not that small, really. Just a bit thin. Might not have been well-fed for a while.
Um, this is a brand-new body! What the heck is going on?
He carried it through the crowd, who parted to let him pass. Then came Bennet and Semma, followed by Eriana and Wallesan as Lars called out instructions to the men in Norse. Prell and Kalmenar also came but stopped either side of the mast, with the rest of the crew crowding behind them.
Maralin laid the woman down on the edge of the stern deck and stepped back. Bennet went to the body and began lifting up the torn tee shirt.
"Careful," Maralin warned as Eriana came to stand by him. "She may not have anything on underneath."
I know she doesn't. If she had done I would have seen it through the rips in the tee shirt, but I can't tell them that. This is going to become very tricky before we have something sorted out.
Bennet turned briefly towards Maralin and then lifted the shirt once more, peering beneath it.
"Tenant, you are right. She wears no bodice nor bra nor any other clothing." She looked again. "You are also right about her body. What I can see is as clean and injury free as my own." She lowered the shirt and turned to Maralin fully. "How is this possible? Why would she have put such attire back on in this state? Would she not have at least washed the blood off first?"
Maralin gestured. "You'd better look at the rest first. Undo the button on her... trousers... then undo the zipper."
"What is a zipper?"
Yikes! They don't even know that! Oh, this is going to be wonderful.
"A zipper is a kind of closure for clothes and it comes from Earth. When Princess Garia was found, she was wearing a pair of trousers a bit like those, only hers were blue. They had a zipper as well. Do you know of Guildsman Fulvin, in the palace?"
"Aye, Tenant, of course."
"He has looked at that zipper and found out how to make them here on Anmar. I thought you might have known of such things. Here, I'd better come and show you."
"Well -"
"I said I'll show you. I won't expose anything, I promise."
He came and lifted the flap, showing them the slider of the zipper. "If you pull that down as far as it will go, those brass teeth will part. Then if you undo that big button, you'll be able to pull the trousers down and check for injuries." He had a thought. "There might be a problem, though. I doubt that you'd be able to get the trousers up again. They look somewhat tight across the hips to me."
Bennet gave him a stare. "If that is so, Tenant, then how did she get them on in the first place?"
Maralin had a vision of herself as a teenager struggling into a pair of skinny jeans. "Trust me, it is possible, but not while she is lying limp like that." He held up a hand. "All right. If you would wait a moment, please. It looks like I need to have a word with Her Highness."
Maralin turned and walked back over the benches to where Eriana and Wallesan stood.
"Highness, Your Grace, from what I have seen so far I can definitely confirm that this woman has just arrived from Earth. From a brief examination it does not look as if she has any injuries, um, physical injuries, that is. There may be something we haven't seen yet. Going by our past experience, it is possible that on Earth she was a man, not a woman, which may explain the poor fit of her clothing. She would be the same as Garia, right? Male there, female here. Whether that is true or not, I do not think it would be a good idea to let her stay in those clothes. There are going to be enough questions as it is, without her standing out because of what she is wearing."
Eriana scowled but nodded. "Aye, as you say. For the blood and the holes, if for no other reason. Do you yet know anything more?"
Maralin sucked air through his teeth. "Highness, I can guess a certain amount but the clothes may tell me more once we can examine them. What's in the pockets may give us clues as well."
"You mentioned pockets before. What are they?"
"Oh... I'll show you once we get the trousers off, it has lots of pockets. Even the labels may tell us something."
"Labels?"
Oh, dear. "Aye, labels are little slips of cloth inside which tell you about the size and shape of the clothes, and probably how to wash them as well." He had an inspiration. "Your attire is from the Palace wardrobe, is it not? Inside each piece is sewn a label with a number that ties the piece to you through those little shelves in Lady Dyenna's office. These are something similar."
"Ah! I understand. What, then shall she wear? We have no Palace Wardrobe nearby," she smiled at Wallesan, "nor the wardrobe of a Duke's domain, to provide for her. We have packed barely sufficient attire for ourselves as it is."
Maralin said with a smile, "Well, we know that Bennet has a spare traveler's dress, don't we?"
"That is true." Eriana looked around at Prell and Kalmenar, at the rest of her men crowding behind to get a good view of whatever was happening. "We cannot change her here, I deem."
"What?" Wallesan objected. "Surely, an oar or two, a piece of tarpaulin held up, to curtain off the stern."
"Well, aye, but..."
As she tried to think of a practical way to achieve a rough screen, Prell came forward. "Captain, if we tarry for much longer then we will not reach our next stop this evening. See, already the sun begins to lower."
She looked into the west, where the sun had already disappeared behind a bank of cloud. "Oh? How far have we yet to go?"
"How far is not the problem, Captain, but how long it will take us. At least two bells of sailing, most likely."
A shake of the head. "Too far, on strange waters, if the visibility fades quickly enough. We shall remain here overnight and continue tomorrow. This is acceptable?"
"Of course, Captain. Vessels often do so, there are not so many as swift as this one on the Sirrel, excepting only the galleys, of course."
Eriana grimaced. She had spent many nights sleeping on the Visund while on ocean voyages, and on a ship more crowded than it was this time, but it would still be cramped and difficult.
"If we may camp on this bank? It will afford us more room, and we may have a hot meal."
"Ah, Captain, I would not set up camp here, the bank is too low. If a squall comes during the night, the river will wash right over it."
"As you say. It looks like we'll all be sleeping on the benches, then." Eriana had a thought and turned to Maralin. "Speaking of sleeping, why does she not wake?"
"Captain, we have only two properly recorded instances of somebody arriving from Earth, myself and Princess Garia. Nobody can remember what happened to me, they had more pressing matters to attend to."
Wallesan agreed. "Indeed! Along with my people, we were being thrown out of Joth!"
Maralin resumed, "As for the Princess, we have a reliable witness in Jaxen, who says that they found her about mid afternoon and that she woke briefly to eat something in the evening. After that she did not waken again until the middle of the night, possibly four or five bells later. My guess is that this woman will probably not wake properly until tomorrow morning."
Eriana looked frustrated, which Maralin could appreciate. He turned to survey the river and pointed.
"Captain, if we cannot camp here, how about over there? That looks like a more permanent island, it has trees and scrub."
The indicated island lay beyond two more of the low banks like the one they were grounded on. It had maybe ten to twelve smallish trees and the surface could not be seen through the undergrowth.
"Aye! Pilot, what say you?"
Prell nodded. "I agree, Captain. It is a small island but appears safe enough. I believe it has been used before by others but I have never ventured there myself. There should be plenty of room for all and," he glanced at the woman, "room enough for any privacy you desire." He hesitated, then added, "I still find it difficult to believe that she is uninjured, Captain. With all that blood, surely..."
Eriana gave him a hard smile. "Then the sooner we have moved and made camp, the better, is it not so?"
With that she turned and began giving commands in Norse, commands that caused actions which confused many of her passengers. The men began rummaging in boxes and crates before coming up with several fearsome looking axes. Many then jumped off the bow to spread out among the tangle of driftwood that blocked the upstream end of the island, collecting both straight poles and chunks of shorter brush. Others began to ready the Visund for a brief movement to the indicated island.
She turned to see the others watching in amazement. "It will cause us little delay," she explained. "If yonder island has been used before, then there may not be much firewood to hand. I merely seek to ensure sufficient supply."
As she spoke Lars came up to her and handed her something black and metallic. "Highness, Vynil discovered this."
"What is it?" With the object in one hand and the knife belt still in the other, she was finding it difficult to handle the object. "Wallesan? Any ideas?"
Wallesan took the object, turned it over and promptly gave it to Maralin. He knew immediately what it was, a magazine from an automatic handgun. Peering at the slot along the side he saw three shells left, from a possible eighteen to twenty or so.
"This is definitely of Earth manufacture," he reported. "It is a magazine from a hand gun, possibly one that looked something like your Personal Pistols." He shook his head. "Without the gun itself this is of little value. This thing can hold maybe eighteen to twenty rounds, I would guess, but there are only three left. Why she did not use them up before changing magazines I could not say, and I doubt we'll ever know."
Eriana had been told sufficient about guns in Palarand that she understood most of what Maralin had explained. Both Maralin and Garia had described modern Earth weapons to a select group and she knew that the 'magazine' was part of one.
"How so, Maralin? When she wakes, will she not tell us?"
"It isn't that simple, Highness. When Garia and I awoke, we both had amnesia, we had no memory of who we were or anything like that. It was about five days before our memories came back, and even then neither of us remembers much about what happened when we left Earth." He had a sudden thought and paused, considering, before adding, "There might be more to explain, Highness, but not now. It would be better to leave all this until we have set up camp over there."
"As you say! Let us be ready to move once the foraging party returns. Here," she handed the knife and belt back to Maralin, "it would be better if you looked after these for now."
With bundles of firewood on board, the rest of the men prepared themselves to row the short distance upstream. Two men at the bow used oars to gently push the ship away from the bank and Tor expertly reversed the ship into the stream. It was only a matter of a few moments before they had reached their target. Here, they found a place where the river had undercut the bank slightly, providing a makeshift wharf which meant that the Visund could be properly moored alongside without having to be run up onto the thin soil.
Men now bustled about, unloading several of the barrels and some sacks onto the ground in the center of the island. Others began unlacing the sail from the yard and folding it, ready to carry it onto the island. The praam was lifted off and lowered into the river, being secured from the stern of the Visund by a painter. This exposed cooking equipment, two large round flat-bottomed pots, each about half a stride wide and a foot deep. These were already packed with cooking and eating utensils as well as turned wooden plates and thin metal mugs, enough for the whole crew. Four men carefully carried them onto the island.
Everybody else climbed off, spreading out to see what was there. An obvious sign that the island had been used before was a large blackened patch on the western side, down wind, of the small clearing among the short trees. Scrub concealed the clearing at the center of the island, but as the Visund was clearly visible moored to the western side it would provide only privacy and not secrecy.
"We will put the big shelter up there," Eriana pointed, "the fires there and there, the latrine there, at the tail end of the island, and we'll require a separate shelter which should go there, I deem."
This last indication was at the upstream end of the island, where the undergrowth gave way to another tangle of driftwood and debris.
"As you desire, Captain," Tor responded, going off to issue commands.
A rope was strung between two of the tree trunks, at about two and a half strides up, two of the larger men had no trouble reaching that high. The trunks were then guyed to prevent them bending under the expected load. The sail was brought and stretched over the main rope, making a shelter large enough that all could comfortably fit under. Foraged poles held up the corners, with more ropes making all taut. However, it was apparent that neither Eriana nor the other women would be sleeping here tonight, because a sheet of tarpaulin was used to make a similar, but much smaller, shelter where she had indicated. This had other lengths of tarpaulin around it to provide a certain amount of additional privacy.
Lanterns were lit and hung around the inside of the shelter. Once the bulk of the work had been done most of the crew came and sat inside, relaxing and talking among themselves in Norse. Adin, the ship's cook, supervised the lighting of the two fires while others took the two cooking pots and filled them with river water which had been strained through a specially-designed canvas bucket.
Eriana had a sudden thought and turned to Prell. "Pilot! Is the water of the river safe to use for cooking?"
"Captain, this far along the river the water will have no salt in it, you will be pleased to know, but of course the river is where the contents of every sewer will end up. I doubt any would care to drink from it except at extreme need, but if boiled for more than a quarter of a bell you may consider it safe enough."
She grimaced. "Adin, you hear that? The water is not to be trusted, boil it for more than a quarter of a bell." She turned to Prell. "We have had experience of bad water, we will follow your advice, pilot."
The castaway had been taken behind the 'women's shelter' by Bennet and Semma, who managed to remove her clothes and replace them with the traveler's gown that Bennet had worn the day before. Bennet emerged carrying the woman's clothes, bringing them over to the command group of Eriana, Wallesan, Maralin, Lars and Tor.
"Tenant, you were right about the... zipper, did you call it? I have never seen such a thing before!"
"You'll certainly be seeing zippers in the future, I can guarantee it." He took the bundle. "Is this everything?"
"It is, Tenant. She wears strange clothes, is she then a warrior like ourselves?"
"Hmm. I don't know, not yet."
Eriana asked, "It is true, then? She has no wound, no bruise upon her body?"
"No wounds at all, Highness, though there appear to be one or two fresh bruises. Nothing of any significance, I would say."
The Princess turned to Wallesan and Maralin. "So. We have her clothes, her knife, everything she had about her. Sit now and explain this to me, if you would."
She pointed to the ground next to one of the trees from which a lantern had been hung. Maralin could have wished for something brighter but he had been on Anmar long enough to have adjusted to the local conditions. The six sat down in a small circle and Maralin put the clothes in the center, retaining the knife belt.
She asked, "What of this mystery weapon? Why did you not wish it exposed before? Is there some custom that attends such a weapon?"
"There are knives on Earth that have customs like that, but I don't think this is one of them. Highness, there was much to do and I didn't want this to be a distraction, that is all. You know what will happen when your men see the blade. Let me first look at the scabbard."
He turned it over and found a manufacturer's label on the back, but that was soaked in blood so couldn't be made out in the uncertain light. He then pulled the blade, causing the expected whistle from everyone present, and drawing attention from the others in the shelter. It was, as he had suspected, a bush knife that somebody would choose to take for a trip to a national park, say, or some wilder destination. A proper professional tool, too, not what a day tripper might buy. The handle looked like it could be deer antler, perhaps, or a plastic imitation of such. The blade was about a foot long and had a finely ground edge to the machined and grooved blade while the back had serrated teeth for much of its length.
"Gods! What a blade!"
Maralin smiled. "I thought you might like it, Highness. Now, let me look closely -"
The blade was smeared with blood and the two fine grooves either side were filled with it.
"It has been used, and wiped, but not cleaned properly. Possibly he or she never had the chance."
Kalmenar started. "He or she, Tenant? What do you mean? Surely that person must be a woman? I cannot believe it a youth!"
Wallesan waved a hand. "Later, Kalmenar. Let Maralin examine all and then we shall tell you all we know."
Maralin held the knife up to the light, examining the back edge closely. "I do believe that there are some grains of sawdust here mingled with the blood. The knife has been used to cut wood, though when in the sequence of events I do not know." He gave the knife not to Eriana, as she had expected, but to Lars. "I doubt you can damage it, Sir, but treat it gently."
Eriana objected with a waved arm. "But -"
"Highness, the other clothes are more important."
Next came the trousers, since Maralin knew from the way they had felt that there were things in the pockets. The label indicated a US manufacturer, but that meant little. Items like this could be found in almost every corner of the world.
"Here, Highness, these are pockets. See, there are two at the front here, two at the back and one on each thigh. Pockets like these save the wearer from having to carry a bag or pouch." He held the trousers up for all to see. "We call this style cargo pants because of the two pockets on the side and I have no idea why. Both men and women wear them on Earth and, as you can see, they are of a practical nature. Not all will be this color or design, though."
In the right front pocket was a bulky lump which proved to be a wallet.
"Ah! Now we're getting somewhere."
The contents proved to be the first surprise.
"Uh, Canadian dollars?" He shrugged. "I suppose he... she could have come from anywhere in the world, really. Didn't have to be the US again."
There was a significant wad of Canadian dollar bills and that made Maralin wonder. If this person had gone to some wild place, then why so much coin... cash?
There were two credit cards, a Starbucks loyalty card and a driver's license. Maralin turned this over and had another surprise.
"Okay, everybody, we have a name for our mystery guest. It's..." He trailed off. Something seemed wrong here, although anything was possible on Earth these days. "It's Dugald Fairbairn. Dugald would be the given name, Fairbairn is a family name. Only, the picture doesn't match our person."
Wallesan said, "Did you expect it to? If he has been changed to a woman, as you believe, would the picture now be wrong?"
"Aye, Your Grace, but... How can I explain this? Firstly, that name is definitely Scottish, which is about right for an Alberta driver's license. Only, the description says, blond with brown eyes and our new friend has dark hair. Of course, we don't know what color her eyes are yet. Secondly, he would have looked more like me, if you like, since our racial origins are similar, only she has some far-eastern connections. Did you see the eyelids?"
"I did, and wondered what manner of people she came from. Have you an answer?"
Eriana asked, "Alberta, what is that?"
"Oh, Highness, do you remember in the federation talks, Garia spoke of another union of countries to the north of the United States? Alberta is one of those, one which has a number of people called Scots living in it if I remember rightly."
"Ah, I remember now. What is this about the hair?"
"Highness, on Earth women frequently choose other colors for their hair, it is part of their appearance, much as face paints are. Dyeing it takes a while but only has to be done every so often when the roots grow out. On the other hand, men do not usually change the color of their hair, not men of his age, anyway. It appears that he had bleached his hair, for some unknown reason, when this picture was taken."
"I see. You know his age as well? That thing tells you so much about him... her?"
"A certain amount. His age... the birth date is a few years earlier than mine, but since we don't know how dates translate between Anmar and Earth, all I can tell you is that she will be about... twenty-six, maybe twenty-seven in Anmar years." He waved the card. "This is essentially a document that tells anyone that the named person has trained enough to be able to drive one of our cars... our self-propelled vehicles. It is also used for ID."
"ID? What is that?"
"ID stands for identification." Even as he said it he knew that it sounded somehow wrong. The local letters that corresponded to 'ID' did not occur in the local phrase that meant 'identification.' "Um, what I mean is, this is a document that proves that the person described on it is the one carrying it. It shows his name and address, height, date of birth, weight, hair and eye color. Oh, and the photo, of course. That means that someone can look at it and immediately see if the person carrying it is likely to be the owner."
"Photo?"
"A small picture. Here, have a look for yourself."
Maralin gave the card to Eriana who scrutinized it closely before handing it to Wallesan.
"This is one of those ideas that Garia brings us, is it not?" she asked. "I do not think that I would understand, should you tell me how such a small picture can be made. It is not a drawing, nor is it a painting."
"Actually, Highness, the method is not all that difficult, as I recall, but it took a long time before we could produce things like that." He pointed to the card, now in the possession of Kalmenar. "I don't think that now is the right time to go into anything like that."
"As you say, Maralin." Eriana gestured. "Is there anything else in those pockets?"
Maralin dug into one after another, finding nothing but a blood smeared handkerchief in the left front pocket. "I guess this was used to wipe the knife. Oh, wait a moment, there's something in one of these."
In the left thigh pocket was a flat, black rectangle with a glass front and a Motorola symbol on the back. It appeared undamaged so he attempted to turn it on with no result.
"What is that?"
"We call these cellphones," Maralin explained. "Um, they can do lots of things, though I'm not familiar with this particular model. You can make voice calls to somebody who has another one of these, wherever they are, or you can send them messages. There are other things they can do, but I doubt this one can be used for anything right now. It has batteries that need charging, which for now means taking it to Palarand."
"Voice calls? What do you mean?"
"Please, Highness, leave it until later. I want to look at the rest of this clothing first."
Putting the phone down beside the wallet, he folded the cargo pants and placed them on the ground. The next item was underwear, which clarified one outstanding question.
"Right," he said, holding up the item. "These are called Y-fronts because the seam on the front looks like the English letter Y." He frowned. There was nothing comparable in shape in the local alphabet. "This proves almost conclusively that the person we found was a man on Earth. No woman would ordinarily want to wear Y-fronts, they would choose something more suitable."
"What do you mean?" Kalmenar asked, still holding the license card. "It proves no such thing! That person is a woman, she could never have been a man! Mayhap she stole all these strange things from their rightful owner, possibly in the murder which caused his blood to spill on these clothes."
Lars twitched and flexed his fingers. Maralin was in no doubt that, given the chance, he would have thumped the little noble. He reached forward.
"My Lord, if I may put the card back in the wallet, I do not want to lose such valuable evidence... thank you. You have doubts but I will answer them shortly. Let me finish with these clothes."
Socks and boots turned out to be nondescript, but definitely not of military issue, not unless the US or Canada, or wherever they had come from, had suffered a catastrophic shortage of funds since Maralin had last walked on Earth. The tee shirt, however, had a Canadian label but was of Chinese manufacture. Since most clothes were now made in the Far East this was not unexpected. Maralin straightened it out and examined the lines of rips going across the front, together with the four puncture holes in the back.
"I think I now know how this person died," he said. "He was attacked by a bear."
"A bear? What is that?"
"It is a very large wild animal, Highness, and there are some kinds that do live in that part of Canada... I mean, Alberta. Imagine something about twice as high as Lars and three to four times as heavy. It is covered with thick fur and can walk on two legs or four. Instead of the hands we have it has flat paws, with extra long and sharp claws coming from the ends of the fingers." Maralin demonstrated by hooking his fingertips. "It will be these claws that made these rips in the cloth. Round the back, look, there are four more holes where the claws of the other paw pierced his body when it grabbed him."
Kalmenar was restless. "He, him, you keep suggesting that this person was a man! Yet she has no injuries, is still alive and not killed by this supposed animal of yours. Would not the simpler explanation be that this woman either killed the man for his belongings or stole them from the body?"
Maralin tried to be patient. "If she had killed him, his clothing wouldn't be damaged like this, My Lord. If a bear had attacked the man, it would have done so for the meat. In order to have gotten the meat from the lower body, it would have needed to tear the trousers as well as the shirt. While these trousers are covered in blood, they are intact, My Lord. This is not the explanation. We know what has happened and we shall explain it to you."
"A wild story about coming from another world, I suppose."
"My Lord, presently there are three known instances of people traveling from another world, Earth, to this one, Anmar. This woman will be the fourth. The first was a boy called Yves Perriard, and he was captured by Yod and forced to give them the secrets of guns and maybe other things. The second was Princess Garia, who was found in the southern mountains by Master Tanon and taken to the palace. You probably know what happened then."
"I know she was found, that is true, but the story is preposterous! It breaks all the provisions of the Great Convocation!"
Wallesan quietly put in, "The Great Convocation, My Lord, requires proof of any such claim, as you well know. Your King, along with myself and certain others, have been shown that proof. Regrettably I have no authority to reveal that proof to you myself but you may have my oath that such proof exists."
"You cannot possibly -" Kalmenar shut up with a gasp.
The Duke's eyes glinted. "You name me a liar? Be careful of your words, My Lord. I'm sure that Her Highness would be willing to lend you a sword, should you continue. You would not require it long, I deem."
Kalmenar stood and bowed. "Your Grace, I humbly beg your pardon. If you say that such proof exists, then I must accept your word, of course." He turned to Maralin. "You spoke of three. Who was the third, then?"
"I was the third, My Lord. I was left in a ditch at the side of the highway near the gates of Joth, on the night that the city was taken by those of Yod. It was assumed that I had stumbled or perhaps had fallen from a wagon. Along with many others, I was evacuated to a distant town and eventually my memory returned. His Grace has kindly offered me protection since, should Yod have learned of my presence, they would have sought me as they did Princess Garia."
"You? You come from this other world? What did you name it?"
"Earth, My Lord. Not a very interesting name, but that is what it is. When I was found, I was wearing only a nightdress... a woman's nightgown, though I did not know it then." Maralin took a gamble. "Though my memory of my last moments on Earth are poor, I vaguely remember waking to find my... sleeping chamber... in flames. It appears, from what we know, that to be selected for transfer here one must be at the point of death there. It would seem to be that way in this woman's case too."
"But these clothes are those of a man! Battered, bloody and torn though they are, even I can see that!"
"As you say, My Lord. Since our old bodies are no longer suitable, new ones are provided when we arrive at Anmar, but all our clothing, and any item we are carrying or have about our bodies, is transported as they were. All those items are placed around the new body, so that they will be available when it wakes up."
"But you are a man! That is obvious to me. Do you tell me that you were a woman in this other place?"
"I was, My Lord, just as Princess Garia was a young man on Earth and became a young woman here. Perhaps the process for creating new bodies sometimes gets things wrong."
"I did not believe that story then and I do not believe it now. I must needs accept that Her Highness, and perhaps yourself, come from some distant land by some means, but, changing from a man to a woman, or the other way round, that is preposterous! Such things do not happen!"
Prell looked uncomfortable. "My Lord, I must disagree. When I was a child I knew a boy who, when he reached the point at which he should have become a man, grew into a young woman instead. It caused a big fuss until we learned from the healers that occasionally others had done so as well, going from boy to girl or from girl to boy, and maybe being not one thing nor the other."
Wallesan added, "There are one or two such in Joth, My Lord. It does not happen very often. You are welcome to visit them and ask questions if it would settle your mind."
Kalmenar was stumped. "Well - Your Grace, I have just been told very many things which seem unlikely to me. It will be difficult for me to accept some of them without proof." He changed the subject. "If I may turn the conversation to more practical matters, Your Grace. What shall happen to the woman, once she revives?"
Prell said, "Your Grace, she must be rendered to the authorities at our next stop, that is the custom. Normally, a port on the same side of the river as she was found would be chosen, since it is most likely that she fell into the river from that side or from a vessel upon it."
Both Wallesan and Maralin said, "No!" together.
Wallesan added, "It would be too dangerous to do so. Did you not hear Maralin say? Yod went to war with Palarand over Princess Garia, who arrived in this way. Dangerous, also, because this woman has no knowledge of our world, of Anmar, at all. She would be at the mercy of any person in authority who could tell her anything at all, she would not know if it were right or wrong. No, she cannot be handed over to any authorities, she must needs remain with us. We will ward her until such time as she discovers her purpose in these lands."
Kalmenar saw an opening. "Your Grace, it is the age-old custom of the river we speak of here. To ignore it may be to create a difficulty between yourself and Duke Bardanar of Brugan. It is possible that some compromise may be found."
Wallesan gave a short laugh. "Hah! You'll not get round me that way, My Lord. I spoke with Bardanar the day we sailed, at breakfast in Dekarran. He knows of Earth and those who came from there. I believe that you will find that he would be of the same mind as I am."
Kalmenar tried another angle. "Your Grace, I am still unsure just how this woman came to the sandbank we found her on. Surely she must have either fallen from some vessel or been washed there by the current?"
That was easy for Maralin to dispose of. "My Lord, if she had been in the water, the bloodstains on her clothes would probably have been partly or completely washed away by now. As you can see, the crust of blood is still on the shirt she wore. The items in her pockets would have been affected by the water as well and it is easy to show you that they have not."
The little diplomat was stubborn. "It may be as you say, Tenant, but that still leaves an unanswered question. If she did not come by water, how did she get there? Do you suggest a grakh dropped her there?"
Ignoring the slight to his name, which implied that as a lower rank he should leave such business to his betters, Maralin replied, "My Lord, I can only advise you that those of us who arrived from Earth did not come by land, water or air, we simply appeared wherever we were found."
"Appeared? What mean you? Do you imply the use of magic, then?"
Oh, I wish I could turn that damn phone on and then I would show this know-it-all some magic!
"I mentioned no magic, My Lord, as you are well aware. I assume some machinery was used by whoever brought us here, machinery we do not yet understand."
"So you have to invent mysterious machinery to explain her presence here! Machinery that you cannot even prove exists! Tenant, you speak fantasy."
Wallesan interrupted mildly, "My Lord, I assume you are familiar with the palace in Palarand?"
"What? Your Grace, of course!" Kalmenar puffed out slightly. "I am a frequent visitor there, I know the place well."
"Then, have you seen the Great Clock which counts the bells? Do you know how it works?"
"Why, Your Grace, of course not! It is kept in a separate tower, that the timing may not be affected by those who have no business there. As for what is within, I have no idea. I assume that the clockmakers know their craft, though."
"As you say, but the Great Clock is no fantasy, My Lord, and neither may be the machine of which Maralin speaks. Just because we may not think of such a thing, it does not mean that others cannot."
Kalmenar spluttered. "Your Grace! But..."
Wallesan turned to Eriana. "But I am forgetting myself. Though the Visund is presently an embassy for myself and my party, it is the ship's captain who decides who is permitted to board her ship and when and where they may leave it. Your Highness, what is your opinion?"
Eriana already disliked Kalmenar so her first thought was to make any decision that would frustrate him, but then she considered the larger view.
"Your Grace," she replied formally, "it is my opinion that this woman should join our company and travel with us at least as far as Joth. By that time her memory may have returned and we will have a better idea of what we - and she - may face. If it proves that she is of Brugan, then she will be able to return to Brugan with a suitable escort, but with her wits about her. If not," she shrugged, "we may decide some other course."
Prell said, "Captain, I must protest. You do not know the customs of the river in this matter."
"That is true, pilot, but I am familiar with the others who have come from Earth and their abilities. If this woman is of the like, she may very well have knowledge and abilities of great use to all in the Great Valley. We must needs protect her until we can discover the truth." She turned. "Lars? You would add something?"
"Yes, Captain. If woman comes from mother world, then she be like Princess Garia. If she be anything as good, then we will look after her until. I give the Gods my oath on that."
There was a murmuring of "Aye"s from around them and Maralin looked up to see that the rest of the crew were now standing around the group, drawn there by the argument.
Most of these probably haven't a clue but they all know about damsels in distress!
I trust the Einnlanders - though I'll probably have to stop calling them Einnlanders... Eriana's crew, then.
"You!" Kalmenar made a mistake. "What do you know about what we are talking about? Do you know of river law and custom?"
Lars turned to face Kalmenar, his right hand balled so tightly into a fist that the knuckles were white.
"You speak too much, little man. If you not stop noise, I tie you to tree and leave you when ship goes."
"What do you mean? You can't do that! I'll starve! Nobody knows when the next ship may call here!"
Lars stared at him. "I did not say words 'alive' or 'dead', little man."
Kalmenar went white and shrank back. He looked at the surrounding men and realized that he was in a minority of one... or just possibly two.
Eriana clapped her hands. "Enough! It is getting late and our meal must be prepared." The men began dispersing, so she called through them, "Adin! How goes the meal?"
"Captain, the water is almost ready," he called back from near the fire. "I will boil for half an hour before adding fish. I could do with some help, though, these barrels are heavy."
Two men volunteered, so she turned to Tor, who had sat patiently through the whole conversation without saying anything.
"Tor, I think we'll need a watch set tonight. One each end of the Visund, one each end of the island. Make sure all sentries have whistles. I would prefer it if our ship was not stolen during the night."
Tor grinned. "I agree, Captain. How often to change?"
"Say every two hours. I don't want anyone falling asleep on watch."
"As you command, Captain."
Eriana next spoke to Bennet. "How is she?"
"She appears asleep, Captain. Should we try and wake her, once the food is ready?"
"I don't know." Eriana turned to Maralin. "What do you recommend?"
"Hmm. Normally, I'd say let her sleep, but if we did that she will be very hungry by breakfast time. We could try and wake her, I guess."
"Then we shall eat and then attempt to rouse her." Eriana shrugged. "If she does not wake, then I'm sure that we can find food or drink to offer later."
Lars held out the knife to Maralin. "What you want me to do with knife?"
"Uhhh... I think I was going to ask you to clean it, Sir. Aye, that would be a good idea, I think. Um, don't try to polish it or sharpen the blade, it has a special finish you could damage."
"I wash blade for you.. you give me holder?"
"Of course." Maralin gave the belt and scabbard to him. "I wouldn't try and wash that now, though. It will likely need careful drying, probably in the sun."
Eriana turned to Wallesan. "We should go and look at the woman, now she is modestly dressed."
"Aye," the Duke agreed with a nod. "Maralin, you had better join us." He scowled. "Kalmenar, you come too."
The four walked over to the smaller shelter and entered. Semma looked up, saw them and stood.
"How is she?"
"She appears to be sleeping normally, Highness. Is there some problem?"
"No, we just wanted to see her."
The woman lay on a blanket, with another over her despite the warmness of the late afternoon. The oriental eyes stood out but the rest of the face looked distinctly European. The hair was longer than Maralin would have expected, but if this person had been out in the wilds for some time, as he suspected, then the unkempt growth would be plausible.
The question is, what was she... he doing out there, wherever there might be? Have we just come across a trapper, a prospector, or one of those survivalist types? If so, why would someone like that be transferred?
Kalmenar said, stubbornly, "See? I told you she was a woman!"
Maralin suppressed a sigh and saw the Duke's shoulders go down at the comment.
"My Lord," Wallesan responded sharply, "we have made our decision. Have you not understood a single word we have just spoken? If so, you are not the person to accompany Her Highness on her further journey."
"Aye," Eriana agreed. "You shall be taken to our next port and relieved of your responsibilities, Kalmenar. You may make your own way back to Palarand, it is not too far." She added, "For myself, I would be delighted to see the back of you."
"Your Highness, I only sought to prevent you from committing a mistake that could delay your journey," the diplomat replied. "It is now clear to me that I do not understand the nature of the problem that confronts you and His Grace. If you would accept my apology in this matter."
"We have made no mistake, My Lord. We have knowledge of these matters that you do not." Her lips thinned. "I may reconsider my decision, but if you are to remain on board I would hear no more disagreements from you."
Kalmenar bowed low. "As you command, Your Highness. I must needs accept your judgment in this matter."
"Good. Now, let us return and leave our guest to her slumbers."
In the main clearing, Maralin naturally gravitated to the two large cooking vessels presently boiling slowly on the fires. Adin looked up as he approached.
"Tenant? Is there something I can do for you?"
Maralin smiled. «I have some knowledge of the kitchen, as you may know, and I was curious as to what you were doing.»
«Ah, I see. The water will be ready shortly, see, the glass is almost empty. Once it is ready we will begin loading the fish.» As an aside, he added, «It is possible to eat the salted fish at need, but obviously it would be tough and make you thirsty. This way the fish is easier to eat and will be tastier.»
As he finished speaking he began lifting fish from one of the barrels and slipping them into the boiling water. Maralin started helping him and soon the whole barrel had been put in.
"But they will still be salty."
"The salt mostly goes into the water, Tenant -"
"Maralin, please."
"Maralin, then. Once they are nearly done we'll scoop out the fish and put them in the other pot to finish."
"I see. What else have we to eat with the fish?"
«There was a trader at the hostel selling bread to the river craft and I bought a bag,» he shook his head, «but it is not very good. It cost a lot of geld as well. There is also cheese and some dried fruit.» He shrugged. «It is about what we would eat at sea, Te- ah, Maralin. We can catch fresh fish but of course we cannot cook on board and we cannot eat them raw. Bread, fruit and cheese are mostly what we eat unless we can find a beach somewhere to cook a proper meal on.»
"What about other meats?"
"Some. There is a cousin of what they call a zinakh here that we can cure and smoke. That tastes good if done right."
After a short while Adin tasted a sample and declared the fish about ready. With a slotted spoon he transferred the fish to the other pot before his two helpers carried the first one away to pour out into the river.
Adin shouted "Food's ready!" at the camp and then asked, "If you would begin passing the bowls, Maralin."
There was enough for two hand-sized fish each - Maralin noted that Lars had three - and everybody received a flatbread and a slice of cheese. It was plain fare but good enough and very filling. There was a sack of dried fruit which anyone could top up with if necessary, but few seemed to bother. The only drink available was water, taken from the barrels that had been topped up at their last stop. Most, once finished, retired to the large shelter to find a place to rest and talk for a while before going to sleep.
"Your Highness, Your Grace," Maralin called as the bowls were being gathered, "If I may have a word before we settle for the night."
The two came over to him, curious. Maralin took them far enough away from the clearing that his words would be indistinct.
"I have just realized that our problem is even greater than I thought," he explained. "Do you realize that that woman was put there specifically for us to find?"
Eriana frowned. "What do you mean, Maralin? Surely a boat would have discovered her today or tomorrow."
Wallesan looked interested. "I think I know what you mean, Maralin. Eriana, these arrivals from Earth are never left to chance. Princess Garia was left on that mountain, beside the road, because those who sent her knew that Master Tanon would be passing very shortly afterwards. Similarly, Maralin was left close to the roadside so that it was certain that he would be found as people left Joth. I'm thinking that the woman was left where she was because the Visund was about to pass."
"I understand that, Wallesan, but I do not understand your point."
"The point is, Eriana, that we are the only people around who know about transferees and where they came from. We are the only people who know what to do with her. You heard Prell, if anyone else had found her, she would have been taken to our next stop and probably passed on until she reached Duke Bardanar... if she survived that long. I deem that there is a specific reason that she has been found by us."
"You may be right," Eriana said slowly. "But what might that reason be?"
"Until she gets her memory back," Maralin said, "we probably won't know, but that just means she has to travel with us until that happens." He had another thought. "If I can ask that her belongings, all of them, are parceled up and put away somewhere that Prell or Kalmenar can't get at them. We'll need to show them to her once her memory returns, and that will be days away."
"You think one might try to steal them?"
"I have no idea, Highness, but it would be better not to take that chance."
"Very well. I can find a waterproof bag to seal them in, and place it with my own gear. Will that do?"
"As you say, Highness, and thank you."
"Thank you, Maralin. You know of such circumstances as these and have advised us well today. If not for your words, we may have lost our guest tomorrow."
"Huh. Highness, tomorrow hasn't arrived yet. I just wanted to make sure we all knew what the risks were."
"As you say. Now," she looked at the clouds in the west, back-lit in red by the lowering sun, "I think it is time we all retired. I imagine that tomorrow will be a very busy day."
Wallesan snorted. "You have my full agreement there, Eriana!"
The morning dawns as the Visund takes on a new passenger. At their next stop, the town market must be inspected to find clothing and footwear for the mystery woman, who is offered a temporary name. Eriana is introduced to the afternoon nap and asked to design... trousers?
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
5 - First Steps and Stitches
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Maralin stood and stretched, getting the kinks out of his
muscles. He had slept on enough hard ground by now that the night's
camp had been nothing exceptional... if one ignored the nocturnal
interruptions that had happened. He looked around, noting that most
of the Norse had already risen and were packing their bags ready to
embark again, then remembered what had happened late the previous
afternoon.
At that moment Eriana walked around the side of the women's separate shelter with a somewhat strained expression. Maralin walked over to greet her with a bow.
"Good morning, Your Highness."
"Aye," she replied shortly. "Maralin, we need no Highnessing today. Name me Captain only if you would."
"Of course, Captain." He eyed her sympathetically. "Bad night?"
"You know it was! First, there was the alarm when the lookouts spied lights upon the river..."
"Aye. How could I have ignored that? The whole camp was roused, it was lucky nobody got cut waving their swords around in the dark."
She gave him a faint smile. "Aye, such things have happened in the past, and these are supposed to be trained men! Then the pilot told us it was probably some local men fishing with lights."
"As you say. Still at least it proved that the lookouts were doing their jobs."
"Aye... Then, just when I had dropped off to a deep slumber, our... guest woke and said she needed to use the latrine. Not in exactly those words, of course. It was hard enough for us to understand her accent as it was, and she did not know how to describe what she wanted."
"Hmm. When I first met Garia we talked about what we were like when we first arrived. It seems we both had distinct accents that faded over a month or two. Many thought that I came from some plains to the deep south and that my accent was from there, but by the time that we retook Joth it had all gone and nobody can tell now that I'm not a Jothan born. Perhaps the same thing will happen to her, that her accent will fade in time."
"I pray to the Gods that it does, Maralin, else we will have trouble understanding her needs."
"Agreed! So, what happened next? I heard a lot of noise but our shelter was too crowded for many to go and find out what was going on."
"Aye... We made our way to the latrine, our guest, myself and Semma to help, and she did not know what to do! We were fortunate that some instinct made her crouch at the right moment, otherwise the dress would have been soiled, and we have no other she may use."
Maralin grimaced. "Clothing is going to be a problem, isn't it? It looks like you'll... we'll, if you'll have me, will have to make a lot of purchases in the next market we come to."
"As you say! She has no bra, bodice, panties, footwear nor any other suitable attire, nor have any of us spares she may wear. We must needs provide her with all that a traveling woman should possess, I deem."
"Aye, and that will be more than just clothes, I'm guessing."
"Aye." Eriana paused, her expression changing before she resumed her tale. "Then, once she had done what was needful at the latrine, she tripped over a root in the dark and fell into the scrub, pulling me down with her. Look!" She exposed the back of her left arm. "I have scratches all down here and no doubt bruises to follow. To make the whole night perfect, then, we settled her down again and tried to go to sleep ourselves, but I found that I was lying on a root, or mayhap some of the buried debris that forms this little island. I did not have a comfortable night."
By this point they had been joined by a yawning Wallesan. "I myself have slept better, Eriana. When we reach Joth you shall have the comfort of an honored guest's bed in my home. Until then," he shrugged, "we must accept whatever beds we may find for each night, as any traveler must."
"Wallesan, good morrow to you. We were discussing the night's events."
"As I heard. If you feel that your funds may not cover her expenses, Eriana, I will provide. I feel we have some joint responsibility in this matter."
"Indeed, and thank you for your offer, Your Grace. She shall not cost us so much, yet of course I have no idea how much our further adventures may stretch our funds."
"As you say, though I did hear Robanar tell you that you could draw coin from any of the Residencies upriver if you have problems."
"We have not reached that sorry state yet, Wallesan." She smirked. "If we find ourselves in desperate need of food or coin, we can always sack a nearby village."
She grinned at the shocked looks on their faces before they realized that she was joking - they hoped.
"Now," she resumed, "is there aught to drink on this lump of mud? If I am to drive my crew against the Sirrel, I must needs have my wits about me."
Maralin turned, his gaze finding Adin and some helpers around the fires. "High- ah, Captain, it looks like Adin has breakfast under way. I do not yet know if it is ready or not, since of course he would have to boil the water first."
Bennet appeared from the women's shelter. "Captain, she is awake."
"Ah, thank you, Bennet. If you would see if Adin has pel ready yet. When it is ready, bring some for our guest."
"As you command, Captain."
Eriana looked at Wallesan and Maralin. "Come, you two, it is time we introduced ourselves properly."
The three walked around the end of the side awning of the shelter to find Semma squatting in front of the woman, who was half-lying on a blanket. The guardswoman rose as soon as she saw who had entered. Eriana took her place, with Wallesan sitting beside her and Maralin standing behind.
Her hair was dark, Maralin saw, but not the black typical of people from the far east. The face was round and pleasant enough, but not strikingly beautiful nor especially without beauty. Someone anonymous, in other words.
I do not know what to think about the rest of her, Maralin decided. The body is too new and she will not even have seen it herself. She has eyes that have never seen and muscles that are still unfamiliar. Once her memory has returned and she has begun living here, she could end up looking somewhat different than she does now.
"Good morning to you," Eriana said softly. "How do you feel today?"
"I think I slept well, thank you, after I had been to that place," she replied, apparently referring to the nocturnal latrine visit. Her voice was light and steady, but understandable even with a strong accent. She frowned. "I have a slight headache, that is all. What has happened? Where am I?"
Wallesan answered her, "That is a very good question, Mistress, but you may find the answers do not satisfy you, not yet, anyway. Firstly, we shall briefly introduce ourselves. I am Wallesan, this is Eriana, he is Maralin and she is Semma. Do you know your own name?"
"My name? Why it is..." Their guest frowned again, confused. "I do not know! I cannot tell you... Sir?"
Wallesan nodded. "We all have titles, but to provide those now would merely confuse you. Put simply, we are travelers on a great river, we discovered you on a small sandbank late yesterday and rescued you. It seems that you may have suffered an accident, you may have lost your memory, there are others who have been found the same way."
Eriana added, "We will take care of you, Mistress, until your memory returns and you may then decide what you must needs do. For now," she gave a reassuring smile, "there is breakfast and then we must be on our way again. We shall sail to a nearby port and endeavor to provide you that which you most lack - the attire and equipment of travelers like ourselves."
"Oh!" The woman fingered her dress. "I only have this, then? What happened to the other things I must have had with me? Was there anything?"
Maralin spoke. "Mistress, when we found you, you had very little with you and what you did have was badly," he thought carefully, "...torn. The dress you are wearing has been donated by Bennet until we may find you something of your own. There are four women, including you, who must sail with a crew of around thirty men. Though the men are all sworn to either Eriana or Wallesan it will be safer if we provide you with clothes that fit and are intact."
"Oh. Sworn?" The woman seemed confused again. "But... Of course, if you are on a boat, then..." She looked up at Maralin, her brown eyes seeking reassurance. "If you say so. What is this place, and where are we?"
He answered, "We are on a small island in the river Sirrel, a little larger than the sandbank we found you on. We are sailing upriver to return Wallesan and myself to our home some distance away. Eriana is the captain of the ship, Semma one of her companions." He let out a breath. "As to exactly where we are, we could tell you but until your memory returns you will not understand the answer."
"Oh. You are probably right."
Wallesan said, "I'm wondering what we should call you, Mistress. It may be some days before you get your memory back and there must needs be something other than 'Mistress' to name you. You could be mistaken for another if we just used a title."
"I understand that," the woman agreed, "but I do not know what name I could use. I must know names, I would think, but I cannot remember any at all, not even my own."
"Do not concern yourself, Mistress. That is to be expected in a situation like yours. Maralin, perhaps you could suggest something."
Maralin thought briefly and then had an idea. "I have a suggestion... Wallesan... but what I have in mind isn't a Valley name, any more than mine is. As she comes from somewhere else entirely, it could be considered appropriate."
"Why not? What name have you, then?"
"Ursula. Do you remember, last night we spoke of bears? I think Ursula might be the... Chivan... word for a bear."
"Hah!" Eriana was surprised. "Now that is a name from the old sagas, I deem! I doubt there is anyone in Einnland who knew what manner of beast Ursula was, not after all this time. It is as well that you explained bears to us last night."
"What say you, my dear?" Wallesan turned to the woman. "Shall we name you Ursula, just for these few days?"
"If you say so... My Lord? It sounds like a good name, a strong name."
"Why do you call me My Lord?"
"I thought I heard that man," she pointed to Maralin, "call you Your Grace just now."
"It is true. I am a Duke, the ruler of the land we are traveling towards. Eriana, though she is the owner and captain of her ship, is also the daughter of a King and therefore a Princess, though we do not need to name her thus during our journey."
"Oh. This is all very interesting. And confusing. Do the rulers of this land always travel by ship, then?"
"Now that is one of those questions that would take us a long time to answer, Mistress Ursula. Normally, we use a trade road which runs through the Great Valley we are in. There are other reasons why we used a ship this time."
The woman shifted, discomfort clearly showing. "Um, Eriana... I think I have to go to that place again."
"The latrine? Of course. If I may help you to stand."
The woman stood, automatically smoothing down the skirt of her dress, before following Eriana out of the shelter. The others followed. There was an immediate silence as the men saw her clearly for the first time and just as automatically appraised her. There were one or two low whistles but they were quickly shushed. Eriana took her past the big shelter and towards the downstream end of the island, Semma following to help.
"It looks as if you were right," Wallesan murmured to Maralin. "Do you think we will be back in Joth in five days? I deem it would be better if her memory returned in some some place of safety."
"I couldn't agree more, Your Grace. On the ship I don't think there will be much trouble, but there are all those inconvenient places we have to stop at along the way. Where are we?" Maralin turned to face east, then west. "Brugan is that side and Virgulend to the west, is that right?"
Wallesan nodded. "Aye, that is so. We must needs sail right around Virgulend, spending at least another night somewhere, before we come to Smordan. Then around most of Smordan before we reach Joth." The Duke considered, nodding. "Two days, perhaps three. It seems we have a margin."
"Provided there are no complications at the ports we have to use," Maralin added darkly. He looked around for Prell and Kalmenar, not knowing which of them might prove the more awkward.
"She shall officially travel as my ward," Wallesan decided. "That will remove any temptation by our pilot and official helper to interfere. Once matters have resolved themselves, she may decide her own fate."
Maralin snorted. "'Official helper', indeed. As you say, Your Grace. If I may suggest, we should find a chamber at this next port we're coming to, to all sit down and make sure everyone knows what is going to happen."
The Duke turned. "A sensible suggestion, Maralin."
Bennet approached holding two steaming mugs. "Your Grace, Tenant, pel for you both."
"Ah! My thanks to you, Bennet. What of breakfast?"
"It is almost ready, Your Grace. Grain porridge, cheese and dried fruit, so Adin tells me. He regrets that we ate all the bread last night."
"Aye, the crew was hungry after yesterday's great pull."
Whatever she had been about to add was lost as Eriana, Semma and the woman appeared at the side of the larger shelter, now just a bare awning. The Princess held up a hand.
"Your attention, men!"
Everybody stopped what they were doing and turned, the noise levels falling completely away. Her crew knew that information would be forthcoming and they were not disappointed. Eriana placed a hand on the woman's shoulder.
"If I may introduce our new passenger," she began. "Despite the state of her attire when we found her, she does not appear to have any injuries at all, at least nothing that is visible on her skin. Unfortunately, whatever caused her to be left where she was found has made her lose her memory. Maralin has knowledge of others found in the same way and he tells us that her memory may return after four or five days or so. He has offered a temporary name of Ursula, and she has agreed to use it until we learn otherwise."
There were several murmurs of approval from among the crowd. Whoever and whatever the name Ursula had been attached to in the Einnland sagas, it was evidently a good choice.
Eriana continued, "Since that is so, she will remain in our care until such time as she regains her wits and may make her own decisions. That means -" she cast a fierce glance at Prell and Kalmenar, "- that she must needs remain with the Visund, probably until we reach Joth. That also means that we must needs spend some time at our next stop for us to find clothing, footwear and the other requirements of any traveling woman, since she has nothing with her that may be of any use."
She shrugged. "That will probably cost us a day of travel, but then," she showed them her teeth, "we were not going anywhere in a hurry, were we? Now, I have no need to remind you that she is traveling under my protection and, because she presently has no knowledge of Valley customs and practices, she is extremely vulnerable. Treat her gently, as you would any other woman in trouble. I am certain that His Grace will vouch the like for his own party."
She finished with, "Come, let us make ourselves ready to eat. The water of the Sirrel may not be safe to drink, but I will at least rinse my hands in it before I wield a spoon."
* * *
Ormund and Folke jumped onto the pontoon, each holding a mooring rope. They each wrapped a turn around a nearby bollard and hauled, making sure that the Visund was closely docked alongside, before looping the ropes over the bollards. On board, the rest of the crew made the ship tidy and secure. It was about mid morning.
"Do you need any help?" Maralin asked Adin as they prepared to climb off.
The ship's cook smiled back. "I already have helpers, Maralin. What did you have in mind?"
"Oh, I don't want to interfere with what you do, but I did have one or two ideas about how to make the meals a little... more interesting to eat. The plain fish we ate last night tasted better than I expected, but there are herbs and spices which would have made it into a different kind of meal."
Adin's smile vanished. "I've been wondering about that. What we ate was the kind of meal we usually have when we are at sea, but of course things are going to be different on this great river. The fish will be new to me, to begin with. I do not know how to prepare or cook them or even what they taste like."
"From what I know river fish in general have a more subtle flavor than fish from the sea, so you'll have to treat them more carefully. But that wasn't all I meant. In the Great Valley, you'll be as likely to be eating meat as you will fish and our fruits and vegetables will of course be different than what you are used to. The herbs and spices I have found here will doubtless be different than those you are familiar with."
The little cook nodded as they followed the others along the pontoon in the direction of the hostel.
"You have experience of the food these people cook? Then I will take your advice, Maralin. At sea the diet is limited but we are not at sea any more, are we? Anyone who cooks for others naturally seeks to learn more, and so do I."
Maralin held up a finger. "As you say, but first I have other duties to attend to. I have to visit the Messenger office here and then advise Her Highness about cloth for some future projects. I will find you in the market place when I have finished doing those tasks."
Adin gave a single nod. "As you wish, Maralin. To begin with, I underestimated our bread yesterday and we must needs top up our cheese, fruit and fresh water supplies, so I also have much to do. We will meet later, then."
Maralin caught up with Wallesan and the women in due course. The Duke had been explaining to the woman how the little ferry port functioned.
"Oh." She paused to think as they walked along. "What are we going to be doing in this place, then? Does it have a name?"
Maralin replied, "West Haral, Mistress. It is just a small town on the river where the trade road crosses by means of the ferry. There is another on the other bank called... Pendigo. As to what we are doing, I would guess that you will first be taken to the bathing block in the hostel with the others, to clean yourselves up, and then to the market to find you some clothes to wear."
Eriana nodded. "Maralin has the right of it."
The woman asked, "You're doing this for me?"
"We-ll, yes and no." Maralin smiled at his use of Garia's phrase. "If we had not found you yesterday, we would have overnighted here before sailing onwards. We would have stopped here anyway for fresh provisions and to do all the other things a ship on the river has to do. But, because you are here, we'll just be stopping a little longer, that is all."
"Ah. I understand. What was that name again?"
"Name? Ursula, you mean? Or West Haral?"
"Ursula." She considered. "I wonder what my name really is. If I do not find out, I think Ursula will be good enough to keep."
Eriana tucked her hand under the woman's arm. "Then, Ursula, let us turn towards those buildings and we shall introduce you to the delights of social bathing."
"But first, Captain," Wallesan said, "I would speak with you, our pilot and Lord Kalmenar if some suitable chamber may be found within."
"As you wish, Your Grace. If I may ask Lars and Tor Magnusson to join us, as representatives of the crew."
"That would be a sensible idea, Captain. Let us proceed, then."
The hostel did indeed have a chamber they could borrow for half a bell or so.
"Ursula, if you would remain outside with Bennet and Semma for a moment. We will ask you all to come in presently."
The woman looked at Eriana. "Of course, Captain."
Inside, the group didn't bother with table and chairs. Wallesan opened the meeting.
"Lord Kalmenar, Master Prell, have you considered further what we spoke of last night?"
Kalmenar paused to consider his response so Prell replied, "Your Grace, the matters you and Tenant Maralin spoke of are beyond my experience. I only suggested that you surrender... Mistress Ursula... to the local authorities since that is what is customarily done. Having now thought about the clothing she wore and the items she carried, it is clear to me that you have knowledge of such matters that I do not. I will abide by your decision and so far as I am concerned, will treat her as if she were another passenger, simply taken on board sometime during our passage from Terban."
Wallesan gave a brief nod. "I thank you for your trust, Master Prell. You should not have cause to regret your decision."
Kalmenar then responded, "Your Highness, Your Grace, there is much about yesterday's events that disturbs me still. The torn and bloody attire yet untouched body, talk of men changing into women... As Master Prell has said, you spoke of matters of which I know little and understand less. I am forced to agree that, until we reach Joth, or until her memory returns, you should proceed in the manner you proposed last night. You will excuse me if I still find fantastic your description of her origins and that of... Tenant Maralin."
Wallesan nodded to Prell then turned to Kalmenar. "My Lord, it could be no other way, unfortunately. Tenant Maralin and I possess certain knowledge. We may tell you certain parts of that knowledge, some we may not tell anyone and some we are oath-bound not to reveal, though it might help explain matters." The Duke spread his hands. "I'm sure that you have encountered similar situations in your previous dealings, My Lord. I cannot believe that His Majesty would send someone with Her Highness who did not have at least some experience of the world beyond Palarand."
"Aye, Your Grace, that is true, but you spoke last night of worlds beyond Anmar, not Palarand. You may understand my caution."
"I do, My Lord, since I expressed that same caution myself, when certain facts were revealed to me. Now, I shall tell you both that I will take Mistress Ursula as my ward, for the voyage to Joth and afterward, if it be needful, until her memory returns. Once that happens she may make her own decisions as to where she goes, who she goes with and what she intends to do with her life. We may offer advice but that is all. This is what Robanar did with Princess Garia when she arrived at his palace and what I did with Maralin when he met me for the first time."
Eriana stirred. "I have already told the men that she shall be my charge, Wallesan. I do not mind -"
He held up a hand. "On board ship, Highness, I have no problem with your decision, as you are the Captain. Even here, I do not think it a matter to disagree over. I merely intend to ensure that somebody guards and guides this woman until her memory returns."
Eriana nodded. "That is all I desired, Wallesan. Shall we ask her in?"
"Unless anyone else has something to say? Tor? Lars?"
Tor bowed and said, "This is a wise decision, Captain. There will be no problem from the crew."
Lars added, "Yah. If our swords are needed to defend this woman, there we will be."
Eriana turned to Maralin. "If you would ask the others to enter, please."
The three women entered and the decision was explained to them.
Ursula replied, "Your Highness, Your Grace, thank you for your kindness. I do not know who I am or where I am or even what I am. Nothing I have seen today makes sense to me. It is clear that, without help, I could be in some danger, though I do not know what kinds of danger may be around us."
"Indeed, Mistress," Wallesan said. "It may be difficult for you to trust us, who appear strangers, but we have experience of others who have suffered the same as what befell you. Maralin came to us the same way, some months past."
She turned to study Maralin more sharply, but her gaze relaxed almost immediately. "If you say so, Your Grace."
Eriana said, "Good. If that is all, then we women have an appointment in the bath house. Do you bathe, Wallesan?"
The Duke looked at Maralin, who replied, "If we had stayed the night, Highness, then we would already have bathed by now. Since it is so late, I think it might be better to wait until evening and then wash the sweat of the afternoon off us before the evening meal."
Eriana rolled her eyes. "As you wish, Maralin. Ursula, Bennet, Semma, come." As she went through the doorway those remaining heard a muttered, "Men!"
* * *
When Maralin found Adin later in the market square he was with Ragnar, who was pushing a two-wheeled handcart. On the cart were four kegs and a barrel.
"Hey, Maralin! It looks like you have been busy!"
"Aye, that I have. It looks like I have some work to do once we find a bell or two of leisure time."
"Do you want to put that on the cart? Ragnar is about to take this lot back to the ship while I collect the bread I ordered."
That was a bolt of undyed cloth which Maralin had found on a tailor's stall and talked the proprietor into selling to him whole. He held it under one arm, but it had been necessary to use both hands.
"Aye... it is heavy! The only thing is that it shouldn't get wet at all. Have we some kind of bag to put it in? I doubt we'll be able to make anything with it today."
Adin switched to Norse. «As you say! We probably have a dunnage bag large enough to take it, somewhere on board. Ragnar, if you could find such a bag for Maralin. If we have no spares, tell me when you come back to return the cart and we can doubtless find something suitable in the market here.»
«I will do so, Adin,» Ragnar replied. «Where will you be? At that baker's?»
«Probably not immediately. Now Maralin is here, he can show me all those herbs and spices he was talking about before. If you cannot find us, go to the baker's and wait for us. We still have to collect the bread.»
"Yah."
With the bolt carefully laid across the kegs, Ragnar made off towards the jetties.
Maralin asked, "What was in those barrels?"
"The kegs were of small beer and the larger barrel has some kind of cured meat." Adin frowned. "I asked for the barrel to be opened and what was inside seemed good enough, but perhaps I ought to have asked you to look as well, before Ragnar went off. There could have been a good layer on top and bad underneath. I have been caught out before."
"It is always a problem when you buy food like that. I know, it happened occasionally back home in Shicargo." He gave Adin a twisted grin. "If my father ever found any like that, he sent the boys round to remind the supplier to stay honest. The boys were great persuaders, believe me."
"Oh? Did they have swords, then?"
The grin was more serious, now. "Not swords, no. You know I came from Earth, don't you? Everybody had guns. You didn't mess about where guns were concerned."
"Oh, as you say. Did you have a gun, then?"
The grin vanished. "No. Remember, back then I wasn't one of the boys. Some of the girls carried handguns, it is true, but only for personal protection. More fool me, I relied on the men to look after me and they did not."
"Ah. Perhaps this is not a good thing to speak of? Let's look at the produce for sale, then. I noticed a stall along there that had what I would call herbs, though you may disagree. Shall we go and look?"
"As you wish. I noticed at least two stalls as I walked through but they are at opposite ends of the market. That one first, then. It is furthest from the river."
Further along the market, Ursula was staring at Eriana. "I need how many?"
"Eight at the very least, Ursula. If we can find ten, I would take ten. When we are traveling as we are on the water, it can be difficult to wash our underwear at times."
"Listen to her, Mistress," the stall holder said. "You may be surrounded by water but it is not very clean, and then you have the problem of drying your things once they are washed." The woman turned to Eriana. "When does Kalikan call for her, My Lady?"
This question caught Eriana by surprise, and without Maralin nearby to give advice she could not guess when it would come. As she would have known the dates for all her 'attendants', she had to think quickly.
"Ah, it is not for two weeks yet, I deem. By that time we should have reached the end of our voyage... but if you are suggesting some tie-sides, then aye, that would be a useful standby if we cannot do laundry."
"Here are two of a suitable size, My Lady, and I will offer them at the same price as the other panties. Will there be anything else? I have some thin summer weight tights of the same size and of about the right leg length."
Eriana thought. Nobody would be wearing tights on board, not once Maralin's tunic-dresses had been sewn, but there were always nights ashore...
"Aye, I will take two pairs, then, for special occasions."
As they exchanged coin and purchases the stall holder remarked, "I am so sorry to hear of your troubles, Mistress. To have damaged all your clothing like that -" she shook her head. "It is good news for such as myself, who sells such attire, but no woman wants to lose items that she may have become fond of. Do you not agree?"
Ursula nodded hesitantly. "I do agree, Mistress. Unfortunately, it seems that I have also lost my memory in the... accident, or whatever it was that happened."
To forestall awkward questions Eriana put in quickly, "Our healer tells us she should recover her memory in a few days, Mistress, so all is not lost. We are thankful that the circumstances were not worse."
The woman's eyes widened. "Maker! I am sorry to hear that!" She turned to the woman. "You have my best wishes for a full recovery, Mistress."
"Thank you, Mistress."
The woman beamed. "So, I have provided you as befits a traveling woman, then. Do you have need of shoes or boots? I know that sometimes the river folk go barefoot on board, but you will not be on board all the time."
Ursula looked at Eriana, who responded, "Aye, she will, she has only these borrowed sandals for today's trip to the market. What may you offer? I see no footwear on your stall."
"No, indeed, My Lady! I am no cobbler, only a seamstress when I am not selling items at this market. Yonder is Joran, he can provide ready-made boots, shoes, slippers and sandals, assuming any will fit, or if you are not departing here for a day or two then old Klibben at the far end can make footwear of such a quality even you would wear them, My Lady."
"Hmm. Our journey is not so urgent, I deem," Eriana replied. "I will visit both of those at your recommendation."
The woman bowed. "Glad to have been of service, My Lady."
As they walked away Bennet said, "Would you really stay here long enough for someone to make boots, My Lady?"
"No, indeed, Bennet. We must needs arrive in Joth before Ursula's memory returns, that she may have a safe place to recover her wits." Eriana added, "But I have learned that it is sometimes a good idea to leave someone with a thought that they may have helped, even when they cannot."
Bennet considered. "If I may speak freely, My Lady?"
"Of course! You are no thralls of mine but companions, women who must needs face the world together. What is your thought?"
"I - I was in the palace when you arrived, Highness," Bennet spoke cautiously, but used Eriana's proper title to underline what she was saying. "You are so different now to the person you were then."
"Aye!" Eriana barked a short laugh. "I wonder that I survived my first meeting with the King, I deem. I was young and foolish then, I am certainly a different woman now." Her expression sobered. "Garia showed me a better way, as she showed so many others, and our expedition to Boldan's Rock showed me the reality of life in a way that I had not known in my father's house." She looked at Bennet. "I regret that I do not have the instincts of a normal woman, though I have the body of one. All that I know I have learned, sometimes painfully, from others."
"You have our sympathies, Highness. If we may do anything to help -"
"Did I not say we were women together? Of course I will listen to your counsel, yours and that of Semma." She scowled. "Kalmenar, though, he is a different matter. Enough of him for now, ladies, here is our maker of footwear."
* * *
When Maralin eventually returned to the hostel area for lunch, everybody else had already arrived, though not all been back to the Visund to deposit purchases. Some of the crew had bags and packages by their feet, the largest accumulation being by the side of Adin, for obvious reasons. Maralin also noted that everybody else had taken advantage of the bathing facilities and were now clean, dry and ready for whatever came next, which made him wonder if he had made the right decision earlier.
Wallesan beckoned him over to a table which had the four women, himself, Prell and Kalmenar around it. Ursula was now dressed in a thin summer weight gown similar to Bennet's and her hair had been washed, trimmed and shaped. Semma also had a summer weight gown, both gowns being obtained earlier in the market. He took the last seat and signaled for one of the waiting girls to take his order.
The Duke asked, "Any mail for me this time?"
"Aye, Your Grace, three packages, though one is much fatter than the others. All appear to have come from Joth, nothing has chased us from Palarand yet."
Wallesan nodded. "Probably a wise move. They are still talking in Dekarran, I'd guess, and will wait until they receive notice from us that we have arrived home safely. Ah, the girl approaches. I'll let you order before saying anything more. Here we are but travelers."
The girl took Maralin's lunch order and left. Maralin asked Eriana, "Captain, if I may ask, what are our plans for leaving?"
She shrugged. "There are some minor matters which must needs be attended to before we leave, Maralin. I would ask the pilot for his advice."
Prell put down his tankard of small beer. "Captain, to depart immediately after lunch may be awkward."
"Oh?"
"Aye, Captain. You will forgive me, I know that you and most of your crew are not of the Valley, so I do not know what customs you have. Here, once Spring Dawning has passed, the weather can become hot during the afternoon and it is customary for all to rest for a bell, or maybe two, until the heat has passed. If we were to do that and then depart afterwards, we would not reach the next ferry hostel before dark. We would have to find a small village along the river, or maybe even camp again as we did last night."
"Rest? What mean you?"
Wallesan explained, "A nap, Eriana. Of course, you came to Palarand late last year, did you not? The weather by then would have cooled enough that most will have ceased napping for the winter. And, I'm guessing, the lands of your birth are sufficiently cooler that there would be little need for a nap during summer."
Eriana was surprised. "Is that so? Aye, you are right, in Einnland there was no such custom. And, in truth, the heat of a day like today is like few we would have enjoyed so far south." She looked pensive. "Aye, I deem it would be as well if we remained here today, then. What is the custom, pilot? Do we nap on board our vessels?"
"Captain, if you and your men did so then they would likely be burned by the sun as they slept, since there is little shade on a ship like yours. No, we may make use of the hostel, which only makes sense as we would be sleeping there tonight, should you choose not to depart today."
She nodded. "As you say. That will be convenient for us, since it gives me a chance to speak with Maralin about... summer attire. Tell me, pilot, may we hire a chamber in this hostel for a bell or two? With a table and chairs?"
"Of course, Captain, as we did before lunch. Many travelers have the need to do the like."
"And then we may leave, I assume, after breakfast tomorrow."
"As you say, Captain. That will give your ship plenty of time to reach Treen, the Virgulend port on the Virgulend to Smordan ferry for your next stop. The following day you should reach Joth during the afternoon."
"The afternoon..." Eriana's eye narrowed. "But you have just told me that the sun will be too hot to travel in the early afternoon. What, then, shall we do tomorrow? As you have explained, our party may find the sun too strong."
"There are customary places along the river where one may stop temporarily to take lunch and then a nap, Captain. I'm sure we can find one of those for your needs. After all, all craft that use the river have the same problem." Prell rose. "If you will excuse me, Captain, I will go and inform the hostel staff of your decision. I assume that you would want a separate chamber for yourself and your... attendants?"
"Aye, that I would."
"And Your Grace, you would also desire such a chamber for yourself and your advisor?"
Wallesan nodded. "If one is available, then of course I will take it. However, I will not object to sleeping with my men, or indeed Eriana's men. We have done so before."
The serving girl appeared with a tray. "Your food, Master," she said, putting plates and bowls in front of Maralin. "Your drink will follow. Do any of you others desire more to drink?"
* * *
The chamber they gathered in had a large table and good light through the opened shutters. Maralin had joined the four women, Ursula being with them simply because otherwise she would have had no chaperone. On the table he had unwrapped and laid out the piece of cloth he had bought in Terban.
"I think this would be the best use of our time today," he told the others. "It will be easier to manage this piece of cloth than that big bolt and what I want to turn it into you already know how to make, or so I am told. The dresses will be a new design so there may be some experimentation before we get it right."
Eriana gestured at the flimsy cloth. "As you say, Maralin, though I cannot see what use you may make of this. Underwear, you mentioned before?"
He nodded. "Aye, though perhaps not what you were thinking. I understand that you have a simple method for laying out and cutting those trousers you wear, is that right?"
She looked confused. "Trousers? Aye, we do, but..." The disbelief was plain. "You want to make trousers out of this?"
Maralin grinned. "Yes and no, Highness. Suppose... you lay out as you would for a loose pair of trousers, but we don't need the whole of the leg length. Perhaps just down to about here." He put the edge of a flattened hand halfway between crotch and knee. "This would be a garment that on Earth we would call shorts and is often worn by both men and women in hot weather. Now, if you wear such a garment under your dress, it will permit the air to flow, keeping you cool, yet prevent anyone seeing anything they should not. The material is thin enough that it would not feel too bulky or get too warm. What do you think?"
Eriana was surprised and then thoughtful. "Maralin, I am astonished by your cleverness. Aye, such a garment would require little cloth, I deem, and take less time to cut and sew. Ah! That is why, I see now, that you only required so small a length of cloth."
He held up a finger. "Remember, Highness, as I have, that these would be considered underwear, which means that you would wear a fresh pair every day. I estimated that we could get three, maybe four pairs out of this cloth for each of you." His eyes slid towards Ursula. "Of course, that was before we picked up another passenger."
"As you say." Eriana considered the material. "Very well, I shall explain to you all how we must needs measure ourselves to lay out for a pair of trousers. What is used to mark the cloth in these parts? Charcoal? In Einnland a kind of soft shell is used."
"I picked up some of what is called 'tailor's chalk' in the market, Highness, together with some needles, fine thread and shears for today's project. Shall we begin?"
Ursula watched the proceedings with some interest. She knew that sewing was something that women usually did, and that therefore she must have had some knowledge of the procedure. Could she help? Her balance had been questionable since they had landed at this strange town and so it seemed that sitting down would prevent potential problems for a while. If she was seated, then, why not help with the sewing?
The headache came suddenly, forcing her to close her eyes with the pain and to clutch her forehead with both hands. "Oh! That hurts!"
The others stopped what they were doing and crowded round, concerned. Maralin said, "I'll go to the kitchens, Highness, and see if they have any pel available. I have been told that it may help."
Eriana put a hand on Ursula's arm. She had enough experience of people who became sick or had some injury but this was an ailment unknown to her. It frustrated her that she could not help.
"Try and relax, Mistress. We are told that what happens will pass in but a few moments."
By the time that Maralin returned with a mug of pel Ursula had mostly recovered. She gratefully took the mug and drank deeply.
He asked, "Can you tell us what happened, Mistress?"
She was hesitant. "I'm not certain. I was wondering if I could help you with the sewing or something. It seemed a waste to be just sitting here watching you. Then I had a strange memory flash -" She shuddered. "O boje! I could not believe the pain!" Her eyes closed momentarily before she looked up again. "And what I saw was so strange! I was sewing, it seems, but the thread was so thin and, and, it was very bright and there were lots of bright metal things."
Maralin twitched at the strange words and they distracted him from her description. Metal things? Maybe she used a sewing machine somewhere? Perhaps she'll need to have a talk with Senidet...
"I don't think it would be a good idea for you to help us today, Mistress," he told her. "The attack has passed but, I regret, there will be others before your memory returns. There were times when I was just forced to sit and watch the same way you are today. Do not think that we deliberately ignore you, we know that you cannot function as you would like." He gave her a reassuring smile. "This will soon pass, I can assure you, and the pain to come is less than you would have if you were giving birth, for example."
She returned a half-smile. "I do not know if I am reassured by that, Maralin. You are right, though, it is probably better to wait until I am fully recovered... is that right?"
He nodded. "Aye... I may not say more to avoid confusing you, but you should be able to fully participate once your memory returns."
"Then I must be patient, and bear what is to come. Thank you for the drink, it is most refreshing."
It took only half a bell to measure, cut out and sew the two small pieces of cloth required for one of the new garments. As there was nothing resembling elastic available on Anmar yet, the finished product had a drawstring waist. Eriana took it to the washroom to try it on. She returned to the chamber wearing it under her gown and with a smile on her face.
"You have done the women of Anmar a great service this day, Maralin! If the weather is to become as hot as I have been told, these will make a great difference to our comfort. Girls, let us waste no more time in making more of these clever garments."
With the three women sewing, and Maralin to assist with the laying out and cutting, they managed another five garments before deciding that perhaps they had better attend to other matters. All measurements had been recorded on a piece of parchment, no paper yet being available in the market, and the spare material, needles, thread and shears had been packed away into a drawstring pouch Eriana had fashioned out of a rectangle of canvas.
"Very good," Eriana remarked, nodding, as they left the room. "These will become useful in the coming months, if what is foretold comes to pass. I am even more interested in making one of the new dresses now, my curiosity has been roused."
"Well, perhaps we will have time at our next stop to work out the design," Maralin responded. "It will take some thought and more sewing than these little shorts did today. Maybe it would be better to leave it until we reach Joth, though I know that you in particular are in need of something cooler to wear."
"Aye. It is ever my misfortune to be so tall, I deem, though of course that has given me other advantages. It means, though, that I can wear but little that others may wear, all my clothes must be specially made."
"Highness, I would have thought that, being of a royal family, your clothes would be made for you anyway."
She nodded. "This is true, but it means that I must needs take everything I wish to wear with me each time I travel. There is no opportunity to borrow, as Ursula did last night. It is not a problem, Maralin. The life of a Princess is limited in many ways, after all."
Wallesan greeted them in the courtyard with a smile. "Success?"
Eriana returned the smile. "Aye, Wallesan, indeed success. Maralin is as clever as Garia, I deem. As she produced bras for the women of Anmar, so Maralin has produced shorts. I will not expose them for you here, it may offend some, but you are a married man, you will understand when you see them at a later time."
"As you say, Eriana! We have caused enough talk already at the hostel, let us not encourage more! Maralin, this is what you intended?"
"Aye, Your Grace. It is just what I thought of."
In the courtyard of the hostel the men had mixed with other travelers and several conversations were going on around the enclosure. Lars approached the group looking somewhat diffident.
«Highness,» he began, «I am embarrassed to be asking you this, but I have little choice. The men have noticed that Maralin has bought cloth and that you have spent part of the afternoon sewing. The other women are now wearing much thinner dresses bought in the markets we have passed. This is because the weather is much warmer than we are accustomed to.»
Eriana kept a straight face. «This is true, Lars. What of it?»
«Well, our own clothing is no longer suitable, Highness. You can see how badly my own tunic and trousers is stained, and it is impossible to wash and dry them overnight. We want permission to do as you did and buy thinner clothes in the markets.»
«And what would you choose? Those who live in the Great Valley do not wear trousers as we do, nor have they any need to.»
Lars spread his hands. «Highness, it is a problem. Some of those who travel by water wear loose smocks or thin tunics. Others wear little but a kind of short skirt, though I doubt any of our men would do so.»
Maralin put in, «Those skirts are called kilts, Lars. Despite what you think, they are something that men mostly wear. Do you not remember Armsmaster Haflin dressed that way, in his armory in the palace?»
Lars nodded. «Aye, Tenant, but he was working in a hot workshop full of forges and fires... I take your point. Still, the question remains. Is there anything that is suitable for us to wear as we sail along the great river? If so, may we buy them in the markets?»
«I have been thinking about that, Lars. I have some ideas about attire for the women and also for yourselves. Did you know that I ended up designing new uniforms for the Joth defense forces? The problem is that we probably can't do much until we reach Joth, which will be in two to three days. If we spend too much time at places like this along the river we'll never get there.»
«But we have already spent almost a whole day here, Tenant.»
Eriana put in, «That was to find enough clothing to equip Ursula, Lars. We have done so now, and this afternoon was basically free time since we could not travel further today without complication. Maralin is right, if you can all bear to wear what you have for another day or two then once we reach Joth we will have time to find or to make whatever you desire to wear. Making a dress for one woman, or maybe three, is one thing, but clothing for thirty men is another matter.»
Lars bowed. "As you command, Highness."
* * *
Maralin scrawled on his piece of parchment, squinting to make out the numbers in the light of a setting sun. He and Wallesan were sitting at one of the kitchen tables in the courtyard, drinking a final mug of pel before retiring.
Maralin grimaced. "I think that my problem is, Your Grace, that I have become used to the value of our Dukans. When we were in Palarand, we were mostly in the palace or Dekarran castle, where we did not need to use any money... coin. Palarandi Crowns are not that familiar to me. I'm afraid that I may have spent somewhat more of your money than you would approve."
"Oh? What have you bought, then? I did not think that you contributed to Ursula's outfitting."
"No, it was the bolt of cloth, Your Grace. I saw it and it was just what I wanted, but maybe I ought to have waited until we got back to Joth. I'm sure your seamstresses have bolts of this stuff in their stores."
"That is possible, of course, but you may realize that we don't tend to use undyed cloth as much as some of the other countries do. There must be some, of course, but I do not blame you for obtaining such stuff as you find it. What have you spent so far?"
He held out his hand and Maralin put the parchment into it. Wallesan looked at the figures and winced.
"Aye. That looks somewhat expensive, does it not? Do you yet know how much cloth you have?"
"I was told that it was a full bolt and it looks that way to me, Your Grace. We can certainly clothe the women with it and have plenty left over to try things out for the men."
"As you say. You're still thinking of uniforms, are you not?"
"I am, Your Grace. However, what I think will be better, given the timing, is for the men to have something reasonably simple and comfortable for the rest of their trip upstream, and then to have proper uniforms ready for them when they return through Joth on their way back. If they are going to stranger lands, then it would seem prudent if they were attired as travelers rather than troops."
Wallesan considered, then nodded. "I agree. And what you didn't say, of course, is that we have a thriving industry making uniforms for almost everyone in this part of the Valley. Now the war is ended, we have seamstresses waiting for work."
"Exactly, Your Grace. On Earth, once various wars had ended, the production capacity that had been used for making uniforms and weapons was turned to civilian use. We will always have the need for military items but I'm sure we can find other things for our seamstresses to make."
The two grinned at each other in the last glow of the sinking sun.
"Indeed! Joth may not have mountains of coal or ores of iron but there must be other ways we may make ourselves useful in the coming Industrial Revolution." Wallesan reached for his mug. "Mayhap you have just suggested one such way, Maralin."
A simple leg of a voyage from one port to the next turns out to be anything but, as the Visund is attacked by one of the creatures that live in the depths of the great river. An alternative landing must be found for their injuries to be treated, but their lodgings for the night is unexpected.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
6 - Brief Encounter
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The men were waiting for their food when Wallesan, Maralin and
the Joth contingent joined those already in the courtyard of the
hostel. Many other travelers were also there, anxious to eat and
continue on their journeys, however there was as yet no sign of any
of the women in their party.
The kitchen had just begun serving food when Eriana led her companions from the women's quarters. She took one look at the waiting men and came to a quick decision. Clapping her hands for attention, she pointed to the clear area in the middle of the courtyard.
"Men of the Visund! It is time we resumed our Tai Chi! Assemble now, while these other travelers obtain their food. Your Grace, if you or your men desire to join us, we will welcome you."
Most of the men immediately left the line and headed for the cleared space, leaving bemused travelers behind them. Wallesan gestured to his men and they all rose and walked over to join Eriana.
"Good morrow, Wallesan, Maralin, Hambran. We used to do this regularly while at the palace and when we were training for our expedition. I have not seen you or your men do the Tai Chi, do you know the forms?"
"Good morning, Eriana," Wallesan greeted her. "Aye, we learned most of it while we were in the palace, though our party was taught by His Majesty's men so you may not have seen us. We managed a day or two at Dekarran, also, but you should consider us rusty. Where shall we stand?"
The work of the whole hostel ceased as everyone watched the assembled men and women go through the evolutions of Tai Chi. Many of her men had come to appreciate the focus and flexibility that the exercise offered, but to the onlookers it simply seemed like some arcane ritual. Finally, as those taking part broke ranks and headed for the kitchen, everyone went back to their own affairs.
Some of Eriana's men went to fetch plates, cutlery and beakers for the women while the men of Wallesan's escort did the same for the Duke, Hambran and Maralin. These selected a table for themselves and the women. As before, Wallesan seated Eriana before taking his own chair and Maralin and Hambran seated the other women before sitting down to their own meals. Ursula seemed now familiar with life at the hostels, so ate and drank as though she had always done so that way. The only thing, Maralin noticed, was that she was clumsy with the borrowed fork.
Eriana said, "It looks like a fine day to continue our voyage on the Sirrel."
Wallesan replied, "Aye, you may find that all the weather is like this as you go on your way, I deem. There are occasional periods of rain, and even the occasional heavy showers, though I would not call them storms, but in this season of blossom and growth all will welcome any rain that comes, since it will provide for next years' food. Did you all sleep well?"
"Well enough, though poor Ursula suffered another headache this morning when she rose." Eriana looked frustrated. "I wish I could do more but I know I cannot. Do the healers of this valley have anything that would ease the pain?"
"There are potions," Maralin answered, "since I was fed some of them myself. I believe that they are the same things that are used for a painful injury or joint, and also by women when Kalikan calls." He hesitated. "I would be wary of giving her too much of such stuff, Highness, because it may complicate her recovery. Some of those herbs are strong."
"I will take your advice, Maralin, though it pains me to see her suffer so. You are certain that once her memory recovers these headaches will cease?"
"That is what both Garia and myself remember, Highness, though of course our memories of that period are not as good as what happened before or since. Oh - if I have not said it already, she may not remember exactly what happened before she left or even when she left. I suspect that she may not remember meeting that bear."
Eriana's eyes narrowed. "But you told me that you remembered your own ending, in a burning building."
Maralin grimaced. "Well... Highness, that isn't exactly true. All I should say is that I was told what happened to me some time after I arrived here, and that such matters are one of those things we have given oaths not to talk about."
Eriana's eyebrows shot up, but she nodded. "As you say. I see now that this whole subject is a complicated one and there may be reason for your silence. No matter, it is not important now. Let us eat."
Once they had eaten, everybody carried their bags - and the women's chests - down to the Visund, among a crowd of other water travelers doing the same thing. There was the usual apparent confusion as the men stowed everything away and prepared the ship and themselves for departure. Finally Prell appeared, having made his morning visit to what Maralin thought of as the local equivalent of the 'harbor-master's office'.
"Pilot! Anything we should be aware of today?"
"Very little, Captain. Today's weather is expected to be much the same as yesterday, so you should be able to make good use of the sail. There is one minor matter, but it need not delay us. You may instruct your men to cast off."
Once out in the Sirrel again, Eriana turned to Prell. "Can we sail, pilot, or must we use oars? I see the river turns again, and against the wind."
They were facing north-west, roughly towards the northern wall of the Great Valley, and there was sufficient variation in the course of the river that it was not obvious which way it would trend.
"Captain, you may raise the sail, but if it is possible I would suggest that you leave the oars out for now. Our route will soon take us to the right, where we must cross the current again without the aid of the wind." He waved a hand. "As I mentioned the other day, it is possible to do it by sail alone but with all these men and oars there is little point, and it will save you much time."
"As you wish."
She turned to the crew and issued a stream of Norse, letting the men know what was about to happen. There was more bustle as the oars were pulled in but not stored while the sailors among the crew raised the sail.
«You'll need to pull the yard right round to the left!» She waved a hand before turning to Prell. "What of this minor matter you spoke of, pilot? How may it affect us?"
"Captain, a boat arrived late yesterday evening, having been delayed in the Northern Virgulend Reach. Although they were not affected themselves, they reported seeing something... large... in the river."
"Large? How so? A tree trunk, mayhap?"
Wallesan leaned over. "I overheard a word or two at the hostel, Eriana. I think what Prell means is some kind of large water creature. Is that so, pilot?"
"Aye, Your Grace. Those who reported said that they saw ripples in the last of the light and the back of something, swimming against the current. Because the light was poor, they could not identify it and, in any case, were anxious to leave it be and make for West Haral before it became fully dark."
"Creature?" Maralin asked. "I suppose that a river this size must have things living in it. What sort of creatures might there be, Your Grace?"
"Fish of all sizes, of course," the Duke replied. "They range from small hatchlings to some that are large and dangerous. I have heard of one that was found dead on the bank that was said to have been seven strides long when alive. There are other things, creatures with legs instead of fins, and others with something that are neither legs nor fins but serve them as both. Others with tentacles or with shells." Wallesan shrugged. "As you said, it is a big river. Fortunately for us, most of the larger of such things only appear at night, so do not cause trouble to the river traffic. It is one reason we try not to travel by night, but not the only one."
"As you say, Your Grace," Prell agreed. "Because most of these creatures are active at night we rarely encounter them and thus, they are not considered to be dangerous to most who travel on the Sirrel. I am merely warning the Captain in case anyone sees something they are not familiar with as we progress."
The journey continued, the sailors and crew now reasonably prepared for the actions that would be required as the Visund ventured further along the great waterway. Sometimes there was need for rowing, as the main current was crossed, other times the sail had to be adjusted to make most of the warm breeze that came from the north-east. Most of the time, the crew was at leisure, only the lookouts and the steersman having to maintain a constant watch.
Maralin took advantage of the relaxed attitude and made his way forward to join the women, who apart from Eriana had found regular seats out of the way near the bow.
"Ladies," he greeted them. "If I may join you?"
"Of course, Tenant," Bennet replied. "Do you enjoy the ride?"
"It is different," he said. "This is probably the longest time I have ever been on a boat. I have gotten more used to riding everywhere now, I suppose. I would not have missed this experience, though. It has shown me more of the Valley and the towns we have passed through. When you are actually in the Valley, you don't appreciate just how big it is or how the walls either side affect the way one thinks about distances or directions. And then you have the Sirrel, which goes merrily from side to side and chops everything up into different countries."
"I see what you mean. Of course, having lived in the Valley all my life I tend to take all that for granted. Was there something you sought of us particularly, Tenant?"
"I was told that Ursula had a headache this morning. I wanted to ask her what she remembered, or what she was thinking when it happened. It might provide clues to her past."
Ursula said, "Do you think so? The flashes I have had so far seem very disturbing to me. Can my life have been so very different before? It is all so confusing."
"Well, when you do get your memory back, everything you remembered in those flashes should be explained and explainable. You may not believe me now but afterwards you will understand."
"It's just that what I have seen is so different than what I have been doing... since..." she paused. "And all I have is your word that all this will come right eventually."
"All I can tell you, Mistress," Maralin assured her, "is that what is happening to you is the exact same thing that happened to me, oh, some five months ago. There is a record of it happening to at least one other. We both survived the experience, though I would add that once you are recovered you may find some things to be very different than you might have been used to before."
"That may be so..." Ursula considered. "Some of the flashes I have had so far have been very strange. I have the feeling that something is wrong, but also an odd feeling that something is right." She shook her head. "I cannot explain it."
"Without your memory, it will all seem odd, Mistress. So, what did you see this morning?"
"I saw... a street, a wide street, with buildings of stone... I think. There were metal poles every so often, with... ropes..? strung between them? There were strange... vehicles... traveling along the street, but no animals pulling them. Does that sound odd?"
"Not at all, Mistress. I can think of several explanations, none of which would mean much to you at the moment. Anything else of note?"
"The ground was white! There was some kind of stuff, white stuff on the ground, except where those vehicles had worn it away. All the people I could see wore lots of clothes to keep themselves warm, it must have been very cold."
"That sounds like snow," Maralin explained. "If you came from Canada, I would expect there to be lots of snow, especially in winter. Where we are now is... nearer the Equator, which means we get only a little dusting of snow here each winter."
"Then the headache came," Ursula continued. "Now I can think of those things again without the headache! Is this what happened to you?"
"More or less. Unfortunately you'll probably have another day or two like this before it gets better."
"If it is no worse than this then I will bear it." She smiled at Maralin. "Thank you for explaining, Tenant."
"That's what I am here for," he said with a returned smile.
Maybe that is exactly what I am on this voyage for! To explain things to this transferee, at least to some extent. I wonder what she might be here for?
Two of the sailors among the crew approached.
"If we can ask you to move for a moment," Brodgar said, "it is time for us to cross the current again and we must swing the sail round."
"Of course."
The next bend was a sharp right hander, which meant that the ship was now facing down the Great Valley once more. Maralin smiled as he realized that, since leaving their first stop at Terban, the ship had described a complete clockwise circle to end up pointing towards the distant sea again!
"What makes you smile, Tenant?" Bennet asked as they watched the crew make ready for the new leg.
He explained, adding, "Now I understand why everyone uses the trade road instead of the river. This must make the journey three times longer, at the very least."
She frowned. "If you say so. I find it difficult to see in my mind what you describe. Still, I am seeing parts of the Great Valley I would not otherwise see, am I not? And, because of the current, I deem that a downstream journey will be much faster than the upstream one we are making now."
"Yes, of course. I am not complaining, I am finding it just as interesting as you are."
Eriana elected to use brute force to traverse this section, rather than tacking backwards and forwards using the sail. The men were used to rowing and the physical effort helped them stay fit, so nobody complained. It took them a bell and a half, and another crossing of the current, before the river curved to the left again, to head towards the northern wall once more, and shortly afterwards they were heading roughly south-west and the sail could be raised to give everyone a rest.
A little later Prell told them to head for the left bank, for a small village that had rest facilities. A channel led to a pool where pontoons allowed river craft to tie up and let crews ashore. A short distance inland was the village, with several barn-like structures to one side. These had high canvas roofs but no walls. Inside there were rough tables and benches at one end, while the other had rows of straw pallets for resting. A separate kitchen building between two of these barns provided a limited selection of hot food and drink.
One minor complication was the fact that the coin they offered in payment for their food and drink was not accepted.
Wallesan explained, "We're in Virgulend now. At the ferry ports, and in the bigger towns, there are money changers who will provide Virgulend Pikans for the coin of the other countries. They don't like mixing the coinage as most of the other countries do. Fortunately, I have brought Pikans with me, against this very need."
"Rate of exchange?" Maralin asked.
"Grand Duke Mariswin, who of course you met at the palace and at Dekarran, is very honorable and insists that a standard rate is asked throughout his lands. He would just prefer that it is his coin that is spent in his own lands, that everybody may be sure what value they receive for their coin."
"Unlike, say, Palarand, where some tavern keeper could make up an exchange rate as he went along, should he be offered a foreign coin."
"Exactly. I do not know what the answer will be, once we get the Federation going. I doubt that we will be able to have such a variety of coin as we all do now."
"True. In the United States I vaguely remember that each state had its own currency for a while, before everyone eventually settled on a single currency that they would all use. I expect much the same will happen here."
"As you say. Any experiences -" Wallesan cast around to make sure nobody was taking notice of the conversation, "- we may subsequently learn will be of value to us, of course."
"Aye, Your Grace. Having decided on a Federation, Garia and I spoke of related things she could research while away and currency was one of those things. Ah, here is Eriana."
She displayed one of her frequent scowls. "Wallesan, they do not take our coin. You know these people, what must we do? I do not remember having this trouble when we came back from Forguland."
"Leave it to me, Eriana, I have the kind of coin they prefer. What of sentries? Shall you need my men to help out?"
Since the village was small, there were no troops or local Watch of any kind who could guard the Visund or their sleeping place. Each vessel would have to provide its own security, though for Eriana's party this was no real problem.
"If you would pay what is required, I will provide the sentries we will need." She squinted at the landscape in the distance beyond the shelters. "Although, it will soon be hot enough to send sentries to sleep as well! You must face this problem all the time, Wallesan. Is there some remedy?"
"There are ways, Eriana." He lifted his waist pouch. "Now, how much do they want?"
The voyagers ate a combination of their own provisions and some prepared by the small kitchen before settling down to rest. Eriana and the other women slept in the center of the block of pallets, surrounded by the male crew members. Two stood guard while two more watched over the Visund, all heavily armed. From the looks that other travelers were giving them, it was unlikely that anything would be attempted while they were taking their rest.
* * *
It was much hotter when the Visund nosed out of the channel back into the Sirrel, Eriana noticed. There were some ominous-looking clouds to the east which threatened a sudden downpour sometime later. She was used to such spring weather, similar sudden squalls were familiar at sea though how long these might last, and what the effects might be in this different setting, she had yet to discover.
Prell gave the obvious order to Tor to swing left, upstream, and Eriana felt the hot sun on her neck as the Visund turned. With another scowl, she dropped from the stern deck to the hull.
"Wallesan! Though we hid away for the hottest part of the day, my men and I will fry in this heat. If this weather will continue, as you suggested, then we must needs have some kind of protection for our heads."
She did not mention the fact that her usual tunic and trousers of heavier material was already stained with sweat. It was apparent that alternatives would not be forthcoming any time soon, so she accepted the inconvenience.
"You are right, Eriana, and I beg your pardon for not thinking of it sooner. Aye, most who must needs work outside in such strong sun should have some protection for their heads and shoulders. When we next land, let us try and find some hats for as many as we can."
"What of your men? I see they already wear such gear."
"They are military issue, Eriana, since fighting is often done in such weather as this. I'm not so sure that what they wear is suitable for being on the water, though. They are so light they could blow away."
Wallesan's escort, with the exception of Maralin, were wearing hats fashioned out of thin undyed cloth. These had a rounded conical crown with a broad floppy brim drooping down all around, designed to be worn over a helmet but which could be used without. Captain Hambran's hat had a narrower brim and an elaborate fabric flower stitched to the front to distinguish him as an officer.
"I see what you mean." She watched the breeze from astern ruffle the brims. "They would not be of such use on board, I would think. It seems to me that they would interfere with the men's duties - not the rowers, of course, but the sailors."
"I agree. Perhaps hats of a different material. Maralin, is there anything from Earth which may be of use to Eriana?"
Maralin considered. "Well, Your Grace, as always, the subject of hats as worn on Earth is a broad one. We could find a stiffer cloth in the market, or even some thin felt, perhaps. In olden times sailors used to wear hats made from straw, I believe."
"Straw!" Eriana was surprised. "Like those cone shaped hats the farmers wear, you mean?"
He smiled. "As you say, Captain, though they needn't be of that shape. There was a hat called a 'boater' which, from the name, was probably originally intended for sailors. They might be more suitable for bargemen than true sailors like your crew, though. Let me think about it for a while."
"As you wish." She fixed him with a stare. "If I may ask, why do you not wear a hat as the others of Joth do?"
"Ah, Captain, my position with His Grace is an unusual one, as you must realize. Strictly speaking, I am not part of His Grace's escort but more of a special advisor, for reasons you already know. That means that I did not get issued with my uniform when the others did, not being of the household troops."
"Oh. I see. Do you think that you will also have need of a hat?"
"Of course, Captain. Like you, this climate is new to me and I will need to protect my head and neck if I am to perform my duties properly."
Wallesan muttered, "Well said, Maralin. Let us see what kind of hat you may dream up for Eriana's crew - and perhaps for her navy, since they will have a like desire."
Maralin shook his head in bemusement. "When I first came to Anmar I wondered what use I would be here, especially since everything was so different to what I had left behind. I never ever imagined that I would become a designer of military uniforms!"
Eriana said, "Well, my men have need of hats, Maralin, and I have sore need of a summer dress. If His Grace is willing, I would ask that those be your first priority."
Wallesan inclined his head. "We cannot ignore Ursula, Eriana, but otherwise I am in agreement with your suggestion. Maralin, you have my authority in this."
"As you command, Your Grace."
The Visund, using sails alone, crossed the river to the right bank and proceeded some marks along that side before the current came across to join them, forcing them to switch sides again. For this crossing, Eriana wanted to make it quick before the threatened thunderstorm erupted above them and caused a loss of visibility. So, the oars were pushed out and the men began to pull as the ship swung left again.
Few of those on board saw what really happened. The rowers were facing aft, as usual, and most of those who were not pulling an oar were intent on their own comfort - or just trying to keep in the shade as the ship turned and the shadow of the sail moved. There was a cry from one of the lookouts and Maralin turned to see the pointed arm, just as the whole world went mad.
A huge jaw, filled with a row of dinosaur-like teeth, rose from the river and clamped down on the first four oars of the left side. The inboard ends of the oars were wrenched from the rowers' grasps and promptly hammered down on their thighs as the monster lifted more of itself out of the water. An immense eye stared at the ship before the head jerked, yanking the bow of the Visund bodily to the left.
One of the two lookouts was flung directly into the water, disappearing immediately into the foam. The other, the left side man, flailed out and barely managed to grab the prow, swinging his body out over the right side as he clung on in desperation. Inside the main hull, everyone who was standing was yanked off their feet, most of them falling awkwardly on the hull, the cargo, or odd parts of the rowers bodies.
Most of the rowers had relaxed their grip on their oars in an attempt to steady their balance. Very occasional rogue waves at sea produced a similar twitch of the ship and it would normally be easy to recover afterwards. Not this time. The monster twisted the oars in its mouth, snapping them as if they were twigs, before swimming strongly along the left side of the Visund, its back bouncing off the remaining left side oars as it did so - and causing more injuries as the inboard ends slammed against unprepared bodies.
By this time the Visund was side on to the current and being carried downstream again. The sail, set for their previous direction, hung in line with the wind and did nothing to help their progress. The men scrambled up from where they had fallen, some very gingerly, and attempted to regain control of the ship. The monster had vanished once more into the depths.
Maralin offered a hand to Wallesan to lift him back to his feet. Eriana, flung against some provision barrels, struggled to her own. All around were groaning men, some holding damaged ribs or thighs.
"In the name of the Gods, what was that!"
Wallesan winced, feeling an impending bruise. "A gogon, I think. It is a kind of large fish. Few have ever seen one, small or large. Maker! My chest hurts."
"Are there many like that in this river?" Eriana was shocked and wanted to know more.
Wallesan shook his head. "I doubt you will ever see one again, Eriana. Like most such river creatures, they live in the depths and feed at night... or so we believe. Very little is known about them or their habits, for fairly obvious reasons."
"Do Questors... No, this is not the time for that. I must check the crew."
"I'll come with you," Maralin suggested. "I have some little knowledge of First Aid, you know."
"What is First Aid? Oh, I can guess. Aye, you take the right side, there should be less injuries there."
"Captain," Prell broke in. "If I may advise... we are being rapidly carried downstream. We have to get out of the current."
"You are right, pilot." She raised her voice. «Listen to me! Maralin and I will come and ask for injuries later. For now, we must get out of the current, or we will be back at West Haral in a bell or so! Now! Those of you who cannot row, pull your oars in out of the water, or find somebody who can row instead. Those who can row, left side, row normally. Right side, row reverse. We have to turn the ship so the sail catches.»
Most saw the sense of what she asked so it took very little time before the ship had been turned again, the sail had caught and they were once more on their way towards the left bank. Around half the rowers were able to pull, but once beyond the main flow it was relatively easy to get into the slower slack current which the sail alone could overcome.
Tor, still on the steering oar, asked, "What do we do now, Captain?"
Eriana looked to the left, spotting a very small lump sticking out of the water. She pointed. "Head for that. We don't have to land, we just need somewhere to moor while we find out what injuries we have."
A thrown grapnel secured them to the tiny islet and the Visund rode beyond the tail as her crew licked their wounds. Eriana and Maralin went along the benches asking everyone about damage, personal or otherwise. Just below the foredeck, they took stock.
"Captain," Maralin reported, "The right side were mostly lucky. Almost everyone fell heavily so have bruises. We have one forearm cut where someone fell against the hull and found a protruding nail and another who broke a finger."
Her eyebrows rose. "A protruding nail? There should not be any! When we get to Joth we must needs have that repaired. For myself, I have a sorry tale to tell. Fritjof has a broken upper arm, it looks like a clean break but that is little comfort. Several report being struck in the chest by their oars, I do not know enough to know if they are merely bruised or have cracked or broken something. Three have broken fingers, two have twisted ankles as they stumbled. Everybody has bruises, even myself."
She turned to the foredeck. "Brodgar, I have not asked you."
"Captain, I was very fortunate to be able to grab the prow as the ship shifted," the lookout replied, "I have no wounds, not even bruises. But Vynil is gone, he went straight into the water."
"Vynil! I never noticed! Think you the monster got him?"
Brodgar shook his head. "No, Captain, he went over the right side. He is a good swimmer, perhaps he found the shore somewhere."
"I hope so." Eriana shielded her eyes and scanned the further bank before turning back. "There is so much of it! And I have no idea how far we came before we could get out of the current."
Maralin suggested, "At least a mark, Captain, but more likely three or more. I remember that grove of trees over there. Trouble is, most of the landscape looks much the same this close to the river."
"That is true. Although the pilots do excellent work, perhaps the river could do with some kind of marks to help navigation." She waved a hand. "Enough. That is a matter for another time. Let us deal with our injuries and then see how far we may get before dark."
There was an unexpected victim to the incident. Semma called to Eriana, who turned to find Ursula unconscious between two of the benches.
"What happened?"
"She muttered something about wanting to help and then one of those headaches struck, Captain."
Eriana grimaced. "Did she suffer when the monster came?"
"No more than the rest of us, Captain. I think she just fell over - on top of me, as it happens."
"Hmm. Shall you tend her?"
"Of course, Captain... but I would rather be tending the men, they have the greater need."
"I understand that, but she is important to us. Look after her, please, Bennet and Maralin will do what they can for the men. Oh, I see Hambran and his men are also helping."
Half a bell later all that could be done for the men had been, but everyone knew that it was only a temporary measure. There were no potions or medicines on board for dealing with injuries, since no-one had the knowledge to use them. The lid of a barrel was broken up to provide splints for Fritjof's arm but it would require proper attention.
The broken oars were swapped out for spare ones and the most able of the men changed places to make use of them if required. After some fuss the grapnel was retrieved from the islet and the Visund prepared to sail once more. That raised another question.
"Do we head directly for the next available port, to obtain help, or should we attempt to search for Vynil?"
Wallesan considered. "It may be a question of timing, Eriana. The afternoon passes and we have little idea how long we have been delayed. Can we still make Treen by tonight?"
Both turned to Prell, who bent under the stern deck and pulled out his satchel of charts.
"If you would give me leave, Captain... Ah, here is the one I want. Look, I deem we are somewhere about here presently. Treen is here, so I would reckon about thirty marks or so. Under normal circumstances you should be able to reach there by sunset, even after this delay, since the breeze is still strong. However, these are not normal circumstances... I do not know how you regard the loss of your man."
"An interesting question, pilot. Of course, were we at sea the answer would be different, since the chances of finding him would be smaller - but, against that, there would not be a strong current that carried us away from the spot he was lost... If he has found the shore, what will happen to him?"
"As I explained when we found... Mistress Ursula, Captain, he would normally be taken to the nearest small port and then a way would be found to return him either to his ship or to where he came from. Unfortunately, the Upper Virgulend Reach is the longest stretch without such a port on that side. There are two small ferries which connect that strip of land with Virgulend, perhaps he would be taken to one of those."
"Hmm. On that side, you said? What of this side?"
"There is Gakra, which lies just before the next big bend in the river, though Treen is but a short distance beyond, ten or twelve marks... I think, perhaps, that you should consider Gakra for tonight's stop, Captain. It is where one of those smaller ferries crosses and they are big enough to have healers to tend your injured."
"Very well. Pilot, I intend to search for my man before we find somewhere to stop for the night." She held up a hand. "I will not make a performance of it, but if we may hug that shore as we travel we may see him, or someone who knows of him. Vynil will know that we would look for him and he will stay close to the water's edge if he can. Once beyond the place where we met the monster, we can cross back to reach this Gakra that you name. Will that work?"
Prell frowned. "There are one or two places your men might need to row, Captain, but I agree. There should be time to cross the river and then come back again, even though you have less oars to use."
"Then let us begin."
The breeze was a little fresher than it had been earlier, so crossing the current was straightforward and no effort at the oars was required. The Visund sailed as close as it dared to the right bank, everyone who had a telescope scanning the near landscape for any evidence of their missing crew member. It was Hambran who first saw a farmer waving his arms at the ship.
"There, Your Grace! He may not be an Einnlander, but he wants our attention."
Eriana climbed onto the stern deck and waved her arms at the distant figure, who stood not at the waterline but on a low bluff above it, making him easier to see. When the man saw that he had been noticed, he pointed with both arms upstream. Eriana waved back and then called down to the crew.
«He has been found, men! Prepare yourselves for a beaching!»
Down at the waterline, a few hundred strides further along, three men and a woman stood waiting, Vynil conspicuous due to his greater height.
"I see them, Captain!" Tor said and leaned on the steering oar.
The Visund turned directly for the shore and ran up onto the fine silt. Eriana made her way forward and dropped from the bow onto the ground, heading for the small waiting group.
"Vynil! You are safe, I see."
"I am, Captain." He switched tongues. «What happened? One moment I was looking for debris in the water and the next I was in the water myself. Then the ship disappeared.»
«Some kind of river monster, we think. It chewed up some oars and we drifted downstream a while. Most of us have bruises, some have broken bones. Come, let us board, we have a long way to go and the crew is not fit.»
«You must reward these people, Captain. I was near exhausted when they pulled me out of the water. Without their help you would never have found me.»
«It would be the proper thing to do, I agree.» Eriana turned to the farmers. "I give you thanks for saving my man. We would have looked for him but you have made it easy for us."
"Eriana." She turned to see Wallesan at the bow. "Ask them what coin they use here. This bank is not Virgulend but either Smordan or Brugan."
"Do you tell me? The twistings of this river are strange indeed!" She turned to the group, who had now been joined by the man who had waved. "I would give you something, to thank you for your help. What land is this?"
The leader said, "I heard what the Master above said, Mistress. We would take any coin you offer, since we must needs trade across the river at times. But, I beg of you, it was only a small thing we did. Anyone along the bank will help all who have need of help on the river."
"Your labor on your land is hard enough as it is, Goodman, and we have kept you from it. Let us offer at least a small token."
Wallesan weighed two small pouches in his hands before throwing one down. "Find a few small coins to give them, they will appreciate it."
He tossed the pouch to her and she sorted through the coins inside. Most were of gold and she knew that giving gold to farmers like these might cause awkward questions to be asked. Other coins were of silver and some of copper, though she had little idea of their value. She didn't even know the value of most coins in Palarand, having spent much of her time there living in the palace. Finally she selected a small handful.
"Take these as a token of my gratitude. Vynil has been with me some years, we have fought battles, sailed oceans and drunk beer and sung songs together. Doubtless we would have been reunited after some time if we had not seen you, but this way is better. Thank you again."
The man who looked to be the eldest said, "You are the captain of this strange ship?"
Eriana smiled. "Aye, I am, amongst other things."
"And you spoke of battles. Your accent is strange and your man had few words we could understand. There is a mystery here."
"Aye, there is, but unfortunately we have no time to tell you the tale. Our ship was struck by a..." she turned to the ship. "What was the name of that thing?"
"A gogon, Highness," someone called down.
The man goggled at her. "A gogon? And he named you Highness?"
She waved a dismissive hand. "Here and now, I am merely the owner and captain of this ship, nothing more. Because of the attack, we have many injured and must get to Gakra before it becomes dark."
The group all bowed as one. "We understand. Thank you for your gift... Highness. We will remember your kindness."
"And we yours. We bid you farewell. May your crops be plentiful and keep you and your family through the winter."
Willing hands pulled Vynil and Eriana on board, then most of the crew walked towards the stern. The bow promptly lifted, allowing the ship to float free in the water again. It took little time before they were back on course, although out of prudence they stayed a greater distance from the right bank. The storm cloud had by now passed overhead, leaving sticky, sultry air but no rain.
Soon the current switched sides again and the Visund headed for the left bank. A small town could just be made out further along that bank and Eriana hoped that it was their destination. The sun had not yet set, but the day had been tiring and there were injured men - and women - to be tended to.
Unlike the situation at previous stops they had made, there were no pontoons or other provision for water craft to dock. The bank sloped steadily into the river and there were a number of small fishing craft simply pulled up out of the water. This was similar to the way the Norse were used to operating from beaches so they simply turned left this time and ran the Visund as far up the bank as possible.
Eriana joined the others as they climbed cautiously down from the bow, or in two cases were carried. Two of the crew took lines and secured them to stone blocks some distance further up, to ensure that the ship didn't come afloat by itself.
Although... there are no tides here! I guess that the river level only rises and falls slowly through the year.
...Only, there's that thundercloud up there and there could still be a squall. That could change the water levels for a short time, but long enough perhaps to float the Visund off.
Better to be safe than sorry.
Further along the bank a stone slipway ran from the water a seeming long way inland, and Eriana remembered again what she had been told about the river levels. Astride the slipway was a small version of the ubiquitous double-hulled ferries, and she wondered again who had thought up that idea. Inland, there were three buildings on stilts - tall stilts, she would be able to easily walk underneath the structures without banging her head - but no other obvious signs of life. The town was visible in the distance, maybe a mark away behind a line of trees.
Three men were approaching from one of the buildings and Prell advanced to meet them. Eriana noticed that he was limping and wondered if he had twisted a knee or an ankle during the attack.
"Welcome to Gakra," the first man said. "I am Cherdek, River Warden of this crossing. What brings you to our small town? Have you goods to sell? It is too late to unload anything now."
"We encountered a gogon," Prell replied shortly. "There are many injured. Can you call healers?"
"A gogon?" the Warden asked, astonished. "How big?"
"Oh, about half the length of our ship," the pilot replied, glancing back at the Visund, which stood proud on the shore - and maybe sixty to seventy feet long. "Its jaw was about three strides long. I have never seen anything like it in all my years as a pilot on the Sirrel."
The men stared at Prell and then at the ship, taking in the state of the men who had climbed off. One of the others spoke to the warden and then set off in a jog for the town.
"He has gone to fetch help," the Warden explained. "There are so many of you, it would be better if you were examined and treated at our small hostel, which is on the edge of town. Can all of you walk?"
Not all could, so those who were able set off with the second man, Wallesan and Kalmenar, while Eriana stayed with those who, mostly, had leg injuries of some kind. It was not long before a line of small two-wheel carts appeared, pulled by hand, which the limping and lame were loaded into. By this time Prell had finished giving his report to the local authorities, so climbed aboard the last cart as the procession followed the walkers.
"Who did you say your captain was again?"
"The tall blonde woman there." Prell pointed. "Like most of her crew she is not originally from the Great Valley, though they have all given their allegiance to King Robanar now. Know you that she is Princess Eriana, once of Einnland, owner of her ship the Visund, and that Duke Wallesan of Joth is along the road with your fellow. She carries the Duke and a small number of his retainers back to Joth before traveling onwards to the upper Valley."
"What!"
The two men stared at one another in consternation.
"He must know of this," the second man said. "He will not permit such folk to sleep in our simple hostel."
"Aye, true enough," the Warden agreed. "Let us organize the hostel first and then report to him. We are fortunate that there are so few using it today, this number will almost fill it. Tell me, pilot, will your ship remain here tonight?"
"Aye, we will, since we did not know how long it would take to treat all the injuries. Our original plan was to reach Treen this evening but the gogon had other ideas. How far away is Treen from here? By river, I mean."
"Some twelve marks or so... depending on the time of year, of course," the Warden replied. "Once summer comes and the level drops, it will probably be thirteen or even fourteen. I do not know how you could measure such a distance directly - or even if there would be any point."
"As you say." Prell thought of a point. "Our ship must needs be guarded. It is an open construction and all our belongings are visible, once one climbs up the hull. What is the local watch like here?"
The Warden waved a hand. "You may rest your mind easy, pilot. They are all men sworn to Count Horvik, whose land this is. You may have my sworn oath that our watchmen are trustworthy, though I know that in other places it is not always so. Even so, guarding such a craft as yours would be difficult if not for the fact that the brother of our liege stays nearby with the Count. He has brought his own troops with him which means that ours are released for such duties as will satisfy you and your captain. Will that be satisfactory?"
Prell shrugged. "You had better ask the captain yourself. She has particular ideas... and also a short temper - and I should warn you, she is a warrior of renown. She will deal with you fairly but do not attempt to cross her."
"I note your warning, pilot."
The two men made their way to the front of the column, where Eriana was walking beside the first cart with Bennet and Semma. Ursula was on the cart, having struggled to fight off a pounding head for the bulk of the journey since the attack.
"Your... Highness?"
Eriana turned to the man with a scowl, but relented when she saw who it was.
"When I am on my ship I am merely the captain, Master Warden. I do not care to be addressed by any other title then."
"My apologies, ...Captain.., but I would point out that you are presently not on your ship."
"The point remains. We are but travelers on the river, forced to stop here to tend our wounds, and mayhap to rest overnight. When I am attending the King in his palace, then you may call me Highness."
"The King? You are from Palarand, then? I understood that both of the King's daughters had long wed."
Eriana quirked a smile. "Aye, his... three daughters have wed, two long enough ago that both have children, so I am told. The last is adopted, and she was wed at Spring Dawning in front of most of the city of Palarand, to his son Prince Keren. I am the daughter of a different King, now living in exile in Palarand, and Robanar graciously permits that I keep the courtesy title of Princess by reason of my birth."
"We are honored by your presence, Highness... ah, Captain. The last..? We have heard many rumors, so far away in the Valley. Some say that the recent war with Yod was because of someone who traveled to Palarand. Was that you?"
"No, that was she, Master Warden. The tale? It would take too long to tell and I do not know the half of it, since I arrived after much had happened. Aye, she is a traveler from another world and her name is Garia, and, aye, she has caused much to change in Palarand since she arrived. She has also won the heart of the Crown Prince besides that of most of Palarand and she is beloved by all. Yod sought her because of her great knowledge but that knowledge was used to defeat Yod in turn."
"Thank you... Captain. I wish we could learn more, and from such a trustworthy source, but we will respect your privacy as you desire. It would only be to satisfy our own curiosity, in any event. What I came to ask you was about providing a guard for your ship."
The Warden and Eriana discussed possible arrangements and came to an agreement about providing a guard for the Visund, which would also allow everyone on board to have a good night's rest. Now that the Warden knew who the ship belonged to, he was certainly not going to permit it or its contents to come to any harm.
They finished the arrangements just as the column arrived at the hostel. Waiting at the entrance to the courtyard were a group of women, who, while all dressed differently, were obviously healers. These women took immediate charge of the carts, directing some to the sleeping quarters and others to the bathing chambers. One looked askance at Ursula.
"Her injuries are not caused by the attack," Eriana explained, "although, like the rest of us she will have bruises. She suffers periodic headaches of which some members of our party are familiar but I am not. Can you offer something to make her comfortable?"
"Is it the jerking sickness? Does she fall over?"
"I know of what you speak. No, we are assured it is not that. She has lost her memory through some process I do not understand and I am told the headaches are an indication that it is slowly returning."
"Lost her memory? Strange. Still, I have something here that should help. Then, by your leave, I should examine you and the other two women for breaks and bruises."
Eventually the travelers trickled back into the courtyard by ones and twos, having been cleaned up and in some cases strapped up or had broken bones splinted. Eriana sent six of the fittest back to the ship with three handcarts to bring back their chests and many of the men's duffels. These had just arrived back when two men dressed in scarlet and gray uniforms appeared at one of the gateways.
Maralin noticed them first. He indicated the men with a nod. "Your Grace, look."
Wallesan drew in a breath. "I hope they are not who I think they are," he muttered. "This day has been long enough as it is."
The men approached the nearest table and spoke to the men sitting there, one of whom stood and pointed, first at Eriana and then at Wallesan's table. They approached Eriana first and bowed.
"Our liege, His Grace's brother, presently visits Gakra to adjudicate a local matter while his brother attends some gathering of rulers elsewhere. Learning of the presence of yourself and His Grace yonder, he offers you and your retainers the comfort of a bed more suitable to those of your status tonight. He regrets that this simple hostel cannot offer the kind of facilities you may be used to, and so he humbly suggests that you might join him for a meal tonight before you retire. His Grace will be offered the like comforts."
Eriana was confused by the 'His Graces' that evidently referred to two different people but eventually understood the invitation. Given the circumstances, it would be difficult to refuse, even though it meant leaving her men. Although Einnlanders had a blunter culture she knew what a refusal could do to relations, and these people were nearer to Joth than to Palarand. She didn't want to cause unnecessary difficulties for Wallesan.
She stood. "Of course. I would be honored to accept... His Grace's invitation?"
"As you say. Thank you, Your Highness. We should now go yonder and make the same offer to His Grace. If there is any baggage you should bring? Who shall we say will be in your party tonight?"
Eriana thought. "We have chests, of course. There will be four women, including myself, and I will bring my second in command, Lars..." she hesitated and then gave in, "...and a special advisor. I imagine that Duke Wallesan will bring the captain of his escort and his special advisor. He returns to Joth in my ship with a very small party. Our carts can bring all our baggage, if that is satisfactory."
Most of the baggage was still on the carts, so it was a simple matter to adjust as required. Eriana left instructions for the men who would be remaining at the hostel and then led the smaller group out along the road into the town, following the two men. Their way led them to a central square, along a side street and out of the town to the country beyond.
A very short walk brought them to a large mansion. It was surrounded by something that might once have been a fence or a stockade, but was now simply a high wooden wall covered with climbing plants, all in profuse flower. It was unusual enough an arrangement that Eriana puzzled over it as they approached the gate.
It can't be a defensive wall, surely. It is only two strides high, I could be over that in a moment!
...Looking at those plants, though, I would be ripped to shreds by the thorns! Clever. It looks decorative but still keeps people out.
...Or maybe, it is there to keep people in?
"Welcome to the mansion of Count Horvik, who rules this district of Virgulend," the senior of the two men explained with a bow. "Though his lands are distant from the capital, Their Graces often have reason to visit him on their travels, and so his mansion is somewhat larger and better provided than you might expect. I am sure that you will all be comfortable here."
As they came through the gate into a driveway bordered by lawns house servants appeared to take charge of the baggage on the carts. The two men led the party to the entrance to the mansion, which did not appear to have the traditional courtyard, up steps and inside, where a long corridor faced them.
The senior man bowed again. "If you would excuse me, I will go and advise His Grace of your arrival."
As he walked off Eriana realized that Kalmenar was muttering.
She turned. "What's that?"
"Highness," he answered low, "I do not like this place."
From a door halfway along the corridor a noble appeared with a woman Eriana assumed was his wife. He saw the party and came to greet them with a smile. His wife also had a welcoming smile, but Eriana saw something else there. Fear, perhaps, or resignation?
"Welcome! I am Count Horvik of North Virgulend, be welcome in my house. This is my wife, Siendra. His Grace should join us shortly. I am delighted to welcome such illustrious guests as yourselves to my humble home. I understand that you were just passing by along the river and tangled with a gogon?"
"As you say, My Lord," Eriana responded. "I should imagine that you do not see visitors like ourselves very often, you are not on the trade route. Aye, my ship was attacked by a large monster and most of my crew suffered some injury."
"Your ship? Your crew?"
"Aye, I am the owner of the Visund and its captain. But I am forgetting myself. If I may introduce -"
Horvik held up a hand. "If I may, save your introductions for His Grace, that will save you repeating yourself. Ah, here he comes now."
From a doorway at the far end of the corridor came a man. In the indistinct light from the corridor lanterns Eriana thought him old, since he limped with a stick. As he came closer she saw that she was mistaken, he was younger, with a broad body that once must have been very fit and agile. Perhaps the injury came from a battle wound?
Kalmenar's hand grabbed Eriana's arm. "Be careful, Highness!" he hissed. "This man is dangerous to you!"
Eriana shook off the hand with a scowl that disappeared the moment she saw their host clearly. His face looked interesting and his smile warm. She immediately relaxed as he reached them.
"I see Horvik has already welcomed you," he said with a broad smile. "Let me extend my own greeting to you all. I am also a guest in his mansion while I deal with a local matter nearby. My brother would normally handle such affairs as these but he is presently away at some gathering down-river, I believe. No matter, I am not adjudicating this evening, we may all relax and bring each other up to date concerning recent happenings in the Valley.
"Wallesan, of course, I already know. Be welcome here, brother. I was distressed to learn of the capture of your city and delighted when your brave men retook it. Those of Yod have much to answer for, to the peoples of the Valley." He frowned. "But I do not know any of you others." He raised an inquiring eyebrow at Wallesan.
The Duke's face was impassive. "Thank you for your concern over my city, Your Grace. It was a hard battle but fairly won, despite the treachery of those of Yod. If I may introduce firstly Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand, whose ship is returning me to my lands."
The man bowed low. "Your Highness! This is indeed an unexpected pleasure."
Wallesan continued, "With her is her second in command Lars, who bears no formal rank that you or I would understand. Also with her are her special advisor Lord Kalmenar from Palarand and her companions Bennet, Semma and Ursula."
The man bowed again, but just barely. "Lars, an unusual name, I deem. Kalmenar, I believe we may have met before, but a long time ago. My welcome to you both and to you ladies."
Bennet and Semma promptly curtseyed, not taking their eyes off his face for a moment. The man stared at Ursula for a moment and then returned his attention to Wallesan.
The Duke of Joth finished, "For my own part I am joined tonight by my escort captain, Captain Hambran and my own special advisor Tenant Maralin."
"Well!" Their host gave them all a warm smile. "It promises to be an interesting evening, I would wager. But I am forgetting myself. Wallesan is familiar with me, you others are not. I am, of course, the brother of Grand Duke Mariswin who rules here in Virgulend, and my own name is Jarwin."
The high-ranking members of the party have accepted an invitation to overnight at a nearby mansion - but there is great danger! Duke Jarwin will do anything to get his hands on the female members of the party. The men know of his reputation but struggle to inform the women. It is left to Lars to take decisive action.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
7 - Lair of the Beast
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Wallesan nodded at the other man. "Jarwin," he
responded, but Eriana noted that he did not offer his hand or his
arm, as was usual when men of such rank greeted each other. The Duke
continued, "You should know that I saw your brother but three
days ago, since Eriana and myself attended that meeting you name.
Indeed, he joined all the other rulers on the quayside at Dekarran to
watch Her Highness's ship depart, with myself as passenger."
Jarwin's eyes widened briefly. He must have had some knowledge what was happening downstream, with his brother taking part, but there was a diplomatic pretense to maintain.
"Of course," he agreed with a smile, "I had overlooked that of course you would have joined the gathering. Tell me -"
Wallesan broke in with a raised hand. "By your leave, Jarwin, we have barely arrived and have had no time to eat, drink, bathe or change our attire since landing. Perhaps such discussions are better left until later, when we are all clean, fed and relaxed?"
"As you say, Wallesan! I am forgetting myself. Horvik, are chambers ready for your guests? You must attend your own household, I shall not interfere." Jarwin gave a slight bow to Wallesan, then a larger one to Eriana. "I will leave you to settle in, then, and we will meet again at table. I trust you will enjoy your stay in Horvik's delightful mansion."
The small group watched as Jarwin turned and walked away along the corridor, leaning on his stick. Horvik bowed, drawing their attention.
"Your Highness, Your Grace, although my mansion is often accounted large as such places may be, with His Grace already in residence it has been necessary for me to make some small adjustments to accommodate both of you." He turned and smiled at the others in their group. "Since His Grace's retinue is also small this time, there should be no problem with chambers for your attendants, though. If you would all follow me."
Several house servants appeared from a nearby chamber to join them. Since they were standing in what was evidently an entrance lobby, Horvik turned to the left and led the way along an intersecting corridor which went across the width of the building. There were doors either side of the corridor and a large window at the end, letting in plenty of evening light.
At the third door he addressed Eriana. "Highness, I have had this chamber prepared for you. It is the one usually occupied by Her Grace Duchess Dianel and I believe that you will find it comfortable. There is an attached chamber which is where Her Grace's maids usually stay, I trust that it will suffice for your companions tonight. A door links the two chambers so that you may summon their assistance without returning to this corridor."
He opened the door and allowed Eriana to enter first. The chamber was light and airy, and very similar to her suite at the palace, with a separate sleeping chamber, dressing room, toilet and bathing chamber. The tones were pastel and the furnishings obviously suited to a feminine occupant.
Eriana turned to Horvik. "My second, Lars. Have you a nearby chamber for him? He takes his duties seriously."
Horvik spread his hands. "I regret not, Highness. I believed that he had a more... administrative nature from the description I was given. I did not expect..." He turned to Lars with a bow. "I ask your pardon, Master Lars. I did not realize that your duties might be of a more physical nature. I have assigned a chamber for you, it is true, but it is further away, at the end of the corridor."
Lars regarded Horvik impassively. "My Lord, I will look at chamber and tell if it is good enough."
"Of course. Now, if I open this door, we can go through into the maids' chamber."
There was a smaller dressing room and a separate toilet, but of course the maids would bathe with their mistress. The room would normally have had two beds but these had been moved round and a third, different bed squeezed in. There was a separate entrance from the corridor and another door in the facing wall.
Horvik noticed Eriana's gaze. "Ah, Highness, that door connects with the suite usually occupied by His Grace the Grand Duke Mariswin when he and his wife visit. That door usually remains locked unless Their Graces are in residence and for your own privacy will be locked tonight. You need have no fear that you or your companions will be disturbed."
Eriana merely nodded and returned to her own chamber. "My Lord, you are too kind," she responded. "This is a delightful suite, I am sure that we will all have a good night's sleep. Is that not so, girls?"
The others murmured agreement, but behind Horvik's back Wallesan had a thoughtful expression. He smoothed it away as their host introduced one of his servants.
"If I may name Ratha, she is one of my senior house servants. If you or your companions have any desires of a kind particular to women, she will satisfy you. Pull the yellow rope, there by the fireplace, should you have need to summon her."
Eriana gave him a nod. "You are a gracious host, My Lord. I thank you for your kind attentions. If you would now excuse us, I believe that we all have certain urgent needs. How shall we know when the evening meal is ready?"
"A servant will come and knock at your sitting room door, Highness. Since your arrival was unexpected, our meal this evening was already being prepared and will be ready in about three quarters of a bell, or perhaps a little later. Do you think that you might require more time to prepare yourselves?"
"That should be ample, My Lord." She smiled. "Unless you intend a ball tonight, our preparations should not take very long, indeed."
Everybody made their excuses and returned to the corridor, leaving Eriana and the other women to clean themselves up. Horvik gestured to Kalmenar.
"My Lord, your chamber lies opposite."
He opened a door and showed them into a smaller suite, apparently designed for a single man but possibly one of noble status. It still had a toilet, bathing chamber and dressing room, but the latter would not have been sufficient for any woman, even one with only traveling attire. Kalmenar walked to the window to discover the front gardens and the wall, the inside adorned with flowering plants as well.
"My Lord," he replied, "I am impressed by the accommodation you provide for us. I will sleep easy tonight, I deem."
Horvik bowed. "Thank you, My Lord." He pointed to ropes near the fireplace. "If you require anything, perhaps help with shaving in the morning, the yellow rope will summon a manservant."
Kalmenar nodded. "Thank you, My Lord. I see my chest has been delivered, if you would excuse me, I also have an urgent matter to attend to."
He headed for the toilet and Horvik smiled at the others. "Ah, of course, you must all be in similar need. I will make my further remarks brief, then. Master Lars, if I may show you to your room."
Right at the end of the corridor was a small single chamber obviously intended for a junior aide or a manservant. Lars took a quick look inside, noting that his duffel had already been delivered.
"Is good, My Lord. Bed is soft, I will sleep well tonight."
Horvik breathed a sigh of relief. "Thank you, Master Lars." He frowned. "I am not happy that I cannot place your rank, Sir. Forgive me if I have caused offense."
"Is good, My Lord," Lars repeated. "When we return to Palarand, King promises me proper title."
"Ah, I see." Horvik turned to Wallesan. "For you, Your Grace, I have made ready a suite on the other side of the main corridor. If you would follow me."
He set off with Wallesan, Hambran and Maralin in tow. Lars looked at the disappearing group, then at his room, coming to a decision. He closed his door and made his way quietly after them, catching them just as they crossed the main corridor.
The suite which Horvik showed them was very similar to Eriana's, but with a less obviously feminine touch. The facilities were exactly the same and when their host opened the connecting door the servants' room was also the same, but without the additional bed.
Horvik turned to Hambran and Maralin apologetically. "Captain, Tenant, I thought it best to place you here near your liege. There are other, smaller suites but they are further away, as Master Lars was to her Highness. I trust these will suffice?"
Hambran replied, "My Lord, these will suit us very well. We are military men, we are used to sleeping in strange and unusual places. Indeed, two nights ago we were forced to camp on an island in the river, so these beds are more than adequate by comparison."
Wallesan asked, "Maralin? What think you?"
"As Captain Hambran said, Your Grace. I have no complaints."
They returned to the suite's sitting room and Horvik said, "I know that men have less needs than a woman does, but if you have any desires, pull the yellow rope and someone will answer immediately."
He bowed. "I assume that, like the women in your party, you have urgent needs, so I will leave you to prepare yourselves now. Someone will knock on this door when the evening meal is about to be served."
He backed out of the door and closed it, leaving the four men in the sitting room. Wallesan immediately held up a hand, then placed a finger to his lips. He walked to the door and listened, then went around the room examining the walls. Once he had made a complete circuit he went through and did the same in the bedroom and the servants' room, paying particular attention to the other connecting door, which appeared to be locked. Finally, he gestured to the others to gather close and put their heads together.
He spoke quietly. "Maralin, if you would translate for Lars, should it be required."
The reply was just as quiet. "Aye, Your Grace. What is happening?"
"I doubt much will happen to us, but the ladies may be in considerable danger tonight. How much do you know about Duke Jarwin?"
"Very little, Your Grace. I know he is the brother of Mariswin and that is about all. Oh, I remember there was a rumor of a scandal in the palace, but the name meant nothing to me then. Was that about him? We were too busy building federations to worry about rumors like that."
"Indeed, but in this case you must needs know all. Jarwin is a womanizer of the worst sort. Being the brother of a Grand Duke, he has used his rank to seduce and ruin women the length of the Great Valley and he does not care who knows of his activities. It was Garia who finally stopped his evil attentions, so I was told."
"Garia!" Maralin remembered to keep his voice down. "Your Grace, did he attempt to seduce Garia? I doubt he would have gotten very far with her."
"Humph. It seems that was made very clear to him by Robanar at the time, and he was told to leave her alone. Unfortunately, he then switched his attentions to Lady Merizel, who had only been in the palace a matter of days and did not know of his reputation."
"Oh My God! Yes, of course. What happened?"
Wallesan's smile was bleak. "It seems that Her Highness, who did not even have a title at that point, found some stratagem that foiled Jarwin's plot. Unfortunately, her plan annoyed almost everybody and the following morning there was an ugly scene at breakfast. By some means she managed to challenge Jarwin to single combat in the ring of honor, without weapons."
Maralin was amazed. "That was the rumor I had heard, Your Grace, but I thought it was total fiction. Are you telling me it was not?"
"You can ask her for the tale yourself, next time you two meet. She met Jarwin in that big exercise hall of theirs and essentially kicked him apart. He limps because she damaged his knee joint, and she also gave him some broken ribs."
"Excuse, Your Grace," Lars said. "Tenant, explain."
Maralin recounted what he had just been told and the danger was apparent to all four men.
"Do any of them know?" he asked.
Wallesan shrugged. "I doubt it, Maralin. Eriana probably would not, I deem, and of course neither would Ursula, both having arrived recently. What Bennet and Semma may know depends on what they were doing before they became guardswomen and where their stations were in the palace."
Maralin nodded. "As you say, Your Grace. Trouble is, even if they heard about it, what they may have heard could be garbled or exaggerated - or played down. You know what servants' tales are like, and it must be far worse in a big place like the palace."
"Just so. The point is, we must needs find some way to protect our women and that could be difficult. Did you notice how our chambers are separated from those of the women? Aye, Lars has a room over there but it is distant. He will not know if trouble should develop."
The three looked at the big Einnlander. "Will think," he said. "Always find way to beat man like him."
Maralin grimaced. "I don't know. If I remember those stories right, that's more or less what Garia did in the palace. It worked, sort of, but it caused a big argument - several different arguments, actually."
Wallesan added, "The other factor is that we are not in Robanar's palace this time, where he could make the rules. Neither are we in my own mansion, where I would tell Jarwin to his face to behave or be thrown out. We are guests under the roof of a trusted friend of his, I deem. It is no accident, I believe, that we have been separated this way."
Maralin said, "Did you notice the look on Lady Siendra's face? Horvik might go along with whatever Jarwin intends, but I do not think his wife does."
Wallesan grunted. "Unfortunately, I doubt that Lady Siendra has any influence in what Duke Jarwin says or does. If he is accustomed to frequent visits to this place, then she will know she cannot do very much to prevent his activities."
"How do we warn Her Highness, Your Grace?"
That brought a smile to the Duke's face. "If he tries anything with Eriana, I doubt he will get very far, smooth words or not. Um, unless she so desires it, of course, but I do not think she has the kind of personality that would be swayed by such as him. The problem will be with the other women, and especially Ursula. She will be very vulnerable, I deem, not knowing what is customary and what is not."
Lars said, "Easy to warn Princess. Only she, I and Maralin speak Einnland tongue."
Maralin agreed. "Yes, that's right! We can hold a whole conversation right under his nose and nobody would have a clue what we were saying." He frowned. "But even she cannot warn the others in front of him."
"But she could shield them somehow," Wallesan suggested.
"Excuse me, Your Grace," Hambran said then. "I have a pressing need..."
"Aye, of course, Hambran. As have we all. Do we all know enough to be prepared for tonight's meal, and what may happen afterward? Aye? Then let us make ourselves ready for the battle ahead."
* * *
In the almost deserted dining chamber three servants were putting the final touches to the place settings, casually watched by two noblemen. Jarwin bent his head towards that of his host.
"Are you sure that this will work, Horvik?"
"It has done before, Your Grace. I wonder, though... His Grace Duke Wallesan surely knows of your reputation, he will have told the others. I am certain that Kalmenar knows as well, he said something to Her Highness just before you joined us earlier."
Jarwin smiled. "But they have had no opportunity to speak to the women, I deem."
"As you say, Your Grace, but I would be very wary of Her Highness. I recognized her name and have heard of her deeds. You should know that by chance I was visiting a merchant in Treen when Her Highness came through last year, accompanied by His Grace and a lot of very big, hairy warriors, who were presumably from that far away land of hers. I may not know the weapons of war in great detail but to me they all seemed fearsomely well armed and trained. Her Highness herself carried a big broadsword slung across her back. I heard that it was her party that attacked and recaptured Boldan's Rock during the war, Your Grace, though I do not know the details. Do not annoy her, Your Grace, I do not desire to see my family's mansion burned to the ground."
"A broadsword?" Jarwin fingered his chin. "She is of a size to wield one, I will grant you, but she is still a woman... If she is fit enough, then so much the better! I will heed your words, Horvik, but let us see how the evening progresses." He shrugged. "If she will not play, then there are three others to choose from. That one with the odd name, for example. She seemed different, somehow."
"As you say, Your -"
The door opened and a servant ushered in the men of the party, with the exception of Kalmenar. Jarwin again held out his hand and this time Wallesan took it, though reluctantly. He looked around the chamber with interest.
"An interesting room, My Lord. Indeed, an unusual arrangement for a mansion."
Horvik answered the unasked questions. "Your Grace, though both His Grace and his brother visit us several times a year there are few other nobles nearby that give us need for banquets and receptions. When we must needs host a large event, we will often eat outside in the gardens.
"This mansion? My great great grandfather suffered a riding accident over a hundred years ago which meant that he lost the use of his legs. The mansion was rebuilt so that almost all the chambers were on the same level. We kept the original kitchen and bathing block at the rear, though only the servants need use it now. The chambers above those are used for storing food and valuables when the river rises. There is a separate block for carriages and frayen at the back, also original."
Wallesan nodded. "As I said, an interesting arrangement."
Maralin asked, "My Lord, you spoke of the river rising. How do you escape the floods? You are not very far from the banks."
Horvik smiled. "A chance siting... Tenant..?"
"Tenant Maralin, My Lord."
"Ah, yes. Tenant, by chance this mansion was built on a slight rise in the land. You saw our fence? It was once a true palisade, as this was the fortified house for the town. It is well enough built to keep out the waters for a time. The mansion is also built on stilts, although this may not have been obvious from the front gardens. Perhaps once every ten years the river reaches the level of these floors and then we must needs retreat."
Maralin bowed. "Thank you, My Lord. I am still unfamiliar with the ways and methods used in the Great Valley and it is always interesting to learn how these problems are tackled."
Jarwin's eyebrows rose. "You are from somewhere else entirely, then? Yet you speak as a Jothan born."
"Your Grace, I come from Shicargo, which I am told lies in the deep south. There is some confusion, let us say, over just how I found myself in Joth. Since then it seems I have discovered a talent for picking up languages and accents."
The door opened and another servant showed Kalmenar in. He approached the group and bowed.
"My apologies for the delay, My Lord, Your Grace, Your Grace..." He smiled. "Just recently at His Majesty's court I could have spent a quarter of an hour giving everyone their titles!"
"An hour? What is that?"
Wallesan intervened. "A new method of describing time, Your Grace. To speak more of it before we eat would only confuse you. If I may just say that a quarter of an hour is slightly shorter than a quarter of a bell."
Another arrival, this time Lady Siendra with two female attendants. She had barely time to greet those present before Eriana appeared with the other women in tow. As before, Bennet and Semma curtseyed before their hosts while Ursula merely looked on with interest. All the Visund women were wearing travelers' dresses, but this time of better quality and color than those they had worn on board. Nobody except Siendra wore a long gown, as custom dictated, but allowances would be made for those traveling.
Horvik gestured at the single table. "If I may ask you all to be seated. As I explained earlier, the cooks began preparing our meal before we discovered that we had illustrious guests to provide for."
The guests were placed on the same side of the table, facing their hosts, and alternating male and female. Wallesan sat facing Horvik, while Eriana, to his left, faced Jarwin. On the other side of the table the two men who had come to fetch the travelers from the hostel, plus Siendra's two companions, made up the numbers.
The visitors, of course, all had brought forks with them. There had been some discussion as to whether it was polite to do so but felt that the utility of the implements outweighed the possible problems and it would also demonstrate them to anyone who had never seen them before. Of their hosts, only Jarwin and Horvik had forks, both of gold and obviously locally made, since the maker had apparently been given instructions by word of mouth only and not with the aid of an example or a drawing. The rest made do with the customary spoon and two knives, but they did not appear to resent the fact that their visitors all had forks.
The meal began with mainly small talk over the first two courses. The weather, the state of the harvest and the river were the main topics, though the unusual mansion layout also proved of interest to the visitors. It was during the main course, sliced middle haunch of vikhan in a rich sauce with vegetables, that Jarwin made his first probe.
"Highness, Horvik here tells me that he saw you last last year in Treen, in company with His Grace here."
"Indeed, Your Grace. We were returning to Palarand after our assault on the fortress of Boldan's Rock and on the wharves below. It was a great victory that broke the morale of the Yodan invaders, but the cost was high."
"Indeed? As you must know, such tales grow in the telling as you move further away from the battlefield. I would be interested in hearing the truth from yourself, Highness."
Siendra said, "Your Grace, I have also heard of the recapture of Boldan's Rock. There are other ladies present. Would this be is a suitable subject to discuss at table?"
Jarwin's eyes flashed but he smiled. "You are right, my dear, I sometimes forget myself. Perhaps later, then." He thought. "Tell me then, Highness, of your homeland. I have barely heard of Einnland, and it and its people are a mystery to me."
"I will tell you of Einnland, Your Grace, but you should know that I am no longer an Einnlander. My father the King wished an unsuitable marriage for me and I -"
Eriana recounted the tale of her escape and thus Jarwin learned why a strange ship full of heavily armed barbarians had ended up sailing the Sirrel. She glossed over her subterfuge on arriving at the palace before describing how Garia had suggested the attack on Boldan's Rock.
She also noticed that Jarwin's face darkened whenever Garia's name was mentioned of but thought nothing of it.
"The rest I will leave until later, Your Grace, so as not to upset Lady Siendra and her companions."
"As you say. But you do not mention your own companions! Do you tell me that they are also familiar with the arts of war? Surely not!"
"Indeed, Your Grace, at least two of them are. Bennet and Semma are members of Palarand's Palace Guard, though they have not yet been tested in battle. They join our crew as necessary female companions."
Horvik spluttered into his wine. "Robanar admits women to his guard? Amazing! Do they serve as the men do, or are they of a more ornamental nature?"
Bennet bristled. "My Lord, if I may speak. We undergo the same training as the men but naturally we have weapons and armor appropriate to our size and strength. Presently we do not serve at night but only during the day. You should know that a guardswoman may go, with Her Majesty, where a guardsman cannot."
Maralin added, "My Lord, I have watched them train. They may not be as big as most of the men but they can certainly be quicker and more agile."
"Indeed! An interesting idea, Your Grace, do you not agree?"
From the look on Jarwin's face he did not agree, since he knew who must have done the training. He busied himself with his wine for a moment before replying.
"Horvik, customs change in the Valley all the time. I would prefer to see this experiment continue a while before recommending anything similar to my brother." He turned to Ursula. "My dear, your own presence is not explained. Are you then a companion of Her Highness, since you have not been named a guardswoman?"
"My Lord, no, Your Grace? Is that right? I'm sorry, I do not know how to address anyone and you all have strange titles. I have been told that I have lost my memory. I do not know who or what I am. I am traveling to Joth with His Grace because he has... doctors there who might be able to help me."
"Doctors? What are doctors?"
Maralin answered smoothly, "We are not certain, Your Grace. The word my liege used was healer, when he described Joth to her, perhaps this is a translation from her own language."
"Her own language? Yet she speaks our tongue, though with a strong accent."
Eriana said, "Your Grace, I speak the local tongue with a strong accent! Many who now reside in Palarand do, it is not that unusual."
"As you say, Highness... but this means that she is not of your party originally."
Wallesan said, "If I may, Your Grace. This would be better discussed after we have finished."
Jarwin simmered but there was little he could do. Grumpily he concentrated on his meal, which meant that for a time the whole table ate in silence.
"Your Grace, I must apologize," Eriana said to break the uncomfortable pause. "It is true that when we sailed from Dekarran, I thought this journey was to be much like the many I have made before I came to the Great Valley. Since we came originally to Plif I have discovered that, to my surprise, almost nothing has been what I expected. Much of what has happened has been strange, at least to my eyes, and some of what we saw and did cannot be told, not yet. Much is of a personal nature or, perhaps, too violent to speak of at table. I am sure that Wallesan intended no offense."
Jarwin looked at Eriana with understanding. He nodded. "Highness, perhaps it is I who must apologize. I merely thought of light conversation to be had at table and did not think further. But you mention Plif. I am certain that you must have met my sister Luann when you arrived there?"
"The Duchess? Why, of course, Your Grace!" She smiled. "We were there for some time, I feel that she would like you to know how she fares, is that not so?" She turned to Siendra. "My Lady, we discuss the Duchess of Plif, who is His Grace's sister. I trust this subject is acceptable?"
Siendra smiled. "Of course, Highness. Her Grace is known to all in Virgulend and any news will be well received."
"Well, as I mentioned earlier, our first landing was made at a small fishing village. Eventually, His Grace discovered our presence and I was invited to travel to Simbek with a few retainers. When we arrived -"
The conversation started up again and flowed naturally. Wallesan noted that despite the topic, Jarwin said more to the four women in their party than he did to any of the men. It was difficult for him to see how the other men reacted but he suspected that they reflected his own concerns.
Finally the meal was over. Instead of the usual custom, where the diners would stand around while the tables were dismantled, Horvik invited them to leave the chamber for one on the opposite side of the corridor. Here there were a number of easy chairs and comfortable settees, all with low tables on which drinks and snacks could be placed. The retainers who had been seated on Horvik's side departed with a bow to their master while most of those left found seats and sat immediately. Only Bennet and Semma remaining hesitantly standing until Eriana gave them a nod.
"Now, Your Highness," Jarwin said, leaning forward in his chair. "We are no longer at table, tell us your story. I'm sure that Siendra will let us know if anything becomes too upsetting for her or her ladies."
Eriana nodded acceptance of the circumstances. "What did you wish to know, Your Grace?"
"If you would describe your visit to Boldan's Rock. The fortress was said to be impregnable but it was obviously not so. I am interested in the stratagem your men employed, where so many others have failed."
Eriana bristled. "I must correct you, Your Grace. I led the expedition and it was my directions that my men followed. The original plan, I must tell you, was thought of some time previously by Her Highness Princess Garia, though she was but a Baroness then."
Jarwin's eyes flashed, but he nodded and gestured for Eriana to continue.
"First, then, we had to find a way to reach the fortress without being seen."
Considering Jarwin's reaction to Garia's name, she decided to avoid using it again except when absolutely necessary. There was no point disturbing what was beginning to seem a pleasant evening in friendly company.
"Someone had had the clever idea of hooded cloaks of white cloth, but daubed with gray and black, so as to conceal us among the snow covered winter rocks. Then, we had to cross -"
The conversation flowed and, once the battle had been covered, moved on to many other subjects. Most in the room drank wine or beer. In Eriana's case it was beer. The evening seemed to be settling down into a relaxed discussion between hosts and guests.
Maralin was completely absorbed by the intelligent remarks offered by Jarwin, Horvik and Siendra. A small part of his attention tried to analyze what was happening but he began to wonder if the warnings had been overstated.
I don't see anything here that would alarm me. He's made a few complimentary remarks about the women but nothing that would get him in trouble on Earth. So far, this evening has been one of the better ones.
But the Duke is giving me strange looks! I've been around a while but maybe there's some kind of signal I haven't noticed? Some local custom, maybe?
Whatever. I don't see any apparent danger here.
Eriana, on the other hand, was becoming puzzled. Flattery was no problem to her, she had received enough of that at her father's court, most of it insincere. Jarwin and Horvik would naturally seek to pay the proper respects to visiting women and she understood that. What caused her concern was that while Bennet, Semma, Ursula and Maralin seemed happy to join in the conversation, Wallesan, Kalmenar and Lars were tense, even though they pretended not to be.
I know Wallesan enough to know that something is wrong, but I do not know what. Kalmenar said earlier that there was danger here, but I see nothing that I would call danger in this place. Lars is his usual reserved self, partly because he still has trouble with the tongue, but even he seems worried!
In a lull in the conversation, when the servants were refilling drinks, she decided to ask him.
«Lars, is something wrong?»
«Highness, there is danger here, but you must not show that I told you. I have been told that... the visiting Duke... has habits like those of Holgar, Beren's son.»
Holgar son of Beren was a noted lecher in Einnland, forcing himself on the lower orders and making passes at those he could not force. It was rumored that he even had tastes for much younger girls.
Eriana managed to conceal her surprise. «Thank you, Lars. Your warning has been noted.»
"I ask your pardon," Horvik said to her. "Is there something wrong, Highness?"
"Oh," she smiled at him. "I must apologize to you, it seems, for not paying attention to the conversation. Since our adventure with the river monster, part of my mind has been considering the possible damage to my ship. I know that Lars may have noted things which I did not."
"Your ship? Why, of course! If you would tell us what happened."
There was nothing plying the Sirrel that looked anything like the long-ships used by the Norse, so it was necessary for her to describe the Visund and how it sailed. The party were astonished to find that she had customarily sailed long distances on the open ocean in such a craft, and with what they considered to be a huge crew.
Once the groundwork had been laid, she told them of the encounter with the gogon. Wallesan and Maralin supplied additional detail as the tale unfolded.
"You have many injured, then," Jarwin commented. "Would it not serve you to stay here a day or two, that your crew might recover? The time could profitably be used in examining your ship for damage, I deem."
"It is a thought," she replied, "but there are reasons why we must travel as swiftly as we may to Joth, Your Grace. If our pilot is right, we should reach there late tomorrow, if the winds favor us."
"Aye," Wallesan agreed. "I have been absent from my lands for long enough and there are matters which require my urgent attention. Since Her Highness had expressed a desire to sail the Sirrel, I thought to combine two journeys into one and see parts of the Great Valley a traveler by road may never discover. It will only cost us a day longer than we would normally take by the trade road."
"An interesting thought, Your Grace, though I am not certain I would chance it in a vessel like that owned by Her Highness." At her look Jarwin waved a hand. "I do not doubt your abilities, Highness, but I prefer more comforts whenever I travel. If I were to venture thus, I would have a barge suitably fitted out."
Wallesan couldn't decide if he had just been insulted or not, but chose to let the matter slide.
"This is her ship, Your Grace, and I chose to sail in it with her. I can tell you that in a year or two, she will probably be in command of something far more luxurious, as befits her station."
At that moment another headache struck Ursula, a bad one. Everyone could see that the pain was affecting her and Horvik pulled a rope for assistance. Within a matter of moments the resident healer had been summoned, a middle aged woman with the inevitable basket of herbs and potions.
"Hanita, our guest suffers a severe headache. Have you something to ease her pain?"
"Surely, My Lord," the woman replied, lifting out a glass jar with familiar green contents. "If I may ask her what the problem is? Has she recently had a head injury?"
Wallesan indicated Maralin who replied, "Mistress, there is no injury but a mysterious ailment which I recently had myself. She has somehow lost her memory and she has headaches every half day or so. Each time she has a headache, a small part of her memory returns, but the pain is worse each time. I remember the green stuff from my own illness, Mistress, and it should suffice."
Hanita looked doubtful. "Master, are you sure that this is the same ailment? If this is some other head problem, the green potion may not be the right thing to give her."
Maralin nodded. "There were... other indications that this is the same ailment that I had, Mistress. You should have no fear that you will administer the wrong thing to her."
"As you wish, Master." She turned to Horvik. "With My Lord's permission?"
"Proceed, Hanita."
With the healer attending Ursula, Jarwin turned to Wallesan. "I notice that we have not spoken of this woman this evening, but earlier you implied that her own story was as interesting as that of Her Highness."
Balth! He noticed. Very well, the truth should be sufficient here... but not all of it, of course.
"That is true, Your Grace," Wallesan began reluctantly. "Mistress Ursula was discovered unconscious on a small island in the Sirrel, two days ago. We rescued her and immediately realized that she was suffering from the same ailment that Maralin had when we found him in Joth."
Jarwin's eyebrows raised. "When you found him, Your Grace?"
"Aye. It was the night of the Yod attack, you understand, he was discovered at the roadside near one of the gates, as the city was being evacuated. We presume that he fell from a wagon or carriage in the confusion."
"Oh, I see. A grim business, indeed, Your Grace, and we are relieved that you now have your lands back. Yet your man could have knocked his head as he fell, could he not? How then did you decide this was not an injury but something different?"
"We do not know, Your Grace, but that is what it looked like at first. It was only when he recovered his memory that the truth was discovered, that the headaches were related to the memory loss." Wallesan had an idea. "He began speaking in a strange tongue, one not known in Alaesia."
Jarwin waved a hand. "But how did you know it was a strange tongue, Your Grace, and not just some babble designed to confuse you, to permit him into your confidence?"
Despite his wariness, the Duke of Joth smiled. "Because it was the same tongue that Lady Garia learned at her mother's knee, Your Grace. It is no babble."
That effectively ended the interrogation, just as the healer stood up.
"Your Grace, My Lord, I would advise rest for this woman. Such a severe attack must surely strain the resources of any person."
Eriana spoke up. "Your Grace, My Lord, your healer is right. I fear that we all have had a hard day today and, by your leave, we women at least should retire now."
Horvik gestured. "Highness, I would not keep you from your bed, not after you have spent today grappling with a gogon of such a size. I'm sure that the men in your party will also desire their beds shortly."
Eriana rose and therefore so did everyone else. Bennet and Semma, after curtseys to their host, helped Ursula from the chamber. Eriana gave a small nod to Horvik.
"Thank you for your meal, My Lord, and for the excellent conversation afterward. We will see you again on the morrow."
The men all bowed as Eriana followed the others out of the door. When it had closed, Jarwin said, "Your Grace, it seems to me that there is a mystery here, one that has barely been explained. Still, Mistress Ursula seems unwell, does she not? Should your party remain here tomorrow, perhaps, to permit her time to recover?"
"Your Grace, we are only a day away from Joth and, as I explained, there will be much for me to do when I return to my mansion. I cannot delay even by so much as a day, unless it is unavoidable."
"But then, surely you may leave Mistress Ursula here in complete safety and travel onward yourself, if your needs are so urgent. I will give you my oath that she will be well looked after here and, once she is well again, I will send her on to you with a strong escort."
"Your Grace, I have already given her my oath to take her to Joth, before the symptoms worsen. Besides, Mistress Ursula will receive the best care that we may provide since we have healers who have dealt with this ailment before."
Jarwin bowed defeat. "As you desire, Your Grace. I only thought it appropriate to make such an offer to a woman who appears in some distress."
"And we thank you for it, Your Grace. Now, with your permission, perhaps we should also retire. It has been a long day."
"Of course. A man will knock at your doors a half-bell before we usually break our fast. Will that be sufficient warning for you?"
"I would think so, Your Grace. Until tomorrow, then."
Lars followed the servant along the corridor towards his own chamber. It was dim, lit only by night lanterns, but sufficient for someone who had learned to navigate the jumble of Embrikt's palace in the dark. In his chamber, the man lit two lanterns, one on the table and a smaller one on the night stand.
"Is there anything you desire, Master, before I go?"
"No. Thank you. I sleep now."
He closed the door behind the servant and surveyed the small chamber, shrugging. There was little he could do now, but at least the Princess had been warned. He walked over and picked up his duffel, frowning as the floorboards moved. In the dim light, some boards seemed a lighter color than others, and he remembered that their host had said that the building had been occasionally flooded. If so, then of course the flooring would require repairs.
Frowning again, he turned and inspected the floor more thoroughly. There were other replacement boards, but those were scattered randomly about the chamber. When he put his foot on them they didn't move. Returning to the group under the window, Lars pulled out his knife and squatted down, paying more attention now to what he was seeing. Finding what he expected, he straightened with a grim expression. He returned the knife to its sheath, then picked up his belongings and padded noiselessly to the door.
The four women were in Eriana's sleeping chamber, Bennet unlacing Eriana while Semma did the same for Ursula.
"Hist! Did you hear something?"
They all stopped moving and listened.
"Aye! Someone knocks at the door, I deem. Bennet, softly, now. Ladies, keep your voices down."
The others crowded at the bedroom door as Bennet went over to investigate. The tapping was soft, rhythmic but somehow irregular. She turned to look at Eriana, who smiled.
"Aye. Let him in, quickly."
Lars came in with his naked sword ready in one hand, his duffel slung diagonally across his back and out of the way should he need to fight. Eriana's eyebrows went right up as he spoke.
"Bennet, close door, please. Highness, you are all in danger."
Eriana came close to him as Bennet shut and locked the door. "You spoke of danger earlier, but I forgot. Jarwin sounded pleasant enough to me, is he really as bad as Holgar?"
Lars switched languages. «Highness, Duke Wallesan told us that he is well known among all these countries for his insatiable ways. No-one can prevent him doing whatever he wants because his brother is the ruler of these lands. Lady Garia stopped him eventually, which is why he limps now.»
Eriana smirked. «Good for her! If he had tried anything with me I would have done the same, I think. The girls seem taken with him but for some reason I did not find him so attractive as they. What is the problem, then? Surely we are safe enough until breakfast, now that you have warned us?»
«Not so, Highness. Let me show you. You see the planks of the floor? Horvik told us earlier that though the house is built on slightly higher land it is occasionally flooded. Thus the need to repair the floor from time to time.»
«Of course! It is an old house, even the palace has repairs in places, it is what anyone would expect.»
«But look here, Highness.»
Lars examined the flooring and then went into the dressing room. He bent down to a repaired patch under the window, pulling out his knife as he did so. He put the tip into an end crack between two lengths of wood and levered. The whole section came up about half a finger's width and then stopped.
«Some of these are formed into a kind of hatch, Highness, and I believe that they are bolted from below, which is why they will not lift any further. Even if you guard the doors, I do not believe that you will be safe here.»
Eriana was surprised but not shocked. Old houses often had secret entrances and passages. «Your advice?»
«I think we can block most of these with furniture, Highness. It will mean a small change in the sleeping arrangements, but it will still be better than that island.»
Her gaze was intense. «Agreed. We will do that.»
There was a hatch in the dressing room and another in the sitting room, together with one in the servant's dressing room. Eriana supposed that was to permit someone to emerge at night and get into the suite without disturbing the sleepers before they were ready. She explained that quietly to the others while Lars went through all of the linked rooms, making sure that nothing else had been missed. The others were suitably shocked.
"I had heard tales of Jarwin in the palace, Highness," Bennet whispered, "but once I met him I thought the tales to be wild exaggerations. Do you tell us we are really in danger?"
"Aye, Bennet. It seems that he has a serpent tongue made especially for women though," she frowned, "while good enough company, he did not seem to affect me the same way."
Semma, whispered, "I noticed that Maralin seemed to be listening attentively, though the other men were anxious for some reason. Now I know why."
"Maralin?" Eriana thought. "Aye, we all know what he was before he came to Anmar, perhaps there is still some woman inside of him, to be snared by the beast. Well, ladies, we are now warned, shall you defend your honor this night, should he creep upon us like some vermin?"
"Aye, Highness, we will do our duty, whoever he might be."
"Semma?"
"It seems unnecessary to me, Highness, but I have sworn an oath and I know danger when I see it. You may rely on me. But what of Ursula? She knows nothing of the warrior's arts."
Eriana grimaced. "She is an innocent, we must protect her as we can. Ah, Lars, what news?"
"Those three, Highness, nothing else to find. We move tables onto hatches, move beds against doors. You all sleep in here, I sleep in servant's room tonight."
"Weapons?"
"If you have them, Highness."
Thinking that their night would be spent among friendly company, most had left the chests containing their weapons and armor on board the ship. However, all had brought long counter-knives as well as their customary shorter eating knives. They would have to do. Only Lars had brought his sword.
Quietly, the tables in the dressing rooms were shifted to stand on top of the hatches. In the sitting room, a settee was used while another was wedged against the entrance door. In the servants' bedroom, one bed was moved against the connecting door while another pushed against the door to the corridor.
Lars took an upright chair and set it against the window of the servants' bedroom, facing the door. He sat down with his sword across his lap.
"I sleep here. Good night, Highness."
Eriana put her hand on his shoulder before ushering the others out of the room and into her bedchamber. Each had brought their bedclothes and blankets, though the weather had been warm enough that the latter might not be needed.
Bennet whispered, "How shall we arrange ourselves, Highness? There is not really enough floor for three of us. We might trip over each other in the dark if something happens."
Semma added, "Highness? I know Lars will keep watch but should one of us keep watch in here as well?"
Eriana looked around the room thoughtfully. "You are right, we have not enough room... but the bed is big enough for two, I deem. There should be no need for another to stand watch, which will only make us all tired by break of day. Find space there and there, Ursula will sleep in the bed with me. She is the most important one to be protected this night."
They washed two by two, to ensure that somebody remained available to give the alarm if anything happened. Bennet and Semma arranged their blankets and settled down. Ursula turned to Eriana, a troubled look in her eyes.
"Highness, I do not like what is happening. I thought that I would be safe with you."
"In these lands, Ursula, no woman is safe, unless she has either the protection of a good man or she can defend her honor with her own weapons. Duke Wallesan is such a good man but we have been deliberately separated from him by the one called Jarwin, who seeks to conquer us as men always try to do. Tonight you shall sleep safely beside me, with Bennet and Semma at our feet and Lars ever alert with his sword. Come."
Once Ursula had made herself comfortable, Eriana blew out the lanterns and joined her, pulling up only one blanket to cover both. She lay in the almost-dark thinking about many things, including her own unexpected reaction to Jarwin and how that reflected her personality and her past actions.
* * *
The faint thumping woke Lars. The sound came from beneath the table in the servants' dressing room, the dressing table that covered the hidden hatch. It was dark and no other sound disturbed the silence.
He smiled.
After a while the sounds ceased and Lars padded into the sitting room, waiting for something to happen. This time, he heard the bolt being drawn and knew that somebody would pay for failing to keep it well greased. This hatch did not raise either, under the weight of the settee, so he gently opened the door to the main sleeping room.
Bennet was there with a long knife, which she lowered when she recognized Lars. He pointed to the dressing room and the two moved noiselessly past the other sleepers to enter. Here, the hatch was pushed up almost a thumb against the weight of the table before those underneath decided that they were wasting their time and lowered it again.
The two went back to the sitting room to wait, and it was not long before other noises were heard, this time from the servants' sleeping room. They moved in there to watch and noticed that the door to the corridor was slowly being forced open. Bennet placed her hand on Lars' arm to alert him and he tapped her hand to acknowledge it before waving her back with one hand and advancing his sword with the other.
An arm came through the narrow gap between door and frame, seeking to find out what prevented it opening. It found the bedstead and began to wriggle it slowly into the room, to permit the door to open further. Lars crept over to the door and pushed the point of his sword through the arm above the wrist, briefly pinning it to the door frame before pulling the sword back. There was a gasp and a muttered oath and the arm was rapidly withdrawn.
Lars leaned over and shut the door with a click. Bennet then helped him push the bed back into position. The two went back to the middle of the room.
"What do you want me to do?" she whispered. "Stay here?"
"They not use hatches," he whispered back. "Two doors to corridor, you watch this one, I go in there." He pointed to the sitting room. "Maybe they take hint."
* * *
Some time later Eriana briefly roused, to discover that she was spooning Ursula.
«Safest place for her to be,» she thought hazily before drifting back to sleep.
The travelers have been ensnared in Horvik's mansion and they must find a way to leave without further bloodshed. Eventually a method is found and the voyage resumes. The weather favors them and they just make the city of Joth as the sun sets.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
8 - Tactical Withdrawal
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
When Eriana awoke it was to see the ornately plastered ceiling
above her in the early morning light. This brought her back
immediately to where she was and what had happened the previous
evening.
Turning to her left, she found Ursula still sleeping peacefully. The bedroom seemed undisturbed and she wondered if anything at all had happened after she had gone to sleep. This thought lasted right until Semma came through the door from their sitting room, still in her nightgown but with counter-dagger in hand.
"Highness," she said softly, "you are awake."
Eriana quirked a smile. "So I see. Why are you carrying that? Did something happen?"
"Aye, Highness, Lars and Bennet repulsed an attempt to enter the suite last night. They are both asleep now, considering the immediate danger to have passed."
This statement brought Eriana fully awake and onto her elbows. "Do you know what happened? The whole story, I mean?"
Semma shook her head. "I do not, Highness. It happened in the other bedroom and I heard nothing, though there was sufficient that whatever it was roused Bennet, who went to help."
Eriana nodded. "Good." She trusted Lars' judgement. "Now we must consider what could happen next. They may intend to keep us here by force, to let us go or maybe even to ransom us. Think you they would pretend that nothing happened?"
The younger guardswoman answered with a shrug. "I could not say, Highness. The ways of the nobility are mysterious to me, and the nobles of Virgulend even more so. What should we do now? Should we bathe, as if it were a normal day?"
The talk had woken Ursula, who rolled on her back and looked at the other two. "Did something happen last night?"
Eriana nodded. "Aye, but it seems that Lars dealt with it, with Bennet's assistance. We are deciding what we may do this morning." To Semma she said, "I think that we may make ourselves more vulnerable by bathing in this place, do you not agree? I would prefer to dress, pack and depart immediately, if we are permitted so. Let us at least use the toilet and refresh our faces, then we must needs have a council of war with Lars and Bennet."
"Agreed, Highness."
Lars had been sleeping on the settee which covered the sitting room hatch, but had roused when he had heard Eriana talking. He was still yawning when she, Semma and Ursula joined him.
«Highness.»
«Lars. You had some action, then?»
«We did, Highness. They tried all three hatches and then, after a while, the doors. They pushed open the other bedroom door and tried to move the bed from in front of it.» He grinned. «I let out a little blood and they went away.»
«Bennet?»
«She was awake when I came to check the hatch in your dressing room, Highness. After the door attempt I watched this door and she the one in the thralls' room - I ask your pardon, I mean the maids' room - but all has been quiet since.»
«Good. We must decide what to do next. Do you think we'll have to fight our way out?»
Lars grinned again. «I have spilt their blood, Highness. I do not think they will ignore such an insult. Still, the odds must only be, what, twenty to one? I think we can manage.»
Eriana giggled. "Lars! Be serious for a moment. We have to live with these people, unpleasant though that thought might be, so I do not want to have any more blood spilled unless there is no other way. This is not as Einnland, we are in someone else's country and under the same roof as the brother of the ruler of that country."
He grunted. "I fix brother. No more problems for anyone then."
"As you say, but we cannot do that, not yet. Have you heard from any of the men yet?"
"Nothing at all, Highness."
Eriana scowled, thinking hard, before coming to some decisions. "I do not think I care to eat another meal under the roof of people who behave like this. We can break our fast at the hostel where the men are staying."
"Agreed. If hostel not affected by what happen here."
"How could they know? They probably don't know yet, I deem, but they may find out later, putting the crew at risk." She nodded. "That decides it. We dress as for battle and leave as soon as we may."
"Only one sword, Highness. Mine."
"We'll manage. Kalmenar may have brought his, I know that Hambran and Maralin both have theirs. I didn't see the Duke bring one, but he might have decided that doing so would seem... unfriendly to his host."
Lars snorted. "Unfriendly, yes. Dress for battle?"
"Colors, Lars. I think we all have Palarand colors in our gear, have we not? That should give them pause, when they see us. They will not want to interfere with anyone in uniform, especially that of Palarand."
By this time they had been joined by Bennet, who was rubbing her eyes.
"Highness, good morning. I overheard. Aye, we have colors if not swords."
"Then let us get ready to leave."
Once they had quickly dressed and packed, the next task was to join forces with Kalmenar, if that were possible. Having put the furniture back where it had originally been, Bennet eased open the door to the maids' bedroom and looked out in both directions. There were two men at the window end of the corridor, approximately where Lars' bedroom was, and another two at the lobby. None appeared to be armed. Before anyone could move, she had slipped across the corridor and knocked on Kalmenar's door.
It opened almost immediately. "Why, it is Bennet! I was expecting a call to breakfast." He took in her appearance. "Why are you dressed like that? Has there been trouble?"
"Aye, My Lord, and Her Highness desires your appearance immediately, before a meeting is prevented."
His eyes widened at the implications. "As you wish."
"If you would bring your sword, My Lord."
Kalmenar grabbed his sword and followed Bennet across the corridor to Eriana's suite. They were just in time to shut the door in the faces of the four men.
The diplomats face was grim as he asked Eriana, "Good morning, Your Highness. What happened?"
She gestured to Lars but answered herself. "There are hatches in the floor, Kalmenar. Lars discovered them and blocked them off but they attempted the doors. Lars pricked one and they retreated. I do not know what time this happened as I slept through the whole attack. "
Bennet said, "A half after the third bell, Highness. Lars began checking the hatches and the sound woke me. I heard the clock as I rose."
"So late? We would all have been deeply asleep, I deem, if Lars had not warned us. Kalmenar, that is our problem. I have decided that I do not care to eat food again under this roof, would you agree?"
"Hatches? If you would show me, Highness."
The hatch in the sitting room was easy to find and demonstrate.
Kalmenar shook his head. "I noticed the loose floorboards in my own chamber but thought nothing of it, Highness. Now it is shown to me it is obvious. I agree, Highness, I would spend no further time under this roof than I possibly must, I deem. But how are we to leave? They must be many more than we are."
"Remember, we are an embassy returning Duke Wallesan to his domain. We are also the injured party in this matter. We are all wearing our colors to show our official ties to Palarand. They should not deny our request to leave."
Kalmenar paled. "Highness, this is not the way I would approach such a problem, but I fear that our hosts do not play by the customary rules of diplomacy. How may I serve?"
Eriana shrugged. "We will try to avoid spilling more blood but that may be unavoidable. We must needs join forces with the other party before we can leave. While we are split, we are open to being used as hostages against each other."
He nodded. "I can see that. Maker! These people are devious, separating us this way."
"Aye, My Lord. How good are you with that sword?"
Kalmenar gave a faint smile. "Not good enough, Highness. I have had the benefit of palace tuition but I am sadly out of practice, preferring words to deeds. Where is your own sword? On the ship, I deem. Will you take mine?"
Eriana returned the weak smile. "I doubt I could swing my broadsword in these corridors, My Lord. To use yours, I would need time to find the balance, as Haflin has taught me. But this is no place for experiments."
"Agreed." Kalmenar thought. "If we are to retreat from this place, there is our baggage to be considered."
"Aye! I had forgotten that. We have four chests -"
"Five, including mine. I will leave mine if I must, but -"
"Five, then, and Lars' duffel. Doubtless there are as many over the other side." She grimaced. "We must induce them to let us go peaceably, I deem, we cannot fight our way out. If so we can command that they provide a wagon for our chests, as they did last night." A scowl. "I can deal with Horvik, he is no problem, but how may I handle Jarwin?"
Kalmenar grinned. "You are a Princess, Highness. Act like one. I saw you briefly when you first arrived at the palace, all those months ago."
"I am no longer that person, Kalmenar, as you are probably aware. Your words are wise, though. There are few who would refuse the demands of a Princess of the realm." She showed her teeth. "I will carefully not mention which realm, but our colors will be plain enough. Girls? Are we ready? Then let us go."
She went to the door then turned. "Oh, and Kalmenar? An Einnlander does not use the word retreat. This will be a tactical withdrawal."
Kalmenar grinned. "As you say, Highness."
At the window end of the corridor now stood a small group of women servants, uncertain what to do but apparently unwilling to come any closer. In the other direction, a group of men were waiting in the entrance lobby a few strides away. The travelers came out, swords and counter-daggers ready but held point down. Eriana led the way to the group of men, striding purposefully.
"Is this the welcome a Princess can expect in this miserable country? Can a maiden and her attendants not even enjoy a peaceful night of sleep? Horvik, explain yourself."
"Your Highness," the man said, wringing his hands, "I do not know what you are talking -"
Eriana leaned into his face and snarled, "Do not toy with me, My Lord! Someone attempted to enter my suite last night, his blood is still on the tip of Lars' sword."
Lars waved his sword menacingly, the stain still evident against the metal.
Horvik waved his hands. "Your Highness, there must be some mistake! Mayhap someone came during the night, to make certain all the doors were secure."
She started to get into her stride. "At the third bell of night and a half? What kind of place is this, where you must needs try all the doors in the middle of the night? Do you not have a strong palisade to keep thieves out? No, My Lord, this was no watchman checking doors in the night. Your man opened the door because he could not enter our rooms through the several hatches in the flooring. Explain yourself!"
Horvik turned pale. "Your Highness," he stammered, "I do not know what you are talking about. I know of no hatches in the floors of any chamber."
Eriana got very still and quiet then, but she still radiated fury. "My Lord, you name me a liar. I will meet you in a bell in the ring of honor, your choice of weapons."
Horvik stared at Eriana. He had expected some kind of courtly diplomatic dance with words, which would smooth over the incident, but here his distinguished guest had instead behaved very aggressively, even challenging him to a duel! Whatever his other distinguished guest had planned, things had gone seriously wrong and he had little choice but to back down.
"Your Highness, I crave your pardon." Horvik made a low bow. "It is true that some of the repairs to the chamber floors have given the appearance of hatches, there is really no cause for concern. I will ask for guildsmen to come and make sure -"
Lars thrust his way forward. "You give me axe, I show you hatches in floor. Do you not understand? Honor of women threatened in night."
Eriana added with a sniff, "I do not care to remain under this roof any longer. We will go and meet His Grace, the Duke of Joth, and then return to our ship. We are an official embassy and I regret that I have brought him to a place where the owner cannot be trusted."
Horvik could do nothing but bow. "As you command, Your Highness."
"We will require a wagon and dranakh to carry our chests and bags back to the ship. See to it."
"A dranakh, Your Highness? Last night, your wagon required only a frayen."
Eriana stared at him. "I can trust a dranakh. It is not so with men, I find. Now, let us pass."
Horvik and his servants scattered to the sides, but Lars gestured and they all moved over to the side away from the front door. Keeping their weapons ready but down, the travelers passed by and gained the other corridor. Lars waited at the side and took up the rearguard position. They walked down to the door which he indicated.
"That one, Highness."
She tapped, but it was a short while before the door was opened. Hambran was there and he took in the situation at a glance.
"Maker! He tried it, then."
"Someone did, Captain, in dead of night. If we may enter? I would suggest leaving the door open, and to keep a watch on the corridor."
Hambran gave a silent whistle. "As you command, Highness. If you would enter, the others are already dressed."
Wallesan came forward as they spilled into his sitting room. "What happened?"
"Lars." Eriana gestured. "Show him, it will be easiest. Hambran, Maralin, have you brought your swords with you?"
As Lars took the Duke to find any hatches in his suite Hambran called from the door.
"I have mine, Highness, but it is packed in my chest. I did not think we would need them for a night with a local noble."
"It is not the noble, I deem, but his other guest, the one who preys on women. However, Horvik has abetted his liege by making ways for him to gain access to the quarters of any woman who stays at this place. Lars found the hatches last night and he blocked them off. We pushed beds against the doors but still someone attempted to force their way in." A sniff. "I thought the Great Valley was a civilized place, it seems I was wrong."
Maralin came out of the servants' bedroom to join them, sword in hand. "Good morning, Your Highness. I think that what you describe is a vice of civilization, if I may say so. Only in a fancy mansion like this could there be such hatches."
"Good morning to you, Maralin. Aye, you are probably right. In Einnland such a visitor would probably chop his way through the walls with an axe." A brief smile. "I exaggerate, you understand, but not by very much. Are you all packed?"
"Highness, mostly we are, but of course we thought to leave the final sealing until after breakfast." He looked at Eriana. "Oh. I'd guess that after this, we won't be eating here this morning?"
"As you say. We shall join the men at the hostel - provided the news of this circumstance does not reach the kitchen staff first."
"Agreed. That could get ugly. I'll keep watch at the door while Captain Hambran gets his sword and seals our chests."
Wallesan returned, his expression set. "A trap, and we walked right into it. I must apologize, Eriana. If I had known who awaited us, I would never have left the ship."
"How could you know, Wallesan? An exhausted and battered crew, an invitation from a local noble in a land thought to be friendly? We did not know who else resided here. This is not your fault, I deem. But now we must walk out of this trap, as you name it, without drawing any more blood. Jarwin is too highly placed for there to be any further incident."
The Duke's smile was hard. "Which has always been the problem, Eriana, and why he has been able to get away with it for so long. However, whatever rank he may have, let us not forget that mine is higher. True, we are both accounted Dukes, but I am the ruler of a country and he is not. You are right, though, it would not serve us to cause any more trouble than we must as we depart. We must use strong words only, unless we are forcibly prevented from leaving."
"Agreed. Lars, did you hear?"
"Yah, Highness. But I should threaten?"
"Threaten as much as you need to, Lars! We will each do what we have to."
Wallesan said, "What about our baggage? If necessary I can abandon mine, but I would prefer to take it all with me if I can. I know we will soon be back in Joth but I did not bring so much traveling attire." He was pensive. "Since our discussions at the palace and Dekarran, I am also carrying many documents of a delicate nature, although some of those remain on the ship."
"I am in like case, Wallesan. I have commanded a wagon to take our baggage back to the hostel. We will discover if they should see fit to provide one."
Maralin suggested, "If one of us can get back to the hostel, Highness, he can bring reinforcements."
"As you say." But from her expression Eriana did not seem to think that was a good idea.
"Maralin," Wallesan said, "if that proves necessary then that is what we must needs do. Either you or Hambran should try to force your way out, to bring back some of Eriana's men. Do not forget that the Visund may also be vulnerable, so some of her crew should be sent there as well."
"As you command, Your Grace."
"But, first, we will see if we cannot make our way out with no more than angry words exchanged."
"Agreed, Your Grace."
"Then let me go and make my chests ready. If you would assist?"
"Surely, Your Grace."
As Wallesan and Maralin headed for the Duke's bedroom door, Eriana turned to Bennet.
"If you would watch the door. We do not want to be surprised here."
Semma asked, "What about the hatches in these rooms, Highness? Might they seek to enter that way?"
"A good point. Lars, what think you?"
«Excuse, Highness, I find it easier to explain this way. The Duke and Maralin are in his bedroom, Hambran is in the other. They will tell us if those hatches are tried. I am here if the one in this room is attempted.»
Eriana nodded. "Very well. Now we wait until everybody is ready to leave."
Ursula looked troubled. "Highness, what is happening? I do not like this."
Eriana tried to give her a reassuring smile. "We have joined forces with the men and they are making their baggage ready that we may depart this place. Once they are done we will make our way out in a single group. You are the most vulnerable here, having no training in arms, and so your protection is our first priority. I would ask you to stay in the center of our party as we leave."
"I - I'll do that, Highness."
Bennet turned from her position in the entrance doorway. "They come, Highness. None appear armed."
"Come inside and close the door. They will have to wait until we are ready."
Wallesan and Maralin came out of the Duke's bedroom carrying a chest, then went back to fetch the second one. Kalmenar saw them and went to help Hambran bring out the officers' chests, stacking them all in the sitting room and not by chance right over the hatch. Once everyone was ready Wallesan strode over to the entrance door.
"If you would permit me to handle this, Eriana. I do not doubt your resolve but I fear your possible choice of words."
Eriana grinned. "You know me so well, Wallesan!" She turned. "Lars, when the door opens, show yourself behind the Duke. Remind these people who we are."
Wallesan opened the door and those outside scattered back away from it.
"The honor of the Princess has been sullied," he stated. "We are leaving now. Let no man hinder our departure."
Horvik repeated his earlier response. "Your Grace, I do not know what -"
Wallesan overrode him. "Horvik, you insult me by suggesting that you are ignorant of the construction of your own mansion. Her Highness has told me of the hatches in her suite and I have been shown similar hatches in my own chambers. The blood on Lars's sword is from a servant who attempted to enter her quarters at half past the third hour of night, no doubt to prepare the way for his master - or yours. I do not care to remain under the roof of a man who treats his guests so."
"Your Grace, despite what you may think I cannot confirm nor deny matters I know nothing about. However, as a host it would be wrong of me to deny you the right to depart."
"Then I would ask you to return with your men to the lobby, My Lord. I do not want those behind me who I cannot trust, and by your own words you certainly qualify."
Horvik looked angry but he did not want to prolong the exchange. A gesture sent the men with him back to the lobby and he followed them slowly, looking behind every so often.
"Lars and Kalmenar, at the front, if you would," Wallesan ordered. "I'll be right behind with Eriana. Ladies, if you would follow the Princess. Hambran, Maralin, you are rearguard today."
The travelers walked slowly along to the lobby, where they were met by a much larger arc of servants in two liveries, some of whom were armed. This time, Jarwin was with them and he limped forward.
"Wallesan, this is an outrage!"
"Your Grace," the Duke of Joth replied evenly, deliberately using his title rather than his name, "I agree. What was planned for the ladies in my party is indeed an outrage. It was only by the foresight of Lars that the plot was discovered and that your man escaped with but a wound to the wrist. We knew of your reputation but by chance our women did not. We will not make that mistake again. When I get back to Joth I will make a detailed report of this episode to the Federation Council."
"The Federation Council? What is that?"
"It is a council of all the rulers in the Great Valley who have joined the Sirrel Federation, Your Grace. We spoke briefly of this yesterday evening, but doubtless your thoughts lay elsewhere then. I regret that your brother has not yet joined our council, but I will make certain that he receives a copy of my letter."
Jarwin sneered. "My brother does not believe any of the reports he has heard! He thinks the Valley peopled by jealous nobles driven to petty tales by their own inadequacies."
Wallesan took a step forward, incensed. "I warn you, Your Grace, another word like that and it will be me that you face in the ring of honor! If I should do so, I will not treat you so lightly as Princess Garia did."
He gestured at Jarwin's leg and the Duke stepped back, his face filled with fear mixed with rage.
"I did not mean to imply that you were jealous, Your Grace, I spoke of lesser nobles."
"But it was not the chambers of a lesser noble you attempted last night, was it, Your Grace? It was the chambers of a Princess of Palarand. Mayhap you did not seek Her Highness herself, but you must surely know that by aiming at her companions you sullied her honor as well. You should think yourself lucky that you did not succeed, for she comes from a wild people and her crew would have leveled this place and butchered everyone found within it. Now, I have had enough of this. We have a ship to make ready."
Wallesan turned to address Horvik. "My Lord, I trust you have made ready the wagon that Her Highness requested for her baggage?"
Horvik was sullen. "Your Grace, the wagon is ready and at the front door."
"Then, by your leave, I suggest that you use some of the many servants who I see standing here to have our chests loaded while we wait. We will walk beside the wagon as we did when we arrived."
Horvik ground his teeth but there was little he could do. He gestured irritably at his men and they went along both corridors to fetch the chests. The party was left standing in one corner of the lobby looking at Jarwin and his men, who occupied the opposite corner. It took two trips along both corridors to fetch everything, with all of the travelers checking that nothing had been left behind. The men returned and joined their master.
"Now, My Lord." Wallesan pointed at Horvik. "I must ask you to join me for a short walk this morning. Normally I would be content that you should bid your guests farewell from your front door, but these are not normal times, are they? I will give you my oath that no harm will come to you, so long as we are permitted to leave your lands unhindered and to sail away, and that no-one shall raise the town or any of the people of this land against us."
Kalmenar promptly said, in a loud voice, "Heard and witnessed!"
This declaration shocked those opposite and for a moment there was a dead silence. Horvik turned to Jarwin.
"Your Grace?"
Jarwin nodded reluctantly. "Go with the Duke. He is an honorable man."
Eriana snorted with contempt but remembered not to say anything. Instead, she gestured to the front door and the party began making their way outside and down the steps. Wallesan, Eriana and Lars remained until the others had grouped around the wagon and Hambran had reported that all was as expected.
"My Lord, if you would join us."
Horvik stepped forward with a single backward glance at Jarwin. He walked past the three and out the door.
Wallesan said, "Oh, one final thing, Your Grace. You had better start fitting out that barge you mentioned last night. From today you will not be permitted to land anywhere on Joth, even if it is merely to travel from one ferry to the other along the trade road. As Robanar has denied you Palarand, so I deny you Joth. To pass Joth, therefore, you must needs use the river, which is denied to no-one, not even those of Yod. Eriana, the air in here has become bad. Let us get outside."
"Aye. Lars? Let's go."
There was a driver on the wagon, but he was apparently one of Horvik's older servants so was considered harmless. The travelers proceeded to the gate, which was opened at a gesture from Horvik.
One of his armsmen called from the gateway. "My Lord! You are unattended!"
"Silvik, I am going down to the ferry with these people. This is the Duke of Joth, he has given an oath guaranteeing my safety. Remain you all within the walls until I return."
"But... You will have to walk back on your own! What about the townspeople?"
There was a silence from Horvik. Wallesan wondered if that meant that the townspeople did not like him.
"You! Silvik, is that your name? I am the Duke of Joth."
"Uh, Your Grace! Aye, I am Silvik. What is happening?"
"My man, there has been... a disagreement, perhaps... between Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and His Grace Duke Jarwin. We no longer desire to be in the company of such people. We depart, therefore, and Horvik accompanies us as surety. You may accompany your liege to ensure his safe return and to witness our conduct towards him."
Silvik looked shocked. Although he must have known what Jarwin was like, he had not been told about the status of his master's overnight visitors.
"My Lord?"
There was a certain relief in Horvik's response. "If His Grace has requested, then you may certainly accompany me."
The little procession trundled through the center of the town, which was just beginning to come alive for the activities of the day. They continued towards the hostel, where there was an unexpected reception. The crew, seeing Eriana, Lars, Bennet and Semma in their uniforms, immediately stood up from the breakfast tables and grabbed their weapons, advancing to meet them. She held up a hand.
«Easy, men! Everything is in order for now. Tor, report.»
«A quiet night, Captain. We slept well, the mattresses were of good quality for a place this small. There are six with weapons down at the Visund. What has happened? I take it we are leaving right away?»
«We have not yet broken our fast, Tor.» The ship's mate looked shocked. «We will eat here and that will give you time to organize our departure properly. Send some more down to the ship to ensure there are no disturbances but leave enough here to provide us an escort as we leave.» She added, «The story will be told but only when we are on the Sirrel again. There is danger here.»
«Understood, Captain. Who are those two?»
«The local lord and his escort to make sure that nobody interferes with our departure.»
Tor grinned. «A hostage, you mean?»
«Yes, but our Duke has given an oath that he will not be harmed, so long as we are left alone. I am not sure that the townspeople like him very much so he has an armsman to escort him back to his mansion.»
«You're getting soft, Highness,» he said. Some of the men laughed.
Tor turned and shouted out commands. There was the usual apparent confusion which resulted in six men going down to the slipway, four pushing two carts with the two who could not walk aboard. The others packed up their belongings and then formed a perimeter around the hostel, much to the consternation of the kitchen staff. Eriana walked over to the kitchen counter.
"What is happening? Why is Lord Horvik with you?"
"There has been a small problem at his mansion and Horvik seeks to ensure our safe departure. Do not concern yourselves, you are in no danger here among my men, who are all sworn to me. I am the owner and captain of our ship. Have you had any trouble so far?"
"Captain, your men have made no trouble at all. They have eaten tidily and slept quietly. What is it we may do for you?"
"Those of us who stayed at Horvik's mansion have not yet eaten. Shall you provide us breakfast?"
"Captain, you are travelers, we are obliged to provide you with food should you require it. How many of you are there? We have already fed your crew, as you have seen, and were about to clean up."
"We are but nine... one moment. My Lord?"
Horvik turned from where he stood with Wallesan. "Your Highness?"
"Have you yet broken your fast? I would not ask you and your man to go hungry." She smiled at him. "Should you be concerned, I have enough coin to pay for the meals of you and your man."
Horvik nodded glumly and Eriana turned back to the cook. "That will be eleven, then. Make them good meals, we have a long way to go today."
"As you command, Captain. Uh, I heard you were heading to Joth? That is what your men said."
"Aye, that is so. We return His Grace to his lands after a long visit to Palarand."
"Palarand! I thought I recognized your colors. A rare sight so far from the trade road."
"Just so. Now, is there pel available? Gods, my throat is dry."
Those dining were still eating when Prell was permitted back through the perimeter. He came directly to Eriana's table.
"Captain! Good morning. I was at the Warden's office. I saw your men come down, and they had a strange tale to tell."
"The tale is strange, pilot, but it shall not be told here. Have you heard of Duke Jarwin, brother of Mariswin who rules this land?"
"Aye, of course, but..?" His eyes widened. "Do you tell me that he is nearby?"
"Aye. He was already staying at the mansion we were invited to yesterday. No doubt the invitation to us was at his behest. Let us just say that, while the evening was tolerable, the night was not. We departed as soon as we could, which is why we are breaking our fast now. What of the Sirrel?"
"No problems, Captain. The wind is in our favor today."
"That is good, since I desire to get us to Joth today. Can it be done?"
"I... believe so, Captain, though I hesitate to guarantee such a suggestion."
Eriana chuckled. "After wrestling a gogon and finding a castaway on an island, I do not blame you! This is not the smoothest voyage I have ever sailed."
Prell smiled back. "No, indeed, Captain. Well, whenever you and your men are ready. Is there time for me to take more pel?"
"Aye, of course! I have yet to settle the bill, in any case."
Across the table, Wallesan muttered, "You realize that it is I who will be doing the settling, Eriana? Virgulend Pikans, you remember."
She waved a hand. "What are a few coins between friends?"
* * *
Once everyone had finished, the bill settled, and the hostel cleared of everything and everyone associated with the Visund, the enlarged traveling group formed up and set out for the ferry slipway. Many of the carts used to bring them away the previous evening were re-used, but some who had been carried then preferred to limp back, arguing that the exercise would help their injuries recover.
By unspoken agreement, Horvik and Silvik walked beside Wallesan and Eriana, who in turn resumed walking beside the wagon with their chests on it. Few words were spoken but it seemed that Horvik was impressed both by the size and hairiness of Eriana's crew and also their discipline. He made little conversation but everyone's attitude to him and his armsmen was politeness itself.
Soon the huts on stilts appeared and were passed, the Visund lying just beyond. Those who had already arrived greeted their friends warmly, even though some had only come less than a bell previously. The mooring ropes were recovered and the men pushed the ship back down the bank until most of it was in the water. The injured were helped to climb in and then the business of handing up the chests, duffels and other baggage commenced. Once everything was aboard, Wallesan turned to Horvik.
"It is time we departed these lands, My Lord. I doubt that you will ever see any of us again."
Horvik went down on one knee. "Your Grace, I admit my part in what happened last night and for dissembling I must apologize. Sometimes it is very hard for a vassal to deny his liege, when what his liege requires may be distasteful."
"Rise, Horvik." When the Count had regained his feet Wallesan added, "I can offer you no remedy, My Lord, I have no power in these lands. I can understand why you would find it difficult to petition Mariswin, with his brother standing next to him. Perhaps, when next the Sirrel rises and you repair your mansion, you should consider making some more permanent changes to it."
Horvik bowed. "Your Grace, I will consider your words carefully. I know that you gave your oath, but I will tell my liege that I have been well-treated, and it will be true."
Wallesan gave a brief nod and then turned away, to be helped on board. Eriana followed him, and most of the crew then moved to the stern to allow the bow to lift and the ship to float free. As it did so, the last few of the crew, who had waited on the bank in case assistance was required, were hauled on board.
Eriana breathed a sigh of relief. "That's over at last!" She switched tongues. «Haul up the sail! Get those oars out!»
The Visund set sail on a cool spring morning with a freshening breeze. This morning, there was a high haze which kept the early morning sun partly at bay, while still permitting enough light to make the further bank plainly visible. Once they had backed out away from the shallows, the sail was enough to send them along at an encouraging pace.
"Pilot, if I may look at your charts for the remaining part of our route."
"Surely, Captain."
Prell found and spread out two charts on the edge of the stern decking, as they stood inside the main hull. The up-swept tail sheltered the documents from the following wind.
"Let me see if I may read this, then... we are here, is that so?"
"Aye, Captain."
"Then, the river sweeps left to cross the valley once more. Is that Treen? Is there any reason why we must needs stop there?"
"Aye, it is Treen, but there is no official reason why we must needs stop, Captain. Ah, given your recent adventure, perhaps it would be a good idea to avoid Virgulend for now."
"As you say, and that will save us... what, two bells, at the very least. But look here, the river then bends yet again. Can our sails transport us beyond there?"
"It is possible, Captain, but I would point out that your ship will need to switch sides again on that stretch. By the time you have rowed across you will be around the next bend and there should be no further problems before you reach Joth."
"Ah, I understand. Then, we sail the... South Smordan Reach, is that what that says?"
"Aye, Captain, and good sailing all the way. Fortunately Joth is only a little further. As the days are growing longer, as summer advances, it ought to be possible to reach there before dark."
"Very well. Give me options in case we cannot get there, then, for some reason. I do not care to risk my ship in the dark on a river I do not know. And what of the lunch stop, where we must needs nap again."
"Here, Captain," Prell tapped a spot on his chart. The two bent over the drawings, intent on their discussion.
In the middle of the ship, Wallesan, Kalmenar, Maralin and the other Jothans sat in a group.
"Your Grace, does that sort of thing happen very often?"
"What, Maralin?"
"Horvik. I mean, it was his home but it looks like Jarwin made him fit those hatches. I'm thinking about a noble's responsibility to his liege, and how that might conflict with custom and law and, well, doing the right thing."
Wallesan nodded. "I cannot imagine most lieges forcing their vassals to do anything unpleasant like that, Maralin, but then I don't know most of them, I can only speak for Joth and my own experience. I would have strong words with any of my vassals who made their own vassals - or anybody, really, vassal or not - do something that was either illegal or unpleasant. It is one of the surest ways of setting your people against you. They have a very good idea of what is right and what is not." He looked at Maralin. "But does the same not happen on Earth?"
"We have no nobles, Your Grace, as you know, but there are always people in power who would take advantage of those below them. Sometimes they can find ways of blowing the whistle -"
This phrase provoked an intense discussion about games, umpires and referees.
Wallesan brought the discussion back on course. "So you are telling me that people like Jarwin exist on Earth, then. He is not simply a product of Alaesia."
"Oh, no, Your Grace! Regrettably not. I guess people are much the same everywhere, whatever system they live under."
At the front, in their accustomed places, sat Bennet, Semma and Ursula.
"You are wearing uniforms," Ursula observed. "I know you told me before that you were some kind of soldier but I wasn't sure since you wore the same sort of clothes as everybody else."
"Soldier?" Bennet responded. "We carry weapons, aye, and we both know how to use them, but I would not name us soldiers. We are guardswomen of the King. If we had worn our uniforms before, it would have drawn attention to ourselves and those on the Visund. Today it was necessary to wear them to make sure that Lord Horvik did not delay our departure by some means."
"I understand why you wore them today," Ursula said. "I am trying to understand what you are doing on the ship at all, I suppose."
"It is a kind of tradition now, I think," Bennet mused. "You heard Her Highness speak of the attack on Boldan's Rock? Aye? Well, she had two of His Majesty's guardswomen beside her for that adventure. One of those women is now with child, so we were selected to accompany her this time."
Ursula's brow was furrowed so Semma explained, "Most of those you see here on the ship went with Her Highness on that adventure, Ursula. As you can see, they are all men and it would have been unseemly for a single woman to go with such a large group of men, even though she was their leader. Thus, she must needs have women companions."
Ursula's mouth was an 'O' of understanding.
Bennet added, "Her men are all sworn personally to her, so I doubt she would have any trouble with them, she knows them all well. But there would be trouble from others, who saw her with such a party, particularly in view of her rank. In addition, as you have found, though a woman might manage on her own, the business of undressing and dressing, and of bathing, is much eased if there are two or more women together."
Ursula nodded. "Thank you, I understand now. But presumably I will not stay on this ship once we reach Joth, so what happens to me? I would be a lone woman then."
"I doubt it," Bennet replied. "Whether you remain at Joth or choose to go to one of the other countries, or even if you travel so far as Palarand, you will most likely be assigned a maid, who will be your constant companion in bed chamber or bathroom." The guardswoman smiled. "Do not worry, Ursula. I have no doubt that you will be well looked after, whatever your fate may be."
Ursula was silent for a while then, but thought of another question. "Your sashes. I did not notice before, but the colors seem important, don't they? I notice that yours are a single blue but Her Highness wears a striped combination."
"Well, blue is the color used by the Palace Guard, Ursula," Bennet explained. "Since almost everybody who resides in the palace, who is not a noble or a visitor, wears the same colors, we use sashes to identify what we are. Her Highness wears a purple and dark green sash because the King granted her the use, as she is officially a Princess of Palarand now. The purple and the green are separated by what they call a 'difference' color, which shows her relationship to the royal family. Her difference is white, while that of Prince Keren and Princess Garia is light blue."
"Actually," Semma said, "the sashes worn by Princess Garia can get a little complicated, since she was adopted by the King and Queen when she first arrived. She was awarded the royal colors, but hers were differenced by a pink band. Then the King made her Baroness Blackstone and her sashes became dark green over light green." She pulled a face. "The study of colors, sashes and devices is long and complicated, Ursula, so most people only learn what they need to."
"Oh. I'm relieved to hear that," Ursula said. "I notice that His Grace wears a blue and white sash and his men do too, even though they are not in uniform. Do they all wear uniform?"
"That's right, Ursula," Bennet confirmed. "The colors of the Duke of Joth are blue and white quartered, so his men wear his colors that others may know who they are sworn to. They are not wearing uniforms for the same reason we didn't before today. This morning, Captain Hambran and Tenant Maralin might have changed had they all known what was going on along the corridor."
Ursula frowned. "This place is complicated. I wonder if I already know all this, and it will come back to me when my memory returns?"
Bennet shrugged. "Who can tell? If Tenant Maralin is right, that should happen within the next day or two."
Ursula mused, "I wonder who I am. Nobody seems willing to tell me very much. Do you think they are hiding something?"
"I could not say, Ursula. I think the reason they do not tell you any more than they have is because they do not know. I deem you are as much a mystery to them as you are to us."
"You're probably right."
* * *
The day had been sufficiently cloudy that their lunch stop had been for just that, lunch. Since both Wallesan and Eriana wanted to get to Joth as soon as they could, the Visund had set off again from the small bankside village as soon as their mid-day meal had been prepared and eaten. The wind had been fair, driving both clouds and ship briskly in the proper direction. Those who had been disturbed by the previous night's activities dozed on bench, against the inside of the hull between the benches, or draped over the sheeted baggage stored along the middle of the ship.
Finally the end of the South Smordan Reach appeared and Prell indicated that they should take a right turn to head toward the city of Joth. Eriana looked with interest as the waters merged from two different directions.
"Joth is an island, you said, but it seems very large to me. How large?"
"Captain, you had best direct your question to he who rules Joth. Let me just say that the country presently runs from one side of the Great Valley to the other, so it must be fifty marks or so wide."
"Presently?"
"Aye, Captain. Although Joth has been an island for more than a century, the Sirrel, as you have seen, continually eats away at portions of the land and deposits at others. So, while Joth has indeed been an island for that long, its shape, like that of the other countries, is continually changing."
"This is novel to me, who is used to a coastline - or mayhap a river bank - remaining exactly where the Gods placed it. Does the river move so much, then?"
Prell shrugged. "It varies, Captain. Mostly it is a little nibble each year, here and there, but occasionally the consequences can be great. In Palarand, for example, the snaking of the river cut through the land completely during a big storm and turned the part where the city is, which is now named Central Palarand, into an island for some years. That eventually turned Palarand from a country on the north side to one on the south, and alliances were made with Brikant and Kendeven, since their lands would soon be permanently joined."
She nodded. "Aye. This was been explained to me at the palace, but it did not mean so much to me then. Thank you, pilot."
"You are an experienced sailor of ships, Captain. I am honored to help you learn the ways of our great river."
Eriana peered forward. "How far, now, is Joth? Shall we see it soon?"
"It is about twenty marks ahead, Captain, but there are three small bends to be negotiated first. If you would hug the right bank for the while, I will find you the best place to cross, and you may use your sail for the rest."
The river was crossed, but the sun had begun to sink behind the north wall of the Valley before Joth came into view. Wallesan, Hambran and Maralin joined Eriana at the stern.
"Yonder lies Joth," the Duke said, pointing.
Eriana shaded her eyes against the setting sun. "Gods! Are those the walls?"
"Aye, and still they did not prevent those of Yod from getting in," he responded dryly. "The city is well protected against the land, as you can see, but the invaders came by boat."
"Did you not realize? Is there no wall against the river?"
"The river defenses were there but not good enough. Nobody was expecting such an attack and the gates were wide open. It would have been impossible to close them anyway since the hinges were rusted and the wood rotten. They had stood wide for at least forty years."
"And now?"
"New gates have been commissioned and the walls against the port are being raised to match the rest. However, since the river moves, we are no longer exactly on the river but set back a short way from it, in a little cove, perhaps. My Questors tell me that eventually our port will silt up and Joth will be surrounded by land, as it once was centuries ago."
"Mayhap our new federation will make the need for high walls a thing of the past, Wallesan."
"Mayhap indeed, but I gave the orders to raise the walls and repair the gates before you ever arrived at my lands, Eriana. Only time will tell if we made the right decision at Dekarran."
"I am forced to agree. A thought occurs to me. Do they know you are coming?"
"I do not think so. If we had stopped at Treen, as we originally planned, I would have had a message sent, which would mean that they would be ready for us." The Duke shrugged. "For now, we must rely on their vigilance. A ship so unusual as this one will surely be remarked on."
Eriana had a sly smile. "Do you desire my men to test your defenses, Wallesan? We never came to the city before, we went through Thorn, so few here should remember what us Einnlanders look like."
Wallesan was shocked. "Maker, no! After the last invasion, I doubt not they will be very twitchy on the walls. I do not desire to see the blood of your men spilled. Oh, and remember, Joth now has the use of guns. No, Eriana, this time I think it would be unwise."
They had been noticed, and the fact that Hambran, Maralin and the other Jothans had changed into their uniforms at the lunch stop made them instantly visible to those on the wharves. A welcoming party was waiting as they threw lines to the dock workers.
"Ah! They have guessed who is aboard, I deem."
"Your colors flying at the mast head no doubt helped."
"No doubt. What must you do before we may disembark?"
"Hmm. It is getting dark, although the wharves and jetties are well-lit, I see. Since we intend to remain here some days, I would say that much may be left until tomorrow to be decided. May we rely on your men to guard the Visund?"
"Surely! The Port Watch will be very nervous, not desiring a repeat of what went before."
"Very well." Eriana turned and shouted orders to the crew, who sent up a great roar that astonished the welcoming party just arriving above them. She added, "We must unload our baggage, that is all, and I have suggested that, since we will not be sailing tomorrow, the men may indulge in a little more ale than usual."
Wallesan grinned. "I'll alert the City Watch to treat them gently! Now, if you would join me, we will greet my wife, whom I have not seen these several months."
On the quayside Duke and Duchess embraced warmly before he directed her attention to Eriana. "My dear, Eriana has brought us safely home to Joth. Now I have returned, I intend to remain with my wife and family and discover what has been happening while I was away."
Fanis tutted. "Your Highness, welcome back to Joth. My, what a strange ship you have! And I see you have brought all those big, hairy men of yours."
"Name me Eriana, please, Fanis. I would consider us friends. Aye, I needed some muscle to pull the many oars of the Visund. My crew shall have a few days to relax and enjoy themselves now, before we continue our voyage. If I may present Lord Kalmenar, a man knowledgeable in the arcane arts of diplomacy, so it is said. Kalmenar, this is Her Grace Duchess Fanis, wife of His Grace."
Kalmenar bowed over Fanis's hand and kissed it, much to her amusement.
"Be welcome in Joth, My Lord. Have you been here before?"
"I have passed through using the trade road only, Your Grace. I have not visited the city before. I see that you have repaired whatever damage the Yodans have done."
Her face darkened. "Mostly, My Lord, but I would not speak of those dark days tonight. If you would all follow me, our mansion is not too far to walk. A meal of celebration is in order, I deem. Husband, you never said you would arrive tonight! I expected you tomorrow or the next day."
"Ah, well, we had a slight difficulty with an overnight stay, my dear. Jarwin was in residence. We were forced to make a hasty departure."
Fanis turned to her husband, alarm on her face. "Jarwin! Tell me that there was no trouble."
"Regrettably there was a minor incident, aye, but we managed to get ourselves out of it by using some angry words."
"Oh, my! Well, that is a tale for another day, I deem. I do not wish to hear that tonight either, by your leave."
"Neither do I, my dear. Oh, I am forgetting my manners. Eriana has two new companions with her for this expedition. They are Semma, here, and Bennet."
The two curtseyed.
"Be welcome, ladies. I'm sure that you will enjoy your stay in Joth."
Bennet replied, "Thank you, Your Grace."
Eriana said, "Wallesan, we have forgotten the last member of our party. Ursula, come forward. If I may present Fanis, the wife of Duke Wallesan. Fanis, this is Ursula, a castaway whom we found on an island in the Sirrel a few days ago."
"Found on an island?"
Wallesan said, "Aye, my dear, in the same manner as Maralin was found."
"Maralin! Is he here as well? Oh, of course, there he is." Fanis turned her attention back to Ursula. "Be welcome in Joth, Ursula. What an interesting name!"
Eriana explained, "In truth, it was Maralin who named her, as she does not yet remember her own name. Both Maralin and Wallesan believe that she has come from the mother world, Earth, as Maralin did."
Ursula looked surprised. "Earth? This is not Earth? But then... Oh..."
Her eyes screwed up with pain and she raised her hands to support her head. In moments her knees buckled and she sank insensible to the stones of the wharf.
The party have arrived in Joth and are taken to the Duke's mansion, where Duchess Fanis has prepared rooms for them. There are lots of questions over recent events and those in the know struggle to keep secrets.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
9 - The Duke's Mansion
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
A conversation, dimly heard. The pain in her head was
indescribable but she still listened.
"What do you mean, Eriana? Earth, did you say? Why should earth make this poor woman fall over?"
"Fanis, I thought you knew. No matter, we must see to her safety. Wallesan, is there a cart or something we may use to take her to your mansion?"
"Aye, they have brought several for our baggage. You there! We require healers at the mansion, immediately!"
"At once, Your Grace."
Eriana again: "Tor, see to the men's lodging."
"As you command, Highness."
"Wallesan? If I may give the men some coin, to pay for meals."
A laugh. "And beer, you mean? Of course. Here. Tell Tor to forward the bill for the hostel to the mansion."
There was a bustle and a delay, and then she was gently lifted into what she assumed was one of the two-wheel carts used for light loads everywhere she had been. She lay on something soft, possibly a blanket or a cloak. The cart rattled and bumped along darkened streets, the night lanterns glowing and fading through her closed eyelids. From the sidewalks there came cries of astonishment and some cheers, as people out late recognized their liege returning to his domain.
Fanis said, "Is this wise, Wallesan? Should we not have treated her where she was? Taking her like this takes time and her condition may worsen!"
Maralin tried to reassure her. "Your Grace, we have knowledge of this illness. She will be safest in the Duke's mansion."
Her eyes opened, to stare at the strip of night sky that showed between the crowded, ancient buildings lining the street.
Maralin noticed and placed a hand on her arm. "Rest easy, Mistress. We must get you to a place of safety. You know nothing about where you are now and even a well-run city like Joth can be dangerous. Rest, and let us take you somewhere where you may relax in peace and comfort. Our traveling is over for now."
Eriana, on the other side, placed a hand on Ursula's other arm. "Maralin has wise words, Ursula. You are safe enough now, there are men and women here with swords who will defend you to the death if needs be, but the middle of a darkened street in a strange city is no place to have a conversation."
"I don't understand," she said hazily, trying to focus on Eriana. "You spoke of Earth. It must have meant something to me but I do not know what."
Eriana glanced at Maralin before answering. "Your memory has not returned, then?"
"No... but my head is very painful. It feels like something inside is pulling it apart." Her tone became plaintive. "How long will it be before my memory comes, do you know?"
"It was five days for me," Maralin said. "Of course, since we have only two occurrences to go on, it could be shorter or longer for you. Rest now, I see the mansion ahead. Soon we will have you in a comfortable chair with a mug of pel. It is the best reviver, believe me."
"This is not the last time? O boje! I have to go through this again?"
Maralin's eyes narrowed. "What did you just say, Mistress?"
"What?" She was confused. "I don't know. I have to do this again?"
"Never mind."
There was a brief passage through some kind of arch and then welcoming lights. She rose on one elbow to see that they had entered a courtyard surrounded by buildings, a courtyard smaller than those at the hostels but still wide enough to turn a carriage in. Over the arch and to her left, and also ahead of her, the buildings were of three stories with a medieval look about them. To the left, another archway led through under a two-story building which looked much newer. Behind, as she was helped from the cart, she noticed an immense structure that rose much higher, but the impression was that it was just one large hall.
Around the edge of the courtyard stood perhaps forty or fifty people, who all waved and cheered as they saw their liege stand forward. There was a group of perhaps ten men dressed as Maralin was, in blue and white, while some others wore long undyed aprons. She winced from the noise, but it soon quieted as he raised a hand for silence.
"My people! Men!" Wallesan looked around at the eager faces and smiled. "Friends!"
That raised another cheer, but the Duke raised his hand again.
"I have - finally - returned to my mansion, after almost a year either living in Thorn or traveling away from Joth to Palarand. I see that you have all accomplished much while I was away, and no doubt you were grateful that I was not here to poke about and interfere with your good works!"
That brought a round of laughter. He continued, "Now that I am back, it seems that there might be matters that require my attention, so I have no intention of straying from Joth for a while again, at least not until after the rains! If I did think to wander far, I doubt not that the Duchess will have some strong words to say to me! Now, our journey today was difficult and the days before that even more so. It is late, we are all tired, and some of us have injuries, so by your leave I desire to spend the evening quietly.
"Before we go in I may draw your attention to Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand, who some of you may remember from last year as the leader of the Einnland Regiment which recovered Boldan's Rock for our allies. She brought us home on her ship the Visund, together with most of the brave men who went with her to Forguland. She will be our honored guest for some few days before they sail again.
"For those of you who must needs have words with me, I will conduct a court tomorrow morning... Fanis, shall it be in the Great Hall?"
"Husband, the Great Hall is not yet fit for use, the men are still finishing the decorations.. You will have to make some other arrangement."
He shrugged. "We'll manage. And now, if you would let us retire. The Duchy has survived some months without me, I am sure it can survive one more night. We must go in, and with us our wounded."
Semma propped Ursula with one arm over her shoulder as she led her towards an entrance doorway, one of the doors darkened with age, the other raw wood and newly fitted.
Fanis came forward. "If you would take her to our sitting room, please. I think it would be the best place for now."
The Duke grunted. "The sitting room? I'm assuming that it is where it was before?"
His wife chuckled. "I may have made some changes, dear, but the downstairs remains much as it was. Upstairs? Well, you will see. I hope you approve the changes that were suggested."
Maralin helped Ursula to climb the steps. "Um, Your Grace? I do not know where your sitting room is. When I last came here, the household section was a charred ruin."
Fanis started. "Oh! Yes, of course, Maralin. If you would follow me."
Two liveried servants at the doorway bowed to Wallesan and Fanis before pulling the doors wide. Inside, the corridor was airy, well-lit and smelled of newly-sawn wood and fresh paint. Fanis led them a short way and then opened more double doors, gesturing for Maralin to help Ursula in. He did so, discovering a fair sized sitting room with all new furniture, the chairs and settees grouped around a fireplace in which a banked fire smoldered.
It was plainly obvious which chairs belonged to the owners of the mansion, so he chose a settee and allowed Ursula to sink on it. He perched himself down on the edge of the seat beside her.
"Still hurting?"
"Very much so. I wish this were finished with."
"As do we." He looked frustrated, Ursula saw. "Mistress, there is no real point explaining very much to you until your memory comes back, so what we do and say is going to seem a bit strange to you for now. Once your memory does come back, well, then we'll have to start out afresh, as though you are newly arrived, so to speak."
"Will I remember any of this? I mean, the journey on the river and staying at that house?"
Maralin nodded. "You will, but because it is all very recent you might not remember the fine detail. Enough will remain, it did for me."
By then all the others had entered and were standing around waiting for Wallesan and Fanis to sit down. They did so, taking no notice of the fact that Maralin was already seated beside Ursula. Two women came into the room and curtseyed to Wallesan.
"Your Grace, welcome home. If I may ask, have we come to the right place? There was a call for healers down at the docks but when we arrived we were directed to follow you here."
"That is correct, Senia. Your patient is on the settee there beside Tenant Maralin."
The healer crouched and inspected Ursula's face, paying close attention to her eyes. "If you would tell me what is wrong, Mistress."
Maralin decided to explain. "If I may, Mistress. Mistress Ursula is suffering a particular problem because of an... accident... she has recently had, which has meant that she has lost her memory. She gets periodic headaches which are an indication that her memory is about to return. Sometimes the headaches are powerful. What she needs now is a little of that green stuff, since we were forced to make a hasty departure this morning and she has had none today."
"Accident? Lost her memory?"
"Aye, Mistress. I suffered exactly the same way about five months ago so I can tell you what is needed here. It is a rare ailment that strikes very few people."
Senia regarded Maralin with suspicion but he seemed to be in earnest. She looked at the Duke who nodded agreement.
"Senia, for now you will have to accept what we say. This particular problem usually lasts about five days or so, it should resolve itself tomorrow."
"As you desire, Your Grace." Her brow furrowed. "If I may ask, why is it that I have not heard of this ailment before?"
"As Tenant Maralin explained, it is very rare. Please, your patient is in pain and desires your help."
Senia reluctantly dipped into her basket and pulled out the jar of green stuff. Ursula saw it and let out a sigh of relief, which encouraged the healer. A dose was administered and Ursula sank back into her seat, closing her eyes.
"Your Grace, this is most irregular."
"I understand your concern, Senia, but for this you will have to accept my word. We wondered if the crisis would be tonight, it seems now that it should happen tomorrow instead. Shall you attend us in the morning? I would not want to keep you from your other patients."
"Your Grace, I have learned that there are many on the newly arrived ship with injuries of various kinds. If you would give me leave to arrange for the work to be shared, I will probably be able to attend tomorrow morning at about the third bell or so."
"Done. We will expect you then."
Senia stood, curtseyed, picked up her basket and departed.
Fanis gave her husband a smile. "Everything has been running smoothly while you were away, Wal. I knew that things would start to happen when you returned but not this."
Wallesan gave her an embarrassed wave. "Ah, our voyage was not a straightforward one, my dear. First we discovered our newest friend, Ursula, on a mud bank in the river, and the next day we were attacked by the largest gogon I have ever seen. Not that anyone has ever seen that many, of course. Then, because of the attack, we were forced to spend last night at an out-of-the-way village which, just by chance, you must understand, had a certain Duke Jarwin staying with the local lord."
He grimaced. "He has lost none of his ways, despite the lesson which Garia taught him last year. The evening was almost acceptable, the night definitely not. Maker!" He ran a hand through his hair. "That was less than a day ago! Has so much happened?"
Eriana laughed. "Wallesan, this is very much the life that I lead, unfortunately. It seems that you have become entangled in my fate, at least partially. Fanis, I deem that the girls and I will want to change before we eat this evening."
Fanis started. "Oh! Of course, Eriana. Yes, I must needs show you to your rooms... when I have discovered who is here and has need of rooms! Maralin, there is a chamber set aside for you but it is upstairs at the near end of the barracks wing. We must needs have a talk soon about what you wish to do once you are wed to Renita."
"Thank you, Your Grace," Maralin replied. "For now, a simple chamber will do for me, but we have Ursula to consider. I should be somewhere nearby for a day or two until she regains her memory and understands what is happening here."
The Duchess nodded. "There is a guest chamber on the main corridor, near to yours, which should suffice. Ah, that brings another question, does it not? Will Ursula require a maid, do you think?"
All the arrivals looked at one another. Eriana summed up their problem.
"Fanis, we do not know what the future holds for Ursula. It seems that Wallesan and Maralin hold information to which I am not privy."
They could hear the edge in her voice, and Maralin felt his cheeks flush.
Eriana continued, "Tonight, if the girls are willing, I think we may proceed as we did on the Visund. If Bennet will go with Ursula, and attend to her needs tonight, and Semma will attend to mine. Any more permanent arrangement can thus be delayed until we know what we are dealing with."
Fanis thought. "That will make the allocations easier, Eriana. Who else have we to satisfy, then? Ah, Lord Kalmenar, I believe your name was?"
"That is correct, Your Grace. As I will be continuing along the river with Her Highness, you should consider me as being a visitor rather than a possible resident here, so a modest chamber will be all that I should need."
Fanis smiled at Kalmenar. "This is the mansion of the Duke of Joth, so few of our chambers could be described as modest, My Lord, but I understand you. Yes, we can provide such a chamber for you."
Wallesan looked at Hambran. "Captain, I am certain that you desire to be reunited with your wife and family. You have our permission to withdraw."
Hambran stood and saluted. "Thank you, Your Grace. If I may speak of military matters?"
The Duke shook his head. "Not tonight, Hambran, you have done enough for now. Go, enjoy your reunion and I will speak to you during court tomorrow morning."
"As you wish, Your Grace. And... thank you." Hambran saluted again and left the room.
Ursula stirred and opened her eyes. "Eriana, I think I have to lie down somewhere for a while."
Eriana looked at Fanis. Bennet and Semma jumped to their feet. Maralin raised an eyebrow at Wallesan.
"Aye," the Duke nodded, "perhaps this would be the right time for us all to find our chambers and get cleaned up, change and relax until our meal is ready. Maralin, you will not need to wear your uniform again while you are within my house."
"Thank you, Your Grace. It is, as always, a privilege to wear the colors but plain clothing may be preferable... given the circumstances."
Everybody stood and Fanis led the way to the door. "If you would all follow me. Once we have found you all chambers, I will see that your chests are sent up."
Beside the entrance hallway a broad stair led up to the upper floor. At the top, a corridor ran in both directions, that to the right ending after a short distance in a T-junction. Fanis first led the group to the junction and then right again.
Fanis explained, for the benefit of the others, "This part of the mansion is actually one end of the armsmens' accommodation. From the further end of this corridor, and on the floor above, there is direct access to the city walls."
She indicated a door beside another stairway that led both up and down.
"Maralin, I believe that this will be the closest for you. I chose it originally to ensure that you were nearby should Wallesan require your thoughts, but you will also be near to the chamber I will assign to Mistress Ursula."
Maralin took a quick look inside before nodding. "Thank you, Your Grace. If I may see where everybody else will be staying."
"Surely, Maralin. Come this way, then."
Fanis led them back to the junction and stopped almost immediately.
"Lord Kalmenar, there are two small suites here over the carriage arch, one each side, designed for single male travelers. You may choose whichever may suit, both have been prepared for use tonight since I was not sure how many accompanied Her Highness."
"Your Grace, you are too kind." Kalmenar looked briefly into both suites and returned to the corridor. "Your Grace, it matters not, they are both excellently furnished and there is nothing to choose between them. Therefore, I will take the first, this one."
"Done, My Lord."
Fanis turned to a waiting footman and issued instructions to begin bringing up their chests before moving to the landing at the top of the stairs. She stopped at a doorway to her right.
"Mistress Ursula, Mistress Bennet, this will be your suite. It was designed for a noblewoman traveling with a maid, so should have all the facilities that you need."
Inside was a room laid out in a way that Maralin recognized, with a four-poster bed at the far side of a chamber that could be divided by curtains at need. Doors either side of the bed presumably led to bathing chamber and dressing room. On the near side were a settee and two armchairs in front of a fireplace, cold now. Either side of the fireplace was a door, one of which proved to be the maid's quarters, the other, a toilet closet.
Ursula simply climbed onto the bed, arranged herself on top of the bedspread and closed her eyes. Bennet looked at the others and shrugged.
Fanis spoke in a low voice. "Mistress Bennet, we will leave you in peace now, but remember that your chests will be brought up shortly. Someone will come to warn you a quarter bell before the meal is ready."
Bennet curtseyed. "Thank you, Your Grace."
Outside in the corridor again Fanis smirked at Wallesan. "And now, husband, let me show you what our clever carpenters have wrought." She turned to Maralin and Kalmenar, who had accompanied them so far. "Gentlemen, I regret that I may show you the door to our suite, but tonight you must needs stray no further. I find that I need to give my husband a proper welcome home."
Maralin smiled faintly. "Indeed, Your Grace. I would expect nothing less."
"Ah! I am forgetting. When Heris arrives up here with the the chests, ask him to take you to the kitchens. You have a reunion of your own to complete, I deem."
Renita! I have been away for a long while. What will she think of me now? Only one way to find out.
Maralin bowed. "Thank you, Your Grace."
* * *
Maralin followed the footman along the corridor and into a large lobby. Facing him was set of double doors that looked as if they went outside, to his right was another set that were open. Through them he could just see a large darkened space. The footman turned left, through a third set of double doors.
Here was a fair-sized ante-room, with shelves, cupboards and tables. From the staff busily setting out cutlery and plates it seemed that this was part of the service area for the kitchen, which appeared to be through further double doors at the far end. Nodding his thanks to the footman, he studied those who were in the service room and then set off for the kitchen.
"Maralin!"
The voice was a shout over the clatter of staff busy preparing the evening meal. A small female figure in an apron put down the pot she was carrying and almost ran towards him. When she got close enough, however, she slowed to a stop and regarded him uncertainly.
"It is you? You are back?"
He smiled. "Renita, I would like to tell you that I came back to be with you, but you know that the Duke has returned and I have come with him. Like the Duke, I am now here to stay."
"Do you still..." She trailed off.
He opened his arms. "Come here. I understand what you must be feeling, but no, I haven't been seduced by those wicked Palarandi women. If I came back for anyone, I came back for you."
She started off slowly but by the end her arms were tight around his waist, her head pressed against his chest. His arms, in turn, had closed around her body.
"Welcome home, Maralin," she said softly. "I know that you must needs serve the Duke but sometimes it has been hard, with you away."
"I will admit that I haven't thought about you all the time," he said, "but that was because we are fighting off river monsters or getting away from randy Dukes."
She looked up at him. "What?"
At that moment the Head Cook joined them, wiping his hands on a towel. "Well met, Tenant. So you have had an exciting journey home, I hear. Shall you tell us?"
"Oh, I have no doubt it will be all over the mansion by tomorrow," Maralin replied. "But I'll be around to tell you all the real story, straight from the horse's... I mean, the frayen's mouth. So, Master Farren, back in the full routine now?"
"Aye, Maralin, and this newly refitted kitchen is a joy to work in. Your suggestions were argued against by the carpenters -"
"I remember."
"- but we got our way in the end. Will you be visiting us with more of those recipes and tips?"
"Ah, well," he said, looking down at Renita, "the Duke has visitors and I'll have to attend them. I'll try to fit in some visits here, though, but I can't promise you when."
Farren said, "I suppose you'll be wanting to walk out with Renita some times, then?"
"If you will give her leave, Master Farren, then yes I would. I would like that very much."
The Head Cook smiled. "Contented staff is what I desire in my kitchens, Tenant, so what makes Renita contented will suit me well. Aye, you may walk out with her but, I beg you, not at meal times, not with the Duke returned!" There was a clatter behind him and raised voices. He turned. "Turis, watch what you are doing! Fess, that pot is about to boil over!" He turned back to Maralin and rolled his eyes. "All is normal here, as you may see. Now, if I may have Renita back..."
"Of course. I have to go and unpack, anyway. I'll drop by later, if I may."
The kiss was brief, but all the more powerful because of the enforced separation. Maralin walked back into the main part of the mansion with shaking legs.
* * *
The meal had been a quiet one, in the family dining room. This was a much smaller space than the one in Robanar's palace, but there would still have been room to comfortably seat twenty people. The servants were silent and efficient, perhaps wanting to show their liege that the restored mansion was up and running as he would have expected.
Most of those eating kept looking around at their surroundings, since this was one of the rooms the artisans and decorators had concentrated on when the builders were putting the mansion back together. Wallesan, Hambran and Maralin had last seen the building as a cold, half burned-out ruin whilst Eriana, Ursula, Kalmenar, Bennet and Semma had never even visited the city before.
"Do you like what you see, Eriana?" Fanis asked the Princess as she craned her neck at one point.
"I am impressed, Fanis, at the abilities of your decorators. I would not dare to compare this house with the King's palace but the craftsmanship is much better than anything known in Einnland."
"As you say, Eriana. They have made a special effort to replace what was lost when the invaders came, to make it worthy again to be a Duke's residence." She paused. "There may be some guilt over the way we were thrown out of our own homes, I deem. That may have driven our people."
Wallesan grunted. "Aye. I trust that events like that will never happen again, now that we have our Federation."
Fanis frowned. "You must tell me more, Wal. I know that you have written me several letters about this Federation but there are things that puzzle me."
The Duke waved a hand. "Both Eriana and Maralin were there with me, my dear, so I am sure that between us we may answer your questions."
At the end of the meal the party moved across the corridor to the sitting room. Most used the same seats they had chosen before.
Maralin spoke to Ursula. "How are you feeling now, Mistress?"
She smiled at him. "Much better, thank you. I don't know what that green stuff was but it does help. I think eating something has also made a big difference. And you were right about the tea. It does wonders for one's state of mind."
"Tea?" Fanis asked. "What do you mean, dear, tea?"
Maralin explained, "I would guess that tea is the nearest equivalent on Earth to pel here, Your Grace. It is used the same way, although the herbs in it must be completely different." He had a thought and turned to Ursula. "What do you remember about tea, Mistress?"
She looked puzzled. "I don't know, it was just the word that came to me. Why did it sound different when I said it? There was another word I used earlier that sounded different as well."
Maralin glanced at Wallesan and then shook his head. There was an explanation, but not to be given in front of all those present.
"It must be something to do with your returning memory, Mistress. Tell me, after your other attacks you usually remembered something. Can you tell us what it was this time?"
She thought. "There were rows of seats, with people sitting in them. It was noisy. The clothes were strange, but maybe I was dressed that way as well. I don't know."
"Rows of seats? How many rows? Were the seats all facing the same way, or each other? Were there aisles between them? One aisle or more than one?"
Ursula's face showed surprise at the number of detailed questions Maralin asked. "Well... all the same way, I think. And there was only one aisle, with maybe two... or was it three? seats on each side."
"Hmm. That sound like it could have been a coach, or a bus, or even a plane. Oh, I know! What about the windows? Were they big or small, round or square?"
Ursula concentrated. "Round, I think, or maybe sort of oval. Is that what you mean? And smallish. Oh! I was sitting beside one of the windows, that was it! I could look out and see the Earth below. That was why I thought of the Earth, then."
"Ah! That explains it. Mistress, you were sitting in an airplane." Maralin looked at the others, most of whom had blank expressions. "Uh, this is something that ought to be left, Your Grace," he said, addressing Wallesan. "I know everybody is curious, but it would perhaps be better if this conversation was left to another day."
The Duke caught on. "Until she regains her memory, do you mean? Aye, I would agree."
Ursula looked from one to the other but knew that anything said would be meaningless until her memory fully returned. She could also see the tension in those sitting around her, some of which she understood, some apparently from causes she did not know.
"Your Grace," she said to Wallesan, "I think it might be a good idea for me to go and rest in my room. The last few days have been very strange and there has been much that I found confusing."
"Mistress, you have my complete agreement! There is much that we have all found confusing. I would not wish you to stay if you desire to rest, of course you may go. Eriana? If Bennet and Semma may go with Mistress Ursula."
"Of course, Wallesan. Girls, go and relax, unpack your chests. I will call for Semma when I come up later."
The two guardswomen came to their feet, and curtseyed first to Eriana and then to Wallesan. Maralin helped Ursula up from the settee and the three women left the room. Once the door had closed behind them, Eriana put a question that had been near the surface of her mind ever since the day they had sailed from Dekarran.
"Your Grace, now that we have arrived, and are fed and settled, I require an answer to my questions." She fixed Wallesan with a stare. "The first one must be, what happened to Garia that day?"
"Yes, Wal," Fanis agreed. "What has happened to Princess Garia? I have yet to meet the young woman who promises to bring so much change to the Great Valley. I think you said that, the next time you went to Palarand, we would go together so that I could meet her."
"The simple truth, Fanis, Eriana," Wallesan replied heavily, "is that I cannot tell you. For two reasons, really, the first being that I have no idea where she might be or what she is doing, and the second being that certain people, including Maralin and myself, have given oaths not to speak of certain matters surrounding her departure."
"Departure?" Fanis echoed. "She has left Palarand, then? And so soon after her wedding? Yet I know that Prince Keren remains, since I have had letters from him since the wedding, so what might be so important that she must needs go by herself? Or has she companions with her, as Eriana does?"
"All I can tell you both is that she has in all likelihood left Anmar, at the request of those who brought her here originally. Where she has gone or for what purpose I could not say."
"Anmar? What do you mean, Wal? She can't just have flown away, that would be absurd!"
Wallesan sighed. "Fanis, this is a secret that has been known in Joth until now by just three people who are Maralin, myself and Renita, by virtue of her relationship with Maralin. It was necessary to keep it that way since we are so close to Yod and there was considerable danger, should the truth be known. In Palarand, matters are somewhat different because of the way that Princess Garia arrived. You see, both Garia and Maralin, together with a young man named Yves Perriard, are not originally of this world but from another, a world named Earth." He grimaced, with a quick look at Maralin. "There are proofs that they come from somewhere else entirely, my dear. Their origin may not be questioned."
"From another world? Wal, you're making a joke, surely?" She looked at his face, and then at Maralin. "Is it true, Maralin?"
"Aye, Your Grace, it is true. The world I come from is an interesting place, perhaps, but it is nothing like this one. We are more developed than countries in the Great Valley. I have knowledge - we all have knowledge - that could be extremely dangerous if not managed properly. Do you remember when Prince Keren came to Thorn?" Fanis nodded. "On his way through he learned that someone had used the word gun and that was me. I met him - and you - when he returned from Forguland and that's when I found out about Garia... uh, Princess Garia, and when he found out about me."
"Guns..." Fanis mused. "But, surely, guns came from Yod! Did not those of Yod invent them?"
"Indeed not," Wallesan told her. "The third person I mentioned, Yves Perriard, appeared in Yod the same way as Maralin appeared here and Garia appeared in Palarand. It seems that those of Yod tortured the knowledge of guns from him some time ago. Regrettably he was killed in that attack on Keren and Garia in Palarand last year, when they were returning to the city."
Fanis was bewildered. "But why? What is the purpose of all this?"
Maralin took up the story. "We think it is intended to help the countries of the Great Valley develop, Your Grace. We bring ideas and knowledge from Earth, knowledge of two hundred years of advancement. Palarand is already unrecognizable and Joth will be the same in time. The point His Grace is making is, we didn't get here by ourselves. Somebody or something, creatures unseen that we call the Beings for short, brought us here for some purpose of their own. We also suppose that those same Beings have now taken Garia... uh, Princess Garia away again."
Eriana leaned forward, her face intent. "Do you know how long she will be away, Wallesan?"
"Eriana, I cannot say. Do not press me, I beg of you. I know little more than you do."
She sat back, but her expression showed that she was unconvinced. "Is she safe?"
"Eriana, I cannot say. How could I? Please, let this matter be. All I may add is that we... have had assurances that she will return to Palarand at some time later this year, but no date has yet been determined."
Her eyes dropped. "Thank you, Wallesan. You are right, I should know better than to ask such questions, especially when oaths have been given. Forgive me, it is the reaction of someone who cares for a close friend."
Wallesan gave a reassuring smile. "We are all concerned for her safety, Eriana."
Fanis shook her head. "This is all so amazing! It will take me some time to understand the significance of all this, Wal. But I think you want it to remain secret, is that so?"
"Please, Fanis. With due respect to Maralin, he is not as well-known or well-loved in Joth as Garia is in Palarand. If there are rumors..." he shrugged, "there could be problems for him, and he is important to us. To the Federation. Doubtless all will learn in time, when they have become used to the idea."
Eriana said, "But Ursula is another! She has also come from Earth, which we call the mother world in Einnland."
"Aye," Wallesan agreed, "but there are significant differences with her arrival, compared to that of the others we know about. I cannot overstate that, Eriana. Garia, Maralin and perhaps Yves were left to be discovered by passers-by who were ignorant of whom and what they were. Ursula, however, was intended to be found by us, I am certain, the only people along the river who have knowledge of Earth and those who have arrived from there. She is meant to be here in Joth, I deem, where we can look after her and advise her once her memory returns."
"As you say," Eriana agreed, but slowly. "I do not like being the plaything of creatures I cannot see or touch - or test with the edge of my blade."
"A thought," Maralin said into the silence. "It might be a good idea, Your Grace, to increase the guard about your mansion tonight. If her memory returns before breakfast, and she wanders off..."
"Indeed! Maralin, again you prove your worth. Fanis, you have managed the household these several months, find me whoever is in charge tonight and bring him here. With everybody in residence it will be worth considering our precautions tonight anyway, and Maralin has a good point. We did not bring her here at great risk just to lose her again."
Fanis smiled. "Of course, Wal." She rose and crossed to the newly-hung ropes beside the fireplace and pulled one.
A tenant appeared, knocking respectfully at the door before entering. He saluted Wallesan and gave Maralin a nod before looking curiously at the others.
"Your Grace, if I may welcome you back to your home."
"Thank you, Parnal. As you can see, I have brought some guests home with me to stay for a while."
"Your Grace, it has been noticed."
Wallesan smiled. "Of course it has. Now, did you notice three women, who are not present now?"
"Aye, Your Grace, it was reported to me that they went up the main stairs a few moments ago."
"Very well. Two of them are guardswomen of King Robanar, so mind your manners around them." He grinned. "In the coming days, you may find out how a woman may be a warrior, since they will be training with us."
Parnal's eyebrows rose. "Your Grace, I have heard the exploits of Her Highness, naturally, they are the talk of the whole city, but I did not know there were others with such abilities. With your permission, I will warn the men."
"As you will. Now the third is not a guardswoman but a special guest of mine. Unfortunately, she has lost her memory and this means that she may waken and wander off, not knowing where she is or what dangers there may be in the mansion or city. I want you to station men at the ends of the central corridor, such that they may safely and gently prevent her from leaving and thus becoming lost, or accidentally coming to harm."
Parnal thought. "I know just the men for such duty, Your Grace, though at least one will grumble at being on duty tonight." He nodded. "Leave it with me, Your Grace. We will keep her safe."
"Thank you, Parnal. You may go."
The tenant saluted again and left.
Fanis leaned forward. "Now, husband, if we may not discuss our unusual guest or related matters, you must tell me all about this strange federation I see mentioned in all your letters. What meaning has it for Joth?"
* * *
Maralin firmly closed the door of his chamber and stood for a long while in thought. Finally, shaking his head, he went to his chest and brought out three objects, a small glass ball and two dishes made of different metal alloys. These three objects he placed on his night stand and then sat on the edge of the bed, staring at them in thought. Eventually, he picked up the glass ball and dropped it gently into one of the two dishes and waited.
He did not know how long he sat there, but the building was quiet now, near midnight. Someone came past, in the corridor outside, most likely one of the guards posted to keep an eye on Ursula. A glow caught his eye as the mansion quieted again and he turned to locate the source. It happened dimly at first and then brightened rapidly.
In the glare was a bizarre creature, a strange apparition of frilly fronds that waved atop a thick stalk with stubby feet around the base. He recognized it as a hologram but not what it was, nor what its function was.
It spoke with a hollow, artificial voice. "This is most irregular. We are not trained for these interactions. The one who you want to talk to is not here. It has gone to the other world with... the Solid called Garia."
"Thank you for taking the time to come here," Maralin said softly. "I know you are very busy but there are questions I have to ask, and if Senusret isn't here then you'll have to do. What I want to ask about is the new arrival, who is sleeping nearby."
The fronds waved with what Maralin thought was a level of agitation. "We warned that this would happen! What do you need to know? You know I cannot promise answers."
"Simple, really. Was it intended that people who know about you should find her? Everybody else has just been left somewhere to work things out for themselves."
The apparition froze in such away that Maralin thought it must have gone away for advice. Soon, it resumed activity and responded.
"You are correct. You and the other who knows of us were intended to find the new Solid. I can tell you some minor details, but nothing of its future. An opportunity was noticed on the other world and taken. Probabilities were examined and certain advantages were discovered, just as in your own case. For that reason it was brought here and delivered."
So, just like me, eh? Not part of the Grand Plan, then.
"Thank you again. I have no further questions. It is unlikely that I will be calling you again, not until Garia returns. I just wanted to make sure that no mistake had been made, or that we were supposed to do something specific."
"You are correct," it said again. "The actions taken so far were deliberate and accord with the chosen probability." It hesitated. "If you use your own judgment and proceed as normal the correct outcome is most likely to occur. I will leave you now."
The glow faded, so that in a very short time it was almost dark again, the only illumination a little moonlight seeping through the cracks around the window shutters. Maralin sighed, carefully packed away the ball and dishes and went to bed.
Ursula's Earthly memories surface in the early hours of the morning, and she wakes to wonder what she has gotten herself into. Everything around her seems impossible, from her own body to the information provided by Maralin, whom she is sure has a hidden objective. How can she prove what is real and what is fantasy?
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
10 - Ursula Remembers
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
She awoke and lay there, her eyes blinking in the early light
of dawn. At first, what she could see confused her, until she
remembered what had happened some time earlier.
Or did it? How much of what I see is real? Am I dreaming now or was I dreaming before?
This has to be a dream! This is not the body I had before.
And what's with all the swords and hairy Vikings? Not the kind of thing I usually dream of!
Only... I think I was beginning to understand their tongue, which is strange. Since I don't speak Norse, then this must be a dream!
Blin! The headache is gone! Does that mean... of course it does! But... this body isn't mine!
The final horrifying thought came: Have I finally gone insane?
There came the sound of nearby bells, clanging out a coded sequence.
Sounds like a clock. I think there was a clock in that house with the pervert. I do not recognize what it says, though.
Shortly after that, there was a gentle knock on the bedroom door and a sleepy Bennet appeared, yawning.
"I am sorry, Mistress, I am not properly awake yet. Have you been awake long?"
"Not very long, I think. There were some strange bells."
Bennet nodded. "Aye, there is a clock in the tower over the gatehouse, I recall as we passed beneath. It said half a bell before dawn, so it is about time to rise and prepare ourselves for the day." She considered. "We bathed last night, so you may wish to leave it this morning, it is your choice... oh, unless you have needs of a female kind."
Needs of a female kind? What? Oh... what do I do?
Bennet noticed the frown. "Mistress?" The tone then changed. "Mistress, I should have realized, you have your memory back now, do you not?"
How did she know that? I tried to hide it! Is this another indication that this is all a set-up?
"You are right. How did you know?"
"Your eyes look different, Mistress. Oh, I don't mean physically, but the way you are looking at everything. And your voice has changed. I cannot imagine what you are thinking now, even after Maralin described his own coming. The Duke will be pleased, I'm sure."
Mention of Maralin and the Duke sent Ursula's mind racing.
I have no idea what is going on! Is this some kind of advanced virtual reality, or have they got me high on mind-altering drugs? Am I just insane?
Why are they doing this to me, anyway? Why not just shoot me and get it over with?
Oh... maybe they want to find out what I know, first.
Only, I don't know anything! Even if they tortured me, there isn't anything I can tell them that isn't public knowledge.
Only, maybe, how I got to Canada. Is that information worth all this play-acting?
She temporized, falling back on her previous responses. "It's all very confusing."
Bennet smiled. "Of course, Mistress. But it would be a pity to stay in bed, especially as the day promises to be a fine one. If I may help you to dress?"
She certainly acts as if she doesn't know what's going on, but then that may be deliberate. I need to play along until I can find a way to escape.
"I guess you are right, Bennet."
Ursula hauled herself out of bed and stood, feeling her revised body shape properly for the first time. Bennet was a little taller than her and seemed to be about the same age, mid to late twenties. The guardswoman had a solid muscular body, as might be expected, but her own was more slender without the obvious muscle tone of a trained warrior.
It was also a unambiguously female body. She wondered if there was one of the little metal mirrors somewhere in the suite, so that she could look at her face properly.
"You look as if you could do with some loosening up exercises, Mistress. I do not think that we will be doing the Tai Chi this morning, but you might want to consider joining us in the future."
Ursula looked at her suspiciously. "If this world is not Earth, then how do they know about Tai Chi?"
"Why, Lady Garia brought it, of course! Um, she is Princess Garia now, of course. Mistress, I ought not to answer any more of your questions since I do not have the knowledge." Bennet turned and walked into the attached dressing room. Her voice came out, "Do you have any preference as to which dress you would like to wear? It could be a warm day but I do not know how warm it will be inside the Duke's mansion."
Stretching herself, she joined Bennet in the dressing room. The guardswoman had lifted the lids of three chests and was pulling out some of the garments inside.
"I am remiss, I should have hung some of these up last night, to let the creases come out. I am no maid but I should know how to look after my own clothes! Look, this one you have not yet worn, it may be more suitable today than any of the traveling dresses."
The garment indicated was pale blue, with a frill around the wide neckline and a flounce at the hem.
"Oh!" Bennet continued, "Of course you have no bras yet. I will have to ask Her Grace if her seamstresses have received the bra patterns from Palarand yet."
Bra patterns? Don't they have shops? Oh, maybe not. I've seen market stalls so far but nothing like a mall or even a strip of shops. Can it be possible that everything here is made by hand?
Ursula's shoulders dropped. I have to go along with this nonsense. It may be the only way to find anything out... though that could be difficult. These people are stuck in the dark ages!
"I'll wear that dress, Bennet, and one of those... bodices, did you call them? What else will I need?"
"Well, you'll probably need a pair of tights, Mistress, and some of these flat slippers for indoors. You can always come back if there is need for stronger footwear."
Ursula felt strangely comforted by the dress, even though her mind screamed out that everything was somehow wrong. It fitted her well and showed off... the figure of her new body. That would be hard to accept.
And hard to let go again, once I am free once more. I have wished for this for so long!
She helped Bennet put her own clothes on, noticing that the guardswoman wore a tie-side panty along with a bra, whereas she wore nothing but a silk bodice. Unexpectedly, the bra had no hooks but long tails that crossed over and were brought to the front to be tied under the breasts. The low, soft boots were different too, offering a sure footing should action be required. Finally Bennet added a belt with a short sword, one of three in her 'arms chest', on one side and a long knife on the other.
The other looked her over again. "I'm sorry, there is no real time to attempt something with your hair. I'm sure that there will be a salon in the mansion, to provide you a suitable style."
"Oh. I suppose... I had it done at that town, what was it called? But we have traveled a while since then." She had an idea. "Is there a mirror here? I want to have a look at it."
"Surely, Mistress. There is one in the bathing chamber."
Stupid! I saw it last night and completely forgot.
Her face surprised her, because of the strong resemblance. It wasn't who she had been, but that made a strange kind of sense. That face didn't go with this body. It couldn't be called beautiful but it wasn't ugly either. Just... normal. Well, that suited her for now. Normal faces can move around without being noticed, if need be.
I have my mother's eyes. Why? I look more like my sisters than I do my brother. Or me. Why?
She had an overpowering urge to examine in detail the body that she now had, but now was obviously not the time. She turned. "Where do we eat, then? In that room where we ate last night?"
"It is likely, Mistress. Are you ready to go?"
When Bennet opened the door, Ursula had another surprise, because an armsman in blue-and-white stood outside, ready with a short spear.
The man bowed. "Good morning, Mistresses."
"Good morning to you," Bennet replied. "I am Bennet and this is Mistress Ursula."
"And I am Dirgan. You will probably be seeing most of the Duke's men around while you are here, there are not so many of us. I am sent to show you the way to the dining room." He smiled. "Though the mansion is not hard to find your way around, I deem. If you would follow me."
Has somebody stood guard there all night? I wonder what would have happened if I had opened the door in the middle of the night? Would they have let me explore?
They followed Dirgan down to the same room they had eaten in before. The table was laid with breakfast foods similar to those that had been served at the wayside hostels, but was obviously of better quality. The plates and cutlery were of silver and the serving bowls of beaten copper, not wood.
The Duke and Duchess were already there, although Eriana was not. Some obscure impulse made her curtsey to the Duke, though she could not have said why.
"Good Morning, Your Grace."
Now I have a decision to make. Do I tell them or do I pretend it hasn't happened yet? No, they expect it to happen today so that wouldn't work, even if Bennet says nothing. Here goes.
"My memory has returned. I think it happened in the early hours of the morning, though I couldn't tell you when."
Wallesan smiled broadly. "Well, that is good news! You must be relieved that you will have no more of those headaches, I will wager."
"I can only agree, Your Grace." She looked around.
"Eriana and the others have yet to come," Fanis explained. "Why not come and sit down beside me, dear? The last few days must have been very upsetting for you."
Fanis took Ursula to the chair next to her own, slightly better upholstered one and they both sat. She noticed that the other diners remained standing.
"You said a strange word before, dear. When you were talking about the early morning."
Ursula thought back to what she had just said, puzzled. "I don't know, Your Grace. All I said was it happened in the early hours of the morning."
"That was it! Hours. What are hours?"
Ursula stared at Fanis. Didn't the woman know about hours? Did they call them something different here, then?
Wallesan heard and walked over to the table. "My dear, hours are a different way of measuring the day. As you may expect, Garia brought them from Earth with her. It seems that it makes it much easier to construct clocks and they are simpler to install and operate. It also makes it easier to allot time to tasks during each day."
"Oh, I see. Thank you, Wal."
He smiled. "I have been convinced that hours and minutes are the way of the future, my dear, and a party of Clockmakers will arrive here soon to teach our craftsmen how to make the new kind." He held up a hand. "Before you object, all the clocks now installed in the palace show both the traditional bells and the new hours, which will make it easier to learn the new method. I propose to have the same here."
"All the clocks? Do they not just have one, as we do?"
Wallesan grinned. "Aye, they did, and I have seen it. It is a monster that occupies a whole tower the size of the Galdarin Gate. But now another clever girl, who is high in their guild structure, has invented a way to... repeat the clocks around the palace, so that there would be a semblance in most of the bigger chambers. One need not wait for the distant sound of bells but merely look at the clock on the wall to know exactly what time it might be."
"I will need convincing, Wal. You know how I feel about machinery."
He snorted. "Machinery! Fanis, you have no idea."
"Your Grace," Ursula asked Fanis, "What are these bells, then? I have heard bells but thought them something to do with local churches."
There was a complete disconnect in her head then, as the word churches came out sounding different and it jarred.
"What are churches, dear?" Fanis mangled the word. "I don't know that word. Bells, well, there are twenty bells in a day but the numbers start again at dawn and dusk. You will hear the clock bells every, well, bell, and also at the halves and quarters. There is a special bell rung at noon and midnight as well."
"But... I thought I heard a kind of code."
"Why, of course. If there was not a way of coding the bells, as you say, they would become very long and tedious by the end of the day, is it not so? And everybody would have to stand and count, and maybe make mistakes. This way we all get to know the groups, and it is plain what the time might be."
"Oh, I see. Thank you, Your Grace."
That explains some of the obscure references I have heard the last few days, then. So, I must remember to call them bells and not hours.
Why bother? Why invent a whole new system of marking time just for me? Or have I missed something? Is there more going on here than just for me?
Eriana, Semma and Kalmenar entered the room and greeted those already there.
"Eriana, Ursula says that her memory returned this morning just before dawn."
"Oh, did it? That is good news." The Princess came and sat down on the other side of Ursula. "And do you feel well now? No more headaches?"
"I do feel much better now, thank you." Ursula thought and remembered. "Your Highness."
"I cannot think what it must be like to have something like that happen to me. Maralin has explained but that is not the same, is it?" She leaned forward, a light hand on Ursula's arm. "If you have need of someone to talk to, then you may always come to me, you know that."
"Thank you, Highness."
Maralin entered beside Hambran. Maralin wore a nondescript outfit that looked like it had come from an old Hollywood drama. He bowed to Wallesan.
"Good morning, Your Grace." He turned. "Good morning, Your Highness, Your Grace, Mistress Ursula."
Hambran wore a strange uniform and saluted the Duke by raising the palm of his right hand up as though he was going to say an oath. The uniform looked vaguely odd, a short-sleeved tunic of bright blue with a diagonal white sash, over gray tights and strange mesh boots apparently woven from white string. There were epaulets and unit badges on the shoulders of the tunic.
"Good morning, Your Grace."
"Good morning, Hambran." The Duke rubbed his hands. "Now that we are all here, let us eat. Find yourselves seats, please, we have no order of status at my table." He grinned at the others. "Except that I have the biggest chair, of course! Oh, Fanis, it is good to be back home!"
As they sat down he added, "Maralin, Ursula says that her memory has returned. There are pressing tasks I must needs attend to after breakfast, so I will leave her in your care to explain what you think fit. Have a care, you will need a female companion with her should you choose to speak to her alone."
"As you command, Your Grace."
Maralin's brow creased with thought as he sat down. It had been easy to speak with the Duke, with Keren and even Robanar whenever he wanted, since they were all men. All of Garia's retinue knew what was going on - well, most of it, anyway - so there was no problem talking to her, but Ursula would have to have a chaperone with her... one who knew the score.
It was apparent that there could be only one choice, and that was a person he had only briefly met since he had returned. As the meal progressed, he called to a footman and gave some instructions.
"Your Grace," Maralin then addressed Fanis, "Is there a private room I may use to talk to Ursula? I am not familiar yet with the mansion."
"Of course, Maralin. I'll show you once we have risen. Oh, unless you have need of it, Wal?"
"Hmm? No, Ursula is the most important matter now, Fanis." He swept a careful arm over the table. "If necessary I can hold my court in here."
When the diners rose Wallesan took Hambran aside while Fanis guided Ursula and Maralin out of the room. She led them a short way along the corridor to a newly-finished door on the other side.
"This is a small chamber Wallesan will use for private conversations, Maralin. It's slightly different to what was here before but that should not matter to either of you. If you need anything, you know the ropes to pull."
"Thank you, Your Grace. Uh, we have to wait until Ursula's chaperone arrives. Ah! Here she is."
The footman came down the stairs at the end of the corridor with a small woman in her mid twenties. As they approached, her face asked a question.
"Maralin?"
He smiled at her. "Thank you for taking time to join us, Renita. If I may introduce Mistress Ursula, who we... Um, that can wait. Look, I have need of you for a bell or two because I have to talk to Ursula. Alone. In there." He pointed. "She comes from the same place I do."
"Oh!" Renita put her hands to her cheeks. "Another one! Aye, I understand. Your Grace, by your leave?"
"Of course, Renita. Maralin? If you have need, pull the rope."
"Thank you again, Your Grace."
Maralin opened the door and gestured the others to enter. Inside was a small chamber of stone, like most of the new building, with a window facing a different courtyard that backed, it seemed, onto the walls of Joth. In the center was a small round table with four chairs, and there was a jug of water and four beakers on a tray on the table. He gestured again.
"Find yourselves a seat, please. If I may complete the introductions, now that we are alone. Renita, this is Ursula, who we found on an island in the Sirrel as we sailed here from Dekarran. We know she comes from Earth because of the way she was dressed and what she had on her. Like myself and others, she had lost her memory and only regained it early this morning, so she is probably wondering what is going on.
"Ursula, this is Renita, a kitchen worker who befriended me when I arrived some months ago. We came to know each other well and I had to let her into the secret of my origins. She has no problem with that and, now that I am back in Joth, we will be married just as soon as it can be arranged." He added, "In the Great Valley, it seems that it is thought improper for a man to be alone with a woman unless they are married. That is why I asked for Renita to join us today."
"Oh? I see."
Another obstacle! A woman can't be left on her own, then. Is that why Bennet stayed with me last night? That will make things much more difficult.
Maralin sat down facing Ursula, with Renita nearest the door. He considered the best way to begin.
"Look. This is going to sound strange, but this is going to be almost impossible to explain. The best way is probably to tell you what happened to me. When I arrived, I wasn't expected. I was found in a ditch when this city was being evacuated. I can explain why that happened another time, I imagine. They all thought I had been hit on the head somehow and that was why my memory had gone. Nobody had any idea of the truth.
"So, when my memory returned I realized that I would be in great danger if I said anything about my origins. That sort of worked for a while but circumstances meant that the secret came out, fortunately among friends. I was brought to the Duke and he understood immediately what danger I was in, which is why I work for him now."
"But?"
"But the problem I had was, is any of this real, or am I dreaming? Am I in the grip of drugs, am I insane or what? It turns out, strangely, that what is the answer."
Ursula stared at him. To have her own thoughts spelled out to her was an indication that he knew what was going on.
That didn't begin to solve her problem, though.
"And what is the answer, then?"
Maralin grimaced. "I'll tell you what you need to know, but it is up to you whether you believe me or not. The truth is, you are in a new body, constructed from your original DNA, on a world over a thousand light years from Earth. Your body is approximately just as it was when you died and left Earth."
"Died? I have died? What is this then, some kind of afterlife?"
"Absolutely not! These are real human bodies and they can be damaged, misused or killed just like the original ones. You have been given a second chance, if you want to look at it that way, and it will be up to you whether you put it to good use." He paused. "It is very unlikely that there will be a third chance, you understand?"
Ursula thought. "But some of this is impossible. You say I died on Earth? How do you know?"
"Because of the transfer mechanism." Careful, here. "Or, at least, what we think we know of it. When you arrived, you would have been carrying exact copies of everything you had on your body at the moment of death. That includes clothes and items in pockets. Your clothes were soaked with blood, ripped and torn, probably by a bear. The marks don't indicate that you could have survived."
"A bear?" Ursula thought. "Very well, that may be possible. Why are the clothes copies? I do not understand."
Maralin shrugged. "A thousand light years is a long way to haul goods, Mistress. It takes a lot of energy. Easier, we think, to just transfer a description of the goods and make fresh copies of them."
"Are you guessing or do you know?"
Maralin hesitated and Ursula spotted it. "I know a little more, but the situation is very complex and I'm not permitted to say too much. I'm sorry. I wasn't sure how much you would understand anyway."
"It is not what I understand but what I believe. Most of what you have just said sounds unlikely."
Maralin spread his arms. "I cannot help that. I didn't design the universe. I'm just telling you what we think is what happened."
"And I am not sure I believe any of it. There are things that don't make sense. For example, on Earth I was not a woman but a man."
Maralin nodded. "We know."
"How?"
He grinned. "Canadian driver's license in your wallet. You don't look much like the picture."
"My wallet! You have all my things? Can I see them? It might confirm what you say."
"Of course, but for now they have been locked away because they might give the wrong idea to people who saw them. I don't even know where they might have been put."
Ursula was frustrated. This whole thing was beginning to look like a huge setup of some kind, but the money that had obviously been put into it was also a problem. Who would spend this much money and for what ultimate purpose?
"I was a man there and I'm a woman here. How is that possible? You said they used the DNA, if that were true that wouldn't happen, I would be a man again. I don't believe your story."
Maralin laughed. "Really? Ursula, tell me my name."
"Your name? Why it is Maralin... oh!"
Maralin stood and bowed. "If I may introduce myself. I am now Maralin of Joth, but formerly I was Marilyn Baker of Chicago, Illinois, United States of America. Yes, I was a woman before I died, in an apartment fire. When I arrived I was wearing nothing but a nightdress and a pair of house slippers."
Ursula was shocked. She had thought her own experience unique, but to find another... but maybe that was part of the plan, too.
"What of this other person you keep speaking about? Garia, is that her name?"
Maralin sat down again. "Yes, she was previously an American boy, Gary Campbell from Hays, Kansas. He was in his final year at school. We don't know how he died, though."
"Don't know? But you know how you died."
Maralin grimaced. "Yes, but as I said I know a little more about the process. If you would let me explain?"
Ursula looked disgruntled. "I suppose so."
He thought. "Let me first tell you what we know about the world you are now on, then. Why we have changed gender follows on from that, in an odd sort of way. Right. This planet is called Anmar by the people who live in this part of it. I would guess, since we don't know, but others on other continents might call it something else.
"There are Beings, aliens if you will, who have been colonizing Anmar from various other planets for a long time. Various animals and plants have been brought from Earth and who knows where else. You will see some very strange things when you have been here long enough, and... some of them are frankly terrifying. There are creatures called dranakh that look like hippos but live on the land and pull wagons and carriages for these people. The small riding animals you saw are called frayen and we think they evolved from rhinos. There is a wool animal called a pakh which is a direct copy of an Earth alpaca."
"What about us? In this fantasy world of yours, when did we come?"
Maralin ignored the jibe. "Humans have been brought here, singly and in groups, for thousands of years. Groups were brought to colonize regions of this continent, which is called Alaesia. On the west coast, there are people who we think might be descendants of Japanese colonists. Eriana's people are really Vikings who thought they were sailing to North America a thousand years ago. Their ships were wrecked on the shores of what became Einnland."
"You expect me to believe this? I am not that stupid!"
Maralin shrugged. "In the long run it doesn't matter if you believe me or not." He grinned. "Would you like me to show you some genuine Roman remains? You probably think you are still in Canada, can you tell me where the Romans left whole amphitheaters in Canada?"
"Romans?" Ursula waved a hand. "Not Canada, perhaps, but maybe Hollywood. I have heard that some of the old sets still exist there."
Maralin touched a finger to his forehead in salute. "Touché. I forgot Hollywood. But you will see things here that are impossible to make up, I can assure you."
"I still do not believe you. To make me believe, you will have to show me some of these impossible things."
"Hmm. Could be tricky. As I was saying, we have aliens - Beings, we call them - who have been bringing people and stuff over for a long while. Occasionally, the mechanism misfires while reading the DNA and out pops someone with the wrong gender. That's what happened to you and me. Who knows? Maybe other malfunctions occur and they have to start again."
"If there are malfunctions, why didn't these aliens notice and correct them? Start again, make us what we should be?"
"Well, these Beings aren't human, and they aren't all the same species either. There's a kind of Commonwealth of Beings running this big project, and all worlds with life on them have observers or overseers or something of that kind. Maybe some of the observers don't have genders the same way we do, and don't notice what to them would be minor differences."
"Minor differences! You call suddenly becoming a woman a minor difference?"
Maralin shrugged. "What do I know? To a slug, or a sea urchin, or a barnacle, gender is a minor difference. How would such a creature be able to tell what the gender of a human was, let alone distinguish between two different ones? It might just as well think that all people with blond hair are male and those with dark hair are female."
Ursula stared again before reluctantly nodding. "I take your point. Slugs and barnacles are hermaphrodites," she smiled faintly, "at least on Earth. But you haven't solved my problem. How do I tell that I am really somewhere else entirely, and not still on Earth?"
Renita spoke up at that point. "Mistress, if I may. Maralin, if we may take her to the kitchen. Did you not tell us, in Possen's kitchen, that you did not know any of the meats or vegetables? That they did not grow in Shicargo?"
This time it was Maralin who was surprised. "Aye, Renita, that is an excellent idea! Let me think about this for a moment."
Is there any risk in taking her to the kitchens? There is something going on with Ursula that worries me. I don't know if she can be trusted... yet. Though, that Being did say that she was in the right place.
Some minor precautions might be wise, I think.
He rose and pulled one of the ropes hanging against one of the walls. After a very short interval the same footman who had shown Renita down opened the door.
"Kassen, I want to take Mistress Ursula here to have a look at the kitchens, only I don't really know my way around the mansion yet. Would there be a spare armsman or two able to escort us? I'm concerned for her safety."
Kassen bowed briefly. "Of course, Tenant. You require somebody who is familiar with the mansion, aye? I will see who is available."
The armsman who appeared a short while later turned out to be Dirgan, who Ursula had met earlier. Maralin did not know him, however.
"I am taking our guest to the kitchens," he explained to the man. "I'd like you to join us since the Duke is concerned for her safety, as she has now recovered her memory and could be in some danger."
If Dirgan wondered what dangers there could be in the kitchen, he kept them to himself. "Aye, Tenant. Are you all going?"
"Of course. Renita works in the kitchen and it was she who suggested the idea."
They followed Dirgan through the lobby and ante-room into the main kitchen, where preparations for lunch were getting under way. Farren immediately noticed them and came over, looking with interest at the one person he didn't know.
"Master Farren, this is Mistress Ursula, who is a guest of His Grace. Until last night she had lost her memory but it seems that it has now returned. Unfortunately, she has trouble believing where she is now. I wondered if she could have a look at the food in your kitchen, maybe that will help her understand. We'll try to keep out of your way."
"Welcome, Mistress Ursula. I am Farren and I run these kitchens for His Grace. I'm not certain what Maralin expects to achieve, but by all means you may look at whatever you wish. Fortunately we have only just begun to prepare lunch so you should not be in the way."
Ursula just nodded, so Maralin asked, "Let's begin with the vegetables and fruits, then."
"Of course, Maralin. If you would come this way."
At the far end of the kitchen were several walk-in larders and Farren led them into one.
"It is early in the season still, and we do not have the choice that comes later this year. Still, it may be enough for your purposes." He added, "If I may leave you to... whatever it is you are doing. I'm sure that Renita can show you anything else of interest."
"Thank you, Master Farren."
Ursula picked up fruits, nuts, leaves and vegetables, feeling and sniffing each one. Finally she turned to Maralin.
"You are right, there is nothing here that I recognize, but that still proves nothing. Any or all of these could come from other parts of the world... from other parts of Earth. I don't know fruits and vegetables from everywhere."
Maralin was stumped, and then realized the obvious answer. "If you would follow me. Renita, show us to the room where the meat is kept."
"Surely, Maralin."
She led them to a larger room over the other side of the kitchens from the larders. Opening a thick door, they followed her into a cold room. Straw lined the floor and great blocks of ice were stacked against the walls. Hanging from hooks on iron rails from the ceiling were lines of carcases.
Maralin gestured. "Now explain to me where you would find any of these on Earth!"
Ursula walked confidently over to a line of large carcases and then stopped. She turned.
"How did you do this? These animals are impossible!"
Maralin explained, "That is a gavakhan, one of our meat animals. Think of them as a cow analog, although they don't give milk. I don't know where they came from, but it certainly wasn't Earth."
"Lies! These things are made up by putting bits of carcase together!"
Maralin shrugged. "Fine. They are naked meat. You point out to me where the joins are."
Ursula became more agitated as she closely examined several of the carcases, even using her hands to get a better look inside one.
"I know a little of anatomy and these animals cannot be! How is it done?"
"I have already told you, it isn't done. These animals grew up the same way you and I did, with a father and a mother who made sure they got fed the right amount of the right kind of food. They just didn't evolve on Earth, that's all."
Ursula pointed to the next row. "What are these, then?"
"Those are zinakh, I think. They are the local equivalent of an Earthly pig, or more accurately perhaps a wild boar. I'm told they are extremely vicious but good hunting." Maralin gestured to another row. "What about our avians, then? We don't have birds on Anmar, we have avians instead. There are several kinds we farm and eat regularly."
Ursula walked across to the two lines of avians hanging ready for use. None had yet been skinned or jointed.
"These aren't feathers... four legs?" She spun to Maralin. "Explain!"
"As I said earlier, these don't come from Earth. I don't know if the six-limbed animals evolved locally or if they were brought in from a different world. There is no fakery here, Ursula." The word fakery came out in English and it startled her. "If you like, we can take a trip out into the countryside and I can show you living versions of these animals."
Her shoulders slumped and she shook her head. "I have to believe but I cannot believe... take me back to that room, please."
As they passed back through the main kitchen, Maralin asked Farren to provide pel for three.
"Surely, Maralin. And, if I may ask, will Renita be able to return to the kitchen soon? Normally we might manage, but with His Grace newly returned home, I want to make sure there are no mistakes."
"Renita? Oh, of course. I am planning to have finished before lunchtime, if that is what is worrying you."
Farren bowed slightly. "Thanks to you, Maralin. And I see now that I am delaying you."
Maralin smiled and made a dismissive wave. "Not by very much, Master Farren. I will think of something interesting to tell you next time I call in."
The group retraced their route to the small meeting room. Ursula and Renita went in while Maralin had a brief word with Dirgan, who took up a post outside the door. Maralin closed the door behind himself and the three resumed their seats.
"This all appears real but it cannot be real!" Ursula said. "Is this some weird kind of virtual reality or am I completely insane?"
The words virtual reality came out in English and it puzzled her. "Why do certain words sound different?"
Maralin shrugged. I need to get her to accept before I can get technical. "They are words that aren't in the local language."
"Local language?" Ursula was outraged. "There is no local language! All this time we have been speaking in perfect Russian -"
The shocked look on her face told Maralin that Ursula has just realized that she was not, in fact, speaking Russian or any other Earth language.
"But we are not, are we?" he said softly. "When we arrive here, we are obviously going to be at a disadvantage so the Beings give us a kind of internal translator. You think in your native language, which I assume from your remark is Russian?"
Ursula nodded, stunned.
"But something happens between your brain and your mouth, so what comes out is the local equivalent - if there is one. If there is not, then the... English word, or in your case the Russian word, will be used instead, and from that time forward that will be the word you will hear. On the way in, you will hear what the locals say and the translation happens in reverse. Once you have been here long enough you should start to think in the local tongue and the translation drops away."
"But that is impossible!"
Maralin smiled. "But it gets better, too. You may have noticed that you have started to pick up what the Norsemen say to one another. In fact, Garia and I think we now have inside us translators for any local language we may come across. She spoke to me a few words of a people who live... four or five thousand... kilometers away, say, and I understood it right away."
Her expression was sullen. "Now you are making fun of me." Then a grudging, "I did understand some of what they said, and I wondered why."
He held up a finger. "It only works for spoken words, mind. If you need to learn to read and write you have to do it the hard way, although your improved memory should help there."
"Improved memory?"
"Yes. Because of the fact they have to grow you a new body, they also have to put your original memories in it. That's the reason you have had all those headaches, because the physical brain isn't identical to what you had before so the memory has to adapt, and that takes a few days. You end up with a memory that is so good you can probably remember every single meal you have ever had, what you wore on any day, who you spoke to and so on. It is very useful but it can also be uncomfortable." His face changed. "There are some things that are best forgotten."
Just then one of the kitchen servants knocked on the door and came in with a tray with three mugs of pel on it. After depositing the tray on the table, he bowed and withdrew. Renita passed round the mugs and they each took a sip.
Ursula picked up Maralin's last remark. "There are things you wish to forget?"
"Of course. Doesn't everybody have things best left behind?"
He put down his mug and shifted to English. "In my case, at the end of my short life on Earth I was a drug addict, a junkie. I had a good career as a chef in Chicago but fell in with the wrong man and he essentially ruined me. If I died in an apartment fire it was probably an accident while I was high." He gave her a look. "The good part of that is, because only my DNA was transferred, I have no dependency problems here or anything like that. If you had any parasites, diseases, whatever, they all got left behind. Your body here is perfectly clean - until, of course, you start picking up local diseases and parasites."
She stared at him again and then nodded before responding in English.
"If only DNA is used, then of course there is no dependency. Of course, this could all be fake-up story to get me to reveal secrets. Maybe you were never drug addict."
Maralin winced at the accent. "Ouch! And you managed to get a driver's license with an English accent like that? Nobody would believe that it was yours."
She shrugged. "If stopped for car problem by traffic policeman, probably not. Was good enough for checking in hotel, though."
"Well, maybe. I think that I can guarantee that your name isn't Dugald Fairbairn, would you agree?"
She became instantly wary. "Interrogation starts now, yes?"
Maralin smacked the palm of his free hand to his forehead. "Mother of God! What do you think this place is? We're trying to help you, make you understand the new world you've arrived in, keep you safe from all the dangers you are unlikely to understand for a while. I'm not interrogating you, I'm just trying to find out where you fit in the bigger picture."
"What bigger picture? Associates, you mean? Contacts, means of travel? Why should I tell you?"
Maralin sighed. Why me? How did this happen? And the Beings said this seemed to be a 'good opportunity'!
"Look, Ursula, I'm not interested in how you got to wherever you met that bear, or who you met along the way. Nobody here is. In fact nobody else apart from me is likely to even understand any of it, because they don't have a Earth background. They don't know about planes or steamships or cellphones or modern stuff, in fact steam engines, electricity and railroads have only been known about on Anmar for about six months.
"As far as I am concerned, it is just a background story like my own that no-one else will care about. I don't give a shit about who you were or what you did, only that you arrived here and you were carefully placed so that the only two people in the area who know about Earth found you. That means that you have some kind of value here, and it would be a good idea to let us know what that is before somebody bad finds out and abducts you."
"Is all story to make me tell you what you want to know. You will keep me here until I give you knowledge."
"No, we won't. I can almost guarantee that. I say almost because I serve the Duke and he may have different ideas. What he'll tell you is likely to be the same thing he told me, that we serve a higher power and if required by them then we may go wherever we need to. If you choose to stay in his lands, then he'll accept your fealty and give you a position here, as he did for me. If you choose to leave, then I'm guessing, but I think that first he'll want to make certain that you can look after yourself.
"Remember two things, though. The first is that you are now a woman and there are certain expectations about the way you behave and do things. It isn't so bad, but this part of the world isn't like, for example, Saudi Arabia, thank God. There will be customs you'll have to follow, some of which could get you into trouble if you don't.
"The second thing is that you have knowledge of Earth matters, even if you won't tell them to us now. You may think that you don't, but Gary Campbell was in his senior year at school and had no practical experience of almost anything. Garia, on the other hand, has almost completely overturned society in the Kingdom she now lives in. Personally, I have almost completely rebuilt the armed forces of Joth from the ground up, despite being a drugged-out twenty-five year old restaurant chef in Chicago.
"The third person, Yves Perriard, appeared in the country of Yod, further upstream, and he stayed a boy as far as we know. That country had a warped society that was a little like Nazi Germany in the '30s. They didn't treat him kindly but tortured out of him the knowledge of gunpowder weapons. Fortunately he didn't tell them everything and we managed to beat them. It was Yod who captured this city last fall and drove everybody so that they could use its resources to launch an attack on Palarand, for the main purpose of obtaining Garia by force or, if they could not do that, to kill her to prevent her giving away more knowledge.
"Mistress Ursula, this is a very dangerous world and you know nothing about it."
She seemed less certain, but her response came back. "Could still all be story."
Maralin shrugged. "I don't know what more to say. You'll have to make your own mind up, and I hope you do that soon. Just remember this, though. If you are unconscious somewhere on Earth, still in a coma in a hospital bed, perhaps, or high on drugs, or in some kind of virtual reality that I can't even imagine, think of it this way. You can't affect anything real if you are unconscious or out of it. Would you agree with that?"
She thought about the proposition for a long moment and then reluctantly nodded. "Is true."
"So forget that, and deal with what you see before you. You can't ignore what you might think of as a dream, because even dreams have rules. Whatever the real world is doing, you have to deal with the reality that you seem to exist in, until you can do otherwise, do you understand?"
"Da. Is logical. Very well, Maralin. I must act as if in movie. I understand. But that does not mean that I tell you anything."
He sighed. "There's nothing more I can say or do. You'll probably manage on your own, since we all did, but I would think that you won't be anywhere near as effective than if you co-operated with us. We're only doing this to protect you, after all."
There was an uncomfortable silence as they sat and drank their pel while staring at each other. Renita, who had not understood the English part of the conversation, was only able to watch the others with concern. She trusted Maralin but the situation was beyond her imagination. It did prove that he knew what he was doing and, by extension, that he was who he had claimed to be. This in turn satisfied her that she had made the right decision in following him into the Duke's service.
Ursula put down her mug and reverted to the local tongue. "What happens now?"
"I have no idea. I'll have to report all this to His Grace, of course, but that can wait. He's been away from Joth for some months and he probably has a lot of things to deal with right now. Have you any questions that I can answer?"
"What about me? Can I go where I want to? That is what you said, wasn't it?"
"Hmm. Let's talk to the Duke first, okay? This is his house and he makes the rules here. My feeling is that you'll be able to explore, within reason, but you'll have to have someone with you when you do so, for the reasons I mentioned before. One, you're a woman and you can't go anywhere without a chaperone, and two, you could get lost or end up somewhere which could be dangerous - like the chamber where his armsmen are training, for example. Do you accept that?"
She thought about this. "If I must. I have other needs. Apparently Bennet and Semma wear bras but I have none." A thought occurred to her. "Am I embarrassing you by speaking of such things? I can wait and ask the Duchess if you like."
"You do remember that I used to be a woman, right? In public, it probably would be embarrassing but not in here. You're right, thinking about it, you only have the clothes that we managed to buy at the markets along the way, and even then you had to borrow some from the others, didn't you? If you're going to stay here you'll need a full set of underwear appropriate for the season and location and some dresses and gowns fit for a Duke's mansion." He stood up. "Let's go and find Fanis."
They opened the door and filed out into the corridor, which was full of people in various kinds of uniform and attire. Maralin released Dirgan and led the way back to the dining room, pushing his way through those waiting to have words with the Duke. Hambran saw them and made a space to one side. Looking across at the line of people waiting, Maralin thought that his quest was not going to be successful, but Hambran had other ideas.
"Can you not wait until lunch, Maralin? Most of these will have left by then."
"I actually wanted to speak with the Duchess, sir. Since we picked up Mistress Ursula along the river, she has almost no wardrobe, and even less that is fit for His Grace's court."
"Why, of course! Her Grace is speaking to some women from the city over there but I'm sure she can find a moment to have a word with you."
The small group made their way through the throng and waited until the Duchess had come to a break point in her current discussion. Hambran waved and caught her eye.
"Can I do something for you, Captain?"
"Your Grace, if Maralin may have a word. It concerns Mistress Ursula."
"Oh, as you say. If I may have a moment."
Fanis finished off her conversation and bid the women farewell, before beckoning the party to join her.
"Maralin, what is it you need? Ursula, how do you feel today?"
"I am feeling well, Your Grace," Ursula replied. "Maralin suggests that I ask you for clothing. I only have what we found in markets along the river."
Fanis raised an eyebrow at Maralin, who responded, "Your Grace, Ursula is right, we had to obtain what we could in the local markets after we rescued her from the river, since her own clothing wasn't suitable. However, now she is here, she hasn't anything that would be good enough for a woman in your court or around the city. She also has very little underwear, and nothing that will help when Kalikan comes. Do you know if the bra patterns have arrived from Palarand yet?"
Fanis nodded. "They have, and I have given them to our seamstresses in the city to deal with. They are having trouble with the instructions, I deem. Perhaps this is the wrong question to ask you, but do you have knowledge of the patterns and how they work?"
"As it happens, Your Grace, I do, but only because I was involved in some of the design for printing them. Do you want me to help?"
Fanis grinned. "Please, Maralin, though the worthy wielders of shears and needles may not care to take instruction from a mere man. I will summon those who have the patterns to the palace this afternoon, and we can find a quiet chamber where you shall explain all."
Maralin grinned back. "That... could be interesting, Your Grace. We can but try. What about other clothes for Ursula? She'll need petticoats, nightdresses, day and evening gowns at the very least, I would guess."
"Surely. I will ask for a dressmaker to attend tomorrow morning, then, and she can be properly measured for all that she will need. How say you, Mistress?"
Ursula briefly curtseyed. "Thank you, Your Grace... but who is to pay for all these clothes?"
Fanis waved a hand. "Do not think of coin, dear. You are a castaway in our care, we are obliged to help as we would help anyone with such needs. Is it not so where you came from?"
Maralin answered, "Your Grace, that is not usually how things are done on Earth. I will explain at a more private time."
"As you say, Maralin. And now, if you would all excuse me, I must needs speak with this couple before we finish the session and clear the room for lunch."
Hambran and Maralin bowed. "As you command, Your Grace."
Ursula is pronounced fit, but some of the crew is not, so there will be an enforced delay before the Visund can sail again. Ursula has an unexpected encounter with an unlikely beast before joining a conference about clothing that confuses her even more.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
11 - The Tailor of Joth
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"There you are!"
Two women pushed their way through the crowded room towards Maralin, Ursula and Renita. Maralin recognized them as the healers from yesterday, who had promised to come again and check Ursula over.
He bowed towards them. "Mistress Senia, welcome. I'm sorry, I forgot you were coming this morning and the Duke is overwhelmed with people wanting instructions or advice or something. If we may go somewhere quieter."
"Tenant Maralin, good morning." Senia eyed the throng. "Aye, this would not be the best place to conduct an intimate examination."
"As you say! We've just been talking in a small meeting room across the corridor. It might still be empty. Would that be good enough?"
"I would think so."
"If you would follow me, then."
Maralin led them back out of the dining room and back across the corridor, discovering an obstacle as he did so.
"Renita, if I may ask you to accompany Ursula, since I doubt that Mistress Senia would want me inside while she examines her. I will stand guard out here until you have finished."
Renita smiled at him. "Of course, Maralin."
The four women went inside and closed the door. Senia motioned Ursula over to the window, to obtain more light, and looked at her face.
"Is this what Tenant Maralin meant last night?" she asked. "You seem different somehow, is that because your memory has returned?"
Ursula nodded. "It has, Mistress. I don't remember exactly when, but it was very early this morning. I think I woke with a particularly bad headache, and the next thing I knew it was daylight and I knew who I was."
"Ah, that is a relief! You will forgive me, I am concerned when I do not know why someone is not well and I cannot decide the proper treatment for them. Have you had any headaches since?"
"None at all, Mistress. In fact my head seems unusually clear since this morning."
"Good, good." The healer smiled, "Well, that is the larger part of my task done today, at least so far as you are concerned. Do you have any other problem I should be told about? Aches, pains, minor wounds, for example?"
Ursula returned a wry smile. "I have some bruises from the other day, when our ship was attacked by that big fish. Nothing that need concern you or your friend. If I may ask, you are a healer?"
"Why, of course, that is my job, Mistress, to be available should any have an injury through accident or fight, or if they should catch a disease." Senia tilted her head. "Is it not the same where you come from, Mistress? By your accent I know you are not from the Great Valley."
She thought carefully. Is this another attempt at gathering information? But she says she is a healer, a medic, and she might not know what my interest might be. Best to be sparing with my answers until I know more.
"Where I come from, many of the healers, as you call them here, would be men. Our women medical staff mostly care for those in our hospitals."
"Hospitals? I do not know that word, but I believe you must mean the Houses of the Sick."
Ursula nodded. "I think so. I don't know the local word but you are probably right. It looks like matters are arranged a different way here, which was why I was asking."
"As you say, Mistress. There are few healers in the Great Valley who are men, other than those involved in military matters, and those few are mostly trained to deal with battle wounds, obviously."
Battle wounds? If this place is somehow real, then logically those wounds would be knife, sword and spear, I suppose. They wouldn't have gunshot wounds around here, would they?
"I see. Thank you for your trouble. Can I call on you if anything happens to me? I have been told that I shouldn't have any more problems, but that is only what I've been told."
Senia gave her a smile. "Of course, Mistress. Since neither you nor I know anything about your ailment, except what little we have been told, it is a wise precaution. You are in the Duke's mansion now, so a simple request to the Duchess should bring me here within half a bell, should it be necessary."
"Thank you again. What happens now?"
"Why, Mistress, I do not know what the Duke has arranged for his guests, you had best enquire of him or the Duchess. For myself, I must needs make a report to him concerning the injuries that happened on the ship."
"I would like to listen to that, if I may. Both Maralin and I were on the ship with Her Highness and her crew."
In the corridor Senia explained to Maralin what she had to do and he added himself to their party. He was not in uniform, and most of the Duke's household had not seen him for some time, but nevertheless he managed to shepherd the women into the dining room again and over towards the mob surrounding the Duke. They were spotted by Fanis and intercepted.
"Your Grace," Maralin explained, "Healer Senia must needs report to His Grace on the state of the crew of our ship before she leaves."
"Ah? Then wait you here and I will see if I can get Wallesan to spare a few moments. As you can see, it has been mayhem in here since everyone discovered that he had returned." She rolled her eyes with a smile. "You would think that the city could not run without him, yet here we have been quietly doing just that ever since you both departed, Maralin!"
"I could not possibly comment, Your Grace!"
"Indeed, Maralin. Now, Ursula, I assume you have just been examined by Senia?"
"I have, Your Grace, and she finds nothing else wrong."
"That is good news, I deem. Now, let me have a word with Wallesan."
After a few moments the Duke beckoned them over.
"Senia, what news?"
"Your Grace, your guest Mistress Ursula seems to be in good health. By your leave, I have asked that she call for me if there is anything that concerns her."
Wallesan smiled at Ursula. "That is good news. Of course, if there is need, someone will call. What can you tell me of those on the Visund?"
"As to those on the ship of Her Highness, I can report the following. One man has a broken arm, it has been set reasonably well so I have made him a plaster cast until the join heals. Four men have twisted or sprained ankles, including the pilot. All of those have been securely strapped and they have been told not to walk on them for a week. Four others have rib damage, we are not certain if some are cracked or broken so we have treated them all the same, they have also been strapped and told to rest for two weeks. For the rest, one or two cuts, almost all have bruises of varying severity and I have given their leader Tor salve for the most painful. I was impressed by the knowledge the men had of such injuries and how to remedy them."
Wallesan gave her a knowing look. "Considering the life that most of those men have been accustomed to, I am not surprised. And Her Highness? Have you also examined her and her female companions?"
"I have, Your Grace, and they carry the same bruises as her crew. I could not find any injury more serious than that."
Wallesan stroked his chin. "So, we have one with a broken arm, four with sprained ankles and four with possible broken ribs. You will tell me that they should not be sailing again for some time."
Senia shook her head. "If they had sustained battle wounds, then of course I must needs do what I can for them and send them on their way, Your Grace, but we are no longer at war and there is no urgency. Her Highness and her companions accompanied us back here from the ship and she asked me much the same question. I told her that she could leave her men here, in our care, or she could wait for them to be whole again."
"How long?"
"For the broken arm, I would recommend that the man remained here until the bone has healed altogether, Your Grace. That may be a month, more likely to be two, possibly three if there are any complications. For the ankles, they should be fit for work in four weeks or so. The ribs, two to three weeks, and then to do light work only - which may not be possible on a ship, of course."
Wallesan pursed his lips. "A significant delay! How did Her Highness take it?"
"I do not think she was concerned, Your Grace. She told us that she followed no timetable, that she went where and when she willed, so remaining here but gives her an opportunity to explore Joth more than she would otherwise have done."
The Duke nodded. "That sounds like Eriana. Senia, I thank you for your time on this matter, I had better let you return to your patients now."
"Your Grace." Senia curtseyed and then she and her companion turned and made their way out of the crowded room.
Wallesan turned to Maralin. "Have you explained our world to Ursula, then?"
"I have Your Grace, but unfortunately she does not believe what I told her." He looked at her briefly before adding, "I believe that she thinks that this is some kind of setup, an elaborate play-acting arrangement that is somewhere still on Earth, arranged for us to obtain information from her, but what she thinks we want to know I cannot imagine."
"On Earth! I am told that conditions on Earth are somewhat different than those here, and that it is easy to tell the difference. Mistress Ursula?"
Ursula said, "What would you do in my place, Your Grace? I have just woken up and been told a story that sounds so unbelievable that it is more likely that I am dreaming, or maybe under the influence of drugs." She waved her hand around at the crowded room. "All of this, all of it, could be inside my head. How can I prove what is real and what is not?"
"I have no answer for you, Mistress. Maralin?"
"I have told her that both Garia and I face the same problem, and that all we can really do is to treat what we see before us as real, since we cannot affect whatever else might be happening while we are here."
"As you say. What about the Beings? Do you accept they are real?"
Maralin's response was guarded. "Your Grace, we should not speak of such matters here. If anyone overhears us, it could cause trouble."
Wallesan looked frustrated. "You are right, Maralin. This is a conversation better left for a more private time. Fanis, if you would take our friends to a corner and wait while I dispose of a few last problems. Then, I deem, we must needs clear the room for the dining table to set up. Over lunch we can decide what to do next with our unexpected guest."
Since there were already a number of women in the dining room, Fanis decided that Renita could return to the kitchens. She bade them farewell and hurried off to help prepare the impending lunch. Wallesan listened to two men, gave them answers that seemed to satisfy them, and then called for his chamberlain.
"Bellot, I have talked enough this morning. Have the mansion cleared, tell those that must come back to appear here tomorrow morning after breakfast."
"As you command, Your Grace."
It took some time for the room to be cleared, with several attendees insisting that the Duke had to give them answers to petitions that they judged to be important. Wallesan decided matters by leaving, probably to go and refresh himself after the morning's onslaught. Fanis and the others found chairs and settled down to wait until lunch appeared.
They were forced to move once the tables had been erected and chose to stand around waiting for the other diners to appear. Eriana, Bennet and Semma arrived together. They had changed from their earlier uniforms, and their hair seemed to be damp, so Maralin decided that they must have had a bath after returning from the dockside. The trio joined the group.
"Your Grace," Eriana greeted Fanis formally. "Has any yet told you of my crew?"
"Eriana, they have. Healer Senia was here and reported to Wallesan that some of your men are injured, and that you have decided to remain in Joth until they are well enough to travel. Of course, you are welcome to remain in the mansion, along with Semma and Bennet. I'm sure that Wallesan will find lodgings for your men within the city, their renown is such that they are sure to be well received by all."
"You are gracious, Fanis, and I thank you for your generosity." She held up a hand. "No, I can accept that I should be a guest in your house, but I insist that the Treasury of Palarand provides the coin for feeding and housing my men... and, of course, paying for all the ale they are certain to drink!"
Fanis grinned back. "Done, Eriana!"
Maralin noticed that Eriana was now wearing a gown that had probably come from the Palace Wardrobe, while Bennet and Semma both wore the thin summer dresses they had obtained in the riverside markets. This reminded him of his other project, one that had been driven out of mind by the unexpected appearance of Ursula. He thought a moment or two and then smiled before turning to the Duchess.
"Your Grace, I have been thinking about the meeting this afternoon with the seamstresses."
"Oh, Maralin? Have you changed your mind?"
"Just the reverse, as it happens. I am reminded of another matter that will involve your seamstresses, something that happened after we left Dekarran to sail here. You see, the crew of the Visund - and that includes Her Highness, Bennet and Semma in this case - are not used to our summer heat and their clothes are too thick."
"But these dresses seem suitable to me," Fanis noted.
"That's because we took the time to find suitable wear in the wayside markets and buy them," Maralin explained. "Eriana is too tall for what was available so she was forced to wait until we arrived here. I'm sure that your seamstresses can provide whatever she needs?"
"As you say, Maralin, it should be no problem for them, even if she is so tall. But you mentioned the men."
"Ah, well, the problem there is in two parts."
He went on to explain his thoughts and Fanis's eyebrows rose as he did so.
"I did not know that you were able to do such things, Maralin! As well as being an able cook, it seems I must now consider you an expert tailor."
"Oh, no, Your Grace! I could repair clothes easily enough and I could just about make myself some light summer wear if I had to. No, I'll leave the experts to their business if I may. What I can do is to use my knowledge of..." he remembered that the others around Fanis might not know his origins, "...fashions from my homelands to suggest designs which can be easily made and would be suitable for the summer season. Eriana is already looking forward to what I can do."
Fanis seemed amused. "Then I too will look forward to this afternoon's session, Maralin."
"If I may ask, where do your seamstresses reside? I did not think that your mansion would be big enough to hold everybody."
She smiled. "Oh, of course, you have never resided in this mansion, have you? You came to us while we were guests of Sherin at Thorn. And you have visited that ridiculous palace of Robanar's! Palarand is big enough, and rich enough, that he can employ a whole army of servants in that monstrous maze of his. Joth is much smaller, but we are inside our city, and thus the city provides for us as we require. The seamstresses serve all, just as our healers, joiners and other craftsmen do. Only our personal men-at-arms, our stable staff, our cleaners and our kitchen staff remain with us at all times."
"Ah, I see, Your Grace. You have visited the palace, then?"
"Aye, and I thought that I would never find my way out again! I must needs admit that the whole place was run very efficiently. His people know what they are doing."
"As you say, Your Grace."
* * *
"Mistress Ursula."
Ursula lowered her fork. "Your Grace?"
"Is the meal to your taste? I know that some from far away lands have dietary requirements that we would consider unusual."
"Your Grace, though this is not the kind of food that I was accustomed to, I have discovered that it is tasty and pleasant to eat. I have to say that I can recognize nothing on my plate, and some of the meat is... unusual, let me say, but it is delicious. I have not yet found anything that tastes, to me, unpleasant. Of course, I have already visited your kitchen and I have no doubt that the food which is served to Your Grace will be of the highest quality."
Wallesan nodded. "As you say. As always, the quality of food served throughout my lands will vary according to the status of the household and the coin available to them, but I do not think you will be disappointed, wherever you might go. Now I have been considering what may be done with you."
Ursula gave Wallesan her full attention. "Your Grace?"
He waved a hand. "It is too soon for a significant decision, I deem. Your mind, your personality has only become fully aware of your situation since this morning, would you agree?"
"Yes, Your Grace, that is so."
"You also have some difficulty understanding where you are and if it is real or not, or within your own imagination."
She nodded. "As I explained before. Coming from where I did, most of what I see around me makes no sense at all."
"Then you will understand that it would be folly of me to allow you to go unknowing into Anmar, to face dangers the like of which you may have great difficulty understanding. Thus, I must ask you to remain here in the mansion as my guest, until a time when we both consider that you have learned enough about the world for it to be safe for you to choose your own path in life."
Ursula considered, then nodded. "I have to agree, Your Grace, but this could be a polite way of telling me I am a prisoner here."
The Duke grimaced. "Let me make it plain to you, Mistress. You are not to be held here as a prisoner, or hostage, or what you will. I must needs consider you as a ward, as perhaps I would a child who has yet to learn that the wider world has unknown dangers to be discovered and overcome. While I will grant you leave to reside here, you will be at liberty to explore the mansion and the city as you desire, saving only that you have a suitable guide with you at all times."
"A guide?"
"Aye. Remember that in this place and time you are a woman and women," he smiled and glanced at Eriana, "unless they are fit and well-trained and carry a big sword, are vulnerable to certain elements that exist in any society. Maralin will tell you that it was no different on Earth, is this true?"
Ursula considered what she had been running from and reluctantly nodded. "Unfortunately it is, Your Grace."
"I must also remind you that, as far as we are concerned, you were brought here for a particular reason, or because you may have talents which could be of use to us in the future. That being so, I deem that we should have another discussion about your future once you have learned sufficiently about your situation to speak knowledgeably about it."
"Agreed, Your Grace."
"Thank you, Mistress. Now, let us finish our meal in peace and good company. Eriana, if I may ask you about your own plans. Your men have been -"
* * *
Ursula woke with a start. It was dim in the bedroom, but the light leaking around the shutters and the drapes was strong enough to make everything clear to her vision. Her back ached where the laces of the dress had pressed against her spine.
If everyone does this every day, and in this heat I see no reason why they should not, then I think I am going to have to undress in order to take a nap. This dress is uncomfortable after a time lying down, and of course it is going to be creased as well.
It didn't matter when we were traveling, since we wore the kind of clothes that everyone accepted would get wrinkled and creased. Now I am in here, though... I will need to look a little tidier.
She listened, but there was no sound from the small room opposite where Bennet rested. There were sounds coming from outside, through the window, but she had more urgent needs to satisfy first. She carefully sat up and then stood, her feet finding the soft slippers she wore in the bedroom.
In the toilet closet, there was a problem. Squatting was now second nature to her, but the skirt of her dress seemed to have a mind of its own, and she struggled to gather it, to keep it out of the way.
I was extremely embarrassed at first when they helped me go to the toilet, but now I see that it is a natural consequence of wearing clothing like this. Nobody appears to be that bothered by the process since all women seem to do it.
There is a clever way of using the sash to tie it all up out of the way but really it needs two people to do it properly. I wonder what a woman on her own does? Oh, wait - perhaps that is why women have to be accompanied? Not necessarily to protect them against men, but to help each other during those female moments? More mysteries!
She finished and wiped, settling her clothing comfortably about her body.
Bennet's on her period, which she calls 'Kalikan'. I don't know what that means, but it seems important. It was interesting to help her when we bathed this morning. She was happy to accept my help and it didn't bother her that I was there.
Hmm. This body is that of a woman, so logically I should have periods as well. Wonder when that will happen? It might be interesting, but then again it might be unpleasant.
Back in the bedroom, the slight noise attracted her to the window. She pulled the drape away and then opened one of the shutters, squinting in the bright light outside. Her room overlooked the front courtyard where they had arrived the previous day. Facing her was a three-story building which had a covered balcony at the higher level, which ran all the way round the courtyard to her right. At the left-hand end of the building was a stone tower which had an arched opening to the street, but it did not appear to be a fortification. There were no windows, just some narrow slits halfway up, and the top just had a pitched roof, no walkways for soldiers or anything that looked defensive.
The noise came from a group of men in the courtyard, who were unloading crates from a four-wheeled wagon. Some of the crates were large and apparently needed careful handling, which meant that their contents might be fragile. There were ropes, and planks down which the larger crates were slid.
The beast pulling the wagon shocked Ursula. It appeared to be a hippopotamus, standing placidly in harness and waiting for the men to finish. The men seemed to ignore it, which implied that what she saw was routine, that this happened every day.
Then she had another shock, because the beast moved. It attempted to turn its head to see her, and that was difficult, so it bleated and then moved the wagon forward until the planks dropped with a clatter on the cobbles. The men jumped out of the way as the beast then pulled the wagon forward before twisting itself in the harness to reverse it back - at an angle, so that it could raise its head and look Ursula full in the face.
The men came round to the front of the beast and then saw where it was looking, so that she had six faces staring up at her window. The beast let out what sounded like a complex bleat before lowering its head and then ignoring her.
Did that creature just speak to me? How is this possible? This dream is getting wilder and wilder by the minute!
One of the men called up. "Good afternoon, Mistress. If we disturbed you from your nap, then I must needs apologize. We are nearly finished, as you may see."
"Thank you, no," she replied. "There was not much noise. I think that I was already awake."
"By your leave," he said with a nod, and then turned to get the men back to whatever they were doing.
Puzzled, she watched them for a short while and then turned, to find that Bennet had woken and was standing behind her.
"Did the noise waken you, Mistress?"
"I'm not certain, Bennet. I am not used to sleeping during the day, so it is not surprising that I woke a little early." She hesitated, then asked, "Can you tell me what that creature is called? The one in the courtyard, I mean."
Bennet leaned out briefly and then turned. "Why, it is a dranakh, Mistress. They are used to pull wagons and, occasionally, carriages. Have you not noticed them as we traveled on the river?"
Ursula frowned. "You're right, I probably did, but that was before my memory came back, and everything looked strange so I didn't think anything of it. Aren't they dangerous?"
"Oh, aye, Mistress, they can be very dangerous, but only to those who have not given them their trust. To their owners, they are steadfast and will defend them against every danger, even grakh and ptuvils."
Ursula was afraid to ask what grakh and ptuvils might be, so let the matter drop. Instead, she picked up a previous thought and asked, "Do you need assistance in the toilet?"
Bennet nodded. "It would be wise, I deem. There is little flow now, but easier to deal with when a friend is near. Thank you."
Once duty had been done, and clothing tidied and arranged, Bennet led Ursula downstairs to the dining room. She saw that the dining tables had been left erected and a bolt of cloth lay at one end, the bolt Maralin had bought at a market along the river.
Did that really happen? Or have I just been hypnotized into believing that it did? Have I actually traveled anywhere at all?
On one of the serving sideboards servants were handing out mugs of pel to the people already there, who mainly consisted of older women. They looked with interest at the pair as they accepted their drinks.
One of them asked, "You are from the barbarian ship?"
Another tutted, "Melisent! Be polite!" To Bennet she said, "Greetings both, I am Jorda. From your colors I believe that you did come on that strange ship, but I deem you are no barbarians."
Bennet smiled. "As you say, although you may be partly correct. I am Bennet and this is Mistress Ursula. We were passengers aboard the Visund, but the owner and crew come from lands that many would consider barbarous. I would warn you now, though, that all have sworn oaths to Robanar of Palarand, as I have, and the owner is a Princess of Palarand."
That produced an excited buzz among the dozen or so women waiting, but Bennet refused to answer any more questions, saying that it was not her place. Fanis appeared next, causing everyone in the room to curtsey. Even Ursula dipped toward the Duchess, although she only realized that she had done so after the event. The women all streamed toward their host, expecting to discover why they had been summoned.
Fanis held up a hand with a smile as they surrounded her. "Welcome, all! Have you all had pel? Good." She glanced around the room. "Now, it is true that I summoned you all here this afternoon, but the request was that of someone else, someone who has need of the best seamstresses of Joth. We must needs wait until they arrive, doubtless they have napped a little longer than we."
She had barely finished speaking when Eriana, Semma and Maralin entered the room, Eriana greeting Fanis with a smile and a nod, Semma curtseying and Maralin bowing. They each carried a cloth bag, which were placed on the table near the bolt of cloth. In addition Maralin had a document case, from which he extracted a sheaf of paper, also placed on the table.
"If I may introduce Princess Eriana of Palarand," Fanis said. "She is the owner and captain of the unusual ship which arrived late yesterday evening. The ship, its captain and crew originally came from Einnland, a distant land which most of you have probably never heard of. Briefly, it is a remote coastal country beyond the great mountains to the east and requires many days of sailing to even reach the shores of Plif. Eriana, so I am told, had a disagreement with her father -" here Fanis tilted her head with a knowing smile, "- over an unsuitable husband, so she fled, seeking a more civilized land to reside in.
"She and her crew of large, hairy warriors landed in Palarand just at the moment when we and they were plunged into the recent war. She and her men offered to help, and made a perilous winter crossing of the mountains to the north to attack Boldan's Rock, with results you all know. As reward Robanar has made them all freemen of Palarand, and granted Eriana the right to retain her title and rank by virtue of the fact that she is the daughter of a King. Here she is in Joth again, along with most of those who went with her, this time to travel the Sirrel in peace and discover what wonders the countries of the Great Valley may have to offer."
Almost everybody curtseyed low to Eriana, though this time Ursula was uncertain what to do, so did not.
The Duchess continued speaking. "Attending Her Highness, as you may see, are two companions Bennet and Semma, who are women in His Majesty's Palace Guard. Yes, they can both wield a sword, as can Her Highness. They serve Eriana as both companions and sword-maidens during her journey."
All eyes inspected both Bennet and Semma, identifiable by their sashes. Once they had been appraised, they focused on Maralin, the only man in the room, who was standing beside the table.
"Some of you will know Tenant Maralin, since he has provided you with designs for uniforms while Joth was in the hands of the enemy. It is he who has asked you here today, although you should not assume that his interest here is purely of a military nature."
That was a surprise to some of them, those who had not met him previously. He held up a hand in welcome.
"Thank you for coming here today, ladies. There are several reasons why I have asked for seamstresses, and I know that many of you have been busy in past months making uniforms for some of the armies who have recently passed through Joth. Well, not all the needs are mine, and not all of the needs involve uniforms.
"If I may first speak of Her Highness Princess Eriana. As you have just been told, she is the captain of a ship and she is taking the Visund, along with most of its crew, for a voyage of exploration along the Sirrel. As the ship is crowded, and is a working vessel, she has not brought many of the fine clothes which she has on rails in the King's palace in Palarand. Unfortunately, those clothes she has brought are working clothes, suitable for a voyage on the open ocean in cooler waters. Ladies, she is not used to the summer heat of the Great Valley and her attire is unsuitable for use on the Sirrel. As you can see by her size, it was not possible to find her lighter dresses along the way, although we did manage to find something more suitable for Bennet and Semma."
The heads went between Bennet, Semma and Eriana, inspecting the build and attire of each and weighing up the differences.
"Now I must tell you a little of my own origins," Maralin continued, using the same tale he had used before. "Some of you will know that I have been trained as a cook, but I come from a family of tailors, and I have some knowledge of that trade as well." He smiled. "Those of you who have made Joth's new uniforms know that I have some idea what I am talking about."
Some of the heads nodded, and they looked at Maralin with new respect.
"So the first task will be to provide suitable attire for Her Highness, and by that I mean both clothes that would be worn in the city, or in the presence of Her Grace, and clothes that will be suitable for journey aboard a ship on the river. You will all doubtless have ideas of the first, and after we have finished here I am sure that Her Grace will ask some to return to contract for suitable gowns. However, I have some ideas for shipboard wear, and it is those I would ask you to consider this afternoon."
Jorda, who seemed to be the senior seamstress present, raised an objection. "Master Maralin, I do not understand why you should be needed here. Surely, the measuring, designing, cutting and sewing of gowns is a simple matter for us, and I am certain that once we have measured Her Highness, there will be no difficulty providing her with both gowns for the mansion and dresses suitable for the river."
Maralin nodded. "Mistress, normally I would agree, but the Visund is not the kind of ship that you may be familiar with, and its crew very different than those who ride the barges we have passed along the way. I have traveled with them from Dekarran to Joth, and I have been able to observe how even the dresses which Bennet and Semma wear today would not be suitable for any female crew to wear."
There were mutterings, but then nods, as Maralin made the distinction clear.
He continued, "Now, one reason I am here this afternoon is that in the lands of my birth, what men and women wear is different than what is customary in the Great Valley. If I went into any detail we would be here all night, but I would just say that an adaptation of an existing design from there may be more suitable for wear on board, while still keeping within the Valley customs."
"If you would explain, Master Maralin."
Maralin walked over to the pile of paper and extracted a sheet, bringing it over to the women.
"Here it is. Oh, and I don't think that you should address me as Master. Technically I am a Tenant in His Grace's forces, attached to his household. My plain name will do when I am not in uniform."
Jorda studied the drawings before handing them to the others to look at.
"Do the women of your birth lands really wear such simple attire?"
Maralin smiled. "You do not know the half of it, Mistress. This is an adaptation of a design that is even shorter and has no sleeves at all."
"Indeed?" Jorda's eyebrows went up. "Are people not offended?"
"Once upon a time, maybe they were, but now? No. In time, fashions change, as you all know, and since the climate there is warm enough clothes have begun to shrink. There will always be those who push the boundaries of taste but in general, we accept what most people wear. Here, I have lengthened the hem to the knee, which is about as low as it can get and still be practical. I have also provided short sleeves to keep with Valley tastes."
One asked, "Maralin, I do not see any way to get into this dress. There are no laces."
"None are needed, Mistress. The garment is simply pulled on over the head, as a tunic would be. The intent is that it hangs loose, so that fresh air may help to cool the wearer, but is not so loose that the wind will lift it up."
Someone said, "But, surely, something must become visible when the wind blows!"
Eriana stepped forward with a smile. "Indeed, and that is just what happens. Now, on our journey, Maralin had a bright idea and purchased some thin cloth in the first market we visited. From that, we have made what he calls undershorts, designed also to allow the air to flow but to prevent any indiscretion. Behold!"
Without warning she lifted the skirt of her dress to show the shorts beneath. Most of the women gasped and some actually stepped back. Many cast glances at Maralin, before understanding what they were seeing and relaxing.
"Oh, how clever! Dinna, that looks much more comfortable to wear in the heat of summer!"
"I can tell you that even under my thicker dress I am more comfortable," Eriana confirmed. "These little garments took us perhaps half a bell each to cut and sew, and we girls have all worn them since that day. So, we do not care if the wind should blow."
Jorda said, "Maralin, if you would accept my apology. I would never have considered such things as these to be possible. Is there a name to your dress design?"
"We called it a shift, Mistress." He walked over to the bolt of cloth and patted it. "I found this in one of the markets along the way and it seemed to have just the right weight and texture for what I had in mind. I had intended, if time permitted, to cut and sew a sample on our journey, but that proved impossible. If this idea proves successful, then I assume that similar material may be found within the markets of Joth."
Jorda came and examined the cloth. "This is undyed karin, which is just the right cloth for the heat of summer, I deem, yet sturdy enough for the intended use. Maralin, you have chosen well. Aye, we can obtain the like cloth locally, if your design proves popular."
There followed an intense discussion of the simple design, resulting in several people deciding to make variants to see what would work and what might not - and what might look good, or what might offend onlookers. The group then turned to Maralin again.
"If I may next introduce Mistress Ursula," he began with a gesture. "Now, the story surrounding her presence here is... strange and complicated, and I do not doubt that you will all want to hear it, but, ladies, not today, we have little enough time as it is. Her immediate problem is that because of an accident during her journey she has almost no wardrobe at all, save a few items we obtained along the way. So, as for Her Highness, Mistress Ursula will need clothing suitable for someone who will, at least for now, reside in the Duke's household."
Jorda was skeptical. "Lost all her attire?"
Maralin spread his hands with an apologetic smile. "As I said, the situation is complicated, Mistress Jorda. While she may not remember what was bought, I'm sure that Bennet and Semma do, so they can perhaps tell you what she already has. If it please Her Grace, perhaps she could advise what a guest in the mansion might require."
Fanis replied, "Of course, Maralin. Though you might have knowledge of the tailor's art, you could not possibly know what Mistress Ursula will require while she resides with us. Bennet, Semma, if you would tell us what she already has." She smiled. "I am sure that Maralin will not be bored while we provide for Ursula."
Although the women were still unsettled by Maralin's presence, discussions were made and a basic wardrobe decided for Ursula, with her agreement. She would be measured after the meeting, in the small meeting room across the corridor, to preserve privacy. The only problem came when the discussion turned to the standard undergarment of the region, bodices. Maralin suggested an alternative.
"As it happens," he told them, "there is a more comfortable undergarment which is now worn commonly around Palarand city. It will support... a woman's breasts better."
Several of the women stared at Maralin. Surely he could not be about to discuss the most intimate of female body parts? They began to fidget until Fanis raised her hands.
"Ladies! Maralin was involved in printing the patterns and knows how they work. I doubt that he has ever made any of these garments himself, or fitted them to customers."
"As you say, Your Grace. This is a garment introduced by Princess Garia, and is widely worn in the lands of her birth, which are not so far from my own. That is the only reason that I am familiar with them. They are known by the name of bra and should be simple to make from small pieces of cloth. The only complication is the sizing, and I was fully instructed at the palace before we departed."
Jorda objected, "You were instructed, Maralin? Why not..." She tailed off as she realized that the only women on the ship were Eriana, who of course was a Princess, and two swordswomen, none of whom could be expected to have that level of interest in the subject.
He had an embarrassed smile. "As you have realized, there were no alternative choices, and as I have some previous knowledge, it was thought best to instruct me, so that I can in turn instruct you. So, ladies, our next topic has to be the bra patterns. Have you brought them with you?"
The patterns had been sent in a heavy folder made from thick, crude cardboard. Jorda beckoned to the woman who had carried it in and she gave the folder to Maralin. He carefully opened it and pulled out the sheets, which were printed on thick paper, onto the table. The women crowded round.
Jorda said, "We could not understand what these were for, Maralin. Some thought that it might be for some fancy design of hat. Since there are so many parts, it was not easy to determine what shape the finished garment would be, or how it would be worn, since we have not yet seen one whole."
Eriana laughed. "Mistress, I can remedy that in a moment. With your permission, Your Grace?"
It dawned on Fanis what Eriana wanted to do and she stopped and thought, but only briefly. She nodded. "You have it, but I suggest that either Bennet or Semma attends the door while the other helps you. I deem that Maralin is safe enough, but should anyone else chance to enter -"
"As you say! Semma, attend the door, if you would, while Bennet sees to my laces."
Melisent gasped, "But there is a man in the room!"
Fanis soothed her by saying, "I am sure that Maralin will do nothing improper, Mistress, while he is here, and surrounded by the rest of us. Now, Eriana is wearing her undershorts, is she not? And are not these bras designed to cover the breasts? Her Highness would never have suggested what she did if it would expose any part of her that she did not desire to be seen by him. Bennet, you may continue."
The seamstresses watched open-mouthed as Bennet loosened the laces and then helped Eriana pull her gown over her head. There were gasps as her bra was exposed. Some of them cast glances at Maralin, but he seemed unconcerned by the display.
"Oh! I see! That looks interesting, Your Grace."
Fanis was as interested as the others, as she had not encountered a bra before either. "It is certainly a different way of supporting your breasts, is it not? Eriana, how comfortable is it? How does it compare with our normal bodice?"
"It is very comfortable, Fanis, and much cooler in this weather. I find it easy to move around on board in it and it protects my breasts to a certain extent, preventing them moving about. I understand that they can be made in almost any material, and of course those with larger breasts will require more sturdy support. Before I left there was a project to make some in silk for the hot weather, but of course those would be more difficult to sew. As for bodices, I have never worn one so I cannot answer you."
Fanis was surprised. "You have never worn a bodice?"
"Why no, Fanis, we did not wear them in Einnland, but what I think must be a similar garment called a 'maidens' vest', usually made out of thick woolen cloth. When I reached Palarand, and the palace, I was immediately fitted out with my own bras."
"And this is the result." The Duchess walked all around Eriana, inspecting the novel garment. "Ah, I think I see why such a mass of pattern pieces is required for making them now." She turned to Maralin. "Am I right? The patterns are intended to provide for all sizes, Maralin?"
He nodded. "Yes, Your Grace, and this is another of Princess Garia's ideas. You see, what the palace seamstresses did was to measure all the women who worked in the palace and discovered that a small number of pattern sizes would fit most of them, with a similar number of sizes fitting most of the rest. That saves making bespoke garments for everybody. But I am certain that all this is explained on the instruction sheet which should have been enclosed."
Fanis turned to Jorda. "Is this so, Jorda? Did you find an instruction sheet?"
Jorda looked reluctant to admit it but replied, "We did, Your Grace. We thought we understood some of it but other parts made no sense at all. The fact that we did not know what a bra was or how it was supposed to be worn did not help. The sheet has some funny symbols on it. What are they?"
Fanis turned to Maralin who answered, "Okay. First, somebody has to carefully cut all these shapes out of the cardboard, that's what we call this stuff. Cut just along the outside of the black lines and that will give you pieces of the right size that you can draw round onto the cloth. You'll notice that every piece has a letter and a number inside -"
"Those are numbers? They are nothing like our numbers!"
Maralin and Fanis looked at each other. She said, "Those are known as the Garian Numbers. The system is named after her since she introduced them to us but they are much older, and come from the same place that she did. When Prince Keren passed through here last fall he left a sheet explaining the Garian numbers and they have proved so useful that we have been converting the Treasury accounts to use them just as fast as we have been able. I am surprised that you have not yet come across them."
One of the other women volunteered, "My husband has use of them, Jorda, and I can tell you that they are so much easier to use. As you know his business has connections to Palarand and the other lands to the east, and the Garian numbers are being used everywhere, it seems."
Fanis waved a hand to end the discussion. "Ladies, it seems that some of you will need tuition in the Garian numbers, then, before you may make use of the patterns. However, Maralin was describing how to use them and perhaps he should continue."
"As you desire, Your Grace. As I was saying, to decide which pattern pieces you will need, you measure around the chest just under the breasts and again at the fullest extent, perhaps while wearing a bodice to make it easier. There is an adjustment table for helping if the... customer... is wearing a bodice." He held up the sheet. "Then, you simply look up the chest number down the side, here, and the full measurement along the top, here, and the square where the sizes meet tells you the letters and numbers of the pattern pieces you'll need. There is a standard seam allowance, oh, and a separate table to tell you how long to make the shoulder straps."
"Thank you, Maralin, thank you, Eriana. If some could help Her Highness dress again?"
Jorda helped Bennet assist Eriana back into her gown and everybody relaxed somewhat. Eriana went to the bag she had brought and fished out a spare bra of her own, which was passed round.
"These buckles, Your Grace. So fine, and they will take time to make. I can see that the sewing will not take long, on so small a garment, but we must needs wait for a smith to make these metal parts."
Eriana smiled. "There is no need to wait, ladies. As you say, making these buckles would be long and tedious, as I understand the art of the smith, but Palarand has invented a new method of making them. Maralin?"
He took a small packet that had been tucked into the pattern folder and unwrapped it to show a pile of brass buckles. The women crowded round, passing the buckles out and inspecting them.
"How are these made, Maralin?" Fanis asked. "So many!"
He smiled. "So many are needed, Your Grace, that producing them by hand would never have worked. Fortunately the Palace Jeweler has an inquiring mind and invented a machine that can produce them in quantity. You simply feed a ribbon of brass in one end and a stream of these comes out the other."
Jorda turned. "But, still, Maralin, there are so many. Why, there must be a thousand in here!"
"Aye, Mistress, and the numbers soon add up, if you think about it. Four of those to a bra, and how many bras will a woman need? I would suggest at least three in order to have one clean, one on and one in the wash. Then perhaps two more of a larger size for when Kalikan comes, that's five, so that's twenty buckles altogether. This packet, therefore, contains enough buckles to make bras for about fifty women." He grinned. "How many women live in the city, then?"
There were open mouths all round as everyone did the math. Jorda asked, "What happens when we use all these up, Maralin? Must we needs ask Palarand for another supply?"
"There is such a huge demand for these in Palarand that a separate factory - a kind of workshop - has been set up to just make buckles for bras and for other purposes. Some of these will be supplied to Joth at regular intervals, probably once a month or so. This first packet is a gift to accompany the patterns, there will probably be a small charge for any more that you ask for."
Fanis said, "Still, the numbers required for those of Joth will be astonishing, if what you say is true. If we should decide to produce our own, Maralin?"
"I don't think there would be a problem, Your Grace. Those who would produce them would need training, of course, and you'll need a place to set up the simple machinery, but I'm sure something can be worked out. Bras are so essential to women, especially working women, that King Robanar expects that every country in the Great Valley to be producing them - and the buckles - eventually."
Ursula watched this discussion with some puzzlement. What she saw in front of her was a genuine attempt to teach apparently knowledgeable people how to make bras, of all things, by hand, and that included the metalwork.
I cannot believe that this is all a side show put on for my benefit! Some of those women genuinely didn't know what normal numbers looked like! What have I stumbled into?
She watched, an interested outsider, as the women discussed this 'new' garment among themselves for a while before Fanis held up her hand to end the conference.
"Ladies! We have other things to speak of today, if you would. Maralin, I believe that you have more projects for our seamstresses."
"Aye, Your Grace. Um, there is obviously more to talk about concerning bras, but that can be handled some other day. I know that many of you will be coming back here again.
"So, the other item of interest is clothing for the men of Her Highness's crew. Presently they are wearing thick canvas trousers and loose seafarer's tunics, also made of canvas. Though the clothing that men wear can be thicker and rougher than that which women usually wear, in the summer heat I don't think those particular garments will work much longer. Therefore, I have drawn some ideas for practical wear for the men while they are sailing."
He handed out several sheets of drawings to the women.
"If you would explain, Maralin," Jorda said, looking at her sheet. "This appears to be... shorts, did you call them? as Her Highness has shown us. Can this be true? Are we to make the same garment for men as for women?"
He smiled. "Well... yes and no, Mistress Jorda. The men will need undergarments of thin cloth, like those of Her Highness, but obviously cut to a different shape to suit their figures. I can tell you that looser garments like those are more comfortable than what we wear now. Over those, however, they'll need an outer garment, which will also be shorts, but of slightly thicker material, probably the same as the bolt on the table. They will be longer in the leg and ending about here."
He put the edge of his hand just above his knee.
"Now, these outer shorts will have pockets here and here."
Jorda frowned. "Pockets?"
Maralin sighed. How this civilization has gotten this far without pockets I will never know. "Aye, Mistress. Um, if we may leave that detail until tomorrow, then, when I should be able to show you a sample. Now the upper garment is going to be a sort of simple loose tunic that reaches down to about hip level, to allow free movement of the air and also the body. The sleeves will come straight out of the shoulders, like in the drawing, for free arm movement."
"Oh, I see. Aye, these will be very similar to Her Highness's shift, then, but obviously cut differently. Easy enough to make, I deem."
"...And then, for the really hot weather, I thought of these. They are a kind of singlet with no sleeves and a big neck opening, to allow the air to flow freely."
Jorda's eyebrows shot up. "Would these really be practical, Maralin?"
"From my own experience, Mistress, yes. They are a common sight for certain occupations and I think they would work well for Her Highness's crew."
What I'm not saying is that the occupation is basketball! They don't need to know that!
"If you say so, Maralin. We must needs make samples of all these, I deem, to get the size and fit right. Who may we use as model? Yourself?"
"I think that I would like to have some of the shorts, and maybe the..." Tee shirts? Let's not confuse them any more. They might come across real tee shirts in the future. "...Summer tunics, but the best bet would be to make a set for Master Lars, who is her second-in-command and I believe will be attending Her Highness regularly here at the mansion."
Jorda nodded. "Done, Maralin, and done, Your Grace. We have many questions, but apart from understanding the instructions for the bras we have plenty of other work to consider. Maralin, you want that bolt to be used for Her Highness's shifts and for the men's summer tunics?"
"To begin with, yes please. I anticipated that I could get a couple of samples of each garment from it, that's all. Um, I think Her Highness will pay for any further cloth required, or at least the cost will be charged to Palarand somehow."
Eriana agreed, "As you say, Maralin. This is to be clothing for my crew, after all -" Her eyes narrowed. "These items, do you describe a uniform for me and my men?"
Maralin grinned. "Yes and no, Highness. Your men don't really need a formal uniform to sail the river, not yet, anyway. However, if they all look the same, who knows what an onlooker, or a difficult official, may assume? At the moment I just want them, and you, to be comfortable. There is one thing, though."
"Oh?"
"Mistress Jorda and her friends all know about epaulets, since I introduced them to the Jothan military. I would recommend that your own uniform, as captain of the ship, have epaulets as rank insignia. That would make a start on the traditions of uniforms for the new Federation Navy."
"Epaulets?" Eriana was interested. "Explain. What are they and how will they name me a captain?"
"They go on the shoulders, Highness. You've seen them on my own formal uniform, but I'll let Mistress Jorda explain."
Jorda described the shoulder flap, over which a removable fabric tube bearing rank marks was slid. Since this was now a standard item among the Jothan military, it would be no trouble to add to the shift design.
"Ah, I see. Aye, I did notice them and thought them but a decoration. What rank should I bear, do you think?"
Maralin shrugged. "For now, I would say that of Captain, which is what you will be on the Visund. Let me see... One bar for an Ensign, oh, that's what they call a Standard here and a Junior Quadrant in Palarand. Two bars for a Lieutenant, three for a Commander, four for a Captain. Four narrow bars of black ribbon, if you please, Mistress Jorda, to stand out against the color of the cloth."
"As you command, Maralin."
The group entered into a general discussion about ranks and insignia and Ursula stood back, watching.
This is unreal! Maralin, who claimed to have once been a female cook, is actually teaching these people how to make uniforms! Not to mention basic underwear... What is going on here? Can any of this possibly be real? Or am I, as I first thought, really dreaming all this?
And if I am still dreaming, where am I in reality, and what will I face when I eventually wake up?
Another stray thought came. I'm not sure I want to wake up! This place is crazy and I don't understand what is going on... but I have to admit that I am curious enough to want to see how far it goes. It could be interesting to live here. ...not to mention safe from those who seek me. Do I get some kind of choice?
Of course I could be completely insane, of course. That means I might never 'wake up', but then I'll be stuck here and being here might be better than the alternative.
I have to find some way of testing all these possibilities, but how?
Ursula lets slip one of her secrets before joining the others for breakfast. Later she watches a mock battle in the courtyard, which raises further questions about where she is and what is going on.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
12 - In the Courtyard
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story are
the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing copyright
is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018 Penny Lane. All rights
reserved.
"Ow!"
Bennet spun to face Ursula. "What happened?"
Ursula rubbed her hip. "Oh, I caught my hip on the door frame." Her expression was rueful. "I am still attempting to adapt to this body. What I had before wasn't this shape at all."
The armswoman stared before nodding. "I think I understand, though of course such an idea is strange to me. You were truly a man's shape before you came to... Anmar..." Bennet clearly had trouble believing this concept, but continued, "and you have become accustomed for some years to having a certain shape. As a woman, of course your hips will be wider than those of a man's, that you may in time bear children. It is not surprising that you will sometimes misjudge."
"It isn't that simple. If I just do things, I seem to be fine, but if I think about them, that is when I start making misjudgments." Ursula grimaced. "Bearing children? Maybe, but first I have to be certain of what is really going on. Shall we get dressed? If we delay too much we might be late for breakfast."
The two moved into the dressing room, where the clothes from both their chests had been hung on the rails. The selection was not large, that of Ursula being what had been obtained in local markets in the last few days and Bennet had relatively few, as a crew member of the Visund.
"I do not know if I should be giving you advice, Mistress," Bennet observed. "I still do not really understand how much you know about the attire that women wear."
"Ha! Very little, Bennet, and that only learned in the last day or two. What happened before my memory returned is somewhat vague. Most of what is here isn't what a woman would wear on Earth, except in some very traditional regions. However, what I have worn so far is comfortable and fits me reasonably well. What advice would you give me?"
"Not to wear the same clothes as you wore yesterday, Mistress. In this warmer weather, we will inevitably sweat and, though it may not stain the cloth, you may become smelly with time."
"That is sound advice, Bennet, only I have so little to wear. How do clothes become cleaned around here?"
"In the palace there is an efficient laundry, Mistress, and I doubt not that His Grace's establishment will have something similar. We have but to discover it, probably by asking Her Grace. As you say, there is almost no choice, not until the seamstresses make more for you. Perhaps the green one?"
"I guess so."
Bennet extracted the dress from the hanger and gave it to Ursula, who promptly turned it inside out. She examined the stitching in the bright light of early morning.
All hand stitched! I guessed so from what happened yesterday but now I have seen it for myself. Chances are that every other item of clothing around is hand stitched too. I cannot believe that they went to all this trouble to set this up just for me. What is really going on here?
"Is there some flaw, Mistress?"
"No, not at all, just looking at the workmanship."
That didn't translate, what came out was roughly, "quality of the craft-work". Ursula by now had become aware of the automatic translation going on when she spoke or listened. The interesting thing was that it happened whatever language she thought in, Russian, English or French. Curiously, incoming speech always got translated into English, and she had wondered why.
She righted the dress and, with Bennet's help, pulled it over her head and was laced in.
Bennet stood back and cocked her head. "I cannot imagine what it must be like, to suddenly become other than the way I was born. To be a woman is so different than being a man, I struggle to even imagine it."
Ursula thought. "It was a shock to me when I first understood it, but there may be reasons why it does not affect me the way that it could affect somebody else."
"Oh?" Bennet was now pulling on a uniform tunic over her underwear.
"Let me see if I can explain it to you. You were born a girl, I assume, you have grown up a girl and now you are a woman. Is that right?"
"As you say, Mistress! Of course, I have always been female, I assume that is why I think this way."
"Then, Bennet, I did so as well. The only difference is that I had to do so from inside the body of a boy, and then that of a man."
The guardswoman stopped and stared at Ursula. "I do not understand, Mistress. What you are saying, I think, is that your body was once that of a man but that you have always thought of yourself as female. Is that right? How is that possible?"
Ursula gave a small, sad smile. "It happens to a very small number of people, Bennet, and it seems that I am one of them. How much do you know about medical matters? About what happens before a baby is born?"
"Very little, Mistress. I know that the baby grows in a woman's belly after a man gives his seed to her, but that is about all."
"Very well. Simply put, then, the seed, which is so small that you need special instruments to even see it, contains half the instructions for making a baby. The other half comes from the mother, when her body makes an egg."
"Half?"
Ursula waved a hand. "This will take too long to explain, and we must get ready for breakfast. You can imagine that a lot must happen inside the womb, in order to turn that tiny seed into a baby ready to be born."
"Aye, I can see that. Is that not what happens to all creatures, then?"
Ursula nodded. "Yes, and plants too, in the main. So, part of turning that seed into a baby is instructions to make a boy baby or make a girl baby. To do that, there are certain... secretions, let us say, that decide which way the baby's body will develop. These make the ovaries, where the girl's eggs will eventually be made, and give her a vagina for the seed to go in and the baby to come out. For a boy, different secretions instead make testicles and a penis."
Bennet thought about this as she tied her sash. "I think I understand. But how..?"
"I am coming to that. Women's bodies are full of one kind of secretion, which makes them think like women, and ensures that... Kalikan happens, and so on, and men's bodies are full of the other kind, which makes them grow taller and stronger, and makes their skin hard and maybe hairy. These secretions also make their brains work in different ways, in order for men to find women attractive and so on."
Bennet checked Ursula over and then led the way to the door of the suite. "Aye. I can see that might be how it happens."
"So, just very occasionally, the secretions work on the body of the baby, but don't prepare the brain properly for the life to come. Or, the mother's secretions overwhelm those of the unborn son. This can have a number of different consequences."
"Oh! I see!" Outside, in the corridor, Dirgan gave them a salute and then fell in beside them. Bennet gave him a sidelong look and then said, "You think that is what happened to you, Mistress?"
Ursula noticed the look. "That is one explanation. We know that certain things like that can happen, but we don't really know the full details, and sometimes it doesn't become noticeable for some years."
"As you say. Perhaps we should leave this conversation until another time? Others may be interested in what you have told me."
Ursula thought about this as they walked down the stairs. "Perhaps. It can be a complicated subject and I don't know all of the details. But, that explains why I might not be so upset over my current situation."
"Ah, I see. Thank you, Mistress, I may now appreciate your circumstances a little better."
Dirgan positioned himself outside the dining room door as the two women entered. Before they greeted those who had already arrived, Ursula leaned in towards Bennet and said, "That is also why I have trouble believing this place is real. I wanted to have a female body, I should have had a female body, but I know that is not how it actually happened. I was born a boy but I am a woman here, so this cannot be real!"
Bennet thought. "But you have what you desire now, Mistress."
"And what happens when I wake up? This place is in many ways my dearest wish, but if it is only a dream..."
The armswoman nodded. "As you say. It would be a cruel awakening, I deem. But, Mistress, you are really here, I can guarantee it. I am not someone in your dream, I can remember my whole life before you came."
Ursula gave her a sidelong glance. "And I could have just dreamed that you said those words, Bennet. This is a big problem, since we cannot prove what is real and what is not."
The guardswoman stared at Ursula. "You worry me, Mistress. If what you say is true..."
"Do not concern yourself, please." Ursula waved a hand. "This is my problem, really. I have to find a way to solve it on my own. For now, let us eat breakfast."
Maralin joined them with a smile. "Good morning, Ursula, Bennet. You look as if you are discussing something profound."
Ursula glared at Maralin but then softened her gaze. "You are right, we do. Good morning, Maralin. We were discussing a problem that has troubled philosophers for ages past. How does anybody know what is real and what is not? How can anyone prove that we are not dreaming, or that we are not part of somebody else's dream?"
"Phew! Mistress, that is a serious subject for this early in the day." Maralin's gaze was sharp. "Oh, but of course this is not just a hypothetical discussion, is it? We are back to what you can believe and what you should not. Have you reached any conclusions?"
"Of course not. How can I? This world of yours is so strange I cannot really believe in it, at least not yet. And there is another factor, one that started this whole discussion."
Ursula considered. What risk am I taking telling them this much? Some of them know some of it anyway, it is part of why I was on the run.
She sighed. "It is very difficult for me to admit this, but since I have already told Bennet I imagine it will be around the whole building before long." She took a deep breath. "If you did not already know, I am a woman in a man's body. A transgender person, if you will."
"A woman in a man's -" Maralin looked briefly confused. "Oh! I see! You mean that is what you were on Earth! Of course, here it is the other way around... which means, I think, that you are now in the right body, yes? Is that what you mean?"
It was Ursula's turn to be confused. "That would appear to be so... but, since I am not really a woman, that means that this whole world cannot be real. I know that I was born male, even though I have wanted my whole life to have been female. But it was not to be, I could not afford to have things put right, and so... I was still male... when you found me... when you found this body. But," she gestured to her own body, "you can see that I am not male, so this body cannot be real, even though I wish it to be so."
"Huh! Now I understand your problem, Mistress." His smile was wry. "Of course, I have the opposite problem, in that I am a woman who now inhabits a male body, and originally much against my own wishes. It took me a while, and a short war, to accustom myself to my new circumstances." He nodded. "I think I understand your problem now. You have your dearest wish, and you are very much afraid that the whole thing is an illusion. Does that sum it up?"
"In some ways, yes. But..." She shook her head. "I do not know who to trust, if anybody. I do not trust you, any of you. You could be some of those who are after me, but I have no means of proving who you are or who you are not, who you work for, or what your reasons are for doing all this."
"Tough matters, indeed. Look, let us speak of lighter matters over breakfast and you, I and the Duke should have a meeting afterwards, to try and make some sense out of all this. You were -" He stopped, shaking his head. "No. I'm guessing our point of view is so different to yours that we're really talking at cross purposes all the time. Leave it until later, Mistress."
Bennet said, "Tenant, The Duke will have petitioners coming this morning again, if you recall."
"Oh! You are right, Bennet. We might be able to squeeze in a short meeting before the hordes descend on him."
Eriana appeared then with Semma. Both were wearing the same uniforms as Bennet, but Eriana carried her scabbarded sword in her hand while the guardswomen wore theirs on their belts. Those in the dining room bowed and curtseyed to Eriana.
"Good morning, Your Highness," Maralin greeted her. "Forgive me for asking, but are those your exercise uniforms?"
"Good morrow, Maralin, Bennet, Ursula," Eriana replied. "Aye, we have spent a week sitting about in a ship doing very little, it is time for us to see if we may remember ought that we were taught by Armsmaster Haflin and Captain Merek. Captain Hambran has invited us to try our skills against His Grace's men."
Maralin smiled. "Doing very little? Did you forget finding Ursula, tangling with a giant fish and avoiding Duke Jarwin? What are your busy days like, then?"
Eriana smiled back but then the smile faded. "Aye. Those days would include the attacks on Boldan's Rock, and the defense of Gylfi's Rest. Not to mention nearly sinking in a storm, far from land. Maralin, sometimes the quieter days are preferable but we may not choose our fates. Suffice it to say, it is exercise that we need today and exercise that Hambran offers. Shall you join us?"
Maralin's eyes briefly slid to Ursula before he replied. "Perhaps. His Grace has some essential matters to deal with today before I could join you. Are you really going to train with that broadsword?"
Eriana laughed. "No indeed, Maralin! I bring it to show his men and to give a weight, that Hambran may provide me a practice blade of like balance."
Maralin grinned. "Frighten his men off, you mean."
"Aye, well, one day they may meet a Prince, a Duke, or even a Princess on the field of battle and they must learn how to face them. We are not given leave to choose the enemies that may face us, as you well know. Better that they learn to adjust in a place of safety than be surprised and overwhelmed when it matters most."
Maralin was interested. "How did those of Yod react when they saw you, Danisa and Heldra?"
The Princess showed her teeth in a fierce grin. "It unmanned them, Maralin. They knew not what to do, except run away." The grin softened slightly. "I am told that Garia had the like response, when she fought beside Keren on the highway."
"And she is half your size, with unusual swords." Maralin nodded. "I have seen both of you spar at the palace, Highness. I am not sure that I would want to face either one of you."
Bennet said, "Would you face me, Maralin?"
His response was cut off by the entrance of Fanis and two ladies of her court. Everybody paid their respects as she joined them.
"Good morning, Your Highness. Good morning, all. My, Eriana, do you really fight with that big thing?"
"Fanis, I did and I do. Good morrow to you. This morning I and my crew seek to shake the stiffness from our bones by trying ourselves against your men. Shall you come and watch?"
The Duchess shook her head. "Not this morning, I must excuse myself, though to see women fighting would be most instructive, I deem. You should know that there is a reluctance among the forces of Joth to permitting women to join, though they have your own example before them. You and your men will be here a while, mayhap I will join you another day, if I may. Today, I must join Wallesan in his deliberations over matters which arose while he was away."
She turned to Ursula. "My dear, we are too busy to give you the attention you deserve today. If you are, as my husband tells me, a visitor to our world as Maralin is, then you deserve to be treated according to your status, which presently we are unable to do. You have my personal apologies, should you consider that we are ignoring you."
Ursula was at a loss to find a reply. "Your Grace, I do not feel either ignored or insulted. I merely -" She stopped, then said, "This is a strange world, and I struggle to understand it."
"As well you might, dear. I have heard how Maralin struggled when he first arrived. Eriana, if you would look after Ursula this morning? I believe that the seamstresses are returning this afternoon after our nap, to bring cloth samples and gown designs for you and your girls - and Ursula, of course - to look at."
"Aye, Fanis, we can manage that, I deem." She smiled. "Though I do not see Ursula wielding a sword, somehow."
"Yes! It is too early for such adventures, I agree. Tell me, are you happy providing a companion for Ursula, or should I assign her a maid? My establishment is not as big as that of Robanar, but I should be able to find a reliable maid or two, should you desire such."
Eriana shook her head. "For now, let us continue as we are. Girls?" She looked at Bennet and Semma, receiving nods from both. "Then it is settled."
Ursula was unsettled. Nobody asked me! A maid? I have seen women walking around without maids. What determines if I am entitled to a maid? What would she do?
Oh. With these clothes I would need help dressing in the mornings and undressing at night.
And in the bath, though I could manage on my own if I had to. I did before!
And on the toilet. Awkward on my own, but possible.
What a strange way of doing things!
Wallesan arrived talking with Hambran. Everybody bowed and curtseyed and then moved towards the table. Eriana naturally took the seat of honor to Wallesan's right. Ursula found herself directed to face the Duke, with Maralin next to her facing Eriana.
Wallesan smiled at her as the food began to be served. "Mistress Ursula! I trust you are beginning to settle in without too much problem?"
"Your Grace, it is all so strange... I am used to none of it. There has been nothing so far that has caused me any real problem, though. Thank you for asking."
"I try to look after my guests, my dear. I know that your particular circumstances trouble you, but that is no reason why your stay here should be unpleasant. If anything should cause you distress or concern, you know that you may speak to Fanis or myself at any time."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
Wallesan turned to Eriana. "I see you have brought your big sword this morning, my dear. Do you intend to upset all my men?"
Eriana smiled as she pared the rind from a piece of fruit. "Wallesan, I doubt that I will upset anyone, but my men will arrive shortly and I could not say what effect they will have on your establishment."
"Indeed! I wish that I were there to see it, but I must needs deal with matters of state this morning, most of which will involve Fanis as well. I am sure that Hambran will provide anything you or your men desire."
The captain put down his mug of small beer. "Your Grace, I will. Having accompanied her men along the river, I will be interested to compare their combat skills with our own. I am sure that there is much that we may learn from them."
"Yes and no, Captain," Eriana said. "Of course we have the advantage of training by Master Haflin and Princess Garia, specifically so that we could attack Boldan's Rock. I would hope that your own men will never need to face such an obstacle as that. On the other hand, those of Joth are accounted expert with the new guns. Even though those new weapons are of Palarand manufacture, the Visunders have only used the weapons of Yod during battle."
"As you say, Your Highness. Still, the morning promises to be an interesting one."
Wallesan held up a hand. "Concerning the new guns, Eriana, I understand your interest but we must be careful in our exposure of them. Of course you and your men may inspect and try them but I would suggest that we set up a special session for the purpose."
"Agreed, Wallesan." Eriana grinned. "Today we will merely scare your men, should it please you."
He smiled back. "Scare them all you can, my dear. They are no use to us if they become frightened by big, hairy fellows with axes and huge swords."
She smirked. "I knew you would understand, Wallesan."
* * *
Ursula followed the others out of the front door of the mansion, which brought them out in the archway which connected the personal quarters of the Duke to the surrounding buildings. Instead of turning left, as she had expected, in order to enter the courtyard, the procession turned right.
She found herself in another courtyard, this one much larger. To her right was a two-storey building, she remembered that this was the kitchen block where Maralin had taken her to show her the strange meats and vegetables they apparently ate here. Facing her and on her left were more of the same three storey building which surrounded the front courtyard, with doors at ground level, windows in the middle and more rooms at the top set back from a covered balcony.
Behind the building facing her was presumably the city wall, which stood at least another two stories higher than the roof of the building which leaned against it. From each end of this building she could see stone stairways leading up to a patrol path along the inside of the wall. At ground level, at about hip height, another covered balcony ran along the front of the kitchen block and across the building attached to the city wall.
In the courtyard were a mob of men, most dressed in the blue-and-white uniform which Maralin sometimes wore. Most were standing in groups talking to what she presumed were non-commissioned officers, assuming that concept had some kind of meaning here. A small group of men and women, most wearing aprons, had crept out of the back door of the kitchen and were watching proceedings from the balcony. To her left, some younger men stood by a double door which looked as if it might be a stable entrance.
At Hambran's appearance there were shouts and the men tidied themselves into rows for inspection. The captain strode across to greet them, the others following slowly.
"Men! If I may introduce Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and her two companions in arms, Guardswoman Bennet and Guardswoman Semma. Feeling stiff after their journey from Palarand, they seek to stretch their muscles by training with us today."
There were mutterings in the ranks and some expressions of interest, but most had their eyes glued on Eriana's broadsword.
"Greetings, men of Joth," she said. "Aye, this sword has been blooded at Boldan's Rock and aye, these guardswomen know their trade, though they have not yet tasted battle. You will be delighted to know that we will not use our own blades today, but will try the same practice blades you all use in exercise."
Hambran said, "Then let us get to it! Men, you will have to overcome any fear of hurting our guests while they reside with His Grace. Though you face women, you must not treat them any other way than you would another swordsman, am I clear? One day, you may face a woman with a sword who is a real enemy, and any hesitation may hasten your end. Oh, and they are guests of His Grace, so there will be no after-duty entertainments, am I understood?"
There was a ragged chorus of "Yes sir!" and the men seemed even more curious.
"Sir? Who is that?" The man pointed to Ursula.
"Another of His Grace's guests, though she is no armswoman. Her name is Mistress Ursula. She is a stranger in our lands and is recovering from an illness. She will watch the proceedings this morning, Her Grace being otherwise occupied with state business and unable to provide her usual attention."
Several barrels of practice weapons stood near one of the buildings. Everyone moved towards them, but natural politeness meant that the women had first pick. In Eriana's case, it took a while before she found one big enough and of the right balance to suit her size. It was still much smaller than her broadsword. The ease with which she swung it showed the men that she was familiar with such weapons. Bennet and Semma selected their own blades and then stood clear while the men argued over the rest.
"Dibran! You can try Her Highness first."
"Sir."
A large armsman stood forward and bowed awkwardly to Eriana. They both assumed positions and the bout began, the other men quickly clearing a space around them.
"Mistress Ursula." Ursula turned to find Renita beside her. "If I may suggest, you could sit with us out of the way. You will still be able to watch but you would not be on your own."
"Yes, of course. Renita, is it? It could get dangerous out here once they all start fighting."
The two walked back to join the other kitchen staff as the clash of blades filled the courtyard. The head cook gave her a nod as they found places on the bench.
"It seems strange to these eyes," he remarked, "to see women wielding swords, but I cannot deny that those three know what they are doing. Are there many like them in Palarand?"
"Master... Farren, was it? I do not know what Palarand is, though I could guess that it might be a country. I have never been there."
Farren was momentarily surprised. "But, I thought... oh, aye. Her Highness's ship came from Palarand, so I assumed you did too, but I remember now what Maralin said, that you were discovered along the river. Is that not so?"
"That is what I was told, yes. My memory of that period is somewhat vague."
Renita said, "Master Farren, if you would leave this subject, please, it is a sensitive one. There are still matters to be resolved between Mistress Ursula and His Grace."
"As you say, Renita! Mistress, if you would forgive me for prying, it is natural whenever somebody new comes to His Grace's mansion, that we may serve them better."
Ursula gave a faint smile. "I understand, Master Farren, it is only human nature. But I still do not know what Palarand is."
With a glance at Renita, Farren responded, "I may say briefly that Palarand is the name of a great Kingdom which lies at the mouth of our river, many marks to the east. For more, I regret that you had better ask more knowledgeable folk than myself."
"Thank you, Master Farren. That is at least more than I knew before, at any rate."
Their attention turned to the bout in the courtyard, which was being watched carefully by all the others present. It soon became clear that Eriana was much better with a sword than her opponent, so Hambran called a halt and assigned Dibran to Bennet, before choosing a practice sword and facing the Princess himself. A third man had already exchanged blade strokes with Semma.
It dawned on Ursula after a while that this was no carefully choreographed play-acting for her benefit but a real test of arms, and that all those in front of her were capable of inflicting real damage to their opponents, should they have chosen to do so. Though she knew little about fighting with swords the skill shown by all three women was apparent, and while the men were not so able, they too knew what they were doing.
After a while Hambran called a halt, shouting "Switch!" To Ursula's amazement, the combatants paused and then tossed their swords to their opponents! There was a brief pause while each tested the reach and balance of their new weapon and then the fight began again.
Ursula leaned towards Farren. "What just happened then?"
"A common training move, Mistress Ursula. On the field of battle, so I am told, anyone may lose or break a sword and it may be necessary to find another at short notice. Swapping swords ensures that each may learn to use any that come to hand, and not to rely on a single blade that they may have become accustomed to."
"Oh. I would never have thought of that."
Bennet had driven her opponent back far enough that the onlookers had backed away to give them room. There was a shout from the archway.
«There she is! This way, men!»
The crew of the Visund, all dressed in exercise fatigues of tunic and tights in palace colors, spilled through the archway and stood gathered to Ursula's left, watching the sword play with interest. Some were on crutches, others were being helped by friends and bandages were obvious. All of them still carried their weapons. Eriana tipped up her sword point, causing Hambran to step back and wait. She turned to her men.
«Wait a moment or two until we finish, boys. Then Hambran and I can find out who is fit to train and who is not.»
Without another word she turned back towards Hambran and attacked him again, causing him to smile.
"Even when you wield a smaller blade it is all I can do to hold you, Highness!"
"A lifetime of playing with weapons, together with more recent experience, Captain. Did you fight in the war?"
"Only to help retake this city," he replied, deflecting a stroke. "No amount of training prepares you for the real thing, does it?"
"As you say! Still, some training is better than no training, I deem."
"I prefer to do my training with a sword that I can actually lift, Highness! Still," he added with a smile that was becoming forced, "any sword is better than no sword at all."
"True, and that one gives you longer reach. With this one, I must risk much to even cut you."
While this banter was going on, Lars took a look at the mob of Norsemen and spoke low.
«Men, we wear the colors of the King. Let us not dishonor them in front of the Duke's men.»
The first surprise for Ursula was that she could actually understand the language. She had been picking up tidbits along the voyage but now, with her memory and faculties operating normally, she listened to Lars's gentle chiding with full comprehension.
The second surprise was what happened next. If she had not heard those words, she might not have given the men much attention, but she kept an eye on them as the fights developed. Slowly, almost imperceptibly, the group sorted itself out into two lines that would have done credit to any parade ground. By the time Eriana raised her borrowed sword again to indicate that she had had enough, the men were standing at their version of 'easy'.
Eriana reversed her sword and handed it back to Hambran, who gave her back her larger training blade. With a nod, she turned to face her men with a smile.
«Lars, you managed to get them all out of bed, then? Or were they in the city lockup?»
Lars straightened and replied, «Highness, you wound me. Good morrow to you. Until we knew what we faced, we thought it better to go easy on the ale.» He switched languages and raised his voice. "Highness, company ready for inspection."
"Is this everyone? Including the wounded? Aye, well they may only watch for now, I would think. Welcome to the Mansion of His Grace the Duke of Joth! As you may see, they do things differently here than they do in Jotlheim and indeed in Palarand. His Grace does not need a vast palace with a maze of corridors and chambers," she grinned, "you will all be relieved to know. What you see around you," she gestured around the courtyard, "is almost all of it. That is the main reason you have been found living space elsewhere in the city. Lars, have there been any problems?"
"Nothing we could not fix, Highness."
"Good. The reason you are all here this morning? I wanted to make sure that you all had some weapons practice, both our way and the way of Joth, which may not be the same as we learned out at the Kallend estate. This is a chance for you to learn tactics from His Grace's men and show them some of your own tricks." Her gaze became stern. "It is not a chance for you to forget yourselves and injure his men, understand?"
Many of the men looked offended but some of them just grinned.
She continued, "Since I do not yet know how long we will be staying in Joth, I have not yet made a plan for our activities here. His Grace is still very busy and I have not been able to discuss anything at all with him. I do want to get us out to the practice grounds for the guns sometime, and I want you all to ride out and spend some time in the country.
"Now I see that some of you are already sweating, even though it is still morning, and I can sympathize. Tenant Maralin has made some suggestions concerning... lighter wear... for the hotter months and that means that this afternoon you will all be measured up by some of the city's seamstresses. You know that Joth sewed uniforms for many of the armies who came through on their way to Yod, so they are very experienced and you should given some more comfortable clothing in a small number of days. Yes, there are new outfits promised for myself and the girls, oh, and for Ursula too of course.
"Regarding Ursula, she regained her memory early yesterday morning so may have more questions to ask you and more to say to you. As far as the local healers know, she has been passed fully fit, which is more than I can say about most of the miserable bunch in front of me."
Lars asked, "Highness, does Mistress Ursula now have her birthing name?"
The question took Ursula by surprise. She reddened and shook her head.
Eriana replied, "The situation is complicated, Lars. There is much that we do not understand and much that she does not understand. All may continue to name her Ursula for now."
She clapped her hands. «Right! Those of you with crutches and with broken bones or cracked ribs, go over and sit by Ursula, please. The rest of you, over to the barrels to find some training blades. Take off those of your own and stack them against that wall.»
«Any axes, Captain?»
«Hah! This is a civilized land, Stine! For chopping wood, aye, but for battle? I do not think so.»
There was a general burst of laughter as the ranks dissolved, some to amble or limp over towards Ursula, while the bulk headed for the barrels of training swords. Those who joined Ursula sat on the edge of the walkway, there being no room left on the benches.
"Hey, Ursula! Are you well now?"
"Thank you, Olof, I am. How is your foot?"
The man grimaced. "I cannot yet... excuse me." He turned to his neighbor. «How do I tell her that I cannot stand on it yet?»
Ursula answered, «You just did.»
The group turned to her as one, surprised. Olof asked, «You can understand our tongue?»
She smiled. «It seems so, though I don't know how I learned it. I could never speak it before... I came here.» She hesitated. «I don't know how much I know, only that when somebody speaks, I can understand you.»
One of the others pointed a finger. «That might explain something. When we rode back from Joth to Palarand, the Duke and Maralin came with us. It seemed to me that Maralin learned our words very quickly along the way. Maybe it is because you both come from the mother world?»
Interesting. Even possible, if what Maralin told me is really the truth. I know that I could never speak Norse before!
But how is something like that possible? Maybe I am still in some kind of dream.
She shook her head. «I cannot agree or disagree. I haven't had my memory back for very long so I don't know what is happening. I am trying to find out where I am and what is going on. I cannot say any more.»
There were frowns at this declaration, and Ursula saw that most left strange ideas like philosophy to others. Thinking back to what she could remember of their voyage, she came to an unhelpful conclusion.
Most of these men really are simple sailors and warriors. I cannot believe that they are actors playing a part to give me a false sense of security. I have lived with these men and watched them work, rest and train. One or two might be, yes, but most are exactly what they appear to be.
Where does that leave me and my dilemma?
A clash of steel took everybody's attention back to the courtyard, where an apparent full-scale melee was now taking place, Palarand against Joth. Ursula watched and realized that she was actually frightened by the levels of violence taking place in front of her, even though everyone was making determined efforts not to cause any deliberate injuries.
This would be much, much worse than fixing up gunshot wounds. If this was a real battle there would be blood and body parts everywhere.
When one gave his opponent an apparent injury that would have taken them out of the fight, the two would briefly raise their weapons to each other and then go off to find somebody else to attack, which roughly mirrored what would happen on a battlefield, at least to the victor. In this way most of the participants were able to test themselves against most of the other side, giving all the benefit of any experience.
Farren turned to two men standing beside the kitchen door. He had to raise his voice to be heard over the clash of blades. "Fysel, Lerron, if you would go put another tureen of water on to boil. These fine fellows will desire pel once they have finished their practice, and there are twice as many as we usually supply."
"As you desire, Master Farren."
Ursula heard tureen but also heard samovar inside her head. She wondered how the translation mechanism somehow worked. She shook her head with frustration at the impossible circumstances.
Farren turned to her. "Do you not like pel, Mistress? I can find you fruit juice, wine or even water if you would prefer."
"What? Oh, no, Master Farren! Pel will be fine, thank you. I was thinking about... my own particular problem. I'm trying to understand how this," she gestured at the mock battle, "fits into it."
"Well, of course, our men -" he began to explain but then realized that she was speaking of what had been hinted at the previous day. "Ah, as you say. I regret, I cannot offer you help, nor can any who is here today, I deem. I suspect that you must needs find your own answers to your questions."
She grimaced again. "That is my conclusion as well, Master Farren. Thank you for your concern."
The match between Eriana and Hambran had finished earlier, so the two stood side by side discussing what they could see happening in the melee. Finally, after a nod from Eriana, Hambran put a small flared pipe to his lips and blew a single note, whereupon everyone put down their weapons, some with obvious relief.
"I think we have seen enough, men. Anybody hurt? I mean, seriously hurt?"
There were mutterings but nobody owned up to having any injury that would take them off duty. Eriana made a gesture at her own men and most shook their heads.
She clapped her hands. "Right, men! Return your training swords and pick up your own weapons, please. I see that some of you are not yet fit enough. I want to see you all fighting fit by the time we depart Joth, am I understood?"
There was a roar from her men, with practice swords upraised. Many of the Jothans jumped at the display.
As the men all converged on the weapons barrels, Eriana came across to the injured and spoke to each of them, showing all her real concern for their welfare. She reached the end of the line and looked up at Ursula.
"Well, Mistress, what did you think?"
"I am surprised that there were so few injuries after such a display. Is this what passes for warfare in this place?"
"From what I can tell, it seems so. Do you remember that I and my men come from another land, distant from the Great Valley? There we are raiders and brawlers, mostly, while here matters seem to be more formalized, with much bigger armies facing each other." She shrugged. "But the actual fighting is much the same."
"But... swords, spears and axes? I thought I heard someone mention guns earlier."
"It is true there are now guns on this..." Eriana blinked and then changed what she had been about to say. There were too many ears listening to the conversation. "...in the Great Valley, but that is because people like yourself who came from... elsewhere... brought the memory here of how to make them. It will change this land forever. Fortunately, only a very few people know the secret of the guns, and most of those reside in Joth. That is why I will take my men to their testing ground, to make sure we learn the latest developments they have made."
No guns? I can't think of anywhere in the world that doesn't at least know about guns. And people fighting with swords went out centuries ago! Maybe only some Arabs and nomads still fight with them now. What is this place?
Oh. I wonder if I could somehow get hold of a gun. It might make a difference if I have to fight my way out of this place.
"Oh. Thank you, Highness."
Two men came through the kitchen doors with trays of mugs, distributing them to all they could before going back for more. Ursula lifted her mug and smelled the aroma of the curious herbal drink they called pel. It was too hot to drink so she just cradled the mug in her hands.
Hambran came and joined Eriana. "Highness, I wondered if your men would like to try line fighting, as one might need to do on the field, or perhaps while defending a gate or something similar."
She nodded. "Aye, why not? We had some instruction in Palarand, but we knew that we would not need to do it at Boldan's Rock so did not make much of it. You are telling me that your men are expert in this?"
"Aye, but today I would speak of instruction only, Highness. To practice such a method, we must needs venture to the fields beyond the walls, to give ourselves space to maneuver. What say you?"
Eriana looked up at the sun. "We have a bell left before lunch?"
"A bell and a half or so, I would think. With all this noise I have not heard the clock."
"Hah! I shall ask Robanar to tell Milsy to send you a clock you can mount on the wall yonder, that your men shall know at all times what bell it is - or what hour."
"It has already arrived," Hambran replied with a smile. "A clock was delivered yesterday, along with a whole wagon-load of gifts for His Grace and his people."
"Do you tell me? Your city will soon seem a different place, I deem, when it has many clocks, all wired together. What else has been sent, do you know?"
Hambran shook his head as the two turned and walked away. "I do not, except that several of the crates were large and delicate. I am told -"
Ursula stared at her drink. A clock? What is significant about a clock? I really do not understand what is going on!
Ursula is told what the others know about Earth, Anmar and the transfers between. She struggles to believe any of it. Then she is shown the clothes and other items she had with her when she was found. After the evening meal, Maralin suggests a short stroll...
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
13 - Of Anmar and Earth
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Wallesan gestured. "If you would all enter."
Fanis in turn gestured to Ursula. "After you, my dear."
Ursula looked at the Duchess, then led the way through the door. Fanis followed, then Maralin and finally the Duke.
"If you would make yourself comfortable, please."
This was a larger room than the one Ursula had been taken to before, with a desk set to one side opposite a stone fireplace, cold and dark at the present season. Around the fireplace were several comfortable seats, with two being obviously for the Duke and Duchess. Wallesan sank into one of them with a relieved sigh.
"Maker! I am glad to have peace and quiet for a change! I could not believe that thirty of Eriana's men could cause so much noise and chaos."
"As you say, dear," Fanis agreed. "Still, we now have them all properly measured up, so they can all go off and make noise and chaos out in the city instead of in here. Do you think any of our seamstresses will make a complaint? I heard several shrieks which might have signaled bottoms being pinched."
The Duke waved a hand. "You would know that better than me, my dear, but I do not think so. Having spent some time with them on the voyage, they all seem to be good natured at heart and I think any... personal contact... will be seen as a compliment by those on the receiving end." He looked at the other two. "What you suffered this afternoon was unusual and I apologize if you found it uncomfortable. Once the Great Hall is finished, most of those activities will move over there and we may have our family home back as a refuge from the day-to-day demands of the Duchy."
"As you say, Your Grace," Maralin replied. "I am beginning to understand, in a way, why Palarand's palace is so large. Such activities as those of this afternoon would be no trouble to His Majesty's staff."
Wallesan grunted. "If you say so. I just keep thinking of the coin Robanar must needs spend looking after the place." His voice changed. "Now we must concentrate on the reason I have asked you here this afternoon, and that is to speak of matters concerning Mistress Ursula. Mistress, if we may spend a little time first describing to Fanis and yourself the situation before you came, since Maralin's secret was only supposed to be known to two other people in Joth, myself and Renita, whom you have already met.
"When my wife met us on the dockside, Eriana assumed that Fanis knew what was going on and thus spoke in a certain way, causing you to have another headache. I have since spoken to Eriana and explained the true situation, but we both understood that with her men abroad in the city, word would likely spread and that it was time that you were properly informed of the circumstances."
He looked at the others. "Once we have done that we will speak of... some of what has happened in Palarand, but mostly I want to ensure that Ursula has all the information she will need to make any decision that she feels she has to. Finally, since Ursula's memory has now returned, I am hoping that she can answer some of the many questions that we have. Are we all agreed?"
There was a nod from Maralin and a more wary, hesitant nod from Ursula.
Fanis asked, "Wal, is what we will speak of to be considered confidential? I must know how much I may speak of when others are near."
The Duke considered. "Some of what we will tell you would alarm many of our folk, dear, so must be kept between the four of us. For the rest, It would be better not to say anything more than is needful, since the safety of Ursula and Maralin may depend on it." He waved a hand. "No doubt there will soon be many rumors flying about concerning both Maralin and Ursula, it would be better not to confirm or deny any of them."
"I understand, Wal." She hesitated. "What about Eriana, dear? Should she not join us?"
Wallesan and Maralin exchanged a quick glance. The Duke replied, "Ah, no, my dear. Not this time. There are matters it would be better that she did not learn yet. In fact, there are things we may not tell you, since we have both given oaths about them. Certain things you may learn that are safe to tell you since they concern matters already known to both Maralin and Ursula, but Eriana already has enough to deal with, I would not burden her with more this time."
"Oh, I see. Yes, Eriana certainly is busy, is she not? Thank you, Wal."
"Maralin, I think it would be best if you told us your story first."
"As you desire, Your Grace. Well, first of all, I would say that like Ursula, I had no memory of who I was for the first few days, and since that time those first days have been a little hazy to me. However, I'll tell you everything I remember." He glanced at Wallesan. "I'll try not to overdo it, though. I know there is a lot more to talk about today."
Maralin then gave a short account of how he had been found, in a ditch, the night that the invading Yodans had driven the residents of the city out into the countryside. How he had, along with many others, found shelter in Galdarin, Joth's large southern town. How he had recovered his memory and been revolted by the unexpected and unwanted body swap, but then came to slowly adjust and realize that not all males were like those Marilyn Baker had left behind on Earth.
He told of being terrified of making mistakes, so pretended that his memory was still faulty, though some of those around him had their suspicions. Once he had been declared fit, he had, with all other likely males, been called up to fight the invaders, only to find that their preparations had been wholly inadequate. He had discovered, bizarrely, that watching war movies on daytime TV had given him knowledge, if not experience, that the locals sorely needed.
He recounted the training exercise which came too close to Joth's walls, when his group of twenty and two officers were surprised by a Yodan patrol - armed with guns, which were then unknown inside Joth. Only his Earthly reactions had prevented it being a total wipeout, but just five survived to return to base, and Maralin's Earth knowledge had made the difference. Back at camp changes had been made, including the introduction of camouflage, which greatly increased the defenders' chances of survival.
Then a foreign Prince, passing through, heard the unusual word gun and asked to urgently meet the man who had uttered it. Maralin had been brought to the Duke and introduced to Prince Keren of Palarand, who had told him that Anmar was indeed real, that he was not dreaming, and that he was soon to marry another arrival from Earth called Garia.
Fanis started. "Ah! I understood that Garia had come from Earth, we were informed so by Robanar when the wedding invitations arrived, but no, I had not known that Maralin came from the same world as Garia, not until Eriana spoke that night."
Ursula added slowly, "I have heard the name Garia several times in the last few days. She sounds like an impressive person."
Wallesan nodded. "She certainly is! In less than a year she has overturned Palarand and started Anmar's own Industrial Revolution. She has given us so much of science and engineering that I do not know where to begin."
"She is a great intellect, then?" The word 'intellect' came out as a complex phrase which included the word 'Questor'.
Wallesan chuckled. "Oh, no, Mistress, Garia is barely seventeen years old, still at school and she insists she is merely average for her age and society. It is what she knows, and what she remembers, that is important to us. It is as if she has come to us from two hundred or so years into our future."
"Seventeen? A precocious child, then?"
Maralin said, "If I may point out, Mistress, that our days and years are longer than those of Earth. An Earth day is shorter than ours by about a bell, or you could say that our day is longer than that of Earth by an hour and eleven minutes." He shrugged. "I cannot say that I have noticed the days being longer, myself. The year here is three hundred and ninety-one days, which makes it a whole lot longer than an Earth year is. In Earth terms, Garia would now be about nineteen and I was twenty-five when I left."
"Oh!" It had not occurred to Ursula that the lengths of day and year would be different.
I have been here a week now and I don't feel tired. Perhaps the extra time is not long enough to make a difference? How could I tell? And how could I tell how long the year is supposed to be? They could tell me anything and I wouldn't have a clue!
Wallesan took up the story then. "Mistress, it was only when Prince Keren came that we understood the reason for the Yodan capture of Joth. We were merely a staging point for a brazen raid on Palarand, to kill or capture the then Lady Garia. For Yod had found yet another from Earth, a boy named Yves Perriard, whom they tortured to obtain the secret of guns and gunpowder. They would risk everything to obtain Garia and to force out of her any secrets that she knew, or to kill her if they could not capture her, to prevent others making use of that knowledge. Fortunately for the future of Anmar that raid failed. Regrettably, the boy was accidentally killed during the raid."
It dawned then on Ursula what she represented, if any of this were true. She had been trying to keep secrets, it was true, but it seemed that almost any of the knowledge in her head could be dangerous.
If this whole story of theirs is actually true, then I have to admit that anyone from modern Earth would have knowledge that could change things around here. No guns yet! That would explain the swords and axes I saw earlier.
Imagine a 17th-century Russia, with no guns, and then drop somebody modern into it. If they survived, they could make great changes, couldn't they? We really would have ruled the world, then!
Practically, does this make me more or less valuable to them? And not for any of the reasons I thought they wanted me!
She nodded slowly. "I see. I suppose that you will tell me anything more about... Garia, Palarand and that sort of thing if I ask?"
Wallesan smiled. "Of course, Mistress, though I would suggest that if you desire a deeper briefing, that you leave it for another day. We have other matters to speak of today."
Was that a put-off, or is he genuine? How can I tell?
"To continue, then, Princess Eriana and her men, whom as you already know are fearsome warriors, were asked to capture a fortress from the enemy, which they duly did. Maralin and I took advantage of their return to Palarand by the trade road, with many of those who accompanied us recently on her ship. Once there, we learned why people from Earth were appearing on Anmar and some of the reasoning behind what is happening. You see, Princess Garia has found a way to communicate with those who brought you, Maralin and herself here, and the reason they - and you - are here is because of the knowledge you may hold."
"Those who brought us here? Who are they?"
"We know them as the Vast Multidimensional Beings, Mistress." The Duke grinned. "Most of us are barely able to understand what multidimensional means, but we understand it to mean that these Beings inhabit the same universe as ourselves but cannot be... cannot normally be perceived by us. It appears that there is a plan, and moving significant people from world to world is part of that plan.
"Those brought here from Earth are intended to bring about change on Anmar in various unspecified ways, according to what they know. For example, Yves Perriard and Garia were set at two ends of this part of the Great Valley precisely to cause a war. Garia has told me that almost every war on Earth has caused some kind of advancement, be it of ship design, guns and gunpowder, mass production, airplanes, rockets, electricity, electronics, maybe other things. And no, I do not know what most of those words mean! Maralin may enlighten you, but I merely repeat what the King of Palarand has told me."
"So, you are saying that I have been brought here for a reason? What reason?"
Wallesan held up a hand. "A moment while I explain something that has affected Garia, Maralin and yourself. You have all been recreated opposite to what you were on Earth, as you will agree. You were once male, as was Garia, and Maralin was once a young woman. Those Beings who tend this world are not human, they do not really comprehend male and female, so the switches were only discovered once Garia managed to contact them. Maralin is the result of that message, a test to check how the system functioned, and if there was some error. There is not, instead it seems that a small fraction of those transferred arrive in the wrong body, and that includes you, I am afraid." He waved a hand. "I do not understand the details!"
Ursula thought. "So you are telling me that this body is a clone, is that right?"
Maralin replied, "Apparently it has to be that way, Mistress, for several reasons. The first reason is that those who are chosen are usually at the point of death, by which I mean that their time on Earth is about to end. That ending might include serious injury or, I don't know, some disease, perhaps, which you would not get on Anmar. This way you get a fresh, unmarked body with no diseases or weaknesses.
"The second reason is the distance. Apparently we are some thousand or so light-years from Earth and to bring your original body that distance, in a relatively short period of time, is very costly in energy terms. It was thought easier to transfer the instructions needed to make you, your DNA, and then build a new, clean body once that arrived here.
"The last reason, as I mentioned before, is that you receive certain upgrades along the way. Your memory will be better. You will by now have discovered, as I did, that you can understand other languages, by means of a kind of built-in translator. Apparently these upgrades can only be applied to the brain of the clone as it develops, along with the memory trail from your original body." He added, "It is possible that the upgrades may be some part of the reason we have headaches when we arrive, although of course our new brains won't develop exactly the same way as the old ones, so there has to be some settling time."
She muttered, "The memory... how do they get the memory out of the old brain, then?"
Maralin shrugged. "That is a detail that Garia might know, I certainly do not. I recall she said it had something to do with the multiple dimensions. I have the impression that our memories... our whole existence, in fact, may exist as a kind of timeline that the Beings can tap into and replay somehow. They don't see time and space the same way we do."
Ursula shook her head. "This whole story sounds so fantastic. You can understand why I find it difficult to accept."
"Indeed, Mistress," Wallesan agreed. "I was of the same mind, but when we were in Palarand some of us were offered sufficient proof that what we tell you now is the truth. Before then, I had to accept that Maralin and Garia were from some distant land, but we have rules that prevent people from claiming matters that are likely impossible."
Fanis said, "Oh, the Great Convocation! Of course. Tell her what happened then, Wal."
"Ah, very well. The history of the Great Valley, the surrounding regions and, indeed the rest of Alaesia must have been much like that of Earth in the past. Many people claimed that different Gods existed, or that they could do magic, held special knowledge or other things of the like nature. Naturally there was great strife as each faction claimed their own interpretation was true.
"Finally, two hundred years or so ago, a Great Convocation was called to determine what was true and what was not. The iron rule of the convocation was, prove it! No-one was permitted to argue a belief or force it onto others unless a demonstration could be made proving that the belief was true. As you might imagine, almost all religions failed the test, along with all those who claimed magical powers.
"Thus, you will find almost nothing of religion in any of our lands, Mistress. In fact, few these days even know what the word means. We accept that Anmar was probably created for a reason, but we do not know what that reason is. At certain times of the year we hold festivals and acknowledge the likely existence of a Maker, but we do not know if that word represents a being of some sort, a universal principle or perhaps something else. We do not know if the Maker is aware of us or our activities, but we try to behave ourselves - mostly - as we believe he, she or it might have desired.
"Now, naturally, when Princess Garia told us her story, and that she had been in contact with the Beings, I asked her, prove it. Sufficient proof was given to myself and others, that those who were there must needs accept that the Beings are very real. Regrettably, perhaps, in the present circumstances, certain oaths prevent myself and Maralin from saying any more about that proof. Mayhap one day, in time, you will also be permitted to experience that same proof."
Ursula opened her mouth to speak but closed it again.
He says he has proof but he cannot tell it to me! Very convenient for him.
Maralin said, "I know what you are thinking, Mistress. We have proof but we can't tell it to you. Our problem is that our oaths were given long before we ever discovered you. We had no idea that you would arrive, it was completely unexpected. The situation is just awkward for all of us. I hope that we can provide you with sufficient other proofs that you will accept what we tell you."
She said, "How do these Beings of yours fit into the picture? Is this Maker one of them?"
Maralin shook his head. "Indeed not, Mistress. If the Maker exists, he - or she, or it - must be roughly what you or I would consider to be a true God of some kind. The Beings are..." he thought briefly, "...merely other inhabitants of our universe, though of a different kind to us. Aliens, if you will. They call us all Solids."
"I see." No, I don't. Not really. This is too fantastic to be true!
Wallesan leaned forward. "And now we come to your own arrival, Mistress. To say that we were surprised when we realized what you were would be an understatement. You had been placed on a mudbank in the Sirrel at precisely the moment when the Visund would be sailing past, and in that ship the two people who would recognize you for what you were. You had to have been put there for us to find, and to bring here to Joth."
"Why? How do you know how long I had been there? I could have been there a while!"
"Unlikely, Mistress. If you had been there since the previous day, you would have been awake by the time we found you. Besides, there are creatures in the river that would likely have taken you for food, you have encountered one of them yourself. No, I deem you had not been there more than a bell or two. The timing is too... coincidental."
Ursula was forced to accept that would be true - assuming any of it was.
"Very well. What happened to my clothes, then? You said that I could have them back."
Wallesan gestured. "They are in that bag on the desk behind you, Mistress. Maralin, I suggest you spread them out over the table."
The four rose and went to stand around the table. Maralin unpacked the items in the bag, provoking gasps from both Ursula and Fanis. Ursula picked up the tee shirt first, gingerly inspecting the blood-encrusted rags.
"I was wearing this?"
"You were, Mistress, and it caused something of a problem on the ship, as some thought you must be gravely injured beneath the clothes."
Maralin added, "If you look at the tears carefully, Mistress, you will see rips in the front and puncture marks in the back. From the size and separation I took them to be bear claws, and that your body - the Earthly one, that is - probably didn't survive."
"But... I don't remember anything like that!"
Maralin said, "Regrettably, that is true of all of us, Mistress. Neither Garia nor myself remember what was happening when we... left Earth, or even what day or date it was. It might be the trauma, or maybe to do with the way the Beings tap into our memories."
Ursula wrinkled her nose, then put down the shirt and picked up the trousers.
"I remember buying these and the boots in an outdoor shop in... a small town in the wilds of Alberta. What I had been wearing previously had worn out." She nodded. "These were of much better quality."
"I'm afraid that none of it will fit you now, Mistress, even if you wanted to wear them again. Your shape is completely different."
Fanis added, "Those trousers look interesting, Wal. This is the first time I've seen them. Is this something the seamstresses would be interested in? I'm thinking of uniforms now, not attire for a young woman."
Wallesan grinned. "Oh, they'll be interested, all right! Have I told you about zippers yet? The trousers have a zipper of Earth manufacture in them."
"No, you haven't, Wal. What's a zipper?"
The next few moments were spent introducing Fanis to the wonder of a zipper, with the additional news that soon some of local manufacture might arrive from Palarand.
"Really?"
"Really, Fanis. They are not yet as small and smooth-running as this one but Master Fulvin tells me that it is only a matter of time before they can make items like that."
"Your Grace," Maralin said to Fanis, "if we might not become distracted today. You may examine the trousers at your leisure, assuming Mistress Ursula agrees, when I can explain some of the other interesting features you might like."
"Of course, Maralin! All this is very interesting, you must agree, but I accept your point. If you would continue, Wal."
Wallesan gestured. "It is up to Mistress Ursula now, I think."
Ursula put down the trousers and picked up the pistol magazine.
"I - I remember this," she said. "I think something was coming and I wanted to make sure I had a fresh clip in the gun." She pointed to the tee shirt. "Didn't look as if it did me much good, did it?"
"Something? Not someone?"
She hesitated. "A large animal, I think. It may have been the bear, it might have been earlier. A moose, perhaps."
Next she picked up the cellphone and naturally attempted to turn it on.
"I already tried that, Mistress," Maralin said. "If you want to charge it, I'm afraid that the nearest electricity is in a laboratory in Palarand."
"What do you mean?"
"Nobody here knew about electricity or magnetism until Garia arrived," he explained. "She basically invented the whole science for them. In a year they have gone from nothing to steam-powered generators, crude motors, relays and arc welding. They don't have the telegraph or lighting yet, but give them time. The King's crew are a very bright lot, once they have been given a hint or two."
Ursula stared at him. Electricity was a basic fact of life, for almost everyone in the entire world! True, there were still places in the wilds of Siberia - and Canada - where there was no electricity, but almost everybody knew about it!
She waved the phone. "If I could charge it, is there any point? You're telling me that there is no chance of a signal anywhere around here."
He laughed. "There is no signal for a thousand light years, Mistress! But aye, your device can be of some use here, assuming we can charge it. It has a camera, if nothing else, and probably a half decent calculator, right? I'm sure that it will find some uses, it won't be just a useless lump of plastic."
She stared at him and then at the phone. Disgruntled, she put it down and picked up the sheathed knife.
"This was another good buy," she said, pulling the knife out of its sheath. "O Boje! Is this my blood?"
"Unlikely," Maralin replied. "It is more likely that of the bear, or maybe something else that either attacked you earlier or that you hunted." His grin was lopsided. "I regret we cannot prove it yet, though. The necessary technology won't be developed for fifty to a hundred years yet."
She stared at him before returning the knife to its sheath.
"We noticed wood grains on the back of the knife," Wallesan commented. "Did you use it to cut wood, perhaps?"
"I did, I made a shelter or two along the way." She was unwilling to say more.
Maralin said, "But maybe you didn't have time to clean the knife before the bear attacked you."
She looked at him, then pulled the knife out to inspect it more closely. "Possible. I don't remember. I don't think I would have left a knife in this state, though."
She returned the knife to its sheath and placed it back on the table before picking up the wallet.
"We had a look in there when we found you, Mistress," Maralin explained. "It was another proof - for us - that you had arrived from Earth. Once we saw the picture on your driver's licence we knew immediately that your gender had been switched, just as mine and Garia's had."
She pulled out the licence and looked at it. The face looked strange, distant now.
It isn't who I am any more. Unless I am still dreaming, of course.
"We noticed that your hair color was different," Maralin said. "As what you have now is almost certainly the color you were born with, we came to the conclusion that you were in some kind of disguise. That probably means that the other details on the card are wrong as well."
Ursula looked at Maralin, then the Duke. Given the circumstances, they had deduced correctly. "I cannot deny it," she admitted, "this is my natural hair color and yes, everything else on the licence is false. I'm not going to tell you anything else, though. I am not going to get anyone else into trouble."
Wallesan looked pained. "Mistress, it is impossible for you to 'get anyone else into trouble', as you put it. We are on Anmar and your past is on Earth, which as Maralin says is a very long way away. We care not who you were or what you did on Earth. As far as they are concerned, you are dead, killed by a large wild animal. As far as we are concerned, you were brought here for a reason. Did we not tell you that the transfers were expensive? The Beings do not transfer anyone or anything without a very good reason."
"But I have no proof of anything you have told me. As far as I am concerned, this could all be a story to make me tell... how I got to where you found me. Wherever that was."
The Duke's face darkened but Maralin held up a hand. "If I may, Your Grace. Mistress Ursula does not know what she has just done. Ursula, you have just called your host a liar, and in this society that is a very serious matter. Do you not remember what happened at Count Horvik's mansion?"
She was shocked. I forgot! If I am here, I have to play by their rules, it seems.
She bowed. "Your Grace, I meant no disrespect to you. It is just that I struggle to believe any of what you have just told me. I... was running away, yes, and I know that those who were after me are capable of... setting up something like this to lull me into a false sense of security, to get me to tell them... things I must not. So I do not know if you are a real Duke, who has probably told me the truth, or somebody pretending to be, who is attempting to get me to admit things I would rather not."
Wallesan looked annoyed at first but then his face cleared.
"Mistress, Maralin has attempted to explain your point of view but I find it difficult to believe that such things are possible on Earth. However, that does not mean that you cannot, and I must needs respect your view of your own circumstances. If I might suggest, you should be careful when choosing your words beyond this chamber, as you might without knowing it cause offence." He smiled slightly. "After all, despite what we have told you today you still know little about our world or those who live in it."
Ursula briefly bowed her head. "I'll try to remember, Your Grace."
Maralin said, "Your Grace, it might be time to let Ursula out into the city. Until now she has either been on the Visund or stuck in your mansion, meaning no disrespect. I think she needs to wander round, see what we have, and then she can better make her decision."
Wallesan nodded. "Agreed." He turned to Ursula. "As I mentioned before, it would be unwise for you to go forth alone. Firstly, the streets and lanes of the city are narrow and complicated and you could easily become lost. Secondly, many of those who reside here are of the rougher sort, and I understand that you are no fighter." He raised his eyebrows. "Is that true? You have had no training in arms or unarmed combat?"
How do I answer this? Actually, it doesn't matter, it won't tell them anything they can't already work out.
"I, uh, how can I explain this? After leaving school almost everyone has to undergo a period of military training. That lasts about two years but it varies according to where you get sent. It is very basic and..." She stopped.
I could give away more without knowing it.
"Uh, we were taught to use pistols and rifles. No unarmed combat, not where I was sent."
Maralin asked, "AK-47s?"
"Yes." She smiled. "After all, almost everybody in the entire world... Earth, that is, has some experience of Kalashnikovs. I wasn't very good with them, though."
"You were conscripted, then?"
She nodded. "That's right."
Maralin turned to the Duke. "What she describes is a basic training for everyone who leaves school in her country, except those who can find some good reason not to, like good academic qualifications, poor health or something like that. Think of it like the training your levies got before we took back the city, but for everyone once they gain adult status."
"Ah, I see," the Duke said. "Mistress, your training would be no use here, I deem."
"Having watched your men in the courtyard this morning, I am forced to agree."
"Then -" the Duke glanced out the window. "It is too late today, I think, but tomorrow you should go forth into the city."
Fanis said, "That is a good idea, Wal. If for no other reason, Ursula must needs have her hair attended to, it needs to be shaped properly and trimmed. Given the weather, she will also need a hat or two, and perhaps one or two other items from the market."
"Then it is settled. I trust, Mistress, that you are still reluctant to tell us anything about yourself?"
Her expression was determined. "I dare not."
The Duke's smile was gentle. "Then Mistress, we must somehow demonstrate that you are not dreaming, neither are you ensnared by your enemies, but indeed a newcomer to the world of Anmar. I trust that we may somehow find proof to convince you that is so, and that you have nothing to fear from any of us, that we only wish you well."
He stood, so therefore the others did too. "Now, I regret that I must needs rise and continue those other tasks that await me. Fanis, I know that you will desire to check upon the progress of this evening's meal. Do you know when Eriana and the others will be back?"
"I do not, Wal. I am assuming that Eriana and the girls will be back for the meal, but she may decide to stay with her men until later."
"What shall we then do with Mistress Ursula?"
"Oh, she may attend me until such time as the others are back. Will that suffice?"
"As you wish, my dear."
* * *
"Mistress Ursula."
"Your Grace?"
"Maralin made a suggestion earlier which may prove of interest to you. Now that we have risen from our meal, you may like to venture forth upon the walls of Joth, to view the city and the countryside around, to gain some idea of the place we inhabit. It may also help with your digestion to take a short climb and stroll."
"That is an interesting idea, Your Grace, but Princess Eriana has not returned."
"My wife will accompany us this evening. As I recall, it is some while since she last went to the walkway, unless she has done so since we were away, of course."
Fanis joined them and curled her arm around that of Wallesan. "I have not, husband. When did you think I would find the time for such adventures?"
His eyes twinkled. "I do not know what you did while we were away, dear. Mayhap you spent your time consorting with the common artisans who rebuilt our mansion!"
"I did, husband," she replied mischieviously. "I stood over them, making sure that they did what they were supposed to, and that they did not overcharge us for the privilege of having our home rebuilt."
"And that is all you did?"
"Oh, there might have been the odd mug of pel shared, now I think on it... are we going to spend all evening talking or are we going to climb up to the wall? If you don't hurry up it will be dark, you know."
"As you desire, my dear. Let us go. Maralin? Mistress Ursula? Are you ready?"
"Aye, Your Grace."
"I am, Your Grace."
Wallesan led them along the lower corridor and, to Ursula's surprise, up the domestic staircase. At the top they turned right, over the carriage arch, and then straight ahead to another narrower stairway which went both up and down. The Duke led the way up this, to come out on the balcony of the uppermost floor. He turned left towards the wall.
"Have you yet been this way, Maralin?"
"No, Your Grace. I guessed it would lead to the wall, but I do not know the layout up here."
"I have been once since they rebuilt it. The repairs seem quite sound."
They walked past doorways that led, from the odd person who stuck their heads out and quickly withdrew them, to sleeping chambers for the armsmen who were quartered in this part of the city. At the end, the balcony turned right, to go along the back range, but Wallesan opened a door to his left.
"At ease, men!"
The eight men in the large room sat down again, but looked warily at the newcomers.
"This is not an official visit, so ease your worries," he told them. "Though if I do find anything amiss, I'll have to tell Captain Hambran, you hear?"
There was a chorus of "Yes, Your Grace!"
"I'm taking the Duchess, Tenant Maralin and Mistress Ursula up on the wall for a look round. Anything I should be aware of?"
One of the men stood up. "Nothing particular, Your Grace. Oh, we have asked for guardrails to be fitted on the stairway, there was almost a bad accident last week, before you returned."
Wallesan nodded. "A sensible idea, I deem. I'll have a look and make sure that any recommendations get acted on."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
Wallesan led the way through the guardroom and out a door on the further side, which came out in a small porch at the base of a stone stairway which led up the side of the wall to the patrol path.
"I would advise you all to keep against the wall, to avoid accidents. The stairs up to the walls of Joth have been like this for hundreds of years and we have always managed, but I appreciate why the men have asked for guardrails to be fitted. Take your care on the stone steps."
They followed the Duke up the steps in single file, even though they were wide enough to safely take two abreast. At the top was a wide pathway behind the chest-high parapet that stopped them falling outside. There was no wall on the inside. Wallesan turned and leaned against the parapet, gesturing at the cramped buildings below.
"This is my city," he said simply. "A view that most of those within do not see, but of course the city armsmen are familiar with it. From here it has been possible to walk completely round the walls, but I understand that the works at the docks make that impossible for now."
What they could mostly see were steeply pitched, tiled roofs in the late evening light, some obscured by the smoke from many of the chimneys that sprouted from almost all of the buildings. Because of the height and angle, there were almost no people in view.
Ursula turned around and looked over the parapet, to see the countryside properly. This was almost completely flat, which was reasonable so close to the river. Much of the land was open, but there were several clumps of trees in the near distance. Most of the fields closest to the walls were given over to grazing and there were groups - herds - of animals in some of the nearer ones, some now being encouraged towards shelter for the night.
The trees look... different. That isn't surprising, if I've been taken to part of the world I don't know - or if I really am on another planet.
Those animals... there is something odd about them, too.
"Blya! Those animals have six legs!"
"Aye, Mistress, we showed you some of them in the cold room the other day, remember?" Maralin pointed at the nearest group, now turning away to follow a farm hand. "They are called gavakhan and they are one of our main meat animals."
She stared at them as they ambled off towards a nearby barn, walking as no Earthly animal would.
Those are not made up animals! They are somehow real!
Or maybe this is all some kind of illusion? Like a movie set?
She felt the evening breeze on her cheeks and knew that it could not be so.
This is - seems to be - a real place. Those creatures weren't made in some kind of movie workshop, and there aren't people inside operating them. So how?
Wildly she stared about her, looking for somewhere around where the scenery might be joined, or come to an end... or something. A disturbing worry had begun to emerge, that somehow this place was real, that this was now her real body, and that she was, actually, somewhere else entirely.
Which is worse, that this place is real... or that it is not?
The sky attracted her attention. To the east, away from the setting sun, there were two bright lights near the darkening horizon.
She pointed. "What are they? Are they moons?"
"Aye, Mistress, those are Annis and Tiede. Kalikan will not rise until later."
Wait. Kalikan? Where have I heard that word before?
She said slowly, "So... this world has three moons? Is that right?"
Maralin smiled. "Aye, just the three, Mistress. When I first came I thought there were only two and things were a little confusing for a while. Now the biggest, Kalikan, is about the size of Earth's Moon, although it does look a little different. It goes around once a month... well, actually, here they define their months by the movement of Kalikan. That would be thirty-one days or so, and sometimes they put in an extra day to make sure it comes out right."
He coughed. "Um, I have to tell you that I assume that you now have a fully functional female body and that it, too, is governed by Kalikan. You should begin your period on the same day every month, which is a lot more useful than the Earth method. Your Grace? I beg your pardon, I should not say any more in present company."
Wallesan waved a dismissive hand. "We know of your origins, Maralin, though most men dislike being near any such conversation. I understand your intent. However, here comes Captain Hambran and he may object, should you continue."
"As you desire, Your Grace. I am sure that Her Grace can advise Mistress Ursula when the day comes."
Fanis was puzzled. "Maralin, do you tell me that Ursula has never -" She stopped, unable to form the words in mixed company.
"As you say, Your Grace. Um, I'll explain later, if I may. Good evening, sir."
Hambran reached the top of the steps and braced to attention. "Your Grace, Your Grace, Mistress, Tenant. Good evening to you all. I would have joined you earlier but -"
Once again Wallesan held up a hand. "No need to apologize, Hambran. You're running this watch, not me. You must do what is needful, we are but visitors enjoying the evening light."
"As you say, Your Grace. Thank you." He paused. "Is there anything in particular..?"
"We are merely enjoying the view, which Tenant Maralin and Mistress Ursula have not seen before. We'll be fine, Captain. Anything to report?"
"Nothing so far, Your Grace. There have been some changes while we were away, and I must needs discover what the new procedures might be. If you'll excuse me, Your Grace?"
"Of course, Captain."
Hambran braced to attention and then walked past them, heading for a guardhouse on the wall some short distance away, now showing a light through one of the window slits. They watched him go before turning to the city below.
"I think that you can see from here, Mistress," the Duke pointed out, "that you could easily become lost wandering about the city. You can see that the streets run in all directions and there is no real organization to them. That, unfortunately, is a matter of history and there is little we can do about it now. Of course, everybody who lives here knows their way around but for a stranger," he shook his head, "some parts can become dangerous. I advise you to go attended by at least an armsman or, indeed, an armswoman should you venture out tomorrow. The women who attend us generally go out without an escort but they know the city, know their way around and know most of the troublemakers anyway."
Maralin asked, "Your Grace, it is something that never occurred to me to ask before, but, how many live in Joth?"
"I am not sure, Maralin, not any more. Before the Yodans came, I would guess at fourteen to fifteen thousand, but of course some of those would not be long-term residents. After the Yodans came, we were all dispersed over the country and some who had been residents never came back. Others have joined us and settled down in the city, like some of the troops who came through and decided that they preferred Joth to Virgulend, Brugan or some other land."
He smiled. "So long as they can find a place to live, keep a job or practise a craft and pay their taxes, I am content to have them. If what is happening to Palarand is a taste of our future, I think that we must needs do what they have long done and expand outside our walls."
"What?" Fanis was surprised. "You would consider that, Wal? What happens the next time some army appears across the fields, then?"
"It should not be a problem, dear, not in the future. I am told, forcefully, that the wars of the future will be fought with guns and that our walls will be as much impediment as assistance. Of course I would prefer it if there were no wars at all, but the other side might not get my letter."
"We need to talk about this, Wal. I find the idea... uncomfortable."
"We shall speak of it, dear," he rolled his eyes, "when we can both get a bell or so of free time together."
While the conversations had been going on the sun had almost set, but the sky in the east was getting brighter, not darker. Ursula turned to Maralin.
"You said there were three moons."
"Oh, yes. The middle one is also the middle sized one and is called Annis. I have no idea how big it is or how far away it is. It goes around in a week or so and, in fact, is why people here have weeks at all. It is just a practical way of dividing up the days, I suppose. The smallest is called Tiede and is probably just a captured asteriod. It orbits so close that it seems to go around the other way, but it isn't, it just does three orbits a day."
"That seems odd."
"Aye. Garia told me that one of the moons of Mars does the same thing. If it goes round faster than the planet rotates, then it will seem to go backwards, as it were."
It all sounds so plausible! I wonder if the stars will look the same or if...
"Whatever is that?" She pointed to the east.
Maralin grinned. "That, Mistress, is why I suggested we come up onto the walls this evening. If you should wait, much of it will appear above the horizon before we have to retire for the night."
A fantastic sight was rising from behind distant mountains to the east. There were filigree tendrils, clouds, swirls, all in different colors, greens, reds, blues, yellows. There were many bright stars embedded in the huge nebula which was rising into the evening sky, their multi-colored fire lighting up the clouds of gas which covered a quarter of the horizon.
She realized that her mouth was open and closed it.
How do they do that? Surely that isn't possible! What is it?
Maralin was still speaking. "Here they call it the Veil, Mistress. I am told that it is a nebula, a region of clouds and dust where new stars are born. It would appear to be far enough away that Anmar is in little danger."
"Danger? What kind of danger?"
"The glowing you see is caused by radiation. Obviously, if that radiation reached here at high enough levels it wouldn't do any life here much good." He continued, "Nobody knows if it can be seen from Earth, or even if we would see the same view. I was told that Earth cannot be seen from here, that it is behind dust clouds, but we do not known if the Veil is what they referred to."
A little to the north, the visible horizon began to whiten, and very soon a white disk rose into view.
"Is that... Kalikan?"
"Aye, Mistress."
"Tell me, why does everything go across the sky the wrong way?"
"Oh, that one's easy, Mistress. We are in the southern hemisphere, naturally. Below the Equator, if you will."
There was a sudden sense of wrongness and it jolted her, until she understood what Maralin was saying. Then abruptly everything clicked into place and certain things became sensible again.
Of course I'm in the southern hemisphere! Much of what I see now makes sense... but where am I, then? Some remote part of Argentina, perhaps? No idea. Not Africa, I think. Maybe Australia? I know they have odd-looking animals there.
No, if there had been six-legged animals even I would have heard of them by now!
Two armsmen came up the stairway behind them and everybody turned. Behind the men were Eriana, Bennet and Semma. The Princess saluted Wallesan.
"Good evening, Wallesan, Fanis, Ursula, Maralin. I was told that you came to see the fine view of the city this night."
The Duke nodded. "Aye, Maralin suggested that it might help Mistress Ursula resolve her problems. What of your own?"
"I have arranged repairs to the Visund, which was not that badly damaged by the great fish but still required attention. By your leave, the men are making themselves comfortable in your city."
Wallesan waved a hand. "I doubt many will object, we all owe you and your men so much. Without your attack, we might still be at war today."
"As you say." Eriana turned to Ursula. "What do you think of the city? I have not been up here myself, the view is impressive."
"It is bigger than I thought," Ursula replied. "I was more interested in that, though." She pointed at the Veil.
"Aye!" Eriana smiled. "Is it not a magnificent sight? Our bards have long wondered if the halls of Valhalla lay there, where our brave warriors go when they are laid to rest."
Maralin said, "I was telling her that we don't see the Veil on Earth, Highness, not in the same way you do. If there was one reason I would not willingly return to Earth, it would be having that in my sky."
"Aye! I cannot disagree! Many a moonless night the Veil has proved ample to guide weary sailors home to port. But it is not just of practical use, our bards sing of the colors, the shapes, the jewels that gleam within it... It is truly a magnificent sight."
There was some small talk and then Fanis led the way back down the stairway to their bed chambers. Ursula undressed and cleaned herself up in a daze before lying on her bed, thinking.
It is... JUST possible, I think, to make all that up somehow, but I have no idea how it would be done.
If it is not made up, then logically this whole... place... is real, and that I am really here, in a female body, on a planet far, far away.
I'm frightened. I don't know whether I want it to be real or not!
If it isn't real, then I am still on Earth, and either being set up by... someone... or I have become totally insane.
And if I am insane, then nothing matters, it is all in my head.
She felt as if a yawning chasm had opened up beneath her.
If I don't find out the truth soon, I really will be insane!
Ursula finally gets to experience the city of Joth as she is taken to have her hair done. Afterwards, in the market, an opportunity presents itself... cue haste, confusion, desperation and sudden violence.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
14 - Street Life
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The light coming around the edges of the drapes was bright,
but it was still early. Ursula had heard the clock chime earlier but
had no idea what the bell sequence meant. She lay on her back in the
bed and thought about what had happened to her the last few days.
Maralin was right, this whole problem is going to be difficult to solve.
...Even if Maralin only exists inside my head, I cannot disagree with his analysis.
...Which might prove, as he has repeatedly said, that his story is the same as mine. In most ways, except that he tells me that he has gone from woman to man while I have gone from man to woman.
Which is impossible!
...Which in turn means that I am still on Earth.
But everything I see, everything I eat and drink, everything I have been shown, points powerfully to the opposite conclusion.
He is right, though. I have three choices, and I can only find an answer by myself.
Firstly, it is possible that I have made myself so paranoid that I am, actually, insane. That everything I have experienced around me is inside my own head.
Secondly, that somehow I have been caught and that I am being held... somewhere... where they can experiment on me to find out what I know. What is around me seems completely real, but that could be drugs or hypnotism or... something new from the west, perhaps? Whatever it is, it does seem very real.
Lastly, I could somehow really be here, as a woman, on another planet.
She shuddered. The feelings of relief, of the possibility of finally being able to be what she should have been in the first place, were very strong. Just as strong was the realization that, if she was on another planet, she would be safe from her pursuers, that as the Duke had told her, nobody here cared about her past, only what she might be able to contribute to her present circumstances.
I would really, REALLY like that to be true, she told herself wistfully. I can be me, and knowing what I do I could make a difference here.
The problem is that I do not think there is any way I can prove which choice is right!
...And I might even make myself crazy by obsessing over this for too long!
She lay there in the early morning light, fully aware that her thought processes were stuck in a vicious loop and that was in turn contributing to her state of mind. Eventually, there were sounds from the servants' room and Bennet sleepily opened the door.
"Good morning, Mistress Ursula. Did you sleep well?"
Ursula shifted herself up onto an elbow with a yawn. "Not as well as I should have done, Bennet. Good morning. As you must know, I have a lot to think about."
"Then perhaps I must needs distract you with some practical matters. If I may go first in the toilet?"
Ursula waved assent before swinging her legs off the bed and finding her slippers. After Bennet emerged, Ursula took her place and then they began the business of bathing, neither requiring any special activities this morning.
"What should I wear this morning, then? I will be going out into the city to have my hair done."
"It will be warm enough today, I deem," Bennet replied, "that you could wear the undyed summer one - the one you wore on the Visund. As we walked through the streets yesterday, we found that the buildings warmed up as the day progressed so that it became stifling by the time we had finished. Her Highness remarked that we should feel more comfortable when we are wearing our new attire."
"You could be right. I'll wear that one and... oh, I'll have to wear an old bodice. I wonder when the bras are going to arrive?"
The armswoman shrugged. "Could be today, might not be until tomorrow, Mistress. I am familiar with the timings of the Palace Wardrobe, I knew roughly how long they would take to make anything, but I do not know how His Grace's seamstresses in the city work. If I might suggest, we should ask Her Grace about the laundry facilities when we go downstairs. In this weather, our underwear should take little time to dry."
The armsman at the top of the stairs when they emerged was someone new, a dark-skinned man who showed strong African roots. He eyed them with interest.
Bennet saluted him. "Good morning. I don't think that we have met before. I am Guardswoman Bennet and this is Mistress Ursula."
The man saluted them in the Jothan fashion, with a smile that showed a row of perfect white teeth.
"Good morning, Mistress Bennet, Mistress Ursula. I am Mamoot, I have a night duty this week which is why, perhaps, you have not seen me before. If I may accompany you?"
"Surely."
The three walked down the stairs.
Bennet asked, "Forgive me for asking, but you are not from the Great Valley?"
"But I am, Mistress, I was born in Joth. My parents, though, are from Tel Botro in the north, beyond the Stone Sea. My father became a wagon guard for a trader and traveled to the Great Valley on a number of occasions. Eventually, he was offered a post here in Joth and decided to bring my mother down." He smiled. "Then I was born and things changed. Here we are." He gestured to the door into the dining room. "Enjoy your meal."
Inside, they found that Fanis had already arrived and lost no time telling her of their domestic concerns. She explained the arrangement for laundry, telling them that since the Ducal couple had moved back they had needed to make some changes.
"Our original laundry had been wrecked by the Yodans, so a new one must needs be built. It is further away and not so convenient for the mansion. I begin to wonder if my husband's ideas for expanding beyond the walls may, in fact, be of some help in such matters."
"I could not say, Your Grace," Bennet said, "as all I know is the King's palace, which has its own laundry. I will make sure that a bag containing all our washing is left outside our door before we go anywhere this morning."
"Thank you, dear, that will be fine. I expect that you will also be awaiting your new clothes, I received word late yesterday that some seamstresses would attend the mansion this afternoon with some items, perhaps of underwear." She smiled at the two. "I didn't want to burden Wallesan with such talk last night, not as we were going to climb up to the wall."
"Thank you, Your Grace, that is good news," Bennet said. "I await the afternoon with interest."
Fanis raised an eyebrow. "And the morning? I thought that you were going to go out with Ursula today."
Bennet shook her head. "I regret that I will not be accompanying Mistress Ursula this morning, Your Grace. During our mock battle yesterday, my sword was nicked and I must needs go to your armorer to have it remedied. Her Highness has asked Semma to accompany Mistress Ursula today."
The Duchess smiled. "And I have a guide arranged to see them safely around the city streets today, though she has not yet arrived. Ah, here is Eriana with Semma, I see."
Eriana greeted those already there with a smile. "Good morrow to you all." She frowned. "I have greeted people that way all my life, it is an automatic habit, I deem, but perhaps not what folk in the Valley are familiar with. Should I change it, Fanis?"
Fanis smiled. "Just think of it as a personal quirk, dear. Everybody knows what it means, I see no harm in it. Although... it may depend on how you desire others to see you. Do you wish to be seen as a true Princess of Palarand now, or are you content to be as a mercenary in their employ?"
The Princess frowned. "As you put it that way... I have given my oath to Robanar and I now call his palace my home, being estranged from my father and from Einnland. Mayhap I must needs consider my words more carefully in future. My thanks to you, Fanis, for your thoughts."
Eriana, Bennet and Semma were in their uniforms, which made sense today, but Ursula wondered how a female bodyguard would be viewed by the city folk. It had already become apparent to her over the days that women in arms were extremely unusual, which meant that it was possible a few fools might try something just to see what happened.
Wallesan appeared and, after the usual greetings, everyone headed for the tables. As they were sitting down Maralin appeared, out of breath.
"If I may offer my apologies, Your Grace! I have spent too long in the kitchens this morning."
The Duke looked amused. "Describing new dishes, Maralin, or attending Renita?"
He blushed. "A little of each, Your Grace. It should not happen again."
Wallesan waved a hand. "Sit, sit. You are a valued member of my household, of course you may attend the kitchen... and those who work there. Apology accepted."
The servants began putting food on the table and everyone started to eat. By now Ursula was familiar with the type and range of food and drink provided at meals and could easily find something she preferred. After the meal, as the diners were rising, a woman came through the doors looking flustered.
"Your Grace! Your Grace, my most humble apologies! My eldest son Taran was not well this morning, I had to call for a healer. I am sorry that I could not join you for breakfast, and that I did not think to send a message."
Fanis walked over to the woman, taking her by the hand. "Tavia, Tavia, do not worry! If your son is ill then of course he must be first in your thoughts and deeds. We are just rising, there is no cause for concern here. Now, whatever is the matter with him?"
"I am grateful for your understanding, Your Grace. You know that Taran assists his father in the Great Hall?" Fanis nodded. "He fell from a ladder yesterday afternoon, we thought it was but a bruise on his leg but this morning his left knee has swollen up and is very painful."
"Oh, no! What do the healers say?"
"It is probably still a bruise, but Senia says that fluid might have built up around the joint. They have given him a poultice and made him sit with it raised up for a day or two. He is not happy about it, as you may imagine."
"Indeed! Boys are so active at that age, are they not?" Fanis turned to the other women. "If I may introduce Tavia, who is a close friend of mine. She is the wife of a city Alderman and knows our fair city well. Tavia, I have the great honor to introduce you to some ladies who have recently traveled from Palarand by ship with Wallesan. This is Her Highness Princess Eriana."
"Oh, my!" The woman curtseyed deep. "A unexpected honor, Your Highness."
Eriana inclined her head. "A pleasure to meet any friend of Fanis, I am sure."
Fanis said, "With her are Bennet and Semma, both Guardswomen of His Majesty, can you believe, who are companions to Eriana."
Since both were in uniform, they saluted.
"Can you really use those swords?"
"Aye, Mistress," Bennet replied, "Though as yet we have found no need to use them."
"Strange, to see women bearing arms! Is this to be our future, Your Grace?"
Fanis smiled. "Mayhap, but I doubt you will see many, even in Joth. These two, of course, may accompany Eriana where a man may not go."
"But of course! How useful."
"And this is Mistress Ursula," the Duchess continued, "who joined Eriana's ship as they journeyed upriver. It is Ursula, as you can see, who must needs have the services of a hairdresser today."
Ursula felt that a short dip was called for in the name of politeness.
The woman's eyes narrowed. "As I see. Unusually short hair, but we all know that is sometimes a necessity. I am sure that Letina can do something with it, even so. Mistress Ursula, I am pleased to make your acquaintance. Your Grace, is it only the Mistress who I am taking today?"
Fanis replied smoothly, "Since none of our guests are yet familiar with the ways of Joth, I have suggested that you take one of Eriana's guardswomen with you today to keep Mistress Ursula company, and perhaps to learn some of the streets. Semma desires some exercise and, possibly, to obtain some small items in the market, if you please."
"Why, of course! It will be no trouble to go and browse the stalls, once Letina has attended to Mistress Ursula's hair."
A quarter of a bell later, the three women walked under the entrance arch, below what Ursula now understood was a large and ancient clock mechanism. Outside, the morning sun was shining on a typical street scene in this strange city. There were buildings in what she thought looked like a European medieval style, except that she could not identify any recognizable national variations. There were wooden sidewalks here, raised above the street by a half meter or so, with steps down to the roadway every so often.
The street was busy, with groups of men, women and children going about their business, all dressed in colorful local attire. In the roadway, several of the large creatures which Bennet had called dranakhs were pulling large wagons along, while some mounted men were picking their way slowly between on smaller animals. Almost every adult man in sight wore a sword.
Tavia turned along the street, pointing. "This is called Mansion Street, if you did not guess, and if either of you do become lost, you have only to ask to be returned to the Duke's Mansion and all will know where to bring you."
"Aye, and thank you," Semma said. "Yesterday I walked with Her Highness the other way, down to the docks where our ship is, but not this way."
"Of course, you would have arrived that way, would you not? What do you think of Joth, then?"
"Certainly different to the city of Palarand, which is all I know," Semma replied. "There the city has long overflowed the walls and spread out over the surrounding land. I find Joth to be interesting, Mistress."
"I have traveled to Forguland and to Smordan but no further -"
Their guide chattered on about the differences between various cities as they crossed the roadway into a narrower street, with buildings overhanging the cobbles below. Ursula noted that there were no sidewalks here but the entrance doors opened directly onto the street, every one being reached by climbing a meter or so of stone steps. Below this level, the walls were blank except for some narrow horizontal slots at ground level, each protected by an iron grille, and iron rings, presumably for hitching the riding animals.
At the far end of the short street, they crossed a wider one and entered another so narrow it might almost have been termed an alley. Here, Ursula could take a closer look at the buildings, finding them of a typical medieval style, with lower storeys of brick and wooden frames with brick or plaster infill above, these being painted in a variety of jolly colors. The windows were like those in the Duke's mansion, of a fair size but composed of small glass shapes held together with lead strips.
Halfway along this street, Tavia climbed a set of double-faced steps and opened the wide door at the top. Inside was an entrance hallway with the usual doors either side and a staircase going up one side. They were greeted by a young woman sitting at a table just beyond the staircase who came forward as they entered the hall.
"Mistress Tavia! And friends. You are expected... though I believe that the message said only one."
"That is true, Kanidet, the other is here as her companion. If I may introduce Mistress Ursula, who desires the services of Mistress Letina, and Semma, who as you may see is a Guardswoman of His Majesty. Both are presently staying with Their Graces." Tavia shrugged. "If you are not busy, I am sure that Semma could be attended as well if she desired."
Kanidet cocked her head, looking thoughtfully at Semma's hair, finally nodding.
"It seems in good condition, Mistress, but if you have no objection we could look at the ends for you. I know that constant washing is good for the hair but can also encourage split ends."
Semma was doubtful. "If you are sure. I do not wish to cause delay to any of your other customers."
The attendant smiled. "It will be no trouble, Mistress. As your party has come from the Duke's mansion, at the request of the Duchess, we shall of course attend you directly. As it happens you will delay no-one this morning. If you would all follow me."
She led them through a rear door into a large bright room at the back of the building. On one side wall were three of the polished metal mirrors, and each had a comfortable upright chair in front of it. There were side tables of tools, jugs and basins of water and the usual things which one might find in such an establishment. An older woman who was obviously the proprietor came forward.
"Mistress Letina, if I may introduce two guests of His Grace, Mistress Ursula and Guardswoman Semma. I believe that Her Grace requested our services for Mistress Ursula, but since we have a spare chair I could attend Mistress Semma. Her hair should only require slight attention today."
The woman nodded. "Welcome to you both, I am Letina. Please, both of you be seated. Yes, Kanidet, you may attend Mistress Semma, but we must needs keep an eye on the front door, I am expecting Mistress Handiss at the fourth bell."
"As you say, Mistress."
Letina smiled at Ursula as she sat but then frowned at the state of her hair.
"If I may ask, Mistress, however did your hair come to be in this state? It is unusually short, if I may say so."
"That is an awkward question, Mistress Letina. It seems that I may have been traveling for some time but for most of that time I had lost my memory. I only regained it the day before yesterday, so I have no idea why it is as you see it."
"Traveling? Oh, you have come far, then? I can tell from your accent that you are not from anywhere nearby in the Valley."
Ursula thought. What do I tell her? Maybe the truth will serve - or at least what they already know to be the truth.
"Um, the last thing I remember from before that, I was in a wild part of a country called Alberta," she said. "The next thing I knew, I woke up in the Duke's Mansion, but I am told I was found on the banks of the Sirrel about seven days before that. So you see, anything might have happened to my hair."
"Oh! I see! How sad for you, Mistress, to lose so much of your life that way." Letina examined the hair carefully from all directions. "I see that, since you have arrived at Joth, your hair has been looked after as well as anyone might expect, it is merely a style that is lacking. Have you had any thoughts how you desire it to look?"
"I do not, but thinking about it, a short style could be practical. Can you just shape it, perhaps?"
"Of course I can, Mistress, though I must needs be careful since few customarily wear their hair so short in Joth. I am told, however, that short styles are becoming popular in Palarand these days." Letina turned to Semma, who was in the next chair having a cape wrapped around her. "Can you advise me, Mistress? I see from your attire and sash that you are from Palarand yourself."
"That is true," Semma agreed. "The short styles are a new fashion introduced by Princess Garia after she arrived in Palarand, probably because her own hair was short. We are told they are common in her homeland."
"Princess Garia? Really?" Letina's eyes lit up. "Have you seen her yourself? I must know more, if such styles are to come to Joth as well. If a Princess is the cause, then many women may desire a similar style, I deem."
Semma chuckled. "Aye, you are definitely right, Mistress. Half the female servants of His Majesty's palace now have short styles, as do many in the city. Aye, I know Her Highness, indeed, she has personally attended some of our training sessions." She added, "Indeed! Princess Garia is the only reason why I am a Guardswoman of His Majesty at all. Until she arrived, no-one could believe that any woman could attempt such things. She showed us differently, she is shorter than I but I know that even His Majesty's Armsmaster was reluctant to face her in the ring."
"Do you tell me? Maker! I did not know she was like that! Is she of an imposing stature, then?"
"Mistress, she is shorter than I am, and lighter. I cannot tell you very much about her abilities, but it is said that they impressed the King and Queen barely days after she arrived, such that she was given a suite next door to Their Majesties own."
"Maker! In Joth we have heard many tales of the Princess, some of which I can scarcely believe. And you are a woman-at-arms? Is that the proper term? So strange! Can you really use that sword you carry?"
Semma had removed her sword belt and hung it on one of the coat pegs behind the door before taking her seat.
"Mistress, I have been trained to use it, by the best in the Kingdom, but I have not yet faced battle. I am told that, until that happens, no-one may say how a man, or indeed a woman, may respond."
Letina shuddered. "I cannot imagine how I would react, save mayhap to freeze. I do not think battle is in the nature of a woman, but you obviously think differently."
"Mistress, I cannot disagree, but Princess Garia has shown us that perhaps we are not so different than the men after all."
"Well! And now I must needs attend to my client's hair, otherwise we shall be exchanging gossip all day." Letina's eyes glowed. "...But I dearly wish to learn more about the Princess, the palace, and all that has happened recently, and from someone who knows the truth. You do not suppose that I could visit you at the Duke's Mansion while you stay there?"
Semma looked uncomfortable. "Mistress, I am but a woman-at-arms, as you say, and I am companion and attendant to another Princess, Princess Eriana, who captains the ship we arrived on. Thus, I have duties and obligations and I do not think -"
Letina blushed. "I am so stupid! Of course, you are busy and may not have time for idle chatter. My apologies, Mistress, I should not have imposed. Another Princess, you say? My! Mayhap the tales we have heard have confused the two, making them seem a single amazing person."
The armswoman grinned. "Aye, you may be right, Mistress, but I can promise you that both are truly remarkable, without needing any tall tales."
"Indeed! Now, about Princess Eriana, we have heard -"
* * *
The three women trooped down the steps and back onto the street with some relief.
"I must apologize, Mistresses, about Mistress Letina. If I had known that she was going to ask so many questions I might have chosen to take you to a different establishment."
"Thank you for your concern, Mistress," Semma replied, "but no apology is required, if you think of it. Once people found out where I was from, I was always going to be asked such questions, it would not matter who did my hair."
"You may be right, Mistress, but I should have thought about what would happen and warned you. It may have saved you from talking so much. Still, you have both benefited from attention to your hair, I deem. Why, Mistress Ursula, I might even consider having mine shortened if the result is what I see on you."
Ursula's hair had been cut so that it all cleared her shoulders but hid her ears and jaw line. The ends presently hung straight down but she had been told that it might curl under after a day or two. Letina had rubbed something on it that made it shine in the sunlight. A black ribbon had been tied over the top and behind her ears, keeping her hair from her forehead. Seeing it in the mirror, she had thought of "Alice in Wonderland" and was glad that the ribbon was black, not white.
"I must admit that the result looks good," she agreed. "I have never worn it like this before but I might keep it this way in future."
"Could be practical on board," Semma offered, before: "Oh! I am so sorry, Mistress! I have made an assumption based on nothing at all."
That brought Ursula up short.
It is no worse than any of the assumptions I have been making. I had assumed that I would remain here in Joth while the Visund just sailed away. Perhaps, perhaps that has not been decided yet?
What do I want to do? What choices would there be? Do I even have a choice?
Caught in her own thoughts, Ursula distractedly waved a hand.
"Nobody has yet decided anything, Semma. We have only been here a few days and Her Highness said that she would stay until her men's injuries had healed. There should be plenty of time for me to decide what I want to do."
Tavia said, "Oh! But I thought... I assumed that you were of Princess Eriana's party, Mistress. What a curious circumstance!"
Ursula smiled at Tavia. "Mistress, curious does not begin to describe the situation. Today, it is not important, however. I doubt anyone will be going anywhere until the seamstresses of Joth have provided for us, so we all have plenty of time to make plans."
"As you say! Melisent told me that several of the Princess's party had need of suitable summer gowns and other items, and that must include you both. Oh, look, we must needs go along to the end of here and turn down the next street."
Tavia was fond of her own voice and chattered away as they traversed several streets in succession, finding out more about the session where Maralin had revealed his designs. Because of this, Ursula was distracted and had become somewhat confused about their route, wondering what would happen if she became lost.
This place is bigger than I first thought. I wonder where we are in relation to the Duke's Mansion?
After fielding a question about the gowns which had been ordered for her, she had another thought.
There are possibilities here. Could I somehow slip off by myself? If I was found again, I could just claim that I got confused - which is not far from the truth, anyway.
But if I am not found, I might be able to... what, exactly?
They turned down another side street, this one narrow enough that no sunlight entered. Looking up, Ursula realized that she had no idea which direction they were going. There was a much larger thoroughfare at the end, one that seemed very busy.
I look just like any other woman, she thought. If I slip away, is anyone likely to take notice of me?
She looked more carefully, now, at others on the street.
There are a number of lone women wandering around, so maybe I wouldn't be noticed. My short hair could be a problem, though. I haven't seen anyone else yet with short hair, even children.
The larger thoroughfare suddenly widened into a significantly-sized square, bordered on all sides by tall buildings, but filled with stalls, booths and awnings. The whole place was filled with people buying and selling. To one side there were animals, some with halters, others in pens, some of the odd bird-like creatures in large wicker cages.
"Mistress?" Tavia tried to get her attention.
"Oh, I'm sorry," she replied, "I was interested to see the market. This one is much bigger than those we visited along the river."
"Aye, of course! This is Joth's main place to buy and sell food, clothing, house wares and almost anything else. There are some smaller markets around the edge for necessities, but this is the central market for the whole city."
"I see. What should we be doing here?"
"I thought that it would be useful for you to have a look and see if there is anything you needed, Mistress. Mistress Semma spoke of some fingerless gloves to protect her hands aboard ship, and also that you needed to find some hats."
Hats! A good idea, if I put my hair up under a hat nobody can see that it is short. I have already seen women with their hair up, so it isn't that unusual.
"That is true, the sun is fierce and bright today, and I was told that it will only become hotter. I will need a hat, especially now that my hair is shorter and shows more of my neck."
"As you say, Mistress! Then, let us browse the stalls. If we may go down that side first, by the time we reach the far end we will be out of the sun for the rest of our investigation."
The only problem with that idea was that the sun was directly in her face as they walked along the cluttered space between the stalls and the side buildings, which Ursula saw were also shops of a more substantial nature. Shading her eyes with her hands she saw jewelers, cobblers, butchers, barbers, even a blacksmiths, with a forge glowing redly right at the back.
"Here, Mistress, what do you think of these?"
Tavia directed her attention to a nearby stall, which sold all kinds of hats from men's caps to children's bonnets to feminine creations. The construction materials were just as varied, leather, felt, canvas, reed and straw. A quick look made her stand back in thought.
Whatever I do, I'll need some kind of hat. I need something reasonably practical, not one of those airy creations, though.
My problem is that I have never bought a woman's hat before! I have no idea what I'll look like wearing the things, or even what is appropriate here.
"I - I want something hard-wearing and practical," she said, temporizing, "something that I can wear often, not like those filmy things there." She pointed to a stand with several that looked like wedding wear. "Perhaps a straw hat, with a decent brim?"
The short, plump stall-holder rubbed her hands. "Aye, Mistress, you need to keep the sun off that nice skin!" She leaned forward, selected a hat and held it up. "Will you try this one?"
It had a brim, one that was large and floppy. It was also not very well made. Realizing this, Ursula looked again at the hats on the stall, seeing now that the construction quality was average at best.
"Um, no thank you, Mistress. I, um, want to have a look around the market before I decide what to buy."
The woman's face fell. "As you wish, Mistress."
They moved on. Tavia leaned over. "What was wrong with the hat, Mistress? Something caught your eye."
"The hats on that stall were not very well made, Mistress Tavia. That straw hat would have scratched inside a week and likely fallen apart in a month."
Tavia nodded thoughtfully. "As you say, Mistress. I must admit, I make use of a hat-maker in Endormin Street, but she would take some time to commission a hat, and you need something now to protect your head. Look, there is another we will reach shortly."
By the time they had reached the other end of the square, Ursula had two hats, both of straw. She wore the one with the smaller brim and carried the other. Semma was now carrying a medium-sized cloth bag half-filled with small purchases.
"Oh, look! A jeweler! I know that his goods will only be trinkets, but perhaps you might find something you liked?"
The stall turned out to be that of a silversmith and the three women pored over the items for sale, admiring the intricate metalwork.
The stall-holder pointed. "Can you really use that sword, Mistress?"
That was about the tenth time Semma had been asked that question, so she had her answer ready.
"Aye, Master Silversmith, I have been well trained by His Majesty's Armsmaster, but I have not yet been tested in combat."
"His Majesty? I thought I recognized the colors of Palarand. Did you come on that strange ship?"
"I did, I serve the captain as companion and armswoman."
Ursula had heard all this before, so walked round the side of the stall to look at some of the other goods.
The conversation continued a short while, then Semma took her leave.
"I do not think I can purchase anything today, good master, but the quality of your goods is excellent, I deem. You are regularly in this spot?"
"Indeed, Mistress. You plan to return?"
"Aye. The Visund, our ship, remains in Joth for some days while the injuries of its crew heal. You may not have heard, but we met a giant gogon on the way here and some were hurt."
"A gogon! So the stories were true."
By the time that Semma and Tavia were finally able to extricate themselves, Ursula was nowhere to be seen. They searched around the nearby booths and then looked at one another.
"I cannot believe that she has wandered far," Tavia said. "I do not think she will come to much harm, the Duke looks after his guests, but I think we had better inform the watch."
"Indeed, Mistress Tavia. Ursula is a stranger here, and knows not the customs of the Valley, she could get herself into the kinds of difficulty that you or I might not."
"Do you tell me? Then we had best find the watch, I deem. They have a booth in the center of the market, over there."
- - -
Ursula reached the end of the alley breathing hard. Adrenalin was pumping through her veins in a very familiar way.
Slow down! You're supposed to just be somebody who has bought something from the market and is now going home. Maybe.
You've done this before, at least twice, and it worked both times. Easy, now. Relax. One time you were even dressed as a woman and nobody noticed.
She straightened and forced her body to relax. The smaller hat came off to be replaced by the one with the wider brim. She adjusted it over her eyes before walking out of the alley and turning left.
Should I be going this way? What is my objective? I know nothing about this place!
It appears to be a walled city, I saw that from the battlements the other evening. There were towers spaced around it... gates? Head for a gate, then, get out of the city, see if there really is an outside.
Wait a moment. Should I be going this way? I don't want to end up down at the docks! The crew would recognize me instantly.
She looked around, trying to find a slight slope in the road which might tell her where the river, and hence the docks, would be found. No such luck, it all appeared to be level, at least the section she could see. The street curved out of sight both ways.
I am seen looking around, why would I be doing that? Because I want to make sure it is safe to cross, that's why. I need to get out of this street, somebody will think of that alley soon enough.
There was a side lane just a little further up, one large enough to take a wagon but not much more. She turned down it with relief. This one was not straight, either, and she thought that good because it meant they could not spot her from a distance.
If I keep going this direction I should come to a street against the wall, and then I should be able to follow it around to the nearest gate.
She came to a stop, then, as a sudden thought percolated.
This time I am a real woman! No need to pretend like the other time.
...But if I AM a real woman, there should be no need to run away!
The contradictions in her position threatened to overwhelm her then, causing the air to flutter in front of her eyes and her skin to turn cold and clammy. She took a couple of deep breaths before walking steadily on.
Concentrate! This is one time you must not make mistakes!
Unfortunately, the street curved to the right and then ended at a T-junction. To the left, a smaller residential street apparently ended after about fifty meters, so she was forced to turn right again. She turned along it and strode purposefully over the brick paving, for the most part ignoring the few people she passed.
- - -
At the Watch post Semma found Adin and Tor, apparently arguing with two of the watch. The Visunders were in civilian garb, with sashes in Eriana's colors, while the watch men wore dark blue tunics, with sashes in the Jothan colors but arranged as a checkerboard to identify the city watch.
Tor turned. "Mistress Semma! What has happened?"
One of the watch said, "If I may. It is the Watch the Mistress has come to." He frowned. "Do you know this woman?"
"Aye, of course! Semma is one of the companions to Her Highness, who I was just telling you about."
The other one pointed. "Bedarn, she wears colors and a sword, this man's story must be true, then."
"A sword!" Bedarn gave Semma his full attention. "If we may help you, Mistress."
But Semma turned to Tor, to whom she could explain more easily. "Mistress Ursula was with us in the market and she has gone missing."
Tor spoke to the two men. "Mistress Ursula is a traveler from a distant land, and knows not the ways of the Valley as we do."
The watchman's eyes hardened. "Describe her, if you would."
"I have not the words... Semma, you would know what she was wearing today."
"A little taller than me, but not so tall as Mistress Tavia, perhaps. Her hair is short and about the same color as your own. We have just been to the hairdressers. She wears a dress the color of the river sand. Oh! And we have just bought her two straw hats in the market."
"And she is a stranger, you say. If so, she will easily become lost in the streets of Joth, I deem."
Semma hesitated. "There is another thing you must know. She may seek to hide from you or even try to get out of the city."
"What? Why?"
"I have only been told part of the details. The story is... complicated. It seems that Mistress Ursula does not believe that Joth is real, but that she is somewhere else entirely, being held against her will, and may try, as she thinks, to escape."
Bedarn's eyes widened and he turned to Tor, but the Bosun just shrugged. "I cannot answer you, sir. Mistresses Semma and Ursula stay with Her Highness at Duke's Hall. I have not heard what Semma just said."
Bedarn looked confused and somewhat upset, but Tor took the decision out of his hands. He pulled a lanyard out of his canvas shirt, put the attached whistle to his lips and blew: four long blasts, then two short, a pause, then two more short. Almost immediately answering blasts cut through the noise of the market, Semma thought they came from at least three different directions.
Tor said to Bedarn, "Hey, look. My men know missing woman, your men know city, so one of mine with one of yours, yes? Two times number of teams, that way we find Mistress quicker."
Bedarn hesitated in turn before nodding. "Very well, I agree."
He pointed a finger at Adin. "We fix your problem when we find this woman, aye? I am inclined to believe your story now."
Adin replied, "Yah. Of course. Finding Ursula is more important."
Bedarn turned to his Watch companion. "Halek, you remain here and deal with queries."
"The gates, boss?"
"Aye, of course! Get some runners from the post at the north end of the market. If this woman is that recognizable she won't be able to get through the gates."
- - -
This definitely does not look right.
She had made a wrong turning somewhere, that was certain. The streets here looked shabby, less well kept, less traveled. Remarkably, there was no litter or trash anywhere in sight, not even the droppings of animals, nowhere to even put trash. She wondered what happened to it.
Of more importance was that she was completely lost. Every street had a painted wooden sign on a nearby wall with the name, but the script was unfamiliar to her, and the names wouldn't have meant anything anyway. Turning around would raise questions in anyone who had noticed her, who saw her again and wondered why she was walking there. Fortunately she had yet to encounter a dead end, or it would become obvious that she didn't know where she was or where she should be going.
Please let me find a way out of this!
A wide-ish lane promised a way out, she turned down it, seeing a bigger street at the end. A woman, sweeping her steps with a small brush, said something to her but she merely smiled, nodded and held up a hand in acknowledgment as she passed. To speak would reveal her accent and that might raise awkward questions.
A little further on, two small children of indeterminate gender played in the roadway with some wooden blocks, she carefully skirted them. Further on, a large yard gate stood half-open, an odd dog-like creature studying her from the threshold, but it let her pass by without moving.
That thing had six legs!
A wagon passed the end of the lane in the street ahead, the dranakh clearly visible. That meant that at least she would be back somewhere safer that she was now. She just hoped that it would lead her to somewhere useful to her purposes.
She had finally understood that, as a lone woman, she was vulnerable in ways that her male self would not have been, even when running away.
"Well, what have we here?"
The lane had intersected an alley and she had walked across without looking, intent on the street ahead. A man moved in front of her, blocking her way. She altered direction to go around him but he moved as well. Behind her, she heard the sound of others.
"What do you think, Dobe?" a voice came from behind her. "Bit of fun now, or should we keep her? Hair's a bit short, but she should be able to earn us some coin even so."
A third voice came from the other side. "She's the right age and, with a bit of training -"
"Wait a moment, you two," Dobe interrupted. "Something's not right here."
She turned slightly so that she could see two of them. Dobe was large and his tunic had seen better days. So had his teeth, which unlike almost all those she knew, showed advanced decay. He had rough stubble and even though he was a step or two away she could smell his rank breath. His hair was long and greasy.
The other one was smaller, more wiry, and his teeth were better, but his tunic was stained and the leather jerkin he wore over it was patched in several places. His smell came from his body, not his teeth.
"What d'you mean?" The voice behind her said. "She's on her own, that's enough, isn't it?"
"Don't be stupid, Kallen! Look at her. That dress is class and she's got no pouch. Looks like a noble who's gotten herself lost, isn't that right, Your Ladyship?"
Ursula had frozen at the unwelcome interception and had no idea what to do. Fearing consequences, she kept quiet and waited to see what would happen, just staring at Dobe with frightened eyes.
Dobe grinned. "We've impressed her, lads! Now, why don't we see if we can return her to her Lord and collect, y'know, a reward or something? What do you say?"
The second one said, "That's more like it, Dobe! How much d'you reckon they'd pay to get her back, then?"
Ransom. They mean to ransom me! That does not always end well.
Ransom might be better than the alternative, though.
Kallen said, "Dunno, but there'll be more if she's undamaged, y'know."
"Ah, the odd bruise don't count, Kallen. Now, let's get her out of sight and find out who might want her back. Where d'you think the best place to stash her would be, Traze? Hammer's place?"
A dirty hand grabbed her right arm, firmly. As a male, she had never been that strong anyway, but in these circumstances she knew that there would be no point struggling. She turned to see Traze, who was just as rough as the other two. He was a little taller and thinner but just as disreputable - and stank just as much.
Traze ripped off her hat, causing her to squint in the sudden sunlight. "Hey, she's not a bad looker! We could always keep her, Dobe."
Kallen asked, puzzled, "Why's she wearing a hat and carrying another one?"
Dobe shrugged. "She's a woman! Who knows why any of the crazy bitches do what they do! No, Traze, we can't keep her, not long anyhow. If she's missing and noble, they'll turn the city over looking for her. Once they know we have her and there should be a reward, like, things should go smoothly and we can get rid of her."
"Aw! Can't we even try her out?"
"There she is!" The call came from the street ahead and heads turned. "Hey, Ursula!"
Two men began walking down the lane towards them. They were dressed differently, but their attire gave no information to Ursula. One, however, had a beard and that meant he was likely one of the ship's crew.
Dobe cursed. "The Watch! Guess she must be more important than I realized."
There was a flicker of movement out of the corner of her eye and suddenly there was a knife at her throat. The two men came to an abrupt halt about twenty meters away, the bearded man slightly behind the other.
Dobe called, "Easy, now! We found her, we gets the reward! Tell her master that!"
The man in front spread his hands to show that he was prepared to negotiate. "Look, lads, there's no need for -"
It happened so fast Ursula barely saw the movement. There was a blur in the air, a thud and suddenly Dobe wasn't there any more. His knife flew into the air, bounced off the fencing at the side of the lane, bounced again off her free arm and then spun away on the bricks of the roadway. At the same time, her other arm was released and the two men stepped away.
She turned to see Dobe on the ground, a short-handled ax sticking out of his chest. A detached part of her mind thought, Dead instantly after that. At least two ribs smashed and by the amount of blood, probably at least one artery ruptured.
Another part of her mind said, Dead! He's DEAD. This is no play acting, it is real, REAL. Maybe what they were telling me was true!
Her head began to spin as she tried to make sense of what had just happened. The two men had rushed forward, swords ready, and now threatened the two survivors. The bearded man resolved himself into Brodgar.
"Mistress! You are hurt! Did they..?"
"What?" She looked down and saw that the knife had glanced off her forearm, giving a shallow cut that had just begun to ooze blood. "Oh. No, it was when the knife -"
This is REAL. I'm really here, that is really my blood, I'm really a woman and I have this all wrong!
Her vision began to swim and she groped for support, finding none.
She heard Brodgar bark, "Hey, you! Sit on ground, now!" He turned to the man who had come with him. "I have to help Mistress, Terran."
She felt his hands grab her as she folded into darkness.
Ursula finds herself in a Watch station with Brodgar accused of murder. Wallesan is forced to intervene, but afterwards Ursula informs him that she has a story to tell. Cue murder, arson, flight, disguise, terror, desperation and relentless pursuit!
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
15 - The Fugitive
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
It was the noise of the argument that woke Ursula.
She cautiously opened her eyes to discover that she was lying on a couch at the side of a medium-sized room that was apparently not in the mansion. The walls and ceiling were dirty, for one thing, and there was a wood fire burning in an open fireplace across the room, despite the time of year. The dirt looked like the wear of many years of use, rather than anything else. Beside the fire was a wrought iron rack which held two blackened kettles. Against another wall, surrounded by several mismatched chairs, was a table which had a random collection of mugs on it, and the thought came to her: mess room.
The door was half open and in it, looking out, was a woman. The argument was taking place in the next room, and some of the voices sounded familiar.
"But he killed a man! It definitely wasn't self defense, which means he has broken the laws of Joth, whoever he is!"
"The situation is complicated, Tenant." That voice she recognized as Kalmenar. "He was acting to prevent Mistress Ursula being injured or killed. After all, she did have a knife at her throat."
"I can't help that! The law is the law. I cannot make exceptions for anyone, especially on the word of a foreigner."
There was a sigh of exasperation. "I told you, both Mistress Ursula and myself reside with His Grace at the Mansion. There are special circumstances surrounding the Mistress, and I am certain that His Grace will answer you in time."
"More foreigners!"
"His Grace is not a foreigner, I deem. But you are right, the rest of us are all visitors to Joth and this makes your job awkward. If you would just wait until our messenger returns from the mansion, I am certain that we may have answer for you."
There was a noise, as if of breath let out in exasperation. "If I must, but I warn you, if no-one has come by the time the next bell sounds, he'll have to go off to the cells. Once there, it will be out of my hands."
Ursula decided that it was time she made herself known.
"Excuse me."
The woman turned. "Ah, you have awakened! Good." She walked over to the couch. "How do you feel?"
"Odd really." She looked up at the woman. "Relaxed?"
The other nodded. "Aye, it was necessary to give you a calming potion. You were... anxious, let me say, and not helpful as the others were brought to the Watch post."
"Anxious?"
"Aye. To see a man killed right next to you, I am not surprised that you became... upset."
"That's not the reason... I have seen bodies before, and even had p-, uh, people die in front of me. No, it was something else that upset me, but no matter." She thought. "A calming potion, you said. You mean you gave me a sedative?"
"That's correct, Mistress." Her eyes narrowed. "You are a healer yourself, then?"
Ursula gave a wry smile. "You could say that, but not in the way you are." She looked at her arm. "I have been injured?"
"You did not know? It is a scratch only, Mistress. I have applied salve and wrapped it against dirt getting in."
"Boss!" That was another voice from beyond that she didn't recognize. "There's a carriage arriving, it looks like one of the Duke's. Maker! Look at the size of the sword that woman has! Shit. Boss, don't do anything stupid, will you?"
The next voice could have belonged to nobody else. "Good day to you. I am Princess Eriana of Palarand, presently a guest of His Grace. I understand that there has been some problem concerning my men."
"Captain, we do have a problem," Tor's voice came from beyond the door. He switched to Norse. «Mistress Ursula came to the market with Semma and this other woman and became separated from them. We sent out search parties and Brodgar found her in the grip of three men with a knife at her throat. He used his ax.»
«Ah, I see. And Ursula? What of her?»
«A scratch, nothing more. She, uh, suffered some kind of fit during the rescue. She's resting in that room, that woman's a healer, says she's all right but exhausted.»
"Hey! What are you saying? I want to know what's going on! Why did he call you Captain?"
"I ask your pardon, sir. What is your name?"
"Me? I am Tenant Bedarn of Joth City Watch, in charge of Green Shift today. A man has been killed and not in self defense. That man there admits the charge but says the woman was in danger so he had no choice but to act. This is not how we do things in Joth!"
"Thank you, Tenant. To answer you, as well as being the daughter of a King, I am captain and owner of the ship Visund which brought us, and your Duke, to Joth. My men are learning to speak the Valley tongue but many are not yet comfortable with it, although most will understand you. I sought information, that is why I spoke our own tongue. Tor is my ship's second in command, Brodgar one of our sailors."
"You are staying with His Grace, you said?" Bedarn's tone was suddenly more cautious. "Is it true what this man of yours says? That the woman in question is, ah, somehow special?" He made the last word sound dirty.
"Oh, yes, Tenant, you have no idea." Eriana's voice took on a familiar ring of command. "Now, if you would accept my suggestion, I think we should all go at once to the Mansion and lay your problem before His Grace. No, I do not think he will assign blame to you, I understand that you have rules and laws to follow, as everyone does."
"Well - this is very irregular, and I do not see that this is a matter that needs concern His Grace, but since you insist -"
"You have Mistress Ursula here? May I see her while you attend to your business?"
"Why, aye, of course!"
Eriana opened the door to the mess room and came in with a smile. "How are you feeling, Ursula?"
She returned a small smile. "Reasonable, thank you. Everybody seems to be asking me that today."
"Do you feel you will be able to return with me to the mansion? I have borrowed one of His Grace's carriages to get here quickly, so there is no need for you to walk."
"I think so." Ursula gestured. "This healer has been looking after me, I have a small scratch, nothing more."
"As I see. Mistress, you have the thanks of Palarand this day." To Ursula she asked, "Shall you join us outside?"
Ursula followed Eriana out of the room into a crowded space with an awning over it, full of men and women, mostly in uniform. This place appeared to be on the wide street that went through the market place, but a little distance from it. The noise of the activities there could be readily heard.
Semma pushed her way through. "Mistress, are you well? I feared for you when Brodgar carried you here, I thought that man's blade had caught you."
She held up her bandaged arm. "It had, but it is only a scratch, nothing more. What happened?"
"Ah, I was with one of the other men and we remained in the market place. A signal came and he said to come to the south Watch station, when we reached here there were two crewmen carrying you, two more carrying a body and six men of the Watch with two criminals, or so they said. Then they started accusing Brodgar of killing a man for no reason at all."
"No reason? He had a knife at my throat!"
Bedarn heard this and came over. "Is this true, Mistress? You will testify this?"
Ursula remembered what she had overheard. "I am willing to, yes, but the matter is complicated. Perhaps the Duke would be the best person to judge."
"You confirm that you are a guest of the Duke?"
"I am, and I am also a foreigner, as you can tell by my accent."
"Then by all means let us go to the Mansion at once and settle this matter. It is taking too many of my men away from their duties as it is."
Ursula sat next to Eriana in the carriage with Semma and Tavia opposite. Everybody else walked behind as the procession moved slowly through the crowded market place and then along the streets to reach the Duke's Mansion. In the group were the two survivors of those who had seized her in the lane, surrounded at a distance by members of the Watch with drawn swords.
In the yard there was a delay while Wallesan finished his current business and cleared the dining room for the returning party. Finally they were beckoned in to stand before him.
"I should know to expect trouble wherever those of Palarand are concerned," he said, his face showing no emotion. "Who will explain this circumstance to me? Tenant? Begin, if you will."
"Your Grace, a woman of Her Highness's party was reported missing in the market place. By chance two of her men were with me there on a trivial matter and they suggested search parties, each with one of mine and one of her crewmen, to search the streets of the city, as it appeared she may have wandered far.
"My man Terran was with crewman Brodgar a short distance from the market when they spotted the woman in a lane, being accosted by three of the city's rough men. The man Brodgar then threw an ax at the rough man who had a knife in his hand, killing him instantly. Your Grace, it was not self defense."
Ursula thought, All that I did this morning condensed into a few short sentences! A short distance from the market?
Did I just walk round in a circle, then? How embarrassing!
"Self defense?" Wallesan echoed. "But it seems the woman, Ursula, was being threatened, that is what you have carefully not said."
Bedarn bowed his head. "It was so, Your Grace. But, still -"
"I have spent days traveling with these men, Bedarn, and I will tell you now that I would trust them all with my life, indeed I have done. If Brodgar threw that ax, then I can assure you there was need."
Bedarn admitted defeat. "As you say, Your Grace."
"What of these others? Why are they here?"
"The situation is unclear to me, Your Grace. Mistress Ursula had some kind of fit and a healer gave her a potion to calm her. We awaited her word as to what exactly had happened when she was found, but Her Highness arrived before she was able to tell us anything. These two men deny being involved, saying they had come to help the mistress."
"Very well. Mistress Ursula, are you well enough to tell us what befell you?"
"Some, Your Grace." Ursula considered her words. "I became separated from Mistress Tavia and Semma at the market and managed to wander off." She looked embarrassed. "I became lost, Your Grace. I do not know where I went or where I was found. As I walked along that lane I was surrounded by three men who seemed intent on... making use of me, either by using me themselves or by selling me to other men.
"Then the one who was killed said that I was noble and had to be returned, but that they could get a reward, but he said it in such a way that what he really meant was ransom. They were just deciding where to hide me when Brodgar appeared at the end of the lane with that man there." She pointed. "Brodgar recognized me and they began to walk towards us, so the man who was killed pulled out a knife and held it to my throat."
Ursula shook her head. "I don't really recall much after that, Your Grace. I remember seeing the ax sticking out of his chest and that is all."
The Duke's gaze was sharp. "So these other two were involved after all?"
"Oh, yes, Your Grace! They both wanted to, in their words, 'try me out'."
"I must ask you formally, since the freedom and perhaps the lives of these two men are involved, will you swear to what you have just told us?"
Big question! What do I say? I know nothing about the law in this place. They could possibly be executed, just on my say-so.
She hesitated. "Your Grace, I know nothing of the law in your city, I know nothing about either of these men, what they have done before or what they might be capable of."
He nodded. "So you fear that your word could condemn them?"
She nodded. "That's right, Your Grace. Do I have the right?"
"An interesting question, Mistress. I have given an oath to protect you, and so has Her Highness." There was an in-drawing of breath in the room. "That means that your safety is my particular concern, for reasons you know. However, you are not a subject of mine and, in recent days, have been unforthcoming about your own past. On balance, though, whenever you have spoken you have been truthful and I would be inclined to accept your word.
"Given the circumstances, only you were there in that lane, only you can tell us what happened to you. You must decide whether these men should be freed or be subject to Jothan law. I will tell you that, on the evidence so far, that these men will likely spend half a year to a year engaged in hard labor. It is unlikely that their lives will be forfeit."
"Then I will swear as you require, Your Grace."
"Good." The Duke wrinkled his nose. "Now, before we do anything else, get those two outside and give them a good wash down. The air in here smells rank."
Bedarn came to attention. "As you command, Your Grace. And their trial?"
"Order it as usual, Tenant. Mistress Ursula will attend as victim and witness when required."
"Thank you, Your Grace. I'm sorry to have disturbed your morning, but the circumstances were -"
Wallesan held up a hand. "I half expected something of the sort, Tenant. As for the other matter, you were right to bring it to my attention but Brodgar was only defending Mistress Ursula's honor, as is required of every man. If anything like this should happen again in the future, we'll have a look at the law, see if it needs to be adjusted."
"Aye, Your Grace. Thank you, Your Grace."
The two men were ushered out of the room at sword point and all the Watch members present went with them. Wallesan looked at those left with a sigh.
"Mistress Tavia? I regret that your simple errand for Fanis has turned into an adventure. You have our apologies."
"Thank you, Your Grace, but I should have been more careful, taking two who did not know the city around a crowded market place. Next time I am asked to do something similar, I will take more care with my preparations."
Wallesan nodded. "As you say. You have probably done nothing that another would not have done, there is no blame to you."
Tavia curtseyed. "Your Grace. By your leave? I must return to attend my son, who has a recent injury."
"Of course."
Tavia departed, and the Duke turned to Ursula. "My dear, I believe that you were... selective... in your earlier statements."
Ursula blushed. "I wondered if you would notice. I did not want to burden the Tenant with matters of no interest to him."
"Ah?"
"I wish to speak in private with you, Your Grace. I have reached a decision."
"Ah! I see. Shall you require Tenant Maralin and Renita, as before?"
"Yes, Your Grace. Only he will understand much of what I have to say, but there should also be information of interest to you."
Wallesan thought. "I regret I will be busy until lunch, and afterwards we will of course take our naps. If we may arrange a meeting for when we rise?"
"As you wish, Your Grace."
Eriana noted, "Wallesan, remember that we have seamstresses coming later today. Fanis and I can probably occupy them some of the time, but Ursula is expecting attire from them as well."
The Duke nodded. "As you say. I'm sure we can manage, Eriana. Now, if you'll all excuse me, I have to speak to some craftsmen about the city drains." He pulled a face. "I have put it off so far but I fear that the matter has become important, and we must solve it before the rains come."
Most people correctly took that as a signal of dismissal, so Eriana led the way out into the corridor. Most dispersed, but Eriana, Bennet and Semma were left surrounding Ursula.
"Your arm," Eriana said to Ursula. "If I may look at your injury? I am not familiar with the work of healers in this land, I would like to see for myself what they have done to you."
"Of course, Highness." Ursula looked around. "Here? Or one of these rooms?"
Eriana smiled. "Better if we went up to my suite, I deem. Then at least we will not all be blocking the corridor."
Eriana's suite was obviously sized for a visiting couple, so was much larger than Ursula's. The four trooped into the separate dressing room and Eriana gestured for Ursula to take the seat in front of the dressing table.
"You said that you had not told the Watch Tenant all," she remarked. "Is this something you can share with me?"
By now the effects of the potion had worn off completely and Ursula was completely aware of her surroundings. Suddenly all the colors looked brighter, everything looked sharper, sounds were clearer. She shivered at the thought that she was about to tell someone her innermost secrets.
"Highness, I have decided that you, Semma, Bennet and all the rest of Anmar are real and not part of my imagination."
"I am relieved to hear that," Eriana's response was dry.
"I don't think that you are in some kind of plot against me either. Seeing that man killed in front of me made me realize that what I have experienced up until now is real, and I have been forced to adjust my thinking to accept that. When I saw the blood on my arm, it made me realize that I could actually be hurt here and that I must look after myself more carefully. I did a stupid thing today, Highness, and I have caused a lot of people a lot of trouble."
"It is difficult for me to understand how you see the world, Ursula, so I cannot blame you for what you thought or did. Do you now accept Tenant Maralin's explanation of how you came here, and where you are?"
"I suppose so, Highness. It is just that, as I explained to Bennet, I have always been female inside, even when I was very young, and to find myself as a real woman here raised suspicions in me that this was some kind of elaborate trap. I no longer believe that, and so I must accept Maralin's explanation, even though it sounds extremely unlikely."
Eriana's smile was wry. "When I first came to Palarand everyone spoke of Garia, and when I eventually met her I quickly came to understand that she was not of this world. She could describe to me, in detail, things about the mother world which only existed to us in our oldest sagas. Since they spoke of matters we considered fantastic, we did not believe them, but she could and did confirm the tales. Tell me, where you came from, is there a riding animal? What would you call it?"
"A riding animal? Why, a horse, of course."
"Just so. In Einnland we have never known what a horse looked like, its size or color, the shape of its head or of its legs, until Garia described them to us. She said that she had ridden such animals since the age of eight... of Earth's years, not those of Anmar. Thus, we can say with confidence that she came from the mother world, and that you have done so too."
"Your oldest sagas? How long have... your people... been here, then?"
"Oh, some say a thousand years, but it could be more or less. My ancestors thought that they were sailing to a new land of plenty, Vinland."
"Vinland!" That brought Ursula up short. Vinland was a long time ago, and the people she had met on the ship certainly looked like typical Vikings. Could it really be possible for them all to have come from Earth, and so long ago? What did that mean for the overall picture?
By now Eriana had unwrapped the bandage and was sniffing at the residue of the salve. She nodded.
"Aye, I know this herb, it is a good one for the purpose. Look - you really do have just a scratch."
On her left arm was a thin slash, a mere flap of detached skin, barely five centimeters long.
"Little more than a paper cut," Ursula mused.
"A paper cut? Is that possible?"
"Oh, yes! The thin edge of a stiff piece of paper can slice skin, not very deeply, but it will cut nerves and can be painful. Fortunately it doesn't take long to heal."
Bennet asked, "What are nerves, Mistress?"
Brought up short again, Ursula had to remind herself that the local people might not know very much about anatomy.
"Uh, nerves are the means by which a body finds out about the world around it by touch," she explained. "Look, I should not speak too much more about such matters until after I have met with the Duke."
Eriana asked, "I would like to attend that meeting, if I may. Do you think that Wallesan would agree?"
Ursula smiled. "Since it was me who asked for the meeting, then I think I could decide who was going to be there. Of course you may come, Highness."
Eriana's expression was determined. "Good. Then perhaps we will all find out what is really going on!"
* * *
Wallesan raised both eyebrows at Eriana's presence when he joined the group after his nap.
"I feel a responsibility for Ursula," she explained. "I asked her if I could be permitted to join you, and she said that as she was the one who requested the audience, she saw no reason why I should not."
The Princess stared at the Duke, daring him to object, but he did not, merely shaking his head briefly before agreeing.
"As you wish, Eriana. I warn you, if Mistress Ursula's request is what I believe it to be, then you may not understand much of what you hear."
"Of course, Wallesan. I also know that the seamstresses of Joth will shortly descend on the Mansion and that they will have garments for both myself and Ursula, so I have reason for not delaying the meeting. If we may begin?"
The Duke gestured the others into his parlor. Besides himself there were of course Eriana and Ursula, but Maralin and Renita had also joined them. The Duchess had wanted to be present but, knowing the sensitivity of the subject, had decided to remain outside to deal with any interruptions.
Taking seats, Wallesan waved a hand at Ursula. "My dear, if you would explain."
Ursula forced herself to relax. She stopped wrapping her arms tightly under her breasts and made them rest on her lap.
"Your Grace, this morning I had a... an uncomfortable awakening, I guess that you could describe it. It was made abruptly and bloodily plain to me that Joth and everything in it could not be a fabrication set up to induce me to give away my secrets. Seeing that man killed an arm's length away from me, and then seeing my own blood -" she briefly held up her bandaged arm, "- forced me to understand that what you have been telling me has been the truth, unlikely though that truth may seem."
Wallesan nodded. "We do not blame you for what you considered might be the truth, Mistress. Maralin has told me of the struggle he had to determine what was real and what was not."
"Thank you, Your Grace. I will point out, though, that there is no proof, there can be no proof, that all of this," she swung her good arm to take in the whole of her surroundings, "is not somehow inside my head. There is simply no way of proving one way or the other."
"We understand this. Maralin and I have spent many an evening attempting to answer the same question, a question which probably can never be answered. All we may advise you is that you should deal with what you see before you, leave all else until you are in a position to deal with that, if that should ever happen."
She bowed her head. "Your Grace, I am forced to agree." A deep breath. "So, Your Grace, since I do actually appear to be on an alien planet thousands of light years away from where I began, it would appear that the reasons for my... reticence... before should no longer apply. I am prepared to tell you all that you want to know." She hesitated, then added, "Within reason, of course."
"Mistress," Wallesan told her, "we will proceed as King Robanar did with Princess Garia when she first appeared in Palarand. Tell us what you feel able to, we will not force you against your will, it is not our way. You were brought here by Beings who do not answer to any on Anmar, in theory you answer to them."
She pulled a face. "Your Grace, I would like to know more about these Beings."
He grimaced. "We all would, Mistress! They are mysterious to us all, yet..." He paused, then waved a hand. "If you would, I would prefer to hear your own story today. There will be plenty of time for you to learn of... local matters."
"Well, then." She thought. "Your Grace, if I must speak of my life on Earth, you will likely not understand most of it. I can tell you part, but some I will have to tell in English to Tenant Maralin and let him translate for you, since he will be familiar with both worlds."
Wallesan nodded. "We expected as much, my dear. Do what you can."
"So. I was born in Russia, in Yekaterinburg, in... July 1991. The name my father gave me was Valeriy Evgeni'ich Kuznetsov. I am sorry, I do not know how the days and years count here, so I cannot tell you how old I would be in Anmar terms."
Maralin replied, "It is tricky, since none of those who have transferred know what date that happened. That means that it is impossible for us to match calendars. I would say that your birth date is about a year and a half before mine, so that would make you about twenty-six or twenty-seven. Here, that translates to around twenty-three or so."
"Twenty-three! I can't be that young, surely?"
"The year here is three hundred ninety-one days, Mistress, but we can fill you in later on the details. If you would continue with your story."
"Oh. So long? Well, I grew up as a normal boy, but very early on I knew that I wasn't a normal boy. However, in the Soviet Union -" this phrase didn't translate, "- and afterwards, being not-normal was frowned on and so I managed to hide it, all the way through school and even during my military service. My father was a dentist and I wanted in turn to do something medical, to help people, so I trained as a doctor -"
Wallesan interrupted. "Your pardon, Mistress, what is a dentist?"
"Oh, that's a healer who deals specifically with the teeth and mouth, Your Grace. They will fill in holes, pull out bad teeth and put in replacements, as well as advising on mouth hygiene."
The Duke grunted. "It would be an unusual occupation here, I deem. Robanar did warn us that the coming Industrial Revolution would require us to have more specialists, that no man - or, excuse me, ladies, woman - could know all of a subject. Please continue."
"I became a doctor, then, in one of our largest hospitals in the city."
"Your pardon again, Mistress. I know now what a hospital is, but a doctor? I remember that Princess Garia used the word, but I do not recall -"
"Doctor is what on Earth we would call a healer, I think. "
"Ah, I see. So, you are a healer, then?"
"Yes, Your Grace, but not just an ordinary healer. You see, I had additional training which gave me the skills to be a surgeon, and -"
"A surgeon?"
Ursula stopped and looked at the Duke. Surely these people had surgeons?
"Uh, my job would be to set bones, remove foreign objects, even cut people open to repair internal wounds which would otherwise cause them to die," she explained. "Do you not have such people here?"
"Cut people open? Maker, no!" Wallesan reconsidered. "At least, I have never heard of such. Of course, I know only of the healers' art what it is necessary for me to know. Such as you describe may exist, but I have not encountered them if they do."
Unexpectedly, Eriana spoke up then. "Wallesan, we have such people in Einnland, probably because of the amount of warfare and petty fighting we do. I do not know the word Ursula used but they do what she described, aye." She added, "It seemed strange to us, as we journeyed here, that the local healers often appeared to know less than we did. Of course, they do have access to different herbs, potions and techniques, but we are certainly more familiar with the repair of battle damage."
"Well." Wallesan gave both women a weak smile. "This is unexpected." He raised an eyebrow at Maralin. "Perhaps this is why she was sent to us?"
He replied, "Your Grace, it is too soon to tell. If she may continue."
Ursula collected her thoughts and then resumed. "Unfortunately, as time went on, the state of our country changed and money for healthcare became... strained. I was promoted to Junior Doctor in our..." Ursula switched to English and addressed Maralin. «How would you say, Emergency Room?»
«I'm not sure, Mistress. I don't think they have that concept here yet. I'll try and explain to the Duke.» Maralin turned to Wallesan. "Mistress Ursula describes a hospital, a large building where people go for most serious health matters. It is filled with health specialists of all kinds in separate departments. One such department is where people are brought, or arrive themselves, when there has been some accident, such as a vehicle collision, a fall, perhaps, a sudden and serious illness, or the result of a fight. The people there are trained to deal with the immediate effects of such accidents and in America it would be called the Emergency Room, though it would be much more than just one room in practice."
Ursula resumed. "So I became a junior... healer... in the Emergency Room. The hours were long and the pay was poor. This went on for a year or two and then, one night a young man was brought in." She looked at them. "You must understand, I was on the day shift but my replacement had not come in, so I was forced to work the night shift as well. The hospital was understaffed, this happened too often. I was tired, and the young man had several gunshot wounds."
"Gunshot wounds?" Wallesan echoed. "Was this a normal occurrence, then?"
"Regrettably it was, Your Grace. In Russia these days there are many firearms of all kinds available to those who want them, including criminal gangs. Some of those criminal gangs have become large and powerful, corrupting even the government of the city, the district, and even possibly the whole country. We would receive people with gunshot wounds, resulting from criminal activities, at the Emergency Room several times every week.
"To continue my story, I tried to save this young man but his wounds were too great, he had already lost too much blood by the time he got to us, so he was always destined to die. I hated it whenever that happened, since I considered every death to be a failure, even if I could not have prevented it." She shrugged. "So his body went off to the morgue to be collected by his relatives, I turned to the next unfortunate who needed my expertise and at the end of my double shift I went home to bed.
"Unfortunately for me, what I did not know then was that the young man was the son of a local oligarch, a man who had amassed a large fortune by criminal means. And he blamed me for his son's death."
"Ah!" Maralin exclaimed. "All is now clear. That is why you were running."
She nodded. "It was. Nothing happened for two days and then, when I got to work that morning, I was told that the apartment block I lived in had been firebombed shortly after I left." She had to explain that word. "Twelve people died. At first I did not connect the incident with anything I had done, especially as several of the survivors had been brought to our Emergency Room, but later in the day I received a phone call from an acquaintance who explained what he knew. It seemed that this boy's father blamed me for his son's death, rather than blaming the person who shot him, and that he demanded my death in return, at any cost."
"Ouch! So, what did you do?"
"I ran, of course. Since my apartment no longer existed, I owned nothing but the clothes that I was wearing when I arrived at work that morning. I hurriedly changed and left the hospital before the end of my shift. I didn't want them to cause damage to the hospital if they came to find me, so I quickly left through a back exit. My first thoughts were to get out of the city, try to find somewhere else I could live in relative safety."
Wallesan stirred. "Did you not inform the authorities? The local Watch?"
Ursula laughed bitterly. "No, Your Grace! In such a case as this, the authorities would almost certainly be in the pay of the man who was after me, and the police certainly would. While they might not deliberately turn me in, they would not have helped me at all. No, my best chance was to get on a train and leave."
"A train?"
Maralin said, "Your Grace, she is talking about the railroad. You remember, Princess Garia told the heads of state about what it could do and what it would mean."
Wallesan nodded. "Aye, I remember now. Please, continue."
"So I took local lines and ended up in Samara. Ah, before I left Yekaterinburg I had pulled out as much money from my account as I could, so I was not completely destitute. In Samara I worked for a short while as a waiter in a bar and then moved on, being careful each time to try and cover my tracks. However, it always seemed that someone was asking questions about me I could not answer."
Maralin explained what 'local lines' were and why they would not attract as much attention as a direct route serving major cities.
"In that way I traveled carefully on," Ursula continued, "until I made the decision that I could never be safe in Russia and I had to get out. So, I made my way, using false papers, to St. Petersburg. That was the best thing I could have done, under the circumstances."
Maralin asked, «Can I ask why, Mistress? You said you were avoiding major cities, but if you could go to St Petersburg, then why not Moscow?»
«Moscow would be bad because, although there is large population, it is capital, there are too many people asking difficult questions. Putin has spies everywhere. Petersburg, on other hand, is big city, true, but it has good connections to other countries and more important, I was told of local transgender community.»
Maralin nodded. «Ah, right. I see why that would be useful.» He turned to Wallesan. "I asked why she did not go to the capital city, Your Grace. The authorities there are corrupt, nervous and... intrusive. That city is far from any borders, much like Palarand City is. The city she chose instead is a large port on the border, with access through... an inland sea, let us call it, to other, safer countries."
"Maralin describes it right, Your Grace. In Petersburg there is a society of people similar to myself, people who are one gender but believe that they should have been the other. I was given an introduction and was soon living with yet more false papers as a woman." Her face changed. "Somehow, though, one of our sisters was indiscreet and myself and another girl were forced to flee again. We actually saw the men sent to kill us, but they were not looking for women, not then. We managed to get on a ferry going to Tallinn, the capital of a neighboring country." She shrugged. "Estonia, the country we found ourselves in, is part of the European Union -"
She raised an eyebrow at Wallesan and he nodded. "Aye, I have heard of it, though not with much detail. Garia spoke of it when we were deliberating on forming a Federation in the Great Valley. If I may venture, then, once safely in this union of countries, you could travel freely?"
"That is so, Your Grace. I should not bore you with all that we did and everywhere we went, but we traveled widely, with help from generous friends. Sometimes we were two women, sometimes men, sometimes we acted as husband and wife. Mariella, the girl I was with, came originally from Paris, and that is where we ended up. Again we found the local transgender community and I was offered work in a club to help build up some funds and to pay off debts. Oh, and I found that I could learn French fairly easily. At school, the foreign languages were English and German and I discovered that languages came easily to me. It was the same with French."
"Ah," Maralin said, nodding. "I'm beginning to join the dots here. Somebody found you out and you were forced to run again, so where better to go than somewhere else that spoke French? Somewhere that your pursuers would be unlikely to follow you."
He turned to Wallesan and gave a rough explanation of what Ursula had done and the differences between the several countries involved.
"So, yet another country," the Duke remarked. "Did you not become tired of the pursuit, could you find no place of safety?"
Ursula grimaced. "Unfortunately, Your Grace, it wasn't that simple. The Russian underworld -" Maralin attempted to explain what that was, "- has links with criminals in many other countries. I paid a lot of money for a passport that would get me into Canada, but it had to be a male passport. So, as a man but somewhat disguised, I flew to Montreal and contacted some people there, names given to me in Paris. As a French speaker, I could get work in Montreal fairly easily, and so I settled in."
Maralin had to explain passports, which the Duke thought a strange and unnecessary concept, and give a brief description of modern air travel.
"Then, one day, two familiar faces - Russian faces, from Yekaterinburg - came into the restaurant where I was working and began asking questions. I was working in the kitchen then, as a man, and they did not see me, or if they did they did not recognize me. I privately warned the Chef, then walked out at the end of my shift and never returned."
Ursula sighed and leaned back. "From then on it was a constant chase, me heading west one step ahead of the men. They followed me to Toronto, Winnipeg, Saskatoon and Edmonton. At that point I realized that just going from city to city was no good, so that now I was in a wilder part of Canada I could try going into the bush and seeing if I could throw off my pursuers that way. I went north to Fort McMurray - do you know it, Tenant?"
Maralin shook his head.
"Never mind. It is about three hundred or so kilometers north of Edmonton. I struggle with miles, I do not know how far that would be. Once there I took a minor road and started walking. By that time I had outfitted myself for the terrain." She gave a faint smile. "It must have been some time after that that I met the bear."
Maralin asked. "So what did you think we wanted you to tell us?"
Ursula shrugged. "Names of helpers, locations of safe houses, that kind of thing. We were helped by a number of people, Mariella and myself, and we obtained a number of sets of forged papers, the last of which were in that wallet. I did not want to give anyone the names of those who provided them." She grinned weakly. "I was in a hurry for that driver's license. It was a real one stolen some time before. It probably would have failed, the first time I was stopped in a car."
"That might have been a good tactic," Maralin pointed out. "The Mounties, the national police of Canada, have a reputation as being honest. You would have gotten a good hearing from them."
"I did not know that. I was just someone running for their life, I did not stop to think. Your Grace, I am sorry, if you thought that I was going to be some kind of super warrior, then I regret I have to disappoint you."
Wallesan leaned back and scratched his chin. "Mistress, I am not sure what we were expecting. I understand fully, now, why you were so suspicious of us, why you would not trust us. Are you now willing to trust us, to meet with us as equals? We - all of us here - only have your best interests at heart, my dear. There is no reason for you to fear us, and, as you have discovered today, every reason why we might be able to give you assistance and good advice."
Ursula stared at each of them before answering. "I would like to, Your Grace. It may be a little while before I will feel completely safe, even so."
"We understand this, my dear. As I have said to you before, we do not seek to prison you, or restrict what you desire to do, only that you should be kept safe until you have become familiar with the ways of the world you now find yourself in."
She gave a jerky nod. "I understand, Your Grace. And thank you for the trouble you have taken so far." She smiled weakly. "I have not been one of your better guests, have I?"
"I have welcomed worse, my dear, much worse. Now, it seems to me that the main reason you might have been brought here is your medical knowledge, do you not agree?"
She was cautious. "That may be true, Your Grace. Only, I am not sure how much I can do. It seems to me, without being insulting, that the state of medicine in... the Great Valley? ...is not that advanced."
"Your Grace, if I may?" Maralin broke in. "Mistress, when Garia arrived in Palarand last year, they did not have electricity, yet even now they are building their first power stations. Actually, they didn't even have forks. Now, despite her being only a high school student, in a very short space of time she has told them about many things and they have taken and run with every one of them. I appreciate that medicine is different, but have no fear that you will encounter problems passing on your knowledge."
"If you say so, Tenant."
"And don't overlook whatever else you might know," he added. "Any tiny bit of knowledge you have will be something new to these people ...like forks, for example. Or paper! You could know of something you consider to be trivial, or commonplace, yet here it could make a big difference."
"I understand, Tenant."
Wallesan asked, "Mistress, now that your viewpoint has changed, so to speak, do you have any questions for us?"
Ursula thought. "There is one thing. All I hear is Garia, Garia, Garia. I think it might be a good idea if I could meet this person. Would that mean I would have to travel to Palarand? How would I do that? Take a boat down the river?"
Wallesan and Maralin exchanged a glance. The Duke replied, "You are correct that you would have to travel to Palarand, Mistress, but I regret to inform you that Princess Garia is no longer there. She has... departed Anmar, we think, perhaps for another world, and we believe that she will not return for many months."
"Departed? How? Why?"
The Duke shook his head. "Almost all that we know of those that brought you here has been told us by Princess Garia. She has stated to certain of us that she has had some kind of contact with the Beings. Since she was brought to Anmar the same way you were, the present thoughts of those most concerned are that she left the same way." He shrugged. "As to why, we do not know."
"She spoke to these Beings?" Ursula was both incredulous and hopeful. "Is it possible that I could do so?"
Maralin answered her. "Mistress, Princess Garia said that the Beings contacted her in a kind of dream. We do not know if that is true, or what they may have conversed about. Perhaps spoken is too strong a word for what happens in dreams. I would note that I came to Anmar the same way she did, yet I have had no dreams of Beings."
"Oh."
"I will say," he added, "that she told us that this did not happen immediately but after a period of some months. Who is to know if the same opportunity may yet be offered to you in the future?"
"Oh." She was silent with her thoughts.
"You raise an interesting point, Mistress," Wallesan said. "Joth is a small country, we may feed ourselves and do certain works but that is all. Palarand is a larger, much richer country and it is apparent why Princess Garia should have been delivered there, if I may use such a term. My point is that they may have resources, expertise and knowledge, both of Earth and of Anmar, which may answer many of your questions. King Robanar is a good man, you will be safe should you decide to make the journey.
"Yet I would not pressure you to go there. Should you wish to remain here, as Maralin has, or to travel elsewhere, then we have no authority to prevent you. As we told you before, you are here at the behest of Beings about whom we know little, and of their purposes we know even less. There is presumably some plan in place for you, but I regret we did not receive their letter."
She stared at each of them before shuffling in her chair. "Your Grace, I don't think I can make decisions like that at the moment. As you have repeatedly told me, I need to learn how this world works and how I might be treated in it." She frowned. "That reminds me. Those men - the one that was killed, I mean, he said that I was noble. Why did he say that? I'm not noble, am I?"
Wallesan and Maralin exchanged another glance, this one of confusion. It was Renita who provided the answer.
"If I may make answer, Your Grace." Wallesan gestured assent. "Mistress Ursula wears no pouch at her waist, unlike most other women in your mansion. It is possible that the absence of a pouch made the men think she was of noble birth."
"Ah, you are right, Renita! Thank you, I had not noticed that." Wallesan turned to Ursula. "Normally, Mistress, every woman carries a pouch at her waist with essentials, as both Eriana and Renita do today. However, most women of noble birth would wear no pouch, since they are always attended by a maid who would carry their mistress's needs in their own pouch."
Ursula frowned. "Oh, I see. What a curious custom! I would never have realized. But Eriana, I mean Her Highness, carries a pouch."
Eriana smiled. "Aye, but then I come from a distant land where the customs are different, Mistress. Besides, I am of a more practical bent than many of the noble women you are likely to meet in the Great Valley. I am also captain of a ship, and must needs carry certain items relating to that calling."
"Thank you, Highness, Your Grace. I will have to remember such seemingly minor details." She thought, then gave a faint smile. "It has occurred to me that, now that you know who I am, I will have to find a feminine version of my proper name to use, is that right?"
Maralin grinned. "Actually, Mistress, here, Valeriy would be an acceptable woman's name. If you want to use it, feel free, but everybody knows you as Ursula so you could carry on using that if you wanted to."
She was surprised. "Valeriy is a woman's name?"
"Aye! Actually, Valerie - with a slightly different spelling - is a woman's name only in most of the West. Ah, the west of Earth, I mean. To my ears it sounds strange to have it on a man. Having said that, when I first arrived here I found the naming scheme hard to follow. That is, it isn't really hard, but names I would have thought of as male turn out to be female and vice versa. My own, for example, turns out to be male, which is why I could keep it. Both Valeriy and Evgeny, your father's name, would be considered female, as would... Denis, for example. Oh," he grinned, "and Katherine would be male! Don't be surprised by some of the names you hear out there."
"Oh. If you say so. Now that you mention it, everybody here knows me as Ursula, and it doesn't really matter any more who my father was or what my family name is, so I think I will keep that name. Your Grace, is this acceptable?"
"Of course, Mistress Ursula. As you say, that is how you are presently known to all. If -"
There was a knock at the door. Wallesan said, "Come."
Fanis opened the door slightly and poked her head around the frame. "Wal, I am besieged by seamstresses and gowns. How much longer do you think you will be?"
The Duke rolled his eyes. "Eriana, Maralin, Ursula? If we may finish now? I know how difficult it can be to come between a woman and a new gown. We may always speak again should it be necessary."
"As you wish, Wallesan."
"Of course, Your Grace."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
He stood and gestured. "Then let us go and find out what the good ladies of Joth have wrought for you."
* * *
Ursula sat on the chair in front of her dressing table and sighed with relief. The morning had been a shock and the afternoon cathartic, to not have to hide any more, and then a pleasing kind of chaos as the gowns were distributed and fitted. Not everything that had been ordered, of course, the seamstresses had to do everything by hand and that took time. Still she was delighted with the evening gown she had been given and with her copy of Maralin's 'deck dress'.
It is so nice to have clothes that fit this body! After all the ill-fitting things I was forced to wear as a man, I really like some of what they have here.
...Although some of the color combinations are a little weird.
Oh, and having my own breasts slide into a bra that fits them! I thought I was going to pass out with pleasure on the spot!
Now I really am a woman! I'm really, actually here, and it looks like there is no way for me to return to Earth. Good!
I am what I should have been in the first place, nobody here wants to shoot me, and they seem to think that I have knowledge that will be useful to this world. Maralin said that I have been given a second chance, and that is true. I must try to use it responsibly.
...I noticed certain glances between Wallesan and Maralin when we were talking, especially about Garia. Even here they do not tell the whole truth! It seems that is the way of this world, as much as it is the way on Earth. Always secrets to hide.
That is of no immediate concern. For now, I must learn as much as I can, and find out what I can do here.
I don't think there will be many openings for a Junior Trauma Surgeon.
Ursula settles into life in Joth, but still struggles to adjust to life in this strange land. Perhaps she can put her Earthly skills to good use?
Ursula tries to come to terms with her new circumstances, and that includes getting a close-up look at the local transportation. The seamstresses appear with more garments, and are treated to some more novel outfits.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
16 - Gifts from Palarand
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2018
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Ursula climbed out of bed and padded silently into the
toilet. It was still pre-dawn, but from the faint sounds from
outside, the household would soon burst into the morning's activity.
She wanted to use the time before Bennet awoke to do a much-delayed examination of her new self.
Having relieved herself, she then crossed silently into the dressing room and gently closed the door. Pulling off her nightdress, she tidily hung it on one of the pegs beside the door before turning to regard herself in the full-length metal mirror.
It's a woman's body, and it is mine! If I have this right, this really is me from now on.
She turned, regarding her figure from different angles.
I wonder how tall I am? I seem to be somewhere about average height for wherever I am. I was never any good at estimating measurements. Maybe one meter seventy? She shook her head. No idea! And it probably doesn't matter anyway. Women, like men, come in all shapes and sizes after all.
...Even on different planets!
...And the implications of what I am doing on another planet, somewhere else in the galaxy, are overwhelming. People, humans, were not brought here without a good reason!
Concentrate! There will be time later to think of big questions, after all, they tell me that all this has been here for at least a thousand years... No, Maralin said there were Roman remains here! Make that two thousand years!
Suddenly I feel somewhat small.
If their story about how we are transferred is correct, it would explain why I look more like my mother and sisters. After all, it is their DNA that makes them look like that, and I am seeing the results of gender related attributes. In effect, I have become just another sister, though they will never know that.
That was all I ever wanted to be.
She cocked her head. I am relieved that I do not look exceptional. All I ever wanted was to be a normal woman! Astonishingly, that is what I now appear to be. I have to expect to be treated the same as any other woman ...and in a society that has different rules for women, as I was roughly taught yesterday!
Time to become a student again, at least for a while.
There were noises outside, so she turned and looked through her small pile of underwear for something to wear. There were none of the 'shorts' left so she selected one of the panties that had been bought for her downriver in one of the marketplaces. She was just pulling the new pair up when Bennet opened the door.
"Good morning, Mistress."
"Good morning to you, Bennet. I woke a little early so I thought that I would start getting dressed, so that we would not be in each other's way."
"A kind thought, Mistress. I wonder what we will be doing today?"
"I have no idea, Bennet, and after yesterday I am not prepared to venture a guess."
"As you say! Then, let us make ourselves ready and find out what our betters think we should be doing."
* * *
At the end of breakfast, but before the diners had begun to rise, an older man wearing a leather apron came cautiously into the room and spoke to one of those serving. That worthy spoke in turn to Hambran, who answered him briefly before turning to the Duke.
"If it please you, Your Grace, Duban asks a word of you before you begin today's tasks."
"Duban? Aye, of course, provided it will not take too long."
The Duke stood, indicating with a hand that the others should finish in their own time, then walked across to join the craftsman, who bowed to him.
"Duban! How are you? We have not spoken since I returned, I trust all is well?"
"Your Grace, I am, and thank you. We have been busy while you were away, as always. I have a small problem which I believe is related to your recent visit to Palarand. You see, in the pile of crates which recently arrived from there was one which contained six saddles. This was of course delivered to me, but when I opened it I admit I was puzzled as to the contents."
"Ah?"
"Your Grace, the saddles, while being of good quality and well built, as I would expect, are of an unusual design, so far as I could tell. All have owner's names engraved on brass plates, so I can say with certainty that three were presumably made in Palarand for yourself, for Captain Hambran and for Tenant Maralin. The other three have names I do not recognize."
"New saddles... of course! Duban, in Palarand they have been experimenting with design changes and have come up with something that is much more comfortable and makes it easier to control your beast. I have no doubt that Hambran or Maralin will be delighted to demonstrate the advantages to you."
"If you say so, Your Grace. But... the other three? Who would be their owners? Names only were given, not ranks, and I know none of those armsmen who accompanied you are among the names."
"Can you remember those names? Any of them?"
"They were strange names, Your Grace. Ah... let me think. Eriana? What kind of a name is that?"
Wallesan chuckled. "Duban, prepare yourself for a shock, for those saddles were made for Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and her two armswoman companions, Bennet and Semma."
"Three women? Your Grace, that flies in the face of... wait, Princess, you said? Armswomen?" The court saddler stared at his Duke. "I have recently heard many strange tales of what is happening in Palarand but I have ignored all as being too unrealistic. Your Grace, tell me it is not true."
Wallesan had a smile now. "Tell you what, Duban? That women do not ride in Palarand? I can assure you that many do, and many more would like to, just as soon as their saddlers may make saddles that fit them and their seamstresses can provide suitable attire for them to wear. As fashions tend to travel along the length of the Great Valley I would suggest that you consider your position, Duban. Shortly, once our people see Eriana and her girls riding, you will face an onslaught of women demanding saddles like those you have just inspected... even, I fancy, the Duchess."
"Do you tell me? Your Grace, I had not realized... have things changed so quickly, then?" The saddler looked nervous. "I have no experience in fitting... women... for a saddle, Your Grace."
Wallesan had now been joined by the women, drawn by hearing their names mentioned.
"Ladies, Duban has something of interest to you. Fanis, aye, even you, I deem." He turned. "Hambran, Maralin, to me! Your saddles have arrived, and poor Duban does not know what to do with them."
"Saddles!" Eriana grinned. "Ah, I understand. If we may borrow some beasts, Wallesan, it will mean that the girls and I could explore your city and your lands - and mayhap not be underfoot in your court any more than is needful."
Wallesan gestured to her. "Duban, if I may introduce Her Highness Princess Eriana, once of Einnland and now of Palarand, and her two companions in arms Bennet and Semma. Eriana, this is Duban, our saddler."
Duban bowed. "I ask your pardon, Your Highness, I did not know you were here. I am somewhat busy, I do not follow all the comings and goings of court. Ah, Einnland? Are you anything to do with that Einnland Regiment that passed through here during the war?"
Eriana straightened. "Good man, I led the regiment. The battle for Boldan's Rock was hard, and that for Gylfi's Rest more so. We did not come to the city but passed through Thorn on our way back to Palarand."
Duban nodded. "I did not see you then, Highness. I was elsewhere in Joth at the time, making saddles for our armsmen, but I heard of the passing of a strange regiment."
Fanis said, "Husband, do you tell me that women now ride regularly in Palarand? I saw Eriana on her way through, but I assumed that she did so because they ride where she originally came from."
Eriana snorted. "I doubt anyone in Einnland would think that a woman could ride, Fanis! Carts were good enough for the likes of us. No, Garia taught me, as she taught the rest of my men." A thought came to her then. "Did you desire to ride, Fanis?"
"I have occasionally wondered... Sometimes, it seems safer and more comfortable to travel by carriage, of course, but there are places a carriage may not go. Is it safe, Eriana?"
"With the new saddle design it is unlikely that you will fall off, I will say that. The saddle is only part of it, though. You must also make your beast into a friend, that he or she looks after you as you look after them. Once you learn to trust each other you may attempt almost anything."
The eyes of the Duchess had a faraway look. "I wonder, then, if -"
Wallesan rolled his eyes. "I should have ordered that those saddles be left behind," he muttered, but there was no malice in it. "However, it seems that even I cannot withstand the march of progress. Fanis, my dear, we may teach you to ride, but you realize what will happen in the city once they see you."
"Oh! Oh, Maker! Wal, you are right. If I do this thing, then there will be chaos. The massed seamstresses of the city will never forgive me."
"Seamstresses? Oh, aye, you will all need attire, will you not?" He grinned at his wife. "I will leave you in Eriana's capable hands, then. I'm sure she can show you what she and the girls wear, and you can come to some agreement with our garment makers."
It was Eriana's turn to grin. "Fanis, Garia holds Design Licenses on many of the riding items we wear. We must needs consult else all will be chaos."
"Really? Then, perhaps, we ladies should all gather together, maybe later this afternoon, so that I can see what you have and how we can come to some suitable arrangement. Oh, I'm sorry, Ursula, I have included you and I do not know if you can ride or would desire to do so."
Ursula looked at Wallesan. "Your Grace, I have never ridden, and of course I have little idea of the local conditions. Is riding something I should be considering?"
The Duke shrugged. "Up until today every woman in Joth has managed without climbing onto a frayen's back, my dear, but it seems that will probably change in the future. Your future is your particular problem, my dear. Until you decide where you will be, and what you desire to do, I cannot advise you, except to say that riding could be a useful skill for you, if you desire to accompany Eriana, say, or even Maralin on any outings to the countryside."
"I don't have to decide right away?"
"No, my dear, not at all. I will point out, though, that at present on Anmar we do not have those vehicles available which you may have been used to on Earth. The only means of travel yet available here are frayen, carriage, wagon, boat or your own two feet." He gestured to Duban, "If you decided today that you wished to ride, then you could be a suitable test rider for our saddler to learn how to make the new design for a woman. It is your choice."
Duban didn't look too happy with this decision but he kept his mouth shut.
"Your Grace," Ursula said, "I think that first I ought to go and see what your riding beasts look like. I shouldn't be making decisions when I know nothing about the subject."
"Quite right, my dear. Eriana? Have you anything planned for this morning?"
"I must run an errand to the Visund but that may wait until later. Aye, we should all go and check our saddles over, and if Ursula joins us she may see how we ride on Anmar, and what manner of beast bears us."
* * *
Hambran led the way into the stables, where a number of staff were attending to the morning tasks. Along each side were stalls, each of which held a frayen. The rear end of these did not seem too strange to Ursula until she approached one and realized that there was no hair at all.
"Mistress?" Maralin stepped forward. "If I may point out the differences between these frayen and, perhaps, a typical horse. They have a lot less hair, for one. They have eyelashes, hair in the ears to keep out dust and pads between the toes for added grip. Otherwise, it is just a fairly thick hide."
"Toes?" She looked down to see a leg ended by a three-toed foot, each of the toes having a substantial nail.
"Aye. Our theory is that these creatures are probably descended from something like a rhinoceros, except that frayen have no horns and are much smaller." He thought. "Actually, as you may have just noticed, the word horn does not even exist in the local language. That probably means that no creature at all here has them."
"No horns?"
"No feathers on Anmar either. There are probably many other differences between the two worlds, apart from the obvious ones, we just haven't noticed them yet."
Hambran called from behind her. "Here, Mistress, a beast is being made ready for use by one of our men. Shall you watch?"
The frayen was backed out of the stall so that all could watch as first the headgear was put on and then the saddle was lifted over its back. After everything was checked, it was led out of the stables into the courtyard for its rider to mount. The group watched from the doorway.
She commented, "Its head looks strange. I see what you mean about them descending from a rhinoceros. Are they all that size?"
Maralin shrugged. "I guess that one is probably about average, but I have seen them bigger and smaller. Some of the Palace Guard wouldn't fit on something that size."
Eriana added, "Neither would Lars! Captain Merek had to search far and wide to find a beast big enough for him."
Ursula said, "I don't know much about... riding animals, as I said before. Doesn't the harness use a bit?"
"Not possible here, Mistress," Maralin replied. "In a horse's mouth, it has two sets of teeth separated by a gap, and that is where the bit usually goes. Or so Garia told me. Frayen have no gap, their teeth just go all the way round like ours do. In practice it doesn't make too much difference."
Hambran asked, "If I may ask what you mean by a bit, Mistress."
"Um, I don't know..." she looked at Maralin.
"Sir, because Earth Horses are so much larger, and because there is a gap in their teeth, as I mentioned -"
"A gap?"
"Aye, sir. At the front, they have teeth for cropping grass just as frayen do. On each side at the back, there are separate groups of teeth that are much bigger for chewing down the grass."
"I see. Carry on."
"A bit is usually a short bar of metal which goes from side to side, with the reins attached to each end. It sits on the tongue in the gap between the teeth. That means that you can control a horse by pulling hard on the reins if you have to. It has to comply because the alternative will be very uncomfortable."
"Ah, I see. Of course, without seeing even a picture of this animal you describe it is difficult for me to appreciate what you say, Maralin. Do you think the King would introduce such things here? I have already seen saddles and stirrups from Earth."
Maralin shook his head. "Unlikely, sir. As I said, the teeth of frayen are different and we get along well enough without using bits."
Hambran made a non-committal grunt and turned to Duban. "If I may ask where the new saddles are."
"Captain, they are in my workroom. Shall I fetch them? How many should be brought?"
"A good question. Highness? Shall he bring your saddles down?"
The Princess shook her head. "Though I would be delighted, and I suspect the girls would be as well, there is presently no point as we are not attired to ride. If I may suggest, bring down yours and that of Maralin, that the good saddler may see how they are fitted." She thought, then nodded. "This afternoon I have no doubt that we will again be beset by garment makers, so it would be better to leave our own arrangements until tomorrow morning, I deem. Then, the girls and I will appear ready to ride, and we will show you all how it is done."
Hambran showed a faint smile. "As you wish, Highness. New saddles will be enough novelty for one day." He turned to Duban. "Does that answer you?"
"Aye, Captain. I'll fetch them immediately."
While they waited for Duban and a helper to bring down the saddles, the frayen of Hambran and Maralin were brought out of their stalls and checked over. Saddler and helper returned, each with a saddle, and carefully placed them over the blankets on the back of each beast.
Maralin stepped forward. "Okay. These new saddles will need to be moved a little forward of where you usually place them, Master Duban. That way, the weight is more over the front feet, not pressing on the center of the spine."
Hambran pointed. "You have that one back to front, Bent," he said to the helper. "That is one reason why there are name plates on the saddles, so you may know which end is the front. Issue saddles in the King's forces have a brass ring on the front rail for the same purpose."
"Uh, sorry, Captain." Bent lifted the saddle, walked around the frayen then lowered the saddle back in the correct orientation.
"With a new design, how could you know? Maralin, shall you attend to the cinch?"
"Aye, sir."
Maralin secured the saddle, adjusting all the straps carefully and keeping up a commentary to the interested stable staff as he did so. There were minor differences compared to the standard Joth issue saddle and he made sure that all knew what they were and why. Once he was finished, he moved around the left side of his beast.
"With your permission, Captain?"
Hambran nodded, so Maralin put his left foot in the gleaming brass stirrup and swung his right over the saddle. The frayen immediately turned to look at him and the saddle, the neck craning in both directions.
"New saddle, Mac," he told the beast, leaning forward to pat its neck. "More comfortable for you, I think."
He shook the reins and said, "Walk on," and the pair walked out of the stable into the courtyard. Duban studied the motion carefully as Maralin took his beast through a simple series of warm-up exercises.
"He sits further forward, I see, and his legs are almost underneath him! Captain, is this right? It looks most unusual to these old eyes."
"It is a different style of riding, certainly," Hambran replied. "Once you become used to the motion, I deem it is much more comfortable than what we are accustomed to, and in that position you can do so much more. See! Now he has dropped the reins."
Maralin then showed that he could control Mac just with his knees and boots, a feat that was not lost on the groups of men watching the action.
"I saw Her Highness riding thus when she returned from the war," Hambran commented to Duban. "I thought then that it was a particular riding style of her people, but it seems not. Wherever it came from, Duban, be assured that His Grace will require all future saddles to be made to that design, because of the advantages it will provide us."
The saddler was pale. "If I had not seen it, Captain, I would not have believed you."
Maralin rode back towards the group, now in the stable doorway, and dismounted. He then surprised the men by digging a chunk of vegetable from the folds of his sash and offering it to an equally surprised frayen.
"There, boy! Was that better for you? I'm sorry, I won't be able to do much more today but perhaps we can go out tomorrow with the ladies." He raised an eyebrow at Eriana.
"Aye, Maralin, of course! If Ursula can become lost so easily then so may we. Captain, we will take Maralin as a guide, with your permission."
Hambran replied, "As far as I am concerned, I see no problem, but you should know that Maralin officially reports directly to His Grace, not to me. I cannot imagine that he will object, though, unless something should happen between now and then."
"Ah. As you say, Captain. Then it is agreed."
Maralin said, "Captain, perhaps the men should now fit your own saddle, having seen me doing mine."
"As you wish, Maralin, it is a good idea. If these are to become our issue saddles, all must needs become familiar with them."
* * *
When Ursula opened her chamber door after her nap, she found Maralin outside.
"I hope I did not disturb you, Mistress. I wanted to ask you a favor, before we went down and saw what the seamstresses have brought today."
She was cautious. "I had already risen, thank you, but Bennet is still asleep. What is it you want? More questions?"
"Oh, no, nothing like that!" He switched to English to make the explanation easier. «I wondered if you would object to us washing your pants, I mean the Earth ones you were wearing when we found you. Your tee shirt is a dead loss, of course, and I am not sure that the locals will be able to do anything with socks, boots or underpants, but your pants have several features which would be of interest to the ladies.»
"Interesting features?"
"Aye, like the zipper, the pockets, the webbing belt, even the camo pattern. There are zippers in Palarand, and I am astonished they have even managed that much in less than a year, but it will be some time before they reach Joth in any quantity or quality." He grinned. "When Garia was found she was wearing denims and they had to puzzle out how to get them off her! Later on, one of the palace jewelers, would you believe, got interested and worked out a way to make zippers locally, but they are crude and clumsy as yet. I thought to show yours to the ladies so that they can see what one should look like in time."
"As you wish. The pants have dirt and blood on them, as I recall."
"We can't do anything about the stains, no, but a good wash should make them clean enough and pliable again, good enough to show to third parties, so to speak. I doubt they will want to examine pants that are crusted with blood, though I do know that they have looked at Yodan uniforms in the past."
She thought briefly. "They don't fit me any more, do they? Wash them, then. At least they will be useful to someone here. What was that about Yodan uniforms? Who are Yodans?"
"We did mention them before. The recent war was us against those of Yod. It was the Yodans who occupied this city."
She thought. "Oh, I remember now. I'm sorry, at that time I thought you were spinning stories to make me tell you things so I didn't pay much attention... but now that I think about those sessions, I discover that I can remember every word!"
Maralin smiled. "As I told you. Your memory should be significantly better now than it ever was before. At least, mine is. So, the pants?"
"Yes, you may wash them. I cannot wear them again?"
Now he laughed. "No, for two reasons. First, we had a job getting them off you when we found you, because they fit the old you and not the body you have now. Second, women around here don't wear trousers at all... unless, thinking about it, they are Norse Princesses and carry a big sword. It just is not done in this culture, it seems, and to be honest, it should not be necessary most of the time. The climate is so warm for a large part of the year that most people would rather have bare legs than wear trousers." He paused. "I know that I would."
Ursula nodded. "Actually, I find the local clothes to be very comfortable." She gave him a sidelong look. "Even, I have to admit, the 'ship dress' you designed for us."
He shrugged. "Just using what is in my memory, Mistress. I imagine that in time you will do the same."
"If you say so."
They were converged upon from several directions at that point. Bennet appeared, yawning, behind Ursula while Eriana and Semma joined them from further down the corridor, just as a footman came up the stairs towards the group.
"Your Highness, Tenant, Mistresses, if you would join Her Grace in the dining room when you are ready."
"Thank you, Heris," Maralin told him. "We'll be there almost immediately."
He turned and studied Eriana and Semma. This afternoon, Eriana was wearing her riding outfit, with her helmet in one hand, while Semma now wore what Maralin recognized as a Palace Guard dress uniform, with skirt complete with contrasting box pleats. Bennet, by contrast, still had on a dress that had been bought in a market along the river.
He grinned. "Intending to make a big entrance, Highness?"
"As you say! I thought to show our sewing ladies this since, if Ursula should decide to ride, she will require something similar."
Ursula immediately began to inspect the new outfit. There was a short-sleeved top under a quilted tabard, with a voluminous skirt and calf boots made of the strange mesh design.
"It certainly looks different, Highness," she said. "Is it comfortable?"
"I would not wear it if it were not! Ursula, these are made of a thin cloth, to suit the time of year, I have others more suited to colder months back at the palace. The skirt is a circle, it is designed to cover the whole saddle once you are seated, thus providing modesty." She smirked. "There is another item, I will keep that covered until I show the ladies, I am certain that it will cause a sensation."
Ursula noted that Bennet and Semma both grinned.
The Princess gestured. "If we may go?"
She led the way down the stairs to the dining room. Inside they found all the women grouped around a wooden object that had them all gesturing and talking excitedly. Ursula thought that it might be a new item that had arrived from Palarand along with the saddles. A tall wooden frame held four glass mirror panes, each about half a meter in size, in a vertical line. This was fixed to a stand so that it could be tilted as the viewer desired.
This is the first mirror that I have seen that hasn't been made of metal. These women must be excited because it will be the first time they have seen themselves so clearly!
Fanis welcomed them. "Good afternoon, Highness, Mistresses. We are just admiring ourselves in the new glass mirror, as you can see. Who would have thought that a reflection could be so clear, it is almost as if there was nothing there at all, and you are looking at your own twin!"
Eriana smiled. "Aye, Fanis, these glass mirrors are amazing, are they not? There are a small number about the city now, but of course the glass works strains to keep up with the demand for all the new products. I am not surprised that Robanar has decided to gift you one of the early examples, it shows what you will be able to look forward to in the future."
Fanis returned the smile. "Aye, I know! Wal and I spoke about some of the new ideas yesterday evening, and I am plotting to find a way to invite myself on his next trip to Palarand."
"If I may suggest, take a seamstress with you, one who can draw well. It is not only in metal and glass that new ideas have appeared lately." She waved a hand at her own clothing.
Fanis did a double take at what Eriana and Semma were wearing. "My! I have just noticed your attire! Are these new items for our ladies to consider?"
Eriana smiled. "Aye, Fanis, today I have decided to show you all two new designs from Palarand, both of which have specific purposes. Semma today wears her Palace Guard dress uniform, of course the women may not be attired as the men are. It is two separate garments, a tunic which is tucked in and a skirt formed of what I am told are called box pleats. This allows her much more freedom of movement should it be required during her duties."
Dinna asked, "Box pleats, did you say, Highness? But why..?"
Semma twirled and the contrasting panels became apparent, causing more excitement among the women.
"Ooh, I do like that! Should this idea only be reserved for uniforms, Highness?"
Eriana smiled. "It seems not, Mistress. When these were first shown in Palarand, so I am told, there were near riots among the ladies of the city. Their use on uniforms is mainly a practical matter, I see no reason why they might not be used on a gown. I would add that the use of contrasting material is not essential either, Semma's practice skirt has the pleats but is of a plain material."
"Ah! As you say, Highness. And of your own extremely interesting garments?"
"Ah." Eriana turned to Fanis with a knowledgeable smile. "If I may suggest that we see what the ladies have brought first, since I am wearing my own apparel for a specific purpose which may take some time to explain."
"Mystifying! As you wish, Eriana. Ladies, if you would show what you have made for our guests. Maralin? I suspect that some attention must needs be made to fit and cut, which will require a certain amount of disrobing."
Maralin grinned. "As you say, Your Grace. I will leave now so that there will be no embarrassment, unlike the other day. I will stand outside the door, assuring you all the privacy you need."
"If I may ask you to return later, Maralin," Dinna asked. "We have garments with us for you, also, and for Master Lars."
"Indeed? Then I will send somebody to fetch him," Maralin replied. He bowed, turned and left, closing the door behind him.
Ursula gained a lightweight day dress and three bras, all of slightly different shapes because the makers were as yet unused to cutting and sewing such items. All were comfortable enough and none looking strange under outer clothing. Eriana had two conventional day dresses, both of summer weight material, and acquired an evening gown which had originally been made for somebody else and subsequently modified. Bennet was given an evening gown, a normal day dress and another lightweight 'ship dress' while Semma received another ship dress.
Nobody seemed surprised that Eriana took either Bennet or Semma off to the small meeting room to change, so that no-one could see what was beneath her interesting attire. This was despite the fact that she had readily stripped to the waist on a previous occasion to demonstrate her bra. She had, after all, promised to explain later.
All were given several of the lightweight 'undershorts', as was Fanis, who also received four bras. A small number of the garments required minor adjustments, all were promised to be returned the following day.
"I am surprised that you can make these garments so fast, ladies," Eriana told them.
Dinna replied for the group, "Highness, nothing we have sewn for you and your girls was that difficult to make, apart from the bras, and those used so little cloth that they took barely a bell for the first one and much less for the others. Since the taking of the city we have made a lot of garments for everyone, so we have all become expert in cutting and stitching. Your new ship dresses are so simple, they take but a morning to cut, sew and finish, and we have many seamstresses in our group who desire to try the new designs."
"Of course." Eriana nodded. "My own attire is provided by the Palace Wardrobe, and, although they are efficient at making what is required, they do not have the press of numbers as you do here. Surely, though, the demand must slacken now the war is ended?"
"It seems not, Highness. Much was damaged, despoiled or destroyed by the invaders so the city must needs be reclothed. When winter came, we provided warmer clothes, and now summer is nearly here everyone wants thinner attire. Maralin's new designs will be welcomed by all Joth, Highness. They are easy to make and wear and cooling in the heat of day."
"You may tell him yourself, Mistress, when he comes in later. Oh... I have also spoken with the Duchess recently, on the matter of Design Licenses. Shall you accept the requirement of a small fee for each garment that we show you, or that Maralin provides? I am told it is customary."
Fanis added, "Dinna, it will be a very small fee per garment made, and it will compensate Maralin for his efforts. For any garment that is of Palarandi origin, such as Bennet's uniform, Eriana suggests that the fee would be kept in an account here at the Mansion, pending her return here when we will decide what to do with it. Naturally, we would not ask any fee for any garment you make personally for Eriana, her crew, Ursula or for our household."
Dinna turned to the others. "What do you think, ladies? It is only what we would do now, with a new design."
After some discussion Dinna turned to Fanis. "Done, Your Grace. If I might ask that someone draws up a document for us describing the terms and conditions."
The Duchess nodded. "Indeed, Dinna. With all these new items appearing in Joth we must make clear to all what may be done and what should not. This is an unusual circumstance for us, when so many novel things come from afar." She gestured at the mirror. "I will ask the Duke to order it done."
She turned to Eriana. "And now, my dear, you had better explain your attire to us! I am taken by the swirl in that skirt... and what is above it is interesting."
Eriana was in her element and she knew it. She smiled and turned a pirouette, making the seamstresses gasp.
"This, ladies, is my riding outfit."
"Riding outfit?" Dinna's eyes were like saucers. "Highness, do you joke?"
"Indeed she does not," Fanis said. "I did see Eriana riding a frayen when she brought back her troops from Forguland, Dinna. She was not attired thus, though, when she did so, but wore a sturdy jacket and skirt much as the traveling women do... though, as I recall, her skirt then was also wide enough to cover the saddle."
"Cover the - oh! I see! How clever! Is this something you did in your homelands, Highness?"
Eriana gave a short sharp laugh. "No woman rides in Einnland, Mistress, and not all the men, preferring instead to learn the ways of the sea to those of an animal. It was Princess Garia who taught me, as she did all of my men - and she designed this outfit as well, since no women rode in Palarand before she came there."
"Princess Garia again! Oh, my! And do many women ride there now?" The tone of the question was unmistakable.
Eriana grinned. "I have already had this conversation with the Duchess, Mistress. Many do, and many more desire to... and every one must needs have the appropriate attire, which is why I am here today."
Dinna walked around Eriana, casting a professional eye over the cloth, the design and the fit.
"If I may ask, is that skirt actually a circle?"
"It is, except where it must be shaped to the waist of the wearer," Eriana explained. "Unless the rider is the shape of a barrel, some allowance must needs be made, but it should not be difficult compared to, say, that evening gown you have adjusted for me."
"As you say. And what you wear above?"
"I have on a lightweight tunic similar to that of Bennet, of a warm weather material. Naturally I also have similar items of a thicker material for other seasons. Over it is a tabard of Garia's design, which is intended to protect our more delicate parts when riding, and also against the strap of my sword baldric when I wear it. Again, there are outfits which do not have such a tabard, but instead a jacket or similar coat, shaped to flare below the waist."
Eriana walked over and tapped the helmet, which she had left on the table. "When Garia obtained the King's permission to ride, he insisted that she wore some protection for her head. The first design was based on the armored helmets of the Palace Guard and was very heavy, though she still wore it to ride. Later, other designs were also made which were lighter and more suitable for non-military use - and for women. This one is a compromise between the two ideas, being light, but covering more of my head than the bowler that many women prefer."
"Highness, what is a bowler?"
She grimaced. "It never occurred to me when I departed Dekarran that I would be describing riding hats to the women of Joth! I wonder, perhaps Maralin may be able to provide drawings of some of the other helmet designs for you."
"Ah. As you say. We shall ask him when he comes in."
One of the other women came forward. "Highness, I am almost afraid to ask, are there not consequences when a woman sits a saddle as a man does? I thought that was the reason we customarily used a chair."
Eriana's smile this time was reassuring. "Mistress, trust me, there is almost no time when a woman may not ride as a man does. Of course, it will always depend on the particular circumstances, as each woman's Call is personal to her. If your Call is bad enough, you would not desire to ride anyway. As to any other concerns you may have, it is now time to show you what is worn beneath my riding skirt."
She bent over, found the hem of her skirt and lifted it right up. There was another gasp of surprise from the other women, this time including Fanis.
"Ah! All is now made plain, ladies," the Duchess said. "Even when you mount or dismount your beast, your modesty is preserved, I deem! Eriana, I assume this garment has other functions?"
"Of course, Fanis." Eriana explained how it provided protection and padding as well as concealment.
"It looks a complicated shape, Highness," Dinna observed.
"Aye, it is shaped this way to be comfortable for a rider who is in the saddle, Mistress, though of course it also has to accommodate me standing up. Again, this is a lightweight model, I have heavier ones to suit cooler weather."
One of the other women said, "You have a knife on your boot! I only noticed it when you lifted your skirt, Highness."
"Aye. You know that riders customarily have a knife on their belts, against any problems with harness, or to put a wounded beast out of its misery?" The women nodded. "Well, Princess Garia is too small and the wrong shape for such a knife, so Arms Master Haflin thought of placing it on her boot, where she can easily reach it when in the saddle. The idea was so successful that it is now standard equipment issue for men and women riders in Palarand, and for many of the armsmen too."
The seamstresses swung as one to Fanis, who replied, "Ladies, this is a matter that I think the Duke will need to rule on. I personally can already see the utility of such a placement but it would mean a change to General Orders, not to mention retraining the men."
The Duchess then turned to Eriana. "Dear, you already have your riding attire and I assume that your girls do also." Eriana nodded. "Are you showing us your outfit for the benefit of the women of Joth, then, or do you have a more specific request for them?"
"Why both, Fanis! I knew that once your people saw us riding, there would be a clamor from many women for the same privilege. If that is so, then of course they must needs know what to wear." Eriana then indicated Ursula. "We have of course brought our riding gear with us, but if Ursula is to become familiar with her surroundings it would make sense for her to ride with us. I would therefore ask your ladies to consider making such an outfit for her to wear. It need not be of the same colors or materials as our own, she has yet given no-one an oath of fealty, but is presently merely a visitor to Joth."
"Ah." Dinna regarded the outfit in a more professional manner. "What do you think, ladies? I deem the skirt to present no real difficulties and the tunic will be much as we already provide for Her Highness and her crew. The tabard... Highness, do you know aught of its construction? Would you permit us to investigate if you do not? It might mean some unpicking and resewing."
Eriana shook her head. "Mistress, I can mend a sail and patch our canvas trousers, but I leave the honest sewing to others. Aye, you must needs know how these are made if you are to make one for Ursula. I will provide you my whole outfit for inspection, once we have returned from tomorrow's ride."
"You are gracious, Highness. Ah... and the helmet? I doubt that any of us may sew cold steel."
The Princess smiled. "An interesting trick, if it were possible... though, I do recall Garia once saying that stitching steel was indeed possible, a process she called 'spot welding'. It is something new to do with a smith's art, I believe, and not something that would concern any seamstress. No, for a new helmet I must needs consult a smith, who will make a frame which you may then cover with a suitable cloth."
"Ah, I see. Thank you, Highness." Dinna turned to Fanis. "Your Grace, we are prepared to produce a riding outfit for your guest, but I could not say how long it might take to make it. If a helmet must also be made, the outfit could not be worn in any case until that is ready."
Fanis nodded. "As you say, Dinna. Let us obtain an estimate from our local smiths, which will then provide a day you can work towards."
"As you command, Your Grace."
"And now," Fanis continued, "Perhaps we should bring Maralin back into the room, to give us the benefit of his advice."
Semma opened the door, and standing outside, deep in conversation - in Norse - were Maralin and Lars.
"If you would join us, Commander, Tenant."
Lars frowned as he was addressed by a rank but followed Maralin into the dining room.
Fanis greeted them. "Gentlemen, we have left you standing outside for too long while we enjoyed ourselves with the novel ideas your ladies have brought from Palarand. Maralin, you will receive a fee for every garment that our ladies make, from your designs, for anyone other than those in Eriana's party or of the Ducal household, as is customary. Since the weather becomes hot, this might amount to a small but significant income, you should know."
Maralin was surprised. "Ah, Your Grace, this is unexpected."
Fanis flipped a hand. "You are a Jothan, it is only what every other garment designer in Joth would receive. Now, there will also be a fee for any of the garment designs which have been brought from Palarand, such as Semma's box pleats or the ladies' riding outfits, but these will be kept separately. Her Highness will decide what she desires to do with the coin when her ship returns to Joth."
"I understand, Your Grace."
Fanis smiled. "And we have been discussing... helmets, for those ladies who will be riding in the future. If you would sketch out some of the designs, that we might see and understand how they may be of use."
"As you command, Your Grace. Do you desire for me to do that now?"
"That may wait, I deem. The ladies have made garments for you and for Master Lars here, which will need fitting."
The "tee shirt" substitutes were approved by both Maralin and Lars, being both light and comfortable. They simply stripped off their tunics to change in front of the women, which provoked gasps and whistles. One small matter that caused raised eyebrows was the presence of epaulets on both garments.
"I thought," Dinna said, "that these were to be used when on duty, Your Grace. I must apologize if I have misunderstood."
Maralin waved a hand. "No, Mistress, it is fine. These can be used both formally, say, as part of a summer uniform, perhaps, or informally just as something to wear when the weather is hot. You could be seeing these, in all manner of materials and patterns, all over Joth during the summer. For casual use, you would be wasting time and effort by including epaulets, though."
"Oh, I see, Tenant. Ladies, did you hear? We must pay closer attention to the likely use when more of these are ordered."
Lars said, "Shoulder loops fine for me, Mistress. When you make for men, do not put shoulder loops."
"Ah, of course," Maralin said. "Epaulets are usually used for the clothing of officers but not for the lower ranks, Mistress."
Lars inspected himself in the new mirror, then turned and used one hand to point at the opposite epaulet.
"What means three stripes? Is this rank? I see Her Highness has four and Tenant Maralin has two."
Maralin looked at Eriana, who shrugged, then at Dinna for an explanation.
"Perhaps we have misunderstood? Highness, if it is so, then accept our humblest apologies. I was sure that, some days ago, you introduced ...Master... Lars as your second in command. Tenant Maralin described what rank marks we should use, so naturally I assumed -" She stopped, upset.
"Mistress, be at ease," Eriana soothed her. "Aye, there has been a kind of misunderstanding, but mayhap it is as much mine as yours. I am told that ranks aboard military ships may differ from those used by the armies and other troops on land, and, indeed, by merchant vessels." She frowned. "In any case, the position of Lars is... complicated. While he is forstjori, leader of my men, he is not hofthingi, captain of the ship. Nor is he styrismathr, master of the ship under me. I know not what he would be called in the valley tongue."
Dinna looked at her blankly and turned to Fanis, who indicated Maralin. He frowned in consideration before responding.
"Highness, the variations in military rank are complicated, especially here in the Great Valley where every country seems to do something different. We are fortunate that no-one has anything resembling a Navy yet, which means that we can make our own decisions as to ranks and so on. However, we'll need to sit down and discuss that, probably with His Grace and Captain Hambran. For now, since Lars is subordinate to you, I would suggest that we simply accept Mistress Dinna's assumption and call him Commander. It makes sense and is understandable to everyone around Joth. We can always change it later if something else is decided."
Eriana gave him her usual stare before nodding abruptly. "Lars, is this acceptable to you?"
"As you wish, Highness," he replied. "It means that all know where I fit in order of ranks. Commander, good."
Eriana said to Maralin, "Your counsel is wise, Maralin. Before the Visund departs Joth we must needs make a chart of ranks of all the countries, that all might know where they stand."
"Agreed, Highness. It is probably something that should have been done a long time ago."
The gathering turned again to the business of attire, with Dinna producing samples of the new shorts for the men. Maralin and Lars excused themselves to go and change in the small meeting room before returning.
"Well, Maralin? Is it what you expected?"
"Highness, it is. Um, they are. It is usual to refer to shorts as a pair, since they have two legs. The material is just about right, and the length and waistband are right, too. Naturally, we'll have to wear these for a few days to see if there are any problems."
"Lars? What about you?"
«These are a good idea, Highness, though I am not used to showing my legs this way. They will be good for wearing on board, light and loose. As Maralin says, we will have to wear them a while to see how sturdy they will be.»
Eriana turned to Fanis. "He says that he agrees with Maralin, Fanis. We have time to make any adjustments before Dinna and her girls produce more for the men."
Maralin said, "Um, there is one thing I would like to add to these shorts, but I can't show it to you today. Are any of you coming tomorrow?"
"Of course, Tenant," Dinna replied. "There are adjustments to be made to several of the garments, so at least I will return tomorrow. If that is acceptable, Your Grace."
"Of course, Dinna. You and your ladies are always welcome."
"Then, Your Highness, Your Grace, we have taken up enough of your valuable time. Come, ladies, let us gather our things and leave the mansion in peace."
"Indeed," Fanis agreed. "It will soon be time for the kitchen staff to begin setting up the tables for the evening meal. It has been an interesting afternoon, I deem, but now perhaps it is time for us all to return to our normal duties."
* * *
Lars had been invited to stay for the meal, so both he and Maralin appeared still wearing their new summer outfits, to great acclaim by all present.
"An excellent design, Maralin."
"Thank you, Your Grace. These are very simple but effective, especially in the heat."
"As is always the case, such garments are obvious, but only after someone has thought of them! Captain? Your impression?"
Hambran replied, "Your Grace, based on only a bell's worth of observation, I am inclined to petition for funds that I might immediately order two hundred or so sets for your personal troops. The utility as summer uniforms is obvious, even to me."
"If I might suggest, sir," Maralin said, "we should discover if there is any problem with design, stitching or cloth before such an order should be made. I would hate to be the cause of discontent among the men."
"As you say, Maralin. And I must add that the ladies look magnificent too, in their new summer dresses. They look cool, which I am not. Did you design them as well?"
"As you say, sir." He glossed over the origins. "The designs are a variation of some styles that are worn in Shicargo, but adapted to the greater heat of the Valley."
"I deem these will become greatly popular with the women of the city, as your own attire will be with the men. Anything that helps us bear the great heat of summer will be welcomed by all."
"And then there is the riding gear, sir."
"As you say! In six months, I deem, those who live in Joth will be completely unrecognizable."
"Aye," agreed Wallesan. "And if Robanar's toys have a like effect, our whole society will have begun an immense upheaval. Joth will indeed rise anew from the ashes left by the invaders."
Ursula listened to all this with interest. Whatever 'Garia' had done, there was going to be a great deal of change in the coming months and years, and it seemed that she had been brought to Anmar specifically to be a part of it.
What can I do? I'm nothing special! To date, my best talent has been running away, and even that did not end well.
No. My best talent is the one that I have been trained for. I must make my knowledge available to these people if I can, though what they will make of it all I do not know. They do not have the tradition of big central hospitals that Earth does.
Perhaps some other way can be found.
First, I must discover how the business of healing is done in Joth, and then I can try and work out what to do next.
The thought of updating the knowledge of a whole society shocked her and it showed in her expression.
"Something the matter, dear?"
"Your Grace, a lot has happened to me in the last few days and I am trying to decide what to do with what I now know."
"Do you wish to speak with myself or Fanis about your thoughts?"
Ursula nodded. "It might be sensible, Your Grace. At your convenience."
"Tomorrow afternoon, perhaps, after the seamstresses have left. The same people as before?"
"Yes, Your Grace, but perhaps with the addition of... Mistress Senia? I think that I have to find out how healing is managed here in Joth."
"Of course. I will ask her to come, though of course you know that she might be delayed, or mayhap called away at short notice, should there be an injury in the city."
Ursula smiled. "I understand perfectly, Your Grace. My own job on Earth had similar demands."
"Indeed. Tomorrow afternoon, then. Shall you watch the ladies ride tomorrow morning?"
"I will, Your Grace, and I suspect that everyone who can possibly make some excuse to be there will appear as well."
"Well said, my dear! Now, If I may suggest these, they are the first of this year's crop and you will not have tasted them fresh before..."
Ursula spends some time helping out in the kitchen - and becomes more puzzled as the morning progresses. Meanwhile, Eriana, Bennet and Semma are introduced to new mounts and take a ride outside Joth's walls.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
17 - Eriana Rides Out
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2019
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Ursula realized that she was staring at herself in the
mirror once again.
I must stop this! I was obsessive enough when I was being chased, now I have a fixation on my new body!
But... I'm a real woman now, and this is what we do. Appearance is important, isn't it? Because I am female, people are going to look at me and judge me on how I look, what I do, what I say, what I wear.
It is what I expected, and what I had when I was with the other trans girls, but I never expected to have a real body! Especially one that is different than what I thought I would look like.
This body is honest, at least... though it cannot, possibly, have lived the number of years that it appears to have done. How can they possibly do that?
Which means I have to ask the question again: is this real? Am I fooling myself by pretending that it is real?
With a sigh she shook her head and lifted one of her 'ship dresses' off the rail. It was the action of a moment to pull it over her head and tug it straight.
The Jothan women do good work, I will admit. This design of Maralin's is really comfortable and well made.
Bennet poked her head through the open door. "Mistress, are you ready?"
Bennet had dressed in her riding outfit after bathing. It looked interesting, even though she had seen similar on Eriana the previous afternoon.
"I am, Bennet. Are you comfortable in that?"
"So far, Mistress. If the weather becomes very warm," the guardswoman shrugged, "then I fear we may need to ask the seamstresses for lighter attire. For now it is comfortable enough, thank you."
Outside in the corridor Mamoot was waiting and he gave them the customary open-handed Jothan salute.
"Good morning, Mistress Ursula, Mistress Bennet." He gestured at the riding outfit. "I have not seen that uniform before. Do you do something different today?"
Bennet smiled at him. "Aye, today Tenant Maralin escorts Her Highness, myself and Guardswoman Semma on a frayen ride. I do not know what route he may have planned."
Mamoot's eyes widened. "So it is true, then! There was a rumor in the guardhouse that saddles had arrived for the use of Her Highness and party. Many could not believe that women may ride as a man does."
Bennet's smile turned into a grin. "If you may find yourself near the rear courtyard after breakfast, Mamoot, you will see a wonder, then. Many women in Palarand now ride and many more desire to. Her Highness thinks that the same will happen here in Joth."
"Do you tell me! Then I will make sure to find a suitable spot from which to observe what happens."
"I doubt you will be the only one. Do you know, has Her Highness yet passed this way?"
Mamoot shook his head. "She has not yet passed me this morning, Mistress. Will you wait?"
"I think we'll go down. We're only getting in everybody's way standing out here."
In the dining room some had already arrived, including Hambran and Maralin, but the Ducal couple had not yet appeared. Hambran approached them and bowed. Bennet responded with a Palarandi-style salute.
"Good morning, sir."
"Good morning to you, Bennet, and to you, Mistress Ursula. You will have a fine day for your ride, I deem. I do not know which route Tenant Maralin intends to take, though."
"It may depend on the desires of Her Highness, Sir."
"As you say. Well, if I may suggest -"
Hambran was cut off as Wallesan, Fanis, Eriana and Semma all appeared in a group. After the customary greetings all made for the table and breakfast was served.
Part way through, Fanis asked, "Ursula, dear, these fine folk are all going to ride out on frayen this morning. I regret that neither you nor I may yet go with them, so I wondered if you had any idea what to do today."
Ursula swallowed her mouthful of fruit and replied, "Your Grace, with your permission I would like to spend some time today in your kitchen. It seems to me that I need to learn about the plants and animals of this world and the kitchen would be the easiest place to do that."
The Duchess frowned. "Would you not rather go to the market today? You will see a much greater variety of foodstuffs and animals there than in our kitchen, and those animals in the market will still be alive."
Ursula reddened. "Your Grace, I don't really want to speak of such things at your table, but I have a professional interest in your foodstuffs as well as a general one."
Fanis was puzzled, but Wallesan remarked, "She wants to look at what's inside them, Fanis. How the muscles and bones work, that sort of thing. On Earth, they have no creature with six legs so she wants to understand how they function."
"Ooh. Yes, I see, Wal. Forgive me, Ursula, I did not mean to pry, I was merely interested to make sure that you were not bored, or had perhaps a desire to go out somewhere instead."
"Your Grace, I will probably want to go to the market another day. In the work I did on Earth, I used some tools specific to the job and I would need similar if I was to do something like that here. I do not know what tools are available here, but I hope that Mistress Senia will tell me that when I meet her this afternoon."
"Ah, I understand. But you will join us outside, to see Eriana and her girls ride off?"
"Of course, Your Grace. I suspect that there will be a small crowd out there today."
"Have no doubt of it!"
* * *
The crowd was not small, it was every single person who could possibly invent a reason to be away from their duty that morning. Every balcony was lined, almost all of the windows had onlookers and there was a fair crowd spread around the perimeter of the yard. Those present included not only mansion staff and armsmen but all of Eriana's crew, who had not come to watch the fun but to attend some battle training with the local troops. There were also a small number of seamstresses standing in a nervous group underneath the archway. Eriana blinked at the numbers.
"Fanis, you would think I had suddenly sprouted two heads, or something!"
"You are about to do something worse that that, Eriana, you are going to climb aboard a frayen, as a man does, and ride away! I shudder at what the women of Joth will do when they see you!"
"I shudder at the men, Fanis, who may object to our appearance. Although many accepted Garia riding in Palarand, and beyond into the country, there were still some who disliked the very idea. Now, before we may begin, we must needs pay a visit to your kitchen."
"The kitchen! Why is everybody suddenly interested in our kitchen this morning?"
Eriana grinned. "Ursula's needs are of a different kind, but we girls have learned that the way to a frayen's heart is through his stomach. That and the kind words which a female voice may whisper in their ears. Watch and learn, Fanis."
Since all the kitchen staff without exception had come out onto the walkway to watch the proceedings, there was some confusion when Eriana made her request.
"It is simple enough, Master Farren," she said to his stammered query, "we desire some small offcuts of vegetable with which to bribe our frayen. Should our task be successful, your kitchen may discover that such offcuts will become a regular request about the mansion."
"Highness, if you say it is so, then who am I to disagree? If you would come this way."
Suitably provided, the three women and Maralin tucked the treats into their sashes and made their way into the stables, followed by a curious Fanis. Duban was there, with their saddles ready and waiting on a rail. Maralin went straight to his preferred mount while the others waited for the Stable Master to show them which frayen would be theirs for today.
"You are?"
The man bowed. "Hanek, Your Highness. If I may show you your beasts? I should, perhaps, first ask if any of you have particular preferences."
The three shook their heads, so he took them to the stall next to Maralin. "Highness, this is Muss, I have selected one of the larger of our stock in the belief you will be more comfortable."
As Eriana towered over the man by nearly a foot, she merely smiled. "He will do, Hanek. Muss! In my language, that is the name of a murid, I deem. A fine jest for so large a beast!"
Maralin leaned against the partition. "Highness, murid would be a creature similar to a mouse on Earth. A small rodent, like the murid is here, but of course having only four legs. The word in Norse is closer to the original than the local word is."
"As you say, Maralin! But it is frayen that interests me this morning, not rodents. If you would pass me down that harness, Hanek. I must fit it myself that the beast becomes familiar with me."
"Are you sure, Highness?" Hanek was cautious. "These frayen are familiar with the men but -"
"Just you wait and see! Muss? You and I are going for a ride today. What do you think of that?"
The frayen was still secured in his stall by a halter, so he could only look at Eriana out of the nearer eye. He saw the hand come forward and began to snap forward, stopping abruptly when he smelled something interesting. He stared at her suspiciously.
"Now, take this nicely and you and I can have a little talk," she said, bringing the treat nearer his snout. "If you want, we can try out that new saddle of mine and you can see how good it feels. How would you like that?"
The lips reached gently forward and took the nibble from her palm. Nobody had ever done that for him before! The morning had suddenly stopped being boring. What did this strangely shaped human want? Normally, people like that were not even permitted into the stables. What was going on?
Fanis, Hanek and Duban watched with mouths open as Eriana installed the harness, then fetched and carried her own saddle and placed it on Muss's back. The straps were all placed and fastened, it being apparent that Eriana knew exactly what she was doing. Several more treats were provided to ease the process and the animal remained placid the whole time. Finally, she unhooked the halter and backed Muss out of his stall using the reins.
"And that, Fanis," she said with a smile, "is how it is done. I cannot say they will all be as easy as this one, their histories are all different, but certainly there was no serious trouble in the palace stables." She turned. "Girls? Time to get yours ready now. Hanek? If you would."
The shocked Stable Master could only stammer and turn to gesture at the two adjacent stalls.
"Uh, Highness, this one is Volt and the next one is Tama."
Bennet immediately went to Volt while Semma followed more slowly. Maralin realized that the girls would have been taught how to ride on mounts already 'educated' by Garia's methods, whereas these were still in their original condition. They would have to learn to tame their new mounts the hard way. This was immediately proved when Bennet had to jump out of the way as Volt attempted to barge her into the side of the stall.
Two of the men immediately went to help but Eriana waved them off. "No! All you will do is to frighten it by crowding round. Bennet must do this on her own, it is she who must needs bond with the beast."
Volt proved very restive, however, and refused to even look at any proffered treats. An attempt to put on the harness had to be abandoned when Volt tried to head-butt Bennet into her feed rack.
"If you would wait, Bennet. This one has had a hard past, I deem. Try bringing him out of the stall just on the halter. When he sees my beast, he will surely quieten."
And that is what happened. Once out, Volt noticed that something different was happening and began looking around. He stared at all the humans standing around and then at Muss, who turned his head and gave a flick of recognition before turning his attention to Eriana's sash.
"No, boy! Not me this time. Bennet has to give your friend of her own treats."
Eriana smiled fondly at the frayen before rubbing his snout gently. The byplay was not lost on Volt, who turned and found Bennet, who of course was still holding the halter.
"Oh? So now you want to take an interest in me?" she asked. "Shall you take a nibble without biting my fingers off, then?"
She dug out a treat with her free hand and cautiously held it forward. Volt leaned his head forward before pausing at looking at her face, then carefully took the nibble from her hand. The head went back immediately as he chewed, and there was an obvious conflict going on in his head. Things just didn't work like this!
"All ready, Highness," came a voice from behind them. It was Semma, with her own mount harnessed, saddled and ready to go! "I was surprised by how quiet this one was, he took the treats straight away and let me do everything very easily."
"Uh, Mistress," Hanek said, "Tama is a doe, not a buck. That may be the reason she accepted you so easily."
"Oh!" Semma smiled. "My mistake. It should not make any difference, surely?"
"Not really, though the men sometimes prefer the bucks because they may be stronger, Mistress." He reddened. "Ah, I do not mean to imply that you are not able to do your job, Mistress."
Maralin said, "Hanek, I can tell you that I have seen the women of His Majesty's Palace Guard at training and on duty, and I can assure you that all can do as much as a man is asked to do." He smiled. "In fact, I would say that they fight dirtier than the men." His gaze went round the other stable staff. "Let that be a warning to all of you."
Volt noticed Tama, and that Semma was also stroking her head with no apparent reaction. By now he was thoroughly confused, since there had been none of the usual shouting, pushing and hitting that he usually suffered when his rider came to get him ready. Was it something to do with these new riders? All three smelled different than the usual ones, much more pleasant, and their voices were less harsh. He looked up at the person he assumed would be his rider.
"Volt, is it? Well, Volt, no doubt you have noticed that your friends are enjoying the attention they are getting. How about you? Want another nibble?"
He didn't understand most of the words, of course, but the flow of the sounds was soothing. Perhaps - maybe - his ride this morning would not be as unpleasant as it usually was. He noticed that his rider - if that was who she was - held out another of the vegetable pieces to him, and he took it carefully from her hand.
"That's a good boy! Shall we try to put your harness on now?"
He stood still, allowing the harness to be fixed, but he could not stop his legs from shaking. Then came the saddle, and this was strange, too. It just didn't feel right, but that might have been because it was positioned better, so that it didn't cause his back to sag. He turned his head to try and see what was going on. Had they put it in the wrong place? It seemed not!
Bennet raised her hand to his head and he tensed, alert for the inevitable thump, but none came. Instead there was a soothing stroke which caused him to shiver in a different way. He resisted the urge to sharply bring his head back and snap at the small hand since his rider had done nothing objectionable. The nibble smell came from his rider's middle, and his nose quested that way. Surely there might be more?
Bennet grinned. "Ah, you've figured it out! Good boy, I will give you another piece, but then we must needs go out into the yard and get mounted."
* * *
As the guardswomen made their way to the stables Ursula turned right and mingled with the other Norsemen.
«Hey, Ursula! How are things with you? That dress looks cool. It wouldn't be any good in Jotlheim, you'd be a block of ice in moments, but it works here.»
«Hey, Stine! Thank you for asking, I am settling in here well enough. This is one of Maralin's designs, I believe that he has designed warm weather clothing for all of you as well, though I don't know when you will get it.» She turned and looked around. «Is everyone from the ship here this morning?»
«Yah, Captain promises us training with those Jothan men over there. Something to do with battlefield tactics, she said.»
The ship's cook, Adin, nodded agreement. «That's right, Ursula, something about fighting in a line.» He grinned. «That won't include the sailors, of course. We have more important things to do. Are you going over to join the kitchen staff, as you did before?»
«I am. I want to learn more about the plants and animals of this new land I find myself in.»
«Well, I know a little more than you do, of course, but there is much that is strange to me in this land, even after I have had Maralin's help. Can I join you?»
«I don't see why not. Come on, before you are made to join the mock battle.»
«That is true! Come on, boys, and you injured as well. Over there to join the kitchen servants.»
The small group threaded their way among the servants gathered along that wall and around to where the kitchen staff waited. Most sat on the edge of the walkway as they had done previously, while others made themselves comfortable in the few remaining bench vacancies.
"Mistress Ursula, good morning. Do you desire to see our riders this morning? I would have thought you familiar with such things."
Ursula had by now adjusted to the formality used by the locals. "Master Farren, good morning to you. I joined the Visund as it came along the great river, so I have never seen Her Highness ride before. Is it so unusual in the Great Valley, then?"
The cook shrugged. "I have heard that there are places which permit it, aye, but in Joth it would be very unusual for a woman to ride as a man does." He glanced at her. "I have heard rumors that such customs have changed in Palarand, but of course you would not know anything of that, I suppose."
"I have heard a lot of talk of Palarand, but I do not know much about it," she responded. "In fact, I appear to know very little about anything, which is why I have asked Her Grace to let me join you in the kitchen this morning, if it is not too much trouble."
"Ah? You know something of the cook's art, then, as Maralin does?"
"Me? No, very little! Just enough to keep myself from starving, should it be necessary. But that would be in the place I came from, Master Farren. Here, in Joth, I do not know what anything is, meat, fruit nor vegetable, so I would not know what to do with any of it."
"So you seek to learn to cook, then?"
"That is not the main reason, but if I learn something that may be useful in the future, then I will not object. No, what I want to do is to study the plants and animals you have inside, to better learn how they work."
Farren raised his eyebrows. "But surely, a vegetable is a vegetable! They are all different to cook, it is true, but what else do you need to know?"
"It will just be simply knowledge, Master Farren. I am a kind of healer, so I want to know what may be of use to me for helping somebody get better. In addition, there are no six-legged animals where I come from and the... avians... only have two legs. If I am to be of use, I must learn how these different bodies function."
"But people only have two legs and two arms! Why would you want to know how the body of an avian works? Or a gavakhan? Are you then a healer of animals?"
Ursula realized that the gulf in cultures was too wide. "I am not, Master Farren. Up till now my whole career has been the tending of humans - people - who get themselves injured. But I am in a strange land, and I want to find out as much as I can about everything here that is alive."
Farren considered and then nodded. "I think I can understand that. After all, if you have traveled a long way, then of course the plants and animals will be different! When Maralin first came to His Grace's kitchen he said almost the same thing. Of course you may join us but -" he held up a finger, "- we will be busy later, to prepare lunch, and there can be no delay providing for Their Graces and guests - which include you, of course."
"If you will be happy with me around, Master Farren. I will try not to get in your way."
"Done, then. Tell me, what are all of Her Highness's crew doing here?"
"I don't really know. Adin?"
"Master Farren, your Captain offered to teach them how to fight in line, as might happen in battle."
"Ah, I see. And yourself? I notice some of you have come over here to join us."
"Ah, no, Master Farren." He stopped and turned to Ursula. «Please, can you translate for me? I could tell him, but I would be long-winded and make many mistakes. Tell him, some here are injured, and thus excused the activity, but I and the others," he gestured, "are the true sailors of the Visund and normally have other duties when we sail. Of course we can all defend ourselves but we are not as experienced in fighting as those over there.»
Ursula relayed this and Farren nodded again.
Adin added, "For myself, I am ship's cook, I want to learn more of Valley food. Would Master Farren..?"
"Of course, Master Adin! Be welcome in my kitchen, but you heard the warning I gave the Mistress?"
"I did, but unlike Ursula I could assist you. I may not make food fit for Duke, but I have made meals for Princess."
"Then you will be most welcome in our kitchen."
Maralin was the first rider out, leading his frayen. Eriana followed, then Bennet with Semma being followed by two armsmen. The three women carried helmets, which they put on and secured. In the courtyard, the low rumble of talk suddenly hushed. Maralin swung up onto his frayen, Mac, then turned his mount to watch the others. There was a gasp as Eriana swung a leg over Muss which settled down into an excited murmur as she twitched the skirt over her mount's rump.
Bennet spoke quietly to Volt before mounting him. He still seemed confused by the unusual procedure but accepted his rider's new saddle cautiously, swinging his head either way to look at her. Semma by contrast mounted Tama quickly and quietly, neither rider or mount appearing to find anything unusual in the operation. They waited for the two armsmen to mount before turning to Captain Hambran.
"By your leave, sir," Maralin asked as he saluted.
Hambran nodded. "You have it, Maralin. I would suggest that you not be too long today, as this is the first time any of your guests have ridden those mounts."
"We'll be back by lunchtime, sir."
"Very good. Carry on." He bowed. "Your Highness."
"Thank you for the loan of these mounts, Captain," she replied. "We will not be too long, we need to get to know each other properly."
With that she turned and nodded to Maralin, who led the way out of the courtyard. Behind them, the low murmur rose into an excited babble, only calmed when Lars blew a shrill blast on his whistle.
«Men! Form ranks for Captain Hambran, now! We have all seen women riding before, we should now concentrate on what we came here to do or the morning will be wasted.»
Seeing the Norsemen line up into two ranks made the others in the courtyard remember their duties and most began to disperse. Farren turned to Ursula.
"Mistress, will Her Highness's men require us to provide lunches, would you know?"
She turned to Adin, who said, "If you provide, they will eat. If not, many taverns in city to find food."
The cook nodded. "Then I must needs ask Her Grace, and if you would relay her answer to your Commander there when I know it."
Adin looked confused. "Commander?"
"I think he means Lars," Ursula told him. "I believe there was some problem before, but now his rank has been made official."
"Ah. As you will. Is that why he wears uniform now?"
«It wasn't intended to be a uniform, but the seamstresses - the tailors and dressmakers - misunderstood what was wanted. Her Highness decided to make the appearance into a fact.»
Farren stood. "Perhaps we had better be about our own business, then. If all these men are about to do some training , they will want drinks soon enough." He cast his eye over the courtyard, still relatively crowded even now. "I'll get my boys to start some water boiling while we," he grinned at Ursula and Adin, "examine the contents of my larders, shelves and cold rooms."
* * *
"Let's head for the nearest gate," Maralin suggested. "The city streets can be somewhat crowded, as you no doubt already know. On fresh mounts, that could be a distraction - or worse."
"I agree, Maralin," Eriana said. "Once our mounts know that we will look after them, then we may chance the streets."
He led the way through the streets to a heavily fortified gateway set in the outer wall. "I don't think you came in this way before. No? This is the Southern Gate, but most people call it the Galdarin Gate, since that is where the highway goes, down to Joth's second city."
Maralin stopped at the gate and spoke to one of the armsmen there, telling them of his party's short ride out, before leading them out into the countryside.
Outside of the walls, the brick, wood, tile and stone of the city was immediately replaced by varying shades of green. Eriana relaxed immediately and noticed that her mount seemed happier as well.
Maralin pointed to the ditch at the side of the highway. "Down there was where I was found, the night that Yod took the city. They thought I had fallen off a wagon or something, as everyone was forced out of the city. I was taken down to Galdarin and lived there some days before my memory returned."
Eriana looked around. Apart from the looming wall behind her, the landscape was distinctly flat, with only a few clumps of trees and the odd shed or barn breaking up the monotony of fields and ditches.
"Is it all like this?"
"Some of it is more wooded, the further away you get from the city," he explained. "I think that they didn't want to have trees that close to the walls, in case an army could hide there." He grinned at her. "With camouflage, we could run along the ditches instead. I did a scouting run out here, trying to find out what patrols they mounted and how many men there were guarding the gate, and they never knew we were there."
"I remember you telling Robanar about it. Was this the gate that the Jothans attacked to get back in, then? It seems formidable from here."
"No, we went for the South Eastern Gate, which is much smaller, and much more poorly defended, being nearer the river. Once inside we held the gate, then let more men in to work their way along and open the Galdarin Gate from the inside."
"Aye. A difficult task, I have tried to compare it with our own attack on Boldan's Rock but they are too different." Eriana turned to Bennet and Semma. "How are your beasts behaving, girls?"
"I'm not sure, Highness," Bennet replied. "I think Volt is surprised by how he has been treated this morning, and is being cautious so far. He has done everything I have asked, and I think he prefers the present arrangement."
"Then we are doing the right thing, are we not? Semma? How is your ride?"
"I think I have one of the more placid ones, Highness. Certainly she has not objected to anything I have asked her to do - so far."
"That is good. Maralin, how may we get off this road and let our beasts feel the grass beneath their feet?"
He pointed. "Just there, Highness, is a side road we can take, which will take us through some of the nearer fields. I know that the verges are wide enough to ride on. That will probably be enough for today."
"As you say. Lead on, then."
* * *
Ursula put down the small, but extremely sharp, paring knife she had been using as a scalpel and resisted the urge to wipe her forehead with a bloody hand. On the table in front of her were the dissected remains of an avian Farren had called a brifil.
I think that is the strangest dissection I have ever done, she thought. It isn't mammal, reptile, bird or even fish. Even frogs were more understandable, in Med School! Much of what I see here is just plain weird. How do these things stay alive?
I think the answer to that is that, while I do not understand what half of these organs are, they must perform similar functions to those of normal animals. Most Earth animals have recognizable organs, even if some are adapted in ways that wouldn't make sense in a human. These must do the same functions but have evolved in a different way.
She fingered a small lump. This has to be a heart, but it is shaped like no heart I have ever seen. For one thing, it has blood vessels coming out of both ends. And what about this? It might be a liver, but I've never seen a liver that looks like that.
Farren joined her at the table. "Mistress? We are taking a drink before we begin the serious business of preparing lunch for His Grace and guests."
"Oh, yes, please. I don't think I can do any more here." She turned and smiled at him. "Almost everything inside this creature confuses me. Thank you for donating it for my experiment."
"Do not worry, Mistress. I have noticed you working, you have been very careful to keep everything clean, we may use the remains in a soup or a pie whenever you have finished with it."
"Can you? That's good. I didn't want to be the cause of any unnecessary waste for you. I have finished, I think, and I'll have to go away and think about what I have seen."
The two walked over to a sink, where Ursula rinsed her hands carefully under cold water. Farren frowned.
"Mistress, I still have trouble understanding that, in the lands you come from, you have never seen an avian, or even a gavakhan."
"We just don't have anything like those there at all. Has Maralin not said as much? All we have are four-legged animals with body parts that work much like ours do. We do have animals that fly, but they don't look like avians here at all. Has anybody ever cut open a frayen or, what are those big animals? Dranakh, that's right."
The cook looked horrified. "Cut open a dranakh? Maker! They would empty out the city! Mistress, nobody would ever think of such a thing. We do not eat dranakh, even when they die naturally, so there would be no desire to open their bodies. People do, on occasion, eat frayen meat, but that is usually because there is nothing else and the intent would be to keep from starving, not for any other reason."
Ursula was taken aback by the cook's reaction. "Oh. I'm sorry, Master Farren, I did not mean to upset you."
He handed her a towel to dry her hands and then the two joined the other kitchen workers at an end table, where Ursula was given a mug of pel.
One of the workers asked, "Mistress, is this normal where you come from? Cutting things open, I mean."
She nodded. "It is what we do when we train to be... healers. It is to give us practice in surgery but also to allow us to become familiar with what is inside. We use small animals to begin with, then progress to pigs, which are about the same size we are and with mostly similar organs."
The woman ignored the reference to pigs. Obviously, if she came from far away, the animals would be different. "Why would you want to do that? I thought healers made poultices and bandages and potions, that kind of thing. I didn't know they went... inside... people."
"Well, let's see. How can I explain it to you?"
How do I explain it, in terms they might understand? Ah, yes.
"Hear those swords in the courtyard? That is your men practicing against Her Highness's men. Now suppose there is an accident, and somebody gets a sword or a spear poked into them. What happens?"
"Well, there would be a poultice, and a bandage, and the man would have to lie still until he was better."
"Would he get better every time?"
"Uh, no, sometimes the wound is too bad and then he dies."
"Right. So, what usually happens is that the sword or spear cuts a blood vessel inside and the man either bleeds to death or he gets an infection of the wound. What I can do is to go in, find out where the cut went and sew up or tie off the blood vessels so that no more blood is lost. Then I would carefully sew him back up so that his wound can recover successfully.
"Sometimes," she continued, "a battle wound can damage some of the other organs in the body, and I can fix some of those. I can set broken bones, take out -" bullets? No, not here. "- arrow heads, for example, anything else has has gotten inside that should not be there. Then I can clean everything up and make it so that the patient has a better chance of survival."
"You can do all that? Is it better than what our healers do?"
"I don't know what your healers can do so I can't answer that. That's what I'm hoping to learn this afternoon, when Mistress Senia comes to the mansion."
The rest of the break was taken in silence as the kitchen servants realized that what Ursula did was completely beyond their understanding. Finally Farren clapped his hands and began issuing instructions. The workers dispersed to their tables and began preparations for lunch. He turned to Ursula.
"If there is anything else I can do for you now? We are busy, as you can see, but if you only need some table space and a small knife..."
"Thank you, no, not now. You're busy and I would only be a distraction. Tell me, though, those big meat animals, would it be possible for me to have a look at one as you butcher it? I have learned a lot this morning but brifilis are not the same as the larger land animals."
"Gavakhan, you mean?" Farren scratched his chin. "We get them already butchered, Mistress. We could do it here, but it takes time and expertize for so large a carcase. Better to leave such tasks to those who do it every day."
"Oh. Well, it probably isn't important anyway. I am a human healer, not a healer of animals."
"The carcases are delivered early each morning, Mistress, according to what we order. I could arrange for you to go and watch a butchering, if it would interest you."
She waved a hand. "No, please, it isn't necessary. Maybe in a year's time, perhaps, I might have a chance to look, but I don't need to see it done for what I do."
"As you wish, Mistress. What, then, will you do this morning?"
I can't wander off without a minder, Eriana and Maralin have gone out for a ride, and Her Grace is probably busy.
"I saw you teaching Adin earlier how to make those little cakes. I don't want to get in the way, but maybe I could help do something until lunchtime?"
"If you feel it would not be beneath you, Mistress."
"Why should it? I am here, I have a pair of hands, I might as well do something useful."
"If you are so determined, Mistress, then I would not object to some assistance. Here, Turis makes pastries, not for lunch but for this afternoon. Shall you help her?"
"Of course. What do you want me to do?"
* * *
Maralin turned at the sound of bells echoing from within the city. They had taken the opportunity to let their mounts have a drink, and were presently at the bottom of one of the large drainage ditches which defined most field boundaries.
"Highness, it is probably time we made our way back. That is the half bell before noon so lunch will not be far away."
"Aye, Maralin, you are right as usual. I must admit, it has been pleasant to just ride, on a good steed, with no task to perform, no destination to arrive at, just to wander as the paths provide."
"I agree. I have done this one or twice by myself, but as you know we were very busy before His Grace and I joined you to travel to Palarand. We should go back up to the path and figure out which is the best way to return," he said.
He clicked to Mac and turned his head, urging the frayen back up from the ditch to the path they had been following. Reluctantly, the others followed his lead. Maralin turned, studying the city wall to their left, looming large and with the sun almost behind it now as noon approached.
He pointed. "That way, I think. We are a lot closer to the Western Gate now than we are to the Galdarin Gate. If we go in that way, the route to the Mansion will be shorter than if we back-tracked."
"Sir," came a call from below, "if you would wait for us."
Maralin turned and realized that the two armsmen who had accompanied them were still using the traditional style of saddle. With those it was not easy to clamber up the slope while still mounted, so they had both climbed off and were now leading their frayen.
"Aye, we will wait." He smiled. "I trust you both appreciate now why His Grace wants to introduce the new saddles?"
One answered, "As you say, sir! To begin with, you all looked odd sitting on them and when you ride, the motion seems... strange to the eye, but even one such as myself cannot fail to see the advantages."
The other one, reaching the path, muttered, "There are advantages? Don't look right to me."
The first one joined him and said, "Then you are an idiot, Brosh. With the saddle the Tenant uses, he can stay mounted even on a slope so great as this. I bet he wouldn't come off in no battle, neither."
Maralin brought the impending argument to a halt. "Enough, you two. Get up, please, so that we can return to the mansion. Once we begin producing these saddles locally, I am sure that Captain Hambran will be telling you all about the benefits." He added, "For myself, I have not ridden one very much so far. We all used the old style to go to Palarand and of course we came back by ship. I have had a little practice on the palace training field but that is all. Mayhap Her Highness, who has ridden into battle using the new type, can tell you more - but not today."
"Indeed," Eriana agreed. "Though in truth we used the new saddles to ride a great part of our journey, we did not ride them into battle. We could not do that at Boldan's Rock." She considered, then nodded. "Aye. I will speak with your captain about our experiences with the new saddles but, as Maralin says, not today. I deem we will be too busy for such instruction."
Both men ducked their heads as they mounted. "Highness."
The short procession went clockwise around the walls of Joth, using various tracks and farm access roads, until they reached a small highway running east-west. They gained this and turned right to head toward the gate through the walls. Even though the highway was a minor one, there was still a fair amount of traffic to be negotiated.
Their progress was not helped by the fact that almost everyone going the other direction, on foot, mounted or aboard a carriage or wagon, stopped and stared at the three mounted women, especially the lead one who bore a broadsword diagonally across her back. Fortunately, most had by now at least heard of Eriana, and "strange folk often did strange things". Maralin wondered what they would think when their own womenfolk began to appear astride their own frayen.
"Sarjant!" Maralin called to the officer overseeing the gate traffic. "If you could clear a path for us, please. I must get Her Highness back to His Grace's mansion in time for lunch."
The man, who had been staring at the women, ducked his head. "Of course, sir." He turned to the traffic building up in the gateway. "Make way there! Her Highness returns to His Grace's mansion!"
The name-dropping had the desired effect and a path opened for the party to enter the city. Amid many curious glances, Maralin led them along the main route and then turned right to follow the street which led past the mansion. Eriana noted that her mount was behaving himself and, with that thought, turned to Bennet.
"Any trouble with Volt?"
"Highness, it is strange," the armswoman replied, "I have never noticed it with my rides before, but I have sensed that he seems a little tense since we got onto the highway. I don't think he will do anything he should not, though, he seems to trust me already."
Eriana smiled. "It seems that a woman's hand may tame these beasts easier than a man's will do. Begging your pardon, Maralin."
He smiled back. "I can believe it, Highness. Of course, I have a slight advantage over other men."
Their eyes met and Eriana understood that Maralin didn't want to expose his secret in front of their two escort riders.
"That is your experience, I deem," she said to cover the remark. "Here we are, I did not realize that the West Gate was so close to the mansion."
"Only if you know the way, Highness. And if you had business that way."
They rode into the front courtyard, under the connecting arch and through into the rear courtyard. It was apparent that, unlike the crowd when they had departed, few took any notice of their return. However, all Eriana's men were seated on the edge of the walkway next to the kitchen, and it appeared that they were taking lunch. She gave them a wave and then led the frayen into the stables. All six dismounted and stable staff took their mounts off to their stalls for cleaning up and a rub-down.
Hanek approached them. "Highness, I am pleased to see that you are safely returned. Did you have any trouble?"
"None at all, my good man. Bennet's mount seemed a little tense but she had no trouble from him. If she rides him some more, I am certain that they will come to a good understanding. Our needs are not onerous."
Maralin excused himself, walked over to the kitchen and returned with a large root vegetable and a small knife.
"Here, Highness. A reward after their ride will cement the relationship."
"As you say." Eriana stretched. "We must go out again one day, I deem, and travel further. I would like to see more of Joth than just the outside of the city walls."
"I know what you mean. Still, for the first time on a new mount, today's outing was probably enough."
The riders took turns cutting nibbles for their frayen, then dispersed to their stalls to aid in the cleaning activities. As they did so, Lars entered the stable and found Eriana.
«A good ride, Highness?»
«Yes, but we did not go too far. These mounts are unknown to us, and us to them, so a simple ride outside the walls was enough for today.»
«Will you be going out again tomorrow?»
«If I can... wait! I have promised my riding gear to the sewing women, so that they can use them as a pattern to make a set for Ursula.» She frowned. «I guess that means that the ride will have to wait a day or two. What about your own task? What happened this morning?»
«Highness... we imagined that we knew how to fight, even after Captain Merek instructed us in the ways of Palarand. But this way of standing in lines to do battle, I do not like it. It seems that you must be slower, more careful, not to expose the men either side of you by doing something... rash. I can see the need for it, and today's instruction has been very valuable, but I hope that we will not be used this way in future.»
«Aye, I agree. Now, if Maralin's ideas of naval warriors are to be believed, we should not be fighting pitched battles on land in the future but more what we are used to - ship to ship, maybe, or storming a beach and taking fortified positions.»
The big Norseman nodded. «Yes. The Navy idea is good, we can decide our own tactics there.»
She grinned at him. «And our tactics might be something that no-one along the Sirrel has yet faced, Lars. They might get something of a surprise! You have the men organized?»
«Of course, Highness. The men are going out into the country this afternoon for a march in the new terrain and the sailors have some work on the ship. All is well in hand.»
«Good. Now, if you would ask the Stable Master for a bag of hay, please. Us ladies have to go and change before lunch and I do not want to delay.»
Lars saluted the Palarandi way. "As you command, Highness."
The seamstresses of Joth bring more designs and are intrigued by the examples of unusual attire the visitors show them. The following morning, Ursula leaves the mansion with Senia to visit the sick and injured. She learns some uncomfortable facts about city life and is involved in a tense confrontation.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
18 - Doctor's Rounds
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2019
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Senia, thank you for coming."
The healer curtseyed. "At your command, Your Grace." She added, "But I am not sure why I am here this afternoon, if it is not for an illness or injury. Am I interrupting something? You seem to have asked some seamstresses to come today, have I come at the wrong time, or on the wrong day?"
Fanis smiled. "It is true that we entertain the seamstresses this afternoon, you should know that between them, Her Highness and Tenant Maralin have designed many new items of clothing, some suitable for women to wear in the heat of summer, and some for Her Highness's men to wear as well."
"Ah?" Senia's curiosity was raised. "Would these items be of interest to such as myself, Your Grace?"
The smile of the Duchess became wider. "Indeed, they will be of interest to everyone, Senia. Now I have asked you here this afternoon to request a favor, but with your permission, we can deal with that after we have seen what the others have brought. You may, of course, join us, I can see that you are interested."
Fanis turned as five people came down the stairs, three of them carrying clothes over one arm. "Ah, Eriana, Maralin, Ursula, good. I believe that everyone else is here, we may begin. Do you mind if Senia joins us? Like any woman, she will be interested in new designs of attire."
Senia looked at the four women, who were all wearing ship dresses. "I am now! What an interesting design, and so cool! Who did - But I am interrupting the meeting, my questions can wait until later."
Eriana smiled. "Of course she may join us, there is nothing secret here. Fanis, we are ready, as you may see."
In the dining room everyone curtseyed to Fanis and then the meeting began. First, Eriana carefully laid out her riding gear on the table and the women all crowded round to inspect it.
"If we may take these away and examine them closely?"
"You may," Eriana agreed, "but I would ask that you do not keep them for too long. This morning we have ridden out on borrowed frayen, and I feel the need to do it again one day soon."
"I saw Her Highness," Melisent said, excited. "She looked so good, so natural sitting there!" She turned to the Duchess. "If I may ask, has His Grace yet given permission for the women of Joth to ride as Her Highness does?"
Fanis replied, "He has not had time to consider the question, Melisent." She rolled her eyes. "Even now, he is beset by all that has happened while he was away. If I were to venture an opinion, it is that he will probably grant to women a right like that which Her Highness tells me exists in Palarand, that women should be modestly dressed, be well protected against matters of concern to our kind, shall wear some kind of hat or helmet which is capable of protecting her head in the event of a fall or stampede, and that of course any woman must needs be accompanied by at least one companion of some kind. That might mean that personal maids would have to learn to ride and will require like attire to their mistresses."
The women looked at one another. Jorda asked, "Your Grace, if I may ask how certain you are that His Grace will grant this right? I ask because it is likely that we will be asked by customers for such attire almost immediately, many having seen Her Highness riding in the streets."
Fanis smiled. "I will ask him today, Jorda, and make the answer known to you all as soon as I can."
Jorda curtseyed. "Thank you, Your Grace. We know how busy His Grace is, we can expect no more."
Next came Bennet, who put down her palace uniform, that the women could examine the methods used, particularly the box pleats of the skirt.
Eriana said, "I do not anticipate that any of us will require our dress uniforms for a day or two, but of course there will be less to investigate than with the riding gear."
Jorda curtseyed. "As you desire, Highness. We will return all these garments as soon as we can, will we not, ladies?"
There was a mutter of assent and then all turned to Maralin, who had a single garment over his arm.
He smiled. "Ladies, this one is a little different. This is the pair of trousers which Mistress Ursula was wearing when we found her." He held up a hand. "Now, I know what you are probably thinking, but there is much about that episode that is unusual and I must request that you do not ask us questions about it. All I can say here is that, where both Ursula and I came from, the attire we usually wore was nothing like the clothing here. Just leave it at that."
He went on, "The reason I am showing these to you today is because I believe there are features that you might find interesting, although you probably won't be able to do some of them yet. You see..." He stopped and thought how to explain. "...there are certain things our people can do there because we have been doing them longer, I suppose. I will explain as we go along. Mistress Jorda, if you would look at the trousers first."
He handed them over and the seamstress opened them, holding them up.
"Why, they are a pair of... excuse me, I do not know what to say! Camouflage? Very well made..." She turned over the waist and looked at the stitching. "What is this? How can this be done? Explain, Maralin."
"All right. First, these trousers have a camouflage pattern because a lot of the clothing we wear does. Not because we are soldiers, warriors or anything like that, but because we... just like the patterns, I guess. Well, that's the way it started but now a lot of it is just decoration with no other purpose. It is what we call fashion, in a year or two it might be stripes, flowers, spots or something else. We have suffered a number of wars and when they are over there is a lot of surplus military clothing available for people to buy cheap. As you can see it is fairly sturdy and clothes like these are used by many for work purposes.
"Some of our people like to hunt, as I know they do here, and camouflage clothing means that you can get nearer the target animals without disturbing them. We also like to just observe animals in the wild, especially rare species, and camouflage again can be a help there. That, I believe, was the reason that Mistress Ursula wore them, that she could travel in areas with wild animals without being too noticeable.
"The stitching you see inside is all done by machines. I would bet that not a single stitch was made by hand." That produced a reaction and again he held up a hand. "The machines are complicated but can be made. I have seen some prototypes in Palarand when I was there, though they had yet to make one that could actually produce a row of stitches."
"Prototypes? But surely, with knowledge of how it is done, could not the machines be made?"
Maralin shook his head. "Mistress, those of us who have traveled here to the Great Valley, myself, Mistress Ursula and Princess Garia, had only on our bodies what we were wearing at the time. Everything we have thought to give to the people here is what we have remembered from where we came from. We have no samples, descriptions, drawings or anything else that could help. All we have is what is in our memories. For my part, I was a young cook. Princess Garia had not even finished her education when she came. Mistress Ursula is a healer and none of us would know of the mechanics of sewing machines."
"Oh." Jorda was taken aback. "We did not realize... Maralin, that makes your clothing designs even more impressive, if I may say so."
Maralin bowed. "Just trying to help, Mistress, in my new home. Now, if you would look at the front of the waistband, there is a big metal button. Try undoing that, if you can, and look underneath."
"Oh! What is this? Ladies, a wonder... Look! It is like tiny teeth, that all link together when I pull this thing. Maralin what is it?"
He grinned. "It is called a zipper, Mistress, and the bit you pull is the slide. I can tell you that, again, all the parts have to be made by machines, though it requires men - or women, indeed - to put the parts together. They are now making these in Palarand, though not as small as that one there, and you should be seeing some here in Joth in a year or so."
The women fussed over the zipper for a while and then began examining the rest of the trousers.
"What are these?" Jorda tugged at a flap on the side of the trouser leg.
Maralin smiled. "Try giving it a good pull."
There was a tearing sound and the seamstress peered at the result with confusion.
"I don't understand. This seems to be a kind of pouch, yet sewn to the trouser. This flap must be to stop the contents falling out... but what holds it together? Have I damaged it by pulling? I do not know what I am looking at."
Maralin grimaced. "That is something called Velcro, and I regret that it will be fifty to a hundred years before you will be able to make anything like that here. The flaps, though, can just as easily be held closed with buttons or toggles. These pouches are known as pockets, and you can see a different kind at the top of the trouser, by the waistband, and also behind. The behind ones have zippers too."
There was a close examination of the various pockets and much discussion among the women before they turned to Maralin.
"We can immediately see the utility of these pockets, Maralin. I know that some of our craftsmen have something similar on their work attire. Do you know if there are any Design Licenses on these kinds?"
"I don't think so, since they can just be part of an existing garment. Although... I know there are licenses on zippers, but that is because they take some trouble to make."
He turned to Fanis who replied, "I do not think we would require Design Licenses for pockets, Maralin. Even I can see how simple and how useful they might be. Tell me, you must have had an idea for using them."
"The side pockets are known as cargo pockets, for reasons I do not know. My thought was that you could put cargo pockets on the sides of the shorts you are making for Her Highness's men... and, perhaps for those you will make for His Grace's men."
Jorda considered and then nodded. "Done, Maralin. It will take only a square of cloth plus a strip for the flap. If I may consult with you about sizes and placement?" He nodded and she turned. "Ladies? Something extra for the men's shorts, I deem. Not too much more work, though I suspect everybody will be wanting pockets once they see them in use."
Maralin grinned. "Have no doubt of it, Mistress. But I also had another idea. It occurred to me that the lightweight dresses Her Highness and her companions are wearing have no waistband and the users would not normally wear a sash or a belt with them, so there would be nowhere to store anything. Highness, if you would not mind."
He walked over to Eriana and sketched a rectangle out on her stomach with a finger, without actually touching her.
"My thought was to have a cargo pocket here, placed so that it didn't get in the way when she sat down. It would be enough to hold a few essentials, that is all."
"That is an excellent thought, Maralin," Eriana said. "I am not as the ladies of the court, who always have a maid beside them, so I have wondered how I would carry the few small items a woman always needs, while wearing one of these dresses. Aye, a pocket there will work well on board, I deem. What about you, girls? Shall we make a pocket part of the design?"
"Highness, it is an interesting idea," Bennet answered. "Perhaps we should ask for such a... pocket? ...did you say? ...for one dress each only, then we may judge if they will be of use to us."
"As you wish. Fanis?"
"Yes, Eriana. It looks like pockets will be another thing that will be in great demand once they are seen in Joth." She frowned at Jorda, who was holding up the trousers thoughtfully. "Jorda? Have you some other idea?"
"What? Oh, I ask your pardon, Your Grace! I do, yes, I wondered how useful this trouser design would be to our menfolk, when they are working. Of course, we do not have those machines, it would all have to be sewn by hand, but... I wonder."
"Indeed. Present us, then, at your convenience, with a pair of trousers similar to this design. It might not be of a like material or patterned thus but it would be of interest to see if we can make something like this, and how useful it might be. What say you, Maralin?"
"It is probably worth the experiment, Your Grace, though personally I feel much more comfortable wearing tunic and tights - or shorts when it is warm. Since we do not yet have zippers, I suggest that you make the trousers with a drawstring waist for now. We would probably want to make a Design License on them, with the levy going into that special fund we talked about yesterday."
"As you say. Jorda, if you would proceed, but it is not to take precedence over the other work for Her Highness and His Grace."
"As you command, Your Grace."
Several of the women had brought new or adjusted garments to be tried on, so the meeting devolved into a fitting session. Pel was provided and drunk, after which the seamstresses curtseyed and departed.
"What did you think, Senia?"
"More interesting than I expected, Your Grace. I assume that these new designs will be made available to all?"
"Of course, once we have the designs fully worked out. As you will know, sometimes it takes a few attempts to get the cut or fall to be exactly right."
"And," Maralin added, "as the garments get simpler, like the ship dresses, getting the cut right can become very difficult, especially as every woman is of course a different shape."
Senia's gaze on Maralin sharpened. "If I may ask how you know so much of the seamstresses' business, Tenant?"
"I come from a family of tailors, Mistress. I know how these things are done, even though I can't do most of them myself."
"Ah. As you say." Senia turned to the Duchess. "Your Grace?"
Fanis smiled. "We have detained you long enough, I deem. Come, let us find a room where we can explain what is desired."
They used the small back meeting room once more. Just the four of them took part, Fanis, Ursula, Senia and Maralin. Senia was puzzled by the whole business and said so.
"Senia," Fanis addressed her, "some days ago I believe that you discovered that Ursula here was a healer, although not of the kind we have in Joth. Since she has knowledge she thinks it might be useful to share with us, she must needs first find out what it is the healers of Joth do, that she can plan how to add to your own knowledge."
Senia nodded. "I was of course interested to learn that Mistress Ursula was a healer, Your Grace, but we would have to spend some time together to understand what it is each other can do. What is it you desire of me?"
"Ursula?"
She licked her lips. "As I mentioned when we spoke, Mistress, the way we deal with medical matters appears to be completely different to what happens here. If I am to pass on some of my knowledge, I must first find out what you do and how you do it, what medications you use, what your procedures are for wounds, that kind of thing. From what I saw on previous days, I believe that you go around the city visiting patients in their homes each day?"
Senia answered, "Yes, that is so, mostly. Of course we may be called to some urgent case which requires our immediate attention but normally, we make rounds each day."
"That is what I thought. I wondered if I could accompany you as you did so, I would learn how you handled such matters and I could even be of some assistance."
The healer thought, then turned to Fanis. "Your Grace, I think that this would be useful to both of us, but I should ask if it meets with your approval."
"If you are happy for Ursula to follow you around the city, then I am content, Senia. You understand that you must needs come here first to collect her, and then again afterwards to return her safely to the mansion?"
"It will not take me too far out of my way, Your Grace. In fact..." Senia considered. "Yes. If I come here immediately after breakfast to collect Mistress Ursula -"
"Please. Just Ursula. If we are going to be working together we should not need to be so formal."
"As you wish... Ursula. Where was I? Ah, yes. I can re-arrange my round to start and end at the mansion, thus making it easy for Ursula to join me."
Fanis said, "That is good. Maralin, do you have any concerns?"
Maralin looked uncomfortable. "I think it would be a good start, Your Grace, but..."
"Yes?"
"I am remembering the incident at the market, Your Grace." He picked his way through the words with care. "I am concerned for Ursula's safety."
Fanis gave him a strange look. "You may have concerns, but the healers are known throughout the city, are they not? I cannot see what harm may come to Ursula while she is with Senia."
He looked defeated. "As you say, Your Grace. I am not yet familiar with all the customs of the city."
"Then that is settled. Ursula, you may go with Senia tomorrow. Senia, we will expect you here after breakfast and, when you return, we will invite you to stay for the evening meal."
So that she can have a detailed report, Ursula thought. And I bet Maralin was wondering if I would try to run away again.
"Done, Your Grace," agreed Senia, "and thank you for the honor."
"Then we are finished here," the Duchess said, rising. "Until tomorrow, then."
~o~O~o~
Eriana, Ursula, Bennet and Semma entered the dining room together the following morning. Maralin, already present, moved to intercept them before anyone else could start a conversation. He saluted Eriana the Joth way.
"Good morning Your Highness, Ursula, Bennet, Semma. I trust you all slept well?"
"Good morning Maralin," Eriana said for them all. "For myself, I was comfortable, aye. Girls?"
The other three muttered various light responses.
"I want to have a word with Ursula while I have the chance," he explained. "I need to do it before she goes out today. I should not take long."
Ursula looked at him with caution. "You have not changed your mind, Maralin? I will assure you, I intend to do nothing except what we spoke of yesterday."
He waved a hand. "That was not my concern, Ursula."
Eriana broke in. "Shall you have a private conversation, Maralin, or do you mind us listening?"
"I do not intend to discuss secrets, Highness, if that is what you are thinking. No, I am happy for you all to hear what I have to say, you all know the truth about Ursula, but that could be a problem for others."
Ursula was interested. "Oh?"
"Mistress, you are going to spend the day, as I understand it, walking around the city assisting Mistress Senia with her daily routine."
"Yes, of course, that is what we agreed."
"What you might not have thought of is that, like most women, she will be interested in you, and will likely ask a lot of questions as you go around."
"That is true, and I would expect her to." There was a question in her eyes.
"You will have to remember that, apart from the four of us here, plus the Duke, Duchess and Renita, nobody else knows exactly where you came from. Telling her the truth could prove awkward for you. I realized this last night, while reviewing yesterday's events. For example, you could tell her you came from Yekaterinburg, and that would be fine, until she asked how many people lived there. I don't know what the population is, what, a million? Two? More? I know nothing about Russian cities."
"I'm not sure. Probably nearer a million and a half, these days. Why? What is the harm in that?"
"Do you remember when we went up on the walls that evening? I asked the Duke what the population of Joth was, and he said about fourteen thousand. Now, the largest city I know of around these parts is Palarand, and they might have fifty to sixty thousand living there. Tell somebody your city has a million and a half and they are unlikely to believe you. More to the point, it would make them less likely to believe anything else you tell them."
Ursula frowned. It never occurred to me I might just be talking casually to this woman, but Maralin is right. She is not going to believe the truth.
"So, what do I say, then?"
"Well, I can only tell you what I did, when I first came here. I was terrified of being discovered, especially after it was pointed out that I could hold information that might be of use to the enemy. Since you and I both had memory losses to start with, I played on that. For all these fine people around us, my memory has returned - but not completely. There are certain facts that I have conveniently forgotten, like the fact I used to be a woman on Earth. I think you should make that your policy too."
Ursula considered. "I will do as you suggest, Maralin. As you know, my recent past has made it difficult for me to tell people very much anyway and I will probably have to make up a suitable past to satisfy questions." She grimaced. "Except when I must, I do not like lying. It will be too easy for me to be found out since I do not know this world. What did you do?"
Maralin grinned. "I let them make up what they want to hear, mostly. Like you, I had a strong accent when I first arrived and when I told them I came from Chicago, they immediately told me that I came from 'the deep south', wherever that is. I think my blond hair helps that origin. So, most people think that is where I came from, a city called Shicargo somewhere in the deep south."
"You did something different with the name there."
"I didn't, they did! It suits me and I'm unlikely to meet anyone who can contradict me, am I? I suggest you do something similar. Just let them assume whatever they want to, while you fill in a few necessary holes with the truth, or something close to it."
Eriana added, "Maralin is right, I deem. You, he and I all come from distant lands and the people here know little or nothing about them. If I told them of Jotlheim, I doubt many would believe me either. Tell them only what you must, though it could be difficult."
Ursula nodded. "Highness, Maralin, it is good advice. I will think carefully when I speak to anyone who does not know the truth."
* * *
"I like that dress even more today! It looks very cooling to wear. I wonder how soon the design will be made available. Do you know?"
Ursula followed Senia under the clock tower and onto the street. The healer carried a rectangular basket, which Ursula knew contained bottles of potions, jars of salve and similar ointments and pots that might have contained pills or something similar. Since she was officially helping, Ursula had offered to carry Senia's satchel, which held fresh bandages, splints and other dressings.
"From what I heard yesterday, it seems that everybody will want one, Senia, especially if the summer is hot. So yes, I believe the idea is to make it freely available."
"Will it only be in that material, do you know, or will there be a choice?"
"That I could not tell you. There is no reason I know that it has to be this cloth, this is just what... was picked for Her Highness and her crew."
"Ah, as you say! Now, our first call will be this way." Senia gestured. "We have a woman with minor burns to check. It will just mean replacing the salve and providing new bandages, that is all, unless there has been some complication."
Ursula followed Senia along the street and through an alley, arriving in another street. Across the road, the healer climbed some steps and used the door knocker of a substantial house. The door was opened by a young woman.
"Good morning, Healer Senia. Oh! Good morning..."
The woman tailed off as she waited for an introduction.
"Good morning, Daryl. If I may introduce Healer Ursula, she presently visits His Grace the Duke from a distant land and desires to learn more of our methods. How is your mother?"
Daryl made a face and lowered her voice. "Grumpy as usual, I regret to say. It seems to me that her wounds recover well, though, so not all is a trial today." She smiled. "If you would come inside? I'm sure that Mama will be pleased to see you."
Daryl's mother was seated in the sitting room of the dwelling, with her left arm in bandages and her left leg, also bandaged below the knee, propped on a small stool.
"Mistress Senia, how good of you to come again," she said. "Oh, I see you have brought a helper today. Is anything wrong?"
"Indeed not, Mistress Redmay. Good morning to you. If I may introduce Mistress Ursula. She comes from a distant land and is presently a guest of the Duke. As she is also a healer, she accompanies me today to discover how our methods may differ from those of her own lands."
"A guest of the Duke? My!" The woman fixed Ursula with a sharp gaze. "So you are of some importance, then, in your own lands?"
Ursula was at a loss what to say. "For what I do, Mistress, I could say that I have some importance, yes, but I will need many more years of experience before I could truly claim to be important." She tried to smile, as she might have done to a patient back home. "For now, I am merely an observer, and an extra pair of hands should Senia ask for them."
"Oh. As you say."
Senia asked, "Mistress, have you had any problems since I called last?"
"Just the itching, which I find to be very distracting, especially as I cannot scratch because of all the bandages!"
The healer smiled. "That means that the skin is healing well, which it would not," a brief stern face, "should you scratch it before it is fully healed. But you know this as well as I. Shall we unwrap you and have a look?"
Senia unwrapped the bandages to reveal red, blotched skin that had already begun to recover.
An aside to Ursula, "An accident in the kitchen, a pot was tipped, so I understand. Fortunately it was just water, so it should recover in time. If I may ask your own opinion?"
"Well, the scalding is obvious," Ursula replied slowly, "but it looks, as you say, as if the skin is recovering. Fortunately it isn't a true burn, where the flesh underneath would have been damaged as well."
"As you say! Fortunately for us indeed, we have very few injuries of that kind to attend to. Now, I would like to clean these wounds off before we apply more salve and fresh bandages. If I may ask Daryl to bring me a basin of water, not cold from the pump but not too warm either?"
"Yes, of course, Mistress. Daryl? Fetch some water, please."
"Yes, Mama."
While they waited for the water, the woman asked Ursula, "Your accent is unusual, I have not heard one like that before. You are not from one of the nearby countries, then? I wondered, when Senia first introduced you, if you were from Palarand. I have heard that remarkable things are happening there!"
"I have not been to Palarand, Mistress, I probably know less about what is happening there than you do. Where I come from is..." Ursula considered. "...much further away than that. Have you heard of Alberta?"
"I have not, Mistress. Is that not, then, in the Great Valley? More distant still?"
"So I have been told. Uh, I'm not sure I know how to describe where it is."
The woman waved a hand. "It is of no importance, at least to me. I did wonder, though, if the dress you wear was a style you brought with you from... Alberta, did you say?"
Ursula nodded. "That's right, Alberta... but the dress style is more local, so I believe. In this warm weather, I have found it very comfortable."
"Local?" The woman's attention switched to Senia. "I do not know of anyone in Joth who makes designs like that! Do you know, Senia?"
"This is only the second day I have seen someone wearing this style, Mistress Redmay. I was at the mansion yesterday afternoon and several of His Grace's guests were wearing similar dresses, as I recall, one of them being Princess Eriana. Do you know of her?"
"Well, of course, Senia! All Joth talks of Her Highness and her brave men, the very same who stormed that fortress and ended the rule of Yod. Do you tell me that it was she who introduced this style to Joth?"
"I could not say, Mistress Redmay, but I was assured that the design will be made available to all who desire it. I can tell you that similar styles will be much in demand when the weather becomes warmer, so you should speak to your seamstress immediately if you are thinking of one."
"As you say! I will do so immediately you depart, Senia. What a simple design, and yet so elegant! Is it only available in that material, do you know?"
Senia turned to Ursula, who answered, "Mistress, when these were brought yesterday it was said that they could be made in different materials and patterns." She thought of adding more but decided she had said enough.
Daryl appeared then with a basin of water, so the healers got to work. Senia cleaned the arm, and Ursula decided to help by attending to the leg. The limbs were soon cleaned and dried, after which a thin layer of salve was gently smeared over the wounds before a fresh set of bandages was wrapped around them and secured. Senia collected the used bandages and placed them in a cloth bag which she hung from the handle of her basket.
Senia stood up. "There! If the improvement continues, Mistress, then the next time I come we could try removing the bandages altogether and let nature do the rest. The weather continues hot, I would not like you to be uncomfortable in the heat." Senia considered. "Of course, the discoloration will slowly fade but it will be noticeable at first. Shall you mind others seeing the marks?"
"Of course I shall mind!" Redmay said. "However, such marks are to be found wherever someone has such an accident, or even worse, so I must needs put up with the unfortunate display." She grinned suddenly. "Mayhap I can use the marks to gain extra sympathy, do you not agree? It is only what anyone else would do, I deem."
"As you say, Mistress Redmay," Senia agreed diplomatically. "Three days, then, and you may say farewell to the bandages."
"As you wish. It was a silly accident, I must needs put up with the consequences."
"Then we will both leave you in peace. Ursula, shall we go? We have several others to attend to this morning."
"Of course, Mistress Senia."
Ursula picked up the satchel and secured the simple strap closure. The two walked to the front door, where the daughter let them out onto a street which was already much warmer than when they had gone in.
Daryl said, "Thank you for coming. I am pleased to hear that she is getting better." Her voice lowered. "It was not an accident, Mistress. There was an argument between Mama and Papa, but I had better not say any more."
"Ah? Very well, Daryl, we will see your mother again in three days. Come, Ursula. Our next call is just at the end of this street and on the right..."
* * *
The next two calls were almost exactly the same, the first a mason who had dropped a heavy chisel on his foot, luckily receiving only bruising that had kept him off his feet. The second was a cook's helper who had cut herself with a knife while peeling vegetables. Again, not a serious wound and both patients needed just some fresh salve, a change of bandages and some encouraging words.
The fourth patient of the morning was one that surprised Ursula.
"Mistress Tavia!"
"Mistress Ursula, and Mistress Senia, too! Come in, come in, both of you. I was expecting Senia today, to attend Taran, but what brings you to my door, Ursula? Have you recovered after that unfortunate incident? I see you still wear a bandage on your arm."
"Good morning, Mistress Tavia. The scratch is healing well, I think Senia might remove the bandage once we return to the mansion. As for what I am doing here, you know that I am a healer in my own country, so I am accompanying Senia on her rounds today to see how such matters are handled in Joth."
"Oh, I see. And you're wearing one of those new dresses!"
"She is!" Senia confirmed. "And do they not look so cool to wear? When summer comes they will be a boon to all women who have to live inside the city, do you not think?"
"I do think so, Senia! The way the air may flow, without restriction... Mistress Ursula, if I may impose, would you tell me what you are wearing beneath your dress today?"
Ursula was not used to being questioned in such a direct manner but recognized that it was what women often did when together.
"Um, I have a panty, of course, and a bodice, Mistress Tavia. Nothing else. I believe that some of the new bras are being ordered for me, but everybody wants them so I don't know when I will receive mine."
"Bras? Whatever is a bra, Mistress?"
Fortunately Senia had seen the new breast supports so was able to give enough of a description to pique Tavia's interest.
"And you say these will be available to all women?"
"Yes, but there will be a huge demand at first, Tavia. I suspect that, for the likes of us, we will be wearing bodices for several months yet."
"Oh, how disappointing! Joth has many seamstresses, it is true, but with all this new attire they shall be sorely stretched, I deem." She smiled. "Well, you did not come here to speak of sewing, but to visit Taran. If you would both follow me, then."
Tavia led the two through to a back room, where a boy lay on a couch in what was apparently a small sitting room. He appeared to Ursula to be about ten to twelve years old. His bandaged leg, visibly swollen, rested on some cushions.
"Taran, good morning," Senia greeted the boy. "How is your leg?"
"Mistress, it does not hurt so much as it did before," the boy replied. "I think the swelling might be a little smaller today."
"That is good news, the poultice must be working. Now, today I want to unwrap the leg, clean it off and examine it, and then put some fresh poultice on it." She gave him a reassuring smile. "It might hurt while we are doing that, you understand?"
"Aye, Mistress Senia. If it means that my leg will get better, and that I can go back to join my father, then I will bear it as I must."
The cushions were removed and replaced by several layers of cloth to protect the furniture. Senia carefully unwrapped the bandage strips and gently bathed the leg from a basin of warm water. Ursula noticed that the skin looked blotched and dark.
"It looks like there is extra fluid around the joint," she observed. To Taran she asked, "How did you do this?"
Taran stared at her for a moment and then replied, "I slipped off a ladder, getting more varnish to take up to my father." His voice became warmer. "He attends to the decorations in the Duke's Great Hall, Mistress. All men know that my father is very good at what he does, and I am determined to become as good a craftsman as he is."
Ursula was surprised by this bald explanation but the significance of it didn't hit her immediately.
"So you fell on the floor and banged your knee, is that what happened?"
"Aye, Mistress, did I not say?" He frowned. "Who are you?"
Tavia chided him, "Taran! Mind your manners! That is not the way to speak to a visitor. This is Mistress Ursula, who is a healer from a distant land. She accompanies Mistress Senia to learn the ways of healers in Joth."
"Uh, sorry, Ma. Sorry, Mistress. I was not thinking."
"And not thinking is what made you fall from the ladder, I deem," his mother added. "Now, let these ladies do what they are here for. Senia, shall you require anything else from me?"
"I do not think so, Tavia. If you could empty out the basin, please. Oh, and I'll need another, with a little fresh water, to make up the poultice."
"As you wish." Tavia stood and summoned a house servant, giving her instructions.
Ursula asked Taran, "How old did you say you were?"
"Mistress, I have seen eleven winters. Why? Does that make a difference?"
"It can do," she replied. "At your age, your bones are still growing and any damage can affect how the bones fit together when you are grown up. Tell me, do many boys your age work in Joth?"
Taran was surprised. "Why, Mistress, I would think that most of us do! What else is there for us to do but follow the work of our fathers, or to start work in some other trade?"
I am surprised but I should not be! I must stop comparing this world to places and situations that I have known on Earth, it could get me into trouble.
Now I understand what Maralin meant. I have to be very careful here.
"Um, where I come from children stay in school for more years than they do here," she said. "It would be unusual for someone your age to already be at work, though not impossible."
Tavia was interested. "Mistress, can this be possible? For such as myself, it is true, we are prosperous enough that Taran need not work, since his father is good at what he does. In Joth, as in many places, most do not have the coin to permit their sons and daughters to stay at home and do nothing. At these schools of yours, what is there to learn, then? Are they all so clever in the land you came from?"
Ursula grimaced as she thought. "Mistress, I do not know how to describe it. I would not use the word clever, but where I came from we all have to learn a great many things in order for our society to function properly. It is just the rule there. All children must go to school, all children must learn to read, to write and to do a certain amount of arithmetic. Once they have done that it means there are many other things they could learn."
Tavia's eyebrows rose. "To read and write? All of them? Boys and girls? Taran can read and write, of course, but then his father is an honored craftsman and an Alderman as well. I would not say that many in Joth can read and write well, though. There is not the need."
Stop now before you get yourself into more trouble.
"As you say, Mistress. I am learning that things are very different in Joth than they are in... Alberta. We just have different customs, that is all."
"I did not realize the place you came from was so different, Mistress Ursula. No wonder you accompany Senia, to discover what we do here! I hope your efforts will bear fruit, then, since healers are always welcome in our great city."
"Thank you, Mistress."
The servant brought a bowl and handed it to Senia. The healer found a cloth bag in her basket and poured the contents into the bowl. It looked somewhat like a porridge mix, with flecks of green and brown which were obviously chopped up herbs. The mixture was stirred into a smooth, thick paste, which Senia then began smearing over the affected portion of Taran's leg. Fresh bandages were then wrapped around the poultice, keeping it in place and protecting the furnishings from leakage.
"There!" Senia addressed Taran as she stood. "I will come back in two days and see how things are progressing. If there is any problem, I'm sure your mother will send someone to find me. Tavia, we have finished here, I regret we must move on, there are three more to visit this morning. I'm sure you understand."
"Why, of course, Senia. We all know how busy the healers of Joth are. If Mistress Ursula is to join your number, she can only make things better for all of you."
"As you say, Tavia! Well," Senia made sure the contents of her basket were properly secure and then pulled the cover over it, "we must go. I'll return in two days, Tavia."
As the front door closed behind them, and they stepped down to the street, Senia remarked, "It occurs to me that you have yet said little about the lands you came from. Perhaps it would be useful for you to tell me more of your life before you came to Joth."
Here it comes. What do I say now?
She remembered Maralin's words. Tell the truth, but as little of it as you need to.
"Um, Senia, that is true, but as I said inside, the lives we lead there are very different than what happens here. Uh, I have to be careful what I say, because I am a guest of His Grace and I do not want to be seen to abuse his hospitality."
"Abuse his hospitality! Ursula, whatever do you mean?"
She chose her words very carefully. "Where I come from, as I said, is very different than what you are used to in Joth. If I were to just talk, I might tell you things that you would find difficult to believe, or things that could alarm you." She shook her head. "His Grace knows this, so he has asked me to take care what I say to people. I'm sorry, Senia, but I have to be careful. There are things I can tell you, but you will know that I am not telling you everything. I don't like it, but I have little choice."
"Well! That is a surprise!" Senia gazed thoughtfully at Ursula as they walked along the street. "I thank you for telling me this, Ursula, but I do not know if I am insulted or not. Probably not, I deem, since it is the instruction of His Grace in this matter. Very well, what can you tell me?"
"I can tell you a little about myself, I think, about my family, and of course I can always talk about my work. I will tell you now that I do not intend to tell you anything but the truth, but that sometimes I may not tell you all the truth."
Senia indicated. "Ah. We have to cross the street and go along that lane there. Mistress, Ursula, I am impressed by your honesty in this matter. I do not think any of us realized the true situation. I take it that you would confide in me, but that you would rather I did not say anything to anyone else?"
Ursula thought for a moment. "I trust your judgment, Senia. I am sure you would not betray any confidence of mine."
"Thank you, Ursula! I will be most discreet, I assure you, as any healer must needs be. Shall we ever learn the whole truth in the future?"
"I cannot answer that, Senia. I think, probably, one day you will, but it will depend on what others permit me to say."
"I understand. So, tell me what you can about yourself, your family, your friends?"
* * *
It was relatively easy to tell Senia about her childhood, her upbringing, and so on, while carefully avoiding mentioning the fact that she had been male. Even though she had only been on Anmar a matter of days it already seemed like another life, a bad dream, so she could speak of those days with a certain level of detachment.
It had also been necessary to merge the countries she had been in under the vague label of 'Alberta', since one distant land was bad enough, attempting to explain multiple countries and an ocean would be considerably worse - not to mention air travel... She did mention that she had been chased from one place to another but explained that it was because of a 'local lord' who had become angry at the death of a son.
During the conversation they dealt with a girl with an infected ear and a house servant who had been bitten by a grenn. This was the first occasion that Ursula had a chance to see the local six-legged equivalent of a dog, and she was not impressed. The creature just looked plain peculiar and appeared to hate everyone but the master of the house, who owned it. Fortunately it was kept locked in the courtyard while the healers were in attendance.
The last call of the morning turned out to be more dramatic than expected. In a side street not far from the main market, they knocked on the front door and were admitted by a servant who showed them quietly upstairs to what appeared to be the main bedroom. One look at the patient, lying in the bed, told Ursula all she needed to know.
"Oh."
"You recognize this, Ursula?" Senia asked quietly, so as not to disturb the sleeping woman.
"I do, Senia. How long has she been like this?"
"Some weeks, I deem, and probably some more before we were called to attend her. I must admit, a case like this is beyond our abilities -"
There was a bang from downstairs as the front door was thrust roughly open. Heavy footsteps could be heard on the stair.
"Ready yourself," Senia muttered. "There will be trouble."
A large man entered the bedroom. He was tidily dressed, but wore no apron so was not obviously a tradesman or stall owner. Ursula could not decide what he did for a living, but based on the state of the house, he was not short of money.
He looked extremely angry. "What are you doing here? I told you to leave us alone! All you've done is to make her sicker! We don't need your potions and powders here, be off!"
He pointed to the doorway with a jabbed finger. Ursula thought he probably weighed as much as both women together so if the confrontation became physical, things could get painful for them.
Senia stood her ground, however. "Master Sebris, you know the Duke gives us a duty to attend the sick and injured. If you desire to be left alone, you must attend His Grace and ask him for an Exception."
"I don't need no Exception to know your potions are harming my Hanisa. She has worsened after every visit one of you witches had made!"
Ursula bravely put a foot forward. "Master... Sebris, was that your name? You should know that your wife is dying, and that nothing any healer has done has made any difference to what has happened."
"What?" Ursula's blunt pronouncement had shaken the man but he was still defiant. "How can you meddlers know what is wrong with her? She gets sicker and sicker, and all you do is make her worse."
"She has advanced liver disease, Master Sebris. There is no medicine in Joth that will make her better, the disease is too far advanced. How it began I do not know. As a stranger I don't know what bacteria... viruses... diseases... exist in Joth, it could be something like that. Alternatively, it may be from drinking too much wine or beer, over a long period of time. All I know is that there is no way to cure her, not now. All we can do is to make her last days more comfortable."
Naturally the woman had been woken by the disturbance and now spoke.
"Sebris... listen to me."
"Hanisa, I told you these people are no good. Let me get rid of them and then I can look after you as best I can. It will be all right, my dear."
"No it will not, Sebris. The healer is right. While you have been busy in your shop, making more enemies and counting your endless coin, I have been here trying to raise our children and it has been too much for me." The eyes, sunken into a face that showed a strong yellow tinge, glanced at Ursula. "She knows. I have drunk too much wine for too long and it is the end of me. Liver disease, she said? I did not know that would happen but I am glad of it. Our children have grown up and left you to go to happier homes and now I will depart as well. There will be no need for you to ever leave your shop, will there? You can stay there forever and count your coin. Isn't that what you wanted?"
The man, stung by the bitterness in his wife's voice, sank into a chair and put his head in his hands.
"Maker, I have been a fool!" He looked up at Ursula. "On your oath, you are telling me the truth?"
"I am, Master Sebris. The liver is an important organ in the body but it can be abused by too much drinking, wine or beer." Do they have distilled spirits here? I have no idea. Nobody has mentioned any yet. "To get this bad, your wife has probably been drinking too much for tens of years."
"Is this true, Hanisa? That long?"
The woman thought. "I don't know when it started, Sebris, but, aye, it must have started soon after you took over that new shop so, probably twenty to twenty five years. In here on my own, what else would I do? Of course, it all began so slowly that I didn't think much of it, but then I needed more to dull the pain..." She sank back onto her pillow.
Sebris turned to Ursula, who in turn looked a question at Senia.
"I do not know, Master Sebris. Ursula knows more of this disease than I do."
Ursula said, "All we can do, as I said, is to make your wife's last days more comfortable. I do not know how long she might live for, it might be a month, it might be several, but she'll need some of Senia's potions later because the disease can become very painful towards the end."
The man cast a forlorn look at his wife and waved a hand. "Do what you can for her. Please. Coin will not be a problem."
Senia asked, "We may come and go?"
"As you wish. I have been so stupid, so blind. I must needs make amends for my blindness."
Senia turned to Ursula. "Come. I think it would be best if we left them in peace today. Master Sebris, I will return tomorrow, at about the same time, and we will discuss your wife's future needs. By your leave."
He absently waved a hand again. "Aye. I have ruined the one thing that could not be counted."
The two women followed the servant downstairs and outside onto the street. Senia breathed a big sigh of relief.
"Whoo. I did not know that she was dying, Ursula. You must tell me everything you know about the liver..." She looked at Ursula anxiously. "You are permitted to do that, are you not?"
Ursula tried a small, reassuring smile. "There would be no point for me to follow you around if I could not do so, would there? Of course I will, though I will tell you now that I do not know it all."
"Then that is settled. Now, I have not heard a bell for a while, but I am thirsty and I believe that it will soon be lunchtime. I live but two streets from here, along that road. Shall you join me at home, where we can eat and share a bell or so in conversation? We have much to talk about, do we not?"
Ursula begins to enjoy her outings with Senia, but then news comes that the renovations to the Great Hall are complete. Wallesan decides to host a banquet for all those involved in the reconstruction of hall and mansion. Another potential talent of Ursula is revealed as she joins in the evening, but the music is not to her taste.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
19 - The Great Hall
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2019
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"And that is why we are so careful with the green
potion," Senia said to Ursula. "Is it not the same in
Alberta? Did you not have potions that are useful yet also
dangerous?"
The two walked under the clock tower on their way back into the mansion's front courtyard. This was the third day that Ursula had accompanied Senia on her house calls and the two had become comfortable with each other's presence.
"That is true of almost all potions, Senia," Ursula said, "but we do not call them potions. We use other names such as medicines or medications. Almost all our medicines are made by us from chemicals in large factories, though, not produced from local herbs by practitioners like yourself. In Alberta we don't do that any more."
"Chemicals? And what are factories, Ursula? I do not know what that means, though I have heard the word once or twice recently."
"Oh, a factory is a large... workshop, I suppose, would be the nearest similar building here. Factories are usually dedicated to making a small number of related products, and in the quantities needed by our much larger populations. It is supposed to be more efficient, and for medicines it means that each healer like ourselves can be sure of the quality and dosage of all that we use, rather than relying on our own knowledge of local plants."
"Do you tell me that you do not know what goes into your potions?" Senia was surprised. "I would find that unsettling, I deem. If I make something myself, then I know what is in it and what is not."
"Well... I agree, up to a point. But a healer in Alberta may have to see a lot more people in a day, and that leaves little time for the making of potions or medicines."
They reached the entrance to the mansion. The armsman greeted them with a smile.
"Mistress Ursula, Mistress Senia, welcome back."
"Thank you, Dirgan," Ursula replied. "All is well, I assume?"
"As you say, Mistress. His Grace and Her Grace are presently visiting in the city. Her Highness has gone out with her ladies-at-arms for another ride into the country, but I am told they should be back well before the evening meal. Lord Kalmenar resides within, but otherwise I fear you must needs entertain yourself until the others return."
Senia looked concerned. "Do you wish me to stay until Her Grace or Her Highness returns, Ursula? You should not be left here without a companion."
"I do not want to keep you from your family, Senia. They see little enough of you as it is. I should be all right here in the mansion, I know my way around now and I can always go into the kitchens if I become bored."
"As you wish, Ursula." Senia turned to Dirgan. "You look after her, you hear? I have discovered that she is a knowledgeable healer and her abilities will certainly benefit our city."
Dirgan bowed. "As you command, Mistress."
Senia looked at him suspiciously but the response seemed honest. "Then, Ursula, I will return again tomorrow morning." She thought. "If you are still willing?"
"Of course, Senia. I would rather be doing something than nothing and I have learned much in the days I have been with you."
"Aye. It is strange to me, who was taught to be a healer in the time-honored way of our people, to discover that there are other ways of helping the sick and the injured. If you have learned from me, then I have also learned from you. Our abilities overlap, and we can only become better from our association."
"I am surprised to admit that I agree, Senia. Until tomorrow morning, then."
"As you say. Good day to you."
Senia nodded to Dirgan and walked off across the courtyard towards the entrance archway. Ursula looked at the armsman.
"I think I'll go straight along to the kitchens, Dirgan. That way somebody else will know that I am around."
"An excellent thought, Mistress."
Even though she was going inside and simply intended to walk the length of the lower floor corridor, Dirgan followed her in and watched from the doorway as she did so. It was only when she turned the corner that he returned to his post in the porch.
They follow me everywhere! They do not allow me a single moment on my own.
She began to scowl but one of the kitchen staff, busy in the ante-room, saw her and smiled.
"Mistress Ursula! Welcome. I will tell Master Farren that you are here."
I might be paranoid... but it is possible they just treat all single women the same way.
This world is a very strange place.
"That's all right, Turis," she smiled back. "I will tell him myself."
She walked through and the chef, as she still thought of him, came over, wiping his hands on the towel at his waist.
"Mistress Ursula, greetings! Is there something I might do for you?"
"Master Farren, thank you but no. I have merely returned from tending the sick and injured of Joth and was looking for something to do until everybody else reappeared."
"Ah, indeed, of course, the Duke and Duchess are visiting the silversmiths this afternoon and Her Highness is out riding again with her two companions." He considered. "I must remember that you, also, are a guest of His Grace and should not be involved in the duties of his household staff but," he smiled, "we have had this argument before. If you would join Senny at the far table there, you may be interested in the method she uses to make a cake."
"I would be happy to help, Master Farren. I will wash my hands first, I think. Can I ask, is there any pel available? I have just spent more than a bell walking in the heat of the afternoon."
"Surely! It can become hot in the kitchen, too, as the weather warms. Come, I will bring you a mug."
Ursula was still absorbed in the baking process half a bell later when Bellot, Wallesan's Chamberlain, entered the kitchen to speak to Farren. While going over the requirements for the evening meal, he noticed Ursula and spoke to Farren.
"Ursula! If you would join us a moment."
She wiped the flour from her hands and walked over to join Farren and Bellot.
"Mistress Ursula, I did not know that you were here in the kitchen," Bellot said. "Farren has explained your reasons for being here and I do not object, nor do I think Their Graces would object. I know, however, that some in the city would consider it unseemly for a guest of His Grace to be doing such menial work."
"If anybody thinks that baking cakes is menial work, then they have never tried to make one," she replied tartly. "There can be as much skill in the making as there is in carving some of the woodwork I have seen around the mansion."
"Mistress, I do not disagree. Now I have to tell you that Duban asked me to pass word that he has nearly finished a new saddle for you, and that it should be ready for you tomorrow morning. It is, I am told, in the new Palarandi style, though I have not yet seen the new saddles for myself."
"Oh. Um, thank you, Bellot. Does this mean that Her Highness will expect me to go for a ride with her tomorrow?"
"I do not know, Mistress. You already know how to ride, I assume?"
"Me? I have never before sat on any animal, Bellot. This will be yet another thing I will have to learn." She frowned. "I'm not sure that I could do that tomorrow, my riding clothes have not yet arrived."
"Ah, there you may be wrong, Mistress," Bellot smiled. "This afternoon, while you were out, a large package was delivered by a seamstress which may contain attire for you. It was addressed to Her Grace, though, as is customary, which means that you must needs wait until the Duke and Duchess return to discover if it contains anything for you."
"Oh. Thank you, Bellot."
"You may also be interested to learn that our artisans have told me that they have finished their work on the Great Hall, and that His Grace will take formal possession before this evening's meal, which will be served there. All his guests will be invited to attend."
"The Great Hall, is that the room that faces the kitchen in the entrance way?"
"Aye, Mistress, though I would not care to call it a room." He smiled. "You will see when you go there this evening. If I might suggest, a formal gown may be appropriate."
"A formal gown?" She frowned. "I think I can manage that, though as you know, I do not have a large wardrobe. Is there anything else special that I should do?"
"None, Mistress, that Her Highness's companions may not do for you. I would assume that their duties to the King mean that they are familiar with such occasions."
"If you say so. Thank you again, Bellot."
He smiled again. "It is my function, Mistress, to ensure the smooth running of His Grace's mansion, but it is always gratifying to be appreciated. Ah, if I may suggest, Her Highness will soon return to the mansion and it will then be time for you to prepare yourself for the meal. You should spend no more than another bell in here with Farren."
"Thank you for the warning, Bellot."
Ursula wandered back to the table where Senny was decorating the several cakes they had baked that afternoon, which she now realized would probably be served at the forthcoming meal. As the only sweetener available seemed to be a kind of honey, there was no icing but small berries and nuts were artfully arranged over the surface of the cake.
A little later, a shout came from one of the other kitchen staff, who pointed through a window at the courtyard. Ursula looked and could see a group of recently-arrived frayen being tended to, with their riders standing together discussing their ride. Maralin was plainly visible in his blue and white uniform, as was Eriana, by virtue of her height and the broadsword slung across her back.
"Master Farren, it looks like the riders are back."
"As I see, Mistress." The chef smiled. "I give you thanks for your help this afternoon. Did you learn anything?"
"The ingredients were not familiar to me, Master Farren, but I enjoyed seeing how you do things here." She smiled. "I liked the taste of some of those little berries, though."
"Which, the purple ones?"
"That's right. Are they fresh?"
"Those are, though sometimes they are preserved in wine against the winter. We are fortunate here that some of our fruits come early in the year, normally such decoration would not be possible for two months or more yet."
"Really? I didn't think... of course, it is still spring here, I believe. Where I come from, at this season, there would be little fruit of any kind for at least four or five months. Unless we preserved them, of course."
"Ah? Another thing I must needs ask you or Maralin about, the methods of preserving you use. So, I think it is time for you to go and greet those who have just returned. And," he added with a smile, "enjoy this evening's meal, for you will know how it has been prepared."
"Thank you for putting up with me."
The main corridor was busy, but almost all those she saw were household staff who she recognized, so there was no cause to be alarmed. She reached the front door just as the riders came around the corner from the rear courtyard.
"Ursula! I trust you have not been standing there all afternoon waiting for us to return?"
"Highness, I have not. I have been in the kitchen helping out for the special meal we are to have tonight."
The others joined her in the entrance hall as Eriana asked, "Special meal?"
"I am not sure. Bellot said something about the Great Hall being handed over to the Duke and that we would eat there."
"That is so," said Bellot, coming up behind Ursula. "Highness, Ladies, Tenant, we are told that the work on the Great Hall is now complete, and thus for the first time since the invaders were removed there will be no artisans working anywhere on or in the mansion. His Grace intends to give a banquet for those responsible for the rebuilding work inside the hall itself, but of course all his guests will be invited as well. He asks that you treat this meal as a formal occasion."
"Well! That will be something different, I deem. Come, ladies, we must go and prepare ourselves for the meal. Bellot, how long do we have? Having ridden, we must needs bathe before we may consider our evening attire."
"You have about a bell, Highness, or perhaps a bell and a half. Though the meal is set for sunset, some of those attending must needs come across the city and we would not begin until all arrive."
"I understand. It was much the same in my father's court... although, I must admit, if you were very late he would not look on you favorably."
"As you say, Highness. One should not keep a King waiting."
Eriana turned to the others. "Girls? Let us go and see what we may conjure for tonight's event. His Grace entertains craftsmen, it is true, but even they will consider our attire as carefully as he does. Ursula? Shall you join us?"
"Of course, Highness. I am as curious about this evening as you must be."
* * *
"If you would turn around, Mistress."
Ursula did so and Bennet examined the results carefully.
"I am no expert at the tending of hair, Mistress, but I believe that few will find fault with yours tonight. I am now used to seeing some with short hair, it is true, but I do not have the arts for arranging it as others might."
Ursula looked at herself in the dressing room mirror. The long blue gown, which must have been some kind of silk, flowed down from her shoulders and was gathered at the waist. From there it fell gently to the floor, showing off her figure in a satisfying manner.
I have waited my whole life to do this! This is really me and I can be who I was meant to be.
Her hair had been tidied and very carefully trimmed by Bennet before karzal-nut oil had been sparingly rubbed in. Although it was not possible to pile it on her head as the guardswoman had done with her own hair, the end result looked good to her eyes. For this occasion she had decided not to wear the black 'Alice' ribbon that now made her recognizable in Joth's streets.
"The work is good, Bennet. I could not have trimmed it myself, it needs someone standing behind to see where it falls properly." She frowned. "A pity I do not yet have any accessories to go with the gown."
"Accessories, Mistress?"
"Yes, you know, the things a woman usually wears when she dresses up. Or... do they not do that around here? I'm speaking of rings, bracelets, necklaces, brooches, ear-rings, that sort of thing."
"Oh, aye, Mistress! Of course a mere guardswoman may not have jewelry such as Her Highness or Her Grace might wear, but both Semma and I have small pieces of sentimental value." Bennet smiled. "You will soon accumulate such pieces of your own, I deem. With your status and abilities, I see no reason you should not in time purchase or be gifted items for your own collection." Bennet's look was assured. "You will see."
"If you say so."
They have a very strange attitude to property and money around here. So far I have not paid for a single thing I have worn, nor a single meal I have eaten! I know there is commerce, since that day at the market, but it does not seem to affect the Duke's household.
Yet this whole system seems to work... somehow.
There was a knock at the door. Bennet opened it to reveal Semma, suitably attired in a long gown.
"Her Highness asks if you are both ready yet."
Bennet glanced at Ursula and received a nod. "Aye, Semma, we are ready. Shall we join you?"
"Aye. Her Highness makes some final adjustments but otherwise we are also ready."
In the event Eriana appeared before the others reached her door. The four turned and made their way along the corridor and down the stairs. At the bottom a footman stood waiting.
"Highness, His Grace asks that you wait in the sitting room until he and Her Grace appear."
Inside the otherwise empty sitting room Eriana smiled. "This is what we do when important occasions happen, Ursula. Much of the time we stand about and wait. At Dekarran, where we met to form the Federation, there was more standing about and waiting than I was comfortable with, for we had Kings, Princes, Dukes and others of like rank attending the same table. At least I did not have to concern myself with the politics of that occasion. I am a woman of action, not of slippery words."
"So I have learned," Ursula responded politely. "I have heard you and the Duke speak of a Federation, but without understanding the history and geography of this world I do not know if I would understand your explanation."
"Aye, the Duke has been remiss with your education, I deem. He has maps here, I know that, and there must be many who can tell you what you want to know. Mayhap I will mention it to him, should a chance come tonight."
"Thank you, Highness. There is a problem, though. I can speak this language but I cannot read or write it."
"But of course! Garia told me that she had the like trouble and I am sure that Maralin did as well. You can read and write your own tongue, I believe?"
"Of course, and also that of three other languages involving two different scripts." Ursula smiled. "It seems that I can learn languages easily, even before I came to Anmar. Now reading and writing the local script, well, I don't know about that until I try."
The door opened and Maralin poked his head in before retreating. "They are in here, Your Grace!"
There was a muttered command and Maralin turned to those within. "Highness, Ladies, if you would join the others in the corridor."
They went out to find Wallesan, Fanis, Hambran and several others standing in a group. All were suitably attired for the occasion, Maralin having changed out of the uniform he wore during their ride. As they joined the party Kalmenar came down the stairs and bowed.
"Your Grace, my apologies. Next time I will ask the assistance of a manservant."
"It is not a problem, My Lord. We are a little early, in any event."
"Wallesan," Eriana asked, "If you would tell us about your hall. In Einnland, my father has his hall, but it is a whole building that is like Robanar's palace, though of course much smaller. Here, it seems you use the word hall to mean a single chamber."
"Of course, Eriana. When we were in Palarand I recall you briefly described your father's house and named it as a hall, though of course here we would call such a building his palace. In the Great Valley, then, the term hall usually refers to a single large chamber as you suggest. In fact, the Great Hall of Joth was originally the main chamber of the old Dukes' residences. It was where they held court, as you told me your father does in his hall. Over the centuries our Great Hall has come to perform a slightly different function, though by custom it is still considered to be part of my mansion.
"Here it is more of a public space where ceremonies, celebrations and other communal functions are performed. I do in fact use it frequently myself when I am holding my own court, or when some matter of importance to the city requires my attention, but do not be surprised to see others come and go. However, I retain the right to decide who makes use of the hall and, now that it has been restored, we will be more careful how it is used." The Duke smiled. "This evening, of course, it will be the setting for a meal of thanks for all the hard-working artisans who have actually restored the hall to what it was before."
A footman came along the corridor and bowed. "Your Grace, we are ready."
"Thank you, Heris." He turned to the others. "Come! Follow me and see what the craftsmen of Joth have wrought."
Wallesan led them along the corridor to the lobby and turned right. In front of him were not one but two pairs of double doors, each pair separated by about four strides from the other. Heris opened one door, and the other of the pair was held open by a footman already inside the hall. Wallesan took the hand of Fanis and the Ducal couple walked through into the hall. Everybody else followed.
Ursula was stunned by the space. The walls rose high and there was a vaulted ceiling of carved, painted and gilded wood. In the three walls she could see, there were familiar tall, narrow windows which came to a point to a point at the top, all filled with stained glass. The sun was now setting, so that only the upper portions of the glass threw colored rays across the chamber, but above her two rows of candelabras had been lit, illuminating the entire space below. Ahead of them, at the far end, was a larger pair of double doors which from their location must have opened out onto the street. These were set under a wide balcony that ran the whole width of the chamber, holding several rows of tiered seating.
"It is a church!"
The last word came out in English and everybody turned round to face her.
"What was that, dear?" Fanis asked.
The answer came from Maralin. "Your Grace, the word church is an English one, and on Earth it describes a building made very like this one is. On Earth a church would be used for the worship of God, who I would think roughly corresponds to the Maker here."
Wallesan was interested. "Do you tell me that you have special buildings set aside just to worship the Maker? Apart from marriages, all religious ceremonies in the Great Valley are conducted outside, as is proper. But I believe that the Earth God is not as our Maker is, but is said to be something more."
"As you say, Your Grace." Maralin added, "I see that the artisans are waiting. If we may discuss Earth religions another time, Your Grace."
"Indeed! And I would say that most of our guests have already arrived, I deem."
Ursula's attention went to the floor and saw for the first time that four rows of tables had been laid, ready for the meal. At either side of the hall the guests stood waiting, most of them craftsmen now wearing their best attire, together with wives in floor-length gowns of many colors and styles.
Beside her, between the pairs of double doors, was a platform about knee height with two chairs on it that could be described as thrones, though not ornately decorated. In front of the platform there were three similar chairs. Wallesan moved to stand in front of the chairs and held up his hands. The noise in the hall, already dying away as the Ducal party appeared, faded completely.
"Craftsmen, artisans, friends. Without your honest labors and experienced eyes, this Great Hall could not have been returned to the splendor I see before me. You have done Joth proud in a difficult time and you shall have my everlasting thanks for it. When I returned, and saw what you had been doing, I resolved that the first use for the restored hall would be a meal of thanks for those who had made it possible, and so here we are.
"I have to admit to you that we had let our Great Hall languish, for various reasons, and it was only because of the invader that we were reminded what we once had. Now that it has been reborn, so to speak, we will treat it with the respect that it is due, and thus prolong the time before we must needs restore it once more. This hall has served both my family and the city of Joth well these many years and I hope that it will long serve us into the future.
"With Fanis and I tonight are several guests of the mansion, who I will name for you. First must needs be Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand. Many of you will know the name, one or two may even recognize her, since it was she who led her men on the successful attack of Boldan's Rock. With her tonight is Lord Kalmenar, who serves as her advisor on her river journey. Also attending her are Guardswoman Bennet and Guardswoman Semma from King Robanar's palace, though they have no martial roles tonight, I deem.
"In addition, presently staying at the mansion is Mistress Ursula, a traveler from the distant land of Alberta. Regrettably, she was ill when she arrived in Joth, but she seems to have made a full recovery. She tells me that she is a knowledgable healer in her own lands and some of you may have already seen her in the last few days about the streets of Joth accompanying our own healer Senia.
"One final matter. You will notice, as you sit, that every place has been provided with a new eating tool named a fork. These have recently been introduced to Palarand by Princess Garia and are proving very popular there. I am certain that in time the same will happen here. Some of you may have seen them before but I will briefly explain their use. You hold them vertically in the left hand to steady something while you cut off a portion with the knife in your right hand. Then, with the item still impaled upon the fork, you can bring it directly to your mouth to eat, without worrying about cutting yourself or getting your hands sticky with food. It will take some practice but I know that most of those here tonight will understand that. Forks have other uses too, I am sure you will discover them by experimenting during the evening."
"Now, I have made enough long speeches, and I deem that you are probably as hungry as I. Tonight there will be no order at our table. Saving only the chairs provided for myself, my wife and our guests, you may sit where you will, speak with whom you will. Tonight, all are welcome here."
Wallesan clapped his hands and there was a general movement towards the tables. Naturally there was a certain amount of confusion but the serving staff soon had everyone settled among friends or workmates. To Ursula's surprise, the Ducal couple sat in the middle of one of the center tables, rather than at one end as she had expected. She found herself seated to the right of Eriana, who was facing Wallesan, and thus facing Fanis herself. To her right sat Semma, while Bennet was to Eriana's left.
The Duke smiled. "This evening I entertain four beautiful ladies, I see! This circumstance does not occur often in my court. I do not host meals like this one very often except at the usual festivals, or for special occasions."
Bennet squirmed in her seat. "Your Grace, I am unused to such attention as this. At the palace, my place would be along the walls, or maybe waiting outside the chamber with His Majesty's other guardsmen. Though I thank you for the privilege, I must admit to feeling uncomfortable tonight."
Fanis leaned forward. "Be at ease here tonight, dear. While you may have customary duties elsewhere, in Joth you are a valued guest of my husband, an essential companion to Eriana, and he seeks to reward you for your service. Besides, did you not notice who else is here tonight? We are surrounded by the craftsmen and artisans of Joth, those who have labored long to rebuild the mansion of our family. With the possible exception of Eriana and Lord Kalmenar, almost everyone else in the Hall tonight is of ordinary status, those of Joth who work with their hands and wits to protect and provide for those they serve."
The Duke nodded. "Aye, my dear. Please, relax and enjoy the meal. I notice that you went out riding again today, and a fine spectacle you all make upon your frayen, if I may say so. What do you think of our countryside?"
"Your Grace," Bennet replied, "the countryside is much as I was used to before I entered the King's service, since I grew up in a village not far from the capital. I have enjoyed riding through the lanes and among the fields, for it is such places that are familiar to me. At this time of year, with everything growing strongly and the weather pleasant to ride in, I thank the King for permitting me to ride, that I may enjoy it more."
"Well said," the Duke nodded. "Not everyone may own a frayen, it is true, but I am personally pleased that the fair members of our lands shall at least have the opportunity to enjoy them as you and your companions have done. Such activities have been frowned upon before but Eriana's example, and your own, shows us all that we have nothing to fear."
Fanis added, "Husband, you should know that there is a great clamor in the city for riding attire! Eriana has started something that cannot be stopped, I deem. Of course, the frayen to bear all these new riders, and the saddles and tack to go with them, are in short supply as well. Yet nothing will deter our womenfolk, it seems."
Eriana said, "Not so, Fanis. I deem that some few will regret their choice, and the coin spent on attire, once their bottoms have experienced a saddle for a day or two. It requires some determination before riding becomes comfortable to the body."
"Too true," the Duke agreed. "I remember my own first attempts in the saddle, long ago as that was. Parts of me were sore for a day or two, but the desire to ride conquered even that discomfort. Mayhap our womenfolk will have like determination."
"As you say, Wal." Fanis pulled a face. "I expect that I will mount after a time, but for now I will benefit from seeing the efforts of others. Eriana, have your rides been to your liking?"
"Aye, Fanis, I have no complaints, save that your lands are too flat for my liking!" She held up a hand and smiled. "I jest, of course, but I must admit that I prefer seas and mountains to the level fields of the river valley. Today, though, we did not ride through fields but ventured to Thorn. It is not so far and I sought to pay a visit to Count Sherin, who received us when we passed through before."
"Ah? And how are Sherin and Tiedra? I regret that since we returned to Joth to restore it we have seen little of them." She sighed. "There has just been too much to do! Putting the city back together again, returning all those who resided here, accounting for those lost or dead in the war, rebuilding all... My husband was smart enough to latch onto your party and disappear to Palarand, though it seems he had reason for it."
"Sherin and Tiedra were both well, Fanis, and asked after the conditions in the city. I told them all that I knew and said that the Visund would likely stop there on our way, that the crew might pay their respects to the city and those within, for their kindness when we came through before."
The conversation carried on as the meal progressed. Eventually a point came when Wallesan stood, holding a hand out to prevent everyone else rising at the same time.
"Stay! Enjoy your meal. Fanis and I will circulate the tables, as is sometimes customary, to speak to all those who have worked hard to make this hall more magnificent than before."
The two then rose and began walking around the other tables, stopping frequently to speak to those seated nearby. Ursula carried on as the others did, eating the main dish of something she had seen roasting earlier that day.
"Highness," she said after a pause in the meal, "Bellot says that it is possible some of my riding clothes have been delivered today."
"Is that so? This would be with the alterations that needed to be made the other day?"
"I believe so, Highness. He merely spoke of a package."
"Then," Eriana smiled at her, "we must needs introduce you to your frayen tomorrow, I deem. Hanek has found one for you that is unlikely to cause you trouble. She is a mild-mannered doe and should be suitable for someone who has never ridden before."
Ursula was slightly discomfited by the pressure to get her to ride, but she saw no simple way to slow down the project. "Well, thank you, Highness. Uh, do I not need the other equipment? Boots, helmet and so on?"
Eriana spread her hands. "All are ready for you, so I have been told. Duban's smith has worked hard on your helmet and boots and both shall be ready for you tomorrow morning."
"My boots? Why should they need a smith?"
Eriana's grin was wide. "The boots of all riders customarily have steel toecaps, Ursula, against being trodden on by your beast. I am told they have other uses, should circumstances require."
"Oh, I see. Yes, I didn't think of that. Riding is a complicated subject, isn't it?"
"No more so than sailing a ship, cooking a meal - or attending a sick person, I deem. Something always looks complicated until it has been shown to you."
"I cannot disagree. Tomorrow morning, then?"
The Princess nodded. "Aye, Ursula."
Wallesan and Fanis returned to their seats as the serving staff brought out the next course, which consisted of pastries which looked familiar to Ursula, since she had helped make them. These were savory pastries, with a minced meat and cheese filling which had been softened with a paste of fragrant ground nuts. These were followed by slabs of cheese, for the diner to help themselves from, and wedges of the cakes Ursula had also helped to make. She said as much to Eriana.
"Do you tell me? This is delicious! You have hidden talents, Ursula."
"All I did was add ingredients and stir," she protested. "Senny did all the measuring out of the ingredients and greasing the cake molds."
"Still, there are not many of the crew who could do such a task. See, it is another useful thing to have learned."
The meal reached its conclusion and, having made certain that everyone had finished, the Duke rose. This of course caused everyone else to rise but what happened next surprised Ursula. The Duke and Duchess, followed by their guests, moved along the tables until they stood in front of the platform with the throne-like chairs. Wallesan nodded to a servant and more streamed through the double doors, which was apparently a signal for all the other diners to make their way to the other walls.
The servants began stripping everything from the tables and taking the items out through the double doors. Once the tables were bare, the chairs were moved to the side walls and the tables were efficiently dismantled and collapsed, to be stacked at the far end. In moments, what had been a dining room had been transformed into a ballroom.
"Please be seated," Wallesan said as the hall quietened. "Later there will be music but for now I deem we should allow our meals to settle a while. If you would talk, then do so. If you would approach us, then I am sure we will listen attentively. This is your evening, pleased feel relaxed in this magnificent hall, made so by your own efforts."
Instantly there was a buzz and some confusion as various groups of friends and acquaintances found each other and struck up conversations. In front of Ursula, some more chairs had been brought so that all their group could be seated together. The 'thrones' had been pointedly left alone, the Duke and Duchess preferring to be seated at the same level as their people for this occasion.
On a low platform in a far corner, Ursula noticed five men begin setting up what were obviously musical instruments, and her interest was roused. There were two drums and some things that looked as if they might be conical bells, all being set up in front of what appeared to be the percussionist. There was a mandolin-like instrument being unwrapped by another man, a third had a flute, another had a kind of horn and the last had a bowed instrument that was apparently played in the fashion of a violin, although it looked nothing like one.
Stands to reason. They would have developed their own instruments here, over the centuries. Still, I have to wonder...
The men began tuning their instruments but the sound was lost in the general conversation. One of the men spoke to a servant, who went away and returned with a tray bearing five tankards.
I see nothing changes! Every group of musicians since time began has been in need of a little lubrication!
One of the artisans came and spoke to Wallesan, and he and Fanis rose to go and talk to a group gathered against the wall.
"Ursula?"
"Hmm? Oh, Highness? I am sorry, did you ask me something?"
"I did. I see you have noticed the music makers here. I should warn you that their music may not be kind to your ears. I did not like the court music of Palarand when I was first there, they do not make it as we do in Einnland. I know that both Garia and Maralin suffer the same way as well, so be warned."
"Oh? I see. Yes, of course it would be different. Thank you for the warning, Highness."
Eriana turned, her gaze intent. She kept her voice low to avoid getting the attention of Kalmenar, who sat on her other side. "Look. I will say this to you while the Duke and Duchess are away. You must needs make your own way in this strange land, and to do that you must take advantage of every opportunity you can. Learn what you can, when you can. Wallesan and Fanis are unlikely to do you harm while you are with them but, until you know this place better, you must needs keep your wits about you."
Ursula's voice was low. "You distrust them, don't you?"
The response was equally low. "Distrust is perhaps too strong a word. They hold secrets, as any ruler must. In this case, they know more about you than they are willing to tell anyone else. If they may not tell even me, I wonder what it is they might hide."
Ursula nodded. "It is good advice, Highness. I still wonder about this strange world I have found myself in."
"As do I." Her expression was sharp. "But this is not an appropriate subject for table, not now. Tell me, what of your journeys around the city? How different are the methods of healing from those of your own lands? I know that there are matters we would handle differently in Einnland."
"Ah. Well, most of it is much the same, Highness, as you might expect." Ursula thought. "I don't know how much I can explain to you, though." She smiled. "As you just said, medicine is a complicated subject. I am impressed by the range of herbs they use here and how effective they are, but of course I don't know any of them myself and I guess that it will take me some years to become familiar with them all. Right now, for example, I couldn't hope to prescribe something for a patient, even if I knew what was wrong with them."
"As you say. I would think, if I were someone from a Valley farm and I was taken on board the Visund, that it would take some time to learn the ways of the ship, to name all the different parts, and to know how to read the winds and currents. I have great respect for your knowledge, Ursula, and I know that it will take you time to learn the local ways."
Ursula nodded. "Unfortunately, yes. It is time I am prepared to take, though, since that is what I appear to have been sent here to do."
Eriana gazed at her so long that Ursula wondered what she might have said. Finally, the Princess shook her head in frustration.
"Not now, I deem. There is much I would say to you and much I would ask, but in suitable privacy. If it becomes possible, should you agree?"
Ursula puzzled through what she had been asked and nodded hesitantly. "That might be a good idea, Highness. I'm sure we will get an opportunity -"
Her voice was cut off by a drum roll and a bash on one of the conical bells. The room quietened and people's attention turned to the musicians.
"Your Grace, by your leave?"
"Aye, you have it. A tune to rouse our pulses gently first, if you would, and then we may think about a dance or two."
"As you command, Your Grace."
The resulting noise shocked Ursula so much that her hands were halfway to her ears before she realized what was happening. She lowered them in embarrassment but still winced at the clash of notes from the five players.
"Hah! I told you," Eriana muttered in her ear. "If my men were here those five would fear for their lives. It is not what those of Einnland would name music."
"It's not what I would call music either," Ursula replied through gritted teeth. "Though I think I understand what it is they are doing. The scales -" She turned to Eriana. "Do you know anything about music?"
Eriana's expression was pained. "I know what is music and what is not, and this is not music! No, Ursula, I have no knowledge of such arts, if arts they be. Do you tell me that you do have such knowledge?"
Ursula nodded reluctantly. "I do, Highness. In... my home city... I learned to play several instruments as a child, some of which look slightly similar to those over there. I was good, maybe, but not good enough to make it a career, and anyway I preferred to study medicine - I mean the healing arts. Do you remember me telling the Duke that I traveled through several countries on my way to Alberta?" Eriana nodded. "In two of them, I actually played in a band in some of the evening clubs they have there."
"Clubs? Oh, aye, you explained, I remember now. A club is a kind of tavern, then, with music and singing?"
"That's right, Highness, so -"
But the noise had become too loud and too uncomfortable. She shook her head and said, "Later."
The music was apparently acceptable to the other guests, who nodded and beat time as the strange melody clattered along. The scale sounded completely alien to Ursula's ears, with half-notes appearing in the wrong place and some of the notes sounding distinctly flat. The five players appeared to be playing five different tunes, but she could discern an underlying theme which surfaced every now and then. Finally, the tune came to a conclusion and the guests applauded by clapping, for which Ursula was thankful.
At least they show a reasonable method of appreciation. It could have been much stranger. Jazz hands, anyone?
I must remember that this is still an alien society, though. They have developed their own customs and, although there is much that seems faintly familiar, I must be careful not to assume too much.
Fanis returned and took a seat the other side of Ursula, Semma moving to give her room.
"I would guess that you do not know any of our dances, Ursula. How could you? I do not even know if you do anything like this on Earth."
"Since I have not yet seen anyone dance, Your Grace, I could not answer that. Of course there are many forms of dance on Earth, but probably none that would work here."
Maralin overheard and came to join the conversation. "Your Grace, the kind of dancing I saw in Palarand is similar to some of the country dancing we did back home. However, those are mostly based on formal dances of previous centuries. Some of those are court dances, others are what you might find on a farm or in a village." He gave a small smile. "I do not think that Anmar is ready for the kind of dancing we do on Earth these days," with a nod to Ursula, "at least in the West. I can describe them for you, but it would best be done in private."
"Ah? Now you have made me curious, Maralin! But Ursula will be able to see what we do, and if she decides that she would be interested in our dances, mayhap we can arrange some tuition for her."
"If I can find the time, Your Grace," Ursula responded with a grimace. "Between healing the sick, learning to ride, and now learning to read and write as well, I'm not sure that I will have the energy for dancing, let alone the time."
"As you say!" Fanis smiled. "A woman's work is never done, they say."
"We have that one on Earth as well, Your Grace, and I can easily believe it."
Four rows of alternate men and women formed up in the center of the hall, all facing the Duke, who had now returned to join Fanis. The 'drummer' gave two taps on a drum and then the band started again... this tune didn't seem so bad, although it was still off-key as far as Ursula was concerned. The dancers bowed, and then followed a complicated route through the assembled ranks, switching places and twirling as they did so.
The dance went to its conclusion and was followed by another, where the dancers stood in groups of four and moved round, the men moving one way and the women the other. A third dance followed and then there was a natural break, when servants brought round goblets of wine, beer or fruit juices for everyone.
A man and woman approached their group. Ursula recognized Tavia, the woman who had been her guide when they had gone to the market, and assumed the man was her husband.
The man bowed. "Your Grace, Your Grace, Your Highness, Ladies. You have my thanks for this excellent meal. Our craftsmen have asked me to convey their appreciation for your kind thoughts."
Wallesan leaned back. "It was the least I could do, Panesar. You and your associates, aye, and in many cases your sons too, have labored long over this hall in the last few months. If I may introduce Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand, Eriana, this is Alderman Panesar, one of Joth's finest decorators. He is responsible for much of the repainting and almost all the gold you see above, though of course he did not supply the leaf himself. You have of course already met Tavia, who managed to get herself involved in that small excitement with Ursula."
Eriana nodded. "Aye, I recognized Mistress Tavia. Alderman, I cannot fault you on your work here, the craftsmanship is amazing."
"Why, thank you, Your Highness! I am sure you must be used to such fine surroundings, I understand that the palace of King Robanar is a wonder to see. I am sure that my own efforts pale by comparison." His brow furrowed. "But, If I may ask, Highness, your accent is strange and I did not think the King had a daughter of that name."
"You wish the truth, Alderman? I ran away from a difficult father and an unsuitable betrothal and found myself in Palarand, where the King has offered me and my men sanctuary. I come from a distant land, out beyond the Palumaks and far to the south of the Great Valley, named Einnland. As the daughter of a King, Robanar permits me to keep my title and rank."
"Oh, I see! It is well known that King Robanar is thought a wise man and his generosity to you proves it. If I may ask, what is it you do here in Joth?"
Eriana waved a hand. "It is no secret, Alderman. We are on a voyage along the Sirrel, to visit the numerous countries along the way and to learn of the new lands that I and my men now reside in. As we were traveling this way, we provided transport for your Duke, returning home after his visit for Princess Garia's wedding."
"Ah, the wedding, of course! In the city we have already heard several accounts from some who happened to be in Palarand when it happened."
The conversation turned to the wedding and Tavia came to stand by Ursula, having already learned many details from Semma on the day when the three went to the market place.
Ursula asked, "Can I ask how your son is, Mistress?"
"His leg is much improved, Mistress Ursula. I am sure that he will be up and back at work within a week or two."
"He injured himself in here? I did not realize that children that young would be working."
Panesar broke off his conversation and turned to Ursula. "Why of course, Mistress! What else would a young man of that age be doing? Very few can afford to have their children idle at home while their parents toil... begging your pardon, Your Grace."
Wallesan in turn waved a hand. "I understand what you mean, Panesar. It is often only the nobility and a few rich merchants who can afford to keep their sons at home. However, in the lands of Mistress Ursula's birth, I am told it is customary for all children to be taught at school from the ages of five until sixteen, and often beyond that should the need require."
"Five to sixteen?" Panesar turned to Ursula. "Mistress, what shall they learn, all those years?"
Ursula sought a way to explain without raising too many questions. "We live much more complicated lives than you do here, Sir. In order to be able to use everything that we need to, we all have to learn to read, to write and to do math. We are also told of other countries, learn about our world and instructed how to do many of the tasks our citizens will do when they are adults."
"But, still, sixteen? Your Grace, do you know ought of this?"
Wallesan nodded. "A little, Panesar. The winds of change are blowing from Palarand and it will soon raise a dust in Joth, among other countries. Do not concern yourself now, I will arrange to have a meeting of those concerned one day soon, probably in here, where I will explain what the future might hold for Joth. Be assured, it will not be much like the past of Joth! All I will say now is that, as soon as we may find room enough for schools for all, and teachers to teach them, that all our sons and daughters shall be taught to read, to write and to number. That will be the least that I must needs do for my people."
Panesar was still puzzled. "But what will they need to do all that for, Your Grace? I can understand that a merchant's son might need to read, write and number, but... farmers? Fishermen?"
"It is a long story, Panesar. Leave it for now, if you would. Just be assured that you should not lose out by what is to come, but that the lives of you and all your family shall become much richer as a result."
The decorator looked unconvinced. "If you say so, Your Grace."
The music started up again and the Alderman and his wife excused themselves. Wallesan looked thoughtful.
"This might prove harder than I thought. I knew there would be some resistance, but explaining matters could be difficult."
Maralin suggested, "Your Grace, what about that wagonload of gifts from Robanar? Bring them all in here and let everybody see them. That should give them an idea about what is to happen. ...A kind of exhibition, if you would. We can explain things like paper, printing, the steam engine, the semaphore, they will be able to get an idea of what might be possible in future."
The Duke looked thoughtful. "An... exhibition? Is this a common Earth custom?"
"Not common, no, Your Grace, but there are enough that most people are familiar with how they work. For what we have, I would suggest something like a table with each item on it, with somebody standing nearby who can explain how it works - or what it is - to anyone who asks." He frowned. "Hmm. The printing press could be awkward to demonstrate and the steam engine definitely so! I would not want to run that in here, Your Grace, since the smoke would end up all over your beautiful new decorations." He shrugged. "There are ways we could do this, Your Grace, if necessary."
Wallesan grunted. "This is part of the future, I deem? Then we must needs accustom ourselves, and our people, to the idea of... exhibitions. Speak with Bellot, bring me a plan."
"As you command, Your Grace."
Eriana leaned in towards the Duke as the conversation paused. "Wallesan, Ursula has told us that she may be familiar with musical instruments, ah, the instruments of Earth, of course."
"Is she now?" He turned his attention to her. "And is this something you might desire to do in the future, my dear?"
Ursula silently cursed Eriana for putting her on the spot. I wish I had never said anything now!
She stammered, "Your Grace, I was taught several different instruments when I was a child, that is all. My mother was a pianist and she made sure that I learned the basics."
Wallesan ignored the unknown word pianist and thought correctly that it referenced some kind of Earth instrument.
"If you desire to explore some of our local musical instruments in the future, my dear, then I will arrange to have some brought for your inspection. However, I can see by your face that you would rather Eriana had not brought attention to it, we would not force you to do anything you did not want to."
Her face reddened. "Your Grace, thank you for understanding. Maybe some time in the future, I am too busy right now to spend much time investigating yet another new subject. But I will not forget your offer."
"Indeed, my dear."
The tune screeched to a halt and another began, this one apparently popular, though even Maralin winced when the musicians struck up. Most of those attending immediately stood and formed ranks within the centre of the hall.
Wallesan stood as well. "Come, my dear," he said to Fanis. "We should join the Dance of Summer. Kalmenar, Bennet, Semma, you may come as well." He looked at the others. "I regret that you do not know one of our favorite tunes, mayhap by next year - or should there be another dance, this year, of course - we will have had time to teach it to you."
The others stood and joined those in the middle as the movements began. Those left behind looked at one another.
"Did you know anything about this?" Ursula asked Maralin.
"Not me! I haven't been here long enough to have taken part in something like this before. Highness? What about you?"
Eriana said, "Of course, just as I was made to learn the Valley tongue, I was taught several of the formal dances that they practise here. In hindsight those onerous tasks have served me well, though I cursed enough when I was doing them! This dance I do not know, though. I have, after all, been in the Great Valley a shorter time than you, Maralin."
"Oh, of course you have, Highness. Did they do nothing like this at home or at the palace, then?"
Eriana shrugged. "A little of this and that, but mostly it was talk, talk, talk. As is true for any daughter of a King, my task was simply to ornament the occasion. I was not expected to contribute much." Her teeth showed. "Besides, most of my father's cronies knew better than to attempt false flattery. I would have flattened them! By the time I came to Palarand, my reputation had preceded me and only Lord Gilbanar invited me to dance more than once."
"A shame, Highness," Ursula murmured.
"It was better that way," Eriana sniffed. "Until Garia taught me the ways of the mind, I would not have been a pleasant dance companion." She waved at the complex-looking dance moves on the floor. "Doing that would just have irritated me and I would not have been pleasant company."
* * *
At the end of the dance the party made their way up the stairs to their various chambers. At the top of the stairs stood Mamoot and Ursula frowned at his expression.
"Is something wrong, Mamoot?"
He rubbed his stomach, but shook his head. "I am sure it is nothing, Mistress. Something I ate, most likely." He paused, then added, "If it is no better in the morning, Mistress, could I ask you for advice?"
"Well, surely," she replied. "I might be able to tell you what is wrong, but you will probably have to wait until Healer Senia arrives here after breakfast before you can be given any potions."
Mamoot nodded. "I understand, Mistress. I bid you all good-night."
"Good night, Mamoot."
Everybody's plans are thrown into confusion when Mamoot's upset stomach turns out to be something life-threatening instead. Ursula is forced to take charge and show those of Joth just what it is she can do. Unfortunately, she has overlooked some important considerations...
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
20 - Emergency Room
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2019
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The hammering on the bedroom door was not gentle. Ursula and
Bennet looked at each other with surprise.
"I wonder what has happened," the guardswoman commented as she went to answer. "I have heard no alarms from those who guard this place." She paused, a hand on the door handle. "At least, none I would recognize. While I am familiar with the new system now used in the palace, I do not know what they do here."
She partially opened the door to be met by a breathless Heris.
"Mistress! Your pardon, it is Mistress Ursula I seek, there is an emergency. Is she within?"
"Aye, but we have not yet finished dressing. Why? What has happened?"
"One of the men-at-arms is ill, the dark one called Mamoot."
"We know him. Continue."
"He suffers terrible pains of the stomach, Mistress, and asks for Mistress Ursula to come, as she suggested yesterday evening that she might do. Is that right? Did she offer?"
"Aye, she did, as we were retiring for the night. She also said that, while she might say what afflicted him, there was probably little she might do until Mistress Senia or another healer from the city could be summoned. Mistress Ursula is not yet wise in the lore of the potions used here, so I am told."
"Ah. Well, if she could attend, once she is ready. At least there might be more information to give to the healers when they arrive, and they will be better informed too."
"As you say! Then, by your leave, we must attire ourselves for the day."
"Indeed, Mistress Bennet. I will find an armsman to wait here and show Mistress Ursula the way when she is ready."
Bennet closed the door and turned to look at Ursula. "Is it what you expected?"
"I did not expect anything after last night, but an emergency this morning tells me that I probably know what it might be," Ursula replied. She was both annoyed at the interruption yet also somewhat relieved to be delaying her trip to the stables. "I think I need to wear something different," she observed. "This riding skirt is probably not the best thing to be wearing around a sick person. Help me to change, please, Bennet. A ship dress will do for now, I can always come back and change if it is a false alarm."
"As you desire, Mistress."
Bennet went to the dressing room while Ursula immediately began removing the clothes she had already put on, intended for this morning's riding lesson. It was the work of a moment to lay those on the bed and to slip into one of the simple shifts she now regularly wore around the city.
She asked Bennet, "Do you need help with that sash?"
"If you would, Mistress. I am in two minds whether to change as well, but the call was only for you so I will remain as I am for now. If needs be, I can always change later as well."
Once dressed, Bennet opened the door again to find an armsman waiting. "If you would follow me, Mistress."
Ursula looked at Bennet. "Come on, I might need some help." To the man she said, "Lead the way."
He led them over the carriageway arch and into what Ursula thought of as the 'barracks' part of the complex. Heading for the nearby stairs, he led them up to the topmost level and out along the balcony which ran around two sides of the courtyard at that level. Stopping at the fourth door, he gestured.
"Mistress. Mistresses. If you would enter. Our chambers are not big enough for so many people at a time."
Inside Ursula found Hambran, Maralin and a woman she didn't know. On one of the four beds lay Mamoot, his face pained and covered in sweat. The bedclothes were in disarray where he had been thrashing in the night. The woman turned to Ursula.
"Oh, good! Mistress Ursula, I am Kendra, a wife of one of His Grace's men-at-arms. I have a little knowledge of herbal lore and often help the men with small cuts and bruises. This, I deem, is well beyond my skill. I would not seek to tell you your work, but to me it looks like poor Mamoot has been poisoned."
"Um." It most likely wasn't poison, but she didn't want to upset the woman, who had only been doing her best to help. "It is possible. Perhaps I had better talk to him myself."
She crouched down by the bed and looked at Mamoot. "Can you point to where it hurts most, Mamoot?"
He indicated an area just inside his right groin, to which Ursula nodded.
"Very well. Now I want to have a gentle feel around there myself, will you let me do that? I'll try not to make it hurt too much more. Oh, and I'll have to lift your clothes to touch your skin."
"Mistress," he gasped, "look where you will. It cannot be worse than it is now."
She gently pulled his nightshirt up and eased his underpants down far enough to expose the skin, then very carefully ran her fingertips around the area he had indicated. There were several intakes of breath which showed where it hurt most. Grimacing, she adjusted his clothes and stood.
"Captain, can I have a word with you in private?"
Hambran looked at her expression then gave an abrupt nod. "Outside, on the walkway, Mistress."
They found a location between two doors, with Maralin keeping people away one side and Bennet the other.
"Captain, I don't know how much you know about what happens inside a person's body."
"We guess at certain functions, Mistress, but we know nothing of the workings in the way that you must do." His expression was questioning. "If you would explain."
"Simply, then. There is long tube which begins at mouth, works its way down to become stomach, and then coils round and comes out of bottom. Food goes in top and you know what comes out other end, waste products."
Hambran nodded. "As you say, Mistress. It is well known that food is digested in our stomachs... but how, we do not know." He shrugged. "So, what you imply is that something... serious... has happened inside Mamoot's stomach."
"That is correct. Now Mistress Kendra suggested that it might be poison, but the pain is localized and I do not think she is right. There are many things that can go wrong causing different symptoms, some of which can become fatal. This one is fatal. Unless I can get inside and remove infected part, he will die and probably today, in great pain."
"He will die?" Hambran did a double take. "Wait, you want to go inside... how do you do that? Is this some kind of wonder treatment from Earth, then?"
"I wish it were that simple, Captain. No, no wonder treatment, I have to do it normal way. It will mean making small incision, about this long, in stomach, reaching in and cutting off infected part, then sewing him up again." She grimaced. "There is no equipment here that would normally be used for operation like this but I'm sure that there are alternatives that can be used."
Hambran had gone white. "What are the risks, Mistress? How long will it take?"
Ursula shrugged. "Certain death weighed against chance of not dying, Captain. As for how long, until we determine when and where operation can be done, I could not say how long. It is simple enough procedure, if everything goes as it should, we could be finished by lunchtime."
"Where will you do it? Can it be done in his chamber?"
She shook her head. "I would need more space than that, and certainly more light! Besides, everything we use that goes near him will need to be boiled. My preference would be kitchen, to be near hot water, but I do not know if that would be possible."
The captain instinctively looked over the railing and down at the kitchen on the far side of the courtyard. He could not see in through the windows because of the roof overhanging the walkway, but he knew that Farren and his crew would be busy preparing breakfast for most of the household.
Making up his mind, he nodded and turned to Ursula. "Of course the mansion has a small Chamber of the Sick, mainly for armsmen who are injured during practice or for other reasons, but it is not well lit and water must needs be brought from the kitchen anyway. Your suggestion to use the kitchen itself therefore sounds reasonable, but I cannot make this decision. We must needs go and find His Grace. What you ask is unexpected, but if it may save a man's life... Shall you come with me? Maralin, Mistress Bennet, walk with us, if you please. We go to consult His Grace."
With a word to those inside the room, Hambran led the way along the balcony, then back down the stairs to the domestic corridor. Leading them along this, he knocked at a door and waited. It was opened slightly and Wallesan looked out.
"Hambran! Good morning!" He noticed the others. "Is something wrong?"
"Your Grace, one of your armsmen is very ill and Ursula says that he will die unless she attends him today. For some reason she would like to do what she needs to do in the kitchen."
"What? Who? I didn't think we had anyone that ill at the moment."
Maralin replied. "Mamoot, Your Grace. From what Ursula says, I would guess he has a burst appendix. Such a thing would have happened overnight, though I remember he complained of a pain yesterday evening."
"What is a burst... what was that word?"
"Appendix, Your Grace. It is a small part of the lower stomach, around here." He pointed.
Wallesan shook his head. "Never mind. You recognize this ailment?" Maralin nodded. "It is fatal?"
"Unless she goes in and removes the infected part, Your Grace. It will need sharp tools and plenty of boiling water to sterilize everything. She suggests using the kitchen for that reason."
The Duke came out into the corridor, closing the door behind him. He had on underwear and tights but was naked from the waist up. He held a tunic in his hand.
"Mistress Ursula? You will confirm what Maralin has said?"
"Yes, Your Grace."
"The kitchen... Doing what I suspect you intend to do in there will cause much disruption, and at an awkward time. I expect that you yourself have not yet broken your fast?"
"Your Grace?" Ursula struggled with the dialect. "Uh, no, Your Grace. I doubt anybody has." She waved a hand. "Nothing can be done until Healer Senia arrives, in any event. Breakfast may continue as usual, though I hope you will forgive me if I do not stay too long."
The Duke nodded. "That is well. We will do as you ask, my dear. Maralin, take Ursula along to the kitchen and request that they speed the meal preparations, find out what must needs be arranged there. Hambran, has anyone yet sent for Senia?"
"Aye, Your Grace, I sent a runner as soon as I was notified of Mamoot's illness. Since it is yet early, I do not know how long it will be before she will arrive, though."
"No matter, the important thing is that a runner has already been sent. Mistress, when should Mamoot be moved?"
Ursula understood the point. Too soon, and they would still be cooking. Too late and it might be too late.
"Your Grace, I will send word once I have spoken with Farren and decided what to do. There is a side room where meat is prepared, it has a big table and I had thought to use that. That at least will keep most of it out of sight of the kitchen staff." She thought. "Probably just after breakfast, since it will depend on Senia."
"As you say. Hambran?"
The captain nodded. "I will have a stretcher prepared and waiting, Your Grace."
"Good. Then, let me finish dressing and join you downstairs. Dismissed."
The Duke went back into his chambers and closed the door.
"Come on, Mistress," Maralin said. "We can use the service stairs at the other end of the corridor."
As he led Ursula along the corridor, he remarked, "I noticed that your speech patterns have changed this morning. You sound... more Russian, I think, though of course I am no expert in languages."
Ursula thought. "It is because I am thinking about problem so hard, I think. I do not know how translate mechanism works, but maybe not so good when I concentrate."
Maralin's eyes narrowed. "That could be it, I suppose. I know no more about how that works than you do. Ah, here we are."
The narrow stairs brought the two - plus Bennet, who had followed Ursula - out through a small door in the corner of the antechamber where food was put into bowls before being served. The servants busy there stared at them in surprise but Maralin just waved a hand in greeting and continued into the kitchen.
"Farren! We have a problem."
"Tenant Maralin! And Mistress Ursula." He took in their expressions and became serious. "What has happened?"
"Mamoot has become very ill and Mistress Ursula thinks the only way to save him is to..." He stopped, suddenly aware of what he had been about to describe. "Um, It is going to involve opening him up and removing the bad part. That means she will need a lot of boiling water to sterilize everything she will use, to make it safe, and somewhere nearby to do it in."
Ursula added, "I thought to use that tiled side room where you cut up the sides of meat, Master Farren."
Farren scratched his chin. "Mamoot is as ill as that? How soon must you needs do this thing?"
"Mamoot will probably die unless I can operate today, so the earlier the better. But I cannot do anything until Healer Senia arrives," she replied. "So that means that you can carry on with breakfast as usual, but... His Grace has suggested speeding things up a little if that is possible."
"He will die? Then by all means let us help you however we can." He turned to the chamber and clapped his hands, stopping everyone in their tracks. "Armsman Mamoot is gravely ill, and will die unless Healer Ursula can attend to him today. That will mean boiling water and the use of the Meat Preparation Chamber. If you would all help to prepare the breakfast faster, please."
There was a murmur and a bustle as everyone turned back to their tasks.
"If you would follow me," Farren said. "We can look at the chamber, see if it would indeed be suitable for you."
The chamber was about six meters - strides. I must call them strides - on a side and faced away from the courtyard. This meant that it did not get the sun in the morning, but the two large windows permitted a lot of light. These began about two strides up so that no-one could see in easily. The walls and floor were tiled with glazed red terracotta tiles, which made it a little darker but also made the room easy to clean, important where raw meat was concerned.
In the center was a table about three strides by two, made of a single slab of wood that must have cost the Duke a fortune. It had been worn smooth and cleaned and recleaned for a considerable period of time, as cutting blocks are, but Ursula already knew that it was washed down with boiling water before and after every use. To one side were rails where sides of meat would hang until required, to the other was a stand with tools, mostly large knives and saws, but also a large hammer and several chisels for obstinate joints.
She nodded. "Yes, this will do for what I need. Is this going to cause you any trouble today, Master Farren, if I use it?"
"We may always find other things to feed our household, Mistress, things which do not involve this chamber. So. What do you need me to do, then? It will not just be boiling water, I deem."
"No, it will not. Firstly, have this room washed out as you would normally do. Then, some medium sized pots with water to ensure a continuous supply."
"Ah, I understand what you mean. The water will boil quicker, and to start a new pot as one begins to boil."
"That's right. Then, I'll need some small and very sharp knives. Like those you use to take the stalks out of the yellow fruits, perhaps?"
"Aye, that we can do. I will make certain that they are freshly sharpened for you."
"The knives, and anything else we use, will also have to be boiled. Then they will need to be put down on something else that has been boiled, like a large metal plate. Is that going to be possible?"
"Aye, of course. Maker! Is all this boiling really necessary?"
"You know to keep surfaces, knives, pots, plates clean else food will go bad."
"Aye, of course. We have done so for hundreds of years."
"This is the same. Any dirt, food, anything, even fingerprints from unwashed hands that might touch patient may pass on infection. If clean knife is put on plate, and plate is not clean... You understand?"
"Looked at that way, of course. It shall be done, Mistress. Anything else?"
"Some cloths, I think. Some for wiping, some torn into smallish squares for... mopping up blood. All will have to be boiled as well. Some bowls for putting used cloths and... other waste... in. Those will not have to be boiled. There are some other things I will need, but I do not think the kitchen can provide them, so I will have to go and speak to the Duchess next."
"As you say. How soon will you begin work, then? Immediately after breakfast?"
She shook her head. "I have to wait for Healer Senia first. Then we will have to do some preparation work before we can start the operation. Captain Hambran has to arrange for the patient to be brought down from the top floor to here as well."
Farren nodded. "Then, once we have begun to serve breakfast, by your leave I will have this chamber washed down ready for you. That way you should not say that the kitchen has caused you any delay."
She smiled at Farren. "Thank you, Master Farren. I didn't want to use the kitchen but I couldn't think of anywhere else that would be suitable. You have been most helpful."
"In some ways I am only returning the favor, Mistress, considering the bells you spend helping in here. And if it is to save a life, then of course it is our duty to help."
"As you say. Maralin? Anything to add?"
"I am impressed by your efficiency, Mistress, but of course it is what you have been trained for. I just hope that you can manage this without all the usual equipment to be found in an operating theater."
"So do I, Maralin. So do I."
* * *
Fanis was interested when Ursula and Maralin entered the dining room.
"Ursula, Maralin, good morning. I hear that Mamoot is unwell and that you intend to do something to help him."
"Your Grace, good morning," Ursula replied. "Mamoot is not just unwell, I believe that he will die unless I do something to save him."
Fanis's eyes were round. "Oh, my! I did not realize... Yet it must be something which you consider Senia cannot attend to."
Ursula nodded. "I do not think that the medical abilities of Joth will be enough to save him, Your Grace. However, I must wait until Senia arrives to confirm that. What I want to do will involve her anyway. I would not think of attempting something new without her at hand, it would be insulting."
"And what is it you plan, then? Can someone like myself understand your explanation?"
Ursula looked around as the room began to fill. Wallesan, Eriana, Semma and Hambran arrived together, which made up her mind.
"Your Grace, I don't want to discuss it before we eat, it might make you uncomfortable." She added, "Senia has been sent for, so she may arrive while we are eating."
"Ah, I see. I will instruct that an extra place be set at table, to provide for her." Fanis turned and studied the room, receiving a nod from her husband. "It seems that everyone else has arrived, so I suggest that we all find our seats. If you would sit by my side today, my dear."
Eriana this time sat facing Wallesan, so that it was easy for her to ask Ursula questions.
"Wallesan has told me that an armsman is ill and that you know what is wrong."
"That is so, Highness, but I want to leave the explanations until afterwards."
"As you say, my dear," Wallesan agreed. "It is not a suitable subject for table, Eriana, though doubtless you and your men might speak of such things."
The Princess grinned at the Duke. "We are not so uncivilized as that, Wallesan! We are hardy folk, it is true, but such talk is usually left until the beer has flowed a while."
Fanis rolled her eyes. "And I thought that our men were bad enough! Do you tell me that you were part of such nonsense?"
"Sometimes, though my father would have forbidden me if he could. Still, I would speak of more serious matters now, Fanis. Ursula, is there anything we might do to help?"
"I have a question for Her Grace, actually," Ursula replied. "I will have need of needles and thread. Two different kinds of thread. I do not know if you do such things as embroidery here? I mean, in the mansion? I know the seamstresses do it, because all the uniform badges I have seen here are embroidered. Getting needles and thread that way might take too long, though."
"I understand what you mean," Fanis said, nodding. "Of course we have embroidery needles and thread here, such arts are always to be found in noble houses in the Great Valley."
"Oh. I did not know that."
"I was made to do embroidery too, when younger," Eriana commented. "I cursed every hour I spent doing it, too, though the skill has since been of some little use. You mean to sew him up after doing... whatever you need to do."
Ursula grimaced. "I am trying to avoid giving too much detail while we eat, Highness, but you are part right. I will need curved needles for sewing afterwards with thin thread, possibly of silk if you have any. Also some thicker thread, like embroidery thread, to help me during the operation."
"I can easily find those for you, dear," Fanis said, "Our two daughters did their part when they lived with us and I'm sure that their sewing boxes may be found. I will have someone look for them when we rise from table."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
The rest of the meal passed reasonably quietly, though everybody was on edge. Towards the end, Senia was shown into the dining room.
"Your Grace." She curtseyed before adding, "Your Highness, Your Grace. I came as soon as I could."
Wallesan waved a hand at the empty chair. "Join us, Senia, if you would. Have you yet broken your fast?"
She replied, as she sat down, "Your Grace, as a Healer who must always be ready to depart my residence I keep some small items to hand which I may eat as I walk. I have done so this morning, but I would accept your offer of a morsel or two more, if I may. A mug of pel would also be of help."
"As it is to all of us, my dear." He smiled at Senia. "Has any yet told you why we asked you to come today?"
"A sick armsman, so I was told, and that it was urgent." Senia looked around the table. "Yet, if I may be plain, I see no signs of urgency here."
Fanis explained, "That is because Ursula did not wish to proceed without your presence here, Senia. Though I deem she feels confident in what she proposes to do, yet there are certain aspects which may require your advice and assistance."
"Oh, I see." Senia leaned out over the table to speak to Ursula. "Good morning, Ursula. If I may be of assistance."
"Good morning, Senia," Ursula responded. "Though the time is short, some preparation must be done before we can begin. I do not want to speak of what has happened while we are eating, though, it could upset some to hear such details."
"As you say, Ursula! Then, by your leave, I will finish my breakfast and we can start... whatever it is you plan to do."
Senia picked a hot pastry from a serving plate and gratefully accepted a steaming mug of pel.
Maralin asked, "Do you need to draw some diagrams, Mistress Ursula? There is a blackboard and chalks in His Grace's office. By his leave, of course."
Ursula nodded. "That will be of help, yes. Thank you."
* * *
In the Duke's office, Ursula took charge.
"I can perform operation myself, but if I do I cannot manage patient at the same time. Tenant Maralin, I would ask you to be anesthetist."
"Me? I know nothing about surgical matters! Not to mention the fact that, as far as I know, there are no anesthetics on Anmar yet."
"Not gas, no, but Healer Senia spoke to me yesterday about herbs that can make patient insensible. We will give some to patient because otherwise he will move with pain during operation. For you, you have some idea of Earth procedures so can watch patient for anything that might indicate trouble."
Maralin nodded. "Aye, I can do that. After all, out of everyone here I have more knowledge of what you are going to do than anyone else."
"Exactly. Senia, that herb you spoke of? Have you any with you?"
"Which, the Anoteris root?" Ursula nodded. "I always carry a small amount, it is true, but... how long will he need to be unconscious?"
"A bell, maybe two." Ursula frowned. "If I take longer, patient is already in trouble."
"Two bells... It might just be enough. Tell me, is he a large man?"
"He is Mamoot. Surely you know him?"
"Of course." Senia considered. "I might need more." She turned to the Duke. "If I may ask for somebody to go for further supplies, Your Grace."
Wallesan nodded. "Of course, Senia."
The arrangements were made to collect further supplies of Anoteris root and some other materials Ursula and Senia agreed would be useful.
"So," Senia asked once the messenger had departed, "I do not yet know what is wrong with Mamoot, that needs such drastic treatment."
"Let me draw a part of body," Ursula said.
She drew a torso and part of the intestines within it, including the junction between intestine and bowel.
"Here is joining of two parts of digestive system," she explained. "For some reason, a little pocket is left here called appendix. This can become inflamed and, if it bursts, will kill patient."
"What is it you plan to do, then?"
"Appendix can be cut out without problem to patient. End of intestine must be tied off, then patient sewn up."
"Ah, I see." Senia studied the diagram. "Will you need to make a big opening?"
"Depends. With proper tools, can be done with cut about length of big finger. We do not have proper tools so cut will be bigger."
"Proper tools?" The Duke echoed. "What is it you require, Mistress? Mayhap we could have tools of use about the mansion."
"Knife I can get from kitchen. May need retractor" - this word came out in English - "and forceps."
"I don't know what the first one is, but our leather workers use forceps. Hambran, send someone for Duban."
"Aye, Your Grace."
Maralin explained, "A retractor, if I understand correctly, is a tool that is used to keep the hole open so that the surgeon can go deeper. Naturally, as you know, any cut tries to close itself up and that makes going deeper, as Mistress Ursula will have to do, to be difficult."
"Like a sword wound, you mean?" Wallesan nodded. "Aye, I understand." He turned to Ursula. "Once you have finished today, my dear, if you would explain this tool to our smiths, we may be able to provide what you desire. For now, I fear that you will have to use some other method."
"Thank you, Your Grace," Ursula replied. "That is another reason I wanted to have Senia here, both so that she can learn from what I do and to help." She considered. "It might be necessary for Maralin to hold wound open instead of Senia, I do not know what strength may be needed."
Ursula and Senia were discussing the procedure when a footman returned with Duban, the mansion's saddler.
"Your Grace?"
"Mistress Ursula has urgent need of some forceps. Is there any you may lend her for today?"
"Forceps?" Duban was surprised but considered the request. "Aye, Your Grace, I have two or three pairs that might suffice." He turned to Ursula. "Small or large, Mistress?"
"Small, probably, Master Duban."
"I'll have them for you as soon as I return to my workshop. You'll need them cleaned?"
"Yes, please, as clean as you can make them, but know that they will be boiled before we use them."
"Boiled? As you say, Mistress. Your Grace, by your leave?"
"Aye, Duban. Mamoot's life may depend on your tools."
* * *
"Maker, no! You mean to butcher me! This cannot be right!"
Mamoot's horror at his predicament when the two armsmen brought his stretcher into the tiled chamber was obvious, despite his pain and weakened state. Ursula was quick to soothe him.
"Mamoot, we would not do that." Though, in fact, we are going to do a little 'butchering'. "As we told you, we have to make sure everything is clean and the best place for that is near to kitchen. This room is easy to clean and has convenient table."
"Mistress -" The armsman tensed as another spasm hit him. "If you say it is so, then I must believe. What must I do?"
"We will put you onto table and then Senia will give you something to take pain away. When we are finished, and you are recovering, we will tell you all you need to know."
"Ahh."
Mamoot relaxed, and let the men, with the assistance of Hambran, Maralin, Ursula and Senia, carefully transfer him to the table top. Once there Senia handed him a mug she had prepared while the men brought Mamoot down from the barracks. It took a few moments before he calmed down and slowly drifted off.
"Captain, it might be better if you waited by door, to prevent interruptions. There is not enough room in here for all of us."
"As you say, Mistress. I can pass on requests for water and so on."
"Thank you, Captain."
Ursula looked at Senia. "Are you ready?"
"Yes, Ursula. I assume you want to make a cut now, to get to the... appendix? Is that the right name?"
"Appendix, yes, but that is Earth name. You might call it something else here."
Ursula pulled up Mamoot's nightshirt and rolled it up out of the way. She lowered his underpants also, but preserving the minimum of modesty. The flesh by his right groin was beginning to look red.
She frowned. "Everything else has been washed, we have fresh aprons which will have to do, but body is not washed."
Senia nodded. "But you cannot wash him with boiling water."
"No. There are... liquids... we would usually use to clean body before operation."
Maralin spoke up, from his position by Mamoot's head. "They might know iodine here." He nodded, the word had been recognized, but translated into a short phrase, 'Sea leaf orange'.
"Sea leaf orange?" Senia stared at Maralin. "Aye, it is a rare dye sometimes used by the cloth makers. How may it be used here?"
"It can be painted around where the operation will take place, Mistress Senia. It kills... anything that may be on the flesh."
"And it does not cause harm? I have not heard of such a thing."
"It is perfectly safe, Senia," Ursula confirmed. "If nothing else is available, iodine good enough. For today, we use soap and water."
A bowl of hot water was brought, together with some small squares of cloth and a bar of soap. Farren grinned as he handed them to Senia.
"Her Grace is thinking of sending out for more cloth, since almost every scrap of spare material in the mansion has been boiled and brought in here. Have you enough, Mistress?"
"This should be ample, Farren. Thank you."
Ursula cleaned the whole area as best as she could, dropping the waste cloths into a bucket on the floor. Then she turned to the pewter plate which held the few instruments they had been able to scrounge, picking up a small coring knife that had been specially sharpened. She brought the knife down to where she intended to make her cut, but the knife never reached the skin.
I cannot do this! I am not person who made incisions a year ago. Look at hands! They are steady enough, but they are different hands than I had before. I do not know if I can do this. Memory is still there but body is different.
"What is the matter?" Maralin saw her hesitation.
"I am... different. I do not think I can do this."
"What do you mean?" Maralin asked. He realized that Senia didn't know that Ursula came from another world and that explaining could be awkward - especially at the moment. He thought furiously for a way to resolve the problem, whatever it was. "Do you mean, because you haven't done anything like this for a while?"
The look that Maralin gave Ursula told her that he was trying to keep her origins a secret. "That is part of problem, yes. I have not done anything like this for some time, ever since I left city of birth. Things are... different here, as you will realize."
"Oh, I do, believe me. My situation was very similar when I first came to Joth. However, I would point out that you are the only person on the planet who can do this particular operation, and that Mamoot will likely die if you cannot."
She stared at him. He claimed to have once been a woman, how could he now be so cold-blooded?
"Ursula?" That was Senia, looking at her with concern. "I thought that you were familiar with what you intended to do."
"That is not problem, Senia," she replied with a sigh. "I am familiar with operation, not familiar with body and hands, which have not done anything like this for... some time. This will be first time for me, in such a place and time."
"Oh, yes, I forgot how you were found. Do you think it is too soon for you to be attempting something this complicated?"
"Is not complicated, really. Many other operations more complicated, but cannot be done here because we do not have equipment or trained... healers... who know what to do." She looked at the knife, at her hands. "Maralin, you are right. Without operation, Mamoot will certainly die. Even if I make mistake, Mamoot will have chance he would not otherwise have. I will do it."
The knife came down, skin was cut, and Senia was there to mop up the inevitable trickle of blood. More confident now, Ursula went deeper, explaining to Senia about the different layers and how she hoped to restore them afterwards. Soon, the abdominal cavity was revealed. It became hard to see, though, even with the good light in the room, because the wound kept closing itself.
"I need retractors, but we do not have any. Wound must be held open with fingers, then, but I am afraid I might cut fingers instead of patient."
"I have an idea," Maralin said. "I'll have to go and speak to Farren."
"Then do so, and quickly. Timer has started now, we must be finished as quickly as possible."
Maralin left the room and found Farren, who was with all the other kitchen staff, watching the action from a safe distance.
"Master Farren, I wonder, have you two old spoons you would be willing to sacrifice? Fairly small ones, about the size of those at table."
"Why, of course, Maralin. Sacrifice? What do you intend to do with them?"
"Beat them flat and bend them, Master Farren. It would take too long to explain how they will be used, I need them right away."
"As you wish, Maralin. Come with me."
Farren led Maralin out into the ante-room and pulled a drawer open. "Here! Will any of these do? They are old cutlery which was all that was left when the invaders departed. Take any that you wish."
Maralin selected two small silver spoons and turned back to the kitchen. "Now, how do I flatten these?"
"You want to squash the bowls flat, I deem," Farren mused. "Now Fess caught his fingers in the door the other day -"
"Good idea!"
Maralin pushed the spoons into the hinge side of an open door and then pulled the heavy door closed, crushing the bowls almost flat. Then he went back into the kitchen to bend the handles at right angles on the edge of a table.
"Right. Now I need to boil these, and quickly."
Several interested bystanders pointed to the pots of water gently simmering on one of the ranges. Maralin dropped the spoons into the most active-looking one, and after a few seconds fished them out again with a pair of wooden tongs. He hurried back into the 'theater'.
"Will these do? They are crude but should do the job. I have boiled them, briefly."
Ursula quirked a brief smile. "Russian tools often look crude but do job. You will have to stand there and hold them the whole time I am inside."
"I understand that."
Ursula nodded and gestured. Maralin inserted the two tools and gently pulled on the handles, opening the wound so that Ursula could see inside.
"Is good. Senia, come and look at this." The healer came and peered over at what was revealed. "That is appendix, color indicates it is inflamed. I must tie off intestine above, then cut appendix away. Have you got the embroidery thread?"
White thread had been chosen, on the grounds that it would show up better inside, but of course it immediately became soaked with the blood that was welling in the cavity. Ursula used tweezers to maneuver it around the intestine and then tied it off with difficulty, cursing the lack of suitable forceps with which to tie the knot.
"Is done. Now, I need knife again. Have bowl ready to take appendix, then small cloths I can use to mop out inside."
Mamoot, while insensible, still twitched when she grabbed the appendix with the oversize forceps provided by the saddler. Ursula gave him a quick glance to assure herself that he was still out, then reached in with the knife. The cut was awkward, especially with a knife never intended for use in such an enclosed space. The offending body part was brought out and dumped in the bowl.
"Good. We will keep that for a while to examine before it is discarded. Now, I need curved needle and thread to sew up each layer."
Again, it was awkward to tie off each knot without the proper equipment, but Ursula decided that, considering the usual state of people who had suffered wounds from fights, her attempts were probably at least as good as that which existing healers could provide. Finally, she was back at the skin level, where it was easier to manipulate the thread, so she made sure that the closure would heal as a tidy scar. A pad of boiled cloth was used to protect the wound, then a bandage was with difficulty wrapped around the armsman's body to hold it in place.
She sagged with relief. "It is done. Now patient can be taken away, to wake up somewhere less... threatening."
Hambran was at the entrance to the room, so he called the stretcher bearers back to load the limp form onto the stretcher and take him to the Chamber for the Sick. Ursula gave instructions.
"He must be made to lie flat for three to four days, Captain. Plenty of fluids... drinks, and soft food only for a week. I will check him at least twice every day until we know if he will survive."
Hambran bowed. "As you command, Mistress. You have done Joth a great service this day."
"I hope so, Captain."
As the stretcher party moved away Ursula put her hands down flat on the table and leaned on her straightened arms. Her head went down and she sighed.
Maralin asked, "Are you all right?"
"Was hard. Harder than expected. Forgot about changes to me."
Senia was curious. "What do you mean, Ursula? I was impressed by your knowledge and ability today. I did not know such things as you have just done were even possible."
Maralin looked at the sagging Ursula. "Mistress Senia, I think we had better clean up this chamber so that Master Farren may have it back. All the waste needs to be thrown away..." He thought. "...or, preferably, burned. The tools will have to be thoroughly cleaned and returned to their owners, of course. Then we can all go and find a room elsewhere to talk about what just happened."
He thought again. "I believe that I must ask His Grace for advice, though that can wait. First, the cleaning up. Ursula, do you want to go through into the kitchen and sit down? I am certain that Master Farren will have some pel brewing. We can handle the rest."
"Yes, Maralin. Is good idea."
As Ursula walked off Senia turned to Maralin. "Her voice sounded funny today. Do you know why?"
"Aye, Mistress. You should know that the Valley tongue is not her birth tongue. Of course she thinks in her own tongue, and sometimes drops words or says them in a strange way, especially if she concentrates on a problem or is stressed. If she decides to remain in Joth, as I have, then doubtless her speech will change over time as she begins to think the same way we do."
Senia nodded. "As you say. I remember, when you first joined the Duke's household, you had a very strange accent but now it has entirely disappeared. You are saying that is what will happen to Ursula."
"Very likely, Mistress."
A short time later Maralin looked in at the Duke.
"If I may briefly interrupt, Your Grace. Having watched Ursula perform the operation, Mistress Senia has begun asking questions."
"Hmm? Oh, yes."Wallesan switched his attention from the large parchment document in front of him. "Did everything go as expected?"
"You know that I know almost nothing about medical matters, Your Grace? It seems to me that Ursula did what was expected, yes. Only time will tell if we have done enough to save Mamoot."
"As you say. Senia is curious, then? You have a suggestion, I deem."
"Your Grace, I think that Mistress Senia needs to be told the truth about Ursula's off-world origins, and, possibly, about the fact that she used to be male. Today the problem was not with the patient, but with Ursula herself. Since she has now become female, that means that her body is now different and that her strengths and weaknesses are also different. I do not think that she consciously realized this before today."
"Her body is different? Aside from the obvious, how should this cause her problems?"
"I'm not entirely certain, Your Grace, but it is small things... like the fact her hands are smaller, her arms are shorter. Her grip will be different, her fine manual control different, her eyesight different." He shrugged. "Physical things like that are what comes to mind, but there may be... emotional differences... and also psychological differences. You must remember that she is now in a very different place than she was before."
"And this affected her during the operation, is what you are telling me."
"Aye, Your Grace. Senia noticed but could not understand why."
Wallesan nodded. "Then by all means Senia must be told. As a healer, she will know enough to keep the matter confidential. Shall you require my presence?"
"It would be better, Your Grace, to give the information more credibility."
"As you say."
* * *
Maralin, Ursula and Senia filed into Wallesan's office where the Duke and Duchess were already waiting. With a gesture Wallesan invited them to take seats, before asking an unexpected question.
"Mistress Ursula, before we come to the real reason for this meeting, if I may first ask whether... what you did this morning... went as expected."
She replied, "Your Grace, what I did was an operation. I operated on Armsman Mamoot, making an incision in his abdomen and exposing the appendix, which I judged to be so inflamed that it threatened his life. There are certain parts of a body which are not vital to life, as the heart is, or maybe the brain or lungs. These other parts can sometimes be removed without the patient dying as a result. That is what I did, briefly."
"Ah, I see. And you were successful?"
"So far as we can tell, Your Grace. The greatest danger is from infection which happens during the operation, which is why I asked for extreme precautions to be taken, such as washing down the room first and then boiling everything that would touch the patient."
Wallesan raised an eyebrow. "Including your hands?"
"Your Grace, of course we may not boil our hands. We did wash them very thoroughly before we began, though."
"These infections, do you know how they are caused? I am sure that Healer Senia has some idea, but the matter may be of some interest to the rest of us if... operations... are to happen again in the future."
Ursula nodded. "That is true, Your Grace. Infections are -"
"Excuse me, Ursula," Senia said. "Your Grace, while we have some knowledge as how to prevent infections, we do not, as a rule, know what causes them. If Ursula has knowledge of such matters, it would be of vital interest to all healers, I am certain."
Ursula spread her hands. "Infection is a broad subject, Senia. There are many, many ways a person can become infected and it also depends on the person themself. The problem is, most infections are caused by creatures so small that they cannot be seen with the naked eye." She turned to Wallesan. "I do not know how we can proceed, Your Grace."
Maralin said, "If I may, Your Grace. Among the items sent from Palarand is a microscope. This is an instrument especially designed to see such small creatures." He considered. "To make best use of it will essentially mean setting up a small research project, somewhere in the city, and run by the healers."
Ursula was surprised. "You have a microscope here? I did not know that. Since I was not aware that it existed, we destroyed the appendix after giving it a close examination. With a microscope, we could have looked at the bacteria that were in it."
Maralin shrugged. "A great number of items arrived in that consignment, Mistress, and I was not aware of your particular interest then. We will know better next time."
"Very well," Wallesan stepped in. "We did not meet here to assign blame, one to the other. Maralin, seek out the microscope and make it available to Ursula for her immediate use. Mistress Senia, once you have seen what the microscope can do, bring me a plan for a workshop... no, now what did Garia name it..? Ah, a laboratory, aye, that is the word. A place where you and your colleagues may advance your knowledge of the healer's arts. For now, if we may turn to the reason for this meeting.
"Mistress Senia, first I must ask you to make an oath that you will not speak to anyone except those now in this room concerning what I am about to reveal. All those already here have made similar oaths."
"Why, of course, Your Grace, but what could possibly be so -"
Wallesan just looked at Senia, who shrugged.
"As you desire, Your Grace. I hereby swear that I shall not reveal anything that I may be told in this room, to any person other than those present today. Is that sufficient?"
Fanis glanced at Maralin, who looked puzzled. She said, "Maralin, Ursula makes her oath to Wallesan, so he cannot make witness. Since I am his wife, it is preferable that I do not either."
"Oh, of course, Your Grace. Er, heard and witnessed."
Ursula watched these proceeding with puzzlement. The 'oath' business seemed to be significantly more serious than it was taken on Earth, and she realized that it would be easy for her to accidentally do something somewhat more permanent than she might intend.
I need to ask somebody about the business of oaths. I do not want to end up committing myself to something I did not understand! And I have heard mention of the 'Ring of Honor'. What is that?
The Duke turned to Senia. "Now I understand that you have been told that Ursula comes from a distant land called Alberta."
"That is correct, Your Grace, although I have never heard of such a land." She shrugged. "I am no traveler, doubtless there are many lands I have never heard of."
"You could not have heard of this one, though, simply because it is not in Alaesia nor even anywhere on Anmar at all. Ursula comes from another world named Earth."
"Another world?"
Wallesan continued, "The situation that has recently been revealed is... curious, and I will tell you now that we do not understand much of what is happening. A small number of people from this other world, Earth, have been... transported here, let us say, in order, we think, to bring fresh knowledge from that world to Anmar. Ursula is one of them, Maralin is another, and Princess Garia is a third. We believe, though the proof is small, that Yod had yet another person there, which may be the reason for the recent war."
Senia's mouth opened and stayed there. Finally her mental processes caught up and she began asking questions.
"Another world, Your Grace? How can this be? Everyone knows that Anmar... The Great Convocation? What proof is there of any of this?"
"There is proof enough, Mistress, that I have seen with my own eyes, but I have myself given an oath not to describe anything in so much detail. The Great Convocation remains true. What has happened involves no magic and no gods, but... qualities, let me say, of the natural world that we have not yet explored. Maralin?"
"Your Grace." Maralin turned to Senia. "Mistress, I was delivered to Joth on the night that the invaders took the city. It is thought that the confusion made by the evacuation covered my appearance, in a ditch beside the Galdarin Gate. For five days or so, I did not know who I was or where I was. When my memory returned, as Ursula's did, I was horrified by my new situation." He turned to Wallesan. "Your Grace, should I tell her the rest? It will make what happened this morning more understandable."
"As you say." Wallesan gestured.
"Mistress Senia," Maralin took a deep breath. Every time he told this part of his story was a strain, and it was something he did not wish to become common knowledge. "On the world I came from, Earth, I was not a man but a woman. Similarly, both Ursula and Princess Garia were born male on Earth. Though our memories and personalities are more or less the same as what we were on Earth, our bodies have been incorrectly remade by a fault in the transfer mechanism."
Senia's mouth opened again.
"It is true, Senia," Ursula said. "That is one reason I had difficulty this morning. I prepared as though I was the same person I had been on Earth, but discovered that things were different here. I could not hold the knife the same way and I was not sure of my ability to do the cutting and sewing." She grimaced. "I will have to learn to be a surgeon all over again, I think."
"There will also be hormonal differences," Maralin reminded her. "You now have little testosterone flowing through your veins while I have much more than I did before. That is going to make a big difference to your physical and mental processes."
Ursula raised an eyebrow. "How do you..? Oh, of course, you have had more time to think about all this. Senia, I have all the memories I had before, but I have a whole new body that I need to learn to use. That will take time and it may affect certain things I can do. At least for now."
The healer was sympathetic. "I think that I understand, Ursula, though it will take me some while to become used to the idea. If you were a man before, does it not feel uncomfortable now? I mean," she glanced briefly at Wallesan, "intending no disrespect, Your Grace, but the lives of men and women are surely different. How can you bear the change?"
Ursula's mouth twitched. "It has been no problem for me, Senia, since my mind was always that of a woman, even in a boy's body. Then, though, I did not have the body I wanted, and learning to cope with the reality has been... interesting."
"You were a woman... in a boy's body? But how...?" Senia turned to Wallesan. "Your Grace, I could spend bells asking questions of Ursula and Maralin but that is not your purpose today. Will you permit me to learn more of this unbelievable circumstance?"
The Duke thought, then nodded. "A certain amount, Senia. We understand that you must satisfy yourself that what we tell you is, in fact, the truth. Both Ursula and Maralin can offer details of the transfer which are beyond the understanding of anyone else in Joth but, as a healer, you might understand. I would ask you to ensure that no-one may overhear any conversations that you do have, of course."
"As you command, Your Grace." Senia thought. "Does this mean that there might be others from this other world, here on Anmar?"
Wallesan shrugged. "Probably. I am certain, though, that they will desire to keep their origins concealed, as Maralin did. If they should tell the truth, with little proof, they would be considered crazy."
"As you say, Your Grace. Ah! That explains the clothes that Maralin showed us the other day! I wondered where such amazing stitching could come from. Do you tell me that those clothes came from the other world?"
"Indeed, Senia. When someone is sent from that world to this, they are wearing whatever they were wearing on Earth, and they have in their possession anything that they were carrying at the time. Some of those items, a very small number, may be of use to us here."
"Then I must needs accept that clothing as proof of Ursula's origins, Your Grace. You may be assured that nothing we have spoken of today will be mentioned to anyone else at all."
* * *
"Come in, please."
Eriana had gotten used to using the word "Please", though it had taken some time and immersion in the more polite societies of the Great Valley to make it a comfortable part of her vocabulary. Bennet followed Ursula into Eriana's small sitting room, while behind them Semma closed the door and returned to her seat. The two visitors found comfortable chairs around the unlit fire.
"So, this morning you did what you had been trained to do on the mother world."
"That is so, Highness." Ursula had seen less of Eriana than the others since her discovery but even so, she felt more comfortable in the presence of the Princess. "In medical terms, it was a straightforward operation, and appears to have been successful, but we will not know for certain until Armsman Mamoot has recovered and is back to duty."
Eriana nodded. "As you say. Did you feel that His Grace offered you what you needed to do this operation?"
"Of course he did, Highness, although I would have preferred somewhere more suitable. On Earth, we have special rooms fitted out for such operations. Here, I had to make use of a side room in the kitchens."
"So I understand." The Princess frowned, and then waved her hand as if dismissing a thought. "I shall not enquire the reasons since I would probably not understand them. Tell me, do you believe that your future may lie with Joth, making more of these operations in a place which Wallesan will certainly provide for you? I am sure you would be made welcome here, as Maralin was."
Ursula's reply was hesitant. "Highness, it is too soon for me to be making such decisions! I have barely been here for two weeks and I still know next to nothing about the land, the people or the society I am now in. From what I understand, making such an oath to the Duke is a serious decision and one that it might not be easy to reverse." She shrugged. "The matter of oaths is one thing I know little about, for example."
"I agree, in the Valley they take oaths very seriously indeed. In Einnland we had oaths, it is true, but mostly to my father the King." A lopsided grin. "It did not stop many of his men from breaking those oaths the first chance they had. In the Great Valley, though, it would be a matter of honor to abide your oath."
"Ah, I see. I was right to be cautious, then."
"As you say. You have not been here long, you have plenty of time yet to decide your place in this world." Eriana switched subjects. "Tell me, I heard from Heris this afternoon that you had a meeting with Wallesan. I assume that was to discuss the operation?"
"It was, but it was really to tell Senia about my Earthly origins... and my change of gender. The fact that I am a woman now may affect the way I can handle instruments, for example. Senia noticed this during the operation, so I felt obliged to let her know the reason why."
"Your Earthly origins!" The Princess leaned forward. "Did he say aught of anything else related to your transfer?"
Ursula shook her head. "Not really, although he did tell us that he knew more but could not say anything." She considered. "Was that what you meant the other day?"
"Aye, it was. I understand that he and Maralin have taken oaths but this is intolerable. This matter concerns you and you should be fully informed of everything he knows."
"I am inclined to agree, Highness. What should I do?"
"You will get no more from them, I deem. I have no doubt that Duke Wallesan is an honorable man but that still leaves room for much that may not be in your favor. Ursula, do you trust me?"
Ursula eyed the Princess. "I think so, Highness, but I should tell you that I think you are making much out of nothing. I met you at the same time I met the Duke and Maralin and none of you have done anything - yet - that I could object to."
"Well said, Ursula. I am used to plain speaking, though sometimes I object to the message, it is true. I was about to add that if you should have questions the locals will not answer, or should you have doubts about what is asked of you, you may always come to me for advice. I may not be able to satisfy every question but I would be your friend, if I may."
"Thank you, Highness." She hesitated. "The truth is, I feel more comfortable with one or more of you around. Maybe it is a natural thing with women, I do not know. I never experienced anything like this on Earth."
"Since I have never been to Earth, I could not say. You are right, around here the women often have their own, more gentle society which the men are barely aware of. You will remember my offer?"
"I will, Highness."
"Then, by your leave, we will now speak of something more comfortable, and that is our ride out today."
Again Ursula hesitated. What is the matter with me today? "Highness, I have to tell you that I am not looking forward to riding. I understand that I will have to do it, in order to go places, but I do not think I will be comfortable on the back of an animal."
"You will not know unless you try, Ursula. I will tell you now that it is less than a year since any of us first sat on a frayen. It is only since the coming of Princess Garia that any woman has ridden as we do."
A sudden memory came and Eriana grinned. "I shall describe to you what happened when my men first came to Palarand! I had lived in the palace myself for several weeks at that point, with only a few retainers. When King Robanar asked if we would be able to assault Boldan's Rock, I sent for my men and joined them at a country estate nearby. Now these are the same men, mostly, that you already know from the Visund. In those days, though, they were a rough crew who drank a lot, swore a lot, wenched a lot, wore the same furs for weeks on end and washed not at all. Garia changed all that! The first morning..."
Ursula takes her first ride outside the city walls and it is not without incident. Female biology intervenes and she is forced to return to the mansion. There, Fanis tells her what she might expect in the future - and surprises Ursula.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
21 - Reluctant Rider
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2019
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Giri! Walk on."
Ursula flicked the reins in what she hoped would be the correct manner. Giri turned her head to the side, one eye looking at her with interest. The head turned back and the frayen lurched into motion.
However do people manage this? It all seems so easy when someone else is doing it.
One day! One day's instruction is all I've had and now Eriana wants to take me out - through the city - into the country! I am not ready for this!
"That's good," Dirgan remarked from beside her. "Already your beast knows you, you will make a good partnership, I deem."
"If you say so. There's just so much to remember!"
And I didn't want to do this in the first place. There are more important things I should be giving my attention to!
The previous day had been very busy. Mamoot appeared to be recovering well, which was a considerable relief to Ursula. There had been riding lessons both morning and afternoon, and in between she had found time to go with Senia to the market and speak with the silversmith. That worthy had said that, indeed, he could make forceps and scalpels to her design, but perhaps silver was not the best metal for her purposes. Would not the cutler be able to offer a more durable alternative? So the two had spent most of a bell trying to convince the cutler what they wanted, with limited success. It seemed that he did not have sufficient imagination to understand how the new tools would be used, and would not make them until he did.
Dirgan brought her back to riding. "Ah, Mistress, it is like everything else in life. It is all mysterious and complicated until you know what to do, and then you will wonder what all the fuss was about."
On the other side, Eriana added, "It is a skill as your medical skill is, Ursula. Just as Dirgan says, it will take a little time and effort to become familiar with what you need to do. Once you have learned, though, you will be able to do so much more. It is, like... learning to read, perhaps."
"If you say so, Highness."
The small party rode under the entrance arch and out into the street, turning left to head for the nearest gateway out into the countryside. Most days there was now a cluster of onlookers who had come to see if "the women who ride" would appear. Many of these were women who gazed with longing at the riders and their attire. Others were men, who stared disapprovingly from under lowered brows.
"The street looks busier today. Is that because of us?"
Eriana replied, "Probably." She grinned. "Do not think they mark your presence, Ursula, except as an addition to the party. Most will have come to see what the strange foreign Princess is up to today."
Today's ride was a larger party than usual, which did cause comment among the onlookers. The reason was, in fact, Ursula's presence, but simply because she was a complete novice. In addition to Bennet, Semma and Maralin, there were four of Wallesan's armsmen and a supervising Tenant. All these were arranged so that Giri and her rider were boxed in and protected from any kind of accidental disturbance.
They reached the gate and the guards there cleared a way so that the party could ride straight through. Eriana's rides were familiar to the city troops now, so she was always given priority. The party walked slowly along the highway for about half a mark and then turned off onto a lane which led to some small farms that were situated close to the city walls.
"Do you know where we are?" Eriana asked.
Ursula replied, "I have no idea, Highness."
She looked around, but nothing seemed familiar. After all, she had not been beyond the walls since regaining her memory.
"If you would look up there," the Princess pointed, "that is the part of the wall we went up to that evening. This is the farm we could see from there. The steadholder has graciously permitted us to use several of his fields in order to train our riders better. There is only so much that can be done in the mansion's courtyard."
Maralin added from behind, "And of course, the surface is soil and grass, which is much better for the frayens' feet."
Around here the sun was on the far side of the city so the walls were shadowed. Squinting, she shaded her eyes with a free hand and looked up. Ancient fortifications had been of little interest to her in Russia, so much of what she saw meant nothing. Like so much else in this strange place she would just have to take somebody else's word for it.
"If you say so, Highness," she said once again.
Now in double file, they followed the other Tenant along a cart-track to the farm buildings. When somebody noticed their arrival, a door opened and the farmer came out to greet them. He made an elaborate bow to Eriana.
"Your Highness, welcome again."
"Good morning, Goodman Heddel. I trust all is well?"
"As always, Highness. If I may ask, will you be using the same field as before?"
"We shall, Goodman. As you may have noticed, we have a new rider with us today, Mistress Ursula, who is new to riding. It is not so easy to explain basic steps in the noise and distractions of the Mansion, so I thought to bring her here."
Heddel bowed to Ursula. "Be welcome here, Mistress." He turned back to Eriana. "Highness, since you last rode here I have had the field lined, as Tenant Maralin suggested, to provide a safe place for the Mistress to learn." He hesitated. "Ah, Highness, if I may ask a boon. Your presence here has been noticed by several in the city, and there have been... requests, perhaps, for others to make use of the field as you and your party have done."
"Have there now?" Eriana grinned. "I doubt not that there are many, many women who now desire to ride, having seen me and the girls in days past. What is it you desire of me?"
Heddel looked troubled. "Highness, I am but a farmer, as you know. I am not sure if I can manage the complications should anyone other than you or any of your party desire to make use of my fields. It is in my nature to help others but I know not how."
"Goodman, I know little of your abilities or circumstances, I am essentially a woman of the open sea. Maralin, mayhap you may offer suggestions?"
Maralin rode forward, nodding to the man before addressing Eriana. "Highness, there may be something, something that will benefit both the city and the farmer, if he is willing."
"Oh?" She smiled at Maralin. "Have I overlooked something?"
"I don't think so, Highness. You probably didn't have the need for such a thing in Einnland." Maralin turned to the farmer. "Goodman, I do have an idea, but if you decide to take it up then your days as a farmer of gavakhan will probably come to an end. In fact, I do not think that I am exaggerating if I tell you that the city will, very likely, expand outside the walls in a year or two. If that happens, you would have to move anyway, so what I propose may be just accepting the inevitable."
The farmer stared at Maralin before nodding. "I have heard a little of the changes happening inside the city, Tenant. There are strange constructions... my wife has noticed the new attire to be seen at the market and she wonders if some of it may be appropriate to herself. By your own attire, and that of your companions, I can tell that change is already coming to Joth. What is it you propose?"
"That you consider, perhaps, setting up a riding school here on your lands, for the use of the people of the city who wish to learn to ride. You would have to have stables for the mounts, and tack, and everything which goes with the riding and care of frayen, but I am certain that His Grace may be of help there. Your fields might not remain suitable for gavakhan in the future, but a riding school would certainly survive in the newer, larger city, since there are always people who need to learn to ride."
"A riding school!" Eriana exclaimed. "What an interesting idea, Maralin. You are right, such a thing would not be necessary in Einnland, but for a city such as Joth... an important addition, I deem."
Heddel spread his hands. "But, Highness, I know little about the care of frayen! I can ride, aye, but I am too poor to own any beast. Why, with the city just there we have no need of them."
Eriana waved a hand. "I am certain that a way shall be found, Goodman. I shall speak to the Duke myself once we return to his mansion. For now, I see that Ursula becomes restless, so we had better make our way to the field. By your leave?"
The man made a deep bow. "Of course, Highness."
The mounted party walked past the small collection of farm buildings to another track, the farmer following on foot. Over a culvert across one of the inevitable broad ditches, they entered a fair-sized pasture. This had been marked out with waist-high stakes and a rope nailed to the top, forming a simple visible barrier to rider and beast, but one which would not cause severe injuries if somebody barged into it by accident.
"Let us just walk around the edge to begin with," Eriana instructed. "Follow me."
The party set off in single file around the perimeter of the small - by Earth standards - field. Ursula found the motion of riding to be awkward, causing her to continually shift her balance as her mount moved along.
I am sure that it didn't feel like this yesterday. That was in a small courtyard, though, and this field is of course different in many respects. Perhaps I am just not made for riding?
"A moment, Highness, if you would."
That was Maralin from somewhere behind her. She wanted to turn around but was afraid what her mount might decide to do if she did. Everybody stopped, Giri more because the frayen in front had stopped than as a result of anything Ursula might have done.
"Maralin?"
"If I may have a word with Ursula, Highness." He rode forward to stop beside her. "Mistress, to me it looks as if you are fighting your beast. You keep shifting, and every time you do so she has to compensate for your movement, which just makes you shift even more."
She blinked. "Is that what I was doing? I thought that was how one was supposed to ride. It was not very comfortable, I will admit."
Maralin grimaced. "It certainly did not look right to me. Look, you have to find a balance between just sitting like a sack of grain and moving all over the place. Aye, you do have to move, but what you are supposed to be doing is helping your mount, not fighting her. Frayen are not really intelligent but they get to understand their riders' movements and once they do that, they will know that you can look after yourself. Once they are confident that you know what you are doing, they will help you as much as they can."
"But I do not know how to do that! It is too soon."
"Not really. The sooner you can adjust the sooner your mount will feel confident with you on board. Another thing - you have to carry some of your weight in the stirrups. They are not just there to keep your legs out of the way. Have you ever ridden a bicycle?"
"No."
"Oh. If you had done so, you would know that it is better to put some of your weight on the pedals, rather than keeping it all on the saddle. This is just the same thing."
Ursula thought about this. "I think I understand. When I have watched people on horses - on the TV, you understand - I did not realize that their movement in the saddle was so important." She looked around at the others. "Let me try a few different things, see if any of them make a difference."
Maralin smiled. "That is why we are out here, Mistress."
Eriana had turned her frayen halfway round to listen to Maralin's words. "It was hard for some of us, Ursula, when the men learned to ride. You have to make your body behave a different way." She had a thought. "It is like keeping your balance on a pitching deck. You will tense your legs, and bend your knees, and move your back, to compensate. But after a while you will not even notice that you are doing anything."
Ursula began to get irritated by the additional advice. I know that I am doing something wrong! The advice is good but I have to concentrate on riding.
Despite this, she kept her face calm and merely nodded. "I did not think of that, Highness. I must find out what will work and what will not."
The next bell was, Ursula felt, exhausting. She tried a number of different approaches but many of them resulted in Giri turning and giving her a look which implied that her rider was being deliberately awkward. Finally, she stumbled on a method which seemed comfortable to herself and also to her mount, who suddenly began to walk in a completely different manner.
"That looks good," Eriana said approvingly. "I can see that Giri moves differently already. What of yourself? Have you learned the secret?"
Ursula concentrated hard on her body movements. "Highness, I have no idea what I am doing, only that it works this way. I have to continually shift my weight from leg to leg and I can feel the strain in my lower back."
"That will soon go, I deem. You have reached the first stage of being a frayen rider, Ursula, a stage which took me a full week to achieve. If you would walk a complete turn about the field, we should then stop for a drink. Then, perhaps, the rest of us can exercise our own beasts alongside yours."
It was a relief to get off after all that. The farmer's wife had previously started a kettle for the inevitable pel so they stood in a loose circle, nursing their mugs.
"Ow! Now I have to teach myself how to stand properly again."
"That happens whatever you ride," Maralin observed. "Bicycles, motorbikes, horses, elephants. Because your legs are stretched apart, they get using to being in that position. All this will soon pass, believe me."
"If you say so, Tenant."
"I know what horses are," Eriana said conversationally, "even though I have never seen one. But what might those other creatures be?"
Maralin chuckled. "Bicycles are a lightweight machine used by many on Earth to get around on, Highness. They have two wheels and the rider has to turn pedals to move them along. On a decent road surface you can probably do the same speed as a frayen at a trot. A motorbike is simply a much heavier version of a bicycle, usually with a big engine to move it along faster on the roads. It does not depend on the fitness of the rider, as a bicycle does."
"And the last word? Is that another machine?"
"Oh, no! That is a huge animal, maybe two to three times the height of a dranakh." Maralin paused. "If I described it to you here you would think I was making a joke, Highness. When we get back to the mansion, I will try and draw a picture of one. I don't think they have anything remotely like an elephant on Anmar, though of course I could be wrong. There is so much of this world that we know nothing about."
"So I have learned, Maralin. Perhaps the new Navy will contribute to our knowledge, by naming and numbering all that we find as we explore our world."
He nodded. "That is exactly what happened on Earth, Highness. Many significant discoveries were made, of plants and animals, but also of the way the world works. I will make some notes of what I remember once we return to the mansion."
* * *
Nobody was quite sure of the sequence of events, but the end result could not have been more plain. They had progressed to riding in a group at the trot, to show Ursula how her body movements worked when her frayen changed pace. One of the guardsmens' mounts picked up a prickly weed leaf between two of its rear toes and that had obviously hurt when weight was put on it. It had kicked, causing the other frayen to scatter.
One of the others barged into Giri and she switched directions abruptly. Since Ursula was unprepared, her right boot came out of the stirrup and the change unbalanced her. Over she went, her left boot snagging in the stirrup. She was dragged along, almost upside down, for two or three paces before it came free. She landed with a thump and one of the other frayen promptly stepped on her thigh.
"Stop, everybody! Rider down!"
Bennet and Semma reached her quickly, both dismounting swiftly with ease of practice.
"Mistress, are you hurt?"
"One of the beasts trampled me, but I think it realized what it was doing, since it kind of hopped over me," Ursula replied. "I'll have a bruise there, I expect, but..." She frowned. "Something isn't right. My stomach feels strange. Maybe I'm just winded." She checked herself over, cautiously. "I do not think that anything is broken."
Maralin reached her. "Soft tissue damage?"
"Mmm. My left ankle, perhaps, where it was caught in the stirrup. I do not think it will cause me a problem. My thigh, certainly, but I do not know if it will be enough to prevent me riding. I'll probably have a bruise by tonight. As for the rest... I will need to look myself over in the bathing chamber when we return to the mansion." She suddenly grimaced. "There it is again. It is not a feeling that I am familiar with."
"Are you sure it just stepped on your thigh? Not your stomach? That might be what you are feeling."
"That is what I thought happened." Ursula rolled over to a sitting position. "Oh." She looked up, embarrassed. "I feel wet down there. Maybe he caught my bladder. How do I..?"
Bennet crouched down. "Mistress, if you would let me look."
She gave Maralin a look and he backed away a step or two to give them privacy. By now all the others had gathered, dismounted, and watched what was happening. Bennet reached down and lifted Ursula's riding skirt before looking at her.
"Mistress, it is not what you think. See for yourself."
Ursula cautiously took the skirt hem and pulled it up so that she could see for herself.
"Blood? I didn't think I had injured myself when I fell! Maybe a claw -"
"Mistress, it is not that sort of blood." Bennet looked at the location of the stain on Ursula's breeches. "I would venture that it is your Call, maybe started a day early. If you had known when we rose this morning, we could have prepared you for it."
"Call?" Ursula's expression was blank. "What do you mean?"
Bennet was puzzled by Ursula's reaction. "Your Call of Kalikan, Mistress. Did you not realize? Have there been no signs?"
"Kalikan? I do not understand. Isn't Kalikan the name of one of the moons?" Realization suddenly dawned. "Oh."
How could I have forgotten? If I have a woman's body now, then logically this has to happen.
But what has Kalikan to do with it?
Realization dawned on Maralin as well. He began to step closer to Ursula to explain, but Eriana stopped him.
"Maralin! Stay there. You of all people should know what this means."
He turned. "Aye, Highness, but perhaps you do not." He looked at the interested group of male spectators. "If I may have a word with you, Highness. In private."
Eriana gave him a cold look but then nodded. "Over here." She turned to the others. "Semma, attend Ursula, if you would. Gentlemen, this is woman's business. If you would retire to a different part of the field."
As the men backed off, muttering, Eriana joined Maralin away from both groups. "Well?"
"Highness, as you know, Ursula had a male body on Earth. She has only been female since just before we found her on that island. I am guessing that she has never had a Call of Kalikan before. This will be her first. It is not surprising that she did not notice any signs."
"Her first?" Eriana's eyes widened before she nodded. "Aye, of course. She would know nothing of such matters, would she? And your own body is no longer ruled by Kalikan, I deem."
"That is true, Highness, but, then," he smiled at Eriana, "you do not have to shave every morning, do you? There are benefits and limitations to both sides as you well know."
"As you say. So, what shall we do with Ursula? Surely she can ride no more this day."
"I'll send one of the men back to the mansion for a carriage, Highness. While we wait for that to come, you and the girls could take Ursula into..." He looked at the farm buildings. "...One of those barns, perhaps, or maybe there might be enough room in the farmhouse itself... But you want privacy to clean her up. I'm guessing that Bennet or Semma will have emergency pads and panties?"
Her eyes narrowed. "How do you..? Of course you would. I assume that on the mother world all women carry such things?"
"Most of the time, Highness. That is a conversation for another time, I guess."
"Indeed. For now, let us attend Ursula's needs. I will explain to the girls what you have just told me."
"As you command, Highness."
Eriana went to the girls and explained what would happen. Maralin, with a word to the other Tenant, walked off towards the farmhouse. The farmer's wife shook her head when he explained what he wanted but the farmer pointed to one of the barns, presently containing the remains of the winter fodder. He looked inside before returning to the others. Eriana joined him.
"The farm is too small, Highness, but there is a reasonably clean barn with some fodder which Ursula could lie on. The farmer's wife will boil some more water to clean her up with. As I suspected, there is no carriage here, not even a cart, so I'll have to send for one."
"Good work, Maralin, and sensitively done."
"Thank you, Highness." He gave her a quirky smile. "I have been in that situation myself, on Earth. There, our periods are not locked to our Moon the way they are to Kalikan here, so it is possible to misjudge the date occasionally. Women there are used to it so plan accordingly."
"Indeed? We should learn more... Though perhaps I ought to be worried about a man who knows so much of such matters."
"Ah, but Highness, remember, there I was not a man. Consider me just as a source of information about human bodies both male and female."
"As Ursula is about healing matters? Just so. Very well. Shall you now send someone for a carriage? By the time we return to the mansion, it will be nearly lunchtime, I deem."
"I'll do that, Highness."
* * *
Ursula stepped carefully from the carriage into the front courtyard of the mansion, feeling very embarrassed.
Everybody knows I went out with Eriana for a ride and now, here I am, coming back in a carriage! They will think that I cannot even do something as simple as stay on the back of a frayen.
That will give ammunition to those men outside, most of whom would rather we didn't ride at all.
The "we" in her thought passed her by. That bridge had long been crossed.
Having to be cleaned up in that barn by Bennet and Semma was embarrassing too, despite the fact that neither thought anything of it. Does this happen all the time?
At least I do not have to get on Giri again for a few days. Although... I will have to try and learn how to ride all over again!
Which leads to another question. How long does this last, and what will I be able to do while it goes on? I never paid any attention to the women staff at the hospital. I do not remember any of them being absent for a few days each month. Perhaps they managed?
...But that was with modern pads and tampons. I will bet those are not available here yet.
"Mistress? Shall we go into the mansion?" That was Bennet. "I deem we will just have enough time to clean you up before lunch is served."
"Yes. Of course."
She followed Bennet into the building, while Maralin saw to the disposal of the carriage and frayen, including hers which had been brought back on a leading rein. Eriana had elected to remain at the farm for a while, along with Semma, as Tenant Grabenar had offered to show them some special tricks that a mounted armsman could do during combat. She would probably appear just as lunch was called.
Inevitably, they met Fanis as they were climbing the stairs to their room.
"Ursula! Did you enjoy your ride?"
"Your Grace, I fell off through no fault of my own. While I was down the girls discovered..." She lowered her voice. It was bad enough speaking about this in public. "Something called Kalikan."
Fanis's eyebrows rose. "Oh? Did you not know when... Oh, how could you? And Bennet attends you? Good. Go and get yourself cleaned up, there is just enough time before lunch." The Duchess considered. "Would you consent to a private talk after our nap? There are matters of a female nature we must needs speak about, I deem." She gave Bennet a significant glance.
Ursula replied, "Your Grace, it was all completely unexpected. Although, of course, I should have known better. Yes, I think that I had better find out what happens here," on Anmar, "before much longer."
"Then I will let you two go. Um, if you do not take too long, which I believe you probably will not, I will try and delay the start of lunch until you appear."
Bennet said, "Your Grace, you are most gracious."
In their suite both stripped off. Bennet would have no further need for her riding gear so quickly swapped it for a 'ship dress'. Ursula removed everything except the borrowed tie-side panty.
In the bath chamber Bennet pulled the rope for water, pulling again when the water was about shin deep to stop it. Ursula looked at the water in the large tiled depression and considered.
If that is just to clean me up, it is a waste of a lot of hot water. Surely they have better ways of doing this?
"Mistress, you should enter first by yourself. It will be necessary for you to clean yourself up below, and then I will empty it all out and ask for more so that you may enjoy a quick bath."
"How do I..?" Ursula asked as she removed the panty.
"We use this," was the reply, as Bennet handed her a stick with a slot at one end, through which had been pushed a wad of natural sponge. "Ah, there are things we add to the water to help the smell, and to prevent infection." She reached for a shelf on which there were pots and bottles, lifting down two small bottles. "Here are two of the oils which we use. Will you choose one?"
Bennet uncorked the two and Ursula sniffed each. "I don't know either of these, Bennet, but I like the smell of that one. You are saying it will help?"
"Oh, yes, Mistress! You will see in a moment."
The guardswoman added a few drops to the water and the small chamber was filled with a soothing fragrance. Returning the bottles to the shelf, she brought down a large tub which seemed to be filled with a kind of coarse pale pink sand.
"We usually add some of these letsul crystals to the water, it helps to make sure that everything stays clean."
She suited action to words by sprinkling a handful of the salts into the water before returning the tub to the shelf.
"Oh, mayhap you will know more of what happens to a woman's body than we do?"
Ursula grimaced. "In theory I do, yes, but since it never affected me I did not take too much notice. In the hospital -" Bennet now had some idea what that word meant, "- if anyone came in with that happening we let the female staff handle the matter."
"As well you should. Men might know what happens but it is different when it is your own body. Only another woman may appreciate what Kalikan does to us."
"As I am now beginning to learn."
Clean, wearing one of her own ship dresses and still slightly damp, Ursula and Bennet entered the dining room to be greeted by Fanis.
"Ah, good. I trust everything went as it should?"
Bennet answered, "Aye, Your Grace. There is nothing unexpected to report."
"That is well. Ursula, how do you feel?"
"Fresh and clean, Your Grace, with a few bruises where a frayen stepped on me, that is all. The other matter, well, you said we would talk later."
Eriana had been at the far end of the room, speaking with Wallesan, and now she came to join them.
"Ursula! Has there been any problem?"
"Nothing so far, Highness." She lowered her voice. "Of course, as yet I have no idea what is considered to be normal. Her Grace asks to speak with me privately after our nap."
Fanis quickly said, "Join us, Eriana, if you have no other pressing business! What has happened is important to every woman, and poor Ursula has had a surprise today."
"Thank you, Fanis, I think that I will."
"Good. Then since I see we are all here, let us sit and eat. Ursula, shall you eat? I know that for some, it can affect their appetite."
"Your Grace, so far as I can tell, there is nothing wrong with my appetite - at least, today."
* * *
When Ursula joined Fanis in the small sitting room she found Eriana, Renita and Maralin there as well as the Duchess. Fanis indicated a seat, and as Ursula made herself as comfortable as she could she raised a querying eyebrow at her hostess.
"Ursula, dear, it occurred to me that without Maralin to guide us we will not know what you do not know about the Call of Kalikan. I have therefore asked him to join us, so that he may describe to you how matters may differ between here and your home world."
Ursula shook her head. "Your Grace, it seems that I must now consider Anmar to be my homeworld. I have been told, though I do not know if it is true, that I can never return to Earth."
Fanis bowed her head. "Please accept my apology if I misspoke, then. As for other matters, perhaps Maralin may be willing to explain. I trust that you do not object to his presence here? Less than a year ago he was a woman on Earth, so he has as much understanding of what we discuss, as well as some important differences, so I have been told."
"It seems strange to me, Your Grace, but considering my own experiences, I do not think that I can object to him being here. What about -" She gestured in Renita's direction.
"Renita is here for two reasons, firstly because she knows the truth about you, and secondly, seeing as you spend time together in the kitchen, you may be more comfortable asking her for advice if I am not available."
Ursula looked at Renita and their eyes met. "That is true. I am... unaccustomed to saying anything about such matters to anyone and I did not know how women here treat the subject. I know a little better now and I suspect that I will know far too much by the end of it all. Right now I know hardly anything, though, so some basic information would be useful.
"First, if I may ask, what exactly is the Call of Kalikan? I have heard the phrase used, and I am guessing that Kalikan must serve the same function for women as the Moon does on Earth, but I am led to believe that there is something more."
Maralin replied, "You are right, Mistress. Kalikan is about the same size as the Moon, so Princess Garia believes, and it appears to exert a similar influence here on Anmar. A minor difference is the fact that it goes around in thirty-one days or so, rather than the twenty-nine of the Moon, which means a slightly longer period, if I can use that word, between Calls. Now a major difference is that the periods of a woman on Anmar are more tightly locked to the orbit of Kalikan. Here, your period will usually begin on the same day of the month, every month."
"Every month? How can that be? I thought - from idle talk, of course, since I was not that interested on Earth - that periods varied from month to month. Why is it not the same here?"
Maralin shrugged. "I cannot answer that, Mistress. All I know is that today is the twenty-fourth day of Pertelin, so your periods - or your Calls, as they know them here - will usually begin on the twenty-fourth day of each month."
Ursula thought. "But, surely, the Moon - I mean Kalikan, cannot go around in exactly thirty-one days, can it? What happens when the days shift, as they must do?"
It was Fanis who replied. "Ursula, dear, the star-gazers of all Alaesia are in constant touch with one another and will all agree that, when the days eventually roll over, as they must, an extra day is added to the calendar to ensure that the day numbers will remain the same. Oh, for a very few people that might mean that their Call may move to the day before or after for a time, but for most it will stay the same."
Maralin added, "In Alaesia, Mistress, it seems that we all use the same calendar, regardless of who rules or where they are. I have been told, by the Royal Astronomer of Palarand, that there are one or two places which use different names for the months, but the month numbers and day numbers will be the same."
"Oh. I see." Ursula digested this for a moment. "What a strange thing! But I can see that it would be useful to know exactly when it is to happen."
"Ursula," Eriana said, "to us it seemed very strange when Maralin described what happened on Earth. Not to know what day my Call would happen, that seems strange to me! And he tells us that it can vary from one month to the next, as well."
She shrugged. "Highness, what can I say? On Earth, that is what happens to every woman, so we are all used to it." She frowned. "Of course, there are supposed to be signs that your period is due and women on Earth take notice of that, but I never had any warning before today. Is this normal?"
"Oh, no, it is not!" Eriana leaned forward. "Every woman has different experiences, Ursula, as you might expect. Sometimes it is as your own, sometimes it can be... unpleasant. I was told that Garia's first experience was so bad she became the talk of the palace - among the women, of course. No man would dare speak of such matters."
"Oh. It seems that I got off lightly, then. So, what happens next? As I mentioned before, my knowledge of... Calls, as you call them, is knowledge only, not experience."
"Calls usually last for four days, or occasionally five," Fanis explained. "The first two days are usually the worst but after that you should be able to move around normally and do almost everything that you could do before. You will need to speak with Senia, I deem. There are well-known potions and herbs which we take when the Call becomes bad, to settle your stomach and ease away headaches. She will advise you, and of course we always keep stocks of such potions and herbs in the palace."
Eriana added, "Ursula, we also keep stocks on the Visund, seeing as there are three women traveling together on it. Most of us will know how to manage should we be traveling when a Call comes."
"And another meaning of your Call, that you may not have considered," Fanis said with a smile, "is that you now have proof that your body is as that of a normal woman, which means that some day you may bear your own children."
Ursula sat stunned. All her life on Earth she had wished desperately to be female, but had always thought that she would have to have surgery to achieve her aim. Surgery, of course, would give her the appearance of a woman but not the internal organs. She had simply discounted the possibility of bearing her own children.
I can have my own children!
I can become pregnant, give birth, feed my own baby with my own milk. I never imagined...
A wave of emotion ran over her body.
That means so much to me, but I never thought that I could have any of it.
"Ursula?" Eriana looked concerned at her expression.
"It is a big shock, Highness. I never considered such a thing. You are right, having a... Call proves that my body is doing things that all normal women's bodies do. I suppose that psychologically I still think of myself as a man who has a woman's body, no matter how much I wanted that body."
"But you are a woman." That was Fanis. "Ever since you arrived at the mansion there has never been any doubt, at least in my mind, that you were as I am. Perhaps your words have sometimes been blunter than I would expect a woman to speak, but I thought that was because, as you told us, your native tongue was so different than our own. Now you may be certain that your body can do all that any other woman's body can."
"If I did not know it before, Highness, I know it now."
Eriana smirked. "Before you may bear your own child, Ursula, you must needs find a man to give it to you."
"Highness! I have not had time to even consider such a thing!"
The Princess was contrite. "I am sorry, Ursula, that was unkind of me. I know that you are still finding your way in our world. I would not ask you to have the complication of a man in your life until you are comfortable among us."
"Aye, Highness," Maralin added. "I would guess that men and women are the same on Anmar as they are on Earth, for the most part. That also means," he turned to Ursula, "that you must look after yourself, because as a single woman you will be the target of every passing male. But of course you already know this."
Fanis said, "Maralin, in some respect Ursula is protected as she is presently a member of our court. It is something for us to consider in the future. Tell me, what happened to Princess Garia when she arrived in Palarand, for I know that she was not a Princess then? Do you know?"
"Aye, Your Grace. The King thought long and carefully before deciding on a way to protect Garia, and in the end it was his brother who provided the key. You see, Garia had not really been at court for very long, so if the King simply gave her a title, in order to protect her, he knew that it would anger many of his nobles. Even though she had already told them of several significant new ideas, such as paper and printing, the idea of giving a title to a newcomer would look like favoritism."
He grinned. "Then Duke Gilbanar remembered a poor, out of the way town at the edge of the Kingdom which could be used as a nominal title for Garia. She had mentioned coal by that time, so the fact that this town sat on a thick seam of coal jogged the Duke's memory. By giving her that town as her title, he could say that she had been given protection for her own safety but the other nobles would think that she had been passed off with a worthless holding. Only later would it become apparent that the coal was not worthless after all."
Fanis smiled. "Oh, how clever! And is this town still small and poor?"
"Indeed not, Your Grace. I have yet to travel there but I have been told that it is a bustling place, full of miners and energy. It is so rich that the locals pay no tax at all, the coal providing enough income for everything that has been done so far."
"Indeed!" Her face fell. "Yet Joth is not so fortunate as Palarand, I deem. We have no mountainous provinces full of ores to provide income for our treasury. Still, you have given me some thoughts for the future. Mayhap I will write Terys and ask for advice." She turned to Ursula. "It is too soon for such decisions concerning yourself, dear. After all, you have been with us for less than two weeks. Know simply that the Duchy of Joth has given oath that you will be looked after, protected, as your status requires, and that we will help you adapt to your new place in our world."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
Eriana added, "Thank you, Fanis. We know that those of Joth understand these matters, having already taken Maralin in. For myself, you can be certain that I and my crew will assist you in your efforts to protect and help Ursula."
"Well said, Eriana. I have already seen how your men regard Ursula."
There was a knock at the door. Maralin went to answer it and returned, followed by a servant with a tray containing pel and pastries. The group busied themselves with drinks and snacks for a while.
Ursula ventured, "Earlier you mentioned a month name, Maralin. I assume that I will have to learn all those? What about day names?"
Maralin grinned. "Oh, aye, there are thirteen months and I have yet to learn all the names myself. I expect that it will take a year or two before either of us is comfortable with them all. One thing that you will find different here is that, because the months are fixed to Kalikan, they don't start again at the new year. This means that a month can start before the end of one year and finish in the next... which might also mean that you can get another month with the same name at the end of that next year!"
Ursula puzzled over this. "I do not understand." She shrugged. "It is different, that is all. I will have to learn it as I will have to learn much else. What about day names, then?"
Fanis in turn looked puzzled. "We do not name the days, dear, except by their numbers in each month."
Eriana said, "Fanis, it was a surprise to me that the days are not named in the Great Valley, but know that we have names for them in Einnland. They are named after our gods, mostly."
"What? You have thirty-one gods?"
"Thirty-one? No, indeed! We name the days of the week, that is what I meant, and I suspect that is what Ursula means. There are seven names, being Baldur's day, Mani's day, Tyr's day, Woden's day, Thor's day, Freya's day and, oddly, Washing day."
"Washing day!"
Eriana looked embarrassed. "Aye. The reasons why are all lost in history, I deem - or maybe it was one of our ancient Kings who became annoyed with the smell of those at court. I doubt we should ever know. Ursula, do these sound familiar?"
"Not in Russian," she replied, "but Russian day names are related to numbers of the day in the week. In English and German some of them sound like names I know, yes. That is because they come from the same source, I believe."
Maralin added, "Some of those sound similar to English, Highness, but a thousand years is a long time and I am not surprised there are differences."
"So many languages!" Fanis remarked. "And three you name are not of this world, I deem. Still, apart from your particular interest, we of Joth must needs make do with the Valley tongue, in which I note that Ursula is becoming more understandable to us each day." She had a thought. "Dear, since you must remain in the mansion at least a day or two, have you yet any thought what you might do?"
Ursula replied, "Your Grace, I have not. What has happened today has been a surprise, as you mentioned before, and I do not know what to do. Obviously I cannot ride." She added, "Not that I had any other plans arranged, either."
"As you say. Today is nearly ended, but tomorrow is another day. If you find that your head is clear enough, might I suggest you begin your lessons in reading and writing. I know that Senia has made a start with you, since it will be essential that you are able to read the labels on potions and ointments and so on, but it will help you in so many other ways too. Shall I ask for a scribe to attend you tomorrow?"
Ursula thought and her reply was cautious. "I would like to see how I feel tomorrow, Your Grace, before you ask others to change their own plans."
"As you wish, my dear. And now," the Duchess said with a smile, "you can tell me what happened out at the farm before we go and make ourselves ready for the evening meal."
* * *
"Maralin?"
"Hmm? Oh, aye, Ursula? What may I do for you?"
"Oh, I was wondering... When I returned to the mansion, Bennet and I -" She stopped, flustered. "Intellectually, I know that you were once a woman, but this does seem awkward. Do you mind?"
"Of course not, Mistress. What did you have in mind?"
"Firstly, have you seen the size of the baths in the guest suites?"
"Aye, I have, though I have not yet had the pleasure of using one of those in the mansion. The ones provided for officers are more my size, I think."
"That is the problem! First, Bennet had to put in a small amount of water so that I could clean myself up, and it came up to about thirty centimeters. Um, a third of a stride, I suppose. Now, given that the bath is about two meters by three -" She stopped, annoyed with herself. "I will learn to call them strides, I will! The point is, that is a lot of hot water just to wash a small part of one body."
"And you are wondering if anything can be done to save heating that much water. I agree. All heating and cooking in Joth is done by burning wood and much of that has to be imported, as you must realize. Joth is only a small island and it would have to be entirely covered by forest in order to meet all our needs."
"I was wondering, perhaps a simple basin would be enough, but it would have to be lower than a washbasin because -"
"Yes. I understand. Now Garia has recently introduced flush toilets to Palarand, but I guess it will be several years until the clay industry develops enough for them to be available in quantity, especially over here in Joth. The logical next step after porcelain toilets is washbasins and bidets, I guess. Is that what you were thinking of?"
"Bidets! I had not thought of exactly that but, you are right, it will be the right way to do it."
"And women all over the Great Valley will praise your name, I doubt not." He nodded. "A very good idea, Mistress, and exactly the sort of new idea that I imagined you might produce." He grinned. "I, a mere man, might not have thought of that one! I will make sure that the Duke knows of this but I know what he will say, and most of it will probably not be polite. It is a question of coin, materials and craftsmen and all are in short supply these days. Still, the idea will be there, and maybe, if a letter goes to Palarand, you might see a prototype here in the mansion in a year or so."
"Is that possible? Do they work that quickly?"
He grinned again. "It will be an idea from Earth, Mistress, and that will be enough. You see, because it is something that is known to already exist, all the guildsmen have to do is figure out how it works and what it looks like. It isn't like inventing anything completely new. If they can find somebody to make it, it will be made, because they know that it has been made somewhere else."
"Oh. I see." Ursula began to see the potential in her position. "So, if I should think of anything else, what should I do?"
"Ah, now that could be a problem. A means of washing one's body is one thing, but certain other inventions have to be carefully controlled. Like guns, for example. That's why there is a kind of council, to make sure we don't accidentally bring devices to Anmar which could cause a lot of trouble. Short answer, bring it to me or the Duke and we will make sure that it is considered."
"You are on this council?"
"I am, but you should not mention the council to anyone else other than myself, His Grace and Renita."
"I can see the sense in what you say."
They are dribbling out technology to the people here. I can see there are dangers but is this the best way? This must be some kind of ethical question.
I must be careful, but then I am always careful.
Except this morning!
"I had better go," she added. "Bennet is giving me looks. Good night to you, Maralin."
"Good night, Mistress."
Ursula is forced to rest for a few days until her body recovers. As she does so, she contemplates what has changed since she arrived on Anmar. She finds time to speak to Duban about medical instruments, learn the local letters and discuss porcelain bathroom fixtures!
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
22 - Kicking Her Heels
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2019
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Fanis came to Ursula when she entered the dining room with
Bennet the following morning.
"My dear, good morning to you. How do you feel today?"
Ursula tried a reassuring smile, but was not sure that it worked. "Your Grace, so far as the physical function you refer to, everything seems to be happening as it should. It did not trouble my sleep and the effects were easily cleaned up in the bath." She paused, trying to find a way to explain. "The effects on my mind seem to be greater. I feel... so helpless, somehow, in a way that I have not experienced before."
"Shall you come and sit at the table? Wallesan knows what afflicts you, he will grant you leave."
"As he did once before? If you insist, Your Grace."
The two found seats at the table. Glances were cast at them by the others who had gathered for breakfast, but many knew the reason and explained to the others. Bennet took station behind Ursula.
"If you would explain what you mean, dear."
"Your Grace," she lowered her voice, "you have been told that, while I was physically a man on Earth, I have always thought of myself as a woman."
"You have, Ursula, and I have struggled to understand it, though Senia tells me there are others like you here in Joth." Fanis added perceptively, "But now you have the body of a woman, and it is different than what you expected."
"I would say that the reality is different than what I imagined it to be. On Earth, as I moved from place to place, there were times that I dressed and acted as any other woman would, to avoid being discovered. I thought that was the life I wanted, and I accepted it, but what I am experiencing here is somehow different."
"And Kalikan tells you so, I deem. But is this not what you wanted? To be a whole woman, as we spoke of, able to bear children?"
"Of course! But I do not feel that I can live my life in the same way that I tried to on Earth, even with a true female body. I feel... helpless, somehow. Something is missing."
"Have you yet spoken to any about this? Maralin, for example? For he should know what the differences might be between man and woman, if anybody should."
"I have not, Your Grace. There has not been time for all the consequences to appear in my thoughts. I think that I would like to wait until it is all over, see if this is just something that is brought on by the Call."
"As you wish, dear. I know that Calls may affect some women such that they become emotional, or forgetful, or angry, or tired, or many other things, but for a few days only. If you desire to consider what has changed in your circumstances since arriving here, then it would be well to do so with a clear head, I deem."
Ursula nodded. "I agree, Your Grace."
"If I may ask," Fanis continued, "you do not wear a ship dress today but a day gown. Is it that you find the gown more comfortable? I know that for many the Call means that breasts or other parts of the body can swell for a few days."
Ursula colored. "Partly that, Your Grace, but partly because I'm wearing a panty with ties at the side and the knots show through the material of a ship dress."
"Oh!" Fanis was surprised. "I had not thought of that! Mayhap Maralin or our clever seamstresses may think of something that is less noticeable, dear. Is it not the same on Earth? How do women there manage?"
"We do not have anything there like these panties, Your Grace. The nearest I can think of would be a special panty women sometimes wear when they go swimming. Of course, those are designed to be seen and you wouldn't normally wear them under a dress... or gown."
"When they go swimming?" The eyes of the Duchess lit up. "I never heard of such a thing! You must tell me more... but not now, it would not be appropriate. Later perhaps?"
Ursula tried not to roll her eyes. "As you wish, Your Grace."
Any further embarrassing conversation was ended when Eriana and Semma entered the dining room. Both came immediately to join Fanis and Ursula, though neither sat down.
"Good... morning, Fanis," said Eriana, remembering the correct greeting just in time. "Good morning, Ursula. If I may ask, how are you today? I see that you are seated, does your Call cause you much discomfort this morning?"
"Good morning, Your Highness," Ursula replied. Fanis looked on with a certain level of amusement, but nodded her greeting to Eriana. Ursula added, "I have a slight headache, that is all, and Bennet tells me that everything is happening as it should. There is no other discomfort so far."
"I am relieved to hear that. You will already know, I deem, that experiences can vary considerably among women, you would have my sympathy had you fared worse."
"Eriana," Fanis put in, "remember that this is but Ursula's first, she has a long way to go until her body settles down. It is as if she is but a girl taking her first steps into womanhood but already having the body of a woman."
"Ah, Fanis, I understand that of course. Ursula, I tell you that no-one will fault you for taking things easy for a day or two. If there are urgent tasks you require done, then you may command us and those of my crew."
"Thank you, Highness. I must admit that I am not used to being looked after like this."
"We are women and our needs are particular, we must needs help each other when we can," Eriana stated. "Is that not so, Fanis?"
"Indeed," Fanis agreed. "Ursula, you should rest easy today and let those of us who can do things assist you."
"Thank you, Your Grace." Ursula thought. "There is one matter I would like advice on but it can wait until after breakfast."
"As you wish, dear," Fanis said. "And here are Wallesan, Hambran and Maralin. Oh! It looks as if something has happened."
The three men were discussing something as they came through the door but stopped as everyone bowed or curtseyed to the Duke. Fanis put her hand on Ursula's arm to prevent her standing. The Duke came over to join them and bent to kiss Fanis.
"I am sorry, my dear," he said to her, "matters developed and I had to rise early. I hope that you will not judge me for it."
"I know you, husband," Fanis said with a smile, "if you thought it necessary it probably was. Just remember, you have spent some months away from me and I would rather your company than to wake up in an empty bed yet again."
He grinned. "Consider me chastised, my dear. Right! Let us all be seated and break our fast. It looks like it will be another busy day."
"Oh?" Fanis asked as the Duke sat down. "Anything we should know about?"
Wallesan briefly grimaced. "A message from upstream. It seems that some few of the Yodan forces have refused to surrender and instead have become pirates along the river. I have spent the last bell or so sending instructions in all directions and some messages to those downstream."
"Pirates?" Eriana was interested. "What are pirates?"
Wallesan blinked and then remembered Eriana's origins. "Did you have bands of robbers in Einnland, Eriana? I mean, ones that operated on the roads between towns, accosting travelers and such?"
"Aye, of course. Almost everyone in Einnland goes armed, as you know, so travelers are obliged to journey with strong forces around them, especially if their journey be a long one. Is that what pirates are, then? Your word for a robber band?"
"Yes and no," he said with a grin. "They are robbers, aye, but they operate along the river, in fast boats, preying on river traffic. You have seen what the banks of the Sirrel are like, there are many places such a craft may hide until prey comes along. I am guessing that sort of thing does not happen in Einnland, because of the fact you only have the sea."
"Yes and no, Wallesan," she riposted with a smirk. "It is true we have no large river like the Sirrel but occasionally men from one of the more distant coastal towns would set out in ships to raid other coastal towns. But what you speak of sounds different."
"It is," his face sobered, "and the recent war may make things more complicated. They have guns now, of course, and it is said that they may have use of one or more of the Yodans' war galleys. The Sirrel may be cut in two in a way that it was not before, even during the war. You remember that Margrave Simbran of Faralmark sailed right through Yod during the war? There was traffic both ways, since all consider the river inviolate, excepting for those actually fighting, but of course pirates pay no attention to any customs."
"Hmm. If they seek to interfere with the Visund they will get an unpleasant surprise, I deem. Of course, that is some weeks away and much may happen before then. Shall you keep me informed, Wallesan? You understand that I have a particular concern."
"Of course, Eriana. And now, let us eat. I am hungry!"
* * *
At the end of the meal Ursula found Senia waiting for her in the corridor. This reminded her of the query she had mentioned earlier. She turned to the Duchess.
"Your Grace, Senia is here and I want to speak to her about... you know. But we had a problem yesterday in the market and I wondered if you had advice."
Fanis nodded. "I have not forgotten your words, dear. If we may go into the small meeting room, mayhap some easy answer may be found."
In the small room, Ursula said, "Senia and I went into the market to find somebody who could make me special tools for... what I do. Surgery, like I did to Mamoot. There was a silversmith there who was willing but he said, and I am forced to agree, that silver is not the right metal for what I need. It would have to be something harder like steel. So he directed us to a smith working in one of those little workshops at the side..? You know?" Fanis nodded. "He proved difficult, Your Grace. He said that what I wanted would be awkward to make and there would be no profit in it as there would only be a few made. He also said that no-one else would make them for me either."
The lips of the Duchess compressed and her eyes flashed. "Did he now? I have an idea of whom you speak and, while the items he makes are of the highest quality, he is known as a difficult man should you want anything not... traditional, let us say. I regret that many others of his ilk feel the same way, and if what Wallesan says is true, there could be strife in Joth when novel items arrive from Palarand and are demanded by our folk. I am told that some small number of artisans in that land feel the same way."
Senia asked, "Is there no remedy, Your Grace?"
"Perhaps, Senia. We have dealt with these people for a long time, as you know well, and we know who will do what Ursula wants and who would rather not. But I am not the person she should speak to for her needs. I will ask Duban to come and advise you. Did he not supply some of the items you used to treat poor Mamoot?"
Ursula nodded. "He did, Your Grace, though I thought he was reluctant to do so."
Fanis smiled. "He has now seen how the new saddles and gear are used and has become more receptive to ideas from afar. He may not be able to make what you want, that is not his craft, but he will know people who can. Shall I summon him?"
"I do not want to disturb -"
"It will be no bother, dear. He is not far away, after all, and arranging your needs will take him but a short while."
With that Fanis opened the door and called for a footman. Ursula and Senia exchanged some small talk while they waited. Duban appeared, bowing to Fanis before staring with interest at the two healers.
"Your Grace? If I may be of assistance?"
"Master Duban. Just as you have tools particular to your own specialty, so Mistress Ursula desires a set for hers, to help her when she must needs attend some poor unfortunate like Mamoot again. She cannot keep borrowing yours, can she?"
"As you say, Your Grace. I understand that what I could offer was good enough in time of need but of course the Mistress will want something better shaped to her requirements."
"And so she does. Now Senia and Ursula went to the market yesterday and found obstruction when they tried to commission such tools. Can you suggest someone better?"
Duban snorted. "Your Grace, I would not choose to have anything made from those in the market, they mostly prey upon gullible city residents and innocent farm folk who come in from time to time. Their wares are good enough, I must say, but there is nothing special about them except the price."
He turned to Ursula. "Mistress, I know of a good smith down near the docks who might be able to help you. Those who work there often have to make special parts and odd tools for the various foreign craft that come in from the river. If he cannot make what you need he will almost certainly know someone who does. If I may give you his name and address?"
Ursula colored. "Um, Master Duban, I regret that I am unable to leave the Mansion for a day or two. A woman's matter, you understand."
He did and took a step back. "I am sorry, Mistress, I did not realize. I might be able to ask him to come to the mansion, with Her Grace's permission? If I read your situation aright, you will be looking for a number of different tools, a whole set perhaps, not just a forceps or two."
Ursula nodded. "That's right, I can think of a number of different items that would be useful, but only to me and what I do." She added, "If he can make what I need, then there could be repeat orders into the future."
"An incentive indeed! Your Grace?"
"Yes, Master Duban, you have made a worthy suggestion. I will make it official and summon him myself. If you could provide one of those... What did you name them? The tool of which you spoke. I am sure that Ursula will be better able to describe what she needs with an example to hand."
Duban bowed. "Your Grace. I will fetch a spare forceps for the Mistress and await developments. If I may? I was in the middle of cutting out leather for a saddle of the new design. My assistants will be wondering what has happened."
"Thank you, Duban, you may go."
The saddler departed and the three women looked at one another.
"Ursula, what do you feel capable of today? I would not press you if you did not feel ready to do anything."
"Senia was teaching me the local letters," Ursula replied. "She will probably have to go out to do her rounds soon, but if there is anything here I could read, and someone to help me..."
"Surely! We have books from when our children learned to read -" Fanis stopped. "Oh! I do not know if any have survived. You recall the Mansion was nearly all burned down? I will have to ask Bellot if anything is left. If there is, he will know where it is all stored. If there is none, I am sure that we can find you something. Ah, and soon you will require the services of a scribe, I deem. If you can read, then surely you will also need to write, if only to make notes of your patients when you see them."
"You are right, Your Grace, and thank you. Reading and writing are important skills for anyone to learn."
"Indeed! I am pleased that Wallesan has taken the advice of Robanar, and through him that of Princess Garia, that everyone should in time be able to read and write. Many claim to manage without but I feel that all will benefit from learning. But of course you can read and write already, I deem, just not our local script."
"I can, Your Grace, and in two different scripts as well. It should not be difficult for me to learn yours."
"Then I will find a scribe for you to begin a proper course of learning. I am sorry, Senia, I know that you have been helping Ursula to learn the herbs and potions but formal instruction is what she needs now, to permit her to ply her craft as well as you do yours."
"Your Grace," Senia replied, "I take no offense at the idea. Formal instruction is always better than attempting to read hastily hand-written notes and I am no teacher of such arts. If you can find some of the children's books, I believe that will assist greatly in the process."
There was a knock at the door. Fanis opened it to reveal Bellot, who bowed.
"Your Grace, four ladies from the Lacemakers desire to speak with you. I did not know that you already had a meeting arranged."
"No, that is fine, Bellot." Fanis moved to the doorway. "Mistress Ursula had a query, which I have in part answered, and she also reminds me that she desires to learn the letters of the Great Valley. I wondered if anything of the children's learning books survived those of Yod."
Bellot looked doubtful. "I do not know, Your Grace. I will send someone to find out where anything that was salvaged was stored, but an answer may not come today."
"That is fine, Bellot," Fanis said again. She turned to Ursula and Senia. "If I may ask you to take Senia up to your suite, Ursula. You will doubtless feel more comfortable there and it will free up this room for our meeting."
"Of course, Your Grace."
Ursula led Senia up the stairs and into her suite. There was no sign of Bennet so Ursula assumed that she had gone out with Eriana again.
"Please," she said, gesturing to the armchairs either side of the fireplace. "Make yourself comfortable."
She eased herself into an armchair and relaxed as much as she could. "I assume that you have time before you go out on your rounds? I am sorry, I cannot come with you for a few days."
"Actually," Senia responded with a warm smile, "I am not going out on my rounds this morning. Like you, Kalikan presently attends me, though unlike you I am at the end of my own Call. Thus we may spend some time explaining one to the other what we know of such matters. I assume that was your intent?"
Ursula felt relieved. "Oh, yes, Senia! What I most need is information and of course you will want to know how we deal with such matters on Earth."
"As you say. Now, do you know what is happening inside us? Many women find the Calls to be frightening at first. We know that it must have something to do with the bearing of children, but that is all."
"I can tell you as much as I know, which is probably more than you will be able to take in today. Have you a means of taking notes?"
"Of course. You know that I take a pad and reedlets with me whenever I leave the house."
"Then I'll need to borrow a page or two to draw some diagrams. You see, this is what happens..."
* * *
The knock at the door made the two women look up. They glanced at one another, then Senia began gathering the notes she had made while Ursula rose to go to the door. When she opened it, Heris stood there with Duban.
"Oh! Good morning."
Heris bowed and said, "Good morning, Mistress. Her Grace said that Master Duban wanted to speak to you, but... as you were indisposed, I did not know whether now would be a suitable time."
She smiled at the saddler. "I am indisposed, but not so much that I cannot speak with him. Will you come in and join us?"
Duban replied, "Um, us?"
"I was discussing medical matters with Healer Senia. Since she was with me when I operated on Mamoot, the tools I need concern her as well."
He nodded. "Of course, but I only came by to give you that address and a spare forceps. I have an example here."
From a pouch pocket in the front of his apron he pulled out one of the forceps he used to manipulate leather and stitching on the saddle frames.
"This is what you wanted, Mistress?"
"It is, and thank you. I will let you have it back as soon as I can."
Duban pulled out from the bottom of the pouch a scrap of parchment. "And here is the name and address as promised. I know him well, we are related and you may rely on his work for your business."
"Thank you, Master Duban, and thank you, Heris."
Heris bowed. "A messenger has been sent to find the person named, I could not say when he may be able to attend. When he arrives, where should you prefer to meet him?"
"I don't know, Heris. Is it appropriate for me to see him up here?"
"Given the circumstances, it would probably be better if I brought him up, Mistress. You will not want to move around too much today, I would guess."
"But Senia will be leaving soon and Bennet has gone out with Her Highness. I will be on my own for part of the time."
Heris nodded. "I will bear that in mind, Mistress, and find someone who can accompany you. It is entirely possible that Her Grace may interest herself in your requirements."
"Oh. Very well. Thank you, both."
Ursula closed the door and turned. "Having to have a companion all the time is annoying, Senia. Why cannot we go about on our own? The men do it all the time."
Senia spread her hands. "Your present situation is one reason, Ursula. Should you have the need to relieve yourself, you would find it difficult to clean up by yourself, I deem. Though," she added, "those ship dresses certainly make the task easier. Now I do not know what it is like where you came from, but here even in the city a woman on her own is in danger from the rougher elements of our people. You know this from your own experience."
Ursula's shoulders dropped. "I had forgotten that, Senia. You are right, but I do not like it."
"It is part of being a woman, Ursula. You may have noticed that I customarily go about the city on my own, since all know us healers and respect our profession, but I will tell you that there are parts of the city I will not enter unless a man comes with me. We are not made as men and there are different dangers that attend us."
"So I learned. I just wish..." Ursula shrugged. "This society is so different than what I lived in on Earth, and my own circumstances are so different as well, that I am struggling to adjust. Some of it seems familiar but then I will be reminded by something that it is not. Some of it is so unfamiliar that I struggle to understand it at all." She pressed a hand to her head. "And now my head hurts even more."
She sank back into her chair, leaned back and closed her eyes.
Senia started. "Oh! Ursula, I am forgetting the most basic of ways that a Call may be made more comfortable."
She stood, bent and picked up her ever-present basket of remedies. Rummaging about she came up with a glass jar which looked green. Putting the basket down again, she opened the jar and regarded its contents.
"Hmm. Not as fresh as I would like, Ursula. You remember I told you about this?"
Ursula stared at the jar. "I think so. What is it?"
"Leaves from the kredis plant, mashed with a little poryne juice," Senia explained. "Although in this case I deem it has been left a little long, since I made it up for my own Call. It is a powerful pain reliever, especially for the present circumstance, but also dangerous if too much is taken."
"I remember. Is it still usable?"
"Mayhap... I could ask if the kitchen has anything suitable to restore its vigor."
"Please do." Ursula gestured to the wall. "Pull the yellow rope and someone will come."
A footman came and went away, returning with Renita, who entered the room and closed the door.
"Mistress?"
"Senia here has some of the green stuff that apparently is used during Calls of Kalikan," Ursula explained. "It is not fresh, however. She says that there may be ways the kitchen could help."
Renita turned her attention to Senia, who said, "Yes, I made this some seven days ago and it looks a little tired. What I need is a little tart fruit juice, nothing special, to revive it somewhat. Before I next attend Mistress Ursula I will make up a fresh batch."
"Of course, Mistress Senia."
The two discussed possible ways of improving the mixture and then Renita left. Ursula closed her eyes again.
* * *
She was being gently shaken. "Ursula! Wake up!"
"What?" She roused herself and looked at Senia, who was standing over her with a concerned expression.
"You have been asleep almost a bell, I deem," Senia explained. "I thought it wise to let you continue so, but now it will soon be time for lunch. How do you feel now? What about that headache?"
Ursula winced. The headache seemed a little worse, though she had suffered far worse on Earth.
"No better, Senia. That green stuff..?"
"Here and ready. Renita found some of a fermented berry juice, left over from last fall's crop but still drinkable. I have mixed a little with the leaves and tasted it so I know that it will not upset you. Shall you have some now, before you eat?"
"I suppose so."
"It will be better to take it now," Senia added as she reached for a spoon from her basket, "so that it will act on your empty stomach."
"Yes, of course. If I took it after eating it would be diluted by all the food."
"Here, then."
Leaves consumed, Ursula looked at Senia as she packed everything away.
"Are you leaving now?"
"Her Grace has kindly invited me to stay for lunch," the healer explained, "as she knows that you will need a little support and encouragement today. But I must needs go into the city after we have eaten, a woman is expecting twins and, while I will not be midwife for the births, it is possible that there might be complications. Do you know of such matters?"
"Oh, yes, pregnant women were often brought into the Emergency Room back on Earth. Either the babies were early or there was some other complication."
"And you know ways of dealing with such matters?" Senia's gaze was now direct. "Too many of our women die in childbirth. If you know ways of preventing such tragedies, all Joth will be in your debt."
"I do, Senia, and, as I said before, you are welcome to all I know... but not today." Ursula wrinkled her nose. "Lunch, you said. Do I have to go downstairs to eat?"
"I do not know, Ursula. I am not privy to the domestic arrangements of the mansion. Let me find out."
Senia pulled the rope and a footman came, returning a short while later with Bellot.
"Mistress?"
"Do I have to come downstairs for lunch? As you are aware, I would prefer not to have to move around much today."
"Mistress, of course you may eat here in your suite. It is a guest suite, as you already know, and provision is made should guests choose to dine privately. Will Mistress Senia be dining with you?"
Ursula looked at Senia, who nodded.
"If it is no problem, then she will. Um, how do I find out -"
"I will have a list sent of what will be available, Mistress. Whatever you choose will probably be brought up in about half a bell or a little later."
"Thank you, Bellot."
The chamberlain bowed and withdrew.
"There is a side benefit to dining in your chamber," Senia remarked. "You will not have to prepare yourself, possibly change, in order to go down and join Their Graces to eat. At a time like this most women will just desire to be comfortable."
"I didn't think of that." Ursula sighed. "There is so much new that I have to learn!"
"And yet, there is so much that you may teach us," Senia said. "I am only now beginning to realize just what it is your arrival means to us, the means to move the arts of healing along in ways we cannot yet imagine. I believe that I now understand what Princess Garia means to Palarand, and through them to the rest of the Great Valley."
"There is much there that is a puzzle to me, though. Princess Garia and I come from the same place, but who sent us and for what purpose? I believe that the Duke and Maralin know more, but they aren't saying anything to me about it. I know that Princess Eriana is annoyed that she is not being told everything."
Senia eyed her. "Is this something you should be speaking of to me, Ursula? The Duke is a good man and I have no complaints of Maralin. Remember, by your own reckoning you have been with us no more than two weeks. I am sure that, in time, you will discover everything you need to know about those who sent you here and their purpose."
Ursula leaned back and closed her eyes. The headache did seem to be less already.
"I am sure that you are right, Senia. I dislike not knowing what is going on though." She considered. "I come from a society where the holding of secrets is a normal thing. Although it is almost a habit to hold on to secrets oneself, it is also annoying when others do it to you. When I moved... to other countries, I found that most people were more open about whatever was going on. I preferred it that way and I thought that it was better on this world than on Earth. Perhaps I was wrong."
"Since I have not been to Earth, I could not say, Ursula. Remember that His Grace must needs rule over Joth and also speak to our neighbor countries. I doubt not that he knows many things he would not speak of to his people, to keep them safe and avoid alarm."
"You are right. I am sorry I mentioned it."
"Do not be sorry, Ursula. It is right for you to question your surroundings, to learn all that you may. It is the same with healers. We must needs know all that we can about a patient before we may properly treat whatever is wrong with him or her."
A knock at the door brought Renita bearing a slate with the lunch menu on it. Of course Ursula could not understand any of it so Senia read it out. The fact that Renita was assisting with the preparation was a great help, since she could advise Ursula what items might be more suitable given the circumstances. Selections made, Renita took the slate and withdrew.
"Do you need to clean up again before eating? You will just have time, I deem."
"A good idea." Ursula rose. "Will you help again?"
"Surely."
* * *
"And now, regrettably, I must needs leave you," Senia said. She smiled. "I have enjoyed eating lunch in here with you, Ursula, but now I must attend my duty. I am no midwife, though of course I know what needs to be done and have acted as such on occasion. I leave that task to those more experienced, but as complications may be expected then I must join them to act as reserve. Though," she added thoughtfully, "since speaking to you this morning I feel that I now know much more than any midwife in the Valley ever did! I will attempt to write clear notes that others may make use of the valuable information you have provided."
"I have no objection," Ursula said, "but when you have finished it I would like to see what you have written, so that I can check for any misunderstandings. Oh!" She gave an embarrassed grin, "I would not be able to read them, would I? Her Grace said she would provide a scribe to help me learn the alphabet. I wonder when he will come... It will be a he, I suppose?"
Senia's expression was eloquent. "He will be a man, of course. I do not understand why, but it is deemed that only men may dabble in the art of the scribe, though at least they permit women to learn to read and write. For themselves they reserve the business of writing decrees, scrolls and other important documents."
Ursula sighed. "It is a familiar tale, Senia. Men think they know everything but most of what they do can be done by anybody. Women end up with all the drudgery."
Both women stood and Ursula conducted Senia to the door.
"That is not entirely true, at least not here in the Great Valley. As you have already observed, almost all healers among us are women. It seems we have a touch few men can manage easily."
Ursula opened the door. On the other side of the corridor, near the head of the stairway, stood an armsman she didn't know.
"Mistress Senia is leaving now," she informed him. "We have just had lunch so I am going to have a nap."
He nodded. "As you say, Mistress. What should I do if anyone calls for you?"
"Oh, tell them to knock on the door and wait. I am just closing my eyes, not climbing into bed."
He saluted. "As you desire, Mistress."
Senia asked, "Shall I come here tomorrow morning to see how you are? You might need some more of the green stuff."
"That might be a good idea, Senia. You had better go. Until tomorrow, then."
"Until tomorrow."
Ursula closed the door, walked over to the bed and laid herself out flat on it. Eriana had told her that in the palace in Palarand there were recliner-style chairs laid out along balconies for the inhabitants to nap on, but she had no balcony. Those were arranged around the upper story and only suitable for armsmen going to and from their billets. The bed would do.
The knocking on the door woke her. She roused herself and swung her legs onto the floor. It was much warmer now and the fact that she was wearing a day gown, even a thin one, made it seem even hotter.
"One moment, please."
As she stood gravity did its work and she grimaced. Not now! There was no time to deal with the problem now, she would just have to see who her caller was and put up with the consequences. She walked slowly to the door, pulling her skirt straight, and opened it.
"Mistress," the short woman outside began with a bob, "I am Tyra, Master Bellot sent me to be your companion while you speak with the Master here."
The man with her was older, thick-set, his hair just beginning to turn gray. He bowed politely but his expression was unreadable.
"Mistress, I am Serek of Thorn, a Scribe in the city. Her Grace the Duchess has asked me to come to the Mansion to teach you our letters. If I am to do so, I must first find out what education you already possess."
"Oh, yes, of course. Please come in. We can use the table by the window."
Despite Ursula's suggestion, Tyra would not sit but insisted in taking a position behind her chair. The interplay caused Serek to frown.
"Mistress, it is clear by your accent that you are a foreigner. I will warn you that to teach someone as yourself to read and write may be onerous. Are you prepared for such a task?"
"Oh, I can read and write, Master... Serek, was it? I can read and write in four languages and two scripts. Unfortunately, neither of those scripts are of any use here in Joth."
His eyebrows rose. "Four languages? Two scripts? If I may ask what those might be? His Grace has occasionally asked me to draft letters to some in distant lands, if I know of those you speak it may help our task."
What do I tell him now? I can't tell him that I come from another world, he would walk out in a moment.
What was it that Maralin said? "Tell the truth but just enough to satisfy the question. Let them make up whatever else they need to hear around it.
"Well, I can speak Russian, English, French and German, though my German is limited. The scripts would be Cyrillic and Latin."
Since all those words came out in English, she knew that they had never been heard in the Great Valley before. She saw that the Scribe was suitably impressed.
"Mistress, I have never heard of any of those before. If I may ask, whereabouts on Alaesia is it that you came from?"
She shook her head. "I came from a land called Alberta, Master Serek. How I came to Joth I could not tell you. It was a long journey and during it I suffered an injury which meant that I lost my memory. It only came back after I arrived but," she remembered Maralin's advice, "there are still some gaps."
"Lost your memory? And yet you are still able to live normally?"
Ursula fought down the urge to laugh hysterically. Normal? I could not conceive of anything less normal! But I cannot tell him that!
"As I said, most of my memory has returned, particularly that part relating to my work. I am a healer and I have already saved a life since I arrived in Joth. There are... certain parts... of my past which I am still unsure of, that is all."
He grunted and, after a short while, nodded. "As you say, Mistress. Now I must ask you if you have yet seen our letters."
"Of course! There have been several occasions when I have gone out into the city and seen what I assume are street signs. I have no idea what any of them mean. Mistress Senia has begun to teach me some of the letters, so that I may gain some idea of the potions and salves that she uses, but they are very confusing."
"Ah, I see. And would... Mistress Senia... that would be Healer Senia, I would assume?"
"That's right, yes. I have been assisting her on her daily rounds these last few days, to find out what differences there are between the way things are done here and where I came from."
"As you say. So she has shown you some of her notes, then?"
"Yes, written on parchment."
"Ah, no wonder you are finding it difficult. If I may -"
He leaned down and picked up the satchel he had brought with him, opening it and pulling out what looked like two picture frames. These proved to be wood frames holding sheets of parchment, with letters inscribed on both sides. He put them down on the table and turned them to face Ursula.
"If I may explain. Our letters may come in three or possibly four forms. These two," he pointed to one frame, "are customarily used for important notices which are intended to be legal or public documents. You will see that they are similar. The street signs will be in these forms. On this sheet," he pointed to the other frame, "are letters which are customarily used when writing privately. As the writing for each person will vary, according to their abilities and their physical limitations, so the written letters may vary considerably. I think my first task will be to make you familiar with the public forms, that you may comfortably go about the city and read whatever you may find there. Once you become familiar with our writing, then you may progress to the written forms. I understand that you will wish to learn to write as well as read?"
"But of course. As a healer I will need to make my own notes."
"As you will, though you may find that learning to write takes much longer than learning to read, I deem."
"I have no plans to leave His Grace's mansion."
"Then let us begin."
The next bell seemed trying to Ursula. There were a lot of new shapes to remember, almost all of which resembled nothing she had ever seen before. Serek seemed more interested in getting her to know the names of the shapes as opposed to their sounds or what they were used for. On the other hand, she was surprised to discover how easy it was to remember what she had been told, putting this down to Maralin's comment about having an improved memory.
The session was ended by another knock at the door. Tyra opened it to reveal Eriana standing outside.
"Ursula, I must apologize! I did not know that you were busy."
Feeling that she had done enough for one day in her present condition, Ursula stood. "Highness, please come in. I think that I have probably done enough for this afternoon." As Eriana entered, followed by Bennet and Semma, with all wearing ship dresses, she turned. "I suppose I should introduce Master Serek, who has begun to instruct me in the local written language. Master Serek, this is Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand."
Serek bolted out of his chair and bowed deeply. "Your Highness, I did not know that you were acquainted with Mistress Ursula."
Eriana's usual bland public expression dissolved into a glare, though Ursula suspected that Serek had not noticed. "Master Serek, we arrived in Joth together aboard my ship. We are more than acquaintances, I deem."
Serek bowed again. "My apologies, Highness. Though I knew that His Grace had returned, I knew few more details other than that you were with him. Your ship, did you say?"
"Aye, I am owner and captain of the Visund, as well as liege lady of her crew. And you are?"
"An experienced scribe of the city, Your Highness, often employed by His Grace to draft documents of state. Her Grace asked me to attend the mansion to instruct Mistress Ursula in our letters."
"I see. And she tells me that you have finished for today, is that so?"
Serek turned to Ursula, who said, "Master Serek, a bell is about all I can manage at one time, especially when I am... indisposed. Can you come again tomorrow, at about the same time?"
He blinked. "Indisposed? I was not aware..."
"It has not affected what you taught me, Master Serek. I am just a little tired, that is all. And we were sitting right beside the window and the sun is somewhat hot today."
"Ah, as you say." Serek turned and collected his satchel. "If I may leave my samples here, Mistress, you may use them to refresh your memory when convenient."
"Of course."
The man bowed to Eriana and slipped out of the door without another word.
Eriana scowled. "I like not that man! He reminds me of some that crawl around my father's court. Has he taught you anything of use, Ursula?"
"Well, I now know what all the letters look like and the names of most of them. As for what they sound like or how they are used..." She spread her hands wide. "Nothing."
"It is a start. I suspect that his knowledge is of a studious kind and not suited for practical use. Such people are needed, much as the Questors of Palarand are needed, but they do not contribute to society in the way that a guildsman does. Mayhap you may do better with a different teacher, I deem."
"I think that I agree, Highness. He did seem somewhat dry." She paused. "What is a... Questor?"
"Oh! Your pardon, of course you would not know." Eriana's eyes narrowed as she thought. "They are... supposedly clever men in Palarand who are, it seems, commanded by the King to seek out the mysteries of the world around us... I think." She shook her head. "At least, that is how I understand it. Garia, or mayhap even Maralin, would be able to tell you more. You will already know that I am a person of action more than thought, I leave that to others who are more capable. In practice, I deem, these men spend more time fighting one with the other than discovering anything useful."
"Oh, I see. Yes, we have people like that back on Earth. Sometimes good comes of their efforts, much of the time they spend, as you say, arguing." Ursula paused. "Back to the reading and writing, have you any suggestions, Highness?"
"Mayhap. This man, Serek? He will probably teach you some of what you need, I deem. Senia may be of more practical use. Maralin, too, though I know he is, like the rest of us, very busy. If you will give me leave to think on the matter. I believe that it is very important to your presence here on Anmar, whatever that is, that you are able to read and write properly. We must make sure that you can do so." Eriana smiled at Ursula. "But I am forgetting myself! How are you feeling now? Any pains, discomfort? This is the first time that your body will have done this, so we are told, and there is much that you may find uncomfortable or distressing."
Ursula was pensive. "Some of it was unexpected, Highness, and the cleaning up can be tedious, I think. There have been strange feelings inside, but nothing that my training tells me would be unusual for such a process." She shrugged. "It is what I am now, so I will just have to get used to it."
"You body only does what every other woman's body has done since time began," Eriana said. "Most come to it much younger than you, when their breasts grow, and they understand that it is part of becoming a woman. You will very soon become used to the cycle of womanhood, I deem."
"I suppose so. Other than that, Highness, I am feeling a little tired, and sitting near a window, with the hot sun streaming through, while looking at strange letters has not helped my mood."
"Then shall you not come away from the window now? You will probably desire to clean yourself up again soon, I deem, and then it will be time to change for the evening meal. You should find that a loose evening gown will improve your mood."
"That is a good idea, Highness."
Ursula turned and saw Tyra at the same time that Eriana noticed her properly.
The woman bobbed. "Highness, I am Tyra. I was sent to be companion to Mistress Ursula while Master Serek was present."
Belatedly remembering what they had just been talking about, Eriana said, "Tyra, you must not speak to any of what you have heard here today. What service do you perform in the mansion?"
"I am an upstairs maid, Highness, I normally tend the various chambers with the other upstairs staff."
"Hmm. Would you be willing to serve Mistress Ursula on another occasion?"
"If Her Grace permits, Highness."
Ursula saw that Tyra wanted to ask more but was reluctant to. "Highness, what did you have in mind?"
Eriana waved a hand. "Just a thought, Ursula. I am considering the future, that is all. We will speak of it later, with Fanis, if you please." She turned to Tyra. "Thank you for your service. Since we are all here now, you may return to your usual duties."
Tyra bobbed. "As you command, Highness."
The servant let herself out and closed the door. Eriana turned back to Ursula and rubbed her hands. "Now, I deem, it is time for you to clean yourself up again. Semma and I will retire to my suite while Bennet assists you. We will meet downstairs, ready for the meal."
* * *
At the end of the meal Wallesan invited Eriana, Ursula and Maralin into their sitting room along with Fanis.
"Make yourselves comfortable, please. I will not disturb your evening long." When they had all chosen seats, he continued, "Maralin told me today that you had discussed certain... bathroom objects... with him, I believe?"
Ursula answered cautiously, "We did, Your Grace. It was in respect of bathroom items which would be of use to women... at certain times of the month, say... but they would also be of use to others at all times."
He waved a hand. "I see that you are reluctant to speak of such matters in mixed company, and I can understand why. Through Fanis I am a little familiar with what happens so you may speak freely with no thought of embarrassment. My particular interest is in the benefits it might bring to us, but also what problems might arise if we chose to bring such objects to Anmar."
Ah! Now I understand. They do not want to allow just anything in from Earth, but they will try to consider what impact it might have here first.
"Your Grace, the immediate benefit would be simple. At the moment, to... clean ourselves during our Calls, then, a small amount of water is placed in the bath which we use. That is then flushed away before the bath is filled properly. It seemed to me yesterday, having endured this process for the very first time, that it was a great waste of hot water. On Earth, a small shaped basin called a bidet is often used instead. This holds a small amount of water and therefore is easier to heat."
"I am assuming that you speak of a specially shaped device. Would a simple basin on a table not suffice?"
Ursula turned. "Maralin? Can you explain better?"
"I think so," he said. "They are not a particularly American thing but I have seen them in certain hotels. Your Grace, these would be fixtures like the flush toilets you saw in Dekarran. Also like them, they are plumbed in so that each has valves the user can turn to get hot and cold water, meaning that there is no need for someone elsewhere to pump it up when the rope is pulled. Thinking about it, they would be at a similar height to the toilet seats you saw then, so that it would be easier for a woman to wash between her legs."
"Ah, I understand now. So just a small amount of water is used, then, saving firewood and effort at the boiler."
Maralin made a twisted grin. "Yes and no, Your Grace. For a system like this to work, you would need to have a ready supply of hot water, usually in a high tank somewhere, and pipework to feed the bidet. I will add that we usually have washbasins in our bathrooms as well, fed the same way, so that hands can be washed in a small amount of water. Those would be mounted just about at table height." He shrugged. "Bidets are not used everywhere, Your Grace. Most of the time we have washbasins and use those instead. The same principle applies, that you can do what you need to in a small amount of water."
"Would these be made from copper, as those toilet bowls were?"
"No, Your Grace. Almost all our bathroom ware is made from porcelain, which is basically molded clay with a glaze which is usually white. The copper toilet bowls you saw in Dekarran were just prototypes to show how the system worked." Maralin thought. "That is probably one of the downsides for bringing bathroom ware to Anmar, since it would use a lot of clay and a lot of wood to fire it with."
Wallesan grinned. "But do we not now have access to this wonderful coal stuff? Can we not use that to fire our kilns?"
"Access, Your Grace, in theory yes, but it will be expensive at first and it has to be brought all the way from Blackstone. A better idea would probably be to let them make the wares and the rest of us buy them from Palarand."
The Duke's face wrinkled. "I would rather Joth made its own products," he muttered, "but you are probably right. Coal would be expensive and it would have to be brought a long way along the river."
Eriana asked, "What about the new steamships? Will they not help?"
"In time, Eriana," the Duke replied, "but first we would have to design and build those ships."
"Thinking about it," Maralin said slowly, "there are other things in Earth bathrooms which might be of help here in the Valley. Your Grace, I already know that, despite the presence of the Sirrel at your doorstep, at times of the year clean water can become scarce. We use other items to bathe in and they use much less water than the huge baths I have seen here and in Palarand."
Wallesan nodded. "Explain."
"Your Grace, we have bathtubs which are more the size of those you find in the smaller roadhouses. They are usually made just big enough to seat one person with their legs stretched out. Those can be made from wood, like those roadhouse bathtubs are, from cast iron, steel, porcelain or... some other more advanced materials.
"In some places, we don't even have bathtubs like that, but use showers instead. These are simply square trays of porcelain or other materials which are fitted to the floor to stop water going everywhere. Of course they have a drain built in. The water comes from a sprinkler arrangement overhead. You stand under this to wash yourself and the water comes down like a light shower of rain, though of course it can be warm water if you prefer."
"And all these items, as you say, are 'plumbed in'?"
"Aye, Your Grace. Thinking about it further, a side benefit might be that the bathroom itself can be made smaller. That might become important as the population grows and we have to build new houses."
Wallesan came to a decision. "Maralin, Ursula, I understand what you have both told me and I would agree that such items as you describe would be of use to many in Joth, whatever complications they may cause to install. However, I will tell you that I would rather make certain that there is nothing we have forgotten, no consequence we have overlooked, and so I desire to send this idea to those in Palarand who must needs consider it.
"Maralin, in view of the fact that you are familiar with these bathroom products, and can therefore describe them in detail, and for certain other reasons, I will ask you to travel to Palarand and present your thoughts to the King. I know that it is not long since you have returned to Joth, but a journey to Palarand and return should take barely three weeks, if that. There is certainly time to be back well before the Harvest Festival celebrations."
Maralin nodded. "Your Grace, I am looking forward to those. How soon do you want me to leave?"
"I will give you a day or two to make preparations, there is no urgency. You have time to arrange your affairs and organize a small escort. Though you and your party should travel in plain travelers attire, I desire you to go well protected. Your worth is valuable, not just to me or to Joth but to all Anmar and I desire that no harm should befall you."
"Thank you, Your Grace. Um, should we be thinking about Ursula traveling to Palarand at this time? I am certain they will want to see her as soon as it is convenient."
Wallesan shook his head. "It is too soon for that, I think." He turned to Ursula. "I am sorry, my dear, but I do not think that you should be traveling so far just yet. I would rather that you had settled down, become more comfortable in our society, before you took on fresh challenges."
"I would agree, Ursula," Eriana added. "At the very least, you should be able to read and write before you consider traveling anywhere. It is possible to do so without, but those who do so are usually in the retinue of someone who can read and write."
Again, they are taking decisions about my future, almost as though I was not here!
In this particular case I am forced to agree that they might be right. I have barely begun to understand this new land I am in and it would be too soon to send me off to another.
A three week round trip? Oh, and I'd probably have to ride, wouldn't I? That will not be possible for a while, even if I was willing to travel that way. That decides it.
"Highness, Your Grace, I agree. I would prefer to settle down here before I would think of traveling such a distance."
Is that relief on Eriana's face? Does she have another reason for keeping me here?
Wallesan nodded. "Think nothing of it, my dear. You have recently arrived, all is strange to you and we must not force too much on you too soon. Even now you are still adjusting to your new circumstances and your new body. There is no doubt at all that one day you will travel to Palarand and see the wonders there, but the time is not right, I deem. Settle in at your own pace, become comfortable in your surroundings, and then we may speak of the future in more detail."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
Having recovered, Ursula resumes her rounds with Senia. A new patient has a sideline of interest to Ursula while a chance meeting with Tyra brings an unusual request. When they return to the Mansion, Fanis surprises them both.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
23 - Tyra
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2019
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Is that an oon or an ahn?" Ursula
asked, pointing.
"An ahn, I think," Senia replied, looking closely at the street sign. "You can see how it has begun to weather and the tops of all the letters have almost gone." She tutted. "Normally no-one would permit the signs to become that bad, I suppose it has to do with the invasion. I doubt not that someone will be about to repaint the sign eventually, especially if we mention it to somebody in the city maintenance department. So, if it is an ahn, then, what do you suppose the sign to say?"
"Zinakh Lane? Zinakh Way? Is that right? What is the difference, anyway?"
"Way would be the correct meaning here, I deem. The spelling and the sound would be the same but, see, the umb on the end? That changes the way you pronounce the word, so that the stress comes in a different place." She demonstrated.
"Ah, I see," Ursula said. "I wondered what the umb was for as it didn't seem to have a sound to go with it. In my native tongue there is something similar to that. But what, then, is the difference between a lane and a way?"
Senia explained, "A lane is one that is wide enough for a cart or a wagon. A way is usually wide enough for someone on a frayen, but not for a cart. If they are narrower than that, they will be named alleys." She tutted again. "The end of that sign is bad. Of course, anyone who lives nearby or who has regular business here already knows where they are, but Joth is full of strangers these days." The healer nodded. "I will mention this sign to someone when we get back to the Mansion, I think. It is not the first worn one I have seen along my rounds, though of course I barely need them these days."
"Signs are not so important to me, Senia, as actually knowing where I am. Now that I have been going round with you a while I have a much better idea of the layout of the city now. Putting names to the streets and alleys can only improve my knowledge - and my reading."
Five days had passed since Ursula's Call and she was now back out and accompanying Senia on her rounds again. The Scribe, Serek, had been of less assistance than expected at the beginning of Ursula's reading lessons. Somehow he had involved himself in a furious argument with Eriana and stiffly withdrawn his offer of help. To everyone's surprise, the mediator in that argument, Kalmenar, had offered to assist instead and had proved much more useful. As he had said at the time, "Mistress, while the Visund is yet docked at Joth there is little for me to do. I would be delighted to spend some of my spare bells helping you to learn to read."
"Are we going that way, then?" Ursula asked. "This new patient of yours, I don't think I know where they live."
"Aye, along to the end and turn right into Ropewalk Street. It is only a short way after that."
They walked slowly along the shadowed pathway, grateful for some temporary shade from the high sun. Even so, Ursula could feel the heat radiating from the bricks which made up the road surface and was glad of her loose thin dress and her straw hat. Because of the heat there were few people about at this time of day, everyone keeping inside their homes until the sun swung and the coolness returned in late afternoon.
Ursula was thinking of the time, and of lunch. "Will that be the last one?"
"Aye, Ursula. A wood turner who managed to cut himself on the arm with a chisel."
"I remember. You told me when I was indisposed."
"I was told that the wound was clean but that it had damaged some of the muscle there. Are there ways..?"
Ursula shook her head. "We can tidy such things up, but there will always be damage to that muscle. The lower arm, you said? Those muscles mainly work the fingers, so he might find that his grip has changed, or that he has some other limited movement."
Senia pursed her lips. "A significant impediment to any craftsman, I deem. This is the first time I will have visited him so I do not know the extent of his injury. Mayhap the damage may be more visible than functional."
"We can only hope."
At the end of Zinakh Way they turned into Ropewalk Street. It was much hotter here, with limited protection from the sun. They crossed the street and went along the sidewalk to a smaller lane which Senia indicated. Before they could turn down it, however, there was a shout from the road.
"Ho! Is that Ursula and Senia?"
They turned to find out who had hailed them, expecting one of the many patients who now knew them both by sight. Instead they found five riders on frayen, each leading a pack animal. They were all dressed in what Ursula now understood to be typical travelers' attire. The lead rider was Maralin.
"Tenant, good morning. You have finally managed to get away, then?"
He grinned. "Aye, though with considerable effort. If I believed in fate I would think that someone didn't want me to go on this trip."
Senia asked, "You are off to the ferry at Thorn, then?"
"Aye, that's right, Mistress Senia. You are still on your rounds, I see?"
"Just a final one before I return Ursula to the Mansion for lunch," she replied. "You are going all the way to Palarand, I was told."
"Aye, all the way to the palace, if the latest message is to be believed. His Majesty has even offered accommodation for me and my men."
Ursula looked to see that three of the other riders were men who had been with them on the Visund when it arrived, Varran, Murtel and Shekan. The fourth was an armsman she had seen before but did not know the name of. She nodded to them and Varran raised a hand in greeting.
"My!" Senia said. "I have heard of the amazing building that the King's palace is said to be. I imagine that half of what I have heard is not true."
Maralin smiled. "You are probably right, Mistress, but the other half is true, and the reality would surprise you. That building is huge and few people know their way around all of it."
"You have been there? Then I would ask that you bring me back a description of what you see this time, that I may learn the truth."
He laughed. "Mistress, it would take a week or more to tell you everything. Now I am afraid that we are keeping you out in the sun as well as cooking ourselves. By your leave, we must be going."
"Yes, you are right, we should not delay each other with small talk. You have had enough delays as it is."
With a wave Maralin started their little party off again, to head for the Northern Gate, the one that led to the ferry port at Thorn. Ursula followed Senia along the lane until she stopped at a gate beside a small two-storey house. Pushing the gate open, she entered and walked across the small rear yard to a workshop which took up the whole width of the plot.
"Master Putto, I thought I would find you working out here."
The man turned sheepishly in his seat at his bench. "Mistress, I apologize, but if I do not work my family does not eat."
"But using your injured arm means that it will not heal properly and you might never regain the full use of it - all of which you know full well."
"But I am not using it, Mistress." He glanced at Ursula. "I am forgetting myself. You have a helper, I see." He stood and turned, showing Ursula that his injured left arm was in a sling. "Mistresses, I am Putto Turner at your service."
Senia explained, "I am Healer Senia, asked to visit you by Larna, who has other business today. This is Ursula, who is a visitor to Joth and an experienced Healer. In her own lands they do things differently and so she accompanies me that we may learn one from the other."
"Be welcome here, Mistress, Mistress," Putto said with a bow.
"Thank you, Master Putto," Ursula replied.
Senia asked, "What is it you were doing, if I might ask, that you can do one-handed?"
"Mistress, I may not be able to turn but I can finish pieces of certain shapes. See," he sat down again, but facing the two women. "I can trap this chair leg firmly between my own thighs and then smooth it with sand-cloth. By doing so I will use otherwise wasted time until I can turn again."
Senia considered and then nodded. "It is good enough, I deem. Like many you cannot afford to be idle long and so I applaud your clever thinking. Now, I believe that we must needs look at your injury."
"Of course. Will it be possible to do so out here? The baby is sleeping and it would be a shame to wake him as he - and we - need all the sleep we can get."
"As you wish, Master Putto, but we will need fresh water and some cloths. We probably have everything else between us, do we not, Ursula?"
Ursula nodded and Putto said, "If you would go to the back door and open it quietly, Mistress, my wife will give you what you need."
Water was available from a pump in the yard but Putto's wife provided a basin and some towels before retreating into the house. Senia began by unwrapping the existing bandage. The two women looked over the wound. It was a ragged puncture on the inner arm, about five centimeters from the elbow.
"If I may ask, how did you do this?" Senia enquired. "I thought you wood craftsmen learned early to beware of such dangers."
"I was startled," the man replied sheepishly. "A lab came from somewhere - maybe the sewers - and ran across my feet under the lathe. I jumped, the chisel caught the piece and flew up, bounced off the wall at least two times and caught my arm on the way down."
"A lab? Here? I thought it was too hot for them in the city now, that they had retreated into the surrounding farmlands."
He shrugged. "I know not, Mistress but we do have a sewer entrance there," he pointed to a stone hatch set in the corner of the floor, "and men were down there last week making sure it is cleaned out before the rains come. Mayhap they disturbed a nest of labris."
Ursula thought it best not to ask about labris right now but to wait until later. It seemed to be some kind of pest that lived in the city drains.
"Well, let us clean your wound, then. Ursula, a cloth? What do you think of the wound?"
She replied, "I think that Master Putto has been lucky this time. He will have a scar, of course, and there may be some pain for a while as the muscle mends. He is fortunate that it did not happen further down, where it could have affected his fingers, his grip."
"Mistress, your words comfort me," Putto said. "I have wondered if there would be any impediment to my craft. You are telling me it is not so."
"I think so. The wound does not look deep and I don't think any nerves will have been affected. Once the scar has formed you will have to do some simple exercises to build up that muscle, that is all."
Ointment was applied and fresh bandages were wrapped around the arm. Ursula glanced around the cluttered workshop - and noticed something interesting.
"You make musical instruments!"
"Aye, Mistress, and repair them. Of course I am mostly concerned with those that can be turned on my lathe, but I can carve mouthpieces and other parts as well should they be required. If I may ask your interest?"
On another bench were six or seven instruments which looked very like simple recorders, along with three that looked like flutes. Most were in various states of construction but at least one of each looked playable.
"Would you mind if I have a try? I have wondered what the instruments of..." She caught herself in time. "...the Great Valley would be like to play."
Both Putto and Senia stared at Ursula with astonishment.
Putto asked, "You can play music, Mistress? I have never heard of such a thing."
Senia added, "Ursula, like many things, in Joth music is only played by men."
"Different lands, different customs," Ursula replied. "In the land of my birth we make no distinction as to who can play music. Of course the men often end up with the bigger instruments but otherwise, anyone can do it if they have the talent."
"But..." Putto began.
Senia remarked, "Mayhap it is like the riding of frayen by women, Master Putto. Until recently it was not done but Ursula here is even now learning to ride, by His Grace's permission, and I have thought to learn myself. It is just something new to Joth, that is all, but obviously not new to Ursula."
Ursula asked Putto, "May I try? I will be careful. These are all new to me and I do not want to damage them."
"Well, Mistress, I do not know. You say that you have wondered what these sound like? Have you not heard our music, then?"
"Oh, I have heard your music, all right! Um, let me just say that it is..." Ursula changed what she was about to say to avoid offending the man. "...different than what I am used to. The instruments, though, look similar to those I am familiar with."
Putto was reluctant but could not think of a way to refuse Ursula. "Then you may try, Mistress. Perhaps that one on the right, the pukan."
"You call this a pukan? On... Um, where I come from this would be called a flute."
She picked up the most finished-looking of the pipes and looked at it carefully. A simple turned wooden tube with holes spaced along one side. One end was closed off. She lifted it to her lips, the tube off to the right hand side, and blew across the leftmost hole. A satisfying clear note came out the other end. Nodding, she arranged her fingers over the other holes.
"Mistress, do you play that way? Your right hand is the wrong way round."
"This is the way we are taught, Master Putto. Now, I have no idea what this is going to sound like -"
She blew again, lifting each finger to see what different sounds were made. After that she tried a few combinations before putting the flute down on the bench.
"Thank, you, Master Putto. That was most unexpected. I think, with a little practice, that I could play that properly. Although... it was not my favorite instrument."
Putto stared at her with respect. The look on Senia's face was not much different.
"Mistress, that was indeed unexpected!" he said. "Your fingering looked strange but it was obvious to me that you knew what you were doing. Shall you try one of the farbis?"
"These? If you do not mind."
The farb was easier to play since the mouthpiece was carved to make a note. Her fingers rapidly went through the possible notes, telling her that, despite the recent evidence of her own ears, their scale seemed to be much the same as that used on Earth.
"Mistress, I am impressed."
Ursula lowered the farb. "Not as much as I am. I was not sure that I could do any of this any more. It has been a long time since I last picked up any instrument."
"Mistress? But you are so young! Did you then learn to play as a child?"
"It's... complicated. Yes, I was taught several instruments as a child before choosing one to learn properly. Then I dropped all of them to learn... healing instead. I could play, but my attempts were not special. I could not have earned a living as a musician." She gave a half-smile. "And I am told that I am about twenty-three years old here. Where I come from, we calculate the days differently."
Putto looked confused but didn't say anything. Instead, Senia said, "Master Putto, this has been very interesting but we must leave you now if we are to return to the Mansion before lunch."
"The Mansion? If I may ask, what business you have there? I did not know that any of His Grace's staff were unwell."
"You should not ask after personal matters, especially of a healer," she chided him. "The simple answer, which I can still give you, is that Mistress Ursula is a guest of His Grace and resides in the Mansion. I must return her there before I go home."
Putto bowed. "Forgive me, Mistress Senia, I inquired where I should not have. Aye, I shall not keep you any longer... except for two things. How much longer might it be before I may use my arm again?"
"As soon as I can take the bandage off, Master Putto, but you must needs do some strengthening exercises to build up the muscle in that arm. Perhaps a week, no more than ten days, I should say. And the other thing?"
Putto turned to Ursula. "Mistress, if you have an interest in the instruments I make, and perhaps that of others who do, then you will be welcome to return at another time, when you and I may consider such matters at leisure."
Ursula thought. "Like Senia I am somewhat busy, but I will remember your invitation. Thank you, Master Putto."
Back in the lane Ursula set her hat to cover as much of her head and shoulders as possible. Even during the short visit to the turner the heat had become fiercer. She wondered what it would be like in a month or so at midsummer. Beside her, Senia adjusted her own hat and the two set off for the Mansion.
At the end of Ropewalk Street they turned into the main thoroughfare which led from the docks area towards the Mansion. They had barely done so when they both had to stop to avoid a collision.
"My apologies, Mistresses! I did not see you turn there."
"Why, it is Tyra, is it not? Do you go to the Mansion? I am returning Ursula there."
"I am, I have had a half-day's ease to be with my family. If you are going to the Mansion, may I walk with you?"
"Surely. How is your father these days?"
"He is well, thank you, Mistress Senia. He has been back to work some months now and Mama is glad that he is not sitting about the house and getting in her way."
Senia made an aside to Ursula, "Tyra's father is a fisherman on the river. When the Yodans came he was struck about the arms and head and it has taken some time for the injuries to heal. While his body healed in their place of refuge his mind has taken longer. The shock of what those people did will take a long time to fade from the city's memory, I deem."
Ursula said, "I see. One day somebody must tell me what happened but I see that it is still a sensitive subject today."
"If he had not departed I would have suggested that Maralin told you all. Since he is lately arrived at Joth he has a certain detachment that many of the residents have not."
"No doubt I will find out all I need to eventually."
"As you say. It did, after all, affect the whole city."
They walked along side by side in silence for a block or two before Tyra asked a question.
"Mistress Ursula, I believe that you reside with one of Her Highness's armswomen. Do you know much of their art, how they became armswomen? Like most in Joth I find it amazing that any woman can bear arms as they do."
"I know very little more than you do," Ursula replied. "Her Highness's ship sailed from somewhere in Palarand, so I was told, but I did not join them until part way through their voyage upstream. I know very little about Her Highness, her men or her attendant women." She thought. "I do know that it was not thought right for her to travel alone with a whole shipload of men."
"I should think not, Mistress! Especially a Princess. I cannot imagine anyone of her rank without at least one attendant nearby, it would not be right."
"I would agree, though Her Grace seems to me to manage."
"Ah, Mistress, but she does have attendants! She has two ladies who attend her in her chambers and one of them usually accompanies her should she go forth in the city. In her own household there is often no need for a constant attendant since the Mansion is not so large, several will always be close at hand."
"Well, that is true, but I assume that you were asking about Her Highness's attendants because they carried weapons. I know that where they come from there are a small group of armed women who are part of the Royal Guard, or whatever it is called, but how they joined it or why I do not know. I have never been to Palarand."
"Ah," Senia said. "I can enlighten both of you, then, though I cannot give you the full detail. Tenant Maralin has explained some of it to me. It is said that a girl traveler, much younger than either of you, came to Palarand about this time last year. Despite her age and size it was she who brought the idea of women fighting and, in fact, she proved this by fighting off several attempts on her person, killing some herself in the process."
Ursula asked, "Is this Princess Garia that you refer to?"
"The very same, though she was no Princess then, of course. Well, she began training the Palace Guard in ways of fighting unknown in the Valley and eventually, seeing her example, several of the women servants in the King's Palace sought to join the Guard. Then Princess Eriana appeared, on her own ship, a runaway from her own father -"
"Really?" Tyra's eyes were wide.
"Really. The story is confused but briefly, she and her men desired to assist Palarand in the war against Yod. By then Yod had captured Joth but it seemed that Boldan's Rock was a weak point in their plans. Eriana offered to go and retake the fortress with her men, but the King insisted that she take female companions with her." An aside. "You know how difficult it can be sometimes, should you be on your own. By taking women who could fight they served two purposes, female companions and also warriors."
"Maker! And they fought beside the men?"
"Indeed, Tyra. It was the women who first gained entry to the fortress, pretending to be pakh-herder women caught out in a winter storm. The attack was successful and that was the beginning of the end for those of Yod."
"That's amazing!"
Tyra's excitement was clear and Ursula drew an obvious conclusion.
"Are you wondering if you could become a woman warrior, Tyra? I do not know if that is possible in Joth."
The girl's face dropped. "I did. I thought, maybe - I don't know. Do you think such dreams are foolish, Mistresses?"
"I do not think such dreams are foolish, Tyra," Senia answered. "I could not tell you if this is something that you would be able to do, though, since such matters are strange to me, as they will be to most in Joth. His Grace might know, perhaps even have considered employing a small group of women, since he has traveled to Palarand and spent time there. Maralin might also know but he has now departed, you will not see him for a month or so."
"Departed? When? Where?"
"This morning, for Palarand. Actually, we passed the Tenant and his party earlier, in the street. The reasons will be known only to himself and His Grace, of course."
Senia flicked Ursula a meaningful glance. Since she was now in on the secret, it was apparent that some kind of courier service would be needed between the two places where people from Earth resided, and that Maralin would be the obvious person to provide it.
"As you say."
They walked along in silence for a short way, then Ursula asked, "Have you thought to talk to Bennet or Semma? They would tell you what you needed to know, I am sure."
"It is not my place, Mistress. I am only an upstairs maid, after all."
"I think," Ursula said gently, "that if you wanted to become an armswoman, then you would be expected to show some initiative as well as take orders. In many respects Bennet and Semma are only servants like yourself, just ones who can carry and use swords, that is all." She considered. "Let me ask Bennet when they return this evening. She can tell you what training you would need, whether there is any level of education you would be expected to have and what kind of duties you might have to do. Of course," she added with a smile, "I know nothing of any of these matters."
"Oh, would you, Mistress? I would be most grateful."
"I can only ask, Tyra. I cannot make you an armswoman, if that is what you really want to be."
"I understand, Mistress."
As they walked towards the Mansion Ursula studied Tyra properly for the first time. Until now she had been 'just' one of the servants, scurrying around quietly in the background in the colors of the Ducal house. On the two occasions she had been asked to act as chaperone for Ursula's reading lessons, she had stood behind, out of sight and mostly out of mind.
Now she saw a young woman, about her own age or slightly younger, the same height with the typical long dark brown hair of the local population. She looked fit, but then if she was an upstairs maid she probably had a lot of physical work to do. Her skin was browner than Ursula expected, but if she went home for a while every week then the sun could do that.
The servants here have been fairly unobtrusive. It is nothing like what I was used to on Earth, but not so strange if I consider the different staff one gets in the average hospital. They have a job to do, just as I have.
She had another thought then.
But what, really, is my job supposed to be? Why am I here? Simply to teach medicine to these people?
She was still puzzling over her circumstances when they walked under the entrance arch of the Mansion.
"Ursula," Senia said, "As we are at the Mansion, I have one more task I desire to do before I leave you and go home. If I may, I would like to see Mamoot. How is he faring?"
"Oh, he is fine, Senia. I did not want to let him out of bed for a week after the operation so he spends much of his time resting - and grumbling, as patients often do. He is in his room on the top floor, I'll lead the way." Remembering they had a companion, Ursula turned to Tyra. "We'll have to leave you now, Tyra. Unless you have an interest in becoming a Healer?"
Tyra bobbed. "Thank you, Mistress Ursula, Mistress Senia. No, though I must admit that I could be interested in what it is you both do, I do not think that I would want to do it myself."
The servant girl bobbed again and walked off towards the center arch and the rear of the Mansion. Ursula and Senia followed more slowly, turning left under the center arch to the stairway which led up to the armsmens' quarters. It was shaded here, in the stairwell, and Ursula was glad of the reprieve from the sun as they climbed. Out on the balcony, she led the way along until they reached an open doorway. Conversation came from within so she knocked on the door.
"Mistress Ursula! If you would enter, please."
Mamoot turned to the two armsmen standing by his bed. "Sorry, lads, the healers have come. You can tell me what happened after lunch."
One of them said, "I have duty then, Mamoot, but Verik is on the late shift, he can tell you."
"Aye," the other one agreed. "I'll come back after my nap... if these ladies are agreeable."
"We have no reason to keep you out," Ursula said. "Just so long as he stays in that bed and you don't try to smuggle any beer or wine in here for him."
Verik bowed. "As you command, Mistress." To Mamoot, "After our nap, then."
The two men left and Ursula and Senia took their places.
Mamoot nodded to them. "Mistress Ursula, Mistress Senia, good day to you both."
"Well, young man," Senia said, "I've come to see how your wound is progressing. You have had no sickness since the operation, no sweats or fevers? No other pains?"
Mamoot was propped up in his bed, resting on several pillows. Because it was so hot for most of the day, he was on top of the bedclothes, and he wore one of the new 'utility' shirts and a pair of new cargo shorts.
"Mistress Senia, I have not. Apart from the heat, which everybody suffers, I have no complaints. Many of my fellows, as you have seen, come by and keep me company when they are off duty. Still, I would rather be back at work than stuck in here."
"I understand. You suffer the same complaint that every patient does, that they are not well and would rather be somewhere else entirely. If we may look at your wound?"
Mamoot raised his shirt and pulled down his shorts a little way. His scar, still with the stitches in place, was plainly visible. Senia leaned over to examine it closely.
"Remarkable." She straightened up. "Ursula, you have done Joth a great service, I deem. This man will have nought but a scar to show for cheating death." She smiled at Mamoot. "Doubtless he will prefer a scar to the alternative."
"I must agree, Senia," Ursula said. "It looks as if it is healing well. Of course, we can only see the outside, not what is happening deep inside, which is why Mamoot is still in bed. I had thought to let him walk about from tomorrow because otherwise he will begin to lose muscle tone and get stiff. What do you think?"
Senia nodded. "If the inside is in the same state as the outside then I deem it is all healing very well. Yes, let him rise from tomorrow, but," she held up a finger and turned to Mamoot, "you must not do anything to strain your lower body, do you hear? I don't want to come back and find that your scar has torn because you thought that you could go back to duty. That will not happen for another three weeks, and I will tell Captain Hambran that myself."
"As you command, Mistress." Mamoot's expression was solemn. "If I may ask, what food am I permitted now? Is it still to be the soups and soft foods you prescribed before?"
"It was Ursula who told you your food, not me."
Ursula said, "I think we can begin to allow a little more variety, Mamoot, but we still have to be careful. I will have a word with Master Farren and see what he can suggest."
"Thank you, Mistress."
"So, you may rise tomorrow, and eat a breakfast of porridge, maybe a little bread. Water or pel is fine but I don't think I want you drinking small beer just yet, not until I am sure everything inside is working as it should. Of course there should be no proper beer or wine, thought I know you don't drink wine, do you?"
"As you say, Mistress. What am I permitted to do tomorrow?"
"You can go and watch your friends at practice, but I also want you to do some walking around, get your blood flowing and your muscles working." Ursula remembered something. "Oh, and take it easy climbing up and down stairs, please. That can strain your stitches."
"As you command, Mistress."
The two women left Mamoot and walked along to the stairs, going down one flight.
"I'll leave you here, Ursula," Senia said. "No sense in you coming down to the ground and then climbing back up again."
"A sensible idea. See you tomorrow?"
"Aye, as usual." Senia added, "Unless there is an emergency, of course."
"Of course."
Senia waved and carried on down the stairs while Ursula walked over the carriageway arch into the domestic part of the Mansion. She didn't know the name of the armsman who stood at the top of the main stairs so merely nodded to him. He saluted and said, "Mistress."
Ursula's first thought once inside her suite was the toilet. Having attended to that she wandered into her dressing room, looking for something to occupy her mind until lunch was called. She caught sight of herself in the mirror and frowned.
How did I get that mark on this dress? Why did I not notice it before? Now I will have to change!
She quickly pulled off the 'ship dress' and inspected it in the strong sunlight coming in the dressing room window. A diagonal brown stain went from right hip to center. It did not look like blood.
I wonder if it was when we were in the turner's workshop? Suppose he had varnished something earlier? He could probably have managed that one-handed. I must have brushed against something.
No matter. I know I have a spare somewhere...
But she could not find it.
That means that I will have to wear one of those light dresses that were bought along the river. Not really up to Mansion standards but good enough given the weather.
...but I will need some help getting it on...
...and I need to ask somebody about this stain, see if it will be easy to remove.
It had better be! The massed seamstresses of Joth will not be amused if I have stained a new dress!
Sighing, she pulled the dress back on and set it straight and tidy.
Outside in the corridor she dithered what to do, finally turning away from the stairs to wander along the other living accommodation. There would be nobody in Eriana's suite, that she knew, but there might be a servant or two about who would be able to help. As chance would have it, Heris appeared from the far end and noticed her.
"If I may help, Mistress?"
"Oh, yes. I have somehow gotten a stain on my dress while I was out -"
She pointed to her front, where the mark was just visible in the indirect light in the corridor.
"- so I have to change and I'll need a little help. I also want to see if this can be removed before it dries completely and ruins the dress."
"Surely, Mistress! Is it... blood?" Heris looked apprehensive.
Ursula shook her head. "I don't think so, we have been fairly careful when we were out and we try to keep anything like that away from our clothes." She had a thought. "It has never occurred to me, and I doubt that it has occurred to any of the other healers either, but perhaps we ought to be wearing aprons when we visit patients." She waved a hand. "That is not the immediate concern, I want to get this stain off if I can. It might be some kind of varnish, the last person we visited was a woodworker and he was in his workshop."
"Ah! Then perhaps Duban can help. I know that he has solvents which can clean such fluids from whatever he is working on - and from his own clothes and hands, perhaps." He considered. "It is nearly time for lunch, but, as you say, speed is important if the stain is to be removed. Shall I take you to Duban? Oh! You will need help taking your dress off and putting on another, of course. Now I noticed -"
With a hand signal to ask her to stay, Heris walked along and went into the Ducal suite, returning almost immediately with Tyra.
"Mistress Ursula!"
"Hello again. I have managed to get a stain on my dress so will have to change before lunch. I also need to see Duban to find out if he has something with which to remove the stain."
"If I may see... Oh! Yes, you must needs change, Mistress! Quickly, I will help you."
Heris said to Tyra, "You will see to this?"
"Yes, Heris," she said, bobbing.
"I will tell them you will be late for lunch, then."
As the footman walked off Tyra said, "Mistress, we must be quick. Do you know which dress you will wear instead? Have you yet bathed?"
Ursula shook her head as they returned to her suite. "I have not bathed, Tyra, I have been upstairs visiting Mamoot. I can manage without today, I think. There are two light dresses I could wear, I know where they are."
"If you say so, Mistress."
Tyra opened the door to the suite and waited until Ursula had entered before following her in. The two made for the dressing room. Ursula promptly pulled the ship dress off over her head.
"Oh! Is that one of the new bras, Mistress?"
"It is." Ursula became aware that, perhaps, servants would not be high in the priority list for the new garments. "There is no time now to talk about such matters."
"As you say, Mistress," Tyra agreed, taking the ship dress from Ursula. Although she had cleaned in the dressing room, she was not familiar with the clothes on the rails. "Which dress will you choose?"
"This one will do," she said, pointing. "Again, I am not too concerned what I look like so long as it is clean and presentable."
"As you say, Mistress. An unfortunate occurrence, getting a mark like that."
"Well," Ursula said as Tyra helped her on with the dress, "it happened before we met you and you did not notice it either. It was only when I came in here to change that I saw it in the mirror and then I realized that my other ship dress must be in the laundry. I am capable of dressing and undressing myself, it is these laces that I have trouble with."
Tyra stopped tugging on the laces. "How so, Mistress? Unless the dress is as your... ship dress, did you name it? ...then it must needs have laces, surely?"
Ursula waved an irritable hand. "I can explain later. I need to see Duban before lunch, because Heris said that he might have solvents that could remove this stain if it hasn't dried out too much. Do you know where he can be found?"
Tyra tied a bow. "There, Mistress. You are ready to go. Aye, I can take you to Master Duban, if you would follow me."
Tyra led the way out of the suite and left across the connecting bridge to the military part of the complex, turning left, a direction Ursula had never been before. Their way led through two store-rooms which had materials piled on the floor, while the walls looked as if there had once been shelving which had been roughly removed.
Beyond the store-rooms was a wide and well-lit workshop, where Duban and two juniors worked on saddles and tack. He looked up as they entered and wiped his hands on a cloth.
"Mistress Ursula, what brings you here? Surely it can wait until after lunch? It must be about due by now."
She held out the ship dress. "Master Duban, today Senia and I visited Putto Turner in his workshop," the saddler nodded recognition of the name, "and it appears that I have gotten something on my dress while there. Heris says that you might have fluids that will remove it before it sets in the fabric."
"Aye, Mistress, that may be true. If I may see the stain?"
He took the dress and held the affected part up to the light.
"I judge this to be wood stain, Mistress, and you were right to bring it to me straight away. If you will leave it here, I will do what I can and then return it to you. Will that suffice?"
"Of course, Master Duban. The dress is relatively new, it would be a shame if it were damaged so early."
"As you say, Mistress." He frowned. "I thought that Putto had some kind of injury? Oh, of course, that was why you visited him, naturally. But he was in his workshop, you tell me?"
"He was, he had found things to do which involved only one hand. That apparently included staining wood, though he wasn't doing that when we were there."
Duban grunted. "I can understand that, Mistress, all must needs work or go hungry. Oh! There is the dinner bell. Tyra, if you would take Mistress Ursula to the dining room."
"Of course, Master Duban."
She bobbed and led the way out of the workshop. Ursula took note of the damage as they passed through the store-room.
"What happened here, Tyra?"
"I do not know exactly, Mistress," the servant said as she led the way back into the domestic part of the mansion, "because it happened during the time of Yod. It is thought that the invaders needed wood for their cooking and to keep themselves warm, so broke up anything in the city they did not need. Much furniture and items of worth were lost this way."
"Oh. I'm sorry, I did not realize that there had been so much destruction."
"Too much, Mistress, too much."
At the bottom of the stairs Tyra led the way to the door of the dining room and opened it. Heris was waiting inside and beckoned them both in before closing it behind them. It appeared that lunch had already started, so Ursula led the way across to the table and curtseyed.
"My apologies, Your Grace," she said to Fanis, "during our rounds this morning I managed to get something on my dress and I was forced to change."
Fanis put down her knife and smiled. "No need to apologize, dear, when something like that happens. I know your business and the hazards healers may face attending their patients. Come, sit at the end there and join us." A flick of the eyes at Tyra. "Ah. You required some assistance to change, I deem? Tyra was there to help, I see. Tyra, if you would attend your mistress, please. I do not know if you have served at table before, the others will guide you for now."
A surprised Tyra pushed in the chair as Ursula sat and then walked around to join the other servants at the serving bar. There was a low conversation before Tyra took a deep plate, ladled soup into it and served Ursula.
The meal continued with Tyra getting instructions from the other servers as it progressed. It was also clear that Fanis wanted to have a word with Ursula but could not because they were too far apart to speak comfortably. At the end, Fanis had a long, quiet conversation with Wallesan and then beckoned to Ursula when everyone rose.
"Ursula, if I may detain you for a moment before you go to nap. Tyra, if you would attend us as well."
In the small meeting room, Fanis said, "Ursula, dear, it has become apparent to me that your present arrangement with Bennet is no longer satisfactory. As we have discovered, when Eriana goes out on one of her longer trips into the countryside with her girls, it leaves you with no help to change or do those other things for which a woman needs a companion."
Ursula nodded. "I am forced to agree, Your Grace. I thought that I could manage but you are right, there are things which a woman on her own will find difficult to do."
"I know that you and Senia manage together when you are out, but you are not out all the time. And we cannot ask Senia to move into the Mansion to attend you here! You need a companion, certainly, but whether it is to be a maid or a woman companion with other abilities is another question." She added, "I also have to bear in mind that in three or four weeks time Eriana and her crew will sail away from here and that you will likely remain. I can supply someone to help you immediately but of course anything I do will have to be put before Eriana when she returns, do you understand?"
Ursula looked at Tyra before asking the Duchess, "Is it Your Grace's thought to assign me a maid? I have little idea how things work here, as you know, and we did not have personal assistants on... um, in Alberta. Tyra has helped me today but I do not know any of her abilities."
Fanis smiled. "Then let us find out." She turned to Tyra. "Dear, I have no complaint at all with your service to the Mansion, but an unexpected opportunity has occurred that you might better yourself. If you think that you would prefer to continue as you are, that being a lady's maid would be too difficult, then I would not complain at your choice. You may return to your duties with our thanks for today's assistance.
"If you choose to attend Mistress Ursula, though, you must needs learn to do those things that any lady's maid must know. You will have to be with her when she needs your service and in time you will learn to anticipate her wants. Since Ursula has an unusual occupation I do not think that it would be necessary for you to follow her about the streets of the city when she is with Senia, unless she so desires your company. At such times you can do other work about the Mansion. What say you?"
"Your Grace," Tyra curtseyed, "It would be an honor to attend Mistress Ursula, should she approve. While I have enjoyed the work that I presently do I have often wondered if I could do more. Mistress Ursula is not as the other ladies of your court and we would both learn together what it is I need to do to serve her in the proper manner."
"Well said, Tyra. I will ask Bellot to make the change as soon as he can. For now, since Bennet still resides with Ursula, I suggest that you remain in your dormitory. As I mentioned, I must speak to Eriana before we go much further."
Ursula said slowly, "There might be some matters that Your Grace should consider."
"Ah?"
"There is the matter of... my home country. If Tyra is going to be my maid, then she ought to know... certain things about my past."
"Ah! As you say. Tyra, as a lady's maid you will inevitably learn secrets from your mistress and they must remain secrets. Am I clear?"
Tyra looked indignant. "Your Grace, of course! I am no spreader of tales."
"Well, then. You must needs give oath to Ursula and you know what will happen should you break that oath."
"Of course, Your Grace."
"Ursula? There was something else?"
"Your Grace, Senia and I met Tyra today by chance in the street."
"Oh?" Fanis turned to Tyra. "Explain."
"Your Grace, I had a morning at ease and went to visit my family. I was on my way back here when Mistress Ursula and Mistress Senia turned out of a side lane."
"Ah, I see. So what happened?"
Tyra blushed and would not speak, so Ursula explained, "She asked about Bennet and Semma because they carried swords and knew how to use them. I asked her if she wanted to become a woman warrior."
"Well! It is an unusual occupation for a woman but, as we have learned, not an impossible one. Tyra, is that what you wanted to do?"
"I do not know, Your Grace. I merely sought to find out more about those who already were armswomen. I wondered what a woman would need to become the same as they."
"And if you could do that job? Mayhap you would have to become much fitter, I deem. Very well, that is something to think about for the future. Should you become Ursula's permanent maid then it might be a useful thing for you to learn." She turned to Ursula. "Is that all, dear?"
Ursula's smile began to turn into a grin. "Your Grace, if Tyra becomes my maid, then logically she needs to go with me wherever I go, is that the way it works?"
"But of course!" Fanis's expression changed. "Why? What have you in mind?"
"Only that I am learning to ride..."
The shock on both women's faces was complete. Fanis recovered first.
"Maker! I had forgotten that! Aye, logically, if you are learning to ride then Tyra must needs ride as well." Her expression changed again. "Which means a frayen, which should be easy enough to provide, of course... And a saddle! Duban will not be pleased to make another one for a woman... And, of course, she must needs be fitted out with all the attire that a riding companion should have."
"Your Grace?" Tyra gasped, her eyes wide. "You would permit me to ride a frayen?"
Fanis now had a smile as well. "Do you change your mind, Tyra? I would not blame you if you did."
"I do not know what to say, Your Grace. To ride a frayen, well, only four women in Joth may do so presently."
"And one of them is only just learning," Ursula added.
Tyra suddenly dropped to one knee, bowing her head. "Your Grace, you do me a great honor. If it is possible for me to be of service to Mistress Ursula, then I am willing to try. I do not know if I can ride a frayen, but there is only one way to find out, is there not?"
"Rise, please, Tyra." When the young woman had regained her feet, Fanis, said, "Then it is settled... until Eriana returns, at least. Tyra, attend your mistress, please. She goes to nap, and then you must both make yourself ready for Lord Kalmenar's instruction."
They both looked at Fanis, puzzled.
"Ah, he has told me that Tyra does more than stand ready behind Ursula as she learns to read but seems to understand much of the work herself. Is that not so, Tyra?"
Tyra hesitantly replied, "Your Grace, it is so. I saw the letter shapes when that man first brought them and, though I was not so quick to know all the names, I have been able to follow what Lord Kalmenar has taught the mistress since. Was it wrong for me to do so, Your Grace? Mayhap I should have stood further away."
"No, indeed it was not wrong! Kalmenar mentioned your interest to me when he first noticed it and that was one of the reasons I thought to speak with you today. You obviously have abilities which are wasted on an upstairs maid. If you desire to read, and Lord Kalmenar consents, then you may have my approval to continue. Ursula, shall you agree this with Kalmenar when next you meet?"
Ursula nodded. "I will do so, Your Grace. Everybody should learn to read. If Tyra can do so just by looking over somebody's shoulder then she obviously has the ability. Two learning together can probably improve quicker than one alone could."
"As you say. Then it is settled. Tyra, you are today promoted to lady's maid. If you would take her upstairs for her nap."
Tyra curtseyed. "As you command, Your Grace."
Having been suddenly presented with a servant by Fanis, Ursula struggles to adapt. The afternoon is beset by domestic issues - and interruptions. After the evening meal, Eriana's party returns but the Princess's reaction to Tyra is... strange.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
24 - The Unexpected Maid
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2019
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Mistress!"
The sound penetrated Ursula's dream and she struggled back into wakefulness. She opened her eyes to find an anxious Tyra standing over her. The fact that the girl was in her suite at all penetrated and that brought her back to full alertness.
"Tyra? What are you doing in here?"
"Mistress, it is my place now. I apologize for interrupting your nap but there is someone who requests an audience with you, he waits downstairs."
Ursula frowned as her brain tried to function. "Someone... wants to speak... with me?"
"Oh, aye!" Tyra smiled. "It is Master Fedris, who I know well. He is a smith who resides down near the docks and he informs me that you gave him a commission some days ago."
"Master Fedris... of course. He is right, Tyra, I must go down and see him."
Ursula swung herself off the bed and stretched to revive her muscles. It was still hot, but some cloud had made the afternoon feel less uncomfortable than on previous days. Her day dress, however, was warmer than the ship dresses she had been wearing almost exclusively since they had been delivered and she felt overdressed.
"Oh! Mistress, if I may adjust your laces."
Ursula stood patiently as Tyra tied off the laces and then tugged her skirt straight.
"Are you supposed to do all this? Bennet did not do this much for me."
Tyra stepped back. "I do not really know, Mistress. I have only ever watched Her Grace's ladies about their duties, no-one has ever given me instruction how to do such things myself. Am I doing wrong, Mistress? Is it too much or too little?"
"As I have never ever had a maid before, Tyra, I cannot answer that. I do not know how noble ladies are served, and I am not one myself, just a guest in His Graces' Mansion." Ursula turned to face the girl. "I am used to doing everything by myself and, since coming to Joth, I am having to adjust to letting others help me. It is no fault of yours that I do not know what is expected, nor what help you wish to give."
"As you say, Mistress. But, as you discovered this morning, there are things that every woman will find difficult to do on her own." Tyra cocked her head with a thought. "If I may ask, I would be interested to find out how you did do such things on your own, before coming to Joth."
Ursula opened her mouth to explain but then realized what she would have to explain.
If I am going to be stuck with her, then she'll have to be told the truth. All of it.
Which will mean... getting the Duke's permission, I suppose.
"That is something we'll have to speak about later, I think. For now, let us go down and find out why Master Fedris is here."
"As you wish, Mistress."
Downstairs in the Small Meeting Room Fedris bowed to Ursula and gave Tyra a nod and a smile.
"Mistress, though I have not finished everything you have asked for, I thought it prudent to bring you some of the items I have already made, since I understand that you will never know when you might have need of them."
He laid a cloth roll on the table, opening it to show a collection of scalpels plus samples of two different forceps designs. Ursula leaned over to look.
"May I pick these up?"
"Surely, Mistress."
The scalpels were all made from a single piece of metal, carefully shaped with the blade ground to a sharp edge. She took one to the window, feeling how it fit in her hand, and examined it closely.
"These are a good fit, Master Fedris. They are sized about right for my hand. Do you -" She turned and walked back to the table. "Ah, I see you have done the different blade shapes I asked for."
"Aye, Mistress, that was easy enough. Since these are so simple to make, I asked one of my journeymen to make them once I had shaped the first one. That is why I am able to bring so many for you today."
"That's good." Her nose wrinkled. "Now all I have to do is to figure out some way to carry them without them cutting a hole in whatever I use."
"A good point, Mistress. It is possible that tiny scabbards could be used but they would be fiddly to make and sew."
Ursula pointed. "I think what I need is something like your cloth roll. If there were to be... tubes, perhaps, tiny scabbards, sewed into one side of the roll, then the handles can be held in the roll rather than the blade."
Fedris brightened. "A clever idea, Mistress! Aye, that would do, I deem. Oh, and the same roll would hold your other tools as well?"
Ursula shook her head. "Some of them, perhaps, for going out on emergency cases, but the retractors and saws would probably not, nor would I consider taking more than one each of these forceps. The bigger items would be kept in a place where we would do those operations I described."
Fedris shuddered. "I should be used to what you described, Mistress, since the recent war, but to cut open a living body is a thought I do not find comfortable. However, I can ask Matenar to fashion a tool roll for those items you would be carrying, if that would be acceptable?"
"A tool roll, yes please. Would that be made from cloth or leather?"
"Why, Mistress, I had not considered that far. Leather of course would be more durable, but there must be some reason why you make mention of a choice."
"Only that it will have to be kept clean and that will probably mean boiling it regularly. I'm not sure how leather would stand up to treatment like that."
"Boiling? Why, leather would gradually harden, Mistress. It is by boiling leather parts that the Armorers make armor for His Grace's men, though that would be much thicker material, of course." The smith considered. "If you would give me leave, Mistress, to ask about, there may be other materials which could be of service."
"Of course. I am in no real rush for any of this, but having suitable scalpels, plus a pair of forceps, means that I will be better prepared when the next emergency happens."
"As you say, Mistress. Therefore, if you have no complaints about the work, I will leave these tools with you and return to my workshop to make some more. If you find anything amiss you can always send a message - or mayhap Tyra can come and tell me."
"I'll do that. You know Tyra?"
"Of course. Her family and mine reside in Narakh Lane, near the docks. She ran the streets with my own sons and daughters before Her Grace offered her a position here."
"Oh, I see. Well, it seems that Her Grace has made Tyra my very own ladies' maid, Master Fedris, which is why she is with me now."
"Do you tell me? My congratulations to you, Tyra. I always knew that you were destined for better things."
Tyra curtseyed to Fedris, which amused him. "Thank you, Master Fedris," she said, trying to be formal. "But I am newly promoted and yet to learn my duties. If you would inform Mama and Papa? I would be grateful."
"I'll do that for you, Tyra, and I'm sure that you will prosper in your new position." Fedris turned to Ursula and straightened. "If there is anything else, Mistress?"
"Nothing I can think of, Master Fedris. I won't keep you from your work any longer."
The smith bowed and left the room. Ursula gazed at the closed door, musing.
This is a strange world. In Russia, if you want someone to do something, you just ask them. Or tell them. Here, you have to play with words to get something done without seeming too overbearing or insulting them.
It is just as well that the translating mechanism smooths out a lot of what I say or I would be in some trouble by now!
Ursula looked at Tyra. "Do you know what His Grace is doing at the moment? I think we need to have a word with him before we spend much more time together."
"Mistress?"
"It is about those secrets I mentioned. I do not see how you can be my maid without learning the truth and... some of the truth you may find hard to believe. So hard, in fact, that His Grace asks everyone who knows to take an oath, so that rumors do not start running around the city."
Tyra's eyes were round. "Mistress? I did not know!"
"Naturally, since it is a secret. Now, how do we go about finding His Grace?"
"I'll go and ask Bellot, of course," Tyra said positively. "He must know what His Grace is presently doing and therefore where he must be."
"That sounds like a reasonable idea. So, where is Bellot?"
That stumped Tyra, so she led the way out into the downstairs corridor. A quick search revealed that almost every room was empty, with only a kitchen servant attending to minor matters in the Dining Room. Tyra turned and went all the way to the end, turning into the antechamber where the dinner service was kept.
"Oh, Turis! Do you know where we might find the Duke? Mistress Ursula must needs speak with him."
Turis pointed a finger in the direction they had entered. "His Grace is yonder, in the Great Hall, with Her Grace and some number of nobles of the land. I do not think it would be wise to interrupt whatever they are about."
Tyra looked at Ursula, who shook her head. "I agree. What I have to ask should not be mentioned in public, for several reasons." Ursula turned to the kitchen worker. "Do you know if Bellot is in there as well?"
"Aye, Mistress, of course."
"Thank you for your time." She addressed Tyra. "Let us go back to my suite and have a talk."
"But you said before -"
"There are many other things we could discuss, Tyra."
"As you say, Mistress."
At the top of the stairs was Kalmenar, talking quietly with the armsman on duty. He brightened as he saw them come up and gave a small nod and a final word to the man before greeting them.
"Mistress Ursula! Barras tells me that you were called to meet a visitor, I did not know how long you would be, yet here you are."
"Lord Kalmenar, there is a smith down near the docks who is making some special tools for me," she explained. "He has just delivered the first few for my approval."
"Ah, I see. Are they in that cloth which Tyra holds? They must be small, indeed."
"They are not large. Please come into my room, both of you."
But Tyra had barely opened the door to Ursula's suite before another interruption came. Over the bridge from his workshop strode Duban, a garment over his arm.
"Mistress Ursula! I am pleased to have found you, I did not know if you had yet awakened from your nap. Here is your dress, cleaned of the stain, but I expect you will desire to put it into the laundry before wearing it again."
"Oh, yes, probably. Come in, all of you."
Once inside she turned and said, "You should both know that Her Grace has assigned Tyra here as my personal maid." She frowned. "I am not entirely certain of the exact reasoning but that is what happened just after lunch today. Neither she nor I know how this association is going to work but, with Her Highness spending longer days away, I must admit that I have found that I do need some help of a female kind."
Kalmenar nodded. "As you say, Mistress. It is possible for a woman to manage on her own but, as you have found, it is not easy. You should know that a personal servant such as Tyra will be expected to become your confidant, able to be trusted with all your wants, desires and secrets and she will in turn offer you such advice as she may."
"Thank you for the information, My Lord."
Duban added, "Mistress, I agree with My Lord here. You will both profit from this association, I deem. And I must offer congratulations to Tyra as well. It is a significant promotion."
Tyra dipped. "Thank you, My Lord. Thank you, Master Duban."
Ursula asked, "Can I have a look at the dress?"
"Surely, Mistress. I used one solvent to remove the stain and another to remove the first solvent. The smell will go once it has been washed."
Ursula put the garment to her nose and sniffed. "Alcohol?"
"Indeed, Mistress. You know of such fluids?"
"I do, and if you have access to some reasonably pure alcohol then it may make my own job a little easier. Alcohol can be used to sterilize things which cannot be boiled."
"I did not know that." Duban glanced at Kalmenar. "I see that you are busy, Mistress. Mayhap you could come to my workshop at another time and see what materials I have to offer, that may be of use to you."
"I will do that, Master Duban, and thank you for cleaning this dress."
The saddler bowed and left the room. Tyra turned to Ursula.
"Mistress, I must take the dress down to the laundry immediately. There may be time to get it done today and it will then be ready for you tomorrow."
"I should have another one back tomorrow, Tyra, but it is a good idea. Here."
Tyra went off with the dress and Ursula turned to Kalmenar.
"My Lord, it has not been the start you might wish for today."
He smiled. "As you say. There is often confusion surrounding those who come from the other world, Mistress, and the rest of us must needs learn to accept what comes. The present circumstance is but one example. By chance, here I am alone with a woman in her chamber."
"Oh! I didn't think of that."
Kalmenar smiled again. "Neither did Tyra, though I believe that she was only attempting to be conscientious in her new duties."
"You are right. Shall we step outside, so that the armsman can keep an eye on both of us?"
"If we may leave the door wide open, that he might see us plainly, that should be sufficient."
The door was opened, and a brief conversation told Barras why.
"Her Grace told me that you had noticed Tyra trying to read," she said then to Kalmenar.
"Aye, I did! It was a surprise, I noticed that she was silently mouthing the letters and words as she stood behind you. Do you object?"
"Just the opposite, My Lord! If Tyra is clever enough to be able to do that then certainly she should learn. Her Grace suggested to me that Tyra should join me as your pupil, if you have no objection of your own."
"I do not, though it means a change of ideas for such as me. You must understand that in our society, and I imagine Joth is little different, very few people can read and write. Most nobles, such as myself, make sure that their own children may do so, since one or more may come to the title after their parent and will need to be able to administer their lands and people.
"Of the rest of the population, which is of course the greater part, very few may be able to read or write. In Palarand's Guilds... or perhaps I should now say the new Engineer's Institute, it is a condition of entry that any boy... or girl... must needs learn to read and write before they may be awarded the rank of Journeyman." He belatedly added, "Or Journeywoman, as it may be."
He then explained, "Since the coming of Princess Garia it has become apparent to all that the traditional training of a guildsman, which may last five, six or even seven years, may no longer be supported. Matters are changing so quickly that training struggles to address the latest developments. Many of those in the more technical departments are therefore forced to rely on what are named manuals, which are books detailing all aspects of their subject. Thus, more of the lower classes must needs learn to read, write and to number."
"I am familiar with manuals, My Lord. In the land of my birth, as elsewhere on Earth, there are many manuals, but also training as well. One cannot make sense of a manual until one knows what the subject is about."
"So I was told. What of your own art? How is it managed on Earth?"
"Do you know that we leave school at an age which here would be about sixteen years old?"
Kalmenar nodded.
"After that," she continued, "most young men and women spend two years in our country's armed forces. It is called conscription, but from what I understand it is not the same as you use the word here."
"From what Tenant Maralin has previously told us, I believe that you are right. Normally, we would only conscript men into the levies when a war threatens or has already begun. On Earth, he says that in certain countries conscription is to be considered as a regular part of every young person's education."
"That is a good way to describe it, My Lord. So, following that service, most will go on to college to learn more about the particular profession or trade that they have decided to follow in their adult lives. I chose medical school, obviously. I am two years out of medical school, then, and was gaining further experience and knowledge while working in one of our hospitals."
The diplomat nodded again. "Ah, I see. And there are many of these manuals, then, to help you at your task?"
"Not so much these days. Because we could be moving about in the hospital all the time, attending different patients, carrying books with us is not a practical idea. Also, as you must understand, sometimes there is no time to do anything at all but deal with whatever is happening. Instead, we rely on the experience of our superiors and a good memory. Of course, should some new disease or technique for curing something come along, there will be short courses for interested doctors to learn all about them."
"Thank you, Mistress. I believe that I understand your background much better now." He gave a rueful smile. "When we first saw you, on that island in the river, we could never have imagined what you have turned out to be. To think, all that knowledge and experience you have -"
At that moment Tyra reappeared, giving a curtsey as she entered the room.
"Mistress, they said in the laundry that, as the weather is so warm these days, your dress will dry quickly and should be ready for you tomorrow - but not before breakfast, since somebody must needs iron it first."
"Thank you, Tyra, and good work. Now, as Lord Kalmenar is here, perhaps we should be at our lessons?"
"Aye, Mistress. Um, should I - Do I have to -"
"I believe that you should sit for the lesson. Do you agree, My Lord?"
"It is unusual, perhaps, but not unknown, Mistress Ursula. Certainly the work will go better if you are both seated."
They took seats one side of the table while Kalmenar sat on the other. He opened the folder and took out three slim parchment books from within.
"Bellot managed to find these among the few effects salvaged from the fire," he explained. "They are for teaching His Grace's children to read, and you have my apologies for that, but I believe that you will find them suitable for your present level of study. Tyra?"
"Yes, My Lord?"
"Since this is the first day that I will have officially instructed you, you must be sure to tell me of any difficulty. Though I understand that your mistress may progress faster, I do not intend to let you fall behind if I can avoid it."
Tyra lowered her eyes. "My Lord, you are most gracious. I will tell you if I do not understand anything."
"Good. Then perhaps you will both look at this first book together. It appears to be about the adventures of a... well, mayhap you can tell me."
* * *
"My Lord, Mistress," Tyra said, "it darkens. Should I light a lantern for you?"
Kalmenar looked up. The room was definitely becoming dark, and rapidly. He stood and peered out of the window.
"A storm approaches. There will likely be thunder, lightning and a downpour of rain to come for a bell or so." He considered. "By the time that the clouds pass over, I deem it will by then be time for you ladies to prepare yourselves for the evening meal." He gave them both a smile. "By which I mean, it would now be a good point for us to stop."
Ursula leaned back and stretched. "I believe I agree, My Lord." Even during the time that they had been speaking, the room had darkened further. "As always, with something new like this it takes a considerable amount of concentration until the letters become familiar. I think we have both done enough for today."
"And you have both progressed very well today! Several more days like this and it is certain that you, Mistress Ursula, will need no further instruction but merely plenty of practice, and you, young Tyra, will need but little more. I am pleased to have such bright students. To see you two learning to read is very satisfying, somehow."
"Thank you, My Lord. Can you tell me, are storms like this typical at this time of year?"
"You would not know, would you? Aye, there are usually a few but they do not last very long, maybe a bell or a bell and a half. Some farmers think they are good luck since the extra moisture helps to plump out fruits and vegetables before the harvest, but those who grow grains worry since the heavy rain that usually falls can flatten the crop. As always, there are winners and losers."
Tyra said, "My father likes these storms, My Lord, since they tempt the fish to the river's surface. He will go out immediately the storm passes by, to make the most of the bounty."
"He is a fisherman? I did not know that. An honorable trade, I deem."
"Aye, My Lord, and the city folk are always ready to pay good coin for his catch."
There was a rumble of thunder in the distance.
"Perhaps lighting a lantern or two would be a good idea," Kalmenar suggested. "In a few moments it will be too dark for us to see one another. If you would give me leave, Mistress, I will return to my own chamber while I may yet see the way."
"Of course, My Lord," Ursula agreed.
She and Tyra both stood and curtseyed as Kalmenar collected his things and departed. There was another rumble of thunder.
"If you may tell me where your fire striker is kept, Mistress."
"I have no idea, Tyra. Let us look in the sideboard. Thinking about it, I have not lit any lamp since I have been here and I do not think that Bennet has either. I would guess that one of the Mansion staff does it when we are elsewhere, like at a meal, but that obviously did not include you."
"As you say, Mistress. Ah! Here it is, in the top drawer."
Tyra expertly struck flint to steel and lit a taper, from which she lit lanterns on the sideboard and table. She considered the wall-mounted ones but shook her head.
"They must use steps to do those, I deem. I will not risk it, not until I am sure of what I am doing."
"I agree." Ursula considered. "I think that you are going to need some instruction as to what your duties are, now that you have a new job. Is there someone you can ask?"
"There are the ladies who attend Her Grace," Tyra said doubtfully. "But they have other tasks as well and are not always around to ask. Her Highness has no maids and there are no other ladies who live in the Mansions who do... that I know about. Perhaps I must needs enquire of Bellot what my duties might be, or, if he does not know, who will be able to tell me."
"I cannot help you, since this whole affair is something that I have never faced before. Where I lived before, there were no maids as you use the term here. The clothes we wore there are designed so that we can dress and undress ourselves without any help. As to any other duties," Ursula shrugged, "I will not even attempt to guess."
"No maids? That sounds... unusual, but it is plain to us servants that the society that you came from is very different than our own." Her face lit up. "I would like it if one day you could tell me of that land and the people in it, it may help me to serve you better."
Ursula grimaced. "There are problems... as I said before, I need to have a long talk with His Grace before I can do anything like that." Tyra's face fell, so Ursula added, "I have no objection to telling you about my past but... there are problems which must be resolved before I can tell you anything. The Duke must come first."
"As you desire, Mistress."
It was now raining fitfully, with the occasional flash from distant lightning flickering through the window.
"Perhaps we ought to go into the dressing room," Ursula decided. "As Lord Kalmenar said, I have to change for the evening meal... does that mean that you do too?"
"Um. Mistress, I do not know. Before today I have only very rarely been permitted into the dining room and that was never when a meal was being served." Tyra eyed Ursula. "Mistress, you have eaten there, of course. How were the female servants attired?"
"Why, it was not something I paid much attention to! Let me think." Ursula closed her eyes and tried to remember her previous meals. "Yes. Some of the servants were from the kitchens, but they wore different dresses to those who prepared and cooked. Some of the others who serve - must be the personal servants of those eating, thinking about it! They wore the Duke's colors but their dresses were long."
Tyra nodded. "That means that I have to find somebody who knows what I should be wearing, and then find somebody else who knows where such a garment might be found! Mistress, I do not know if all that may be done before the meal is ready."
"Then let us begin immediately."
There was a problem with this proposal, in that the rain was now coming down in sheets and the noise was deafening. It was so dark that, even with the lanterns they had already lit, it would have been difficult to read had they wanted to continue. Outside in the corridor it would be even darker. Taking a lantern from the table, Ursula opened the door. Outside, Barras was watching a servant light one of the corridor lanterns with a taper on the end of a pole. Ursula and Tyra looked at each other.
"Mistress, there was a pole like that in the drawer but it never occurred to me..."
"Why should it? If it is something you have never seen done, why would you know how it is done?"
Barras turned towards them. "Mistress?"
"It is not important, Barras. What is important is that we speak with His Grace as soon as it is convenient to him."
"His Grace is still in the Great Hall, Mistress, but Her Grace recently came up the stairs and went to their chambers. Would she suffice?"
"We have a number of problems to solve and she may be able to answer some of them. Should we go and knock? Would we be disturbing anything, do you know?"
"I believe that she may have come up to change before the evening meal... although it is yet early, I deem. I do not think that it would hurt to knock and find out if you may attend her."
"We'll do that. Come on, Tyra."
Tyra knocked on the door but Ursula stepped forward when it was opened. The woman within looked at her enquiringly. Ursula thought she looked familiar, but then there had been a lot of people around the Mansion in recent days.
"If I may help?"
"I find myself in an awkward position," Ursula explained. "Tyra here has been allocated me as a personal maid by Her Grace, just after lunch, and neither of us know what she is supposed to do, or what she should be wearing. As you may know I am a stranger here and do not know the routine of the household."
"Oh!" The woman thought. "Her Grace is presently indisposed but I may be able to help. If you would both enter."
The woman closed the door behind them and looked them over.
"Of course, I know who you are, Mistress Ursula, I doubt there are many in Joth who do not these days, and of course Tyra is familiar to me. I am Benizel, a companion to Her Grace. The Call of Kalikan presently occupies Her Grace and she is bathing with her other companion, Mistress Harbara. You desire to know Tyra's duties? I do not think she has yet served as a personal maid."
Tyra bobbed. "If you please, Mistress Benizel. And I do not know what uniform my new duties require."
Benizel's gaze flicked up and down the maid's body. "Though it is unusual, what you wear now will suffice for today, I deem. I must needs ask Her Grace when she emerges what the attire for a personal maid in her household should be, since no-one of that status resides here presently. Some years ago her daughters both had maids but they have long departed to the homes of their husbands." She grimaced. "Since those of Yod despoiled our city much is different and I do not know whether Her Grace would make changes from what occurred before." She brightened. "Still, the duties of a personal maid are easy enough to describe, and we have time before you must needs go and change."
Benizel had almost finished detailing most of what Tyra should know when Fanis appeared, wrapped in a fluffy robe.
"Ursula? Tyra? Is there some problem?"
"Of a minor nature, Your Grace," Benizel explained. "Though you have assigned Tyra new duties, none have described to her what her new duties should be nor how she should be attired in her new post."
"Oh! As you say!" Fanis smiled at them both. "How remiss of me! Of course, Tyra would not know what service she should provide to you, Ursula. Not all our staff know what every other person should do, after all. Is all now explained?"
Tyra bobbed. "Yes, Your Grace, it is. I feel much more confident in my duties now and Mistress Benizel has said that I may ask advice of her at any time if I am unsure."
"That is good. I must apologize for the oversight, but we were about to take our naps, were we not? I doubt much of anything that I told you then would have been remembered. All is now satisfactory, then? And your attire?"
"Your Grace, Benizel is unsure what attire you may desire, since the circumstances of your mansion are different than before."
"Well said, Tyra. Different, indeed! I doubt not we will have the new wood smell into next year. Let me see. For today, what you wear will be sufficient, I think. Tomorrow I will ask a seamstress to call and we can decide on something appropriate to the season." She had a thought. "Hmm! Mayhap we should take advantage of the new styles and provide a ship dress for you, in the house colors." She nodded. "If I may consider the matter overnight, ladies, and give you my answer tomorrow morning."
Tyra curtseyed again. "As you command, Your Grace."
Outside in the corridor the noise had quietened to a dull murmur and it seemed appreciably lighter.
"The storm has passed over, Mistress. I have not heard the clock... Barras? Do you know what time it is?"
"The rain was too loud for me to hear the bells, Tyra, but I judge there may be a little more than a bell before you must needs take your mistress down to eat."
"Mistress?"
"Yes, Tyra. Time enough to bathe, then, and to look through my wardrobe for something to wear. Come on, then."
* * *
"Mistress, I thought that you had more gowns than these."
The two had bathed together and were in fluffy robes, inside Ursula's dressing room. The storm had by now passed so that a good evening light came through the window, allowing the two women to see Ursula's garments clearly.
"Yes, well, that is part of my past which you will need to know. When... I... came on board Her Highness's ship, I had almost nothing to wear. We had to stop at the next crossing point and buy some dresses and underwear in the market. Once we arrived here, Her Grace has graciously provided some of these better gowns for me. Of course, Maralin has also helped by designing some of these new lightweight clothes that you may have seen around."
"Like the ship dress?" Tyra frowned. "Why is it named a ship dress, do you know? Is it because it was designed aboard Her Highness's ship?"
It was Ursula's turn to frown. "I'm not sure... I think, originally, it was called a shift dress but then he thought it suitable for Her Highness, Bennet and Semma to wear on board, so called it a deck dress. Somehow the women here started calling it a ship dress and I am guessing that the change of name stuck. As to what a shift dress might be, that is a long story for another time."
"As you wish, Mistress." Something else Ursula had said caught her attention. "You said that you had almost no clothes at all? How is that possible? Were they stolen or lost?"
Ursula thought. "That is as good an explanation as any, Tyra. At the time I was found, I had lost my memory."
"I remember."
"So I have no idea, really, what happened to all my belongings. I will tell you that most of what I owned would not be considered appropriate here so it would not have been worth bringing them anyway. I have considered it as a fresh beginning for me, in a new land."
"As you say, Mistress. Which of these shall you choose to wear this evening? The work of Joth's seamstresses is very fine, as I can see from here."
"We have time, let us pull some out to have a look. That way you can become familiar with what I have."
In the end, Ursula opted for the blue gown that had somehow become a favorite. With hair neatly brushed by an attentive Tyra, she walked down the stairs and into the dining room followed by her new maid.
"We stand around in here talking," she explained in a low voice, "until His Grace has arrived. Then we get shown to seats, which can change all the time. Only Their Graces sit in the same place for every meal."
"Ah. As you say, Mistress. Useful to know."
Fanis was already there and joined Ursula. "Everything is as you desire it, dear?"
"It is, Your Grace. It will doubtless take Tyra and myself a few days to develop a routine but so far we have had no problems."
"That is good. Have you any questions for me?"
"Nothing about myself and Tyra, Your Grace, but can I ask what was happening in the Great Hall today? It is not my business but it would be useful to know when either of you are not available or if there might be need of my services."
"Certainly you may ask, Ursula! For the first time since Wallesan has returned to Joth from Palarand, the Great Council of Joth has met, with most of his counts and barons in attendance. This happens but once a year, and is usually in the fall, but of course recent events have made changes necessary. I do not normally attend such meetings but since this one was unusual, it was thought prudent." Her face fell. "We did not get very much done, I regret. Although Joth today is more united by the war than for a while in the past, still there are tensions and rivalries, not to mention absences due to deaths and war injuries. I hope that the next meeting, in the fall as usual, will prove more productive."
Ursula nodded. "Thank you for the information, Your Grace. If I am to settle in this new... land... then I must find out all I can about how everything works."
The door opened and Bellot appeared. He saw Fanis and came over.
"Your Grace, it appears that His Grace will be late to dine this evening."
Fanis looked concerned. "Why, whatever has happened?"
"As you may know, after you departed the gathering, everybody else remained in the Great Hall until the storm passed over, that they might leave without getting soaked. Before the storm had entirely passed, however, a messenger came with a call for the Duke saying that the Galdarin Gate had been struck and that there was significant damage."
"Oh, my! Has anyone been hurt, do you know?"
Bellot shook his head. "Your Grace, I do not have that information. His Grace will of course have discovered everything and no doubt will tell you when he returns. He left immediately with Captain Hambran, telling his nobles and others there to wait until the storm passed before departing, with his approval. I do not know when he is expected to return."
"Oh." Fanis looked down. "I do hope that everyone is safe. Thank you, Bellot. I suppose that means that we should sit to table and not wait for my husband."
Bellot bowed. "As you command, Your Grace. I will go and inform the kitchen."
Fanis turned to Ursula. "Come. Today you may sit by my side and we may have a sensible conversation, with no others between us. Tyra, if you would serve your mistress this evening."
Tyra bobbed. "Of course, Your Grace."
The meal passed with light conversation among the diners since it was a mixed table and many would not have been interested in Ursula's domestic circumstances. She did speak of several patients that she had visited in the city, people who were known to those in the mansion. Once they had finished Fanis suggested that Ursula join her in their sitting room for some more intimate conversation.
"...So you see, I need to ask permission from His Grace before I can tell anything to Tyra."
"Ah, I understand. Yes, of course. When we spoke after lunch I understood that you would probably need to tell her about your past but I had not considered the greater issues involved. You will have to ask permission of Wallesan when he returns but, I would warn you, he may not wish to deal with such matters this evening."
"So I understand. These storms, does the city often get struck by lightning?"
"Two or three times a year, I would think, no more. Most often it is high roofs of merchants' mansions, but also the Great Hall has been hit in the past. It is unusual for such as the Galdarin Gate to be struck, but I do remember that one of the two dock gates was hit two years ago, so it is not impossible. Do you not have lightning in the same way on... in... the land of your birth?"
"Of course, Your Grace, but we have developed methods of reducing the damage lightning can cause. I do not think that I can tell you what they are or how they work, though."
"I believe that Maralin said that they were working on something in Palarand concerning lightning. Of course, he has now departed and is probably in Virgulend by now."
Palarand. If they are doing anything about lightning strikes in Palarand, then I am willing to bet that Princess Garia is behind it.
Another subject I cannot speak about until I get permission!
"It probably isn't that important, Your Grace, especially if it only happens two or three times a year."
"As you say. Now, while you are here, there is the small matter of uniform for Tyra, assuming that she remains your maid. What I had thought was -"
* * *
The door opened and Wallesan came in, wiping his hand through his hair. Ursula stood and curtseyed as Fanis went over and embraced the Duke.
"Welcome back, Wal! Is everything all right?"
"Whew! A difficult afternoon, I deem. There is extensive damage to the tower over the Galdarin Gate, but fortunately, because of the rain, those who were there were sheltering underneath the arch and there was no-one on the road nearby. Still, some have suffered temporary injuries to eyes and ears because of the closeness of the strike." Wallesan noticed Ursula and held up a hand in greeting. "Good evening, Ursula. You may rest easy, your presence is not required this day. Fanis, I am hungry and weary. Shall you ask food for me?"
"Of course, dear. Will you eat it in here while we are with you?"
He waved a dismissive hand. "Aye, I do not stand on ceremony as you know." He walked over and sat down in one of the chairs at the table. "Am I interrupting anything?"
"We were speaking of domestic matters, Wal. Ursula does have a request but it can wait until you have eaten and rested yourself. It concerns Tyra and... Ursula's origins."
Wallesan's eyes flicked between the three and he sighed. "Aye, I should have considered that. If you would let me think as I eat, I will answer you presently."
With Farren and Heris in close attendance, Wallesan attacked the food placed in front of him as though he had not eaten for days. While eating, he gave a running report on the damage at the gate and what was being done about it.
"...and so, it has been necessary to close the gate for a day or two, until the masons can assure us that the stonework is safe for those below," he concluded, picking up his goblet. He took a drink and then added, "It will mean an extra mark or two for anyone coming from that direction but there is no other remedy, I regret. Otherwise, everyone who resides or works near the gate may go about their normal business."
He put down the goblet and turned to his Head Cook. "My thanks to you, Farren, for a hastily arranged meal. It was of course up to your usual standard."
Farren bowed. "Thank you, Your Grace, but I may have to provide for late meals for other arrivals. Yours was but a portion of what I have kept in reserve."
"Oh? How so?"
"Her Highness and her ladies-in-arms, if I may name them so, have not yet returned from wherever they went. I do not know if they were caught by the storm or if they have obtained food somewhere along their route back to the city."
"Eriana!" Wallesan stared at Fanis. "Did she tell you where she was going today?"
"She did not, Wal. I just hope that she will not be out much longer, you know how difficult it can be to travel after sunset."
"And she may try and enter through the Galdarin Gate, since she would not know of the damage."
"Wal, let us not make problems where there may not be any. She may have gone to Thorn again, or maybe Hulmar. We do not know. At least wait a bell or two, and rest yourself, before thinking about finding them in the dark."
He nodded. "As you say, my dear. Farren, you may clear the table, I have finished, but leave me the bottle and goblet. I must needs go and sit somewhere a little more comfortable."
"As you command, Your Grace."
The Duke came and sank into his favorite armchair with a sigh.
"Fanis, we must do something about those nobles. We must not have a meeting like that one again."
"You are worried about them? Leave them for now, dear. You have all the rains to find an answer yet there are more pressing problems here for you to solve. What about the Galdarin Gate?"
"I can do nothing until the masons report, my dear. That will not happen before tomorrow lunchtime, I think." His brow furrowed. "Somebody mentioned a problem with Tyra? Ursula? Is her service not to your liking?"
Fanis said, "That is not the problem, dear. Ursula, if you would explain the problem, um, without explaining the problem, if you may understand me."
Ursula nodded. "It is simple enough, Your Grace. For Tyra to understand my needs properly, I think that she will have to be told the truth about my origins, all of it. If she does not, there will always be questions I should answer but cannot, for reasons you know."
Wallesan had briefly considered the matter while he was eating and knew what Ursula was referring to.
"I agree, my dear. If you are to have a personal maid, it will be essential for her to know all that there is to know about you. Even if you might not wish it so, over time that is what will happen anyway. Therefore, she must needs take an oath to bind her in secrecy." He turned. "Tyra, if you would stand before me."
She came and curtseyed. "Your Grace?"
He smiled at her. "This is not a grave matter we speak of but a necessary one. Normally such an oath as we require would not be needed but Mistress Ursula's past is a strange and peculiar one. Only a very few people in Joth know that secret and all have taken oaths to protect that knowledge. Because of that I will offer you the choice, to take the oath or to withdraw your service without penalty should you choose to do so."
"Your Grace, I will swear. It is clear to me that Mistress Ursula is in need of some assistance and I have already begun to help her as she requires."
"Then kneel."
The oath was given and witnessed. Tyra rose and resumed her station behind Ursula's chair.
"I would advise," Wallesan said to Ursula, "that you leave any disclosures until a suitable time tomorrow. You will have much to tell her, I deem, and a clear head will be needed by both of you for the telling."
"As you wish, Your Grace." She thought about Maralin. "Your Grace, may I tell Ursula about... the rest of it? Others involved?"
Wallesan was silent for such a long time that Ursula began to regret asking the question. "Aye, my dear," he said finally. "It may help to make your own circumstances... more understandable."
"Thank you, Your Grace. I will be careful in what I say."
Ursula thought that nearly a bell had passed before anything else happened. She still had not quite understood all the bell codes, but it was relatively early in the night and the sequences were easier to follow. Then, just as she was thinking of retiring, the sitting room door opened and Eriana came in, followed by Bennet and Semma.
"Wallesan! We have returned, no thanks to the Gods!"
Wallesan stood and walked over to greet the three. All were tired, drawn and looked hungry. Their clothes were heavily wrinkled and there was a strange, acrid smell in the air.
"Eriana! What happened to you? We wondered, when you did not appear."
"A tale of incident I will make brief, since we are all hungry and tired yet in need of a good bath before we may retire for the night. This morning, at the suggestion of Captain Hambran, we decided to go to visit your rifle range, to try our skills upon it. I must admit, the facilities there are well laid out and run and we all three were able to test ourselves with the new weapons. A good lunch was provided and we spent a bell or so speaking to those present about our own experiences before leaving to return.
"However, the storm arrived at that moment and lightning struck one of the powder stores. There was an immense explosion, several were injured, but fortunately no-one was killed. The frayen all ran amok and we had to use ours, who were most easy to retrieve, to help run down all the others. We stayed to help with the clean-up and rescue operations and then delayed our return until the storm had completely passed. Once we reached Joth again we discovered that the Galdarin Gate had been closed, but a Tenant among the gate guard offered to guide us around to the Southeast Gate."
"Maker! What an adventure you have all had today! Come, sit you all, and I will ask Farren to bring you food. He has reserved some against your late return, though what state it is in by now I could not say. Let me tell you that I have spent some time at the Galdarin Gate this afternoon, making sure all has been taken care of. Regrettably, the gate will have to remain closed a day or two more, until the masons tell me that all is safe."
He pulled a rope and Heris arrived. The footman took in the situation and said, "Your Grace, if I should fetch Farren?"
"Aye, please do, and tell him there are three hungry ladies to feed."
"Your Grace."
As Heris disappeared the three sat down at the table, all obviously exhausted after a long day.
"Eriana, what is that smell? Is that you?"
The Princess gave a wan smile. "It is, Fanis. Gunpowder is a smelly concoction and there was a lot of it consumed in a very short time. I had hoped that the rain would wash the smell off but I see that it has not. If I may offer my apologies for our present state."
"Do not concern yourself, Eriana. We know such things may happen from time to time."
Farren appeared promptly, bearing a filled tray and followed by two kitchen staff similarly laden. Food was laid out on the table and the three hungry women fell upon it, in much the same manner as Wallesan had earlier.
Eriana noticed Tyra standing behind Ursula's chair. She said to Fanis, "You have a new maid, I see."
"Oh, not mine, Eriana!" Fanis exclaimed. "Since you were all out for so long, and Ursula required assistance of a female sort, I thought it time to provide her with a permanent maid. You have been on several long trips recently and Ursula was in need. Tyra helped her before and an opportunity was there so it seemed a good idea."
"Tyra is now Ursula's maid?"
"Aye," said Fanis, puzzled. "Do you disagree?"
Eriana lurched to her feet, her eyes wide, a curse on her lips.
"I didn't - She should not - But -"
Eriana obviously had some objection but could not find words to explain herself. The others stared at her with amazement, unable to determine what had caused the reaction. Then, just as suddenly, the emotion passed, her shoulders slumped and she lowered her eyes to the carpet.
"Wallesan, I must apologize for my conduct. I am a guest in your mansion and I should not behave so. I find that I no longer desire to eat but to retire immediately."
Semma and Bennet jumped up but Eriana held up a hand. "Stay. My own poor behavior is no reason why you should spend the night hungry. Come when you are filled and clean." She turned and looked at them all - all except Tyra. "Good-night to you all. By your leave, Your Grace?"
Wallesan stammered, "Well, of course, Eriana!"
Eriana swept out of the room and the others stared at each other in silence.
"What did I do?" Fanis asked. "I thought that telling her about Tyra would ease her mind, she has been out riding a lot recently. What did I do?"
Bennet and Semma looked at each other. "Your Grace," Semma said, "we have had a long day full of excitement, most of which we did not want. It may be that Her Highness is too tired to comprehend what you have just told her. By tomorrow, when she has had a good rest, she may be in a better mood."
"Just so," Wallesan said. "Now you still have a meal to eat, and you may eat it in here, so sit down again, both of you. Farren will attend until you are finished. Tomorrow, well, tomorrow is another day, I deem."
Events move at speed for Ursula as a new activity is decided for Tyra. Then, in the Great Hall, her adventure in the city is examined and she learns what punishments are dispensed to criminals in Joth.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
25 - At the Duke's Court
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The following morning at breakfast, Eriana, Bennet and Semma
appeared wearing their Palarand-style exercise gear. The Princess
looked very contrite, going down on one knee in front of Wallesan, to
his complete surprise.
"Your Grace, I beg forgiveness of you," she said. "I have behaved in a way that a Princess of Palarand ought not to behave. I can only plead tiredness, hunger, and a long day full of unwanted incident."
The Duke stepped back with a gesture. "Rise, Eriana. There is no need to apologize. Had I suffered the same day as you and your girls did, I doubt not that my own temper would likewise have been somewhat frayed. Consider your actions of yesterday eve to be forgotten. Did you not know? You are among friends here."
Eriana climbed to her feet but she still looked embarrassed. "You are most gracious, Wallesan, but still, as a guest in your house, I should not have treated anyone as I did. And now I have made a spectacle of myself in front of everybody."
He chuckled quietly. "You would not be the first guest who has done so, Eriana, and I doubt you will be the last. Please, all of you, come and sit at table. Let us break our fast and speak of today's happenings instead of the past."
Eriana grimaced. "Wallesan, I would agree, but I am compelled to request of you a brief meeting when we rise from breakfast. It seems that there may have been a misunderstanding which must be made clear."
Wallesan was surprised again. "Indeed? I have a busy morning arranged, my dear, but of course I will spare you enough time to resolve anything you consider doubtful."
"Agreed," she said shortly.
As the diners converged on the table Ursula considered what she had learned the previous evening. To avoid disturbing Eriana, she had offered the use of her bath to Bennet and Semma and they had reluctantly agreed. In turn, they had insisted that Ursula and Tyra bathe first, to avoid having to get into dirty water. Following the bath, the four had sat around for a short while in their fluffy robes talking about the day's events - and what might have caused Eriana's outburst.
It seemed that both Bennet and Semma had been around when the Princess had arrived at the palace in Palarand, and it also seemed that she had been an entirely different person then. Ursula had experience of spoiled children, teenagers and adults and she recognized the signs the two armswomen had recounted. It seemed that only Lady Garia, as she had been then, had been able to find a way to improve Eriana's personality, though by this time the Princess had already realized that her own behavior had become unacceptable.
So, a reformed character, then? But one who can slip back into old ways when stressed.
In a different way, that could describe me also. I can not condemn her on that account.
Still, nobody yet has explained what upset her. Something to do with Tyra, perhaps, but nothing is clear.
How can I, or anyone else, find out what might be wrong? Or is there in fact nothing wrong, it was just an outburst because she was tired? What does she want to speak to the Duke about? Could it be me?
There is much in this world which is still mysterious to me and I do not like it!
"If I might ask," Wallesan said to Eriana, "I notice that you wear your exercise attire today. Do you not ride?"
Eriana shook her head with a small smile. "Not today, Wallesan. I fear that our adventures yesterday have worn out our frayen and we intend to let them recover for some few days before we venture forth again. Today... we may join your men at exercise, depending on what Captain Hambran has planned, or we may go down to the docks and join my men. It is some time since we last did drills with them, though I know that Lars will keep them sharp."
"Ah, I see." The Duke turned to Hambran. "Captain? What of your arrangements for the men today?"
Hambran considered. "I will of course be available this morning should you require me, Your Grace, and as you know many of the men are already assigned to your morning's audience. If I may think while we eat, I may give answer to yourself, and to Her Highness, when we rise."
Breakfast was a curious affair since there was still some kind of tension between the various parties, with Ursula a puzzled onlooker. Tyra seemed to have gotten the system of serving at table, however, and the practical side of the meal proceeded smoothly. When the Duke rose, he gestured to the door to Eriana, but she turned first to Ursula.
"If you would join us, Ursula, since my problem concerns you."
"Of course, Highness."
Ursula and Tyra therefore followed Wallesan, Fanis and Eriana into the Small Meeting Room.
Eriana turned to the Duchess. "Fanis, I doubt not that you did what you thought best in assigning a maid to Ursula, and indeed I can agree that mayhap the time has come for her to be so served. It is unfortunate that we were away so long yesterday but I cannot let the weather be an excuse. It is done now, but know that I would have preferred to have been asked first."
"But, Eriana, that was always what I intended to do! Ursula will confirm that, when Tyra was asked to assist her, I warned both that you would have the final word. However, her need for assistance was immediate and therefore I gave her Tyra who had helped her previously. I must apologize if I have upset you, Eriana. It was not my intention to go behind your back, if that is what you thought."
"Oh. And now I am embarrassed again, Fanis. Please accept my apologies again for last night. I saw what I thought was something and it was something else, an innocent helping of a guest in your Mansion."
"As you say, Eriana." Fanis frowned. "I am still unclear what the problem is, though. If you would explain."
"When Ursula was discovered on that island, Fanis, both Wallesan and myself separately made oaths to ward her until she became familiar enough in our ways to be able to decide her own fate in the Great Valley. When we realized that we had done this we agreed to take joint guardianship of her. I assumed that this would mean that no decisions would be taken without one consulting the other. Of course you were not party to any of that, and indeed any of the reason for doing so until recently."
"Ah, I did not know that. Wal, you told me of finding Ursula but I missed the significance of any oaths you may have made then."
Wallesan nodded. "It is a while now but of course you should know all that I can recall of those days, Fanis. Maybe later today, when we can find a few moments together. This morning, as you know, we have other matters to attend to." He asked Eriana, "It is of those oaths you speak, I deem?"
Eriana replied, "Wallesan, it is. I may have made a fuss over nothing but it is Ursula's safety and comfort I consider. While she is yet in Joth I am content to let her be guided by local custom and practice but I would still desire to be consulted when decisions are made about her - or with her. In that regard, I wonder if she is destined to remain here at all. You know my own thoughts on the matter."
The Duke's eyes briefly slid towards Tyra, standing silently behind Ursula - and taking in every word.
"Aye, Eriana, I do. All I can do today is apologize for the misunderstanding and promise to consult you before anything else is decided concerning Ursula. Will that suffice?"
She gave a short nod. "As you say, Wallesan."
"Then, we must be about our business for today. I have a Duke's Court to attend in the Great Hall, where sundry criminal cases and some awkward disputes will be dealt with. I doubt not that Captain Hambran will be outside, waiting to give you answer about today's other activities."
Tyra moved swiftly to open the door, receiving a smile and a nod from Wallesan as he led them all through. Outside in the corridor, Hambran stood talking to Senia and Bellot, with Bennet and Semma waiting for Eriana nearby.
Hambran approached Eriana. "Highness, I have received several requests from the men concerning the Tai Chi. Tenant Maralin has endeavored to teach it to the men but it is felt that a fresh teacher may help them remember some of the moves the Tenant was not certain about. As I mentioned previously, many of the men will be busy this morning, but if you wished to join the rest I would offer no complaint."
"Then we are happy to help, Captain. I and my girls were taught by Princess Garia herself, and I am certain that between us we should be able to provide the advice and example your men need."
"I appreciate your help, Highness. I will give orders, then, but first," he continued, "Healer Senia informs me that Tyra has some interest in learning the same arts as your girls profess. If it would be possible to consult with you and her concerning the requirements for such work?"
Eriana spun and stared at a red-faced Tyra. "Is this true? You desire to become a woman of arms?"
"H-Highness," she stammered, "I did. As you can see, I consider that I may be of a build and fitness to do such work and since seeing Bennet and Semma, I have wondered if it would be possible."
Eriana turned on her heel, thinking, before addressing Wallesan. "This may prove more useful to us both, Wallesan, if Ursula's maid can be protector as well. Assuming that she is capable, I will agree to this if you will. She is, after all, your subject." She added, "It may prove useful to show Captain Hambran how 'tis done, to have women under his charge in the future."
The Duke was surprised but nodded. "Aye, Eriana, it is the logical next step, is it not? Hambran, how say you?"
"Tyra is Mistress Ursula's personal maid? Then she would not be required to be quartered with the troops, she may reside with her mistress as normal, which would solve one immediate problem. However, if she is to train at arms, then she would not be available to assist her mistress at all times."
"I can answer that, Captain," Senia said. "Ursula customarily accompanies me each morning on my rounds as healer. Tyra needs not be present then, we have managed together so far already. If she may train each morning as we do our rounds, she may serve her mistress once we return for lunch."
Hambran said, "As His Grace has said, it will doubtless become necessary for women to join his armsmen, so taking Tyra as a trainee will indeed inform us how it must needs be done. If all are agreed? Then, since you are already here, Mistress Senia, Tyra may join Her Highness and her armswomen this morning, to decide if she is suitable for the task."
"Agreed."
Wallesan nodded. "Agreed."
Senia turned to Ursula. "Then by His Grace's leave you and I should depart, Ursula. There are new injuries to attend today, I regret."
Bellot spoke then. "Mistress Senia, I must needs tell you that Mistress Ursula may not accompany you this morning. That is why I am here, to inform her that she will be needed today to attend His Grace's Court, as witness and victim."
Ursula was surprised. "Me? Oh, is this about what happened the other day, when we went to the market?"
"I believe that is so, Mistress." Bellot thought. "I do not recall that Mistress Senia was involved, though."
"I was not," Senia confirmed. "I only know what little Ursula has told me since." She turned to Wallesan. "By your leave, Your Grace. I must depart, there are patients to visit. If I may attend tomorrow morning for Ursula?"
"Of course, Mistress Senia. As you know, we appreciate that the welfare of all those under your care is important, you may depart at once. Ursula no doubt will be waiting for you after breakfast tomorrow morning."
Senia curtseyed and walked off down the corridor. Ursula gazed after her, somewhat fuddled by the sudden speed of events.
Eriana asked the Duke, "Your court, Wallesan. Should I be present, either to take part or as an observer?"
"As you choose, Eriana," he replied, "though, if you do not mind a suggestion, this will be the first full court I have held since I returned. Your presence today may be a distraction. There is no reason that you could not attend another day, and with more advance warning to choose other attire. I am likely to hold another court like this before you must needs depart, should you desire to see me at work."
"Aye, I had forgotten our attire, we will indeed be a distraction today. So, ladies, let us be away with Captain Hambran and find out if our newest trainee might qualify for the task."
Hambran braced to attention. "Your Grace?"
"Aye, Hambran. I know it is short notice but it is something that must needs be done and soon. We may have other women of a similar bent approach us."
"As you say, Your Grace." The captain turned to Eriana and bowed. "Highness. If you would all follow me."
With a crooked finger aimed at Tyra, Hambran turned away and the others followed. Tyra glanced at Ursula, receiving a nod. The servant girl followed the others as they headed for the yard.
What just happened then? I had a maid and now she is gone! I have barely had her a day and now she has been taken away to do... what, exactly? To be taught to do whatever Bennet and Semma can do, I suppose.
Another thing. If Tyra is to be my maid, surely it is I who should be deciding where she goes and what she does?
Where does that leave me, then? I'm supposed to be chaperoned around the mansion, especially if there are outsiders around.
What about this trial, then? How does that work? I have no idea how they conduct trials in this place.
Fanis said, "Ursula, once again you are left on your own! A curious circumstance, and not of your own making, I deem. Shall you sit beside me until your testimony is required?"
Bellot intervened. "Your Grace, if I may remind you, she is witness and victim to a criminal case. To be seen sitting beside Your Grace could imply to the defendants some kind of favoritism. Normally all witnesses and suchlike are gathered together at the side of the court, until their word is required."
"Oh, of course, Bellot! I do not normally attend Wallesan's courts but I have done so enough times that I ought to remember the rules. Of course she must go... but who will sit with her?"
"If I may suggest, Your Grace, perhaps the kitchen servant Renita could be spared for the session."
"Hmm?" Wallesan intervened, his mind already busy with the procedures ahead. "What's that? Oh, of course Ursula must needs have a companion. Bellot, ask Farren to spare Renita for the morning, upon my request."
Bellot bowed. "As you command, Your Grace." He turned and left immediately.
Kalmenar appeared down the stairs, bowing to the Duke.
"Your Grace. If I may have permission to observe today's proceedings. There are doubtless differences between your court and that of His Majesty and it may be useful to have a note of them, for future reference."
"Of course, Kalmenar. Bellot will show you where to sit."
The diplomat glanced around for Bellot, not seeing him there, and spotted him coming from the kitchen with Renita. The servant curtseyed to the Duke before staring at Ursula.
"Mistress, I understood you were assigned a maid yesterday."
Fanis said, "Yes, Renita, Tyra was indeed assigned, but she has gone with Her Highness this morning about other business. If you would sit with Ursula this morning in His Grace's court, that she might have a companion. Do you know ought of court matters?"
"I am sorry, Your Grace, I do not."
"Ah. Of course, you came from Galdarin, did you not? Do not worry, little will happen today which should cause you concern." The Duchess smiled. "Of course, should you wed Maralin, your presence may be required in court more often in future. For now, you need simply sit with Ursula and watch what happens."
"As you command, Your Grace."
"Good." Wallesan rubbed his hands together. "And now, I deem, we must be about our duty. Come, Fanis. Our people await."
They followed the ducal couple through the doors into the Great Hall. It was full of people, some still arriving through the street doors at the far end. With a whispered word, Bellot pointed Ursula and Renita to a roped-off section against the left-hand wall where chairs had been set out. The others found places in front of or to the side of Wallesan and Fanis, who did this time use their thrones.
Once they had seated themselves, Bellot said in a loud voice, "All who have seats may now be seated."
Once the scrape of chair legs had died down, he continued, "His Grace Wallesan, by the Maker's grace Duke of Joth, holds court. His Grace has announcements to make, following which certain criminal charges will be dealt with. After a short break His Grace will then rule upon sundry matters which have awaited his return from Palarand. If there be any others with like disputes or complications, and should there be time at the end of those matters already listed, His Grace may choose to hear them. If there are any such, you should apply to me at the break. His Grace's Court is now in session!"
Ursula looked around. She and Renita were on chairs at one end of the roped-off area, which was filled with smartly-dressed folk from the city and elsewhere. Their chairs faced the central aisle, which meant she had to turn her head to see the Duke and Duchess. There were occupied chairs set out facing them on the other side, but Ursula didn't know what their purpose was. Further back, away from the dias, there were rows of benches set out facing the Duke and Duchess. These were filled with what Ursula assumed were onlookers, curious citizens who wanted to see what their Duke did.
Wallesan rose. "My people! Before we begin I shall briefly tell you what happened to me when I went to Palarand. I traveled there to be present at the wedding of a remarkable young woman, Garia, Baroness of Blackstone, who will in time become Palarand's next Queen. I am told that the whole of the recent war, including the taking of this city and other places, was entirely due to the desire of those of Yod to either obtain or to murder this young woman.
"This is because she comes from another world, one which is entirely unlike Anmar. Aye, I know what you will say, that the Great Convocation denies such claims, but, my people, while in Robanar's palace I was given such proof that her origins cannot be denied. Princess Garia, for that is who she now is, possesses incredible amounts of knowledge of her world which she has chosen to give us freely.
"This means that, in the coming years, you will see many changes come to both the city and country of Joth. Some have already arrived, for example many of you know, and indeed may have used, guns against the invader, guns which were supplied by Palarand. You have also seen the great towers even now being built about the city which will mean that a message may be sent several hundred marks in a single day.
"You may also have seen Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand walking or indeed riding about our city recently. It is she who owns the ship by which I returned from Palarand to Joth. Princess Garia has introduced the idea that a woman may ride as a man does, and I cannot sensibly refuse any woman of Joth who desires to do the same. Naturally, that means that any woman who desires to ride must needs be attired appropriately, and I have no doubt that the seamstresses of Joth will be in much demand for their attire.
"There are many other wonders pouring out of Palarand which I will not name now, we have other business to attend to. It is possible that, in the near future, we will be able to show some of them to you here in this Great Hall. I will issue a proclamation concerning many of the most important matters that occurred in Palarand, since the wedding of Prince Keren and Princess Garia was not the only reason for my attendance there.
"For now, I have said enough. Bellot, if we may bring in the first case."
The first case was a gruesome double murder, which possibly explained the presence of the onlookers. Various members of the Watch explained what had happened and how they had worked out who was responsible, which in this case hadn't been difficult. It was also not difficult to work out what the sentence would be on the murderer, who was standing, chained, between two of Wallesan's armsmen.
Two more murders followed, but each of these had problems with the evidence. One man was cleared, but with a stern warning as to his future conduct, the other was sentenced to five years 'at the oars'. Then it was the turn of Ursula's assailants. Both were brought in in chains by armsmen, to stand to the far side of the court facing the Duke.
Bellot looked down at his parchment. "If Tenant Bedarn of the City Watch would stand forward."
Bedarn rose from one of the chairs facing Ursula, walked forward to stand in front of Wallesan and saluted. "Your Grace."
Wallesan gestured. "Ah, I remember now. A seeming minor incident that yet resulted in a death. If you would explain for the record."
"Your Grace, the incident took place, as I recall, on the sixteenth day of Pertelin... that would be fourteen days ago now. I was the watch officer at the Watch station on the south side of the main market. There was, I recall, an argument with two of Her Highness Princess Eriana's sailors going on at the time. Mistress Tavia, who had been shopping in the market with one of Her Highness's armswomen, approached and stated that a companion of theirs, also a stranger in Joth, had become separated and was likely lost in the city.
"One of the sailors there recognized the name and suggested that his men, also about the market, could help in the search. This made sense, as it would double the number of teams sent out, so I agreed. A little later on a runner came and said that the woman had been found but injured, and that she had been allegedly accosted by three men while making her way back to the market."
"Allegedly?"
Bedarn colored. "Your Grace, I had not seen the incident myself and the situation was confusing."
"As you say. Continue."
"The runner also said that one of the three men had been killed by one of the sailors who was searching with Watchman Terran, a man named Brodgar. I sent others to bring the woman, the body and the other two men back to the watch station. The men, including the one who died, were known rough men of the city." He paused, collecting his thoughts. "It seemed to me that the man had been killed unnecessarily, Your Grace. By the time everybody had arrived at the watch station, another foreigner had appeared, one Lord Kalmenar of Palarand who seemed to be some kind of lawyer. His advice was to take everybody to the Mansion and put the matter before yourself."
Wallesan nodded. "I remember. Yet you objected to this."
"I did, Your Grace. The man Dobe had not been killed in self-defense so I adjudged that an offense had been committed. Then Her Highness Princess Eriana arrived and I was more or less forced to bring everybody to the mansion."
"Where I decided that your decision had been wrong and that Lord Kalmenar had been right." The Duke nodded. "Very well. I will give a ruling on that matter, but after we have judged the two men who are before us today. Bellot, of what are they charged?"
Bellot read from his parchment. "Threatening behavior, attempted kidnap, attempted slavery, holding a hostage, Your Grace."
"Serious charges indeed. Bedarn, you may stand aside for now since you cannot describe what happened before the man Dobe was killed. If I may ask Mistress Ursula to stand before me."
With a gulp Ursula got up and walked over to stand where Bedarn had been. She curtseyed.
"Your Grace?"
"Mistress, I must needs ask you to swear an oath that anything you say today in testimony shall be the truth."
Ursula had heard other witnesses swear previously, so knew what to reply. "Your Grace, I swear that the evidence I give today shall be in all respects the truth of what happened when the offense or offenses occurred."
Bellot said, "Heard and witnessed!"
Wallesan added, "Mistress, I understand that you are a stranger in Joth so you may not remember accurately what happened to you that day or exactly where. However, I must ask you to describe as best you can what happened, beginning just before you encountered these men."
"Your Grace," her voice rang through the hushed hall, "I had become separated from my friends in the market and somehow gotten myself lost in the streets of Joth. I wandered for some time and then saw in the distance a main road that I thought would bring me back to the market. As I walked there I crossed an alley where the three men were waiting. They stopped me from continuing and one grabbed me by the arm."
She licked her lips. "Your Grace, they talked of hiding me away, training me up and selling me to paying customers." There were gasps in the hall. "As a stranger I did not know what to do. Then one noticed that I had no waist pouch and thought I might be a noblewoman. That meant two things to them, apparently, that there would be an immediate search for me and that I could be held for ransom.
"Then I saw two more men approach from the main road. I thought that one of them might be from the ship's crew and I would be saved. When the three saw them a knife was held at my throat to make the two men stop a distance away. The next thing I remember is a noise and... Dobe, was that his name..? was lying on the ground with a short ax in his chest. Then I fainted."
There was a muttering in the hall that continued for some time until some of the onlookers began shushing. The hall quietened again.
Wallesan nodded. "I understand your reaction completely, Mistress. Can you confirm that, when sailor Brodgar threw his ax, there was indeed a knife held at your throat?"
"I can, Your Grace."
"And you attest that the men desired to enslave you, make you a prostitute they could hire out for coin?"
"That is what I understood from their words, Your Grace."
"And that, once they thought that you were of noble blood, they intended offering you for ransom?"
"Yes, Your Grace."
Once more Bellot said, "Heard and witnessed!"
Wallesan said to her, "You may sit down again, Mistress. There are others to question but you may be asked to stand forth again. Do you understand?"
"I do, Your Grace." Ursula gratefully walked to the side and sat down again.
"Bellot, who's next?"
"If Watchman Terran would stand before His Grace."
Terran came, swore, and confirmed everything that had been said. He went and sat down again.
"If Seaman Brodgar of the Visund would stand before His Grace."
The title caused some comment among the spectators, since the sea was a long way away. Brodgar stood in front of the Duke and gave a Palarand-style salute. His clothing caused further comment, since he was dressed in a T-shirt and cargo shorts, unusual attire among the locals.
The Duke said to him, "You are a foreigner. Do you understand enough of what happens here today? Shall we fetch someone who speaks your tongue?"
"Your Grace, I know enough of tongue to understand. Speaking is not so easy but I will try."
"Then first I must ask you to give an oath to tell the truth. Can you do that? I do not know how such matters are dealt with in Einnland."
"I can give oath, Your Grace. Oaths already made to Palarand's King, to Princess. I swear by Hammer of Thor no lie will pass my lips in this hall. Only truth told here."
Bellot looked at Wallesan. "Unconventional, Your Grace, but I believe that it will do. Heard and witnessed."
"Very well. Brodgar, if you would tell us what happened when you and Watchman Terran turned into that lane and saw Mistress Ursula."
"Mistress held by two men," Brodgar said. "Third stand to one side. Watchman say something, but I see man holding Mistress on left get knife, put to throat of Mistress. That man shout something, we stop."
"I see. You confirm that the man Dobe held a knife to Mistress Ursula's throat before you did anything at all?"
"Yah, Your Grace. Mistress in danger, sworn to protect, throw ax, danger over. We run forward to stop other men hurting Mistress."
The Duke nodded. "That confirms the evidence of everyone else. It looks like the case is decided. Brodgar, you may return to your seat with our thanks."
Brodgar saluted again. "Your Grace."
Wallesan turned to the two men. "It seems to me that your names have come before this or other courts of Joth too many times over the years. What have you to say for yourselves?"
One of the men shuffled. "Your Grace, that weren't how it happened at all."
The other one nudged him with an elbow. "Keep quiet, you fool! Your Grace, Kallen don't know when to stop lying. I admit my part, Your Grace. It weren't planned, or nothing, it was just by chance we was walking there when the lady came along. You don't see ladies around those parts much, not by themselves, so we thought we'd have a bit of fun. We didn't mean nothing by it, Your Grace, just a little fun, like."
Wallesan looked at them coldly. "And the knife at her throat?"
"We-ll, I don't rightly know what Dobe was thinking when he done that, Your Grace."
"And he's conveniently not here to dispute your version of events, is he? Very well. In view of your past record, I deem that it is time for you two to return some honest work to Joth." The two men groaned. "Traze, you are sentenced to one year sewer cleaning duties in and around Thorn, to commence immediately. During the rains you will join one of the parties involved in ditch maintenance and flood relief - at the oars. Afterwards, you will return to the sewers once the waters go down enough. Kallen, you are sentenced to a year's labor in the cloth works in Galdarin. I want you two to be separated for the next year, so that you have at least a chance to become honest men again."
There was a muttered double, "Your Grace." The two men were led away.
Wallesan stood and addressed the hall. "My people, an important point has been raised by this case and I said at the beginning that I would rule upon it. By the general laws of Joth, Seaman Brodgar did, as Watch Leader Bedarn stated, commit what would have been an offence since his action was not, strictly, self-defense. Now Brodgar, like all those who are crew of the Visund, are sworn retainers of Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand. I know these men very well, since their ship recently brought me from Palarand to Joth. I would trust these men with my life, indeed I did so on two occasions during that voyage.
"Because of that knowledge, I used Duke's Prerogative to declare that no offense was committed at that time, but I know that there is a general principle involved which must needs be answered. I will do so in this way. Brodgar reacted immediately to what he saw as a threat to the life of an innocent woman. The Watch would not have reacted in the way he did, but his first thought was to remove the threat, which he did successfully by throwing his ax. Now, such use of a small ax is unusual in these lands but his action would be no different than that of a member of the Watch armed with, say, a crossbow.
"Therefore I shall rule that an amendment to the general law be made such that, at the discretion of those attending, such methods may be made to prevent or end such a potential hostage circumstance in the future. My lawyers will no doubt have a conversation on the precise wording of the amendment and under what conditions it may be used. For now," he looked intently at the audience, "it shall be made known that any attempt to hold someone hostage by threat of injury or death may be met with a like response from watchman or armsman. So shall it be. Bellot, the next case, if you would."
Ursula leant over to speak to Renita in a low voice. "What do we do now? Should we leave now my case is over?"
"I have no idea, Mistress. I have never attended a meeting like this before, it was not my place. I see that no-one else is rising, though, so mayhap we should remain a while."
"If you do not mind. This court is more interesting than I expected."
There were three more cases and then Bellot called a short recess. At that point the Duke and Duchess rose and left the hall, whereupon most of those sitting in the 'witness' seats got up and began to leave by the street entrance.
"I think we could leave now, Mistress," Renita said.
The two stood and headed for one of the doorways either side of the thrones. The armsman standing in front of it recognized Ursula and Renita and nodded to them to let them through, but a call from within the hall made them turn.
"Mistress!"
"Brodgar. Thank you for your words earlier."
"It was my duty, Mistress. Can we speak somewhere?"
Ursula turned to the armsman. "This is one of Her Highness's men. Can he join us inside the Mansion for a few moments to talk?"
"Surely, Mistress. I have crossed blades in the yard with him in the past, I know his face."
"Thank you."
The three went through the doors and into the lobby, which was crowded.
"If I may," Renita suggested, "we could go into the preparing chamber. There should be little going on there at the moment."
They crossed into the chamber and Ursula turned to Brodgar.
«What can I do for you today, Brodgar?»
«Mistress, it is nothing, really. I merely wanted to ask if you had any plans to visit the men. I know that some are asking about you, and that they know you will look at those who are wounded if you came.»
She nodded. «It is a thought. I have been busy lately, as you know, and... there has also been that which affects women.»
«Ah, I understand, Mistress.»
«But I could see if it is possible to come and visit. Where are you all? Somewhere down by the docks?»
«Yah, Mistress. The ship is ready to sail so the men have made themselves useful helping the masons who are rebuilding the defenses. Uh, when we are not training, that is.»
«Then I will see what I can do. We are all very busy, as you know, but the docks is not far away and...» Tyra said that her family lived nearby, so would be able to guide me. «... I would like to visit the men occasionally.»
"Is enough, Mistress. We will wait. Must go now."
Brodgar saluted them and turned to go. Renita watched him as he pushed through the throng and departed.
"Mistress, do you think that Brodgar has a personal interest in you?"
"Uh, what? A personal interest?" Ursula belatedly connected the dots. "Oh! I see what you mean. I'm not sure, Renita. I... have never had that kind of interest before and I haven't been in Joth very long. You know my background, it is far too soon for me to be thinking of such things."
"Of course, Mistress, but Brodgar might not know that." The kitchen servant paused, thinking. "If I may ask, do you trust Her Highness's men?"
"I think that I do," Ursula replied slowly. "They are all very loyal to Her Highness and I'm sure they would not do anything to displease her. That does not mean that some would not consider some kind of advance, though. They are men, after all, and I am a woman."
"As you say, Mistress. I must needs accept that he has no ill intent, but I know that you may not be so familiar with the ways of men - by your own account. If you would take care in your dealings with those you speak to. The wrong word, spoken innocently, can cause an unwanted reaction."
Ursula nodded. "Aye, Renita, I understand. Just when I think that I am becoming comfortable here, something else comes along that I have to think about."
Farren came out of the kitchen then. "Ah, Renita! Mistress Ursula, do I assume from your presence here that you are no longer required at court?"
"That is true, Master Farren. We have not been specifically dismissed, or whatever is done, but my case has been placed before the Duke and the men sentenced." A glance into the kitchen. "This may be a stupid question, but do you have any pel brewing? It is about time I had a drink, I think, and Renita probably needs one as well."
The cook grinned. "Aye, of course! Not a stupid question at all, Mistress, you know the ways of the kitchen. If you would both follow me."
Farren led them to the table where the kitchen staff usually took their breaks and called for pel to be brought.
"Mistress," he apologized, "I would offer you a pastry or two but it is too close to lunch. If you would consent to wait?"
Ursula waved a hand. "I am content to wait for lunch, Master Farren. The pel will be enough, after sitting in the Great Hall for most of the morning. Besides," she smiled at him, "if I eat too much I will start to get fat, and that would not do, would it?"
He smiled back. "Indeed not, Mistress, although I deem that your job is not an active one, unlike say our men-at-arms." The smile faded. "Or apparently, your new maid. Did you know we watched her from the window there earlier, running around the yard with Her Highness's two armswomen? I did not know that an upstairs maid could be so fit! Twice at least they attempted to outpace her but she easily kept up with them. If she is to be in your employ, may I ask what she does out there?"
Ursula frowned. "I am not entirely certain, Master Farren. A day or two ago she asked me how the two armswomen trained, and if I thought she had any chance to become one herself. I could not answer her then and I'm not sure that I could now. Then, because Her Highness was away, I asked for someone to help and Her Grace assigned Tyra as my maid. But this morning, somehow, Senia spoke to Captain Hambran and Tyra was asked to go for a trial, to see if she would be suitable, and both the Duke and Her Highness agreed to it." She raised her arms helplessly. "That is as much as I know. I thought she was going to be my maid and now she has disappeared."
"I cannot answer you, Mistress, but when you do find out, I would be delighted to know the reasoning."
Mugs of pel appeared then and Farren went off to continue preparing for lunch.
Renita nodded. "I understand, now. That's why His Grace asked for me to come as your companion."
"Yes. It was all very sudden, just outside in the corridor after breakfast." Ursula had a thought. "Renita, those two men who grabbed me that day."
"Yes, Mistress?"
"They were sentenced, one to the sewers in Thorn and the other to, apparently, clothmaking in another town, I forget the name."
"Galdarin, Mistress. It was Galdarin where Maralin was taken when he first arrived and that was where I met him. What is it you wished to know?"
"Well, I think I can understand the sewers sentence, that has to be unpleasant and that is what a sentence is for. But clothmaking? That doesn't sound as strong a sentence to me."
"Ah, Mistress, that is because you do not yet know how we make cloth in Joth. It is one of our main exports, the raw cloth and attire made from it. Let me see if I may explain." They both took a sip of their drinks. "Our main cloth is called hasil but there are others."
Ursula heard hasil but also another word, linen, which confused her at first until she remembered the automatic translation feature of her new brain. She nodded.
Renita continued, "Hasil is made from the fibers of a... weed, really, that grows in boggy lands to the south of Galdarin. To get the fibers out of the stems requires breaking them down and trampling them in shallow pools filled with lime - and urine. It is an unpleasant job which is why it is often assigned to convicted men. It will be every part as unwelcome to that man as cleaning the sewers is to the other."
"Ah, I see. I imagined that he would be involved with spinning, or looms, or something like that."
"Nay, Mistress! Those who spin the fibers and weave them into cloth are trained artisans and no criminal would be allowed near the process! It would only lower the quality of the cloth."
"And I am guessing that cloth is important to Joth."
"Of course, Mistress! Our cloth is desired throughout the Great Valley, so I am told. And the garments made by our seamstresses are valued almost as much, since we have the numbers and the expertise to produce attire of quality and quantity."
Joth is said to be an island in the middle of a great river. They have to live by their wits and use whatever resources they can. I do not know how the economics plays out, especially in a society like this, but it seems to me that they are managing well enough.
...But, so Maralin tells everybody, the Industrial Revolution is about to happen here. Is that going to cause a great upheaval? What happens when weavers are replaced by power looms and seamstresses by sewing machines?
"That is interesting, Renita. It is time I discovered more about Joth and how it works."
"As you say, Mistress, but of course I am only a kitchen worker with a little knowledge of what went on around the farm I worked on before I came here. I am sure that there is much that we will both have to learn in future."
* * *
Ursula was in her chambers wondering what to do when Tyra arrived. Her servant's dress was heavily stained with sweat and her eyes were shining.
"Mistress, they agree I may attempt the task! I am pronounced fit enough to begin to train as an armswoman."
"Tyra, I am delighted for you, but I thought you were going to become my maid."
"And so I shall, Mistress!" Tyra looked slightly offended at the suggestion. "Any new duty requires training to do it and Captain Hambran says that I will be better able to serve you should I be able to defend you. Think, Mistress, if I had been with you when you met those men! If I knew how, I would have made sure that you had not been accosted as you were."
"Tyra," Ursula said gently, "if you had been with me, the whole episode would probably not have happened at all, since I would have been seen as a noblewoman with a maid. The only reason that they picked on me was because I was on my own."
...And because, if you had been my maid then, I would never have been able to sneak away from the others as I did. But that is something you don't need to know.
Tyra was stubborn. "But still, Mistress."
"Yes, I understand the point, Tyra. But now, look at you! I think we had both better climb in the bath, and quickly. You can't go down to the dining room looking like that."
Tyra glanced down at her dress and gasped at the stains. "Mistress! I did not realize!"
She turned to go to the bathroom but Ursula held up a hand. "Wait!"
"Mistress?"
"Think, Tyra! If you jump in the bath, as you must do, that will mean that you will have to go wandering around the mansion wearing a fluffy robe looking for something else to wear. Is this permissable?"
Panic and indecision showed on the maid's face. "Mistress, what must I do?"
"Go and find a replacement dress now, while you are still dressed."
"But -"
"I will start the bath water running. Go on! There is little time!"
"As you command, Mistress!"
Tyra scampered off while Ursula shook her head and moved towards the bathroom. By the time that Tyra returned, new dress in an outstretched hand to avoid it getting sweaty, the water had begun to flow and Ursula was wondering if she could somehow begin undressing herself. With the two of them now together, each helped the other off with their clothes and they climbed into the tub.
"That was remiss of me, Mistress. I should have thought of that before I even came to your door."
"That is fine, Tyra. It has been a strange morning, let us concentrate on getting clean."
A little later Tyra commented, "Mistress, I should really be in here with you."
"What? You are in here with me!"
"I mean, my belongings should be in your suite, instead of in the dormitory at the other end of the corridor. As a lady's maid, I should be with you at all times. Ah, unless you are visiting patients and I am training, of course."
"But Bennet -" Ursula stopped. The situation had changed. If Tyra really was to be Ursula's maid, then perhaps she should move in and Bennet move out? Would Bennet go into Eriana's suite with Semma? She sighed. "Tyra, this is all so new that nobody knows where anybody should be any more. Let us wait until we see Her Highness again and make some new arrangements."
"As you say, Mistress."
Clean and freshly attired, the two made their way down to the dining room. Fanis was there talking to Eriana, while Wallesan was at the far end of the table speaking with Hambran.
"Ah, there you are," Fanis said. "Of course, Tyra was busy this morning and must needs be cleaned up. Come, we are waiting to start lunch."
Directing Ursula to sit opposite her, Fanis added, "I hear that your recent adventure has had a successful conclusion, dear."
"Adventure? Oh, do you mean those two men? I watched His Grace judge the incident and I suppose that the punishment was good enough. Your Grace, I have no idea how you do things in Joth but I am guessing that they are very different than where I came from."
"As you say, dear." Fanis pulled a face. "Punishments for crimes are not a suitable thing to speak of at lunch, though, so perhaps I should ask about Tyra's adventure instead."
"Your Grace, although Tyra has told me a little of what she did this morning, I should leave the details to someone who was there."
Eriana leaned forward from her seat the other side of Wallesan. "Ursula, your new maid did all that was asked of her this morning. She is certainly fit enough to run as an armswoman might and she can wield a decent sized sword, though she knows not yet the proper handling. Captain Hambran says that she is at least as able as any fresh recruit he has inducted in the recent past. She will need a little weight work but it seems that she would be accepted for training, with your permission, of course."
Ursula was confused again. "But I thought that you had already decided!"
Fanis said, "Dear, she is your maid now. We all think that, given her desire to do so, it would be a lost opportunity if she did not begin training. As we mentioned this morning, it should not interfere with your own work and will provide you with extra benefits, that you will have a companion able to defend you at need. Do you not agree?"
It all makes sense but I still feel as if I'm being pushed into a position without time to decide for myself!
"This has all happened so quickly, Your Grace. There are many aspects of this I need to think about. Can I give you my answer later, say just before we eat tonight?"
"Of course, dear. We understand that this has been sudden. Take what time you both need."
At the end of the meal, Eriana asked Ursula to stay a moment. She asked Fanis to join them.
"Ursula, your circumstances have now changed. If Tyra is to be your maid, then there is less need for Bennet to reside in your chamber to provide the assistance every woman needs from time to time."
"Yes, Highness, we were thinking about this before lunch, when Tyra had to bathe after the exercise. I was going to ask you if she could move in, and what would happen to Bennet."
"Indeed. With your agreement, Bennet will move into my suite and thus make room for Tyra in your own. Fanis, do you agree to Tyra moving her things?"
"Of course, Eriana, that was what I expected would happen. Do you want them both to move now?"
"Aye, it would be best, and then everyone is in the right place when we awaken from our naps." The Princess turned. "What say you, Ursula?"
"It would make sense, Highness." And it is the first thing today that has made sense.
"Then let us proceed. The day warms and I desire to lay down. It is not only Tyra who has done much exercise this morning."
Tyra is told about Ursula's unworldly origins and is suitably astonished, but takes the information in her stride. Then the Duke's sons return home unexpectedly from the war...
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
26 - Mistress and Maid
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Tyra's eyes were wide and she showed confusion.
"Mistress? You are from another world? I do not understand what you mean. There is only Anmar where we all live."
Ursula sighed. This is complicated enough, but here is someone who does not even understand the idea of different worlds!
The two were seated at the table, a bell before the evening meal. Bennet had removed her things and the space had been occupied by the belongings of Tyra, a much more modest collection. They had napped, followed by a session with Kalmenar, and Ursula had finally accepted that she could no longer put off telling Tyra the truth.
"That is what we all assume, since normally we live in the world and think that where we are is all there is," she explained. "A few people, a very few, find out that is not so. I am one of those people, and I only know this because I have been brought from the world where I was born and grew up, a world named Earth, to this one. This is not the world of my birth, Tyra, and you will just have to believe me."
"But..." The maid tried to accept what she had been told. "There is another world? A real one, not one made up from travelers' tales? How can this be?"
"There are many, many worlds, Tyra, but they are all far away, so far that normally we don't even know they exist. Every star you can see in the night sky is a sun like yours and the reason they seem so small and faint because they are so very far away. Some of those, perhaps many, may have worlds around them like Anmar."
Tyra frowned. "Suns... have worlds around them? Anmar goes around the Sun? But I thought..." She shook her head. "This is not how I understood the world to be! You know this is so, Mistress?"
Ursula nodded. "It is so, Tyra. Where I come from clever men have long studied my own world and what is in the skies around us. Even though it appears that the Sun goes around Anmar, what you see is an illusion caused by... Hmm. Let me just say that we can talk about exactly what happens when we have more time. For now, just accept that the stars you see at night are all suns and many will have worlds nearby."
"So there are other worlds? And none knows of any other? Amazing! But, then, if you do come from another world, and they are so far away, how did you travel to this one, to Anmar?"
"I do not know, Tyra. On Earth there is no-one who knows how to do such a thing. I doubt anyone on Anmar knows either. When I was found by Her Highness and her men, I had no memory, no name, only the clothes I was wearing when I left Earth. It was five days before my memory returned, and by then we had arrived at Joth. I do not remember what I was doing just before I left."
"But, Mistress, surely, you told us that you came from another land named..." she concentrated, "...Alberta, is that right? I have never heard of that land before, but there are many lands I do not know the name of."
"It will be difficult for you to accept," Ursula said. "Firstly, Alberta is not the land of my birth but the land where I happened to be when I..." she hunted for a suitable phrase, "...was transported here. I come from another land on that world, across a wide ocean, and none of it is on Anmar. Earth has only one Moon in its sky and there is nothing there like the Veil. The animals and plants in Joth are all different to anything I know, which is one reason I spend a lot of my time in the kitchen, attempting to make myself familiar with what is here."
"I find that hard to understand," Tyra said. "Surely they have different plants in different places? It is well known that our spices grow in warmer lands to the north, they cannot grow here because of the Rains."
"Tyra, on my world we have explored it all and we have discovered and named almost every animal and plant that exists on it. On Earth there are no animals that have six legs, or four legs and two wings. None of the plants used here for food are known there. As for people, there are very few countries where anyone goes around with a sword at their waist any more. We don't have frayen or dranakh either, they do not exist on Earth. Instead, we have cars and trucks... hmm. Think of them as metal versions of carriages and wagons, then. These have engines in them which mean that they can move themselves without having an animal to pull them along."
"But surely..." Tyra stopped and shook her head. "Mistress, if you say it is so then I must believe it. It might explain one or two strange things that the upstairs servants have said about you..." Her eyes widened again. "Mistress, I would not want you to think that we do nothing else behind our betters' backs! We are not like that!"
Ursula gave an amused smile. "My experience of house servants, before I came to Anmar, is slight but it is just human nature to speculate, Tyra. I am different, yes, but that is because I was born and brought up somewhere else where the customs are completely different. I would be surprised if the servants had not noticed anything."
The maid leaned forward eagerly. "Mistress, will you tell me more about where you came from? Where is it? Will you be returning there some time?"
Ursula shook her head. "I do not know where it is, Tyra. I do not know how I came here so, logically, I do not know if there is a way back. If you recall, I had no memory of anything until I arrived here at the Mansion. Maralin says that there is no -"
"Maralin! Your pardon, Mistress, but how would Maralin know what happened to you?"
Oh dear. I am not sure if mentioning Maralin was permitted when the Duke said that I could tell Tyra my origins. Now she has heard the name, she may make the connection anyway. If I tell her, it may make my own story more believeable. But I must be careful what I say.
"Maralin also comes from Earth. He arrived the night that Joth was attacked and the people were thrown out. Like me, he had no memory of who he was for five days or so. Because he has been here longer, he has had more time to study the situation and has come up with some theories. Some of them sound unlikely to me but then the whole situation is unlikely. There is nothing I can do about my situation, though, except make the best of what I have been given."
Tyra nodded. "As you say, Mistress. If I had been... dumped... in a strange land, then there might be nothing I could do except to learn my surroundings and make what I could of my new circumstances." She added, "I understand, now, why you are not so familiar with our attire and things like that. I am guessing that you did not wear such clothes on... Earth? Was that what you named it?"
"Earth, yes. A poor name, so I have been told, but then it is in a different language. No, the clothes I wore on Earth would seem strange here, I have been told, and maybe even scandalous."
Ursula hesitated. Do I tell her it all? I must, I think, or there may be awkward questions in the future. She has to know it all to understand who I am and how I came to be.
"You should also know that, even though we do not know how we were brought here, both Maralin and I know that the method of transfer was faulty. On Earth I was a man and Maralin was a woman."
The jaw dropped again. "How is that possible? Oh, if you do not know how 'tis done, then you could not know what went wrong, of course. But that means... Oh, I see! That is why you had nothing at all to wear when you arrived at the mansion."
"A little had been bought along the way in markets, but you are mostly correct. We don't wear clothes like this except in historical plays."
Tyra frowned. "Historical? Does that mean that you might be from... the future?"
Ursula shook her head. "That was thought of but Maralin says it is not possible. Remember the Veil? That is not visible from Earth at all and it would take millions and millions of years for it to grow to the size it is now. Now that it is here, it will always be visible on Anmar. There are other indicators in the night sky which show that I am somewhere else entirely. The six-limbed creatures are another clue, they could never have evolved on Earth at all."
"I do not know of these things, Mistress. I must needs take your word for it. So you were a man there and now you have the body of a woman here." She nodded. "This could explain some other things we have noticed, though they could also just be personal differences. But you must be finding it very difficult to adapt."
Ursula gave a small smile. "Actually, that was one of the things that made it more difficult for me. You see, on Earth I did have the body of a man but my mind, my personality, has always been that of a woman. So, when I came here and woke up to find myself in a real woman's body, I began to suspect a trick. I had what I had always wanted, the right body, but I knew that such a thing was not possible on Earth. Oh, we can do things that will make a man's body look like that of a woman, but it involves a lot of cutting and stitching. It is not possible to do that and make it real, with the Call of Kalikan and everything."
The jaw dropped once more. "Maker! What a mess! And now you are here, with the body you wanted, in a strange land with strange animals and plants. Mistress, I will do everything I can to make your life here easier. You have my oath on that."
"Thank you, Tyra. I was not sure if you would believe me, my story is so strange."
"Mistress, I am but a servant of His Grace, I do not have the learning of yourself or Lord Kalmenar. Your tale sounds very unlikely to me but there is enough other evidence that I must needs believe your words." She gasped. "Maker! His Grace! Does His Grace know of this?"
Ursula inclined her head. "He does. Of course he found out about Earth when Maralin was brought to his attention. Maralin was asked to join the Duke's household for his own safety. The rulers of Yod have been hunting along this valley to find anyone who comes from other worlds. If they found someone, I am told that they would try to force Earth secrets from them, which would obviously be bad for everyone else."
"Oh, so that's why Maralin is here. Several of the upstairs servants have wondered why a seeming cook from Galdarin has the ear of His Grace. Ah, I understand now why 'tis a secret, to protect him from any who would want his knowledge."
"That's right. In fact, I have been told that the entire war by Yod was to capture another person from Earth, one you may have heard about, Princess Garia. If they could not capture her, they were to kill her instead, to prevent anyone else making use of her knowledge. That is why we keep our origins a secret."
"Princess Garia! Mistress, I have heard fantastic tales of her and the amazing ideas and devices she brings to us. I have seen the mirror sent from Palarand, and the steam engine. This is all from your world, Earth? Mistress, it looks like my desire to become a woman-at-arms has become even more necessary, now that I know your circumstances."
"If you say so." Ursula considered. "You are probably right, Tyra. I know my way around the city now, a little, going around to see to Healer Senia's patients, but much of Joth is still a mystery and probably not safe for a woman alone - or even a woman accompanied by another. You know your city better than I do, obviously, so I must accept your judgment in this." She stopped to listen to the clock striking. "What time is that? It sounded like something and three quarters, but I have not learned all the codes yet."
"It is a quarter before the tenth bell, Mistress. I believe that the evening meal will be at the tenth bell and a half today, perhaps we should be considering our attire?"
Ursula smiled. "That is just the kind of expert assistance I need from a maid, Tyra. Thank you, yes, I think it is time to start getting ready. Shall we bathe first?"
"Of course, Mistress!" Tyra looked apologetic. "Mistress, I have lots of questions."
"I am not surprised! I will tell you that I can probably answer most of your questions but you will have to accept that you may not understand the answers to many of them."
"Agreed, Mistress."
"But only when we are by ourselves! What I can tell you must not be spoken of to anyone else at all, not even the Duke or Tenant Maralin."
"But of course, Mistress! Am I not your personal maid now? This is what we do."
"...And I did not know even that, Tyra. As I said, there are very few personal maids on Earth and I certainly would not have had one, or known how such a maid would behave. All this is new to me."
"I will do what I can to help you, Mistress, but it occurs to me that most of this is new to me, too. All we both know is what Her Grace and Bellot told us yesterday." She shrugged and smiled. "It will be interesting for both of us as we begin to know each other and our needs and duties."
"Agreed. Now, perhaps we had better get started, yes?"
* * *
Some time later the two came down the stairs and made their way into the dining room. The Mansion appeared quiet now that Wallesan's Duke's Court was over. Fanis was waiting for them when they entered.
"Oh, good. I wanted to have a word with both of you before everyone else appeared. If we may go over in the corner, to speak quietly?"
Ursula and Tyra followed Fanis to a vacant corner of the dining room, the Duchess waving away some others to indicate that she wanted a little privacy.
"It occurs to me," she began, "that my assignation yesterday was done in haste. You saw what happened this morning, with Eriana, do you both still consider that it would be right for Ursula to have a maid now, and that Tyra is suitable?"
They looked at each other. Ursula replied, "We have had most of the afternoon to become accustomed to the idea, Your Grace, and in fact I believe that the arrangement will be of benefit to both of us in time. Tyra has already moved her things into my chambers and we have discussed how we should behave with one another. This will be something different for both of us, but we are determined to make it work."
Fanis turned to Tyra. "Do you agree? The situation is unusual and you may find yourself doing things which a normal lady's maid would not."
"Your Grace, I am content. I understand that Mistress Ursula is not a normal lady of the court and may do unusual things. As you said before, it is a promotion for me and I believe that Mistress Ursula does need the help of a maid. If I may have some time to prove myself that person."
"Then it is settled. Of course, now that I see you before me, I am reminded that you will need other attire as befits your new station. I believe that the seamstresses are returning tomorrow afternoon, after our naps, and we may then consider what additional clothing you will need." Fanis smiled. "I remember talk of riding attire, I have not forgotten! But this morning you have set off on another adventure, Tyra, as a potential woman-at-arms. Of course you must needs have suitable clothing to wear both while you are training and when you are on duty in that guise."
Tyra curtseyed. "Thank you, Your Grace."
Ursula noted, "Your Grace, if Tyra is to ride, then that will mean both a frayen and the saddle and harness to go with it."
"I know it! And yet, it will make more sense for her to have those things if she is to be an armswoman. The frayen is available, I have yet to speak to Duban about the rest."
"Ah, Duban. From speaking to him I know that he still disapproves of women riding. I think he will be even less amused when Tyra begins."
"As you say! Fortunately, even Duban knows that customs are changing in Joth as elsewhere and that he must needs adapt. He may grumble but he will also do what is required, I deem."
"You are probably right, Your Grace. For myself, I have no complaints regarding the saddle he made for me."
"Yes, I have seen you on it." Fanis looked wistful. "I am wondering if I should start to ride myself. It would be something else to do and we are so busy presently... Your opinion, Ursula? Do you think it would be a good idea?"
Ursula thought. "Your Grace, I believe that there are two ways you could look at the problem. Firstly, that you are the wife of Joth's ruler and as such you will have an influence over custom and fashion. It would be difficult for others to complain if they see you doing it. Against that may be any disapproval that already exists in the city. If I may suggest, have some others ask discreetly in the city what they think of women riding. I don't think that anyone will object to Her Highness and her attendants riding because they are not locals, but they may have a different attitude to one of their own doing so."
Fanis nodded. "Your words are wise, Ursula, yet I deem that I may not leave the experiment too long, for fear that objection in the city rises before any may shape a new custom." She glanced at Ursula. "You are one who walks about Joth, shall you not tell me what those you visit may think? A casual word to your patients may be enough to inform us whether we would face a storm or not."
Ursula nodded. "I can do that, Your Grace."
"And here is Eriana and her girls!"
The three entered the dining room and Eriana headed straight for Fanis.
"Good evening to you, Fanis, and to you, Ursula. Tyra, I am pleased to announce that both Captain Hambran and myself were impressed by your fitness, abilities and enthusiasm today and that he considers that you should indeed be taught the basic arts of the warrior."
Tyra bobbed. "Thank you, Your Highness."
Eriana held up a hand. "That cannot start until you have suitable attire, of course. Fanis, what must we do?"
The Duchess smiled. "Eriana, it is all in hand. Tomorrow afternoon some seamstresses are expected and we will order all the new attire that Tyra will require. That will include new house uniforms, training and, with your advice, working armswoman's attire. She will also need riding attire for when she may accompany her mistress."
Eriana's eyebrows rose. "So much! But I understand the reasons why, Fanis. So shall it be." She smiled at them. "It seems you shall all be busy in the next few days, then. Ursula will be tending patients in the mornings, while Tyra trains with us or Captain Hambran, then in the afternoons you will both be riding."
Ursula nodded. "It would seem so, Highness. I see little choice if I am to settle somewhere around here."
Further comment was interrupted as Wallesan arrived, deep in a discussion with Bellot and Kalmenar. Everybody headed for the tables.
Eriana asked Wallesan, "If I may ask, how was your Court this morning? I trust all went well?"
The Duke reached for his goblet. "There was nothing that could not be cleanly dealt with, Eriana. Joth is not a large land and our affairs tend to run smoothly much of the time. Of course, since it was my first for a while, it was longer and busier than usual." He briefly held up his free hand. "Ah. I dealt with that incident concerning Ursula today, when she was lost in the city. Plainly she had strayed into an unexpected place at an unfortunate time. All has been resolved."
"That is good to know." She frowned. "There was one question, as I recall. What of Brodgar's part? Shall he be punished?"
"Not at all, Eriana. I know all your men well, though perhaps not as well as you do. His intent was honest, to protect a woman in peril, I do not blame him for what he did at all. Know you that we will make a minor adjustment to our Watch code that others may safely take similar action should the need arise."
"Thank you, Wallesan. It was an unusual situation for all of us, I have no doubt that it would have strained any law or regulation."
"As you say."
At the end of the meal everyone had barely risen before there was an interruption from the front courtyard. Hearing the noise, Fanis went to a window to discover the cause.
"Oh! Wal, it is our boys, returned from Yod! Bellot, attend! They will be tired, they will need their chambers made ready immediately, see to it."
The Chamberlain bowed. "As you command, Your Grace." With a nod to Wallesan he walked quickly out of the room to summon servants.
"Who are these, Fanis?" Eriana asked.
"Oh, they are our sons Mathenar and Luthan, sent to command Joth's armies against Yod. They have been in Yod these past months administering parts of those lands on behalf of the Allies. Let us go to the entrance and welcome them back, I shall introduce you. Wallesan?"
"Coming, my dear. They are back suddenly, why has there been no message?"
Everybody streamed out of the dining room and arranged themselves inside the entrance, leaving a passage for those arriving. Wallesan and Fanis went out onto the step to greet their sons. Two young men eventually appeared and were swept up by their parents in hugs and, from Fanis, kisses.
"Father, mother, I beg you, if we may go in," the first son said. He was dark and travel-stained, but clearly the son of his father. "I have a pressing need and I doubt not that Luthan is the same. If we may leave the formal introductions until we are more presentable."
His eyes widened as he took in the lines of guests inside the door, all dressed for the evening meal.
"Masters, Mistresses, I beg you, I would not wish to cause any embarrassment. If we may change and clean ourselves up, we shall attend you presently in a manner more befitting our status."
Wallesan nodded, though Ursula detected a level of disapproval. "Go, then. A warning, your arrival is unexpected, I doubt Bellot has had time to prepare your rooms properly, but the bathrooms should all be ready for you. We will await you in the sitting room when you have refreshed yourselves."
The two eased their way through the small crowd, the dust and smell of travel plain about their persons. The other son, as often happens, seemed the larger of the two and seemed to favor his mother's looks, though Ursula thought she detected something about his expression as he passed.
That one does not wish to be here. Of course, if he has been enjoying himself as victor over a defeated enemy, he may not wish to return to simple domestic routine.
Time will tell.
After the two had passed, Wallesan turned. "Friends, the return of our sons is unexpected. We will wait until they have properly presented themselves to us before we decide how our arrangements must needs be changed. Fanis, have they yet resided here since it has been rebuilt?"
The Duchess joined her husband at the bottom of the stairs before replying. "They have not, Wal. Their chambers were made ready for them while they were away, though they do not yet have their personal touch. I am certain that they will soon make everything as they would desire it to be."
The Duke glanced at the crowd gathered around them. "As you say. Friends, if you may go about your usual evening activities, we will summon you should there be need. Eriana, Ursula, Kalmenar, if you would join us in the sitting room."
Eriana inclined her head. "As you wish, Wallesan. Do you require my girls as well?"
The Duke considered. "Not this evening, I deem. Let us keep our sons' first taste of home to be simple, yet of course they should be introduced to our most important guests." He grinned. "Besides, our sitting room is of modest size. I do not have such enormous chambers as Robanar does. As it is, we will barely have enough seats for those present."
"As you wish, Wallesan. Girls, you heard? I will join you upstairs later."
The crowd dispersed, most going upstairs as the Duke led the short way to the Mansion's sitting room. Ursula felt a tap at her elbow.
"Tyra?"
"Mistress, I believe that it would be my place to join you within."
The response was low-pitched. "If you say so. It sounds as if you will not be able to sit down, though, Do you mind?"
"Mistress! I would never sit down in public when I am by your side! It would never be done!"
Ursula reluctantly nodded. "As you wish. The worst that can happen is that the Duchess might ask you to leave."
"Of course, Mistress, it would be her right, should the subjects under discussion be private."
The two followed the others into the sitting room, Ursula being directed to a comfortable chair next to Fanis. The Duchess watched Tyra take station behind Ursula's chair and gave her a firm nod of approval. Ursula noted that Fanis also had a female servant stationed behind her chair.
Wallesan blew out a breath as he relaxed. "Well! I did not expect our boys back so soon! I wonder what errand brings them here, and if they may be returning whence they came."
"Do not second guess them, dear," Fanis reproved him. "The answers are but a few moments away, after all. For myself, I am glad to see them home again, and away from danger, as any mother would be."
"Aye, you are right." The Duke brightened. "Still, now they are here, we may find out more about the present situation in Yod. I shall arrange a meeting for tomorrow or the next day with Hambran and others where we can discuss the latest circumstances."
"If I may ask," Eriana said, "what have your sons been doing in that land?"
"Hmm. Mathenar had the command of a regiment, last I heard, and was billeted about a town of Yod near their southern border with Pakmal, the border having been over-run by those of Yod early in the war."
"Pakmal? Your pardon, Wallesan, I do not know that land."
Wallesan waved a hand. "That is on the upstream side of Yod, Eriana, and on the southern bank of the Sirrel. A river from the southern highlands empties into the Sirrel there and forms the border. You will pass it by as you continue upriver, I deem. Yod and Pakmal have long squabbled over possession of that river valley, though it is of no great value to either side. We will pull out the maps tomorrow and I will show it to you, and the boys can show me where they were billeted."
"Ah, I see. And was... Luthan, was that his name..? Was he with Mathenar?"
Wallesan shook his head. "I thought he commanded a regiment but where and under what conditions I do not know."
There was some small talk about the conditions in Yod, but since Ursula had never heard of any of the places mentioned, most of it meant nothing to her. Even in possession of a map, she would not have been very interested. There had already been too many names, too many places and it would require time to let everything fall into place.
The two young men arrived, both with damp hair and in fresh clothes as befitting the sons of the ruling Duke. Fanis stood and hugged both of them again but then they stood in front of their father and went down on one knee.
"Father, we have failed you," the dark-haired one said. "We have been sent home, if not in disgrace, then certainly bringing the disapproval of the Alliance command."
Wallesan's eyebrows rose. "Both of you? Whatever has happened? Rise, both, and greet your father as men."
They rose, and Wallesan gave each a clasped arm that turned into a hug. While this was happening everyone else in the room also stood, ready for the introductions.
"Friends, this is my eldest son Mathenar, who is Count of Galdarin," Wallesan said, then turned, "and here is my second son Luthan, Count Hulmar. Mathenar, Luthan, we host renowned guests today. If I may present Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand, Lord Kalmenar of Palarand and..." Wallesan realized that his other guest might cause awkward questions. "...Mistress Ursula of Alberta."
Both men bowed to Eriana, shook Kalmenar's hand, then bowed to Ursula. Everybody returned to their seats. Mathenar stared around him at the recently decorated sitting room.
"Father, it will never be as it was, but the craftsmen of Joth shall have no complaint made against them for this work. The Mansion is reborn and it is all excellent work, I deem."
Wallesan smiled. "Wait until you see the inside of the Great Hall! It is only recently finished and the work is of amazing quality." His smile disappeared. "Now what is this you tell me about returning under a cloud?"
"Father." Mathenar looked as if he was about to jump out of his chair and go down on one knee again but decided against it. "Luthan became involved in fights with other officers of like rank and it was suggested, strongly, that he be returned to Joth. For myself, I can only say that I sought to take advantage of local hospitality and it seems that I may have misjudged... the attitudes of others. It was suggested that I, also, should return in company with Luthan."
Wallesan's expression was disapproving. "You are both old enough that you should know by now how to conduct yourselves as befits the sons of a Duke. However, I shall not speak of family matters while guests are present. If I may ask, do you desire food, drink? How did you travel, to arrive here when you did?"
"Father," Mathenar explained, "we overnighted in Forguland as guests of Duke Sildenar, but left immediately after breakfast to catch an early ferry. We lunched in Hulmar but realized that we would not arrive here before the evening meal was served, so ate at the Crossroads roadhouse on the trade road before traveling on. Thus we are fed but a drink or two would be appreciated."
Fanis' servant went to the door and spoke with a footman outside before returning to her station.
Wallesan said, "We had barely risen from eating, as it happens, so you did not miss the meal by much. Now that you are here, you will soon settle down again into the routine of the Mansion, though you may find that it is different than before. As you may both guess my journey to Palarand was all that I expected and more. Much has changed among the folk of the Great Valley and in future years much more will change. But you do not want to hear that now. You are home now, there will be plenty of time for us to discuss all that is needful."
"As you say, Father." Mathenar's gaze traveled to Eriana. "Your Highness, I do not know you. I thought that King Robanar had but two daughters and that both were married." He paused with a thought. "Wait, your name, I have heard it before, though I do not remember when."
Eriana smiled. "As you say. I am not Palarandi born but come from a yet more distant land named Einnland. For certain reasons I found myself in Palarand at the end of last year, with my ship and crew, and the King has graciously given us shelter. To repay his kindness we undertook to travel to Forguland and assault Boldan's Rock. That is why you may have heard my name."
Wallesan added, "I returned from Palarand to Joth aboard Eriana's ship, Math, with her crew of fierce warriors. She is on her way along the Sirrel to visit lands new to her and her folk."
"Boldan's Rock! That is the fortress which overlooks Forguland, is it not? I heard there was fierce fighting but in Yod there are few who would speak of such a battle. Do you tell me that you were involved?"
"Indeed, I led my men and we are accounted heroes the length of the Valley - Yod excepted, of course. It was indeed a fierce fight and we suffered losses, but those of Yod suffered many more."
The Duke asked, "And they do not speak of such things in Yod, son?"
"Father, they are a beaten folk, in the main, who know not what the next day shall bring. Our governance is a quiet affair, there are few who care to dispute our commands. Few will speak openly of the war, even among themselves, since they know not what the next man may think."
"A curious state of affairs!" Wallesan scratched his chin. "Let us leave this talk for tonight, there are women present who may not care to hear of such matters. I would hear more of Yod tomorrow, by your leave, that we may all know the latest position. Luthan, tell me of yourself. Where were you stationed?"
"In a large village named Yakum which is not far from Yod itself, Father," the younger son replied. He looked unhappy. "Ah, I would leave talk of that until tomorrow also, if I may."
The Duke threw up his hands. "As you wish, son."
Mathenar commented, "You spoke of women just now, father, yet none have mentioned your other guest, nor even the noble who sits next to her."
"I can tell you that Lord Kalmenar accompanies Her Highness as diplomatic assistant as she travels the Sirrel, since the land she comes from is distant and her knowledge of local customs and practices is not extensive. That is part of the reason she travels, to improve her knowledge of our peoples."
"And this young lady?" Mathenar gestured at Ursula. " If I may ask, Father, where is Alberta? I have not heard that name before."
"You should both know that Mistress Ursula is from a land which is very distant, somewhere else entirely. It is not surprising that you have not heard of it. Know you both that, despite her seeming youth, she is an expert healer who has already saved lives in the city. She resides with us for a while as she considers how she may train those of the Great Valley in her craft, which exceeds anything known to us before."
"A healer! The Alliance armies had need of healers while we were yet at war, was she brought here to help us?"
The Duke was silent for so long that Mathenar wondered what he had said that was sensitive.
"I cannot answer you today, Mathenar," Wallesan said eventually, "for the situation is... complicated. I believe that Mistress Ursula's presence here in Joth is by chance, but neither we nor she knows the full reason for her presence."
"Math," Fanis added, "Ursula comes from so far away that she could not possibly have known about the fighting here when she left. Like Eriana, she finds our local customs to be very different than those she knew at home, so she stays with us for a time to become familiar with what is here."
Mathenar frowned. "If it is as you say, Mother, then I will accept your words." He turned to Ursula with a smile. "Mistress, I trust that we shall do all that we may to make your stay with us a pleasant one."
Ursula inclined her head. "Thank you... I'm sorry, I don't even know how to address you."
Both sons looked surprised. Wallesan explained, "Ursula, my two boys have a courtesy title one rank lower than my own, by virtue of the fact they are my acknowledged sons. They should be named Count when spoken of but may be addressed as 'My Lord', just as Lord Kalmenar is." He added, "In fact, the eldest son of the Duchy, my heir, is usually given Galdarin as his demesne, as that is Joth's second city. Luthan presently holds Hulmar, our trade ferry port to the west, but neither exercises much control over those places, they are essentially courtesy titles."
"I see, Your Grace."
Mathenar asked, "Mistress, if I may ask, how would you address nobles in your lands? I know that many of the Valley countries use different titles, I am surprised that you are not familiar at least with those of Joth."
"My Lord, until today I have not met any other Jothan nobles. In Alberta we have no nobles at all."
"What!" Both sons looked stunned. "However do you manage there, if I may ask?"
"Boys," their father cautioned, "this, too, is a subject for another day, being a complex one indeed, and involving ideas you may find hard to believe. In time, mayhap, you will come to understand some of those ideas, since we may seek to try some of them in Yod."
Luthan narrowed his eyes. "We? Father, you said we. Do you mean the Alliance? I have not heard of any such ideas where I was camped."
Wallesan grimaced. "Boys, this is too much for an evening when you have just arrived following a long journey. I beg you, rest awhile and refresh your minds with a good night's sleep in your renewed chambers. Tomorrow I shall begin to tell you of the great changes that have already begun in Sirrel's valley."
The two men looked at one another. "Much appears to have happened while we were away," Mathenar said. "I did not think we had been gone that long!"
"Aye," Luthan agreed, "and it is said that news travels fast in war, but it seems that there is much we have not been informed about. Father, you are right, it has been a long day. Let us all retire and begin afresh tomorrow."
"Indeed." The Duke cast a thoughtful glance at his sons. "And I have not forgotten your reasons for returning to Joth today. Tomorrow I will require an accounting from both of you."
"As you command, Father."
* * *
Tyra was unlacing Ursula's gown before they both found their beds for the night.
"So, tell me what you know about those brothers."
"Mistress, I do not know as much as you may believe. I only started working in the Mansion after both had gone off to war. All I can tell you is what little any person in the city might know... although, of course, now that they have returned, I can always ask other servants here to tell me more."
"Oh, of course. I keep forgetting that everyone was thrown out of the city and that would automatically mean war between Joth and Yod." Ursula had a thought. "You must have been thrown out yourself, Tyra. What happened?"
"We were more lucky than some, Mistress. Father was working on the river and saw the Yodan craft approaching just as the sky darkened after sunset. He returned immediately and tried to raise the alarm but it was all too late. Knowing that we could not escape by the river he gathered his family and we fled into the city, since we lived so near where any battle might happen, and there we thought we were safe, but it was not so. The Yodans attacked those fleeing and my father was battered about the head and arms.
"All were forced towards the gates and thrust outside, attired just as they were. We were among those forced to flee on foot and all of our possessions were lost, whilst those who came later were permitted wagons and frayen to carry the less able of Joth away. But you asked about the brothers and I will tell you what little I know."
Free of her gown, Ursula undid the tie which held her bra in place and removed it, handing it to Tyra to hang up and air. In these warm days, neither wore any other underwear than their panties which would remain on until morning.
The maid continued, "Luthan is known to be an unsavory sort, Mistress. Rumor in the city is that he has a temper which is made worse by drink. It is likely that his temper is what has caused him to be returned home. As for Mathenar, I know even less, but to me he seems a friendly sort, although there are rumors about him in the city also, rumors of a different kind which I do not recall. You must remember my age and station before I came to the Mansion, much of the talk would have meant little to me then. It may simply be the notions of ordinary folk about the way the sons of their Duke behave, I would not know."
Tyra hung the gown on a hanger to air as well before returning from the dressing room.
"There, Mistress. Shall you put your nightgown on?"
Ursula pulled the thin summer nightgown over her head and settled it. Tyra had already changed so both were now ready for bed. The maid went around the suite putting out all the lanterns except one, which she turned down low.
"Mayhap we may learn much more tomorrow, Mistress. If I do not find something out, it is possible that you may do so in the kitchens, is that not so?"
"It is possible," Ursula conceded. "Remember that I will be going out again with Senia tomorrow morning so there will be no chance for me to find anything out until I return for lunch."
"As you say, Mistress." Tyra yawned. "Well, good night to you, Mistress."
"And to you, Tyra."
It is the following morning and all discover exactly why one of Wallesan's sons has been ordered home. Ursula goes about her usual rounds and, later, asks the seamstresses for some more unusual attire.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
27 - Sons of the Duke
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Ursula and Tyra chanced to leave their rooms at exactly the
same time as everybody else appeared, which meant that they all saw
the whole thing. Luthan jauntily strode ahead of his brother, having
noted Eriana, Bennet and Semma emerge from their suite and all
dressed in their exercise gear. As he reached them he muttered
something too low to be heard and then, clearly to Ursula and Tyra,
grabbed Bennet on the buttock.
The armswoman had her back to those emerging and did not see who had molested her but her reaction was automatic, not in the way that she had been taught, but as she had dealt with others in her time in the palace kitchens. She immediately spun on one heel and smacked her assailant in the face with a fist. Luthan fell to the floor, the others scattering out of the way.
Wallesan strode forward, his expression thunderous. "Now I understand why you were sent home, if this is the way you behaved! Return to your chambers at once, I will not have you share the same table as my guests."
Luthan put a hand to his face. "But Father, I only..." He looked at the blood on his hand. "I'm bleeding! She broke my nose!"
Eriana was also annoyed but from her own background knew that such incidents were an occupational hazard between men and any woman who appeared to be of lesser rank.
"My Lord, you assault armswomen of His Majesty at your peril. We are trained to disable or kill, it is only the narrowness of the corridor that prevents you being hurt more."
"But... I thought them your retainers!"
Eriana glared at Luthan, who still lay on the floor. "They are no retainers but female companions and that does not give you leave to molest them!" She bent forward and snarled, "As myself, they are both trained warriors. You should thank the Gods that we chose not to wear our swords to breakfast else your fate would be worse." She looked up. "Wallesan, this... man... requires attention. He is bleeding freely, he should have a healer attend him else your new floor will be stained."
"Look you behind you, Eriana, Ursula is already here. Luthan, get up! Go into your chambers and your face will be attended to."
"As you command, Father."
Wallesan looked up at Ursula as his son scrambled to his feet. "I know it is before breakfast, Mistress, but if you would attend this injury we would be grateful."
"Of course, Your Grace. If his nose is broken, prompt attention should prevent any permanent disfigurement."
Luthan gave her a sullen look before stalking off along the corridor.
Wallesan addressed Bennet in Luthan's hearing. "Mistress Bennet, you shall bear no blame for what has just befallen. I saw everything, my son has gotten his just desserts."
Bennet curtseyed. "Thank you, Your Grace. It was automatic, I did not know who was behind me, except that he was too close." She hesitated. "I should not have reacted as I did, though. We are taught to assess any threat before taking action and this morning I did not."
Eriana disagreed, "This was no threat, Bennet, but an actual assault. You did what was needful."
Hambran appeared at the end of the corridor, having hurriedly climbed the stairs. He saluted.
"I heard something happen, Your Grace, and raised voices."
"Aye, Hambran. Luthan has made a fool of himself by groping Bennet and she has well returned the insult." Wallesan looked around at the crowded corridor. "Come, let us go below. Ursula, if you would attend your patient. We will delay breakfast a time to wait for your appearance."
"Thank you, Your Grace. I will try not to be too long."
Ursula pushed her way past everyone with Tyra in her wake. She had noted which door Luthan had gone into so followed him with a knock. He was not in his small sitting room so she went into the bedroom, finding that empty as well.
"My Lord?"
"In here, Mistress."
He was in his bathroom, his head held over his washbasin while blood dripped into the water in it.
"I'll need to take a look, My Lord. Have you any cloths so that I can clean you up?"
"Over there." He waved vaguely in the direction of a shelf with linen on it.
Ursula found what she thought were a pile of small facecloths and brought a handful back to the wash stand. Luthan stood straight as she dipped a cloth into the water and then cleaned him up. She looked him over carefully.
"I do not think that your nose is actually broken, My Lord, but I would like to make sure. I'll need to touch it and it may hurt."
"It already hurts! Get on with it."
She gently manipulated the bridge of his nose and could find no sign that anything had come adrift. The bridge looked straight so she thought that he had gotten away with it - this time.
"I do not think that it is broken," she told him, "but we need to stop the bleeding. I am going to plug your nostrils as that will help the blood to clot."
"Plug my nose!" He sounded alarmed. "How shall I breathe?"
"The same way that you are doing now, through your mouth."
She took another of the cloths and began tearing strips from it. Two of these she rolled up into small cylinders and pushed one into each nostril, leaving part poking out. Then she used more cloths to clean away the further blood that had emerged.
"You must leave those in your nose all of today," she instructed. "If you do not you will probably bleed all over the place. I will take them out tomorrow morning."
He stared at her sullenly. One eye was beginning to blacken. "I do not like your manner, Mistress."
"I do not like yours," she responded bluntly. "I also do not like being asked to attend idiots who mistreat women. I do not care if you are a lord or not, there is no cause for what you did to Bennet. Now. I do not know what your father intends for you but I suggest that you stay quietly in your room today to allow that bruising to go down. I am going out this morning, to visit other patients in the city, but I will be back at lunchtime and I will call to check on you then. Understood?"
Luthan stared at her. "You are the foreigner, are you not? Do all such behave as you do in your lands?"
Ursula thought and then nodded. "Most of them, yes. We still have idiots like you, though, and they get much the same treatment. Now I have to go, my breakfast is waiting. Tyra? Who normally sees to these sons when they are at home?"
"I could not say, Mistress, since there was no-one living here apart from the Duke and Duchess when I started here. I can always ask Bellot, though. He will surely know."
"Good. My Lord, we will leave you now and join His Grace, who is doubtless waiting impatiently downstairs for his own breakfast."
The two walked out of the suite without another word and joined the others downstairs in the dining room. Fanis came over to Ursula immediately.
"My boy, is his nose broken?"
She shook her head. "It is not, Your Grace, though it bleeds freely enough. Ah, Your Grace."
Wallesan joined them and said, "Let us sit. We have been delayed enough by that boy's arrogance. Ursula, if you would face me this morning, I must needs have an accounting."
This time Eriana sat by her left, as Mathenar took the seat of honor at his father's right-hand side. Bennet was to Ursula's right while Semma sat on Eriana's other side.
"Well!" That was Mathenar, commenting as the servers began to bring dishes over to the table. "Four women visitors, I see. Father, I thought there were but two who we met last night."
Wallesan grunted. "As you are by now aware, Princess Eriana brings with her two companions-in-arms as she travels the Sirrel. As she has no maids aboard her ship they serve as helpmates one to the other where matters of a female nature are concerned."
"Ah, I see. A Princess with no maids? I understood that Her Highness was from a land where such customs may differ... yet you said last night that she was a Princess of Palarand."
Eriana gave him a smile. "Lately matters concerning Palarand have become very complicated, My Lord. I was not born in Palarand but I account King Robanar my liege now. It is he who permits me to retain my title and status. If you go to the docks here you may inspect my ship, the Visund, which is unlike any other that I have seen on the Sirrel so far. Though I did have maids when I brought the Visund to Plif, and then to Palarand, it is not really a suitable vessel for ladies of the court."
The smile was returned. "Indeed? Thank you, Highness, for explaining the matter. Perhaps, once I have settled in at home again, I may go and see what manner of ship you sail."
"Then you had best not leave it too long, My Lord. There is much for us to do while we yet reside in Joth but our stay here is extended only because of an accident on the way here. Once my men have recovered from various injuries, I must needs sail on if I am to explore this river and return to Palarand before the rains set in."
Mathenar nodded. "Aye, it would be wise. No man - nor woman, I deem - may travel the Sirrel during the rains, it is impossible."
"So I have been told."
Wallesan intervened, since he wanted information from Ursula. "If I may, there will be many occasions when the river and the weather may be discussed. Ursula, if you would explain to me the injury that Luthan suffered."
"Your Grace, it was a simple thump to the face. I have examined his nose carefully and I do not believe that it is broken. However, the blood runs freely so I have blocked his nostrils until it crusts over. It is also likely that he will have at least one black eye by lunchtime. I have asked him to stay quietly in his quarters today in order to reduce his blood pressure, which will help ease the bleeding - and, coincidentally, keep him out of more trouble. Um, he will of course miss his breakfast by doing so."
"As you say, Mistress. When we have risen I will ask Bellot to provide something for him. Aye, it will do him no harm to sit and consider his recent behavior. Math, know you anything of his conduct in Yod?"
"A certain amount, Father, but it would be better to wait until we have risen from table. Do I keep you from anything?"
Wallesan waved a hand. "Nothing important this morning. Yesterday it would be different, it was the first full court that I have held since I returned, in the Great Hall. Today," he glared at his food, "I have family matters to attend to." He glanced at Eriana. "What of your activities today, my dear?"
"This morning we will work in the yard with Captain Hambran's men, by your leave, and your sons can discover what we are capable of." She had a thought. "Can the other see the back yard from his chambers?"
Fanis answered, "He can, Eriana. He always preferred the south side of the Mansion, to be out of the sun."
Wallesan added, "Then, when I see him presently, I shall instruct him to open his window and observe what takes place." He grinned at Eriana. "I am sure that you will provide a show, my dear, but please do not injure too many of my men."
Eriana grinned back. "Your Grace, we are guests here, we will try to be careful."
"No doubt you will. Ursula, I assume that you will go out with Senia this morning?"
"Your Grace, that is what I expect to happen. I think that I will want to have another look at Luthan when I return for lunch."
"As you wish."
"Fanis, what plans have you for today?"
"I must needs see to our boys return, since they will require laundry and linen and such domestic concerns now they are home. After our nap this afternoon I have seamstresses coming, they are bring some new dresses and gowns but we will also inform them of the need for new attire for Tyra."
"Ah, as you say." The Duke raised a hand. "More pel, if you would."
A little later, Mathenar observed to Ursula, "Mistress, you wear interesting attire today. Is this a fashion from where you came?"
Since the weather was still warm Ursula was wearing a ship dress. She considered her answer. "My Lord, the answer is that you are about half right. This dress is based on a fashion from where I came, but I did not introduce it." She turned to Fanis. "Your Grace, I'm not sure how to explain this."
"As you say." Fanis also considered. "Math, I believe that you met Tenant Maralin before you went off to Ferenis and beyond."
"That blond levy? Aye, I recall him, I met him only once before I left. Was not he something to do with the kitchens?" He frowned. "No, that cannot be right, I remember he had something to do with the new uniforms our men wore."
"Both are right," Fanis explained. "While Maralin was indeed trained as a cook of some experience he is of a family of tailors, so knows something of that art. It was he who has suggested some of the new fashions you may have noted about the streets of Joth when you arrived. The ship dress which Ursula wears is particularly suited for those who must needs walk the streets of the city for their work and all Joth thanks Maralin for introducing it, but as the name suggests it was originally intended for Eriana and her girls to wear as they travel the Sirrel."
Mathenar's eyebrows rose. "Indeed! It appears very comfortable from what I can see. But, if I may also note, Her Highness and her attendants do not wear such dresses today."
Eriana smiled. "That is because we intend to join Captain Hambran's men this morning at their exercises and our attire is designed for such activities. You may see another wonder should you be around after our nap, as we intend to go out riding and we will then wear other attire designed for that purpose."
"You go riding?" The eyebrows rose again. "If I may ask, Highness, is this a custom from your land?"
"Indeed not!" Eriana thought and then turned to Wallesan. "Wallesan, I fear that you must needs explain much to your two boys before we may have a sensible conversation together. It seems that many things have happened while they were fighting Yod and the explanations could become complicated."
The Duke nodded. "As you say, Eriana." He turned to Mathenar. "Son, you shall know the whole story, as much as I know of it, later on. Briefly, although it has not been the custom for women to ride in the Valley, except by the use of a chair, the art of riding as a man does was introduced to Palarand before I arrived there recently. Many of Palarand's women now enjoy the saddle and it seems that many of Joth's women may also do so in the future, having seen Eriana and her girls about the city and country."
"Oh, I see." He brightened. "I look forward to the sight! With new attire about the city and women on frayen back, Joth will look very different in the days and months to come."
"Son, you have no idea."
* * *
Ursula and Senia were walking along a narrow street that connected two wider thoroughfares.
"What can you tell me about the Duke's two sons? This morning, in the upper corridor, Luthan groped Bennet and she turned and punched him in the face. I asked Tyra but she only started working at the Mansion after the sons left to go to war."
Senia pulled a face. "Ow. Was he much hurt?"
"As I was present I tended him immediately. It was thought that he had a broken nose but he just managed to avoid that. I blocked his nostrils with cloth rolls to help clot the blood but he will spend a miserable day today. By now he will probably have a black eye or two as well."
Her companion shook her head in sorrow. "It is only what he deserves, I deem. For the son of a Duke almost everything that can go wrong in a man has done so with him. He argues with all, fights with many and yet he assumes that all women are his playthings. I thought that mayhap the experience of leading men in the field might mature him but it seems not so. Do you know why the two have returned? I gather from words spoken by the staff this morning that they were not expected."
"You realize that I have no idea what they were supposed to be doing or even what or where Yod is? They returned unexpectedly yesterday evening just as we rose from the evening meal. The elder one, Mathenar, said that Luthan had been told to return to Joth because he was fighting - and not the enemy, from what I understand - and there is some reason why Mathenar was told to return as well."
"Mathenar? Why, I can believe it of Luthan but Mathenar seems to be a sensible sort, ready and willing to become Duke after his father. I could not say why he would be asked to come back from Yod. As you may already have noticed, the two are as alike as sand and butter." Senia shrugged. "Doubtless we will learn more once they have settled back into the Mansion."
"How old are they? I find that, since arriving here, I cannot estimate ages as well as I once did."
"Mathenar would be about your age or perhaps a year older, I would think. Luthan is about two and a half years younger than his brother."
"I was told that they were counts of two towns. Would they not have residences there?"
Senia seemed doubtful. "I believe that there is a dwelling of some kind for the ruling Count of Galdarin but as that is usually a courtesy title for the Duke's eldest son I could not say how often he would use it. For the other, I know that he is Count of Hulmar but that is all."
"Oh. It looks like I am the one who can find out more as I am staying at the Mansion."
"As you say." Senia gave Ursula a sidelong look. "Just remember that much you may hear will be gossip and likely not true, and that as a guest in the Mansion you would be expected to keep confidences."
"Of course." Ursula returned the look. "But as healers, doctors, we are entitled to exchange information about patients, are we not? At the moment Luthan is my patient, perhaps information about his brother may be relevant."
Senia seemed amused. "Is this the way that healing is done on Earth? Of course I will treat anything you tell me with the confidence it deserves." She looked up, they had reached the junction. "We go left here. You have not seen this patient before, I deem. She has a sore on her left leg which does not heal. I would be grateful for your observations."
* * *
Three patients later, Senia climbed the steps of a town house and knocked at the front door.
"Good morning. Oh, it is Mistress Senia! Welcome, and to your friend..?"
"Ah, this is Ursula, a new healer in the city who accompanies me on my rounds to become familiar with our routine."
The woman smiled at Ursula. "Good morning to you, Mistress. If you would both enter?"
In the hall she told Ursula, "If you did not know, I am Kasta, wife of Hermanar, one of Joth's roofing craftsmen." To Senia she asked, "I assume that it is Ferdo, our son, that you are calling about?"
"Aye," Senia confirmed, "Larna told me of his accident yesterday evening and asked me to see him today. Did she say much about his injuries? What happened?"
As Kasta led the way through the house, she replied, "Ferdo was climbing on the wall at the bottom of our yard, following his older brothers. He missed his footing and fell, it is perhaps fortunate that he fell on the wood pile before reaching the ground, else he would have fallen the whole two strides."
"Oh! Has he broken bones, then?"
"Mistress Larna says not, but she also says that sometimes it can be difficult to tell, especially with children, which is why I believe that she asked another to call today."
"As you say."
The boy was about eight years old and was lying on a couch at the rear of the house. He had a bandage on one knee but there were raw scrapes on elbows and head, the wounds already dried in the heat.
"Mom? Who are these?"
"These are Senia and... Ursula, was it? ...come to look at your injuries. No, stay there, let the healers say what they want you to do."
Senia squatted down and looked at the boy carefully. "If I ask you if it hurts anywhere, you are going to either tell me everywhere or nowhere, is that not so?"
Ferdo stared at Senia then abruptly relaxed. "Mom says that I mustn't hide anything like that when healers ask because it might mean that I'll take longer to heal."
"That's so, young man, and if you don't tell me where it hurts, and it is hurting because a bone is broken, that bone might heal crooked and then you could have a limp, or not be able to wield a hammer straight when you are older. So it is better to tell us the truth and let us find out what is really wrong with you."
"As you say, Mistress. I got scrapes on both my elbows, somehow, as I tumbled off the wall, and a gash on my knee from the wood in the pile. I banged my head and there's a lump just here." He felt his scalp and winced at a certain point.
"What about your legs? Have you been walking around this morning?"
He glanced at his mother. "Aye, though Mom wouldn't let me do much. Why?"
"Because it would hurt more if you had a broken leg, that's why. Depending where it was broken, a lot more. Now, let me see under that bandage and then Mistress Ursula will check over your bones and joints."
"As you wish, Mistress."
There were no obvious broken bones so Senia and Ursula applied salve and bandages and gave instructions to his mother. In the hallway, on the way out, she remarked, "I do like those dresses! They look very cool. Is this something that only healers may wear, do you know?"
"Indeed not, Mistress!" Senia replied. "They are a new design come from the east. If your seamstress does not yet know of them, ask her to apply to Jorda or Dinna for the patterns, which are not complicated as you may see." She gave a secret smile. "There are undergarments to go with these dresses, though of course you may wear what you already have, but if you should also ask about undergarments you will learn of new items designed for hot weather which go well with these dresses."
"Is that so? Then I will do so as soon as I can! The weather is hotter than normal this spring and it is already becoming uncomfortable outside for much of the day."
"Speaking of garments," Ursula added casually, "Because I am a visitor to Joth, His Grace has graciously permitted me to stay at the Mansion for a while."
"Ah? I have heard mention of visitors, Mistress, although of course most in the city do not know the business of the Duke and Duchess. You are one of them, then?"
"I am, and also staying there is Princess Eriana and her two attendants Bennet and Semma."
"As you say! All have heard of the adventures of Her Highness and her men. But you mentioned garments. All know that a Princess may wear attire that ordinary folk might not."
"True, but have you by chance seen her and her girls riding frayen? They wear special outfits designed for the purpose."
"As you say!" Kasta looked wistful. "None knew that a woman could ride a frayen as a man does, and yet here is proof that they may. Is this also a new custom from the east, do you know?"
"I was told that the other Princess, Princess Garia, brought the custom from her own homeland," Ursula explained. "When Eriana... um, Princess Eriana and her men were training for their attack on Boldan's Rock I was told that they all learned to ride because it made their assault easier. I know little more than that except that many women in Palarand now ride."
"Do you tell me? Then I will also enquire of Jorda and Dinna about such items. We are not rich enough to own a frayen or any of the tackle that goes with such a beast, but of course any woman is interested in new attire."
Senia asked, "Have you seen them ride?"
"I have! There was one time I had to go to a property near the Galdarin Gate to take Hermanar his lunch and I saw them pass through. All were amazed to see them and there was much comment."
"Actually," Ursula said, "the Duke has suggested that I - and, possibly, some of the other healers - learn to ride as well. It seems that it may make it easier for us to visit properties, farms, say, or mansions, outside the city walls, in order to reach patients." She hesitated before continuing, "I am learning at a farm just outside the Galdarin Gate which in time may become a riding school for the citizens of Joth."
"A riding school? That is interesting! And women may go there? If I may, I will pass the word to one or two of my friends who have mentioned a desire to ride as Her Highness does."
"That was what was intended, yes, so I see no problem telling others. Um." Ursula looked at Senia. "I am sorry, I have distracted us from our rounds. Where should we be going next?"
"As you say, Ursula. Mistress Kasta, we must be going. I will call again in three days' time, by your leave."
"Of course, Mistress Senia. Thank you for your attention, and to you, Mistress Ursula, for your information. Let me show you out."
In the next street, and out of sight and earshot of their last call, Senia asked, "What was that about? You do not usually engage in idle gossip, Ursula, not to mention the bandying of names."
"Senia, forgive me. I have been asked, discreetly you understand, to find out how people view the riding of frayen by women. Her Grace is unsure whether the people will be for or against it."
"I see! I did wonder at your purpose. Hmm. I think that most view Princess Eriana as a strong woman who may do exactly as she wishes, and that most are content with her doing so. I understand that Her Grace is asking whether the local women should ride and, from words that I have heard, I believe that most women would be in favor of the practice, though I gather that many of their menfolk will be less keen. Is that what you wanted to hear?"
"It does not concern me, really, if the women here do or do not ride, Senia, but it concerns Her Grace. I think that she would do it herself if there was general approval."
"Her Grace, riding a frayen!" Senia smiled. "That would be a fine sight, I deem, and one that would easily encourage other women to follow." She had a thought. "You mentioned 'other healers'. Did you have me in mind? If it may help me do my job then I would consider it. If I may ask you about your own experiences as we walk? Ah, we cross the road yonder and turn down that lane."
* * *
Senia and Ursula stopped under the gatehouse, both pleased to find some relief from the glare of the mid-day sun.
"I had better be going," the healer said, "I will be late for lunch. That last rebandaging took longer than we expected."
"That's true," Ursula agreed. "I am just pleased that I remembered how to wrap a shoulder a different way that worked. In my previous job, on Earth, I left most of the bandaging to others so that I could concentrate on the next accident victim. I'll see you tomorrow as usual?"
"I imagine so, Ursula. You have been a real help today, I am glad that you have decided to join our ranks."
"It didn't take me long to decide. It is different than what I was doing before but the work is easier... ah, slightly easier, and the company is better." She looked up. "Not to mention the weather."
"Aye, if this goes on there will be afternoon thunderstorms to add to the fun. I must be going!"
"Till tomorrow, then. Good bye."
Ursula watched Senia cross the street to head for her home before turning to the Mansion. She remembered what awaited her and sighed.
Best get it over with and then I can change for lunch.
She walked into the front entrance and up the stairs, where Dirgan gave her a salute.
"Good day, Dirgan. Anything of interest happened while I was out?"
He grinned. "No more than normal, Mistress."
"That is usually a good sign, no?" She wrinkled her nose. "Now I have to go and check on Luthan before I can get ready for lunch."
The smile disappeared. "You have my sympathies, Mistress."
She walked along the corridor and knocked on Luthan's door. A male servant opened it, one she hadn't met before.
"Who are you? What do you want?"
"Who I am is no concern of yours. What I am is the healer who has come to check on Lord Luthan's injuries."
"Oh. Your pardon, Mistress. I did not recognize you there. If you would come in, My Lord awaits you."
Luthan was sitting on a settee reading documents, with a big pile either side of him. He looked up as Ursula entered.
"Oh. The rude healer."
"I can always go away again, you know, if you keep on with that attitude. But if I do so, no healer in the city will ever come near you again."
He tried a sneer but it was too painful. "My father will order somebody to come! Somebody who knows how to treat a person of rank."
"That is possible, but the next time anyone would come would be when you were dying from a sword thrust. I cannot imagine how you have lasted as long as you have with that attitude."
He looked sullen, the expression not helped by a full black eye, another one turning and crusted blood around his blocked up nostrils.
"Mistress, if you would attend me." After a distinct pause, he reluctantly ground out, "Please."
"You see? Now that wasn't hard."
Ursula got down on one knee and examined Luthan's face. Apart from the eyes and the bridge of the nose there appeared to be little bruising.
"How has it been this morning? I know that it must be painful and I can give you something for that, but I need to know if there has been bleeding, for example. Have you felt the need to spit up blood at all?"
"Nothing like that, Mistress. My face, it feels taut and dry, can I splash some water on it?"
"I think so, yes, there's no reason why you shouldn't give your face a gentle wash now and then, especially as it is so hot today. Try not to dislodge the plugs, though, because that will start your nose bleeding again. If that happens, you must send your man to ask for me. Dirgan will know where I am. I will be in the Mansion now for the rest of the day."
The eyes looked hostile. "As you command, Mistress." He paused and the fire went out of them. "I am told that you reside in the Mansion, Mistress. Has my father now decided to have a resident healer about the place?"
Ursula answered him as she undid her basket lid and pulled out jars of medicine.
"I live here for now, My Lord. I am a stranger in Joth so your father has given me a place here while I become familiar with the city and all those who live in it." Careful, now. "Your father will probably tell you more about me and Her Highness once you have settled in to living here again."
"A curious circumstance." He saw what she was holding. "Oh, the green stuff. Is that not dangerous?"
"It can be, if you take too much. For today, it would probably be best. Tomorrow I will move you onto the simmek once I have taken the plugs out and cleaned you up."
"Simmek, aye, we have used it in the field."
She gave him a spoonful of the green stuff, then packed everything away again and stood.
"Do you want me to come back again this evening and take another look?"
He shrugged. "I am here, you reside here, you may as well." Another long pause. "Mistress, I thank you for your attentions today."
She acknowledged that with a nod. "Then I must go and prepare myself for lunch. Good day to you, My Lord."
She walked out without a backward look. The manservant studied her as she passed but said nothing. Only when she was back in her sitting room did she let the tension out with a long sigh.
To think I might be stuck in the Mansion with that idiot!
Yet it is too early to even consider finding myself somewhere else to live in the city. That would only complicate things, not to mention leaving me exposed.
A realization came to her. I like having Eriana, Bennet and Semma nearby. They have a robust attitude to life which matches that of many Russians including myself.
Still, the clown now knows his limitations. He should not trouble any of us women in the way he might cause trouble with the men.
She had just put her basket of medical needs away when Tyra returned, another beam all over her face.
"Mistress, look! They have given me my own sword!" The beam disappeared. "It is only a practise sword but of the same weight and balance as a working blade would be. I am to exercise with it to improve the strength of my lower arm, wrist and fingers. I can do that before my attire arrives, so that I will be better prepared when the training begins."
Ursula looked at the blunted blade. "If you are enthusiastic and do too much at once you could cause yourself some injuries," she warned. "Have they told you this?"
"Aye, Mistress. I am to stop immediately if my wrist or fingers hurt."
"Very well, but add elbow and shoulder to that list." Ursula smiled. "If you are going to be waving that thing around, try not to damage too much of the furniture, will you? I'm sure that His Grace will be annoyed."
"As you say, Mistress!" Tyra promptly stood the sword in a corner out of the way before continuing, "If we may bathe, Mistress. It will not be long until the lunch bell."
"A good idea. It has been hot and sweaty today in the city."
"Indeed! Talk in the armory is that this is unusual and may break with thunderstorms in a few days. Normally it does not become so hot until nearer midsummer."
"That is good to know. Whatever the reason, it is too hot today. I'll pull for water if you want to use the toilet before you jump in."
"Mistress, I may need help today. When I can wear ship dresses like your own then I may go by myself but for now, it would be awkward."
"As you wish."
I should not complain, when I think of what the women of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries had to put up with. At least one can function in the clothes we wear here!
"Come on. Let's get ourselves cleaned up."
* * *
By the time they appeared in the dining room almost everyone else had already arrived. Mathenar gave them an elaborate bow.
"Mistress, I note that you have been abroad in the city. Are there many who require your services?"
"Enough, My Lord. Where I practised before I was in a much larger city and there were many more who needed medical attention. Fortunately here the injuries are, mostly, not too severe."
"With Joth now at peace I would think that it would be mostly trips and fumbles, that sort of injury." He frowned. "If I may ask -"
His father appeared and headed for the tables. Mathenar gave Ursula a shrug and a grin. "Later, Mistress. My interest is not so important."
At the table the servants began putting plates in front of each diner.
"Father, whatever is this? Some kind of strange bread? A tart? Or did something go wrong with the cooking?"
"That, Math, is called a peet-zer. It is a new dish that Maralin introduced while we were away in Thorn. I am told that there may be different toppings according to taste, though for today Farren has simply cooked a batch of the most usual variety."
"A curious thing to eat, I deem. How must I eat it? Am I permitted fingers? Should I tear it into chunks?"
Fanis told him, "Math, it is usual to cut it into wedges first, to make it easier to handle. Most then pick up each wedge with their fingers. If you prefer not to have grease on your fingers you may use your knife and fork to eat it with instead."
"Knife and... fork? What, oh, this is a fork? Is this something else that Maralin brought?"
Wallesan replied, "No indeed, son. Forks were brought to the Valley by Princess Garia, though Maralin does also know of them. Hold the fork vertically to grip your food and prevent it moving while you cut a portion with your knife. You can then bring the food directly to your mouth on the fork. See, watch what your mother does."
Mathenar watched intently. "Ah, I see! This could be a useful tool, I deem. The word fork is known to me, since those of Palarand have used it in my hearing, but I knew not what they meant. To me a fork is something that a peasant uses to shift dung, I did not know they were also tiny tools to use for food. None cared to explain, thinking perhaps that all already knew of them."
He used the table knife to cut his peet-zer into six wedges as his parents had done, then lifted a wedge to his lips. He nodded appreciation at the taste.
"It is good, Father, Mother! I could enjoy these as a snack from time to time."
Wallesan said, "Maralin informs us that is how they are sometimes used, Math. It may be that in the future, when you have stopped at a road house, they may serve peet-zers to travelers as well as their other choices."
Fanis added, "But Maralin also told us that eating too many of these can be unhealthy. In the lands of his birth they have studied the effect of food on health and reached some surprising conclusions. Fortunately, he also tells us that our normal choice of foods here in Joth is actually very healthy. Peet-zers are to be considered as an occasional treat, it seems."
Mathenar ate about half of his peet-zer before looking up with a question on his face.
"Father, Mother, it seems to me that Joth has become beset by strangers since I went away. There is Her Highness there, from somewhere distant, Mistress Ursula who comes from somewhere else distant, Mistresses Bennet and Semma are from Palarand and you tell me that this Maralin has also come from somewhere else entirely."
Wallesan shrugged. "Son, it is all completely by chance. In a week or two Eriana will sail away with her girls and then there will be just Ursula, Maralin joining us when he returns. You know that many who reside in Joth were not born here, or even in the Duchy. It is the way of the world, that people move to other lands for many reasons. It is chance that so many reside under our roofs for a while."
"As you say, Father, but these are not artisans looking for work or swordsmen seeking to join your forces, these are important people, it seems to me. Is there perhaps something I should know about?"
"As I said, the presence of these folk in the Mansion is purely by chance, Math. However, there are reasons why such people may have gathered here and reasons why we may see more of them in the future." He rolled his eyes. "I now begin to understand why Robanar's palace is so large, he entertains such visitors all the time. Look, Math, I will tell you and Luthan all you need to know about Joth, Palarand and all the lands of the Great Valley later today, since what has been decided will fall to you after I have gone."
"Ah? There have been rumors along the way home, it is true, but it is always difficult to know what to believe."
"As you say. After our nap, then. Our womenfolk will be entertaining the seamstresses of Joth in here again so we can retire to another place and I will tell you all that you need to know."
"Done, father."
* * *
"Actually, I had another idea for a garment while I was out this morning with Mistress Senia."
The seamstresses all turned to Ursula. Jorda asked, "Mistress? Would this be another garment in the manner of the ship dress?"
"In a way. You all know that the healers of Joth, with my advice, are setting up a place which we are calling a clinic for the time being." The women all nodded. "It will be fitted out so that we can..." Ursula hunted for an answer which would not be too complicated but explain enough, "...do things which may be required but not so easy to do at a patient's residence. For example, we were recently forced to use a meat-cutting room here in the Mansion kitchen to save the life of one of the armsmen, simply because it was big enough and light enough and could be easily washed clean."
"Oh, was that Mamoot?" one of the women asked. "His story is known in the city, Mistress, and our thanks to you for knowing what was wrong with him and for saving his life."
"Thank you. In the future we hope to do operations like that at the clinic, which means that it will be fitted out as we require. Part of that fitting out will involve the clothes that we wear. You can understand that there are many things a healer might do that could mean lots of blood - or other body fluids - getting on our clothes. I would prefer not to attempt anything like that wearing, for example, what I have on today. It would be ruined."
Jorda said, "As you say. You have a suggestion, then."
"In... Alberta, for such purposes, we would wear what are known as scrubs to perform operations, Mistress. These actually look like ship dresses, but with a V neckline, are made of a much sturdier material and can be boiled to clean away anything that gets on them."
Dinna asked, "Boiled, Mistress? Not everything that is washed is boiled. Would not a thorough scrubbing serve instead?"
Ursula held up a hand. "Boiling serves another purpose, Mistress. One way of preventing infection to open wounds is to make sure everything is as clean as possible, to prevent anything bad from getting into the wound. For example, we will boil all our tools before starting whatever is needed and all surfaces, and the patient, will also be cleaned first. Boiling the garments will also ensure that nothing can get into the wound from the cloth."
Jorda considered. "Mistress Ursula, the ship dress design is easy enough to make, but finding a cloth which would take repeated boiling might be harder. Are you particular as to color? Most dyes would run or fade under such treatment."
Ursula shook her head. "The color is not important, Mistress Jorda. I wouldn't be walking around the city dressed like that anyway."
"Then mayhap an unbleached cloth may do, though I deem you would want it different enough that such attire would not be mistaken for your other wear. I assume that you would reserve such items for that use, just as an apron would be kept in the kitchen by a cook."
"That is exactly the idea, Mistress Jorda."
The seamstress considered again. "So you would clean yourself, the room and the patient before you begin. Ah, what else might you need that we could provide?"
"Some more of that cloth, to make a kind of hat to go around my hair and keep it out of the way," Ursula replied. "Oh, and something different to wear on my feet."
She thought. They don't have plastics here yet, so no Crocs, nothing disposable. I won't want anything that will get too hot but whatever it is will have to be cleanable like everything else.
"Like our cleaning scarves, you mean? Yes, that will be simple enough to provide. Footwear... you are asking for something that can be cleaned, as the dress and scarf would be."
"That is so but I don't know if that is possible yet."
"Yet?"
Oops. I don't want to go into any of that now, even if it was a good idea. Which it is not.
"I meant that in time, we might find some material which can be cleaned easily enough. We have such materials in Alberta, but I have no idea how they are made. Something like a clog, perhaps? A simple wooden sole with some of that cloth you mentioned as an upper. That could be boiled, couldn't it?"
One of the other women said, "Jorda, I know of a cobbler in Oarsman's Lane who makes such shoes for the weavers. If I may ask him if he could call and speak to Mistress Ursula."
"Ah, yes, of course, if that is the kind of shoe required." Jorda turned to Ursula. "Melisent speaks of a wooden sole, with a canvas upper which only covers the front of the foot. Because the weaving sheds can become so hot in summer they require footwear that allows their feet to be cool without exposing them to debris on the floor. That design, or one similar to it, may be what you desire."
She nodded. "That sounds exactly what I am thinking of. I assume that he will bring samples?"
"Of course, Mistress! Melisent, if you would ask your cobbler to attend the Mansion." Jorda looked around. "Ladies, I think that we now have everything we came for today. Most of it is new commissions for young Tyra but we brought garments for Her Grace, Mistress Ursula and even for some of the men of the Mansion. There may also be new work for Mistress Ursula from us." She turned. "Your Grace," she addressed Fanis, "by your leave, we should be going now, I have heard the bells."
Fanis inclined her head. "Ladies, as always it has been a pleasure having you here. I will let Jorda know, as usual, if there is any further need for your services. For Ursula's wear, since it will be attire for the new clinic, I suggest you leave a message here for her when you have garments or footwear to present."
"As you desire, Your Grace."
The residents watched as the seamstresses filed out of the dining room. Once the doorway was cleared, Bellot entered.
"Your Grace, this evening the meal will be served in about a bell and a quarter."
"Then let us all leave the staff to make the room ready. Ladies, to our chambers!"
* * *
Much later, the city had finally begun to cool after the sun had set. Tyra lit the lanterns in their chambers and then began to help Ursula take her evening gown off before they both retired.
"I wonder," Ursula said, "what you thought of Mathenar. He was interested in us all this evening, but perhaps he ignored the servants. You might have been able to observe him in a way that we could not."
"It is as you say, Mistress. Sometimes servants, of any kind, are not noticed at all. I suspect, from what little I saw of Luthan today, that he would hunt anyone wearing a skirt. He is that kind of man, I deem. Mathenar, on the other hand, seems to be a kind, well brought up son of the Duke. I notice that he paid you some attention, and also spoke to Bennet and Semma, but it is natural that he would spend most of his time talking to Her Highness. I had not heard her whole story before, she is a remarkable woman, is she not?"
"It would appear so. I learned more this evening than I had known before."
Tyra frowned as she folded the gown over her arm. "Yet there have been rumors about Mathenar in the past as you know. We have seen him barely a day so it may be that his flaw, if there be one, will only come apparent when he is relaxed back into the life he led before. Do you not agree, Mistress?"
"I do. I would think that most people would take a day or two to become familiar with their surroundings before relaxing their guard. This time, it is a rebuilt home which is full of new faces so I would not be surprised if he is cautious around us for a few days."
"But what is there to fear? They both know not to try Bennet and Semma and I doubt that anyone who has seen Her Highness with her broadsword would attempt anything with her! You yourself have a manner which should rebuff any unwanted approach, even though you do not bear a blade yourself."
Ursula nodded as she removed her bra. "I agree, but sometimes men are not so easily put off. We have been warned, we will just have to see what happens."
"As you say, Mistress."
After a week of serving patients, training and learning to ride, Fanis has insisted that both Ursula and Tyra take a day at ease. They begin by visiting Tyra's parents and then move on to the docks.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
28 - A Day at Ease
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Seven days had passed since the sons of the Duke had
returned home, one causing an inexcusable incident the following
morning. Since then, Ursula had been out visiting patients every
morning while Tyra had been learning the basics of armsmanship, if
there were such a thing when applied to women. After their post-lunch
naps each day they had both been to the riding school to see to their
frayen, and in Ursula's case to ride. Tyra had ridden for merely two
days, but that was because there was an unprecedented demand for
saddles and hers had taken that long to make and fit.
As had the specially crafted helmet which the Duke had insisted that she wear.
After breakfast Tyra had changed out of her new Personal Servant's uniform and into a ship dress, but one which still indicated that she was a servant of the Duke. On each shoulder was the quartered blue-and-white of the Duchy, while above that was an embroidered patch showing a gold crown on a blue background, indicating a Ducal retainer, while underneath was another with a blue hand on white showing that she was somebody's personal servant.
"I still don't understand why you want to wear that," Ursula had told her. "If you are supposed to be at ease why not just wear an ordinary ship dress like mine? You were not wearing a uniform when we met the other day in the city."
"But today is special, Mistress. It is the first visit to my family since I became your maid. I want to show my family my new status in the Duke's residence. It will do no harm for others to see it, too. If we go out together on another day, of course I would not wear it unless it were for some official purpose."
Ursula stared at her suspiciously. "You will not use your new-found status to pull rank over your friends, then?"
"What? Oh, no, Mistress! I would not think of such a thing! They will all want to congratulate me on my promotion. To serve the Duke, that is a great thing in the city, since it usually means a good job and benefits." Tyra's eyes widened. "But you must not think we do it for that reason!" Her voice lowered. "Some do, possibly. I could not say. For myself it means that, through your own service, I am serving all Joth the best way that I can."
Ursula considered this and then nodded. "Very well. Have you got your bag? Then we should be going before it warms up too much."
"As you say! Though the thunderstorms of the last three days have helped somewhat."
"Yes, the air seems fresher somehow. Let's go. You know where we are going first?"
Tyra closed the door behind them as Ursula nodded to the armsman on duty at the top of the stairs.
"Aye, Mistress, to look at the new clinic."
"Do you know the way there?"
"Aye, it is in Sabbar Street, so you told me. I know of it."
As they were crossing the front yard, Ursula asked, "Most streets seemed to be named after things, so what is a sabbar, if I may ask?"
Tyra giggled. "Mistress, this time it is not a thing, it is a man. Marshal Sabbar is said to have defended Joth a long time ago, probably from those of Yod again." She frowned. "That is all I know. Mayhap my father will remember more." She added, "There are some few streets in the city named after men who have done great deeds for Joth. Not all are plants, animals, fish or crafts, though many seem to be."
"No women?"
"Not that I know of, Mistress. Of course, until recently there would have been no woman worthy of the honor but there may one day be one named after Her Highness, I deem - and maybe even one after you in time."
"Me? I haven't done anything for Joth! What gives you that idea?"
"Your new medical knowledge, Mistress. If you save enough lives, prevent children from dying too young, then you might have that honor awarded you."
Ursula sighed internally. "You may be right, Tyra, though it is not something I would have wanted. Look! Cross the street now, before those wagons get too close."
In a part of the city unfamiliar to Ursula stood Sabbar Street, a wide thoroughfare faced both sides by seeming warehouses, though odd noises indicated other activities. In fact, through the open double doors at street level it was apparent that they were indeed used for the reception and storage of goods, namely the bales of fibers of several kinds used for spinning thread and weaving cloth. Tyra indicated one of these near the beginning of the street, one which only had a single human-sized door left open.
Inside the welcome shade they found a large open expanse, presently occupied only by a second-hand carriage. A ramp to one side led up to the next floor, where again there was a wide expanse of space, mostly empty apart from a stack of sawn timber. A group of craftsmen were gathered near a window overlooking the street, discussing a floor plan one of them held. They noticed the newcomers and came to greet them.
"Mistress Ursula, greetings! Welcome to what will in time become your clinic. As you can see, little has yet been done since we await more timber for the partitions and nails and screws with which to hold them together."
"Master Follan, good morning. Uh, this is my new maid Tyra."
He smiled but there was a question in his eyes. "Greetings also, Tyra. You look familiar."
"Aye, Master Follan, my father is Hulo the fisherman. We are on our way to visit my family in Foti Lane, as it happens."
Follan nodded. "Hulo, of course I know him. If you would pass on our best wishes. How are his arms these days?"
"Mending well, Master, and he has been out on the river again these past nine days."
"That is good to hear. No true man desires to spend his time idle without sufficient reason." He turned to Ursula. "Mistress, you had no maid when last we met but I can see the need for one."
"Master Follan, Her Grace more or less insisted and I have been forced to admit that, though maids are not customary where I come from, Tyra has been a great help." She added, "She does not usually accompany me in the mornings while I am out on my rounds but only once I return to the Mansion."
"As you say, Mistress. Now, doubtless you have come to inspect the building, not to have idle chatter today. There is little for you yet to see on this floor but upstairs is almost finished, as it required extra time for the tiling to dry and we decided to start up there. If you would follow me."
Follan nodded to his fellows and led the way up a second ramp to the next floor, which Ursula saw extended into the roof space. There was a kind of central landing here, with a corridor that stretched to the front of the building and several doors either side. At the rear of the building, behind double doors, was a space the width of the building where surgical operations might take place. Two great windows looked out over the lower properties behind, allowing plenty of light into the chamber revealed.
Here the floor had been leveled with plaster and covered with closely fitted glazed tiles, the flat space ready for an operating table once one had been designed and made. The walls had also been lined and tiled up to the waistline. Over the space were two chandeliers on chains, so that even when the daylight was bad or non-existent work could continue if urgent. All the upper surfaces of the space had been painted in a pale yellow to reflect even more of the light back onto the subject.
"This is very good," Ursula commented. "I would never have thought of using a weaver's space for an operating theater, and certainly not one at the top of a building!"
"You spoke to us of needing light and a colleague remembered that this building had become vacant. Of course, weavers also require much light when they are weaving cloth with complicated designs on them. The ramps will make it easier for you to bring people up here for your work, as I understand it. Is the space large enough for your needs, Mistress?"
"Certainly, Master Follan. It will be bigger than many theaters I have used. It will take some time for us to work out how best to use the whole building but I expect you already know that."
"As you say. Theaters? I do not know that word, Mistress, but no matter." He smiled. "I doubt not that in your specialty you have your own words, just as we carpenters have our own. These buildings were all designed for looms and spinning machines and to use them for something different will take some adjustment to one's thoughts. Do you expect to make use of the whole building, Mistress? This seems to me a large space for what, after all, is something that Joth has never needed at all before you came."
Ursula shrugged. "The idea is to bring here someone who has a bad injury or some problem that cannot be easily dealt with in their own home. If they do not need to be brought into this room straight away then they can be placed into beds on the middle floor while we nurse them -"
"Nurse them, Mistress? You speak of something done by mothers with babies?"
Ursula silently cursed the variations in language. "I apologize, Master Follan. Where I come from the term nursing is used for any situation where someone is injured or ill and cannot fend for themselves. It would not just refer to mothers with new babies. It could refer to, for example, looking after an elderly relative at home or caring for someone who has a broken leg."
"Ah, I understand, Mistress." Follan frowned. "I cannot think of a similar term we would use here, Mistress. Mayhap another word might be preferred else people could misunderstand, as I did."
Ursula thought. "You are probably right, Master Follan. I will speak with Senia and others and try to work out some new names for what, after all, will be something new to Joth. Now, as I was explaining, downstairs we will keep those people and also those who we have worked on up here, at least until they have recovered enough to go somewhere else."
"And up here?"
"Offices, stores of drugs... ah, potions and medicines, bandages, tools of the trade and so on, while at the front of the building where there are more windows we would probably have examination rooms."
Follan nodded. "That was what we assumed, Mistress, from our original discussion last week." The Master Joiner led them out of the empty chamber and back to the landing. He gestured either side. "You will also find here a pantry and a small chamber of rest, that you might feed yourselves and your patients and rest between your labors."
I had forgotten food and drink! I will need to speak with Senia about that. A room to rest in sounds good as well.
She listened to the clacking of looms from the buildings either side. I am not sure how much rest anyone will get, though. Perhaps this is the wrong place to locate something like this!
...Only time will tell...
He gestured to doors either side before leading the way forward. "Here are four rooms that you could use for storage or offices, Mistress, though none of them are very large. You will note that there is sufficient light for such purposes from above, since all these buildings must needs have roof windows to assist the weavers in their businesses. Of course we can also install lanterns at need. At the front we have presently left the space as a larger room either side but it can be divided another way should you so wish."
He opened the two doors either side at the front of the corridor to show large, airy rooms with big windows overlooking the street. Ursula looked in both before nodding and returning to the corridor.
"It looks as though these could be just what we want," she remarked. "As I said, we will need to start using the building to find out if it works well enough for our purposes."
Follan led the way back down to the ground floor and saw them out through the door. "If you next come in seven days time, Mistress, we are likely to have much of the middle floor ready for your inspection. Will we see you before then, do you think?"
"It depends. If Mistress Senia has any patients around here then we may call in to see progress. Otherwise it could be at least another week depending on how busy we all are."
"As you say, Mistress. Oh! Here, look, this appears to be our next delivery of wood for the middle floor. If you would excuse me, Mistress."
"Of course, we'll get out of your way."
Ursula and Tyra went back to the middle of the street to let the dranakh and wagon pull in. The huge animal swung its head and gave her a considered look before turning away. Why do they do that?
Ursula turned to her maid. "Which way now, Tyra?"
"Either will do, Mistress, since Foti Lane runs the same way as this street does. If we may go yonder, you will learn another way to reach the docks."
"Lead on, then."
The other end of the street led to a narrower way which tied together all the cross-streets in that area. Opposite those streets was a continuous line of three-storey terraces which backed onto the city walls behind. Ursula followed Tyra along this way, grateful for the shadow of the wall to her right. They passed another wide street like the one they had come from, the noise of looms just audible even at this distance. Then, a much narrower lane with lower, smaller properties on both sides, followed by another lane down which Tyra turned.
"This is Foti Lane, Mistress. My family lives along here."
Ursula was struck by both the strange old buildings in front of her and by the tumult of activity, most of it by children. The properties were the same on both sides and, though cramped, were three storeys high. They were continuous terraces and, just visible, it appeared that they were supported by brick walls which divided the properties. Everything else was of wood, and there was a lot of it.
At ground level, there were no fronts to the buildings, only a gaping hole which reminded her of 'car ports' in Canada. She could not see much of what was within because a wide balcony overhung the frontages, running the entire length of the terrace and accessed by wide stairs at both ends. The balcony was supported by sturdy wood posts which continued upwards to support the roof, which overhung the balcony to provide shelter and, in the present season, shade.
At the balcony level each dwelling - if that was what they were - had a door and a single window. Above, the roof was continuous and consisted of the standard glazed green tiles used everywhere in the city. Poking out of the roof was a long dormer-style window, divided for each of the dwellings below.
Crossing the street from one side to the other at several levels were many ropes, most presently hung with washing. Children were playing everywhere, on the street, on the balcony and running up and down the steps, stairs and occasional set of rungs set into the balcony supports. Some, Ursula saw, were even swarming hand-over-hand along some of the washing lines, without anyone apparently considering the possible dangers.
Hanging from one of the nearby lines was a small child, about four years old, who saw them coming. He scrambled along to one end, swung himself onto the balcony and rushed into one of the dwellings shouting, "Ma! Ma! Tyra coming!"
Tyra said to Ursula, "If you would climb the stairs, Mistress. I am used to this place but you are not, and it would be unseemly for you to have to climb as I might do on my own."
They ascended to the balcony, which Ursula now realized had no guard rail. The pair walked along to where the boy had vanished. Before they had reached the door several people had emerged to wait for them.
The small boy came towards her and grabbed Tyra around the legs. "Tyra! You came again!"
She reached down and tousled his hair. "Greetings, Mischief. Aye, I am returned, but you must wait until I have introduced my mistress to Ma and Pa. Where is Pa? Down at the docks?"
The boy pulled back and stared at Ursula. "Hello. Are you a mistress?" He frowned. "What's a mistress?"
"Enough, Teen! Let me speak to Ma."
Ursula gave the boy, who could not have been more than about four years old, a smile, intended to reassure him. He suddenly became shy and scampered back to hide behind the skirts of his mother.
"Ma, if I may introduce Mistress Ursula. Today we both have a day's ease so I thought to bring her and introduce her to all my family."
Tyra's mother curtseyed to Ursula. "I am very pleased to meet Tyra's mistress, Mistress. When she told me that her duties had changed we did not know what to think." Her expression suddenly became anxious. "I trust that she serves you well? You have yet found no fault in her duties?"
"Mistress -" Ursula began and stopped, uncertain. The etiquette of introductions in ths society was something that she was still discovering.
"Ah, Mistress," Tyra explained with a start, "if I may introduce my mother Raysa. These are my brothers and sisters." She pointed to each in turn. The eldest was a youth of about twelve beside two girls of about ten or eleven. "There is Hulan, he helps Father with his boat each evening. Next is Tally and then Hursa and then finally the family's troublemaker, Teen."
Ursula nodded to each. "I am pleased to make your acquaintance."
Tyra added, "There is another brother older than me, Rayanar, he is presently away as a levy, I know not where. We also have an older sister, Noria, who is married to another of Joth's fisherfolk."
A large family, but then, I doubt they have much in the way of birth control around here.
Though, I do remember, Senia spoke of a herb, what was it called? We were interrupted as she was telling me of it and I never did find out what it was or its intended use, but I thought it had something to do with stopping pregnancies.
I must speak to her about that! It could be important.
...And I am also now a fully functional woman. Perhaps that herb will become important to me!
She smiled. "I see that Tyra comes from a large and close family. To answer your question, Mistress, where I come from it would be unusual for any woman to have a personal maid, so I am just as unsure about what is supposed to happen as Tyra is. We have decided to just make it up as we go along and see what happens. So far we have not made too many mistakes, not that I have noticed."
"Well." Raysa was taken aback by this plain statement of facts. "Mistress, you are welcome to come to our humble house at any time. If I may offer you pel? It is a little early, but you have been walking the streets, I deem."
"Mistress," Ursula began. "I -"
Raysa interrupted. "Mistress, please! You should not name me so. I am not a Mistress, not like yourself. My plain name will be sufficient."
"Now this is where I have a problem," Ursula said with a smile. "You see, I have worked out that being a Mistress means something but I don't know what. It seems like a distinction that we don't have where I come from. I am not even sure that I am entitled to be a Mistress myself."
"But Mistress!" Raysa was surprised. "If His Grace or Her Grace says that it is so, then it is so. You do not..? Ah, what a curious thing! How are matters managed, then, in your own lands? I assume that the names of people's status is different there, as it does in some of the Valley countries."
"It... is complicated ...Raysa. If I can just say, we don't have Kings or Dukes or anyone like that. There are ranks, in a way, but nothing that you would understand."
"That sounds strange to me, Mistress, but I must needs accept what you say."
Ursula smiled. "I am a stranger here, things are bound to be different. I would not want to put you to any trouble," she had a thought, then added, "or expense, but it is already warm and the streets are becoming uncomfortable. A small drink would be welcome, if it does not interrupt whatever you are doing."
Raysa waved a dismissive hand. "There is always washing to do, but Tally and Hursa can carry on what I have begun while I make pel. If you would like to come inside, out of the heat."
"Of course. Tyra? Lead the way."
Inside consisted of a single long room which ran the depth of the property. At the rear was another single window and a door, causing Ursula to wonder if she had missed another balcony running along the rear of the terrace. To one side at the back, next to the window, was a range where the food was obviously prepared. A narrow stair rose at one side that would lead to the sleeping space above. A large table stood on the other side, with benches for dining, while at the front was an assortment of chairs, stools and an ancient settee which seemed to serve as their living space.
"If you would sit down, Mistress."
Nobody was going to move until Ursula did, so she accepted the inevitable and chose a wicker chair to sit on. The two girls headed to the rear while Hulan and Teen plopped themselves onto the floorboards in front of her, both studying her intently. Raysa went to the range and began preparing to make the herbal brew.
Tyra asked Hulan, "Where is Pa, then? Teen seems to have been struck dumb by seeing Mistress Ursula."
"He is down at the docks, as you might imagine," the older boy replied. "The men of the Princess -" he cast a quick glance at Ursula, "- are helping look after boats and tack so Pa asked them to help with his." He looked annoyed. "I wanted to go but Pa said there would be too many there so I have to stay at home with him."
Teen looked up. "Not my fault!" He looked equally annoyed. "I wanted to go too, to see what the hairy men are doing."
"I think," Tyra said to both gently, "that there will already be too many people there and you could both get in the way. You wouldn't want to cause an accident, would you?"
"Suppose not," Hulan was grudging. He changed the subject. "Is that your new uniform?"
"It is a summer version, yes. It is a lot more comfortable than what we usually wear."
"It looks cool." He pulled a face. "I wish there was something cooler the boys could wear. I do not feel too bad now but soon it will become too hot. You know this."
"Aye. Actually, there will be something different for men and boys to wear soon. Have you seen the hairy men yet?"
"Of course! Everyone who possibly could went down to the docks the day after that strange ship arrived." He frowned. "Why? The clothes they wore then, as I remember, were even thicker and heavier than what I am wearing now!"
Tyra turned to Ursula. "Mistress? If you could explain. I was not privy to Tenant Maralin's thoughts when he designed their new uniforms."
"Ah," Ursula said. She addressed Hulan. "The men complained, while we were sailing here, that their clothes were becoming uncomfortable. I don't know for sure but I was told that the land they came from is much colder than it is around here, so all their clothes are designed to keep them warm. Tenant Maralin had some ideas about better clothes they could wear and the seamstresses have been busy making them.
"I have seen the men wearing the new designs when they have come to the Mansion and, by now, many of the soldiers there are also wearing something similar. Eventually, I expect that many of those in the city will be wearing something lighter, men and women, boys and girls. I am wearing a similar design to Tyra, but it is not a uniform."
"Do you tell me?" That was Raysa, bringing two mugs and being followed by both daughters, each with two more mugs. "I must say I thought that your dresses looked good when you arrived, Mistress. So simple and yet so cool. And this is to be her summer uniform, then?"
"We think so. As yet this is all experimental and there may be some design changes as time goes on."
"As you say."
Ursula and Tyra were given mugs of pel. The rest were distributed between mother and children. Raysa sat down in a more comfortable-looking chair that was obviously her normal choice while the girls took two more seats.
Raysa remarked, "I have not been to the Mansion, Mistress, either before those of Yod came or since it has been renewed. I trust that you are comfortable there?"
"Very comfortable, Raysa. None of this is what I am used to but I have managed so far. I -" Ursula glanced at Tyra. "I am supposed to be meeting Her Highness's men at the docks this morning, so I can't spend much time today telling you about myself. You probably have many things to do yourself."
Raysa snorted. "With this lot? Always! Ah, Mistress, I am curious, as anyone would be, but I can wait. Doubtless you will call again?"
"Probably so, Raysa. It will make a pleasant change for both Tyra and myself, though I would not want to intrude on a family gathering."
Raysa waved a hand. "Do not concern yourself, Mistress. If Tyra serves you then you are almost family yourself, I deem. As I said before, you will always be welcome here."
Ursula was overcome with an unfamiliar emotion. These people are so friendly, so welcoming! This is so unlike Russia or even Canada. Have I really found myself in the right place, and entirely by accident?
They spent some time with Tyra's family and then Tyra decided that they were wasting too much of everybody's time - though she did not put it that plainly - so the two reluctantly took their leave. Outside, the heat had risen, but for some reason it seemed more bearable than on previous days. Both adjusted their wide straw hats and then walked along to the other end of the balcony before climbing back down to street level.
"Where are we now?"
"If you would look just there, Mistress, we are but a cast from one of the dock gates."
Round the corner stood the city wall, here with a gate tower straddling a large gap in the stonework. The reason for the gap was obvious, just beyond the wall could be seen carpenters busy finishing the two new gates which would hang in the gateway once they were trimmed and waterproofed. To the right, parts of the wall appeared to be under repair but not much could be seen because of the intervening buildings.
They walked to the gateway and were stopped by an armsman with a spear.
"Oh, good morning, Tyra! I did not recognize you in that uniform. Do you go to seek your father? He is yonder, with his boat."
The man pointed off to the right, beyond where Ursula could see.
"Aye, Tanit, I have come to introduce him to my Mistress." She gestured. "If I may introduce Mistress Ursula, a new healer in the city and presently residing at the Mansion."
The man bowed. "I am pleased to make your acquaintance, Mistress. I have heard of you and the good works you have already done in the city."
"Good day to you," Ursula replied. "Tyra and I will probably be coming here every week or so to see how things are going."
"Then I shall not keep you, Mistress. If I may advise, there is much work going on outside the wall and around the dock gates. Be careful where you may tread."
"We'll be careful."
They walked through and entered a large cobbled hardstanding in front of several long piers. Vessels were not tied up to these, however, but to pontoons either side which stretched out a long way into the river. The hardstanding was busy with work, such that Ursula could not take it all in. They walked out to go around the two gates, flat on trestles on the ground now, but a shout made them turn.
«Hey, boys! It is Ursula, with a young lady friend! Perhaps she is for us!»
There was a scramble from the works around the wall and in a few moments they were surrounded by about half of the crew of the Visund. All were wearing the new 'tee shirts' and cargo shorts. Most were also wearing, Ursula saw with amusement, regular-looking straw boaters with ribbons in Eriana's colors making them look just like nineteenth century seamen.
«Hello to you all. This is Tyra, who has been made my maid. You may look but not touch.»
«I knew that it was too good to be true!» That was Ormund, one of the seamen. «It is good that you have a maid now, Ursula, it is proper that you have some help.»
«Thank you. What are you all doing here?» she asked.
Brodgar shouldered his way forward. «Mistress, you may notice, some of us are helping the masons rebuild the wall. While we do not have the experience, we know ropes and spars and most of us have the strength to move the stones. Others are helping the fishermen with their boats or gear and we have even helped with loading and unloading some of the barges that come here. Mistress, have you a purpose here? Have you come to look at our injuries?»
«We have just come down here to say hello and to see what you are all doing,» she replied. «Of course, I have come prepared,» she held up her basket of potions and bandages, «so we can look at you if you want us to.»
«Your maid, is she a healer too?» somebody asked. «I see she carries a bag.»
«She is not, but for now she does what any maid does - helps her mistress.» She smiled. «If she is to accompany me, then of course that may change in time.»
A larger man shouldered his way through the small crowd, which had now begun to swell with others interested in whatever was going on.
"Oh, Mistress Ursula." It was Lars. "Good morning. I wondered why men had gathered."
"I am sorry to have distracted them, Lars. It is the first time I have been to the docks since I arrived. I wanted to see what was happening."
"Mistress, they wanted to see you, it is good. You will look at injuries?"
"Of course, if that is what you want." She added, "Are there any more bumps and scrapes from what they are doing now?"
Lars pulled a face. "Some, Mistress. Fingers too big, get squashed by stone. Rope runs through fingers, hand gets burned. On the ocean, in battle, men experts. Work with stone or wood, not so much."
"So it is enthusiasm more than experience, then?"
"As you say, Mistress."
She looked around. "This is not all of them, surely?"
"Some busy stopping stone fall on heads. Some over there unloading boat. All will come when safe to do."
"Very well. Where can I set up to look at the men, then? It will be too hot to stand out here."
Lars pointed. "See shelter? Men get drinks there, space inside for Mistress to work."
The shelter was an open-sided awning near one of the piers. It had a counter at one side where somebody was brewing drinks and supplying snacks to anyone on the docks who needed them. Looking around, she saw two others doing similar business. All of them had tables and benches under the awning for their customers to sit out of the sun.
"Thank you, Lars. Come on, Tyra, let's get out of this sun."
Lars started shouting instructions in Norse and the crowd slowly dispersed. A small number followed the two women to the shelter, most limping.
The proprietor bustled over when they arrived. "If I may serve you, Mistress?"
"This may be awkward," Ursula replied, "since we have just had a drink elsewhere. I would like to have use of your shelter for a short while." She searched for a way to sweeten the request. "Commander Lars recommended you to us."
Tyra butted in. "Nando, we have just had pel at Ma's house. My Mistress is a healer and wishes to look at the injuries of the men."
"Good morning, Tyra! I did not recognize you in your new dress... which I see now is a uniform. Your Mistress? I had heard a rumor... Aye, of course you may come in, provided that my usual customers may share the shade."
"I do not think that we will need much of your space," Ursula assured the man. "A table and two chairs - no, make that three chairs - should be sufficient. That one there, perhaps? Then we will be out of your way."
Nando bowed. "As you suggest, Mistress. Shall you require anything of me? Water, perhaps? I do not know what it is that you desire to do."
Ursula gestured at the line of men forming outside the awning, a line, she noticed, that seemed to be steadily growing larger.
"I arrived on the Visund with these men, so I know them all. There was an incident before we arrived here which caused many of them to have injuries. As a friend and a healer, I have been asked to have a look at them all, see how far their injuries have been healed."
Nando nodded. "I have been told the tale of the gogon, Mistress. You were with them? It is fortunate, then, that you were not injured yourself."
"That is so. Some of us were lucky, others not so fortunate."
Nando gestured. "Your table awaits, Mistress. If there is anything you desire, send Tyra to ask and I will either do it myself or send an urchin."
"Thank you. We will try not to get in the way of your normal customers."
He smiled as they turned. "Most of these men are my normal customers, Mistress. I am sure they will do what is required."
Ursula and Tyra walked over to the table. She sat down and indicated that Tyra should do so as well.
"But Mistress -"
"Not here, not now, Tyra. It will become hot and there is really no need for you to stand all the time, not while you are waiting for me like this. In the Mansion, perhaps, it is different, because there are so many other servants about, but not here."
Tyra sat, although her expression showed what she thought of the idea. The first patient limped forward.
"Mistress."
"Torvin. Sit there, please. I will need to examine your ankle. How are you feeling today?"
«Much better to see you here, Mistress. My ankle heals, I try not to put too much weight on it to help it get better, as you instructed us.»
Ursula lifted his foot and gently stretched and manipulated the joint, trying to find the limits of movement and what discomfort was caused by her actions. It seemed that all was healing well.
«This looks good, Torvin. I would suggest that you try and walk normally for part of the time, if you can bear it. That will help your muscles recover. By limping, you are in effect stressing the muscles in your other leg, which will cause you to be unbalanced. Not a good thing aboard ship.»
«I did not think of that, Mistress. I will do as you advise.»
«What work have you been doing down here?»
He shrugged. «What I can, Mistress. Cleaning weapons, mending armor and harness, that kind of thing. I can do all that sitting down. Some of the sailors have taught me how to make and mend nets so I have been helping the fishermen as well. Do you know if the Captain wants to leave soon? The days pass and we all wonder.»
Ursula smiled. «I can understand your desire to get back onto the water, Torvin. It is where you all belong. I think that Her Highness is of the same mind. Though she enjoys being a Princess in His Grace's Mansion, she really wants to feel the hull beneath her feet, just as you do.»
Torvin nodded. «It is as you say, Mistress. We wonder at the delay, that is all.»
«A week, no more, if all the injuries are no worse than your own. She is thinking of the safety of her crew. Then you may sail away again.»
«To have a sailing date, that is good to know. But, Mistress, will you be coming with us?»
Ursula grimaced. «No decision about me has been made yet. There is much for me to do in Joth and it may be that Joth is where I am intended to be. However, I am not completely comfortable here. There are... things going on that make me wonder if anything is being hidden from me.» She shook her head. «That is my problem, though, not yours. Exercise that leg and foot and in a week you should be fit enough to pull an oar again - and maybe even swing a sword.»
Torvin stood. «Mistress, your words reassure me. Now I must make way for others. By your leave.»
As Torvin stood the next man came forward and the same question and answer sequence began. As Ursula worked her way through the crew she realized that Eriana had been keeping her men informed but there were certain matters they were still unsure about. Talking to them seemed to settle them down and that could only help them recover faster.
As patients came and went it gradually dawned on her that the line wasn't getting any shorter. Looking up, she realized that, once word that a healer was present had gotten around, many of the others who were working on the docks wanted to take advantage of her presence.
She gestured to someone wearing a dusty apron to sit. His left upper arm was nearly black with a large bruise.
"What happened to you?"
"Mistress, a line snagged as a block was being lifted and when it came free the block swung and squashed my arm against a block in the wall."
Ursula winced. "Oh dear. You will not be making that mistake again?"
He gave her a rueful grin. "Indeed not, Mistress. If you can tell me if the bone is broken."
She studied the arm. "If you can walk around with it like that I would guess that it is not broken, but I can make certain. I assume it hurts a lot?"
"As you say, Mistress."
"Very well. I will smear some special salve on it so that I can test the bone. This will make much of that arm numb, do you understand?"
"As you wish, Mistress. It will be better to know for then I can plan my recovery. Even with the extra help from the Princess's men we are behind with the rebuilding of the wall, since His Grace is anxious to have it finished."
"I can understand that. Having your city invaded will have shaken everybody up."
She dug around in her basket and pulled out a small bottle, looking up at the man sharply.
"You have not had this before? When did you hurt yourself?"
"Mistress, it happened yesterday afternoon. I knew there would be a bruise, I did not think it would come up like this overnight. I saw you over here and it occurred to me that you could tell me how bad it was." He added, "The salve, I needed it once when I was an apprentice. Long ago, that was."
"Very well."
Having prised out the cork, she pulled out a small flat stick from a bundle in her basket and dipped it into the salve.
"You know this is dangerous, then? It will make your whole arm numb and it can only be used once. I am sorry, it will probably wear off in the middle of the night and then the pain will keep you awake."
"What must be, Mistress. I am prepared for what must come."
She smeared the salve thinly in stripes along his upper arm on all sides. To begin with, he flinched from the touch but as the ointment began its work he visibly relaxed. Carefully restoppering the bottle, she then stood and turned to Nando, holding the stick carefully.
"Can you burn this, please? I don't want it to touch anybody's skin, the salve is very strong and dangerous."
The stall keeper opened the door of his tiny stove. "As you wish, Mistress."
By the time she sat down again the salve had done its work and the mason's arm was mostly numb, though he still had touch from his wrist downwards. To avoid touching the salve, Ursula wrapped his upper arm in a bandage and then began testing cautiously to see if the bone had broken. Satisfied that it had not, she leaned back.
"You have been lucky," she told him. "The bone appears to be whole and neither your elbow joint nor your shoulder joint seems to be affected. It will be better if you can keep that arm in a sling, to stop you trying to use it accidentally. I suggest that you go home today and rest, give that bruise a chance to recover. Will you come to work tomorrow?"
"Of course, Mistress. If I may not wield hammer and chisel, I can yet supervise others."
"Very well. I will tell the other healers that you will be here and somebody will come to see you tomorrow."
The man stood and bowed. "I am indebted to you, Mistress, for your attentions and advice. Word of you and your knowledge has not been exaggerated, I deem."
Ursula reddened slightly. "I don't know what you mean, Master Mason. I have not been here long and I am only doing what the other healers do."
"It is not so, Mistress. We Jothans take care to know who resides with our Duke and we appreciate what you are doing for us." He bowed again. "And now I must let you continue with your work, as I must attend to my own."
He turned and left. Ursula gazed after him, wondering if he would ignore her instructions, but he spoke to a small group of masons in the distance before heading through the farther gate. She looked up to see a dock worker waiting for her attention.
The line had mostly come to an end when Tyra suddenly shot up.
"Pa! You found us!" She frowned. "Is something wrong? Do you have need of a healer?"
"Nay, daughter, I am as fit and healthy as I ever was. And this is your Mistress..?"
"Ah! If I may introduce Mistress Ursula, about whom I have already spoken."
The man, shorter than Tyra, sun tanned and weatherbeaten but certainly fit, turned to Ursula, who immediately stood.
"Mistress, I am Hulo, Tyra's father and a fisherman of Joth, as you may see. It is a new step for her, does she attend her duties as is required?"
"Master Hulo, I am pleased to meet Tyra's father. Please sit down a moment. Tyra and myself are both new to the business of mistresses and maids so we are still adjusting to the new way of working. As you may know I am recently arrived in Joth and she has been of great help showing me where everything is and how it works. She has been very helpful and I'm sure we will make a good team in time."
Hulo nodded. "That is good to hear. If I may ask, do you now attend the docks regularly, or is this a special visit? I saw you examine Kardron the mason just now."
"This is a special visit, of a kind, but I did not come for the mason. You may know that I arrived with Her Highness Princess Eriana on her ship, and I know all her men fairly well. It was those men that I came to visit and any healing of others that I have done has been in addition to that."
"Ah, I see, I wondered about that. Rumor is that the ship will be departing in a week or so."
He was clearly trying to find out what was going on and Ursula decided that telling him what she knew would do no harm.
"Master Hulo -"
He held up a hand to stop her. "If you please, I am just Hulo. One day I may become a freeman, or even an alderman in time, but for now I am merely a simple fisherman."
She smiled. "If you insist... Hulo. Where I come from we do not have distinctions like that, so all this is new to me. As I was saying, a day before we arrived there was a meeting with a gogon -"
Hulo nodded. "Mistress, all have heard the tale. You are lucky to be alive, all of you, since they are fearsome beasts."
"So I have been told. So, many of the crew have various injuries and Her Highness was forced to remain in Joth until her crew are fit, or mostly fit, before she can continue her voyage. Having examined most of the men today I can now tell her that they should be fit enough to sail in about seven days time."
"And do you sail with her, Mistress?"
Ursula shook her head. "That has not yet been decided."
"Ah." His expression was sharp. "You are torn between Duke and Princess, I deem. I trust that the final decision may be acceptable to you."
"I had not -" Ursula paused.
The city is a small place, really, and it appears that most people know about me and my business here. They can sense that there is a tension between Wallesan and Eriana, something which I have mostly overlooked until now.
What is it that I actually want? I have no idea. Everybody seems to think that I will settle down here and set up Joth's first hospital, and yet...
My gut instinct tells me to keep my options open. But why?
"Hulo," she said instead, "I am still a stranger in Joth and there may be things happening that I do not understand. For now, I am just living in the Mansion and helping out wherever I can. Once I am sure enough what choices there are to make, I will make them."
He nodded. "As you say, Mistress. In a strange land, you must needs keep your wits about you."
Now didn't Eriana say the same thing a while back?
"I am doing my best." She decided to find a more comfortable subject. "Hulo, I thought that you would be out fishing by now."
He smiled, but stopped himself from outright laughing. "Mistress, it is not the time of day to fish. As we ourselves do, the fish mostly rest during the middle of the day and cannot be tempted. It is our custom to fish at sunrise or even before and then to fish again once the sun is a bell from setting. It is at that time that most things that live in the Sirrel will seek their food - or their prey, as might be."
"Ah, I did not know that." She smiled back. "I am a healer, of course, and what I know of fishing could be written..." she thought briefly, "...on the head of a nail. Today I have learned something new, then. So what do you do when you are not fishing?"
He shrugged. "There are always repairs or improvements to make, of course, and maybe nets to repair, and of course I must also sell anything I catch. Today I am over there with my boat," he pointed, "having a small leak caulked. Then, after lunch and my nap, I will attend a weakness I noticed in the edge of one of my nets."
Nando came over then, drying his hands on a small towel.
"If I may serve you lunch now, Mistress."
"Lunch?" Usrula looked at Tyra. "Is it lunchtime? I had not realized... of course, I have seen many more patients today than I expected."
"I heard the noon bells some time since, Mistress. It is certainly time for lunch, and, as you may see, I think that Nando would prefer to serve you first before his other customers."
Tyra gestured behind Ursula. She turned and saw a line line of men waiting, mostly the same faces that had waited for her previously.
"I did not expect... Tyra, how will we pay for this? I have no money and I don't think you have any either."
Nando bowed. "Mistress, I would not charge you for food, not when you have helped so many. I have watched you tend the men and know that you have a good heart and great knowledge of your craft. I will bring you food and drink, and I will also feed Hulo and Tyra today, that you may not feel embarrassed."
He turned back to his counter and came back with a wooden platter in each hand, returning for a third platter and then mugs of pel. Ursula looked at what he had placed in front of each of them, a short roll of the kind the Canadians called a 'sub' containing flaked grilled fish and some leaves that she guessed were the equivalent of salad.
"I can only thank you, Nando. This is most welcome after a morning's work." She paused. "Um, I need to wash my hands first. I have been touching many bodies today -"
"If you would come this way, Mistress. When I have been cleaning fish it is always necessary for me to wash my hands afterwards."
At the back of the counter was a bowl, soap and towel. Ursula cleaned herself up and returned to the table. The other tables were now beginning to fill with men, each holding a roll in one hand and a mug of pel in the other. Hulo excused himself to wash his hands and, after a moment's hesitation, Tyra followed. When she returned they waited for her to begin eating before following suit.
"This is delicious!"
Hulo nodded. "It should be, Mistress. I caught Nando's stock of fish myself this morning. Everything you may eat here will be freshly made today."
Some of the greens were just that, salad greens, but some were herbs she recognized from meals at the Mansion. It made the grilled fish taste much better than she had expected, and much better than she had supposed Nando could supply. Ursula began to revise her opinion of the local Joth folk, whom she had just considered "peasants" up until now. Under the surface, there was a hidden sophistication lurking, waiting for someone to spark them into action.
Is that what I am here for? To trigger something off? Is that what Maralin was brought here for? He told me that he had changed the face of warfare in the Duchy but I haven't seen enough to know if that is true or not.
I have seen his clothing designs, though. They have brought Joth from Medieval times right into the 20th century. It seems that we can make a big difference, wherever we are, whatever we do.
What am I here for, then? Maralin has made changes to warfare, and he has changed what people wear, but he told me that on Earth he was a trained chef! Perhaps I am here to improve medicine, perhaps for some other reason.
There was a commotion on the other side of the hardstanding, near the farther gate. She peered through the others eating to see an open carriage pulled by four frayen. It had a driver, a single male passenger that she could see, and two footmen in seats attached to the back. There also appeared to be two outriders.
Someone noticed them and asked, "Who's that?"
Several of the diners stood to see better and blocked her view momentarily. When they sat down again she could see that the occupant of the carriage had now risen and was scanning the hardstanding, a hand over his eyes to shade them from the sun.
"It cannot be good," remarked someone. "He is from the Mansion, I deem. I wonder what he wants here?"
The visitor at the docks is known to Ursula but unwanted. Hulo suggests a way out and all retire to his house to nap. Afterwards, Ursula and Tyra go to see the Visund, but then that visitor appears again.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
29 - At the Docks
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Those under the awning watched the activity happening maybe
a hundred strides away while at the same time continuing to eat their
lunch. If there were to be orders, then it made sense to ensure that
you had finished your meal before some unexpected command made you
leave whatever you were doing before.
Ursula, Tyra and Hulo did what everyone else was doing, while keeping an eye on the situation. The man in the carriage beckoned to one of the nearby workers who had finished his own lunch and gone back to work on the masonry. The mason shook his head and might have shrugged before pointing at the three refreshment awnings. The man looked around, indecisive, before ordering the footmen off the carriage, pointing towards the other awnings. One of them held the door open as the occupant stepped down.
Tyra asked in a low voice, "Do you think that it is you they seek, Mistress?"
"It is possible, if they have come from the Mansion."
She scowled. I get a day off and they will not leave me alone!
Nando leaned down towards her. "Mistress, do you want to be found?" There was a clear implication that alternatives might be possible. Some of those seated around her muttered what sounded like willingness to help. The implications of the suggestion and support by the others there said much about life at the docks, but Ursula had concerns of her own.
Maybe someone there needs a doctor?
She sighed. "Perhaps. If he has really come from the Mansion, then it might be because someone there needs my services." She raised her voice slightly. "Thank you for your support, everyone, it is appreciated, but it looks as if I will have to show myself."
She drained her mug and replaced it on the table before rising, Tyra getting up immediately beside her. The two walked out from their side of the awning to become visible across the hard-standing. The surmise was proved right when one of the outriders spotted the movement and shouted to the man, who increased his pace towards them.
When he got close enough she could see that it was Mathenar.
At least it isn't Luthan. If he had appeared here, there would likely be a full scale argument leading to a brawl.
Mathenar bowed when he reached her. "Mistress. I came looking for you once I heard that you had intended to come to the docks. This is not a safe place for a young woman like yourself."
Clown! The only person here who is not safe is you! I do not need your protection, not today.
"My Lord," she greeted him, "you are mistaken if you think that I am in danger. I am a healer doing my job and there are very few in the city who do not respect that."
"Still, a young woman - your pardon, two young women, surrounded by many men, surely you can see that something unfortunate might happen? I doubt not that they respect your abilities as a healer, but there are always one or two in a crowd -"
"My Lord," she interrupted him, "there may be one or two in a crowd but here today there are thirty of Her Highness's men who would come to my aid if anything should happen."
Most of those under the awning had now come out and gathered in a loose crowd around Mathenar, Ursula and Tyra. Mathenar glanced around and finally took notice of those who were Norsemen, readily identifiable by their tee-shirts and shorts if not by their beards.
He bowed again. "I ask your pardon, Mistress. It did not occur to me that the men of Princess Eriana would be here at the docks. I can see now that you and your maid are safe enough." He decided to shift arguments. "If I may ask, I assume that you have just eaten lunch at yonder booth? Was the food acceptable? You may return to the Mansion with me and Farren shall provide lunch appropriate for a guest of my father."
Ursula silently ground her teeth. Go away! "My Lord, the food here is both excellent and sufficient. I have no wish to eat any more."
"Then, having eaten," he persisted, "you will now desire to nap, I deem. If I may I escort you back to the Mansion, that you may rest secure in your chambers?"
Unexpectedly, Hulo now spoke up from beside Tyra. "If it please my lord, I am father to Tyra, Mistress Ursula's maid. My family lives just beyond the gate there and Mistress Ursula has already been invited to nap with us."
The pleasant smile on Mathenar's face vanished. "As you wish, Goodman." He addressed Ursula. "I see that your activities here have been well organized, Mistress. If I may call to collect you when you rise from your nap?"
Ursula's response was instinctive but polite. "My Lord, after we have taken our naps we have other activities planned." We haven't, but by the time he comes back we certainly will have! "Please tell those at the Mansion that we will be back in time to change for the evening meal."
Mathenar bowed again. "As you wish, Mistress." He turned slowly, studying the group of men around the trio, noticing the potential for violence in many of them - locals and Norse. "By your leave, then, I will return to the Mansion for my own rest, and to pass on your message. Good day to you, Mistress."
The group watched Mathenar stroll back to his carriage, only moving once he had climbed back in and had the door closed behind him. Then, as one, they all returned to the awning. The sun, not long after noon, was becoming very hot.
"Mistress," Nando asked, "did you mean what you said about the food? I can understand your desire to refuse Lord Mathenar's advances but..."
"Nando, I would not lie about a matter like that. Your food is excellent and I shall make sure that others know... but of course, most who come to the docks already know that."
Nando bowed. "Thank you, Mistress. I am honored to have served you, even for such a simple meal as I can provide."
Mathenar's advances? Was that what they were? Really?
I am used to the way Earth people behave - and how strange that simple sentence sounds to me now! Perhaps methods of courtship in Joth are more formal. I will have to keep my wits about me, then, and also to ask advice - but of whom?
She concentrated on the here and now. "Nando, if we come to the docks again you can be sure that we will give you our custom. Now, where is Tyra's father? Ah, Hulo. Thank you for offering us a place to come and lie down. Are you sure that we will be no trouble? I would not want to cause you or your family any problems."
"Mistress, it would be my honor to invite you to rest with us."
"Then I must accept and thank you for the invitation." She had a thought and looked around at the others, still standing around the tables. "What do the rest of you do? I don't think you'd want to carry on working in this heat."
Nando answered for them. "Mistress, once you have departed, and once these men have had sufficient to eat and drink, we will dismantle the tables and many will lie down on the ground in the shade. That is one reason my awning is so large. Others will go home, like Hulo, if their homes be near, or will find other shade around the docks or in the shadow of the city walls." He added, "Do not concern yourself, Mistress, we are used to such customs as this."
"Oh. Thank you. I am not used to places where everyone stops work after lunch to sleep."
"Mistress, we know you come from afar where customs may be different. In the heat of the day it is only natural to find shade and rest. I will tell you that we do not do this when the seasons turn. When it is cool enough in the day, all will work to make most of the shorter days."
"I see. Well, thank you again. Hulo, are you going now? Tyra?"
"If you would come with me, Mistress," Hulo requested. He led the way back towards the gateway, Tyra walking beside her mistress. As they reached the gate Ursula spotted Lars jogging in their direction from the other side of the hardstanding.
She pointed. "Wait."
The Norseman came to a stop, barely out of breath. «Mistress. I was detained or I would have come immediately. I assume that was the Duke's son?»
«It was. He thought that we were in some kind of danger here at the docks.»
Lars gave a snort of derision. «Soft Northerners! With us around you are safe here, Mistress.»
«Yes, I told him that. He persisted but we managed to get rid of him.» She gestured at Hulo. «This is Tyra's father Hulo. We are going to his house to take our naps. Will you still be around after we wake?»
«Of course, Mistress. There is much we can do to help in this place, we are here every day. It is not the work we would prefer, but it keeps us fit, keeps us busy and keeps the men out of mischief. Why do you ask?»
«I would like to see the Visund, if it is possible.»
Lars nodded. «It is possible, Mistress. Our ship is almost ready, she awaits only a crew and the command to leave.» He frowned. «Can I ask if you will be sailing with us, Mistress? I know the men will be pleased if you do, but I also know that you have many responsibilities now.»
«Lars, that decision has not yet been made. There is much to keep me in Joth but... something makes me uneasy, especially since those two sons returned.»
«I know what you mean, Mistress. The young one is only a fool but that one, the one who just left, I do not like him at all.»
She grimaced. «It is not just me, then? Thank you for telling me that, Lars. Now, I think, we had better go. It is too hot to be standing talking in the sun.»
Lars bowed. «We will await your return, Mistress.»
He thumped a hand to his chest and walked off to the nearby awning.
"You can speak the tongue of those men then, Mistress."
"Yes, Hulo, I can, though I cannot give you an explanation why. Tyra is picking up some of their words, but she'll have to do it the hard way."
"Aye. I know that some find it easier to pick up tongues while others struggle. Still, most in the Valley have no need for such knowledge. There are local differences but we mostly speak the same tongue from one end to the other."
Ursula, Hulo and Tyra resumed their journey back to Foti Lane. They climbed the end stairs and walked along the balcony, Ursula noting that all of the children that had been previously running about had disappeared. In fact, there was almost no-one around at all. When Hulo reached the appropriate dwelling he stood aside and bowed. The door was already wide open.
"If you would enter, Mistress."
Raysa appeared in the doorway. "Hulo? Oh, it is Mistress Ursula!"
Hulo explained, "Lord Mathenar came to the dock, seeking to entice the Mistress away, when we could all plainly see that she did not desire his attentions. Since she must needs nap as all seek to do, I thought to offer her sanctuary here away from the Duke's son, who has now returned to the Mansion in his carriage."
"Of course!" Raysa smiled at Ursula and stood back, gesturing. "If you would enter, Mistress. There will be plenty of room for all, though I regret your resting place here may not be as soft as that at the Mansion."
Inside it was dark and cool, the heat being kept out by the overhang of the roof. Both front and rear doors were open, allowing a slight draft to pass through. One of the daughters was visible at the rear, folding some linen. Ursula could not think where the rest of the children were until she heard a noise from above.
"Mistress," Raysa said, "I would not ask you to go upstairs since the children will keep you awake. I will find you a blanket that you may lie down in here, it will be more peaceful."
Hulo told his wife, "Raysa, Tyra and I will stay down here also. It would only be polite to keep her company and, I deem, if any should come and find her sleeping here -"
"As you say, Hulo." Raysa considered. "I will go upstairs and mind the children, then, while you remain below. Tyra, if you would come and collect some blankets for you all to lie on."
"Yes, Ma... Oh!" Tyra turned and glanced at Ursula. "Ma, I am the personal maid of Mistress Ursula now, you should not command me."
"Oh!" Raysa put a hand to her mouth. "Mistress, I ask your pardon. The habits of many years have betrayed me."
Ursula smiled. "It is no problem, Raysa. As I said when we met before, all this is new to all of us. Besides, the bedding has to be brought down somehow. Tyra, you can go upstairs with your mother."
"As you desire, Mistress."
Raysa turned. "Hursa, attend! Have you finished with those sheets?"
"Almost, Ma."
"Then finish and follow us upstairs, please. The Mistress and Tyra will nap here today, downstairs, with your father, and bedding needs to be brought."
"Just coming, Ma."
In a very short while Raysa, Tyra and Hursa appeared with armfuls of bedding which they arranged on the floor in the middle of the room.
Hulo said, "Mistress, I regret that such a poor family as ours has little to offer one such as yourself. I hope that you will be comfortable enough."
"Hulo, I'm not a noble or anything like that. In fact, although I grew up in a city much bigger than Joth, I am the... child of ordinary folk very like yourselves. I have experienced hard times when I was much younger. I do not expect anything special and I am always surprised when it is offered to me."
I nearly said 'son'. That would have required more of an explanation than I want to give right now.
Right now I could do with a nap!
She picked one of the rectangles of bedding laid out on the floor and composed herself on it. Father and daughter stared at her then followed suit. Raysa put a finger to her lips and led Hursa upstairs.
* * *
She was awakened by the sound of water coming to the boil. Raising herself on one elbow, she looked around in the dim room. The sun had moved around enough that a sliver of light now entered via the open back door, to cast a bright bar onto wall and floor. Tyra was still asleep but the third pad was empty.
Sitting up she turned to see Raysa at the stove, preparing pel for when the family awoke. Raysa turned and saw Ursula, giving a quick wave as if to say, there is no hurry. Beside her, Tyra was now beginning to stir. Her mother poured water from the kettle into a pot and then refilled the kettle from a jug, setting it back on the stove.
"Uh. Mistress, you're awake."
Ursula turned with a smile. "It would seem so. I must admit that I was more comfortable than I expected."
Tyra waved a hand. "It has been difficult, ever since we returned to our house. As you may have noticed we have little furniture left and few other belongings."
"I wondered. Is life in the city that hard for your family?"
Raysa came over with two mugs. "Mistress, it is not so. Hulo is a good enough fisherman that he earns sufficient to feed and clothe us all. You should know that when the invader came, they used all the houses in Foti Lane as barracks and burned all the furniture for fuel. That is why there is almost nothing left in any of our houses. Much of the city was treated the same way."
"Oh. I am sorry to hear that." Ursula hesitated. "Where I was born, there was a great war many years ago. Much was destroyed then by the invader or by our own people trying to keep warm in our harsh winters. It took many years for us to recover. I hope that it will not take so long here. Will you have new furniture made?"
"In time, Mistress. Our woodworkers have been busy since they returned and no doubt our turn will come for new goods."
Ursula sighed. "It is often the way. Those with money will get their replacements first and the common folk have to wait."
"Mistress, I do not begrudge His Grace his new Mansion, at least Foti Lane was not burned to the ground! If I may tell you, our craftsmen fairly apportion the work, some to those with coin, other items to those more needy. We of Joth are one people, we will look after ourselves as we have done in years past."
"I am sorry if I mis-spoke, Raysa. Thank you for the pel. It is kind of habit-forming, isn't it?"
"Indeed! Much of the Great Valley would fall apart were it not for frequent supplies of pel. It is our fortune that the herbs needed grow so freely along the edge of the Sirrel."
"I have learned that the Great Valley is very fertile. You are all lucky to be living along here."
"I would agree, if it were not for those of Yod. Most of the rest of the lands are said to rub along much better, as any neighbors might. Now, while you drink, will you tell me what you intend to do this afternoon?"
"I'm not sure. Tyra? What is there to see around the docks?"
"Mistress, I would very much like to see the ship of Her Highness. I am familiar with most kinds of vessel that travel the Sirrel but I have heard that the Visund is of a different kind."
"You have not seen it?"
"Mistress, I was already employed at the Mansion when it - and you - arrived. I have not had a chance to go to the docks since, my family have taken much of my attention whenever I have been at ease."
"I have already spoken to Lars, since I wanted to have a look at it as well. What else might we look at?"
Tyra shrugged. "It is a dockside, Mistress. If it should be like other docks you have visited I would not know. At this time of day few will be fishing but many, including my father, will be making their boats and gear ready for the evening session. There will be other craft there, I suppose, larger boats, bringing fresh produce and materials and taking away what Joth can produce. Oh, and I can show you the fish market, though of course there will not be much going on there at the moment."
Ursula nodded. "It will be enough. I just wanted to see what was around, in case I was ever called to attend somebody over here."
"As you say, Mistress. I had forgotten that you might have a professional reason to come this way."
After their drinks the two took their leave and walked back through the gate to the hardstanding.
Tyra gestured. "To the left, under the wall, is where many of the fishermen keep their boats. See! There is my father. If we may visit him first, Mistress?"
"Of course."
There were about thirty boats of a similar design laid up in several rows under the wall. The area was alive with fishermen checking nets and pots, making sure rigging was secure and generally making ready for the evening's fishing. Hulo saw them and waved. They threaded their way through the craft, Tyra greeting many of the men as they passed.
Hulo's boat was typical of most. About four strides long, built of smooth planks fixed to heavy internal ribbing with a blunt pointed bow and a squared-off stern. There was a single mast, about two-thirds of the way forward, with a long slanting spar on it carrying a rolled-up sail. The paint was faded, chipped and worn and may originally have been green. Hulo sat inside at the bow, splicing two ropes together.
"Mistress, daughter, welcome. This is my humble craft. Are there boats like this in your own lands, Mistress?"
"Probably. I lived near the junction of two rivers but, being a city person, had little to do with water craft. My interests were elsewhere."
"Aye, Mistress. Tyra has told me of your great healing knowledge... and I also know of your knowledge of musical instruments."
Now how did that get around? Only Senia was with me when I visited Putto in his workshop.
"Musical instruments?" She tried to make it not sound like an accusation.
"Ah, perhaps I betray a confidence, Mistress. Hadro, one of my brothers, supplies materials to Joth's craftsmen and recently took some to Putto Turner. Putto spoke of your visit and your interest. Hadro knew that Tyra had become your maid and mentioned the connection to me the day before yesterday. I trust you will forgive me?"
Ursula shook her head. "There is nothing to forgive, Hulo, since nothing was said in confidence. I am always amazed at how fast information travels around this city."
"Mistress, as a Healer you will be privy to all manner of information about your patients and all know that whatever is said should not be voiced to others. It is true Hadro made an innocent remark but I will remind him to be more careful in future."
"In this case the information was about me, not a patient, but I accept your point. Yes, I learned to play a few different musical instruments in my younger days, before I became a healer. I noticed that Putto had some in his workshop and he was gracious enough to let me try one or two." A wry smile. "I did not notice then, but I came away with varnish on my dress, do you remember, Tyra?"
"I do, Mistress! That was the day you visited Putto? Of course, we met in the street that day, the day her Grace decided that you had need of a proper personal maid."
Ursula spotted some fishermen approaching at the same time as Tyra saw Lars walking across the hardstanding.
"It looks as if I am about to get in the way, Hulo. Your business is more important than mine today, we will leave you to your friends."
"Mistress, Commander Lars approaches."
Ursula turned. "So he does. Come, Tyra. Hulo, no doubt we will meet again."
Hulo stood in his boat and bowed. "You are welcome any time, Mistress."
Lars met them just beyond the fishing boats. "Mistress, if you want to see the Visund, then follow me."
The dock proper consisted of four long brick jetties which stuck out into the basin which formed Joth's harbor. Between the jetties the hardstanding smoothly sloped down into slipways which traveled a long way beyond the extent of the brickwork into the river. On each side of each jetty a series of pontoons was moored which also stretched out into the water, kept in place by long poles either side. Most of the larger craft were tied up to one of these pontoons, with porters pushing handcarts laden with sacks back up towards the hardstanding.
Lars led them across to the other side, where two city armsmen guarded the end jetty and the pontoons either side of it. As he approached they saluted.
"Commander. I have heard no call for a healer."
"This is social visit. Mistress Ursula and her maid have come to see Visund."
"As you say. There is nothing to report, Sir. All has been quiet today, with the exception of that visitor before lunch."
"Visitor is Duke's son, older one. What do you know of him?"
The armsman who had spoken looked shifty. "Sir, I must not speak ill of my betters. Mathenar is better than his brother, at any rate. He might even make a good Duke when his time comes."
Lars nodded. "I hear what you do not say, friend. That is puzzle for another time. Today, I take Mistress to Visund."
The three walked over to the far pontoon and climbed the ramp onto it. At this time of year most of the floats that lay alongside the jetty were above the water level. At intervals, very long poles on the outside ensured that the pontoons would remain where they were, should they ever float. Ursula looked up at them, noting an avian perched on the top of one.
"Why are these poles so long?"
"I do not know, Mistress," Lars replied. "It was the same at every place we called. Do you not remember?"
"I do, but not very well."
"Mistress," Tyra said, "when the river rises, during the rains, these floats can rise up right to the top of the poles. See that bar which keeps the poles together? I remember, two years back, that I could step over that bar, the water level was so high."
Ursula and Lars stopped and turned to Tyra, expressions of incredulity evident on both faces.
"The river can rise that high? How?"
"The rains, Mistress. Oh, of course you would not know." The three resumed walking. "Some time after the hottest part of the year it will start to rain and not stop for two months. During that time the river rises greatly and much of the land is covered with water. There is so much rain that few will dare to go out in it, even inside the city, for fear of getting lost. Certainly none would venture onto the river then."
"It can rain that much?" Tyra nodded. "And for that long? A monsoon, then, that is what we would call it where I came from. It looks as if I will need to take some precautions, then."
"Indeed, Mistress. There are waterproofs you will need, and boots, and so on. Fortunately I do not think there will be any difficulty providing for you, all Joth is used to the rains."
Lars said tensely, "But all Einnland is not. I do not know how what you speak of will affect journey of Visund. We do not have rains, not like that. Storms on ocean we know. Raining for months... ah, now I know why awning was made."
Ursula switched languages as they walked past two galleys, their oars now withdrawn into the hull.
«Lars, do you think Her Highness understands the problem?»
«I am not sure, Mistress. She will have been told when the extra decking was added at Dekarran but I think she will not understand until she sees it happen.»
«I have to agree. Where do you think you will be when it happens?»
Lars shrugged. «Mistress, these lands are strange to all of us, even to you. I do not know what she intends or where we will be when this raining happens. Here is our ship.»
The last ship on that side of the pontoon, beyond the galleys, was the Visund. It looked strange to Ursula's eyes, since the mast had been taken down and the awning put up, shading most of the contents from the hot sun. Tor Ander's son and Eirik climbed out onto the pontoon as the party approached.
"Greetings, Mistress Ursula! Welcome to the ship. Do you want to come aboard?"
"Yes, please. Ah, this is Tyra, my new maid, I don't know if you have met her yet."
Tor nodded to Tyra. "We have heard of you but most have not met you until today. Welcome aboard." He gestured. "I am Tor Ander's son and this is Eirik, we are minding the ship today."
Ursula asked Tor, «Why the awning? I thought that it was meant for the rains.»
«Mistress, you will know that our ship has no deck like most that sail the river. It was suggested that, as we are not going anywhere, an awning would be good to keep the sun off our gear.»
Lars added, «Mistress, you should know that, usually, a ship like ours spends most of its time in the water. If the wood is allowed to dry out it will split and warp and cause weaknesses and leaks. So we try and keep the direct sun off the wood and we also wet down the woodwork from time to time.»
She nodded. «I understand. Thank you for explaining, Lars, Tor.»
Everybody climbed down into the hull. It was a little cooler there. Ursula could now see that the mast reached the entire length of the ship and was supported at both ends and in the middle. Over this was stretched a canvas awning, the sides held out by battens which in turn were supported by smaller struts which were slotted into brass brackets fixed to the hull. There was enough room for all but the tallest man to stand in the hull without touching the canvas, but of course most would have to duck as they climbed over benches and cargo.
"It seems bigger than I remember."
Tor scratched his head. "Aye Mistress, it does seem that way." He grinned. "Not so big when full of men, though!"
Tyra's eyes were alight. She turned to Lars. "If I may look around?"
He gestured. "Have a look, Mistress. Careful where you put feet."
Tyra received a nod from Ursula and scampered off. Lars watched her closely.
«Her father is a fisherman?»
«Yes. Oh! That probably means that she is used to boats, although probably nothing as big as this one.»
Lars sniffed. «Mistress, Visund is not a boat, she is ship, but I understand you. Of course, a boat on the river will be different than a ship on the ocean but she looks sure-footed enough.»
«So she should be. You do know that she is training to be a swordswoman?»
«Yes. She is fit enough and smart enough and she listens to Master of Arms. Mistress, you gather good people around you.»
Ursula did not know what to say about that so just watched Tyra as she reached the far end, peering under the poop deck before climbing onto it for a moment. They watched her legs as she leaned out over the water and then as she climbed back down into the hull again.
«I thought that there was more stuff in here,» Ursula said, gesturing at the space along the centerline.
Lars shrugged. «Chests of Captain and companions taken to Mansion, bags of crew taken to lodgings. Oars, sails and most ropes taken to a safe warehouse nearby, away from sun and thieves. A little food left here for watchmen but there is not much else. It will not take long to load it up again.»
Tyra returned, a big smile all over her face. "I like this ship! I think it might be the biggest one I have ever been on." She frowned, looking at her feet. "The planks are different. Not smooth like Pa's boat."
Ursula explained, "This is just a different style of boat design, Tyra, about which I know nothing at all, but it is common enough where I came from."
"As you say." Tyra leaned out over the edge of the hull, looking at the outside. "There are nails. Do they not let the water in? Pa has trouble stopping leaks all the time."
"I don't know the exact method but nailing the planks together that way seems to work and to keep out most of the water."
Tor added, "Mistress, nails put in when they are hot, then hammered flat. When they cool, pull planks together tight, keep out water."
"Ohhh. I think I see." Tyra looked up. "So, how do you raise the sail when this awning is here?"
Tor replied, "Awning is new addition to ship, Mistress, since we arrived on river. Normally hull is open, everyone can see water, see dangers in river, see enemies approach in any direction."
Tyra's nose wrinkled. "So you all just sit in here, on those seats, and sail like that, with no shade? Don't you -"
Lars interrupted. "Visitor comes. Again." He gestured along the pontoon string where several men could be seen approaching.
Mathenar! Why is he so persistent?
The Duke's elder son reached the Visund and ducked his head so that everyone on board could see his face.
"Greetings, all. I was told that Mistress Ursula intended visiting the ship today and it reminded me that I had not seen it properly myself. If I may come aboard?"
Lars's face was impassive as he beckoned. "Come aboard, My Lord."
Mathenar and two aides, one an officer, climbed down into the hull. He put out a hand to Lars.
"I do not recognize your rank, sir." The smile was genuine. "However, I have been among many armies where the rank badges are all different."
"I am Lars, Commander of Princess Eriana's men," Lars replied shortly, ignoring the hand. "Here is Tor Ander's son, one of her ship's crew and here is -"
Mathenar bowed. "Mistress Ursula, we have already met."
"Yes, we have."
Unsettled by the blunt responses, Mathenar turned to study the interior of the ship.
"This is the biggest ship I have yet seen on the river," he said. "Though I am sure that some of the barges can carry more goods. It seems very shallow... flat bottomed. Do you just row, as the war galleys do? I see holes for oars but no oars."
Lars reached up a hand and rested it on the long wooden cylinder near his head.
"Here is mast. We do not sail with awning, it is used in dock to keep sun off wood. Sometimes wind blows in right direction, sometimes men row."
"Ah, I see. So, how many men can it carry?"
"More than thirty on river. When we came from Einnland, many more, maybe fifty. Some lost overboard during storm."
The Count grimaced. "I am sorry to hear that, Commander. Einnland? I do not know that land."
"It is out beyond end of river, where river becomes ocean. Many days sailing to south, to colder lands, come to Einnland."
"Ocean? But that is just a tale, surely. Does not the river just go on, into other lands?"
Ursula could see that Lars was becoming annoyed so she intervened. She realized that Mathenar had never been downriver far enough to know what an ocean looked like. He probably considered it just traveler's tales.
"My Lord, the river cannot go on for ever, there must be an end. The ocean is a great expanse of water which all rivers eventually empty into. It is so wide that you cannot see the other side. It would take you weeks of sailing to reach the other side."
He stared at her. "You have knowledge of this?"
She thought carefully about her reply. "I have crossed an ocean like the one at the end of the Sirrel so I do have some knowledge of this. Commander Lars has traveled beyond the end of the Sirrel so you should not insult him by doubting his word."
His face stiffened. "My apologies, Mistress, and my apologies to you, Commander. What lies at the end of the Great Valley is a mystery to most who live upstream and so I cannot tell what may be truth and what may be just a tale." He looked around again. "So this ship has sailed beyond the end of the Sirrel with a crew of fifty men? Amazing."
Lars opened his mouth to respond but Tor said, "Look! Captain comes."
There along the pontoons Eriana came striding, her face like thunder. Unusually, though she was dressed for riding, she did not have her sword slung across her back. Behind her Bennet and Semma struggled to keep up. As Eriana approached she slowed down and her expression smoothed.
"Lord Mathenar," she said as she reached the Visund, "do you visit my ship?"
He bowed. "Your Highness, I do. I heard word that Mistress Ursula intended to visit your ship today and it reminded me that I also wished to see what manner of craft it was." He frowned. "I trust that this is permissible? I have to say, it is a fine ship, the largest I have seen, but there is not very much to see."
With a light hand on the awning she dropped smoothly into the hull. Bennet and Semma stayed on the pontoon awaiting developments.
"Do you like what you see? It is not as the other ships we have seen on the river."
"It is strange to my eyes, Highness, but I have no doubt that it is well made for the intended purpose."
"Intended purpose? What mean you?"
Mathenar spread his hands. "Fifty men, many oars, I see now that it must be intended as our galleys are, as a vessel of war, though perhaps crewed by free men instead of criminals or slaves."
Eriana visibly calmed herself down before she replied. "My Lord, the ships of Einnland are indeed used on occasion for war, but know you that they are used for many other reasons on the ocean which we call home. We fish, we carry cargo, we transport men, women and children from place to place, sometimes we even use them to fight in.
"We carried not fifty men when we came to the shores of Plif, My Lord. Among our number were the Visund's original owner and his family, together with a small number of other women, my maids among them. We suffered several fierce storms during which many were washed overboard, men and women, and lost. To find a friendly shore we were all forced to row and to bale, the sail having been destroyed by the gale."
Mathenar was surprised. "Highness, I did not know. I grieve for your lost countrymen... and women. So many storms? How long did your journey take?"
"From Einnland to Plif? Some days. I do not recall the number. Lars? Tor? Do you know how long it took us?"
Both shook their heads. Tor said, "Captain, I remember three dawnings but there might have been more. If you recall, we were somewhat busy then."
"Aye, somewhat!" Eriana turned to Mathenar. "Does that answer you, My Lord?"
"It does, Highness. The design of your ship looks strange to my eyes, as I said, but it is obviously well made. I notice that it does not have a deck, apart from the small sections at either end."
"Ah, they were added, upon King Robanar's advice, at Dekarran. Normally our ships have no need for any deck, and indeed it would be unusual for any of our craft to have them, since suitable wood is difficult to find in Einnland. A plain hull is sufficient and has been so for some thousand years."
Mathenar nodded. "I understand, Highness. To make ships which can journey so far, when you have little wood available, that is amazing to me. Shall you return to... Einnland... when your visit is finished?"
This last question annoyed Eriana. "My Lord, I explained to you some days ago the circumstances under which my crew and I departed Einnland. Having been given refuge by Palarand, we are now accounted subjects of Robanar and intend to remain so the rest of our days. When we return to Palarand I will take up an appointment as the head of a military service new to the Great Valley, that of leader of the new Federation Navy. You were also informed about that."
"Highness, forgive me. You are of course correct. You must understand that my brother and I have been away at war for some time and return to discover that much has changed in Joth as it has in the rest of the Valley. Aye, my father did explain the Federation to me but I must confess that I must have missed your part in it."
He paused. "What, if I may ask, is a Navy?"
"My Lord, it will be a special force of military ships, designed to keep the coasts and rivers of the Federation safe. Part will be river craft, like those galleys yonder. Indeed, I believe that once we are established your father will make gift of those galleys to the Navy. Another part will be craft more like this one, suitable for the open ocean, and part will be new ships designed for mapping and exploration, since the Federation desires to know what manner of world we live in and the people who live here with us."
Mathenar raised an eyebrow. "You plan exploration? I am surprised that any is needed."
"My Lord -" Eriana stopped, frustrated. She tried again. "My Lord, since Princess Garia came to our world we have learned that much of what we thought about Anmar is not so. The reality is even more interesting to those who study such matters. I can assure you that exploration and accurate chart making has now become essential if we are to understand our world better."
"Princess Garia? Of course I have heard much about her, but surely -"
Bennet put a hand on the awning and leaned down. "Highness, I believe that I have just heard the eighth bell and a half."
Eriana simmered. "As you say, Bennet." She turned. "My Lord, this is a subject better discussed in the Mansion, I deem. It is time for us ladies to return there in any event to make ourselves ready for the evening meal. Shall you return as well?"
"Why, of course, Highness! I was just about to suggest that very thing."
Ursula thought, I wonder if Anmar has flying pigs?
No. There are strange creatures here but none of those, I suspect. This one merely has the gift of a smooth talker, assuming that who he talks to is of a lower class, or stupid enough.
He continued, "If I may offer the use of my carriage, which is above at the dock."
She glared at him. "My carriage is there also. Ursula? I believe that you walked through the city today. Shall you ride back with us?"
Offered a choice like that, Ursula could only respond one way and she put her time in the Russian army to good use. She bobbed. "At your command, Highness."
"Then it is settled. Have we seen all that we wish to here? Ursula?"
"Now that I have seen it again, properly, Highness, I am very impressed."
Eriana smiled warmly. "She is a good ship that has so far made an amazing journey, far beyond the shores of lands known to Einnland. She will not fail us." The face smoothed out and she turned to Mathenar. "My Lord?"
"Aye. If I have more questions, now that I have seen your ship, I can ask them at home."
"Then let us go. Girls? Lead the way. Ursula, do you need help climbing out? No?"
The procession made its way back to the dock hardstanding, where two carriages stood waiting. Eriana's broadsword had been laid on the floor of her carriage, protected by the driver. As she climbed in she lifted it up and propped it against her seat.
"Ursula. If you would sit beside me. Tyra? Have you the art of traveling in the groom's seats?"
"I have not, Highness. I have only been in a carriage twice before."
"Then you must needs sit facing us. Bennet, Semma, if you would sit behind."
"Aye, Highness."
Ursula watched as Mathenar gestured his men into his carriage and then climbed in after them. Without a glance in their direction, he spoke to his driver and their carriage moved off immediately.
"Highness, it will not be easy to ride back here attired as we are."
Eriana was diverted from her glare at the disappearing carriage.
"Oh! Of course." She thought. "Bennet, if you would sit beside the driver. Semma, join us."
Semma climbed in, closing the door after her, before sitting beside Tyra. Once Bennet had made herself comfortable beside the driver he turned his head and Eriana nodded to him. The carriage moved off across the cobbles towards one of the dock gates.
Ursula glanced at Tyra and saw an expression of alarm, almost fear, upon the girl's face. Turning, she saw that Eriana was in a boiling fury. The sword, in its scabbard, was propped on the floor and held tightly by a hand which was almost white. Without thinking she rested her hand on Eriana's arm to calm her.
"Highness, please. You are upsetting yourself over something of little consequence."
Eriana started, then looked down at Ursula's hand, which was promptly withdrawn.
Semma said, "Highness, it is true. He has been away, he does not know us, he does not know what has been happening in Joth. He is one of the old style of nobility, I deem, who pays little attention to what is happening in the world."
Eriana closed her eyes and visibly forced herself to relax. As the carriage passed through the gate she opened them and smiled at Semma.
"Aye. You are right, I should not subject any of you to my anger when it is directed at another." She turned and smiled at Ursula. "It seems that you may be a healer of minds as well as of bodies, Ursula. I thank you for your concern."
As the carriage rattled through the streets the tension eased and Eriana even waved to several of those they passed by who recognized her. By the time they pulled into the front courtyard it was as if nothing much had happened. As they climbed down, however, to allow the carriage to be unharnessed and put away, she gathered the women together in the courtyard.
"Ursula, I am concerned. Think you that Lord Mathenar pursues you?"
"Pursues me? What do you -" Ursula was briefly confused by the term. "Oh, do you mean romantically? That never occurred to me. I have no idea, Highness."
"There have been words spoken of his reasons for returning to Joth, words that I do not understand. The customs of Joth, indeed of any part of the Valley, are not familiar to one like myself who comes from afar."
She paused, trying to find a way to explain. It was Bennet who thought of a possible answer.
"Highness, is it that you think Lord Mathenar follows women around, when they do not desire his attentions? I have heard some of the rumors, that is what they suggested to me but I could hardly believe it then. Now, I am not so sure."
"Aye! That is what I mean. Is it something considered acceptable in these parts?"
"Not at all, Highness. In Palarand we call it 'The Courting Sickness' and it can last long after any romantic feeling has faded, if indeed there was ever any to start with. You should know that it can affect women as well as men. I may not speak for Joth but in Palarand the King has even been forced to exile several who would not cease their attentions upon some poor woman."
"Do you tell me? Think you that Mathenar is of that ilk?"
"Highness, I would not like to say. If he is to be the next Duke of Joth -"
Bennet left the thought hanging. Eriana nodded grimly.
"Aye. He may become another different than Jarwin, perhaps, but just as noxious."
Ursula noted, "But you are shortly departing, Highness. It will not be your concern for much longer."
"We are leaving, Ursula, it is true, but you are not. How shall you manage this menace, if menace he be?"
Ursula grimaced. She had overlooked the personal aspects of the situation.
"Highness, we have a week or so to watch Lord Mathenar's behavior and to tell His Grace about it, if that is what needs to happen. I would not condemn someone for a couple of clumsy meetings that I did not even recognize for what they were. Let us see what he does in future."
"Aye, well spoken, Ursula. Let us go in now and prepare ourselves for the evening meal. We will all have opportunities to watch and to see what he might do next."
* * *
As the women all entered the dining room attired in evening gowns Mathenar approached them and bowed low.
"Highness, ladies, if I may offer my apologies. I regret that living in a field tent for some months has roughened my manners. If I did anything today which has upset any of you, then I would ask you to accept my apologies. It shall not happen again."
Eriana was surprised. "My Lord, it is true that some of your activities and actions today may have caused some minor distress but we understand. You will know that all of us come from distant lands and are unfamiliar with local customs. Your apologies are accepted."
"Then, if I may show you to your seats. My father and mother are already here, we but waited for you before we can begin."
"Of course."
Ursula kept her expression carefully plain but her mind was analysing Mathenar.
What is he? Maybe just enthusiast. He has been in army camp some months, I know what soldiers can be like.
Then he comes home and lots of new talent to investigate. Eriana? Who knows. Bennet or Semma? Maybe. Tyra? New maid, easy meat. I will have to warn her. Me? Possible. Likely.
Perhaps something more? Maybe he looks for next Duchess?
Me, a Duchess? Is possible, but not if he is Duke. I would kill one of us for certain.
Perhaps something else? Maybe obsession?
Let us see what future brings!
Ursula pays another visit to the clinic with Senia and Fedris, but their visit is interrupted. Later, she reluctantly accepts a gift from a former patient. On return to the Mansion, unexpected arrivals cause a certain amount of confusion.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
30 - Deliveries and Arrivals
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
After breakfast the following morning Ursula left the Dining
Room with Tyra to find Senia waiting outside, deep in conversation
with Fedris, the smith who had been making her new medical
instruments.
"Good morning, Senia, and to you, Master Fedris."
"Good morning, Ursula," Senia said, "I trust you are well?"
She returned a smile. "I am, this morning. Master Fedris, what can I do for you today?"
The smith bowed and indicated a bag he had left propped against the side of the corridor while he talked.
"I have brought two complete sets of instruments with me... that is, the rest of one set that you already have part of, and another complete set. If you would look at them and tell me if anything has been forgotten or is amiss?"
"Yes, of course. We could go into the Small Meeting Room, I am sure that we can borrow it for that short time."
"As you wish, Mistress."
In the room the smith lifted out two cloth bundles which he placed carefully on the table. Unfolding the smaller one he revealed several sets of forceps and similar-looking tools plus a flattened tool roll.
"Mistress, these items should be the rest of your first set. I have consulted with those who know and have been provided with this cloth from which to make your tool rolls, which I am assured may be repeatedly boiled without shrinkage, distortion or discoloration. In order to do so they must needs be stitched with a thread made from the same fiber, which does not grow in the Valley but is imported from somewhere upstream."
Senia leaned forward. "If I may examine the items, Fedris?"
Fedris looked at Ursula who nodded. "Master Fedris, if these prove successful you may soon be asked to commission several sets for more of Joth's healers. Of course Senia will want to have a look."
The two women picked up and examined various items with Tyra an interested onlooker.
"How do these retractors work, Ursula? Oh, I see... these are little ratchets, then."
"That is correct. I was not sure how to arrange that, on... um, in Alberta we use a slightly different method but it depends on the stiffness of the metal. I did not know if they could do that here yet."
"Mistress," Fedris said, "now that I see how these are intended to work I could try and make some of the kind you will be familiar with. You have but to describe the mechanism to me."
"Looking at these, Master Fedris, I think these will work just as well for our purposes. Don't you agree, Senia?"
"Ursula, I could not say, not until I have used them a time or two. Fedris, if these work as intended, then they will be good enough for Joth. After all, we are not trying to copy exactly what healers may do in other lands, but to make tools fit for our own use."
"As you say, Mistress, but as you know a craftsman like myself is always trying to improve what he makes for his customers."
Senia smiled. "I intend no rebuke, Fedris. Ask me again in a year and I may have a different opinion. Now, if I may have a look at the scalpels -"
"Ah, I must needs open the other set, then. If I may tidy these away so that the sets do not become mixed together."
Fedris re-wrapped the tools and put the bundle aside on a chair seat before unwrapping the other bundle. This looked very similar except that the tool roll bulged. The smith untied the roll and opened it flat on the table.
"My! These are fine! So small and delicate-looking, but so sharp. You have tweezers and probes in here as well, I see."
Ursula said, "Tools like this are what I am used to working with, although these will fit my hand better than that kitchen knife did."
"Ah, I remember well, Ursula, and now I understand why you wanted these made. If I may lift one out?"
"Go ahead, Senia. Just... don't drop it, that's all."
Senia and Ursula examined the scalpels and discussed the uses of the different shapes. They were holding examples up at the window when the door opened and Bellot walked in.
"Oh! If you would excuse me. I did not know that this room was being used."
Ursula turned. "Only for a few moments more, Bellot. Master Fedris has just delivered some of the first sets of the tools of my profession and we were looking them over."
"As you wish, Mistress. A few moments more? Then I will ask His Grace's guests to wait until you are finished."
"Thank you, Bellot." She turned back to the table. "We had better pack up and leave. Senia, should we be doing your rounds this morning?"
"Well, perhaps. I thought that you and Tyra were still at ease?"
Ursula smiled at her. "Perhaps. Now one of these two sets is intended to go to the clinic. I'm wondering if it would be worth taking them there this morning, as we are not busy. If you are not visiting patients then you could join us."
Senia thought briefly. "Done. I do have several visits to make, it is true, but most are in that general direction anyway. Aye, I would join you, see what changes they have wrought."
"Mistresses, if I may also join you, since my own workshop is nearby and I will be returning that direction in any event."
"Of course, Master Fedris," Ursula agreed. "If you like, you can have a look at the clinic as well, see what we are doing in there."
"I must admit, I have heard rumors since the building was obtained for the healers and, as most are, I am curious to see what has been made of it. Aye, if you will have me I will join you."
"Then let's pack up and get out of here before His Grace knocks on the door instead of Bellot. Tyra, you'll have to go upstairs and fetch our bags while we wait in the corridor. Oh, and you can take this part set upstairs as well."
"As you command, Mistress."
The four tidied up and left the room, Tyra carrying the part set and setting off for the stairs. The others found a spot out of the traffic to wait.
Senia asked, "What did you do yesterday, Ursula? I thought that you intended to go to the docks."
"That's right, we did. We visited Tyra's family, who live nearby, and we looked over the Visund. Ah, just before lunch I held an unexpected clinic for many of those who were working on the dockside. I had intended to go and check over the Norsemen but everyone else noticed and I had a whole line of men with minor injuries."
The healer nodded. "Somebody usually goes down there once a week or so, Ursula. Normally, if someone gets an injury that is bad enough to need treatment they will call us from their home in the usual way. As you may realize, many of those of Joth do not trouble us for minor problems."
"I can understand that. If they do not work, they do not earn and they and their families will go hungry. Still, it was a useful exercise and I was introduced to most of those who work around there. Oh," she added, "that reminds me."
She looked around the corridor quickly before explaining, "Lord Mathenar arrived just before lunch, appearing to just want a look himself but really, I believe, wanting to take me back to the Mansion - to safety, he said. Tyra's father suggested an alternative and we put him off. Later, after our naps, when we were aboard the Visund, he appeared again! This time he appeared to be interested in the ship but I suspect that it was me he was after."
Senia looked at Ursula speculatively. "Do you think that he desires a personal relationship, Ursula?"
"I don't know, Senia. I have not been here long enough for such nonsense. But if he is going to follow me around, then..." She left the sentence hanging.
Fedris said in a low voice, "Mistresses, I would not want to appear intrusive, but -"
Ursula turned. "Any information about Lord Mathenar would be most welcome, Master Fedris. I am new to Joth, he has been away, if there is a problem I want to know about it."
"As you say, Mistress." The smith paused, thinking. "It is strange, really. He is the elder son of the Duke, of course, but yet most who reside in the city do not know much of the man. This is to be expected, he is a nobleman after all. Most of what I have heard is but rumor, I deem, and you should consider it so."
She frowned. "It appears that almost all of what anyone has heard is rumor, Master Fedris. The man himself has not been around to show us what he really is."
"Indeed. All I may say in this place," he cast his eyes around to check for eavesdroppers, "is that there are persistent rumors of... something strange in his behavior towards women, especially unattached ones."
She nodded. "That is about what I had deduced from his actions yesterday, Master Fedris. I could assume that they are just the actions of a young, vigorous man who has returned from a posting to a mainly male military setting and discovered that his home is full of unattached female visitors."
The door to the Dining Room opened and Bellot emerged, followed by Wallesan, Mathenar and two men she did not recognize but thought from their clothing might be local nobles. Wallesan nodded to the group before leading the way into the Small Meeting Room. Fanis emerged from the Dining Room moments later.
"Senia, Fedris, good morning! I trust that your affairs are in order?"
Senia curtseyed and Fedris made a bow. The healer replied, "Your Grace, I came by to discover Ursula's intentions this morning, and to discover what she may have seen and done yesterday."
Fanis turned to Ursula. "Do you go out with Senia today, then? I thought that you said that you were at ease today."
"Your Grace, both myself and Tyra will be at ease today, assuming there are no emergencies. Master Fedris has come to deliver some more tools for medical use and I thought to take a set to the new clinic. Both he and Senia would like to have a look at the new building."
"Ah, as you say. Would this be something of interest to myself or Wallesan, do you think?"
Ursula considered before nodding. "Your Grace, there will probably not be much to see most of the time and when the clinic is busy you would almost certainly not want to see what we do there. But, thinking about it, there is no reason why you should not come to have a look once we are ready to open for business, and His Grace could officially open the clinic."
Fanis smiled. "That is an excellent thought, Ursula. If you could give us three or four days warning of when you would desire us to attend, I will make sure that my husband finds time to open the clinic for you. I know that it will be an important new facility for Joth," she rolled her eyes, "among so many new things that we are expecting in the future."
"Thank you, Your Grace. I'll let you know just as soon as the craftsmen can give me a date."
Fanis snorted. "Craftsmen, pah! I still have not gotten a date out of them for finishing the Great Hall, even though we are now using it. It seems that there is always some little thing more to do."
Ursula smiled. "I know the type, Your Grace. I will use my own judgment as to when the clinic will be finished enough for you and the Duke to attend."
"Good. And now I must be away, I deem." The Duchess rolled her eyes again. "There is some dispute among the dyers of silk which apparently only I may resolve. By your leave?"
They all curtseyed and bowed as Fanis moved off. Tyra appeared then with a bag over her shoulder and carrying Ursula's basket. Behind Tyra, Ursula spotted a small girl stop and speak to one of the sentries at the entrance. He took something from her, gave it to a waiting footman and pointed to the group. The footman came towards them and handed a piece of folded parchment to Ursula.
"Mistress, a note for you. A word in reply is expected, if you can give one."
She turned and saw the girl waiting in the doorway. "Give me a moment, then."
The note was brief and just about readable to Ursula. The contents were unexpected but not exactly a surprise.
She told the footman, "We are just leaving the Mansion, as it happens, so I can tell the girl myself."
The group, trailed by the footman, walked to the entrance. Ursula gave the note back to the girl.
"Are you by any chance one of Master Putto's children?"
The girl curtseyed nervously. "If it please you, Mistress, I am from the house next door. I have an errand for my mother in this part of the city and Master Putto learned that I would pass the Mansion by."
"Ah, I see. Well, tell Master Putto that I am going out and that I will call by his house on my way back here, probably just before lunch."
Tyra added, "Mistress, about a bell before noon."
The girl gave Tyra a quick glance and curtseyed to Ursula again. "As you command, Mistress."
She turned, ran down the steps into the courtyard, and was instantly gone.
Ursula remarked, "The day has hardly begun and already full of incident! Perhaps we'd better be going before anyone else arrives."
Out in the courtyard the air was cooler and fresher. Overhead, the sky was deep blue but lines of small fluffy white clouds marched across it.
"Ah! That's better!" Senia remarked. "The heat is nice occasionally but not for so long, I deem. This is more what we expect for spring weather, Ursula. Much more comfortable, especially if one spends the day walking the city to visit patients."
"I did wonder. Of course I have no idea what the normal climate of Joth is like, but I have heard enough people complaining about the heat to understand that it isn't typical. Is the weather today typical?"
"Aye, most years. Sometimes a little wetter, sometimes drier, but mostly like this."
"Mistress," Fedris offered, "you should know that most days, when the sky is as you see it, the clouds will slowly build and there will be a brief shower of rain early each afternoon. This rain will be essential to our farmers to bring their crops to full fruitfulness. It is also another reason why we tend to nap during the spring and summer months, to stay out of the showers."
"I see. Useful to know."
The streets of Joth were busy and many of those they passed recognized Senia, Ursula or Fedris and waved or called greetings. Like the previous day, their route would go directly to the clinic and so Ursula remembered the turns as Tyra led them. Once they reached Sabbar Street they found it full of wagons delivering raw materials to a number of the establishments. It took a moment or two to make their way through the traffic to reach the door to the clinic.
Inside it was shadowed and cool. The carriage still remained but had been moved right to the back, to make room for men to work out of the bright sun. On the other side at the back were a stack of thin planks and sacks of some other materials. There were several trestles scattered around and across two of them what Ursula took to be an apprentice was sawing a length of wood. He looked up as they entered.
"Mistress, if you seek Master Follan, he is upstairs with the others." He blushed. "Of course there is no stairs here but only ramps. Master Follan is above."
She smiled to reduce the embarrassment. "We all say 'upstairs' when we refer to the floor above. I would guess that only buildings like this have ramps."
The young man ducked his head. "As you say, Mistress."
They climbed the ramp to the landing. Instead of the completely open space that had existed the previous day there were men erecting partitions of thin wood slats on either side of a central corridor. At the front they could hear people speaking, so turned in that direction.
There was a wide space here, letting in plenty of light across the width of the building. Four men stood at a small temporary table discussing a floor plan drawn on parchment. They looked up as the group approached.
"Mistress Ursula, Mistress Senia, welcome! Fedris, welcome, and to you also, Tyra. Is this another social visit or was there something we could do for you?"
Ursula explained, "Good morning, Master Follan. Master Fedris has been making some tools of my trade and this morning he brought two sets to the Mansion. One is intended for me to keep but the other should be kept here for emergencies. Both Senia and Master Fedris wanted to have a look at the clinic, so I thought we could all come and see what progress has been made."
Follan raised an eyebrow. "Since yesterday? I recall that much of the remaining wood was delivered just after you departed so, as you may have seen, we have made a start on the partitions on this floor. Are you certain that you did not want them to have either front walls or doors? It seems like an odd arrangement to me, if I may say so."
She frowned. "I thought I explained this? In each partition there will be a bed for any patients who are too ill to walk around, Master Follan, and for the rest to use at night. Since many of the patients may be very ill it is essential that anyone walking past can see at a glance if they need help of some kind. In addition, though the partitions are designed to cut down the noise and give the patients a little privacy, we did not want to completely isolate them. They can see other patients across the corridor and perhaps talk to them."
"Ah, this was not made clear, Mistress." He nodded. "It means less wood to shape and fit and thus saves coin. I can see that it will also permit extra light to those who are in the deeper partitions."
A craftsman joined them from below carrying a long tool bag. He looked at the two groups.
"Good morning. Good morning, Mistresses. Which of you is Follan, if I may ask? Jerrat, pipesman, come to install a fresh water supply to this -" he looked around with interest, "- unusual weaving loft."
"I am Follan," the carpenter said, stretching forward for the traditional handshake. "This is no longer a weaving loft but will become a new kind of place for healers to deal with serious injuries and the like. If I may introduce Healer Senia and Healer Ursula, who have commissioned the conversion by instruction from His Grace."
"Do you tell me?" The plumber looked around again. "That may explain the unusual nature of the instructions that I received." He turned to the group. "Mistress Senia, of course I know you, you attended my elder son last fall. Mistress Ursula? I have heard the name, of course, and your good works, but this is the first time that our paths have crossed." He turned and nodded to the smith. "Fedris, good morning."
Senia explained, "I am assuming that we will require fresh water here and on the floor above, Master Jerrat. Our craft requires continuous supplies of water for cleaning wounds and, I deem, feeding ourselves and our patients, who may remain here some days until they are well enough to return home."
Follan added, "Aye, the healer has explained it well. If you would join us at the table, I will explain our thoughts on pipe runs and the like." He started and turned. "Oh! Mistress Ursula, Mistress Senia, of course I must needs attend you as well."
Ursula said, "There is no need for anyone to accompany us, Master Follan. We will just have a look... above... if it will not get in anybody's way."
The carpenter bowed. "As you wish, Mistress. Ah, you spoke of a... tool kit, was it?"
"I did, Master Follan. Looking around, I suppose that there is nowhere to safely leave it yet, is there?"
"I regret not, Mistress. Bedding and other furniture will not arrive until we have almost finished the work on this floor, that will include any tables, chairs, cupboards and shelving you may have ordered."
Senia and Ursula looked at one another. "Oh, dear," Senia said. "We have forgotten to order any furniture, and I know that there is a long line of people waiting for new furniture to replace what was lost to the invaders."
Follan agreed. "As you say, Mistress. Even these many months after we had our city back all has not yet been restored." He smiled. "However, it may be that we can obtain sufficient to allow you to begin using the building. It will make no sense for us to complete the work and for it then to remain idle for want of furniture."
Senia was horrified. "Master Follan! Though the new clinic will become important to Joth we have managed without for long enough. I would not approve of you obtaining furniture destined for more deserving residents of the city, many who still have almost nothing."
Follan spread his hands. "Mistress, I did not say that I would, or could, do that. I would not think of depriving others in need. No, there may be other ways to provide what is needed here."
"Well. Perhaps I should not pry so deeply into what is another's business. If we may go above?"
"Of course, Mistress."
Senia, Ursula, Tyra and Fedris turned to ascend the upward ramp, their existence already forgotten by the craftsmen, who had wandered off towards the table and drawings with barely a nod in their direction.
"About the toolkit, Mistress," Fedris said to Ursula as they climbed. "The solution is relatively simple, I deem. My dwelling and workshop is but four casts from here, in Narakh Lane yonder. I had not realized that this new place of yours would be so close. I will keep the toolkit there until it is required, Tyra knows where I live and can ask or send for it at need. If that would be satisfactory to you?"
Ursula was surprised. "Well, I suppose that it will, Master Fedris. Thank you for the offer."
On the landing at the top a craftsman and two apprentices were varnishing the doors of two of the smaller rooms. They stopped when the group appeared.
"Mistress? If I may help?"
"I am Healer Ursula and this is Healer Senia," she explained. "I am showing Senia around so that she can see how the work is progressing. Oh, this is my maid Tyra and this is Master Fedris who is making some of the instruments we will be using when the clinic opens."
The craftsman nodded. "Fedris. Tyra. Mistresses, if I may warn you that some of the doors are still wet. You may safely touch the handles to move them out of your way, though, I would not want you to get varnish on your dresses."
"Thank you for the warning, Master..?"
The man bowed. "Master Varnisher Hobbard at your services, Mistress."
"We'll try to keep out of your way. We know this is still a construction site."
"As you say, Mistress."
Ursula led them through to the back. "This will be the Operating Theater, Senia."
"Operating... theater..? These are new words I must learn, it seems. They are called thus on..." Senia remembered Fedris did not know Ursula's true origins, "...ah, where you came from?"
"They do. I believe that the term dates from a time when..." Ursula trailed off in confusion.
They called those places theaters because operations were once spectacles that anyone could pay to watch, conducted in a pit with people overlooking all around.
Like a regular theater, in fact, but it has not occurred to me until now that I don't know if Joth, or anywhere else for that matter, has anything resembling acting!
"Never mind. It occurs to me that it might be too complicated to explain right now. Senia, if you want to call this place by some other name, I would not object."
"Not at all, Ursula! The words are good, we just have to remember them. This is something new to Joth, I deem, so it is fitting that new words should describe it." Senia turned, looking at the way the chamber had been laid out. "I like the big windows, and the chandeliers. This room should be easy to clean, too, with all these well-fitted tiles. This would have been a better place to operate on poor Mamoot, would it not?"
"Chicken and egg, Senia." At the other's look she amended, "Er, avian and egg. Until Mamoot's problem arose we did not know that a place like this would be needed."
"As you say, Ursula, but already I can think of other occasions when such a chamber as this would have been useful. If we may look at the other rooms up here, and you may tell me what use we may make of them."
"Of course."
Fedris spoke up. "Mistress? This is the chamber you will be using the toolkit in?"
"I would think so, Master Fedris. Almost all of them, anyway. There will probably be some cupboards mounted on the walls over there, or perhaps on that wall, where we can reach them easily."
The smith nodded. "If you will permit me, I will find and instruct a joiner who may be able to make something suitable for you." He smiled. "It always helps if you know what the cupboards will be used for, and I can so inform him." He added, "I assume that you will need other cupboards, since... the use of the tools... will produce a lot of blood."
"Yes, of course. We'll need bandages, dressings, towels for mopping up, many other things. We'll be wearing special clothes, too, which will look a little like these ship dresses we are wearing now, but we'll probably store them in one of the other rooms along the landing."
Another nod. "Cupboards, probably shelves as well. And I can guess that you will not know exactly what you want until you have been using this place for some time?"
"That's true, Master Fedris. But I do not want to distract you from your normal work."
"It is a slight distraction, but I may be asked to make, for example, hinges and catches for your cupboards so I will probably become involved, especially since I reside so near. I will of course know all those who will make the items anyway."
It is a small city. Of course all the craftsmen are going to know one another.
She nodded. "Then I accept your offer once more, Master Fedris. Perhaps we can have a look at the other rooms along here?"
Senia agreed. "Aye, I would like to see how you desire to lay this building out, Ursula. This is very interesting, it promises to change the way we conduct healing in Joth, and greatly for the better."
"Then we should join the varnishers. The rooms around the landing will be mostly used as store-rooms or places where healers will go." Ursula turned. "This way."
* * *
They had returned to the front of the middle floor which held the table, with the plans still laid out on top. Of the craftsmen there was no sign, though sounds of speech could be heard below and from outside.
"And you will call this your Day Room?"
"I think so. The rooms behind will be for recovering patients but those who can move around could sit in here, it would be more comfortable. You saw that little bedroom in the Mansion where Mamoot was?"
"I did, but it is not unusual in Joth for bedchambers to be small, especially where single men and women are concerned. Ah, so you will have chairs and low tables here, then, for those recovering to relax and talk amongst themselves."
"That was the idea, yes. What do you think?"
Senia looked around. "An interesting idea, I deem. We often find that our patients are stuck in bedrooms, away from their families, and with little to do - not that some of them should be doing anything while they are yet ill, but you know what I mean. A chamber like this will certainly be an improvement."
There was a disturbance outside. Tyra walked to the window to find out what was going on. She turned around quickly.
"Mistress, Lord Mathenar approaches in his carriage."
Ursula scowled. "What does he want? If he is after me then he has chosen the wrong person for his attentions."
Fedris spoke up. "Mistress? You desire to avoid meeting him?"
"Yes! That man has been following me around, pretending to want to see the same things I want to see."
The smith's expression was eloquent. "I have heard... rumors of his activities, but of course we know little of his true nature. Mistress, there is a back way out of here, if you would follow me."
Ursula looked at Senia. "It is probably time we moved on in any case, Senia. Do you want to come with us?"
"Surely. He may not be interested in an old woman like me but he will ask questions I do not desire to answer. Fedris, lead the way."
"But how do we get out?" Ursula asked. "If we go down the ramp he'll see us."
Fedris smiled. "Mistress, we will not be going down the ramp. At the back of this level, on every property, is a door leading to a narrow balcony with stairs at various points. It is a precaution against fire, and for other reasons. Please, follow me."
Since the ramps were designed to bring materials directly to upper levels from reception it meant that they had to quickly go past the upper ramp and towards the back of the building, underneath the Operating Theater, before they were spotted from below. There they found five of the younger joiners standing around a small temporary table drinking pel. These straightened nervously as the group appeared. Fedris spoke to them.
"Quietly now, lads. A visitor arrives whom the Mistress does not desire to meet." He did not specify which Mistress. "We were never here, understand? We left earlier."
One of the lads craned his neck to look down the lower ramp, from which voices could now be heard. He turned back and nodded.
"As you command, Master Fedris," he said softly. "We will attend the door."
Fedris smiled. "Thank you."
A single door, like that in the house of Tyra's family, led out onto a narrow balcony which ran the length of the block. There were stairs set at every second property which descended to an access alley between the weaving lofts and the smaller properties behind. Fedris led them along to the adjacent stairway and gestured.
"If you would go down, Mistresses. Once we are under the balcony we will be harder to notice."
Once in the alley Fedris turned away from the direction Ursula expected him to take and instead led the party towards the city wall. Down here, further doors led into the ground floors of each property and there were also privies set against the buildings. The women all followed quietly. Once they reached the street at the end he paused long enough for Senia to ask a question.
"Fedris, why come this way? You said you lived but four casts yonder, yet we have come in the other direction!"
"We were too close to the avenue that leads to the docks, Mistress. If we had gone that way, we would likely have been seen as we crossed the end of Sabbar Street, but if we go this way we will cross the other end of Sabbar Street hidden by all the delivery wagons and I do not think we should be noticed. We can then go along Foti Lane and make our way to my workshop... unless you have other suggestions?"
Senia looked at Ursula, who nodded. "That's fine with me, Senia. Let's go before he discovers we are not there and begins a search."
The healer regarded Ursula thoughtfully. "You have done this before, have you not? A tale, I deem, for another day. Aye, Fedris, lead on."
In Foti Lane came the inevitable encounter. A small child was hanging from the balcony by his fingertips.
"Tyra! Mistress!" The four year old stared at Senia and Fedris.
Tyra exclaimed, "Oh, not you again, Teen. What are you up to today?"
"We're playing catch..." The child caught Ursula's eye and dried up.
"We're doing something important," Tyra told him. "We cannot stop today as I might have liked. Don't let us stop you from playing."
Teen stuck his tongue out at his big sister and then dropped lightly the three strides to the ground, immediately swarming up one of the columns of rungs set in the support posts to see if he had been spotted. The group moved on, trying to ignore shrieks, laughter and children hanging over their heads.
At the end Fedris did a quick check and led them across the broad road which went through the dock gates on their right before continuing into another lane opposite. This one was lined both sides with warehouses, some of which were open. Part way along this lane an alley led off right and Fedris went along here between two warehouses to a parallel lane where he relaxed.
"My house and workshop are just here, Mistresses. If I may show you and Tyra where I will keep your toolkit."
Across the lane was a row of houses which bore some similarities to both the fishermen's houses in Foti Lane and the Weaving lofts in Sabbar Street. Fedris led them into the ground floor of one of these, saying, "Welcome to my house and workplace." The space was empty apart from a stack of curious, flat constructions which seemed like giant, low drawers or trays. Instead of a ramp there was a wide, open staircase and Fedris headed for this. Above could be heard talking, which quietened as the group appeared.
"Master, you have returned. Ah, with guests!"
It was a workshop, set at the rear of the property, with two small forges and a number of benches at which three men were working. All stopped when the master of the house appeared.
"Aye, Herro, I have. Here is Healer Senia, whom you already know, and with her today are Healer Ursula and her maid Tyra, whom you also all know. It was for Mistress Ursula that I was making that special toolkit you were interested in."
Herro gave a brief bow and then looked worried. "Master, you have brought her here, is there some flaw with the work?"
Fedris smiled. "Indeed not, Herro. Mistress Ursula informs me that one set of tools will be kept with her at the Mansion and the other should be placed in the new clinic they are building in Sabbar Street. As they have not yet finished converting the building, I thought it best if the tools were kept here against need. Note you all, any one of these three may call for the tools when they are required. I shall put them here, on this shelf, where all might find them."
One of the others said, "Sabbar Street, that is the new work they are doing there? What is... a clinic, Master?"
Fedris turned to Ursula who replied, "A clinic is a place where healers will be able to do things that might not be easy to do in the home of a patient. If somebody has a serious injury, we can treat them there and not worry about infection or mess. They can stay there until they recover enough to go home."
The young man, probably an apprentice, looked pale. "Serious injury, Mistress?"
Ursula shook her head. "I will not describe all we might do but you can probably guess. Amputations, maybe. Removing objects from bodies... suppose you were using a chisel and it slipped and went into your arm. We would carefully remove it and clean the wound before sewing it up." She shrugged. "We will not know what will be needed until patients arrive."
They were all pale, now. The apprentice said, "As you say, Mistress."
Senia told them, "I approve of the tools Fedris brought. Know you all that more sets may be ordered in future days, though probably not right away."
Fedris said, "It is well, Mistress, since we have plenty of work to keep us busy. When you come with your orders, we shall be ready."
"Then, by your leave, I must be going," she said. "I have patients to visit nearby. Ursula, what will you do now?"
Ursula looked at Tyra, who shrugged. "We'll probably return to the Mansion by a different route," she said eventually. Both Senia and Fedris knew why. "Why do you ask?"
"I wondered if you would need my presence this afternoon, that is all." Again, the unspoken reason for her presence was understood by all.
"I have been told that we'll be going out for a ride this afternoon. Captain Hambran thinks that Tyra is ready for a proper ride into the country, though he does not think that we'll be doing anything too difficult."
"Ah, I see. Then I'll see you tomorrow morning, perhaps?"
"Of course."
Senia nodded to Fedris before turning and going down the stairs. The smith then turned to Ursula.
"Mistress, both you and your maid are riding this afternoon?"
"So it would seem, Master Fedris. Does that... upset you?"
"Not me, Mistress, though I know of some who think it unseemly. I know that His Grace has brought back new ideas and other wonders from Palarand and I suppose that we will all become used to new sights about our streets."
"As you say. Well, Tyra and I had better be on our way. We don't want to interrupt you and your team."
"Indeed, Mistress. Call for me again when you have further needs I may be able to supply."
"I'll do that."
Outside, Tyra turned to Ursula. "Mistress, if we want to avoid Lord Mathenar, then I suggest that we go this way. It will bring us out near -"
* * *
"Mistress Ursula! Good day to you, and to you also, Tyra."
Putto put down his chisel and stood from where he had been working at his lathe.
"Good morning, Master Putto. How is your arm?"
"It is well healed now, Mistress."
Putto held out his left arm, showing a thin red scar running along the forearm.
"That looks well mended. Have you had any more trouble with those... what did you call them?"
"Mistress? Oh, the labris, you mean? No, nothing since. I reported the matter to those concerned and they came and investigated but found nothing obvious."
"They have probably moved on, then. Did you send me a message this morning?"
"I did, Mistress." He looked embarrassed. "For your expertise, and your kindness, I have made a gift for you. Knowing of your interest in the musical instruments that I make, I thought to provide you with an example that you may practice your craft - your other craft, that is. You did say that it had been some time since you last played, perhaps I may help you restore your abilities by offering one of Joth's instruments."
It was Ursula's turn to be embarrassed. "Master Putto, you should not have. My craft is healing and I want no reward for doing what I can to help people with problems."
Putto moved to the side bench, where the instruments had been. "Mistress, I spend much of my time at my lathe and sometimes it is necessary for me to stop and relax with a tune or two, give my mind a different focus. I know that the healer's art can be a busy and unpleasant one at times, let me offer you a way to relax when you can find a moment or two. Music can sooth many demands on the mind, I deem."
"I am forced to agree, Master Putto."
He handed her a wooden cylinder, finely made with a coat of varnish to protect it. One end was flat, she saw, but the other contained a plug which was held on by cords that formed a short lanyard. She worked the plug out to find one of the recorder-like instruments she had tried before. She pulled it out, handing the container to Tyra.
"This is a fine instrument. What did you say it was called again?"
"It is a farb, Mistress. Shall you try it?"
Ursula put the farb to her mouth and blew gently. Tyra's eyes were round as she watched Ursula run up and down a scale, familiarizing herself with the instrument and its tones. She lowered the farb.
"I am tempted to take it, Master Putto. Learning to play a tune on it will remind me of my past."
The part of my past that I have no problem with. What would have become of me if I had not already chosen to go into medicine? Would I now be playing in an orchestra somewhere?
"Then please accept this as my gift to you, Mistress. Tyra, the case, if you would."
"Of course, Master Putto."
* * *
They arrived at the Mansion to find the front courtyard bustling with activity - and guards at the entrance arch, something Ursula had not seen before. Inside were several wagons and many men in traveling clothes, together with assorted dranakh and frayen. Her eye noted that the saddles were all of the new type, which brought the natural conclusion.
"I think these men and wagons may have come from Palarand," she said to Tyra.
The maid nodded. "Aye, I agree. The styles of attire are slightly different there than in Joth, even for the men. Doubtless we will discover all shortly, Mistress, since their presence in this yard means that they must have been invited by His Grace. If we may go to your chamber, you can refresh yourself and perhaps make ready to greet His Grace's guests."
"Oh, does that mean I'll have to dress up?"
Tyra thought. "I do not think so, not now, Mistress, but perhaps for the evening meal. I will ask Bellot what may be intended."
"Let's go, then, and get out of their way."
They threaded their way through the seeming chaos and reached the front entrance. A nod from the sentry and they were let in. Standing in the corridor were a group which contained Duke and Duchess as well as some of the travelers. Wallesan saw them enter and held up a hand to the group.
"A moment, friends, by your leave. If I may have a word with one of my other guests."
He joined them at the bottom of the stairs. "Ursula, I trust your morning's business was satisfactory?"
"It was, Your Grace. I see that you have more visitors."
"Indeed, though most will be found billets elsewhere in the city." He smiled. "The Mansion has space for guests, indeed, but not so many as have come from Palarand today. If I may leave the introductions until later? As you may see there is much to arrange. Oh, I understand that you and Tyra are going riding this afternoon with Eriana."
Ursula did not know how to respond to this. If I stay, then I don't have to ride, but then there will be all these people around. If I go, then at least I'll be out of everybody's way - and they will be out of mine.
Unless Eriana has decided that she doesn't want to go, if all these people are from Palarand?
"Your Grace?"
He held up a placating hand. "Do not worry, Eriana wants to ride. In truth, I do not think the business of the guildsmen of Palarand interests her very much. So you may go and take yourself and your maid away from the fuss and confusion which," he rolled his eyes, "will undoubtedly occupy the Mansion for much of the afternoon.
"No, what I wished to tell you is that my sons have become interested in the new saddles and ways of managing frayen, so both will be joining your ride this afternoon."
Everyone goes riding - which includes Mathenar and Luthan, much to Ursula's disgust. Friction turns into arguments before an unexpected interruption changes everything.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
31 - Confrontation
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Mathenar put his foot into the stirrup and then, grasping
the saddle handles, smoothly pulled himself onto his mount. He bent
to the right to discover the other stirrup before looking up with
satisfaction.
"It is an interesting position, I deem. Positioned thus, my legs feel in a strange place."
"But now you may rise, to strike your opponent," Eriana responded. "You would not have been able to do so before."
Mathenar nodded. "As you say, Highness. But previously I did not feel the need to rise and strike an opponent."
Ursula looked on but was more intent on Tyra than the byplay in front of her. Since their visit to the Visund the Duke's elder son had been relatively quiet, but still managed to be maddening at the same time. This morning's episode had only worsened her impression of being stalked. She still wasn't entirely sure how he and Luthan had managed to invite themselves onto what was supposed to be a quiet ladies' ride out.
Eriana glanced around. "Is everyone ready?"
Ursula, Tyra, Bennet and Semma each raised a hand. Luthan looked uncomfortable but nodded. Hambran and Dirgan also raised hands.
"Then let us begin. The city is beginning to heat up and it will be better for beasts and riders once we are out in the country lanes. Captain, are you content with the route I described?"
"Aye, Highness, you show impressive knowledge of the area considering how short your time in Joth has been. It will do us all some good to have some green around us, I deem. If you would lead the way."
Eriana led off with Bennet by her side and Semma behind. The Duke's sons came next followed by Ursula and Tyra, with Hambran and Dirgan bringing up the rear. For this ride, all frayen wore panniers, most containing snacks or drink, though one of Ursula's and one of Tyra's had a hastily repacked selection of medical equipment and supplies. It was unlikely that any of the riders would suffer much more than sunburn today but there was always the possibility of finding a peasant with some kind of problem.
The group passed along the streets between the now regular clusters of onlookers. Women on frayen back were no longer such a novelty but some Jothans still gathered to see if any would pass, thinking perhaps about attire for their own future rides. There was scattered applause when the two sons were noticed, but perhaps not as much as either would have wished for.
Soon they were through the West Gate and on the verge beside the busy highway. Eriana led them perhaps a mark from the walls before turning off along a minor road to the south-west. They continued along this for another mark to a small junction where she called a halt.
"Is everyone comfortable? I know some of you have not ridden these saddles for very long, you must needs tell me if you consider that something is amiss. Should that be so you should return that Duban may be told of the problem, else you continue and spend the rest of the afternoon in pain."
Luthan spoke up. "Highness, these new saddles seem more comfortable than those I have used before. I find the leg position strange, but it seems to help me hold my balance. These new metal foot holders are more comfortable to my boots, too. Aye, I know what Hambran and Duban have told me but sometimes one must needs do something before it is possible to understand it."
"The foot holders are named stirrups, My Lord." She regarded him closely. "You have no aches? Pains? Your position is different, you are using different muscles and it may become tiring to you after a while."
"I am comfortable presently, Highness. If there is any problem then doubtless I will let you know."
"As you say. Tyra? How about you?"
"Highness, as My Lord says, it is different but I am comfortable now." The maid grimaced. "Whether I shall still be comfortable after riding in the afternoon heat I could not say."
"I do not intend an endurance trial today, merely a slow ride out somewhere quiet so that we may relax our minds and enjoy the countryside. If any of you desire to pause a moment or two along the way then I would have no objection."
There were no more comments so she turned down a narrow lane leading roughly south. This was little better than a farm track, twin ruts showing bare earth where carts had used it but otherwise beginning to be overgrown with new grass.
She pointed. "Yonder, in that clump of trees ahead, is a shelter where we may stop and take a drink." She smiled at the others. "I regret there is no pel today. I am sure we will all survive the lack until we return to the Mansion."
The clump of trees was a half mark further on and they pulled off the lane into the welcome shade of the spreading foliage. The shelter was a surprisingly well-built structure which consisted mainly of a roof to keep off sun and rain but there were some stalls or booths to one side.
"Ah," Hambran said, "I remember this place. Eriana, this is one of the structures we put up when we were investing the city. I have spent several nights here, learning what I could of the invaders' strength and movements."
"Do you tell me? I thought it was a little large and well-built for a farmer's use."
He spread his hands. "There seemed little point taking it down so it has been left for the nearby farms to use. I understand that all may use it on occasion. For now, it seems empty. If we may dismount?"
"Surely."
Water bottles of leather were unloaded and drinks taken in the customary pewter traveler's beakers. Ursula found Mathenar staring at her and decided to confront him directly.
"Why are you following me around, My Lord?"
There was a brief moment of what might have been guilt which was swiftly wiped from his face. "Mistress, I assure you that it is but chance that our paths have crossed so often." He shrugged. "There is much that is new in the city since our return and I have desired to investigate what I may. It was chance that we met at the docks yesterday."
"It was not!" Ursula retorted. "Everyone saw you stand up in the carriage and look around the dock area for something or someone. When I showed myself you headed straight for me with some story about the docks being dangerous and you wanting to protect me."
"Mistress, it is true that I heard that you were to be at the docks and it seemed to me that, as I had already planned to go there, I could offer assistance."
Luthan spoke up. "Give it up, Math. Everybody knows you chase every woman you see! That is why you were asked to leave Yod, was it not?"
Mathenar rounded on his brother. "I do not desire advice from you, of all people! You can find fault with every brick in a wall if you care to."
He turned back to Ursula. "Mistress, you are a lone woman, new to our lands and our customs, so I have been told. It is not safe for you to go around the city by yourself. I merely sought to provide some advice and assistance until you have become familiar with our ways."
"I am not in any danger, My Lord," she replied. "I am always accompanied by Healer Senia or by my maid. Everyone now knows that I am a healer and no-one would think of causing me trouble."
Mathenar persisted. "Mistress, you have been here but four weeks, so I was told. You know not the ways of Joth. There is good reason why every man of Joth customarily carries a weapon at hand whenever he sets foot beyond his doorstep. Why, even Her Highness and her... companions carry swords! I do not know if they would use them in battle, though, being women."
Eriana had become annoyed by the argument. "My Lord, you are on dangerous ground. Bennet and Semma have not tasted battle, it is true, but they are fully trained members of His Majesty's Palace Guard and will not bear such an insult lightly. I have tasted battle, as you know, as have two other women of His Majesty's Guard, in the taking of Boldan's Rock." She glared at him. "Shall you apologize?"
Mathenar noticed the hilt of Eriana's broadsword looming over her right shoulder and gulped. He had been made well aware of her own battle honors.
He bowed. "Your Highness, I spoke in haste. I am unused, as all in Joth must be, to seeing women under arms. Until recently, it has not been the custom for any woman to carry a sword and I find it difficult to adjust my thinking, as I must also do when considering the riding of frayen by women. If you would accept my apology."
The response was grudging. "If I must. My Lord, you must take care before you open your mouth again."
"Highness, your words are wise. I merely attempted to point out that Mistress Ursula is the only one here who has no means of defending themself."
"There are eight here with swords who will attend Ursula should there be need, though I will grant that Tyra is but an apprentice in the arts of war." Eriana gestured at the city walls, barely three marks to the north. "We are only just outside the city! Yod is vanquished, we ride through fields. She is safe enough here with us."
With the atmosphere sour they repacked their packs and remounted. Eriana again led them out along the track but it was Luthan who came up beside Ursula.
"Mistress, I know that I am known for disagreeing with all but this time I think that it is Mathenar who has the problem." He shook his head. "Something drives my brother, I know not what."
The gap between the riders was wide enough that Ursula thought that she could have a sensible conversation with Luthan.
"My Lord, where I come from we would call it stalking. An obsessive following by one person of another, beyond all reason. Even when that person is caught and shown the truth, they usually deny it."
Luthan nodded thoughtfully. "Stalking. Now that you say the word, Mistress, that describes his actions well." He adjusted his position in the saddle. "He may have need of such obsession, to a point. He is of course my father's heir, he must needs find himself someone who will become Duchess in time. Normally such as ourselves are paired with daughters of like rank at a younger age but it has not yet happened to either of us." He gave Ursula a sad smile. "You might be able to guess why."
She smiled back. "My Lord, I will not argue with you."
He nodded at the jest, then continued, "Mistress, you and those women who came with Her Highness are all single and thus you will interest Mathenar. I doubt that he would interest himself too much in Her Highness, because of her nature. The two armswomen would not be of suitable rank, thus it is you he pursues."
Of course. If he's looking for a wife, there are four women guests at the Mansion for him to consider. Luthan is right, that is most likely why he is following me around.
Should I be looking for a husband? It is really too soon but I am a real, actual woman who has to find a home somewhere eventually. Is there a man out there who would do for me what they are supposed to do for their chosen women? I do not know. I have never before reached the point where I would need to consider such matters.
I do know that Mathenar will not be the one! Even if his character had been better, I am not sure that I could cope with being a Duchess. I have seen all the work that Fanis has to do.
What do I do? Do I have to stay here and put up with him until he latches on to the next unfortunate woman who passes this way?
"Mistress, your saddlebag is not secure." Tyra pulled up on the other side and pointed. "I have just noticed the flap has come loose."
Ursula twisted but could not turn round enough to see. "Can you fix it while we're going, or do we need to stop?"
"If I might assist, Mistress," Luthan said. He reined his frayen round behind Ursula and came up the other side, Tyra pulling ahead to make room. He leaned down and reached the strap but could not do it up with one hand, so he dropped the reins and leaned further over, letting the beast find its own way. He could just reach with both hands to redo the buckle.
"That was amazing," he said, sitting up with a smile. "I had no idea that it was possible to do anything like that while seated, and riding! I felt so secure leaning over and I knew that I would not fall off. Now I understand why we are changing to the new saddle design."
"Indeed, My Lord," came Hambran from behind. "An excellent display of ridership, if I may say so, and proof of His Grace's judgment in choosing this saddle design."
Ursula gave Luthan a smile. "Thank you, My Lord."
Other thoughts struck her then. Luthan? He was a pain when he first arrived but he has been fairly sensible since - whenever I have seen him. Would he be husband material?
I doubt it, but I know that stranger things have happened.
Not now! Ask me in a year!
At a junction they came across three peasants pulling a handcart piled high with what looked like animal feed. They were about to pull the cart off the track to make room but Eriana stopped them.
"It is we who are intruding, not you. Go about your business, we have no particular route in mind so we will go this way instead."
The three bowed as the group turned east along a narrow track between two fields, with a deep ditch on the left side. In the distance ahead was another small clump of about five or six trees in full leaf, their bases hidden by brush. The field across the ditch was full of ripening grain of some kind while that to their left held the green globes of some root vegetable. At this distance Ursula could not make out what either crop was, despite close encounters with many kinds in Farren's kitchen.
Hambran rode past Ursula to the front and joined Eriana.
"Highness, how much further do you desire to go?"
"I have not considered time or distance, Captain. Is there some problem?"
"I have heard distantly the eighth bell, Highness. You must consider that you will need to return, bathe and change in order to greet your countrymen from Palarand this evening."
Eriana thought and nodded. "I have not forgotten our newest visitors, captain, though I will tell you that there are likely none who are well known to me. Still, I am presently my country's representative in Joth so I agree that we should make our return at a suitable time. What say you that we stop by that clump of trees to eat our snacks, and then find our way around to the Galdarin gate?"
"That would be wise, Highness. There are two with us today who are new to these saddles and one who has only slightly greater experience. A stop there will be most welcome to them, I deem."
Although the air was fresher than it had been, and the rain had cleared the dust from it, it was still late afternoon and warm. Ursula looked around for Tyra and maneuvered her way beside her.
"How are you feeling? Any sore parts?"
"Mistress, this is the second time that I will have ridden so far and some parts are sore, it is true. Mostly, though, it is my back muscles, muscles that I never knew I had. I assume that all will fade with time and practice?"
"I am told that is how it works, Tyra." Ursula grimaced. "For myself, my own back is discovering the delights of riding and by the time we get back I suspect a hot bath will be welcome. Any other problems?"
"Indeed not, Mistress. I have to tell you that I think I enjoy riding thus, though I know that you are not so enthusiastic."
"Tyra, I am doing it because it will be one of the quicker ways to get around and do my job. I regret that I do not enjoy the experience as most riders seem to."
Ahead of them, the clump of trees suddenly broke apart. Ursula could not comprehend what she was seeing until her brain finally made sense of the scene.
Five dark shapes separated from the top of the trees. Two spread out to the left, spreading wide wings, while two went to the right. The last one headed directly for them, its bat-like wings spread wide to allow it to glide effortlessly in their direction.
The next thing that Ursula was aware of was her face smacking side-wise into the grass of the verge, followed by a murderous yank on her right leg as she was dragged along by her frayen. After the third bounce the stirrup released her boot and she was flung to the ground.
Stunned, she rolled over in time to see two riderless frayen collide in front of her, one breaking its neck with a sickening crack. The two tumbled in a heap of bodies and thrashing legs before one scrambled to its feet and headed straight for her. Desperately she covered her head with her arms but the beast jumped her and vanished from her sight.
She looked upward, to see the five flying creatures - monsters, really - begin to dive at the party from different directions. Everyone else had been dismounted the same way she had been, most were still picking themselves up from the ground - and most were drawing swords. Briefly, Mathenar's words came back to haunt her.
Boje! Those are monsters! She watched the action from her half-raised position, unable to think of any way she could help the others, or even protect herself. There was a certain intellectual detachment despite her mortal predicament. What are they? Those are not avians. Bats?
The first one dived low, its stride-long snout full of gleaming teeth ready to grip or rend. She was aware of others throwing themselves flat as it passed over them. Then, the other creatures followed in sequence, attempting to snap at the helpless humans lying on the ground.
"Behind you, Mistress!"
She threw herself flat just as a row of gleaming teeth passed a hands-breadth from her face. There was a smell, a powerful stench that reminded her of rotten fish. Raising herself slightly, she glanced around at the others. Hambran lay ahead of her, on his side, the lower hand clutching his right shoulder. Dirgan lay flat on his back a short distance further on, awkwardly attempting to draw his sword. The others must have been behind her.
Not bats. Not with those heads. Like something out of a... She had a shocked memory, then, of pictures seen in school. Dinosaurs? She was stunned. Is that possible? Can they be flying dinosaurs?
A hand touched her upper shoulder lightly. The voice was shaky and it belonged to Tyra.
"Stay down, Mistress. I am here."
Ursula twisted her head to see a white-faced Tyra gripping her sword so tightly that she could not have much control over what she did with it.
Someone came and knelt at her other side. "Mistress, I am here also. We will do whatever is possible."
Luthan!
"Down!" he hissed. The three lay flat as another flew over them from a different direction.
The detached part of her brain thought, with wonder, Are they intelligent? This attack is carefully organized, they are coming at us from five different directions but somehow timed so they don't collide.
...And different directions means that they have us corralled. No escape!
Another gasped instruction. "To your left, Mistress!"
Ursula turned and saw another of them swoop, lower than the previous attacks. This time she noticed red claws at the leading edge of the wings, claws on the rear limbs, thick, coarse hair... and it wasn't really black, more a very dark reddish purple. There was a longish neck and the rear of the head projected back to form a brightly colored vane which was apparently used to help control flight.
They are huge! The body of that thing must be about the size of a frayen! The wingspan must be at least five meters. No wonder they are willing to attack humans.
Her two protectors resolutely faced the incoming beast and it veered slightly, to aim at another victim, Eriana, who was even now bringing her huge sword into play. Suddenly, she stood up and swiped at the creature as it reached her. It twisted in mid-air to avoid the strike, which would probably have removed its head, but the broadsword caught it a glancing blow on one wing as it passed. It fell from the sky, tumbling in a heap nearby. The strength of the beating wing knocked the sword out of Eriana's grasp and it spun away into the grass.
"Get away!"
Eriana turned to see Bennet and Semma, back to back, suffer another attack. This time, Bennet stood her ground and twisted out of the way of the beak, bringing her sword up to slice at the neck of the creature. It plunged to the ground, knocking Bennet's sword from her grasp, but Semma immediately ran to it and began hacking at the neck before it could recover. Blood squirted out everywhere from the part-severed neck as it thrashed about in its death throes.
"Graaakh!"
Ursula, Tyra and Luthan spun about to see the beast that Eriana had downed struggle to its feet, or more accurately its limbs. It limped towards them on rear feet and one folded wing, resting the front of its body on the knuckles formed by the wing claws. The other wing hung awkwardly, seemingly damaged either by Eriana's sword or by its tumble to the ground.
"Graaakh!"
It shambled directly towards them, a red glint in its eyes and with obvious murderous intent. Even with one injured wing, it would be a formidable opponent, but it would be like facing an injured tiger: too big, too powerful, too angry to care about its injury. The two with her were silent, frozen by its stare as the beast approached.
Bang!
A cloud of acrid smoke briefly enveloped everyone and everything before it cleared. The creature lay tumbled again, obviously dead with a huge hole through its body. A slight noise made Ursula turn her head to find Eriana standing there with a smoking metal object in her hand.
"They rise," Luthan said, staring around. "The odds are against them now, I deem."
"Aye," Eriana agreed, "and they are doubtless alarmed by the sound and smoke of my Personal Pistol."
They watched the remaining three circle for a time before the creatures came together in a group and begin to gain height. Finally they turned and headed north-east, their shapes clearly visible for a while against the spring cloud cover.
Dirgan appeared, breathing hard. "Mistress, if you would come. The Captain has been injured, likely when he was thrown from his beast."
They looked over to where Hambran sat on the ground, his left hand clutching his right shoulder. Ursula scrambled unsteadily to her feet, the adrenaline still hammering through her veins.
"Will they come back?" she asked the group. Her mouth was dry.
Dirgan shook his head. Knowing that Ursula had no knowledge at all about the beasts, Bennet explained, "Mistress, grakh often travel in small groups just like this. It seems they migrate towards the ocean, to our north-east, early every spring, and return again either just before the rains or much later in the fall. It is late for them to be around the Great Valley now. I do not think we will see them again."
"Do you tell me?" Eriana said. "Grakh are known to us, of course, but they do not often come to the waters so far south as Einnland." She stared at the carcass. "Nor are they such large beasts as this. I wonder if -" She broke off. "But I forget myself. Ursula, if you would attend Captain Hambran."
"Of course, Highness."
Ursula walked over towards Hambran, Tyra following with her sword still drawn. "Mistress, what if you should need your bandages and ointments? I do not know where our frayen might be."
Ursula quickly looked around but none were obviously visible. Bennet was with them and she explained, "Mistress, when grakh attack frayen they will scatter in all directions, hoping the grakh choose a frayen in another direction. With the old saddles all their riders would be thrown immediately, as we were today by surprise. Our beasts will likely be in nearby fields, no doubt happily devouring the farmer's crops."
"I see. From the way the Captain is sitting, I might not need any bandages this time."
They reached Hambran, who was obviously in great pain.
"I need to examine you, Captain."
"I think it is dislocated, Mistress. Do you know how to set it right?"
"Of course, Captain. Let me see if there is any other damage first. I regret this might hurt, my healing kit is eating crops somewhere in these fields."
That brought a wan smile to Hambran's strained face. "As mine will be, Mistress. Do what you must."
She made a brief exploration, without removing any clothing, and concluded that it was a straightforward dislocation, probably when he fell off.
"Bennet, I want you to hold the Captain's other arm, to brace him, when I reset his shoulder."
With Bennet steadying Hambran, she wrapped her right arm around his and then pulled and twisted. Hambran gave a shout of pain as the joint went back in the socket but the cry broke off and he nodded to her.
"That feels right, Mistress. Tsss! It is still sore, though nothing like it was before." He looked up. "Guardswoman Bennet, I was impressed by the way you tackled that beast. There are few of His Grace's men who would have dared do that."
Bennet straightened with the praise. "Thank you, Sir."
The others had joined them by then and so Ursula asked, "Are there any other injuries?"
It seemed that many would be bruised by nightfall but no-one had anything more obviously serious.
She told them, "I would caution you all that there may be sprained wrists, ankles or other joints from when you were thrown. If you do notice anything during the rest of today, come and tell me at once."
Hambran, still holding his right arm, looked up at them. "We'll need our mounts to be able to get back to the Mansion. If I may ask Dirgan, Bennet and Semma to start looking for them. I know the ladies have a better touch, they may be able to retrieve spooked beasts easier than..." He trailed off looking at the group. "Where is Lord Mathenar? Does anyone remember seeing him?"
Along the field verge, in the direction from which the group had ridden, came two of the farmers. They were towing a frayen.
"We saw the attack from a distance," one explained when they arrived. "We had seen the beasts earlier, flying over, but we did not know that they had roosted nearby. We thought they had flown on. Is any hurt? Should we call for help?"
Hambran, still sitting on the ground, answered. "A dislocated shoulder, Goodman, some cuts and bruises, nothing more. But our frayen and one of our party is missing." He looked up at Eriana. "Highness, think you that we need help? Apart from myself there are no serious injuries."
Eriana looked around and then spoke to the man. "Goodman, we thank you, we are fortunate to have a healer among our number this day. If I may check whose beast you have there."
She strode over and reached up to peer at the nameplate on the saddle. "Tis Semma's beast, which is well. Semma, if you would mount and begin the search. While we know what injuries we have, we do not know how our beasts have fared and we have a man missing. He may be in worse plight than any of us."
Semma replied, "Aye, Highness."
"Highness?" The men were surprised and began to lower themselves to one knee.
"Rise, please. I am not your liege nor anything like, merely a guest of His Grace. It was I who provided the ship which brought him back from Palarand. Captain Hambran leads our party this day."
Since Eriana had already been giving instructions, Hambran raised a whimsical smile. "Semma, yes, check your beast and then mount if you would. Bring back each beast you may find, that another may aid you in the search and so on."
"As you command, Captain."
The surprised farmers watched as Semma walked around her mount with a knowledgeable eye and then mounted. From her greater height she surveyed their immediate surroundings before setting off across the root crop field.
"I did not know," one said. "Is it now the custom that women ride, and may carry arms?"
Hambran gave a snort, followed by a wince. "Aye, good fellows, we have learned that a woman may be as good as a man in many respects. Indeed, it was two of our women who downed the two grakh you see before you."
"Do you tell me?" They eyed the two carcasses with amazement - and calculation. "I wonder, if it would be possible, there is much meat to be had."
They would eat the monsters? Of course they would. It means that they do not have to butcher one of their livestock for a week or two longer.
I should remember that life can be rougher out here, away from the city.
Hambran nodded. "I do not see why not." He twisted around. "There are two grakh and a frayen here dead. Do you eat frayen?"
The two looked at one another. "Sir, it has been known. It would be better than leaving it to rot in the fields or be eaten by scavengers."
"Then you may have the frayen and that grakh there, the one with the hole in it. In this weather they probably will not last long, so I would ask you to share with your neighbors. The other, I deem, we will take back to the Mansion to show the Duke and mayhap see what Farren can make of it."
One walked over and looked at the grakh carcass. "If it please you, Sir, what manner of weapon made this hole?"
"Have you heard of guns?"
He nodded. "We have heard the word but know nothing more except the invaders used them, Sir."
"I will not describe them now but to say they are noisy, smelly and very deadly. If you are lucky you may never see them as long as you live - but much may change in the future, of course. A small gun carried by Her Highness made that hole. Think what it would do to a man."
They looked nervously at Eriana but she gave a dismissive wave. "You have approached along the path, have you seen our missing man?"
"No, uh, Highness. There may be other frayen that way but no man."
"Then we must all look around carefully. He may have been knocked unconscious and be lying in the crops."
"Or the ditch," Hambran added.
That was where they found Count Mathenar, heir to the Duchy of Joth. He was hiding in a clump of reeds at the bottom of the ditch. He rose to his feet when he heard their voices above.
"You have survived, then? I was not sure."
"My Lord," Hambran replied, "I could say the same of you. What happened?"
"I was thrown, I knew not at first by what," Mathenar explained. "I tumbled into this ditch, almost to the bottom. Then I saw the monsters swoop across and realized what was happening. I thought to conceal myself in these reeds, that someone might survive to summon help, and to bear witness."
He began to climb the slope, not noticing the incredulous stares those above gave him.
"We could have done with your help, Math," Luthan told him, "especially after all that talk earlier about protecting the women."
"The grakh were too strong," Mathenar said lamely, "I did not think any of you would survive."
Eriana sniffed. "We were seven with swords against five with teeth and claws, good enough odds to me. Besides," she added, "you may have concealed yourself, as you thought, from those on foot, but I deem that anything that flew above you would see you plainly."
Mathenar reached the top and stared at the three large carcasses nearby. "Two dead? You killed two of them? How is this possible?"
Hambran replied, "My Lord, for all your talk earlier of women and battle, it was our women who downed the beasts. Bennet felled one which Semma finished off, then Her Highness smote another from the air and killed it with her pistol when it menaced Mistress Ursula and Lord Luthan."
"I... see." He turned away so that they could not see the shame on his face, but it was far too late for that. He changed tack. "Has any gone for help? What about our frayen? You!" He pointed to one of the farmers.
"Enough, My Lord," Eriana said in a voice which would take no nonsense, "Semma is rounding up our frayen and these farmers have already offered assistance. Your advice and instruction is not required."
Mathenar bristled. "But I am the heir of Joth! You are but a guest of my father, you should not be giving orders."
Hambran said, "My Lord, it is I who am in charge of this party. We did not ask for your advice, we did not notice your help in the battle, we did not even ask you to join us this afternoon."
"I shall have words with Father about your conduct, Captain!"
Eriana said, "There are eight witnesses here to your conduct, My Lord. You were advised earlier to think before opening your mouth and you have failed to do so. Captain Hambran commands this party, not you nor I." She turned. "Captain, we have a dead frayen to consider. We must needs find out who it belonged to and then strip it of saddle and harness before these fine folk of the soil may take it away. Can you ride, do you think?"
Hambran grimaced. "If this had been a battle against those of Yod, then of course I would ride. Today... I would prefer not to. What is it you suggest, Highness?"
Instead of answering directly she turned to the farmers. "I recall there were three of you."
"Aye... Highness. Kelf has gone for help, seeing the grakh swoop in the distance. We knew that we might not be soon enough to assist you, but we could provide aid afterwards, if any should be needed." He wrung his hands nervously. "Did we do right, Highness? We have no weapons as you do, only hay forks for the fodder."
"Goodman, I would not think to let one such as yourself face such peril, should there be any choice. If I may ask, where has this Kelf gone? Is it to some village nearby? What I mean is, how long do you think it will take him to return, or shall I send someone else once we have a mount or two back?"
The farmer pointed. "Yonder is a farm which used to run gavakhan but now teaches those of the city to ride, or so we were told. We know that city folk go there and that there may be spare frayen. It is about a mark and a half away. Someone there should -"
"The riding school?" Eriana broke in. "We know it well. We women have all used it in recent days. As I recall, there are wagons there and maybe even a carriage. Captain, does that answer you?"
Hambran nodded. "Aye, Highness, it does. Once Semma returns with a beast someone can ride over there to ask for a wagon. The wagon can bring Kelf back when it comes."
Dirgan came back into the group. "Captain, from the contents of the saddlebags, the dead frayen is one that I think Lord Mathenar was riding. It only has a numbered ring instead of a name plate, so it was a pool beast."
Eriana turned to Mathenar with a wicked grin. "My Lord, it seems that you may be riding the wagon as well this evening. I would not think of forcing you onto an uncomfortable saddle for the journey home."
This time, Mathenar kept his mouth shut.
* * *
Since the grakh carcass filled the entire bed of the wagon, Mathenar and Hambran were forced to sit either side of the wagoneer for the ride back to the Mansion. Behind the wagon rode the rest in single file. One frayen could not be found but the farmers promised that they would send word when it was. No-one thought that it would be stolen; to steal such a beast so close to the city, with a new saddle and military trappings, would be suicidal.
Of course, word of their adventure arrived at the city long before the party did. There were plenty of onlookers as they rode through the Galdarin Gate and turned towards the Mansion. There were gasps of astonishment at the cargo in the farm wagon and many gasped at Mathenar being seated on it, wondering if he had been injured.
When the wagon turned into the courtyard it was forced to stop almost immediately, since the yard was still full of wagons recently arrived from Palarand. Most of the bustle and confusion had gone, though, so those riding were able to make their way around the obstruction and into the rear courtyard. Willing hands helped them down and took their mounts away for a well-earned rub-down and rest.
Wallesan and Fanis were waiting for them at the porch.
The Duke greeted them with a smile. "If this is what happens when you go out on a quiet ride, Eriana, then I hope that I shall never join you on an exciting one!" His expression changed when he saw theirs. "Why, what has happened? Nine was the number that went out, was it not? Nine have returned, though I see Hambran has his arm in a sling."
"We were ambushed by five grakh, Wallesan, of a size I am told is considered large. By accident, luck and sheer brazen stupidity in the face of such a foe we contrived to bring down two. One we have brought back, for you to inspect, and possibly to see if Farren can make anything of it."
"A grakh! This I must see. Fanis, shall you come?"
Fanis asked, "Is it dead, Eriana?"
"Oh, yes, Fanis, very dead. Bennet felled it and Semma finished it off."
"Then I will come, but you will forgive me if I become upset by the sight of it. You know how much we Valley folk fear such monsters."
"I do. Come, then."
Ursula asked, "Highness, is it all right if I go upstairs? It has been a long day - and I have already seen the grakh, in far too much detail."
"Of course. Fanis, what of the evening meal? Have you yet eaten?"
Wallesan answered, "Since we received the news I decided to delay the meal until you return. There will be time for you all to bathe and refresh yourselves before we eat."
"Father," Mathenar asked then, "if I may go to my chambers as well. I am tired after the day's outing."
"Of course, son."
Mathenar walked into the Mansion but the look the others gave him was noticed by Wallesan.
"What?"
"Not now, Wallesan," Eriana said tiredly. "Not now, but later this evening there are matters you must needs consider."
* * *
"Good night, Father, Mother. Good night, Highness."
The door to the living room closed and an uncomfortable silence descended on the three who remained. It was broken by Wallesan.
"His explanation sounded reasonable to me."
Fanis said, "So did that of Luthan." She sighed. "What are we to make of our boys, Wal?"
"They are not what I thought either to be when they were younger, my dear. Eriana, I hesitate to ask your opinion, but you could be called a disinterested observer in this matter."
"Me? Possibly, Wallesan, but I hesitate to give an opinion to you, as this is purely a family matter."
"But whose story must I believe? The future of Joth is at stake, as well you know."
Eriana's face twisted in frustration. "I am no diplomat, Wallesan! You know that well, I am a woman of blunt speaking and direct action. Shall you then hear my words? I will tell you plainly what I think and then I will say no more on the subject."
The Duke gave a faint smile. "I know what you are, Eriana, and I wish that more of my people were like you. All I usually hear are half-truths, omissions, evasions and outright lies. Say your words, I will hear them."
"Very well. It is true that Mathenar was tossed in the ditch and had no idea, at first, what was happening. However, he must needs have heard the shouts and sounds of battle from above, and would have known that his companions - his brother, even! - had need of his blade in defense. Yet he did nothing, hiding himself from any who peered into the ditch, but not, I deem, from anything that flew above."
"He would not have thought of that. Aye, he should have responded when he heard shouts of need, but to crawl from the ditch would have exposed him as he said."
Eriana snorted. "The rest of us were already exposed, and we were fighting for our lives! One more, appearing from the ditch, may have caused the monsters to reconsider the odds and break off. No, Wallesan, I do not know how you judge such matters here but where I come from Mathenar would be deemed a coward. He should at least have tried."
The uncomfortable silence returned. Eriana's charge was a grave one.
Eventually Wallesan spoke. "Mayhap he has no experience of battle, Eriana. I know that Luthan has faced those of Yod in at least two battles and, by all accounts I have received, done no worse than any man of Joth might." He shook his head. "Word of Mathenar's deeds in Ferenis and Yod are harder to come by. He may not have faced battle at all. You know well that the first taste of battle is crucial for the tempering of a soldier, perhaps he has not yet faced that trial."
"Wallesan, I can not disagree." Eriana hesitated before going on, "You must also know that, since he has returned to the Mansion, he has taken an unhealthy interest in Ursula. He has been following her around the city, seemingly by chance. This interest seems to me to confirm rumors from upriver concerning his conduct there and his reasons for returning."
Wallesan raised his eyebrows. "Do you tell me? I have not taken much note of recent rumor, as you may well understand. Fanis?"
"Wal, it is true. I do not know if this is just a fancy on sighting someone new or something more... concerning. Of course, neither of our boys have yet found wives and perhaps this is an attempt by Math to remedy that lack."
The Duke nodded. "That may be so. I will study the activities of both boys more carefully in the coming days, I think. The future of the Duchy is at stake and therefore, of course, its part in the Federation. Eriana, I thank you for your plain speaking. Do not hesitate to do it again, should you consider it needful." He smiled. "But only in private, I deem."
"Wallesan, I am honored that you would hear my counsel at all. Thank you."
Fanis leaned forward to the table.
"More wine, Eriana?"
The Princess held up a hand. "No more tonight, Fanis. I must have a clear head in the morning, I deem. There will be much to do."
Wallesan spoke. "You are decided, then?"
"Aye, Wallesan. We cannot sail tomorrow, it is too soon, there are visitors to greet, but after breakfast the next day if all may be accomplished."
"Your ship is ready?"
"Of course! It has been ready some while, as you well know. It is the fitness of the crew that has caused us to remain in Joth and Ursula has now pronounced all fit enough to sail. I shall instruct Lars to arrange the loading of the stores we will need, that is all."
"What of your pilot? Have you the same fellow as before?"
Eriana shook her head. "No-one knows where he is, Wallesan. If needs be, I can always find another."
"And Ursula?"
"I do not know. I will bespeak her in the morning, I think, find out what she wants to do. She has already made herself at home in Joth, I deem, but something bothers her yet. Tomorrow, then."
"As you say. If there is anything more that those of Joth may do for you and your crew, come to me directly. We owe you all a great deal and you have made Joth better by your presence here."
"Thank you, Wallesan, your words mean much to me, and I shall tell the crew what you have said to me."
"Then perhaps we should all retire now. Matters may look very different after a good night's sleep."
"Aye." Eriana rose. "Good night to you both."
After the grakh attack the locals are naturally interested in the creatures, so Wallesan exhibits the carcass in the Great Hall. Ursula obtains permission to join the Visund and spends the morning packing. Maralin returns later with news and the following morning the Visund departs.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
32 - Greetings and Farewells
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Graaakh!"
Ursula, Tyra and Luthan spun about to see the beast that Eriana had downed struggle to its feet, or more accurately its limbs. It limped towards them on rear feet and one folded wing, resting the front of its body on the knuckles formed by the wing claws. The other wing hung awkwardly, seemingly damaged either by Eriana's sword or by its tumble to the ground.
"Graaakh!"
It shambled directly towards them, a red glint in its eyes and with obvious murderous intent. Even with one injured wing, it would be a formidable opponent, but it would be like facing an injured tiger: too big, too powerful, too angry to care about its injury. The two with her were silent, frozen by its stare as the beast approached.
Bang!
The shock wakened Ursula again. It was still dark. She had already lost count of the times she had relived that awful moment. She rearranged the sheet and light covering - again - and let her head drop back down onto her pillow.
I know what this is. I just didn't expect to see it this soon.
Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. PTSD.
I feel terrible, but that is probably due to lack of sleep. That is one of the things it does to a sufferer.
Physician, heal thyself!
But how?
The next time she awoke light was leaking through the gaps around the window drapes. She still felt terrible. There were noises from outside, from in the corridor, from Tyra's closet, so it was presumably time to rise.
Tyra appeared, yawning.
"Oh, good morning, Mistress." The maid looked more closely at Ursula. "It seems that you had no better night than I did."
"You could say that. I must have relived that thing shambling towards us a hundred times. You?"
"Many teeth reaching down from the sky, Mistress. Over and over again. And the smell."
"Please. Don't remind me." Ursula began to think about the new day's activities. "It looks as if the Visund will be sailing tomorrow."
"Aye, Mistress. It will be a fine sight to watch it go, but I will miss Her Highness and all her men. Will you be down at the docks?"
"That is a good question, Tyra. I'm seriously wondering, not just whether I should be at the docks, but whether I should be on the Visund when it leaves."
Tyra was silent for a long moment. She asked in a low voice, "Would you leave me behind, Mistress?"
"If I went? If you wanted to come, and Eriana let you, then of course I wouldn't leave you behind! But you are not mine to give an order like that, unfortunately, you belong to the Mansion." Ursula threw back the covers, swung her legs off the bed and stood, stretching. "Look. I am seriously considering leaving for a number of reasons, but the main one is Lord Mathenar. If I remain here then he'll just go on following me around."
Tyra considered this briefly before nodding. "I can see the need, Mistress. Have you yet asked Her Highness if you may travel with her?"
"Not yet. This only decided itself while I was asleep." She yawned. "Let us get ourselves organized and dressed for the day."
"Mistress, what of Mistress Senia? I recall she was to meet you below after breakfast, as usual."
"Oh!" Ursula wrinkled her nose. "There will be too much to do today, I think, for me to go out with Senia, particularly with all these new faces around. And you are telling me that it may affect what I wear today. Um. Let us go in the toilet and the bathroom, I may have some more idea when we come out."
But Ursula still had no idea what to wear when both emerged from the bathroom in their fluffy robes. Fortunately a knock came at the door as she was trying to come to a decision. It was Semma.
"If you would join Her Highness in her chambers, Mistress, before any goes down to breakfast."
"Certainly, Semma! I am not sure what to do and a word with Her Highness may be just what I need."
Ursula and Tyra followed Semma along the corridor, still in their robes, and into Eriana's suite. She was sitting in her own robe in a chair in her sitting room.
"Good morning, Ursula, Tyra." The Princess stood. "I know that it is early and you have not yet dressed but I have need of your healing art this morning, by your leave."
"Of course, Highness, but I have not brought any of my things with me."
Eriana smiled. "If you would first examine me and tell me if anything is needed."
"As you wish. What is the problem?"
The Princess began taking off her robe. "When I fell off my beast yesterday I landed on my Personal Pistol. It has made a pistol-shaped bruise in my thigh."
She lifted her nightgown to show a dark blue bruise on the side of her thigh. Ursula bent to look at it.
"Nasty. But the skin is not broken, it could have been worse. Does it hurt?"
"Oh, aye, it hurts! What can you give me?" She added, "I have much to do today and this will be a distraction. If you did not know, the Visund will sail tomorrow morning."
"I heard, Highness." Ursula considered the discolored thigh. "There is some numbing ointment I can use and I would prefer to put a bandage over it, to cushion it against any accidental knocks. Can you manage like that?"
"Done. I was not sure, you might say to leave it, let the air help it to heal."
"If it was elsewhere on your body, Highness, then I might have suggested that." Ursula gave Eriana a sidelong glance. "But would you really wander around the Mansion today with almost no clothes on?"
"Hah! Of course you are right, Ursula. Ointment and bandage, then, and we can all attire ourselves ready for the day." Her eyes searched Ursula's face. "Did you not sleep well last night? Your eyes... and those of Tyra too. Is it the battle-shock?"
Ursula said, "Highness, on Earth we call this reaction 'Post Traumatic Stress Disorder'", but was startled to hear it rendered in the local language as "Battle Shock". Eriana frowned, so Ursula added, "Ah, that was not what I thought I was saying, Highness. You know that the language they speak here is unknown on Earth? That what I speak is not the way I think?"
Eriana's eyes narrowed. "I had not considered the business but what you say must needs be true. How, then, can you understand us?"
"The way that Maralin told it to me, there is a kind of translator in our heads. When I talk, it translates what I think into words in whatever language the listener needs. Similarly, when anyone here speaks, it is translated inside my head into something I would understand."
"And that is how you can also speak the tongue of Einnland, I deem?"
"So I was told. I have no idea how it works. Maralin said that in time we will learn to speak and talk naturally in those languages, rather than having them translated."
"As you say. So, ointment and bandage, then? Shall I come to your chamber?"
Ursula hesitated before replying. "I don't mind, Highness, but I have a question before we go. Would it be possible for me to join you on the Visund?"
Eriana was surprised but also pleased. "To sail with me? You would join me and my men as we go upriver?"
"I would. I know it is short notice but yesterday's little excitement -" Eriana snorted, "- has made me think about my future. If I stay here I will be stuck with Mathenar following me around. I could move out of the Mansion but it would not really solve the problem. There are other reasons," Ursula added.
"Aye?"
Ursula thought carefully before slowly replying, "Highness, it is a question of trust. I have been given much in Joth in terms of clothes, lodging and facilities and I recognize that I owe them a great debt. But the Duke has his mind on greater matters and I am certain that he has not told me everything he knows. Bluntly, Highness, though I trust the Duke not to do anything I would object to, I would not trust him fully. I think that I would trust you more."
Eriana's eyes glistened as she came over and took Ursula's hands. "Ursula, my dear, I am overwhelmed to hear your words. Before these others I will swear that I shall do nothing to abuse the trust you have just given me."
Ursula, now aware what oaths might entail, quickly held up a hand. "Highness, you cannot swear that! You have no idea what might happen in the future."
The Princess nodded. "Aye, you are right, of course. Yet I have already given my oath to protect you, keep you from harm, guide you as you make your way in this world. Will that be sufficient?"
"It will, Highness. And now we must go, or we will be eating breakfast leftovers in the kitchen."
A smile. "Indeed! If you would lead the way. Bennet, Semma, you may remain here and dress as we discussed. I will return shortly."
Eriana led the way out into the corridor. They entered Ursula's suite and Ursula headed for her basket of salves and potions. Tyra went to a hook and retrieved the leather satchel which held bandages, dressings and other medical devices.
The Princess took off her robe and threw it roughly in the direction of the nearest chair before rolling up her nightgown, twisting the roll and tucking it to keep it above her waist. Then she simply used her thumbs to drop her panties and step out of them. By this time Ursula had become used to seeing naked or part-naked women, but this was unexpected.
"Are you comfortable with me like this? I can take the nightgown off it if will make it any easier."
"Uh, uh, Highness, I think I am more concerned should somebody come to the door."
"You are right, Ursula, we should have gone into the bedroom."
"If you do not mind, Highness."
Eriana scooped up her panties and stalked into Ursula's bedroom. Ursula followed carrying the basket while Tyra brought the bag. Panties, basket and bag were dumped on the bed. Ursula found the ointment she wanted and began covering the bruise.
"If you are to come with me," Eriana said thoughtfully, "is it your thought that your maid should join you?"
"I do not mind either way, Highness. Tyra asked me earlier when I said I wanted to leave and she asked if she could come with me. Of course she is technically a servant of the Mansion, not personally of me."
She waved a hand. "That should be no problem, Ursula. Bennet and Semma are sworn to the King but they accompany me, as though on detached duty. Wallesan may do the same for Tyra, should he agree that she may accompany you."
Ursula turned. "Tyra? Would you agree to that?"
The maid bobbed but then thought. She said carefully, "If His Grace my liege permits me to come, then of course I would do so. If His Grace my liege releases me from his service, that I might vow myself to Mistress Ursula, then I would do that too."
Eriana's eyebrows raised. "You would do that? Swear to Ursula?"
"After yesterday, Highness, it has become clear that Mistress Ursula has need of a maid, confidant and protector. I believe that, despite my present inexperience, I am the person she needs."
"That may be so, but you know that I have sworn to protect Ursula, and that both Bennet and Semma are both trained women-at-arms? Both serve me as companions where female matters are concerned, they may well do the same for Ursula."
It is what happened when we first arrived, after all. The implication is that I would be well enough provided for if Tyra could not come.
She had a small revelation then.
Tyra and I have gotten used to sharing secrets. Minor ones so far, it is true, but we have meshed together very well since she was assigned to me. I did not have the same relationship with Bennet when she was here.
I am astonished to find that I like having Tyra as my maid!
She said, "This is premature, Highness. Let us wait and see what His Grace thinks of all this. He may not be happy to see me sail away from Joth with you, especially at the moment."
"Your words are wise, Ursula. Very well. Provisionally I will accept both you and Tyra on board, assuming the Duke does not object. Now, how are you going to wind that around my hip?"
Eriana pointed to the bandage which Ursula had removed from the bag. Both studied Eriana's wide and flawless hips.
"I have no idea, Highness. It is likely to be both awkward and uncomfortable, isn't it? Perhaps it would be better just to have a pad which is held in place by your underwear."
"As you say." Eriana retrieved her panties as Ursula dug out a suitable dressing. "How do you manage such matters on the mother world, if I may ask?"
"We have dressings similar to this," she held up the rectangle of wadded cloth, "but they have a sticky strip around the outside. They need no bandages to hold them in place."
"Do you tell me? And may we see such dressings here in the Valley at some time? They could be of use on the field of battle, I deem."
"Probably." Ursula smiled. "Assuming that I stop anywhere long enough to work out the details."
Tyra asked, "Mistress? There is still the matter of today's attire."
"Yes. Highness, do you have any suggestions? I do not think that I will be going out with Senia today, especially if I have to pack."
"Hmm. This morning I will be wearing a suitable day dress, since there are people from Palarand to greet. If I may suggest that you do the same, Ursula, I am sure that Wallesan will want to introduce you to some of them. Then, if we bathe before lunch, a change to a ship dress will make us feel more comfortable. That will also permit most of your attire to be packed."
She frowned. "If you two are to go, I must needs ask Wallesan for some chests. You will both require two, I deem, but there may be more according to your additional equipment," she turned to Tyra and smiled, "not to mention your additional equipment. Bennet and Semma each have a separate chest for their fighting gear." She hesitated. "And for their riding gear, but our saddles did not come with us on the ship. Let me think about that until later."
Tyra's eyes were wide. "So many chests, Highness?"
Eriana gave her a grin. "We are women, it seems to be necessary. The men manage with a dunnage bag each but we must needs carry a wider selection according to need. Another time, Tyra. I must join the others to dress, you two must also dress and then we should go down for breakfast."
"As you say, Highness."
In a short time everybody was dressed. Ursula and Tyra were at the top of the stairs when Eriana appeared, so they waited. Downstairs in the dining room there were strange faces but Wallesan and Fanis were at the door to welcome their guests.
"Eriana, Ursula, Bennet, Semma, welcome." Of course Tyra's place was assumed. The Duke put out an arm. "If I may introduce you to some of the visitors who arrived yesterday, whom you missed by being away on your ride."
The first man was older than the Duke and looked uncomfortable in what appeared to be his 'best' clothes.
"This is Guildmaster Selvar, Director of the new Guild Department which is busy introducing paper and printing to everybody," Wallesan explained. "With him are Craftmaster Korbin, a brass-worker who specializes in the new craft of metal punching..." He tailed off, uncertain. "Is that right? I do not remember if I have been shown punching of metal when I was in Palarand."
Korbin bowed. "Your Grace, if you were shown our new ideas I do not remember seeing you, but if you recall there were very many new faces at the demonstrations. Aye, it is a new process which makes the production of small items of brass, soft iron, aye, and even gold and silver so much faster. You see -" He stopped and smiled. "I forget myself, Your Grace. You are introducing us."
"Indeed, Craftmaster." Wallesan's arm moved. "The man I have not yet named is Craftmaster Yubold, who has come to install an electric clock in the Mansion, so I am told."
Yubold bowed. "As you say, Your Grace." He bowed again. "Your Highness, it is good to see you again."
Eriana smiled. "Craftmaster Yubold. I remember seeing you climbing up and down ladders in the palace with Milsy. I trust everything still works there as intended?"
Yubold smiled back. "Mostly, Highness. You know how it is. I believe that there may be more than twenty clocks installed there now... and I am interrupting His Grace."
Wallesan waved a hand. "Indeed, there will be plenty of time for us all to exchange news, but first, we must needs break our fast, I am hungry today. To table, everyone! Guildsmen, know you that we seat ourselves at table as your King does, so your places will likely change at every meal."
Everybody headed for the two tables, shuffling around until mutual arrangements could be made as to seating. Wallesan looked around.
"Fanis, I do not see Mathenar. Should we wait?"
Bellot stepped forward. "Your Grace, Lord Mathenar begs leave to be excused. He says that he is still affected by what happened yesterday."
Eriana's snort was barely suppressed. "As were we all, Bellot, but I see no other absences this morning."
"As you say, Highness." Bellot bowed to Eriana and then turned. "Your Grace?"
Wallesan waved an irritable hand. "Leave him, Bellot. Today Eriana may keep me company, and beyond her, Luthan."
Breakfast was occupied by the Duke asking the new visitors about various happenings in Palarand about which Ursula knew nothing.
Palarand sounds like a complicated place, but one where much is happening.
Should I go there?
I think I should probably visit, in any event, just to see what is going on. There will be time later on to decide where I want to make myself a new home.
I'm not sure that I am comfortable in Joth. Too small, too cramped, too many bricks, too hot in summer. If there were nowhere else, then it would have to do, but it appears that each of these states along the river is different one from another. Going with Eriana will be a good way of sampling what is available.
Logically, then, I could remain with the Visund until Eriana returns to Palarand. Can I put up with being on an open deck for that long?
If it gets me away from Mathenar, then yes!
Bellot leaned close to the Duke towards the end of the meal. "Your Grace, the men have finished arranging the dead beast in the Great Hall. If you should wish to inspect it before you attend your visitors?"
Wallesan brightened. "Aye, that is an excellent idea, Bellot!" He stood, but motioned everyone else to remain seated. "All of you, listen. Our men have arrayed the great monster that Eriana brought back in the Great Hall, for our people to inspect before we decide what to do with it. When we rise from table I will go and take a look at it to see just what danger threatened my sons and Princess Eriana. You may come or not, as you wish, as I know that it may be too terrifying for some to view. I am told that this is the largest grakh which anyone remembers seeing in living memory, and to be brought down by two of Robanar's bravest swordswomen! If there had not been reliable witnesses, few would believe such a tale."
At the end of the meal everyone stood and streamed out into the corridor. The visitors, not knowing the layout of the complex, stood in a group to one side. Ursula spotted Senia coming into the entrance carrying a bulky bundle.
"If you would excuse me." She made her way through the throng and met Senia at the foot of the stairs. "Good morning, Senia. What is that? Is it for me?"
"Indeed it is, Ursula! Good morning to you, and to you, Tyra. A seamstress delivered these late yesterday eve, saying that they had just finished them and that, as I lived nearby, they would be better delivered to me than to bring them through the streets to the Mansion." She humphed. "Of course, that just meant that I must needs carry them here myself!"
"What are they? Have you opened it?"
"Aye, and they appear to be what you called scrubs, Ursula. I tried a set on and they seemed to be as I thought you described them. The utility of the garments is obvious, that we might wear them while attending a difficult procedure and not worry about mess or, indeed, becoming too hot. Shall you take them to your chamber, or will we need them today, do you think?"
What do I do now? I will have to let her down.
"Senia, unfortunately I will not be able to accept the scrubs today. You may not have heard but the Visund sails tomorrow - and I intend to be on it. I am sorry that this is such short notice but it looks like you will have to commission the clinic yourself."
Senia stared at Ursula in shock. "Why, Ursula? Is it something we have done?"
Ursula sighed. "A number of small reasons, building up to a big problem yesterday. You know about the grakh, I suppose?"
"There is a rumor in the city, I would not believe any of the details... do you tell me that you were involved? Were there injured?"
"Minor injuries only, fortunately. Captain Hambran was the worst, he dislocated a shoulder when we were all thrown off our frayen. I was able to put it back once the attack was finished."
"Once the attack was - do you tell me you were there?"
"Oh, yes. It was supposed to be a quiet ladies' ride out, do you remember?"
"Yes, you mentioned it to me yesterday morning. Maker, it was then? What happened?"
"It was supposed to be Eriana, me, Bennet, Semma and Tyra together with the captain and an armsman, who ended up being Dirgan. Unfortunately Mathenar and Luthan invited themselves along."
"Oh, dear."
"Exactly. There were arguments, but we managed to keep things mostly under control. Then five grakh attacked on a track between some fields. Mathenar hid in a ditch while the rest of us tried to defend ourselves, but, Senia, I could do nothing, I was too frightened. I do not think that I could kill another animal or person, even to save my own life."
"Indeed! There are few women who would defend themselves thus in Joth, or anywhere else I could name. But Eriana, Bennet and Semma, they carry swords! They fended off the beasts, then?"
"Yes, and both Tyra and Luthan came and stood over me to defend me. I was impressed by their courage. Captain Hambran dislocated his shoulder when he was thrown and Dirgan stood his ground as well."
"Five, you say. And yet you proved the stronger."
"Bennet brought one down and then Semma finished it off. Eriana struck another, but it landed heavily and then started to crawl towards us. Her Highness finished it off with a small gun, which I did not know she had."
"Maker! You have had a difficult afternoon!"
"Senia, you have no idea."
"I wish you would tell me the tale - but, if you are to depart the Mansion, you will desire to pack today. What should I do with these?" Senia indicated the package.
"I don't - " She turned and saw that most of those in the corridor were now filtering down to the far end, towards the doors into the Great Hall. She spotted Bellot, answering a question from somebody. He turned to look at her and she waved. "Come on, Senia! I have had an idea. Do you want to see the carcass as well?"
"A grakh? You have it here? Well I don't..."
They met Bellot at the doors into the lobby. "Mistress?"
"We have a problem, Bellot. Some garments were delivered to Senia yesterday, and she brought them here to me, but it was a mistake. Could you ask someone to take them to the clinic for me? That is where they are supposed to be."
"Of course, Mistress. Ah, the clinic?"
"It is one of the weaving lofts in Sabbar Street which we are converting for use by healers."
"Oh, aye, Mistress! I have heard of the works there. The strange name confused me for a moment. This is the package? I will take it and have someone deliver it immediately. Whom shall they ask for?"
"Master Follan is overseeing the work, I believe. They should just be stored safely until a healer comes to use them. If he is not there then Master Fedris would know where they should go."
Bellot nodded as he held out his arms for the package. "I know them both, Mistress, so your package should not go astray. Do you now go to view the beast? Oh, how thoughtless of me, of course, you have already seen it, have you not?"
"We do and we have, but yesterday it was not under the best of circumstances, you understand."
"Then you may find the creature to be less frightening today, Mistress, knowing that it was Guardswomen Bennet and Semma who vanquished it."
"That is true. Senia? Do you still wish to come?"
"I am not sure. Those creatures create a great deal of fear in most who see them, Ursula. Fortunately we do not see them very often around Joth, only as they pass along the Valley at a great height. Do you not have great beasts such as these on Earth?"
"We don't have flying creatures that large, no, though I believe that some existed many thousands of years ago. We do have some ground beasts that are large and terrifying."
Senia considered briefly and then nodded sharply. "I will harden myself and come. As a healer, it will be good to understand what injuries such a creature might give to man or woman."
They passed into the lobby and turned into the Great Hall, where both stopped in amazement.
The grakh had been laid out on the floor on an array of tarpaulins to protect the surface. Since its wings were larger than its body length, it was sideways on, its head facing away from the Mansion courtyard. Each wing had been stretched out and a small sandbag placed near the tip to stop them relaxing naturally. The head, because of the colored vane sticking out behind, was supported on a small pile of sandbags so that its mouth could be propped open with a stick, exposing the rows of gleaming teeth.
It looked a lot bigger than when Ursula had last seen it.
"Maker! It is much bigger than I realized."
Ursula agreed, "It looks much bigger than when I last saw it. Of course it is up close and stretched out."
The other viewers were walking around the edge of the exhibit, pointing out particular things of interest. Ursula began to move off, the others following.
"There were five like this?"
"Yes, five, and they must have been all about the same size. Do you agree, Tyra?"
"I would say so, Mistress."
"Even though there were so many of you, I am amazed that anyone survived, or was even seriously injured."
"So am I. Believe me, so am I."
"So big! Each of those wings must be four strides at least. And that body! It is amazing to me that something so large can keep itself in the air."
The eyes had closed in death, which was probably just as well. The left side of the neck showed the marks where Semma had hacked it.
"What is that smell? It is not very nice."
"I don't know. Senia, I know nothing about any creatures like this. On Earth they died out sixty-six million years ago. All we have are bones dug out of the rocks. I would guess, from the smell, that it is mostly a fish eater, but many... avians of Earth will eat anything else if they can get hold of fresh meat."
They had wandered around to the other wing tip, which was near the front doors of the hall. Wallesan was standing there, talking to the three guildsmen. The doors were open, and a welcome draft blew in from the street, sending the noxious odors up to disperse through louvers high in the roof. Outside the doors a line was forming of citizens curious to see the body.
"Ursula, Mistress Senia! This creature is amazing and I am astonished that Eriana and her girls were able to vanquish it."
"As am I, Your Grace. It seems bigger today than it did yesterday but that is probably how memory and circumstance work. Um, Your Grace, can I have a brief word with you? Privately."
He stared at Ursula and then nodded. "Of course, Ursula. Gentlemen," he turned, "if you would give us a moment."
With nods from the guildsmen he led Ursula off to a corner of the great chamber.
"Your Grace, I have asked Her Highness if I may accompany her on her voyage and she has agreed, providing that you also agree."
His lips thinned but he nodded. "I wondered... is there any particular reason?"
She shrugged. "A number of small things, Your Grace, but one word will sum it all up. Mathenar."
He sighed. "I regret bitterly that it is my son who drives you away, Ursula, but I fully understand your position. I cannot fault your decision. You may go with my blessing and know that you will always be welcomed in Joth whenever you come again to our shores."
Ursula felt the need to curtsey. "Thank you, Your Grace. You fished me out of the river and looked after me, gave me many things I did not expect, and now I am running away. I have no doubt that I will return to Joth, possibly many times, but I cannot foretell the future."
"Nor can any man, Ursula. Now, is there aught that we of Joth may do for you, to help you on your way?"
"Her Highness did mention chests, Your Grace," he nodded, "and there is also the question of Tyra."
Tyra of course had followed Ursula and was standing beside her.
"Tyra," the Duke asked, "is it your desire to follow your mistress? I would not think poorly of you whatever decision you make, since your loyalties must needs be divided."
Tyra curtseyed. "Your Grace, by your leave I would go with my mistress. I believe that she has need of my service. Her Highness has agreed that I may also travel, should you permit it."
"I thought that you might choose to stay with her. Do you want me to release you from your oath as a house retainer? You will, of course, go with my blessing and approval. Your conduct in the Mansion has always been considerate and thoughtful - and sharp. If you had stayed a house servant, you would not have remained an upstairs maid for long, I deem."
Tyra blushed with the praise. "Your Grace, presently I am your servant. I will accept whatever you decide."
"Then, Tyra, I think that I will release you from your oath. I do not know what adventures you and your mistress may face but it could be some time before you return to Joth. That means that you should be certain where your loyalties may lie. I will do it formally, this evening, before you and your mistress retire."
Tyra curtseyed again. "As you command, Your Grace."
The Duke turned to Ursula again. "Anything else, Ursula?"
"I have no idea, Your Grace. Her Highness is the owner and captain of the Visund, she may have ideas about what I may need or not need to take or do."
"As you say. Well, now I had better rejoin our other guests, I think. As well as themselves, they have brought many documents, manuals and materials as well as wagon-loads of strange machines, which will all require careful consideration. Knowing your own background, do you think that you might be interested in any of what has arrived?"
Ursula thought, then shook her head. "Thank you, Your Grace, under other circumstances I might be but now... I suspect that almost all of today will be taken up by packing and preparing for tomorrow."
He nodded. "Very well. You have only to ask Bellot if you feel there is aught else we may do for you."
"Thank you again, Your Grace."
Wallesan walked off to rejoin the guildsmen, who by this time had moved further around the hall and were now talking with Eriana, Bennet and Semma, who no doubt were giving them a blow-by-blow account of the action. Senia came and joined Ursula and Tyra.
"Is everything all right, Ursula?"
"Hmm? Yes, Senia, I have just asked His Grace if he will let me join the Visund and he has agreed. Tyra is coming with me."
"Oh, that is good. I have always felt that you needed somebody knowledgeable to help you to find your way around and Tyra is just the right person. Now, what are you going to do about the clinic?"
They began walking around the carcass. "Technically I am guessing that the clinic actually belongs to the healers of Joth, if you have such an organization," Ursula mused. "If not, I would suggest that you set something like that up to manage the place."
"There is such a body, but it is mostly an informal arrangement." Senia smiled. "We healers do not have such formal procedures as our craftsmen and artisans do, or indeed as the guildsmen of Palarand do. I am sure that we will work out a suitable means of managing the building and those who will use it. But what are we to do there, if our teacher is no longer with us?"
Ursula grimaced. "This is so sudden, and I don't think there is any way around it now. The die has been cast."
"Ursula?"
She realized what she had said. "I mean that the step has been taken, I cannot undo it. You and the other healers will have to be brave and use your imaginations, Senia. You have seen what I did with Mamoot, most surgery is just a variation of that. What you will need to do, and it is something that you'll have to do yourselves, is something I mentioned at the beginning. You need to know what is going on inside a person's body, you need to do some dissections to find out how everything works. Only then will you be able to do what I did."
Senia's gaze was elsewhere as she thought it through. "Yes, you are right, Ursula, but such methods will be difficult for us to accept at first. To cut open in that way... I can see that we must needs have a meeting of all the city healers to discuss this. You have shown us the way but it will require a change of custom to follow where you have led."
"That's all I can ask, Senia. What you do now is good, very good, in fact better than some Earth practices, but it wouldn't have saved Mamoot, and that is the point." Ursula tried to frame it in local terms. "The art of healing, like any other art, is always changing, always advancing. Just like those guns that are going to change the way your men fight, healing has to adapt and be willing to adapt."
"As you say, Ursula. Maker, look at those teeth!"
They were now standing nearest the point of the snout, which carried a formidable double row of teeth in each jaw.
"We were lucky that they never actually managed to touch us with those teeth," Ursula commented.
"It is not so, Mistress," Tyra said, and both turned to her with surprise. "I discovered that both our helmets had rips in the fabric covering them when I put them away last night. The tears are different, one may have been teeth, the other claws."
Ursula looked at Senia. "Oh. I hadn't realized that they had gotten that close. I never felt anything. It looks like we had an even luckier escape than I first thought."
"Indeed! With those teeth, and those jaws, it could probably have lifted you bodily from the ground. Maker!"
* * *
Mid-morning came, and with it the delivery of six chests, each about a stride and a half long and looking uncomfortably like small coffins. The delivery was accompanied by Eriana.
"If I may come in? I would advise you how and what to pack, by your leave. I know that you, Ursula, will not know how 'tis done, but Tyra may have some knowledge."
Tyra curtseyed. "Highness, I have packed for some in the Mansion but never for travel on the river. If you would advise us."
"Indeed, Tyra. What I would suggest is this, that your daily attire should go into one chest, with gowns or day dresses first, then nightwear, with underwear on top where you may reach it easily to change. Evening gowns and lesser attire in the second, together with hats and outer wear according to season. That means that it can be stowed below other chests, only to be brought out when we are invited to such places as the Mansion."
Ursula asked, "And the third chest? I assume that will be for things like our riding gear, Tyra's weapons, my healing kit and so on."
Eriana nodded. "You have it exactly, Ursula. The third chest may not be necessary, but you will only find out once you begin to pack. I would also put your boots and other heavy items in that chest, they will cause less damage should we hit rough weather."
Ursula was about to ask what rough weather they could expect this far up the Sirrel but realized that Eriana would not know. Her experiences would mainly have been on the open ocean which, in the Visund, could have been very rough weather. The Sirrel would not be so bad... would it?
The Princess added, "You should both pack everything you desire to take except what you intend to wear tomorrow. If you do this then Lars can take the chests down to the ship this evening. For yourselves this evening, wear a long gown that you do not intend to take. If you did not know, Bellot will ensure that everything we do not take with us, which for me will be some number of formal gowns, will be packed away against our return." She smiled. "I did not learn any of this in Einnland, you should know, but in the palace in Palarand, where they are much better organized."
Ursula nodded. "I did wonder, Highness. What about our riding gear? I remember that your saddles were delivered to the Mansion after we arrived."
"Hmm. I would suggest to bring everything you have, if there is room for it. It is possible we may be invited to ride wherever we may be guests and I, for one, would not refuse such an opportunity. The saddles, however," she shook her head, "we must needs leave here, along with our beasts, of course."
Ursula turned. "Do you understand all that, Tyra?"
"Of course, Mistress."
"Then let us begin. Thank you, Highness, for your advice."
Eriana smiled. "Then I must needs return to my own chambers, which presently are full of chests!"
Eriana left, Tyra closed the door, and the pair looked at each other and the six chests.
"Have we enough clothes between us to fill six chests?"
"I would not think so, Mistress. Her Highness has assumed that we would have three each, which seems a large number to me. Of course Her Highness has many gowns as befits her status. If I am your maid, then there should be no reason why we could not combine some chests, Mistress. It will be easy enough to distinguish what belongs to whom. The less we have to load on the Visund, the better, I deem."
Clothes were pulled out of the dressing room and laid out on the bed. Ursula selected a gown for the evening and also what she would wear tomorrow, which of course would be a ship dress. Tyra had a more complicated problem.
"Mistress, if His Grace is to release me from my oath, then I wonder if I should take my house colors with me."
Ursula stood up, a boot in each hand. "A good point, Tyra. If you are to be my servant rather than the Duke's, then there is no reason why you need to take his colors. Um, unless you feel strongly about the matter, of course. Joth is your country, after all. I would suggest, though, that the Duke's colors of blue and white do stand out and that could be a disadvantage in some circumstances - especially where we could be going. It might be better to wear your uniform today and then to leave it all behind. Most of the time you'll be wearing ship dresses anyway."
"I had not thought of that, Mistress. You are right, when we are in strange lands it might be well to be able to pass unremarked."
Ursula had a thought then and smiled. "Except of course we shall be wearing ship dresses and no-one else will be! But it will be better than saying, 'Here is someone sworn to Joth'. It will just be new fashions from down-river, worn by traveling women."
By the time they had finished both were hot and sticky. Ursula had heard the bell which would probably have been the one just before noon, so suggested a quick wash. They both did so, then Tyra rinsed out their morning day dresses and hung them up to dry in the bathing chamber. Putting on clothes they had left out, they tidied up and went out ready for lunch.
There was a surprise at the bottom of the stairs. Coming in from the yard, with a big smile on his face, was Maralin!
"Greetings, Ursula! Has much happened while I was away?"
* * *
Maralin shook his head in wonder. "All I did was go away for a few days and all this happens! You are telling me that one of the grakh is in the Great Hall?"
"It is, and I can assure you that it is thoroughly dead," Ursula replied. "It is the one that Bennet brought down and Semma finished off."
They had finished lunch but were still standing around in the dining room after the chairs and tables had been cleared away, bringing Maralin up to date.
"I will go and take a look at it after my nap," he told them. "As you might realize, very few people on Anmar have seen a grakh close up and lived to tell the tale. Oh! Is that what the crowd of people in the street are doing? Going in to see the body?"
"Aye, Maralin," Eriana confirmed. "As you say, it will be a rare sight and many will want to view the creature, now that it is safely dead. Of course, just as many will fear to even enter its presence, I know what effect such monsters can have on otherwise brave folk."
"Ahh, as you say. I would probably have been among that number before I came to Anmar." He smiled. "Still, you did manage to fend off the attack and with no major injuries to any of you."
"I would deem it my duty to stand and fight such monsters, it is the way of Einnland," she said. "But almost all played their part. Ursula is no warrior of course but a mender of flesh and bone, Captain Hambran was unlucky to dislocate his shoulder falling off." Her voice lowered. "There was one other who played no part."
"Aye," Maralin said, just as quietly. "I do not know the Duke's sons, they were never posted anywhere near where I was stationed. Then they went off to Yod." He grimaced. "And they do not know me. They may resent my association with their father. Has anyone told them about those who came from Earth?"
Eriana shook her head. "I do not know what Wallesan has told them, Maralin. They arrived suddenly, it was a surprise, and word was that they had both been sent home in disgrace. I am told that the younger, Luthan, argues with anyone and everyone and frequently ends up fighting."
"Highness," Ursula said, "I think that he might be insecure, unsure of his ground. Since Bennet put him in his place he has argued, but nothing more. He certainly knew his duty yesterday."
"Whereas the other one did not, but cowered in a ditch."
"Highness, if I had been able to," Ursula pointed out, "I would have thrown myself in the ditch as well."
The Princess smiled. "You are a woman and a healer, none would have expected you to do anything else, I deem. But Mathenar, he will be the next Duke. That is not the way to set an example to your people."
Wallesan poked his head around the dining room door. "Oh, there you are, Maralin! Shall you nap, after your journey, or are you able to give me your report now?"
"By your leave, Your Grace, I think that this time I will lie down for a short while. It is good to be home."
"As you will. There are many packets in that bag of yours, expect to spend the rest of the day telling me about them..." He paused, rolling his eyes. "Oh, I forget, we are beset by the guildsmen of Palarand, who have brought more wonders with them. Did you not meet any of them on the road?"
"I did not, Your Grace, but... if I may tell you about it later." He yawned. "I think that I will go and lie down."
"Aye," Eriana agreed, "we should all go and lie down, the weather is too hot for small talk."
The group broke up and headed for the door.
"So you are going to go with Eriana, then?" Maralin said to Ursula.
"Yes, we are almost completely packed."
"And your new maid, is she going? It is a surprise to come back and find you with a maid, but I'm sure that she will make life much easier for you."
"Tyra is, she has, and yes, the Duke has agreed. She comes from a family of fisherfolk, so knows her way around river craft."
The group of women plus Maralin climbed the stairs.
"That may be true, but the Visund, from all accounts, is no mere river craft."
"She is certainly different," Ursula agreed. They paused at the top of the stairs. "See you later."
"Aye. Highness." Maralin nodded to Eriana, turned and went over the link to the barracks block.
Eriana turned to Ursula. "You are all packed, I hear?"
"We are. We have managed to get everything we are taking into four chests. I know that space is short, I just about remember what it was like from before we arrived."
The Princess nodded. "As you say. Come, girls."
Ursula looked at Tyra. "Come on, I think I need a quick lie down."
* * *
The next morning Ursula and Tyra came down to the dining room for breakfast, finding Kalmenar in deep discussion with Eriana.
Ursula curtseyed. "Good morning, Your Highness, Lord Kalmenar."
Eriana turned. "Good morning, Ursula, Tyra. I trust you slept well?"
"It was a little strange, knowing that it would be my last night here, but otherwise I slept well, Highness."
Kalmenar said, "Mistress Ursula, good morning. Are you looking forward to traveling again? Her Highness has just informed me that you are traveling with her, rather than remaining in Joth."
"My Lord, I have only a vague memory of things that happened before my memory returned, but I remember ports, and hostels, and markets, and rowing across the current. I am looking forward to seeing what life afloat is really like." She added, "I also remember staying in a big house where somebody tried to get into our rooms."
Kalmenar wrinkled his nose. "Such is one of the hazards of travel, Mistress. Now knowing of your natural caution, I am certain that you will be alert should something of the like happen again."
"My Lord, I hope that you will be proved right."
"For myself, I have just informed Her Highness that I will not be traveling with the Visund to Forguland. Those who have recently come from Palarand have brought documents, matters, which His Grace requires my advice on. Since I know that those of Forguland must be deemed friends, and I also know that the ship will remain there some days, my presence should not be required. It is expected that I will rejoin you there."
Ursula looked at Eriana. The Princess replied, "Aye, it makes sense for Kalmenar to remain here a day or two longer. Though he may also be needed in Forguland and Ferenis when he gets there, I deem, since I have word that the guildsmen of Palarand will be traveling there as well, once they have satisfied Wallesan. Know you that word arrived by Maralin's hand that both Forguland and Ferenis have now formally joined the Federation. Maralin will be sailing with us today to Forguland as messenger, to carry the documents of association."
"Oh. That could be interesting."
Wallesan and Fanis appeared then, and with a quick head check to satisfy themselves that all their guests had appeared, the Ducal couple led the way to the breakfast tables.
During the meal Lars arrived and was admitted. With a word to Wallesan's ear he was given a seat at the end of the table but took only small beer and some pieces of fruit, having already eaten.
The tables rose. "Well, my dear," Wallesan said to Eriana, "I will be sorry to see you go, you have livened our court by your presence and by the activities of your party and your crew. We have taken note of all that you have done and Joth is the better for it, I deem. I trust we shall see the Visund when it comes back down the river?"
"Of course, Wallesan. I know that the Visund will always be welcome in Joth. But now, regrettably, we must needs depart. Forguland is not so far but I have found that the river can always spring surprises when least expected."
"Aye, like that gogon. And Jarwin. And stray folk left on islands for us to find. Let us walk together to the door, then, where carriages are ready to take you to the docks."
The chests had already been taken, the previous evening. What hand luggage they would need was gathered just inside the entrance, guarded by Mamoot and Dirgan. Tyra, Bennet and Semma picked these up and took them outside.
Maralin joined them, carrying a dunnage bag and now wearing the yellow sash, neckerchief and headband of an official Valley Messenger.
"Well! I have barely had time to put my clothes in the laundry and I'm off again! At least this time I don't have to ride the whole way."
Wallesan agreed. "Aye, Maralin, I regret asking you to do this but you are the best person to take the documents, having witnessed them yourself. The Visund will arrive in Forguland this afternoon, you may then travel to Ferenis and be back in Joth by fast carriage before the Visund even departs Forguland. I will promise you a month's time at ease once you return here."
Eriana smirked. "Heard and witnessed! Maralin, now he has said it, he cannot send you off again without breaking his oath. May you have a good, long rest once you return."
Maralin bowed. "Thank you, Your Highness."
"Then you had all better climb in those carriages," the Duke said. "Fare you well, I trust that nothing too serious shall befall any of you."
When the carriages reached the docks they found a crowd waiting. Many just wanted to see how the strange craft worked, others would have gathered at any departure. Eriana, Lars, Bennet and Semma climbed down from one carriage while Ursula, Tyra and Maralin alighted from the other.
To Ursula's surprise the whole crew was lined up on the dockside, all wearing their tee-shirts and cargo shorts, looking suspiciously like a military parade. The men were also wearing their 'boaters', which had flat crowns, wide brims and long ribbons in Eriana's colors.
"Those men look impressive," Tyra muttered.
"Aye," Maralin agreed. "If I had still been female the sight would have made my heart thump! To think, I remember what those men were like when I first met them. How far they all have come!"
Ursula said, "Maralin, remember, those men are all wolves in sheep's clothing... is that the right saying?"
"Oh, yes, Mistress, I completely agree. When they need to be barbarians, I'm sure they will do what is necessary. But they have shown that they can be civilized when they need to and that is not something that everyone can do."
"As you say."
After Eriana had walked along the line, Lars dismissed the men and all made for the pontoons. The rest of the women plus Maralin followed them down more slowly, so that by the time they reached the ship everyone was aboard and the men were already making the oars ready. Tor Andersson and Ragnar helped them into the ship, leaving just two crew on the pontoon.
"I don't know if you remember," Maralin said to Ursula and Tyra, "but there is a place in front of the mast where passengers like us usually sit. If you would follow me."
After some time ashore Ursula found the motion of the vessel a little strange but she knew that would soon pass. They followed Maralin down the center of the ship, climbing over chests, boxes and sacks of provisions. A space had been left between the mast and the bow where Bennet and Semma were already seated. They adjusted their places and the three found places to sit.
Eriana stood on the poop alongside Tor Magnusson, who held the steering oar.
"Is everybody here?" A roar. "Is everybody ready?" Another roar. "Then let go the lines!"
The two crew on the pontoon released the mooring lines and leaped onto the ship. Those with oars on the pontoon side used them to ease the Visund away from the pontoon before pushing them through the provided holes in the hull.
"Reverse rowing! To my beat! Now! Now! Now! Stop!"
The Visund eased backwards out into the pool which ended the short waterway leading to the Sirrel. When the motion had ceased, Eriana spoke again.
"Shield side row forward, sword side row reverse! To my beat!"
As the bow rotated to face the river, she called, "Now! Both sides forward! To the river, men! Tor, make the sail ready. Once we are out we will need it and we should be able to ship the oars."
"As you command, Captain."
Eriana looked at those facing her, which was everybody in the ship. Her face was alight with anticipation.
"By the Gods! It is good to feel water again under my feet! Men, we are on our way again!"
The Visund finally departs Joth on its delayed voyage towards the upper reaches of the river Sirrel. Several of the countries to be visited are known friends, where the crew are sure of an honest welcome, but there are others who are not so keen to have such a strange vessel appear in their waters.
The Visund departs Joth to resume its journey upstream. All are looking forward to the journey, glad to be afloat once more. Tackling the tricky currents, the Visund narrowly avoids a collision while Tyra has an unexpected proposal.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
33 - On the Sirrel Again
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Maralin settled down sitting astride one of the benches so
that he could face his fellow passengers, the four women. To either
side, fore and aft, the men were pulling hard on the oars and the
banks slid past at a reasonable speed. Soon the entrance widened as
they reached the main run of the Sirrel. Ahead, in the distance, he
could see the shore of Smordan, partly obscured by haze this early in
the day.
He twisted around, taking rough note of where everybody was. At the bow, two men stood watch for floating debris that might collide with the hull. Since the gogon incident, and with much muttering, both lookouts now had safety lines tied around their waists. At the mast, astern of Maralin's position, two more were making ready to hoist the sail once they turned north to resume their voyage. At the stern, in the hull, Lars oversaw the rowers while Eriana stood on the poop talking to Tor, who held the steering oar with an easy grip.
Suddenly, Maralin turned, searching.
Bennet asked, "What is the problem, Tenant?"
"I can't see -" He stopped and stood up abruptly. "I must tell Her Highness!"
Swiftly he clambered towards the back, having to twist around the two at the mast and dodging others pulling oars.
"Highness!" Maralin suddenly remembered protocol. "I mean, Captain! I can't see the pilot! Have we left him behind?"
Eriana put one hand on the post which would normally support the dismounted mast and hopped lightly down from the poop.
"Maralin, it is true, in a manner of speaking. It seems that, with the renewed river traffic, Pilot Prell was asked if he would take a barge downstream while he waited for the Visund to be ready. As I did not know how long we would be delayed, I agreed and off he went. Unfortunately, if you recall, he was one of those with a twisted ankle and on that barge it seems he twisted it again. Now he lies, without employment, in the hostel at West Haral until he is fit again."
"Oh. Should he have gone, do you think?"
Eriana shook her head. "I do not know, Maralin. If Ursula had examined him before he went, I doubt not that she would have advised against it. But they were desperate and so he decided to take the chance."
"But... now you are setting off without a pilot, on a stretch of river which is unknown to any of us."
"That is also true. The war has caused many of those who call the river their homes or their source of income some difficulty. Many have died, of course, but others are missing, some stranded in countries far away from their homes. The pilots who remain are in great demand. The Harbor Office at Joth suggested that I might attempt the river to Forguland without a pilot as it is mostly a direct route. Only at the approach to the city is there complication, and I have been given charts and instructions to cover the whole stretch."
Maralin raised an eyebrow. "I hesitate to ask, but -"
Eriana held up a hand with a smile. "Maralin, I have learned that the heavens do not fall if I should show doubt or weakness. I have sailed the wide ocean, it is true, and I deem that I am mistress of that domain. The river," she shook her head, "now that is another matter. I think that Tor and I, with the help of everyone aboard, should be able to sail the Visund as far as Forguland but I would not care to go further without a knowledgeable guide."
He nodded. "As you say, Captain. Beyond, well that is Ferenis and presumably many who know that stretch but once we get to Yod..."
"Aye. During the war few vessels would have chanced the passage through Yod for fear of attack or confiscation. No pilots would have sailed that stretch, I deem, for six months or more, and the river will likely have shifted in that time, or so I am told."
A grimace. "So in Forguland or Ferenis, we'll need to find somebody who knows their way through and beyond - and has done that stretch recently."
"Indeed. But we are in no real haste, Maralin. Let us enjoy our visits to friendly lands before we concern ourselves with stranger waters."
"As you say."
Tor called down. "Captain? Are we far enough out?"
Eriana shaded her eyes and looked at both banks. "Aye, I would think so."
The First Mate leaned on the oar, forcing the stern of the ship to swing right and thus the bow to turn left. Within a very brief period of time they were pointing towards the north wall of the Great Valley and Eriana gave a call.
«Lower the sail!»
With the yard almost parallel to the ship the sail was dropped, billowing out to the left with the morning breeze. Tor adjusted the steering oar to counteract the natural tendency of the ship to turn and all could feel the motion as she slid forward. Eriana looked at the water gliding past, at the tell-tale at the top of the mast, and at the banks on either side.
«Men! Pull in the oars for now but do not unship them. We will have to cross the current soon, to your shield side.»
Maralin asked, "If I may look at the charts, Captain. I have a little knowledge of the stretch we are now in, though not by sailing it, of course."
"Aye, of course. Anything extra we may learn may be of use as we progress."
Eriana squatted down and pulled out a satchel from the baggage packed under the poop. She took out a roll of charts, pushing the satchel back so that it would not be underfoot. Unrolling the charts on the poop, she selected one and put it on top.
"Here we are. Do you see, Maralin, how the river will shortly curve right? It seems that we must cross the stream and then cross back again after the curve. I am told that we can stay on the left side until just after the next bend, here. We must needs cross again before we pass Thorn and then back again before we turn left at the Wall."
Maralin nodded. "Aye. It looks awkward but I know that it is thought easy enough to do, Captain." He glanced up at the sail. "I don't know how the Visund handles against the wind compared to the barges you can see around us."
"Aye." Eriana, in turn, inspected the several barges in view on the river, most heading upstream with tall lateen sails full in the morning breeze. "We managed before we arrived at Joth, but the circumstances were different then. We shall try the sail but it will not hurt the men to row awhile."
He gave the Princess a sidelong glance. "Remember, Captain, they haven't done anything like this for a month or so."
"I know it, Maralin. It would not do to stretch arms and legs too much before they are all fit again, but that will only happen by doing, as you know. Mayhap we now have Ursula to tell us if I ask too much of the men."
He smiled. "I think that I am as relieved as you must be that she decided to go with you. Ursula made good friends in Joth and did good works, but something clearly was not right. Having her on board should solve a number of problems, I deem."
"Indeed! I am not sure -"
"Captain." Tor called down from above. "The ship, something is wrong. It feels heavy."
Alert now, Eriana stood and felt the motion of the ship as it slowly progressed upriver. Like almost everyone aboard, she had discarded her footwear as soon as it was possible and her bare feet tested the motion through the planks of the hull.
"It is heavy," she said after a few moments, frowning. "But that is strange, there are less on board today than before, when we had Wallesan and his party with us." She cast her eyes along the length of the vessel. "If there had been some leak it would have been easily noticed, I deem. Maralin, is there some property of river water which is different so far away from the sea? I can think of no other reason the Visund behaves this way."
"Captain, you do remember that I lived thousands of marks from the ocean?" Maralin stopped then with a thought, before adding, "However, I did live beside a lake, a very large lake... of fresh water. Maybe that is the difference, the water is different depending on whether it has salt in it or not." He waved a hand at the brown water sliding past. "Or something else, maybe, like all the silt we see here."
"And this far from the sea there is likely to be no salt in it at all. I wonder... Tor, it looks as if this will be our lot from now on. You must needs adjust your handling as though we carried more cargo."
The First Mate replied, "Aye, Captain. All these other craft must do the same, I wonder if that makes a difference how they are designed and constructed."
Eriana's gaze narrowed as she thought. "A good thought, Tor. I wondered at some of the strange designs we have seen, mayhap there is reason for it."
"What are you thinking, Captain?" Maralin asked. "Or maybe I should say Admiral? Getting the right design for your river craft is going to be essential for the future."
"You are right, Maralin, but almost anything new the Navy will commission will have the benefit of steam, I deem, and will almost certainly look different than anything presently on the river."
"Of course, Captain."
"But I must needs adjust my thinking from craft like this -" she swept a hand to encompass the Visund, "- which I am familiar with, to ideas new to all and yet untried. Tell me, do you know where craft like those barges are built along the Sirrel? Does each land build its own or are there places which build for any who come with coin?"
"You are asking about people who already have knowledge of building river craft, although not powered by steam, of course. Actually, by chance, we will pass a place on the Smordan side shortly that does just that. In the uplands of Smordan, to the north, forests grow with certain types of trees that make excellent ship-building material. There are shipyards along here, near Hirdam, the ferry port that faces Thorn. I believe they have customers the length of the Great Valley."
Eriana's eyes lit up with recognition. "Aye! It was a while ago, now, but I remember seeing the yards as we returned from Forguland by road. Of course, at that time I thought the craft to be strange and uncouth to my eyes, but we were anxious to return to Palarand and I gave it no more thought. I wonder, should we land there today and investigate?"
Maralin grimaced. "It would cost you a day, Captain, and arrangements have already been made for your arrival in Forguland. Of course, as a Messenger I personally have to get there as soon as possible, so if you did decide to go to Hirdam I would have to leave you and carry on by ferry and road on my own."
"As you say, Maralin." Eriana smiled. "Then I shall not inconvenience you, we will continue as planned. I doubt it will be the last time I shall pass this way, a personal visit can wait. However, we may glean what we may by using our telescopes as we pass by, no?"
He nodded. "As you say, Captain. It is surprising to me just how much use I have made of my telescope since the King presented it to me."
"Indeed! For those who ride the waters a telescope will be as much use, I find, as a fork is to anyone who eats meals. Come, let us find our own and make them ready for when we approach Hirdam."
"Of course, Captain." He turned. "Is this a good time? I thought you said we had to cross the current soon."
"As you say! I was told to look out for a white-painted post on the Joth bank and that would be our sign to begin the crossing."
Eriana and Maralin shaded their eyes and searched the distant bank but it was Tor who first spotted the post from his higher vantage point.
"Captain, it is there." He pointed.
"Ah, I cannot see, the sail... Oh, aye." She turned and faced the crew. «Men! A moment more and then you should make your oars ready. We head for your shield side this time, then after an hour or so, we'll go back to the Joth side.»
The oars were pushed back out and the men prepared themselves. Maralin noted that most had taken their tee shirts off and wondered why. It was still barely mid-morning, the air had not yet warmed up appreciably.
Well forward, Bennet and Semma looked at each other.
Bennet said, "That was unexpected, but not unwelcome." She gazed with satisfaction at the naked torsos being displayed around her, most but not all covered with thick curly hair of various colors.
"Aye," Semma agreed with a smile. "This is not something we saw very often at the Palace, for obvious reasons!"
She leaned over and saw the expression on Tyra's face. "Does it trouble you, Tyra, to see so much man-flesh?"
Tyra managed a creditable shrug though it may have been forced. "I have seen my father and others working on their boats, Semma. I will say that none have so much hair on their bodies!"
"As you say! An agreeable sight, if I may say so." Semma twisted around to ask Ursula a question. "Mistress, if you would tell us what instruction Her Highness has just given. Though we attempt to learn the language of Einnland none of us has yet many words."
"Yes, of course," Ursula agreed. "She tells the men that we are about to cross the current and to make ready the oars."
"Thank you, Mistress." Bennet turned and asked Semma, "Shall we do as before and join the rowers?"
"Why not?" the younger guardswoman replied. "We will spend much of the journey sitting thus, it would help to get our blood moving."
Tyra listened with interest. "If I may ask, what is it you intend doing?"
"As we journeyed up from Dekarran, the Visund must needs cross the flow many times," Bennet explained. "Do you know of this?"
Tyra nodded. "Aye, of course, I have spent time on the river, only along this stretch, but I do know that most craft must needs avoid the strong current that runs from corner to corner of the river."
"As you say. Some stretches were difficult and all took an oar, or shared one, to help cross the strongest parts. Even Her Highness took an oar on occasion."
"Then I must do so as well." Tyra remembered who she worked for and turned. "With your permission, Mistress?"
Ursula nodded. "Of course. Why not? If I can be of help then I will do so as well." She asked Bennet, "What must we do?"
"Why, we sit on a bench alongside one of the rowers, Mistress. Do you see that almost all rowers have an oar each? Indeed, there are spare oars and room for more rowers, but we have not the build to pull one on our own, so we sit beside one of the crew and share their oar." She shrugged. "We may not have the power of some of these larger men but every little helps, I deem."
The four turned and found places beside four of the crew, two on each side. Those men moved outwards to permit the women to reach the end of the oars. At the stern, Tyra could see Eriana speak with Lars, who turned and faced the rowers. He began to call out instructions.
«Ready, men! Then pull! Pull! Pull!»
The rhythm was slow enough that it caused no-one any distress. As the rowing took effect, Tor moved the steering oar so that they slowly angled over to the Smordan bank. The man who Tyra sat next to had a word for her, though.
«Pull slower, Miss.»
"What? I'm sorry, I don't speak your language... yet."
He grinned at her as they continued to pull.
"I forget. Is not competition. We have to pull same as other oars or oars will get... mixed? Tangled?"
"What? Oh!" She blushed. "Aye, I see! Yes, of course. When I went out with my father there would be only one or two men rowing, so they did not have to think much about that. I am sorry, who are you?"
"Haakon Eirik's son, Mistress."
She smiled shyly at him. "Then you'll have to teach me how to row properly on a big ship like this..." her eyelids lowered, "...and possibly how to speak your tongue."
His eyes widened and then he glanced at the other side of their bench. "If your Mistress permits."
She said, "Oh!" again. "I keep forgetting how this works. Perhaps we'll talk once we get to land again."
"Yah."
The ship bounced as they hit the current and the land began to slide backwards, but this was expected. Eriana closed an eye and then held up a forefinger, using it to estimate the distance from the far bank.
"A way to go yet, I deem." She glanced up at Tor. "I was told to keep a finger's length away from the Smordan bank since the river is very shallow at the bend."
"Aye, Captain, but we do not have the draft most of these others have."
"But you said yourself that we are lower in the water now."
Tor nodded. "Agreed, Captain. It will take us some days to become used to new handling of ship."
"We'll keep our distance, I think. Maybe another day we can find out how close we can go but not now."
The calm water on the Smordan side was immediately detectable. As soon as they had cleared the current Lars called the rowers to stop and pull in the oars. Everybody leaned back and relaxed as the sail alone pulled them along.
As Maralin scrambled forward to extract his telescope from his pack, Eriana shaded her eyes and looked at the many other craft traveling the waters. She could see maybe ten or twelve, those going downstream taking advantage of the current while those heading upstream were making the same course adjustments as the Visund was doing. She saw that they were overtaking a much larger barge, its tall triangular sail bellied in the morning breeze.
«Tor? Which side?»
«Captain, Port Office of Joth said we could pass either side, but if we go sword-side then we would take the wind from the other's sails.»
Eriana nodded. «I understand. We will be polite to others on the river, then. Pass to their shield side.»
Tor grinned at Eriana. «You have become decadent among these effete northerners! Polite indeed!»
She grinned back. «Mind your manners, peasant scum! We are in strange waters, we must abide their customs.»
He shrugged. «That we will do, Highness. So long as the ale is drinkable.»
Her laughter was echoed by those sitting closest to the stern.
The other craft crept closer as the Visund slowly overtook it, Tor keeping a clear distance to their left while also keeping an eye on the downstream current creeping closer on his left. As they passed they were close enough for a hail from the other craft.
"Ho, the ship! Strange craft. Where are you from?"
Eriana climbed onto the poop and called back. "From a land far beyond Plif, though we name Palarand our home now." She gestured at the green and purple pennant flying from the top of the mast.
"What land is that? There is only the Shan Ocean out there."
"Aye, and we sailed from the south many days, perhaps fifteen, to make land in Plif."
"So far?" The barge's captain or maybe owner gestured at the Visund's sail. "Different sail rig, I see. How much cargo can you carry?"
"Not as much as yours does." They were beginning to draw ahead now. "You going to Forguland?"
"Aye." The man had to shout. "See you there?"
"Aye."
«I can read his mind,» Tor commented as the barge fell behind. «He sees our sail, and how swift we travel, and wonders if it would benefit him to have one the same.»
«Maybe. Most vessels we have seen on this river use his kind of sail, don't they? Maybe there is a good reason for it, but maybe we can teach them something new. Perhaps when we think about the new ships we can consider other sail plans.»
«Looking at that barge, his draft must be double ours,» Tor decided. «Whether a sail like ours would pull that tub through the waters any faster, I doubt.»
Eriana shrugged. «I am no builder of ships, Tor, and neither are you. The Sirrel is not the open sea and conditions are completely different. Let those who know their craft decide what sails they would use.»
Maralin returned then clutching his telescope. "Interesting barge. I wonder if that sail is any better?"
Eriana looked at Tor before replying. "We have not the art, Maralin, to answer your question. Mayhap we will learn much in the years to come."
"As you say." Maralin put the scope to his eye and scanned the distant bank of Smordan. "We'll reach the bend shortly."
"Indeed," agreed Eriana. "Tor, we must needs cross the current once more as soon as we are clear of the bend."
"Aye, Captain."
The Visund sailed on, the men relaxing and speaking in low voices. After the curve to the right the river opened out again and shortly Eriana called for them to row the ship back towards the Joth shore. They would stay on this side until they rounded the next bend, to the left, before crossing once more before yet another bend to the right.
Maralin stood at the stern studying the charts, which were spread out on the edge of the poop deck. Eriana looked over his shoulder, although she kept an occasional eye on their progress.
"This river weaves all over the place," he remarked. "I have studied His Grace's maps, of course, during the war, but none have this level of detail on the river itself."
"Aye," Eriana agreed. "On the open ocean choosing a course is much simpler, one must needs find a suitable headland, hill or other mark and then sail with it in a certain position. Keeping in mind the weather and tides, of course. Here, we must keep our wits about us as all changes with every moment. Although the land is flat there is too much growth to see very far." She pulled a face. "As someone used to always having a horizon in view the river is uncomfortable, I find."
"You like to have a lot of sky and sea around you, then. I can understand that."
"As you say. It is not a problem. I am making this journey to learn and if I have to do things I find uncomfortable then I will do them. I need to understand this river, Maralin, to understand the people who use it."
She leaned over the map and tapped a finger. "Prell told us that the river eats away on the outsides of the bends and retreats from the insides. Look here, two bends approach below Smordan. What will happen when they meet, do you think? Shall part of Smordan become an island? Who then would own it?"
"Ah," Maralin nodded. "Now I do know about that, since His Grace and the Andrate talked about it when we were in Palarand. Firstly, it might be ten years or a hundred before those two bends join, so it is not an urgent matter - yet. If the southern part does become separated, it is possible that it could eventually join either with Joth or with Virgulend. There have been treaties made with either side to the effect that, if that should happen, then the existing river courses will be honored as land borders. Effectively, Smordan will become like Palarand with part on one side of the river and part on the other.
"On the other hand," he added, "it is possible that it will end up like Joth and just stay an island for a long while. The Sirrel current which goes around the west and south part of Joth is very strong so that is what His Grace thinks is most likely. It has happened before, I was told."
Eriana nodded. "I see. As I mentioned before, I am unused to a land where the land itself moves around all the time. I want my beaches to stay where the Gods put them!"
"I could not agree more, Captain."
The Visund rounded the next bend into the stretch which contained Thorn and Hirdam. The crossing would be complicated by the ferries crossing the river at right angles to the normal traffic flow. They were now traveling almost westwards which meant that the sail was set nearly square to the ship. It still provided a significant amount of thrust and Eriana narrowed her gaze at it.
«Tor, do you think we can manage to cross without rowing? There is a lot of traffic here and it would be less complicated.»
«On this heading? I do, Captain. It will be one less thing to think about, although these ferries must be used to weaving through all the river traffic.»
She thought. «I will still ask the men to be ready in case of trouble. I do not want to ram a ferry by accident because we misread their course.»
She rattled off instructions to the men who straightened and looked around them. She then sent one of those on the nearest bench up to the bow to update the lookouts on what might be happening in the near future.
As they approached it was apparent that one of the double-hulled ferries had just set off from Thorn, going eastbound towards Hirdam. A word to Tor and he gently adjusted the course so that the Visund would pass behind it as it headed for the current and the shortest route across. Ahead was another barge which the ferry had angled to avoid. This suddenly swung left and both Eriana and Tor leaned right to see why.
"Someone heads downstream, Captain."
"Aye. This is a busy river, I deem. Watch that ferry."
The ferry, seeing the oncoming ship bearing down on it, suddenly lifted oars and swung left, ending directly in the path of the Visund.
"Tor!"
"I have it, Captain."
He leaned on the steering oar and the ship heeled sharply left, making some loose objects tumble about inside the hull. The sail, now properly square to the wind, filled and their speed doubled. Eriana cursed but men were already at the lines, pulling the sail round and slackening the rate of progress. Still, the hulls of the ferry began to loom large and directly ahead of the fast approaching Visund.
Tor leaned some more and their bow began to point towards the shallows on the Joth side. The downstream vessel, carried by both current and sail, raced past to their right. The ferry took the chance to order oars back in the water, the bows beginning to turn right to attempt the crossing before the next downstream craft came along, but way was briefly lost and the stern of the nearest hull rapidly approached.
«Men! Oars out! Prepare to row reverse!» As the men pushed their oars out through the hull holes and into the river, she added, «Ready... Push! Push! Push!»
Maralin, Lars and Tor watched the twin hulls slide past perhaps a dozen strides away as they rounded the sterns. Maralin thought to glance over the left side to see if the bottom was visible but the water was so murky there was never a chance.
Eriana waited until she was sure the danger was past before she ordered the rowers to stop. The oars were lifted from the water but left out, ready.
"Captain, now would be a good moment to cross, before that double-masted ship reaches us."
The approaching vessel could not be called a barge, it was too large and shapely for that, and Eriana wondered what it was doing so far upriver. The fact that it had two masts under sail made her wonder if it was moving even faster than the barge that had just passed.
"Wait, Tor, until it has gone past. I distrust my own eyes, I could not say how large it is nor how far away nor at what speed."
"Aye, Captain. We are not used to so many craft of all shapes and sizes passing all the time."
The ship turned out to be as large as the Visund, though size was almost the only thing they had in common. Both crews examined the other vessel in the short time it took for them to pass.
"What do you think, Maralin? Have you seen aught like that before?"
He knew that Eriana was asking about his Earthly experiences. "I have seen pictures of ships like that, Captain, or something similar. On Earth we might call that a schooner, I think, although you must know that I have very little familiarity with boats or ships."
"Indeed. Would such a vessel as that travel upon the ocean?"
"Aye, Captain, more so than on a river. I'm guessing that one came from somewhere beyond Vardenale or somewhere like that. It isn't a design I would consider for regular river use."
"As you say. Tor? Let us cross now, while there is a gap."
More orders were issued and the course and sail reset. Although the oars were ready they were not necessary as the breeze carried the Visund across the current and into the slack on the Smordan side.
"Captain! Look."
On the upstream side of the Hirdam ferry slipway were other slips, most lined with tall scaffold poles. On several of these were craft of various shapes and sizes being either constructed or repaired. Eriana, Maralin and Lars trained their telescopes on the shipyards as the Visund passed by.
"They have goodly supplies of that which was ever in demand in Einnland - wood," Eriana commented. "When we build our ships and boats, Tor, we will have no need to hunt for scraps along the shore. Over there I see good, long lengths of seasoned timber ready and waiting for the shipbuilder's adze." She nodded thoughtfully. "If we have time when we return this way I will make a visit to that yard, I deem."
Towards the bow Brodgar had eased himself down on the seat in the gap between Ursula and Tyra.
His question was for Tyra. "You know of boats and water? I see how you walk along Visund."
"My father is a fisherman," she replied. "I have been out on the river with him since I was very young."
"Those little fishing boats at dock?" There was no disdain, only an attempt to find out what she knew.
"Yes, my father owns one of those."
"Do you know ropes? Knots? Canvas? Sails?"
She looked at him doubtfully. "A little. Why do you ask?"
Brodgar twisted in his seat to face Ursula.
«Mistress, the ship does not have enough crew. For a number of reasons, some stayed with Princess Garia at Palarand. If Tyra knows craft of ship then she could be of use during voyage.»
She replied, «What about all these men?» His expression gave the answer though some nearby, overhearing the conversation, grinned. «What is it you ask of her?»
«Some times she must be maid of Mistress,» he explained, «but other times she is passenger, she just sits. If she has knowledge and would like to learn more, she could be useful as we travel.»
«I see what you mean. Raising and lowering the sail, things like that? You are not asking just to find somebody to do all the dirty jobs?»
His expression became earnest. «Mistress, never! Tyra is the youngest on the ship, she is our mascot, a good luck charm. All will look after her. We will teach her how to be a Norse sailor.» There were grunts of agreement from those sitting nearby.
Ursula considered this request then nodded. She had seen how delighted Tyra had been when they first visited the Visund, skipping along the hull as though born there.
«Very well, I will explain it to her and see what she says.» She raised a finger. «No funny business, mind, and I don't want her overworked or put in danger, understand?»
«Of course, Mistress. Sailing the Visund is easy enough, it is only when we have problems like that ferry when we need people who know what to do.»
«I understand your point. Very well.»
She spoke over Brodgar. "He wants to know if you would like, in your spare time on board, to learn more about handling a ship like this and to help the crew."
Tyra's eyes fairly glowed. "Mistress, would you let me? I am content to sit and watch, but to help..." She frowned. "Why is he asking me? Why not Bennet and Semma, or even some of these men?"
"He can see that you are interested in all that is happening, but also that you know how to handle yourself on the water. From what I understand most of the men, like Bennet and Semma, are essentially armsmen whose job is just to fight whenever required. Some of the original sailors have been left behind so they need an extra hand or two when problems arise, like that ferry."
"Ah, of course." Tyra considered. "Mistress, if it will not interfere with my duties to you, tell him I would be honored to help."
Brodgar heard. «Yah. First must agree change with Captain. She is in charge of ship and crew.»
Ursula agreed. "Then perhaps, while we are not doing anything that needs your attention, we should go and speak to her now."
He said a word to the two lookouts and then led Ursula and Tyra aft. The small area in front of the poop deck suddenly became crowded so Maralin and Lars moved forward to give everybody room.
"Ursula." Eriana looked serious. "Is there some problem?"
"Not at all, High... Captain. Brodgar here has come to me with a proposition concerning Tyra."
Eriana raised an eyebrow but turned to the sailor. He gave a rapid rundown in Norse of what he had suggested.
"An interesting thought." She nodded. "It is true that we manage with the crew we already have but as he has told you we left several behind. Anyone with knowledge of the sailor's art will make the task of the others easier. You have no problem with this, Ursula? It would only be while you are both on board and when she does not attend you."
"Actually, I'm not sure that I need much attending while we are on board," Ursula replied. "Tyra seems interested and it would be useful to you and useful to her. I have no objections."
"Then we will see how much use she may be to the Visund."
She asked Tyra, "You have been learning many different things lately. Will you be content to become a proper sailor?"
Tyra curtseyed. "Captain, if I can help as we travel, and Mistress does not object, then I would."
"You may not be asked to do much to begin with. Brodgar and some of the others will teach you what you need to know. Do you agree?"
"Captain, I do."
Eriana turned to Brodgar. «Treat her gently. The Visund is not a fishing boat. Teach her what she must know but if her Mistress calls, she must attend.» She added, «Oh, and keep your hands to yourself or you will answer to me.»
«As you command, Captain.»
Ursula picked her way forward with Tyra and Brodgar following. Just aft of the mast, Lars and Maralin were deep in discussion about something. They paid little attention to the group as they edged past. When they reached the two armswomen Ursula made to sit down but Brodgar spoke to Tyra.
"If Mistress permits, can begin now."
Ursula turned as she sat and nodded. "I am comfortable here, Tyra. Go on, find out how much you already know," she smiled, "or don't know."
"Thank you, Mistress."
Tyra avoided making a curtsey, just nodding an acknowledgment to Ursula before following Brodgar to the bow. Bennet glanced at Semma with amusement and then addressed Ursula. "Mistress, think you that Tyra has an admirer?"
"I do not know," she replied candidly. "I am assuming that there are a whole list of rules surrounding courtship?"
Bennet chuckled. "Aye, Mistress, and they can be complicated enough, but these fine men are from another land. If they have rules then we do not know them."
Semma asked, "What about Danisa and Heldra? Surely they would have found out how such things are done in Einnland."
Bennet shook her head. "It is strange, but I did not think to ask Danisa of such matters when she briefed us on this journey and she offered no advice. Heldra... well, Heldra was with child soon enough, so I deem she did not concern herself greatly with rules. Ladies, I deem that we must needs keep our wits about us in future - and, Mistress, that will include your maid."
Ursula thought. Four women - for no-one would dare approach Eriana - and around twenty-five men close together on a ship for possibly weeks to come. What could possibly go wrong? With a start she realized that she had forgotten to ask Senia about birth control measures before the ship departed.
Something I will have to discuss tonight when we four... five... are together in our guest quarters. I'm supposed to be looking after the physical health of everybody on board and I know nothing about how birth control is managed here!
...If it is at all...
...And if is is not, then we will have a serious problem.
As she sighed internally Maralin joined them.
"You look as though you have a problem," he remarked to her. "Not regretting letting Tyra learn the ropes, then?"
She shook her head. "Not exactly. I am concerned that it might turn out to be more than a professional interest, if you understand me."
His eyebrows went up and then he grinned. "An inevitable consequence of having men and women crammed together like this, I would say. Do you object?"
"Maybe. It depends on the end result. What do you know about local birth control practices?"
"Ouch!" His expression became serious. "I understand, now. To answer your question, nothing. I do know that they have something to prevent births but whether that is herbal, something physical like a condom or merely keeping a stout iron grille between the parties I do not know."
But as he said it, the word condom came out in English so they both knew that such things did not exist in this part of Anmar.
"I intended to ask Senia about such practices before we left but things became rushed so -" she shrugged. "Doubtless we will find out what we need to know, but I just hope it is before anything happens that cannot be undone."
"As you say."
Maralin had his telescope in his hand and now raised it to look ahead. Ursula twisted to see what had caught his interest, but saw nothing obvious.
"What is it?"
"Nothing, really. I'm just looking at the wall of the Great Valley, dead ahead."
She twisted right round to see the cliff dead ahead.
"That can't be right? Where does the river go?"
He grinned without taking the telescope from his eye. "That is one of the fun things I have learned about the great river Sirrel. We are in a Rift Valley, do you know what that is?"
She shook her head. The others turned to listen to the explanation.
"It seems Garia had covered the subject in school before she came," he explained. "Imagine that there are a number of parallel faults across the ground, for whatever reason. Then, the land begins to draw apart, but instead of sagging in the middle, the faults cause a section of land between them to drop. Follow me so far?"
"I think I see. So you get a trough, or trench, between two of the faults."
He nodded. "That's right. Then, over the geological ages, a river gets trapped between and is forced to flow from one end to the other. As it does so it begins filling the rift up with silt and then to start meandering about."
"Ah, I see. So those cliffs are the sides of the fault? Does anyone know how deep this rift was originally?"
He lowered the telescope and shook his head. "Aye, the cliffs are the boundaries but no, nobody knows how deep it might go. Since there are no ores within the valley and since it floods every year, making mining difficult, no-one has bothered to explore below." He thought. "Once we can get started with some basic investigation tools then we may learn more, but that probably won't be for many years yet."
"I see. But you haven't answered my original question, where does the river go?"
"The walls which form the cliffs either side are made of very hard rock, although I am told there are gaps here and there. The river can't erode them very much. Ahead, our course will turn sharp left to flow directly under that cliff and then, so the Captain informs me, our lunch stop will appear shortly afterwards."
"Thank you, Maralin. Even I could understand that explanation... though of course it raises more questions."
He gave her another grin. "You do realize that you are probably better educated than I was? All I was interested in was following the family trade and becoming a good chef. Geography and geology didn't interest me at all, not until I came to Anmar."
* * *
Taking care to avoid the shallows on the inside of the turn, the Visund heeled over sharply at the wall turn to follow the river in the shadow of the cliffs. With the wind behind them, it was a very short time before Tor leaned on the steering oar and turned them in towards their lunch stop. This caused considerable unexpected activity, startling Ursula.
Around her, all the crew who had stripped to the waist just after they had set off were now using cloths to towel themselves dry of sweat before donning their tee shirts once more. Following this, many used fingers or combs to ensure that their hairs and beards looked tidy. Most asked those nearby to ensure that their own appearance met some unmentioned standard; Maralin had told her how many of them had arrived in Palarand unkempt and unwashed, and how their general standards of attire had changed completely since then.
She glanced around. Every single person on board, with the exception of Maralin who was wearing nondescript traveler's wear, now wore light clothing of the same material and color that could almost be described as a uniform. She wondered if this was deliberate or accidental.
As they approached the inevitable lines of pontoons Ursula saw Tyra helping to gather the sail and bundle it up along the lowered yard. The men, meanwhile, had pushed out the oars and were preparing to row the last hundred or so strides to their berth.
A uniformed man on the end of one of the pontoons was waving, guiding them to a particular spot on his line of pontoons. They followed his gestures and were soon made fast among the many other craft also pausing there for lunch. As the crew made themselves ready to disembark, an officer in Joth blue and white hurried to meet them, staring in confusion at the identically dressed crowd.
"If I may ask, where may I find the Captain or owner of this ship?"
Many fingers pointed in Eriana's direction. The man nodded a thank you and then strode to meet her as she stepped onto the pontoon. He saluted.
"Your Highness, I am Captain Maykan of the Thorn Regiment. His Grace directed me to meet you here with twenty men to make sure that your journey is not interrupted for any reason."
Eriana eyed him. "Well, Captain Maykan, while I am in command of the Visund I am simply known as Captain. You will find no Highness here."
"My apologies, Captain! Your status, while undeniable, was not made clear to me. If I may ask, I have not seen that rank mark before. Is it something new from Palarand?"
"Oh, these?" She tapped an epaulet and then smiled. "Yes and no, Captain. This is intended to be a Naval rank indicating a ship's Captain but the stripes were added to my dress by mistake by the seamstresses in Joth who made our dresses."
Maykan looked confused. "Naval, High... er, Captain? If I may ask, what is that?"
"Captain, we have just sailed all morning from Joth. You will excuse us if we have more pressing matters to attend to. Where is your hostel? We can exchange news later."
"Forgive me, Captain! If you would all follow me. At this time of year it will be a short walk, of course. I am instructed by His Grace to post a strong guard about your ship and the pontoons, that none may interfere with your ship or its contents. You may leave all to me."
Eriana gave him a stare and then nodded. "As you desire. Normally I would leave one or two of the crew aboard but if you will vouch for your men? Very well."
She let out a stream of Norse and the men began walking along the pontoon. On the beach at the end Lars made everyone wait until Eriana and Maykan arrived and led them along the wide path to the hostel.
"If I may introduce Lars, he is my second and is accounted Commander. Here also is Tor son of Magnus, who is Master of the Visund."
Maykan nodded to both as they walked along. He stared at her dress, then looked around noting tee-shirts and cargo shorts on the men and the ship dresses the five women were wearing.
"I was not expecting... Your pardon, Captain, I did not expect a military vessel. I was led to believe that you were attended by your retainers."
Eriana give a brief chuckle. "It seems that way, does it not? Aye, all but one of these men are sworn to me." She hesitated before adding, "You may know us as the Einnland Regiment."
"The Einnland Regiment? Maker! I had not connected the name before... Highness, Captain, forgive me. All Joth owes you much as you must know."
"We do, having spent a month in the city as guests of His Grace. These days our allegiance has changed, we are for now the Norse Regiment of Palarand, though that may change again later this year."
Maykan frowned. "Yet some of your party are women. Is this proper?"
"Our women, that is a different matter. Two are armswomen of His Majesty, acting as my attendants for the voyage, another is a healer and the fourth her maid."
"Armswomen! Ah, as you say. Yet you are all attired alike, man and woman."
"Captain, you see before you the latest fashions, if I may use that word, direct from the city. By chance, our attire is all made from the same summer-weight cloth."
"As I see!" Maykan was wearing the standard uniform of tunic and tights and looked uncomfortable in it. "Are these designs available to all? With His Grace's permission?"
"Indeed, Captain, and if I may ask you to send to Captain Hambran at the Mansion he will explain all."
Maykan twisted and inspected the column behind them. "You mentioned a strange word before. Are these uniforms to do with that?"
Eriana replied, "The Navy is a new idea of the Sirrel Federation. Have you yet heard of that?"
"Captain, I have heard rumors but that is all. I would welcome an explanation if you have time for it."
"Over lunch, Captain. Briefly, as your soldiers, warriors and armsmen fight on land, we are to be available to fight on the Sirrel, and beyond the Sirrel on the ocean, should the need arise."
"Ah! Captain, your words have made sense of some strange tales we have recently heard. It is true, then? Many have wondered if this Federation was aught but words bandied about by our betters."
"Captain, I attended many of those meetings myself and I can assure you that the benefits which will come have already begun to reach Joth. I regret that our stay here will not be long enough to give you greater explanation." She smiled at Maykan. "Actually, I do not understand much of what is going on myself. I am but a simple ship's captain who happens to be the daughter of a King."
Maralin, walking behind, snorted. "Captain, if you believe that you will believe anything."
Maykan half turned. "You are?"
"My apologies, sir. I am Tenant Maralin, originally of Shicargo but now a special advisor to His Grace. I am taking advantage of the Visund to deliver some important Federation messages to Forguland and Ferenis for His Grace."
Maykan's eyebrows rose and stayed there. "An unusual circumstance, I deem. I assume you will return to Joth?"
"Aye, sir, of course."
"Then if I may ask... would it be possible for me to learn more of these new matters? You must understand that the rumors are very strange. They involve Princesses from nowhere, roads of iron, clocks powered by lightning, invisible glass and many other unlikely tales."
"Hmm." Maralin smiled at Maykan. "The news has become garbled, hasn't it? Captain, almost everything you have mentioned is true, in its own way. After all, you are walking next to one of those Princesses right now. Princess Eriana does not come from nowhere, actually, but from a land beyond the end of the Great Valley, south of the Palumaks, called Einnland. That is the reason her regiment was named so. The other Princess..." He paused, trying and failing to think of a reasonable explanation, "...comes from somewhere else entirely. She is the one who has just married Prince Keren in Palarand."
"I have heard of the marriage, aye... and I remember you now! You came to Thorn when the invader was in Joth, is that not so? I remember you from a meeting where we planned the assault."
"As you say, sir." Maralin thought. "You are based in Thorn, sir? If there is time, I will visit you there when I return from my delivery task."
Maykan nodded. "If you would, Tenant. It seems that I have much to learn."
"Captain, you have no idea."
They had reached the lunch site and attendants came forward to direct them to a separate shelter sized to accommodate the whole crew. Most of the travelers immediately made for the bathing and toilet block. When they emerged, food was ready and places for the customary nap were waiting to receive the travelers once they had eaten.
The Visund has left Joth to resume its journey upstream. After an easy leg and an awkward approach, the ship reaches Forguland, where the crew are hailed as heroes. A chance remark means that Maralin has some explaining to do, and a signature means Eriana must also explain herself.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
34 - A Heroes' Welcome
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Maker!" Bennet stared up at the forbidding rock
that loomed directly ahead of them. "Her Highness climbed that
with her men? Impossible!"
"Aye, indeed impossible, Bennet," Maralin agreed. "That is why the fortress was said to be impregnable. That is why Her Highness and her men approached from a different direction, the back, from where those of Yod thought they were safe."
Bennet turned to survey the indicated region. "It still looks difficult."
"I did not say it was easy. They had to use subterfuge to get close enough. Fortunately it was winter and they were able to make use of poor light, bad weather and a certain amount of camouflage. Oh, and luck, of course. The Yodans didn't know what hit them."
The armswoman studied the terrain, as much of it as she could see. "I wonder if I would have done as well as Danisa and Heldra."
"Where does the river go?" Semma asked. "Every time I look, we seem to be heading directly for a cliff!"
Maralin turned and chuckled. "It does seem that way, does it not? We will swing left shortly and then have to navigate across one of the wilder stretches of river. Forguland is just on the other side, beyond the big rock."
Semma looked uncertain. "Wilder stretches? How? Will it be dangerous?"
He shrugged. "I have never done this journey by boat before so I don't know, Semma. The ferry crossing is along the other arm of the Sirrel and will be well to our left once we turn the corner. All I know is that there are fierce currents and eddies caused by that big rock, but also that there is a standard route to avoid it all."
She looked dubious. "If you say so, Maralin."
A voice made them turn. "If I may pass." It was Eriana. She edged past and then climbed the fore deck to survey the river ahead. The two lookouts reported no obstructions.
«Good,» she told them. «When the land to our left falls away we must turn left and then swing right again almost immediately. There may be a big eddy, a maelstrom, to our right and you must needs send warning immediately if we approach too close.»
Vynil looked apprehensive. «How close, Captain?»
She grinned at him. «I have no idea, Vynil! Anything closer than a ship's length, nine dozen strides, would be fatal, or so I was told. No closer than two ship lengths, I deem.»
The other lookout, Ormund, asked, «Two lengths, Captain? Can we go wider?»
«Aye, if there is room. Not too much further, though, since that will take us downriver again and we will have to beat back once we cross the current.»
Ormund nodded. «I understand.»
Vynil asked, «What about shallows, Captain? If we keep away from this maelstrom, are we in danger of grounding the other side?»
Eriana shook her head. «No, because the eddies keep the silt from settling anywhere around the junction. I was told that the water between Boldan's Rock and the island is ocean-deep in places.»
«Ah? Then we do not need to worry about sandbars or shoals.»
«No, but there may be gogons here instead.»
Vynil grimaced, tugging absently at his safety line and remembering a previous incident. «I understand, Captain. I would not like to be tossed overboard here, if what you say is true.»
The Princess grinned at him. «Here is fine, Vynil. It is around that corner you would certainly meet your end.»
«Captain.»
As the land dropped away the ship swung left and, as it did so, some of the crew hauled the yard around so that the sail still propelled them into the junction. Tyra was one of those hauling and Ursula saw with approval that she, like many of the sailors, now had safety lines around their waists. They had arrived at one of the more active regions of the Sirrel, where the flow divided to pass either side of Joth.
"Is that it?" Semma asked. "It looks like someone is stirring a great cauldron."
"Aye," Maralin agreed, "that is indeed its name, the Cauldron. Looking at that, I can believe it might suck whole ships down. I am told that immediately after the rains no-one dare take any craft through this junction, the Cauldron is too big and strong. Now, when the river is low, it is more of a nuisance than a danger."
"Even though the river seems around two marks wide here?"
He grinned. "Even though."
Once Eriana judged that they had gone far enough below the Cauldron to be safe, Tor leaned on the steering oar and the Visund swung across the other leg of the river. The sail was adjusted again. The water was choppy, but nothing most of the crew had not already experienced at sea, and the afternoon breeze made the crossing a swift one. Tor leaned again and they cruised up alongside the bank of Forguland, aiming for a channel between the land on their left and a low island on their right.
Suddenly the left bank became higher and was lined with buildings, some close to the steep bank down to the water's edge. Almost immediately a series of wharves appeared, high stone structures built on several levels with numerous stairways and ramps leading down to water level. Most of the length of these wharves were lined with craft of all shapes and sizes, some moored two or three deep.
Both Eriana and Maralin had their telescopes out, looking for a suitable place for the Visund to dock, but the whole length seemed choked with river craft. A shout from Lars made them turn.
«Captain! On the island! Men showing flags!»
Both Princess and Tenant swiveled to find the signalers, discovering a white-painted platform set amongst trees on the low-lying island.
"Can you read them, Maralin?"
"Aye, Captain, though I am rusty... ah, that one says green, I think the other one says seven."
"Ah, I remember now, they have colors for the docks."
Eriana jumped up beside Tor and waved back, whereupon the two signalers held their flags out sideways to show acknowledgment. Slightly further forward, Maralin trained his telescope on the docks and discovered poles with blue flags and, further on, similar poles with yellow flags.
Soon a section marked by green flags appeared and Eriana directed Tor to make for the obvious mooring spot - obvious both because it was large and vacant and because there was a crowd ready waiting for them.
As before, the men immediately began making themselves tidy, putting shirts and sandals back on and running fingers through hair and beards. Maralin made sure that his yellow Messenger indicators were in place and tidy while Tyra excused herself from the crew and came to help Ursula ensure they would both be presentable.
Eager hands caught the lines and made the Visund fast to the stone wharf. A gangway had to be positioned since the current level of the wharf was above that of the ship. Eriana tugged her dress straight and led the procession up onto dry land.
"Eriana! Welcome back to Forguland! You and all your men are especially welcome here."
The speaker was a well-built man in his forties, thickened with age and experience but still fit. He was about the same height as Eriana and had a wide smile on his face.
Eriana grabbed her skirts and made a respectful curtsey. "Your Grace, well met."
"Eh, none of that now, Your Highness! Though we have spent but a short time together in the past I deem we are friends. I insist that we use our names while you are with us." He stepped forward and grasped Eriana by the forearm, as he would do a male visitor of rank. "Be welcome in our house. Ah, of course you have met Berilda before, and here is Fard and Windra, whom you met more recently in Palarand."
Eriana turned and greeted wife, son and daughter-in-law. "Well met, friends, this time we come in peace, not as destroyers of your enemies." She gestured to the group who had joined her on the jetty. "If I may introduce Tor son of Magnus who is Master of the Visund. I think that you already know Lars, who was and is Commander of my armsmen, as I believe you name them in the Great Valley. Here are Bennet and Semma, armswomen of Robanar, who perform for me that which Danisa and Heldra did before, and sailing with us this time are new friends, Mistress Ursula and her maid Tyra. Ursula is a renowned healer in her own lands."
The last introduction caused Sildenar to raise his eyebrows. "A healer? And yet you did not have one with you before, when one would surely have been of great assistance. Do you expect such trouble on this journey?"
"Ah, the circumstance is peculiar, Sildenar. If I may wait for a more private time to explain."
"As you desire, Eriana." Sildenar inspected the others as they all gathered on the jetty. "Your men now wear a most interesting uniform, I see, unlike the rough furs they wore before. Of course it was winter then."
"As you say, Sildenar. The uniform is partly by accident, a misunderstanding by the good seamstresses of Joth while we were there, but the men find the new attire more comfortable in the summer heat."
"And you yourself, Eriana?" asked Berilda. "Do you wear uniform also? A clever design, if I may say so, for the warmer days."
The Princess smiled. "As I said, a misunderstanding, but the design is that of Maralin, who accompanies us this day."
Sildenar turned, spotting the yellow-marked man in the crowd. "Ah! Maralin, I wondered if we would see you again. Be welcome in our court, Tenant. Does this mean that you bear dispatches for us?"
He called back, "I do, Your Grace, and news from Joth, of course, but also dispatches for Duke Gathol. I took advantage of the Visund to get here promptly but I cannot stay too long in Forguland."
"I understand you, Tenant. Shall you stay the night with us?"
"Of course, Your Grace. You are too kind."
"Then we will talk this evening and I will have a mount ready for you in the morning. It will be the old saddle style, I regret. Our saddlers are too busy these days."
"I can manage, Your Grace."
Sildenar then turned back to Eriana. "Of course you and your women companions shall stay with us in the palace tonight. For your men, we have arranged a hostel for fifty. Will that be sufficient?"
"We have not brought so many this time, Sildenar, as have been known to fit on the Visund in the past. They should have ample room. Thank you for your hospitality."
"I could do nothing less for the courageous men who ejected those of Yod from our fortress, and then cleared the enemy from the verge of Gylfi's Rest." He looked around. "Perhaps it is time we stopped blocking the quayside. If you would all follow me."
"Captain!" came a call as the Duke turned. He and Eriana turned back.
"Tor."
"What about the ship, Captain? And your chests?"
"Aye?" Sildenar said. "You are Shipmaster Tor, I believe? Then look behind you, the first wagon will bring Her Highness's chests and those of any others who shall rest in our palace tonight. The wagon beyond that will take the bags of you and your men to your hostel for your stay. As for your ship, our Port Watch will guard all, as they do for all craft who visit Forguland."
Tor bowed. "As you command, Your Grace." To Eriana he added, «Captain, the crew will organize the baggage while Lars takes the men up to the hostel. We will follow with the wagon.»
«Agreed,» she said, adding, «Oh, by the way, tell all the men to go easy on the ale tonight. Tomorrow I want us to go across and pay our respects at the place where Gylfi drew his last breath. It is only right that we do so. When we return, then the men may be at leisure.»
Tor nodded, his expression solemn. «Captain. I'll inform Lars.»
Sildenar, with Eriana beside him, led the way up the first of a series of stone ramps which would bring them out onto the outcropping which overlooked that part of the Sirrel.
"Your ship," he said conversationally as they climbed. "I had not realized that it would be so large. Are all the ships of Einnland of a like size?"
"Not so many," she replied. "Most are maybe half that size or perhaps a little larger. Of course we also have many more small craft for fishing. The Visund and similar ships are true ocean-going craft, customarily used to carry goods between the coastal settlements of Einnland. On the occasion of my hasty departure from Einnland we had a crew of fifty men plus a number of women attached to myself or Balrik, the original owner. We could have held more but we needed space for food, since we had no idea how long the journey would take."
"I see. And it is an interesting design. I could see similar ships being used in the Sirrel, for it appears your draft is very shallow."
Eriana chuckled. "In this river she wallows, Sildenar. On the open sea she is as light as a chip of wood. Maralin thinks that it might be to do with the quality of the water. The ocean is full of salt, the Sirrel has nothing but mud."
"Do you tell me? And I saw your sail as you rounded the Cauldron. Is that square sail of yours any better than those our river craft customarily use?"
"I have no idea, Sildenar. It has been a topic of discussion as we sailed here today. When I eventually have some leisure," she grinned at the Duke and rolled her eyes, "it is something that could be examined in more detail."
"Leisure, indeed!" he agreed with a smile. "And here I thought that the ending of the war would bring some relief. Instead I find myself with a thousand and more things to manage, despite using all the help I can find in my lands. Mind you," he added, "Robanar is not helping! All these new gadgets and ideas make my head whirl. Will it ever end?"
"I am told by those who know that it does not, Sildenar. We must all needs keep our wits about us these days, it seems." They reached the top and she pointed. "Yet I see there a semaphore tower. Are they in operation yet or still being built across your lands?"
"Alas, we are still plotting paths for the service, so I am told. That one is finished, we are using it and another at Lower Forguland to train the... operators, I believe they are called."
Eriana nodded. "Trust me, Sildenar, those towers will make such a difference to your lands that you will wonder how you managed without. I have witnessed their use in Palarand and it is astonishing."
"So I was told. But we are awaiting... manuals? books? ...of instructions which are apparently arriving from Palarand in a few days."
"Aye, the caravan which brings them had just arrived in Joth a day or two before we departed to come here. They have gifts to deliver to Wallesan, more for you, and I am told they are going to Ferenis as well." She grinned. "If you think that the semaphore astonishes you, then just wait until you see what else they are bringing!"
"Indeed? Then I must needs curb my impatience. Ah, not far now. Do you recall the way?"
"No, Sildenar, we arrived by a different route, as you may remember, and left by the ferry at Lower Forguland. This is the first time that I or any of my men have seen your port."
"Aye, I remember."
The route from port to palace had been cleared and was lined by armsmen dressed in a number of different uniforms, behind which were crowds waiting to see the illustrious arrivals. Most applauded as Eriana and her men passed by. The tale of the relief of Boldan's Rock needed no embellishment and all were waiting to pay their respects to the rough-looking foreigners who had managed the seeming impossible, then cleared the wharves below the fortress after a second fierce battle.
Somewhere behind Eriana and Sildenar came Ursula and Tyra, followed by Bennet and Semma.
"This place looks strange to my eyes," Tyra muttered. "The buildings are all different."
Ursula looked at the houses, shops, taverns and other establishments that lined the wide street and understood. She had become familiar with differences in architecture and embellishment on her travels through Europe and beyond.
"Is this the first time you have been to another city?"
"I think so, Mistress. I did go to Thorn once, with my father. He had taken me and Hulan fishing early one morning and a storm came suddenly. We were forced to take shelter in Thorn, but I did not see much of the town. In truth Joth is all I know, Mistress. Are all cities different, then?"
"It varies, I think. Joth is an island so does not have access, I would guess, to large amounts of stone. Forguland obviously does, so they can use it to build houses and roads. The fact that they can get stone probably explains why the city is more spread out than we are used to in Joth. Joth is squeezed together because a longer wall would need more stone, do you see?"
"Ah, as you say, Mistress! But look yonder, I have never seen a house look like that!"
The building in question did not seem to be a dwelling but some kind of public meeting place, with a wide double-door front entrance and carved stone embellishments in strips between the four storeys. At ground level the facing was of stone while higher up it appeared to be a mixture of timber with brick infill, although the style was unlike anything Ursula had noticed in Joth.
"That isn't a house, Tyra, not looking like that. Maybe it is a little like Joth's Great Hall. I can tell you that you'll likely see differences in building styles in every country we travel to. Each one will have different people to design their buildings and the location and local customs will make a difference too."
"As you say, Mistress. I think I understand now. It will be interesting to see how different everything is as we travel along."
"Mistress," Bennet called from behind, "you and Tyra may not realize, but of course it will not be just the buildings that are different. Each land we have visited so far has different customs, different coin and, of course, different laws to consider. I do not think that will change as we travel further."
Ursula had forgotten that. I roamed through all of Europe and parts of North America and accepted that each country would be different. Why did I think that would not happen here? Because they all speak the same language, perhaps? Yet there are great differences across both Russia and Canada.
The procession came to an intersection between two thoroughfares and Sildenar raised a hand to bring it to a halt. He turned to an aide.
"Gotahol!"
"Your Grace?"
"If you would take Commander Lars and his men to the hostel. Make sure that they are settled comfortably and know where all the amenities may be found."
"As you command, Your Grace."
"Commander Lars."
"Your Grace."
"Captain Gotahol will take you to your hostel, which is just along here." He gestured. "Our palace is just there, can you see the walls?"
"Yah, Your Grace."
"If you have need, call at the gate and you will be brought to myself or Her Highness immediately."
"As you command, Your Grace."
Ursula watched Lars lead the men after Captain Gotahol along a side street. Once Sildenar was satisfied that everyone knew what was happening and where they were going, he led the way onward. In front of the reduced party, after the next intersection, was a high stone wall made from rough stone blocks interspersed with layers of flat red brick. Sildenar headed for a wide gateway in this wall, under an imposing gatehouse.
Maralin leaned towards Ursula as they walked alongside the wall. "I don't know how much experience of Roman remains you have, but this was once the compound of a Roman legion, or of the Chivans, as they are known here."
Startled, Ursula examined the stonework more closely but saw nothing but many centuries of use and maintenance. "What do you mean?"
"I have been here before," he replied. "I consulted with His Grace on two occasions during the war on behalf of Duke Wallesan. Over one of the other gates is an old stone bearing a Latin inscription, 'II Legio Chivanus', which I could read, much to the surprise of everyone I was with. I was told that they knew this compound had been built by the Chivans but not much more than that. Nobody could read any of the inscriptions they had found here and there."
Faced with the evidence of her own eyes, Ursula was forced to accept Maralin's statement.
"So how..?"
He shook his head. "No idea. I was a cook in Chicago, remember? The only Roman remains I have ever seen have been here... and in Palarand, where the Guild of Masons keeps a museum of the remains they have found. How they got to Anmar, when, and what happened to them is lost in the mists of time. I doubt anyone will ever learn the truth."
At the gateway to the palace compound a small group of people was waiting, some of whom brought a lump to Eriana's throat. There were three bearded men, though one was in a wheeled chair. With them were a group of what appeared to be local men and women. As Sildenar and Eriana reached them, the two standing bearded men bent their knee to Eriana.
"Highness, you have returned, but do you return for us? We would not be insulted if you had not."
"Rise, Matz, and you too, Lukku! You have won your injuries honorably, I greet you as shieldmaiden-in-arms. Come here, lump!"
She strode forward and grabbed the first man in a hug, much to his surprise and consternation. His eyes widened briefly before they part-closed as tears began. She released him and turned to the second man who she hugged before squatting before the seated man, who had one leg missing from just above the knee.
«Radwan,» she said softly. «It pains me to see you suffer so.»
"My Princess," he replied in good though accented local language, "I have not suffered. My wounds were honorably bought on the field of battle, as is required, I do not regret what I did. Have you come to take us back to Palarand?"
Surprised, Eriana gave him a glance and then stood, inspecting the three former warriors.
"Is that what you want? To join me in Palarand when I return there? If you have made new lives here then I would not uproot you just to satisfy the whim of a Princess. You may each stay or come back with me at your own choice."
Lukku ducked his head. "Highness, it may be difficult. We three have each taken wives and we have learned new trades here. My Tassy is with child, as is Radwan's Marjet. To travel now may not be advisable."
"Well!"
Eriana turned to the others standing near her three lost men. Three of the women there promptly curtseyed to her. Two were obviously expecting but appeared to have a number of months yet to go. After some hesitation the other women curtseyed and the men, all older, bowed.
"We have barely arrived and I have not yet entered His Grace's Hall. I doubt not that we will all speak in the next day or so, but I can put your minds at rest immediately. Our voyage will continue upriver for a month or two and I would not consider asking any of you to come with us, especially not women with child! There is little point to that folly. Let it be, speak to me once I have settled here, talk among yourselves, and if you still desire to return with us to Palarand you may - perhaps - join us when we come downriver again."
Matz and Lukku bowed low. Matz said, "It shall be as you command, Highness."
Sildenar said to the group, "Speak to my Chamberlain, he will arrange a time for you to consult your liege. Whatever you may decide, know that you will have my consent in the matter."
The two men bowed again. Matz murmured, "Your Grace."
Sildenar nodded and then led the way through the gate. Inside was a large empty space with an imposing building in the center. The walls of the compound itself were completely lined with substantial buildings Ursula took to be stables, barracks and other structures such as she had seen around the Mansion in Joth. At one side a party of men were doing something with a line of frayen while on the other side four carriages were being washed down. Anything more than that was hidden by the central building.
Sildenar turned. "Welcome, friends. You are honored guests in my palace."
In through the imposing front entrance and Ursula found herself being guided to the upper floor by a footman, who showed her to a spacious guest suite.
He bowed as he backed out. "My Lady, your chests will be brought to your chambers as soon as they arrive. I regret that there is no other attire presently available to you, but there are bath robes should you and your maid wish to refresh yourselves before the evening meal."
As he closed the door Ursula turned to Tyra, who remarked, "Different again! So much space! Even His Grace, um, I mean His Grace of Joth, does not have chambers so large as this."
"It just shows that Joth is a cramped city," Ursula replied. "Here they have more space for whatever reason so they make use of it. Come on, let us find the bathroom and toilet. It has been a good while since either of us had the need."
"As you say, Mistress! If we are to dine tonight, a bath sounds like a good idea too."
"I agree. What's over here, then?"
* * *
When Ursula entered the State Dining Room followed by Tyra, both gasped. The chamber was comparable in size to the Great Hall in Joth although the roof was maybe a little lower. The decoration was just as rich and complex and they spent a few moments looking around them. A major difference was the condition. While Ursula knew that the Great Hall had been refurbished, this place looked old. The decorations were rich, true, but the ceiling and the upper walls showed evidence of decades of deposits from candles and lanterns while the lower levels had obviously taken the knocks of hard usage.
A cough brought them back to the present. "Mistress?"
This was a man who was dressed in the ducal colors of pale blue and crimson and Ursula suspected that he was there to announce their names to those already present.
"Um, I am Ursula and this is my maid Tyra."
The man, in his forties and with a clipped gray beard, eyed them both. "Mistress Ursula? Of what demesne?"
"Demesne? I don't... oh, I am a visitor who came with Her Highness Princess Eriana. You may say that I am from Alberta. It will avoid a number of problems."
"As you desire, Mistress." The man turned and announced, "Mistress Ursula of Alberta!"
There was no mention of Tyra, being a mere servant.
Berilda was there speaking with an elderly couple. She gave her apologies and came over to greet Ursula with a smile.
"If I may call you Ursula? It is an unusual name, it is true, but it does suit you. Shall you walk with me? I would learn what manner of place you came from. Alberta, did I hear Tenion say?"
"Your Grace."
Berilda led her away from the door to an open space before speaking again. "My dear, it seems that there is some mystery surrounding you, if what I hear is true. Can you tell me aught now, or should it wait for a more private time?"
Ursula considered. Some of her story, if it was to be revealed at all, would be better left for a private audience, but there were aspects which could be mentioned now that would both satisfy her listener and provide openings for conversation over the meal.
"Your Grace, I do not know what I should tell you and whether I can tell you now or later. Can I ask first, what you know about Tenant Maralin."
"Why, Ursula, we know very little about him, just that he joined Wallesan last year during the siege of Joth. We have been told that he comes from far away, mayhap in the deep south, but little more than that. Why? Do you come from that same place?"
Ursula grimaced. "Your Grace, I do not know if it is safe enough for me to reveal more about myself as that may also reveal things about Maralin he would rather not be known. However, I can tell you that I come from a place near enough to where Maralin lived that I can speak his tongue. I arrived in Joth only recently and they consider me to be a Healer of some learning. For several reasons I did not want to stay in Joth so decided to accompany Eriana - Princess Eriana, that is - on her voyage, both to provide assistance and to learn more about the countries of the Great Valley."
"Do you tell me? Then you are most welcome in Forguland, Ursula. I wonder, you are a healer, are you familiar with the treatment of battle wounds? The war is ended, it is true, but we have many who fought then who still bear grievous wounds from their time facing the enemy."
"Your Grace, I have treated what could be called battle wounds, but I must tell you that I am not familiar with most of the weapons you use here. Knife wounds, yes, but not, say, ax, lance, arrow or mace wounds. I will offer help as long as the Visund is in Forguland but I should depart when the ship does."
"Not familiar with..?" Berilda's eyes were wide. "My dear, if your people do not use ax, mace, arrow or lance, whatever do they use? Or is war unknown in your lands?"
"Unfortunately war is well known where I come from, Your Grace. There are knives, yes, but usually the weapons are guns or worse."
"Guns? Ah, I begin to understand. Maralin did say that he had knowledge of guns that those of Yod did not possess, and that was one of the reasons why we know little about his past."
"Yes. I was told that if those of Yod found out about his knowledge, they would attempt to kidnap him." As an afterthought she added, "As they tried to kidnap Princess Garia."
"Garia? Ah, much is explained!" Berilda's voice dropped to a whisper. "Then you are from the other world, as Maralin must also be. All is made clear now! I understand your reluctance to say anything now. Have no fear, I shall tell no-one what you have just told me."
Berilda is sharp! She made that connection much faster than I would have. So knowledge of Garia's origins must be known along the Great Valley, then, at least among the rulers.
But Maralin's origins were not!
I will have to watch what I say more carefully in the future, though from past experience that should not be hard for me.
"Your Grace, the situation is very complicated and I am sure that almost nobody knows the whole story. What I was told when I arrived at Joth sounded so..." I was going to use the word fantastic but maybe I have to be careful even here, "...strange that it was a week before I could believe any of it. Even now -"
"His Grace Duke Sildenar of Forguland, Count Fard and Countess Windra!"
The man at the door made the announcement and all conversation stopped. Sildenar entered talking to Fard, saw Berilda and headed in their direction. Ursula and Tyra curtseyed.
"My dear!" Sildenar greeted his wife with a smile. "Pumping our guests for information already?"
"Sil, it wasn't like that, was it, Ursula?"
"Your Grace," Ursula addressed the Duke, "your wife naturally wanted to know more about her visitors so she has asked me some questions."
Berilda smiled at her husband. "Some of which she has answered, dear, only to raise more! Do not concern yourself, no secrets have been spilled."
Which tells me that she is likely to keep her mouth shut. Good.
"That is well, my dear." Sildenar turned to Ursula. "My dear, be welcome in our house. Do you find your chambers satisfactory? If there is any omission then you have only to say and it shall be rectified immediately."
"Your Grace, I have found nothing that could be considered a fault. I am impressed by the hospitality we have found along the Great Valley."
"Of course, my dear, it is our custom. There are few among our people, from the highest to the lowest, who would not offer hospitality to any traveler."
"So I have discovered, Your Grace."
"Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand," the announcement came, "and ladies-at-arms Bennet and Semma."
As the three entered the room Sildenar chuckled. "Ha. Tenion struggles to understand how any woman may wield a sword, I deem. If what I hear is true, he must needs adapt his thinking in the future!"
Eriana led the two swordswomen over to join the Ducal party, all three curtseying as they reached the group.
Sildenar smiled. "Well met, Eriana. Good evening to you, Bennet, and to you as well, Semma. I see that our martial trio attend this evening in camouflage, the brilliant disguise of three lovely ladies of the court, and you all carry it off so well! Thus, we shall treat you all as you appear to be, you shall join us at our table. Eriana shall sit beside me as honored guest and Bennet and Semma, as well as Mistress Ursula, shall face us, that we may discuss matters of interest as we sup."
Eriana smiled, "Sildenar, you are too gracious."
"Nonsense! You are all my distinguished guests, it is right that you be treated so." He glanced around. "I do not yet see our other guest, where might he be? Eriana, do you know where Maralin might be?"
She shook her head. "I have not seen him since we arrived, Sildenar. Though he did travel with us, I assume that he has duties and responsibilities according his station, which we do not."
"As you say." Sildenar thought then nodded. "I believe that we may wait a short while before sitting. I note that neither Gwilli nor Brevin have yet appeared."
Sildenar had barely finished speaking before Maralin, Gwilli and Brevin appeared, all discussing something. None were in uniform this evening. They were announced and immediately came to give their respects to the Duke.
"Gentlemen! Do you discuss something important this evening?"
Maralin replied, "Your Grace, only if you consider uniforms important. It seems that Major-General Gwilli has been impressed by the attire of Eriana's crew and desires to know if the designs will be made available to Forguland." He smiled. "As the designs are officially mine, and I have the assent of my Duke, I have informed him that of course he may make use of them."
Sildenar humphed. "At the usual rate, I suppose?"
"Your Grace, these garments are so simple and so practical that we would not consider asking coin for the use of the designs." He shrugged. "Other designs, maybe, but not these."
Windra asked, "Tenant, what about the dresses that Her Highness and the women in her party wore? They looked so cool and so simple! Are you responsible for those as well?"
Maralin gave a deprecating smile. "Unfortunately I have to admit that I am, My Lady. Technically none of these are new inventions but merely adaptations of items worn in the lands of my birth."
A single word had roused Windra's curiosity. "Adaptations, Tenant?"
The smile grew wider. "Ah, that is perhaps a subject for another time, My Lady. I am sure that the men will not want to be subjected to the fine detail of women's fashion, will they?"
"You have my agreement on that, Tenant," Sildenar said dryly. "Well. Now that everybody appears to be here, let us sit and eat. There will be time afterwards to speak of fashions... and other matters."
* * *
After the diners had risen from their welcoming feast Ursula had managed to have a few private words with Maralin. When the small and select group took seats in Sildenar's Drawing Room he stood, therefore, having received a nod from the Duke.
"Your Grace, Your Grace, My Lord, My Lady, it seems that I have an explanation to make. You may have wondered who I am, where I came from, and how I came to be a close advisor to His Grace Wallesan of Joth." He flicked his eyes briefly at Ursula. "There are other considerations too. I must ask you all to swear that what will be revealed in this room shall not be communicated in any form to anyone not present this evening."
Sildenar was taken aback at first but recognized that something important was about to be revealed.
"Why, Maralin, of course. But we have servants here, should I ask them to retire?"
Both Berilda and Windra had maids and of course Tyra stood behind Ursula's chair. For this meeting Bennet and Semma remained in their suite so Eriana was unaccompanied.
"Your Grace, it is up to you. If you consider your servants trustworthy enough to hear what I am about to reveal then they may remain... but if they must needs withdraw, then I would add that it would not mean that their liege distrusts them."
"As you say. Oh, and what about the maid of Mistress Ursula? Should she retire as well?"
"Your Grace, Tyra already knows what I am about to tell you."
Sildenar said, "Oh!" while Berilda just nodded, which did not go unnoticed by her husband. He turned and stared at Ursula, who remained impassive. "There is some greater mystery here, I deem. Berilda, Windra, shall your maids remain or go?"
Berilda promptly said, "Dear, Hestia already knows everything that I do. She can be relied on to hold her tongue when required."
Windra added, "I trust Pinet with my secrets and she does not tattle-tale around the palace. Your Grace, I believe that you may have confidence in her."
"Very well."
After the group gave their oaths Maralin began. "All of you here are doubtless aware of Princess Garia and of her origins. She came to Anmar from another world, somewhere else entirely, and she is stuck here, unable to return."
He paused here, struck by a thought. Is that actually true? What happened just before we sailed from Dekarran?
"The society of that world," he continued, "which is named Earth, is like ours may be in perhaps two hundred or so years time. Needless to say, that world is quite different than this one. Garia has knowledge which she will give freely to our lands, to permit us to advance as her world has done, but hopefully avoiding many of the dangers, accidents and blind passages that happened on Earth.
"It is for that reason that Yod desired to kidnap or alternatively kill Princess Garia, since they wanted Yod to be the only land in the Great Valley to possess such knowledge. Why? Because they also held someone from Earth, a boy named Yves Perriard. It was from him that the Yodans obtained - by force - the secret of guns. Yves was young, perhaps they thought that Garia might tell them more."
He turned around to look at all of them. "You all know what happened. Increasingly desperate attempts to kidnap Garia, resulting in all-out war. There are other considerations, though. To begin with, I am also from Earth."
There was a gasp from Fard and Windra, while Sildenar merely raised his eyebrows.
"Yes, I came from Earth. I arrived on the day that those of Yod seized the city of Joth and threw everyone out. Like others who come from Earth, I had no memory of my past for five days or so. When that memory finally returned - and I will tell you that it has not fully returned, even now - I found myself in a place so strange I struggled to understand it.
"I adapted, as Garia did, and found that I could make a contribution to Joth's efforts to retake their city. Do you remember the journey that Prince Keren made here?" Nods all round. "I had used the word gun and this was thought sufficiently unusual that it was mentioned to him as he passed through Thorn. He, of course, had already learned the Earth word from Garia. It was on his return journey that I met him and learned about Garia and what had been happening in the east.
"I also learned of the danger I was in and that is why I asked an oath this evening. I did not appreciate until then that, should those of Yod find out about my origins, they would attempt to obtain me just as they were trying to get hold of Garia. Then they would probably have tortured me to find out things I could not have told them, since on Earth I had been a cook and knew little of weapons." He shrugged. "That danger is now past, of course, but there will still be those who would try and take advantage of what we know. That is why our origins must be kept quiet."
He turned to face Sildenar. "In this room is another person from Earth. Your wife guessed the truth, Your Grace, and it is right that you should all be properly informed about us and our origins. Ursula is also from Earth, though from a part very distant from where Garia and I came from."
Sildenar turned to Ursula. "Is this true, my dear?"
"Your Grace, it is. I was... delivered, perhaps, is the best term, to a small island in the Sirrel where I could be found and rescued by Her Highness's crew as they sailed past."
"Delivered?"
Maralin answered. "Your Grace, we were not brought here by chance. There exist Beings of a kind that reside in the world around us but cannot be seen. Be assured that they do not break any of the rules of the Great Convocation. Duke Wallesan and myself have been given enough proof of their existence that I will tell you on oath there is no doubt that they exist. What was I saying? There is a purpose to our being brought here, although we are not sure what the end result will be. Garia and Yves Perriard were delivered at each end of the Valley in order to start a war."
Sildenar was outraged. "A war!"
"Aye, Your Grace." Maralin shrugged. "The war which actually happened, in fact, although the result was not what had been expected. I can only tell you from my knowledge of Earth history that times of war are often when most advancements are made. The pressure of victory, or of avoiding defeat, brings forth developments which will later transform society. Those semaphore masts outside are an example of that, telescopes are another. The Beings plan was to improve society here in the Great Valley. But... something went wrong with the transfer method."
"Transfer? How did you get here, then? How far did you come?"
Maralin shook his head. "Unknown, Your Grace. How far? Well, if I were to tell you that each of the stars you see in the night sky is a sun like Anmar's, and that the sun of Earth is a distant speck, such that the light from that sun will take a thousand years to reach Anmar, you will understand that even on Earth we do not know how it was done. But the point is, when we three arrived, we were not as we were on Earth."
He took a deep breath. "On Earth Garia was a boy. On Earth, I was a young woman. On Earth, Ursula was a young man. Only Yves Perriard was unchanged."
Shock was evident on all their faces.
Fard said, "Maralin, your tale sounds fantastic."
Berilda demurred. "Fard, I can believe it. I know that there are male tailors but the fact that Maralin designed those dresses and uniforms makes more sense if he was once a woman. He obviously has an eye for material and fit."
"If you say so, Mother."
Sildenar said to Maralin, "Yet you are a man. I would not think it possible that one who had once been a woman could become a man. The way each thinks is too different, I deem."
Berilda agreed, "Maralin, he is right. What happened? Are you still a woman inside?"
"Your Grace, when I first arrived I struggled every day with what I had become. On Earth I was treated badly by the man who I originally believed to be my protector, someone who abused me and reduced me to a shadow who barely existed. I hated all men there and when I arrived here I hated my new body. Yet, over time, I came to understand that not all men were the same as he was and that I could become a man of honor. It was hard, but because I now have a man's body..."
He paused, considering. "I wonder, do you understand that the bodies of men and women are different because different chemicals are produced by those bodies? These chemicals shape our bodies, literally, and they also shape our minds. My mind has adjusted, somewhat, towards that of a normal man, yet I also have the past that I was brought up as and I consider myself to be a man with a softer side. My body, I must add, is certainly all male and lets me know that whenever certain circumstances occur."
Sildenar had a faint smile. "I doubt not that all here understand your meaning, Maralin!" His attention switched to Ursula. "My dear, are you the same? You were a man, then, before you came... to Anmar? Maker, even saying that raises the hairs on the back of my neck!"
Ursula had her own faint smile. "Your Grace, my story is even stranger. You may not know this or believe it but I can tell you from personal experience that it is true. When a child is born it is possible for it to be neither male nor female but somewhere in between. Sometimes the differences are noticeable, sometimes they are hidden inside. I was born with a male body but my brain, my mind, has always been female.
"When I found myself here on Anmar, then, with a real female body, I suspected a trick. It took many days, and much persuasion, before I could be convinced that I was now, actually, a woman as I should have been from the start."
Fard asked, "Mistress? Surely the fact that everything around you was different would convince you."
"It is not that simple, My Lord. In two hundred years time it will be possible for people here on Anmar to fake up a whole city and tell someone that what they see is the truth. There are drugs - potions - which can convince anybody of anything, even that their own body is different. In the land of my birth people are naturally suspicious and I struggled to believe the evidence of my own eyes. It took the death of a man right in front of me to make me realize that this was not all arranged to make me tell secrets."
Sildenar ran a hand through his hair. "Maker! What a mess!" He addressed Maralin. "And yet these Beings of yours persist in sending people here from... Earth, did you say?"
"Aye, Your Grace, for one very simple reason. By ourselves, we would have had a carefully measured effect on the various societies in which we had been dropped. Changed, the effects have been considerably greater. For example, if Garia had arrived here as the boy he had been on Earth, we would still be at war with Yod and, possibly, both Forguland and Joth would be in the hands of Yod... and I'm speaking of the countries, not just the cities."
Sildenar said, "Maker!" again. "And now the war is done, shall these Beings leave us alone?"
"Regrettably not, Your Grace. It is thought that every man or woman who now walks on Anmar descends from someone who walked on Earth, so they have been busy for many years, perhaps, thousands. Garia even thinks that grakh were brought from Earth, which since they died out there over sixty million years ago means a long, long time. They do not think of time the same way we do."
Eriana added, "Sildenar, my people were brought here from Earth about a thousand years ago in a seeming storm. Garia has told me of the land we departed from and the lands we were supposed to arrive at, so we now know our ancient sagas to be true."
Maralin pointed out, "Your Grace, your own palace sits in a legionary fortress built by Chivans, who we think are named after the leader of a group who arrived from Earth about five hundred years or so before Eriana's people. The Beings have been managing Anmar for a very long time."
Sildenar ran his hands through his hair. "What are we to do?"
"Your Grace, the policy of both Palarand and Joth is that life should just continue as before. The decisions of each day must still be made and made as though the Beings did not exist. We think that the Beings do not interfere directly but only by using humans - us - as agents. Think of a rock in a small stream. Normally moving that rock will not do much but moving certain rocks in certain places may have a much larger effect."
Sildenar leaned back in his chair and closed his eyes, breathing out a long sigh. "I understand. I will write a letter tomorrow asking Robanar for advice on the matter, since all seems to revolve around Palarand presently." He opened his eyes and looked at Maralin. "I understand why you required oaths of us, now."
"As you say, Your Grace." Maralin hesitated before asking, "If anyone has any questions? This was not what I was sent to Forguland to do, this is something additional and unexpected."
Sildenar looked at Maralin. "Of course, you came here with dispatches, did you not? And you are to depart early tomorrow. Shall you call here on your return, that we may speak of... this other matter again?"
"At your command, Your Grace. With your permission, I will fetch the bag."
Sildenar rested a hand on his forehead. "Aye, Maralin, do."
Maralin bowed and went out. Sildenar turned to Eriana.
"I assume that you already knew of this?"
"Indeed, Sildenar," she replied. "Faced with Garia's knowledge of the past of my people, I could do no other than believe it. She came from the mother world without any doubt at all." Eriana paused. "However, Maralin's appearance and then that of Ursula has caused some disquiet in my mind." She waved a hand. "I do not consider that these Beings pose any threat to us or our way of life, I deem, but some of those who know the secret know more than they are prepared to tell me, I am sure of it.
"Maralin is one of those."
Eyebrows were raised. "Do you tell me?"
"Aye." She gave the Duke a look. "I would leave any further discussion until Maralin has departed, by your leave."
"As you wish, Eriana."
There was an uncomfortable silence for a few moments until Maralin returned with a canvas bag.
"Here it is, Your Grace. If you would verify the seal and open the bag."
Sildenar cut the blue-and-white ribbon of Joth and gave it to Maralin before upending the bag onto the carpet. The contents were few but bulky. Maralin squatted and sorted through the packets, picking one out and handing it to Sildenar.
"Your Grace, this is the signed and sealed copy of the treaty joining Forguland to the Federation," he explained. "It arrived with the wagon train from Palarand and His Grace Wallesan has countersigned it. Congratulations, Forguland has now legally become a member of the Sirrel Federation!"
Sildenar accepted the packet and cut the integral seal, opening the document within.
"It is done, then," he said. "For good or ill, we have joined the Federation. Fard, you handled the negotiations, you will inherit responsibility for Forguland, that is why I followed your advice. I agree, it offers us security we did not have before, but I would not be a sane ruler if I did not have reservations."
"Father, the Federation will become whatever the members make of it," his son replied. "We all have strengths and weaknesses and in theory we may use our strengths to compensate for the weaknesses of others. It is up to us - all of us - to ensure that we do not become distracted by petty bickering."
"As you say." As the Duke spoke, his eye ran down the impressive list of rulers who had countersigned the document, raising eyebrows at one inclusion. "Eriana? You have signed! But you are no longer of Einnland, you are of Palarand." He squinted. "What is this? 'Head of Naval Forces'? What is that?"
Eriana appeared reluctant to explain. "Sildenar, it is nothing. Those at Dekarran made some early decisions concerning the future martial forces of the Sirrel Federation, that is all. I am named as one of the few officers yet appointed."
"Oh, I see... but I do not. Whatever are Naval Forces?"
She let out a breath of resignation. "You know that I and the men who came with me are people of the ocean, Sildenar. Once the war with Yod had ended, I wondered what my purpose would be, then Maralin made a good suggestion, that the Federation must needs have water-borne forces, both to keep the peace on its rivers and to venture further along our coasts to discover what manner of people live there, be they friendly or otherwise. Thus, the Federation Navy was born with myself as its head. As yet we are only in the planning stage for what may become an independent service that any from within the Federation may join and serve."
"But why do we not..." Sildenar was confused. He turned to Maralin. "If you would explain."
"Your Grace, on the world I came from, Earth, it is customary for most nations who have access to the sea to have a Navy or equivalent. It is a separate armed force with policing duties but will also fight wars on the open sea as well as support, for example, landings on hostile coasts. In days past, navies were also used to chart and discover lands previously unknown, for purposes of trade as well as defense."
The Duke turned back to Eriana. "Ah, I see why your people would be thought suitable for such a task as this, Eriana. Your men, do they go with you?"
"Of course, Sildenar. Maralin tells me they should be named Marines, warriors who fight from ship to ship or from ships to hostile shores. They will be a separate branch to those who sail our ships but they will still be part of the navy."
Sildenar sat back. "Hmm. There is much here to discuss, it seems. It is yet early, perhaps some refreshment before we get to the meat of the matter." He turned to Berilda's maid. "Hestia, if I may ask you to summon Tenion. I foresee a long evening ahead of us, since Maralin must travel on tomorrow."
* * *
"Ursula?"
"Highness?"
The two were about to part in the corridor leading to their respective chambers.
"I wonder..." Ursula could not determine the expression on Eriana's face. "Tomorrow we take the Visund on a brief journey across the river to the place we fought our last battle."
"You have mentioned it, Highness."
"Would you join us? I..." Eriana took a deep breath before lowering her voice. "I have not been looking forward to that moment, I must confess. I would appreciate your presence by my side when we pay our respects to those that died there."
"You want some emotional support?"
"As you say. It is difficult... for me to admit a weakness, it is not the way I was raised. Yet I believe that having someone like yourself beside me may help me manage what I must needs do." There was an appeal in her eyes. "Would you come? I would not command you, it is not my place."
Ursula considered. A short journey across the river to a scene of fierce fighting, it was not surprising that the memories might disturb Eriana.
"Highness, I will come. Although my interests are in saving lives rather than taking them, it will be interesting to see where that battle was fought."
The relief on Eriana's face was immediate. "Oh, thank you, Ursula! Your kindness shall not be forgotten. Until tomorrow, then."
"Tomorrow. Good night, Highness."
"Good night, Ursula."
As the epic Battle of Boldan's Rock had resulted in some unavoidable casualties, Eriana feels obliged to return there with her men to pay their respects. With every Einnlander aboard, as well as Ursula and Tyra, the Visund crosses the Sirrel to the scene of the second, more bloody, battle. But since that time Eriana has matured and now views her earlier decisions in a different light.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
35 - At Gylfi's Rest
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2020
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The question the following morning was an age-old one.
"Mistress, what shall you wear today?"
Ursula sighed. "I do not know, Tyra. I have no idea what is going to happen today. Tell me, do you think that Her Highness has planned something formal? If it is to be as warm today as it was yesterday, I would prefer to wear a ship dress, but if this ceremony is going to be formal..."
She left the implication hanging, that she would have to wear a decent day gown instead and put up with the heat.
"Mistress, I have no idea what has been planned - assuming anything has been planned at all. I probably know less of the customs of those of Einnland than you do." Tyra hesitated, then added, "I am unsure why Her Highness has the need to visit this place. Do you?"
"Perhaps. On Earth, if one were to pass the place where a battle had once been fought, many would pause for a moment and reflect on what had happened there, particularly if the battle had been recent. Particularly if one had been involved, of course. Like yourself, I do not know the customs of the Einnlanders, not really. I don't know Valley custom either, as it happens." She came to a decision. "A ship dress, I think. Perhaps that darker gray one? The color looks a little more formal but it will keep me cooler - and doesn't make me look like part of the crew, which is what happened yesterday."
"As you wish, Mistress." Tyra regarded the contents of the chest. "Though you have a reasonable selection, I deem, there will not be a great variety of choice should the voyage be a long one."
"True, but this is a problem faced by all travelers, Tyra. Fortunately those who see us later on will not know what has been worn earlier in the journey, so I can repeat dresses and gowns more often than I might do normally. We just have to make sure they are all clean enough."
"As you say, Mistress. Since the Visund remains in Forguland for a small while, I will see if I may make use of the palace laundry, by your leave."
"Of course, Tyra. There's no sense in making more work for ourselves, especially when we don't know what we will be doing most of the time."
"As you say, Mistress. What of your Healer's basket and bag? Do you think that those will be needed today?"
Ursula shook her head. "No idea. We can ask Her Highness when we see her at breakfast."
* * *
"If I may join you this morning, Highness."
Major General Gwilli stood at attention in front of Eriana immediately after the breakfast tables had been cleared.
"General," she replied with a small nod. "You may of course come with us but I cannot promise you a comfortable ride. The Visund is a ship of commerce and conflict and was not designed for passengers."
"I understand that, Highness, but the journey is a short one and I am, after all, a man of war. I am used to the hardship of traveling rough and, indeed, sleeping and eating where I may."
Eriana gave a faint smile. "As am I, General. If I may ask, will there be any problem today? I understand that the farther shore - pardon me, the farther bank - is accounted Ferenis. Should I have asked permission before crossing?"
Gwilli waved a hand. "No, no, Highness. At the moment there are all manner of sundry troops and equipment, from many countries, traveling that route in both directions, since the road that those of Yod built has been used to transfer them upvalley. We of Forguland are also permitted rights of access to the fortress, of course. In any event, I doubt that your welcome today will be aught but sincere and warm."
"As you say, General."
"If I may ask, what is it you desire to do there?"
Eriana's face was closed. "Me and my men are bound by close ties, General, as you must know. Oaths, aye, but all are friends and we have shared many dangers, though I will add that the attack on Boldan's Rock and the business on the wharves below are the worst that any of us will have faced." She gave a silent sigh. "We lost old friends and sturdy companions that day, General. Since we must needs remove ourselves from the field so soon we were not able to make our customary farewells to those men. That is what we intend to do today. I assume that we will be permitted to do that? If not, we will make other arrangements."
"I would think that there will be no problem, Highness. I strongly doubt that those of Ferenis will object either, whatever you intend."
Ursula joined the pair. "Highness."
"Ursula." Eriana eyed Ursula with approval. "If I had thought to mention it last night, I would have suggested that you should not choose a day gown this morning, I see that you have chosen wisely. If I may introduce Major General Gwilli, Director of the Forguland Military Command. He has asked to join us today and, as a representative for Forguland, he is welcome."
Ursula nodded to the General. "General."
Eriana continued her introductions. "Ursula joined the Visund on our journey upstream, General. She is from a distant land and is traveling, as the Visund is, to visit the different lands of the Great Valley. In Joth she is accounted a Healer of some repute."
Gwilli clicked his heels and bowed. "Mistress Ursula, good morning. I see that you also wear a new style of lightweight summer attire." He turned to Eriana. "Is this some new design from Palarand? They seem to be the source of much else that is new."
Eriana smiled. "No indeed, General! You show know that this design comes from Joth and is the idea of Tenant Maralin, based on similar styles from his own homeland. The summer uniform my men wear is also designed by him."
"Do you tell me? That is interesting. Tell me -"
Eriana held up a hand. "General, we have already had this conversation! Concerning both this design, which for obscure reasons is named a 'ship dress', and that of the uniform of my men, Maralin has already made known to His Grace that attire of a similar cut may be freely reproduced in Forguland, and indeed in any other land that desires so."
"Indeed? Then I will observe yourself and your men today, that I may see how effective they are in the heat of summer. By your leave, of course."
"Of course, General. If our men are to fight, it is best that they be comfortable while they do it."
There was a pause so Ursula asked, "Highness, will I be needing my medical basket today?"
"I could not say, Ursula. I do not think so, but if it is not too much trouble to bring -"
"Then I will bring it, Highness."
Sildenar joined the group. "As I mentioned yesterday eve, I regret that I cannot join you, Eriana. Gwilli, are you going?"
"Aye, Your Grace, and, by your leave, I will go as your representative."
The Duke nodded approval. "Good. Eriana, do you go seek your men? Gwilli will show you the gate nearest their hostel. Do you yet know what time will you return? I ask merely that Cook will know how many to account for lunch."
"Probably not for lunch, Sildenar. Later today, I deem."
"If you will be away for lunch, I will tell you that there will be several places across the river where your party may find food and drink." He paused. "If you will forgive me, I must needs look out some packets to give to Maralin before he departs. I will see you both this afternoon."
"Sildenar."
"Your Grace."
As Sildenar turned away Gwilli said, "Highness, if you are ready, we may depart to fetch your men."
"Aye, of course. We will require a moment to fetch items from our chambers, by your leave."
Gwilli waited a short while at the foot of the broad flight of steps leading to the upper floor. When the women returned, Eriana had her broadsword ready in the baldric over her shoulder while Bennet and Semma were straightening their sword belts. Ursula carried her basket of remedies while Tyra had the customary maid's satchel of items of a feminine nature.
Gwilli's eyebrows rose. "So it is true, then." He addressed the guardswomen. "Tell me, have either of you two yet used those swords in anger? I know that Her Highness has but she is of a different mold, I deem."
Bennet answered for the two of them. "Sir, neither of us has yet had occasion to blood our swords, though we came close in Virgulend. Be assured that we are both well trained, though, and are prepared to use them as required."
"Virgulend! What transpired there? Bandits?"
Eriana explained shortly, "Jarwin. We chanced to find an overnight stop where he was visiting nearby. It was an unpleasant incident."
"Jarwin? Maker! I trust there was no injury to any?"
Eriana and the girls looked at each other before the Princess replied, "Not exactly. General, if we find time later today I will recount for you the whole sorry business."
"Well! This is unexpected. You will understand that we of Forguland, like any other, prefer to keep an eye and an ear open for information about our neighbors, in case trouble arises."
Eriana showed her teeth. "There will be no trouble this time, General. For the insult he gave to Wallesan, Jarwin has been forbidden forever from entering Joth."
"Do you tell me? That is news indeed. Well, we should not stand here blocking the corridor. If you would all follow me."
Gwilli led them along the wide and busy corridor, past the entrance lobby and along another corridor which turned at the side of the building. Soon they came to a smaller side entrance. Nodding to the guards there he led the group across the wide space towards a small gate in the side wall. Like the others it had been patched up many times over the centuries but the lintel over the gate was the original one, though badly chipped. There was an inscription on the lintel and all looked up to see it.
Eriana turned. "Ursula, is that what Maralin spoke of? Can you read it?"
"I can, Highness," Ursula replied, "and it sends shivers down my spine. I do not speak the language they used but I can more or less tell you the words. The Second Legion of Chivanus, or something like that."
"So it is true, then," Gwilli murmured. "This compound was built by the Chivans. We had always suspected it, but it was not until Maralin came that we had any proof, and you have confirmed that it is true. If I may ask, Mistress, Second and Chivanus I may understand but what is a Legion?"
"General, the standard military unit of the Romans - you call them the Chivans here, I understand, after their leader - is a Legion, which I suppose is roughly equivalent perhaps to one of your regiments." Ursula had a thought. "Ah, you do have regiments here, General?"
"Aye, we do, Mistress," he said as they walked through the gate. "Can you tell me what number of men it may have been?"
She shook her head. "I have no idea, general. I do know that it is probably many hundreds, possibly thousands, and that a legion would consist not just of the fighting men but everyone else as well, from the cooks, healers and other trades to specialists who could erect roads, buildings and probably the wall we have just walked through. It was designed to be completely self contained on campaign."
"Ah, I see. Of course that is not how we do things these days. Are you familiar with the Chivans, ah, what did you name them?"
"Romans. They had a very large empire..." Ursula suddenly remembered that Gwilli might not know about anyone's off-world origins. "...across the ocean and more than a thousand years ago. I'm sorry, I know very little more than the odd fact."
"Ah." Gwilli nodded. "I have a small interest in military history, as it happens, and I would be interested to learn more if I could."
Ursula thought. "I am sorry, General, I don't know of anyone else who might be able to help you."
Eriana said, "Garia told me that she could read the words, as Ursula can, but does not know the language either. Mayhap one day your curiosity will be satisfied, General, but not today, I deem."
"As you say."
They crossed the busy boulevard and approached a large establishment that was also walled.
Gwilli said, "I don't know if you already know this, Highness, Mistress, but because the danger of Yod is ever present we have long had hostels and barracks for troops of friendly lands who may be passing through. This is one such. In recent times we have also used them for refugees from Ferenis escaping the most recent outrage. Highness, your men are in here and I may tell you that they will be well cared for."
The gate guards recognized the General and let the party enter. In the large courtyard in the center of the hostel the Norsemen were busy doing Tai Chi, with presumably some of the other guests watching from one side with interest. A few of the less able Norse stood near one of the buildings, keeping an eye on a pile of weapons. One of these spotted the newcomers and nudged, pointed. Soon enough Lars, who was leading the exercise, turned and saw them.
«It is the Captain! Men, enough! It is time to go and pay our respects to our friends.»
He clapped his hands and the array of men broke, most heading to retrieve their weapons. Lars made for Eriana.
"Captain."
"Good morrow, Lars. Are the men ready to leave?"
"When they have collected weapons, Captain." His gaze went to Gwilli. "I remember you... Sir... but I forget name."
Eriana said, "This is Major General Gwilli, who is the senior officer of the Forguland Military Command. General, my second in command Lars."
"Ah," Lars said with recognition. "You were there with troops when we had burning for dead."
"As you say, Commander," Gwilli confirmed. "If I may say, we were all in awe at what such a small group of men had managed to do. We are all pleased to see you and your men here in Forguland again, Commander, and under better circumstances."
"Thank you, Sir."
The men had collected their weapons and were now clustering around the group, most busily buckling belts and settling weapons in them.
«Hey! It is Ursula and Tyra!»
«They are coming with us? It is good!»
«Who is that local? He looks too old to be a fighter.»
Eriana turned on them. «Settle down now! This is Major General Gwilli, he commands Forguland's forces for Duke Sildenar. I have no doubt that he has seen battle in the past, when he was younger, but now His Grace has need of the General's wisdom rather than his sword arm.» She added, «He commanded the troops who came to our aid at the end of the second battle, the one down by the river. He, and the men who came with him, are worthy of our respect.»
Several throats shouted, «Captain!»
The Princess gazed around. "Is everyone ready? Then let's go! General, if you would lead the way."
They walked back out of the compound and turned right to follow the boulevard back to the junction at the corner of the palace walls. From there Gwilli led them back they way they had originally walked from the wharves the previous day. Eriana and Gwilli led the procession while Bennet, Semma, Ursula and Tyra walked together behind. The men followed, but the arrangement was casual.
Eriana's legs were long and Gwilli was used to marching so the pace was faster than that of the previous evening. Ursula did not mind, it was a good way to get her blood flowing. Behind, the men's footsteps soon adjusted into the same cadence. Within a short while someone had started singing and the rest immediately joined in. Within another short while Ursula's ears were red and her face was flaming.
"Mistress?"
The men were, of course, singing in Norse.
"Uh... um..."
She tried to make herself heard above the singing, which actually sounded much better than she had imagined a random group of large hairy warriors would manage. The problem was, of course...
"The song is extremely crude, Tyra. Thank your stars that you do not speak their language."
"Oh! Mistress, I understand. Does it upset you?"
"Not really. I heard just as bad when I was in the army... in that other place. But here I am a woman and the song is about men doing things to women." She listened some more. "To which, if you would believe the words, the women are enjoying."
"Men!"
"Always, Tyra."
Eriana turned her head. "Ursula, if it distresses you, I can ask them to stop."
"It is fine, Highness. It just took me by surprise."
The Princess smiled. "As you wish. I would not wish to cause you discomfort. Although I may not always agree with the songs they sing, I am content that they do sing sometimes. It helps to show that they are in good spirits for what might lay ahead."
"As you say, Highness."
Ursula learned the words to three more songs before they reached the ramps leading down to the wharf where the Visund was moored. The rhythm was broken as they went down the ramps and, besides, there was too much other noise from those already working on other vessels.
Waiting for them at the Visund, under the lowered brows of two port officials and a squad of armsmen, were the three Norsemen who now resided in Forguland. They were by themselves this time and Radwan was supported by crutches instead of the wheeled chair from the previous day. Also waiting was a four-wheeled wagon and dranakh, the cargo being four large barrels.
"Radwan? You will manage on those?"
"Yah, Captain."
She jerked a thumb at the wagon. "Is that for us?"
"Yah, Captain," Radwan said again and Lukku added, "Captain, it was the least we could do."
"Very well." Eriana frowned then. "There was another man injured and left behind, I recall. What happened to him?"
The three looked uncomfortably at one another. "Captain, of course you speak of Dakig," Lukku replied. "He told us his wound was but a scratch and, indeed, it seemed to us that he healed more quickly."
Radwan took up the story. "Then, Captain, one day he began putting his things in a dunnage bag and we asked him what he was doing. He told us that he had an idea which he would explain later, but that it meant he must needs lodge elsewhere."
Matz completed the tale. "Captain, that was the last any of us have seen of him."
Eriana scowled. "Dakig! I wonder what he has gotten himself into." She shook her head and turned to the officials. "If we may board our ship now." It was not a request.
The two sized her up, noting the broadsword, and then turned to the well-known figure beside her.
Gwilli asked, "Is there a problem, boys?"
"Ah, no, Sir. It was just that these three appeared with this wagon and said they were part of the crew, but they don't look like these other men to me."
"That is because they were all three injured in the assault of Boldan's Rock and remained in Forguland to convalesce and recover." His tone became implacable. "Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand is taking her men, aboard her ship, to pay her respects to those men of her regiment who did not survive the battle."
"Sir! As you say, Sir. It was a misunderstanding, Sir."
"Then if you would stand aside. I believe that those barrels must needs be loaded on board the ship before we may sail."
"I'll find some men to operate the derrick, Sir."
Most of the Norsemen followed Ursula, Bennet, Semma and Tyra onto the ship, thus leaving the wharf cleared for local workers to begin transferring the four barrels into the hull. Eriana and Gwilli stayed on the wharf to observe the loading operation, along with the two officials.
Tor asked, "Captain, where shall we put them? The weight must be spread or we'll bend in two."
"Aye." Eriana thought a moment. "How about, all along the center line," she pointed, "there, there, there and there?"
Tor nodded. "Good enough. We'll need to shift the kitchen equipment. Can I tow the praam and put the kitchen gear in it?"
"Yes, do that."
The ship's small boat was manhandled over the side and secured to the stern, loaded with the cooking gear. With the aid of the dockside lifting gear, the barrels were soon positioned to everyone's satisfaction.
One of the officials turned to Eriana. "Highness -"
She cut him off. "While I attend my ship I am merely the owner and Captain, nothing more. You may address me so. We are about to depart, is there some procedure I must follow, some document I must needs sign?"
The man held up a hand. "My apologies, uh, Captain. There are no formalities for your departure today. Merely to say, here is your pilot for today's journey."
"Pilot?" She raised an eyebrow. "To cross a river?"
Gwilli intervened. "Captain, of course all who use this stretch of the Sirrel frequently know it well and have no need for a pilot for such a crossing as this. However, you have never sailed here before, and with the Cauldron but two marks away, it would be prudent to take someone who knows the particulars of this crossing."
Eriana stared at the General before relenting. "Aye, General, you have the right of it. It is easy to forget that each stretch we pass has its own foibles and dangers." She turned to the other man. "You are?"
"Kayt, your, er, Captain."
"Then, Master Kayt, if you would go aboard that we may depart."
Gwilli followed Kayt onto the Visund while Eriana took one last look around before following them. Locals pulled the gangway back off the ship as Eriana beckoned to Kayt and led the way aft. Tor was already at his place holding the steering oar in a relaxed grip.
She turned to the pilot. "What must we do, pilot? I merely thought to swing out and sail upstream awhile before crossing."
Kayt nodded with approval. "Captain, that is exactly right. It is when you reach the other side that care must needs be taken."
"Very well." She hopped up onto the poop deck and called to the men. «Places, all! Brodgar, let go forward, we'll need to swing out first before we can let go behind. Men, gently push us away from the wharf with some oars, if you would. Ormund, Jorl, be ready to lift the yard. We'll need to let the sail take us upriver before we can swing across to the other side.»
Near the bow Ursula received a request. "Mistress?"
"Yes, go on."
Tyra scampered back to the mast and spoke to Ormund, who pointed to a rope. Others were ready with other ropes; the yard and sail together were not light but they had all done this many times before. As they swung out into the channel the yard was gradually lifted up the mast before tugs on several lines caused the sail to drop with a thump. It soon bellied out in the morning breeze and the Visund surged against the current.
Gwilli stood just forward of the poop deck and Eriana jumped down to join him. He nodded thoughtfully.
"A sparse design, I deem, yet spacious enough for all your men and supplies. The sail looks strange to my eyes, too. You tell me that ships like these customarily sail the oceans of Anmar? Incredible!"
"You are too kind, General. There is little wood about the shores of Einnland, and that of poor quality, that is why we build as we do... though I will say that this is said to be a traditional design. Aye, we have sailed the ocean beyond the Sirrel in the Visund, many times, though I would not claim that we could sail all the oceans of Anmar!"
"Perhaps I exaggerated, Captain, but you mentioned yesterday eve that one of the tasks of this new Navy is to chart the oceans of the entire world. Is that even possible? It is well known that in other parts there exist strange peoples, perhaps warlike, and even stranger monsters. Would you chance such a vessel as this in such waters?"
"No indeed, General! For that task we shall design a fleet of new ships, powered not by sail but by coal, and they shall be defended by new guns of immense size. If these prove not to be adequate for our explorations, know you that my crew, and others trained in a like fashion, will be aboard to make our point to whoever we may find residing on those distant shores."
"Indeed? Then I will await developments, Captain."
A thought came to Eriana and she turned to Kayt. "Pilot, are we likely to require the oars for this crossing?"
"Probably not, Captain. The wind blows one way, the current flows the other, between them you may not need oars at all, even when we reach the other side."
Avoiding a couple of small fishing boats, the Visund crept out of the channel and was on the wide Sirrel once more. The sun, this early in the day, was behind them, and the other shore was indistinct in the last few wisps of the morning mist. Eriana studied it without making much clear before shaking her head and turning her attention elsewhere.
"How far must we travel before we may cross?"
Kayt replied, "Captain, we must be well clear of the island and able to see other vessels clearly, should we need to maneuver around them. Perhaps two marks, three would be better."
The men seemed to be in good spirits this morning, Ursula thought.
They are going to pay their respects to their dead, so I was told. Of course, theirs is a warrior culture and they will not do things the way I was familiar with on Earth.
She had a thought. Norse! Warrior Gods, a hall of heroes, what was it called? Her eyes flickered down. Ah, now I understand those barrels! This trip could get... interesting.
I wonder if the locals will be offended by what is about to happen?
After a while the bow shifted and the Visund began to cross the Sirrel, still around two marks wide here. There was the usual bobbing as they crossed the main current and then they were into calmer water on the northern side.
"No! Captain, I am sorry, I should have explained. You must not turn here. If you may shorten sail and let the current take us down to where we want to go."
Eriana stared at Kayt. "You want us to drift down backwards? This is safe?"
"Captain, it is." Kayt looked doubtfully at the steering oar. "I do not know how easy it will be to keep your ship facing upriver. I have never traveled in one this size before, nor with such a method of steering."
"Tor?"
«I am not sure, Captain. I don't think I have ever sailed this way. Whenever we have moved in reverse, we have always had the oars out. I will have to think very carefully to find out which way to move the oar.»
For the moment, with the sail still full, they were heading upstream. Eriana shouted instructions forward and the yard was lowered halfway so that the sail could be partly furled. Soon, their forward motion ceased and the current began to take them back towards the junction. One problem immediately presented itself.
"Captain, the praam! What can we do?"
The praam had begun to swing back towards the Visund, threatening a collision.
"Steer as though turning left," Eriana decided. "That way it will come up against the left side and you can then correct our course."
"Captain."
Tor heaved the steering oar and the stern of the Visund moved away from the ship's small boat, which drifted up along the left side until it touched.
«Captain,» Ormund asked, «Shall I take the painter and walk the praam forward out of the way?»
«No,» she replied after a moment. «There is no point, we will be going forward again soon enough and it will be behind us again.»
Ormund nodded and walked back to the mast.
"Soon, Captain," Kayt said, "I will ask you to drop the sail again and for the ship to steer for the nearer bank. I am not sure how your sail will cope when the ship turns."
"It is no problem, pilot. We can sail with the wind on any quarter. I will ask for the yard to be swung round as you desire."
"Do you tell me? That is interesting news. Captain, if I may ask you sometime today about your sail. It has caused much talk in the Harbor Office at Forguland. We do not see many vessels with sails of that shape or hoisted that way."
"Indeed? Well, know you that we will remain in Forguland for some days, if we cannot manage a talk today then others may be possible."
"Captain, you are too kind."
Eriana stared at the northern wharf area as they drifted past. It looked nothing like it had when they had last seen it, but that was not surprising. Their only priority then had been to disable most of it so that those of Yod could not make use of it, which meant they had dismantled or destroyed most of the wharves and sunk many of the barges and small craft which had been moored there. Besides, the water level had been much higher then.
Now it looked strange. To her left and right were the customary tall piles with pontoons reaching out into the river, while between them was a curious construction that looked like a river-level fortress made of long vertical logs of wood. It stood up high and there were vessels moored at the foot of it.
"If you would turn now, Captain."
"Towards the pontoons? Will I need to shift the sail?"
"Not towards the pontoons, Captain, but you will need your sail to move towards the wharf," Kayt considered, then turned to look at the crew, "unless you care to make use of your oars instead."
"That is a wharf?" Eriana stared with disbelief at the construction, which looked higher than the Visund's mast. She also looked around, then decided to change her original plan. «Men! To your oars! We head toward that forest of trees!»
There was instant action as the oars were made ready. Tor called down, «Captain, should I order the sail to be stowed?»
«Do that. I do not think we will need it again before we leave.» To Kayt she asked, "What is the reason we may not use those pontoons? We have done so everywhere else we have been."
"Captain, normally I would agree with you, but today you carry heavy cargo." The pilot turned and pointed at the nearest of the barrels. "Removing those onto a pontoon would be just possible but awkward. The wharf has cranes on top to assist with unloading and loading such cargo."
Eriana looked at the constructions she now saw on top of the 'wharf'. "I thought those siege weapons, like those in the fortress."
Kayt studied the cranes. "Aye, I can see the resemblance, from a distance. They are but cranes which will make the work of unloading your barrels so much quicker."
"As you say." By now the Visund had drifted further downstream so Eriana spun to her steersman. «Steer us in, Tor. I know not how we will moor but it is there we need to go.»
«Captain. Here comes Lars to measure the beat.»
As the oars bit and began to overcome the current, Tor steered the Visund towards the wall of piles. As the ship approached it was apparent that these were whole trimmed tree trunks, spaced about two strides apart and held by cross-braces of large timbers. At each end, men could be seen working on these, adding to the construction.
"A lot of wood," she mused.
"Aye, Captain," Kayt responded. "A gift from Smordan to help in the war, originally, but the arrangement was so useful that it is being expanded as you can see."
"What holds it up?"
"Behind is a large outcrop of rock. That is why pontoons could not be placed there. This way, substantial cranes could be built on the rock, which would be usable whatever level the river was."
"I never noticed a rock when we were here before."
"It was covered by river deposits, Captain. When the river level lowered enough that the temporary wharves could be rebuilt, the rock was discovered as they excavated. Ah, Captain, you should moor facing upstream, since you must needs return by a similar route to the one by which you came."
Lars called for the oars to slacken off as the prow of the Visund approached the piles. Behind the vertical timbers were walkways at several levels, and behind those were stairways going up and down. There were men waiting as the ship approached head on, and one of them caught the thrown line, passed it around one of the piles and threw it back. Thus attached, the current naturally caused the ship's stern to swing round until they were lying alongside. Another thrown line secured the stern.
Others waiting on the walkways positioned short gangplanks between hull and walkway. Lars led the way off, then waited until most of the men had disembarked to begin filing up the stairways to the top. He nodded to Eriana and then followed. Ursula noted that only the true sailors were left aboard.
"Tor? Shall you see to the unloading of the barrels?"
«Of course, Captain, and then we will join you above. I am anxious to see where you and the others gained your great victory.»
Ursula noticed that Eriana's expression was not what she expected. There was a kind of sadness there.
«If this construction is any guide, I doubt we will recognize any of it. Still, this is the place, it is here that...» her voice faltered, «Sten and Gylfi fell.»
With that she turned without another word, ran down the Visund to the middle and leaped from the hull to the walkway, disappearing into the jumble of woodwork.
"Mistress?"
"Yes, Tyra. I suppose that we had better follow them."
"If I may, Mistress."
Ormund lent a gentle hand to ensure that Ursula gained the safety of the walkway. Moments later, Bennet, Semma and Tyra had joined her and she led them to the nearest stairs and began climbing. Inside the latticework of the piling it was cool and dark, so the contrast when she emerged from a slot in the upper decking made her squint against the glare.
The others were waiting for them, most staring about them in confusion.
Ursula asked, "Lars? What appears to be the problem?"
"Is a strange place, Mistress. Do not... recognize... anything."
There were heavy timbers covering the wharf area with two substantial fixed cranes near the river edge. There were stacks of substantial timbers at the west side, with men busy at work sawing and shaping them, while other men were handling sacks of what appeared to be cargo. A wagon was ready for the sacks but no dranakh or frayen could be seen.
At the rear the timbers smoothly transitioned to cobbles that reminded her of the Joth dockside. The road thus formed went back a long way before reaching a street which ran east and west. Facing the street was a row of booths, small shops and taverns with side streets indicating more development behind, the beginnings of a substantial town. At the rear, the Wall of the Great Valley sloped up steeply to the cliffs behind.
«What was here before, then?»
«Empty. Dirt. Wharves were here, all along, rough, quickly made by Yod, not like this. Of course, the river was much higher then. No buildings like that,» he jabbed a dismissive thumb at the taverns, «not even shacks. Down that end, where the enemy were, there might have been tents, their camp.» He grimaced. «It has only been one winter and already I forget. But we were not here many days, maybe three.»
She looked to her left, west, and saw more of the hastily thrown up wooden buildings. A wide and properly paved road led through them. Turning to her right, she eyed the bulk of Boldan's Rock looming over the immediate area, then spotted the narrow roadway leading down from the fortress to the town below, its lower end hidden behind some of the recent development.
Eriana, Gwilli and Kayt joined them.
Eriana remarked, "I am not surprised the men are confused. If I did not see the fortress up there I would think we had been brought to a completely different place."
"Aye, Highness," Gwilli agreed. "Once we had taken the area and secured it, it became apparent that it would provide an easier and safer route to transfer men and materials across the river to head forward to Yod. The growth of the town here is by chance, though. Men must needs drink, eat, sleep and replace worn belongings before they proceed, whether they be soldiers or river men. Those men rebuilding the wharves and pontoons also resided here, many still do. Thus, it was not long before such places as you see before you sprang into being. Welcome to Gylfi's Rest, Highness. The town has already grown since I was here two weeks ago."
"I am amazed! So much and in so short a time!"
Gwilli nodded. "War has that effect, Highness."
"This is what Garia told us in Palarand, but I could not believe it. Now it seems I must."
"As you say, Highness."
"What happens now?"
"Highness, we must wait for the barrels to be brought up. Kayt has already spoken to those who operate the cranes and he has also arranged for a wagon to transport the barrels once they are up."
A wagon, pulled by a dranakh, was even now turning from the street onto the way leading to the 'wharf', which Ursula now realized was actually the end face of a substantial pier reaching out into the river. As she swung to examine her surroundings, she saw that one of the cranes was already in action and a barrel rose into view as she watched. It was carefully deposited on the decking and the tackle sent below for another.
A group of uniformed men approached from the western end of the town. The man in the lead wore a diagonal sash while four of the remaining five were plainly rank-and-file soldiers. Gwilli saw them approach and waited.
"Gwilli."
"Kummin. Good morning. If I may introduce Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand. As you know she was the leader of the men who retook our fortress and then decided to venture down here. With her, as you can see," he spread his arm to encompass the group of men, "are all those who came with her that day and survived. With her also today are the men of her ship's crew who did not take part in the action that day, two companion women-at arms from the Royal Palace Guard of Palarand, Guardswomen Bennet and Semma, and also Mistress Ursula, a healer of some repute, with her maid, who both accompany Her Highness on her voyage upriver."
Kummin turned. "Squad, attend!" The men immediately formed a line and came to attention.
Gwilli turned to Eriana. "If I may present Under-Marshal Kummin of the Ferenis Defense Council who presently commands this outpost, it not yet being considered ready for a civilian appointment."
Kummin bowed low to Eriana. "Your Highness, I can truly say that we of Ferenis are delighted to see you and your men return, and you should know that you and your men, any of you, may come to this place at any time in the future to visit the memorial we have made concerning the actions that you and your men did and the sacrifices that were made. I know that you are continuing to Ferenis itself, but I will tell you now that, as in Forguland, you and your men will always be welcome in any part of Ferenis."
There were calls behind and Ursula turned to see one of the barrels being lifted onto the wagon.
Kummin turned to his men. "Spayter, take your men below and stand guard over Her Highness's ship while they are away."
"Sir?" The man looked uncertain, staring at the Norsemen and then at the other men working on the wharf.
"Quadrant," Eriana said then.
The man turned, surprised to be addressed. "Uh... Your Highness?"
"All my men are attired as these you see before you. Any you find below, or who descend attired that way, you may permit to board the Visund. No others." She added, "Oh, of course you should also recognize myself or the women in our party, we are all here, you may see how we are dressed."
The man gulped, "As you say, Your Highness."
He did not move but looked uncertainly at Kummin, who glared at him. "Well, what are you waiting for, man? Get below! The crew will want to come up and join their fellows!"
"Sir!"
The five trooped off towards the stairway down and Kummin sighed. "Nothing but trouble with that one."
Gwilli added, "Aye, I remember him now. Nearly lost us the battle, did he not?"
Kummin waved a hand. "The battle is over now, Gwilli. Let us get on. I see the cargo is nearly ready."
The dock workers were settling the third barrel on the wagon as the rest of the Norsemen came up from below. Most glanced at the wagon and its cargo before joining the party.
«Captain,» Tor reported, «It looks like some local troops are going to guard the Visund. Is that acceptable?»
«Tor, those are men sent by Under-Marshal Kummin here, the commander of this place, which I may remind you is considered part of Ferenis. I have told them who is permitted to board and who is not.» She scowled. «Though I have no trust in their officer. He seems incapable of independent thought." She shrugged. «No matter. Here we are among firm friends, as you will discover. If anyone should think to interfere with the ship, I think that retribution would be swift. They do not want to annoy us.» A small grin. «Especially after what we did when we were here before!»
She turned to Gwilli. "General, we are all here. Once the wagon is ready we may begin."
"As you say, Your Highness."
It was only a short while before the dranakh pulling the wagon joined them. Once again, Ursula felt that strange gaze from the beast and wondered what was going on.
I don't look particularly different from the others, I'm wearing similar clothes, why are these enormous beasts all taking an interest in me? Is it some kind of strange smell I have? I cannot think of another reason for this interest.
Three different countries now, and the dranakhs in all of them are interested in me. Why?
Gwilli said, "Well. Your Highness, if you and your men would follow us."
The two military men led the enlarged party along the cobbled walkway to the street and then turned left, going west. Ursula immediately saw a gap in the row of shacks to her right but thought little of it. After all, if this was a settlement thrown up in a hurry, there might be gaps in the construction. However, once they reached the gap it became apparent that the square of rough land was their destination.
"Highness," Kummin explained, "this was the site, if you recall, of that last barricade that you and your men erected that day. When we of Ferenis and Forguland came to develop the area as a temporary landing place, there was a reluctance to place or build anything here, it being considered unlucky to erase the signs of that desperate last stand.
"Accordingly, it remains much as it was then, although the barricades and traps have been removed for reasons of safety. The winter weather has smoothed much of what was left and the bloodstains and other marks have been washed away by the rain. Otherwise, little has changed, except that a memorial to the battle has been placed right at the back."
Eriana looked shocked. "G-General, we did not expect this. Our battles are remembered in ale and song, not hallowed ground and memorials."
"I wondered, Highness, since we were aware that those of Einnland might have had different customs. I remember the day that we held the pyres for your dead, some of your men were uneasy at what we were doing."
"Aye. It is not the way of Einnland, but the land of our birth now lies in the past, General. We have all made our oaths to Robanar and are sworn to him now, not to my father. Since we returned to Palarand following the battles most of my men now understand why your dead are burned rather than buried. It is an honorable custom, I deem, and practical in such lands as these."
"As you say, Highness. If you and your men would like to inspect the memorial now? I regret that it is not yet complete. When you approach it you will understand why."
Eriana nodded and then turned to her men, explaining in Norse what was happening. There were many murmurs of approval.
"Follow me, men."
Eriana strode off the street and directly to the large slab of white stone that stood proud at the back of the plot, her men following behind. Once she arrived, she read the inscription and then fell to her knees. When Ursula had managed to join them, and read what was on the slab, she understood why.
"Mistress? I cannot follow these letters very well."
Ursula understood the problem and that many of the men would not be able to read the words either, so she spoke them aloud.
"HERE GYLFI FELL."
There was a stir as she spoke. Beneath the chiseled marks was a bronze plaque, one side of which was inscribed, the other half left blank. She continued by reading the plaque.
"Against all expectation the twenty men of the Einnland Regiment, led by their Captain, Princess Eriana, and with two women-at-arms as companions, liberated the fortress above from the invader by guile and sword, with only light wounds. Seizing an opportunity they came below and killed many of the invader here, driving them back. Five times the invader attacked, five times they were thrown back with great loss of life.
"Sten died in the third attack. Many others were injured, some gravely. At the last desperate stand, before those of Forguland and those of Ferenis could cross the river to give aid, Gylfi died. A third, Kammon, died later in Forguland from his wounds.
"Gylfi's bravery was seen by many and surpassed by none. Those of us who have faced battle have never known anything like the strength, speed and resourcefulness he showed that day. For that reason, Ferenis has decreed that this place shall forever be known as Gylfi's Rest and that this ground shall be kept as a memorial to the brave men and women of Einnland."
Ursula watched as the men, with one thought, drew what blades they possessed and held them high with a deafening roar. Startled, Gwilli stepped back and then nodded. As a military man, he understood the sentiment, even if it was not what he would have done.
Eriana did none of those things. She rose, turned and ran away from the party. Lars turned to follow but Ursula stepped forward and held up a hand.
«Leave her to me, Lars.»
He raised an eyebrow before nodding and turning back to the men. Ursula turned around and began walking after Eriana.
"Mistress?"
"Stay here, Tyra. At the moment she needs something only I can provide."
"Of course, Mistress."
Ursula walked back to the street and looked both ways. She saw Eriana slumped in a doorway nearby and went to her. The Princess was weeping.
"I killed them. I killed them!"
Ursula crouched down. "Highness, who did you kill?"
"Sten. Kammon. Gylfi. They are only here because of a stupid Princess who thought herself more important than anybody else. They trusted me, yet I led them to their deaths. I killed them as surely as if I had run them through myself. I am a stupid little girl who deserves nothing that anyone has given me!"
"I do not believe that much of what you have just said is true, Highness."
"It is!" Eriana turned a tear-stained face to Ursula. "I am a willful, disobedient child who did not want to do what my father asked. I ran away from home, taking many with me on the Visund. A whole family was washed away in the storms that battered us, then more died when we reached land once more." Her voice slowed and deepened as her head went down. "I am responsible for every one of those deaths as much as I am for those who have died here. I do not deserve any of this. I want to go... not home, but back to Palarand."
"Highness, listen to me. You did not kill Sten or Kammon or Gylfi, the Yodans did. They are all grown men, they followed you because they believed in you -"
"I know! They trusted me to keep them safe and I did not!"
"But if it had been someone other than you, do you think that only three would have died? Personally I find it astonishing that the casualties were so light, given what you must have faced. On Earth casualties of forty percent or more are deemed acceptable."
"Forty what? I do not understand."
"Oh. Um, let us say that out of your, what, twenty people, eight might have been killed and another four injured - if you were lucky."
Eriana's shoulders eased and Ursula knew that she had managed to cut through the distress and self-recrimination - for a time.
"There is much in what you say. Still, -"
Ursula held up a hand. "Highness, your reaction is what anyone who has command of others must feel. That has not happened to me but it did to my father. Like me, he was conscripted into the army of the land of my birth, but while he was there he was sent to a minor war in one of the wilder parts of our motherland." Her thighs began to ache. "The situation was bad and he had two promotions, to what I would guess is equivalent to that man that was sent down to guard the ship - the Quadrant, is that right?"
"Quadrant, aye. The lowest rung on the ladder of command, I would guess."
Ursula took the opportunity to sit down on the step beside Eriana but still facing her.
"So, he told me that there had been an ambush. Um, a firefight - crazy shooting at each other with guns, you understand?" Eriana nodded. "Five of his men were killed and several more wounded. He took it badly at first, but understood then that this comes to all who have command, the responsibility they have to those they command, and the knowledge that they may sometimes have to send men out to die."
"I know that now," the Princess said miserably. "I do not like what I have become."
"Highness, what I have said is true of all in authority, although many do not realize this. Your King Robanar has the greatest responsibility of all, to care for a whole country. Your own father must have been the same. Sometimes, when you are in that position, there are difficult choices to be made, difficult decisions to make. Yet still they have to make them."
Eriana gazed at Ursula in wonder. "How did you become so wise, you who are yet so young? Is Earth such a different world to Anmar?" The Princess took Ursula's hands in her own. "I thank you for your kind counsel, Ursula of Earth. But it does not ease my pain."
Eriana's hands were warm, larger than her own, calloused from handling weapons.
"Highness, I do not think that it will ever leave you. It never left my father. But think, would you care to serve someone who was so casual with the lives of others? From odd words I have heard it seems that you are already a different person to the one who sailed away from Einnland that day. Use this experience to make yourself an even better person. You should not attempt to prevent any of those who serve you from risking their lives again, because that would make you too timid. They trust you, you must trust them in turn. But you will have a Navy to run and that will require sending men forth again. Can you do it, knowing what you know now?"
There were other tears in Eriana's eyes then. "You are so good to me! You are right, of course. If we do not take heed of life's lessons then we may as well not live at all. Ursula, will you stay by my side and give me counsel? It seems I am in need of your wise words."
Ursula was taken aback. "Highness, I am traveling in the Visund beside you. I have no intention of leaving the ship right now. But remember, I may not always be there. Who knows what is going to happen once we return to Joth? Use this time to understand yourself. Until then, I will be here to help you when you need it."
"As you say." Eriana struggled to her feet and Ursula joined her, receiving a hug. "Thank you, Ursula, for all your words." She glanced over Ursula's shoulder. "The men must wonder what we are doing round here."
Ursula simply replied, "A woman helping another woman, Highness. They will understand."
"What shall I tell them? They must think me weak, feeble."
"Tell them the truth, Highness... well, part of it. You were overcome by the sight of the monument, which is true enough."
"Indeed. Shall we go?"
They walked back around the corner to discover a party. Two men were standing on the wagon handing out mugs of ale from the barrels. Many of the rest were singing Norse battle tunes, entirely different than those Ursula had heard earlier. There was mention of Valhalla, Ragnarok and Valkyries as well as descriptions of barely-believable single combat between heroes, monsters and Gods.
«Here is Eriana!» Someone shouted.
Immediately the singing stopped and everyone quietened down. Tyra ran towards Eriana and Ursula, fumbling at her bag as she did so.
"Highness, a cloth for your face."
Eriana took the proffered cloth with a smile of gratitude. "Thank you, Tyra. I probably look a mess."
She ran the cloth over her face and then gave it back. "There! Now I may face my men."
The three continued the short distance back to the men, who had begun to cheer up once they saw that whatever problem there was had been solved. Lars gave Ursula a searching look and then inclined his head in a silent recognition of her assistance.
«I ask your pardon,» Eriana said to her men. «I did not expect the Forgulanders or Ferens to make so much of what we did. I was overcome for a time.» She smiled. «Well? Where is my ale?»
Adin came across, beaming, with a mug of ale in each hand. He gave the first to Eriana and the second to Ursula. She took a cautious sip, finding it palatable but with a hidden kick. The singing started up again as Tyra, Bennet and Semma appeared, each with a mug.
"I didn't know that you drank beer," Ursula said to Tyra.
"Sometimes. When the water level gets too low in Joth it begins to taste funny and then we have to drink beer, though usually it isn't as strong as this. I don't mind drinking it occasionally, but Mama says that too much will make me fat - among other things."
"That's true," Ursula agreed. "There are organs in your body that deal with beer and wine and ours are smaller than those of men. Sometimes it is useful to be able to drink a little, but I would try and avoid getting too familiar with any of it."
"Mistress, I would not!" Tyra protested and the two guardswomen agreed.
Lars noted the women standing and spoke to the nearest men. Shortly, six of them walked off to the street and disappeared, returning after a brief interval with a number of kegs and planks. They went off for more and the kegs and planks were converted into three temporary seats. Bennet and Semma sat on one while Eriana and Ursula sat on the middle one, with Tyra standing behind. After noticing developments the two military men came and sat down on the third seat.
"That's better," Kummin muttered with relief. "I can stand around as long as the next man but I'm not on parade today. What say you, Gwilli?"
"Aye, I'll agree to that."
"Oh! That reminds me. Remember what we talked about when you came last? Perhaps Her Highness can help us."
"What? Oh, you mean the inscription? Of course!"
"The inscription was one of the matters, aye." Gwilli turned to Eriana. "Highness, you must have noticed that half of the inscription on the memorial is missing."
Eriana turned on her seat. "Aye, I did, I thought it strange. What reason would that be, General?"
"Our masons had the idea that the words already written should also be made on the other side, in what your men have told me are named roons. Yet none of them have the art. Would any of your other men be able to help us?"
Eriana smiled. "I doubt it, General. Not many of my men can read or write and those that are learning are being taught the Valley letters, not the runes of Einnland. Of those that came from Einnland originally, only myself, Gullbrand and perhaps Tor son of Magnus, the ship's master, could help you." She sighed. "Gullbrand, my faithful Gullbrand, now serves a better Mistress in Palarand and Tor will probably not be able to find his own feet by noon. I will do it myself, and then you will know that the copy is faithful. What must I do?"
"You would do it yourself? Highness, you are most gracious. I will ask for a copy of the words to be sent to the palace and you can translate it there, at your own leisure. The metalworkers of Ferenis can then cut the roons in time for any other visitors who may be able to read them."
She nodded thoughtfully. "It is good. Though we are sworn to Palarand, we come from a distant land indeed and as you are now aware," she gestured to her men, "our customs are different. It is fitting that the inscription will be written in one of the oldest tongues of Anmar."
Kummin leaned forward. "Highness, if I may ask another question. This land has been left as it was at the time of your battle. What shall be done with it?"
Eriana glanced around at the plot. "I do not know. If it is left, in time it may run wild and I see that could be accounted disrespectful. I do not know, Marshal. Ursula, mayhap you have some suggestion?"
Ursula also studied the plot. "Highness, there are some memorials like this in the lands of my birth. Sometimes they are in paved areas, other times there would be a small paved area in front for people to stand on and the rest would be gardens, perhaps with walkways and seats. I do not know what would be appropriate here."
Kummin said, "By your leave, Mistress, I am taken with the idea of a garden. A central path, perhaps, leading from the street to just in front of the memorial, the rest grassed except for a border of flowers around the edge. What say you, Your Highness?"
"Marshal, you are too kind. You have done much for me and my men already. But I think the men will be pleased, once it is finished."
"Done, Highness."
Eriana rose. "And now, gentlemen, it is time for me to join the men." She grinned. "I may require some help - or even that wagon - to get me back to the ship when this is over. Until then, I must needs mourn my men in the way that they would have wished me to." She gave a glance to Ursula. "Thank you for your kind words earlier. I understand my men much better now."
She walked off towards the wagon.
The morning after the day before, and almost all of the Norse are worse for wear. Ursula suddenly discovers that she has a crisis on her hands.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
36 - Hangover!
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Ursula curtseyed. Tyra bobbed right behind her.
"Good morning, Your Highness. How is your head?"
Eriana regarded Ursula through slitted eyes. "Good morning, Ursula," she replied slowly. "It is as you suspect. I feel worse than the dead must feel. You are a healer, have you a remedy for me?"
"I do, Highness," Ursula replied as she led the way slowly towards the table. "I would advise no beer this morning but instead to drink pel. Toast and fruit as well to keep your nutrients up. No milk or cheese. Make sure that you drink a fair amount today, to counter the dehydration - and it had better be either pel or water, no beer or wine at all."
The Princess grimaced. "Pel? Water? No beer? Is that what I must needs face today? Is there no concoction I may swallow that will set my head and stomach to rights?"
The answer came from behind. "Eriana, there are several, all of which are sworn by their many users to work."
They turned and all curtseyed to the Duke, who had a sympathetic smile on his face. "However," he continued, "I doubt any of them really work, and I speak from experience! Heed well your healer's words, my dear."
Eriana fought against grimacing to the ruler of Forguland and failed. She did manage a curtsey.
"Good morrow, Your Grace. Today I am feeling... delicate. I do not think that I will undertake any duties today, by your leave. You speak of remedies."
Sildenar grinned. "Aye, Eriana. A raw egg mixed with hot spices from the north is one that is popular here. A mashed nurrid fruit in sour milk is another." Eriana turned green so he added, "But you need take none of those, merely attend your excellent healer. Come, let us sit at table and I will ask for calm and quiet during the meal to allow your pounding head to recover."
She gave him a wan smile. "I see that you are no stranger to such events, Sildenar!" She had a stray thought. "Baldur! I wonder what state the men are in!"
Ursula looked at Tyra before saying, "Highness, they will be in about the same state as you are. It would be better for you to wait until breakfast is finished before we tell you what happened."
Eriana stared suspiciously at Ursula. "It occurs to me that neither you nor your maid appear to suffer as I do."
"That is true enough, Highness, but I doubt that you are in any state to hear the reasons why."
"As you will. Let me sit and try some," the grimace was pronounced, "pel, as you insist."
The meal was a twitchy one. Eriana did manage to eat and keep down a fair amount of toast and fruit accompanied by several mugs of pel. There was a major problem when one of the servants dropped a serving spoon onto the flags of the dining room floor, but by then everyone had gotten the message and walked around as though a wild zinakh was in the next room, waiting to burst in.
Sildenar leaned across. "My dear," he addressed Eriana, "what on Anmar did you and your men drink yesterday to leave you in this state? I was informed you went with but four barrels of beer."
Eriana cautiously nodded. "Aye, Sildenar, so we did, and I guess most of my men thought so too. It was something called, I believe, Celebration Epp Ale, which is why the men selected it."
"Epp Ale! Maker, that is powerful stuff indeed!"
"Aye, so we found. We were told that it was just the drink for a celebration."
"And so it is, Eriana, but it is not beer, nor despite the name is it what any might consider ale. It is a drink made with fruit preserved from last autumns crop, fermented with honey and flavored with a number of powerful herbs. Perhaps two barrels of it are produced each month in the city. It is normally drunk in small quantities at weddings and other celebrations as we drink wine."
The Princess put her head in her hands. "Oh, no! I paid fifteen Forgans a barrel for it, too."
The Duke shook his head with wonder. "Maker! You were robbed, Eriana. They should have accepted no more than twelve a barrel for it."
Berilda commented, "Dear, if the producers had known who it was for, and that we were behind you, they would probably have offered it for ten Forgans a barrel."
"I will insist on a refund on your behalf, Eriana," Sildenar decided, shaking his head. "Maker! Fifteen Forgans a barrel!"
There was a pause so Ursula asked, "Your Grace, these herbs, are they likely to cause any problems when taken in such quantities?"
The Duke shook his head. "My dear, I do not believe so, but you would do better to ask our healers, of course. In truth, I do not know what herbs are used nor in what proportion. It would be necessary to ask the brewers and I suspect they may be reluctant to tell you."
Ursula nodded. "I understand, Your Grace. Trade secrets, and so on."
"Ursula," the Princess asked when they rose, "if you would accompany me back to my suite. I believe I have need of something to help ease my pounding head."
Ursula thought about this and nodded. "Of course, Highness. There are at least three potions I could offer, though I am not sure of the effects when taken following a drinking session."
Berilda turned. "If I may help? I have had occasion to treat my husband on... one or two occasions."
Sildenar smiled. "Tell the truth, dear. Far too many occasions, especially when I was younger. I know better now, of course."
His wife retorted, "You mean because your own healer told you that you were damaging your insides! Aye, and I know you still drink far too much as it is."
"Not so much lately. The war has kept us away from the produce of the winefields beyond Yod, leaving us only our own poor efforts."
"Hmph!" Berilda turned to Ursula. "Whatever the reason, I may be able to offer advice to you, dear. I was told that the green stuff we use -"
"Yes?"
"- You know what that is for, I deem. Even though it is sometimes administered mixed with wine there can be problems, especially for men, when taken the following morning. If I may suggest -"
Ursula listened carefully and learned much about the uses and abuses of alcoholic drinks in the Great Valley.
"Ah. Thank you, Your Grace. In Joth I did not have occasion to concern myself with such matters but I am now traveling with a group of Einnlanders who have different habits. Can I come and ask you for more information?"
"Well, of course, dear, but you would do better to speak to our own healers, who even now have requested a meeting with yourself."
Ursula mentally kicked herself. Of course, once they know that I am a Healer, they will want to exchange news and ideas. The problem with this is that I would hold up the voyage if I did as I did in Joth and started setting up clinics and surgical facilities!
She pursed her lips. "Your Grace, I think it would be better for me to concentrate on Her Highness and her men this morning. Perhaps this afternoon, after our nap?"
Berilda considered. "It may be possible, dear. I will ask and if that time is not convenient then I will let you know."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
Ursula followed Eriana and the others up to her suite, on the way stepping across to her own room to fetch her basket. When she arrived Eriana was slumped in an easy chair, her eyes closed. She opened them when Ursula appeared.
"Ah. I am reluctant to admit, Ursula, that you were right. The pel has made a difference, I deem, to how I feel, though I do not know how long it will last."
"I can help that, Highness."
Ursula sorted through her bottles and eventually found what she wanted. She poured some into a spoon and fed it to Eriana, then repeated the process. Eriana sank back and closed her eyes again.
"I know that it will take time to have an effect," she said. "If you would tell me now why you, Tyra, Bennet and Semma seem much brighter than me this morning. Did you not partake of the... ale... wine... as well?"
"Highness, we did, but I immediately noticed that there were unusual flavors in the drink. I asked General Gwilli if he knew why and he explained more or less what His Grace said earlier. He also warned us of the possible side effects and so we did drink what we had been given, but after that one mug drank water or the small beer that those stall-holders offered when they appeared to offer lunch."
"Stall-holders? Lunch? I do not remember any of that!"
Ursula regarded Eriana. "You don't need me to tell you why, Highness, do you? To continue, most people had some food and then just lay down and napped where they stood. That means that most of your men probably have sunburn as well as a sore head."
Eriana raised a hand to her forehead. "Gods! How we may forget even the most basic warnings when we are in drink! I shall tell..." She stopped, opening her eyes and staring blindly at Ursula. "It would make no difference, would it? If they forget now, they will forget the next time. Gods! What are we to do?"
"I am not a leader of men, Highness. However, I was told by Maralin that your men are not the rough and unmannered people they were when they first arrived in Palarand. Is this true?"
"Aye, it is. Ah, you believe that, just as they are cleaner, tidier and their attire is better, that their minds may improve as well? I wonder."
Ursula pointed out, "Highness, if this Navy of yours is to make a successful start I think that you will need to create new traditions for those who serve in it. I can tell you that on Earth, most Navies, and indeed most other armed forces, have customs of their own."
Eriana winced as a pain shot through her skull. "There is much in what you say, Ursula. But now is not the time to think of such changes, when I have barely begun to think of the Navy at all. Indeed, I can barely think at all!"
"I agree, Highness. I would consider that you are still actually somewhat drunk. You may not remember much that happens this morning." Ursula added, "I think that you had better lie down and take it easy until lunchtime. I want to go over the road and attend to your men."
"A good idea. If you would take Bennet as an escort while Semma stays here and makes sure that I do not do anything... stupid."
"As you request, Highness. We'll leave you now in peace."
* * *
When Ursula, Bennet and Tyra entered the hostel block they found four healers already present. One of these bustled importantly up to the door and confronted the visitors.
"These men are in no state to be entertained, especially before lunch! Be off with you and if you are lucky you might have some custom this evening, should any have recovered." The woman then spotted Ursula's basket and her manner changed instantly. "I ask your pardon, Mistress, I did not realize that you were a healer. Yet I do not know you. What business have you in these chambers?"
Ursula thought that she had better make her position and potential authority known, in order to prevent a turf war.
"I am the personal healer of Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand." As she spoke those words she realized that it was effectively true. "These are her men. I was at the gathering yesterday where the drinking happened. I have just attended Her Highness and have come to see what state her men are in."
"Oh! A thousand pardons, Mistress. Do come in, enter, enter. Who are these with you?"
"This is my maid Tyra and this is Guardswoman Bennet of His Majesty's Palace Guard, our escort. I am Ursula, by the way."
"Indeed? Strange it is to see a healer with a maid, stranger still to see a woman carrying a sword but times are changing, I deem. I am Senior Healer Tabra, second in charge of the city healers."
"If that is true, then I might have other business with you later, Healer Tabra."
"Indeed? Come in, please."
The three entered and surveyed the double row of beds in the dormitory, about half occupied with Norsemen, most of whom were still asleep. A small number were going from bed to bed, looking after their fellows. About halfway down a servant was mopping between two of the beds where apparently someone had been sick.
"It seems that you have everything in hand," Ursula remarked. "I assume that is so?"
"It is, Mistress, except that the effects seem more severe than usual. Do you know what they had been drinking?"
"Oh, yes. They had four barrels of Celebration Epp Ale. When that ran out, and after lunch, they started on the local beer."
"Epp Ale? Maker! Now I understand!" Tabra clapped her hands and the three other healers straightened and looked at her. "Ladies, they have drunk quantities of Epp Ale! Four barrels between these few men, and they drained the barrels."
As the women hurried to join them Ursula said, "His Grace told me to ask you about the herbs they put in that drink."
Tabra raised an eyebrow. "Have you not the herb lore? If you do not, I am surprised that you are a personal healer."
"The circumstances are unusual. Princess Eriana and her men come from a distant land where healing is handled differently. I was told that the herbs they use are different than the ones used in the Great Valley so they would not have known the danger. I myself come from another distant land, somewhere else entirely, and my own skills are entirely different both to Valley practice and that in Einnland."
Tabra regarded Ursula. "Ah. I begin to understand. That is why we might have words together later, is it not?"
"It is, but now is not the time to go into that. Do you have a particular method of treating these men?"
"There are other herbs which will help ease the pain and discomfort. Torisa, take another and go and find all the taltrem leaves you can. We'll need those and some dried poreen fruit, but we have enough of that between us, I deem. We'll need a big pot to boil them in and prepare a potion for these men to take, if they have drunk too much Epp Ale."
"As you desire, Tabra. Come on, Rilla, let's check the hostel stores first and ask the kitchen to get some water on if we have to look elsewhere."
As the two went off Tabra turned to Ursula. "You mentioned a place, Einnland. That sounds familiar to me."
"It should, Mistress. These are the men, so I was told, who took Boldan's Rock from the men of Yod. Her Highness led the assault herself."
"Indeed? Then we shall do what we can for such brave men. Looking at them, I can see why they might have overcome the enemy."
"They have long traditions of fighting in ways not used locally, so I was told."
"If you may tell me, do you know if their skin is supposed to be that color? The red is unusual for our local population."
"I regret that it is mostly sunburn, Mistress Tabra. Where they come from is colder and they do not see so much sun. Normally, I am told, they know about the effects and take care of themselves when the sun is strong, but of course," she shrugged, "with the drink..."
"Aye. Once you lose your wits then all sense is gone. Men!" She turned to the two other healers. "Ladies, we have severe sunburn to attend as well, it seems. Look you out our ointments and lotions, though we may not use them until these men rise from their beds."
The five men standing now approached. They bowed to Ursula.
«Mistress, good morrow,» Adin greeted her. «As you may see, your advice yesterday proved sound. I am surprised by the state of the men, but perhaps I should not be.»
She replied, «I have recently discovered that what they thought was ale was not so but a potent wine brewed from preserved fruit. There are herbs in it which have caused many of the symptoms you see. Healer Tabra has sent out for some different herbs which are said to counteract the effects of what they drank.»
«Ah! That explains much. And Her Highness?»
«Much the same, though I have given her a potion to help ease the pain. She will be resting for the rest of today.»
Tabra said, "You speak the tongue of these people? I am impressed."
"It seems that I am one of those who can learn other languages easily. I have just told Adin what had happened and explained that their liege is in a similar state."
"A Princess, you said? Maker! Once we have prepared the draft, I will give you a bottle to take back to the palace for her."
"That would be a good idea, yes. Thank you, Mistress Tabra."
"We are all healers, are we not? And these our charges? Of course I would help. Tell me, why are not these five as ill as their fellows?"
"A good point. Adin here is the cook of the crew. When he first tasted the brew he came to me and asked if it would be acceptable for the men to drink - but I did not know that it was a special brew then, so I said yes. However, Adin is smaller than his mates, as you can see, so I told him to be more careful how much he drank.
"The other four, well, they are a different matter. They are members of the crew, but they have only joined recently. They are actually sworn to her brother rather than herself. They did not take part in the original battles, so did not feel comfortable joining in the funeral celebrations."
"Ah, I see. Yet they have drunk some of the Epp Ale, I suppose?"
"We all drank at least one mug of it, at the beginning, but the girls and I -" Ursula gestured at Tyra and Bennet, "- found it very strong so we drank water and small beer after. Those men decided to do the same."
Tabra pursed her lips. "All should take a draft of the potion we will brew, I deem, that way we can be sure that no ill effects bother any of you later."
"Of course, Mistress Tabra. I'll just translate that for these men."
The four nodded agreement and Adin added, «If that ale was as strong as you say, it would be a good idea. You are taking some over for Her Highness?»
«I will, Adin. Don't worry, I'll take good care of her.»
«I know that you will, Mistress Ursula.»
* * *
Eriana roused herself when Semma showed Ursula, Tyra and Bennet into her sitting room.
"How are you feeling now, Highness?"
"A little better, I deem. How are the men?"
"Almost all of them are still in their beds. Many of them are not even properly awake yet. That drink was powerful stuff."
Eriana rubbed her forehead and gave a weak grin. "Do you tell me? Did you administer to them at all?"
"Apparently Adin managed to alert the hostel staff when he could not wake some of the others. They called in the city healers, who were there when we arrived. However, the healers did not know what had been drunk until I told them. They sent out for some herbs, different herbs, and brewed up a concoction with the herbs and some dried fruit and gave it to everyone, ourselves included." Ursula opened the lid of her basket. "I have some here for you, Highness. It should counteract most of the poisoning."
"Poisoning? Gods! If we had known... I must ask who found that drink and why the men were not warned of the dangers."
"Later, Highness, once we are all recovered."
Tyra took the bottle and poured the contents into a goblet from a side table before handing it to Eriana. The Princess cautiously sniffed and recoiled.
"I have to drink this?"
"It didn't taste too bad to me, Highness," Ursula said. "It may be that your sense of smell is affected somehow."
"If you say so." Eriana downed the potion in two swallows before shuddering. "Ergh! It tastes as bad as it smells!"
Ursula reached for the goblet and Eriana handed it to her. She sniffed.
"It smells acceptable to me, Highness. It must be your sense of taste and smell. That should fade away throughout the day. How is your head now?"
"There is still a dull ache but it is at least bearable now. I have had worse headaches during the monthly visits, I deem." Her expression changed. "While you were away, I had an uncomfortable thought. I do not remember anything of our journey back across the river, indeed, of anything of the afternoon or evening at all. Semma says that you would be better explaining the circumstance."
Ursula glanced at Semma, whose facial expression was a carefully controlled blank. She sighed.
"I can and will, Highness, but it will take some time. Can we sit down?"
"Of course, Ursula. Semma and Bennet too. Ah, Tyra, if you would go and find out if there is any pel to be had. I assume that your mistress has not had a drink since breakfast?"
Tyra bobbed. "As you say, Highness. Uh, apart from the potion, of course, which we all drank."
"Then pel it must be, to take the taste away."
"As you desire, Highness."
Ursula, Bennet and Semma found seats as Tyra left to organize drinks. Eriana closed her eyes again, but that may have been because of the strong late-morning sunlight now streaming into the chamber. Ursula stood and part-drew some of the drapes to reduce the glare.
"Earlier today you mentioned stall-holders," Eriana muttered.
"That is true, Highness, but I must start at the beginning," Ursula replied. "Adin came to see me again and told me that some of the men had trouble believing the story of the battles. It was only then I discovered that some of the crew were not your retainers, if that is the correct word. There were four who are sworn to your brother?"
The Princess cautiously nodded. "That is so. You know that I ran away from home, from a bad marriage which my father wanted for me? I sailed north with my men in the Visund, came eventually to Palarand and was talked into mounting an expedition against the fortress. We returned to Robanar, I became a Princess of Palarand and my men became the King's men. So. Winter passed, and once the weather had improved my father sent out two ships to try and find me - with the intention of returning me to Einnland, willingly or not. One of those ships held my brother Torulf, but he is a miserable creature who, the Gods forbid, will likely become the next King of Einnland.
"There were... incidents, let us say. I killed an assassin who came into my bedchamber one night to kidnap me, the day before Garia was married to Keren, Robanar's son. In the end Torulf had to accept that I would never, ever, return to Einnland and that my father need no longer consider me part of the succession - which I suspect was his main reason for wanting to marry me off that way.
"To make my story short, one of the two ships returned to Einnland immediately, with letters from Robanar stating that I would not be returning. Torulf, meanwhile, had been advised to travel with Keren and Garia when they visited her lands in the north of Palarand, with the intention of," she opened her eyes and smirked, "training him not to be a damp rag in the hands of others. The other ship will return with him to Einnland after the season of rains they have here. Four of his crew have been charged to accompany me, to learn more of the Great Valley, so that they may return and inform my father what is happening here."
"So they are spies, Highness?"
"I doubt they will learn anything of interest about me that they did not already know, Ursula. Their main task was to find out about the peoples of this Valley, about which those of Einnland know very little, as a rule. A very few of the royal family and close nobility have been taught the Valley tongue, as you know, but almost everything else is myth and fable. Oh, in case you were concerned about loyalties, the four men have sworn to me for the duration of the voyage, until we return once more to Palarand. It is only practical."
Ursula nodded. "Thank you, Highness. That makes what happened yesterday make much more sense. To return to my story, General Gwilli overheard Adin and told him to ask the four to join us, as he could verify the accounts of the battles. They came over, we rearranged ourselves on the benches -"
"I remember that."
"- And General Gwilli explained what had happened, beginning with your attack on the fortress. The four decided that they were not comfortable joining in the celebration, as they were not your men, so sat it out with us instead. That meant, by chance, that they consumed a lot less of the drink than the rest did. They also, on my advice, drank water as well. It was beginning to get very warm by then."
"I begin to see."
"Then lunchtime came and the other military man, Marshal Kummin, went and asked some stall-holders to set up around the edge of the plot with lunch food. Most people ate what was provided but there were two stalls which also sold the local beer, nobody having told them that your men had brought their own. The party went on for some time after lunch, until almost all of you had fallen asleep where you stood - and that included you, Highness.
"Bennet and Semma took turns standing guard but it was not really practical, so General Gwilli sent off to the fortress for reinforcements and we soon had a guard arranged around the plot for security. Marshal Kummin arranged for some awnings to be brought, to protect the sleeping from the sun, but by then I suspect much of the damage had already been done. "
Ursula took a deep breath. "Then it became time to get you all down to the ship, Highness. Some could walk but most could not. Several had been sick by that time. Gwilli and Kummin arranged for carts and wagons to get you and your men back to the dockside, but getting all of you down those stairs and into the Visund was quite a project, especially considering the size of some of the men. They had to use the crane to lower Lars and several others into the ship."
Eriana sat herself up and stared at Ursula. "But if we were all so drunk we could barely stand, how did the Visund get back across the river?"
Ursula tried to keep her expression under control. This voyage she would remember the rest of her life.
"Highness, we did what we could. Pilot Kayt was temporary Captain for the crossing. Semma became lookout at the bow. I was occupied going up and down the hull making sure that nobody choked or fell overboard while being sick. The four men of your brother, Adin and Bennet handled the sail under Tyra's instructions. We managed the crossing without having to use any oars."
Eriana's face was pale now, her eyes wide. "But if you were all hauling the sail, who was steering? I doubt that it was Tor!"
Ursula's expression was bland. "General Gwilli steered the whole way, Highness. He said afterwards that he had never enjoyed doing anything so much before in his whole life."
Eriana put her head in her hands. "Gods! I shall never live this down!"
Ursula shrugged. "The crossing was fine, Highness. As Pilot Kayt said when we left Forguland, the crossing could usually be done with sail alone, and so it proved. Um, we did scrape the side when we docked, Highness, but I was told that the mark is cosmetic." Eriana shuddered. "It was only when we had tied up, and General Gwilli was organizing carts to take the men back to the hostel, that Adin realized that the praam was missing."
"The praam! Baldur's beard! Have we lost all the cooking gear?"
"No, Highness, fortunately. When we arrived over the other side Adin realized that the men would need the mugs to drink the ale so had the cooking gear loaded back into the ship once the barrels had gone. Then those still on the ship were holding everyone else up so the praam was left on its tow rope, presumably until we returned and had more time to pick it up again."
"So it is gone?"
Ursula shook her head. "No, Highness, again fortunately. We all forgot about it so nobody knows when it disappeared, but later in the afternoon a fisherman spotted it circling the Cauldron. He signaled some friends and they managed to catch it with a grappling line before it was sucked down. I was told that anything heavier and the line would have not worked. It is the worse for wear, and the oars have gone, but it is now back on board."
The Princess groaned. "I am shamed by the conduct of myself and the ship's company - your pardon, ladies, most of the ship's company. It is as well that Adin kept a clear head and you three," she indicated the women in the room, "you have all played your part well. We are in your debt and I will remember it - I doubt if I will remember much else!"
Ursula soothed. "It is not really your fault, Highness. The sun was hot and the brew an unusual one. I suspect that General Gwilli has been party to many similar celebrations, though perhaps none with such serious effects."
Tyra chose that moment to appear with a tray bearing five steaming mugs. She served them out and then, after a nod from Ursula, found a seat with her own mug,
"Tyra, it seems that I owe you a debt of gratitude," Eriana said then.
Tyra put down her mug and shot to her feet, curtseying low to Eriana.
The Princess continued, "You have traveled with us but one day yet I have been told that you handled the sail on the way back, when others had not the art."
"Highness, that is true," the maid licked her lips, "but mistakes were made. We crossed the river safely but when we came to drift back down as the pilot wanted, the men used different words for left and right and were confused. The yard was pulled the wrong way and the wind turned the ship round. Then the sail would have pushed us back upstream so it had to be lowered quickly. There were bruises and some rope burns..."
"I am amazed that you managed that much! There is more?"
"Aye, Highness. The pilot said that it would be easier to travel as we were and General Gwilli said it was easier to steer that way. But we had to turn again in the channel to dock and," she shrugged, "coming to dock is harder than it looks. I managed to rig the sail so that we could dock but we bumped the wharf. I doubt not that Master Tor would have done it smoother."
"Astonishing. The others have told what happened before, Tyra, and you must not consider that you have done anything wrong. You, along with the others, have had difficult decisions thrust upon you and brought the Visund safely home. You have all done well."
"Thank you, Highness."
"And now you must sit down and have your pel. Ursula, if you would tell Their Graces that I will be taking a light lunch here in my chambers today."
"Of course, Highness. The local healers have told me that you should have mostly recovered by the time the evening meal is served."
"That is good to know. Are you visiting the men again today?"
"Perhaps, Highness. I think that some of those healers will be visiting me this afternoon, after our nap. Depending how long that meeting takes, I might be able to check on the men before we eat again."
"As you say. Do you intend to do for Forguland's healers what you did for those of Joth?"
"Highness, you know how and where I was found. I have not made any plans concerning medical matters for anybody. Joth just happened. I assume that you will not be staying so long in Forguland?"
"Indeed not. We have been delayed long enough. I want to get through Yod and begin exploring further upstream. I am told the lands become stranger the further west one travels. It will be interesting to visit some of those lands before we must needs return to Palarand - and duty."
Ursula nodded as she thought. "Then I will be careful what I say this afternoon and not introduce anything that cannot be explained easily. The exchange of information goes both ways, I have even more need to learn about the herbs and so on that they use along the Valley, especially if we get surprises like yesterday."
"Agreed."
* * *
"How was your meeting, Mistress Ursula?"
"It was what I expected, Your Grace. Although your healers know enough to do what they do, they were not aware that there were other possibilities, so I spent part of the meeting explaining what I was and how I do what I do."
"And just what is it that you do that is different, my dear?"
Ursula looked around. "I don't think this is a suitable subject for table, Your Grace, but I can say a few words now before we sit down. Briefly, although I can handle amost anything that a normal healer can, I was trained as a surgeon, which means cutting people open and fixing things that are wrong inside."
"A surgeon? You mean, you are someone like those who attend our armies?"
"In some respects, Your Grace. In the past I have dealt with injuries caused by fights and accidents, though none caused during wartime, if that is what you mean. But my expertise is broader than that. For example, I can help with difficult childbirths. In Joth I saved the life of an armsman who had an infected appendix. There are a number of ways in which patients can only be helped by opening them up and doing things inside."
"If I may ask, what is an appendix? I do not know the word."
Ursula pointed to her own body and explained what the appendix was and what she had done.
"Maker! And you are confident that you can do this without risking the life of your patient?"
"Your Grace, the man would have died if I had not removed his infected appendix. With that as an alternative, operating on him would give him at least a chance. As it happens, it all worked as expected and he is recovering well."
"And what do our healers think of this?"
"They are interested, Your Grace, but unfortunately I cannot stay in Forguland long enough to train anyone well enough to be of some use. I had begun to do that in Joth but, in practice, anyone who wants to do what I can do will need training at a special school, a teaching hospital, perhaps, for a minimum of six months to a year." She added, "My own training lasted five years, Your Grace, and I am no expert."
"Mmm. So you are telling me that training our healers will take a long time and require the creation of a special school to do it." Sildenar sighed. "Very well, I understand. I hope that, now that Yod has been brought to heel, we can begin to investigate these new developments that are creeping steadily along the Valley. If I may ask, did you speak of anything else?"
"Of course, Your Grace. After what happened yesterday I needed to know much more about the herbs in use around here. Where I come from the plants are all different. It will take me some time to become familiar with how matters are managed here, what is safe and what is not, for example."
"As you say. Indeed, I may warn you that herb lore appears to vary along the Sirrel, from what I have heard. You will understand that we have, over the years, had many armies pass through our lands going one way or the other, so we do learn of different customs and usages each country has."
"As I learned. My fingers are still sore from all the notes I took. We also talked a little about childbirth, though perhaps that is a subject you would find less interesting."
The Duchess joined her husband and Ursula. "Indeed he would, Ursula! Men seem to avoid most mentions of the workings of female bodies, I deem. Yet I found the discussion most fascinating, that you could tell us exactly how matters are arranged and what problems may occur when a woman becomes with child."
"I could have said more, Your Grace, if the healers had not then become distracted by my ship dress."
"Indeed! I have already asked my dressmaker to attend tomorrow morning, that she may have the benefit of examining the new style. As the season becomes warmer, I can foresee that every woman in Forguland will soon be attired thus. That dress is so much more practical, I deem."
Sildenar nodded. "I agree, my dear." To Ursula he commented, "I thought it strange when first I saw you and Eriana wearing them but now it seems to me an obvious step to take. Yet you do not wear one this evening."
"Your Grace," Ursula replied, "though I find evening gowns to be warmer to wear, like many women I sometimes feel the need to put on something different. Besides, I believe it is the custom for women to wear something long in the evenings, is that not right?"
"It is true, my dear, but as you are visitors, and travelers who must be careful how much attire they may bring with them, exceptions are usually made." Sildenar smiled. "I have no complaint to make, my dear. You and your companions make refreshing ornaments at table, when we have entertained few but Generals and Marshals these last several months."
"And here is Eriana!"
At Berilda's observation all turned to greet the Princess. Eriana curtseyed to her host, Bennet and Semma following, before she joined them with a relaxed smile.
"Are you feeling better, my dear?"
"Thank you, yes, Your Grace. Normally I do not like to spend my time idly but for a change the enforced idleness has helped me recover. There is perhaps a slight something," she tapped her forehead, "but that will go overnight, I deem."
"Then I believe we are all here," Sildenar decided. "Let us to table! Eriana, how is your appetite?"
"I am hungry, aye, but I believe that I will eat carefully this time. Whatever I ate and drank yesterday may still be lurking within, ready to cause further discomfort."
Berilda agreed. "A sensible precaution after what happened. What of your men? Has Ursula told you of her attentions to them?"
"Not yet, Your Grace. I will no doubt hear all I need to know later this evening." Eriana turned to Ursula, who was walking around the table. "I assume that there have been no problems?"
"Highness, most are fine. One or two still have headaches, that is all."
"Good. Today can care for itself. Tomorrow I must go down to the Visund and find out what state it has been left in."
Ursula said, "We left it as tidy as we could, Highness. I think that most of the problems are cosmetic, but only you will know if that is so."
After all were seated, Sildenar asked, "And what will you drink this evening, Eriana?"
"By your leave, I think that I will have nought but pel this evening. It seems strange to me to say so but I fear the effect of beer or wine on my guts so soon after yesterday."
Sildenar turned to Berilda and grinned. "What think you? How long shall it be before she drinks beer again?"
"Do not tease the poor girl!" his wife scolded. "You saw what state she was in this morning, let her rest her body a day or two. I have no doubt that she will drink beer soon enough again."
As they were rising from table a visitor was ushered in. He approached the Duke and bowed low.
"Your Grace, a thousand apologies for the interruption. There was a problem with the very last ferry of the day and I wondered that I would get here at all today. We have met once before, I am Baron Kalmenar of the court of His Majesty King Robanar of Palarand, presently acting as diplomatic aide to Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand."
"Baron Kalmenar, be welcome in my house. I do remember your last visit, it was two years ago? Three? Much has happened since then, as you know. If I may ask why you did not travel with Eriana."
"Federation business in Joth, Your Grace. A caravan from Palarand arrived just before Her Highness departed Joth and it was necessary for me to remain a day or two further to clarify some treaty problems. I believe that all has now been concluded as desired. It was I who suggested that Tenant Maralin bring the copy of the treaty to you, to save time, and he also has one for Ferenis."
"That is so, Kalmenar, and I thank you for it." Sildenar waved an arm around to indicate the diners. "As you see we have just risen from our evening meal. Have you yet eaten? Shall I ask Cook to provide you something?"
"Your Grace, I thank you for the thought, but since the ferry was delayed many of the passengers including myself chose to take an early meal while we waited. Um, if I may trouble Your Grace for something to wet my lips. Though the distance is not far, I have ridden hard from Lower Town to make my way here this evening."
"Why, of course, Lord Kalmenar!" Sildenar turned, but a servant was already filling a goblet at the side table. "Once you have eased your thirst, someone will show you to your chambers and you may change and freshen yourself before joining us this evening. I am sure there is much to discuss."
Kalmenar shrugged. "It is the way of the world, Your Grace. I thank you for your attentions and regret that I could not have arrived sooner." He accepted the goblet and took a small drink before turning to Eriana and Ursula. "Your Highness, well met. I have arrived, I am at your service once more. Mistress Ursula, greetings."
He looked at the two women and smiled. "Did much happen before I arrived?"
Eriana decides to hold a court of her crew to deal with several outstanding issues. The Epp Ale is explained, the Norse residents of Forguland wish to return to Palarand with their wives and a missing crew member is discussed. Later, one of the residents may have a solution for the absence of a pilot for the onward journey.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
37 - Eriana Holds Court
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Eriana led the female contingent into the breakfast chamber
the following morning. All curtseyed before the Duke and Duchess, who
had already arrived.
"Your Grace, Your Grace, good morning," Eriana greeted them.
"Good morning to you and your ladies," Sildenar responded. "How are you today? Are you fully recovered now?"
"Your Grace, I am."
But Berilda had an excited look on her face and broke in. "What an interesting idea! Eriana, do tell me where that hairstyle came from! Was it your homeland?"
"Indeed not," Eriana replied with a smile. "This is a suggestion of Garia, from her homelands."
The two exchanged a look. Berilda knew of Garia's origins but they could not be mentioned in public.
"Her assistant, Lady Merizel," Eriana explained, "was wearing the style when we first met and I saw that it would be practical for someone of my own disposition." Waving a broadsword about. "Normally the hair is not plaited but allowed to hang loose. It is named a pony tail."
Sildenar interrupted. "If you please, ladies, let us continue this conversation at table. Your hair style is most distinctive, my dear." Those eating moved towards the table while Tyra joined the other servants at the serving station. "If I may ask, whatever is a pony, to have a tail like that?"
After they had all seated themselves and the serving had begun, Eriana replied, "Sildenar, a pony is a smaller version of a fabled beast from our ancient sagas named a horse. I am told that Garia learned to ride on a pony, when she was yet eight years old."
"Do you tell me? An accomplished rider, then, and at a young age too. Did you learn to ride when you were young?"
Eriana snorted. "No woman of Einnland would be permitted to ride, Sildenar! It was not our place. Few men could ride either, since frayen do not prosper in those chilly lands."
"And your pony tail?" Berilda asked. "Was the tail of the beast bushy, then, as some of our smaller vermin?"
"No, indeed, Berilda, the sagas told us that the tail was all hair, which sprung directly from the end of the beast above the disposal holes. I cannot conceive of such an arrangement but Ursula can confirm the details."
Attention swung to Ursula, who was pouring milk on her cereal. "Your Grace, I have seen such animals and Her Highness's description is correct. The tail is made of coarse hair and grows as ours does. It would hang nearly to the ground and the animal could swing it about to remove troublesome insects from its rear parts."
"It could do that? With just hair? Incredible! And did you ride these... poneris, my dear?"
"Your Grace, the plural for pony would be ponies. I did not know how to ride any animal before I came to Joth, though I can just about ride frayen now."
"Ah." Berilda returned to Eriana. "And does Princess Garia also wear her hair thus?"
"Curiously not, Berilda. As Ursula does, Garia wears her hair short, in a different style, something she calls a bob. I have wondered whether I should have my hair cut so but not yet, I deem. I am too attached to my tresses, as most women are. One day, perhaps, when I am older."
"As you say."
Breakfast proceeded with conversation on other topics, but near the end Sildenar asked, "If I may know your intentions this morning, my dear."
"Of course, Sildenar. After we have breakfasted I must hold court with my men - all my men - to discuss what happened in Gylfi's Rest and some other matters. Once we have finished there, we must go to the wharves and see what damage has been caused to the ship. I wonder, is there a chamber we may borrow for a short while? I would only need it perhaps an hour."
Sildenar spread a hand. "A chamber? This is the palace, my dear, we have several. I will ask Tenion to prepare one large enough for you and your men." He cast a glance at her. "I will instruct him to provide chairs sufficient for you all. I have no doubt that some of your men will still suffer the effects of the drink." He frowned. "You used a new word then. I have not heard it before."
"What word?" Eriana was puzzled. "Sildenar, I do not recall."
Ursula said, "Highness, you suggested the chamber would be used for about an hour."
"Oh! Aye, you are right, Ursula. Hours... let me see. In the Great Valley your days are usually divided into twenty parts named bells, yes? And the numbering begins at dawn and again at dusk."
Sildenar frowned. "That is so, Eriana. Is there any other way?"
"Oh, yes! In Einnland we divide our day into twenty-four parts, each named stunder, and the numbering begins at midnight. Where Princess Garia comes from, they also use twenty-four, but they are named hours and the numbering begins at midnight and again at mid-day. This I discovered when I arrived at Robanar's palace." She suddenly grinned. "If I may ask, how many clocks do you presently have in the city?"
Startled by the apparent change of topic, Sildenar thought before answering. "I do not know, Eriana. Eight, perhaps, maybe nine? If there are too many then the bells become confusing, depending where you may reside."
"I can believe that! I can also tell you that in Robanar's palace alone, they had twelve clocks when we departed and by now there are probably twenty or more."
The clatter of cutlery ceased and conversation died. All eyes turned to Eriana.
"What? How is this possible? How does one tell the bells from one clock from those of another?"
Eriana grinned again. "There are no bells, Sildenar. At least, not ones that may be heard. The palace still has its original Great Clock which tolls the bells for all to hear, but the new clocks show the time to all who can see them. These clocks are new devices like a thin cabinet which is fixed to a convenient wall, and on the front are pointers and numbers by which anyone passing may simply read the time, both in bells and in hours."
"But... why go to all the trouble? Is not Robanar's Great Clock sufficient?"
"Ah, I wish I could tell you, Sildenar, but I do not have the art. It seems that making clocks the new way is apparently easier and does not require great chambers or towers to house them. Palarand's astronomers are enthusiastic about the new clocks since it makes their own observations much easier too. Perhaps you should consult your own, I understand that all are being told of the new clocks and all that goes with them."
Sildenar was confused. "If they do not require great chambers, how do they work? Is this something that Princess Garia has introduced?"
"As I said, Sildenar, I do not know. The ideas may have come from Garia but the clocks themselves were invented by a very clever young girl named Milsy. She thought up the whole idea despite stiff opposition from the Clockmakers Guild. There is one master clock which keeps accurate time and all of the other clocks, spread around the palace, are connected by wires to the master clock and merely show what the master clock believes to be the time." Eriana held up her hands. "More than that is beyond me. To learn more, you must needs wait until Robanar's wagon train arrives here."
Fard spoke up then. "Father, it is true. I have seen the new clocks in the palace and they can be more convenient to use. Of course, you must needs be in a room where such a clock was, but I have no doubt that in time most rooms in even King Robanar's great palace will have such a clock."
The ruler of Forguland was shocked. The new semaphore system had obvious advantages both in peace and war, and was simple enough to understand, but this sounded like something much more significant. What on Anmar was going on in Palarand?
"Eriana, it seems that more is happening at the lower end of the Sirrel than I had realized. Shall you join me this evening to speak of such matters?"
"I will, Sildenar, but you must understand that I am ignorant of much of what is happening there. Others may be able to tell you more. Even your own son. Perhaps Maralin, when he returns from Ferenis."
Berilda leaned forward and asked Ursula, "What of you, dear? Are you joining Eriana today?"
"Your Grace, I will join her when she meets her men but I have arranged a meeting with the city healers this morning, after what happened yesterday. Um, I would also like to borrow a chamber, but there will be fewer of us."
"Of course, Ursula. Tenion will arrange all."
The chamber Sildenar provided was easily large enough for all the Norse to fit in. There were chairs for the men - and for three wives, two of them pregnant - and something that was not quite a throne for their liege. Smaller but comfortable chairs either side held Ursula and Kalmenar while Tyra, Bennet and Semma sat to one side.
The men ambled in from their hostel nearby. Some of them shambled, not yet having thrown off all the effects of the drinking two days before. Much of this would be normal in Norse society. Mindful of their manners, all the men remained standing until Eriana appeared in front of her seat.
"Sit, if you would. Lars, are any missing?"
"None, Captain. Difficult to shift some but all here now."
"Good." Eriana took her seat and waited until everyone else was settled. Her eyes roved over the assembly, noting eyes still bloodshot and unsteady dispositions. «I do not intend to shout at anyone nor to cause any of you unnecessary distress.» There were several snorts from the back. «You may know - Ursula will certainly tell you - that I have suffered the same fate as yourselves. She will also tell you that the effects may have been greater on the body of a woman.»
There was silence in the chamber now as she continued, «Fortunately, the other women of our party, excuse me, the ship's company, heeded her advice and drank only one mug of the brew each. That is why they had clear enough heads to sail the Visund back across the Sirrel and dock it in Forguland again.»
The proverbial pin could easily have been heard as each man belatedly understood what had occurred that day. There was some uncomfortable fidgeting.
Eriana gave them a wry smile. «By chance there were enough men to help them with this unexpected task. Halsten, Olof, Torvald and Haakan are Torulf's men, so could easily have stood aside, but provided the muscle to raise and lower the sail at Tyra's command. Since I was, ah, indisposed, our pilot, Kayt, ordered all while the ship was steered home by General Gwilli himself. The rest of us, I am told, snored, slept or were violently sick, fortunately most of which went over the side, as is proper.»
There was a definite buzz now, which subsided when Eriana stood.
«There will be no blame to any for what happened. We were all affected one way or another. We could not have known that the local word which sounds like ale does not mean ale. It is done. However, some matters arise.» She changed language. "Tyra, please stand."
Tyra shot up, eyes wide. She curtseyed. "Highness?"
"Our thanks go to you for your contribution that day. It is possible that we would have managed without your help but doubtless the Visund would have suffered other adventures without it." Eriana grinned. "We'll make a Viking of you yet!"
"Th-thank you, Highness."
As Tyra sat down again, overwhelmed, Eriana grinned at her men. «I told her we would make her into a Viking! She is halfway there already!»
There were several chuckles and a number of grunts and nods of approval.
She continued, «Then there is the matter of the ale itself. I will name it ale for now. I am told that it is not ale but a special wine brewed from fruit preserved since last fall. The fruit is preserved with herbs and when it is brewed other herbs, together with honey, are added to the drink to make it taste better. Normally just a small goblet or glass of the wine would be drunk, for example at a wedding or other celebration. How did we come by it? Who found it?»
Radwan raised a hand. «Captain, I was talking of your arrival with some local friends in a tavern. I explained that we usually had a special party to remember those who had died in battle and that you would want to do that when you got here. All there knew of what we had done and wanted to help. I was given the name of a brewer of such ale and, because it would not be easy for me to go myself, told Matz the next day to investigate.»
«Matz?»
"Captain. It took me some time to find the brewer. I find that I get lost easily in a place this big. They gave me a sample and it tasted fine, but they said that they only had one barrel in stock and that it would take time to brew another. They knew of two other places that brewed the stuff and a boy from the brewery guided me to the first of them. That brewer had two barrels but one was promised to a wedding party. I explained who we were and what we wanted to do and they offered both to us instead.
"Looking at the barrels, I doubted that three would be enough. How was I to know? I went off and found the third brewer the next day. He also had two barrels, though one needed to stand a week before drinking. So we had four. We called at the palace and His Grace's treasurer gave enough geld to reserve the four barrels. When the ship arrived, the barrels were paid for, but I don't know if the geld paid was the price I was offered."
"Do you remember what was asked?"
"Yah, Highness. In the first brewery, ten of the local geld was asked. Forgans, they call the geld here. I did not collect the barrels, a local carter did. When I went to the other places I assumed that they would ask the same, but I see that was stupid. Highness, forgive me."
She changed languages again. «I will use Norse so that all may understand this. I paid fifteen a barrel when you were asked ten. It is possible that whoever sold you the barrels was not the person who asked payment when it was collected. It is also possible that by wanting four barrels a shortage was caused and that pushed the price up. It is also possible that someone was just greedy, or that they were stealing from the owner. No matter. His Grace will investigate the problem and recover any geld that should not have been paid.»
«Captain. I am becoming more familiar with the ways that these people do business but it is hard sometimes. I am no trader. I apologize if I have made any mistakes.»
«No matter. There is no blame here, only ignorance of how the locals live. Like the mistake with the ale word.» She turned to the rest of the men. «It is important that you all understand that each of these countries that we will be passing through are different in many ways, even though they appear to speak the same tongue. Their geld is all different, though that may change in time when all are bound into the Federation. They may use slightly different words one from another to name the same thing. We have already seen that their armies use different ranks, sometimes confusing even to me.
«Be careful! Though you may think you know what you are doing, you may become trapped, in danger, robbed maybe, because of something you thought you understood but did not. I do not want one of you to discover that he has by chance sworn himself to marry a woman he met along the way!»
There was laughter at this, but many could see that she was right. The ale incident had only resulted in sore heads, there were other dangers if they did not take care.
"Very well." She switched languages again. "I use the Valley tongue now because this meeting concerns more than just my people and there are several here who may have other choices. Radwan, Matz, Lukku, you all now have wives. When we first met that evening I told you that you could choose to stay with me as honored retainers or to find another who you would give your oath to. Indeed, I have discovered that among these people it is possible to live without making oath to anyone.
"In Einnland the custom is for a new wife to join the clan of the husband. In this Great Valley, she would join the House of the husband, if he has given someone his oath, which is much the same thing. Radwan, Matz, Lukku, if I may ask if you have thought of these matters and made any choice."
Matz stood. "Highness, we talked this over when we first began making friends with the local women. We have been honored in these lands and their families have no complaint with us marrying their daughters, even if we may no longer fight as we did before. Our wives will be content to leave Forguland and come away with us, but first, Highness, I must needs ask where we would come to if we followed you. A warrior will go wherever his leader commands, but wives have other needs."
Eriana compressed her lips. "Matz, it is a question I have asked myself ever since we fled Jotlheim. Part of the question is easily answered, that we would reside somewhere in Palarand. I may tell you that we are as respected in Palarand for our battles as we are here, so you may have no fear of being overlooked or forgotten. If you decide to join me there you would not be without food, shelter, work... or proper ale. Our funds are sufficient and Robanar looks kindly upon us.
"What shall we do there? Aye, that is the real question. You will not know that I have been given a task by the new Federation, a friendly grouping of most of the countries this end of the Sirrel. As any such land does, the Federation will have rivers and borders and therefore will need men-at-arms of many kinds to look after its peoples. Knowing of my past and my nature, I have been asked to create... water-borne forces, if you will understand me. These new forces will be named the Navy and there will be four parts, perhaps more."
She looked around and saw that everyone was intent on her words. "Firstly, there will be river patrols. I understand that there are river robbers and brigands -"
"Do you mean pirates, Highness?" Matz interjected.
"Ah, you know of such matters, then. Good," she smiled, "because you can explain them to the rest of us! So, maintaining peace and safety along the Sirrel first. For that task we will use the Visund and however many of the galleys of Yod, war booty, as we desire. Later there will be steam-powered ships which will need neither sails nor oars, but for now we use what we have.
"Second, there will be a like force for the open ocean, the great salt sea we are all familiar with. Larger ships, of course, more masts, guns to defend ourselves, and we will go sailing beyond the limits known to these people. Part of that force will be for defense, perhaps even against my father should he care to make mischief. Another part will go exploring. I was told by Garia, and I do believe it, that the world is a huge round ball and these lands but a small part of what may be there. Out there will be other peoples, strange lands, fearsome creatures, adventures and danger." She grinned at her men. "Who could want for more?"
She looked around and then came to a decision. She signed Matz to take his seat and then resumed her explanation. "The third part is the boring part, and that may be where people like you three can be of service if you should so desire. To support all these boats and ships will require an organization on land, in Palarand and elsewhere, that may end up having as many men as those afloat. We will be building ships, training crews and managing supplies, both for the ships and for the men. There will be Houses of the Sick for those injured while employed by the Navy. For that part we will prefer people like yourselves, veterans of the battle, unable to fight any longer, but still desiring to be of service.
"The last part is what Garia thought might interest most of my men. On board our ships and boats will be specialized fighters she names marines. These will be trained to defend their own craft and to attack others, also to land on hostile shores and do whatever is required." She grinned as she saw the expressions on most of their faces. "Curiously enough, Garia thought that you men here, in this room now, would need no training at all. It is what you already do, my people."
There was an immediate buzz, part of which was from those who could understand the local tongue well explaining to those who did not, but others were discussing their own possible parts in what was to come. Eriana held up her hands and the noise slowly subsided.
"I will tell you all now that I do not intend to force any of you to do something that you may not wish to. We are of Palarand now, not Einnland. There will be many other jobs available to all who so desire. When we have a Navy, you will all be welcome to be part of it. Indeed, I can foresee many of you here commanding your own ships or battalions of men in time, if you become capable of doing that. But the Navy will not be as we were before, a single ship of warriors sworn to their captain, raiding towns and villages, taking hostages and booty, enjoying both the successes and the failures. Nor will it be as the armies of this Valley, a small professional base with many levies in times of war. We will be a permanent service based in the Great Valley, maintaining the peace, saving lives, pursuing criminals, exploring the wide ocean."
She grinned at them. "Best of all, since we will be creating this new service from nothing, we can mold it as we desire. The Navy may be the Navy of the Federation, but I am determined that its rules and customs will follow ours, we who know the sea full well. Robanar has so agreed."
There was a stunned silence as the men digested this, then they were all on their feet roaring. It seemed that her ideas met with their approval. When the excitement died down, Matz stood in front of her and went down on one knee.
"Highness, I was your man and I remain your man. If I can help you build your Navy, then command me. Kelys my wife agrees, this is a good thing to do."
As one, all the other men in the room went down on one knee as well, in many cases pushing aside their chairs to make space.
"Rise, all of you." There were tears in her eyes. "This will be a different adventure for all of us. I hope that I do not betray your trust."
As the men regained their seats she turned to Matz. "To the immediate future, then. You three present somewhat of a problem, I deem. I dare not take you and your wives on board, it would be folly with two pregnant. By the time we returned to Palarand the situation would be much worse. I have Ursula here, doubtless she would be midwife at need, but an open ship is no place for a new-born babe.
"No, best you make plans to leave Forguland and travel to Palarand before we return from upriver. I will send a letter to Robanar, or perhaps Garia..." she trailed off in thought, then said, "Your welcome will be assured whoever I write to. If you start soon, you should arrive there before it becomes too difficult for your wives to travel. Hmm. You must needs take an escort, I deem."
She looked around at her men and then at Bennet and Semma before shaking her head. "I cannot spare anyone from the crew. I wonder, someone from Forguland, or even from Joth?"
Lars stood. "Highness, we have two traveling with Prince and Princess. Would they be useful?"
She snapped her fingers. "Of course! Djerk and Maarku! Thank you, Lars. I wonder if they will return in time to be of use?"
Kalmenar spoke for the first time. "Of whom do you speak, Highness?"
"Ah, you may remember that two of my men have joined Prince Keren's party as they travel to Blackstone," she explained. "I do not know how long they will stay there or when they would have returned, to be of use."
"Highness, you know when the Prince departed Dekarran, it was the day before we departed. It would probably take ten to twelve days to travel to Blackstone... they will have been there many days now. The Prince had planned to stay maybe three weeks or so, planning to return before the heat of summer became too uncomfortable. If he keeps to that plan, I estimate that your men should reach Dekarran in about four weeks time. I would suggest that you send your letter to Duke Gilbanar at Dekarran, such that your men may be diverted there and travel directly here by the trade road to escort your men and their wives back to Palarand. If that is done, they should reach the city long before the rains begin."
"Four weeks? Of course, he is the heir, he may not travel as lesser folk do. Very well. Remind me later and I will write a letter... oh, I do not think that either can read!"
"Highness, they travel with Countess Merizel, who has taken on the task of teaching all who cross her path to read and write. While I doubt not that her own time will be limited, I would expect your men to have at least begun the process. However, for safety I deem you should address any letter to her."
Eriana nodded. "Agreed. We can discuss the details later, if you would." She turned. "Matz? Lukku? Radwan? You heard? I will ask Djerk and Markku to come to escort you and your families safely to Palarand. There will be plenty of time for you to arrange your affairs."
Matz stood and bowed. "Highness, you are too gracious."
She nodded. "You are my people, I must provide for you, it is my duty. Very well. If I may now ask you to explain what you know of Dakig."
Matz spread his hands. "Highness, there is little more to say. After the battle we four were placed in the House of the Sick, as they name such places here. We became friendly with some of the attendants and, when we were fit enough to leave, lodgings were found in the city for us. Dakig's injuries seemed grave at first but he recovered much more quickly than we three. Thus he departed first, saying that he had been lodged with a maker of sails."
"Ah. And though he is no seaman, like most of us he can sew canvas at need."
"As you say, Highness. When it was time for each of us to leave, he knew what we could do, he found places for each of us where we would be of use. We were moved to lodgings all over the city."
Matz wrinkled his nose. "Now I think about that, I begin to wonder if it was done deliberately? We four were alone in a strange city, barely able to speak their tongue. It was difficult at first but we each found ways - and wives. Our women have been a great help to each of us, Highness, helping us to learn the speech of these people."
"But I thought that you said you were lodged near each other."
"That is true, Highness. Dakig realized his mistake and we were moved to lodgings nearer to each other, where we could at least converse with one other and share ale - and we could help Radwan. We kept the jobs we had been given, though. Then one day Dakig said that he had an idea, but it meant that he had to move to another lodging to be closer to his work... that was the last we saw of him."
"Do you think that he is still in the city?"
Matz shook his head. "I do not, Highness. After two weeks we became concerned and asked at the sail maker where he worked, to be told that he had left... two weeks before. We reported the matter to the city authorities but the whole city was full of warriors... soldiers... and it was impossible to find him. I suspect that he may have gone to Yod with some of those passing through."
"But the war has been over these several weeks."
"Yah, Highness. But Dakig has not been seen since that day."
Eriana simmered. Another mystery! She nodded abruptly to Matz. "Thank you, Matz."
She turned to her men. "Right! Enough of talk. Men, we have a ship to repair. Whoever desires to help may come with me." She grimaced. "I must needs find out what state the Visund is in. The rest of you, relax until you are recovered and then you are free to explore the city." She wagged a finger. "Beware of what you may drink this time!"
The men laughed.
* * *
There was a knock at the door. The five women looked at each other before Eriana called, "Enter!"
A footman opened the door and came in. "Forgive the intrusion, Highness, but there are two men who desire to speak to you. I believe that one of them is one of your men."
It was evening and the women were having quiet conversation before retiring for the night. All except Tyra were wearing long gowns. Eriana considered leaving the interruption until morning but thought that, if it was one of her men, then it might be urgent.
"They may enter."
Lukku came in first with another man who appeared to be a roughly dressed local. This man took off his cap and stood nervously in front of Eriana while Lukku spoke.
"Highness, this is Hashim, who I came across while on business at the city wharves. We have shared ale and exchanged our stories. He says that he comes from a land far beyond Yod, that he was second on a barge that was captured by those people, and that after being freed at the end of the war he is anxious to return to his home and family."
"He desires passage? We have little room for passengers and no need for more crew."
The man bowed. "Your Highness," he said nervously, "I thought to be of more use to you than mere passenger or crew. I was Second Mate on a barge, part of a fleet owned by a merchant in Faralmark."
"Faralmark! I met your liege the Margrave at a conclave some four weeks ago in Dekarran. As we journey upstream Faralmark will be one of the places we intended to call at. If I were to take you, what is it you think you can do for me that my present crew cannot?"
"Highness, you may or may not know that there is a shortage of pilots who know the stretch of the river through Yod, for obvious reasons. Many were killed or captured, those that are available now are sorely pressed by those desiring passage."
"Aye, I know of the shortage, I have wondered how we may manage. I thought to ask in Ferenis, where we will next call."
"Highness, I have traveled this river many times from lands beyond Faralmark as far as Joth carrying wines one way and cloth and timber the other. I know these currents and sandbanks well, I would be your pilot if you would have me."
"You would be pilot? Yet I am told that one reason so few pilots will venture that way is because the river will have shifted during the time of the war, with no-one to mark the shallows. How do I know that you will not strand us on a shoal in the middle of Yod?"
Hashim looked even more nervous. "Highness, it is as you say, yet I am familiar with the river and know how it may move over time. I may not be able to show you a map with sandbanks and shoals marked on it but I am confident that I can read the river well enough to avoid them."
Eriana stared at him while she thought about the proposal. "What happened to you after the Yodans captured you?"
"I was chained to a galley oar, Highness, like many others who made their living on the Sirrel. Once the galley was captured and I was freed, it was brought to Forguland and here I have stayed ever since, trying to find a way home."
"I see. And without coin, you could not buy passage, of course. What have you done since you arrived in Forguland?"
"A laborer at the wharves, Highness, once I was deemed fit again. It was that or starve."
Eriana grimaced. "I understand you. You did not think to fight?"
"Highness, our barge was from Faralmark, which to my knowledge was not party to the fighting, and we trusted to the laws of the river for our passage. It appears that those of Yod did not care where we came from. Besides, the galley was captured just at the end of the war, as the crew were fleeing Yod. Someone threw something into the galley which -" he shook his head. "I have no words, Highness. There was a very sudden, loud noise and some of the crew were... I can only describe it as shredded. When we were released, I could see that blood and bone had been splattered all over the rear of the galley. I do not know how it was caused, only that it probably saved my life."
She nodded. "Ah. I believe that you speak of a grenade. I did not know if many made it to the fighting before the enemy surrendered." The Princess thought for a while. "Very well. You make an interesting proposal and, it is true, we have found few pilots here willing to guide us through that stretch of the Sirrel. I must make sure that you know whereof you speak, though. Are you presently employed? I mean, are you free to go to the wharves tomorrow morning?"
Hashim dipped his head. "Highness, if going to the wharves tomorrow morning will gain me a place on your ship, then of course I am free."
"Then you shall go to Tor son of Magnus - I believe that they might name him Tor Magnusson here - and tell him what you have told me. He is the Master of the Visund, as I am the owner and Captain. He will probably ask you questions to discover your knowledge both of the Sirrel and of the working of boats upon it."
Hashim bowed very low. "Highness, you are gracious. I thank you for this opportunity to help you and your ship as I know that doing that will help me. I trust that you will not be disappointed."
Eriana nodded and then said, "It is becoming late and I am sure you will desire to return to your lodgings. Good-night to you."
Hashim bowed and withdrew. Lukku remained, so Eriana spoke to him.
"You will want to get back to your wife as well, I deem. Is this man... what was his name again?"
"Hashim, Highness. "
"Is Hashim what you supposed him to be?"
"Aye, Highness. He has told me more of his time in the galley and I have heard from others rescued at the same time. Several are from cargo craft captured by the Yodans during the fighting." He shrugged. "If he can guide you through those waters I do not know, but from my own knowledge of these last few weeks I deem it will be hard to find a pilot to take you upstream. There is a great shortage."
"And that is perhaps the only reason I have thought to employ him. Shall you also go to the wharf tomorrow and speak with Tor? Make sure that Hashim is questioned properly. I do not want some out-of-work soldier on my ship who just desires a passage home."
"I understand you, Highness, but I am certain that Hashim is genuine. However, I will seek out Tor and make sure he knows who is coming and why."
"Good man. And now, perhaps you had better return to your wife."
Lukku bowed. "As you say, Highness. Good night to you, and to you all."
The Visund must depart for its next port of call. Maralin has returned to join the farewells before the Norse ship travels the short distance to Ferenis - and another heroes' welcome. Their host, however, has a surprise for some of them.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
38 - Another Day, Another Country
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"...the fat should be from a six-leg, not a four-leg,
we have found that it protects the skin better. In the city we tend
to use gavakhan fat from around the theril, it mixes better
with the other ingredients although that around the buchir
from a gavakhan or zinakh is almost as good," Senior Healer
Tabra explained.
Ursula knew that animals based on the six-limbed arrangement had some unusual organs that performed obscure functions. The theril seemed to be similar to a kidney although other fluids passed through it as well as blood. The buchir, on the other hand, was a complete mystery.
Tabra continued, "We mix four parts of fat to two of water and one of ground soap-root and then add the liquor from the stewed herbs, which will amount to another part. I apologize, am I going too fast for you?"
In truth Ursula's fingers were sore from the scribbling but she was never going to admit that.
"I am managing, Tabra, but I have to write small to fit it all on this piece of parchment and that does cause a strain. So, you are making an emulsion, then?"
"You know of such matters? Good. Once mixed it will gradually harden to a stiff paste or ointment. The men can then spread it thinly on any exposed flesh, it will protect them completely from the sun. Of course, it will be washed off by any splash of water so if by chance they get wet it will have to be applied again."
Ursula finished writing and then looked up. "Tabra, I thank you again for this recipe, and also for the tubs of ointment you have given us. This ointment, I am sure, will be available most places we go but it is possible that I may have to make up some myself somewhere upriver. And, of course, it increases my knowledge of herb use and preparation."
"I am always glad to help another healer," the other replied. "You have amply repaid us with your knowledge of pregnancy and childbirth and if this helps you to look after Her Highness's men better, then of course we would pass on the knowledge." Tabra frowned. "Do you not have similar recipes from your own lands?"
"They would be of no use to me here, Tabra, because the herbs are all different," Ursula replied truthfully. "It makes more sense to use what is locally available, after all."
"As you say, Ursula. Well, having brought you the tubs and provided the recipe, I am not sure how much more I can do this afternoon."
"You have done more than enough, Tabra. I would never have realized just what was in the Epp Ale if you had not explained."
The two stood up and Tabra collected her medicine basket. "I should be going. If I do not see you before you all depart, I wish you a safe journey."
"And I wish you success with your patients, although I know as you do that does not always happen."
"Aye. Sometimes a point comes when we may do no more, but that is life, is it not? Good-bye, Ursula."
"Good-bye, Tabra."
Tabra departed and Ursula re-read her notes to ensure that in some future time they might make sense, startled to discover that she had written them in Russian. With the notes added to her growing collection she re-tied the leather folder and stood as Tyra moved the tubs out from under foot.
"What time is it? I have been concentrating on what Tabra was saying so I took little notice of the bells."
"Mistress, I have heard the eighth bell and a half."
"Plenty of time to bathe and change before the evening meal, then." She regarded the chests occupying one side of the sitting room. "What is there left to do here?"
"Mistress, I can do no more until we rise tomorrow morning. Our travel attire is in the dressing room, as is our nightwear and attire for this evening. Apart from your notes almost everything else is in our chests, your basket or my bag."
"Laundry?"
"Everything I asked to be cleaned has been returned. Having a laundry in the palace is strange to me, since in Joth all garments were sent into the city to be cleaned. Everything looks as if it has been cleaned and pressed well, Mistress. I can discover no complaint."
"It is a big palace and they have many visitors passing through their doors. I can see why they would have their own laundry function. It may not be so good further on, you realize."
"I do, Mistress. Shall you bathe now?"
Ursula cast around the room. It was always the same, the last night staying somewhere. She had lost count of the numbers of hotels and lodging houses Valeriy had stayed in during his flight across the world. Was she destined always to be a nomad?
She sighed and gestured. "Lead on, then. Let's get changed."
* * *
When they entered the dining chamber Maralin was already there, wearing plain traveling attire.
"You are back from Ferenis, I see."
He smiled. "So it would seem. Good evening, Ursula, good evening, Tyra. Her Grace tells me that you have had to deal with some strange liquids."
"It is true."
Since few had arrived yet, and the meal would be a little way off, she explained what had happened.
He whistled. "Epp Ale! I must remember that one, it would certainly have caught me out. But everyone has recovered now, I understand?"
"They have, and I suspect none of them will look at a mug of beer in quite the same way again! We were lucky, it could have been much worse. Particularly since we had to get the ship back to Forguland with almost everyone incapacitated."
Maralin whistled again. "Especially with the Cauldron downstream, eh? I do not envy you that trip, even though you all managed it well enough in the end."
"It was an interesting journey, I agree."
Gwilli came into the room and joined them then. Since Maralin was not in uniform he bowed briefly to the General.
"Sir? Good evening. Ursula tells me you have a new career as a steerer of ships."
Gwilli smiled. "Aye, Maralin. Good evening to you, to Ursula and to Tyra. A soldier must needs turn his hand to any task that has to be done but I never imagined that I would be holding a great big steering oar!" He grinned at Ursula and Tyra. "We managed well enough, did we not?"
"We did, General. I am not sure that I would desire to make it a regular occurrence, though."
"Agreed! But I would not have missed the experience, even so." Gwilli turned to Maralin. "Any news from Ferenis, Tenant?"
Maralin shrugged. "There are armies returning from Yod, Sir, now that the local population seems to be recovering, and those armies are causing a little trouble in Ferenis as they pass through. They are unlikely to be back again so they do not seem to care to look after the places they pass through."
"Do you tell me? I will inform the City Watch as soon as I may. Ferenis is different than Forguland, of course, but we must act to prevent any trouble before it starts."
"As you say, Sir, but don't you put armies up in camps here? I didn't think that many actually came into the city."
"It varies, Tenant. On their way out, it is true, most spend their time in the appointed camps but on the return journey they know that their time as levies is coming to an end and many will desire to celebrate. Even if they are camped outside, I am certain that many will seek drink and entertainment inside the walls, as has happened before."
"I understand, Sir. Of course, I have never experienced this kind of movement of men before and I do not know what to expect."
"The circumstances are different every time, Tenant, as you can imagine." He bowed to Ursula. "Mistress, if you would give me leave, I will go now and warn the Watch while there are some moments before the meal begins."
As Gwilli walked out of the chamber Ursula asked, "How is he going to do that and be back in time to eat?"
"As I understand matters there is a Watch post inside the walls of the palace compound. It will only take him five minutes or so to give his warning. They will send it forward from there."
"Oh, I see."
Count Fard and Countess Windra entered the chamber. Ursula curtseyed while Maralin bowed.
"Tenant," Fard acknowledged. "You have returned."
"Aye, My Lord, about a bell ago. Good evening to you, My Lord. Good evening, My Lady."
Fard asked, "What news from Ferenis, Tenant?"
"Troops returning from Yod are becoming rowdy in the city, Milord. General Gwilli is off to warn the Watch here."
"Is that so? We passed him in the corridor and I wondered why he was in such a hurry."
Windra said to Ursula, "I understand that you are all leaving tomorrow."
"Yes, My Lady," she replied. "I have heard that it is an easy passage to Ferenis."
"Are you comfortable on that ship?" the Countess asked. "I am not sure that I could travel on so open a vessel."
Ursula shrugged. "I have yet to experience rain while on the Visund but doubtless that will happen one day. It was awkward the first day or two, until we all became used to the arrangements, but it is comfortable enough now. I am still impressed that these men would sail on the open ocean, though. It will not be the same as traveling on the Sirrel."
"As I have never seen the ocean, but only heard accounts of it, I could not comment, Ursula. To see nothing but water in any direction, that seems strange to me."
"It isn't as bad as that, My Lady. As I understand matters, the Norse generally sail away from their coast but keep it just in sight. It would still be, let me see, about twenty marks away but having it in sight makes navigation easier."
"Twenty marks?" Fard asked. "Could they not go further?"
Ursula looked at Maralin with a raised eyebrow. How much should they explain?
"Milord," he said, "If they sailed much further away then the coast would slip below the horizon. It is a complicated subject to understand but it depends on the notion that the... world is round like a ball. I do not know if such matters have been explained to you."
"Ah, I see. Aye, we are taught that Anmar is round and that is necessary to explain the movements of the sun and our moons. Of course, if one travels further away from the coast, the land must needs disappear, then?"
"As you say, Milord."
Maralin was saved from having to give an impromptu geometry lesson by the arrival of Duke, Duchess and Princess, accompanied by their retainers. All already present bowed and curtseyed to them.
"Ah, you are already here, I see," Sildenar noted. He looked around at those present. "Where is Gwilli? Does he not dine with us tonight?"
Maralin explained, "Your Grace, I have told him that some returning troops have been making trouble in Ferenis and he has gone to warn the Watch."
Sildenar nodded. "I see. We will wait for him to return, then."
Eriana joined Ursula and Maralin. To Ursula she asked, "Are you ready to depart on the morrow?"
"We are, Highness. Once we have dressed in the morning it will not take us long to close up the chests."
"Good. Though the distance we must travel tomorrow seems small I do not want to depart too late. Another chance encounter on the river could delay us until late afternoon or even sunset, which would be embarrassing."
"As you say, Highness."
Gwilli returned, puffing, and the Duke led everybody to the table.
~o~O~o~
There were inevitable delays before the Visund slipped its moorings. These would not have occurred had the vessel been an ordinary trading craft but this was the personal transport of a Princess who had resided with the reigning Duke. Certain formalities - and informalities - had to be observed, but Eriana bore them stoically.
Finally, the commands were given and the Visund slipped away from the tiered wharves of Forguland and proceeded under oars along the channel between the land and the sheltering island. Once clear of traffic, Tor gave the order for the yard to be raised and the sail lowered. The morning breeze was more than adequate to propel the ship along and the oars were hauled in and stowed.
"Highness - ah, I mean Captain, I do not think that I have ever seen another vessel like this one."
"I have seen no other such from Dekarran to here, Master Hashim," she replied. "That surprises me, as the design, to my eyes, is a simple one. Yet I know that the river has different demands on the hull than the sea, perhaps that is the reason why."
"I must agree, Captain. I do not think that I have ever seen a ship flex the way this one does, when crossing the wake of another craft."
"Indeed. If you had ever seen the waves we have on the ocean, you would understand. In a storm, some can be as high as the mast. Were our ships built rigidly, as many I see on the Sirrel, we would surely break in two when we crossed even a small wave."
"Do you tell me?" Hashim shook his head. "Of course we all hear rumors of life on the Shan but how much is tall traveler's tales I could not say. A wave as tall as the mast? I am astonished that anyone has lived to describe such a thing!"
"It is true, but of course that would be a very rare event and, as you have suggested, oft times no-one does survive such a sighting. However, we who customarily travel such waters are well aware of what may be there and how to deal with it."
"I wonder. Sometimes I have had a desire to view the ocean and sail upon it. You make it sound forbidding."
Eriana smiled. "Master Hashim, it is anything but forbidding! When the weather is fine, which it will be much of the time, to sail at sea is where I would rather be. As I am the daughter of a King I understand the necessity of custom and formality, but I would rather be on a ship with water beneath the hull, testing myself and my craft against wind and waves."
"I can only agree, Captain." Hashim leaned out over the side of the hull, careful to keep hold of a line. "Captain, if you would adjust the course to the right a small amount. Shortly we will approach the bend before entering the Ferenis Reach and the bottom will be shallow inside the bend."
"As you say. We have been told that this is the way that the course of the river moves, that it eats away at the outside of any bend, making it larger, and leaves deposits on the inside, making the land larger there."
"You are well informed, Captain. However, sometimes matters are not so clear and that is where my knowledge of the currents and banks will be of use, especially once we go past Ferenis and enter the Yodan stretches."
"You will inquire at Ferenis for the latest information?"
"Of course, Captain, and I will try to obtain a copy of the latest charts available."
Hashim paused, considering his position, and then asked, "Captain, if it is not an impertinent request, where do your men obtain their attire? It seems to me that such garments as they wear will be more comfortable in the heat of the day and less onerous. Is it a military design?"
Eriana grinned at him. "Yes and no, Master Hashim. The design was not originally intended to be a uniform but merely practical shipboard wear for my men, who are used to colder climes. However, the seamstresses of Joth misunderstood me and made them as you see. They are fairly simple to make if you should have the right cloth. Do you sew, Master Hashim? I would not suggest that you make some the same color as that which my men wear but I doubt not you would be cooler."
"Captain, of course I can mend attire as any bargeman can, but sewing a complete garment, that may be beyond me."
"Ah. Perhaps we can do something when we reach Ferenis, of course they will have seamstresses there, will they not? When we arrive you shall be measured, and I will ask for two suits to be made for you."
"Captain, you are too kind. I did not intend -"
"Nonsense! If you are to travel with us some way then you must be made as comfortable as you see my men are. We have a long way to go and the weather can only become warmer, is that not so?"
"It is true, Captain, and I thank you for it. But I cannot repay you -"
"You will repay me by taking us safely to Faralmark, Master Hashim. That is all we ask."
Hashim bowed low to hide the tears of gratitude.
* * *
The land seemed flatter here. Ursula looked at both banks seeing low reeds stretching into the distance beyond the drying mud. Once again the Visund was crossing from the northern side of the Great Valley to the southern but they would arrive at Ferenis before reaching the southern wall. Presently the ship was sailing almost east as the river kinked left before slowly trending right once more. Surprisingly to Ursula, they were still under sail, the yard having been heaved around almost fore and aft but still permitting the wind to drive the ship against the current.
Kalmenar asked the women, "Have any of you ventured so far west before?"
He received unanimous shakes of the head.
"I have been twice," he told them, "once when I was much younger and before I took up any official position. You may find Ferenis the city to be a strange place. Though built upon a rock, Forguland was familiar to me, but beyond that land ways of building, of speaking, of customs and styles of attire can change dramatically. Do not be alarmed at what you see, visitors from downriver are common and your own attire may only provoke friendly interest."
Semma was hesitant. "My Lord, what may we expect? I had thought that other lands would be much as Palarand is, but I have already learned that it is not so - sometimes."
"As you say, my dear. In many ways the almost-familiar can be more dangerous than the completely strange." He offered a reassuring smile. "You should have little occasion for concern in Ferenis, I deem, especially as we should have the favor of Duke Gathol and Duchess Karinet. Just enjoy your visit, it should be less exciting than in Forguland, since there should be no occasion to sample unusual wines or beers."
"I understand you, My Lord. And beyond Ferenis? What should we expect?"
Kalmenar held up his hands. "Frankly, I have little idea of what we will find in Yod. I visited there once, it is true, but that was under the Ascendancy which no longer exists. What we will find there I do not know. It may be a settled land, anxious for peace, a land which toils under the yoke of those they see as invaders, or it maybe a wild land where every man seeks his own advantage. Or, mayhap, all three in different parts.
"Beyond Yod, once we pass those lands which Yod took by force and are now returned to their rightful rulers, will be lands new to all of us. Of course I know what should be there, from accounts and reports received in Palarand, but the reality is always different than the impressions one makes from another's account.
"We can only wait and see."
"Thank you, My Lord."
As the ship sailed on the river gradually swung a little right and, as it did so, revealed a forest of black piles near the right-hand river bank. As one of the double-hull ferries was pulling across their course Ursula understood that the piles, and the pontoons which they restrained, were likely their next destination.
Her surmise proved right as Eriana ordered the oars out and the bow of the Visund began to swing right. Pontoons began to come into view, some set so far out into the river that they were anchored rather than set between piles. On one of these two men stood, waving flags. Wanting more control, the yard was lowered and the sail stowed. The men pulled on the oars to approach the pontoon since the number of lines of pontoons and piles was confusing to the eye.
With the rowers just doing enough to keep the vessel steady, Eriana called across to the men.
"I do not understand your flags. If you can tell me where we must moor."
One of them replied with a question. "Is that the ship bearing Princess Eriana?"
"Aye, I am she."
"Welcome to Ferenis, Your Highness. If you would come to the left side of this pontoon and travel as far as you can alongside. There should be enough water here for you to moor."
"The Visund is of very shallow draft. How far should we go?"
"Do you tell me? As far as you desire, Highness. That side of these pontoons has been cleared especially for your arrival. The further you can go, the less distance you must needs walk when you alight."
"I understand you. My thanks for your information." She turned to Tor. "You understood? The left side of this pontoon, which will then be at our right side."
"Aye, Captain. And as far as we can go."
There was such a profusion of piles, pontoons and river craft that Ursula found it difficult to picture the setup. It was almost like one of the marinas on Earth, used by yacht owners to keep their boats when they were not in use. The spacing between the rows of pontoons was wide enough that Tor had no problem avoiding either the pontoon to their right or the moored vessels of all shapes and sizes secured to the line of pontoons to their left.
Eventually one of the lookouts in the bow gave a double whistle and Tor ordered the men to cease rowing. The Visund was steered right, within reach of the floating walkways, and willing hands caught the thrown lines. A few brief heaves later they were securely tied. The Visund had arrived.
The usual instant confusion then occurred as all the men made themselves presentable and collected their dunnage bags. The women, who had chests, had little to do other than tidy their hair and keep out of everybody else's way. While this was happening, three men approached from the land end of the pontoon line.
"Greetings, the ship! Are you the Visund of Palarand, just arrived from Forguland?"
"Aye, we are," Eriana replied, "and I am owner and Captain, Princess Eriana of Palarand."
The men all bowed. "You and all your men are very welcome to Ferenis, Your Highness," The first man said, explaining, "Since our pontoon lines must needs be so long, His Grace the Duke, Her Grace and others of the court await your arrival at the land end, to avoid crowding the walkways. When you are content, if you would all make your way towards the land."
"I understand. What of our baggage? My ladies and I have chests which must needs be brought to wherever we will be staying."
"Highness, we have porters for that duty, if you would permit them. If you are concerned about them your men could bring them as far as the land."
"Porters?"
"Highness, in this case, since we know where all who are aboard are to be housed, the porters will be retainers of His Grace's household. You need have no fear that anything will go amiss."
"Then by all means let the porters come. What about my ship? Shall any stand guard over it, or is none considered necessary?"
"Highness, there are many troops from a number of countries presently in Ferenis. Some think they are still at war and seek to plunder, others attempt to find quicker ways home, perhaps by stealing boats. For that reason, His Grace keeps a strong guard preventing access to the port area. Regrettably that will also mean that any of your crew who seek to attend your ship must needs have a pass issued by a member of the city watch."
Eriana at first glared at the man but then realized that, with numbers of foreign troops around the capital, some kind of control would be necessary. She softened her expression and nodded.
"Aye. It is unwelcome but I understand the need."
"Then, if we may summon the porters?"
"You may."
The first man turned to one of the others, who produced a bugle. He held this facing the city and blew a careful set of tones before lowering the instrument.
"If you and your men would follow me, Your Highness."
Eriana leaped lightly onto the pontoon and stalked off without further comment. The men looked surprised but took off after her in an attempt to keep up.
Ursula looked at Tyra. "Ready? We'd better get going or we'll hold everyone else up."
She led the way onto the pontoon, the two swordswomen next, Kalmenar and Hashim following and then the crew. Ahead, the double line of poles which constrained the walkway stretched into the distance. After a short while they came to a wider pontoon which was slightly tilted, since this was the present waterline. At one side of the pontoon a number of men in Ducal colors were gathered, waiting for the procession to pass. The man with the bugle was also there so it appeared that these were the promised porters.
One of the men called, "Highness! If you would wait there."
A ramp led down from the wide pontoon onto the silt of the bank, where cart tracks could be seen, as could a carriage with the Ducal shield on the door and four frayen at the front.
They caught up with Eriana, one pointing at the carriage.
"Highness, we understand your desire to greet His Grace. If you would use the carriage then you will arrive more quickly."
Eriana glanced at the carriage as the other women joined the group. "We will not all fit in that, I deem. And my men? What of them?"
"Ah, Your Highness," said another, "we assumed that your men would walk the whole way."
"Then I will walk as well. With me are four other women and a noble of Palarand's court. I would not ride while any of them or my men must needs walk. Send your carriage away."
Muttering, one of the men ran down the ramp and gave instructions. The carriage headed inland while Eriana carried on along the pontoon line. This continued on dry land, with a wider pontoon every so often to permit parties to pass in safety. They had walked a fair distance before Ursula muttered to Tyra, "How much further?"
From somewhere behind, Kalmenar answered, "Mistress, about a mark and a half."
"What?" She turned to face the little diplomat in disbelief.
Kalmenar eased himself past Bennet and Semma. "Mistress, it is both the blessing and the curse of Ferenis. The land is so flat that the river advances and recedes by many marks during the year. When the Sirrel floods during the rains, it deposits rich silt upon the land which makes Ferenis one of the most fertile countries in this part of the Valley." He spread his hands. "However, during the spring and summer months the waters recede so far that these long pontoons are required just to reach a point where vessels may safely dock."
"So far?"
"Aye, Mistress."
She began walking again with Kalmenar beside her. "But why don't they build banks or something? I would have thought that there was enough timber about to do that - look at all those poles!"
"Indeed, Mistress, but if they did that the the waters would not flood the land, would they, and the land would not be as fertile. As I said, it is both a blessing and a curse."
Ursula spent the rest of the walk trying to think of ways to improve the situation without success. Without more information on what seemed to be an unusual phenomenon she was wary of making any suggestions.
Besides, who would listen to someone like me? I am not even an expert in the field!
But this Princess Garia was of school age, so she could not be an expert either, yet look at how much difference she appears to have made!
A sturdy ramp signaled the end of the pontoon line, by which time Ursula's legs were beginning to tire. Beyond was an area of hardstanding paved with brick upon which stood the welcoming committee. Eriana strode down the ramp to the oldest man present and curtseyed.
"Your Grace. We have walked almost all the way from Forguland, I deem."
He held out his hands. "Rise, Eriana. Be welcome in my house, you and all your company. As you have guessed, I am Gathol, Duke of this rather large slab of Sirrel mud. Here is Karinet, my Duchess and wife. I believe that you have already met Saram and Bartra, is that not so?"
"I have, Your Grace, and recently. You can be sure that your son presented the concerns of Ferenis to the Sirrel Congress without fear or favor. He also gave a good account of the progress of the war in your lands. As a representative of His Majesty, I must add that King Robanar sends warm greetings to you and your wife and regrets that it was not possible for him to greet both of you in person."
"Ah, you may tell Robanar that the regret is mutual but of course he knows the reason why, as do you." Gathol surveyed the crowd from the Visund, now all standing in a group behind Eriana. "Is this all your folk, Eriana?"
"Your Grace, some few of the crew remain to supervise the unloading of our chests and other items. The rest of my men, and all of my women companions, are here with me. If I may introduce Baron Kalmenar, who attends me as diplomatic aide. Here also is Ursula, a Healer who has knowledge not yet available in the Great Valley, and here are Bennet and Semma, Guardswomen of His Majesty who accompany me as female companions. Commander Lars, there, is leader of my men, subordinate only to myself."
Gathol's eyebrows rose. "Interesting! We will have much to speak of while you are with us, Eriana. And, I beg you, you may use our names. You are the daughter of a King, it is only seemly." The Duke stood straight and addressed the crowd. "Men and women of the Visund! Your courageous actions on the wharves of Gylfi's Rest are known to all in Ferenis. Be assured that you are all very welcome in our lands. While you are with us you should know that you will be welcomed by all and that you may go where you will without let or hindrance.
"However, in Ferenis are many soldiers from other lands, most waiting their turn to return home. Some of these chafe at the delay and may seek to cause mischief. Perhaps they will tell you that their own experiences of battle are greater than yours but of course that can never be true. We will endeavor to prevent any trouble but, as I know you are honorable men, I would ask that each of you take care on your dealings with these people. Enough blood has been spilled in this war, we do not need battles between friends."
There was a dead silence at this announcement.
Eriana turned. «Lars? Did you understand?»
«Most of it, Highness. Men seeking trouble in the city could start brawls. I do not think they would like the result. I will explain now to the men.»
Lars turned and warned the men in Norse. Many nodded but others looked annoyed.
"What is the problem, Eriana?"
"It means that my men must needs be careful in your city, Gathol. Lars is explaining the problem to them. I think that many of them just wanted to enjoy themselves but they cannot."
The Duke nodded. "As you say. The situation is unfortunate. We do what we can to prevent trouble but," he shrugged, "my men cannot be everywhere and there are just so many troops camped nearby. If I may offer my apologies."
"Of course. We understand that you have had the enemy on your soil, others have come to assist you to remove them. Of course there will be those who will desire to take advantage of the situation." Eriana grinned at the Duke. "In another life I might have been one of those! I am more responsible now, I deem."
"Your Highness," Gathol said with a straight face, "I cannot believe that of you or your men! I can however offer them some compensation. If I may, I would invite them all to a feast at the palace this evening. Would that help?"
"Your Grace, indeed it will! Lars, tell the men that His Grace offers a feast at the palace this evening."
"Yah, Captain."
The announcement cheered up the men considerably.
Gathol asked Eriana, "If I may ask, your men address you as Captain. Surely your rank is greater than that?"
"It is a historic matter. When we sailed from Einnland, our ship was owned by Balrik Fork-beard, who joined me and my men with all his family. We suffered four ferocious storms on the first part of our voyage, and in the first much was lost including Balrik, his wife, daughter and maids. I thus inherited the ship and am accounted Captain and owner. When Robanar asked some of us to attempt Boldan's Rock, I also had the rank of Captain of that party, but it was a land rank and not that of the sea. My men are now accustomed to address me as Captain, though as you may know I am now a Princess of Palarand, by Robanar's gracious decree."
"Ah. I wondered if it was something of the sort. Four storms, eh? Shall you tell us that story later?"
"As you desire, Gathol."
"Then let us proceed to the palace. There is accommodation there for all your party and we have brought carriages and wagons to take you there. If you would all follow me."
Eriana and Kalmenar went in the first carriage with the Duke and Duchess while Saram and Bartra fitted into the second with Bartra's maid. Ursula, Bennet, Semma and Tyra took the third and final carriage. A number of large wagons carried the men. The procession rumbled over the brick-laid paving and through the palisade which encircled the port area before heading along a broad avenue toward the city of Ferenis.
All looked around when they reached the first buildings.
"This is an odd place," Tyra remarked.
"I have to agree," Ursula said. "It looks like Ferenis gets more flooded than Joth, which means they have to build with that in mind."
The buildings were all of wood, uniformly of two stories and set on piles at least two strides high. Many were set even higher. The walkways between each building were almost as high up as the buildings themselves and, at junctions, went up and over the roads.
The spaces under the buildings were, as in parts of Joth, used for temporary storage. Washing was hung up underneath, and there were stacks of firewood and a number of shallow, wide, boats waiting for the river to flood. Most buildings had a heavy wooden pole hanging beyond the walkways and over the road in order to provide a way to hoist goods and belongings up and into the properties.
Further along were buildings with a different kind of structure. These had a solid wooden base, again about two strides high, with a town house or shop perched on top. The walkways here were cantilevered out from the tops of the bases. Ursula puzzled briefly over these before realizing that the whole thing was a large barge or pontoon, designed to rise with the waters and keep their owners safe that way.
There were many people about their business in this strange place and almost all were up on the walkways. Many had seen their Duke and Duchess process past in open carriages and, knowing that they would return, word had spread. In places there were crowds on the walkways, many leaning carefully on the safety rails to catch a glimpse as the procession returned to the palace. They cheered as the carriages and wagons went past.
The attire of those people was different than Ursula had become accustomed to. That of the women more resembled European peasant costumes, the skirts of the women being long despite the warm weather. These were brightly patterned, to contrast with a plain short-sleeved blouse on top. Every woman wore an apron and a small linen cap. The men wore loose linen tunics over thin hose, all of dull colors, all had straw hats to keep the sun at bay.
Semma remarked, "I do not like those skirts, Mistress. They are too long for such a warm season. What will they do when summer comes?"
"I think they might be thin enough," Ursula replied after some observation. "I am guessing that the skirts are long because the walkways are so high up. Someone on the street might see too much."
"Oh! I did not think of that! Why have they made the walkways so high?"
Bennet said, "I have heard that because the waters are so deep, Semma, they must needs build so high. I am glad that we do not have that problem in Palarand!"
The palace, when they reached it, was not built on stilts. A cleared area surrounded a heavy wooden palisade which the road went over by means of a ramp. Once they reached the top it could be seen that the whole interior of the structure had been filled almost to the brim with soil, probably laboriously brought in over the centuries. The palace, again a two-story structure of wood, stood in the middle of this artificial island. Just visible beyond it were other buildings but no detail could be discerned.
The carriage swung and pulled up in front of the imposing main entrance. Ferenis might be built entirely from wood, but their builders had carved and decorated the palace in a similar fashion to that of the Great Hall in Joth. Here the wood was stained various shades of brown rather than being painted but the effect was of a rich and ornate piece of furniture.
Servants came to their carriage and opened the door. Ursula descended first and waited for the others. When all were ready they joined Eriana and Kalmenar at the entrance with the Duke and Duchess. The crew of the Visund tumbled out of the wagons and surrounded the Ducal party at the entrance.
The Duke spoke. "Friends! This is my home, welcome to you all. As it is already time for lunch, I ask that you eat now before being shown to your chambers to rest and relax. Eriana?"
"Your Grace?"
"If you would tell your men that servants will show them to places where they may relieve themselves and make themselves clean before eating. Because your ship has arrived when you did, lunch has already been prepared, so today will be a standing lunch for us all." The Duke smiled. "A proper feast will be provided this evening, when you shall eat the foods I am told you may prefer. To eat so heavily at lunch on such a hot day as this would be unwise."
"As you say, Gathol. If I may ask, what is a standing lunch?"
Bennet said, "If it please you, Highness, a standing lunch is where the tables are laid out with food and each person may serve themselves onto a plate as they walk past. I have attended several such in the palace of our King."
"Ah, I understand. Aye, we have done such things in the hall of my father, when a meal must needs be taken in haste."
Gathol nodded his thanks to Bennet, who promptly blushed. Eriana waved her hand for silence and then relayed the instructions in Norse. When she had finished, Gathol gestured.
"It is time to go in. The sun is becoming hot."
Inside it was much cooler. Ursula noticed that, though the building was only two stories, the lower level at least had high ceilings and this contributed to the flow of cooling air. They were shown to a whole corridor that seemed to consist of toilets and washing chambers, where they could do what was needful and then clean themselves up.
A woman servant led them through the building to a courtyard which had wide awnings set against all four sides. Tables laden with food and drink were arranged against the walls under these and they were ushered without ceremony to lines where they could go along and load the plates a server had handed them.
"Mistress, do you wish to have your fork?"
"Yes, Tyra, please. This style of eating is easiest when one uses a fork. Have you yours? Bennet? Semma?"
"Aye, Mistress," Bennet replied for the two guardswomen. "I would never be anywhere without a fork now. It is too useful. I see what you mean about eating these meals. If I must needs stand, I have to hold the plate in one hand and eat with the other. A fork makes that task so much easier."
Tyra pointed. "Mistress Bennet, if you would look over there. There are chairs and tables where some are now sitting themselves down."
Bennet looked at Ursula. "Mistress?"
"Yes, let's go," she decided. "Nobody seems to be doing anything formal at the moment. We can take the weight off our legs and then Tyra can find us some drinks. Follow me."
At the table all four put their plates down on the table and then Tyra went for drinks as the others sat down.
"This is so different than in the palace," Semma remarked. "I do not think that I have ever had so casual a meal, when in the presence of so great a noble. Lord Kalmenar was right when he said that customs would be different in other lands."
They ate and watched as the men appeared, took plates and mugs of drink and found their own tables. Soon the whole perimeter of the courtyard was full of diners and a hum of conversation rose from every direction. Servers circulated with pitchers of various drinks to top up mugs or goblets. Occasionally someone would go back to the serving tables for more food. In the center the sun beat down on the bricks of the enclosed space but nobody ventured there.
Towards the end Duke Gathol, who had been circulating as well, came to their table.
"Greetings, my dears. Is everything to your satisfaction?"
Ursula stood up, curtseyed, and answered for them. "Your Grace, it is."
"If you would excuse the informality of today's meal. Had your ship arrived at some other bell then we may have made different arrangements, but this seemed appropriate. It is something we do sometimes when the weather is fine but not during the extreme heat of summer. Now I have been given word of all of you from Maralin, who departed here yesterday. It seems that you each have tales that are of interest to either myself or the Duchess. If I may ask you to join us this evening after we have eaten."
"Of course, Your Grace."
Bennet and Semma nodded their agreement.
Tyra had wide eyes. "Me, Your Grace? What have I done?"
Gathol smiled gently at her. "My dear, you are the daughter of a fisherman who became a servant in Joth's court. So much I could expect of any of my own people. However, you now are maid to someone not of this world and you aspire to be a female warrior. Of course you are of interest! My own folk may see you and wonder if they might do more than they once thought possible."
She stammered, "As you say, Your Grace. It is only what I thought -" She dried up, then added, "I will tell you what I thought, Your Grace, but it is only the dreams of a fisherman's daughter."
"I shall not ask for more, my dear, but what are we if we do not dream?" He looked at the others. "Until this evening, then. Enjoy your nap, relax, refresh yourselves this afternoon. And now, I must needs move on to other tables."
The Duke walked off leaving four bemused women.
The ruler of Ferenis has an open mind and listens carefully to news from the east. He wants to hear the stories of his visitors, especially the five extraordinary women.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
39 - Five Recollections
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Do come in and find yourselves seats," Gathol
said to his evening guests. "You as well, Mistress Tyra. You are
all guests in my house, for this evening I intend that you shall be
treated as my other guests."
Tyra curtseyed low. "Your Grace, are you sure? It is not my place."
"Have I not just said? Go on now, sit down with the others. A great wind is blowing through the Valley and you are part of what is happening. Sit, please."
The maid found a seat and lowered herself onto it, obviously feeling uncomfortable. She looked at Ursula for reassurance.
"He is Duke here, we are all his guests, better do as he asks."
"As you wish, Mistress."
The Duke's own servants served out drinks to his guests and then left, closing the door behind them. Remaining inside were the five women from the Visund, Duke Gathol of Ferenis, Duchess Karinet, their son and heir Count Saram and his wife Countess Bartra. The room settled into silence as each sipped their drinks.
"You must all understand," Gathol began, "that Ferenis has recently been invaded by Yod, a circumstance which has happened far too many times in past years. As has previously been the case our attention was entirely taken up by the customary call to arms and the preparations for defending ourselves and throwing back those of Yod." He gave a slight shrug. "I call it customary because we have done it so many times, but that does not mean that it is something we desire to do, any more than we desire the Sirrel to flood our lands each year.
"But the fact that we must often needs do it means that we are all familiar with what has to be done. Thus, we were all occupied with raising levies, strengthening our defenses and so on, when word reached us of a most extraordinary and unexpected occurrence. I speak, of course, of the assault on Boldan's Rock and the subsequent sally to the Sirrel banks below. Extraordinary because we learned then that the assault had been led by a woman, a young woman, and that there were two other women in her small party... and that all three had taken full part in the fighting.
"In Ferenis at first there was general disbelief that such a thing had even happened, Boldan's Rock being considered by the best minds in our armies as impregnable. Then word reached us from Forguland, and from our own forces, of the incredible truth. That which had seemed impossible had been accomplished and by warriors from a far distant land, unfamiliar with either attackers or defenders." He gazed at Eriana. "I must repeat my thanks to you, your women companions and to all your men for what you did then, Your Highness. Ferenis will forever be grateful to all of you."
Eriana inclined her head and then sipped at her drink.
Gathol continued, "But we had already had warning that changes might come to the Valley! Saram had been in Forguland when Prince Keren of Palarand came visiting. The tale that Prince Keren told my son seemed fantastic then, but the events of Boldan's Rock proved that it was no mere tale. A young girl who claimed to be from another world with ideas and customs unknown to any, who could believe that? But it was she who provided the example for other women of the palace, some of whom became determined to take up arms as well. Two of those, Danisa and Heldra, accompanied Eriana to Boldan's Rock and beyond.
"Now, a visitor from another world, that is one thing, but when women servants of the ruler decide they can better serve him another way, then I began to take notice. If it were true in Palarand, it would also be true in Ferenis... and there were many ways that women could aid our struggle against those of Yod. Gentle enquiries were made within the palace and, later, in the city and we now have a fully functioning and enthusiastic Women's Auxiliary Service."
He spread his hands. "I grant you that they may do more in time but without advice or precedent we must needs proceed cautiously. Those women of the Service have proved their worth on and behind the field of battle numerous times. Many have now gone back to hearth and home, of course, but here in the palace there is a small contingent who have become part of the palace defenses and will also attend my wife and daughter-in-law at need."
"Things continued to happen! First, Prince Keren had showed us forks and both Ferenis and Forguland have been making them as quickly as the supplies of metal will permit. Then a packet of a mysterious material called paper came via Joth, with suggestions that it might replace parchment in time. The packet itself was a revelation, being of waxed paper and designed safely to contain whatever was within. Guns of advanced design appeared later to aid the fight against those of Yod. Finally, a young man appeared from Joth with another unlikely tale. He, it appeared, had not been born on Anmar either but came from another world.
"Maralin was close-mouthed for much of the time, as he should be, but he confirmed that both he and Princess Garia came from a distant world named Earth. Though he was in danger from those of Yod he was able to indirectly provide certain information about Princess Garia which only made her seem even more extraordinary. Saram was sent to Palarand for Prince Keren's wedding to this young woman and he has returned full of the remarkable things that are happening there.
"In view of our location next to Yod, and with the certainty that change was coming whether we desired it or no, you can imagine that I was very willing to join the Federation and Saram passed that message on. Maralin recently returned here with the documents of association and also the news that yet another person had unexpectedly arrived from Earth."
He addressed Ursula. "My dear, nothing that is said tonight will be repeated beyond this room. You have my oath on that."
Saram said, "Heard and witnessed."
Gathol leaned back. "So, tonight in my sitting room, here are five women who have, for different reasons, caused great changes in the Great Valley. I would learn what made each of you the way you are today. Eriana, your tale is perhaps the easiest to understand, shall you begin?"
Her expression was something between a smile and a grimace. "Gathol, in Einnland I was the bad daughter of a bad father. The land of my birth is a cold, rough land with few resources except the sea. My father sought to marry me beneath my station to keep me from bidding for the throne. Had I been smaller or gentler then he may have gotten his way but I preferred the sea to the cottage of a tradesman. With some few of my men and the like-minded owner of a ship, I ran away, seeking my fortune in the fabled lands of the Sirrel."
She reddened. "Not for nothing are the lands of the Sirrel fabled in Einnland! Wrecked by storms and driven onto the shores of Plif, I learned there that the son of King Robanar required a bride and so set off to make myself available and thus thwart my father. I had no idea that Keren had already met Garia and pledged himself to her, despite all convention. Palarand was worse! I found myself in a palace so large it could have swallowed Jotlhiem whole and I did not understand any of it.
"It was Garia who took me in hand and showed me how a true Princess should behave. It was she who taught me to fight, with and without swords, she who taught me how to handle beasts and to ride, she who taught me to control my temper, she who became a friend even while we were - as I thought - vying for Keren's hand. I understood then that I could never rule Palarand with Keren, it is an astonishing land, too complex for a mere maiden from a remote coastal land to manage.
"In Robanar's palace I also discovered Danisa and Heldra and marveled at women doing something that I had never thought that any woman would be permitted to do. Also residing there was Milsy, who has a mind so large it would not fit in Your Grace's chambers. She is not from another world. Milsy was a kitchen drudge in Dekarran and it was only her resemblance to Garia that brought her to the palace, to confuse those of Yod, those who wanted to kidnap or kill the girl from another world. Milsy is no longer a drudge but a respected Guildswoman who has designed clocks which are now appearing in many of the palace chambers.
"That got Robanar's attention, I deem! Here was a mere kitchen girl, yet she could think of things that strained even Garia's imagination. If one such could do so much better, what about every other woman in Palarand? A girl from somewhere else entirely might be able to do things no local girl could do but the truth could not be denied. The talents and abilities of half the population had been overlooked, and Palarand was at war with Yod."
Eriana took a drink and put down her goblet. "But I talk too much. You will not have too many Princesses as guests, I deem, so let us hear from those I met in the palace. You desire to hear why normal folk looked at what Garia did and decided to choose something different for themselves."
"I cannot fault you, Eriana." Gathol turned to Bennet and Semma. "What say you? Are your tales of life in the King's palace the same?"
Bennet looked at Semma and received a nod before replying. "Your Grace, we are not the same, excepting that we have arrived at the same place by different paths. For myself, I too was a kitchen servant in the palace. When Lady Garia arrived, as she was then, her antics and activities were the talk of the servants for months! It was plain that she did not think the same way that any other young woman did.
"The first thing she did was what she called exercise, which involved making herself fit in a way that no-one else had even dreamed of. She then showed that this exercise prepared her for a new kind of unarmed combat, which she proceeded to demonstrate on an astonished Prince. This new art was then extended to some of the Palace Guard as the benefits became obvious. A small group were trained by herself and the Prince, to become trainers themselves.
"But once this arrangement was working smoothly she then astonished all again by taking up swords! Your Grace, Princess Garia is shorter than Semma here and could not wield a normal sword. By unexplained means she discovered that women from the Six Cities had been trained to defend themselves using two small swords and she promptly became a master in this art as well."
Gathol interrupted. "The Six Cities? Then the swords of which I have heard did not come from another world?"
"Apparently not, Your Grace, though Princess Garia's use of them was entirely novel. Of course, almost all those women who applied to the guard were larger than Her Highness so are able to handle normal swords. For myself, I noticed that Danisa had asked Her Highness if it were possible to train as she did. Once the first four women were selected for training, many conversations were held in the palace corridors, as you may imagine. After the abilities of those four had been proven the way was opened for others and," she spread her arms, "here I am."
Gathol nodded. "I can see why you might choose the life of an armsman - your pardon, an armswoman. Why, you are as tall and as well-built as Saram, I deem! Yet the attitude of man and woman is different. If you must needs kill another, could you do it, as a man might?"
Bennet's gaze was direct. "Your Grace, if it were a choice between him or me, then certainly I would! If it were to save the life of another, such as yourself, Her Highness, or perhaps a companion in arms, then I would do that too." She paused. "If I were faced with another in the ring, say, I would not be so sure. I might find the act too difficult." She shook her head. "Your Grace, none of us know whether we can do such a deed until we have had to do it. Even Princess Garia admitted as much."
"As you say. Tell me, are you content with your new life? It is not as safe as kitchen work."
"Your Grace, I would guess that most Guardsmen and women, or armsmen and women as would be true elsewhere, have lives little different than those who work in kitchens. It is a life of duties, of preparation, of watchfulness. The tools of a kitchen are just as sharp and dangerous as those of the battlefield." Bennet grinned. "The training is somewhat different! In general we are respected by those we train with and work with, for those men know that we may not be trifled with as they might a palace maid or cleaner.
"However, to join Her Highness on her ship, this is a great adventure indeed! This is an unusual duty but one that neither I nor Semma would have missed for anything. We are doing something that few women do, which is to travel many marks from those places where we normally live and work, to do things we would not normally do, to see places and meet people we would not even know existed before. Your Grace, I deem we are better for it, that we understand the world around us better too."
"I agree," Gathol said. "If it were possible, I would decree that everyone should travel to another land, perhaps, at least once in his or her life. You cannot understand your own country until you see it through another's eyes. Of course, those who have passed through Ferenis recently as levies have done as much, but most will not have strayed beyond camp or tavern. Perhaps this new Federation will mean that our folk may travel more, and further."
"As you say, Your Grace." Bennet turned. "Semma?"
Semma shuffled uncomfortably. "Your Grace, I was a member of the palace cleaning staff. As the rest of us did, I saw some few go off to be trained in the art of arms and wondered if there were more that I might try. At that time I did not think that I could become a Guardswoman, I thought that I was too short and not heavy enough. However, Captain Merek explained that they were still trying to discover who might be suitable and who might not, and to my surprise I found that I could do what was required.
"As with Princess Garia, it seems that my smaller build permits me to do things which a larger person would find awkward. I did not find the unarmed combat to be difficult, and Bennet will tell you that I am better at it than she. Also, a larger opponent may underestimate what a smaller person can do and that will give me the advantage. Sword work," she shrugged, "that is not so good, but I can do what every other person of His Majesty's Guard can do and that is sufficient. I am too short for longbow, spear or lance but I am proficient with a crossbow, though not the heaviest kinds."
"And could you kill if the situation required it?"
"Your Grace, I have not yet been put to the test. However, there was that situation with the grakh..."
"Grakh? What is this?"
Semma looked at Eriana, who elaborated. "Gathol, there was an... incident. Before we departed Joth, we five went out into the country for a ride. Captain Hambran was with us - do you know Hambran?"
"Aye, I met him once in Forguland at a conference concerning the enemy. A good man, from what I remember."
"He is, Gathol. He and armsman Dirgan accompanied us, as is proper." Eriana's face twisted. "However, also inviting themselves along were Wallesan's sons, Mathenar and Luthan. Luthan," she shrugged, "appeared a weak sort before our ride but Mathenar saw five fresh members of the more gentle sex who he may have interested himself in. We rode out some short distance from the walls that afternoon and were beset by five giant grakh who were resting in some trees. They waited until we were close enough - we did not know they were there - and then they launched themselves at us from different directions to harry us."
"Maker!" Saram exploded. "Yet you are all safe here! What happened? Did Wallesan's sons defend you?"
"Not exactly, My Lord. Naturally we were all thrown from our mounts and one frayen was killed in the panic. Bennet and Semma dealt with one grakh and I brought down another with sword and pistol. The others then decided we were too strong and departed. If I may mention Lord Luthan. He and Tyra bravely faced the foe over Ursula, who does not carry arms of any sort."
"Maker!" Gathol echoed. "You brought down two grakh? How big were they?"
"We brought one of the two bodies back to the city with us and Wallesan had it displayed in the Great Hall to amaze the city folk. The wings were about four strides each, Gathol, and the body the size of a frayen's. We were told that it was the largest any could remember being seen in Joth, though doubtless few would have seen such a beast from very close and lived."
"Four strides each? Maker! And between you you brought down two! I am amazed myself! What injuries were there?"
"Hambran dislocated a shoulder when he was thrown, otherwise there were some scratches, little more. Of course the memory will affect us for some time, as any such happening might."
"True enough."
Saram asked, "Highness? You have mentioned Luthan, it is true, but what of Mathenar?"
Eriana's face clouded. "My Lord, what I have to say must not be spoken of elsewhere. When we were thrown from our mounts, Mathenar scrambled into reeds in the ditch and hid himself, as he thought, from the great monsters, forgetting that they could see him as they flew over. He did not emerge till the battle was finished." She sniffed. "If he had done such conduct in Einnland no man would bespeak him again, he has proven himself a coward."
There was a stunned silence in the room.
Gathol eventually cleared his throat and spoke. "I have met with Mathenar, of course, as he passed through on his way towards the fighting. I cannot say that he would have been good at fighting but, of course, no man can know that until he is put to the test. My apologies, ladies, of course the same must be true for women as well. It seems that he returned to Joth for some reason I could not discover, do any of you know?"
The five women looked at one another. This time it was Ursula who broke the silence.
"Your Grace, we do not know exactly what happened while he was away but it may have been something to do with a woman - or perhaps many women. When he returned to Joth and discovered that his father had five women visitors, he essentially stalked me through the city for days, attempting to direct my movements and offering help I did not want or need."
Gathol pursed his lips. "Aye. I have heard rumors - you understand I may not repeat them - and I was loath to believe them. It would appear he has some unsavory habits." He grimaced. "If what I have heard today is proven, then I like it not that he may be the next Duke of Joth."
Eriana said, "Wallesan is now fully aware of his faults, Gathol, and may be disposed to make other arrangements. I know that you do such things here in the Valley, it is not purely by age as it is in Einnland."
"Eriana, in some lands that is true but not in others. However, I will take your unspoken advice and consider the matter carefully." He nodded thoughtfully. "I thank you for this tale. When Maralin was here he told me of many things but not that you had all tangled with grakh. Well. Let us continue. Mistress Semma, have you more to add?"
"Your Grace, you have heard most of it. I will, of course, answer anything else you may desire to know."
"Then let me turn next to Tyra." He gave the maid an encouraging smile. "Will you tell us how you came to be with Ursula, and to carry a sword?"
"Your Grace." Tyra's lips were dry, but she had now met enough nobility that she was no longer afraid of them. "My family live in the city of Joth, my father a fisherman, my mother a laundress. We were expelled by those of Yod along with all others and, when we were permitted to return, discovered that the invader had destroyed almost everything. It had been winter, and the invader had not been able to obtain fuel to keep themselves warm, so they burned everything they could that was of wood.
"This made it very hard for us. Though there was food, by my father's hand, and my mother's contribution just about paid for what was needful, I had to go and find work to help pay for everything else. Your Grace, I was merely upstairs help in the Duke's Mansion, cleaning, changing linen, that kind of work. I imagined no other existence and was content with my lot.
"Then the Visund came and my eyes were opened. Here were women, some like myself, who had made themselves better lives! One of them even owned the ship! Two wore swords, saying that they had been servants in a distant palace, but were given the opportunity to serve their King a different way. It made me wonder if I could do the same."
Gathol nodded. "I am not surprised! When you see two, nay three, doing something that all thought impossible, I do not wonder at your thoughts. What did Wallesan think of your request?"
"Your Grace, he had been to Palarand some while, to attend the royal wedding, and he had already seen that the women of Palarand were able to do much more than anyone had thought. With Captain Hambran, who had visited Palarand with my Duke, they thought to make me a test, see what someone from their own household could do."
"And by the fact you now wear a sword, the test was successful?"
"Your Grace, I do not wear the sword all the time. I am now the maid of Mistress Ursula, it would not be appropriate. Yes, the test was successful and a small number of others from the city are now in training."
"I am pleased to hear it. When the minds of both men and women are opened to new possibilities -" He turned at Bennet's expression. "What is it?"
"Your Grace, the women of Palarand have also gained entry to Palarand's guilds, by Princess Garia's example. Even now many are employed in workshops making paper, working in wood, metal, glass and cloth, other tasks previously reserved for men."
"Do you tell me? Interesting! Perhaps I should have attended the wedding, but it was impossible, of course. With those of Yod not too many marks from here on our own lands, I dare not leave. Well. I would hear of this later, by your leave."
"As you command, Your Grace, though I have no direct knowledge of who can do what," Bennet looked around. "I doubt any of us here may satisfy you, Your Grace. I believe there is a caravan approaching from Palarand which may answer some of your questions."
"Aye, as you say. Maralin did mention the caravan, I shall attend it closely when it arrives. Thank you, Mistress Bennet." He turned. "Mistress Tyra, if you may tell us why, having begun your training in arms, you then decided to leave Joth altogether."
"Your Grace, Mistress Ursula required help! She is a stranger in these lands, she did not know how anything worked or what the customs were. She must needs have a maid or other attendant to assist her until she had become more familiar with our ways."
"So you offered her your services, I assume?"
Tyra looked a little confused. "Your Grace, it did not happen that way." She turned to Ursula. "Mistress, I find that I do not remember exactly how it occurred, if you would explain."
Ursula was surprised to be asked. "I am not sure that I remember clearly myself, Tyra. We just came together, I think." She addressed Gathol. "Your Grace, I was an unattended woman alone in Lord Wallesan's Mansion and I discovered that it would not be possible for me to function that way. Her Highness lent me Bennet for a time but one day, when Her Highness had gone out on business with Bennet and Semma, I needed a chaperone and Tyra was available.
"Our paths kept crossing and I think it was by chance that we came together for a meal. Her Grace saw that I needed assistance and promoted Tyra on the spot." An aside, "I had not understood that a single woman on her own would have difficulties doing day-to-day tasks, Your Grace. Life here is very different than life... where I came from."
Gathol held up a hand. "If I may, Mistress, your origins are naturally of interest but would be best described later. For now I am more concerned with Tyra's change of fortune."
Ursula nodded acceptance of the point and continued, "Tyra has proved to be of great help and knowledge as we both learned our way around Joth. Since I could speak the local language but not write it, Lord Kalmenar offered to teach me -"
"A moment, if you please. You could speak but not read?"
"I can read and write, Your Grace, but not the local script. In fact I can speak four other languages and write in two scripts, but none of those are in use here."
"Ah. I understand, I think. Later, then."
Ursula thought, Of course I have also begun to speak Norse here, which I certainly never learned on Earth! Mentioning that now would only cause difficult questions to be asked, most of which I cannot answer for a number of reasons.
"As I was saying, Your Grace, Lord Kalmenar helped me to read and write your script. Because I needed a chaperone Tyra was sent to attend me while this happened and Lord Kalmenar noticed that she was taking as much note of the lessons as I was. In short, she was learning to read by looking over my shoulder." Tyra blushed at this. Ursula continued, "Kalmenar made her sit down and take proper lessons alongside me."
"Well!" Gathol turned to Tyra. "So, despite coming from a fisherman's family, and being but a maid in Wallesan's Mansion, you found that you could read and write as easily as Mistress Ursula?"
"Your Grace, Mistress Ursula could already read and write but I had never done it before. It was not so easy for me but I have made a start and hope to be able to do more when circumstance permits."
Ursula added, "Your Grace, until now Tyra had no need to read or write. Considering the short time we had to learn in Joth, I think she has done very well."
Eriana said, "Gathol, Garia thinks that everyone must needs learn to read and write, even down to the lowest peasant. On the mother world, Earth, it is so in most lands, so she told me."
"As you say, Eriana. Thank you, Tyra." To Karinet he said, "It looks as if you are right, my dear, and I have no problem in admitting it. Robanar's letters have mentioned the likely need for everyone to read and write and what I have heard this evening merely confirms what we have been told. It also confirms the part that women must needs play in all our lands. Aye, their first priority is to be mothers since men cannot, but it seems that we have overlooked much that they might be capable of, if only they knew it."
The Duchess smiled faintly back. "Did I not tell you, husband? The Auxiliary Service is but a start, I deem. It will be too late for many to change their ways, men or women, but the young folk may have other ideas. I am glad that I do not have to manage Ferenis through what is to come but it will be Saram, aye, and Bartra, who must needs guide our people in the new ways."
Gathol nodded thoughtfully and reached for his goblet. Once refreshed he put it down and leaned forward.
"So. I thought the war was bad enough but we have had wars before, as all know. This will be something different for all of us to consider, but at least as complicated... and expensive. It seems to me that a future Ferenis will be a very different place than it is today. Mistress Ursula, I must now ask you about the place you came from, since your own experiences may inform the plans we must needs make."
Ursula was naturally cautious. "Your Grace, I am not sure what you have been told about me."
"As you say. When Maralin arrived recently he told us a tale we had difficulty believing at first, but together with letters from Robanar and Wallesan we have been forced to accept his words. It seems that when you were together with him in Forguland your origins, and those of himself, Princess Garia and mayhap others, were discovered by chance. Seeking to prevent a similar circumstance he explained to us some of what he knew.
"I know that the three of you, together with another who was in the hands of Yod, come from a different world than Anmar, a place he named Earth." He shuddered. "Almost impossible to believe but I have no choice. Eriana has already spoken that name today so I have confirmation that at least some of the tale is true. Maralin explained that on Earth, it is as if it were two hundred years or so into our future and that many things are different there. He also explained that the three of you are not as you were on that world."
Ursula admitted, "Your Grace, what Maralin said is true. On Earth I had the body of a male. I understand that on Earth Princess Garia was a boy and that Maralin was a woman."
"Yet all three of you function as though born into the bodies you have now."
"To a greater or lesser extent, Your Grace. We still have the memories of what we used to be and that affects how we deal with the world around us."
"As you say. If I may ask, have you had problems? The life of a woman is very different than that of a man."
"Of course, Your Grace, there have been new experiences, but our minds are adapting to our new surroundings and circumstances." She hesitated. "There are, partly, medical reasons why, but I do not think that you would understand the explanation, not yet."
"I understand. Tell me, I wonder if the changes Princess Garia has begun would have happened if she had not changed. A boy, in the body of a girl, she... he? may have chafed at the limitations of her new circumstances. Thus, she may have decided to demonstrate behavior unusual for any normal girl. Do you think that would be possible?"
"Your Grace, if Princess Garia had been a girl on Earth and arrived here unchanged, I have no doubt at all that she would have behaved exactly the same. On Earth the lives of girls and boys are still different but girls - and women - can do so much more than they do here."
"Is that so? Then it seems to me that the changes to come would have come eventually whether any of you had come to Anmar or not. There were no visitors to Earth, so Maralin informs me, and women's lives were improved there, I deem the same would have happened here in your absence."
"Maybe, Your Grace. I think it is a matter of attitude and also time. There are societies on Earth where women are very much subservient to men because that is the way it has always been. Some of them, I believe, think of women as almost another species, the sole reason for their existence being to make more men. Even in more enlightened societies, it has taken centuries before women gained many of the rights that men have always taken for granted, often after long periods of protest."
Gathol pursed his lips. "Mayhap we are some way between those two extremes, then. Protest? How would they protest? Each to her own husband?"
Ursula shook her head. "Think of a mass march around the streets of all the women in your city, Your Grace, some carrying large banners proclaiming injustice. They would quickly bring life here to a halt. Now imagine them doing that every week, or even every day, until they got what they wanted."
Karinet and Bartra stirred. "They would do that?" The Duchess wondered. "Would not the men object?"
Ursula shrugged. "They could try, Your Grace. But the men would go without meals, clean clothes, fresh bedding, maybe even no... close activities between husband and wife."
"But the men would beat their wives!"
"That did not happen very often on Earth, Your Grace. I would think that most husbands would not want to do that. In many countries of the world, women even went to prison for their beliefs."
"Ha!" Eriana slapped her leg in delight. "I never imagined such a thing! Karinet, the only reason that this has not happened in your own lands, I deem, is because nobody has yet thought of it! If Ursula was to bespeak several women in the city in the next day or two, I would wager that by year's end the whole city would be in chaos."
The four nobles were all pale by now. "Maker!" gasped the Duke. "Eriana, you have the right of it. Yet how will we know what is needful and what is not? I could not give in to every demand made upon me, it would be madness. Mistress Ursula, how is this resolved on Earth, then?"
"It is fairly easy, Your Grace. Your laws must be made exactly the same for men and for women. That must mean that all must have the same rights, privileges and obligations." She added, "But that will take some careful planning, I would guess. You'll have women owning property, women earning their own money, women running businesses, women in your armies, women making laws and judging crimes. When I say women will want to do everything, I mean everything."
Saram croaked, "Father, she is right. We must look at our womenfolk in a different way."
He grabbed his goblet and took a long draft, staring in shock at nothing in particular.
Eriana spoke again. "Gathol, if I may offer you some advice."
"Hmm? After that revelation I need all the advice I can get! But, Eriana, what could you say to me that would help? By your own admission your own society - Einnland, I mean - treats its own womenfolk poorly. After all, that was one reason you departed, was it not?"
"You are right, but it is Garia's advice I would give, not my own. When she came to Palarand she explained that much of what she could tell them would be dangerous to our present societies." She wrinkled her nose. "It took some time for them to explain to me what she meant by dangerous. It does not necessarily mean that the tool or device or idea by itself might cause injury, though that is always possible, but that there could be unsought-for consequences when any such is introduced. I cannot offer examples by explanation, when Garia and Milsy explained it to me I did not know what they were speaking about half the time!
"Even so, I began to understand the implications. Someone like myself, from a simpler society, could barely comprehend the simple devices already used in running Robanar's palace. What Garia, Maralin and Ursula bring from Earth, and what Milsy and others will invent, will change our lands so much that many will struggle in years to come. Some means must be made to ensure that knowledge from the mother world, from Earth, should be handled with care, such that the advantages are enjoyed by all and the disadvantages by none.
"For that reason a special committee was created named the Council of the Two Worlds. No, I do not take part in that, I leave that to folk more knowledgeable than myself. This Council is supposed to be secret so I would ask you girls," Eriana glanced around, to receive nods, "not to mention it to anyone outside this room."
She suddenly stood and groped at the right side of the skirt of her evening gown, producing a small metal object.
"This, Gathol, is my Personal Pistol. It is a small gun designed for self defense, when other methods are not appropriate. I have used it twice, once to kill an assassin who attempted to abduct me the night before Keren and Garia's wedding, hoping to use the confusion of the celebration to take me away. I also used it more recently to finish off one of those grakh we have just described."
Gathol and Saram leaned forward with interest. The Duke asked, "If it is permitted, may I examine it?"
"Of course. You both may, and your wives, since they are mainly designed for the safety of women. I must caution you that it is loaded, though it is safe enough as it is."
Saram said, "Father, remember the rule. Never point a gun at anyone."
"Aye, son, I do not need your reminder, it has been hammered into all of us long enough by those of Joth."
Gathol took the weapon and examined it closely, turning it over and testing the grip. He did keep it pointed at the floor, and when he handed it to Saram, his son was just as careful.
Gathol asked, "Is this something that only a noble might carry, Eriana?"
"By no means, Gathol! Both Bennet and Semma have them, though they have had no need to use them so far. Ursula and Tyra, having joined us after we departed Dekarran, do not have them and we have no spares, for fear of loss or theft. You must needs realize what a bandit or assassin might do with one of these."
"Maker, aye!" Gathol considered. "Aye, I begin to see how such consequences might arise. How then do Ursula's words fit into what you have just explained?"
"I would consider that the idea that Ursula has just described would likely be considered dangerous, Gathol. Even I can see why." She waved a hand. "I do not mean that the idea should be buried and never again exposed to the light, since we know that on Earth there is no such Council and the idea gained hold independently. I would also consider that much of what Ursula could tell you would cause as much trouble as this, therefore I beg you, write to Robanar to ask for advice and direction. This is properly a Federation matter, I deem, you need have no fear of appearing weak."
There was a long silence in the room as everyone grappled with these new ideas. Saram passed the pistol to Karinet, who looked it over before passing it to Bartra.
Karinet asked Eriana, "If I may ask, your gun appeared from some concealed place. Can you explain in mixed company?"
Eriana grinned. "There is no secret about it, Karinet. In the side of my skirt is a concealed slit. It allows me to reach in and take the Personal Pistol from a special holder called a holster, which is made of leather and strapped to my thigh, in the manner of a harness. The holster keeps the pistol safe, even when I am riding... though when I fell off during the grakh attack, I fell on it and still have a splendid bruise to show for it."
"Oh! Yes, of course, such a lump of metal as this. Though I deem that you would rather have a pistol and risk the bruise?"
"Oh, yes, considering the alternatives I had. It is possible that I might have managed both times without but I may have suffered a greater injury that way."
Bartra passed the pistol back to Eriana and she returned it to its hiding place.
Gathol addressed Ursula. "My dear, I trust that you do not intend to walk the streets tomorrow spreading the ideas you have spoken of tonight?"
"Your Grace, I already know that I must be very careful what I say and to whom. Her Highness has explained the dangers well. You are the ruler of Ferenis, you would not do anything that would disrupt your country, but you might say something in ignorance of the possible consequences. Her Highness is right, I think you need to speak to that Council, maybe even become part of it yourself."
The Duke sighed. "Aye, you have the right of it. It might be necessary, I deem, for Karinet and I to pay a state visit to Palarand, now that we are officially at peace." He flicked a hand. "That is a problem for tomorrow, though. The stories we have heard tonight have provided more information than I expected, and perhaps it is time that we all retired and considered what we have learned. Eriana?"
"As you say, Gathol. I believe the men are giving a demonstration tomorrow of our new fighting techniques so an early night would be wise. By your leave, Gathol, Karinet, Saram, Bartra. Ladies?"
The other visitors stood. They all curtseyed to the Duke and filed out of the room after Eriana.
The travelers remain in Ferenis for several days exchanging the usual information about styles, ideas and inventions from downstream. Eriana also has a look at a Yodan war galley. As they make ready to leave for the next leg of the voyage, an incident happens that threatens their departure.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
40 - Suits, Skirts and Galleys
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
«There. The bandage is secure, you can go now. Take it easy
for the next two days.»
«Of course, Mistress. Thank you again.»
Ursula watched the bandaged Torvald limp out of the door and was surprised when Adin replaced him.
«I thought Torvald was the last one. Surely you didn't get involved in that melee?»
The little cook's smile was apologetic. «Not me, Mistress! I know better than to tangle with a lot of very big men waving swords and worse about! I am sorry to trouble you, I have managed to pick up a burn in the palace kitchen. I wondered if you would take a look at it as you are here with all your materials.»
Adin turned over his left arm and showed her the reddening skin.
Ursula winced. «How did you do that?»
«Mistress, the palace cook was showing me a different way of preparing gavakhan steaks when the fat in his pan caught fire. Unfortunately when it happened I was reaching over for a spoon to hand to him, to reduce the fat.» He looked embarrassed. «That shall not happen again!»
«I would be surprised if it did. You are too good a cook to make that mistake more than once.»
«Agreed, but it was a strange kitchen and...» He shrugged. «Can you do anything for me?»
Ursula smiled. «Of course! I am, I suppose, the ship's physician and surgeon, though I don't remember anyone asking me if I wanted the job! Sit down and let me find some salve for that. Will you object to a bandage on it?»
«Of course not, Mistress. If you say I must have one then I'll have one. It will help to protect the arm as it heals, right?»
«Yes, but you may find that it will be uncomfortable in the hot weather. A bandage will stop the salve coming off onto your clothes as well.»
«...And bed-sheets, and towels, and everywhere I sit down.» Adin grinned. «That is another lesson I have learned before.»
Ursula was just fixing the end of the neat bandage when Tyra entered the small room.
"Mistress... Oh! I beg your pardon. I thought that you had finished the men."
"It is fine, Tyra. Adin came by his wound in a different battle, a fierce fight against a fire monster in the palace kitchen."
Tyra giggled. "Mistress! You must not think that we spend all our time fighting."
"Fortunately I do not, Tyra. You are washed and refreshed, I take it?"
"Aye, Mistress, and thank you for the time. I will have a small bruise just -" The maid was just about to point at a delicate spot when she remembered Adin was still there. "Ah, maybe later. It is of little concern."
"I missed part of the melee, as you know, when that armsman was knocked cold. I assume that you had no trouble?"
"Mistress, the men would not face me at first! I do not know what they thought might happen, but I wonder if they were afraid of injuring me." She grinned. "Then I rushed at the man I was supposed to be fighting and he had no choice! I am certain that he could wield a sword better than me but I got two hits on his chest and he surrendered. The next man took note and fought properly, which was how I got the bruise."
Ursula finished with Adin and stood. «There. Leave the bandage on overnight and I'll have another look tomorrow morning,» she rolled her eyes, «along with all the other crew! Fortunately there weren't too many this time.»
Adin rose and bowed. «Thank you, Mistress. Now I must return to the scene of battle,» he grinned, «and help prepare our lunch.»
Ursula frowned. «You don't have to do that, surely? You are a guest here just like the rest of us.»
«And you are a guest here, Mistress, but I don't see you letting the palace healers do your job. Just as you are, I am broadening my experience of local methods and ingredients.»
She smiled. «That told me! Be off with you!»
Adin disappeared and Tyra helped Ursula to pack bandages and bottles away before both left the room to return to their suite. Eriana encountered them at the top of the stairs to the guest quarters.
"You have finished, yes? How many this time?"
"Six, Highness, but none would be serious enough to delay our departure, if that is your concern. Two have heavy bruises, another had dislocated a finger, one has a cut to his thigh that required stitches and the last a small puncture wound to his upper left arm. All have been treated."
Eriana's eyes narrowed. "You have described five, I deem, yet you spoke of six."
"The last was Adin, Highness. There was an accident in the kitchen and he has slightly burned his lower left arm."
"Ah, I see. Is it bad? How did it happen?"
"Not that bad. I have applied salve and a protective bandage. It should not affect his cooking abilities but I do not think we will have great need of those for a few days."
The Princess nodded. "As you say."
"It was a mistake by one of the palace cooks, I believe. A pan caught fire as Adin was reaching for a spoon. He will not do that again."
A wry smile. "Indeed. Sometimes the only way to learn is to be burned. So, are you ready to come to lunch?"
Ursula looked down at the basket in her hands. "I have to put my things away and wash up, Highness, then we'll be right down. Is there some problem?"
"Not at all, Ursula. I merely thought to walk down with you. I expect lunch to be served shortly."
"Then I had better get on, Highness. If you would excuse us."
"Of course."
When Ursula and Tyra entered the dining chamber they found Eriana there talking with Gathol and Karinet. They walked over and curtseyed to the Duke.
"You have ministered to your wounded, Mistress?"
"I have, Your Grace. Fortunately there was not too much to do this time."
"Indeed. A most impressive display, I was just telling Eriana how interested we were in seeing her men fight. They are well trained, are they not? And fearsome looking! And the unarmed combat, that was most instructive. I did not realize that armsmen," he noticed Tyra standing respectfully behind Ursula, "or, by your leave, armswomen, could do so much with no weapons at all."
"Hah!" Eriana chuckled. "Your Grace, I doubt that any of your men have faced women at all, not such trained as we are. The look on their faces when we attacked them was comical."
"Aye." But Gathol's expression was sober. "A secret weapon, I deem. Few men among our present ranks would know what to do when faced by a woman intent on killing or injuring him. Part of me, having seen the display, believes it unseemly that women should be present at a battle at all, while another part is determined to produce our own ranks of deadly females as soon as I can afford them. I am certain that many in the city will disapprove, many already do."
"That is one of the prices of progress, Gathol, as we spoke of yester eve. You already know why, and you know why it must needs be done."
"Aye," the Duke said again with a sigh, "I know it, Eriana. Now, to turn to a subject more fitting for mixed company, I understand from Karinet that you are all going to meet our resident seamstresses this afternoon after your naps?"
"Aye, Your Grace. There have already been requests for our designs from several in the palace, including your Marshal Zetan. This afternoon I believe we will be mainly considering female attire, but he may consult us another day."
Ursula remembered a conversation. "Highness, remember that you offered to provide Master Hashim with warm-weather outfits."
"So I did! Thank you, Ursula, for reminding me, the last two days have been very busy. Gathol, if we may ask our pilot to join us for the meeting. He has only the normal attire and looked with envy at the uniforms my men were wearing during our voyage here."
Gathol's eyebrows rose. "You have a pilot on your staff? Is this usual?"
"Not at all, Gathol. He is no retainer, he works his passage with us. He is someone we met in Forguland, a bargeman captured by those of Yod, set adrift by the war and anxious to return to his home. For his attire we can use the same pattern as for the men but a different material and color, whatever is to hand in the city. If he is to travel with us to Faralmark he must needs be comfortable on the river."
The Duke nodded. "As you wish. I can send someone after lunch to inform the man, will that suffice?"
"Of course, Gathol, and thanks."
"You mentioned Zetan. What does he want with seamstresses?"
"The attire my men wear is almost a summer military uniform, Gathol. Wallesan and Sildenar are already considering like attire for their own troops and Zetan is interested."
The Duke's face fell. "More coin, I deem."
"Not so much this time. The cloth is thin, the items are easy to make and they fit loosely. They are made to standard sizes so can be made in bulk and issued as required." Eriana smiled. "Of course you could just ask those of Joth to make them for you. I understand that Joth's seamstresses have a reputation along this stretch of the Sirrel."
"Indeed they do. I will consider it, Eriana. Ah, here are Saram and Bartra, let us sit to table."
* * *
The five women, knowing exactly what would happen when they met the seamstresses of Forguland, turned up with armfuls of clothing. There was a buzz of excitement as those ladies saw the materials, a buzz which increased when the clothes were carefully laid on the table and the women could see what the bearers were wearing.
"Ooh! I do like that!" The apparent leader of the women realized her mistake and curtseyed, to be immediately imitated by her companions. "I would ask your pardon, Your Highness, I have let my excitement overcome me. If I may introduce myself and my friends. I am Sharna, considered one of the senior seamstresses by those of the city. We were delighted to be invited to the palace to view the latest fashions from Palarand! You should understand that many in the city have already glimpsed you and there is a clamor for like garments."
Eriana nodded graciously. "Be welcome here today, ladies."
"If I may introduce my friends and fellow seamstresses." Sharna gestured at each as she spoke. All five were wearing what appeared to be the national dress of Forguland, a plain, short-sleeved blouse over a patterned skirt with a short apron. "This is Tisinet, here is Faminy, Doriset and over here is Peony. We come as representatives of our craft, Highness, and will convey anything that we learn to others in the city. Assuming that we are permitted, of course."
Eriana considered. "Welcome again, ladies. I must needs tell you that some of our attire is not of Palarand but provided by those of Joth. Some will be freely given, for all to copy, but a few of our garments carry a design license in Palarand or Joth."
"Those of Joth? Interesting."
Eriana smiled. "Aye. Still, some agreement may be possible. Have any of you by chance heard of or met Maralin of Joth?"
Tisinet curtseyed. "Aye, Your Highness, I have met him some weeks since. I did not know that he had an interest in attire."
The Princess shrugged. "Again, by chance, it seems. Though he has other interests he comes from a family of tailors, so he explained to us. It was he who designed the ship dress which Ursula here wears, patterned after a similar design from the lands of his birth."
"Really? How interesting! By your leave, Highness?"
Eriana gestured and the women zeroed in on Ursula. Her ship dress today was one with a front 'pouch' pocket which interested the ladies greatly, saying how useful it would be, and why had not any of them thought of the idea?
"Mistress..?"
Eriana jumped in. "My own apologies, ladies, for not naming my own party. You are looking at Healer Ursula, a recent addition to the ship's company. Beside her is her maid Tyra, originally of Joth. My own companions are Bennet and Semma, who are women-at-arms. Tyra also is learning the arts of war."
"Women-at-arms?" The seamstresses did not know which way to turn.
Eriana smiled. "If I may suggest that you inspect Ursula first. There will be plenty of time for you to see all that we have brought."
"As you say, Highness!" breathed Sharna. "To see so much novelty, all in one room and at the same time, we will be speaking of this day for weeks!"
Sharna turned to Ursula. "Mistress, if I may ask, you wear a simple yet cooling garment. Did I hear it named a ship dress?"
Ursula had now become familiar with these sessions so replied, "Mistress, you did, though we are not sure exactly how that name came about. Tenant Maralin thought to design something which a woman would find cool in the heat of summer, that is all. The use of these on board ship is a bonus. The skirt is wide enough to permit movement without getting in the way but narrow enough to avoid being blown up by the wind."
"Ah! I see!" Sharna looked the garment over carefully. "There is no lacing, I deem."
"No, these just pull on or off over the head. They are deliberately made for ease of movement and with room for cooling air to flow around."
Faminy asked, "Mistress, if I may ask, you are a healer, are these designed for special use by those of your craft?"
"Not at all, Mistress, although there are such garments which I had to leave in Joth. We all have ship dresses and wear them in the places we visit as well as on board. In fact, we were all wearing them when we arrived."
Sharna said, "You were not there, Faminy! These dresses were the first thing I noticed when the women of the ship came into view." She looked at the hem, considering. "These would be too short for Forguland, I deem. Not in the city, certainly, too much would be visible beneath."
The five visitors all smiled.
"Not... necessarily," Eriana explained. "Ladies, beneath our clothes are other new designs you will be interested in. Ursula, if I may ask you to remove your dress for them to see."
Ursula crossed her arms and pulled the dress over her head, handing it to Tyra to straighten out. There were gasps from the five seamstresses.
Peony asked, "Highness, what is it we are looking at? I have never seen the like before!"
"These, ladies, are called bras. Now bras were brought to Palarand by Princess Garia from her homeland and all Palarand thanks her for it! Scraps of cloth, really, but as you may imagine the sewing must needs be accurate or you could present a strange shape to the world. These are made according to special patterns which are being produced and distributed by those of Palarand to all who ask. It is possible that some will arrive with the caravan which is bringing some of the new devices from that far land."
Sharna frowned. "Patterns? How is it possible to make a pattern for something which, as all know, is different for every woman?"
Eriana grinned. "You will see. There are a large number of shapes cut out of a thick paper-like material - ah, have you yet seen paper?"
"Paper? I have heard the word mentioned somewhere, Highness, but that is all."
Eriana waved a hand. "No matter. A new material for writing on, much easier to make than parchment. The shapes are cut out of a thick parchment-like substance, then, which should withstand much use. The woman who is to be fitted is measured and the numbers applied to a special chart which informs the seamstress which shapes to use to cut the material. It seems," she added, "that despite the fact we all look different, we do not need so many patterns, not when it is done this way."
"Ah. Interesting. We look forward to the arrival of this caravan, then, don't we, ladies? What of the lower garment, then?"
"These offer a looser and cooler alternative to our normal tie-side panties, ladies. As you may see, they provide comfort and cooling without displaying anything at all. I would caution you, they will not be adequate when Kalikan calls, but for all other days they are much more comfortable, and they are so easy to make. We stitched up many of those we possess while on our voyage here."
The women looked at one another. "Indeed? Then we will gladly adopt this custom, won't we, ladies?"
Doriset asked, "Highness, am I right in thinking that you are all wearing these new underwear designs?"
Eriana grinned again. "We are all wearing bras, it is true, none of us have worn any other support since we left Palarand." She glossed over the later joining by Ursula and Tyra. "However, while three are wearing what are named undershorts, Bennet and I wear a different garment beneath our skirts, especially for this demonstration."
Eriana leaned down, grabbed the hem of her riding skirt and lifted. Five jaws dropped.
"This is my riding attire," she said, letting the skirt fall. "Of course, the weather is becoming too warm for such an outfit as this but we all rode when we were in Joth, did we not, ladies?"
The seamstresses stepped back and studied the visitors. Sharna asked, disbelieving, "Highness, you all rode? I assume that you mean as a man does, not by use of a chair?"
The Princess grinned. "Aye, we did, and I can guarantee that when but a single woman dressed in like style is once seen riding in Forguland, there will be a clamour for garments like these. It happened in Palarand, I watched it happen in Joth and it will happen here. Women may ride as a man does, I can assure you of that, and many will desire to, just as soon as their husband may provide them with a frayen."
Doriset said quietly, "We know that women in the west, upriver, are known to ride but many customs are different beyond Yod. Few would care to ride in our city. I believe that some few may do so, on remote farms, perhaps, to help with the work but that is not what you imply, it seems to me."
"Indeed not, Mistress. When we ride we do so for pleasure, mostly. Women also may now ride as travelers, you should know. Princess Garia rode some hundreds of marks as she traveled to and from her holdings in Palarand."
"Hundreds of marks?" Faminy asked. "Highness, is Palarand so big, then? We know it is larger than Forguland but..."
"I could not say, Mistress. Hundreds of marks would cover the round trip, as Blackstone is at the extreme north of Palarand's lands. I do not believe that she rode the whole way. I have not been there, I do not know the route, but she rode much of the way back, at least."
"Oh."
"How do you manage your beasts?" Sharna asked. "I thought that they required a man's firm hand to do what is needful."
Eriana was smug. "It is not so! Princess Garia taught us that a frayen will respond better to a woman's touch than to the stick of a man. If you can but treat it as a friend instead of an awkward thrall - uh, a slave I believe you might say - then you may gain the trust of your beast and he of you. Soft words and the spare application of vegetable treats will win you a companion who will do anything for you."
"Do you tell me? Remarkable!"
Faminy asked, "Highness, does this then mean that we women should ride instead of our menfolk? All would find that strange, I deem."
"Fortunately for the sanity of our peoples, Mistress, it would appear that men may use this method to better handle their beasts as well. It is harder for them, since they do not naturally have the soft voice and gentle touch we do. Think you of the difference of a mother's touch upon her children and that of their father. Both may produce like results but their touch is not the same."
"Ah, I see. If I may ask, how may we learn such methods ourselves?"
Eriana grimaced. "That is not so simple, unfortunately. While the steps are easy enough it does take time and patience. Just as people vary in temperament, so do your frayen, so the results may also vary according to rider and beast." She added, "In Joth, outside their walls, they have established a Riding School where all may learn both to befriend their beasts and to ride them in safety and comfort. I suggest that someone write to Duchess Fanis asking for information."
Bennet said, "Highness, do not forget the saddles."
"As you say! I am reminded that Garia - Princess Garia brought another boon to Anmar with her, an improved design of saddle. They are more comfortable and, being differently shaped, will help to keep you upon your beast. The saddle sits further forward on the animal and, to all appearances, is more comfortable to them as well."
"As you say, Highness," Sharna agreed with a nod. "But we are sewers of cloth, not leather. How may we then obtain such saddles, if they are required for women to ride?"
"I will speak with your Duke this evening. They have begun making those in Joth as well and I have no doubt will appear here soon enough."
"Highness," Bennet said, "some of our own saddles are on the ship, if we may show them to the Duke's saddler."
Eriana turned. "You are right, Bennet, of course. I will bespeak the Duke, then."
The door opened and Karinet came in. All the women curtseyed.
"I am sorry I was delayed, it was unavoidable," she greeted them. "Did I hear you mention the Duke? If I may know what the matter is, I may be able to help... what amazing attire you are all wearing!"
Eriana smiled. "Indeed, Karinet! Your seamstresses are fair entranced by the new designs from the east. We had begun to discuss my own attire, designed for riding, and became diverted into a discussion of the new methods of frayen husbandry practised in the east."
"Riding attire? How wonderful! Do tell me more."
"Well, it was like this, Karinet..."
- - -
There was a knock at the door and Karinet went to answer it herself. Waiting outside were Lars and Hashim. Lars had clothing over one arm.
"Gentlemen, if you would enter, we are all decent." A small giggle. "Though it would not have been so a short while ago, I deem!"
Lars eyed the group of seamstresses and then came over to Eriana. "Captain, I have come with pilot and samples of clothes for him."
"Thank you, Lars. If you would hand those to me."
Lars passed over the items and stood to one side. The ladies looked on, some eyeing Lars' impressive physique with interest.
"Ladies," Eriana began. "If I may request of you a quick commission. You will now know that we all wear certain attire aboard ship, for reasons of ease and comfort. Ursula and Tyra wear what we ladies normally wear and Lars wears what all the men wear. That is, all the men except Master Hashim here, since he only joined us in Forguland. What the men wear is simple enough to make and I wondered if there would be time to provide for him, since he will become uncomfortable as the weather warms, attired as he is. These are the items."
She held out the garments and Sharna took them from her, passing them to different members of her team. They held them up and inspected them, even turning them inside-out to examine the stitching.
"These were made by those of Joth," Eriana explained. "They are of standard sizes but what you provide for Master Hashim need not be of that kind. If you would measure him and make accordingly, that will suffice. I would like a cloth of similar thickness and weave, to keep him cool, but the color need not match that of the crew."
"Interesting," Sharna remarked. "Are there names for these garments?"
"Indeed. That which you hold is named a tee shirt, I understand that it is named so because the shape resembles a certain letter in a foriegn script. Faminy holds cargo shorts, named so since the pockets at the sides may carry any items that the wearer may need, instead of using a pouch. Doriset has undershorts which are worn beneath the cargo shorts and are designed to preserve modesty."
Eyebrows rose. Sharna asked, "No tights, Highness?"
"Indeed not, Sharna! I have seen the thin tights that the men wear here and I doubt many will be comfortable in them once the summer arrives. Bare legs are no problem aboard ship and, indeed, I have seen many crews along the river wearing nothing but short skirts - kilts, I believe they are named."
Sharna giggled. "Highness, I beg you, do not tell the men that they wear skirts! They will think you call them unmanly."
Eriana smiled. "Fear not, I would never do such a thing! I desire those at places along our journey to be of assistance, not offended. Though I am, as you may know, plain spoken, I have learned to think carefully before I address anyone - including seamstresses, I deem. To business, then. will it be possible to make, shall we say, two sets of attire for our pilot? How many days might it take you?"
"Highness," Doriset asked after turning over the undershorts she held, "if I may suggest, he will need more than two sets to wear, since I doubt not these garments will be soaked in sweat by the end of each day. This item seems easy enough to cut, as you said yourself, and if I may suggest four or five of these and three of the outer garments, against any accident or lack of laundry facilities."
Sharna nodded. "I agree, two will not be sufficient. This tee shirt is as simple as the undershorts, I deem. I could manage two in one day, the undershorts will be even quicker. The shorts - well, we must needs investigate those very interesting side pockets which may require some more thought to provide. Say two days, then, and mayhap another if we have to go to the market for suitable cloth."
"Done, ladies. You shall be handsomely compensated for your efforts and, if I may, I will sign a document describing the right of the seamstresses of Ferenis to make more of these items for your own people. I will include our ship dress in that right. I must needs speak with Karinet about our other items, I regret that they are not ours to dispense."
The seamstresses all curtseyed. "Highness, you are too kind," Sharna said for all of them.
Karinet stated, "Eriana, if you depart Ferenis without leaving the secret of your riding attire with us, I fear there will be war within our lands. Is there no remedy?"
"My apology, Karinet! But, surely, none have seen them outside this chamber." Eriana wrinkled her nose. "Well. I will have words with Lord Kalmenar. Doubtless we will come to some arrangement acceptable to all. Karinet, if you are set on bringing the riding of frayen by women to your lands, then you have my word that we shall find a way."
"Thank you, Eriana. Ever since I saw your attire I have wondered how I would look thus astride a beast. This is no idle fancy, being able to ride may be of use to many in our lands, including myself. Forget not that while the main part of Ferenis is but low-lying river soil we have extensive uplands of fine timber where wagons and carriages cannot easily go. There are many in those parts who will find your ideas and attire a great boon."
"I did not know that, Karinet. We shall find a way, depend on it."
~o~O~o~
Four days later, Hashim joined Eriana, Lars and Tor at the harbour. His attire was made of very similar cloth to that of the rest of the crew but darker in color and there was a brownish tint to it. He felt self-conscious climbing the ladder, in front of curious bystanders, into the moored galley behind the Einnlanders.
"I do not know if those of Yod made their galleys to different designs," the Princess said when he joined them on deck. "Does any of this look familiar to you?"
"Indeed, Highness, it looks to be the same, though it is not the one I was on."
"How do you know that?"
He pointed to the far end. "There, Highness, would have been where the grenade was thrown. It caused much damage to one side of the hull, which I do not see there."
"As you say." She gestured at the deck. " How is this then arranged? Fighting men up here and oarsmen down below?"
"As you say, Highness. The men could hide behind the walls of the hull and pop up to fire crossbows or throw spears. For boarding, certain sections," he pointed, "like that part there, can be hinged down to allow those of Yod to jump upon their prey, who would of course usually be lower in the water."
"Aye." Eriana looked around, thinking. "I do not think any of us have ever seen a ship like this, with decks arranged so."
"Captain, it is not so," Tor disagreed. "In Dekarran there were several ocean-going ships which were of like arrangement, though much wider than this, of course."
"You are right, Tor, I did not think. Those ships are so different than this one that my mind could not compare them. This one must needs be narrow, I deem, to slice through the water quickly. It would not carry any cargo except death."
"Highness," Hashim spoke timidly. "There is some room under our feet reserved for booty and space at the stern for supplies."
Eriana grinned at Tor. "See? Something else I did not know."
Tor shrugged. "Strange lands, strange ships, Captain."
Hashim asked, "Highness, if I may ask, what is your interest in these vessels? They are so unlike your own I would have thought you had no use for them or their design."
Eriana considered. "That may be true, pilot, but as all of Yod's galleys have been deemed war booty, they have been given to the Navy of the Federation to see if we may make use of them."
Lars grunted. "Burn well, Princess."
"Hah! Maybe when winter comes again! But we may make use of them for now, since we have no other, and building craft we may consider more suitable for the tasks given us will take time and coin. Does that answer you, pilot?"
"Highness... Captain, it does."
Eriana smiled with approval as she noted the change of address.
"Pilot... Hashim, if I may ask you to show us around. Though your interest in these vessels was unwanted and dire, at least you know what we look at and why it is so."
"Of course, Captain. This is the bow, of course, and behind us is a shelter for archers when they may face another galley." He pointed. "Lookouts either side, as on your ship, and just there the companionway to the lower deck."
Eriana frowned. "Companionway?"
Hashim shrugged. "Captain, many words are used in different ways aboard ship, as you must already know. A companionway is usually an enclosed stairway."
"Ah, I understand." She made a face. "Like... foaksul, I recall. Are we standing on a... foaksul now?"
Hashim smiled. "No indeed, Captain. That would be a separate structure above the main deck, which is where we are now. Those are usually found on much larger vessels, those that ply the ocean. I assume that you must have seen such somewhere before?"
"Aye, at Dekarran, where I learned those odd words. If you would continue."
"Of course, Captain. Under us, as I mentioned, there is a strong room for any valuable booty found. Normally the captive craft, if not too damaged, would be towed back to base with its crew and cargo." He paused. "Just as mine was when we were captured."
"We understand the business of war, Hashim," she said slowly, studying him. "You seem uncomfortable to my eyes. Is this too painful for you? Do you want to leave this place?"
He shook his head. "I will manage, Captain. If I did not, I would be of no use to you as pilot. Maybe, in the future, I might ask to leave, but not today."
"I understand. Tell me, what are these structures along the center here? They cannot be for cargo." Eriana pointed to a double row of largish wooden chests along the centerline of the deck.
"Seats where the men would rest without exposing themselves to arrows from beyond, Captain. They are lockers where weapons are normally kept, and I believe that some slept on them at night, the rest simply using the deck."
"As you say." Eriana grinned at Tor and Lars. «Much more comfortable than on the Visund, hey? Suppose we shift to one of these instead?»
Tor gestured around him. «Captain, look at all this wood. This ship must weigh four times what the Visund weighs, maybe more, and it is nowhere as long as the Visund. I wager it will not go places the Visund can, it draws too much water.»
Her gaze narrowed. "Aye. Draft will be an issue with these."
"Captain," Hashim disagreed. He had not understood Tor's comment but he knew about drafts. "This galley will go places that almost every other vessel on the Sirrel can go, I can assure you of that. There are very few ships as large as yours and yet with such shallow draft."
"As you say. Let us go to the other end... aft."
She led the way along the deck. Almost everything had been cleared from the galley when it had been captured, so there were no ropes, no tackle, nothing to impede their progress. Halfway along Lars stopped and turned, puzzled.
"Captain, where is mast?"
Eriana turned. "Indeed! I do not think these people bothered with masts."
"Captain," Hashim said, "normally I would agree, the one I was on had no mast, but I believe that under a pair of those chests is a hatch where a mast could be placed. The hatch and socket are plainly visible from the lower deck."
Her surprise was evident. "Do you tell me? So, it is possible to sail such a vessel."
Tor said, «Captain, I would advise caution, they may not be very stable under sail. There may be reasons why there is no mast. It could be too top-heavy, or there is some fault with the design. Also, you would not want a sail in the way when you are fighting.»
Eriana considered. «True. It will be something to explore when we are building our fleet.»
To Hashim she translated, "Tor tells me that they may have tried a mast but found it did not work as it should. And of course a sail could be a liability when they were fighting another galley."
"As you say, Captain."
The four continued to the rear of the galley, where the stern rose up to provide a partial shelter for anyone stationed there. At the rear a long horizontal timber at waist height was attached to a substantial axle that went through the deck.
"This is the tiller, Captain, which we customarily use instead of the steering oar that you do."
Eriana stared at the tiller. "How is it used, then?"
"That part is the top of the rudder, which projects through the hull behind the vessel. By moving the tiller from side to side you can steer the ship easily. Sometimes there are lines from the tiller to a wheel which makes steering even easier."
"A wheel?"
"Aye, Captain, like a wagon wheel, perhaps placed about there." He pointed.
"Tor, tell me what you think."
Tor moved to the tiller and pushed it from one side to the other.
"Master Tor," Hashim cautioned, "it is easy to move now because we are docked. It may need more strength out on the river, but more than one man can push at the same time."
Tor nodded. "Yah. I understand."
Eriana asked him, «You could use this?»
«Yes, Captain. It would take time to learn, but it looks simple enough.»
«Very well. Lars, your opinion, please. If this galley were ours, could we fight it? If we faced one could we overcome it?»
Lars flicked his gaze up and down the deck then walked over to the side and peered over before returning.
«Captain, as Tor said it will take time and training to learn how to use this ship. As for facing one, it is higher than the Visund, that gives them advantage.» He smiled unpleasantly. «Then we throw grenade.»
«Aye. With rifles it would be different, but we have none. Let us hope we do not meet one on the river.»
She turned. "Let us go downstairs."
Hashim corrected her once more. "Captain, we would not say downstairs, we would say go below. And to come up, we would say, go on deck."
She turned back impassively. "Hashim, normally I would resent that you keep correcting my words. I am Captain and you are not." Her gaze softened. "However, this is a new circumstance for all of us. As you may realize, all ships made in Einnland have no deck at all but only the hull which we all sit, stand or walk in. To create our Navy we must needs learn the words which are used in these lands for the parts of water vessels we are likely to use or encounter. Your words are wise and necessary, we must needs learn them all if we are to succeed."
Hashim bowed. "Captain, thank you. I will be careful what I say and how."
She favored him with a brief smile and a nod. "Then let us go... below."
Below it was dark, the only light coming from the companionways at each end and the holes where the oars entered, but there was enough to see what was there. Benches, wide enough for a man to sleep on at need. Footrests below, but no deck, the curved lower hull being plainly visible. A narrow walkway between the benches went from end to end. In the walkway, just in front of each bench, an iron ringbolt was set. At each end of the walkway, behind the companionway, was a bulkhead with a door in it.
The place stank.
"Ugh. Hashim, you have my sympathy."
"It was not so bad when we were moving, Captain. The breeze came down the front companionway and up the rear one." Hashim paused. "When we were docked, or hiding up along the banks, then it was not so good."
"These iron rings in the floor. I assume that a chain was attached to them and you?"
"Yes, Captain. A manacle around an ankle. Each bench can hold two rowers, though sometimes there was only one."
"And you stayed there all the time? To eat? To sleep? To piss or shit?"
"Yes, Captain, whenever the galley was on the move. When we were at the base we were taken off and held in barracks - prisons, really. We were allowed to exercise when we were there because they knew that we would be no good if we just sat in one place all the time."
"Gods! We do not treat even our thralls that way!" Her gaze sharpened. "But the rowers need not be captives or convicts, I deem? Could sailors or even warriors man these oars?"
"Of course, Captain. With a little cleaning up anyone could pull those oars, even your men."
"What, then, did they feed you? Scraps? Offal?"
"The same food that those of Yod ate, Captain." Eriana looked surprised so Hashim explained, "They wanted fit men to row to make sure that they could catch their quarry, Captain. It was only at the end, when everything fell apart, that we went hungry."
Tor pointed to the hull beside an oar port, where a hook was visible. "What hangs there?"
Hashim's response was short. "Soil bucket. Could not be used while we were rowing but at any other time."
"Oh?" Eriana asked. "I am almost afraid to ask how or how often they might be emptied."
"Two prisoners from each end were made to take the buckets up on deck and empty them over the side from time to time, Captain." Hashim's tone was dry as he added, "The buckets were not rinsed."
Eriana screwed up her face. "Let us get out of this place back to the fresh air. Come."
"One moment, Captain." Hashim pushed past the others and walked to the center of the walkway, which widened slightly there. "Here is where the mast would have been put. See the hatch? And above, the collar which would have held it in the deck."
"As you say." Eriana came and scrutinized the indicated locations. "Still, if masts may not be usable then these are of no importance. Let us go above to continue this conversation."
"As you command, Captain."
On deck and at the bow again, Eriana addressed Hashim, "You had some idea about that mast hole."
"Aye, Captain. If opened up, a skylight - a window, perhaps, could be set there to permit more light to enter below." He shrugged. "I am no designer, but there are like structures on other vessels which would admit air as well as light."
Eriana gazed at Hashim with speculation. "You have a keen eye, Master Hashim. When we come to design our river craft, it may be that your knowledge and experience would be of use to us. What say you?"
A surprised Hashim could only respond, "Captain, I am but a poor Second Mate trying to return to my homeland. I have not thought what I would do when I get there but only to return to my previous duties. If you would give me leave to think about what you ask of me."
"Of course, Master Hashim." She turned to include the others. "Have we seen enough here? Then let us go. There is much we must needs do before we may depart tomorrow."
~o~O~o~
There were many onlookers the following morning as the Visund prepared to depart. A carefully-monitored crowd had gathered along the pontoons either side of the Visund, although the local Watch had kept the area around the ship itself clear of anyone other than crew or Ducal household.
Several carriages had brought those who had stayed at the palace down to the river's edge and all had climbed the ramps from the beach to the pontoons to reach the ship, along with Gathol and Saram. The rest of the crew had already boarded and made ready for departure.
"I regret that you could not stay longer, Eriana. There is much that Ferenis has to learn from you and your people."
"And we from you, Gathol. It has been interesting to see how much one country may differ from another and we have enjoyed ourselves here, but the way is long and if we stayed as long in each country as we did in Joth or Forguland, we will not return here before this time next year!"
"As you say. The Sirrel flows a very long way and you must needs depart before your ship becomes trapped by the rains on your return."
"Indeed, but this time we do not intend to venture so far. Faralmark at least, since they are Federation members and Simbran awaits our arrival there."
"Aye! At least we are all now part of the same Federation and may converse one with another as friends. Yod is another matter but they have been tamed for a while."
"As you say. I am not certain how much use may be made of the five galleys but I thank you, on behalf of the Federation, for the gift. I will consider a plan of action as we travel and write you when I may."
"Indeed, but it is not a pressing matter. Now, perhaps you had better go else we must needs order lunch to be brought!"
Eriana grinned. "As you command, Your Grace."
She clasped arms with the Duke and with Saram before turning to board the Visund.
"Hey! You come back here this moment!"
Heads turned as the onlookers heard the cry. A small figure darted through the crowd, twisting and ducking to keep out of the reach of those who tried to grab him. He sped past Eriana and Gathol, leaping blindly into the ship and falling into the laps of two of the crew. Before they could react he was up, heading for the stern, which faced the river.
"No! I'll never go back! You can't make me! I'll kill myself first!"
The figure tried to slip past Lars but he stuck out a giant hand and grabbed a thin arm firmly.
"Ow! Let me go!"
He wriggled and Lars was forced to grab the youth around his middle, whereupon he recoiled and relaxed his grip, though not letting the runaway escape.
«This is not a boy but a maid!»
Eriana was startled but realized that this unwanted interruption could delay their departure.
«Bring her to me, Lars. We need answers, and quickly.»
Gathol asked, "What is happening, Eriana? Where did he come from?"
"It is a girl, Gathol. We must needs ask her."
The response from the fugitive was immediate and vehement. "I am not a girl! I am a boy!"
The departure of the Visund is delayed when a fugitive leaps on board. Tensions rise when Eriana sides with him and refuses to let the city folk have him back. Then Ursula makes an impossible statement...
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
41 - Stand-off
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
There was a commotion as a man forced his way through the
onlookers, only being stopped by the Watch when he reached the
pontoon the Visund was moored to. He looked angry.
"Your Grace, that is my daughter! This time she has gone too far with her nonsense! Maker, she has cut her hair! I want her back, she deserves a good thrashing for making a scene before you."
Eriana, still on the pontoon, changed what she was about to say. "Gathol, if you would let him approach."
"Of course, Eriana. Come, Denethar." But to Eriana he asked, "Is there some problem? A wayward child, we will soon have her back with her family and then you may leave."
"He has just admitted beating her, Gathol. I would hear the truth of this tale, if I may, before I return her to such a man. You know him?"
The man, a stocky man in his forties, well-built, dressed in good cloth, approached them and bowed to Gathol. He ignored Eriana completely but instead offered an explanation to the Duke.
"Your Grace, my daughter has some insane idea that she is no maid but a boy. I have tried to make her see sense but she will not, she persists in this fantasy. If she may be returned to me."
Gathol turned to Eriana. "If I may introduce Her Highness Eriana of Palarand. She is Captain of the ship. Eriana, this is Denethar, a merchant, one of the city's Elders and a Director of the city's affairs."
Denethar seemed startled at the introduction. "Your... Highness? You are not one I expected to see here... If you would return my daughter, I will leave you to your business."
Eriana regarded the man with disfavor. His attitude was not helping the situation.
"You would beat your child for having the dreams of the young?"
The man seemed irritated that his demands were not immediately met. "Your Highness, I cannot control her any other way. She has been a trial all her life. If you would return her to me immediately. Once she is married off she will soon learn how to become a proper wife."
Eriana's emotions were immediately roused. The story resonated so much with her own that she instinctively began to side with the fugitive. By then Lars had reached the center of the ship, still carrying the struggling girl. Behind them came Ursula and Kalmenar and other memories also rose to the surface.
"Gathol, there are deeper currents here than you may discern. If I may speak with my people."
The Duke nodded and Eriana skipped off the pontoon onto the Visund.
"Child," she said, "we mean you no harm and we intend that no harm shall befall you. Your father beat you? Show me."
The fugitive was dressed as a male of about twelve or thirteen, Ursula estimated. Dark short-sleeved tunic over summer tights, with male sandals to match. The hair had been roughly cut short, but rough barbering was not uncommon among local folk along the Sirrel. The face looked anxious but there were no tears, a fact that both Eriana and Ursula noticed. The expression was more truculence, determination, than desperation.
"Here? In front of all these men?" She pulled up a tunic sleeve to show two dark bruises on her left arm. "Is that enough?"
"For now. Lars, keep hold of her... him." Eriana turned to Ursula, her voice low. "What do you think? Could she be of your kind?"
Ursula's response was also low. "Maybe, Highness, but... this is a different time and place."
With the implied caution noted, Eriana turned back to the fugitive, making sure that her voice could be heard. "Why did you come here? Why my ship?"
"I heard that this ship was leaving today and that it was going a long way away," the girl or boy replied. "I would go anywhere, do anything, to be away from him."
"You would sail with us? Do you know aught of watercraft? Is that what you mean?"
The determined gaze lowered, uncertain. "I know nothing of boats. My father would not let me, he said that it was unseemly." The eyes came up. "But I can still learn! If I must needs remain I would rather kill myself!" She glanced at man on the the pontoon. "If he does not kill me first!"
"Here!" The man burst out. "This is wasting my time as well as yours! Give her back to me!"
He made to jump onto the Visund but the two crew nearest him had drawn swords. Ursula noticed in her peripheral vision that others were quietly finding their own weapons. Some of the Watch on the pontoon were gripping the hilts of their own swords, confused, wary.
Eriana turned back to face him, angry. "You may not board my ship! I am a Princess of Palarand, this ship is an embassy, it is as the soil of Palarand. I decide who may come and who may go." To Gathol she said, "Friend, this man admits beating his child and I have seen the bruises. I will release her... him... back to you if you should give me an oath that you will not return her to her father."
Gathol spread his hands wide. "Eriana, you should know that I can give no oath like that. There are... considerations. If we may discuss this matter calmly, especially you, Denethar. Stand away, you may not bully your way through this one."
Ursula thought, Politics! And I thought that Gathol was a good ruler. It seems that, just like on Earth, powerful men have holds on those who think they govern.
"Besides," Gathol added, "this sounds as though it is work for a healer. The child is plainly a girl yet she has delusions which must needs be attended before long. Eriana, I will take her in and find one in the city who may treat her."
"No!" she shouted. "I won't go back there! Not with him around to twist everything!"
She struggled to release herself from Lars' grasp but he was just too big. Ursula noted that he was careful how he held the girl.
"Why do you say this must be a delusion?" Eriana asked. "You must know that some few of your folk may have like thoughts. This young one deserves our help and care, not to be told that what she believes cannot be."
"It must be a delusion, Eriana. What is between your legs determines what you are, I deem. There is no other possibility."
Ursula could not let that lie. She stepped forward to stand beside Eriana. "Your Grace, you know that I am a healer. I will tell you now that there are many, many other possibilities. In the course of my work I have seen them, people who are born halfway between man and woman and who struggle to decide where they fit in."
Gathol waved a hand. "Aye, I will grant you that some babes are born thus, just as some babes are born with other defects. But this is not a defect of the body we discuss, Mistress, merely a desire of the mind. Many have such fancies, that they be taller, or slimmer, stronger or more beautiful, but we must all make do with what the Maker grants us."
Denethar burst out, "See? I told you! Your Grace, this is kidnap, they hold my child against her will."
Eriana burst out laughing. "Kidnap? She jumped aboard my ship, it is she who does not desire to return!"
He pointed. "Then why does that man hold her so?"
"That she might not fling herself in the river." Eriana's gaze hardened. "I am Captain and owner, I have a care for the welfare of all aboard my ship."
His fury deepened. "This is ridiculous! Give me back my daughter! I will beat those stupid fantasies out of her! It is impossible that she could be a boy!"
Ursula never knew what possessed her to say what she did next. "Your Grace, a year ago I was a man."
The man interrupted, ignoring Gathol. "What? Impossible!" He stared at her. "You are a woman, that is plain. I do not believe you."
Eriana said, "I have been shown proof that what Healer Ursula says is true, Elder of Ferenis. Do you name me liar as well? If so, I will fetch my sword."
He sneered. "You might be big but you are only a woman! It would be embarrassing for any man to face you."
Gathol turned on the man, now angry himself. "Denethar, do you have a death wish? This is Princess Eriana, these are her men. These people are the Einnland Regiment who took back Boldan's Rock for Forguland and battled those of Yod at Gylfi's Rest."
The man turned white. He almost groveled but though better of it, dipping his head instead. "I- I did not know. If you would pardon me, Your Highness."
"I will consider it," she told him coldly. "Know you that my father is the King of Einnland and that he used to beat me as you beat your daughter. Like your child, I did not want what my father wanted for me and so I ran away as well. I do not take kindly to those who mistreat their own flesh and blood. You have heard of Princess Garia of Palarand?"
Startled by the revelation, the man could only nod to the apparently unconnected question. "I have, Highness."
"She, also, was a boy a year ago, yet she will now be the next Queen of that land. I will swear an oath to that. Though many may believe different, I now know that there is almost nothing that is truly impossible."
"Princess Garia was a-?" He had trouble swallowing his response. "But how? Highness, I find it difficult to accept your words."
She favored him with a small smile. "I struggled to accept it when I was told. But there have been proofs enough, should you venture so far as Palarand, to satisfy any who would question." She turned to the Duke. "Now. Gathol, we have a problem to solve."
"Aye." The Duke wiped a cloth across his forehead. "I have heard much here today that alarms and disturbs me. What do you propose?"
Eriana thought for a moment. "I am not sure, not yet. Let us state our conditions clearly. The Visund shall not depart, we will remain moored here until we have resolved this."
"Aye, agreed."
"No-one shall board or leave the ship until we have reached an agreement."
Gathol hesitated. Denethar started to raise an objection but thought better of it. Gathol said, "Aye. Agreed."
"Before I can offer terms I deem we must question the child, find out her history, her needs and desires. I think we have heard sufficient of her father to know his needs and desires, though you may question him further if you consider it worth the effort."
Gathol did not like this. "You will report truly what she says?"
"If you should ask, aye, we will. My oath on it, Gathol."
"Very well. Agreed."
"I may not give you instruction, but I would suggest that you clear some of these pontoons. It is well that our business is conducted in the light of day, unlike some other business you may do," she cast a sidelong glance at Denethar which was not lost on the Duke, "but this is no entertainment for idlers. The safety and future of a child is in our hands."
"Agreed."
"Then let us draw apart and see if we can discern some remedy for our puzzle."
"Aye, agreed." The Duke turned. "You! Clear some of these pontoons! This is no fairground!"
Eriana turned. "Ursula, come. Child, will you heed my words?"
She stared at Eriana. "You are a real Princess?"
Eriana smiled. "So my father the King has told me, aye. If Lars releases you, would you still flee?"
"Highness, I have heard your words. I believe that I am safe enough here. I will not run."
Eriana turned. «Let her go, Lars. Go among the men, tell them to be alert but careful. If those on the pontoons see weapons being readied they may decide to rush the ship.» To the girl she said, "Come with us. I believe that my healer has knowledge of your plight. Let us go to the stern, we can speak there in private."
Eriana led the way to the stern, the three clambering over benches, boxes and chests. Bennet, Semma and Tyra followed, making a cordon where the others could speak without interruption.
"Firstly," Eriana asked once they had all found seats, "what shall we call you? I cannot keep naming you child."
"Your Highness? Is that right?" Her expression twisted. " My father named me Kishaera."
"Aye, Highness is enough for now. Should I name you thus? If you are indeed a boy, it would not be suitable. Ursula, what must we do? I do not know how to do this."
"If I may, Highness. Kishaera, what is your true name?"
She stared at Ursula and then burst into tears. "You believe me! It is true, then. But how can you possibly have been a man? There is no man about you at all."
Eriana tried to explain. "The circumstances by which Ursula began life as a boy but is now a woman are obscure. We have not the time. If I take you with us then she may explain to you what happened. What, then, would your true name be?"
"Highness, I would have named myself Kaldar. I had an uncle named thus." Her eyes dropped. "Those of Yod killed him two years ago, but I liked him."
Eriana smiled. "Then, Kaldar, be welcome on my ship the Visund. Ursula?"
"Highness. Kaldar, when did you first discover that you were not born in the right body? That you wanted to play with the other boys, do what they did?"
"All my life, Mistress, as far back as I can remember. I always wondered why I had to dress as my sisters did when I was not a girl. Father became very angry when I tried to tell him the truth."
"And your mother?"
"In truth, she is treated much as I was. She does what she is told, as most girls and women are made to do."
Eriana grinned at that. "Kaldar, it is no longer so! A great wind is blowing along the Sirrel such that women may find that opportunities are much greater than they have been before. Only it is the men who must needs be convinced, I deem. But you are not just a girl who wants to do more, are you?"
"Highness, I am not. I have the wrong body, it is an agony to me to live this way." Kaldar turned and gazed into the water. "I have often wondered if it would be better that I should throw myself in the water and end myself."
"You desire the body of a man, then? Ursula, could it be done? You know what may be possible, is it possible to do such a thing?"
Ursula thought through her explanation carefully before she spoke. "Highness, on Earth it is possible to have surgery to change the outward appearance of a man to be that of a woman. The tissue of breasts is such that, given the right stimulus, they will grow as a woman's would do naturally. It is also possible to have surgery down below to change what a man has to what a woman has, at least outwardly. She would be able to have sex with a man but there would be no womb, no... Call of Kalikan... and no chance of becoming pregnant.
"For a woman who wanted to become a man, the situation is more difficult, but fortunately not so many women want to go that direction. Breasts would have to be removed surgically, by which I mean that the tissue would be cut away and then the chest sewn up. Making a man's penis is not easy either, since there is almost nothing suitable to work with. It can be done but the results can be variable."
Kaldar flinched but said, "If it were possible, I would bear it to be what I should be."
Eriana's look was sympathetic. "I cannot imagine what you must have endured, Kaldar. There are some few in my homeland, Einnland, who wear the attire of the other kind, but none can change their bodies in the way that those of Ursula's lands might do. Ursula, these surgeries that you describe, could you do them here, in one of the Sirrel lands?"
"Probably not, Highness. I know what has to be done, and in theory I could probably manage to do them but there is a lot of assumed help involved in such large and potentially life-threatening operations. I would of course perform major operations to save someone's life, as I did for Mamoot, but that is not the case here."
"Oh." Eriana looked frustrated. "Then, Kaldar, we must needs deal with you as you are, not how you would choose to be. Do you understand me?"
"If there is no other way, Highness. But do not send me back to him."
Ursula held up a hand. "Highness, I did not say that there was nothing that can be done here."
"Oh? Explain."
"Along our journey, and particularly in Forguland, I have, as you know, been picking up information about the herbs and other medicines in use in these countries. I have been told - warned, rather - about certain herbs which can do part of what Kaldar wants. I believe that they can reduce breast tissue, make facial hair grow and contribute to muscle development. That would in time make her - I'm sorry, him - look like any other young man."
Kaldar asked, "Like vitlebin, you mean?"
"You know of that? I would not have thought it was common knowledge."
"I had a friend who- No, that is not important. He brought me some dried, ground leaves of vitlebin but they were found in my room. My father was very angry. My whole room was stripped bare and searched and I was locked in it for two weeks as punishment."
"Probably just as well, Kaldar. That herb, I was told, can be very dangerous if not prepared correctly with other herbs."
Eriana's gaze at Ursula was intent. "And do you have such herbs?"
"No, Highness, I have not had the need. In general they grow in drier parts of the Great Valley, so I am told, and certainly only beyond Yod. I must also add," she said, looking at Kaldar, "that almost all those herbs are dangerous and may cause other complications for someone who began life as a woman. They will stop you having the Call of Kalikan and will probably make you sterile. Do you understand this?"
Kaldar's mouth was dry. "I do, Mistress."
"Those herbs can change what is above, what is visible, but they cannot change what is below, do you understand that? You will still have a vagina, which means that any man who finds out and feels the urge could rape you."
Kaldar gulped. "Mistress, any man may rape me now. That is true of all who are born as women, is it not? So my danger would be no worse than it is now. If that is how it must be then I would gladly pay the price."
Eriana sat back. "So. That is one question answered, and not in a way that I expected. To another, then. If you were to join the ship's company, what would you do?"
Kaldar shrugged. "I know not, Highness. As I said before, I know nothing of boats."
Eriana was amused. "Yet you flung yourself aboard my ship! Fear not, all who make lives upon the water must needs begin somewhere." She looked up. "Tyra!"
The maid turned. "Yes, Highness?"
"I have not asked before, but could you climb the mast?"
Tyra stared at Eriana before turning back and studying the mast. "Highness, I do not think that it would be a problem." She grinned. "I have climbed like posts in Joth, but nothing that is so tall." The grin turned into a frown. "Is it your wish that I climb it now? I am not properly attired, but I would attempt it."
"That is fine, Tyra. Thank you, not today. Kaldar, could you climb the mast? You are not wearing a ship dress, you should find it easier."
Kaldar stood and looked at the mast. "I know not, Highness. It was not the sort of activity that girl children were encouraged to do."
Both Ursula and Tyra opened their mouths but it was Eriana who responded.
"'Not the sort of activity'? Child, when we were your age we all played with whatever was to hand! Where were you, then, that you could not skip and run, jump and climb?"
Kaldar looked surprised. "Why, in my father's mansion. Is that what other children do? I did not know!"
Eriana exchanged looks with Ursula. "There is some other problem here, I deem."
"Maybe, Highness, maybe not. We were all brought up in different places, different customs, with parents who had different ideas. However -" Ursula stopped, thinking.
That man reminds me of people I once knew, unpleasant people. Men, as a rule, who sucked the life out of others for a living.
"Tell me," she asked, "what does your father do? I mean, what is he?"
"Mistress, he buys and sells many things. When there is no war he buys timber from the mountains and sells it to the city and other towns. When those of Yod come once more he buys food and equipment, wagons, frayen and dranakh, to sell to the other armies who come. He is well known all over Ferenis."
Ah. Well, it is not quite a black market but has the same effect.
"When Ferenis is at war, does he sell those things to your own troops?"
A shake of the head. "No, Mistress, only those who come from downriver."
Eriana's mouth twisted. "A leech, I deem. We have vermin like him in Einnland, making money from the wants of others, making them pay more than is needful." She came to a decision. "I am minded to take you with us whatever is decided. Ferenis seemed a fair land when first we came but there are worms beneath the surface. In any event I will not permit you to be returned to your father, you have my oath on that."
Ursula said, "Heard and witnessed."
Eriana grinned. "Mayhap we must needs fight our way out of this port, then, should they not agree to our peaceful departure. I have thirty men, they have hundreds, the odds are in our favor!" She became serious. "Child, if you are to travel with us I must needs become your guardian. Will you consent to this?"
Kaldar's eyes lit up. "Highness, nothing would please me more! Did you really mean what you said about fighting your way out?"
The returned smile was hungry. "Oh, Kaldar, you know nothing about the men of Einnland, do you? We are all born with blades in our hands, we are ferocious warriors all. Aboard the Visund only Ursula does not carry a blade for her task is to save life, not take it. Those two older women there are members of the Palace Guard of Palarand and also carry swords while young Tyra there is learning the warrior's trade as well."
"Really? Then I have landed in the right place indeed. Highness, I will place myself in your hands. This is where I want to be."
"The work will be hard, young one, and life aboard ship is very unlike what you may have been used to. We have no cabin, this is all there is. If the sun shines we get burned, if it rains we get wet." Eriana ruminated. "Aye. We had another like you before, when I escaped my own father's clutches, though he was younger than you. Ship's Wicktrimmer you shall be, though that will not be your only duty. How say you?"
Kaldar's expression was serious. "Highness, if you can remove me from the reach of my father, I will do whatever you ask of me."
"Done. Then let us go and see if we can steal you from a man who does not know what treasure he has ignored."
Eriana stood and moved forward. Ursula and Kaldar followed with Tyra, Bennet and Semma behind. Kalmenar was waiting.
"Highness, I believe that I now know you sufficiently well to say that you intend to keep the child."
"That is true, Kalmenar." She cast him a glance. "I assume that you have words of caution for me?"
"Indeed not, Highness, if that man behaves as he himself has said. But I would remind you that, as His Grace mentioned, there may be other considerations."
"As you say." Eriana lowered her voice. "I have been told that her father sells overpriced goods to armies arriving in Ferenis to fight Yod. I suspect that practice has made him rich enough that he seeks to influence his liege lord. Indeed, he may already have that influence. However, this time I may have an argument he may not refuse."
"Highness?" Kalmenar looked sceptical.
She grinned. "I do not solve all my problems with the edge of my sword, My Lord. I grew up in a King's household filled with intrigue, I can use words as my weapons as easily as I can use a blade."
There were some subdued grunts and smiles from the men sitting nearest, who had listened to this conversation. They all knew what happened within Embrikt's hall.
Eriana turned to Kaldar. "Now I must ask from you a pretense, Kaldar. I will treat with your father but you must not betray your thoughts even by your expression. Since he believes you his daughter then I must needs name you so, understand? After today it will not matter what he believes, you will not be there for him to test."
Kaldar swallowed. "As you command, Highness."
The men made space for them to come to the center of the ship, from which the pontoon was reachable. Gathol and Denethar saw the movement and approached, staying a short distance away from the pontoon's edge.
"Gathol, I would do this peacefully, by your leave."
"I have no quarrel with you or your men, Eriana. What is it you propose?"
"I have a point to make to that man beside you."
"As you wish." Gathol gestured.
"Your name is Denethar, is it not?" Eriana's eyes were hard. "I will remember you when next we come to Ferenis. Listen to my tale, if you would. My father is the King of Einnland. Einnland is a poor land well to the east and south of here, beyond the mouth of the Sirrel, beyond the Palumaks and on the coast of the Shan ocean."
"Your Highness, I do not know of that land but I have no reason to disbelieve you."
"Then know that I am the eldest surviving child of my father the King. Since he desires his son to succeed him, as is customary, he sought to marry me off meanly to a tradesman to foil my right of succession. I am not made for such domestic duties and found friends and allies who thought likewise. One of them had a ship, this one, and we departed Einnland one night to sail for the fabled lands of the Great Valley. I will not describe that adventure but merely say that those who survived the storms found refuge in Palarand."
Denethar shrugged. "As you describe, but what has this to do with me?"
"You shall hear. My father sent men after us to return me to Einnland but Robanar of Palarand had already granted us refuge. He sent them back with a letter saying that since I was now sworn to another King who ruled many, many marks from Einnland, he need worry no longer that his daughter might claim his throne.
"I put it to you that if your child should take passage with us then she will no longer be of concern to you. She is gone, just as surely as if she had been married as you desired. No longer will you have need to listen to her desires, as you name them, nor to chastise her for doing other than what you desire. In return I will become her guardian and teach her our ways, since all who sail on ships must needs know something of a seaman's art - your pardon, a sailor's art. What say you?"
Denethar was surprised at the offer. His first reaction was annoyance that he would not get what he wanted but then he thought through the logic.
"Highness, there is much in what you say." His eyes shifted. "What compensation shall you offer me?"
"Compensation?" Eriana snorted. "If your child had married, as you desired, I doubt not that you would have offered dowry to the family of the groom, would you not? If she comes with me then I would ask no dowry. Doubtless you have no desire to let your coin leak out of the treasure chests I am sure you possess. Your compensation shall be the ending of a worry, with no cost to you."
Denethar grimaced but saw the sense of it. "Aye. You are right, Highness, a husband would have demanded a bride price. But she will be on a ship full of men. How, then shall she fare?"
Eriana spread her hands wide. "What do you care? Once we depart she will be my concern, not yours. If you had bothered to use your eyes you may have noticed that besides myself we have four other women on board. My men, who are all sworn to me, would not touch a single hair of any of them and, indeed, would fight to the death to defend their virtue. Have no fear for your child's safety, Denethar."
Denethar saw the four women and nodded. "As you describe. Highness, I no longer doubt you or your honor."
"Shall you agree?"
"If I must. Your Grace, how shall this be done?"
"Eriana? You have some scheme?"
"I do. I will take oath to become... Kishaera's legal guardian. She shall become my complete responsibility, I will be as her parent until she is come of age. You understand that if she remains with us, as I intend, then she will eventually return with us to Palarand and reside with us there?"
"But if you are her guardian..." Denethar eyed his daughter thoughtfully.
Kalmenar started and leaned towards Eriana, speaking softly. "Highness, I believe that guardianship may not be enough. On our way back past Ferenis towards Palarand he could assert his right as parent, cancelling your authority."
"Is such the law here? I did not know that."
"Highness, guardianship is a provision for those youngsters who, before they are accounted adult, for example, become an apprentice, accompany a regiment as piper or drummer, join a ship's crew, things like that. The appointed guardian or guardians will have rights over the child but would still not legally replace their natural parents. To break the thread completely you must needs adopt this person, I deem."
She nodded. "I understand." Turning to the Duke she explained, "Gathol, it seems that words used in Einnland differ slightly from the way they are used in the Great Valley. I am informed that to properly care for this youngster I must needs adopt them. Is this agreeable to you?"
Gathol's eyes slid in Denethar's direction but his head never moved. "Aye, Eriana, I would have suggested it myself. We will require a notary in any event. Shall I send for one?"
"Do so, Gathol. We have been delayed long enough. I believe that Lord Kalmenar will perform a like task for my party."
"Agreed."
The parties drew back and waited as Gathol issued instructions. Another pontoon each way was cleared, those at the riverwards end being permitted to pass through or to depart by boat. Adin appeared with water bottles, handing them round.
«But we have barely finished breakfast!»
The cook smiled. «You have spoken more this morning, Captain, than you often do in a whole day. If you would wet your mouth, you will be guiding the Visund before long.»
«True enough. I wish it was ale but I will need a clear head for what is to come.»
Adin chuckled. «Captain, I am sure that you will make up for it tonight!»
He moved off to distribute more bottles and Kaldar leaned forward. "Highness, is that the tongue your people speak? Am I expected to learn it?"
"No, Kaldar, unless you wanted to. It is indeed the tongue of Einnland but we are all now vassals of the King of Palarand so are expected to speak the Valley tongue. Most of my men can understand it now but some still have difficulty finding the words to speak it." She had a thought, adding, "Do you read and write? I should have asked you before."
"Yes, Highness. Father insisted that we should all learn to read and write."
"There is something that he did right, then. What about your numbers?"
"Yes, but they are not so easy. It is difficult when you are taught something that you do not then use."
Eriana nodded. "I agree, I am made the same way, though others can soak up such knowledge without trouble I have to do to understand. Have you yet heard of the Garian numbers?"
"No, Highness, I have not. What are they?"
"The numbering system used in the valley of the Sirrel is a very old one and not easy to remember. We do not use it in Einnland. Princess Garia brought with her a new system which, once you know the shapes, makes numbering very easy to do. Perhaps Ursula can show you how they work."
"Mistress Ursula? Why would she know them?"
Eriana waved a hand. "Another long tale. Once we are on our voyage again you shall learn all, but not before we depart."
"Of course, Highness."
"And you should know that the men will name me Captain when we are on board this ship."
"Oh! As you say... Captain."
There was a certain amount of waiting and fidgeting before a harassed looking man appeared with a bag, followed shortly afterwards by servants carrying a small folding table and a folding chair. The man bowed to Gathol and received instructions, whereupon the servants erected the table and chair. Sitting down, he rummaged in his bag and produced reeds, ink, parchment and sealing wax.
"Eriana," Gathol called. "if you and Lord Kalmenar would join us to craft this document. It should be a standard contract of adoption but I do not want there to be any misunderstandings."
"As you say. Coming, Kalmenar?"
She leaped lightly onto the pontoon, the diplomat following more carefully. There was a discussion between Gathol, Denethar, Eriana, Kalmenar and the lawyer, after which the lawyer began scribing. There were arguments over at least two points but all was seemingly resolved. Eriana signed the document. With some reluctance Denethar followed. Gathol applied his ring to the seal. Kalmenar and the lawyer signed as witnesses. Once that was done the lawyer made a copy which was also signed, sealed and witnessed. The copy was handed to Kalmenar.
Gathol sighed with relief. "It is done. Denethar, depart now from this place. There is nothing here that concerns you further."
"Perhaps." He glanced at the ship, noting the large and fit crew. "She has brought no belongings, no attire. Shall I order her clothes to be fetched? I cannot offer a chest."
Eriana turned. "If she is to travel with us then she must needs be attired as we are." Her sweeping gesture took in the whole crew. "Do not trouble yourself, our attire is simple to make and costs little coin, we shall manage." Eriana was of course wearing a ship dress and Denethar may have assumed what she wanted him to. She concluded, "We must needs go. We will have departed long before you could return."
"Very well. It is done."
With a long and final look at his daughter on the Visund the man stalked off along the pontoons. Eriana waited until the lawyer and his servants had collected their things and begun to carry them away.
"You did not tell me you had trouble, Gathol. That man bullies more than just his family, I deem."
Gathol sighed again, this time with frustration. "Most of the time he does not bother me, Eriana. So long as the coin from his deals keeps arriving he seems satisfied. It is only when he does not get what he believes to be his that he comes to me with... requests. I foolishly agreed once and thus he comes again and again."
"Aye. Ursula spotted his taint immediately, mayhap she has had experience of like men before she joined us. Are there more of his ilk?"
"A small number but most dance to his tune."
Eriana grimaced. "You do realize that if Yod joins the Federation there will be no more wars with them for him to leech off? When his coin dries up he could appear with other suggestions." She showed her teeth. "If we were staying I would offer to help you rid of this evil, but I cannot. Can you use your army to quieten him, or do they profit from his demands on others?"
"A little of each, Eriana. I believe, though I have no proof, that some few in the army's highest ranks take his coin. That means that he may rely on them if I should move against him." He cocked his head. "What could you do that my men cannot?"
She grinned. "Oh, we are strangers, we do not know the customs. An accident, perhaps. He may trip and fall from a pontoon... with a rock tied to his feet. Or Lars, the Commander of my men, is known to be clumsy. He may accidentally plant an ax in yonder leech's head."
"Maker! You are a bloodthirsty people, Eriana." His gaze hardened. "Aye. It is time I did something about this meddler in the affairs of Ferenis. When you next dock here, Eriana, I believe that you will find some changes... but it is still better that that child is elsewhere for now. There are stories you have left untold and I suspect that many will not believe any of them."
"Indeed. Gathol, we must needs depart else we will arrive in the dark. I trust your plans go well. Till the next time, then."
"Aye." They clasped arms. "A safe journey to you and your men... all of them. And to your amazing women, of course."
Eriana nodded to Gathol, turned and ran across the pontoon, leaping onto the deck.
"Why are we not ready to depart?"
Tor said, "Captain, we are ready, but we could not leave without our Captain. What kept you?"
She grinned at him and flipped a hand. "Oh, you know, the usual. Hashim? Where are you? You must needs show me the chart, that we might plot our way out into the river. Are the oars ready? Good! Brodgar! Let go forward! Men, push us away from the pontoon. We are on our way!"
The men responded with a roar.
Lars chuckled and turned away to find his accustomed seat.
«What?»
He briefly turned round. «Captain, it will not be the first time we have sailed with a girl in the guise of a boy.»
He turned away and continued walking forward. Eriana stared after him, unable to believe her ears.
«Alrik? Surely not Alrik?»
Tor chuckled as well. «Captain, we thought you knew.»
The Visund finally manages to depart from Ferenis and travels upstream with an additional crew member... who shows further signs of abuse at his father's hands. There is confusion when they arrive at their next port of call, as the locals have decided to make some big changes.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
42 - Free Town
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
It was obviously not possible for any explanations to be
given amongst the bustle and attention required for departure, so
Eriana waited until the Visund was mid-stream with her sail
fully unfurled and carrying them along at a brisk rate. Since the
sail was side-on most of her crew could see her, standing on the
stern deck with Kaldar by her side, and the others moved across to be
certain they were in view.
"Men!" she called, although it was almost unnecessary, "you will have noticed that a new crew member has joined us today at Ferenis." Some eyes were rolled. "She... he was fleeing from a father who beat him because he was not what that man expected. This is Kaldar, he will become our wick-trimmer. He presently has the body of a girl but has always thought that he was a boy. His father disagreed with that and beat his child to force him to accept his body's truth.
"Since Duke Gathol seemed reluctant to protect this young person, and because Ursula has said that she may be able to help him, I have agreed to take him with us as my charge. Indeed, it was necessary for me to adopt... him... to ensure that his father may not get his hands on him ever again.
"You will understand that aboard ship this may cause problems of an unusual nature. Though but a boy he may not be treated entirely as another boy might. He has that above and that below which every woman has. Yet he desires to learn how he might one day become a man like you." She paused. "Well, most of you."
There was laughter. She continued, "Ursula says that there are herbs which may reduce his breasts, harden his muscles and cause hair to grow on his face and body. Of course, until today we have had no need for such herbs so she does not have any. Such may be found beyond Yod, so it seems. You will all understand that, even if we can find such herbs and they are suitable, any change to Kaldar's body will happen slowly.
"Thus, in many respects, he must be treated as you would treat a maiden." She gave them a fierce glare. "But that does not mean that any of you should seek to bed her... I mean him! You know that such people exist in Einnland but can do nothing about their bodies, seeking only to wear such clothes as they may consider appropriate. We tolerate those people, as indeed we should. In the valley of the Sirrel, however, it seems there are some who would deny their existence, even though we have one already among us."
Eriana gestured at Ursula, who bowed briefly. The Princess continued, "In other respects Kaldar shall be treated just as you would treat a young boy of our own kind. He shall learn what tasks and knowledge are required for sailing such a ship as this. Though he is young there is no reason why he should not also begin to be taught arms when opportunity provides. Remember that he is not an Einnlander and will not yet know our customs."
She switched to Norse to finish with, «Did you all understand that?»
Two hands were reluctantly raised and Eriana glared at the owners. «We have been among these people many months now! I understand that the valley tongue can be awkward but not being able to speak to someone, or to understand instructions, can be even more awkward! We must all make the effort to understand this tongue! I hated it when I was forced to learn it at home but today I am very glad that I was made to. All of you, I know that it can be hard but keep trying. It will make your lives so much easier.»
Many of the men muttered agreement and she could see that one of those who had raised a hand was being told off by his neighbor.
"Very well. Now to our journey. We will take most of the day, with a stop for lunch, to reach our next port which is around the other side of Ferenis. This is where the ferry crosses from Wabern in Ferenis to Zemmera in Yod. We will sleep in Zemmera overnight but I do not expect to spend very long there except to discover what conditions exist in that land. Maybe we will depart the next day, maybe a day later. Then it will be a short leg around Yod to the city of Yod, where I expect to be greeted by Palarandi forces who are administering part of the city."
There was an immediate buzz as the land of Yod replaced a new 'ship's boy' in their minds. Most began talking with those around them, ignoring Eriana completely. She was used to this and looked down.
"Well, Kaldar," she asked the slim figure next to her, "what shall we do with you now? As you may see, when we have the sail up the ship can look after itself." She grinned. "Mostly." She pointed into the distance. "You know of the twists and turns of the river?"
"High-" Kaldar gulped. "Captain, I do not. My father did not think that we should be interested in such matters, thinking that only lowly bargemen need know." He added in a low voice, "And certainly that no girl or woman would have need."
Eriana snarled silently. "The more I hear of that man, the more I dislike him. Ah, I have an idea. Jump you down to the hull, I will follow. Hashim? If you would join us with your charts."
As they dropped down in front of the decking the pilot approached and put down the bag he carried.
"Captain? You desire to know what next we face?"
"I do, Hashim, and at the same time we may begin educating our newest crew member here. He has no knowledge of the Sirrel at all, since his father deemed such idle knowledge unnecessary. First, I know that our present course is good enough for now, is there anything that may surprise us before we next turn?"
"There is not, Captain, but beyond the turn there is a nasty kink which means that you may need to cross the current and cross back. It is no problem going downstream, of course, but this way..." he shrugged. "The valley wall is close there and there are unexpected shifts of wind, so it will be advisable to keep our wits about us."
"Do you tell me? I will bear that in mind when the time comes. If you would find the chart of our present position. Is it up to date?"
"Aye, Captain, the various armies have used this part of the route to send troops and supplies once the initial invasion had succeeded so it is well enough known. Ah, here it is."
He unrolled the chart and spread it, as before, on the edge of the stern deck, from where they could all see it comfortably.
His finger touched a spot. "We are about here, Captain." He looked up, ahead, judging. "We are far enough away from the right bank, I deem, to avoid the shallows at the bend. Once we are around the bend you must needs consider whether a crossing will be required."
She frowned. "But we will drift back if we cross, back into the bend."
"There is plenty of room there, Captain. I have done this many times, there is no problem."
"And if we do not cross?"
"Then we must needs hug the right bank, Captain. Your steersman has told me you have done this on a previous leg."
"That is so." Eriana nodded. "We will see. Thank you, Hashim."
Kaldar stood on tiptoe and looked at the chart. It was the first time he had ever seen anything resembling a map.
"That is the river?" He traced the course with a finger. "Why does it wander so?"
"I understand the explanation but I do not know why," Eriana told him. "Ursula will know, perhaps you can ask her later."
A finger tapped on a thick wavy line. "What is this? The river keeps away from it."
"That is called the wall of the Great Valley, a cliff face of rock that keeps the Sirrel from straying elsewhere. Look!"
She pointed past the sail at the rock face which was slowly growing larger in front of the Visund.
"In the valley of the Sirrel I am told that folk name this simply the Wall," she explained. "If you look behind you may glimpse the other wall, but be careful you do not look directly into the sun. It will damage your eyes."
Kaldar looked in both directions. "Two walls? But why..?"
Eriana was partly amused but had become distracted by their progress. "Child, if you keep asking questions it is possible that we may miss something of importance. Sailing a ship such as this one requires us to keep a close watch on everything around us as danger may threaten from anywhere. It seems that your education has ignored much of the world you live in. Whether you are boy or girl you should have been told some of these things! Here on board I think that only Ursula may answer all your questions. If you should ask her, or mayhap wait until we have arrived at our next stop?"
The boy was downcast. "Captain, I am sorry for asking too many questions."
"Do not apologize, Kaldar! You will never learn anything if you do not ask questions." She gave a knowing smile. "I did not know to ask questions until I came to Palarand, and then I discovered how ignorant I was. Why -" She stopped and looked forward. "This is not the time for such tales, though. We approach the bend, I must needs concentrate. If you would go forward and sit with Ursula. The ladies of the Visund have a little more leisure than the men do, you may ask them questions instead."
Kaldar bowed. "As you wish, Captain."
By the time he had made his way forward to find a bench near the women he was angry and upset.
"What is the matter, Kaldar?" asked Ursula. "Have you been told off for doing or saying something?"
"She sent me - The Captain sent me here to keep out of her way. Is she always like this?"
Bennet leaned over. "Sometimes she is worse, young one. She is the daughter of a King, it is true, and by what we have heard her father is much as your father is, except that he does not lock up those who displease him but runs them through directly with his sword. When Her Highness first came to Palarand's palace she was a wild creature, angry and lost at the same time. Some of that has been tempered by Princess Garia, I deem, and she has learned much since she came to us."
Ursula asked Kaldar, "Do you know anything at all about life on the river?"
"No, Mistress."
"Since the water moves all the time any boat or ship has to be carefully controlled. It is not like a wagon or carriage, which you can leave anywhere, if you tried that with a boat it would just float away. Parts of this river can be dangerous, too, which means that everyone has one eye on the water, the shore or on any other boat that might come too close."
"Dangerous? How?"
"A collision is the most obvious danger. If we go too close to the bank we could become grounded and even lose the ship. I heard talk in Ferenis of pirates further upriver. Before we reached Forguland we were even attacked by a big fish, a gogon, which caused some damage and many injuries."
"A... gogon? I thought they were just stories!"
Semma said, "We do not know how long that one was, it all happened so quickly, but it may have been ten or fifteen strides, I could not say. It bit off five oars and pulled the whole ship bodily around a quarter of a turn."
Kaldar stood and looked the length of the ship, then thoughtfully studied the oars stacked ready along the center line.
He returned to his seat. "If you say it is so, Mistress, then I must believe it."
Semma smiled at him. "I am Semma, a guardswoman of the King, and she is Bennet. You may name us thus, we are not Mistresses. We attend Her Highness as companions, both as escorts and for feminine matters."
He reddened. "I understand, though I wish I did not. If you did not hear, I name myself Kaldar, though not by my father's desires." He turned to Ursula. "But you have an unusual name, Mistress, and I heard you say that you were once a man. How can this be?"
The three women exchanged glances. "Kaldar," Ursula told him, "my story is long and complicated. It must wait until we have time and privacy. I will tell you that I am the same as you, but the other way around, that I always knew that I was a girl inside while my body was that of a boy."
Kaldar opened his mouth but she held up a hand. "I regret that the method by which I came by the body I now have cannot be used by you. If we can do anything at all then we will have to use what is available here in the Great Valley."
He looked confused for a few moments. "Mistress, what you say does not make sense. Surely, the Great Valley is all there is?"
Ursula sighed. "Kaldar, your father has been criminally negligent. The world is very much greater than just this river valley and there are other worlds beside this one, possibly very many more. Did you think the Sun and the moons are inside the Great Valley, or somewhere else entirely?"
Kaldar automatically turned to look at the Sun and rapidly turned away again, squinting and blinking. He replied, "Mistress, they are above, as they should be. Of course they are not inside the Great Valley."
Now is this a result of his father's rejection of a transgender child or is this the way that he treated all his daughters? Maybe his sons too?
"Are your sisters taught the same as you? What about your brothers?"
"Mistress, I was taught no different than any of my brothers and sisters... that I know of. I suppose my brothers may have been taught more as my father would have wanted them to join the family business, but if that happened, I do not know of it."
"I see." Changing subject, she asked, "Those clothes you are wearing. Where did you get them?"
"I borrowed them from my brother Sednith this morning, just before I escaped from the mansion. Why?"
Ursula smiled. "Since you will be unable to return Sednith's things," she explained gently, "I think the word you should be using is not borrowed but stole." Kaldar blushed. "I would not worry, no doubt your father has already passed down all your female clothing or sold it. But you will have noticed that all of us, men and women, wear lighter clothing. This journey we are on will take many weeks and it will be hot when summer comes. Apart from what you wear, you have nothing."
The boy thought about this and came to an unpleasant conclusion. "You are saying that I need to get some more attire. Must I needs work to pay for it?"
The expression on his face moved Ursula but she controlled her own. She had had many opportunities to do so in her previous life.
"Normally I would tell you that you would but this is an unusual ship in many ways, Kaldar. The Visund is owned by Her Highness Princess Eriana and almost every man of the crew is sworn personally to her." His eyes widened as she added, "Although she was born elsewhere she is now a Princess of Palarand and that country supplies the funding for this expedition. Every scrap of clothing you see around you has been provided out of those funds. I assume that Eriana will find you suitable clothing as well."
Kaldar glanced at the women's attire and then looked more carefully at what the men were wearing. Some of those sitting near, who had listened to the conversation, smiled at him.
"I have never seen attire like that before," he said. "Not yours nor what the men wear. Is it some kind of uniform?"
"It is not supposed to be but there was a misunderstanding when we told the seamstresses what we wanted. In time it might become a uniform."
He gestured. "And your... dresses? They looks very cool compared with what I was made to wear."
"That was why we asked for them. The weather will become too hot aboard ship for normal day dresses, so I was told."
"Are all these designs from Palarand, then?"
The women all grinned. "No, indeed, Kaldar!" Bennet replied. "But that again is a long story and it will have to wait until you have been told all. But you have no desire to wear such a dress, I deem."
He was near to tears now. "I did not know that such attire was even possible, Bennet! I begin to understand now just how my father treated us."
Ursula said, "We will think of something, Kaldar. You are Eriana's responsibility now and she will take that seriously. Your father no longer has anything to do with you."
She sat and thought for a while as the Visund approached the bend in the river. Once the turn had been completed, she waited until Eriana and Hashim had worked out what they were going to do and then went aft to join them.
"Captain, I must talk about a subject I do not know much about, not here on Anmar. Have you the time now?"
Eriana glanced forward, then up at Tor, who nodded confidently back. "Of course, Ursula, but if something arises..."
"I understand that, Captain. I have been speaking with Kaldar."
"I noticed. What have you discovered?"
"Simple things first, I think. He will need a suit of clothes just as you had made for Hashim. His possessions are literally what he has on his back, and those he, ah, borrowed, he says, from a brother this morning when he ran away."
Eriana smiled at the phrasing. "Aye, I had already considered that. We have some of the cloth left and between us I think we may sew him something fit to wear, do you not agree?"
"Underwear as well?"
"Aye, of course." The smile faded. "But you hint at something worse. Do you speak of these herbs that you mentioned?"
"No, Captain. I can talk to healers at each port we arrive at and find out how and where I can get what I will need. No, the problem will be Kaldar's education. Essentially, he has none. And I mean none. He thought the Great Valley was the whole world. It seems that his father kept his children, boys as well as girls, in complete ignorance of the outside world."
"Tsss! That is bad. What do you suggest, Ursula? That he may not belong on the Visund?"
"Captain," Ursula replied slowly, "I do not want to appear to insult anyone but I am aware that most of your men are not well educated. I am not even sure about your own education."
Eriana stared at Ursula and then nodded, chuckling. "Aye, you are a blunt speaker, Ursula, but to me means that you speak plainly. I would trust your words over those of someone who speaks in flowery circles and says nothing at the end of it. Einnland is a poor land and few have the education I see around me here along the Sirrel. As a daughter of a King I was educated but resented most of it, I am as you know a person of action rather than words.
"However, since arriving in Palarand and meeting Lady Garia, as she was then, I have appreciated what education can do for everyone. Most of my men are now learning to read and to write - the local tongue, of course, not our own runes - and even I pay more attention to what I am told these days. Is the boy lettered, do you know?"
Ursula eventually realized that Eriana was asking about reading and writing. "So he says, Captain. Reading, writing, some numbers, though the local kind, not the... Garian numbers. What he lacks is simply basic knowledge about almost everything. I do not think he is stupid, he asks enough questions! But my original point was that, apart from Lord Kalmenar, I am probably the most educated person on the ship."
"I agree, Ursula. You suggest, perhaps, that some part of your time must needs be spent tutoring the boy."
"Unless you or Lord Kalmenar can think of an alternative, Captain, I see no other choice."
"Yet your problem, I deem, is that while you are educated in matters of Earth you know little about matters of the Great Valley and the countries within it. Since we discovered you, you have learned much, but I would guess that you would not feel confident venturing forth on your own, should it be required."
"Exactly right, Captain. That is one reason I agreed to have Tyra, after all. She has local knowledge that I do not."
"Then it may be we each have to teach the boy what we know and leave other parts to those who may do better. Think you he can yet be of use to the ship?"
"I cannot answer that, Captain. He jumped on board, after all, so he must have thought that he could do whatever you asked of him. However, he might have too many thumbs, if you understand me."
Eriana waved a hand dismissively. "You do not need to know how to read or write to sail a ship, Ursula. Provided he does not fall over the side the moment we change course he should quickly learn what is needful, the same way all my other men did." She grinned. "The only way we will truly find out what he is made of is to try him, is it not? Any blacksmith will tell you that."
"You are content to let him stay, then? I was not sure."
"I am content, Ursula. Did I not give my word? Besides, if I were of a mind to abandon him - which I could never do - I would not do it within the Yodan lands, that would cause too much trouble."
"I had forgotten that. He could be used against you."
"Possibly. But that will never happen, not now I have adopted him. He shall return to Palarand with the rest of us... and by the time we reach Joth once more, Ursula, you may know your own destination."
"As you say, Captain."
* * *
"What does he say?"
"Captain," Hashim replied, his eye to a borrowed telescope, "he indicates that we should go to our right of the pontoon he stands upon. Another signaler will guide us to the correct berth."
"Thank you, Hashim."
Eriana turned around, so that she was facing aft, and blew a sequence on her whistle. Tor, at the far end, raised a hand in acknowledgement and heaved on the steering oar.
"I must needs learn these flag signals," she muttered. "Hashim, do they use the same signals throughout the Sirrel?"
"No, Captain, not in my experience. From Forguland to Faralmark they are generally used but beyond those lands the port authorities use other methods. Most who do use the flags use a common code but there can be some local differences."
She frowned. "Still, if we are to travel this stretch, and in both directions, knowing the signals may be useful, I deem. Will you teach them to me?"
"Captain, I can do better than that, if you would permit me use of a sheet or two of your paper. The signals are easy enough to describe as a diagram, and then they are always there for you to refer to - even if I am not."
"I forget," she told him. "In my homeland, all knowledge of the sea is learned and remembered. Very little is ever written down, since most cannot read anyway. Yet even one who cannot read may understand a diagram. Is that what you mean?"
"If you desire me to draw a diagram that others may use, Captain, then I am sure that I can manage that."
"Very well." Eriana considered. "But I shall not give you paper, except for you to design your pictures. Paper does not mix well with water, I have found, or rather it mixes too well. In Zemmera I will obtain some parchment for you to commit your drawings to, that they may be as reliable as those charts you carry."
"A prudent measure, Captain. Ah, look, to your left and yonder, a man waves another flag."
"I see it." She turned to face aft. «Men! Lower the yard and stow the sail! Those with oars out, help us forward, and slowly, we berth shortly to your sword side. Be ready to throw mooring ropes to the pontoon.»
Arms were raised in acknowledgement as the yard came down and was secured along the center line, the sail being tidily folded and stowed under it. Two unoccupied men went to either end and picked up the coils of mooring line, ready to throw to the pontoons when they were close enough.
«Aaaand... oars up!»
The Visund drifted gently into range and the lines were quickly caught by men on the pontoons. Once the ship was secure the ship's complement began standing, stretching and talking about what would happen next. Eriana walked aft, followed by Hashim and Lars. She stood on the stern deck and faced the men.
«Yet another new land where you can sample the ale, if you dare!»
Laughter greeted this. She continued, «But I would remind you all, this is Yod. These are the folk we fought against and killed. There are many here who may not want us in their lands and I can understand that. There are also many Allied soldiers, warriors, some of whom will see you and take your presence as a challenge. We do not need fights among those we call friends! Drink your ale, enjoy yourselves, have some fun, but be careful.
«I must needs go and speak with those officials to find out where we will all sleep tonight.» There was a certain amount of laughter. «Those of us who do not keep their brains between their legs, that is.» More laughter. «If there is no problem, I will give Lars geld for your meals and drink today. Make ready to go ashore but stay where you are for now. We can deal with our baggage later.»
She moved down to the center of the Visund and hopped lightly from there to the pontoon where two men in uniforms were waiting. Kalmenar, Lars and Tor went with her.
The older of the two men looked at them all. "Welcome to Tobeligo. Your pardon, travelers, we had notice from those of Ferenis that you would arrive today but few details. We did not realize that your ship would be so large!"
Eriana was confused. "Tobeligo! I understood this to be Zemmera! Have we made some mistake? Hashim! Join us if you would."
"Be easy, Mistress! This town was named Zemmera before but we have recently taken a vote and sundered ourselves from those of Yod, naming ourselves Tobeligo. If I may ask, which of you is the captain?"
Eriana replied, "Good man, I am the owner and captain of this ship which is named the Visund. I am Princess Eriana of Palarand and almost all the men you see are my sworn retainers. If I may present Lord Kalmenar of Palarand, he acts as my diplomatic advisor wherever we travel. Lars, commander of my personal guard. Tor, ship's master." Hashim had reached the group by then so she added, "Hashim, our pilot."
"Princess?" The man was surprised. The two bowed to her. "Uh, we did not expect... Your Highness, is this an official visit?"
She smirked. "Yes and no. I am merely taking my ship along the Sirrel to discover the different peoples that live along its banks. As such, you may name me Captain instead of Highness. When I speak with whoever rules such places that we visit, then my visit becomes official, then I will use my full title."
"A curious circumstance... As you command... Captain."
"Now. You have come to ask how long we should stay, what fees we must needs pay and so on. In return the Visund will need fresh water and some other foods and my men will require lodging for one or two nights."
"Of course, Captain. I am sure that there will be no problem -"
On the ship Kaldar turned to Ursula. "What are they doing?"
"This happens whenever we arrive somewhere," Ursula explained. "I imagine that all boats and ships which come to these ports have to pay a fee to cover the facilities the port provides. Those men will want to make sure that they don't get undesirables here who might steal goods from other boats, for example, or depart without paying their bills."
"Oh, I see. I have been down to the port with my father a time or two, this looks much the same. Do they all look like this?"
"Most do, because of the way the river rises and falls throughout the year. There are differences in some of the places we've been. Perhaps you'll get to see them when we return downstream."
"As you say. What will happen to us? Will we sleep here overnight?"
"I do not think so. At all the places I have been so far we have been invited to stay with the local lord, whoever that is. Once those men discover who Eriana is, then I expect that the same thing will happen here."
"What, everyone? Are the mansions... palaces, that big?"
Ursula chuckled. "Sometimes they have been. Other times the men have been assigned barracks instead." She thought. "I am not sure what Eriana will do with you, Kaldar. Your position is somewhat unusual."
"I know. Look, here she comes back."
Eriana, Lars and Tor jumped back on board while Kalmenar and Hashim followed the men off along the pontoons. The two Norsemen gathered their fellows into separate groups and gave instructions while Eriana went to the bow and motioned the women to join her.
"Ladies," she began, then smiled, "and Kaldar, of course. The circumstance is unusual. So recently that even Ferenis did not know, this town has broken with Yod and declared itself independent. They have changed the name from Zemmera to Tobeligo. It is now governed by no noble at all but a Committee chosen by those who live here, together with a Military Governor from Ferenis on behalf of the Allied armies.
"The Allied armies are our immediate problem, since there are many billeted in the town and space for travelers is lacking. There is a port hostel, and we will be found chambers there, but Lars and Tor must needs take the men of the Visund to billets elsewhere in the town.
"I am told the town trades freely and Palarandi coin may be accepted everywhere. We may wander the streets of the town but are advised not to go outside the walls, since the countryside beyond is ruled differently."
Eriana turned to their newest crew member. "Kaldar, for today and tomorrow I must needs ask that you play a part, though I know that you thought you had left that part of your life behind. The only accommodation that may be found for us is in the women's portion of the port hostel. You must needs share a chamber with us. Do you understand?"
His face fell. "Highness, if it must be so, then I will do it." A wan smile. "After all, I have been playing that part all my life."
"Thank you, Kaldar. I know that it will not make you happy but it will make our stay here so much easier. If we did not do this then many questions would be asked and it may cause delays and other inconveniences."
"As you say, Highness." He looked down. "What about my attire? Will they not think it strange?"
"Highness," Ursula said, "If I can offer some advice."
Eriana smiled at Ursula. "Always, Ursula. What is it?"
"Two things. First, if Kaldar comes with us, then I can give her... I'm sorry, him, a complete examination. I am certain that he has other injuries under those borrowed clothes and I want to assess his general condition. Also I remember that when we have stayed in hostels before, there are female servants who see to the bathing chambers and the bedding. If they see Kaldar part dressed or undressed they will see that he has a female body. We do not want rumors to start among the hostel staff."
"As you say! I had overlooked the hostel servants. And the other matter?"
"I should go to the market here, if they have one, and begin my search for herbs. I need to top up my existing stock anyway. It has occurred to me that if Kaldar comes with me, then there may be a stall where a suitable day dress could be obtained. That way he... she... would not stand out." Ursula smiled. "This is complicated!"
"Indeed! But how will you explain his present attire or his short hair?"
"I will think of something, Highness. I have had to make up many stories as I traveled across Earth." She added, "I have had to disguise myself both as man or woman at different times on my wanderings. For our kind, sometimes it is required."
Kaldar stared at Ursula, fascinated.
Eriana nodded, saying, "Very well. First, I suggest, we go and find the hostel and discover what we will be faced with. Tomorrow morning, you, Ursula, together with Tyra, of course, and you, Kaldar, shall go to the market and obtain whatever you may need. I will send Bennet with you, if I may. Two women and a boy, in a town full of armed troops, there could be trouble - of several kinds."
"Agreed, Highness."
"Then, let us go."
* * *
There was something odd about the staff of the hostel, Ursula decided. While they sounded just the same as those at other places she had stayed, their clothing was... different. In fact, the styles looked almost familiar to someone who had been brought up in deepest Russia.
The men wore tunics, just as men most other places did, but theirs had round upright collars, which together with the lower belts made them look just like traditional cossack attire. The few men she had seen who were dressed for outside wore long coats and cylindrical hats reminiscent of Tartar styles, although adjusted for the warmer climate.
The women also wore dresses different than any she had seen before, long, flowing gowns of plain colors and usually under an embroidered vest of another shade. Another oddity was that every female servant had her head covered, some by scarves and others by simple cloth caps, although they showed no sign of disapproval at the guests' uncovered heads.
The proprietor approached the group, bowing obsequiously.
"Your Highness, Mistresses, I apologize for the delay. Your chamber is now ready, if you would follow me. Uh, your page, should he require a separate sleeping room? We are very busy but I may be able to find him a bed with our servants, by your leave."
Eriana tried hard not to glare at the man as she had already explained this once.
"My good man, this young person is not my page. She is the niece of my personal healer Ursula and has recently recovered from a fever. Since we have not been able to properly clean her clothing she is attired thus. She will of course sleep with us."
The man gulped. "As you say, Highness. You did explain but -" He waved his hands helplessly. "As you may see, we are extremely busy."
"It is an unusual circumstance, I admit. If you would show us the way. Will there be hot water available for bathing? Traveling on the river is sticky when it is so warm."
"As you say, Highness. I have asked for water, by the time you have settled in your chamber it should be ready. If you would follow me."
This riverside hostel was larger than some that Ursula remembered, with both men's and women's sides being of two stories. The third side, the eating area, was wider than usual and the stone-built fourth side, where the kitchens and bathing facilities were, was also much larger. All four sides were raised to cope with river floods, as was the central yard. The stables were in a separate block behind the kitchens.
The proprietor led them across the yard and up some stairs to a central corridor with chambers off both sides. Waiting were a group of servant women.
"Your Highness, if I may leave you and your retainers in the hands of my female staff," the man said. "Naturally, if there is aught that I or my people may do you have but to ask."
One of the women curtseyed low. "Your Highness, if you would follow me."
She led them to a spacious chamber with eight single beds in it. There was a separate dressing room where their chests had been placed. Both rooms had large windows overlooking the central yard which, despite the profusion of small leaded panes, let in a good amount of light. Eriana briefly looked around and then nodded to the women.
"Acceptable. Which direction should we go to reach the bathing chambers and toilets?"
"If you would continue along the corridor to the far end, Your Highness. A stairs there will lead you directly into the women's bathing area. At this time of day you should not have other company there, there are many men staying here but few other women."
"Thank you. We will call if we should require help."
"Highness."
The woman curtseyed and departed. At a sign from Eriana Bennet checked the corridor and then closed the door. Eriana turned to Ursula.
"You said that you desired to examine Kaldar."
"I did, Highness. I can do it here or when we go to bathe."
Eriana raised an eyebrow and then turned to Kaldar. "Kaldar, will you bathe with us or would you feel uncomfortable in the same tub with us women?"
The boy gasped. "You bathe together? Highness, I did not know that people did such a thing! At home I must needs bathe with my sisters, overseen by a governess and some female servants, but often we did not bathe at the same time." He added shyly, "Is this something that noble women do? I would not know."
"Child, in Palarand it is common for all women in a household to bathe together, mistresses and maids, should there be enough room. I could not tell you what our menfolk do. If you consider that you are a boy, even though you have the body of a girl, then you may not desire to join us this way. How say you?"
Kaldar licked his lips. "H- Highness, you said that I must needs play a part. If I do not bathe with you the hostel people will think that something is amiss. I will do it."
"Thank you, Kaldar, you are right. Let me check the seals on our chests and then we will go and clean the sweat of the journey from our bodies. A change of attire will do us good as well."
In the bathing chamber the tub was already part-filled with steaming water and the female attendant was setting out soap, towels and fluffy robes for the party. When they arrived she pointed out the ropes for water and the call rope if any assistance was required, then curtseyed and left, closing the door behind her.
Bennet tested the water and pulled for more cold while the others began to disrobe. Hesitantly Kaldar watched them and then began pulling off his borrowed clothes. What was revealed set Eriana's face into a mask of cold anger.
"Ursula, when we return this way I am minded to take a party of my men and burn that monster's mansion to the ground!"
"Highness, if you would have me, I will join you and bring some oil."
Eriana grinned at Ursula. "Despite your healer's oath? We are of the same mind, then." The grin faded. "I thought that my own people were sometimes harsh with their children, I know better now. And they name us barbarians!"
There were many bruises on Kaldar's back and thighs, some caused by rods or canes, others less explainable. There were also several burns.
Also plainly visible for the first time, after the restraining wrappings were removed, were Kaldar's breasts. These were small but definite and appropriate for the age of a developing teenager.
"I do not think that you are going to be able to hide these much longer."
"As you say, Mistress."
"How long have you worn this bandage?"
"Only since this morning, Mistress, after I managed to get some of Sednith's spare attire once they had departed to see you leave. If I may ask why?"
"You can probably just get away with wearing that now, but you are still developing and I will tell you now that it can become very uncomfortable. It can damage things inside your breasts and it will make it harder to breathe."
"I understand that, Mistress, but surely once you find those herbs that you said -"
Ursula held up a hand. "I did say that and it is true, but it may take many months for them to have a noticeable effect. Until then I would really advise you to let your breasts have as much room as possible. That means doing as Her Highness has suggested and pretending that you are a girl."
"As you say, Mistress, but I have no suitable attire."
Eriana suggested, "Kaldar, for today you must needs wear what you began the day with, but it is possible that Tyra may be able to lend you a bodice to support and protect your breasts. Tomorrow you shall go to the market with Ursula and you may find suitable attire there."
Kaldar was downcast. "As you wish, Highness."
Eriana tried an encouraging smile. "Did you think that your heart's desire could be obtained as if by a simple magic spell? On Anmar you know it is deemed there is no such thing as magic. Each of us must needs work hard for our desires and that will take time. Meanwhile, your body continues to grow and must be properly attended."
"I understand, Highness."
"Ah, the impatience of the young! I was once young like you but I know better now. You have done the right thing, Kaldar, by coming with us, and you may trust us to do what is possible to help you. For now, I suggest that you join us in the tub and we can wash the sweat of the river from our bodies."
"As you command, Highness."
Ursula goes to the market in Tobeligo to replenish her supplies and takes Kaldar along. The young runaway will have to be 'Kaldara' while in Yodan lands to avoid awkward questions, so suitable attire must be found. At the market Ursula has an unusual encounter which may or may not be the cause of later discomfort.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
43 - At the Market
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Bennet finally joined the others after breakfast the
following morning dressed in a training top and matching box-pleated
skirt.
"I ask your pardon for the delay, Mistress," she said when she arrived. "Her Highness suggested I take my sword and, though it is possible to do so with a ship dress, it does not look nor feel right."
Ursula nodded. "I think that you are right, Bennet. Ship dresses are not designed for belts or sashes. That outfit is more practical to my eye, though it must be a little warmer."
The guardswoman shrugged. "What must be, Mistress."
"Then let us go."
As nominally the senior person present Ursula led the small party through the gates of the hostel and into the city proper. To one side was the road leading to the port facilities so they turned the other way. The road they were on was lined with taverns, hostels, booths, chandlers' shops and open-fronted craftsmen's booths where men were sawing and shaping wood, beating metal or making nets and other marine requirements from ropes and cords.
Despite the fact that it was just after breakfast, the taverns were already busy and there were one or two semi-sober clients sitting or lying in the roadway outside. Ursula gave Bennet a look which was replied with by a shake of the head. Avoiding the drinkers they walked to the next junction, nearly bumping into a mature local coming the other way.
"Pardon us, Friend. I wonder, can you direct us to the market? I am a healer and I need to restock some of my herbs."
The man gave Ursula a considered look up and down and then pointed. "That way, Mistress, two streets along and off to your left, you'll find the town square. Just arrived, have you?"
"We have, but how did you know?"
"No-one around here speaks like that, Mistress. I can understand you, it is true, but your choice of words is odd and there is a strange accent."
"I am a stranger to the Great Valley," Ursula agreed. "I am from a distant land called Alberta. Have you heard of it?"
"No, Mistress, but I don't know of many lands, even those along the Sirrel. Of course, Tobeligo is full of strangers these days! Well, I must be going. Luck at the market."
"Thank you."
They watched the old man amble off before turning in the indicated direction.
"He didn't seem to dislike us," Tyra remarked. "I thought that all Yodans hated everybody who was not of their kind."
Bennet disagreed. "From what I heard before we left, most of their own folk did not like their masters either. The word in the palace was that many here rose against their lords and rulers and helped the invading armies when they arrived."
"Do you tell me? The world is a confusing place indeed."
Ursula said, "Everyone in any land has their own personal opinions, Tyra. When you go somewhere new, you cannot assume that they all think the same way." She added, "Of course, you also cannot assume that they think differently either. When in a strange land it is best to keep your mouth shut until you learn how the politics is handled around you."
"Wise words, Mistress."
"Aye, Tyra," Bennet agreed. "In the guard we are taught to avoid giving anyone our opinions while on duty and to take extra care when off duty."
"It must be so if you are sworn to another."
"Indeed, but that does not mean that you must needs share the views of he or she you are sworn to. It just means that when you are on duty you follow orders whatever they may be." She shrugged again. "Off duty, well, you may express your opinions to your friends but it is usually wiser to keep them to yourself. Many a good meal has been spoiled by arguments caused by others' opinions."
"As you say, Bennet."
Ursula remarked, "Speaking from experience, Bennet?"
"Aye, Mistress. I did work in the palace kitchen."
The square opened up and the four began to work their way around the many stalls. Most of those wandering around were locals, recognizable now by their garb, but there were plenty of others around too. Some of those wore a variety of uniforms but others could be easily identified as river folk or travelers.
While the stalls were much the same as elsewhere, the buildings surrounding the square looked old and badly kept. It was a while before Ursula figured out why.
This is a ferry port. Most people don't stay around here very long. It isn't the capital, either, so maybe they haven't spent so much money doing it up. If they are at war most of the time they probably spent their money on other things. There is no paint on these buildings!
I do not plan to live here either. Better to concentrate on my own needs - and those of Kaldar.
"Kaldar, how old are you?"
"Mistress, I have thirteen years. If I may ask, why do you need to know?"
"Because I may have to make up a story about you. Should anyone ask, I will tell them we are related. When we find the stall of a herbalist or a dressmaker, they may ask your age, and if I did not know it someone would wonder why I did not know."
"I understand, Mistress."
Since the term herbs could mean plants that could be used for cooking as well as healing, several vendors were found near the stalls selling food. Ursula managed to replenish her other stocks but the ones she wanted for Kaldar were not available.
"Which way is your barge going, Mistress? Upstream or downstream?"
"Upstream. I know that I cannot find what I need further down the Sirrel."
"As you say. You know that the river divides beyond Yod?"
"Yes, of course." Actually, I did not until you just told me. But I need to make them think I am familiar with the river.
"Then once you depart Yod you must needs take the left fork, Mistress. At one of the smaller ports along that stretch you should find what you need - only along the east bank, mind, I do not know if the west bank still belongs to Yod - and I do not care."
"Ah. I will have to consult my captain, then. I do not know what course he has chosen."
"Luck on your journey, Mistress."
"Thank you."
She had much the same advice elsewhere, so once their other needs were satisfied she turned her attention to the fabric stalls. At the first stall the woman looked her up and down, gave Kaldar a harder look and spent a long time examining Bennet and her weapons.
"Mistress? The attire of you all is unusual and, if I may say so, of interest to me."
Ursula gave the woman a smile. "These are new styles from Joth, Mistress. The city can become very hot and so this," she gestured to her ship dress, "was suggested to the river folk to help keep us cool."
"Do you tell me? Is the design available or must I needs pay someone a fee every time I make it?"
"Those of Joth have decided that this design should be made available to all, Mistress. It is simple enough to make, after all, just a front and a back, two short sleeves and not even a seam down my back." Ursula turned right round so that the woman could see the back of the dress. "However, to get the shaping right, so I was told, requires some fairly careful cutting to make it fall properly."
The woman studied it closely. "Oh, I see. It is cleverly done, I deem. I wonder, if it were possible, if I might borrow such a garment for a day, that I might understand it better."
"Regrettably, Mistress, we sail tomorrow morning right after breakfast. That will not be possible."
The woman's face fell. "Ah. My misfortune, then."
"I can tell you that these have become popular in Joth and you may see other traveling women dressed this way. I will also tell you that they do not all have to be the same color, pattern or material though the material will affect fit and comfort, of course."
"My thanks to you, Mistress, for the information." The woman pointed at Tyra. "Is that your assistant? I see that she wears a similar style but hers has a pouch sewn across the front. What a simple idea! I could do with something like that for my own attire. It would be of help working this stall."
"Feel free, Mistress."
"But your... escort, is that right? By your leave, I have never heard of such a thing! Do they have armswomen in Joth these days?"
Bennet answered, "They probably do by now, Mistress, but I am a guardswoman of King Robanar of Palarand. I am here not to protect the mistress from those of Yod but from any unruly men-at-arms who may do what armsmen often do when they see a group of women."
"Aye! I could do with one like you as well, I deem! I am frequently offered inducements to leave my stall for a bell or so. I think that half of Tobeligo will be glad when these armies return home, though the other half will bemoan the drop in trade. Tell me, your own attire is as interesting as that of your mistress. What is that you wear? An unusual uniform dress or something else? That skirt is especially interesting."
"As you say, Mistress. It is a pull-on tunic, shaped for a woman, which is normally tucked inside the separate skirt. The box pleats allow me to kick when the need arises."
"Ah! How clever!" The woman nodded. "A uniform, I suppose?"
"It was originally designed so, Mistress, but many in Palarand city have found the design so fascinating that the style is now seen in many places. The effect is most striking when the pleats are made from different colors, such that the contrast is only seen when we move."
"Oh! I see!" The woman turned to Ursula. "And if I may make this design also?"
"A difficult question, Mistress. I do not know the answer. We have a noble with us, I could ask him and send you the answer later today, if he knows it."
"I would be interested, Mistress. You may address it to Kylina the Clothseller. I am one of the Town Committee, I am well known, you may be sure it will be delivered."
After writing down the name on a scrap of paper, Ursula looked up to find the woman waiting.
"Mistress, I assume that you did not just stop at my stall to give me a display of fashion. If I may be of help?"
I was about to invent a story but speaking with her about our clothes means that it could become elaborate and she might get suspicious. That could make it easier to fall apart.
There is no reason why I should not tell part of the truth.
"You may be able to, Mistress. As we were departing from Ferenis city yesterday morning, this young woman jumped on board, she was running away from her father who treats her badly. Our captain could not leave her there, Duke Gathol of Ferenis was called but was reluctant to intervene. His Grace has permitted our captain to take her with us to keep her safe. Her name is Kaldara. As you can see, she is in need of appropriate clothing."
"That is a girl? I thought she was a boy attendant! Your pardon, Mistress, I was misled by her appearance."
"Yes. She had to sneak out after her father left home and that meant a disguise. Can you help her? I know that you will not have anything like our own dresses, but she needs something light that will work on board ship."
Kylina's eyes narrowed. "Who is your captain, then, who can persuade a Duke to let him take a runaway child with him?"
Ursula sighed. "Mistress, I did not want to mention any names since you might think that I am telling a tall story. I would prefer that you keep this information to yourself."
"Mistress, unlike many I do not share gossip in the market nor anywhere else! As I am also a Councilwoman I have a reputation to consider. Unless a crime has been committed, I shall speak of this matter to nobody."
"My captain is not a man, she is Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand. Our ship is the Visund."
Kylina's eyes widened with surprise. "Do you tell me? The Princess was spoken about in Council last night. There was some talk then about a child being on board with all those men. This is she? Mistress, you have my full attention. Of course I will do what I can, and if I cannot I will speak with our other traders. How long will your ship remain in Tobeligo?"
"As I mentioned earlier, we leave tomorrow morning."
"Ah. Too soon to have something sewn, I deem. Let me see what I can do, Mistress. I will need to measure her first, of course."
"Kaldara? You heard? Go with Mistress Kylina into the booth so that she can measure you."
"Of course, Mistress."
It was less than a minute, Ursula estimated, before Kylina came storming out, her face like thunder.
"Mistress? I require your word that you are not responsible for those marks on the child's body!"
"Mistress Kylina," Ursula responded carefully, "I am a healer. I swear to you that I am not responsible for any of the injuries on Kaldara. I will also swear that no-one on the Visund has made any of those marks."
Bennet stepped forward. "Mistress, I am a guardswoman of King Robanar of Palarand. I witnessed the girl come aboard, I witnessed the arguments between our captain and her father. I shall also swear."
Tyra immediately said, "Heard and witnessed!"
The fire went out of Kylina's eyes but she was still incensed. "My apologies for doubting you, Mistresses. What kind of monster does that to his children? Does he have a name?"
"He does, Mistress, he is Denethar of Ferenis. Do you know of him?"
"Denethar! Why, of course, he trades across the river. At least he does when we are not at war with one another. Do you tell me that he is as hard on his own family as he is driving a bargain?"
"I cannot answer for his other children, Mistress, or his bargaining. From what I have heard his profits come mainly from wars. He buys and sells animals, equipment and food to armies passing through but charges them high prices. He does not charge those prices to Ferenis buyers, so we were told."
Kylina's expression was of disgust. "We have those in Yod also, Mistress. I will bring this matter to the Council's notice, by your leave. If I have my way he shall not trade at this crossing again."
Ursula was silent for a while. "It occurs to me, Mistress Kylina, that since Denethar makes most of his profits during wars then he might be one of those responsible for causing them. I'm sorry we have to go tomorrow, but your Council might think of investigating him a little deeper." She had another thought. "If he does trade over here, perhaps you should also be investigating those contacts as well."
"Maker! I had not thought of that! Aye, I will tell them what you have told me." Kylina smiled. "But I have a young woman shivering in the back. If you would excuse me."
She went into the booth again and returned shortly, shaking her head. "If you would thank your Princess for me. I cannot think of a better deed that she might have done."
She went to the rails, which were to one side of the table which held materials and accessories, and began going through her stock. Using her tape measure to check sizes, she shook her head twice before pulling out a short plain mid green dress.
"This is for a much younger person, Mistress, but her waist is such that it should fit and still leave room for some growth. It is a simple style which should not offend her tastes and will be short enough for the river. Oh! I am forgetting myself. Of course her tastes may not be those of Yod... or Tobeligo."
"I -" Ursula turned to Tyra and Bennet, stumped. What she knew about local styles could be written on the head of a pin. "What do either of you think?"
Bennet just shrugged while Tyra replied, "Mistress, it is not a style that would be seen in Joth but since we began traveling I do not think it will draw attention, if that is your thought."
"Would you like to go and help her try it on?"
"Of course, Mistress."
Ursula turned back to Kylina and then remembered. "Ah, we're going to need underwear as well... both top and bottom."
"As you wish, Mistress. If your assistant would join the child within, I will look out some items to wear beneath the dress."
Kylina rummaged in some covered baskets under the table and then joined Tyra inside with Kaldara. It took a little time before the three emerged. The dress had long, loose sleeves and a fairly wide neckline with a frill around the edge. The skirt was full, of two tiers and just reached to Kaldara's knees.
Ursula asked Kaldara, "How do you feel?"
"It fits well, Mistress, though it feels a little short." Kaldara glanced at the hems of the other women. "Your skirts are short too, is this because of the ship?"
"Partly, since we are able to climb about a little easier, but it will be cooler in the heat of summer as well."
"As you say, Mistress."
Kylina commented, "You speak truth, Mistress, a shorter hem will be cooler, I deem, but in Yod such displays of legs are frowned upon. If you would tell me, is it the fashion to the east to wear hems so high?"
This time it was Bennet who responded. "Mistress, the general rule in Palarand is that when a man and a woman stand near to each other, he should not be able to see her knees. Of course once they sit down her knees may be seen but that is acceptable."
"Do you tell me?"
"Ah, but I must add, Princess Garia prefers even shorter hems, though only the younger folk are likely to wear them thus. She has set many new fashions in Palarand since her arrival."
"Indeed?" Kylina looked wistful. "I wish that your party were staying longer, that I might learn what is happening in the east. There have been many tales, most of which I may not believe."
"Kaldara? Are you taking that one?" At her nod Ursula turned to Kylina. "How much underwear should she need?"
"She has none? None at all? Of course not, considering how she arrived. Then I would suggest two bodices and five panties. She will also need at least two tie-side panties."
"Agreed. How much will it all cost?"
"If I might ask, which coin will you use? We accept most coins from the east."
"Since our ship is from Palarand that is where most of our money is from."
"Then..." Kylina mumbled a little and then stated, "Call it eight Feniks, Mistress."
"Done."
Since Bennet was the only person familiar with the coinage she opened her pouch, brought out her bag of coins and counted out the money. Kylina raised an eyebrow but by now had worked out that everybody in the group came from different places. She took the money and tucked it away before making a pile of the excess goods - and Kaldar's boy clothes - and wrapping them in a piece of thin cloth tied with string.
Ursula asked, "Mistress, I have noticed that all the women in Yod... Tobeligo... have their heads covered, even inside. Is there some particular reason? Even a law?"
Kylina snorted. "Not in Tobeligo there is not! Mistress, the laws of Yod are oppressive to women, as you may learn when next your ship comes to land. Such laws were enforced here, as you must realize, but that was one reason we broke away. We make our own laws now. For now, the wearing of a head covering is merely customary, what all women are used to, but those who come from the east like yourselves bare their heads and it is likely that we will do the same in time."
"I see. Of course, when the sun is hot we all have straw hats... and I have just realized that Kaldara will need a hat too."
"Indeed, Mistress! Especially if she has a bare neck like that. If I may direct you to Komer Felter's stall." She pointed. "Tell him I sent you and he will not cheat you. His hats are robust and reliable too."
"Thank you for the tip, Mistress Kylina, and good day to you."
"Good day to you and your party, Mistress. Luck on your journey and safe traveling on the river."
The four wandered through the market, looking at everything but they had few other requirements of their own. Tyra carried Kaldara's clothes. Eventually they came to the hatmaker's stall.
"Komer Felter? Mistress Kylina sent us. Our young charge here will need a straw hat to protect her from the sun."
"For the girl? Of course. Let me see."
While Komer was checking through a pile of straw hats to find one small enough for Kaldara's head Ursula felt a hard nudge in her side. She turned to find the snout of a young dranakh next to her and its eyes looking straight at her own.
"Your pardon, Mistress," a man came over. "Nivet decided you were interesting. She means you no harm."
Nivet gave Ursula a complicated bleat. The man looked surprised.
"She's never done that afore! Nivet, come, return to your mother."
Ursula looked up and saw a larger dranakh behind a stall selling dairy products. One eye regarded her closely but she felt no danger. Rather, she somehow knew that there was interest, curiosity, but she did not know how she knew.
A harder nudge on her elbow made her step back as she saw that the young dranakh had opened its mouth, showing an impressive array of huge teeth and a massive expanse of tongue. She expected to be enveloped by halitosis but instead the smell was sweet, of clean vegetables and grass with a hint of milk.
She had the strongest urge, then, one which made her back away in confusion. She muttered, "What?"
"Mistress?" The man was concerned and, turning, Ursula saw that not only her companions were watching warily but those around her at other stalls had also stopped to watch.
"Mistress?" The man asked again. "What is it? She will not harm you, I am sure of it."
"I... don't know," Ursula replied, confused. "I had the strangest feeling then. For some reason I wanted to put my arm into its mouth!"
The man looked amazed but his response was completely unexpected. "Mistress, I have never heard of such a thing! You are indeed favored. They desire to know you without me introducing you. If you would put your arm into her mouth, she will taste it and then let it out."
"What? I can't do that!" Ursula backed further away, shocked.
"Mistress," Bennet called. "It is true, when the owner of a dranakh wishes to introduce his friends to the beasts that is what they do. They will not offer to taste if they are not sure of you."
Ursula stared at the dranakh who regarded her steadily, its mouth still partly open. "You are sure?"
"Mistress, I have done it myself, on my uncle's farm."
Ursula stuck out her left arm and instinctively closed her eyes as it was engulfed. What followed was both expected and unexpected. The mouth was warm and wet, but not slimy. She could feel the taste buds of the tongue against the skin of her arm. Somehow the contact had avoided the teeth, but she had decided that whatever was happening would involve no danger or injury to herself. There was a curious feeling of calm, satisfaction.
After a few moments the mouth opened and she withdrew her arm. It dried surprisingly quickly. She opened her eyes to find the young dranakh regarding her and she thought to bow.
"Thank you, Nivet. That was unexpected but thank you."
The beast gave another complicated bleat and then turned away to rejoin its mother.
The owner scratched his head. "Mistress, I have no idea what just happened. If you would accept my apologies for any inconvenience."
"I don't know what to say," Ursula confessed. "That was completely outside my experience."
"You are new to the animals then, Mistress?" When she nodded he explained, "It is a very old custom between owner and beast, Mistress. I do not know how or where it started. They are great beasts, very gentle and generally do as they are bid. Because of their size they may not be forced. Usually they grow close to their owners and will defend them vigorously at need. To introduce someone new, someone whom the owner trusts and that the beast may know to trust as well, that is what we do."
"I see, but I do not know you and you do not know me. We have never met before... have we?"
He smiled. "Mistress, you came from the river and I have never been on the water in my life. No, we have never met before and that is why I do not know why this has happened."
Ursula's arm had completely dried now and she rubbed it thoughtfully. "I have noticed that other dranakhs have taken an interest in me but nothing like this." She shrugged. "Yet another mystery for a woman who travels strange lands. Thank you for your time and the explanation."
He bowed. "For such as you, Mistress, of course."
The man turned and went back behind his stall. Shaking her head Ursula returned to the business at hand.
"What happened then, Mistress?"
"I'm not sure, Kaldara, but maybe Bennet can explain when we return to the hostel. It is something that happens here that I was not aware of."
"Nor me, Mistress. What do you think of this hat? Is it too big, do you think?"
"It is similar to the ones we have so should do for keeping the sun off." Ursula stopped, just about to ask about other hats, then realizing that other hats would likely be male styles. Later. "Um, you could have another smaller one if you want. That one might blow about in the wind when we're on the river."
"As you say, Mistress."
"Mistress," Tyra suggested, "if you would ask for some extra ribbon. We might not have enough."
"Mistress?" the stall holder attracted her attention. "If I might suggest, your maid spoke of wearing the hats on the river. If that is so, I could offer some thin tape which may serve better than ribbon. Ribbon is better if you should be visiting in the town, perhaps, but for the river a tape would be more robust."
"A good idea, Master Komer."
The deal was done and coin exchanged just as the clock tower in the market place struck a bell before noon.
"Mistress, by the time we return to the hostel and refresh ourselves it will be lunchtime."
Ursula nodded. "Bennet? Anything else we might need? Then lead the way."
On the walk back to the hostel Ursula began to feel slightly odd. The colors of everything around her looked strange somehow and she was definitely feeling light-headed. By the time they reached the hostel she headed directly for the bathing block and poured some water over her head to try to clear her thoughts.
"Mistress? Are you all right?"
Ursula smiled at Tyra through her dripping hair. "I think so. We've been out in the sun this morning and, while we found hats for Kaldara, neither of us thought to wear our own. I should be all right after some food and our nap."
There was concern in the maid's eyes. "I hope so, Mistress, but I wonder if you may have caught something from that beast."
Ursula was surprised by the observation. "That just never occurred to me, Tyra. I hope not! We have had enough delays and complications on this voyage already!"
"As you say, Mistress. Do you need help drying your hair?"
"It is warm enough that it should dry quickly, I think. We could go and find a brush from our chests, that may help it along. I wonder where Her Highness is?"
"I know not, Mistress, but she will be sure to join you at table."
"Of course. Lead the way, Tyra."
* * *
Ursula rolled over, groaning. Her mouth felt as if it were full of wool and she suspected that she might have been dribbling in her sleep. She dragged herself into a sitting position and looked around their chamber through slitted eyes. This chamber had shutters rather than drapes and they let harsh beams of bright afternoon sunlight leak around the edges, making her squint. Only one other person was in the room, sitting upright in her bed, her back against the headboard, watching her closely.
"Unh. What time is it?" she groaned. "Where are the others?"
"Mistress, it is about the eighth bell," Tyra replied quietly. "As far as I know Her Highness took the others down to the ship. You seemed to be deeply asleep so she said to leave you until you woke. Do you feel any better?"
Ursula stretched and then ran her fingers through her hair. "I'm not sure. Despite appearances I do not think I slept well. There were -" She winced at a tangle. "I've had some very strange dreams today. I don't know what might have caused them."
"Is it because of what happened before lunch, Mistress?"
Ursula bodily dragged her consciousness back into the foreground and considered. "I don't know. Maybe it was the sun, but we have had hot days before. Maybe it was something I ate. There were those mushrooms we had at breakfast..."
Her voice trailed off as her thoughts began to analyze the potential problem.
Mushrooms! I doubt very strongly that they cultivate edible fungi in this world yet. Somebody probably went out before dawn and picked them. I wonder if something... psychotropic got in among them?
I remember that restaurant in Paris. It was all supposed to be 'wild' food and it really did taste good, but a bad mushroom gave us all trips for hours. Perhaps it is like that?
She gave Tyra a small smile. "I'm the healer so I should be able to work out what is wrong with me. If it was bad food then the effects should wear off after a while. Did you or any of the others notice anything wrong?"
"Nobody has mentioned it while I was around, Mistress. If it was something we ate, then I would think somebody else would have had effects like yours."
"Hmm. That only leaves the dranakh, doesn't it? I wonder what diseases they carry."
"But, Mistress, as the man said the custom has been carried on for very many years. If it caused such trouble they might not do it."
"That is true, Tyra, but of course I am a stranger here from somewhere else entirely. I might be more susceptible to such things than a local person who has lived with these animals all their life."
"As you say, Mistress. Do you feel well enough to rise, or should I call for someone?"
"No." She yawned. "I'll be fine. Let us go and see if anyone has a pot of pel brewed downstairs."
Tyra grinned. "The best medicine of all, Mistress!"
* * *
On board the Visund the crew were engaged in a number of different activities, most resulting in small seated groups. One such group was seated amidships, engaged in reinforcing a worn part of the sail which was threatening to split at some future inconvenient time. Others were cleaning or sharpening weapons, mending clothing or footwear or just engaged in some friendly chat. Two were using brushes to varnish worn parts of the woodwork while another two were using sand-stones to remove potential splinters from the handles of oars.
Another group included Kaldar, who was sitting with them near the bow and watching with amazement. The men had taken the remaining leftovers of cloth and spread them out on the planks of the pontoon, measuring and cutting pieces sized to fit him before bringing the material back on board and beginning to sew the parts together.
"But I did not know that you could sew! Surely that is women's work?"
"Is different when on sea," Brodgar explained. "Usually no women on ship, if clothing is torn or worn, we do it ourselves. See, sail needs mending, clothes do too. Most can make simple tunic, trouser if needed."
"So all that needlework I was forced to learn will not be wasted, then?"
The sailor grinned at the disguised girl/boy. "If you good, then you probably get clothes of others to mend. You have small fingers, not like big clumsy sailors. Use needle easily. Should not do it, Captain will say no, each should do own."
"That is a relief." Kaldara looked at Brodgar shyly. "But I would not mind, if there is not too much work."
"Boy," Vynil cautioned. "One lesson you learn. Never put hand up for anything! Enough happen in your life, you do not want more."
"As you say... Vynil?"
He nodded. "Yah. You learn names real quick. Good."
At the stern another group approached Eriana, who had just finished discussing the next day's route with Hashim.
«Highness, can you spare us a word?»
«Of course, Torvin.» She looked at the five men. «What is it? You look serious.»
«The child. We do not disagree with his presence aboard, Highness. We think you are right to have rescued him.» Torvin grimaced. «That is our problem, Highness. How sure are you that he is a boy? To see him there, learning ship-craft with Brodgar, it seems to me that he could be nothing but a girl! Yet yesterday, when we took him aboard, I did not know if he were boy or girl. We accept all your commands, Highness, as we should, but we seek to understand this thing.»
Eriana nodded. «I understand what you say, Torvin. I would be a bad leader if I made decisions that you did not understand.»
Torvin held up a hand. «Highness, you are cleverer than most of us. We have no complaint if there are things you say or do that are beyond us. The matter of the child is different. We feel - most of the crew feel - that if he is to travel with us we must understand who we are traveling with. A child that looks like a girl but wants to become a boy can be a cause for confusion, embarrassment - and danger.»
She smiled. «Torvin, if you think that I am cleverer than you, you are mistaken! I have just had the benefit of a better education, that is all. There are many things some of you can do that I would not even attempt to do. I could not sail this ship, to start with. Oh, I have spent much time on the ocean, as you are all aware, but I do not know all the details of the sailor's craft. I am learning, it is true, but I still have a great deal to learn.
«Let us talk of the child, then. You all know that those who came from the mother world have been changed from boy to girl, as Garia was, from woman to man as Maralin was and from man to woman as Ursula was. Those who brought them here - the same people who long ago brought our ancestors from the mother world to Anmar, did so not by magic but by machines that even Garia does not understand. Garia has told me that those machines do not work properly every time they are used and so some people come out the other way, if you understand me.
«Now for Garia and for Maralin the change was unwanted. Both of them have adapted, they had no choice in the matter, and it seems to me they have adapted well. But Ursula had no need to adapt, as she was already a woman inside before she left the mother world. You know as I do that there are people like Ursula in Jotlheim, people who say, quietly, that they are born into the wrong body.» The five nodded. «Ursula was like that. On the mother world she had the body of a man but has always thought that she should have been a woman.»
She shook her head. «Garia tried to explain it to me once but she said that even she did not know all of it. Let me see. The seed of a man goes into a woman and a child is born, yes? But a seed is only half the information that makes a new baby. The other half comes from the mother. Everyone has two copies of this information, one from their father and one from their mother. The two copies are not the same and sometimes this can cause trouble. Remember Erik Ten-fingers? He has an extra one on each hand because of a problem with the information that grew him inside his mother.
«Obviously, part of that information has to decide whether to make a boy child or a girl child. I did not understand what Garia told me about this. The point is, I believe, that once the decision is made changes happen to the baby as it grows inside, different changes if it is to be a boy, different to those for a girl. But the changes to parts of the body of the child happen at different times to the changes to the brain.» Eriana tapped her head.
«Normally everything happens as it should but, if there is a problem, or perhaps a conflict, then someone like Ursula or Kaldar may be the result. Ursula tells me that such people have an intense feeling from very young that something is wrong, sometimes even before they can speak properly. They can be so miserable as they grow up that some even take their own lives to end the pain. I believe that Kaldar is one of those people. Ursula, who understands the problem too well, will try to fix Kaldar's body so that it will more closely resemble that of a man. But it will all take time.»
Torvin said, «Highness, I did not know that being a baby and growing up was so complicated! You have shown us that Kaldar is a special child and we will take great care of him, I swear it.» The others murmured agreement. «Yet Princess Garia knows all this? Is she really of the mother world or is she of the Æsir?»
«I have often wondered that myself. I think not, but those who brought her here, those who brought our ancestors here, I would name them Æsir even if they are not as our sagas describe. They certainly have the powers to do what they did. As for Garia, she is what the people of this world will be in two hundred years time. She shows us what will be. Our descendants will have such powers that we would think them Æsir as well.»
«To be alive in such days! Captain, we will bother you no more. Come, lads, I see Tor needs help getting that sail stowed.»
The men nodded and turned. Eriana saw movement on the pontoon and smiled. Somehow she always felt better when Ursula was nearby. The healer and her maid climbed carefully down into the ship, aided by nearby crew. By the time they were on board Eriana had moved to greet them.
"Ursula! How do you feel now?"
She gave a small smile. "Better, thank you, Highness." A frown. "My sleep could have been better, though, I had some weird dreams." A shake of the head. "I could not describe anything of them to you, though."
"Have you thought what it might be?"
"Either something we ate, but if that were so then others, such as yourself, would have been affected as well. The only other idea I had was a strange meeting we had in the market before lunch."
"Which meeting? The Councilwoman or the dranakh?"
"The dranakh. It might have been carrying something, a disease or," a shrug, "I don't know."
As she led them aft Eriana spoke slowly. "Ursula, I have been thinking about what you told me over lunch. I believe that it might be the dranakh. Now you know that we have little to do with those beasts in Einnland, it is too cold, but I have seen them in action since arriving in the Great Valley." She gestured to empty places on a bench. "Here, sit down and hear my words."
"Highness."
Eriana settled herself on a facing bench. "Garia told me of two things that happened to her concerning dranakhs. There may be others. She said that, while they were fighting an armed gang many marks from her base in Blackstone, the dranakhs of her party, who had been grazing above the town, appeared later just before two ptuvils arrived. They had traveled about nine marks since the battle and they could not have known about the ptuvils.
"From this she thought that the great beasts might have some powers she named telepathy, which she said means the reading of minds. Dranakhs are known to anticipate the desires of their owners, presenting themselves without being asked. I have seen this myself on several occasions."
"Telepathy?"
Eriana grinned. "I do not know what is meant by that word, Ursula. I do not think, with such great beasts, that it means you could hold a conversation with one. I think that it is more that it may be able to pick out the intentions of its owner's mind before he has put them into words. Does that make any sense?"
Ursula considered this and then nodded. "They can obviously do something, Highness."
"So, the second thing happened after the next battle they fought. On their way back to the palace, on the road away from South Slip, which is the ferry port across the Sirrel from Dekarran, they were set upon by large numbers of those of Yod. After the battle they were too few, too tired and had too many injured to manage and yet someone must needs go for help. Garia thought to tie her sash and that of Prince Keren to a dranakh's harness. Both had blood stains but not of their own blood. Then she put her hand on its head and thought of what she wanted it to do... and it immediately did it. It went off back to the ferry port and the message was plain enough for all to understand."
"I am astonished. Highness, I never considered anything like that... But this is Anmar and what you have just told me could easily be possible. You think one of them might be trying to talk to me somehow?"
Eriana grinned again. "You are the one they want to speak to, Ursula. You tell me!"
"But why me?"
The Princess shrugged. "I do not know. Perhaps it is because you come from another world, perhaps something else. Let me know what you find out."
"Of course, Highness."
* * *
There was a surprise visitor at the hostel after the evening meal.
Eriana asked the female servant, "Who did she ask for? How did she name herself?"
"Your Highness, she asked for the healer in your party. Her name is Kylina, she is a member of the Town Council."
Eriana turned to Ursula who replied, "She was the one who ran the stall where we bought -" she thought fast, "- some extra tie-sided panties today. She told us she was a Councilwoman. Perhaps it was about Denethar, we mentioned him in passing."
Ursula's look stopped Eriana from asking further questions. Instead the Princess turned to the servant. "If she may join us, we are all decent."
"As you desire, Your Highness."
Kylina knocked on the door a short time later. Bennet let her in and she curtseyed awkwardly to Eriana.
"Your Highness, I have two reasons to come here tonight. Firstly, after the mistress had gone I thought about the young girl and realized that she had no nightwear." She held up a small bundle. "Here are two nightgowns of a suitable size for her. If you would accept them with my compliments."
"Mistress Kylina, I will accept them on behalf of young Kaldara but I will pay what you are owed. If you must needs buy and sell to survive, aye, and sew garments as well, then I would not have you go hungry on my account. How much?"
"Highness, you are gracious. A Fenik is all I would ask."
Eriana paid the coin herself before asking, "And the second matter?"
"Highness, I learned that your ship departs tomorrow for the city of Yod and I would offer advice."
"What advice?"
"That you and your crew should wear uniforms when you arrive, Your Highness. Yod is a land in conflict and, though there are troops from other lands there to keep the peace, the situation can become difficult. I learned that you and your crew have uniforms, I saw your swordswoman in the marketplace today," she pointed at Bennet, "and I would suggest that your colors may serve to deter anyone who seeks mischief to you and your people."
"Rather than appear attired as travelers, you mean?"
Kylina nodded. "It is as you say, Highness. Travelers might be seen as an easy target for robbers, Your Highness, but uniforms will tell them that a strong lord is behind you."
"And so he is, Mistress Kylina. Your information is worth payment, I deem, if it keeps trouble away from us."
Eriana searched through the coin pouch she had just used and handed over a coin.
"A Palarandi Crown? Your Highness, this is too much!"
"You have been of service to those of Palarand, Mistress Kylina. If you do not want to keep it all then put the rest into a fund for the poor."
Kylina curtseyed low. "As you command, Your Highness."
Eriana stood. "I would offer you something more valuable, Mistress Kylina. Wait you there until I fetch something."
She walked into their communal dressing chamber.
Ursula took the opportunity to ask, "Mistress, have you had time to mention Denethar to the Council?"
"Mistress, I have, but investigating him might be difficult. I do not know who he trades with, legally or illegally, or how many might take his coin. I can only speak with those I trust." She held up a hand. "If and when you return to Tobeligo, Mistress, I might have answer for you."
"That was all I wanted to know, Mistress."
When Eriana returned she had a piece of folded parchment in her hand. "Mistress Kylina, I have heard of your interest in our attire. Accept this document signed by myself and my aide Lord Kalmenar of Palarand, on behalf of those of Palarand, which entitles you to produce and to sell skirts which contain box pleats anywhere within the writ of Tobeligo law."
"Your Highness, I shall remember your kindness always. If those of Tobeligo may be of service to you at some future time, you have only to ask."
"Thank you, Mistress. And now we must retire, we have an early start."
"Then I should bid you all good-night. Your Highness."
Kylina curtseyed again and let herself out of the chamber.
The short voyage from Tobeligo to Yod takes longer than expected and it is early evening before they are found a berth. In the women's hostel wrong assumptions are made, resulting in a bar brawl, before a tense confrontation occurs with someone who should know better!
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
44 - Conflict at Yod
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
There was a stir when the women from the Visund came
down to breakfast the following morning. This was because Bennet and
Semma were wearing their Palace Guard uniforms, though they had left
their swords behind in their chamber. They would not don their
weapons until after they had finished eating.
Eriana was also wearing Palace Guard uniform, as although she was not technically a member, she had been provided one for use when her brother Torulf had arrived unexpectedly at the palace. There had been some amusement when she, Garia, Danisa and Helga had all appeared to confuse and confront the Crown Prince of Einnland. Eriana had been advised to take the uniform on her journey as it was, in fact, the only uniform she owned, other than the accidental Captain's 'ship dresses' she had acquired in Joth.
Ursula, Tyra and Kaldara were not wearing uniform as they had joined the ship's company after it had departed Palarand. Ursula and Tyra were again wearing ship dresses while Kaldara wore the green dress purchased the previous day. Kalmenar and Hashim had already arrived and had caused another stir, since they were both dressed in tee shirts and shorts, although of different shades compared to the women's dresses.
One item that made the locals look askance was that they all had bare legs. Bargemen who dressed in rough tops and kilts might not wear the customary tights but here were two men and six women showing their bare skin to the world. However, the party was leaving after breakfast and so the disturbing sight could be borne for the bell or two that remained of their residence.
The men were waiting at a large table for eight and stood as the women joined them, bowing to Eriana.
Kalmenar greeted them. "Good morning, Your Highness, good morning, ladies."
"Good morning, Kalmenar, Hashim," she replied. "I trust all is well?"
"I have no complaints, Highness," the small diplomat replied. Hashim nodded in agreement.
"Then let us be seated. I am anxious to be on our way this morning."
The women joined the men and all selected seats, waiting until Eriana sat before seating themselves. The servers began setting out the staple breakfast foods: grain porridge, sliced meats, fruits, cheese and bread. There were, of course, copious supplies of pel and small-beer available to drink, along with fruit juice when requested.
Kalmenar asked Ursula, "Mistress, I trust that you have suffered no further ill effects from yesterday?"
Ursula reached for a dish of sliced fruit as she replied, "I think so, My Lord. I do not remember waking last night, though the others tell me that I was restless."
"Ah. If I may venture, Mistress, you do appear a little tired this morning. Mayhap you will have a restful journey on the ship today to help recover your strength."
"It is possible. I do not feel this morning what I felt yesterday so it might be fading, whatever it was. I have no doubt that a little fresh air on the river will help."
Eriana asked, "Kalmenar, do you have any idea what we must expect when we reach the city of Yod?"
He set down his goblet of small beer. "Highness, I do not. I have traveled there once, as I have mentioned, but the Ascendancy is no more and, if Tobeligo is any guide to conditions, I do not know what we might face. All I can suggest is to be prepared for anything and everything."
Eriana nodded. "Aye. We have in part prepared by wearing what we have chosen, on the advice of Kylina the Councilwoman. It is unfortunate that we have little idea of conditions in the capital."
"As you say, Highness. The fact that Tobeligo chose to break away - which choice I will neither approve nor condemn - means that they now have less knowledge of what happens in the rest of Yod. If you may treat today's journey as, perhaps, you did when you arrived at Plif, Highness."
Eriana snorted over her own goblet of small beer. "Hah! I trust that I will be better informed now than I was then! I cannot believe how innocent we all were." She added, "But I understand your point, My Lord. Caution shall be our rule today."
At the end of breakfast they went out into the courtyard to find that some of the crew had arrived with two light carts to transport their chests back to the ship.
"Good morrow, lads! Any ill effects that I should know about?"
Folke answered, "Greetings, Captain. Some sore heads, should be all right once we sail."
"Why am I not surprised? Very well. If we may go and fetch what we will need on the ship you can then come and collect our chests."
"Of course, Captain."
The women retired to their chamber to collect items they might need during the voyage. For Eriana, Bennet and Semma it would be mainly their weapons while Ursula collected her medical basket. Tyra brought the bag of 'feminine' needs while Kaldara carried the satchel of bandages. Once down in the courtyard again the men, escorted by female staff, ascended to bring down their chests.
While they waited Ursula noticed a flash of white on Eriana's front. She remembered that the Princess, despite her previous protestations about needlework, had spent part of the previous evening sewing, although what it was had not been obvious. Now it was revealed as a rectangle of canvas, worked into a tube and slid snugly over the front of her baldric. On the tube, which was in effect an epaulet, were roughly sewn four bars of black fabric and, in the empty space at the top, a crude hull, mast and square sail had been added in ink.
I should have realized. If she wears that guardswoman's uniform with her baldric there is no place for rank insignia... which she might need when we arrive at Yod.
Once all were ready the procession walked out of the gate and down to the dock area. Once again the uniforms and bare legs excited comment from those they passed. Inside the gated docks there was no ceremony, unlike the previous departure, and the party simply walked along the pontoons until they reached the Visund, already bustling with men and activity.
Lars detailed several men off to help bring the chests while the women went aboard and found their usual positions.
"I did not think that there would be so many men on board this ship. I was surprised when I reached the ship that first time but by then I was committed."
Ursula replied, "As I understand it, Kaldara, these ships have traditionally been used for many different purposes. The reason there are so many men on board the Visund is that they are all sworn retainers of Her Highness. Essentially this ship is a warship and her men will fight to attack or defend, according to circumstance. But, with a much smaller crew, ships like this can be used to carry cargo. I think that slightly smaller versions are used for fishing as well."
Semma added, "This is not all those who arrived on the Visund, Kaldara. Some have found new lives in Palarand while others perished on that first long voyage Her Highness made, when she herself escaped from her father. I think that there may have been more than fifty aboard, perhaps even sixty."
"Fifty? Maker!"
"Do not forget," Semma added, "that all those folk must needs take all their provisions with them, since they could catch fish, aye, but not cook them. Nor could they drink the water of the sea, which is salt and poison to man. As well as all their gear that meant there would be sacks of food and barrels of beer filling this hull."
"Could not cook! No, I suppose that they could not, could they? The ship would burn. Do you know how long that first journey was?"
Semma shook her head. "I do not. A number of days, perhaps eight or ten, on the wide ocean beyond the end of the Sirrel. There were bad storms, too, which sank some of the ships that her father sent to catch them and nearly sank this one."
A disbelieving Kaldara swung to Bennet with a questioning look.
The older guardswoman shook her head. "I cannot make answer, child. I know that Her Highness's journey from her homelands to mine was terrible, but much of that story has become myth and legend. Even if you were to ask some of these men what happened, you would be told different tales, I deem."
"But that journey really happened?"
"Oh, aye, that much is known. I did see a glimpse of her when she first arrived at the palace, for by chance we passed in a corridor the first morning that she went to breakfast. Her attire was all wrinkled and stained, as though by the sea. Maybe one day all will be written down for others to read, and we will learn the truth."
"Let go aft!"
The women looked up to see Eriana on the stern deck with Tor. Everybody else settled down and watched as the lines were thrown from the pontoon. The Visund came free and, with four oars each end, began to rotate in the channel between the lines of moored boats. Once pointed in roughly the right direction the other oars were slid into place and the ship was rowed out to the wide river.
This early in the day there was still a slight mist on the surface, making the further shore indistinct. Despite that, the customary twin-hulled ferries had already begun to make the crossing to and from Wabern in Ferenis. Once sufficiently far from the shore Tor swung the ship upstream and the sail was lowered, allowing the oars to be brought inboard and stowed.
"How long will it take us to reach Yod?"
"I was told that the capital is about a half day's ride from Tobeligo," Ursula replied. "Of course the river goes another way so it may take longer. I think Her Highness expects us to arrive at mid or late afternoon, that is what I heard her discuss with Hashim yesterday."
"Oh. Yes, I recall now." Kaldara pointed. "We head towards that side of the valley and turn, then turn again, is that right?"
Ursula examined her memory of the map in her head. "Yes, that is about right. We may have to stop somewhere for lunch and an afternoon nap, though. Usually we do. We are not in a great hurry to arrive anywhere."
"As you say."
* * *
Kaldara had been surprised and somewhat shocked when the ship had been run up onto the sandy bank at lunchtime.
"But we will be stuck!"
Brodgar gave her a grin. "We do this all time, Mistress. No wharf or fancy docks where we come from."
Her brow furrowed. "But how- Never mind. You know what you are doing, of course."
"Yah. Done all the time. Does not hurt ship." With another grin he added, "Usually."
There had been a wharf-like structure at the small inlet where they had paused to take lunch, but it was choked with local craft. Eriana had simply shrugged and pointed to the nearby shoreline. Now men came walking down the fine sand to greet the strange arrivals.
The oldest of the men called up, "Ho, the ship! Are you in trouble?"
Eriana climbed into the bow to greet them. "Good day to you. I saw that your wharves were full so chose the beach. It is not a problem, we will take no damage. Can you provide lunch here for us or do we make our own?"
"Mistress, we can provide lunch," the man replied, "but you are a large crew, it may take time. Are you troops? I do not know that uniform."
"We may be considered troops, aye, but today we are merely travelers on the river. We began this journey in Dekarran some weeks ago and are exploring upstream. What is this place?"
"Our village is named Whyrram's Wharf, Mistress. Dekarran? In Palarand? Mistress, you have come a long way."
"Aye, and we have many more marks to go before we may return to Palarand. If I may introduce myself. I am Captain Eriana, owner of this ship which is named the Visund."
"A woman owning such a vessel? To be captain would be considered unusual in these parts but for such as you to own a ship is unheard of! I am named Jarvel, Captain. If anyone could be said to order the use of our wharf, it would be me. You and your crew are welcome in Whyrram's Wharf, Captain."
"Thank you, Master Jarvel. We can provide a certain amount of food for the lunch should your village be short. We do not desire to cause you any difficulty."
Jarvel shrugged. "As you desire, Captain. It may be that your provisions will offer a welcome change since, as you must realize, our usual diet is very simple."
"Then I will choose some foods that you and your people may enjoy."
Eriana turned and issued a stream of Norse at Adin, who turned and began giving instructions while pointing at sacks and barrels.
Jarvel called up, "If I may ask, Captain, what numbers are you?"
"We are presently twenty, no, twenty-three men and six women. By your leave, I doubt not your honor but I must needs leave a few to mind my ship."
Jarvel bowed. "Captain, we are but poor fisher folk who sometimes offer food and shade for passing river craft. We would not dare interfere with your ship since word would soon travel the river and few others would call here. Plainly put, Captain, the coin we get from travelers is essential to our survival."
"As you say. I have no problem offering coin for your coffers. My men will come ashore to stretch their legs now, and to bring our food to the village."
"As you desire, Captain."
A large area had been set aside between the wharf and the huts of the village for occasional visitors such as themselves to use. It held a number of rough tables and benches, all protected by simple framed awnings of striped cloth. The men all streamed towards the tables and found seats. Jarvel eyed them with interest and a certain amount of trepidation.
"Your men look strange to my eye, Captain. Forgive me, we have had troops from several countries pass through here and your men do not look like any of them. That coloration... you cannot surely be of Palarand?"
Eriana grinned. "Not originally, no. We come from a land much further south, beyond the Palumaks -"
"I beg your pardon, Captain, what are the Palumaks?"
"Why, they are a large range of high mountains on the south side of the mouth of the Sirrel. Our land lies on the coast beyond those. However, I came to Palarand for... personal reasons... in my ship with my retainers and we have all given our oaths to King Robanar."
Jarvel's eyebrows rose. "Robanar? Indeed? Is he as fierce as people say?"
"I found him a considerate and thoughtful man, though others may view him differently." She gave the man a meaningful glance. "He became fierce when those of Yod invaded his lands, to seek to abduct or kill his people."
"Ah?" The man returned her gaze steadily. "Captain, you speak of our Overlords, those who named themselves the Ascendancy. Now their blight has been lifted from our lands and we shall trouble no-one in the river valley in times to come. We of Yod's soil have found our voice and will not be so easily led in future."
Eriana glanced quickly around the village. "Did you have any trouble here?"
A shrug. "Many of our young men were taken for the war, Captain. A few have returned already, some more may do so when everything quietens down again. Those of Ferenis came here early on, once they had crossed the river, but they expected no resistance and got none, especially when we told them what we had done with the local Commissioner."
"Commissioner?"
"Yes, Captain, the official sent by the Overlords to rule us. When word came that Yod City was in disarray, we and others from two other villages he governed took the Commissioner down to the wharf and held him down in the river until he stopped kicking." Jarvel grinned. "Since he cared not to give us orders after that, we decided to conduct our own affairs in the traditional manner. Much better!"
Eriana grinned back but the grin faded. "You know that some of your folk may never return? Oh, I do not speak of the dead, but some of those who survived, perhaps as prisoners, have chosen to remain in other lands. You may never see them again, never even learn of their fate."
Jarvel was solemn. "I understand you, Captain. We always expect that not all will return from battle but your news means that, if others do not return, then we may have problems bringing in the harvest." He nodded. "I thank you for your information, Captain, it means that I must needs speak with the other village elders to decide what to do."
A young man approached and Jarvel asked, "What is it, Marsel?"
"The party is so large that we must needs get some more wood for the fire, Jarvel. Brodo sent me to ask you which pile to take from."
"Ah." He turned. "Captain, if you would excuse me. The quicker the fires are dealt with the quicker your men will have their lunch."
"If I may offer," Eriana said, "my men will help if you need wood moving."
Jarvel brightened. "Of course, Captain, and thank you again."
She walked towards the tables, issuing a stream of orders in Norse.
* * *
On the river once more it was hot and sticky. There was a thin haze of cloud high above, making the westering sun look murky but not appreciably offering any respite from the heat. The wind had dropped, too, meaning that the Visund limped along slower than Eriana thought was prudent.
«Shall we use our oars, Tor? If we keep at this pace it will be dark before we get anywhere!»
The steersman looked up at the sail. «A few moments longer, Captain. See,» he pointed north-east, «the clouds thicken, perhaps a squall comes. We will get wet but can take advantage of the wind it will bring.»
The squall failed to arrive but the wind did rise, bringing clean, fresher air from the distant sea. The sail bellied out once more and the ship surged ahead. Soon a forest of black poles appeared on their left bank, indicating a port of some kind. Hashim came to the rear of the ship.
"Captain, the harbor of Yod approaches to your left. When I was here last, as a free man, there were special pontoons reserved for foreign vessels. I do not know if that rule still applies."
"Hmm." Eriana's lips set. "How shall we find out? Do they use the flag system here?"
"They do, Captain." Hashim nodded. "If I may borrow one of your distance-seeing devices."
"What? Oh, my telescope. Of course." Eriana opened the lid of the case and pulled out the brass tube, handing it to Hashim. "What do you seek?"
"Why, any man waving a flag, Captain!"
There was such a man, he had flags, but they were held crossed in front of his legs.
"Captain, he says not here, go further along."
Eriana peered into the distance. "There are a lot of pontoons here, and most of them are busy. Did anyone tell them that we were coming?"
"Surely, Captain, but," Hashim shrugged, "that would have been from Tobeligo, of course, and any message may not have arrived - or not considered important even if it did arrive." He explained, "If those of Yod still govern the harbor they may consider foreign vessels beneath their notice. Before the war they certainly did, though they desired our wines and grain sorely enough. However, if they are not in charge then others may have chosen to order the port a different way."
Eriana sighed and swung to peer briefly at the sun, now heading for the western hills.
"I like this not," she decided. "If we see another man with flags I will heave to nearby and we may have a conversation. I want to get us properly moored as soon as possible. We have two or three hours of light left but we still have to find accommodation and settle ourselves in our quarters, wherever they may be, before it becomes too dark."
"Hours, Captain? I do not know this word."
She grinned down at the pilot. "Think of it as a little shorter than a bell, Hashim. In Einnland, and in... other lands, the days are divided into twenty-four, not twenty. It is the way I and all my crew are accustomed to thinking of time."
"Ah? As you say, Captain. Look, yonder! There is a flag-man."
Eriana turned. "Tor? Steer us near enough to talk. Can you hold us against the current?"
The steersman considered. "Yes, Captain, if I trim the sail slightly."
Tor shouted instructions to the men and the sail was trimmed, both in angle and in length, as he gently steered the Visund close to the pontoon with the man on it. That worthy, who wore a bright uniform, watched with interest and, once the ship was balanced against both river flow and wind, nodded approvingly.
"What vessel?" he shouted.
Eriana looked at him and then turned to Tor. «I do not know that uniform. Do you recognize it?»
«I might, Captain. Do you remember when we were forced to come to land after we tangled with that big fish? Where that Duke was? It seems to me the colors may be those of the men at that town.»
Her eyes narrowed. "Duke Jarwin? Virgulend? Aye," she nodded, "you could be right. At least he is not a Yodan."
She turned back. "We are the Visund, of Palarand, on our way upriver. Where must we moor?"
"If you would excuse me." The man leafed through a wad of parchment notes looking for the name. "Ah, this is..." He looked up abruptly. "The Visund, you say? Are you sure? We did not expect..?" The confusion on his face was evident.
Eriana grinned at him. "Not what you expected? I have heard that before. Where must we moor? Time passes and we must needs find accommodation and so on."
"As you say." He pulled a face. "You are so large..." He thought then pointed. "There is a pole painted red. Turn there and there should be space on your right."
"My thanks to you."
Tor leaned on the steering oar, changing the direction slightly, and this was enough to overcome the current and cause the Visund to ease upstream. After the red pole, Tor pulled the oar hard over and the bow turned into the wind. As it was now facing upwind, several oars were deployed to draw the ship among the other craft moored to either side. The sail, no longer of use, was lowered and stowed.
"There! Head for that space there!"
The Visund was large enough to overlap the pontoons at either end but there was just space to fit in between the other craft moored on that side. As two sailors jumped across carrying mooring lines two men ran along the pontoons from the land end.
"Stop! You cannot moor here! This space is reserved for an important visitor!"
Eriana rolled her eyes but waited until the mooring lines were secure before she jumped across.
"We were told to moor here by one of your colleagues. Who would be so important that such a space would be reserved for them?"
The two were wearing similar uniforms to the man she had spoken to before but neither was obviously an officer. The older of the two bridled at her tone.
"I do not see how it is any of your business, Mistress." He glanced at the Visund with a curled lip. "Someone who would not be seen on such a crude vessel, I deem. Why, it does not even have a deck, let alone a cabin fit for a noble!"
He failed to notice the glare she bestowed upon him. "I suppose you will tell me that you are expecting a Princess from Palarand. I am she."
"What? Impossible! I cannot believe..." He ran out of words, just staring at Eriana.
"Since you refuse to believe me, I must needs fetch my credentials."
She turned and hopped back on board, disappearing among the crew to the stern of the ship. Shortly she returned, sword in place and accompanied by Lars, Eirik and Tor, all fully armed, together with Kalmenar. The two men goggled at the sword hilt looming over her right shoulder and the several large, fearsome men accompanying her.
"I am Eriana, by the decree of King Robanar styled Princess of Palarand. This is my ship and these are my men." She gestured. "Here is Baron Kalmenar, my diplomatic advisor."
Kalmenar moved forward and held out a scroll. "If you may observe, His Majesty provides this document to prove Her Highness's title."
With nerveless fingers the man took the scroll, unrolled it and read. His color paled as they watched. He managed to hand it back without dropping it in the water.
He bowed low, his companion following. "A thousand pardons, Your Highness! If you will forgive my mistaken assumption. We are not so used to receiving visitors of such rank in Yod's port, I assumed that your vessel would be the barge of a noble, not this, this..."
"...Ship like those which customarily sail the wide oceans of Anmar? Indeed. So, are you content that we may moor here? I am anxious to settle myself, my party and my crew before it becomes too dark."
"Of course, Your Highness! This berth was provided for your... vessel... so of course you may use it." His gaze swung from end to end of the Visund. "Though we did not expect it to be so large."
She sniffed. "I have seen galleys of like size."
"As you say, Your Highness, but they have mooring differently arranged further along the port." He licked his lips. "If I may ask how many of you there are?"
"We are presently six women and twenty-three men. What provision is there for guarding my ship? As you may see, everything we possess is open to view. Some we will take to our lodgings, of course, but I would not wish for the rest to be stolen while we slept."
The other man spoke. "Highness, we of the port administration are all of Virgulend. We are honor bound to provide a secure watch over all the craft that come here. You may have no fear over the safety of your goods and materials."
Her eyes narrowed. "You so swear?"
"Highness, I do."
Kalmenar said, "Heard and witnessed."
Eriana told the man, "By chance we spent a night in Virgulend as guests of Duke Jarwin. It was not a pleasant experience and we were not impressed by the honor of those who attended him. Be aware that I and my men will hold you and yours to your word."
The man gulped and bowed.
Eriana turned and issued instructions to the crew. Tor and Lars went back on board to organize the exodus. Once space had been made the other female members of the crew climbed off and Eriana turned to the men.
"If you would lead the way."
Although the layout of the port was different the arrangement was much as it had been in Tobeligo. The women had been provided a room together in the local transit hostel while most of the men were billeted some distance away in what had once been a barracks for Yod's waterborne forces. The six went immediately down to the bathing facilities and, by the time they had returned, their chests had been delivered.
Bennet asked, "What should we wear this evening, Highness?"
Eriana considered. "For now I would suggest that we wear what we wore earlier. There is something about this place I do not like. Better that we show them we are like them than that they consider us their entertainment."
Semma remarked, "It is certainly noisy enough."
Ursula peered out through one of the windows, which overlooked the central courtyard. There were a number of men, mugs and steins in hand, standing around talking, while bright lights came from the open doors to her left. There was certainly a noticeable level of noise coming from the common room.
"Highness, I am not sure that what we wear is going to make any difference. There are a lot of men down there and it sounds as if most of them have already begun drinking heavily."
Eriana shrugged. "They are there, we must needs eat. We will do whatever we must."
Bennett asked, "Swords, Highness?"
"To eat our meal? I do not think so. Bring your eating knives and your forks, of course, but we go to eat, not to do battle."
There were no servants about when they emerged from their chamber so Eriana led them down the front stairs and automatically turned towards the common room. At their appearance in the doorway there was a sudden hush and then a cheer.
"Hey, lads! Look! The entertainment has arrived!"
Oh, no. Ursula suddenly realized what the six would look like. There were no marks of unit or rank so the three in uniforms with short skirts could have been taken for dancers, while Tyra, Kaldara and herself would have been 'company' for the men, perhaps later.
One of the men approached and confirmed her fears. "Shall we clear a space for your dances, Mistress?"
Eriana looked coldly at him. "We are not here for you, but to obtain food. Stand away from us!"
By that time others had pushed forward until they were surrounded on three sides by men who had only one thing on their minds.
"Why bother with dances?" one said. "That big one will take some wrestling so I'll have first go with that smaller one to her right."
Another said, "I prefer something a little softer myself. How about that little one on the end?"
Ursula instinctively put a protective arm around Kaldara.
His mate replied, "I didn't take you for a child botherer, Kento! She's way too young for the likes of you. Now that one, she's more your size and I'll bet she has the experience too."
A biggish man somewhat more inebriated than his mates leaned forward, his hand grasping. "C'mere, darling, gi'us a jig!"
Eriana backhanded him, sending him sprawling on the floor and scattering some of the others. At the same time, Bennett and Semma went into ready positions, hands poised.
There was a hush in the room.
"What's happening?" asked someone from the back.
"Dunno - she just attacked him - I think."
Another voice, a little less befuddled, suddenly spoke up. "Hey, they ain't dance outfits, they're uniforms."
There was some scattered laughter at this. One shouted, "Women? In uniforms? You're crazy!"
Someone else said, "Maybe not. Remember our Women's Auxiliary outfit, though these ain't dressed right for that."
"Dead right there," a third stated. "What decent women would go around showing that much leg?"
Someone else snickered. "Looks about just the right amount of leg to me!"
Eriana had had enough. "SILENCE! I am Princess Eriana of Palarand and this is the uniform of the Palace Guard. We are NOT your entertainment!"
"If you ain't, then wotcha doin' in 'ere, then? Are you sure you ain't got time for a dance or two?"
"Tsss!" Eriana turned. "It seems that we have come to the wrong chamber. Let us go and see if -"
"Mistress?"
A female hostel servant had caught up to them. Eriana turned some more and began to glare, then realized that she was dressed exactly the same as Bennett and Semma. Who would know who was the leader of the party, if any?
A hand reached out and yanked Ursula back into the room. "Give us a kiss, darling."
Bennet took the arm the hand was attached to, twisted, bent and sent the owner flying into the crowd. There was a roar. "Fight!"
Ursula backed rapidly towards the door as the others hastily escaped through it. At the same time she saw other men come in through the side doors into the courtyard, some carrying heavy sticks. The servant's voice took her attention.
"Mistresses, you should not have gone in there, we have a separate dining chamber for any female guests. If you would all follow me."
One of the newcomers came through the doorway after them. He was wearing a white neckerchief. He saw the servant and spoke.
"This time we got here before it went too far. Who are these?"
Eriana answered. "I am Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and these ladies are my companions. We came down to seek food."
The man's eyes widened but he nodded and then bowed. "Your Highness, I apologize for the disturbance." He winced as the 'disturbance' could be loudly heard behind him. "If you would follow Minna, she will take you to a safe chamber." He shook his head. "There are too many troops in the city, I deem, and all want what men have always wanted. Ah, have you any men of your own staying at the hostel?"
"They are all staying elsewhere, my man. Your name?"
He bowed. "Darro, late of Smordan and in charge of the street patrol. If you would excuse me, Your Highness."
"Of course." As the man bowed and turned away Eriana said to the servant, "If you would lead the way."
Minna led them back to the stairway and off in the other direction. There was a large chamber overlooking the courtyard with tables and chairs. Beyond that Ursula could see a dining room which took up the whole of the width of the building, but there were few travelers presently in it.
"If you and your party would be seated, Your Highness, I will ask Cook to come and tell you what is available." She made an apologetic face. "I regret the food may not be of the standard you are accustomed to."
Eriana waved a hand. "We are seasoned travelers, Minna. We have eaten with Kings, Princes and Dukes but also in many places like this one and, occasionally, food we have prepared and cooked ourselves over open fires in wild places. I doubt not that your kitchen can provide a meal that will satisfy all of us."
Minna curtseyed, pleased that Eriana had used her name. "You are gracious, Your Highness. If I may depart to the kitchen."
The servant returned after a short while with an older man who bowed towards the table.
"I am told one of you is a Princess?"
"That would be me," Eriana confirmed. "What can you offer us?"
"Your Highness, welcome to our hostel. Today we have roast brifil and gavakhan, regrettably most of the vegetables will be boiled rather than roasted." He was also apologetic. "With all those mouths in the common room to feed it is difficult to provide our customary choice. For the same reason I cannot offer you fish today nor any of the several pies that we have made in the past. There is plenty of fruit to follow, and, if I may, I will reserve the better of our cheeses for you to end with."
Eriana nodded. "It will be good enough. What have you to drink? I do not like wine but the beer the men drink will suffice. My companions may have other desires."
"Of course, Your Highness. We have some local white wine, red wine from Faralmark, small beer, pel, of course and we may be able to provide some fruit juice, though I must needs check my stock before naming the choices."
Selections were made and Cook and servant returned to their duties. Before they could return, a commotion was heard in the corridor, resulting in four men wearing a different uniform entering the chamber. Their leader was a short, young man with a close-cut black beard who was obviously in charge of the group. He looked at the women seated around the table and put his hands on his hips.
"Who the kavak are you? Who gave you permission to come to this hostel and cause trouble? It is difficult enough for us to keep order here without some troupe of dancing girls getting the men excited. Name yourselves and tell me your business in Yod, or I'll have you thrown out!"
Eriana rose to her full height and stared at the newcomer. "If you had bothered to ask, the hostel owner would have told you that I am Princess Eriana of Palarand and that my business here is my own. This, should you not know, is the uniform of the Palace Guard and these two are members of that Guard."
"Pah! Princess of Palarand? Impossible! I know the palace well, since my father serves King Robanar. I know the uniform of the Palace Guard which, it is true, your attire somewhat resembles, but I do not think that anyone would be foolish enough to admit women to it. I also know the two daughters of the King, Elizet and Malann, and I know that both have married and moved away. He has no other daughters, only a son."
"That is no longer true. Prince Keren has taken a wife who is now Princess Garia of Palarand." The man started. "For myself," Eriana continued, "I am the daughter of another King, estranged from my father, and I and my men have been granted sanctuary in Palarand as reward for a task done during the war. Robanar has graciously permitted me to retain my style and title. Who are you, who know so much about Palarand and its peoples? I did not see you at Garia's wedding."
He grimaced at hearing Garia's name, but replied. "I am Count Marlin of Brikant, and I am Under-Marshal of the troops controlling the docks of Yod. You may speak of Palarand matters as though you are familiar with them but I do not believe any of what you say. I would have proof of your words before I accept your presence in this place!"
As the Visund reaches Yod Ursula finds that her responsibilities have broadened. In addition to a seemingly never-ending search for medicinal herbs, unexpected information prompts her to try and make contact with another, unknown transferee from Earth.
On arrival at the city of Yod misunderstandings have caused a brawl and a confrontation. Eriana faces up to Marlin of Brikant, who is in charge of the port troops, and who does not believe her story! It is up to Ursula and Tyra to find a way out of the impasse - in a city where anyone can be an enemy.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
45 - Evening Excursion
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Eriana looked furious as Marlin's words sunk home. Her angry
response was cut short by Ursula's hand upon her arm.
"Highness, I can see how it might look. The only way this might be resolved is to find Lord Kalmenar. Is he with your men?"
Marlin started. "Kalmenar? He is here?"
Eriana asked, "You know him? Will you take his word, since you will not take mine?"
"I know Lord Kalmenar slightly..." He considered how to address Eriana, ending with, "Your Highness," out of politeness. "He has visited my father once or twice on business for the King. What is he to you?"
"He joins me on my ship as diplomatic advisor -"
"Your ship!"
"Aye, I am owner and captain of the former Einnland vessel Visund. We travel upstream along the Sirrel exploring its peoples, who are new to those who sail with me."
Marlin stared at her. "You are telling me that you are a Princess of my own land, you own a ship and you are exploring the Sirrel? And yet you say that Lord Kalmenar joins you on this ship of yours, sailing the river, which all know well? A strange tale indeed, and very little of it believeable! You have a foreign accent," he then pointed at Ursula, "and so do you! Mayhap you are spies of some kind, come to make mischief here in Yod."
Eriana glared back. "You have not answered my question, little man. Will you accept the word of Lord Kalmenar?"
Marlin considered before nodding. "Aye, I will... if he exists at all. Where is it that he is supposed to be lodged?"
Eriana shrugged. "I know not the particulars. The city is crowded, so I was told, so my men were sent to the barracks which formerly held those who crewed the galleys of Yod. I assume that Kalmenar went with them."
"A likely tale, thought up to satisfy the moment! Fortunately it is one that is easy to prove or disprove." He turned. "Kalis, take Hammel and go to the Water Barracks. Ask there for this Kalmenar and bring him back here."
"That will likely get your men killed," Eriana remarked.
Marlin put out a hand to Kalis. "Wait!" To Eriana he asked, "Why?"
"Did I not tell you? My men will be there... all twenty-one of them, together with our pilot and Kalmenar. All are heavily armed and will likely resent one of their party being taken away, especially by troops they do not recognize."
"Twenty-one?"
"Aye." Eriana's smile was predatory. "Almost all of whom accompanied me when we took Boldan's Rock from those of Yod."
"Boldan's Rock!" Marlin's surprise showed. "But that was carried out by mercenaries, it was said. A whole regiment from a land beyond Plif."
"Hah! We were named a regiment, to make our status legal in Palarand and among the Allied forces. Only a small group, used to winter warfare and unusual tactics, could have done what we did. And you must needs remember the women of the Palace Guard who went with us, without whom we would never have enticed those of Yod to open the gates."
Marlin's eyes narrowed. "This tale becomes less likely the more you add to it... Mistress. Women of the Guard, indeed!"
Bennet shot up to stand beside Eriana. "My Lord! Danisa and Heldra were the two who went with Her Highness, they were two of the first to join His Majesty's guard. I have heard the tale of that assault from their own lips." Her eyes pierced Marlin. "If you name me liar, I would gladly meet you in the Ring and you shall see what manner of guardswomen we are!"
He almost flinched but stood his ground at the interruption. "You are?"
"I am Guardswoman Bennett and this is Guardswoman Semma," she said, gesturing. "I remember you coming to the palace last summer for the Harvest Festival with those of Brikant. At that time I worked in the kitchens and I heard many stories of your interest in Princess Garia... though she was Lady Garia then, of course."
It was all too much for Marlin to take in so the appearance of Minna with a tray, ready to set out the table, provided a welcome distraction. She curtseyed hesitantly in front of him.
"What is this?" he asked.
"My Lord, I was about to prepare the table for the evening meal for these travelers. Do you join them? Or are you about to..." take them away.
"My Lord." That was Eriana.
He turned again. "What?"
She flipped a hand. "Leave us. We have spent all day on the river, we are tired, we are hungry. Leave two men at the door if you must but we must needs eat. This matter can be resolved afterwards."
"But you cannot possibly -"
Eriana was implacable. "Leave us. Now. Let the hostel staff do what they must."
Well she certainly sounds like a Princess!
"As you wish." Marlin's complexion, already dark, darkened even more with his anger. "This conversation is not finished, though. I will be waiting."
He ushered his men out and then, with hand signs, stationed one either side of the doorway.
"Do not let them close the door. Let the hostel servants go in and out but inform me if any of those six should try to leave."
"Aye. Sir. Uh, you don't want us to go to the Water Barracks now?"
"No. As you have just heard, that would not be wise."
"Sir, if we are here, where will you be?"
Marlin looked either way, hearing the commotion in the common room and the relative peace of the dining room. He jerked a thumb.
"We'll go in there. It is a little early to eat but as they are serving we may as well take advantage. We'll eat quickly and then we can spell you while you and Hammel have your meal. Clear?"
"Yes, sir. Uh, what about afterwards?"
"I'll think of something while we eat. The circumstance has become... unusual."
"As you say, sir."
Marlin led his remaining man into the dining room, where they were immediately spotted by the head servant. The man rapidly walked the length of the room and bowed.
"My Lord. Another brawl in the common room, I assume?"
"As you say," Marlin answered shortly. "I am here," he chose his words carefully, "for another reason which requires me to remain for a while. I understand that you have six women guests newly arrived."
"Aye, My Lord, they are taking their meal in the chamber which was to your left just before you entered here. Is there some problem?"
"Mayhap. If I may ask, who have they told you that they are?"
"Why, a Princess from Palarand and her attendants, My Lord. She has this afternoon arrived on her own ship from Zemmera, that some now name Tobeligo. I do not know her business here, nor should such as I enquire." The man thought a moment and then added, "But you are also from Palarand, My Lord! Surely you should know one another?" He scratched his chin. "What was her name, now..?"
"I do not know her, and that is my problem," Marlin stated with a grimace. "Palarand is a large land and much may have happened since I was sent to wage war in the west. The tale they told me is so strange I have difficulty believing it and thus I have asked for proofs from them."
He added with a drawn breath, "However, they insist that they be fed before providing such proofs and I can understand that desire, if they did indeed arrive recently. I have stationed two men to prevent them absconding until after their meal. Since I can do nothing and go nowhere until they have finished eating, it occurred to me that you may be able to feed me and my men while we await their pleasure."
The man nodded. "An awkward circumstance, My Lord. How many of you are there?"
"Just myself and three men. If you can feed me and Benas quickly, we may then stand watch while the other two eat in turn."
"Done, My Lord." He gestured. "If you would take the table in the corner, nearest the door, I will have someone serve you directly."
Marlin nodded. "Thank you, my man."
As the man moved off, shouting orders, Marlin and Benas went to the table and sat down.
"My Lord," Benas said in a low voice. "those three women were wearing the colors of His Majesty. I have traveled to the palace with your father, I know their colors."
Marlin's head dropped. "I know. They would not be dressed that way had they been guardsmen, of course, but I have seen -" He paused, briefly overcome by fury. "I have seen Lady Garia dressed as the men of the guard and it was unseemly. Unpleasantly so. If His Majesty did see fit to admit women to their ranks then they would of course require different attire. But did you note the sashes they wore?"
"Aye, My Lord, and two wore the blue of the Guard, but I did not recognize the colors of the supposed Princess."
"They were those of the Royal House, Benas, but differenced with a white band, which I have never seen before." Marlin's stomach churned. "It seems that much has happened since I was last in Palarand and I am not sure that I care for any of it."
"My Lord, you think she is real?"
"Am I certain? No, but I deem it is very likely." He closed his eyes. "We have heard the tale of Boldan's Rock many times, from Ferens and Forgans as well as from those of Yod. I always thought those tales too wild to be possible. Twenty men and three women? I have visited that fortress. Impossible! We all assumed that when a Regiment was described, that is what it took." He waved a hand. "Enough. We will discover the truth once we are all fed."
A woman servant appeared with two bowls of gavakhan stew. She asked them what they would drink and then departed.
"My Lord," Benas said after a while.
"What?"
"Ah, I was only going to ask about the other three."
Marlin paused, spoon halfway to lips. "I have been wondering about them also. Two wear uncommon attire and there is a child with them. Is one of the party her parent? None seems old enough, except for that larger..." he forced out the word, "...guardswoman. Possibly."
"She did say she had men with her, My Lord. Perhaps the child belongs to one of them."
"We shall find out soon enough. This is all idle speculation. Eat."
"As you command, My Lord."
- - -
Minna approached the table and began setting out the usual dining accessories including napkins, serving spoons, a dish of salt, a plate of bread.
"Your Highness, if I may understand what has happened."
Eriana gave her a smile. "Nothing to trouble you or your service, Minna. A misunderstanding, I deem, which we will rectify once we are fed. Do you know that man?"
"Lord Marlin? Of course, Your Highness! He is presently in charge of port security. As we are one side of the main dock gate, so his guardroom is the other. He does not reside in our hostel but he and his men may take meals or drink in here from time to time."
"What manner of man is he?"
"To us, Your Highness, he is careful and correct. We have given him no trouble nor he us. How he behaves with others in the port or city I could not say."
"He seems angry to me."
"As you say, Your Highness. Like many who are made to go to foreign lands at the behest of others, I have assumed that he would rather be at his home. His manner can be short, it is true, but he is never malicious, at least to those he meets in the hostel, and he always apologizes if he thinks he has strayed too far."
"There is hope for him yet, then." At Minna's questioning look, Eriana explained, "We have never met, though we are both sworn to King Robanar. You have heard of Princess Garia, I suppose?"
"Of course, Your Highness! All of Yod know of her and fear her. A giant who bestrides Anmar, killing her enemies with a shaft of fire from her eyes."
Eriana snorted. "Garia is no giant, not even a monster. She is actually shorter than you, Minna, and I account her my closest friend. We resided together for some days before her wedding to Prince Keren. She has no magic weapons but only the skill of her hands and feet to defend herself. What she does have is an attitude that few women in Palarand, aye, that few in Alaesia possess, and that is a determination to better the lives of all of us, men and women. It is probably that which made those of Yod attempt to ensnare her and caused the war."
Minna goggled. "You know her?" Then she recovered. "Forgive me, Your Highness, it is not my place and I must bring your meals."
The Princess smiled. "I understand you, Minna. Neither I nor any of those who came with me from the lands of my father could believe that such a person could exist, nor that she could teach us so much! There is no time now but I could tell you of Garia if we have leisure another day."
Minna curtseyed. "As you wish, Your Highness." She almost ran out of the room.
Bennett seemed amused. "I think you have an admirer there, Highness."
Eriana snorted again. "If such are the tales told in Yod of Garia, it is no wonder they desire the truth!" Her expression faded. "But I was about to tell her that Garia spoke, briefly, of Lord Marlin. It was while we were at Blackstone House and she described the two Duchies of Brikant and Kendeven and their curious relationship to the crown.
"It seems that while most found Garia's presence in the Kingdom to be beneficial, and even looked forward to the changes she was bringing, Lord Marlin did not, though she did not provide detail. By that time he had already departed with an army of Brikants so she advised me that, when we eventually did meet, I must needs treat him with caution."
"As you say, Highness. I think most of the servants have stories to tell of the time Marlin came to the palace for the Harvest Festival. It was apparent that there was some... tension, perhaps, between himself and Lady Garia, though the stories varied."
Semma added, "But you did not expect to meet him here, Highness. It is unfortunate that he was not on that pontoon when Lord Kalmenar showed the King's warrant!"
"Just so, Semma. But what is done has been done." Eriana frowned. "I think that, from now on, ladies, we shall bring our swords to table each day. It may be inconvenient but should help to concentrate minds."
"It would probably have prevented what happened in the common room," Bennett suggested.
"As you say! But we shall not be caught again."
- - -
Minna had cleared away the meal dishes and plates and the women were sipping what remained of their drinks when Marlin made his entrance. He strode stiffly forward and stood to attention where everyone could see him. He bowed awkwardly.
"Your Highness," he said when he straightened, "if I may apologize for my behavior this evening. The alarm was given that a brawl had begun in the common room so I and my men, all that were available, must needs attend. When we arrived some spoke of a troupe of dancing girls and it is true that the regulations forbid such activities except with a permit and in certain premises. On being informed that you and your retainers were in here I entered and misunderstood the circumstances. It is now clear that you are not entertainers. I regret any inconvenience that I have caused to you or your ladies."
Eriana studied Marlin. "I accept your apology, Lord Marlin." The corners of her mouth twitched as she added, "Garia has spoken of you."
His cheeks flared red with shame. "I do not know what you are to her, Highness, nor what her circumstances are these days. I have spent too long in Yod."
"So it would seem, My Lord. Are you yet aware that she has married Prince Keren?"
He nodded but his expression showed disapproval. "Aye, of course, all the Valley knows that."
"It seems that she is no longer in Palarand, My Lord. She has departed on a special task for... the King. I do not know any more than that. As for my own tale, it is much more complicated. We are here in Yod some few days, doubtless you will learn all at the meetings I will have with those who govern this country now. If I may ask, who does govern this country now?"
"There is a committee of Marshals from each of the Allied lands who provide order in the capital, Highness. There is a civil authority but many in the city question its writ."
"Ah, I see. If you could provide a guide for me and my ladies tomorrow. I have some business, only a little, with those Marshals."
Marlin bowed. "Of course, Highness." He hesitated, then plunged on. "Highness, I regret that I must needs still ask for proofs. It is not my choice but the regulations require it." He shrugged. "If you were ordinary travelers, of little consequence, I might overlook the matter but you say that you are not merely a noble but of royal blood. Thus I must send to the Water Barracks if that is where your proof lies."
Ursula hurriedly put her hand on Eriana's arm again before the Princess could explode. "Highness, I know all about regulations and how they can interfere with everybody's lives. If the Lord permits, I will go to the Water Barracks with Tyra and speak with Lord Kalmenar."
"Tsss!" Eriana turned and gave Ursula a brief smile before giving her attention to Marlin. "Ursula is my personal healer, Lord Marlin. She and Kalmenar know each other well. If you should accompany her yourself to the barracks, as is proper, she will find him and he will offer proofs. I will give you my word that the rest of us will remain within the hostel, probably in our chamber."
Marlin frowned as he thought through this suggestion. "Who or what is Tyra?"
Ursula replied, "My Lord, she is my maid, my companion and assistant." She gestured at Tyra.
He looked briefly at Tyra before asking Ursula, "You are a foreigner, by your accent. Do you come from the same land as Her Highness?"
Ursula shook her head. "No, My Lord. I have never been to Palarand, I know almost nothing about it. Tyra and I joined the Visund in Joth."
Which is entirely the truth, though not all of it. I'll have to get creative if he asks me where I do come from!
Marlin thought this through but asked nothing more. He nodded then and came to a decision.
"Very well, Highness. My men and I have eaten while we awaited your pleasure, so Benas and I will accompany... your healer and her companion to the Water Barracks. By your leave, my other two men will remain here with your party. They will stay with you until we return, but they will not enter your sleeping chamber."
"As you say." Eriana was plainly annoyed by the situation. She smiled nastily. "I will spend the time in our chamber - writing a letter to His Majesty, describing your actions."
Ursula heard the convulsive swallow across the dining chamber.
She stood. "Highness? With your permission?"
Eriana waved a hand. "Aye. Go, Ursula. The quicker this stupidity is finished the better."
"Come on, Tyra."
Ursula and Tyra joined Marlin and Benas outside the dining chamber. The other two men took station either side of the door but Marlin ignored them, merely saying, "Follow me."
"Is it far?" she asked. "Do we need cloaks or something?"
"Not tonight, Mistress," he answered shortly. "It will be warm enough this evening to do what is needful. The barracks is inside another dock gate, the one formerly used by Yod's military. It is not far."
He led the way back to the dock gate and then set off along a road alongside a perimeter wall. It was now fully dark, with only the light of Annis presently in the sky to supplement the starlight. Lanterns hanging from iron brackets fixed to the wall to their left only gave a fitful light, flickering on the cobbles of the road. The other side of the road consisted of taverns, workshops, ship's chandlers and flop houses.
Ursula was surprised to see so many people about, since she knew that once darkness fell in Joth the streets would generally have emptied. The surprise was apparently mutual, since there were catcalls, invitations and curses coming from the idlers. The two men in uniforms beside them, one obviously an officer, kept Ursula and Tyra from being accosted, but Marlin became nervous.
"Your attire, Mistress, yours and that of your companion. I have not seen the like before. Is it a style from where you came from?"
"These? No, not at all!" Ursula considered what to say, then said merely, "They are a style from Joth, much favored by the ladies there. We find them very cool in this hot weather."
"The dress shows more of your legs than is customary. Mayhap it is that which attracts attention."
"If you say so. The length is a compromise to allow us to move freely around the deck of our ship."
Marlin edged the group closer to the wall, but this just meant that they could be seen better when they passed beneath a lantern.
"Where was it you said that you came from originally, Mistress?"
"I have not said."
They walked a few more steps until Marlin was forced to ask, "Where did you come from, Mistress?"
"A distant land named Alberta."
"I have not heard of that land. Where does it lie? To the south?"
"A very long way away, My Lord. I am not sure in which direction. Somewhere else entirely."
He stopped and turned to Ursula, his expression indistinguishable in the flickering light.
"That is exactly what she said!"
"I cannot help that, My Lord."
She heard his exasperated breath as he turned and resumed walking.
Later he asked, "She said that you are a healer."
"That is true, My Lord."
"What are you, then? Do you merely dabble in herbs, as the village wise women do, or can you do more?"
"My Lord, I can fix a broken leg, sew up battle wounds, even remove arrows or gunshot from the bodies of soldiers. Before I came to the Great Valley I worked in a... healing station, you might say, in a city much bigger than Yod is. I have even, on occasion, delivered babies. What I cannot do is cure ignorance or stupidity... or stubborn-ness."
His mouth closed with a click and they walked on in silence.
There were more guards outside the next gate, probably because there were more men going in and out of it, and they were checking them all before permitting them to pass.
"My Lord Marlin! Good evening, Sir." The guard saluted and eyed the two women. "If I may ask what you desire, Sir."
"A matter of regulations, Murek, regarding a ship which arrived this afternoon. Tell me, do you have a party of about twenty men here, newly arrived?"
"Sir, we have many men newly arrived here today."
Ursula offered, "These would be largish men, with lots of hair, most with beards, some of them with red hair. They would be speaking a different tongue."
"Oh, them!" Murek addressed Marlin. "Surely, Sir. If you would go to the second block, I am sure you will find them there."
"Have any been out tonight?"
"No, Sir. Apparently their Captain did not give them permission to go out tonight."
Marlin's eyebrows rose but he merely nodded. "Very well. These two women must needs ask one of their party for some document or other."
"As you say, Sir."
They walked into the dockyard and along beside a stone two-storey building from which sounds of singing emanated. After a narrow lane was a similar block and Marlin turned to the doorkeeper standing outside.
"Do you have men from the -" He stopped and turned to Ursula. "What was the name of your ship?"
"The Visund."
The man nodded before Marlin could say another word. "Aye, Sir, we do, and I wish some of the other men were as quiet and tidy! If I may ask your need, Sir."
"An administrative problem. This woman must needs find one of those men."
The doorkeeper nodded. "Of course, Sir. I expect that presently they will be in the common room with all the others."
"I know the way. Will these two be safe inside? They are not ladies of pleasure but a healer and her companion."
"I would think so, Sir. The men in this block are not like those of Smordan in block three, at least."
"Thank you, my man."
Marlin led the way inside. Stairs led up either side of the corridor and then the whole width of the building was taken up by the common room, which was full of men laughing, talking, in some cases singing and in every case with a mug of beer in front of them.
Nobody took the slightest notice of the arrivals.
Marlin looked frustrated at being ignored. There were no servants nearby to ask for help and the noise was deafening. He turned to Ursula but it was impossible for her to hear anything he said.
Tyra saw the problem, put two fingers into her mouth and blew.
Heads turned, chairs came upright and the sound died - somewhat. Some ignored the whistle but a few took notice. The presence of Marlin and Benas discouraged a general stampede towards the two women.
«Hey! Here is Ursula! Men, we are needed!»
Within moments they were surrounded by men in attire that easily marked them out from the rest of the residents. Their tee-shirts could just about be considered a lightweight summer version of a short tunic but Marlin frowned at the cargo shorts, bare legs and rope sandals the men were wearing.
Tor Magnus asked, «What has happened, Ursula? Is there trouble? Who is this man?»
Marlin had his next shock then as Ursula responded in the same language.
«He is in charge of the troops guarding the docks. He has trouble believing that Her Highness is a Princess. Do you remember that document we showed those men on the floating jetty? We need Lord Kalmenar and that document.»
«Oh, yah.» Tor smiled. «Yes, we all know she is a Princess but she does not act like one, does she? That is one reason we like her so! As for the little scribe, I do not think he likes the soldiers songs so he has stayed in our dormitory. Should I send someone to fetch him?»
«It would be better for us to go to him, we can talk quieter elsewhere,» she replied. «Oh! Will they allow women upstairs? Sometimes I forget where I am.»
«Ha ha! Ursula, I do not think any of these would take you for one of those women! I assume that man is some kind of officer?»
«He is an Under-Marshal, I think he said, and he is responsible for port security.» She added, «He says he is some kind of noble, his name is Marlin and he comes from Palarand. Do any of you recognize him?»
Heads were shaken. Tor said, «We met some nobles there but I do not remember him. If he comes with us, there should be no trouble above.»
«Then let us go.»
After a quick word with his men Tor led the way back to the corridor and up one of the stairways. At the top he beckoned them along another corridor until he reached a stout door set into the stone walls. He pulled out his eating knife and used the hilt to rap on the door.
Taptap-tap-tap-taptap.
After a moment the door creaked open and Adin's face appeared in the gap.
«Tor? What is it - Ursula?» The door became fully open. «What has happened? Who are they?»
«There is a problem with the Princess. We need Lord Kalmenar.»
«Yah.»
He turned and called. Kalmenar came to the door and started. He recovered and bowed.
"Lord Marlin! I did not expect to see you here!"
"Nor I you, Kalmenar. You are a long way from Palarand's court."
"Aye, My Lord. I travel with Princess Eriana aboard her ship the Visund. But Mistress Ursula is here with you, surely you have already met Her Highness?"
"I have. Unfortunately I did not know who she was." He pulled a face. "When I departed Brikant for the war the King had only two daughters, and both of them were married! I have since learned that Baroness Garia has married Prince Keren, but this new Princess is a mystery to me."
"If you would enter, My Lord."
The four made their way into the chamber. Beds were lined up either side, carefully made, with the men's dunnage stacked neatly at the foot. As well as Kalmenar and Adin the room contained Hashim and Lars, who looked up from a parchment the two were puzzling over. Seeing the newcomers Lars joined them.
"Princess need help?"
Kalmenar explained. "If I may introduce Count Marlin of Brikant. He is the son and heir of Brikant after Duke Visselen. He left Palarand to come to the war while your party was still away. He did not know about Her Highness."
Lars nodded and grunted understanding.
Kalmenar turned to Marlin. "My Lord, if I may introduce Commander Lars, he is the leader of Her Highness's fighting retainers. Ah, beside you is Tor who is Master of the ship, he commands the sailors of the Visund, I do not know if he has any military rank. Over there is Master Hashim, our pilot, and this is Adin, the Ship's Cook."
Marlin looked around and nodded to everyone. To Kalmenar he said, "Thank you, Kalmenar. If you would now explain Her Highness to me."
"The story is easy enough to understand, My Lord. If you sail out beyond the end of the Sirrel, and then turn south around the bulge of the Palumaks, eventually you will come to a land called Einnland. Her Highness's father is King of that land. She is the oldest surviving child, her father sought to remove her from the succession by marrying her to some kind of artisan, I believe.
"Naturally, Her Highness objected to that, so set to sea with a number of retainers and sympathizers. They sailed north, through storms, and beat off pursuit to land on the shores of Plif. There she learned that a nearby Kingdom desired a Princess to marry their Crown Prince so determined to travel to Palarand."
Marlin's eyes widened. "So she - Maker! What a complication!"
"Aye, indeed. She arrived in the palace about a week before the Battle of the Highway. Her suit was strong but Lady Garia's was stronger. Now since Her Highness and all her party were fugitives from Einnland the King offered them sanctuary. It was suggested that, because of their unique style of fighting they might be able to seize Boldan's Rock from the rear, in winter, by traveling over the mountains from the road to Shald. And so it proved."
Marlin whistled silently. "So she is real? Her ship is real?"
"Aye, My Lord, else I would have had to swim here. I am her diplomatic advisor, just as Mistress Ursula is the ship's healer."
"You will swear to that?"
Kalmenar looked offended. "My Lord, you have my word. However, since His Majesty realized that there would always be questions regarding her origins, I have a document which should ease your doubts."
He walked over to his bed and pulled a satchel out from under it, rummaging inside for the scroll he wanted. He handed it to Marlin, who unrolled it and read it before returning it.
"I regret that I doubted your word, Kalmenar. I am fully answered."
"Do not concern yourself with my word, My Lord." He gave Marlin a crooked smile. "It is the word of Her Highness you should be wary of. She has a fierce temper and the battle skills to match it."
"Battle skills?"
"Aye. Lady Garia taught her and all her men much before they departed for Boldan's Rock. Have you yet seen her Great Sword? I would struggle to lift it."
In the dim light of the lanterns in the chamber Ursula could not be certain but she thought that Marlin looked somewhat pale.
"Lord Kalmenar, we have disturbed your evening long enough," Marlin said, stiffly. "Thank you for the information. Now we must needs return Mistress Ursula and her companion to the hostel. Will you be joining Her Highness tomorrow?"
"Aye, she goes to speak to the Council of Marshals. Will you be there?"
"I will. Mistress?"
"Of course. We have done what we came here to do. Good night, Lord Kalmenar, Lars, Hashim, Adin."
They retreated downstairs where Tor bowed to Marlin. "Good night, My Lord. Good night, Mistress, Tyra." He went back into the common room.
The four walked back to the dock gate.
"Quadrant! Any trouble?"
"No, Sir, but you know we are stretched tonight. I have two files out handling disturbances, ah, one of them with unruly locals. If I may ask, Sir, are there any reserves back at the guardroom?"
"Regrettably not, Quadrant, we are busy too this night. You must needs manage as you can, even if it means closing the gate."
"Much as I thought, Sir. Good-night to you."
"Good night. Call if your circumstances become really difficult."
"We'll manage, Sir."
"After you, Mistress."
Once outside Marlin shepherded the two women next to the wall, with himself and Benas nearer the potential sources of trouble. Unfortunately, those sources of trouble were already waiting, far enough distant from the gate that help could not be quickly summoned. They streamed out of two taverns and surrounded the group.
"Look at the po-faced invader with his bit of fun for the night!"
"Yeah. Orders us around but does what he tells us not to!"
"Well he's not going to get away with it this time! They'll play with us, not with some boot-licking foreigner!"
One, nearest the wall, came closer, but Tyra immediately turned and side-kicked him in the stomach. He folded with an "oof!" onto the cobbles. Another clutched Ursula from behind but she turned and grabbed an ear, twisting hard until he let go. She did not, however, holding onto the ear and pulling the man's head down. The others went back at this resistance, which gave Marlin and Benas just enough time to pull out their swords.
"Back," Marlin muttered. "Can you manage?"
"We'll soon find out," Ursula replied. She put her other hand on the flat of the man's head and pushed. He bounced into the perimeter wall and then stumbed back, holding his ear.
With Ursula guiding herself with one hand on the wall, the four retreated backwards towards the gate. The men pushed forward after them but then thought better of it, gathering silently in the road and watching them go.
"I didn't know you could do that, Tyra."
"Neither did I, Mistress, but Bennet showed me how. I was amazed when it worked, but I think I need much more practice."
At the gate Ursula heard Marlin's sigh of relief, but she remembered what the gate officer had said. That man hurried over to them.
"Sir! What happened?"
"They were waiting for us, most of them locals and most of them drunk. We were lucky to get away."
"Ah, I am unable to offer help, Sir."
"I know it."
"If you and the ladies may wait until our shift is finished, we may all go back to the guardroom together."
"How long?"
"Two bells, Sir."
Marlin looked torn with indecision, so Ursula made it for him.
"Come with me. I know where we can find an escort."
Back at the second barrack block, Ursula ignored the common room but immediately went up the stairs. She had remembered the number carved on the door so it was easy enough to find, but...
"Hey! What are you doing up here! No women allowed in the dormitories! Oh, good evening, Sir. Didn't see you come up the stairs."
"It is all right," Marlin said. "We have another errand in this chamber. These two are healers, brought here on my authority."
"As you say, Sir."
Taptap-tap-tap-taptap.
This time it was Kalmenar who opened the door.
"Mistress Ursula! Is there something you have forgotten?"
"Only what happens late in the evenings in port towns, My Lord. I need Lars."
He was there, blocking out the light from the room. "Mistress?"
«Drunks along the perimeter road, Lars. Many are locals who don't like those who occupy their country, and I am not sure I blame them. There is nobody to spare for an escort. Can you come with ten men? Fully armed?»
«All the way to the Princess's hostel?»
«Yes, and then you'd have to make your way back here.»
It took no time at all for Lars to decide. "Yah. Will come." He gestured. "Lord approve?"
Marlin looked blank. "What did you say to him?"
"Lars will escort us with ten of our men. They will be fully armed."
"All come." Lars pronounced. "Make sure important lady get back to Princess."
More indecision. "I suppose it would be acceptable. After all, you will be men of your ship escorting two women from your ship back to their billets." He turned and explained to Ursula, "There are strict rules governing the troops guarding the dock area. Ship's crews are not covered by those rules and are normally forbidden to carry arms in the docks or the city after sunset without a permit."
She was blunt. "But you will permit it tonight."
He grimaced but the result was inevitable. "Permission granted. Defense only, but you may defend yourselves to any level required."
Lars nodded. "Yah. Not break too many bones. Will try not to kill anybody, too many questions after."
He turned to Ursula. «Better to go downstairs, wait for us at entrance. Many men coming to get weapons, women get in way.»
Ursula tried hard not to giggle. She said to Marlin, "He says for us to wait downstairs as a lot of men will be coming up to get their weapons."
"As you say, Mistress. If you would go first."
As they reached the bottom of the stairs she heard four shrill whistle blasts from above. Almost immediately men came tumbling out from the common room, glancing briefly at Ursula, Marlin, Tyra and Benas before going rapidly upstairs. Some of the other men came to the entrance to the common room, saw the four and thought better of getting involved. Once they saw the heavily armed Norse coming back down the stairs, they retreated into the common room, which had become rather quiet.
All wore a sword. Several had one or two throwing axes tucked into their belts. There was no armor but strangely, all wore their straw boaters, tied down with a thin cord.
Those won't stop anything!
Oh. To distinguish friend from foe in the darkness. Lars is thinking ahead.
Outside they formed themselves into two columns and waited for Lars, who arrived last.
"Mistress? We go."
Marlin looked at the two lines of men and abruptly reconsidered his preconceived ideas. Clearly, these men looked rough but were well-trained and well-disciplined. He gestured mutely towards the gate.
At the dock gate there was consternation.
"My Lord?"
"I have granted these men temporary authority as auxiliaries to escort Mistress Ursula and her companion back to their hostel. They are the crew of her ship so it is permissable. See that you permit them entrance when they return. You will know them by their headgear, I deem."
"As you command, Sir."
Beyond the gate the men formed a box around Ursula, Marlin, Tyra and Benas. All drew their swords.
"Let's go, Lars. Try to keep near the wall but leave enough room to manuoevre."
"Yah, Mistress. Know job."
That's telling me!
The men actually marched and Marlin and Benas found themselves stepping in time. Neither Ursula nor Tyra had trouble keeping up, but Ursula was sure that, if necessary, Lars would have slowed the party down to accommodate them.
When they reached the place where the confrontation had taken place, the onlookers were there but standing sullenly on the sidewalk to watch the armed group pass by. There was no trouble and they reached the hostel without any further incidents. Lars marched the men into the courtyard, where a number of idlers gaped at the procession, hastily moving out of the way.
«Safe enough here, Mistress?»
«Yes, thank you all very much for your help. As you are here, do you want to speak with Her Highness?"
The question was rendered moot as Eriana ran into the courtyard, Bennet and Semma following behind.
«Lars! Ursula? What has happened?»
She replied, «Drunks on the way home... I think. Lord Marlin has too few men to handle all the incidents so I thought of asking Lars to help.»
Eriana smiled at her. «You have done well, Ursula. Any problems?»
Ursula snorted. «With all these heavily armed men around me? Not a chance! Now they have to get back, of course.»
«I doubt there will be any trouble. After all, they have already seen our men, have they not?» She turned to Lars. «Thank you for bringing Ursula and Tyra safely back, Lars. Take the men back to the barracks now and sleep soundly. If you all come tomorrow morning after breakfast I will speak with you before I go off and meet the Marshals.»
«Captain.» Lars banged his chest Palarand-style and turned to the men. «Excitement over, lads! Now we just have to get back to our billet.»
The men turned around good-naturedly and began to file out of the courtyard. As Lars turned Ursula called him.
«Lars!»
«Mistress?»
«Can you find a whistle each for Tyra and me? I think it would be a good idea for each of us to have one and to learn your signals.»
Lars amazed her then by breaking out into the biggest genuine smile she had ever seen him do.
«Yah, Mistress!»
He braced to attention, thumped his chest and then turned, trotting out of the courtyard after the others.
Eriana turned to Ursula. "Well! Lars is in a good mood! I am glad that you have both returned safely." Her eyes flicked to Marlin. "We may speak later about your adventure."
Marlin then surprised everyone in the courtyard by getting down on one knee in front of Eriana and bowing his head.
"Highness, I have wronged you. I have been absent from Palarand for many months and, apparently, much has happened since I departed, more than I could imagine. I knew nothing of you or your men. However, whether I knew or not, I should not have treated you and your companions in such a manner."
"Rise, Lord Marlin. I can understand the problem you faced when strange nobles appeared unexpectedly. Is all now understood to your satisfaction?"
He stood and bowed again. "It is, Highness."
"Good. Then, as the night progresses, we must needs retire. Good-night to you, My Lord."
"Good night, Highness."
A third bow, and Marlin walked out of the courtyard followed by Benas, who had watched the whole exchange dumbfounded.
Eriana turned to Ursula, her eyes alight. "Something must needs have happened, for you to return surrounded by the entire crew, all with naked swords! Come, let us retire to our chamber, and you shall tell me all before we make ready to sleep."
The crew disperses about the city of Yod for various purposes. Ursula's needs take her to the main market, where she receives unexpected advice, a warning - and a rebuff.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
46 - Heart of Yod
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The following morning Eriana stood with the other women of
the party on one of the covered walkways surrounding the Hostel's
courtyard. They had caused a stir at breakfast by appearing fully
armed - as appropriate - but a quiet word to the man in charge had
satisfied his objections, if not the concerns of the other residents.
Now those other residents collected on the other walkways, curious
as to what might transpire.
The first arrival was Marlin, who was accompanied by his three men from the previous evening. He came to a dead halt in the entranceway before recovering and walking over to the party. He bowed to Eriana.
"Good morning, Your Highness."
"Good morning, Count Marlin. I trust there have been no further problems after last night's adventure?"
"Highness, concerning your party, or that of your men, there have not. Unfortunately I spent more than two bells after I departed here attempting to quell a near battle between those of Yod and those of Virgulend. It seems that the time of departure for those of Virgulend draws near and they thought to give the locals something to remember them by."
"I do not blame them, either party. Those of Yod desire to be left in peace and those from other lands desire to return to their homes. Add to that a number of shield-mates who did not survive the war and it is no wonder they are at each other's throats."
"As you say, Highness. Regrettably, I have my own orders, which neither side agrees with. If I may ask of your own plans this morning. I see some of your party here, will they be attending the meeting you spoke of yesterday?"
"Indeed not, My Lord. Do you attend? If you do then I may take a single companion. If you do not then I will take both guardswomen. Ursula, being our healer, must needs discover if there is anyone in the city who may supply her with certain herbs. Tyra and Kaldara will accompany her. They will probably want to spend some time in the nearest market." She added, "Considering what happened yesterday, I am minded to send along at least two of my men as escorts for them. Will that be acceptable?"
"Of course, Highness, I would expect nothing else. I will go with you to the meeting place to show you the way but I do not know if my presence will be required."
"It is my belief that you will, My Lord, since my writ covers some of the craft presently in your docks. Are you prepared to attend? It will likely consume the whole morning."
"In that case I must needs leave instructions for my captains and quadrants, Highness. It will not take me long. Ah, if I may ask, your men..?"
"Should arrive shortly, when I can discover what must be done to the ship and deal with any other matters that should be considered. If my men are not otherwise required, may they explore the city?"
"Surely, Highness, but I must needs explain the regulations to them first. Having marched with them last night I do not fear any accidents, but there may be things they need to know before they may safely wander the city."
"A wise thought, My Lord. Ah, here they come."
Lars led the two columns into the courtyard and they lined up behind Marlin, sorting themselves out into regular lines and coming to attention. As in the previous evening, they were all fully armed and wore their hats tied on. Kalmenar walked forward, bowed to Eriana and came to stand beside her. Lars moved to stand beside Marlin before coming to attention and saluting.
«Good morrow, Princess. All present, no overnight problems. What do you want of us?»
«Good morrow, Lars.» She raised her voice slightly. «Good morrow, men! I'll need a small number of you today but the others can explore the city. Before anyone goes anywhere the Under-Marshal will explain the rules, but he does not speak Norse so you'd all better pay attention! Tor, come forward.»
Tor stepped forward from the end of the front row. «Captain?»
«We discussed some repairs just before we arrived. I suggest you take the men you need and spend the morning making everything as it should be. Ursula says there are ship chandlers along the perimeter road if you need anything we do not already have.»
He nodded. «A good plan, Captain.» He eyed Eriana thoughtfully. «Are we in a hurry? I had thought to leave the repairs a day or two.»
«Yes and no.» She grinned. «As Garia would say. I think it would be sensible to have some men on the ship today if just to discourage anyone else getting on board. We are newly arrived and the design is strange to them, with all our possessions plainly visible.» The grin faded. «Something about this place disturbs me, Tor. It may be just the atmosphere around the port, but if it becomes stronger today when I venture into the city, I may decide not to remain here too long. There are obligations I must meet but already I do not like Yod and I have seen almost none of it.»
«What I have seen of this place so far, Captain, does not worry me. But you are right, the port is a small part of Yod and the rest of the city may be different. We will be watchful.»
«Then separate out your men, I'll need to give instructions to the others.» She pulled a face. «And Lord Happy there would like to do the same.»
He grinned. «Yah, Captain. I'm relieved that he will be with you today and not me!»
Tor called out a small group which Ursula realized was most of the sailors of the ship. They stood to one side as Eriana turned to Marlin.
"My Lord." She gestured. "The men standing with Tor will be working on the ship today. The others will be free to wander the city, should you permit them."
"Thank you, Your Highness. I see that every man is fully armed, which is well, but I must needs tell them that everyone else is also fully armed, even most Yodans, and that disagreements can occur even between groups of allies. If you would tell them to take special care and to back away from any confrontation that threatens to become violent. In addition I would ask that they proceed in groups of no less than four to ensure that no-one may become missing by accident - or design. There are those of Yod who, if the chance presents itself, would readily slit the throat of any armsman they find on his own."
Her eyebrows rose. "Do you tell me? I thought this place to be cowed by the troops of the allied lands."
He grimaced. "At first it was, Highness, since the locals were all too shocked by Yod's sudden defeat. Now, though, resentments have arisen and some desire to take revenge. Their number is small, it is true, but the possibility remains."
"As you say." Eriana addressed her men in Norse, explaining the dangers. She added, «Ursula is going to find the local market. Tyra and Kaldara will go with her. Though Semma or Bennett may go with them, I will require two men to escort them. Lars, find me two, preferably of our larger men.»
Lars detailed Eirik and Haakon to join the women while the rest organized themselves into three groups.
Marlin added, "Highness, there are enough men with me to send one with each group to act as a guide."
"I thought that you were busy?"
"The mornings are calmer, Highness. Those who will be on duty this evening are presently resting."
"As you wish, My Lord."
There was a discussion from the groups of men and Adin came forward.
"Captain, I go to market with Ursula."
Realizing why with a smile, Eriana nodded. "Of course, Adin. If you would join Ursula."
Ursula realized that her group could end up the largest one, but having a couple of the larger men around would do no harm at all. Adin's market interests overlapped her own and between the two of them they should avoid any mistakes or end up overspending.
Marlin detailed Benas to accompany Ursula, probably on the grounds that they were familiar with one another. In the end Eriana decided to take both Bennet and Semma with her as well as Kalmenar and Lars so it was just Ursula, Tyra, Adin and Kaldara who set off escorted by Eirik, Haakon and Benas. Initially the other groups took the same route into the city, so it was a large armed mob that filled the main route from the docks to the city.
The road was lined with warehouses, workshops, stalls, taverns and accommodation, the buildings made of poorly-maintained timber. Those about their morning business quickly moved out of the way of the large party bearing down on them, standing on the sidewalks and staring at the oddly-dressed strangers.
Ursula was surprised at the attitudes of those who they walked past. She had expected hostility from all but the reception appeared to be more mixed. There were the expected gasps from onlookers at the appearance of a tall blonde woman carrying a large sword but the pointed fingers seemed to indicate curiosity rather than dislike or disbelief. The 'uniforms' of the men provoked more comment.
"Is this how it usually is, My Lord?"
"Highness," Marlin replied, "those who live in this part of the city are more accustomed to seeing strangers walk among them. The attire and bearing of you and your men is unusual, it is true, but those who live upstream often wear attire strange even to my own eyes. Indeed, it took me some time to become used to the attire worn by those of Yod itself." He added, "I would think that it is the presence of armed women in your party which they consider to be more unusual."
"Ah, of course, folk of the docks. What of the rest of the city, then?"
"It is... strange, Highness. The folk of Yod now have no accounted leader and there are factions. Some would prefer the Ascendancy to return, others would prefer never to hear that name again. Some understand why we are here, others do not and wish us to leave as soon as we can be made to go. Yet outsiders such as we cannot tell who is of any of these factions." Marlin appeared frustrated. "For someone such as I, who came from a settled land, I find the situation disturbing - and dangerous to foreigners such as ourselves. It is very difficult to trust anyone in this land."
"I know it, My Lord. Let us hope that there is no trouble while we are here." Eriana frowned, pointing. "What happened here?"
Marlin shrugged. "I do not know, Highness. There was a fire, certainly, but who destroyed these buildings and for what purpose we do not know. It was done before any of the allied troops came to Yod."
On the right of the highway the existing buildings had become those of a shanty town. Ursula had seen such sights on Earth television but even in Forguland and Ferenis the state of the buildings in poorer parts had never been this bad. On the other side there had presumably been similar buildings but now it was just a charred jumble of debris which everyone seemed to ignore.
Ahead there was a wide space before the walls of the city proper. There was a fortified gateway through the substantial defenses but only one of the two fearsome, iron-bound gates stood open, the other had been blown from its hinges and lay, splintered and blackened, against the wall to one side.
Guarding the gate were allied troops. Once they saw Marlin their detachment braced to attention and gave two different salutes. Their leader stepped forward.
"My Lord, good morning." His eyes flicked over the party as if to question their presence.
"Hadron, good morning. If I may present Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and her crew. Her vessel the Visund arrived yesterday afternoon. Her Highness has business with our leaders and the women are going to the market. Her men are granted ease today."
"Your Highness!" The surprised leader bowed to Eriana. "Welcome to Yod, I am Tenant Hadron of Ferenis. If I may note, your uniforms are not familiar to us. I thought I knew the attire of all from Palarand. Are you a special force of some kind?"
"In some way, Tenant," Eriana replied. "What we all wear is warm weather gear suitable for sailing the great river. We are all folk of the water but come from a colder land where clothing must needs be more sturdy. We desired more comfortable attire to wear while the weather is so warm. Much was designed and made for us by those of Joth."
"Those of Joth? Highness, that is interesting. You will understand that our own attire is less suitable for wear in the hotter part of the year. I wonder..."
"We are staying in the hostel just outside the gate at the end of this road, Tenant. If you desire more information, attend us there one evening soon."
Hadron bowed. "As you command, Highness." He gestured at the gateway. "Highness, My Lord, I will not delay you further."
The group passed through into an entirely different setting. The buildings inside the wall were all of dressed stone, though not particularly well finished. The streets were filled with well-dressed citizens who stared at the newcomers. Marlin held up a hand to halt the party.
"Highness, I will go with you and your parties to the Square of Supremacy," he grimaced at the name, "where those who desire to go to the main market may then part. If I may suggest, your men may wish to explore other directions." He turned. "Kalis, Hammel, you know where the entertainments are. Though it is still early, it is better that they can find their way about while they are yet sober. If you would help them make their own way back to the Water Barracks later."
The two men braced and nodded. "My Lord." They led their two groups off in different directions along the wide road which followed the inside of the wall. Marlin watched them until he was satisfied that there were no complications and then turned to Eriana.
"Highness, if you would follow me."
As the much smaller group carried on into the city, Marlin added, "Highness, I should have thought to ask myself. The attire of your men appears so much more comfortable and practical when the weather is as hot as it has been. Must I needs send to those of Joth to discover similar attire for the comfort of my own troops?"
"A tricky question, My Lord. To begin with, the purpose of all that a man-at-arms wears is to tell friend from foe, is it not? Thus, any change in color or pattern especially must be made at the highest levels in any force, and those changes must be made known to other forces you are friendly with."
"As you say, Highness."
"I am sure that the design could be made available, I know that those of Forguland are already adapting it for their own use. The colors chosen for the cloth should be no problem, of course. But that is only part of the problem. Though our attire is all sewn in Joth, the designs actually come from somewhere else entirely. Have you by chance heard of somewhere named Earth, My Lord?"
Eriana was surprised by Marlin's intense scowl. "Aye, Highness, I have. You have explained all."
She blinked. "I do not understand, My Lord. I have not yet said anything."
"Highness, the mention of Earth means that the knowledge can only have come from Lady..." he scowled again, "...Princess Garia. I am... not comfortable with many of the changes she will bring to us."
Eriana's eyebrows rose. "Ah. She explained this to me but I had not met you then and so it did not mean much. You are like some of my own father's men, then, who always prefer the old ways. But did you think that Garia was the only person brought here from Earth?"
"Well, no, Highness. I have learned that another was brought here to Yod, seemingly for the sole purpose of starting a war with those of Palarand."
"Aye, you speak of Yves Perriard. Regrettably he was killed at the end of the Battle of the Highway. It was he who was forced to give the secret of guns to those of Yod."
"And the powder of those guns, seized from those of Yod, was what gave us entry to this city."
"How so, My Lord? I did not think the Allied armies yet had siege weapons that used gunpowder."
He gave a short laugh. "Did you not see the gateway we passed through? Those of Ferenis used captured powder to destroy one of those gates. I may not like the introduction of guns and the powder they use but I may not ignore the possibilities they provide."
She gave Marlin a considered appraisal. "So, you will take progress providing that it suits your needs but you object to others who have differing needs? My Lord, I cannot agree."
Marlin flushed uncomfortably. "Aye, well, I have had this conversation before, Highness. But you were making a point about the boy from Earth."
"My Lord, I was not. Did you think that there were only two here from Earth? I have met at least two others, one of whom resides in Joth."
Marlin paled. "Do you tell me? Two more? I must needs believe you, Highness, but I fail to understand the reason for their presence."
Eriana waved a hand. "We do not know their purpose, My Lord, any more than we knew Garia's purpose. They are sent here by Beings who have plans of their own, so His Majesty tells me."
Marlin thought. "Highness, will you name them for me, that I might know them should our paths cross?"
Eriana stopped, causing the whole party to gather around them. It had abruptly occurred to her that she was about to give out privileged information, and in the middle of Yod!
"My Lord, do you not remember where we are? If their names became known, then they would be put in danger from those of Yod who still seek supremacy over the Sirrel valley. If, on your return to Palarand, you should chance to call at Joth, ask of Duke Wallesan and he may provide you with more information. He is privy to more knowledge of Beings and those of Earth than I am."
Marlin glanced at Eriana's face after the tone of her last sentence but he did not know why she suddenly sounded bitter. Beside Eriana, Ursula was careful not to let any sign of interest or concern appear on her own face.
He bowed. "I will do as you suggest, Highness."
They carried on walking along the wide street. It was evident that at its end was a large square and the party soon reached it. On the far side of the thronged square was another defensive wall with an ornate gate through it. Around the other three sides were imposing buildings of well-dressed stone, some of which were busy with people entering and leaving. It was evident that they had reached somewhere important.
Marlin gestured. "Highness, this place is named the Square of Supremacy by those of Yod. Your destination lies yonder, inside the Citadel. I will take you inside to the building which is presently being used by the Allied Council, where doubtless we will receive further directions."
Ursula heard the English word citadel as well as the local word but she also heard the Russian word kremlin.
So, maybe this place has some Russian influences? I should keep my eyes open.
She looked around. Many of those in the square were giving the oddly-dressed group some strange looks.
The local fashion could be from eastern parts. Cossack? Tartar? Further east? There are a lot of different people over that part of Asia and they all have different national dress.
On the other hand, I could be making something out of nothing. After all, if the Romans came here, the local dress could have originated in any place and time.
Marlin turned and pointed down a street which came in at a corner of the square. "If your people would take that route they will come to the Square of Commerce which is one of the larger markets in the city. They should find all they require there."
Ursula asked, "My Lord, I am looking for herbs that healers use. Will I find those there?"
"Surely, Mistress." He frowned. "I am not certain," he admitted. "I regret that the herbs used by healers are not something I would have taken much note of. It may be that the usual herbs may be available there, but if you have specific needs, or stronger remedies, it might be necessary to apply at the local Directory of Healing." He pointed in the other direction. "That building is in the next square that way. Benas knows where it is, at least."
"Thank you, My Lord."
He turned to Eriana. "Highness? If you would follow me."
Eriana, Kalmenar, Lars and Marlin walked off with Bennet and Semma either side, but they had only taken a dozen steps across the square when Marlin had a sudden thought. He said, "Wait." Turning, he gave each of Ursula's group a careful examination, paying most attention to Tyra before turning and continuing to walk.
"What?" Ursula heard Eriana ask.
He shook his head. "Nothing, Highness."
Ursula watched the other group reach the gate before turning to her own companions.
"We had better be on our own way. A strange market, strange money, it could take us some time to find what we all need."
Tyra giggled. "Mistress? I do believe that Lord Marlin thinks that I am the person from Earth!"
"I had the same impression," Ursula responded with a smile. "I think you are safe enough, but perhaps we should not do anything to make him change his mind and pick someone else! I had forgotten, and so had Her Highness, how dangerous a place this could be."
"As you say, Mistress."
She turned to the two Norsemen. «Are you two comfortable so far?»
Haakon replied, «Yah, Mistress. Have seen some folk give us funny looks but that is not surprising. Must give warning, the market may have thieves and cutpurses. Stay together, Mistress.»
«A good point.» She turned to the others. "We must stay close together, Haakon says there may be thieves and cutpurses about. Keep aware of what goes on around us at all times. Benas, lead the way."
"Aye, Mistress."
As they walked off toward the corner of the square, Kaldara asked, "Mistress, what is Earth? I have heard the name mentioned a time or two but know not what it might be. Is it a land in the Great Valley?"
Ursula and Tyra exchanged quick glances. Ursula said, "Just as you have a secret, Kaldara, which is that you are really a boy, others have other secrets and the main square of a country we were recently at war with is not a good place to be swapping stories. If we can find somewhere quiet to speak when we return to the hostel I will tell you what is generally known."
Kaldara considered this for a moment then asked, "Mistress, what you have just told me is that there is a secret inside a secret. That Lord thought one of us was from this place, Earth. Is that true?"
Ursula sighed. She asks a lot of questions! "It is true, Kaldara, and that person would be in considerable danger if those of Yod find out, so ask nothing more until we return to the hostel."
The girl-boy nodded reluctantly. "As you desire, Mistress."
They reached the corner of the square and entered the connecting street which Benas indicated. This one was narrower than the one they had arrived by but busier. Fortunately most of the traffic, foot, mounted or wheeled, seemed to follow some local rule about which side of the road to use. They joined a procession of walkers heading for the market.
There were comments from behind causing those in front to glance over their shoulders. When those saw who was following, they stopped and turned. Immediately the entire street ground to a halt as a crowd gathered.
"Outrageous attire! Look! I can clearly see their knees!" That was a sturdy matron who stared at Ursula and Tyra with distaste.
Her friend said, "And their legs are bare! Mayhap they are poor country folk, Hatti. Not all can afford good hose these days. But look at those two men! Have you ever seen the like? I do not know what to call their lower attire and, by the Maker, they have bare legs too! What is Anmar coming to?"
From a different part of the crowd one man said to another, "Neez, those outfits may look strange but I wager those men are more comfortable than we. D'ye think the Boss would let us wear something like that?"
His friend said, "Nah, Berrin. It would cost coin, you know that. We just has to sweat and he keeps the coin, that's what."
There were many similar comments throughout the crowd, some finding offense while others were merely curious. Ursula had no idea how to handle a situation like this as her whole life had been one of avoiding notice, and here she was, the center of attention.
We cannot push through but equally we cannot stand here forever parading ourselves to the locals. If we do not do something, at some point this might turn ugly.
«Mistress?»
«I don't know, Eirik. We daren't try to push our way through this mob. I don't know if Benas has any ideas. Let me ask.»
She turned to their guide. "Benas? What do we do?"
"Not sure, Mistress. If they was a bunch of angry sailors I would know what to do but these are different. We might end up upsetting the wrong people."
"That's what I thought."
Just as they were wondering if the mob was about to turn on them, help of a sort pushed its way through from the direction of the market.
"Make way there! Go on, go about your business. Out of the way, there. Carriages need to get through."
Four men with white sashes, white neckerchiefs and stout sticks appeared and the crowd melted away, muttering. The street returned, mostly, to normal. The men wore long Indian-style coats of gray with matching pillbox hats. One had a fancy knot of white cord sewn to the top of his left shoulder.
"Oh. Foreigners. I might have known." The leader spotted Benas in his Brikant uniform, also sporting a white neckerchief. "Are you the leader of these people?"
"Not the leader, no, but I am sent by Lord Marlin to guide them to the market. They have business there."
"Oh?" The heavily-built man surveyed the party before returning to Benas. "Just arrived, then?"
"Yesterday, late afternoon, by ship from downriver. Their Captain has gone to the Citadel to meet the Marshals."
"By ship? Surely you mean, by boat."
Benas spread his hands. "Overseer, the vessel is thirty strides long and has a crew of more than thirty. I would name that a ship."
The man pursed his lips as he inspected the group again. "If you say so. What are these after?"
Benas turned to Ursula. "Mistress?"
"For myself, I am a Healer, I need to replenish my stock of remedies. This is my assistant," she gestured at Tyra, "and this is a young girl who comes with us because she could not be left with the other men. This," she gestured again, "is Adin who is the ship's cook, he will want herbs for his meals. These two men are with us to make sure nobody gets the wrong idea."
"Uh." The grunt was followed by a nod and a sour expression. "Very well. I'll leave one of my men with you to make sure there are no further problems. Halk, see these people do their business and then get back to their... ship."
"Aye, Boss."
"Come on," the leader said to the other men, "let's go and find some real trouble." He turned and pushed off into the busy foot traffic.
One of the others said, "Hard luck, Halk," before grinning and following his leader.
Halk turned to Ursula. "Follow me, woman. I can take you directly to the stalls where the healer's herbs are."
And I thought the societies along this river were polite.
"It might be better if we obtain the foodstuffs first," she said. "I may spend some time speaking with the healers' stall-holders."
With a sniff Halk led them into the square and threaded his way through the crowds over to one side where the food was being sold. There were tables heaped with, and reeking of, fish; men with cleavers, saws and knives butchering unrecognizable carcasses; stalls stacked with sacks of early season vegetables and fruit. Adin cast his gaze over all these but saw nothing he particularly desired. The group walked on, the men keeping a look out and generally discouraging bystanders from approaching too closely.
"There. Mistress, this should not take too long."
The stall-holder looked with curiosity at Adin's garb but set to detailing his wares. The cook pulled out some small cloth bags and opened them for the stall-holder to see and sniff. The man nodded before picking up a bowl of reddish powder which Adin taste-tested with a finger. There was a pantomime regarding the amount required, which was weighed and then carefully poured into the first bag. The process was repeated with the second and third bags.
"That will be a Kroter twenty."
Adin looked confused. He began totting up the amounts on his fingers. "That seems too much."
"A Kroter twenty," the man repeated. Halk watched but said nothing.
Ursula stepped in. "If I understand these prices right, he asked for two silverweights of the first spice, which would be six Benis, one silverweight of that," she pointed, "which is one Sol, and four of that one which would be four times two Sols, making nine Sols and six Benis, not even a whole Kroter."
The man looked astonished but recovered quickly. "As you say, Mistress. I must have miscounted. One moment," he counted up again in his head before reluctantly agreeing, "it is as you say. Call it nine Sols for your trouble, Mistress."
"Tyra?"
The man looked even more astonished when Tyra opened her pouch, pulled out her coin purse and picked through the strange currency, counting out the required money.
Adin took his bags and tucked them away. "Mistress, I have other needs but I might find them elsewhere."
Ursula kept a straight face as she agreed. "I believe that you are right, Adin. Let us move on."
She looked at the expression on Halk's face as they walked on. "What? I am a Healer. If I make a mistake when I'm making a potion or a medicine I could kill someone. I have to know how to read, write and do math."
"As you say, Mistress. I am sorry, it did not occur to me that any woman would be able to do these things."
"Well, if you go to almost any other country you'll get a shock, because most people in towns, men or women, can do most of those things. It is likely that country folk would not, I admit, but even the healing women there will know some of it. Besides," she cast a hand around at the bustling market, "how did you think the women who come here every day manage?"
"They know what they need, Mistress."
"That is not the same as getting cheated over the prices, is it? Almost any woman I know can haggle in a market with no trouble at all."
"As you say, Mistress."
They moved on, Adin inspecting the wares on several stalls but not buying anything. «I can find much of what I need nearer the docks, Mistress, and the prices will only be a little higher. It is not worth the effort.» He grinned at Ursula. «Besides, anything I buy here will have to be carried back, will it not? Why go to the trouble?»
«Your logic is sound,» she replied with a smile.
The group squeezed past a crowd gathered around one stall where a seller was shouting his wares, Benas having to slap away a questing hand and Eirik giving an obstructive bystander a hard nudge in the ribs with an elbow before he would move.
Halk frowned as they reached a momentary open space between stalls. "What language is that you speak, Mistress? I thought all in the Valley spoke the same tongue but had different accents. I know you are all foreigners but where do you come from that has such a different tongue?"
Before anyone else could answer she replied, "We are from Alberta, Master Halk, although some of us were born elsewhere."
The looks from the others indicated that they had understood the implied warning. It would not be a good idea to mention 'Boldan's Rock' or 'Einnland' in the middle of a crowded market in the Yodan capital.
"I have not heard of that land. Is it far away, then?"
"A very long way away. Out beyond the ocean at the end of the mouth of the Sirrel, beyond..." She paused, but she did not yet grasp the local geography well enough to name other countries confidently. "...Palarand."
Halk's face darkened, showing that he had understood the reference to the nation his people had recently been at war with. His curiosity overcame his anger. "Yet you speak the Valley tongue much better than they do."
"As you say. I spent some time in Joth before joining the ship which brought us here." She added, "It seems that I learn other languages easily."
"That would explain it," was the grudging agreement.
Haakon nudged Eirik and pointed at a booth some distance away. Eirik nodded and turned to Ursula.
«Mistress, we have a small errand with a smith if we can find one. Should not take long.»
She looked where Haakon had pointed and nodded. «Very well. Do you need us? I can see a healer's booth right there.» She glanced around. «There aren't so many people this end of the market, we should be safe enough.»
«Yah. We will join you over there, Mistress.»
Benas and Halk looked at one another. Benas said, "I'll go with the men," and Halk nodded.
While Benas and the two Norsemen headed in one direction Ursula took the others to the booth, where the owner eyed the women with amusement.
"Did you all forget to finish dressing this morning, Mistress?"
"What? Oh, no, we are fully dressed, Mistress. As you might guess, we are travellers along the river who have come to the market to refill our stocks. We are used to colder weather and have had these lightweight summer clothes made as we traveled along."
"Ah, I see. I must say, you do all look comfortable and it is becoming warm. You show far too much flesh for most of Yod to consider seemly, though it does not offend me. What is it I can do for you today, Mistress?"
"I am a healer and have some particular needs. I wonder if you can help? If you cannot, you may be able to direct me to somebody who can."
"That is what I am here for, Mistress..?"
"Ursula, Mistress, and this is Tyra, my assistant, Kaldara, a ward of our Captain, Adin, our ship's cook. Oh, and -"
"I know Halk, of course." She smiled. "An interesting collection, I deem. Few of Yod display beards such as your men wear, facial hair is not fashionable here as you may have noticed. And I am Tarlia, Mistress, should you have need to name me in future. So, what is it you need, Mistress?"
"Um, first, there are the usual feminine requirements. There are six women on board, so we'll need -"
- - -
"Milkbane?" Tarlia's eyebrows rose. "Do you tell me that you have a suckling infant aboard? Even so, 'tis dangerous stuff to administer."
"I understand the dangers, Mistress," Ursula replied. "It is for no mother, though." She lowered her voice. "It is actually for my young friend here, who wears a dress to disguise himself but is really a boy."
Tarlia's eyes flicked to Kaldar, who blushed at being the center of attention, but his expression was determined.
"It is true, Mistress. I have the seeming of a girl but I desire to become a man as the Maker intended. I did not ask for these things upon my chest. If you can help me?"
The stallholder's expression was sympathetic. "Young... person, you have one of the more unfortunate ailments that may befall a young man, I deem. It is true that milkbane would reverse what grows upon your chest and there are other herbs which will assist you to become a true man... But."
She beckoned to Ursula, who walked around the side of the booth and leaned close. "Mistress," the woman said quietly, "I regret that I cannot help you or her... him. Such strong remedies are controlled by the Directory of Healers which is along that street," she pointed back the way they had arrived, "in a building beyond the Square of Supremacy."
Ursula nodded. "We were told of it when we arrived. I believe that Halk can take us there."
"That is so, but I believe that, as you are a foreigner, they will likely give you short shrift. If I may ask, which way do you travel on the river? Up or down?"
"Upstream, Mistress, why?"
"Many of the herbs you will need can be obtained in the southern parts of Yod. Others can only be found in lands to the west of Yod. Should the Directory offer you no satisfaction I would advise you to travel upstream along the left fork and enquire in some of the smaller villages you will no doubt pass. Some there may be willing to provide what your young friend needs without... interference."
Ursula gazed thoughtfully at Tarlia. "We will have to travel that way, of course, and we'll likely have to find places to stop each night. What you say makes sense. Thank you for your advice - and the warning. But I think I would like to try this... Directory, was it? first."
Tarlia straightened. "As you must, Mistress. You are here, the Directory is not far. Luck with your quest and I do hope your young friend is able to find peace."
"Thank you again for all your help." Ursula smiled. "It seems that healers understand one another, even though we come from different lands."
"As you say, Mistress."
As Ursula walked back to the others she saw Haakon, Eirik and Benas returning, Eirik tucking something into the top of his tee shirt. Once the group was all together again she turned to Halk.
"Take us to the Directory, Halk."
"As you wish, Mistress."
* * *
They were allowed into the foyer of the large building but no further. The doorkeeper sent a messenger off to find someone but would not even let them sit down on the waiting benches either side. Eventually a solidly built man, with an air of authority, appeared down some broad stairs and approached them. He did not seem amused at the appearance of the group.
"Which one of you is the healer?" he asked brusquely.
"That would be me," Ursula replied. "We are travelers on the river and require supplies of certain herbs."
"I can see that you are not Yodans, woman, I am not blind. Why did you come here? Can you not obtain what you need in the market?"
"We have just come from the market. Stall-holders there directed us here for particular herbs they said that only you could supply."
The response was grudging. "That is true, but because they are strong only those of Yod may normally have access to them. Have you a pendant?"
"A what?"
The man dug under the neck of his tunic and pulled out a silver pendant on a chain. "All who practise healing in Yod are examined and tested to make sure that they may do no ill to any patient. If they pass they must needs wear one of these to prove their abilities. I do not know you, woman. From your accent I doubt that you are from any nearby land. How may you prove that I should safely offer you what you need?"
Ursula could not see the pendant clearly but it appeared to show a diagonal Swiss-style cross with a leaf superimposed.
She shrugged. "What do you want me to say? I was trained in a distant land as a surgeon and I have handled many operations on males and females of all ages. I have even assisted at childbirth."
The man grimaced in disgust. She continued, "Of course the potions and other remedies of my homeland require herbs unlike any that grow here along the Sirrel. Since arriving here I have been learning about the local herbs and in Joth I have been teaching them some of my own knowledge in return."
The man's eyes flared at the mention of Joth. "You mentioned operations. What do you mean?"
"Why, opening the patient up, doing whatever is required and then sewing them up afterwards. In Joth I saved the life of an armsman who had an inflamed appendix."
"Opening the patient up? We of Yod do not do things like that!"
"But, surely you must operate on wounded after a battle? Stitch up sword cuts, remove arrow heads, things like that?"
He nodded. "Of course we do but that is men's work, it would be unseemly for a woman to view such disorder." His expression was of distaste. "Woman, you are a barbarian, I deem, to attempt such things. You shall obtain nothing here. Nothing! Doorman, show this rabble out."
He turned on his heel without another word and walked back up the stairs.
After an unexpected feast the women gather in their chamber, where Ursula tries to explain her origins to Kaldara. Later she wonders about the day's events.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
47 - Secrets Told
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
When Ursula's group returned to the hostel for lunch they
found Kalmenar pacing anxiously outside.
"My Lord! What has happened?"
"Mistress Ursula, the meeting with the Council of Marshals was... difficult. I had not realized that there were factions amongst the Allies as well as among those of Yod."
Although Ursula had half expected a bumpy ride, she was still concerned.
"What was the problem, My Lord?"
He grimaced and then replied, "While many, including those from Brugan, Forguland and Ferenis accepted Her Highness's status as effectively an equal to those present, others did not. I showed them all her charters, both as a Princess of Palarand, signed by our King, and as the head of the new Navy. That one was signed by every Head of State who had agreed to form the new Federation."
He grimaced again. "Some, including Marshal of the Field Pangan from Virgulend and Chief Marshal Garzanar of Smordan, maintained that she was but a foreign Princess who had no authority in Yod, and that she should leave matters to those who knew what they were doing. Someone pointed out that the rank mark on her baldric was that of a mere Captain. Garzanar, to my astonishment, even declared that neither Her Highness nor the women with her could competently use the swords they carried."
"Oh, my!"
"Indeed, Mistress. Commander Lars, as was his right, challenged Garzanar to a duel to clear the honor of his liege, but Her Highness prevented him from accepting the challenge."
"That was just as well, My Lord. It could have gotten messy."
"It did, Mistress. Her Highness challenged him herself. Several of the other officers there cast doubt upon His Majesty's guardswomen, so a fight was arranged, three against three until first blood."
"Boje! Of course, they were not wearing practice blades, were they?"
"As you say, Mistress. I have to say the men were most careful, not knowing just what the three women could do, but soon were forced to put up a real defense." He smiled in an embarrassed way. "Her Highness beat back Marshal Garzanar and then smacked him in the side of the head with the flat of her sword, knocking him completely out. Bennet fought Pangan and it was a closer duel, they were forced to declare it a draw after each blooded the other at the same moment."
"Bennet is wounded? I must go to her immediately!"
Kalmenar waved a calming hand. "The wound is simple and slight, Mistress. Have no fear for her safety."
"What about Semma, then? She does not have the build to face a determined swordsman."
"As you say, Mistress." Kalmenar smirked then. "She drew her sword but did not use it, instead kicking the sword of Marshal Zornis of Lower Fanir out of his hand. That ended his fight, since the kick also broke a bone in his arm."
Ursula whistled. "Remind me never to face those three in a fight! But what happened after that?"
He shrugged. "Her Highness achieved what she came to do, Mistress. I can explain later if she does not." He paused. "She is in a foul mood, though, mayhap it would be a good idea if you were to attend her."
"I'll do that, My Lord." She turned. "Coming, girls?"
She led Tyra and Kaldara to the bottom of the Women's Stair, where Lars paced anxiously. His mood brightened when he saw Ursula. Above him, on the stair, two of the hostel's female staff prevented him from ascending.
"Mistress Ursula. Go to Princess, please."
«On our way, Lars. You can rest easy.»
He nodded. «Good. I will take all the men back to our own barracks for lunch.»
«Please. Debrief later?» He gave her a questioning look. «I want to find out what happened at your meeting. You can learn what happened to us.»
«Yah, Mistress. This afternoon, after day-sleep.»
«Done.»
She pushed past him and went rapidly up the stairs, Tyra and Kaldara following. At the door to their chamber she knocked and then opened the door and entered.
"Ursula! Thank the Gods!"
Eriana practically ran across the chamber and grabbed the startled Ursula in a hug. After a brief moment the Princess backed off quickly, looking embarrassed.
"There was trouble at our meeting -"
"We heard."
"And word was brought that you also had problems. We feared for your safety."
"There was a lot of name calling, Highness, and a little pushing and shoving. However, first I should attend to Bennet if she is injured."
"Of course."
Bennet sat on her bed with a bandage around her left upper arm. She did not appear to be too concerned. Tyra fetched Ursula's basket and brought it over as Ursula began to unwind the bandage. Underneath was a deep vertical cut in the bicep. The bleeding had stopped.
"It looks clean enough."
"Aye, Mistress, one of the healers attached to the Council attended me - us - after the stupidity was over."
"Still, I think I'll clean it out again and put on some ointment and a fresh bandage. That way I'll know that it will heal properly and not damage that muscle too much." She looked up at Bennet. "You were very lucky here, you realize. Muscle strands go up and down and it looks like the blade didn't cut through too many."
She carefully pulled the wound apart, noting that it went in about two centimeters. "Just the tip of the sword, then. If it had been the other way around, so that it cut across the muscle, there would have been more damage and your arm might never have been as strong again."
"As you say, Mistress."
Ursula closed the wound and looked at the cut thoughtfully. "I don't think I want to put any stitches in here, the cut isn't long enough to cause any problems without. But I will wrap it well and tell you that you should not use that arm for any heavy work for a while. Oh, and that includes using your counter blades."
"As you command, Mistress. Ah, if I may continue to eat my food normally?"
"I would think so, yes, just be careful what you lift."
Ointment was applied and the arm closely wrapped. Ursula wiped her hands on a cloth and looked around. "Anything else I should look at while I have my basket here?"
Eriana shook her head but Semma asked diffidently, "Mistress, if you would look at my foot. I am not sure if I have damaged anything."
She sat on her bed and unlaced her right boot, removing it and the sock. The end of her foot, and some toes, looked inflamed.
Ursula turned. "Tyra, I'll need some clean, hot water. There ought to be some in the kitchen, lunch will be served sometime soon. Uh, just a small bowl will do, thank you."
"Of course, Mistress."
While she waited she held Semma's lower leg and, raising it, inspected as much of the foot as she could see.
"You kicked hard enough to break bones, then?"
"Aye, Mistress, though that was not my intent. I forgot that our boots have steel toecaps inside."
Ursula shook her head. "Do not apologize, Semma, since what you did ended your fight immediately. Hmm. Your big toe looks inflamed and the next one is almost as bad." She looked up. "My problem is that, because they are so small, it can be difficult to tell if bones in toes are actually broken. Where I come from, we usually had to use a special machine to see if that was so."
As Semma nodded Ursula felt Kaldar's eyes upon her.
She continued, "Whether the bones are broken or not, because of placement we have to treat the foot the same way. I'll give you something to take the pain away and help to reduce the inflammation." She thought. "Actually, wearing those boots is probably the best way to keep the foot out of trouble, especially if they have steel toecaps."
"As you say, Mistress. I am used to wearing them so it should not cause me trouble."
"Except that the rest of us will be wearing sandals on board as the weather is so warm. Or going about in bare feet, even. On board ship, then, you can take the boots off, but you should not move around too much with bare feet."
"As you command, Mistress."
While she waited for the water she turned to Eriana, who had begun pacing up and down the chamber.
"Highness, Lord Kalmenar gave me a simple outline of what happened to your party."
Eriana stopped and turned, her expression one of anger. "Aye. I should have remembered what the old fools in my father's courts were like. Men in such positions always think they know better." A grim smile. "Well, they know better now. We have taught them that what they thought they knew about their craft is no longer true. Mayhap some of them will now accept suggestions from younger folk, though they are still reluctant to agree that any woman may know as much about fighting as they."
"It will happen, Highness. Remember they are only at the start of this process and most will be from countries where women do not fight at all. Did you not tell me that even women in Einnland do not normally fight?"
"It is true, Ursula. I believe that I was only permitted because of whom I was - and, possibly, because one day I might have sat on my father's throne, or led his men, should none of his sons have survived." She grinned suddenly. "That will not happen now, of course, and I may have a much more rewarding future in front of me, should the Gods permit."
Ursula cocked her head. "So what happened afterwards, then? Kalmenar said that you got what you went for but said no more."
"Oh, aye! Once the healers had left us we all sat down again. Several were still unwilling to accept my position but were equally unwilling to contest me. My quest concerned the galleys which were seized from Yod during and after the war, you understand. They are to be parceled out among those who have joined the Sirrel Federation, to form the River Command. Eventually these will be replaced by more modern vessels but until then we must needs make do with what is already there.
"That may mean that some of those lands would second their river forces, who would operate the galleys, to the Federation. Some of those present were reluctant to lose either the galleys they had captured or the men to man them. I explained that their loss would be to the gain of all, and that their own lands would still administer their stretch of the Sirrel and most became content.
"One matter which did cause heated discussion was the provision of galleys to cover the stretch of river flowing past Yod itself. Should that be covered by the other lands nearby or should those of Yod itself manage its own affairs? That would mean returning some few galleys to Yod, which none desired for obvious reasons. Since Yod is not part of the Federation, it was decided that other lands would manage the Yodan stretch for now. When a proper ruling authority of whatever kind is agreed for Yod then that question will be asked anew."
"Thank you, Highness. I understand now." Ursula could see that Eriana was still tense. "Highness, you should try to relax. I remember you once said that you were taught some meditation techniques."
The Princess stared at Ursula and then let out a long, slow breath, her shoulders dropping. "Ursula, your words are wise. My mind is churning with all that has happened today, and we have not yet eaten lunch! Aye, Garia taught me how to calm my mind and I will attempt to do so." She gave a warm smile. "Thank you for your concern."
She promptly sat down cross-legged on the floor, but before she could do anything else Tyra appeared with a bowl of hot water. Instead of closing her eyes Eriana just calmed her breathing and watched proceedings.
"Mistress," Tyra said to Ursula, "I am told that lunch will be served in less than half a bell."
"You are telling me that I have to do what I have to fairly quickly." Tyra blushed, but Ursula continued, "It is no problem. There is time to do this and to clean ourselves up before we eat. Hand me that bowl and find me a cloth or two, please."
Once cleaned Ursula examined Semma's foot critically. "I think that you have just bruised the longest two toes. Some salve and a thin wrapping to keep that from going all over the boot should be enough."
"Thank you, Mistress."
"It might also mean the boot is a little small." She turned to Eriana. "Did I hear someone say that your footwear is made for each person?"
Eriana considered. "That is almost true, Ursula, though I believe that some footwear is taken from the Palace wardrobe, if any may be found that fits. It is possible that the boots of Guardsmen - and, I deem, Guardswomen - may be selected that way." She added, "Of course, all my own attire is made especially for me, since I am of an unusual size for a woman."
Ursula gazed at Eriana's figure. On Earth she would probably have been snapped up by a modeling agency or even become an actress but in this world she was just an anomaly, a square peg of a fit, active, confident woman who was never going to fit into any of the round holes available whatever her size. It was possible that her new post would satisfy most of her urges but Ursula was not sure that it would be enough.
Semma said, "Highness, since the Wardrobe had never fitted women for the Guard before, all our attire was made especially for us. I do not think any of it came from the shelves."
"Oh. Then, Semma, we must needs discover why your foot moved in the boot such that it caused your injury. Mayhap Ursula has some theory."
"Me? Highness, I will investigate but now is not the time. I would suggest that we should now make ourselves ready for lunch. As for myself, I have a pressing appointment in the bath house. I imagine that Tyra and Kaldar would like to go there as well."
"As you say! I ask your pardon, Ursula, Tyra, Kaldar. You have wandered Yod all morning and now you must needs relieve yourselves before we eat. Semma, can you yet walk on that foot?"
"I think so, Highness."
"Then let us go. I feel in the need for some pel, strange though that thought may be to me."
* * *
It was late afternoon. The entire group of women had walked over to the men's barracks and, after some discussion, borrowed a chamber big enough that everyone could fit comfortably inside. Everyone exchanged details of their morning activities before going their separate ways. In the case of the women, that meant walking back, fortunately without too much interference, before going once more to the bathing facilites to refresh themselves before the evening meal.
"Um." Ursula rubbed her upper arms against her newly-freed breasts.
"Mistress?"
"I think it is that time of the month, Tyra. When we get back to our chamber I think I will need to start wearing tie-sides."
"Oh! Kalikan! Of course, Mistress." Tyra gave her a questioning glance. "Surely you knew when 'tis due, Mistress?"
"Only by the feelings in my breasts and stomach, Tyra. I know that Kalikan is involved but I do not know the calendar well enough to know the days."
"But..."
Ursula held up a forefinger. "Tyra, I have had exactly one Call since I came to Anmar. That was before you joined me. Her Highness told me that they can be all over the place for a few months until my body settles down. That information came from Lady Garia... Princess Garia."
"It is true," Eriana confirmed. "Though she had mostly settled down by the time I arrived in Palarand, she and Jenet had trouble accounting the days, instead relying on the feelings of her body, as I was told they do on the mother world. Ursula, this is something that you must needs put up with for some time."
Kaldara had a hand to her mouth. "Mistress, you are the one!"
Ursula turned. "Yes, Kaldara, I am. There has been no time to explain but we will do so after we have eaten and retired. Highness?"
The Princess nodded. "Aye, tell what must needs be told, Ursula. The fate of our newest crew member is bound up with that of us all, she should... he should know all." She asked Ursula, "What will you wear this evening? During your last Call, I remember, you could not wear a ship dress."
"Well, I have a few day dresses, of course, and there are two evening gowns. Are you suggesting a long gown, Highness?"
Eriana smiled. "Mayhap. And, should you choose a long gown for this evening, then perhaps we should join her, should we not, ladies?"
Bennet nodded. "Highness, it will make a welcome change. Though ship dresses are practical enough, I am a woman, sometimes I desire to wear attire of a different kind. With your permission?"
"Ask Ursula, not me! Ursula, what shall we wear this eve?"
"Long gowns it is, then. Highness, you know what will happen once we come downstairs again."
Eriana smirked. "Aye! It will do that rabble good to see us as we really are. And it will not upset their sensibilities as we have done before."
Kaldara looked frustrated. "Highness, what about me? I have no long gowns and even if I did I have no desire to wear one."
Eriana grimaced as she turned to the teenager. "It is unfortunate, Kaldara, that our journey has taken us to perhaps the one land where you may not be yourself. I regret that I have no remedy."
Ursula said, "Highness, poor Kaldara has been wearing that same dress ever since we bought it in Tobeligo. I know that we will be calling at some other places in Yod before we reach anywhere else and she cannot keep wearing the same dress all the time, so I looked around in the market and found two more day dresses for her." She shrugged. "I know that Kaldar will not be needing them once we get beyond Yod but that could be several days away and Kaldara needs a change of clothes."
Eriana nodded. "You plan ahead, Ursula, good. Kaldar, I know that it is not what you desire but do you understand why Ursula did this?"
Kaldar shrugged. "I do not like it, Highness, but I know why it is necessary. I also know that Mistress Ursula is looking for herbs to help me so I know I must needs wait until we escape the lands of Yod."
Eriana gave a faint smile. "You are more patient than I, then. You will wear one of the new dresses this evening?"
"I will, Highness." Kaldara wrinkled her nose. "They are a Yodan style, much longer than I have worn before, but the material is thin enough. It may be that such a dress will make me less noticeable."
The Princess snorted. "You know that everyone else in our party is already attired like no-one in Yod is? That fact alone may make you stand forth among our number."
"Highness, I did not think of that."
"It should be no problem, Kaldar. I do not intend for us to stay anywhere long enough for it to become obvious. Ladies, shall we change? Let us show them how those of Palarand attend their evening meals."
* * *
The effect was everything that the women had expected. The moment they reached the foot of the Women's Stair word went around and the usual hubbub in the common room hushed. From the dining room, the worthy in charge sped forth to greet them, making a low bow to Eriana.
"Your Highness! You honor us with your presence tonight."
"Rise, my good man. Aye, we thought that, as women, we desired a change tonight to more gentle attire. Do we dine in our usual chamber?"
The man bobbed and gestured. "Aye, Highness. If you would follow me, right this way. I will inform the kitchen that you are ready to dine."
"Thank you, my man."
Suddenly more servants appeared, the table was cleaned, each woman had a chair held by a servant and pushed in when they sat down. The table was laid carefully and quickly and a small vase of flowers even appeared. Then they were left alone for a short period while the food was brought from the kitchen.
Semma giggled softly. "Highness, I could become used to this."
Eriana snorted. "Aye! I am not certain what it tells us about those of Yod, though. We are the same people who ate yesterday but today, simply because we are dressed more appropriately, we are treated differently. Is it that they respect nobility? I thought the women we have seen about the city were treated poorly, was I wrong?"
She could say no more before the food arrived. It occurred to Ursula that no-one had been told what was on offer and so no-one had made any choice of foods. It seemed that the servants had brought some of everything. Platters of meats, fish, vegetables and sides were arrayed around the vase in the center of the table. A small tureen of stew was provided together with several jugs of sauces.
The worthy appeared, wringing his hands. "Highness, is everything to your satisfaction? Wait, I see no-one has considered your drinks tonight. If I may ask, what will be your pleasure this evening? I have wines from Southern Yod, or you may prefer something from Faralmark, I have several reds and whites that may go with your meals. Highness, I know that you prefer beer, I can bring that instead at your command. For the youngster, there is small beer, fruit juice or water."
Eriana ceased her inspection of the dishes and sat back. "My good man, as you know I prefer beer, it is the way of my people, but tonight I believe that I will ask for a white wine suitable for the fish I see there. If you can find me one that is not too strong, though."
The man bowed. "I know just the one to pick, Highness. And for the others?"
Bennet and Semma had a conversation with the man and chose white wines, but Ursula picked a red to go with the medium-rare gavakhan steak she had selected from the cuts on the plate. Tyra backed out and chose small beer while Kaldara settled for fruit juice.
After the man left to fetch the drinks Kaldara said to Ursula, "Mistress, I know that some my age have drunk wine at meals but my father never permitted it to us. He said that only men drank wine."
"We already knew that your father had some strange ideas," she replied. "In some lands both men and women drink, yes, boys and girls your age too. I suspect, though, that in his case the reason he didn't let any of you drink was because it meant that there was more for him to drink."
"As you say, Mistress. From what I have seen, wine can make one just as silly as beer can."
"That is so, Kaldara, and the smaller the body, the greater the effect can be. That is not to say that small people - or young people - should not drink beer or wine, it just means that they must be careful how much they drink."
Eriana paused from spooning vegetables onto her plate to add, "You should know, Kaldara, that wine and beer may not just make someone silly. For some it can give them headaches, especially the following day, and for others it can make them angry and want to fight. There are those in my father's court who would become dangerous when they had drunk so much beer."
"I will keep that in mind, Highness. Uh, it may explain some of my father's actions. Sometimes -"
The drinks appeared, brought by the man and Minna. Conversation stopped as they concentrated on their food.
* * *
Back in their chamber later Eriana cast a concerned look at Ursula. "Is there some problem, Ursula? Your Call, has it started?"
Ursula managed a smile back. "I don't think so, Highness. I think I simply ate too much this evening. I cannot remember when I have eaten such a good meal."
"As you say! As you may realize I have supped with Kings and Dukes and the meals at their tables of course were excellent, but I have also eaten in hostels and inns along the way. I believe that I will agree, this was one of the better meals I have eaten at such places."
Bennet and Semma murmured agreement. Tyra asked, "Highness, is the food here much like we will eat elsewhere?"
Eriana tilted a hand. "Some is better, Tyra, some is worse, though everywhere we have traveled so far the food has at least been acceptable. It may depend on how many are presently in residence, the availability of various foods," she shrugged, "other factors. Those who run such places as these know not to take advantage of their guests, as most will be travelers and word will soon spread far and wide. Do you remember what the head man at that village we called at said? Where was it? Whyrram's Wharf?"
"Yes, Highness, I remember. If bad word was spread then no-one would call and they had need of the coin. Thus they made sure that everyone who came went away satisfied."
"Just so, and these hostels are no different, I deem." She sat down on her bed and patted the mattress beside her. "Kaldara, if you would sit by me. We have promised you a tale and so it must be told. Make yourselves comfortable, ladies."
When everyone had found suitable places to sit Eriana turned to Ursula, who sat facing her and Kaldara.
"If you could explain your circumstances, Ursula. You will know better how to do that than I."
"Of course, Highness. Kaldara... I am only calling you that since you are wearing a dress and because we are in the women's quarters. We could be overheard, so I will keep my voice low. Can you hear me well enough?"
A serious-looking Kaldara replied, "I understand, Mistress. I can hear you plainly."
"Then I will tell you that I am from another world. Do you understand what I mean by that?"
"Mistress, I find the idea of other worlds to be disturbing. I am not sure what you mean by that."
"Why should you? Most people, going about their lives have no need to understand what must be a very strange idea. Let's start at the beginning. What do you think the world is?"
"Why... Actually, I once thought the world was the Great Valley and the river in it, but that cannot be so, can it? Water comes in one end and flows out the other, so there must be something beyond. People speak of something called Alaesia and also of something called Anmar, but I do not know what those are."
"Very well. Do you know what an island is?" A nod. "We are on a very big island, then, called Alaesia. Nobody really knows just how big it is but it might take weeks to travel from one side to the other."
"I think I understand, Mistress. But.. if we are on an island, and an island is surrounded by water... can there be so much water?"
Eriana chuckled. "Oh, yes, Kaldara! I have spent most of my life sailing on that water and it goes as far as anyone can see. It is thought that, just as it may take weeks to travel across Alaesia, it may take weeks to sail across the ocean to reach the other side. That is what we call so much water, an ocean, and the water has everything in it, so I have been told, that the rivers wash down from the mountains into it. It is salt, so we may not drink it, but many fish and other creatures live in it."
"But you said, 'the other side'. How can you get from one side of Alaesia to the other by sailing away from it?"
Eriana looked at Ursula who replied, "It is possible, Kaldara, but that is a complicated subject for another day. What is more likely is that you would reach another large island in the ocean just like the one we are on." She shrugged. "I don't think anyone has made that journey, or if they did no-one has returned to tell us what they found. The important point is that whatever is out there, it is all part of Anmar, which is what the people on Alaesia call this world."
Kaldara thought about this then nodded. "But, then, if you are not of Anmar, where else can there be?"
"You have seen the stars at night?"
"Of course, Mistress." Kaldara's eyes lit up. "Do you tell me that they are all worlds like this one?"
"We-ll, not exactly. Most of what you can see in the night sky, apart from the three moons, are stars. Each star is a sun like the one you see during the day. The reason that they just look like points of light is because they are so far away. Very far away. Some are so far away that it takes the light from them thousands of years to reach Anmar."
"They are suns? Just like ours? Maker!" She looked confused, then asked, "But if they are suns, then where are the worlds?"
"Just as Anmar goes around your sun, those other suns may have worlds going around them. The stars are so bright and so far away that it is very difficult to see any of those worlds. One of those suns, which I was told was over a thousand light-years away, has the world that I came from going around it. We call that world Earth."
"But..." Kaldara was quiet for a very long time. Then she said, "If it takes so long to get from that world to Anmar, how was it done? A thousand years! Even my father's father is only seventy years, and he looks very old. But you are not."
"I do not know how it was done, Kaldara. I have been told that it is likely that some very complicated machinery was used to transfer me."
A frown of concentration. "What is machinery?"
Eriana looked at Ursula. "I, who have seen some of the wonders that Garia and Milsy have described, find it difficult to explain machinery."
Ursula opened her mouth and closed it again. Everyone on Earth, almost, knew what machinery was because they were surrounded by it all the time. How could she explain it to someone who probably didn't know how a simple watermill operated? Finally she chose a different approach.
"It is something you will understand when you are shown some. It is not important. Just accept that I was brought here by some means that even I do not understand, but that perhaps some of your wise men might understand one day in future. Important part is that, because it is so far, they could not bring whole body across from Earth to Anmar. Inside every part of body are copies of instructions that make body. What whoever brought us did was to bring single copy of those instructions to Anmar and then use them to make new body. Apparently this can be done faster than normal way."
Another frown. "Normal way?"
Ursula gave Kaldara a smile. "You have body of girl, your body is soon to be woman, you can have baby, yes?"
"Oh-oh-oh!" Kaldara's smile was embarrassed. "Normal way. Yes, I understand."
"Yes. Then somehow, I do not know how, memories of original are added to new body. Then new body awakes, wonders where it is."
"Yes, I see. So you woke up and then..?"
"Then Her Highness and ship were sailing nearby and saw me lying on island in river. They rescued me and here I am."
Another frown. "But, before, you said that you were a man on... Earth."
"Is true. Now. When baby is made normal way, egg comes from mother and seed comes from father, yes?" A nod. "Half information comes from mother, half from father, which is why new child may have eyes of mother but hair color of father, yes?"
"I suppose so."
"But usually, it is not known if baby will be boy or girl until it is born. Reason is complicated, will teach when you are older, but there is part of information which decides if you are to be boy or girl. That part decides how to make baby, later how to grow breasts on girl, make girl's body ready for babies, grow hair on boy's face."
"Yes." She nodded. "I see now, it must be so."
"But in transfer from one world to other, sometimes something goes wrong. Maybe mistake made in copy, maybe machine does not make baby properly. But can change a man on Earth into woman on Anmar... or the other way round."
"Oh. So that is why... and why it cannot be done for me. I understand now." Kaldara added, "But you must be very clever on Earth to know all this!"
"And that is why, child," Eriana stated, "we must keep Ursula's origins a secret. If those of Yod found out where she was from they would seek to obtain that information from her and use it themselves. They would beat her as your father beat you - and possibly worse. Every person aboard the Visund knows the secret now but no other will speak of it. Shall you give me your oath?"
Kaldara slid off the bed onto her knees in front of Eriana. "Highness, I will swear never to speak of what I have been told here tonight to anyone."
Bennett said, "Heard and witnessed."
Ursula said, "Actually, that is not true, Highness. Hashim does not know my origins."
"Oh! You are right, Ursula. Kaldara, it would be best if you did not speak to anyone of these matters unless it is to one of us presently in this chamber. In future, that may change but the situation is dangerous while we are in a land like Yod."
"As you command, Highness. I will swear that."
"Heard and witnessed."
Kaldara stood and regained her seat on the bed.
"On Earth, then," Ursula explained, "I was firstly a girl in the body of a boy and then a woman in the body of a man. There it is possible to give my body the seeming of a woman but it involves cutting parts off and taking... potions, perhaps, to make breasts grow and to make my skin soft. On Earth there are the means to soften my face and remove the hair from my body a woman would not have. But it is painful, it can be dangerous and it can be costly. To go the other way can also be done but such people as us can never have children the way we would prefer to. It is not possible to make a real man from a woman's body nor a real woman from a man's body."
Kaldara considered this. "But these machines..? Is that right? They made you a real woman's body."
"That is so. Apparently I can now have babies like any other woman can. Since I never expected to be able to do that, I find the idea to be strange. But for you, situation is different. Herbs can reduce breasts, make hair grow, make body strong but cannot make penis for you nor remove womb. It is possible that herbs will prevent you from ever having babies but, I doubt anyone has made proper investigation to see what happens."
Kaldara put her hand down to her groin. "That means I will always have this and that any man may... do to me what men do to a woman."
Ursula nodded. "Is true. That is why you have to stay with us until your body has changed enough that no-one would think you are a woman. Men of Visund all sworn to Princess, will not touch you. Lord Kalmenar has honor, he will protect you also. Hashim I do not know. Better to be safe."
She was solemn. "I understand, Mistress. It is what I always wanted but I do not think I really understood the risks." She turned to Eriana. "Highness, it is very hard for me but I will do as you desire."
"That is all I ask, child. Be careful, let Ursula find herbs for you, be aware of danger as we all are."
"As you command, Highness."
"Now," Eriana said, "we have probably said enough, I deem, and it has been a busy day. If we should go down to the bath house and make ourselves ready for bed, it will probably be time to settle down for the night when we return."
* * *
Ursula lay in bed listening to the others make themselves comfortable for sleep.
A strange day.
The locals do not know what they want, most of them. The occupiers - for that is what they are, however good their intentions - squabble among themselves as well.
I just hope that the mess can be cleared up, but experience from Earth tells me that it probably will not happen the way anyone thinks it will.
The city itself is well built and well organized. Did the Ascendancy do that, or is it just the local style? Everywhere else I have been the buildings have been distinctive but different.
Much like Earth, in fact.
I did not like what happened in that Directory place. It could be the customary 'superior' male attitude or it could be something deeper. It will be better for me not to search anywhere else for herbs because questions might be asked. Let us go upriver somewhere quieter.
...And then there is Eriana! I was relieved to see her when we returned but I was surprised by her welcome.
I do not know what to think about that! I have been on Anmar barely six weeks and have made no plans for my own future. I certainly have had no time to think about some kind of... partner.
There, I have said it. Am I reading too much into a relieved hug? She certainly had cause to worry about us.
She is Captain, a Princess of somewhere far away and I do not know how long I will be on the Visund anyway. She has many demands on her time and the situation changes each time we pull into a port.
Perhaps I am reading too much into it. We are crewmates, that is all.
...Creatures brought me here. Beings, Maralin called them. They must have had some plan for me but they are not telling anyone what that is.
I am Russian. What will be will be. Let future take care of itself.
There is an unexpected visitor the next morning, a woman intent on dealing death. But things are not as they seem and spiral rapidly out of control. Eriana makes a quick decision.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
48 - A Pointed Interruption
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
After the women had finished breakfast the following morning
they had walked out onto the walkway surrounding the courtyard for
some fresh air. There were several departures taking place, all of
crews from river craft, and they watched as the baggage of those
leaving was loaded onto handcarts to be taken down to the berths of
the vessels.
Their entertainment was interrupted by Vynil walking through the courtyard entrance. He saw the group of women, came over to them and bowed briefly to Eriana.
«Good morrow, Captain. Sorry to disturb you so early in the day, but there is a problem down at the Visund. Some food that Adin ordered has arrived and there is a dispute over geld owed. The man insists that he speak with the Captain.»
«Good morrow, Vynil. Is Adin there?»
Vynil shook his head. «Not yet, Captain. I have the impression this local came early just so that he could have an argument - and maybe swindle some geld out of some other crew member who didn't know what was agreed.»
Eriana's eyes were hard. «Oh, he did, did he? I will see about that!»
She turned and looked at the others. Bennet and Semma were wearing ship dresses today while Ursula and Tyra were both wearing normal day dresses because of Ursula's condition. Kaldara had on the other Yodan dress which had been obtained for her the previous day, a long straight affair that did nothing for her at all.
"Bennet, if you would join me down at the Visund, there is a problem with some supplies. Semma, I want you to stay with Ursula today, she will not be venturing far, I deem. If there is need for me I will be down at the ship."
Everyone murmured acknowledgement.
"Ursula? I do not like leaving you this way but I advise against too much movement today. Mayhap once you are more familiar with the workings of your own body you may do more but that time has not yet come. I assume that you can occupy yourself today? "
"I agree, Highness. There are a number of things I can do while I wait for this to taper off. I have some notes to review and I can always continue educating Kaldara, if she is willing."
"Of course. In that case, I will see you all later, certainly before lunch. Vynil? Lead the way."
«Captain.»
Eriana, Bennet and Vynil immediately strode off out of the courtyard. Ursula turned to Tyra.
"Do you mind being stuck in for a few days?"
"Of course not, Mistress! It is what all women must face, after all, and I will be there to help you as I should be. If you ask, shall I be bored, then I will tell you that I have noticed some small repairs that must be done to some of our attire. If I should finish that then I may pay attention to whatever you say to Kaldara, after all my own knowledge is not much greater than hers."
"I would dispute that, Tyra. I think you have had a much better childhood than she has. You were not trapped in your house by an unpleasant and overbearing father."
"Indeed not, Mistress!" Tyra smiled. "I roamed the streets and docks with the other children and learned much as I grew. Then I began to go out upon the river with my father and brothers. But there is still much I do not know, Mistress."
"There is always more to learn, Tyra, as you must know by now." Ursula held her breath as unusual sensations ran through her lower body. "Ah. I think I am about to learn more myself, as it happens. Can you go up to our chamber and fetch the bag? Kaldara and I will meet you in the bath house."
"Of course, Mistress."
"Semma, you can come with us or you can go back to our chamber."
"Mistress, I will stay with you. It is my purpose here, after all."
A little later, in their chamber, now clean and refreshed, Ursula held up a borrowed slate.
"Remember that we spoke last night about how Alaesia was an island in a big ocean?"
Kaldara nodded. "Yes, Mistress."
"Today I think I will try to explain exactly what Anmar is and how I think everything fits on it and around it."
"As you say, Mistress. I still find that idea confusing."
Ursula sat herself carefully down on the side of her bed and patted beside her. "Then I will try to explain."
* * *
A little later on that morning the activity in the hostel had quietened down. Almost all of the guests had either departed or left to do whatever had brought them to Yod. The only people about were the servants who were cleaning chambers, refilling lamps, changing linen and other duties.
A woman walked in through the carriage entrance. She was garbed in the customary Yodan fashion in a long dress of plain fabric with a full skirt, a high neck and long sleeves. Over the dress was a gray apron with a bib and shoulder straps. She also had a cowl over her head and neck, partly to protect her from the bright morning sun. In fact, the front of the cowl had been pulled forward so that her face was entirely in shadow.
Keeping to the walkways she moved slowly around the edge of the courtyard so as to stay out of the sun. At the corner, where the Mens' Stair and the Womens' Stair came down, she paused, finding a dark corner beneath the Mens' Stair where she could observe without being noticed.
A female servant came down the Womens' Stair carrying a bulky bundle of linen to be washed, heading directly across the courtyard towards the kitchen and bathing block. A short while later she returned, this time carrying a stack of freshly pressed linen. She went back up the Womens' Stair and into the corridor.
Immediately the servant turned the upper corner the woman checked that she was alone and crossed to the stair. Lifting her skirts to her knees, she took the stairs silently, two at a time, until she reached the last step. Here she peered around the corner into the corridor to observe the servant. The moment the corridor was clear she moved.
"- The reason why we don't fall off is something we call gravity. This is the same thing that makes everything fall down to the ground. If you have a large mass shaped like a ball, all of it wants to fall -"
The chamber door suddenly shuddered and began to move inwards. The wedge that Semma had placed at the foot prevented it flying open, but the smoothness of the wooden floor meant that it gave way just slowly enough to alarm the occupants but not slowly enough for them to do much about it. As soon as it had moved far enough the Yodan woman slipped through the gap, a long counter-blade held confidently in her right hand.
Semma and Tyra immediately stood. Semma's sword leaned, in its scabbard, against the foot of her bed and out of reach. Tyra had only a sewing needle for a potential weapon. Ursula felt a jolt of adenalin but remained seated, instinctively putting a protective arm around Kaldara.
Semma and Tyra, without speaking, automatically spread apart and began to approach the intruder. The woman looked momentarily confused, the knife blade moving between the four occupants of the room before focusing on Tyra. That gave Semma the opportunity to rush forward and confront the woman, whose blade immediately moved back to confront the threat.
That diversion was enough to permit Tyra to come forward and kick at the knife hand, sending the blade spinning into the chamber. She followed that with a spin and a stomach kick, causing the woman to begin to fold. Semma drove her to the floor with a punch to her neck as Tyra swiftly moved to the foot of Semma's bed and retrieved the guardswoman's sword. Removing it from the scabbard, she tossed it to Semma.
"Here, Semma!"
Semma caught it by the hilt and, flipping it, pushed the tip gently against the woman's neck. "Thanks. You! On the floor and stay there. On your front." As the woman complied, she added, "Hands behind your neck."
As Ursula began to recover from the shock of the encounter she looked at the situation and saw a flaw.
"Semma."
"Mistress?"
With hand gestures she shook her head, making Semma move the sword away from the woman's neck and down to her torso. Semma's eyebrows rose in query but Ursula mouthed "later".
Tyra went to the door, pushed it closed and removed the wedge. "I'll go for some help, Mistress."
"Why don't you try our new friends across the road?"
Tyra's eyes lit up and she nodded happily before opening the door and disappearing.
Ursula then stood and grabbed her basket before moving to the woman and crouching down. She grabbed an arm and twisted it around and behind her back before doing the same with the other arm. The woman squirmed but quickly stilled when Semma jabbed her sword. With lengths of narrow bandage Ursula secured each wrist to the other elbow, immobilizing her arms, before using a wider length to tie her feet together.
Something about the woman's legs disturbed Ursula so she gently patted the prone body before moving to the head and pulling back the cowl to reveal the truth.
"Is no woman, is a man."
"What?"
"Obviously dressed this way to gain entry to womens' quarters. Legs wrong, narrow hips, hair too short. If woman, unusual shape so probably man."
"Ssss!"
"Da. If is part of plan, may be more to come."
Ursula stood and moved to the door, retrieving the wedge and knocking it firmly under the door with her foot. There followed an uncomfortable silence while they waited for help to come. Eventually an argument could be heard in the distance followed somewhat later by boots in the corridor. The door was tried but the wedge prevented it from opening. Tyra's voice could be heard saying something. Finally a knock came, followed by a voice which Ursula recognized as the hostel manager.
"Mistress? I am here with your maid and some men from the port. If we may enter."
"Let me speak to Tyra."
"Here, Mistress."
"Tyra, how many of Her Highness's men were left in Ferenis?"
Tyra's voice came through the door. "None, Mistress. Four were left in Forguland but only three remain. The men with me are from the guardroom opposite, their leader is the man who attended us the evening we arrived here."
With difficulty Ursula removed the wedge and opened the door. Outside were the hostel manager, several woman servants and a group of soldiers, all of whom had drawn their swords. Tyra scooted into the chamber, relieved to find that nothing had gone amiss since she had left. The hostel manager stepped forward.
"Mistress, your maid said that you had been attacked in your chamber by an armed woman."
Ursula gestured at the figure on the floor. "That is so, but this is no woman even if she looks like one."
The leader of the soldiers spoke. "Mistress, I am Darro of Smordan, we have met before. Are you certain of your facts? I see only a woman before me."
"Come in, Darro of Smordan. He forced the door and held a long knife out against us." She frowned. "Semma, where did that knife go?"
"I have no idea, Mistress."
Tyra pointed. "Somewhere over there, I think."
She moved to search for it but Ursula stopped her. "No. Do not touch it, Tyra. Let this man find it. Darro, it is possible the blade might be poisoned."
He spun to face Ursula. "Do you tell me?" His eyes narrowed. "But, surely, this is just a robbery, Mistress. I do not like talk of poisoned weapons."
"Look at person! He has gone to much effort to disguise self, to get into womens' quarters. Not necessary for sneak thief. He came with long knife, some call it counter-blade, girls kicked it away. No, he came to take or to kill."
"Mistress, this is a grave accusation. Her hair is short but that is not a crime in Yod." He paused. "That I know of."
"Then take off dress. See what is beneath."
Darro stopped and shook his head. "Mistress, this is beyond my writ, I deem. I must needs send for my superior. Even if this person... man or woman... broke into your chamber, I cannot just strip her... him on suspicion. In front of all these people? It would be unseemly!"
"Send for Lord Marlin, then. He will know our circumstances."
"Lord Marlin? He is... Brant, run to the guardhouse at the military gate, I believe Lord Marlin went there this morning. Find him and ask him to come back here to the hostel."
"Aye, Sarje." Then man turned from the doorway and disappeared.
Darro turned to Ursula. "Mistress, you had better be right about this."
"Mistress?" That was Semma, still standing over the intruder with her sword pressed to his back. She was now holding the sword with two hands and grimacing.
"Yes. Sarjant? Is that right?"
"Aye, Mistress."
"Can you detail some of your men to secure the... person. I do not want to let him or her get their hands free as there may be other weapons about their body."
"That I will do, Mistress. Sef, Kannar, stand over this person and make sure they do not move."
"Sir!"
The two men moved in and Semma relaxed with a sigh, moving away to give them room.
Darro said to her, "You are one of those who go around with the Princess, yes? That is your sword?"
"I am Guardswoman Semma of His Majesty's Palace Guard and it is, Sarjant. Whoever, whatever he is, he surprised us and we were lucky to better him."
"As you say." Darro turned. "And you are?"
"Ursula, Healer to Her Highness and to the ship's company. This is my maid Tyra and beside me is Kaldara, a ward of Her Highness."
"I see. Thank you." He moved away. "If I may find that blade. You said it went this way?" He bent down on the further side of one of the beds and peered underneath. "Ah! Here it is!"
He straightened up. "Mistress, I am mindful of your words. If there is a cloth I may use?"
"Of course. Tyra?"
Tyra pulled out one of the stack of cloth squares in her bag and handed it to Darro, who bent down again and came up with the counter-blade. He peered at the tip of the blade carefully.
"Mistress, I must needs apologize. There is some substance along the point of this blade, I deem. I do not think that it is just the result of careless cleaning."
The room remained in a tense silence for a while until Marlin shouldered his way through the door. Darro came to attention.
"My Lord. The Mistress's maid came to the guardhouse saying they had trapped an intruder in their chamber. We came over here to investigate but the hostel staff at first refused to let us climb the Womens' Stair. Once we got here we found him... her. The Mistress says that although attired as a woman this is in fact a man, which suggested to her that he was more than a common thief. He had this counter-blade which, on inspection, may have been poisoned."
Marlin scowled and turned to Ursula. "Mistress?"
"Sarjant Darro has told you everything, My Lord. I believe the disguise is too elaborate for a simple thief to bother with."
"I agree." He turned to Sef and Kannar. "Haul him to his feet."
Ursula cautioned, "I would be careful, My Lord. He may have other weapons on him."
"Noted, Mistress. Sef, Kannar?"
The two soldiers grabbed the man by his shoulders and hauled him bodily to his feet. Because his feet were still tied, they had to support him upright. Marlin looked at the man's face and nodded.
"I agree, this is unlikely to be a woman. Possible, it is true, but unlikely. What was your clue, Mistress?"
"When I secured his feet I thought his calves were the wrong shape, so I gently felt the rest of his body and noticed that his hips were somewhat narrow. I could not do more with him lying like that."
"And how do I prove it, Mistress? If he is truly a man, then I might offend every woman here, yet if this is a woman, then it should not be done in the presence of any man."
"I am a healer. I am accustomed to seeing the bodies of both men and women."
"As you say, Mistress. Yet?"
Ursula shook her head. "I cannot think of any easy way to tell without stripping him, My Lord. As you know there are certain things that are one way on a man and another on a woman but everyone of us is different. There are men who have narrow waists or shoulders and men who have no Adam's Apples." This last was turned into a curious phrase in the local tongue. "There are women with Adam's Apples and women with narrow hips. There are only three things a woman has that a man does not, and three things a man has that a woman does not. Your decision, My Lord."
Marlin grimaced but there was little choice. "Lift that skirt, Mistress. Let us see what lies beneath."
Ursula lifted the skirt, together with the white petticoat that was beneath, and the man, who had not uttered a sound the whole time, began to struggle against the two soldiers. They held him firmly as the skirt rose and a bulge was revealed in the undergarments beneath.
Marlin sighed. "That is enough for me." He considered the situation. "If he is as dangerous as is thought he may indeed have other weapons about him. I do not want to release his arms, so the dress must needs be cut off. Mistress?"
"You want me to do it?"
"You are the healer. You know how to do such tasks."
"You are right. I have not attended prisoners but I have had to cut clothes from accident victims." She addressed the maid. "Tyra, take Kaldara and stand near the door, so that she won't see anything... unseemly."
"Of course, Mistress."
"Semma, are you ready to stay there as a witness? You can stand by Tyra if you prefer."
"Mistress, sometimes a guardswoman has to do unpleasant things. I will watch."
Ursula smiled her thanks. "Good. Let me begin."
It was possible to release the waist tie of the apron but the shoulder straps had to be cut before Ursula could pull the garment away. This revealed the scabbard for the counter-blade on a waist belt. It also revealed the scabbards for two other knives, both of which were removed and examined closely.
"These could be poisoned also, Mistress. Your advice was wise."
"Do you want me to go further?"
Marlin's eyes were hard. "This man is likely an assassin, Mistress. If so his life is already forfeit. Strip him to his underwear. Spare not the attire."
The belt with the scabbards was removed.
"It is a waste of a good dress, but I will do it."
Using a scalpel from her kit she cut through the bottom of the skirt and then, gathering it in both hands, tore it apart up to the waist. The petticoat beneath suffered the same fate. Underneath was a pair of lightweight tights which she pulled down as far as his knees. A woman's tie-side panty was revealed, but the contents were very definitely male. There was also another belt with two very short daggers in the attached scabbards. The blades of these were each about the size of her thumb. Once this belt was removed Ursula considered how best to proceed.
"Mistress."
Tyra handed her the short shears she had been using for snipping thread. Ursula smiled her thanks. She carefully cut through the waist seam and then snipped upwards, mindful to keep clear of any skin beneath. At the neck another seam had to be cut through and then the two halves were pulled wide.
There was an indrawn breath from Marlin as he saw what was beneath. Two small cloth sacks hung from a cord which went around the man's neck. The bottom corners had been knotted, the two nearest knotted corners were joined by a short piece of cord while a longer length went around his back.
"This is clearly more than any casual thief would do, I deem." Marlin's eyes were hard upon the man. "There are many questions which must be answered here."
Ursula gently felt one of the bags. "From the texture I think it is sand, or something like," she reported. "My Lord, do you want me to remove them?
"Please do so, Mistress. More may be contained within than just sand."
"True."
Ursula used the shears to cut the neck cord and the one going around the back and the bags fell into her free hand. A little gentle probing suggested that sand was all they contained, but that was now somebody else's problem. She handed the bags to Marlin, who promptly passed them on to one of his men.
Ursula thought what to do next and then nodded. "My Lord, I cannot go much further without releasing his arms and I think you will agree that would not be wise, not just yet. What I can do is to use the excess material to immobilize his arms some more so that you can safely take him away."
He scowled. "I agree this man is too dangerous to release here, even with all my men nearby. Continue, Mistress."
Ursula pulled the dress material away to each side and then pulled the sleeves down as far as they would go, exposing bare upper arms. The excess material she took around to the back and wound several times about the pinioned arms, completely swathing them in the cloth. The man was left standing almost naked with his arms swathed in cloth behind him, a tie-side panty for modesty and tights down to his knees.
"Mistress, if you would release his feet, my men can take him away. Uh, leave those tights as they are, they will prevent him running." He turned. "Sef, put this man in one of the special cells at the back. I do not want him speaking with any of the others we have in there until we know how to proceed."
"Aye, My Lord."
Once the bandage was removed Sef and Kannar dragged the man from the room. All those left inside immediately relaxed. Marlin released his breath.
"Mistress, that was obviously a dangerous man, judging by the equipment we have found. If I may ask, how did you manage to overcome him?"
"It was not me, My Lord. When he forced his way into the room Semma and Tyra stood up and came at him from two directions." She thought. "At first, he was uncertain who to threaten. His knife waved about as though he was trying to decide who he had come for."
Marlin's eyes narrowed. "Interesting! So you think that his target was a particular one of you? If that truly is poison on those blades, Mistress, he would then be an assassin, not merely a thief. What happened next?"
"It was all so fast. I think Semma closed first and he switched attention to her, which gave Tyra time to kick the blade out of his hand. Then she kicked him again, in the stomach, and Semma clubbed him on the back of the neck with her fists, knocking him to the floor. That gave enough time for Tyra to throw Semma's sword to her."
His eyebrows rose. "She did not have her sword?"
"My Lord, do you have your own sword within arm's reach every moment of the day or night?"
"My apologies, Mistress, of course you are right. Then?"
"I tied his hands behind him and secured his feet. Then I sent Tyra off to find help."
"Think you he acted alone?"
Ursula shook her head. "I have no idea, My Lord."
A grimace. "Then we must needs consider the safety of you and your companions, Mistress. I will post two men outside your chamber door and two more at the foot of the stair."
The hostel manager protested. "My Lord, you cannot do this thing! It is only with reluctance that I permitted you and your men to climb the Womens' Stair at all."
Marlin rounded on him. "And it was only with reluctance that I have not arrested you and everyone else in this place! That man knocked at no other doors, he came directly to this one, I deem. Therefore he knew which chamber these women would be in and that means that - likely - one of your staff provided the information. What say you?"
The man bowed. "My Lord, of course you are right. But it is not seemly to have men about this corridor. I implore you, stand them at the foot of the stair if you must, but if you insist then no woman would remain under this roof another night."
That stopped Marlin briefly and Ursula stepped in. "My Lord, have you yet thought what Her Highness is going to say? I doubt that she is going to permit strange men to prowl this floor after this incident. In fact," she added, "placing your own men here could be seen as an insult to her. You know that she has sworn men of her own who she would want to use."
He scowled again, since that had not occurred to him.
"Aye, Mistress, you have the right of it. You are all her folk, she should provide sentries against any further attempts. Nebban, are you still there?"
A soldier poked his head around the edge of the door. "Aye, My Lord?"
"Go you to the port, find Her Highness's ship and bring back Her Highness to the hostel. I must needs have a discussion with her. Do not alarm her by explaining what has happened here, just say that it is urgent and concerns her women folk."
"As you command, My Lord!"
* * *
The crowd outside the doorway parted to let Eriana through.
"My Lord Marlin," she acknowledged his presence. "What has happened? Is anyone hurt?"
"Your Highness, fortunately no. Your women have managed to subdue an assassin who was attired as a local woman. He is presently in our guardhouse yonder."
"What? An assassin? Are you certain?"
"Judging by the knives he had upon his person, secreted beneath the dress and apron he wore, I am very certain, Highness. It appears that the blades may have been smeared with poison."
"What?" Eriana turned to Ursula, her eyes wild. "You are all safe? How did this happen?"
"Shaken, Highness, that is all. Semma and Tyra did all the work. For obvious reasons neither Kandara nor I could do very much."
"As you say." The Princess walked over to her bed and sank onto it, holding her head in her hands. "But why? How should they know there is anything here to trouble them?"
"While we waited for you to arrive," Ursula replied, "I have had time to think. But I think that I need some privacy before I talk about what I suspect." She glanced briefly at the onlookers beyond the open door. "There is another consideration, Highness. Lord Marlin wants to put men outside your door. The hostel manager does not want any man in the corridor but is willing to station them at the foot of the stair. I pointed out that you would prefer your own, sworn men."
Eriana looked up and nodded. "Aye, that is the obvious course. Lord Marlin, will you agree to let my men stand the duty?"
"As you desire, Your Highness. I know you will all feel safer with men you know about you."
"Then I will name four and they will be known to you, that there will be no confusion. Ah, if I do that then they must needs have a room nearby."
The manager offered, "Highness, we have had some departures today and by chance there is a small chamber available at the top of the Mens' Stair. I will offer it to you for the use of your men. There are four beds, they may remain here to save walking back and fore to their barracks."
"Done. And now perhaps it would be a good idea if all those who are not women should remove themselves from the womens' quarters. Unless, My Lord, you have any further questions or instructions?"
"I have learned all I can, Highness. I will take my men back to the guardroom and consider my next move." He looked at her. "Which will probably be to bring this matter to the attention of the Council. An assassin in the chamber of a visiting Princess, this is a grave matter."
"Indeed. Lord Marlin, none of this is any fault of yours but I deem that those of Yod who desire to see their old ways return may be to blame. Let me confer in private with my ladies and I may have word for you later this afternoon."
"Done, Highness."
Marlin took his men and departed. The various onlookers were shepherded away and peace returned to the Womens' Corridor. Eriana sent Bennett and Semma out to check the chambers either side and both were reported empty.
"Good," Eriana stated. "That means that we have a short time alone before anyone might return for lunch. Ursula, you said that you had some ideas."
Ursula cleared her throat. "Highness, our style of dress, both of men and women, picks us out as being foreigners and, when we went into the city yesterday, maybe that was a mistake. I know that you had problems meeting the Marshals but they are also foreigners, I think they understand that each country has its own styles, but I am concerned with what happened when we went to that building, the Directory of Healing. We presented ourselves as obvious outsiders."
The Princess pursed her lips. "As you say. This is a land strange to all of us and perhaps we have not been careful enough. At our debrief yesterday you told how the man you met there could not believe what you were capable of. Think you that somebody there has divined that you came from the mother world?"
"Highness, I do not know. The thought that crossed my mind was that maybe that building could be where some of the Ascendancy are hiding. That could explain their attitude. When they saw me they might have decided that it would be a good idea to get rid of me as I - apparently - know too much for a mere woman."
"But why -" Eriana stopped. "Ah, I forget, you spent some of your life on the mother world running from such people, did you not? It is not surprising that you have a sense for such matters."
"Exactly, Highness. Then, when that man broke in here, he looked confused for a moment, as though he did not know which of us was his target. As you see us now, only Semma is wearing a ship dress and maybe that was what was described to him by those who sent him. Look for the strangers in scandalously short dresses, but somehow Semma did not fit the description... ah, her hair! Semma has long hair while mine is short. Maybe that is why he was confused."
Eriana nodded. "A likely explanation, I deem. He was sent by others but he had not seen you himself. He relied on the description given him by those who sent him."
"Then there is the fact that he apparently knew which chamber to go to. Somebody in the hostel must have told those who sent him... or possibly pointed the way when he arrived, though I think that is less likely. And once he got here, he expected us all to act as most other women do and do nothing, whereas Semma and Tyra immediately stood and came at him from two directions."
The Princess smiled warmly at the two. "And that was well done, ladies. It was exactly the response needed at that time."
"Thank you, Highness," Semma responded. "If I may ask, what happened when you went down to the ship?"
She twitched at the apparent change of subject but replied, "Why, when we reached the Visund there were six men and three hand-carts laden with sacks, all arguing about some kind of delivery which Tor swears had not been ordered. Even when Adin arrived they persisted with their suit," she threw up her arms, "and for all I know they are still there, refusing to leave!"
"I wonder," murmured Semma thoughtfully, "if that had been arranged deliberately to draw you away from our chamber, Highness."
Eriana did a double take. "Baldur's blood! You mean, is that all part of the same conspiracy? Those men are also part of this? They drew me away from here because they thought me likely to thwart their assassin? I did not consider such a thing!"
She moved rapidly to the door. "I must send word to Lord Marlin. If those men are still there, they may be trapped on that line of pontoons. Mayhap they may prove an easier way to discover more than that killer will."
She strode out of the door and those remaining looked at each other.
"Well," Bennet remarked. "Not what I expected this morning."
"Indeed not," Semma agreed. She turned to Ursula. "Mistress, you indicated earlier, not to hold my sword to the man's neck. Since that is safer than placing it elsewhere, I deem, you must have had some reason."
"Semma, I'm not sure what happens around here but on Earth some assassins had the custom of killing themselves if they were captured. I didn't want him to do that before anyone had a chance to question him. That is also why I didn't want to even think about letting his hands free."
"Oh! Mistress, Earth is indeed a strange world. I am merely a woman of the guard and know nothing of assassins. Thank you for your advice, that may be useful to remember in the future." She turned to Bennett. "If I may suggest, we should change into uniform. From now on we should wear our swords, I deem."
"Agreed." She reached across. "Here is yours, Semma, if you would stand ready while I change and then I will do the same for you."
Semma had changed before Eriana returned. "They have sent men down to the pontoons," she reported, "but it may be possible the quarry has already fled. Lord Marlin pointed out that the messenger who summoned me may have alerted them." She turned to the guardswomen. "You prepare for battle, then?"
"Aye, Highness," Semma replied. "I feel more comfortable carrying my sword this way and I am ready to do my duty."
"As you say. I think there is time for me to change also, then we should go down to the bath house and prepare for lunch. How are you feeling, Ursula?"
"As expected, Highness. Nothing to worry about."
"Good. Let me change into my own uniform, then, and we shall sally forth in strength."
* * *
Lunch was a tense affair, with four Norse standing guard outside the dining chamber door and eight of Marlin's men patrolling the courtyard and nearby corridors. At the end Marlin appeared, bowing to Ursula.
"Highness, I regret to report that those men who went onto the pontoons departed after you were summoned back to the hostel. They left their carts behind, which have now proved to have been stolen from one of the port victualers early this morning. Your men have assisted in their return."
"So they were part of this!"
"So it would seem, Highness. Your ship master Tor has set a heavy watch on your ship and I have also placed men at the dock end of the pontoon line. In respect of the assassin, we have placed him in a secure cell after removing the female garb he wore, all except the panty for reasons of modesty. We have provided him food and drink, as is proper, but he has not touched any of it nor uttered any word."
Eriana grimaced. "This is a bad business. My Lord. We have strayed into something desperate, I deem, and I would rather be elsewhere. Give me a foe I may face with steel and shield and I will go forth bravely but this, this skulking around in the shadows, I struggle to deal with. Go you now to the Marshals?"
"Ah, not just yet, Highness. If you look outside, the sky darkens and it has become sticky. There is a storm brewing, I deem. By your leave, I will wait it out before presenting our case to the Marshals."
The Princess shrugged. "You have our assassin, we are now well protected enough, let us all go and nap - assuming the storm lets us. Afterwards you will be refreshed and ready to present our case, My Lord."
"Your words are wise, Highness. I will leave you and your ladies to take your nap in peace." He bowed to Eriana, said, "Ladies," and walked out.
Eriana stood. "Come ladies, let us withdraw. I will say a few words to the men and then we can go and nap."
* * *
The thunderstorm had passed over, leaving the air clean and fresh, though Ursula knew that was unlikely to last. The women, having risen from their naps, had gone downstairs to their dining chamber and were drinking various refreshments: beer for Eriana, fruit juice for Kaldara and pel for everyone else. They were surprised when Marlin strode into the chamber and bowed to Eriana. He looked grim.
"My Lord! We did not expect you so soon! Surely you have not already been into the city?"
"I regret not, Highness. I am on my way, I came to inform you that the assassin is dead."
"Dead! How?"
Marlin shook his head. "Not by our doing, Highness. The men who look after those in the cells heard a commotion while the storm was raging and went to discover the man thrashing about on the floor of his cell. He died before they could even open the door, though they were under instruction not to in case he may have attacked them. They chose instead to waken me and I joined them. After a little time had passed, the door was opened and the men cautiously went in. The man had foam upon his lips and his skin was a strange pink color. We then discovered that he had another of those tiny knives which must have been secreted in that panty, being the only garment he had. There was a scratch upon his chest, the blade must have been poisoned."
Eriana let out a stream of Norse invective that made Ursula's face blanch. She then added, "We have been remiss and must pay the price, My Lord."
"I agree, Highness. We have not been careful enough in this matter. If you have advice or instructions for me, you and your people are the injured party."
"For you, My Lord, I will only suggest that you go where you intended to go, to bring this news to the Marshals. For myself, I must needs consider the safety of myself, my crew and those others who sail with us. If I may add, Ursula believes that it may be those in the Directory of Healing, where they may have seen such a knowledgeable female healer as a threat."
"Do you tell me?" His eyes narrowed as he turned to Ursula. "If I may ask, Mistress, do you think this is a professional problem or something else?"
She replied, "My Lord, I do not know enough about Yod to answer that. We were obvious foreigners walking about the city and we stood out. The reception we had was not at all what I would have expected from any healer. I wondered if that building could be hiding some members of the Ascendancy you have not yet found."
"An interesting point, Mistress, which I will take to the Marshals. Considering what happened this morning, it is very possible that those of Yod saw you as a threat." He stood and thought a moment before nodding. "Aye. I will go to the Marshals now, by your leave, Highness. When I return I will tell you what has been decided."
"Of course, Lord Marlin. Thank you for your attention."
Marlin bowed again and strode out of the chamber.
* * *
Eriana paced around their sleeping chamber, her expression concentrated on thoughts and events no-one else could see. With the Princess going in and out of her vision, and the sound of her footsteps, Ursula could not concentrate herself. She put down the notes that she was attempting to re-read and looked up.
"Highness! Meditate!"
Eriana stopped and pivoted. "What? Oh." She gave a quick bow and a smile. "As you command, Mistress!"
She sank to the floor, crossed her legs and rested her wrists on top of her knees. Her eyes did not close, however, but instead she stared at Ursula.
"Highness, you know that you can do nothing, decide nothing, until Lord Marlin returns."
"As you say. But we have eaten our evening meal, it is becoming late, and yet there is no word! What has happened to him? And you are not correct, Ursula, some decisions I can make and I have already made the most important one. Tomorrow, whatever may transpire tonight and however long it takes us to prepare, we will sail away from Yod. You know that it is not in my nature to refuse a fight but, as I mentioned earlier, I struggle to confront a foe I cannot see. Therefore we shall sail tomorrow."
"I suspected that you would decide that and I cannot say that I disagree. In many ways Yod is just like any of the other capital cities we have visited but in many other ways it is different. There is something wrong with the city of Yod."
"Aye. I think the Marshals have less control than they believe. One day soon, perhaps, tempers will raise too far and the city will boil over. I do not want us to be here then, it is no longer our fight." There was humor, then, in her expression. "If I had two thousand, say, instead of twenty, I would soon put this city right! But I have not so it would better if we remove ourselves and be not the cause of any distraction."
Ursula began packing her notes away. "Then, Highness, with your permission, I will spend the time while we wait for Lord Marlin in packing. There is not much to do and it will save time tomorrow morning."
There were murmurs from Bennett and Semma so Eriana nodded. "Agreed."
"Tyra, I think I'll wear that plain dark blue day dress tomorrow. It will be too soon for me to go back to ship dresses."
Tyra moved to their chests. "As you say, Mistress. I will make sure that one is on top."
They were still packing when a knock came at the door. Bennett answered to reveal Minna.
"Highness, I am to tell you that Lord Marlin is below. He desires words with you."
Eriana swiftly rose to her feet. "Ursula, will you join me? You have more experience in such matters than I do, you may understand better what he has to say."
Ursula climbed to her feet and Tyra stopped packing to stand ready. "I will come, Highness. I have been sitting most of the day and at least it will be a chance to stretch my legs. Tyra?"
"Coming, Mistress."
Eriana turned to the two guardswomen. "If you would stay here with Kaldara. There will be enough of my men below to ensure our safety."
"Highness."
At the foot of the stairs Marlin was waiting. He bowed briefly to Eriana.
"Highness, I regret the delay in returning to advise you on progress, but that is because circumstances have changed. I passed the news of this morning's events to the Marshals and for a change they took the threat seriously, especially once I showed them the tiny poisoned knives. They also took note, Mistress," he gave a nod to Ursula, "of your visit to the Directory of Healing.
"A file... I believe they name them a tensquad here, was sent with an Under-Marshal to the Directory to obtain an explanation. All but four entered and nothing has been heard of them since. A short time after their entry the doors were abruptly closed and it was noticed that the shutters had been closed in the street-level windows. Since then all attempts to enter or to gain the attention of those within has failed.
"Highness, we believe that those went inside are now either hostages or dead. Those outside raised the alarm and the building is now surrounded by a large number of troops. It is essentially under siege."
"It is true, then. The Directory is a nest of those who once ruled here."
"Almost certainly, Highness. At the moment the city is dark and it is proposed to wait until it is light tomorrow before forcing entry to the Directory. Arrangements are being made to have powder brought from reserves, to knock down the doors to gain entry."
"That reminds me," Eriana said slowly, "of something that happened in Palarand while we were away. It also involved those of Yod. Let me see... Captain Merek spoke of something named a Residency, I believe. Does that mean anything to you?"
Marlin's eyes widened. "Aye, Highness, it does! I was told that, after the Battle of the Highway, those in the Residency knew that their land would be at war with those of Palarand and fired their own mansion to prevent us gaining their secrets. But that will not be the case here."
"No... but Merek also spoke of tunnels which permitted those of Yod to escape and disappear."
"Maker!" Marlin was aghast. "The whole city is of stone, the streets too! It will be impossible to find any tunnels leading away from that building! But the danger is still there, I deem. Those within may escape without anyone noticing. I must bring this thought to the Marshals immediately."
"And you should not forget the drains which those ancient people built. I do not know if Yod benefits from them."
"It does, Highness. Maker! I must inform the Marshals immediately! By your leave."
"Of course, My Lord. If I may inform you before you go, I have decided that we shall sail tomorrow, once we have collected our things and made ready. It seems to me that if we depart, there will be one less distraction for you and your men."
Marlin favored Eriana with a smile of thanks and a deeper bow. "Your Highness, I cannot argue with your decision. I can only hope that, when you return this way, the situation will be much better than it is today."
"As you say, My Lord. I will wish you good-night, then."
"Good-night, Your Highness."
He strode away into the darkness.
The Visund continues along its journey to their next port of call. Hashim proves his worth by reading the currents and shallows of the great river as they head into unknown waters. Because Ursula is still looking for herbs, a side trip is called for. Unfortunately, danger lurks!
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
49 - Sandbars and Creeks
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"There, Captain, do you see?" Hashim pointed at an
apparently featureless stretch of river water.
Standing in the bow beside him, Eriana frowned. "I see nothing obvious, Hashim. What am I supposed to be looking at?"
"It is difficult for me to describe, Captain," he replied. "Let me see. There is a kind of... upwelling, perhaps, just there, where the color of the water becomes very slightly lighter. There is a shoal there which means, firstly, that the waters part to flow either side of the obstruction, giving that upwelling, and secondly that the bottom reflects some sunlight even through the murk of the water."
She was silent a moment, as the Visund drifted past propelled by two pairs of oars at each end.
"Ah! I see it! Are all the river signs so subtle, then?"
"By no means, Captain. Some, like the Cauldron, are plain to even a blind man. But when the river becomes low we must needs use our wits to pass certain points, since the mud can be churned from the bottom and obscure much. But seeing sign like that is only the first step. Having discovered a shoal, one must then determine how it lies. If that were the nearest end, does more of it lie across our path? For this shoal, I do not think so."
"I see what you mean."
"Fortunately for us, now that we are past the joining of the two branches there should be few further complications. You already know that the outside of any bend will be the faster flow, and thus the deeper, but sometimes rivers, inlets and creeks can cause changes to what one would normally expect."
"As you say. Do you suggest that we are too close to the bank?"
"Not to this bank, Captain, no. But I would still advise a keen look-out, since this region is known for shoals and sandbanks."
"Did you hear that, lads? Look for changes in the color of the water and, if you are unsure, use the depth rods to check we have enough water beneath us."
Brodgar smiled, "Aye Captain," and Vynil added, "Of course, Captain."
"These sandbanks," Eriana remarked thoughtfully. "If we may make use of one at lunch time?"
"To moor, you mean? I do not see why not, assuming that we can find one large enough. Fishermen in the reaches beyond Yod do that all the time, Captain." He grinned. "It is a means of avoiding possible port fees and other officiousness, so many will do it." The grin faded. "Because those of Yod occupied the other bank, Master Yussuf's barges were customarily sent along the other branch of the river, so I do not know this branch as well as I ought. I am certain that we should find a suitable stopping place -"
He suddenly turned to Brodgar. "If you would signal back, please."
As Brodgar blew three short notes on his whistle he explained to Eriana, "Look at those ripples! A large, low sandbank lies yonder and almost across our path."
Hashim grabbed hold of the prow and raised himself as high as he could. "Yes, yes, it trends to our left. If you could signal right, then we should be able to proceed, now that the current has taken us away from the bank."
Brodgar blew a single short note and Tor, at the far end of the ship, leaned on the oar and sent the Visund to the right and away from the obstruction as the men began rowing again.
"You must needs be issued with a whistle, Hashim," Eriana observed. "It makes no sense for you to ask someone else to do it every time when the signals are so easy to understand. Regrettably we have no spares on board, mayhap some may be found or made along our route."
Vynil pushed his rod directly down into the water so far that he was almost crouching, but found no bottom. "Good water, Captain."
Eriana nodded. The depth rods were about the diameter of a man's finger and over three strides long. They had been strongly advised to the Norse when the Visund had been modified at Dekarran, in view of the likely conditions. If one could be dangled in the water, it would hang almost vertically when there was sufficient depth below. The holder would soon know if an obstruction approached since the end of the rod would drag along the bottom as it shallowed. Unfortunately, that only worked at slow speeds - and when the bottom was firm enough.
"I have seen your men use their whistles," Hashim remarked. "Most vessels would not require them, being smaller, but to shout from one end of this one to the other all the time would strain my throat, especially if the crew were rowing."
"Aye. The code we use on board is simple enough for any to learn. I will tell you that, on land, different codes are used depending on circumstance."
"Ah? Of course, if all have whistles, and all know the codes, it makes communication so much easier, I deem."
"It is something we developed a long time ago, for use when raiding, but they became so useful that other, more gentler codes are now used for everything from ship-handling to herding beasts in the fields and mountains."
Hashim's eyes had kept scanning as he spoke and he pointed into the distance. "Look there, Captain! That is no shoal but a river monster, I deem."
"Is it dangerous to us?"
"That one? Not at all, Captain, except by chance. The zereft eats only the vegetation which grows along the margins of the quieter stretches of the river. It has few enemies so may grow to great size."
"Can it be eaten?"
Hashim looked doubtful. "Captain, I do not know if any have ever been caught alive. And, as you know, most water creatures once dead rot very quickly. Only eaters of carrion will usually attend such a corpse."
"Ah. As you say. The fish of the sea do not corrupt so quickly as those of the river, so I am told. Perhaps it is something to do with the salt. Never mind. There is much in this river that can be eaten, should our lines snare some of it."
Further along the Visund Tyra carefully snipped a thread and held up the garment she had been finishing.
"There, Mistress. This tunic should now fit Kaldar, if we can yet find a place where he may change."
"We'll need to stop soon," Ursula responded. "Apart from the thirty or so people wanting lunch, I am going to need a quick wash."
"Oh. Of course, Mistress. But we have no bathing chamber nearby and you dare not get into the river!"
"You have my complete agreement there, Tyra. But on a previous occasion, didn't the Captain put up a screen or something?"
Tyra shook her head. "Mistress, I was not with you - or the ship - then. What happened?"
Ursula looked doubtful. "Now I think about it, I remember very little of that time."
"Mistress," Bennett said. "It was the first night, right after we found you. There was a largish island, it had many trees on it, and the ship was tied to one side. A large awning - one of the sails, I think - was put up to shelter the men and a smaller one for us women. A separate screen surrounded us so that we could change without being overlooked."
"That's right," Semma agreed, "and there were arguments because of what you were wearing. You had strange clothes, including trousers, which were torn and covered in blood, yet when we took them off you to tend your injuries none could be found."
Kaldara's eyes were round. "Mistress, what happened?"
"That is apparently what happens when someone is transferred from one world to another, Kaldara. A new body is made for you, as we explained before, and it is dressed in copies - it is thought - of exactly what you were wearing just before the transfer - and in the same condition. In my case it seems that I had been dying after a fight with a large wild animal."
"Really? Do you know what it was, Mistress?"
"I remember nothing at all about whatever happened just before I left. Apparently this is the same for everyone we know who has been transferred." Ursula shrugged. "From rips in my tee shirt I have been told it was likely a bear, which is a very large animal covered in fur which has very long claws."
"Oh. Are there bears here, Mistress? On Anmar, I mean."
Ursula looked at Bennett, who replied, "From the description, not that we know of, but we know the creatures of only a very small portion of our own world. Even some creatures familiar to Her Highness and her men are unknown in the Valley, so who knows what may roam elsewhere?"
"As you say, Bennett."
Semma muttered, "What are those men doing?"
Beyond the mast a group of men not required to row had gathered and were engaged in some activity. Every so often one would turn around and glance at the women but no clues had so far emerged. The activity involved knives and, for some, lengths of cord. Ursula had just assumed that it was something related to the workings of the ship.
"Doubtless we'll find out soon enough," she replied. "And we'll probably be disappointed when we do."
"Sometimes it is better to be disappointed, Mistress," Bennet remarked. "Especially after yesterday's happenings!"
"I cannot disagree, Bennet."
The Visund had departed the dock about mid-morning and all aboard were glad that it had done so. Earlier, just as they had finished their breakfast, the sound of two explosions could be heard and afterwards a thin column of smoke was seen rising from the center of the city. Naturally, everyone around the hostel, inside and out, was on edge and this had complicated their checking out, but the men had arrived and helped get everything down to the pontoons.
Now they eased gently up-river, just making way with the few oars Tor had judged necessary for the purpose. Eriana had wanted the sail raised but that would have been folly in unknown waters. Hashim had managed to obtain copies of reasonably up-to-date charts from the port office, but, as he explained, "With the river now lower much that was hidden is rising towards the surface. The chart will tell us where the deep channel may be found, but mostly it will be necessary for us to find our own way."
"There! What about that one?"
A mound rose above the surface of the river in the distance. It was higher than Eriana expected but, considering the present water level, not so surprising. A flat top contained mostly scrub which showed that the tiny islet would likely survive even the annual floods. It looked good enough for them to use.
"I have used this one in the past, I believe," Hashim replied. "Of course, that was when the water level was much higher. Captain, I would caution you, since the mound is now so high we cannot see what is on the further side. There may be others with the same desire to rest as yourself."
"Others who may not be so friendly, perhaps?"
The pilot shrugged. "As you say, Captain, but I rather think that they will be alarmed by the numbers sailing with you."
Eriana smiled. "I have no desire to spoil the lunch of others but, should they depart, my mind would be easier."
She lifted her own whistle and blew two short notes, a space, then two more. An answering note came from the stern.
"I had better go and tell Tor what is planned, then. Shall you stay and watch for more shoals?"
"As you wish, Captain."
As Eriana made her way aft she explained what they were about to do to Lars and Adin, and then to Tor once she reached the stern. After some whistled commands sent backwards and forwards the bow was turned towards the islet and the ship made good progress towards the mud of what passed for a beach. Once Tor judged they were close enough, he turned the prow directly towards dry land and the Visund ran gently up onto the margin of the mound.
«I like not this muck,» Eriana observed to Tor. «Are we going to have a problem refloating?»
The ship's master considered. «Captain, I have done this so many times that I did not consider the surface. Fortunately, I do not think so. It is as well that you remind me we are in places unknown where conditions are so different.»
Her smile was hard. «Indeed, Tor. The last time we were on a shore like this was when we were washed up on Plif. At least there we could rely on the tide to refloat us! Here there will be no raising of the water level for months, so I was told.»
Tor grimaced. «Captain, after we all get off I will go around and see if there is likely to be any problem. If there is we will likely have to use the praam to take an anchor out, so that we can haul ourselves off.»
«Please. Ah, I see that Lars has already organized a party to survey the island. It would be unfortunate if there was a large and hostile vessel the other side, would it not?»
Tor smirked. «Unfortunate for them, perhaps. They have no idea what they face.»
The two grinned at one another.
Part of the way up the side of the shallow mound a jetty had been built. Right now it was well above the river level but must have been appropriately positioned at some point. Rough log steps led from the jetty to the top of the mound and also part way down, to assist those who needed to climb up as the river level changed.
Lars cautiously led a small group over to these steps and up to the top, taking all necessary precautions. Once there the group scouted the far side and Lars returned to the top to whistle an "all-clear" down to the Visund. That was a general signal for many of the crew to let themselves down from the ship and join those above, some carrying poles and tarpaulins, others with some of Adin's large pots, more with bundles of firewood.
"Coming, Mistress?"
"I would think so. It is safe, isn't it?"
"If Lars has given the all-clear then I am certain we are the only people on this small island," Bennet replied. "You may climb off with confidence. Oh, will there be a problem, Mistress?"
Ursula thought. "I should be all right if I can climb down off the ship," she replied. "Once I get up there I have asked Adin to boil me some water to clean myself up."
Eriana joined them. "Aye, everything is arranged, Ursula. The boys have done as much for me any number of times."
The side of the ship was shallow enough that it was easy to climb down over the side, though Ursula did get her feet wet. The others could jump from further along the hull but she did not want to risk that in the present circumstances. She followed the others up the crude log stairway, past the now useless jetty and up to the top of the small mound. Here she discovered that her eyeline was about level with the tip of the ship's mast.
The islet was teardrop shaped with a flattish top which had been colonized by the usual scrub she had already become familiar with along the shoreline. This islet bore no proper trees, though one or two of the saplings looked as if they might manage it in time - provided the river did not wash them away first.
An area in the center had been cleared by previous visitors, the scorched soil showing where the fires had been lit. Some of the men were busy building another fire there, freely chopping chunks from the local brush to feed it, while others were erecting a screened enclosure for the women to use. More were at the western edge, digging a latrine before that, too, had screens erected around it.
"If I may ask you to join me, Captain," Hashim asked.
"Where?"
"The upstream end is slightly higher and may make what I am about to show you more clear."
"As you wish."
She followed Hashim to the upstream point of the islet and he gestured to the river.
"Oh! That is amazing!"
Even though they were only a little higher than the top of the mast, it was possible to plainly see most of the shallows of the river. Despite the sediment suspended in the water the sunlight pushed through far enough to show the many banks and shoals which now riddled most of the river bed. To their left, the east, the water darkened as it formed the main channel of this branch.
"Captain, as the water level lowers through the seasons, more of this will emerge from below. Eventually there may be five or six channels left, parting and joining, and only one or two will be able to take most craft. Fortunately for us, the outside of the bend will always carry the deepest channel, though your own ship may find it possible to use others, you have not the draft which most river ships do."
"I see," Eriana replied. "There is one river familiar to us in Einnland, smaller than the Sirrel, which mostly flows through dank and marshy regions," he nodded, "but in certain seasons a similar process happens there. What I see here is new to me and, if I am to become Mistress of the river, then I must needs learn its ways. Hashim, I am indebted to you for this knowledge."
"Captain, Highness, it is an honor to pass on my knowledge to one who is already so knowledgeable."
"But I know little of rivers such as the Sirrel, Hashim. To know what happens as the seasons change is to be able to vary tactics accordingly. Out on the open ocean I know what is happening, where the dangers are and what to do. Here the problems are different and I am in need of your instruction."
Hashim put his hand on his heart and bowed. "Captain, I am honored to provide it to you."
Eriana cast her gaze around in every direction. "What can you tell me about this place? Others have obviously used it before us."
"I have used it myself, Captain, in the past, but when those of Yod began to become obstructive most vessels moved to the other branch of the river, which originally ran completely through Lower Fanir. I did come this way on two occasions, but by the second time those of Yod had invaded the Fanir island," he gestured at the western shoreline, "and made a lookout post here. At that time they did not interfere with traffic and I passed through peacefully enough."
His expression changed. "It was when we returned that we were taken, Captain. At first we were merely held in an open compound but then many of us were made to pull the Yodan oars."
He was suddenly silent, staring at the river, deep in his thoughts, for long enough that Eriana prompted him.
"Hashim?"
"I was just thinking, Highness, how grateful I am that you have permitted me to join you as a means of returning to my own country. But then I thought, I have seen many places, learned many new ideas and I wonder now just what my country is. I am no longer a simple barge master, I have seen too much."
"Master Hashim," she told him softly, "what you say is true of all of us. I was but a Princess of a distant country, these men around us, most of them, my retinue. When we came to the Great Valley we were all amazed by what we found. The land of my birth, and that of my men, is our land no longer. We have seen too much, learned too much and we are all different because of it. Have you yet thought what you might do once you return? Have you family?"
Hashim nodded. "Aye, Highness, a wife, two sons and a daughter. Our children are all accounted adult now and have left for homes of their own. My sons," he paused again to think, "are in the trade, I do not know if the war has affected them - or taken them. My employer, Master Yussuf of Bibek in Faralmark, looks after his people and will doubtless have made provision for my wife. I hope. As to what I might do once I return, Highness, I have begun to wonder... what difference I may make in a world that has begun to change."
"I am in like circumstance, Master Hashim. You may address me as Highness but I am only a ship owner with some few retainers as crew. If you feel that you may have something to offer, I will tell you that Palarand needs every man - aye, and woman - who desires a job. You have seen our paper, our forks, our guns and other items from the east and they are but the first of much that will flow from that land. I am certain your presence, and that of your wife, should she agree to any move, will be welcomed there."
"Do you tell me? Highness, I have visited Palarand in the past and found it to be rich but, perhaps, sleepy. Has it changed so much?"
Eriana laughed. "Aye, Hashim, it certainly has! Since Princess Garia came among them they barely know which way is which! It is as though someone has taken a spear and poked with it a sleeping zinakh. There are so many new inventions, ideas, projects that my own mind cannot understand them all. I am certain that you will be able to find rewarding and interesting employment there."
Hashim was silent a while, staring at the current which carried the muddy waters past the islet.
"Highness, your words suggest a future I had not considered. If I may have time to think about what may be possible."
"Take all the time you need, Hashim. I expect to spend some time with Simbran before we venture further upstream but I also expect to call again on our return journey."
He bowed. "You are gracious, Highness."
She turned as Ursula joined the pair. "Is there some problem?"
"Not at all, Captain. I have been thinking about the herbs I will need for Kaldar. To do that I would prefer to take him with me when I visit the local healers, and, if I do so, he should be presented as the boy he should be. It will make his need plain."
"As you say. Has he enough male attire?"
Ursula gave a small smile. "We still have the original outfit he, um, borrowed, Highness, but Tyra has now completed a set of tee shirt and shorts exactly like the ones the men wear... with certain allowances. I thought, as there is a place set up for me to wash, he could change in there. I will tell you that, having to still wear a dress is causing him some... emotional problems."
"So he would properly become our ship's boy, then. And what will he do when we must needs reside in a hostel overnight, as we did last night?"
"Highness, he understands the need for himself to sleep with us in hostels for now. He suggested to me that, when we approached a port, he could slip the green dress over his male clothes and no-one would know they were there. Obviously, once we got out onto the river again he would simply take the dress off again."
Eriana thought for a moment before nodding. "Agreed. But if there is any problem, any trouble at all, then he must become Kaldara again. I do not want him put into danger - of any sort, from anyone."
"Done, Highness."
* * *
"Is that too tight?"
"No, Tyra, I think it is about right. What I had before, that would keep sliding down all the time. This is much better... even if it does look like those harnesses you all wear."
"That is because it is one, mostly. We don't have the patterns with us to make more bras but that isn't what you want." Tyra grinned. "Then I had this idea. I could use a piece of plain heavy cloth and fix it up just so."
The cloth stretched around Kaldar's upper torso, covering his breasts and pressing them flat. Just like the bras, straps went over each shoulder to keep it in the right position and tails went right around his back to be tied neatly in the front, in the center of his chest, hiding that which should not be seen. They had not been able to use the proper buckle-style adjustments for the straps but Ursula had showed Tyra how to do something similar with double rings. That had been a good idea until they had tried to find enough rings of the right size while trying to avoid explaining what they wanted them for. Fortunately Tor heard about the problem and had suggested a shop which sold fishing tackle.
"Can I put the tee shirt on now, Mistress?"
"Yes, of course."
Kaldar pulled the cloth shirt over his head and settled it into place, Ursula noting that he had done so as a boy would, not how she would have done it. He hitched up the shorts and grinned at her.
"How do I look?"
"Just like you are supposed to look, Kaldar," she replied gravely. "I cannot see any sign of the... garment underneath. Tyra, I am impressed at how flat you made that knot."
"Thank you, Mistress. It was just something my father taught me that I remembered. Did you not realize? It is the same way the knots are done for all who wear ship dresses now. If it were done the way we do it for day dresses, a lump would show."
Ursula smiled. "That just shows how unobservant I can be, Tyra. Thank you."
She cocked her head as she considered Kaldar's hair. She told him, "I think we might need to ask the Captain about your hair. It is a little long like that. If we can trim it back a little then it would make you look more like a boy."
"But most of the men have long hair."
"That is a little different. Most of the boys your age that I have seen on our travels have had short hair. What do you think, Tyra?"
"The Mistress is right, Kaldar," the maid agreed. "I know boys with hair that long but boys would have it styled different." She grinned. "Though no boy would ever name it a style! It will do for now but I think it will need to be shaped a bit."
He was downcast. "As you say, Tyra. I was just concerned that, if I have to put on the green dress again, I would look even more strange."
"That is a thought."
Ursula considered what they had seen as they had worked their way around Yod.
"Kaldar, you still have a cowl, don't you? We got it in Tobeligo when we bought the green dress."
"Mistress, I have two, that one and another which we bought in Yod itself with that other dress. Oh, I see. I could wear a cowl with the dress. Yes. Perhaps I should have my hair trimmed, then. Who will do it?"
"Let us check with the Captain first. If she agrees, then I think any of us can do what is needed. One of the men might offer. It will not be like styling a woman's hair, of course."
Kaldar pulled a face. "Aye! I used to hate it when Momma took us to have our hair done. Hate it!"
Ursula smiled. "I don't think that will ever happen to you again, Kaldar. Do you want to go outside and show the others?"
"Of course! But first, what is this other harness thing for?"
Kaldar pointed to a near-copy of the 'harness' he wore to control his breasts. This one had softer cloth and had gathers under each arm and in the center.
"Since we didn't have patterns," Tyra explained, "and there might be times when you needed a change from what you have on, I made that one so that you could let your breasts have some relief. We all know how sensitive they can become and you really don't need them rubbing on tee shirt or dress, believe me."
"Oh. I suppose. Thank you, Tyra. But surely, I won't need them in time, will I?"
Ursula replied, "That is true, but 'in time' could be some weeks yet, or even longer. I have no idea how quickly any of these herbs will take to change you, so it is best to be prepared."
"As you say, Mistress."
"In addition," she added, "I want you to acccompany me when I visit any healers who might be able to help you. To do that, you should be dressed as you are now, but you should wear the other top to demonstrate your problem."
Kaldar thought about this. "I see what you mean, Mistress. If I look like this, then any healer may wonder why I might need any herbs, but if they see those," he cupped his hands to his chest, "then my need would be apparent."
"That is the idea. Fortunately your breasts have not grown too large yet. Another year or two and hiding them could have been a lot more difficult - and painful."
"Yes." He nodded. "As it is, I look just like a boy with a big chest."
"Indeed. It is now time, perhaps, that you joined the other men."
Kaldar pushed the canvas aside and went outside. The men turned as he appeared and they applauded politely. Lars came forward and addressed him.
"You are boy now, yes? Member of crew?"
"Yes, Master Lars, if the Captain says so."
"Good." In an echo of Ursula's appraisal, he cocked his head and studied the boy's head. "Hair needs cutting."
"Yes, Master Lars. Mistress Ursula said so."
"Good," he said again. "Then come and join us, pel is nearly ready." He turned to Ursula. «Mistress have own problem?»
«No, Lars, thank you. Everything is just as it should be.»
He grunted. «Girl becomes boy, man becomes woman. Sometimes I think the Gods play a joke at our expense. Come, lunch will soon be ready, maybe help Adin.»
He is smarter than he looks, certainly, but he still has ideas about what men should be doing and what women should be doing. She sighed. Unfortunately, he is mostly right.
"Come, Tyra, let us go and see what needs doing."
"Aye, Mistress."
* * *
The Visund eased its way along the overgrown channel under oars, since they were now heading east against the prevailing winds. Hashim was in the bow with Eriana, who was staring at the vegetation which crowded both banks.
"I do not understand how these trees can come right down into the water. If the river level rises and falls so much, why are they not swept away, or drowned? The roots of trees do not like being under water, so I was told."
"That is mostly true, Captain. This particular tree, however, is different. It grows mostly in the southern parts of Yod, along the rivers and in the marshes, but also in certain lands far to the west. Mayhap some seeds from those far lands have been carried downstream to here, to find fertile soil. It puts new roots down from the branches, and extends itself by that method."
"But the roots still go down into the water!"
"Not all of the root, Captain. I do not know how it does it, but it seems to me that it survives because much of the root is always above water."
"Ah, as you say. I know little of such matters, except to know what is safe to eat, or what is best to make houses and ships from."
"Since this tree extends by putting down new roots and making trunks from them, I do not think any trunk grows to such a size that would make them useful for timber, Captain. Neither do I know if any part of them is safe to eat, or whether parts may be of use to Mistress Ursula."
She gestured. "When we get to this town perhaps we can ask. It is always useful to know such things, if they are to be found along the river banks."
"Indeed, Mistress. If you look yonder, I can just see craft to our right which may be moored at the town."
"Have you been here before?"
"Not me, Mistress. Some of Master Yussuf's other barges called here years ago, before the war, that is the only reason I remember the name."
"Well. I wonder if they will be friendly?"
As the Visund edged closer, the mooring arrangement came into view and Eriana struggled to understand it. It seemed that the locals had actually trained the strange trees into shapes they could make use of while still permitting them to grow. Some of the trunks at the edge of the tangle of growth were tall and straight, making perfect poles for the line of pontoons to attach to.
Some of the internal branches had been encouraged to grow at a steep angle, providing a framework for the stairways which came down from above, and from somewhere behind. The steps and handrails of the stairways were made from conventional cut timber but even these seem to have fused with the living wood in places.
She stared at the odd arrangement and also at the men waiting for them on the pontoons.
"Hmm. I like not the expressions on those faces. Tor, we'll turn the ship before we dock, in case we need to make another quick departure."
There were several fishing boats there as well as at least three barges but, for a town supposed to be of some size, the number of craft appeared small. Just as strange, there was no-one in view except the two men. Halfway along there was a space big enough for the ship and, when they came abreast of it, Tor and the rowers spun the Visund before edging over to the pontoon.
Eriana took another look at the men who had walked along the pontoons, keeping up with their progress, and came to a quick decision.
«Lars! To me!»
He came swiftly as she hopped down from the stern deck to face him. «Captain?»
«I do not like what I see here, Lars. It is possible we may have strayed into enemy territory. If so, they will not pay any heed to a woman who says she is in charge. You know the plan?»
«Of course, Captain. I do not like it, though, as you well know.»
«I know it and I wish that I did not put you in this position. However,» she briefly grinned, «one day you may have a command of your own and you will have to get used to doing the job.»
«Captain, I hope that day will not come for a long time.»
«It comes today, Lars. I know you will not let me down.»
He took a breath and nodded. Eriana turned to the crew and raised her voice.
«Men, these men look as though they could be hostile to us, which may mean the town is still in the hands of those who started the war. I want no mention of the name of the land of our birth nor of the land we are now sworn to in case it makes them do something they will regret. Speak only in Norse and pretend not to understand them if they speak to you. A word or two is permissable, we would have learned that along the way. If any should ask, then we are merely travelers from, ah... Vinland, perhaps. For now, Lars is Captain and I am just a noble passenger being taken to, ah... Faralmark, I believe. Ursula, please inform the other women.»
As an afterthought she added, «Oh, and make sure you keep your weapons with you at all times. Do not provoke, but be ready should we need to strike.»
There was a mutter as the men digested this and then Lars turned to Tor, a finger pointing at the jetty.
«Of course, Captain.» Tor raised his head. «Moor the ship! Use quick-release loops. You know why.»
As the nearside oars were brought inboard and the Visund drifted close enough, two sailors leaped onto the pontoons and secured the ship with loops which could be released from on board if necessary. Once everything was stowed, the usual apparent chaos on board as everyone got ready to disembark covered the fact that the men were arming themselves.
Kaldar leaned over to whisper to Ursula, "What is happening? It does not look friendly."
"Her Highness thinks the same, Kaldar." She gestured the other women round her and spoke quietly. "Listen, all of you! Do not mention Einnland or Palarand here, it may cause problems. The men are only going to speak Norse and, because Eriana is a woman, she thinks those on the pontoon will not take much notice of her. So, for the time being, Lars will appear to be Captain. Oh, and Bennet, Semma, I think it would be a good idea if we all stayed with ship or day dresses. They will not expect women to be wearing uniforms - or carrying weapons."
The expression on the faces of the two guardswomen was grim. Bennet nodded, "As you say, Mistress. But, if our men are not from... those places, where are they from? And what are we doing on the ship?"
"The ship and the men will be from a place named Vinland, which is actually where the original Norse were heading to on Earth when they were picked up and brought to Anmar. We do not speak Norse but are passengers being taken to Faralmark along with Eriana... who might not be a Princess for now, but just a noblewoman. I do not know what she has in mind."
Lars jumped onto the pontoon and faced the two men. They were dressed in the usual Yodan fashion but had plain red sashes. The taller of the two, who had a red knot on his left shoulder, addressed him.
"What is your business here? Why have you come to Bakhrad Creek? We have nothing to trade with you, be on your way."
Lars stared back impassively. «I have no idea what you just said but I do not like your tone.»
This went back and fore for a few sentences and then Lars turned to the ship.
«Lady Eriana. Join me up here. I do not know what these fools are saying.»
Unlike her usual method of disembarking, Eriana climbed carefully onto the pontoon, aided by two sailors.
"Gentlemen, I regret that our Captain and most of the crew do not speak your language. If I may introduce myself, I am Lady Eriana Embriktsdottir and my father is Lord Embrikt, Resident in Faralmark to His Grace Duke Simbran of that land. That is why I do speak your tongue, and I must needs act as interpreter for our party. We come from Vinland, which is far to the west. We have been voyaging downriver and are now returning to Faralmark."
"Vinland? Never heard of it!"
"Why should you, sir? Before I journeyed aboard our ship I had never heard of Yod, nor any of the other places we have been."
The man stared at her and then grunted. "It is true. Very well. What is your business with us?"
"If I understand my Captain correctly, he asks for the usual wants of travelers on the river, namely fresh water and other foodstuffs and a place to rest for the night. We understand that most places along the river are accustomed to provide such needs."
"That is true but we are not on the river."
Eriana pointed. "I see river barges there. If a ship as large as ours can come so far then I deem that this place to be on the river. If you can offer us rest for the night? Since I do not know how large your town is, I have no idea what facilities you might have."
The man stared at Eriana, calculating. His response was interrupted by a nudge from his companion, who muttered something low.
He turned to Eriana. "If you would excuse me a moment."
The two moved off and held a discussion before returning.
"My friend here has reminded me that there is, in fact, a hostel for travellers at the edge of our town, though it has not been occupied for some time. Because of its condition it could require some tidying up before use. Tell your Captain that, if he and his men are prepared to do that to use it, there will be no charge to him."
Eriana conveyed this to Lars, who considered and asked a question.
"He asks if your town may provide meals for us. We do have food we can bring but of course we have no means of cooking, out on the river. If you can do this he will accept your offer."
"I am sure that we can provide what you need," the man responded. "If you would follow us to the town and your hostel. Because of the season a walk is necessary."
Eriana repeated the information in Norse, adding, «There is something strange happening here. I would suggest that you accept but we will be alert for any danger.»
Lars nodded. «I feel the same. Make sure our women understand the risks. What about sentries for the ship?»
Eriana asked the question and was answered with a shake of the head. "None are necessary. There are always observers who watch the creek for any new arrivals - such as yourselves. The townspeople will not interfere with anything that is here."
Lars apparently consented to this, so Eriana raised her voice and explained what was happening - at both levels - to the crew. Everyone began to clamber off the ship onto the pontoon, crowding the two men towards a stairway into the tangle of trees. Ursula took the opportunity to inspect their surroundings.
Mangroves! That is what these are. Not the same, of course, but a similar evolution. The town will obviously lie on the landward side of this tangle.
At least the men will be ready for action if there is trouble. I just hope that Tyra, Kaldar and myself can keep out of the way.
After climbing for a short while the stairway opened out onto a wooden ramp, suspended among the trunks, which led off away from the water. This made walking a little easier and the men spread out to take advantage of it. Eriana, Bennet and Semma kept behind the larger men who led the crew but stayed near the front while Ursula, Tyra and Kaldar were escorted by heavily armed men further back.
Eriana has managed to remove the epaulet sleeves from her dress which would have given her rank away. I wonder when she did that? She can be short-tempered and impulsive but there is no doubt she has a warrior's mind.
They are all obviously expecting trouble ahead.
The town square came into view and Ursula realized that she had been mistaken. While an area of ground had been cleared to make the square, most of the buildings around it were built into and around the many trunks of the mangrove-like vegetation, which appeared to go into the distance in all directions. Most were elevated, as was the usual custom, a stride or so above the surface, and the walkways followed this arrangement. Two roads, tracks rather, led off from the further corners of the rough square.
The townsfolk had stayed in their dwellings, if that is what they were. No-one stood waiting for the visitors except a group of officials backed up by what were obviously soldiers. Some of these were in brown smocks and carried a variety of swords and spears; some stood behind, obscured by the officials who stood waiting. The two men who had led them from the pontoons went to speak to the apparent leader. He listened and then beckoned to Eriana.
Lars and Eriana went forward to meet them while the rest of her men spread out to either side, though not too widely. A hand on Ursula's shoulder and a muttered word from Ragnar made her and the other women stand back, sheltered behind a wall of muscular, heavily armed men.
"Good afternoon," Eriana said. "Very few of our ship's crew speak your tongue so I am here to translate. Will this be satisfactory?"
The one who was obviously in charge looked her up and down with disdain. He wore a dark blue coat of Yodan design with a red sash and a yellow knot on each shoulder. His eyes then studied Lars and inspected the arc of men facing him.
"If it must be. Who are you, woman, who speaks the tongue of Yod when your men do not?"
She repeated her made-up introduction. "I am Lady Eriana Embriktsdottir, daughter of Lord Embrikt, Resident of my people to His Grace Duke Simbran of Faralmark. That is why I speak your tongue. We are from Vinland, a land far to the west, where our tongue is different. We are returning to Faralmark from a journey down river."
Clever, Ursula thought. The implication is that people will be waiting for them to arrive and will send out search parties if they do not.
She continued, "If I may introduce Captain Lars. He does not speak your tongue but understands some few words."
"A strange crew from a land I have never heard of," the man muttered. "Tell him that I am Naskath Blackblade, Commissioner in this place and of the surrounding region. Tell me, do you people always dress in that scandalous fashion? I have never seen attire like that before."
"As I said, our land is to the west where it is hotter. Our attire is more comfortable in the heat."
Naskath curled his lip. "It is hot here in the summer also but no woman dare go around half dressed as you are. You have come from downstream, you said."
"That is correct."
"Then you may have called at Yod our capital."
"We did, briefly."
"What of the conditions there? Does the Ascendancy still hold sway?"
"It does not, Commissioner. There is fighting in the city, which is why we departed."
She had hesitated before replying and he had noticed. "What do you mean, fighting? Have you not seen the invincible weapons we hold? How can that barbarian rabble hope to conquer such as we?"
Eriana spread her hands. "Commissioner, we are strangers, we are not party to whatever is happening along the river but merely travelers. I have no idea what you are talking about."
He sneered at her. "You lie, woman! If you called at the capital then it was only because those accursed barbarians permitted you to, and that means that you must be known to them. You cannot have traveled the river without knowing of the desperate war those of other lands wage against we of Yod. You may be from a distant land, I cannot think your scandalous attire is some subterfuge, but you have not told me everything. Why, most of those I see are wearing uniforms, even yourself, exotic though they may look. You must be some kind of military party, I deem. I will have the truth of this matter."
He half turned and raised a hand. "Thunder Pipes, advance! Show these pitiful barbarians your power."
Four men pushed through from behind. Two were holding improved versions of the Yodan 'shotguns' while two more held smoldering fuses at the ready. The gunners swiftly raised their weapons to their shoulders and aimed them at the crowd of Norsemen.
"Tell your Captain that each of these weapons can kill ten of your men, which means two will kill most of them. You are all condemned into custody and will be held for questioning. Your craft will be confiscated, it and its contents will be used for the greater good of Yod."
Eriana's expression was wild. "But, Commissioner, you cannot do this! We are innocent travelers on the river, that is all!"
The sneer returned. "I can do whatever I wish, I am the duly appointed Commissioner. Tell those men to throw down their weapons or my men will obliterate them!"
The Visund has berthed at a remote Yodan village in a side creek. Unfortunately, troops of the Ascendancy are in charge and threaten the Norse with firearms, with the potential to kill most of the men with a single volley.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
50 - The Battle of Bakhrad
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Lars had realized that, even if he could not understand the
speaker, he would have understood the tone of the order. Besides
which, the two 'Thunder Pipes' would obviously have been something
new, if he had never seen them before. He turned to Eriana who
explained.
«Captain, he says that the pipe things are weapons and between the two of them, they could kill many of our men. He says that we are captives and that the Visund will be confiscated. He orders that the men must lay down their swords. That includes you, I suppose.»
Lars noted the very slight emphasis on the word men and nodded, while still keeping a straight face. «Tell him I protest.»
She turned to Commissioner Naskath. "The Captain protests your orders, as he must. We are not party to any conflicts around here."
Naskath pulled out his own sword and waved it. "I mean what I say! Tell him to do it or he will have no men left."
Lars had started as the sword was drawn and began to draw his own. Eriana stopped him with a hand.
«Do it, Captain. He says he will kill all the men.»
Lars' shoulders dropped and he nodded, his hand dropping from his sword hilt. He turned and faced his men.
«Men! This meinfretr thinks he has captured us and threatens you all with death from these big pipes. You know that is possible. He commands that the men lay down their swords and submit to captivity. Do it but await the moment.»
There was a general staged muttering from the men, but they all began to unbuckle their sword belts and place them carefully on the ground in front of them. Standing almost behind Eirik, Ursula had missed most of the conversation five strides in front of the men but it was apparent from the moment that the Yodan weapons appeared what would happen.
She was distracted by Semma, who was standing to her left. To Ursula the whole action seemed to take a long time but it must have taken barely a second. Semma bent slightly and her right hand grasped her hem. The hem was pulled up and transferred to Semma's left hand, while the right curled around the grip of her Personal Pistol. The right thumb pushed away the safety strap and the gun came free from the holster.
Semma's left hand dropped the hem and curled up and out, pushing Eirik roughly to her left and giving her a view of the enemy. It then came down to grasp her right, fingers curling around the other hand while the left thumb pulled the safety lever across as the weapon came up. At the same time her left foot went forward and her knees bent as she went into a shooter's crouch, ready to take the recoil.
Bangbang! Two shots came almost simultaneously. Ursula knew that the pistols were single-shot so Bennett must also have fired. The Norse became surrounded by a cloud of acrid smoke. Eirik immediately bent, retrieved his sword and charged forward, pulling it from the scabbard. Most of the other men followed, but there was a third bang which briefly slowed them up.
Lars had turned to address the men and saw Eirik shoved aside so pulled Eriana in front of him and out of any line of fire - and, coincidentally, out of sight of Naskath. When Semma and Bennet fired, Eriana immediately pulled her own pistol free, sidestepped Lars and blew a hole straight through the Commissioner. The look of total surprise remained on Naskath's face as his body catapulted backwards into his men.
The two gunners had been hit by the other shots, one in the throat and the other in the diaphragm. Both were dead before they hit the ground. Their fuse-men were frozen in shock by the sudden turn of events and one stayed that way as a thrown ax smashed into his skull. The other flung away his fuse and turned to flee, but stopped immediately when he saw the locals running towards the group from the edges of the square. He turned again and put his hands high into the air.
Eriana raised her voice. «Alive, men! If the kamphundrn want to surrender, let them.»
Some did not want to surrender and paid a swift price. Ursula noted that Lars had been precise in his command: the men had indeed put down their swords but many had tucked throwing axes down the backs of their shorts, out of sight. Some had not even bothered picking up their swords but simply charged forward the moment that the Personal Pistols had been fired, relying on the total surprise they had offered.
The locals had smartly halted at a distance when they saw the extreme violence the Norse had dealt out. Now two or three cautiously approached, walking around to a point near Lars.
"Sir! Who are you? What are you? Is the Overlord dead? Are you friend or foe?"
Eriana stepped forward, the pistol still smoking in her hand. "My good man, I am leader of this crew. Lars does not speak your tongue very well. We are not Yodans nor members of any land nearby. We are merely travelers on the river who desired a bed for the night and some hot food. What has happened here? Who speaks for this place?"
A second, older, man spoke. "I am Alderman of this village, I was their leader until... Is he dead? Are we free at last?"
"He is certainly dead," Eriana replied. "Whether you are free I could not say, but we will not take the place of this carrion. If you can guide your own affairs, then I would consider you to be free enough."
The sigh of relief was audible. "Thank the Maker for that! His insanity has cost us too many men and much of our foodstocks. But a band of soldiers led by a woman? Are you the She-demon, then?"
"She-demon? I am no demon nor do I know of any. If I may introduce myself. I am Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and I do indeed lead these men, who are all my personal retainers. We sailed from Palarand six weeks since on a voyage upriver. Though my men know how to fight, they are not soldiers as you might understand that word."
"Highness? Palarand? Maker! Have you come to take us away into slavery?"
"Have I not just said? Our arrival here was but chance. We desire nothing but a peaceful night and we will depart in the morning, leaving your village and your people intact."
"But..." The man paused. "I forget myself. Your Highness? Is that right? I am Kedith, Alderman of Bakhrad village. You have freed us, we would be of service, though we do not have much to offer." Another pause. "But, Palarand? That is where the She-demon is supposed to be!"
Eriana finally understood the reference. "Do you speak of a girl from another world?"
"Of course! Those of the Overlords told us that, should we allow the barbarians to conquer us, then she will come and take us all into slavery. It is said that she is taller than you and can kill with a single touch."
Eriana suppressed a laugh. It would not have worked with these simple folk.
"I know of whom you speak, Alderman. Know now that she is an ordinary girl who is, in fact, much shorter than I am. She comes from another world where it is as if they are two hundred years into Anmar's future. Thus, though she is but sixteen years old, she knows much that will change all these lands for ever. That is why those of... the Ascendancy desired to capture her, to make use of her knowledge for themselves, or to kill her, to prevent others from using it. That is why your country went to war. That is why they have frightened you with stories that are not true, to ensure that people like you and your villagers do as they are told."
"That... is not what we were told by the Overlords. I grant you, we are far from the big towns and cities and we may not understand the truth. But... a young girl?"
"Garia is indeed a young girl, one I account among my best friends. But this is no time to discuss matters which will not affect you or us directly, we can do that later. Tell me, are there more of these people about?"
"Of course, Your Highness. This was just a small party sent to investigate reports of a strange craft entering our waterway."
Her eyes narrowed. "Reports? You mean lookouts?" The man nodded. "How many? How far away from the pontoons would they be?"
"There is a hidden post just before you arrive at the first pontoon and another about half a mark along the creek towards the main river. Two men are in each, that one may report while the other remains to observe."
"Ah, I see. Where do they go to report?"
He turned and pointed. "They have appropriated a dwelling just along that track, Your Highness. I would think that all those who inhabited that place are here in the square and," he looked around at the bodies, "most of those are dead." He paused, thinking. "It is possible that one or two remained behind, to raise the alarm should something go wrong."
"Which proves that, however badly they may fight, they are not completely stupid. So, who else might that person talk to?"
"Along that track, about two marks, maybe more, is Bakhmenek, the town where the Commissioner lives... lived. I have not been there in years, we are forbidden, but I would assume that more of his kind are there."
"Lars? To me."
Lars came and thumped his chest. "Captain?"
«I am Highness here, Lars. Take three men and a guide and go and find the building where these vermin came from. If anyone is still there, bring them to me. If no-one is there that will still tell us something. Put a discreet watch on the building.»
«Of course, Highness.»
«We'll need two more guides. Three men to each will be enough. They have lookout posts along the river, one near the pontoons and one about half a mark away. There will be either one or two men in those posts. Do not let any of them get away.»
«Prisoners?»
«If you can. If you cannot, well... we do not want anyone running off and giving the alarm.»
The meaning was clear enough. «Understood.»
Lars turned and went off, shouting instructions in Norse. Eriana turned to Kedith.
"We'll need three people to act as guides. I am going to send one party off to check each of those lookout posts and another to investigate that dwelling you spoke of. I'll need three who have strong enough stomachs, though they should not be in much danger themselves."
"Of course, Highness." The Alderman turned and shouted instructions to the crowd of villagers who had congregated a short distance from the site of the fight. There was a discussion and three men eventually stepped forward.
Eriana addressed them. "If you would show my men the two lookout places and the place in your village where they laired. You should not be in much danger but I have instructed that none who are in those places should escape. That means they may be injured or killed in front of you. Do you understand?"
One of the men stepped closer and bowed. "My Lady, we understand. We are not strong enough to do it ourselves because they had the Thunder Pipes. But if you will rid our village of these crazy people, we will help your men do what must be done."
"Lars will choose some strong warriors who you will lead to those places. I am sorry but most of my men speak another tongue. Many can understand some of your tongue but cannot speak it so easily."
"We will manage, My Lady."
Kedith asked, "What else must we do, Highness?"
Eriana considered. "Until we know where the soldiers are, we cannot do what we came here for, which was nothing but a meal and rest for the night. Tell your people to clear the square and hide as they did before. If a new group arrives they could take advantage of us like this."
"As you say, Highness." He gestured to the bodies. "What of these?" The hand moved to the four who had survived. "And those?"
"We'll get these bodies out of sight in case someone does come along. As for the prisoners -" Kalmenar, Hashim, Ursula, Tyra and Kaldar approached, with Bennett and Semma not far behind. "If you would excuse me a moment. Ursula, I assume that you were not harmed?"
"We are all fine, Highness, after the initial surprise. I suppose that now you have done your job, it is time for me to do mine."
"I doubt you will find much to do here, Ursula. There are only the living and the dead, and the living have only bruises, from what I see."
"I see." Ursula made a face. "Which is as well since my basket is still on the ship. I did not expect to witness a battle today."
"I am told that there are a number of other brown-smocks about. Lars is about to send out groups to find them. If any should escape there may be other battles."
"Noted, Highness. What can we do to help?"
Eriana considered then turned to Kedith. "Alderman, that offal told us there was a traveler's hostel in the village but that it had not been used for some time."
"It is true, Highness. We are not on the main river but our small port was used to transfer goods to Bakhmenek and back. Since the war began very few craft have called here to use it."
"Then mayhap one of your villagers could show our women where it is, that they may consider its use for tonight. There are too many of us, I deem, to crowd your homes."
"Of course, Highness. But, women, on their own, will they be safe should those men come back?"
Eriana gave a fierce grin. "Two of those women were those who fired our thunder weapons, Alderman. They are trained guardswomen of the King of Palarand and should provide sufficient defense if the need arises."
"And that is a wonder to me, Highness. I will find someone to show them, but I regret there is no-one left who worked there before."
"No-one left? Why is that?"
The Alderman shrugged. "The Overlords came and marched away most of those who they said could fight. None have returned since. There were some women but many of our folk fled into the forest. Some may have been captured."
Eriana grimaced. "I am sorry that you have all suffered such a hard life. If we may prevail, we may make your village safe but we cannot bring back those who left."
He bowed. "If it must be, Highness. It is the way of the world."
She turned to Ursula. "I know it might be considered women's work, but I would ask you to take the others and investigate the hostel these people have."
"Of course, Highness."
She turned to Kalmenar with a smile. "Did you like our fight, My Lord?"
"Highness, I wondered whether I would still be breathing at the end of the day! I should have known better. My sword was ready, should it have been needed, but as I have told you before my weapons these days are words, not cold steel." His tone was dry. "I doubt words would have been sufficient here."
"We will keep you in reserve, My Lord. Every battle is different, you may yet find another more suited to your weaponry."
"Highness."
Lars reappeared with about half the men. "Lars, there you are. Here are your guides -"
* * *
"This is a very strange place," Tyra muttered. "It is so unlike anywhere I have ever been before."
"Not surprising when you spent your entire life growing up in Joth," Ursula responded. "However, it is unlike anywhere I have ever been either, and I have seen many strange sights as I moved around."
"As you say, Mistress."
"A tree house," Bennett suggested. "There was a small tree house on my father's farm but this is much bigger than that! At least the rooms all seem to have floors, walls and roofs of proper wood planks. I did wonder whether we would be sleeping tonight on beds woven from the trees."
"True," Ursula agreed, "but you'll notice that the windows have no glass, only shutters. And we must all beware when moving from room to room since there are ramps and odd numbers of steps everywhere."
"Which way should we go, Mistress?"
They had reached a kind of lobby beyond the entrance with covered walkways that led off in several directions, and to several levels. Ahead was a large chamber.
"I suggest we look in there first," she replied, pointing. "That looks like the common room and I am guessing that the kitchens would be beyond that. Once we are sure of those and the bathing facilities we can come back and see where these other passages lead."
Since there was a serving counter at the rear, the large chamber seemed to be the common room. The roof here had a curious structure of tree branches woven into arches, over which had been stretched a canvas cover which would keep out the rain but let in some light. Tables and benches had been stacked to either side to leave the center clear. There were several doorways visible, one leading to a toilet obviously designed for male guests.
The party went through the large rear passage and came out into a kitchen which had an earthen floor, stone walls and a canvas roof. A large range stood to one side, with a doorway which led outside. Semma investigated and reported a covered outbuilding full of firewood. At the rear of the kitchen was another sizeable room which caused a surprise to everyone except Bennett.
"Is this the first hostel I have visited which did not have running water?" Ursula asked.
"Probably," Bennett replied. "But to have running water one must needs have a stream at a higher level or some system of pumps, pipes and a tank. Here they have no stream so they must needs sink a well and pump out the water."
There was a double-sided rocker lever which operated the pump. Bennett and Semma each took a side and worked the pump but nothing happened. Bennett examined the simple mechanism and looked up.
"Mistress, this has not been used for some time and the leather has been allowed to dry out, which means that it has shrunk and split. Even on our farm we knew to work the pump each day, especially during the hotter weather, to make sure the leather parts always stayed wet."
"Can it be mended?"
Bennett stood, thinking. "This pump can only supply the hostel, Mistress. I would guess that there are a number of these scattered around the village, which means that someone should have a supply of leather for replacing any damage."
"Unless they sent off to that town for parts."
"As you say, Mistress. Ah, look, the water collects in here," she indicated a large earthenware basin lined with glazed tiles, "and goes through that pipe along that way."
She gestured at the pipe, which went through the wall beside another doorway. Through there they found a second identical pump, this one lifting the water up somewhere above their heads.
Bennett nodded. "A two stage arrangement, much like that in the palace," she explained. "These walls are also of stone, which is needed to take the great weight of the tank which must be above our heads. From there the water can be piped wherever it is needed."
Ursula saw the arrangement and understood. "Which would be the kitchen and the bath house, which could be along there?"
"As you say, Mistress." She studied the several exits warily. "Mistress, it would be too easy to become lost in this maze of passages. If we may return to the common room and work our way out from there."
"Agreed, but first, is that pump working?"
"Mistress, to know that we must needs prime it with water from the other one, so -" Bennett spread her hands.
Ursula nodded. "I see. One step at a time, then. Back to the common room."
Although the arrangement seemed confusing at first, and unlike anywhere any of them had ever been before, it did not take long to work out the layout. There was a men's dormitory up and off to one side but it was too small to accommodate all the men. The women's rooms were off to the other side and even smaller. Fortunately a number of other rooms could be pressed into service as additional sleeping accommodation. The bathing facilities were simple but adequate.
"We should report what we have found so far to Her Highness," Ursula said when they gathered again in the common room. "It is getting late and we'll need to unload food and chests from the Visund before we can go to bed tonight... and it is a long walk from the pontoons."
"As you say, Mistress," Bennett agreed, "but first we must needs get those pumps fixed. The roof leaks we may live with."
"If necessary we can ask the villagers to cook some food for us and find us somewhere to wash, but you are right. I am guessing that Her Highness will not leave this place until the rot is cut out, which means that we will be here more than just one night."
"Cutting out the rot, that is the right description for it, Mistress."
Back in the village square everything had changed. There were now only four people there, the bodies and the prisoners having been removed. Eriana greeted them.
"What have you found?"
"We can use the hostel, Highness," Ursula replied, "though some of the men will be sleeping in some odd places tonight. There is firewood, so a meal could be cooked there if we had any food. There are two or three places where the roof might leak if we have any rain, but nowhere important. The main problem is that the water pumps have dried out and at least one of them has split leather."
Kedith spoke up. "Highness, we have supplies of leather stored safely away. With your permission I will ask those who know how to fix such problems to fetch some and attend the hostel."
"Thank you, Kedith, that will be a great help. Tell me, have you carts? We must needs bring our chests and some food from our ship."
"There are hand-carts, Highness. If your men can pull them I will show them where they are." He hesitated. "There may also be some food available later. One of the reasons there are so few men here today is that many of us who are left must needs go out fishing that the village does not starve. Depending on what they bring back, of course we will share."
"We will not permit you and your village to go hungry, Kedith. Thank you again for your generous offer."
"Highness, it is the least we can do." The Alderman bowed and walked off.
"We now have eight captives," she told the women. "Luckily for us the fuse-holder who survived was a reluctant member of their band and has spoken freely to us, probably hoping for mercy. It seems that the so named Commissioner is no such thing but the equivalent of a Tenant, or perhaps what Palarand names a Quadrant. It is not clear. He and his men are fugitives from the Alliance, outlaws, and sought to form some sort of resistance.
"He does not hold sway in that town he named, Bakhmenek, but in two farms near the edge of this forest. He has cowed another village, Bakhzorum, which I understand is along that other track." She pointed. "Since the route to Bakhmenek from either must needs pass those farms, they can prevent anyone from leaving the forest that way. As far as those of Bakhmenek are concerned, the villages of the forest were burned to the ground a long time ago and are deserted, which is why no-one comes this way to investigate.
Ursula nodded. "I wondered. We are not that far from Yod for a whole town to have held out. How many men does he have? Can you take all of them?"
Eriana grinned at her. "A warrior's heart, I see, even if you do not fight yourself! Our turn-face cannot count but he thinks possibly forty or fifty are left, under two underofficers of some kind."
"And maybe split over two sites. Of course they will have patrols and will certainly come here when their leader does not return."
"Indeed. I am torn between leaving immediately to attack them and getting our gear off the Visund."
"Difficult. You need more men. Oh, what about those... guns, whatever they are, that they had? Can you use them?"
Another grin. "Oh, aye! They are like those we have already faced, captured and turned upon the enemy at Gylfi's Rest. My men probably know how to use them better than those who bear them now. They are an improved design and suffered no harm when their holders were killed. We have also recovered their ammo bags and, while the count of rounds is small, there are enough for us to use."
The words ammo and rounds came through in English and Ursula wondered why. Still, that question was for another time. She asked, "Do you think the Visund is safe enough where it is?"
"I did, until the Alderman told me about the fishermen who may shortly return. Why?"
"If you would give me the sailors from the crew, we should be able to unload whatever is needed for tonight. That will get all the women - and Kaldar - out of possible harm's way and leave you and your warriors to do... whatever is required. We'd have Bennet and Semma if there should be any trouble, unless you wanted them and their pistol skills for your assault?"
Eriana shook her head. "Replacement rounds for our pistols are all on the Visund, so theirs and mine are of no use until we can clean and reload them. In fact, I might as well give you mine now and the girls can reload it for me when you all get to the ship."
She suited action to words by lifting her skirt and passing the pistol from her holster to Ursula. She then surprised them all by unstrapping the holster and handing it over. Ursula put the pistol back into the holster and secured it with the safety strap.
"There is little point to me wearing the holster if the pistol is not there." Eriana remarked. "Of course, I could not wear my sword when we arrived, it would have given everything away. But I will need it before I can lead any assault."
"Can you attack in darkness? It will probably be dark by the time we can get back with your sword but I do not know what you and your men are capable of."
Eriana nodded. "Darkness would be better for us in such an adventure. It will be little different to a raid of old, where we would creep up on coastal villages and remote farms to plunder. There is a good moon tonight, that has always been in my thoughts, and I will consider how best we may make use of it." She nodded again. "In fact, I will come with you and collect my sword myself. That way I can return immediately while you and the crew sort out our chests."
"Sounds like a plan."
"Then I must organize my men." She turned. "Lars! Tor! To me, if you please."
* * *
When the cargo party reached the pontoons they found two small fishing boats had arrived and four very puzzled and apprehensive fishermen standing on the pontoons, staring at the Visund. The apprehension increased to almost panic as the strangely-clad group of strangers approached.
"Be easy, friends!" Eriana tried to settle them. "Your families are in no danger, not any more. We have freed Bakhrad from the Overlords, and once I have fetched my sword I will lead my men to punish those who have wronged you."
They stared at her as if she had grown another head. Their eyes switched around, looking at the rest of the group, finally stopping at someone they thought might be in charge: a man. But Tor only smiled and pointed to Eriana.
"She is Princess Eriana. She leads us. I am sworn to her."
Eriana opened her mouth but Ursula stepped forward. "If I may, Highness. Gentlemen, we are travelers on the great river who happen to have landed here looking for a meal and rest for the night. We were met by someone calling himself a Commissioner who promptly arrested us."
This information made the fishermen's attitude worse. She held up a hand and continued, "There was a brief battle and the Commissioner, together with most of his men, were killed. Her Highness Princess Eriana, who owns our ship and leads our party, will take her men and finish off those who remain."
They goggled at Ursula. "But... the Thunder Pipes?"
She smiled. "Ours were quicker. And much easier to use. But, really, we could probably have managed without. Our men are that quick." The smile vanished. "But one of the enemy told us the truth. Their leader was no Commissioner but the officer of a group of deserters from an army which no longer exists. The war ended long ago, with the defeat of the Ascendancy. What day would that be, Highness?"
"Ah, in Palarand we learned of the war's end on the Sun Balance day - what do they name it here?"
Bennett supplied, "It was during the Spring Dawning ceremony, Highness. That means that it must have ended about a week before."
"Palarand?" One of them said. "You are from Palarand? I did not think such a land really existed. Are all their boats so large, then?"
Eriana smiled. "This is no boat, goodman. When it reaches a certain size it is named a ship. But neither this ship nor most of its crew come from Palarand, but another land much further away. No matter. What does matter is that you may go home in peace, your families are safe, hostages no more, and the Overlords are ended. You have been fishing today?"
"Aye... Highness, we have. A good catch, gadris, brakkis, felomris, charis... not so many of the last. Uh, if I may ask, are you expecting the village to feed you tonight? How many of you are there?"
"Thirty-one, I deem." Her eyes narrowed. "Or is it thirty-two? We seem to be picking up strays everywhere we land."
"Thirty-one? Maker! But that is why your... ship... is so large, then. I doubt our catch alone will feed the village and all your crew... Highness."
"That is why we are at the pontoons now," she explained, "to bring some of our own supplies, that your village will not go short. You have been short too long already, I deem."
"Aye, Highness, many of our men were taken for the war and not enough are left to fish properly." He hesitated. "It is truly ended?"
"Months ago. Those men refuse to believe the truth, that their twisted ideas are dust. They sought to bring back a vanished nightmare. They will trouble you no longer."
"I am relieved to hear that, Highness. Uh, there are more boats out, the others may have as good a catch as we have today."
"Then let us carry on. I must needs return to the village immediately, once I have fetched my sword."
When Eriana jumped off the Visund with her scabbarded sword in her fist and casually balanced on her shoulder, the men goggled again. They watched her stride off in silence.
"Can she really use that sword?"
Ursula replied, "I have not seen her in battle with it but I have seen her at practice with several different groups of soldiers. The answer is that she can almost certainly fight with it if she wants to."
"I deem she wants to, Mistress. She may be young but she is strong and I can see the anger in her body."
"She does not like people like you having advantage taken of them. She is not a typical Valley woman, that is certain."
"As you say, Mistress. Uh, the sun lowers, by your leave we must get our catch to the village."
"Look, if you can wait a few moments until we unload what we need we can all go together. We have brought some carts from the village and it will save you carrying your catch. It will also be safer for you to travel with us."
"Done, Mistress."
By the time they had collected what they needed and gotten everything up the steps to the ramp and the carts, another fishing boat had arrived and two more could be seen approaching. Explanations had to be made again and loads adjusted, which meant that it was nearly dark when they reach the village square once more. The sailors had been forced to carry some of the catch since the carts were dangerously overloaded.
As they entered the square Kedith was waiting with Kalmenar and Hashim. Otherwise the square was empty. The Alderman strode forward to greet the fishermen.
"Thank the Maker you are all safe! Good catch, Von?"
"Elder, we have all made good catches this afternoon. As the waters lower, so it becomes easier to find the fish. We have plenty for all to feast tonight, and I know that a feast will be needed if what these visitors tell us is true."
"It is true, Von. I was there, I saw it. The visitors came from the creek in a crowd and Naskath faced them with two Thunder Pipes. I was certain we would soon be cutting wood for many pyres but in a flash, literally, the Commissioner and the pipe-men lay dead, and most of his men soon after. Now Her Highness has taken her men to, as she says, finish off the vermin."
"Thank the Maker, indeed! But you say that some still lurk in the forest?"
"One who surrendered talked and told us that their leader was no Commissioner but a lowly under officer of some kind. Her Highness tells us that the war ended many weeks ago and these are but a rabble roaming the land, seeking villages to plunder and terrorize. They are said to hold a farm along each of the tracks to Bakhmenek and Bakhzorum. She has taken her men to the farm along the Bakhmenek track which holds most of those whom remain."
"And Bakhmenek? Do they hold sway there?"
"We do not know. We do not think so. All we were told was lies."
"Do you think her men can do it?"
Kedith shrugged. "I have no idea, Von." He turned to Ursula. "If I may ask, Mistress, do you know if your ship will be departing tomorrow? I would not blame you if you did."
"I do not know Her Highness's mind but I am sure that she would not sail away leaving an enemy behind her to come back and threaten you. I am not sure that she planned to attack both farms tonight which might mean that some of them will remain to cause trouble tonight or tomorrow."
He pulled a face. "Then, if I may suggest, we should not feast tonight since it may invite trouble while we do so. If you may retire to the hostel and prepare yourselves an evening meal. Von has said the catch is good, we are more than willing to share. You already know that it is easy to escape into the forest through the windows. Should trouble approach then one of your men, keeping watch, can send a signal for you to depart."
Ursula considered. "That makes sense, given the situation. I assume that the villagers will all disappear as well?"
He scowled. "It is what we did the first time they arrived. They defeated that tactic by confiscating that house and moving some men in. From then on we could do nothing, since they always had hostages."
Ursula's expression was grim. "I understand. We had better clear the square, then. Tor, can you move our gear into the hostel? Tyra will show you where to put it all while Adin and I work out how much food we'll need."
Tor nodded. "Of course, Mistress."
She remembered a problem and turned. "Oh, Alderman, has anyone attended to the pump? We cannot cook without water."
"Done, Mistress. The leather parts on both pumps have been replaced with new and it has all been tested." Another scowl. "It is fortunate that one of our older residents, now retired, remembered what to do. Those who normally attend such matters were taken away by the Overlords to fill their army."
She sighed. "I sympathize with you. It is always those who are the most talented who go and the same people are less likely to return, unfortunately. I hope that will not happen again to this village for a long time."
"As you say, Mistress."
* * *
The evening meal had been an interesting fish stew. Brakkis had been a kind of crab analog while felomi seemed to resemble eels. Ursula knew what gadi were but chari seemed to be a salmon or trout analog, and just as tasty. As she had never tasted eels before she could not compare the two but Adin's culinary sorcery had produced a delicious meal that everyone ate with gusto.
It was a pity that it was only shared between the women and the sailors, since no-one had returned from the forest. Adin looked mournfully at the big pot of cooked but uneaten food, wondering if it would still be fit for consumption when the others finally arrived.
Eventually those in the hostel decided to retire for the night. There was no sense in everyone staying up since that would just mean that all would be tired should anything happen. Two of the sailors had decided to act as sentries or watchers so took up positions where they could overlook the square without being seen.
The largest room was shared by Bennett, Semma and Kaldar, with space left for Eriana. Since only the ship's crew were in the hostel there was no need for any subterfuge where Kaldar was concerned. Ursula and Tyra had a tiny room next door just big enough for them and their chests. They had no beds but slept on pads made from folded blankets.
Ursula could not sleep. She wondered what had happened to the raiding party. Eventually she drifted off, but her sleep was fitful, wondering if Eriana would survive what could be her biggest test since she had departed from Einnland.
* Meinfretr: stinkfart. Kamphundrn: carrion eaters.
The Visund has found a small village in a creek and freed the locals from those of the Ascendancy. Now Eriana leads her men on a mission to find and destroy the rebel force. What she finds shocks her and makes her reconsider her recent actions.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
51 - Night Operations
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The two files of Norse crept silently along, one either side
of the rough track and keeping to the shadow of the overhanging
trees. The moonlight was just sufficient to let them see where they
were going but not enough to affect their night vision. The rough
square outlines of their tee shirts helped mark out the position of
the man in front, so when Eriana raised an arm everyone came to a
stop, but closer together than they would normally have.
Lars crossed the track to join her, his mouth close to her ear so that he need only whisper very quietly.
«What is it, Highness?»
He could not see her expression in the darkness, which may have been just as well.
«I do not like this,» she breathed. «We can see nothing! There could be a whole army hiding in these trees and we would not know. Just a pair of men either side with a gun each could finish us off.»
«It is too late to discover that, Highness. But this is not the time to be discussing tactics. Are we going on or should we return to the village?»
«On, of course. We cannot leave those kamphundrn out there waiting for us. We'll just have to be much more careful. This is not like the raiding we used to do.»
«No. But now is not the time to speak of training for unfamiliar terrain.»
She made a sound which could have been agreement. «Did you notice that the trees here are lower? We might be coming to the edge of this forest. If we just walk out we could be seen by a lookout, waiting for their boss to come back.»
«True. But if we go into the trees to bypass them we will make too much noise.»
«We'll go forward - but slowly, and look for any watchers. I have my telescope but I don't know how much use it will be in the dark.»
Lars looked up at the slot which defined the sky above the track. «The Halls of Valhalla will not be up yet but may help later. We'll have to manage until then.»
He felt rather than saw her nod and slipped back across the track. Her arm went up again and then forward and the two files resumed their creeping.
The edge of the forest came suddenly. The trees ended to give way to a strange confusion of chest-high growth, with the track dividing them and heading for a group of buildings, just visible in the dark. Eriana's hand went up and the two files stopped again and flattened themselves into the trackside foliage as best as they could.
She bent down and whispered to the next in line, "Torvin." The word was passed down the line and Torvin made his way forwards.
«Captain?»
She pulled out her telescope and gave it to the man. «Worm your way forward and see if you can see any watchers. They are bound to be there somewhere, waiting for their leader to return.»
«Of course, Captain.»
Torvin slipped forward and down onto his hands and knees, hugging the undergrowth. He was away so long that most of the men decided to sit down while they were waiting. He eventually returned and handed the telescope back.
«Captain, the fields beyond are strange, like some kind of wild orchard, though the trees are not very high. There is someone in a small barn off to our left. Every so often I can see a faint light pass across behind some boards.» He added, «It seemed to me that whoever is there can see anyone coming out of the forest along the track. If we can get into that orchard then we could creep across to the barn without being seen.»
«Well done. We'll deal with them first.»
She carefully and slowly made her way across to Lars.
«Watchers in a barn to our left,» she breathed. «If we tried to rush the farm it is likely they would see us and raise the alarm. My side will deal with the barn first.»
«How will we know?» he asked.
«They have a light there. We will make it visible to you.»
He nodded in the near-total gloom. «Good luck, Princess.»
Keeping against the forest and crouching down, Eriana's file very slowly made their way along the edge of the field until they were well past the small barn-like structure. From here no lights could be seen, which might mean that the lookouts only faced the track entrance. With hand signals in the slightly better light Eriana sent two men off across through the rows of overgrown bushes towards the barn. They reached the outside and one could be seen waving in silhouette at the edge of the building. The others followed, keeping as quiet as they could.
There seemed to be a good natured argument going on inside the barn. The watchers were keeping their voices down but not enough to hear any sounds the Norse made.
"He'll be back! He's probably just terrorizing whoever was on that boat, I tell you. Maybe even got the men lifting out the plunder and taking it to the village. Maybe he's even found some wine and is having a good time."
"I dunno, Tezar, you'd think he would have sent someone back to tell what he found, wouldn't you? It's dark now, we won't find out what's going on until the morning."
"You're always such a pessimist, Brill. We've done all right so far, ain't we?"
"Well, somebody's got to - urk!"
It did not take much to slip around the corner and push a sword through a body. The Norse crowded into the barn and finished off both men before looking around.
A tiny shielded lantern stood on an area of dirt floor which had been cleared of forage and other debris, showing a pair of dice that they had been using to pass the time. On a leveled heap of forage to one side were two mugs, a wineskin, a small piece of bread and an even smaller piece of cheese on a scrap of sacking. On the floor nearby an old bugle rested on its bell.
The barn was twice as wide as it was long. One narrow side, the north-eastern, had overlapping solid boards to shelter the contents from the prevailing winds. The north-western and south-western sides were slatted to permit the forage to breathe and not go moldy. The south-eastern side was open and a few dim lights could be seen through a line of trees in the distance, probably Bakhmenek.
Eriana picked up the wineskin, removed the stopper and sniffed. «Water.»
One of the men muttered something and she asked, «What?»
It was Halsten. «This is not right, Captain. There is too much forage here for this time of year. I know they would probably have more left over than we would in Einnland but, even so...»
She shrugged. «Maybe they had a good spring this year and turned out the beasts early. Who knows?»
Halsten shook his head. «Captain, if they had done that the grass in the orchard we just crossed would have been much shorter.» It was his turn to shrug. «Maybe their beasts were confiscated because of the war.»
She turned, her eyes intent. «Remember these men are outlaws. I wonder if they just ate them. Very well. We had better give a signal to Lars and then head for that farm... but carefully.»
Carefully shielding the lantern from the direction of the farm, she took it out and around the back, where she could show it to those waiting at the track without those in the farm seeing it. Knowing that there could be no reply she returned the lantern to the barn and set off through the shrubs at a slow lope. As she moved she could just see dark figures issue from the edge of the wood as Lars led his men across to reach the farm from the other side.
The farm had four large buildings around a central yard with access at all four corners. One was obviously the farmhouse, another was more like a stable but the other two were taller, had all four walls of wood planks and firmly closed doors. Lars appeared at the opposite side of the farmhouse and she motioned him to stay where he was. She placed her ear to the wall of the nearest barn and listened carefully.
Shaking her head, she hand-signaled Lars to watch the other buildings, especially the farmhouse. She turned to her men.
«Nothing here. We'll go and join Lars over the other side.»
Thinking about the slats on the barn in the field, she led her men around the back of the barn, keeping in the shadows where they could. In the corner between the two barns she discovered a toolshed and called a halt.
«Ssh! I thought I heard something.»
She put her ear to the planks of the toolshed, listened and then drew back.
«Men inside here. Asleep, I think.»
Eriana moved to the door to discover that it was secured shut with an iron peg.
She reported to her men, «Careful. The door is secured shut from the outside, which may mean they have prisoners or hostages inside.»
Eirik suggested, «Or plunder.»
«Possible, but plunder does not snore. Let me see if I can get in without disturbing anyone else.»
The latch for the toolshed was a simple iron peg in a staple and she eased it out carefully, noting that it made no sound. That implied frequent use. She just hoped that the door hinges would not creak too much, but there was a little noise.
Of course it was completely dark inside and she wondered whether she should have brought the lantern. The snoring stopped abruptly and a sleepy voice called, "What do you want now?"
"Shh! Is there a light in here?"
"Aye. A woman? To your left, beside the door, hanging on the frame." Hesitation. "But they will see it."
Eriana realized that would be true. "As you say. How many are here?"
"Six... Mistress? What can you do for us?"
"I have thirteen men and hope to kill or capture them all. Are they all in the farmhouse?"
"No, Mistress. Some sleep in the bigger barn, there are too many for the house. Some are sick and are in the barn all day." A kind of sour chuckle in the dark. "We are not much better."
"Do you know how many are in each place?"
"No, Mistress. Some left yesterday afternoon, we were not told why."
"That was to capture us, which did not work. All those who went to Bakhrad are dead or captured."
"Do you tell me? That is good news. We will wait for you to return, then."
"Please. I will leave you for now." She smiled in the dark. "There may be some noise."
"Mistress," the voice added, "there are women captives in the stables."
It was with great self-control that Eriana stopped herself from swearing. "I understand. Thank you."
She slipped out and closed the door, returning to her file and bringing them up to date. Mindful of the captive's words, they crept very quietly past the larger central barn to find a water pump, privy and simple bathing hut at the next corner. Finally, once around the back of the stables, they reached Lars.
«There are six captives, men, in the toolshed over at the far corner. One of them told me there are women in here, also captive.» She laid her hand gently on the wood of the stable. «Some of the enemy are in the larger barn, I was told that many are sick. I have no numbers for any other place.»
Lars grunted, but quietly. «Usual tactics?»
«Of course, but remember they might have more guns. How many doors are there?»
He pointed to the rear of the farmhouse. «I saw only that one.»
She beckoned her men over with a wave. «Let us go a-viking, then.»
He put a hand on her arm. «No. This time my men go in. Cannot risk you in close quarters.»
She was annoyed but understood the logic. He continued, «Your men watch windows in case any escape.»
«Agreed.»
She was still detailing her men off when the farmhouse door opened and a soldier stumbled out, yawning. He had already pulled up his smock and one thumb had begun to pull down the top of his tights, so it was apparent that he was heading for the privy. Two of Lars' men grabbed his arms and yanked him bodily into the yard, where a third felled him with a punch. The noise when he fell to the ground was slight but would probably have been noticed so everyone instantly exploded into action.
Eriana's men raced off around the farmhouse to prevent any escapees while Lars led his men into the doorway at a rush. The sounds of a fight came from inside but did not last long. She did not hear the sound of steel clashing with steel, which was a good sign. Eventually Lars reappeared and beckoned.
Now no longer needing to whisper, he said, «Most of them were already asleep, Captain. One managed to get out a window but was stopped - permanently. Somebody managed to get a knife out and Olof got cut, that is our only blood wound so far.» A grunt. «The knife-holder paid for his trouble.»
«Serious?»
«He'll live, but Ursula will need to put stitches in his right arm. Lower arm, I should say.»
«How many did you find?»
«Fritjof did a count and had thirteen but the light is bad and they are packed in. There are also five dead. He thinks more must be in that big barn.»
«I was told that the sick are in that barn, but if the farmhouse is that crowded it makes sense for some others to sleep there as well. What numbers have we dealt with so far?»
«Hmm. Nine dead in the village and eight captured. How many were in that barn over there?»
«Two, both now dead.»
«Nineteen. Thirteen here alive makes thirty-two and five dead makes thirty-seven. The one here in the yard and the one who got out the window makes thirty-nine. That village Elder said there could be fifty to sixty all together, so where..?»
«The other farm. The Elder might not have been in any position to take an accurate count, of course.»
They stared at one another in the dim moonlight.
«Can we leave them and attack tomorrow morning?» he asked.
«It will be much harder in the daylight. There are captives here who must be released and I doubt they have been treated well, that will take time. There is another potential problem. When we went to the lookout barn I could see lights which must be from the town. They can be no more than a mark away. If we attack in daylight, they will see it all.»
«This is a problem?»
«It will be if the Ascendancy is still there.»
Lars grunted again. «Things were so much simpler when we were defending Gylfi's Rest! Let us clear the barn, free whoever is captive and then decide what to do. We have already had a long day.»
«Agreed.»
The noise had not been kept down and yet no-one had opened the doors to the large barn to see what was happening. With a lantern from the house, Eriana cautiously opened one barn door wide and held up the light to expose the interior. The barn had been converted into a dormitory with rows of rough beds, some merely mounds of straw. Of the thirty or so beds less than half were in use. Of those occupied, only one man scrambled out of bed and reached for a blade. He lowered the blade as Norse came in through the barn door behind her.
One of those still in bed spoke. "Don't be stupid, Korik. Put your knife down. It's over."
The knife thumped to the floor as the man raised his hands. The eight other men simply raised themselves on one elbow and regarded the newcomers.
"Who are you? Never seen uniforms like that before... And you're a woman, leading them? They let you?"
Eriana surveyed the inhabitants with a smile. "Have you heard of Boldan's Rock?"
Most shook their heads but one said, "Wasn't that some kind of fortress down-river? There was rumors... don't remember any more."
Another one said, "Nah, that was Joth. I still think they was off their heads, going that far down river."
Eriana said, "Never mind. I'll just tell you that your leader is dead, along with most of those who went to Bakhrad today with him. Oh, and we have captured all those in the house... well, those who didn't die."
The men went very still. The one that had jumped up sank back down on his bed.
"Prisoners, eh?" She nodded. "What will you do with us?"
"As we are merely visitors who happened to be passing, we'll hand you all over to the nearest Allied authorities. What they will do with you I cannot say... but it might not be good. You do realize that the war officially ended over two months ago?" The looks on their faces showed that some already knew while others did not. "That means that you may not be accounted prisoners of war but outlaws, brigands, and possibly liable to sterner punishment for whatever you may have done."
The knife-man swore.
She asked, "I was told that some of you are sick. Do you know what with? If nothing else I must needs protect my men."
"If you have good food," one responded, "it won't be anything you will catch, Mistress. Lots of different theories here but most think it was something bad we ate."
I need Ursula! But I cannot drag her out of bed in the middle of the night.
"I am sorry, I can offer you nothing better," she told them, "but we have a healer who will come in the morning and take a look at you." She turned as Lars joined her in the doorway.
«Big enough,» he remarked, looking around. «What's in that other barn?»
«No idea.» She thought quickly. «We had better look first. I am becoming tired and hungry, that may be where the food is kept. Besides, I do not need any more surprises tonight. There are too few of us as it is.»
«Agreed.»
She turned and gave the men instructions. «Get them all up, even the sick ones, and make a thorough search for weapons and other items. That one sitting on his bed had a knife, there may be others. Check the barn as well, there may be a weapon store here somewhere, though it is difficult to see much in this light. Once you have cleared inside here they can lie down again.»
Ragnar nodded. «Yah, Captain.»
Eriana turned to Lars. «Let us go.»
The two made their way back into the yard and over to the other barn accompanied only by Stine and Halsten. It was the best they could do as everyone else was guarding prisoners. Eriana was beginning to realize that she was out of her depth, her natural Einnlander confidence having made her forget the first rule of operations: plan, plan and plan again.
«We are too few,» she muttered.
«What?»
«I made us come away without any thought of what we might face, Lars. So far we have gotten away with it but the men must all be as tired and hungry as I am feeling. If this had been Einnland we would have made sure they were rested and had a hearty meal before we attacked.»
He grunted. «I cannot argue with that, Captain, but the circumstances are unusual. Here, look. There is a big lock on this door.»
«Eirik thought there had to be plunder somewhere.»
«Maybe. I'm more interested to see if they had any more of those guns, and where the powder would be kept. A locked barn seems a good place to me.»
«True,» she allowed. «I don't want anyone to come back while we are resting and get into that barn.»
«Someone must have a key. I did see a key on that Commissioner when we searched his body but thought little of it. He would not have gone off and left it locked behind him, surely?»
«We were told there were two under-officers of some kind. Maybe they have keys as well.»
«One might be at that other farmhouse but the other must be here. We'll search the prisoners as we move them.»
«Move them? Where?»
Lars gestured. «I want to put all the prisoners in the larger barn together, it will make them easier to manage. What was that about sickness?»
«Bad food, sounds like. I want to bring Ursula here tomorrow morning.»
He grunted. «Good idea. I'll send Olof back to fetch her in the morning, she can treat him there before they come here. Do we need the others out here as well?»
«We can decide that later. Move the prisoners over and then we can go and look at their captives.»
The prisoners were removed from the farmhouse one by one, searched, and then sent into the big barn. A number of knives and other weapons and tools were found but no key. A guard was placed at front and back before Eriana turned her attention to the toolshed. Here she opened the door wide.
"Gentlemen, you are all now free."
A voice came from the darkened interior. "You have really gotten them all, Mistress?"
"We have. Some are dead and the rest we have penned up in the larger barn. Do you want to come outside? It may be easier to talk that way."
Eriana was shocked at the appearance of the six men who emerged. Two were supported by two more though the final two managed by themselves, just. They were gaunt and filthy with long straggly beards and hair. It appeared as if they might not have even taken off their clothes the entire time they had been captive.
"By the Gods! If this is how they treated you I will kill them all!"
Their leader, the man she had spoken with originally, limped forward. "It would only be their just dues, Mistress."
In the light of Annis he took in the woman standing in front of him, tall, blonde, wearing a very short dress and with an enormous sword slung across her back. The men standing around her looked equally outlandish, with short hair, well-kept beards and curious garb showing bare legs. All carried large swords and looked extremely dangerous.
One of the largest of these stepped forward. «Captain, if we did that we would be no better than they.»
«I know it, Lars. The sight of these poor folk surprised me, that is all. We will let others judge them.»
"We are strangers in this land and have no business judging its folk," she told the men. "We are on a trading journey along the Sirrel and sought a meal and rest for the night, that is all." She rolled her eyes. "So far we have managed neither but what we have done instead justifies the lack, I deem. If I may ask who you are and how you became ensnared by these beasts."
"Mistress, I am Baros, once master of the barge Faral Wintik." He placed a hand gently on the shoulder of one of the supporters. "This is Kedian, the last of my crew who survives. These others are," he pointed as he named them, "Temmar, Zoran, Vitrak and Omar, all bargemen trapped by those of Yod when we came to Bakhrad."
"Ssss! Just as we were today, then." They could barely see her fierce grin in the poor light. "But we were ready for trouble and overcame them when their pretend Commissioner tried to arrest us."
Baros looked doubtful. "But their Thunder Pipes? How did you overcome those, Mistress?"
"We are a fighting unit, Master Baros, and were familiar with their weapons. Indeed, we had better weapons of our own. The Commissioner lies dead with a large hole in his chest and his two pipemen are likewise dead. But we must get you people off your feet, I deem. Lars, can we use the farmhouse?"
"It stinks, Captain." He switched languages. «Maybe vermin in the bedding and therefore everywhere else as well. If you ask my advice, Captain, I would stay in the yard. It is warm enough for now.» He added, «I recommend that we burn the house, but that may offend those in the town.»
She giggled and briefly explained, "He said that it would not be a good idea to go into the house."
Baros gave a short laugh. "Mistress, we know what the house is like inside. Those beasts forced us to work for them all day, every day. Kedian here was cook, it is probably the only reason he is still alive. We were made to chop firewood, draw water and even dig graves for the beasts." He frowned. "Did you just say pretend Commissioner?"
She nodded. "It is true. The war ended maybe nine weeks ago and the Ascendancy is no more. He was no more a Commissioner than I am, merely leader of a group of renegade soldiers seeking to restore something that is lost."
"Do you tell me?" Baros glanced at the others. "We thought - we thought that mayhap part of Yod was still ruled by the Ascendancy and we had strayed into the wrong part."
"That might be true, elsewhere. One of those we captured told us the truth. These vermin are nothing but remnants of an army that is no more."
"And our misfortune to run into them."
"Aye. Tell me, if Kedian is cook, what did these... beasts feed on? We have not eaten since lunchtime and, for my part, some hot food would be welcome. He need not do it all himself, we will help as we can."
"Mistress, what these ate was just about anything they could steal. They slaughtered all the farm beasts, three haunches remain but they are rotten. Mostly what they eat now is what is left of our cargoes, coarse flour and beans." Baros pointed to the smaller barn. "All the food is locked away in there. We were not permitted to enter except accompanied by one of them."
"Who has the key? We think the Commissioner had one, surely he would have left one here."
Baros nodded. "Aye, the under-officers each had one. I see from the pile of weapons that you searched them, was it not there?"
"We did not find one." Eriana thought. "Of course he could be one of those who was killed."
«I should have thought of that,» Lars said. «I'll have the bodies searched immediately.»
He walked off issuing instructions. Baros eyed him curiously.
"Who are you folk, that you do not speak the tongue of the Sirrel Valley?"
Eriana smiled. "If I may introduce myself and my crew. I am Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and we are the crew of the ship Visund, originally from Einnland, which is beyond Plif and a long journey south in the ocean."
"A Princess? I beg your pardon, Your Highness, we did not know. But surely you are far from home."
"Very far, Baros, but we have given our oath to King Robanar of Palarand and we serve him now. You are bargemen, you should then know of Boldan's Rock?"
"Aye, of course. A forbidding place and said to be impregnable."
"My ship's crew and I were those who took it back from those of Yod, though we did not travel by river that time."
"There were rumors... These men? Do you tell me that those rumors were true?"
"Not having heard the rumors I could not say. But it was a hard task, and it was there we learned how to use the Yodan weapons."
Lars returned. «We searched the bodies but found no key, Captain.»
Eriana remembered something. «Their boots. Were any of them wearing calf boots?»
«I do not think so... wait! There is another, the one who got out a window round the other side.»
He hurried off around the corner of the farmhouse and reappeared carrying a body over his shoulder. It was unceremoniously dumped in the yard. It was too dark to see much but Baros nodded.
"That's him, that's Razanar. He should have the key on a cord around his neck."
The key fit the lock and turned smoothly enough. Opening the double doors they were hit by a range of pungent smells. Eriana recoiled into the yard.
"Gods! What is in here?"
"All the food, Highness, all the tools they cleared from the shed so that they could put us somewhere, their magic weapons and a few trinkets of plunder they stole from wherever they could."
"And the smell?"
"Mostly the food, Highness. What they plundered was all stored on the floor which guaranteed it would go bad. We were made to unload our cargo of flour and bring it here. One of the other barges had the beans." He added somberly, "That crew did not survive. We were made to unload that as well. They should have buried the rotten meat but Naskath, Razanar and Zerron knew better than we."
He spat in the yard. "Townsmen, all of them. Not one had a clue what to do with a farm full of narakh except kill them all badly. They did not even butcher them properly. I may be a bargeman but even I know better than that."
"Wait! What is a narakh?"
Baros stared at Eriana before nodding. "Ah, you do come from a long way away, do you not, Highness? Those animals are the providers of milk in the Sirrel Valley and nearby. A little smaller and rounder than a frayen - you do know frayen? - but with longer necks, they feed on kaskh bushes, among other things."
"Milk? Ah, I do not know that name, narakh. We have animals named bufé that provided our milk but they may not be the same. If you would continue."
He shrugged. "So we fed them as they demanded, Highness, but bad food will get even a strong man eventually."
Eriana glanced at Lars. "So there is nothing to eat?"
Baros smiled. "I did not say that, Highness. We made sure we fed them from the spoiled sacks. We told them others were spoiled and they made us eat from those instead. Kedian had saved some spices and he mixed it with our flour so our bread tasted funny to them."
"Bread... if that is all there is, then that will have to do. Master Baros, Kedian, you are in charge of our kitchen. You can ask for all the help you need. Can you feed us?"
"I will try, Highness, but as you know bread takes time... and none of us are strong any longer. You might not eat until it is nearly dawn."
"It will be good enough, if you are willing to assay the task. I am guessing that the only drink is water?"
Baros smiled again. "Perhaps not, Highness. These poor farmers had, as most do, a herb garden and I may be able to provide pel, though it will probably taste raw. The Yodans did not know the herbs and we chose not to explain."
Eriana was grinning now in the dark. "Master Baros, I am beginning to like you! I am pleased that you did not all tamely submit to the beasts but carried on your defiance under their noses."
"Highness, we did what any sensible person could under the circumstances. What they did, well, that is another matter."
There was a silence until Lars asked, "Captain, what about stables?"
"Gods! I had forgotten them! Come, we must deal with them immediately."
Baros cautioned, "Highness, I beg you, do not enter there." He considered. "Yet you are the only woman here and it may be that your voice will bring comfort to them. If you would be extremely cautious, Highness."
Eriana had already figured out what she was likely to find inside the stables and nodded abruptly. Leading the way, she strode to the double doors to the stable block and pulled the peg securing them. Lars and Eirik pulled the doors wide, allowing another waft of pungent odor to envelop those nearby, causing them to cover their noses. A hand tapped her arm and she turned to see someone hand her a lantern. Steeling herself, she entered, holding the lantern up high. The first stall was empty, but she could sense movement further along.
"Can you hear me? Your captors are dead or captured themselves. We have come to release you. I am the only woman here and I lead these men. They will not harm you."
She moved a few steps and saw the contents of the next stall. It was too much for someone who had already experienced a long and busy day, was tired and becoming extremely hungry. Her sight began to swim and there was a curious roaring in her ears. The smell was impossible. She did the only thing possible, she turned and bolted.
Outside, she thrust the lantern at someone in the dark, whoever it was yelped at the hot metal and swiftly placed it on the ground. She staggered around the side of the stable block and leaned on the corner, her empty stomach attempting to bring up contents it did not have. She heaved and heaved for ever, it seemed, until strong hands held her and pulled her firmly to his chest.
«You are yet young,» Lars told her softly. «You have not yet become hardened to sights that older eyes have already seen. We did not know how bad it would be inside.»
The tears streamed down her face. «I have failed you all,» she sobbed. «If I cannot face sights like that I am not fit to lead you.»
«It is the opposite,» he replied. «You are a woman, a young woman still, we would not follow you if you were cold to such sights. You are brave and strong but we all have limits, Princess. For now you have discovered what yours are.»
«How can I face -»
«We understand. Have no fear that any of us will doubt you. You will see.»
By the time they returned to the yard the five women had been brought out. All stood blinking in the moonlight, eyeing the surrounding men warily.
«This is no good,» Lars said, raising his voice. «Fetch some of that firewood around here, we'll build a fire in the middle of the yard. That way everyone can see what is going on.»
Eriana thought about this and then asked, «If we build a fire here they will likely see it in that town.»
Lars replied, «It will mostly be hidden behind the barn.» He shrugged. «If they did come out here to investigate that could solve a few problems. I have been wondering how we could approach them.»
«And if they are Ascendancy?»
He shrugged again. «Then we have chosen the field of battle, not them.»
Four of the men went off to begin bringing wood for the fire while Eriana cautiously approached the women. These appeared to be in much the same state as the bargemen were but obviously they had been kept for a different purpose. They still wore the clothes they had been captured in and the smell was more than somewhat ripe. Marks around their necks showed that they had been kept haltered. The eyes of two of them were dull but the other three showed some life as she neared them.
"Who are you? Why do I not understand their words?" That was the woman who seemed the oldest.
"I am owner and Captain of a ship..." Eriana thought and then clarified, "...a warship which is making a voyage upstream along the Sirrel. My men are all seasoned warriors, we come from a distant land. We called at Bakhrad and discovered the circumstances. The man who called himself the Commissioner was killed there along with eight of his men. We captured eight others there. When we arrived here there was a short fight and many were killed, including the under-officer. The rest we have penned in that barn," she jerked a thumb, "to await judgment."
"Will you kill them all?"
Eriana shook her head. "We are travelers, it is not our place. We believe that the town nearby has Allied troops who will determine justice."
"Town? Where?"
Eriana pointed. "Over that way, perhaps a mark. Behind the barn."
Baros approached. "Highness, if you are remaining out here then the ground will be hard for all. Yonder building was not stables but a milking shed. Above the stalls should be a store of forage, some of your men can bring it out to make the women more comfortable."
"As you say! As soon as we get the fire going we will be able to see what we are doing."
In due course the fire was flickering and cushions of forage provided seats for most of the men. Some had brought out tables and benches from the farmhouse and scrubbed them down, making it a little easier to set out, initially, mugs of pel.
The women, by some gravitational force, gathered around Eriana, who was obliged to separate herself from her men.
"Tell me of yourselves."
The oldest said, "I am Nethra, wife of Padaran, the owner of the second barge captured," she explained. There was a long silence before she added, "My husband and his crew were killed in front of me and it was plain what my fate would be."
A long breath and she became more brisk. She rested a hand on a knee. "This is Banest, one of the two women on the first barge to be captured. Her husband was also killed, though I believe that two of his crew are over there."
She pointed to where Temmar, Zoran, Vitrak and Omar reclined on forage and sipped cautiously at the first hot drink they had had in many weeks.
Another women said, "Is it possible? We did not know who they had and they were careful not to tell us."
Eriana asked, "You think that one of them may be your..?"
She gave a slight shake of the head. "No, Captain. I saw my husband murdered in front of me just as Nethra did. My apologies, I am named Larys. I wondered if any of our crew had survived."
"When you have regained some strength, you may go and ask them." At her look Eriana added, "Do not fear them, they have been as badly treated as you have. From what I have heard so far they were treated more as beasts of burden than as people."
Nethra indicated the two silent women. "One of these is named Matta and the other Vellana. They were captured first. You will understand that, penned in those stalls like animals, we have never actually seen one another until now."
The two just stared at Eriana, their eyes blank. She shivered. What must it have taken for them to be reduced to this state? Then she looked at Nethra and wondered how she, Banest and Larys were still able to do anything at all.
"You are safe here," she told them again. "None of my men will harm you, in fact they will guard you against all who may seek to cause you further distress."
Nethra stared at Eriana. "Who are you, that such men bow to your desires? I have never seen the like before."
Eriana's heart sank. She had not wanted her status to become known yet, as it might form a barrier between herself and the women.
"For now, I am nothing but the owner and Captain of a ship that sails the Sirrel. These men..." She paused, then decided to tell it all. "These men are not my crew. My ship's crew presently resides in Bakhrad and I expect that you will see them in the morning. These men are all my sworn retainers, since I am actually Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand.
"I am the daughter of a King, but not Palarand's King. I ran away from my father who desired an unsuitable marriage for me. King Robanar has graciously granted us sanctuary from my father and to repay him we carried out a small task for which my men were particularly suited. We stormed Boldan's Rock and drove out those of Yod, then stormed the wharves below and recovered them for those of Ferenis."
"A Princess? And carrying a sword like that? What manner of people are you?"
"We are Einnlanders, a hardy people of the sea, who live on the coast of the ocean below the Palumaks. Since the name of our land is obscure, you should name us Norse, which is because of our origins... somewhere else entirely. We are few in number but warlike, forever quarreling and raiding one another's settlements for slaves and booty."
She paused, then added, "I should say that we were Einnlanders but no longer claim that land as home. By oath to King Robanar we have become Palarandis and are warlike only when there is need."
"Palarand..." muttered Banest. "There were some strange rumors..."
Eriana looked at her. "I may know of what you speak. Now is not the time to tell you, though, as the telling needs daylight and clear heads. I will tell you everything when we are all refreshed and cleaned up, you have my oath."
Banest asked, half in jest, "Heard and witnessed?"
"I am a Princess. I keep my promises."
The camp descended into silence, the women all clustered closely around Eriana. Some time later, Vynil appeared with a tray of mugs. Eriana surveyed them with suspicion.
«Captain, we have scrubbed everything with platter-sand, you can be certain they are safe and clean enough to use. Kedian says that he roasted the pel herbs in the oven as it warms for the bread, hoping to dry them enough to make something we could drink. He has had to dilute what he made but it still has a kick. If you think it unsuitable he will try something different. Oh, and the bread will be about another stunder before it is ready.»
She reached for the nearest mug and sniffed before taking a sip.
«It is different,» she said, «but it is hot and acceptable. Is there enough for everyone?»
«I would think so, Captain, judging by the size of the pot he made it in.»
«Serve it out, then. Everybody deserves to have something hot even if the food must wait.»
«Captain.»
He offered the tray to the women and all took a mug, the two silent ones after some hesitation. There were no complaints concerning the flavor. They sat and sipped, watching the fire slowly subside. All around the flames the men sat and rested, some of them already dozing, while others stood alertly, with their backs to the fire, gazing out into the night.
At some point she was aroused to full consciousness by the smell of freshly-baked bread. Vynil appeared with a tray full of loaves, made into short batons to make it easier to distribute and to tear. When she took one it was hot to the touch, soft and still moist from the oven. The others also took bread and sat quietly munching it in the flickering light.
She remembered nothing more of that night.
The Norse have defeated an ambush and mounted an expedition to deal with the remaining renegades, capturing the farmstead and those within. However, the outlaws at the other farmstead are concerned and mount their own expedition - against the village of Bakhrad.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
52 - Day of Reckoning
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The thirteen men walked cautiously and quietly along the forest
track. The front pair each carried a Thunder Pipe, while the man
behind each carried a gently smoldering length of rope. The fuse-men
occasionally blew on the ends of these lengths to ensure that they
were still alight. The following two pairs held spears but the next
two pairs had crossbows slung for travel and all twelve also had
swords, presently sheathed. Almost all of them cursed the thirteenth
man for making them get up and go on this useless early morning trek.
The thirteenth man wore calf boots and carried the two satchels of ammunition for the Thunder Pipes. He was also annoyed at having to get out of bed so early but in addition he was worried. The messenger yesterday had given warning of a large, strange vessel making for the pontoons and that Loytant Naskath would take a team from the other farm and deal with it personally.
Since then there had been nothing.
That was possible, of course. If the crew had been large enough then it may have taken time to subdue them and put them somewhere secure. If the vessel had been large enough - although under-officer Zerron personally doubted that - then it may have taken all afternoon to assess the cargo and decide what to do with it. But no word at all had come from Bakhrad and so Zerron had decided to investigate the following morning.
There had been a fair amount of grumbling when the patrol set off and the chatter had continued, even when they passed through the hamlet of Bakhzorum. They were all quiet now, as Bakhrad was just ahead, the clearing visible as a break in the tree cover. The only noises were the incessant cries of avians in the trees. Some of them sounded especially shrill this morning, but that was what you got for getting out of bed too early.
They reached the clearing and spread out around the edge to present less of a target. At least the men remembered their basic training. The two pipe-men went down on one knee and braced their weapons against their shoulders ready, while the fuse-men took position and prepared to touch the fuse once given the word. They had no idea how the weapons worked, only that they were invincible.
Where was everybody? By now at least some of the fishermen should be about, ready to go down to the pontoons and set off to hunt the day's catch. There should be sounds, glimpses of faces at windows, children hushed on seeing the soldiers, but there was nothing. The hairs began to raise along Zerron's back.
The pipe-man to his left suddenly fell forward, an odd metal-and-wood device sticking out of his head. The fuse-man scrambled away in fright as the Thunder Pipe tumbled to the ground. Zerron turned his head to his right as another of the strange weapons smashed into that pipe-man's head, making him spin to the ground and tangling him with his own weapon.
Suddenly, as Zerron stepped back in surprise, men sprang from some of the houses, large men, strangely dressed, who ran silently across the clearing and attacked his men. He turned to run and managed ten steps before another of them stepped out from gloom at the the side of the track. He saw the fist coming towards his face and then all went dark.
* * *
Eriana woke, feeling stiff and unable to move. There were avian sounds which brought her back to what had happened the previous night and she opened her eyes. Wedged either side of her were Matta and Vellana, the two women who had been most affected by their captivity. Either side of them, and making a sandwich of them with Eriana in the middle, were Banest and Larys. Realizing someone was missing, she came to properly and looked around the camp.
It was early morning. The sun had risen perhaps a bell earlier and many of the men who would have slept around the fire had departed, no doubt to use the latrine or to give themselves a quick wash and tidy up. A thin column of smoke came from the chimney of the farmhouse facing her, which had all its shutters thrown wide.
Reclining opposite Eriana on a bed of forage was Lars, who had his left arm around Nethra, who in turn was lying half on his chest. She was still asleep but Lars' clear gaze was fastened on Eriana. She raised an eyebrow and he responded with a quirk of his mouth.
It is what it is.
She smiled and nodded approval. Extricating an arm she scratched her nose, which movement caused Matta and Banest to stir.
"Am I still dreaming?" Banest muttered.
"It is no dream, Mistress," Eriana replied. "Those of Yod are shut in the barn and, mayhap today, will face their reckoning."
"Are you really a Princess? You do not behave as I expected one to behave."
"Aye, my father is a King and my mother was his Queen, which means that I am by right a Princess of the blood. We do not have the airs and graces that many nobles in the Sirrel Valley seem to have. My men offer me respect but it is earned not assumed."
"You said that your mother was a Queen?"
"Aye." Eriana's tone became pensive. "She died birthing what would have been my younger brother. Father grieved a while and then took another bride to be his Queen. She gave him sons my mother could not. Since I was eldest, he desired to make sure there would be no doubt who would succeed him so sought to marry me off meanly." A quirked smile. "I objected to that so, with my men and the help of a good friend who owned a ship, I ran away."
"Oh. But last night you mentioned Palarand."
"It is a long story and best told when we are all refreshed and, in your case, well again."
At that point Torvald emerged from the farmhouse carrying a tray of mugs. He was accompanied by Olof, who had a stained bandage around his right forearm. Torvald led the way towards the women. As he approached, Matta and Vellana, now both wide awake, shrank back against Eriana.
"Good morning, Captain. Good morning, ladies."
"Good morning, Torvald. Your language is definitely improving."
"I try but there are many strange words to know. Here is pel for you all."
"Thank you. Good morning, Olof. How is your arm?"
Olof replied, "Good morning, Captain," but then switched languages. «My arm hurts but that is to be expected. Lars thought that I should go and fetch Ursula here this morning. Who else should I bring?»
«A good question. I want to bring them all here but that would leave the village exposed.» She thought a moment as Torvald handed mugs to all the women. «Ursula, yes. I think I want Bennett and Semma as well, tell them to wear uniform and bring their pistols. Hashim will be useful to speak with these river folk and I may need Kalmenar to talk to those of the town. I think Tyra should stay behind and look after Kaldar, this farm is no place for such young minds.»
«Agreed, Captain. It is hard enough for some of us who are already here.»
«Tell Tor he is in charge of the defense of the village should anything happen. Since those of Yod are no longer in charge the villagers can escape into the forest if there is trouble.»
«Yes, Captain. And myself? Should I stay or return?»
«If Ursula permits then you may return if you wish. I don't want to see you waving a blade about today, though, you will just be help around the farm.»
He half-bowed. «Understood, Captain.»
She spotted one of the bargemen limping away from the latrine area. «Another matter. I doubt any of those we rescued today can walk as far as the village. Whatever happens, they cannot remain here. Ask Kedith to send... eleven carts. I believe there may be that many in the village.»
«You're right, Captain. It is not far but these poor folk...» He shook his head.
She asked, «Are you sure you can remember all that?»
He bristled but with pride. «Of course, Captain! I have a very good memory. That is one of the reasons that your brother picked me to travel with you. Ursula, Bennet and Semma to come, Bennet and Semma to wear uniforms and to bring the pistols. Hashim and Lord Kalmenar to come. Tyra and Kaldar to stay in the village. Tor in charge of defense. Carts to bring the hostages back to the village.»
She regarded him with interest. «I am surprised, but perhaps I should not be.»
He shrugged. «It has its uses, Captain. I'll be on my way, then.»
He walked out of the yard watched by all the women. Larys was thoughtful.
"I did not understand a word of that but I see what you mean, Highness. But why did he name you Captain if you are a Princess?"
Eriana smiled. "In the words of a friend of mine, it is possible to wear different hats depending on circumstances. Do you understand what I mean by that?"
"I think I do... Captain. Here and now you are just Captain of a ship and Captain of these men."
"As you say. As we journey along the river I am only Highness when I must needs be. I do not like all this fawning and grovelling. I am a direct kind of person, unused to all the fine words these so-called nobles use to confuse and make advantage."
"We barge folk have little to do with nobles, Captain, except when they accuse us of breaking some law. I am glad you are not like that."
"Thank you."
She took a sip of the brew and found it milder than that of the previous evening. Torvald was still there so she asked, «Is the cook still awake? After all that he did I am surprised that he can still stand.»
«He is asleep, Captain, in the farmhouse, along with the other man, Baros. Before they lay down they instructed us how to make this brew. Is it acceptable?»
«It is! It is better than what we drank last night.»
«It is to do with the toasting, Captain. Ah, here is Lars. I have a mug for him and for... I apologize, I do not know the names of the women yet.»
Lars approached and nodded to Eriana before lifting both remaining mugs from the tray. He handed one to Nethra before sipping from the other with approval. Nethra curtseyed to Eriana who held up a hand.
"None of that, please! I am Captain here and now, you do not curtsey to a Captain. I am only Highness when I cannot avoid it."
"My apologies, H- uh, Captain. By your leave, I must needs seek the privy."
"You do not need my leave for such requirements, Nethra."
"Perhaps not, but... I do not know where the privy is."
A shocked Eriana began to realize that the women had been shut in the milking shed for their entire stay at the farmstead and had never been permitted out. Why would they know where the privy was? She began to get very angry.
Fortunately Torvald provided the answer. "Mistress, privy is yonder," he pointed, "also a place you can wash after."
It dawned on Eriana that there were six women who would all want to use the privy and then wash themselves. Getting to the head of the line would take some time and, morally, she should let all the others go first.
"Nethra, go and clean yourself up. I regret we can do nothing about your clothing, there is no other here you can use. But do not take long, I pray. All your sisters have like needs and I would see you all refreshed before I go myself."
Nethra struggled not to curtsey again and then just nodded. "As you desire, Captain."
* * *
However primitive the facilities at the farmstead were, they were still better than those Eriana had endured at her father's Hall. But she had known no better then. All the women were cleaner now and had attempted to do something with their straggly, unkempt hair with a variety of success. Their attire was another matter. Even if there had been alternatives for each to wear, washing what they had worn for weeks, in some cases months, would be problematical.
"I do not think that it would be a good idea for you to see those who held you," she told the five women. "Nor that they should see you, since it might make them do something stupid. Thus, you must needs find somewhere out of sight to stand and I cannot be in that place."
«Captain,» Lars interjected before anyone could protest, «we can do this. There is no special reason you have to be there and we know Yodans are unused to women in command.»
Two of the women already had their mouths open so she held up a hand to stop them speaking.
"I am forced to admit you are right, Lars. Very well, we will all go around the back of the small barn while you deal with our prisoners."
Nethra and Larys closed their mouths and looked at Eriana with interest.
"Lars says that he can confront them himself. Let us walk." She gestured and they walked out of the yard and out of potential sight of whatever would happen.
"They have been penned up all night," she explained quietly. "We must feed them, though they do not deserve it, give them water and take away their wastes."
"Captain," Larys asked nervously, "you can do this safely? If they should get loose -"
"It will be as safe as it can be while dealing with such people. My men have done this before." She peered around the corner. "If you would all keep quiet now. It is best if they do not know where we are."
In the yard, Lars faced the large barn doors as Eirik and Ragnar pulled them fully open. He expected to see the soldiers come to the doorway but none did. He took a few steps forward and saw that they had split into two groups, one each end of the barn.
"What is this?"
"They lied! They told us we were still fighting! We did not think ourselves to be outlaws but still soldiers of the Overlords."
"Not true. Have just sailed from city. Overlords are no more."
"But we are not thieves or murderers!" The brown-smock pointed to the other group. "They knew and yet they did not tell us."
Lars saw the point, that they would be treated as common criminals. "Wait there."
He walked around the corner of the small barn. «Captain, they have split into two groups. One group knew the war was over, the other did not. Personally I would just kill them all but that may not be honorable.»
«I agree, Lars. There is nothing we can do for now but let me think about the problem.»
Back at the doorway he told them, "Have no way to keep you apart. You, speaker, come with me to carry water." He turned to the other end and pointed. "You, come with me to carry water."
Buckets of fresh water were carried in, the two groups remaining apart. Different buckets of human waste were carried out by the two men to be added to the latrine pile behind the milking shed.
"Use water to wash," he told the soldiers. "Different water to drink. Bread coming, take time to cook."
The bread had in fact been prepared the previous night, but he wasn't about to tell them that. It had been warming in the ovens and would be ready shortly. Once the twenty-two small loaves had been delivered the doors would be shut once more, leaving the factions to work out their own fates.
* * *
A whistle came from the roof of the large barn, indicating people approaching from the forest. Everyone made ready in case the newcomers were hostile, but Ursula's fairly distinctive silhouette and hairstyle made the defenders relax.
Olof lead the way beside Ursula. Behind them were Kalmenar and Hashim, each with drawn swords. Bennet came next, also with sword drawn. Her other hand towed along a column of eight prisoners, secured by the neck and with their hands tied behind them. Semma, similarly armed, held the tail end of the rope. Then came twelve carts, each pushed by villagers, one of which had a passenger, the ninth surviving Yodan soldier. Several of the others appeared to contain cooking pots.
The track from the forest passed some strides behind the milking shed where the procession turned aside. The column stopped at the edge of the yard, only the first four people coming forward.
"Good morning, all," Eriana greeted the new arrivals. "I see you had some visitors."
"We did," Ursula replied. "Good morning, Captain. Fortunately our early warning system worked and there was no trouble dealing with them. Nine survived, as you can see, four did not. I can repair many wounds but not an ax to the head. I see you have everything under control here?"
"Aye, well, at least the Yodans. All who survive are penned up in the big barn over there. These are all of the same kind, I suppose, so they can join them." Eriana made a wry grin. "As you may also see, occupying this place has given us fresh problems. We have eleven of their captives newly released, all very poorly treated, and we are short of food."
Ursula smiled. "Adin cooked a large meal last night expecting you to return. Olof told us that there was not much food here so we have brought what is left with us. Adin assures me that, once heated again, it will be edible." She wrinkled her nose. "What is that smell?"
"It is best you do not know," Eriana's voice was dry. "Two months, maybe more, spent in captivity."
The healer grimaced. "Oh. I should imagine their ideas of hygiene are fairly basic."
"As you say. They are men! Did you notice the town yonder? I wonder they have not yet approached us. We built a fairly large fire in the yard last night and most slept outdoors around it. The buildings are all too verminous to enter."
"Vermin?"
"Ah, I do not know if you have yet encountered the tiny life that tries to attach itself to the bodies of people. There are many kinds and most cause irritation and disease if not pursued and destroyed. Come to think of it, the vermin that may exist in these warmer lands may be different than those of Einnland. Do you have such on Earth?"
"Many kinds, Captain. I cannot imagine that Anmar would be much different."
"Very well, to business. First, what of Olof? He has returned, I see, how is his wound?"
"Deeper than anything I have treated so far, Captain, but it will not cause him much problem once it is healed. It was on the back of his arm, so there is no obvious tendon damage. He'll just have a scar to show everyone. I have cleaned it properly and sewn it together for him."
"Good. Now, around me you can see five women who were captive to the outlaw Yodans. We have also freed six men who, they tell me, manned the barges we saw tied up along the pontoons when we arrived. Some of the women are also from those barges. They have all been badly treated by the beasts we have penned in the barn behind me and most are very weak. I would like you to see if you can find out what may wrong with them."
Ursula nodded. "Of course, Captain, though I am not sure if I can treat anything serious."
"Understood. From words we have had with them, especially the men, it is likely that most of what is wrong is a lack of food, or perhaps of certain kinds of food. You may know more."
"I will keep that in mind, Captain."
"Some of the Yodans are also ill. After you have looked over the freed captives, I may want you to examine those as well. Obviously, that will be done one at a time and under heavy guard."
"I understand." Ursula looked around. "This is not what I expected. What are all those odd rows of trees?"
"It appears that this was a farm of narakh, an animal which provides milk for the local people. I do not think we have those in Einnland. Narakh apparently eat the leaves from those trees in preference to eating grass. The Yodan soldiers, who apparently are all townspeople, knew nothing of the care of such beasts and just killed and ate them all. All the food that remains here are some drums of flour and sacks of beans, looted from those barges."
"That may explain it. If all they have is bread and beans then their diet will definitely be deficient after a while."
"It is better than that, Ursula! The food was stored poorly in that barn there and most has gone bad. One of the bargemen is a cook and he made sure to feed their captors from the bad food and keep the less bad for themselves, disguising the taste with herbs and spices."
Ursula smiled. "That sounds like justice to me. So," she looked around, "where should I set up? I'll need somewhere so that I can examine people in private."
Eriana pursed her lips. "As I said, the buildings are likely verminous. The barns and the milking shed cannot be used for various reasons. I doubt the women will desire to enter the milking shed ever again! When we depart, I am in mind to burn the whole place down to cleanse the land."
She turned to Lars. «Find some sheets and poles to make an enclosure for Ursula, please. Something like we did on that island, perhaps. It can be put up over there, between the small barn and the farmhouse.»
«I should have thought of doing that before she arrived, Captain.» He nodded to Nethra and stomped off, shouting to the men.
Ursula asked, "What is the matter with him?"
«You may have noticed that the freed women stay close to me. Last night, I slept with two either side, here in this yard. The fifth one, not being able to approach, chose another protector. It is a mystery to me why a woman who has been mistreated by men for months should go and find the largest man in the camp to protect her, presumably from other men!» Eriana shook her head with wonder. «I am a woman, I deem, yet sometimes even I fail to understand the female mind. When Nethra is not by my side she stays close to Lars. He finds the attention to be... unexpected.»
Ursula raised an eyebrow. «Do you approve?»
A shrug. «He has not turned her away. It may be that he has hidden depths. Of course if there is trouble I will intervene.»
Ursula nodded. She understood why Eriana had spoken in Norse in front of the women.
"You're suggesting that they do not want to go near the men but should be comfortable with me and the girls?"
"I hope so, Ursula. If I have to wander around surrounded closely by women, weakened women at that, it may cause other problems. Especially once that town wakes up and notices us."
"Let me get set up and examine everyone, then."
"As you say. What about that Yodan on the cart?"
"He turned to run, fell, and twisted his knee. Not even a combat injury."
"Hmm. He can go in with the rest, then. They won't have much chance to walk anywhere today, I deem."
* * *
"I had better write all this down," Ursula said, pulling the piece of parchment towards her. "Your name?"
"Nethra, Mistress."
"Do you know your age?"
The other woman smiled. "Somewhere around thirty-four or thirty-five years, Mistress."
"How did you come here? The Captain said some of you were from the barges. Does that mean you?"
"It does, Mistress. My husband was owner and master of the Green Ptuvil. I watched the beasts murder the whole crew in front of my eyes because they fought back. It was obvious why they did not kill me, and so it proved."
Ursula gazed sympathetically at her. "It is a woman's lot, Nethra. Unfortunately. At least you have survived, where those who abused you may not for much longer."
"You cannot know how relieved that makes me. To know that no other woman will be threatened by those beasts."
"I hope so. Now, to business. It looks like they had a rope around your neck, what, the entire time?"
"I was never free of that rope from the day I arrived until yesterday when Lars came and cut me free."
Ursula grimaced. "There was no way for you to undo it, cut it or fray it, even chew it?"
"No. The beasts made sure of that." She did not go into details.
"Very well. There is no serious injury there but it looks like you might have something like a burn scar for the rest of your life, unfortunately."
Nethra shrugged. "I am no longer a young girl looking for a husband. If anyone should desire my company, the state of my neck will not be high in their thoughts."
"You may be surprised. Now, for the rest of your body, you are undernourished, just like everyone else seems to be, and because you were stuck in that stall you wouldn't have had much proper exercise."
"I understand it, Mistress. Will it come back? I cannot be a burden the rest of my life."
"Good food and some gentle exercise should solve most of the problems, I think. Do you remember any physical injuries from that time? Ah, muscle strains, broken bones, bruises... female problems?"
"There were bruises, many bruises, until we each understood that the men would have their way whether we objected or not. The beasts gave us a bucket of water each morning to clean ourselves, together with a cloth. In this weather the cloth is dry by noon each day. When Kalikan called we were generally left alone, but the Loytant checked us every day to make sure we were not pretending."
"Hmm. With all that activity, I would have expected at least one pregnancy."
"As you say, Mistress. It was a mystery to us. I know that certain herbs exist which can prevent pregnancy but if they fed them to us I could not say. I certainly never tasted anything strange in the food."
"And the food supply is another matter. Did you know all the food had gone bad? Apparently the soldiers were all townspeople who had no idea how to store it properly."
Nethra shook her head. "I knew the quality was getting worse but not about that, Mistress. What we had was good enough, I suppose, since they wanted their recreation to be in good health when they needed it."
Ursula grimaced again. "I did not like these people before, I like them less now. Tell me, did you all speak to one another?"
"Aye, although we were tethered one to a stall and could not see one another we could talk most of the time. That is how we learned one another's names and where everyone came from."
"So you can tell me about the others, then. The two youngest are not speaking yet."
"They have been captive the longest, Mistress. Matta is from Bakhrad and Vellana from Bakhzorum. It is sad to see them this way. Can you do aught for them, Mistress?"
"It may be possible but it will take time and the right conditions, which the villages might not be able to provide. I will speak with the Captain about them."
"Thank you. I think we of the barges have managed better, though I am guessing we will also have problems?"
"You guess right, Nethra. In your case, I think you have made a good start by choosing Lars as a protector. He is sworn to the Princess so you might give him some difficult questions to answer in the future but as far as I know he is a good man despite appearances."
Nethra chuckled. "As if I would be bothered by appearances! The last several weeks have taught me not to judge by appearances, if nothing else."
"I can only admire your courage and fortitude, Nethra."
"I had little choice, Mistress. Did you know that there were two others penned with us? A young girl who may have been from one of these farms. She could not stand the confinement and the excesses and it destroyed her mind. She managed, somehow, to kill herself one night. There was trouble over that and changes were made to our leashes."
"Oh, dear. Did that frighten the rest of you?"
"Of course, Mistress. The beasts were very angry for two days while they decided what to do, then it all went back to the way it had been before."
"You mentioned two people."
"Aye, Mistress." Nethra's voice softened. "The last was a young man, perhaps not yet an adult. Apparently some of the men were interested that way. I do not know his origins. As I understand it, one of them accidentally killed him during... a session. The Loytant was furious and disembowelled the man in the yard the next morning, in front of all the other men."
Ursula winced. "That shows what some of them were like. Were they all like that?"
"We saw many of the men but, I think, not all. Some did not want to take advantage, that is what I have believed."
"There may be hope for humanity yet," she murmured.
"As you say, Mistress. As you say."
Ursula sat back. "I think I have seen and heard enough, Nethra. Look, do the other women all have your trust?"
"Surely, Mistress." Nethra's eyes questioned Ursula. "What is it you need?"
"If you are comfortable with the idea, and they are comfortable, then I would like you to sit in while I talk to the other women. Matta and Vellana might speak to me if you are present. Would you do that?"
"Of course, Mistress. We have survived the same ordeal, we trust one another. I will do what I can."
* * *
Ursula held up the sheet forming part of her 'consulting booth' so that Zoran could help Vitrak out and to the nearby bench. They were the last of the captives to be examined. The three were promptly handed a bowl of stew and a spoon each.
"What is this? Fish?" Zoran dipped fingers in and pulled out a claw. "Brakky? Vegetables? How is this possible?"
"I can answer that," Ursula replied. "When the men came back from fishing yesterday they shared their catch with us and the ship's cook made up a big batch of stew. We were expecting the Captain and her men to return last night. When they did not, Adin suggested keeping what was left until today. When we were asked to come and to bring handcarts, the solution was obvious."
"That explains the fish," Vitrak remarked, lifted up a fresh spoonful, "but not the vegetables. Even I know that vegetables do not grow in rivers!"
Ursula smiled. "That was a surprise from the villagers we found out yesterday evening. Vegetables may not grow in rivers, but apparently they can grow in tree-tops. The villagers weave baskets and troughs from branches and fill them with soil. Then they place them high in the forest where the fruits and vegetables can get the most sunlight. Apparently the soldiers never realized that food was there above their heads. That was why the villagers have not become ill when everyone here did."
"Do you tell me? Well, you can tell your ship's cook that this stew is delicious. Wait... ship's cook? Just how big is your vessel?"
"Over thirty strides, I was told, and I cannot disagree. We have around thirty on board, proper crew, Her Highness's retainers and passengers like me."
Zoran frowned, although he kept eating. "And yet your ship does not ground in the river?"
She smiled. "You will see. The Visund is not like any ship you will have ever seen before."
They had finished eating when several short, sharp whistles sounded from the barn roof. Fritjof, who had the lookout duty, slid down the shingles and off the edge to land in a heap of forage. Eriana hurried over to him.
«A column approaches from the town, Captain.»
«How big?»
«Maybe ten or twelve, they are still distant. I thought you might need to prepare the farm before they came.»
«You did right, Fritjof.»
There were ten soldiers, walking, led by an officer on a frayen. They all appeared, to Eriana's approval, to be wearing the Ferenis version of camo uniform. When they turned so that they could see past the back of the milking shed, they found Bennet, Lars, Eriana, Kalmenar and Semma spread across the path with drawn swords, though as yet the blades were pointed downward.
"It took you long enough," Eriana told them. "If I may ask for your name and unit."
The officer looked outraged. He dismounted twenty paces away and then approached cautiously, noting the other men watching from the corner of the yard.
"I could ask the same," he replied. "Who are you, to wear such strange attire? What business have you in these lands?"
"Fair is fair," she said. "I am Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand, presently Captain of a ship traveling the Sirrel. This is Commander Lars, leader of my fighting men. Lord Kalmenar of Palarand, my diplomatic advisor. She is Guardswoman Bennett and she is Guardswoman Semma, both of His Majesty's Palace Guard. You have not yet answered my question."
The man reddened. "I am Lootenant Vanik of Ferenis," he replied. "3rd Wabern Militia Regiment. We have come to discover what disturbance has happened at an apparently deserted farm."
"This farm is not deserted, in fact, has probably never been deserted," she responded. "Nor have the villages of Bakhrad or Bakhzorum been abandoned. Who told you this?"
"When we arrived at the town we were welcomed and told that the war had ravaged part of the countryside." He frowned. "How do you know if the villages are deserted or not? Where did you come from?"
"Bakhrad has a small port on the creek of the same name. Our ship arrived there and we were met by a band of Yodan deserters. We fought them off and discovered that they were using this farm as their lair. We came by night and subdued them. The twenty-two survivors are penned up in one of the barns." Eriana added, "Your ten men are too few for this duty. If you would return to Bakhmenek and ask the officer who administers the town to join us, bringing with him at least twenty more men. There are matters which must needs be discussed."
"I must doubt your words... Mistress. If there was a band of Yodans out here we would have noticed."
Eriana raised her blade. "You name me liar at your peril, Lootenant. If you do not withdraw your words I will meet you in the ring of honor, as is required."
"But -"
"Sarjant, if you do not do as I ask then we will deal with you and your men and go to the town ourselves. We have already dealt with fifty of the enemy, your ten will offer scant recreation. The day progresses, we have prisoners to transfer and you are wasting time."
Lars bared his teeth and the officer shuddered. He abruptly turned and ran back to his frayen. Mounting it he gave instructions to a non-com before flicking the reins and heading back down the track towards Bakhmenek.
Eriana watched him go and sniffed. "Yet another know-it-all. Look at him ride! He has only the old style saddle but Lars could run faster than that!"
Kalmenar commented, "I agree, Highness. It looks like the quality of the troops sent to secure the countryside is... average, shall I say. I just hope that his commanding officer is more awake."
"As you say, My Lord. Let me see if I may make use of those men. That File Leader, or whatever he is, looks somewhat more intelligent than the officer was."
"The non-commissioned officers usually are, Highness."
She performed the considerable feat of sheathing her sword while still wearing her baldric before walking slowly forward towards the Ferens. They began to back away but she held up a hand.
"Have no fear, gentlemen. Despite appearances and words we are not about to set upon you. You are ten, you are too few for the task we must needs give you. If I may ask your name?"
"Sarjant Bixan, uh, are you really a Princess?"
"It is true, I am a Princess of Palarand, allies of Ferenis, but here and now I am only a Captain of a ship and Captain of men. You may address me thus to avoid confusion."
Bixen still bowed. "Ca- Captain, what is it you seek of us?"
"First, answers to some simple questions. You were told these lands were empty."
"Aye, uh, Captain. When the advance party reached the town months ago there was no trouble and we were welcomed in. Those in the town told us that these lands, and the two villages, had been abandoned. Do you tell me that is not true?"
"Indeed it is not, Sarjant Bixan. There was a band of perhaps fifty Yodan soldiers, ah, let us say soldiers of the Ascendancy, billeted at this farm and another to the north. By that means they controlled access to the two villages and used them to feed themselves... amongst other things. I suspect that someone in the town is in league with them, to turn the eye of Ferenis away from this direction, that they might profit thereby."
Bixan thought hard. "Captain, you may be right. What can we do?"
"My problem is that I do not want to go too far from the water, where my ship is berthed. It is for that reason I do not want to go to Bakhmenek, nor should any of my ship's complement go. We have prisoners which must be removed for judgment and justice. We have caught them but we cannot hold them long. I will tell you that some appear deceived, that were not told the war was ended and that therefore what they did remained legal."
He nodded. "I understand, Captain. Legal? What do you mean by that?"
"They captured three barges over the last two months before we arrived - and since the war officially ended. Most of those crewing the barges were killed excepting some few they used as labor. The cargoes were stolen, they were mostly food which has now been eaten. The women... were tethered in this building like beasts and used for the men's enjoyment. For more than two months."
Bixen winced. "Captain, war or not, what you describe is not legal. I just hope that this can be put right."
Her response was dry. "As you say, Sarjant, but the dead cannot be returned to life nor any woman unraped. Shall you and your men come with me and view those we have caught?"
The barn doors had been closed in the event of trouble and were now opened again. Bixen approached and stared at the men inside, still separated into two groups. Some of them recognized his uniform and began to edge forward. He stepped back.
"Captain, I understand your problem. With this many men to manage, and uncertain who in Bakhmenek you may trust, you were right to stay away."
"But there are enough of Ferenis in the town to handle them?"
"Surely, Captain. The town is small but it is an important stop on the trade road so we have two battalions who operate from there, though our units are rotated along the road from time to time. If I may ask, how many are here? Why have they split into two?"
"There are twenty-two here but the six on the left thought they were still at war. There is also an under-officer, the only officer to have survived, penned up separately in a smaller outbuilding."
Bixen considered for a while but shook his head. "Captain, until Lootenant Vanik returns with reinforcements I doubt we can contribute much."
"Then we must wait until more come from the town. Will you and your men drink pel? There is no reason you should stand around until they arrive."
Bixan grinned. "I thank you, Captain, for the kind thought. I wish my own officers were more like you!"
* * *
The lookout, this time Ragnar, climbed more carefully down from the roof of the large barn to approach Eriana and Bixan.
«Captain, a large column comes from the town. At least three on frayen and more than forty on foot, maybe more than fifty. As often happens they are throwing up too much dust to count properly.»
«Very well. Thank you, Ragnar.» She turned to Bixan. "They are coming so we had better go greet them."
"Somebody must have stirred them up," he remarked. "They came sooner than I expected, Captain."
"Indeed? Let us see if they will speak sensibly with me."
There was absolutely no difficulty this time. The lead rider wore a Marshal's sash and beamed with pleasure when he caught sight of Eriana. He dismounted and strode forward, his hand outstretched.
"Your Highness! I am delighted to see you again! Though I did not expect it to be in the wilds of Yod."
They shook hands, following which he stood to attention and saluted.
"I must ask your pardon, Marshal, that I do not remember your name or where we met."
He smiled. "Naturally, Your Highness. After all, there was only one tall, fair-haired woman warrior wielding an improbable sword upon that field of battle but any number of Marshals that day, come to give your brave men relief. I am not surprised you do not remember me! If I may introduce myself, I am Marshal Boranar of Ferenis, presently Military Governor of North-Western Yod south of the capital. My prime responsibility is the trade road.
"I arrived in Bakhmenek four days ago and was due to leave tomorrow when Vanik returned from a patrol telling me a curious story of a deserted farm, a woman with yellow hair and a large sword, two other uniformed women with swords and a number of large hairy men. I knew immediately who was here and I wondered why. I put together a column and here we are."
His gaze was intent. "Highness, my men are at your service."
The tension went out of Eriana's shoulders immediately. "Marshal, I am very pleased to see you again, even if I do not remember meeting you before. You speak, of course, of Gylfi's Rest and our action there. We have visited the memorial your people erected there and I was most touched. Now, as to the present circumstances, I have made a plan and there is much to do. There are also things you need to know concerning why those of Bakhmenek thought these farms to be deserted, and the villages Bakhrad and Bakhzorum to be abandoned."
"Ah? Highness, instruct me."
Eriana explained her suspicions and why she thought the area had been considered abandoned. Boronar's eyes were hard.
"Highness, We know that there are usually some in every place who prefer what went before but this is different. To leave a band roaming the countryside for at least two months, and nobody knew! I have passed through Bakhmenek several times during that period and saw nothing amiss. Knowing what I now do, I will subject that town to a careful cleaning, that no-one shall escape judgment.
"But, speaking of judgment, what do you intend to do with those you have caught?"
"First, I will introduce you to those that they held prisoner, that you may judge their villainy."
After listening to the men, and seeing the five women and discovering how two of them reacted to his presence, he was incensed.
"War or not, they shall pay the price for this!"
"But you will fairly condemn them in a court in the town, that no-one shall say you were hasty?"
"Highness, I could do nothing else. We must show these people - the folk of the town, I mean - that we follow the law of the land as they must needs do."
"I ask for nothing more. But I have other plans for this place, by your leave."
She explained what she wanted to do and there was instant agreement. "It is fitting, Highness, and entirely in keeping with the customs of the Valley. How may my men assist?"
"First, we must needs remove the captives, ah, their captives, from the sight of these beasts. Then -"
The six men and five women were helped onto the carts which the villagers had left behind. The twelfth cart carried all the empty food containers. While Boronar's men took over guard duties some of the Norse, together with Ursula, Semma and Bennett, pushed the carts back down the track to Bakhrad. There, the freed captives were taken into the hostel while many of the men's belongings were packed up and stacked in the common room.
Cautious interviews with Kedith confirmed Ursula's suspicions, that Matta and Vellana would have to come away with the Visund's crew when they departed. Neither would consider remaining in either village where they were known to all the inhabitants. It was not shame, exactly, but something deeper that only time could hope to repair. Kedith was unsure whether either would ever be accepted back, even though both were completely innocent.
Once the six men and five women were in a safe place the Norse loaded all the Yodan bodies onto the carts and returned to the farmstead. The sailors went with them this time as the village was now deemed to be safe.
By the time the carts returned with their heavy loads, much had happened at the farmstead. The Yodan troops had been removed from the barn and seated along the track, trussed and roped together to watch proceedings. The six who had denied knowing that the war was ended were placed separately, as was under-officer Zerron.
More of the troops had been employed digging up all the bodies the Yodans had buried during their stay. Most of these had been captives. With axes and tools from the other barn, the Norse had gaily begun to dismantle the large barn, making a long tidy pile of timber in its place. When this was finished all the Yodan bodies were arrayed along the pile. A separate funeral pyre was created in the center of the yard for their victims, who were almost as numerous as the Yodan dead.
Marshal Boranar asked Eriana, "Why did they not burn their dead? Such a break with custom is dishonorable."
She replied, "I believe there are two reasons, Marshal. The first is that the smoke would be plainly visible in the town during the day and the flames by night. A second reason might be that, remember, they had around sixty to seventy mouths to feed and they needed all the wood available as fuel."
He grunted. "Ah, I had overlooked the cooking aspect of this. It is amazing that they had not already starved."
"It would not have been long, had we not arrived. All of them are badly nourished, some worse than others. It was only by the efforts of their slave cook that there are any captives left alive at all."
He grimaced and stepped forward to stand in front of the Yodans, most of whom looked sullen. "Normally I would have just walked you off to the town, there to be judged as you deserve," he told them. "However, we are not like you, we treat our dead with respect. That is why you are still here, to watch your companions consigned to the flames. Also here are victims of your madness and cruelty, also given the respectful end that they deserve." Some of them looked ashamed.
"None of this need have happened had you obeyed the lawful orders and surrendered your arms. You could have returned to friends, and family, had you desired, or gone anywhere else if you desired otherwise. Some who did, I have been told, have even found useful work in Palarand."
There were several disbelieving glances at that statement.
"That will not happen to you. Once we have finished here you will be escorted to Bakhmenek, there to be tried by your own people. I will not let my rage and fury decide your fate."
He turned abruptly away and walked back to face the pyre of the victims.
"The Maker made the world, and the Sun, the moons and the stars above. The Maker made the plants and creatures within the world including ourselves. We do not know the Maker's purpose, and we do not know if the Maker has ever visited the world since it was made. All we know is that the world is the Maker's creation, not ours, and we have a responsibility to live in the world in such a way that it is kept as the Maker may have originally intended.
"To that end we offer to return the bodies of these victims, who have no further use for them, so that the substance of which they are made can be used by the world again. We offer these bodies as a token of our responsibility and as the last act which these poor people will make in the world."
He nodded to Lars, who held a burning stave ready. He applied this to the pyre of the victims. It caught quickly as the Norse had heaped the sweet-smelling forage from the barns around the timbers. Soon the flames were licking around the shrouded figures on top.
Once he was sure that the fire had taken hold, he nodded to Lars again. Lars turned and waved an arm. Several Norse came forward with flaming wood, these were first applied to the other pyre and then to the remaining buildings. Eriana walked over to join Boranar.
"Marshal, I would advise that you find somewhere else to stand. It will shortly become too warm here."
"Eh? Ah, as you say!"
The two walked over to the track to join most of the others. Some Feren soldiers had been positioned to ensure that the flames did not spread to the trees in the 'orchard' but most watched from a safe distance.
She remarked, "Marshal, I believe that this may be the first time that we Norse have officially sacked a farmstead."
"What's that? Highness, you have a strange sense of humor, but this time I do not think you are joking. I am a prudent man, I shall not enquire further."
"It is in our past now, Marshal. We have learned much during our time in Palarand, and in other places along the Sirrel."
"Thank the Maker for that! No matter how many men I had, I do not wish to meet you and your crew in combat, anywhere, any time."
There was a thump from the smaller barn.
"What was that?"
"Probably the gunpowder."
"Gunpowder? Maker, we could all have been killed! Why did you not say?"
"Lars investigated it this afternoon before you arrived, Marshal. It was all so damp that he doubted it would even burn. In fact, the guns we had pointed at us were probably a bluff. We must needs treat them as workable, though."
"As you say. How many guns have you recovered?"
"There were two in Bakhrad, Zerron's men brought two and there were four here. All very poorly made and two of those here were red with rust. Sarjant Bixan's men have them to take to the town. I would suggest that you just give them to the nearest smith to be made into something useful."
He nodded. "The best thing for them, Highness. Well, I think we have done enough here and we each have to get back to our lodgings before dark. I will call at Bakhrad tomorrow morning, by your leave, to speak of those other matters."
"Of course, Marshal. And thank you for your help today."
They each saluted and turned in opposite directions.
«Well done, all, for a difficult day's work.» she told her men. «Now let us go back to the village and see what the fishermen have found for us.»
The two parties walked off along the track in opposite directions, leaving the flames of the burning farmstead leaping high into the dusk air.
The combined party of women examine the barges to find out what the Yodan troops left behind. A welcome discovery is that of clothing, which solves an immediate problem for those who were rescued. Then Nethra retrieves a document and matters begin to spiral out of control for several of the party.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
53 - The Green Ptuvil
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Ursula rolled over in the dim dawn light and remembered
where she was. This was the men's dormitory in the tiny hostel,
designed only to provide for at most twelve to fifteen barge men. The
accommodation for women was cursory, just three small chambers
intended for any wives who happened to be along. The common room was
larger, since arrivals could come and go during the day and meals
would be required, but sleeping accommodation was at a premium.
We arrived here with five women, she thought. Now there are ten! Eleven if we include Kaldar.
And what is going to happen next is almost inevitable. I wonder if Eriana has worked it out yet?
The men had been forced to stack the tables and benches and bed down in the common room. Even so there was not enough room for their dunnage bags and some had been stored in one of the women's chambers.
She made a silent giggle. At least they will not have far to go for their toilet!
She sat up in the cool air, yawning. Because of the forest the air here did not heat up quickly the way it did in the towns and cities they had passed through, but the temperature was not uncomfortable.
There was a groan to her left and suddenly Bennett was sitting up, shaking her head to clear it of whatever dreams remained. That started a general rousing and soon everyone was awake and staring around at each other. Ursula saw that Eriana had one of the ex-captive women either side of her, though they had at least given her a little room this time. The Princess had recounted what she had found when she had woken the previous day... and that included where Nethra had ended up.
Kaldar scrambled to his feet. "Good morning, Captain. By your leave?"
At Eriana's nod he hurried from the dormitory and those remaining looked at each other.
"There are ten here, I deem," the Princess said, "and I do not know what the facilities here are like. Who can tell me about the bathing?"
"There is a tub which may fit four," Semma suggested doubtfully.
Banest said, "I have been here before, Captain. The tub will fit four but the boiler is not that large. If I might suggest, you and your ladies should go first, since you are accustomed to such luxuries. We five have waited long enough, another bell or two will not go amiss."
Larys added, "Besides, Captain, once we have bathed we must needs put on the same clothes again, since there is nothing else. Because of that, there is little point in us bathing as thoroughly as you might."
Eriana's lips set as she understood the realities of their situation. "I am forced to agree, though I would rather not." She addressed them all. "Ladies, once we have cleaned ourselves," a smile, "as best as we may, and broken our fast, we have much to discuss. I will tell you now that I do not believe that you can go back to the life you had before and thus we must consider something different for you."
"But I am a wife of the Sirrel," Banest objected. "I know little else. I doubt any of my family remains, it was small enough to start with. What can one such as me do, adrift in the world?"
Eriana smiled. "After breakfast, I beg you. I have been thinking, and Ursula has been thinking also. She has made to me some suggestions which startled me at first but they have grown on me overnight. For now, we all require use of the few privies in this place. Let us therefore rise - before the men get there!"
Breakfast was a little of the grain porridge but with only water available it tasted bland. There was plenty of fruit to follow, though, of a kind nobody had seen before. Matta provided the answer, though it was an effort for her to speak.
"Vines. Sashilis grow on vines which climb the trees. Good to eat."
Eriana raised an eyebrow. "Even this early in the season?"
"Good now. Better later. Grow larger, turn red, soft."
Once everyone had been fed Eriana turned to immediate matters.
"Ladies, I would like to take you down to the pontoons for you to inspect the barges. It is possible that some of your belongings may remain. Matta, Vellana, I am going and so should you. I believe that the fresh air and a little exercise will be good for you."
Larys objected, "Captain, I do not know if we can walk so far."
"We will use some of those carts, then. The rest of us can push."
With each of the fit women pushing a cart, the walk to the end of the track leading to the pontoons did not take long. It took longer for the unfit women to clamber down the maze of stairways to the pontoons, and Matta nearly fell in when they reached them.
"We can take our time," Eriana soothed. "I know that Marshal Boranar is coming this morning but he will wait for us to return."
Three of the women had their attention fixed the other way.
"That is your ship? Maker!"
"Aye, that is the Visund." She addressed the sole man on board. «Good morning, Brodgar. Any problems?»
«Good morning, Captain. Adin had to shift some things to find the grain for breakfast, I am just making sure everything is well stowed again. Uh, did you want to bring those women on board? I can go if you do.»
«Not this time, Brodgar. We'll be inspecting the barges this morning.»
«Ah. Tell me if you need anything.» He turned back to whatever he had been doing.
Nethra raised an eyebrow. "I did not understand a word, Captain, but the tone of voice shows that you are casual with your men. Does this not cause problems?"
"Not at all, Nethra. All know where each stands and we have sailed together - and fought together - long enough we each know what the others can or cannot do. When lives depend on it, one must needs be sure of one's companions. Now, which of these is yours, Nethra?"
She pointed. "The second one, Captain, the Green Ptuvil. If we had drums to unload here we would choose the closest mooring to that hoist which lifts them up to the pathway." She shrugged. "This time the Faral Wintik was there so we went as close as we could. This time we carried mainly beans but also some consignments of other foodstuffs. The beasts ate everything."
"Ah, I see. So this one is the Faral Wintik, then?"
"Yes, Captain. The name should be on the stern but it is very worn. That would incur a fine at some ports. Our name is much more visible."
"And the furthest one?"
Nethra shook her head. "That arrived after we were taken, Captain. I know not her name, where she came from or what she carried... though from here it looks like timber."
Banest confirmed, "Captain, that is the barge Larys and I were on, it is the Nerrinar. Like fools we did not stay away from this cursed place but sought, as you did, shelter for the night and a hot meal."
"I trust we have now lifted the curse," Eriana said. "You have seen my ship, all those of my homeland are made in like fashion even if most are not so large. I am not familiar with the construction or use of these river barges. If any of you can give me your opinion of the state of these three I would be grateful. It is possible that we might make use of one or more of them."
Larys was doubtful. "Captain, none of us who were captured, women or men, are strong enough to handle even one of these!"
"A way may be found, but first I need to know if these are even... ah, river-worthy."
The three barges were roughly the same in shape and layout but, since they had not been produced by the same builder, there were many differences. Each was about sixteen to twenty strides long and five to six wide at the widest point. At the rear of each, visible since all were pointing upstream, was a cabin reached by several steps, in front of the tiller. Forward of that was the after hold, separated from the forward hold by a braced transverse beam which supported the single mast. Lying along the length of each vessel was the great yard which would support the lateen sail when under way.
Nethra leaned over to peer into the after hold of Faral Wintik. "Those fools did not even replace the covers after they unloaded their booty! Look, there is water in the hold, probably from rain, which must needs be pumped out. Some of the ironwork looks rusty. Otherwise, Captain, I do not see much amiss. I may be able to give you a better idea of the condition of the Green Ptuvil, though."
"This is the ship of Baros and Kedian?"
"Captain, those two were unknown to us until we were all released. Since they are not from either the Green Ptuvil nor the Nerrinar then I assume that they must be from this one."
Nethra walked along the pontoon until she reached the barge she had arrived on. She began to step off the pontoon but thought better of it.
"If I may have some help?"
Bennett hurried along and helped her onto the deck, from where she promptly walked to the stern and ducked into the cabin. Bennett glanced at Eriana and then followed Nethra below. Eriana gave a warning glance to Ursula and Semma and then jumped onto the Green Ptuvil and entered as well.
The cabin was a kind of common space, with benches either side and a dismountable table, presently folded, which would be used for meals. At one corner stood a cast-iron stove on a stone plate next to a counter-top for preparing food. Under and over the benches, and covering every other wall space, were cupboards, all of which had their doors open and the contents ransacked, much littering the floor.
"Let us pick up some of this mess," Eriana suggested. "I see charts there and we may need those in future. Put everything on those benches for now."
Enough was cleared for them to walk to the forward end where there was a narrow door either side. The right-hand one led to a smaller cabin with three-high bunk beds either side. At the end was simple storage space for the men's few belongings, now empty. Nethra looked in and then turned to the other door, which was partly open. This small cabin was mostly filled by a double bed, the rest of the space stuffed with cupboards and drawers, all now open and the contents strewn everywhere.
"Captain, this is the owner's cabin," Nethra explained. "It is enough for a husband and wife. My dresses and skirts!" She bent down and lifted up a bundle, laying it on the bed.
Eriana commented, "I wondered if we would find something like this. The beasts would have had no use for the attire of women and would not have thought of bringing along a change of attire for their captives. How much is there? Enough to fit you out anew?"
"Indeed, Captain. Let me look in this other cupboard... yes! Here are panties, bodices, pads for Kalikan..." She stopped. "It would embarrass me to wear such finery when my sisters could not."
"Do not concern yourself, Nethra. If you attire is still here then it is likely that the attire of Banest and Larys may be still aboard their barge also. This is one of the main reasons I desired to come here before we spoke to Marshal Boranar."
"Of course, Captain. Oh," Nethra sadly lifted a tunic sized for a larger man, "here are some of Padaran's things. What should I do with these?"
Eriana replied, "We have six men who may or may not still have attire aboard these barges. If you are willing to donate... Unless it would pain you to see another wearing your husband's attire."
"I do not know, Captain..." she shook her head. "I do not think so, but the test will only come when somebody does wear them."
"As you say. Now, mention of your husband brings me to another reason for coming here. You said that he was owner as well as master, would there be a document attesting that on board? That he must needs produce to justify himself to some important port official?"
"Why, of course, Captain. In the main cabin. I do not think the beasts would even have looked for it."
"But they might have searched for geld... excuse me, coin or valuables."
"As you say."
Back in the main cabin Nethra removed the middle drawer under the counter-top and reached an arm within the hole.
"If I may ask someone to lift the counter up. It hinges, though not obviously."
When lifted, a flat slot was revealed containing a leather folder. Nethra retrieved this and handed it to Eriana, who removed the parchment inside and began to read. Finally she looked up and smiled.
"Congratulations, Nethra. You are now the proud owner of your own barge."
"What? But I am a woman, I cannot own such a thing!"
"I am also a woman who owns a ship. I do not think there is any law which forbids such a thing, it is mainly custom. As we have traveled along the Sirrel, none have questioned my right to ownership, and sometimes I have made efforts to conceal my status."
"If you say it is so, Captain, then I must needs believe it. But I am an owner without a Master or crew! I could sell it, I suppose."
Eriana held up a hand. "Do not be hasty, Nethra. There is still much to do. Tell me, did the beasts find your coin or valuables?"
Nethra's eyes momentarily glanced at the stove. "I do not think so, Captain. That means I could at least employ crew for some short while."
"As I said, there is still much to do. If you are satisfied with what we have found here, then we should do the same with the other barges."
"What about this mess?"
Eriana flicked a hand. "Another time, Nethra."
Nethra was by now irritated and confused. Eriana had something in mind, why did she not just speak out? However, she also realized that much may have happened since the fateful day they had been captured so chose to wait.
"As you desire, Highness."
If Eriana noticed the change in address she did not react, merely leading the way back on deck. From there she walked along, looking into the holds.
"You have two holds!"
"That is so, Captain," Nethra said when she joined Eriana. "Sometimes it was a blessing, other times a curse. It was useful to keep smelly food away from, say, grain, but when we were not carrying food it could make it awkward to get cargo in and out again."
"As you say. What do you think of the water in these?"
"Less than in Wintik, Captain. I don't think it will be a problem to bail out."
"Good." Eriana looked up at Ursula, standing on the pontoon and watching them. "Is this what you had in mind?"
"I was not sure, Captain. Maybe. I have less experience of these barges than you have now had."
"Hah." Eriana leaped lightly onto the pontoon and offered a hand to Nethra. Bennet followed.
"We'll do the end one next," she announced. "There are six crew from that one and it was the most recent capture, so may have suffered the least damage."
Nerrinar was the largest of the three barges, since it had been designed to carry timber. The cabin area was larger and part of the cargo had been stowed on top of it. In addition to the lateen boom, another spar attached to the base of the mast served as a derrick for loading and unloading the timber.
Bennett helped Banest and Larys down onto the deck. This time Ursula joined them while Nethra remained on the pontoon with Semma, Matta and Vellana. Inside the cabin, seating and a fixed table were one side while a more formal kitchen and cooking stove ran along the other. As before, the place had been ransacked and contents scattered over the floor, which upset Banest and Larys. They busied themselves picking up charts, plates and pots and setting them on the table.
In the middle of the front of that cabin a narrow corridor led to four more cabins. The nearest two each had four bunks while one of the others had two narrow beds. In these all the storage had been ransacked, but it was evident that most clothing had just been dumped on the floor.
"Larys, come and see! I would think that all our attire is here, though sorely handled."
The two women began picking up clothing and separating it out, putting some on each bed. Eriana, standing in the doorway, was interested.
"You shared this cabin, then?"
"Yes, Captain. Normally this would be for the First Mate and his wife but, because there were two women this voyage, we slept together and our men slept with the others." Larys jerked a thumb. "That one is where poor Master Soran resided. Those who took him did not like the tone of his voice."
"Oh? Any special reason?"
"We were carrying this timber to the Yodan capital, to be used in the repairs to the dock facilities," Larys explained. "When they heard who the timber was for, that Commissioner became very angry and killed him on the pontoon."
"Ah. The Council of Marshals, I deem. An admission that Yod had fallen."
"As you say, Captain."
"If there is a document of ownership, like the one we found in the Green Ptuvil, I suppose you would have no idea where it would be kept?"
"None, Captain, nor do I think any of the men will know. Only Master Soran or my husband Jessak would have known the secret place."
"Very well. Find yourselves a fresh set of attire each and bring them back to the hostel. Nethra will be doing the same. You can all have a proper clean-up now." She thought. "Ah! Have you anything that Matta or Vellana might wear until we can make other arrangements?"
Banest looked at Larys, who nodded. "Surely, Captain," the latter replied. "We do not have much but there is no doubt we can share. I am not sure what will fit whom but we will bring a selection."
"You have my grateful thanks, ladies."
Back on the pontoons Eriana led the way back to the Faral Wintik, jumping across the gap onto the deck. She ducked into the cabin and emerged a little later before returning to the pontoons.
"Very little," she reported. "As this was the first one captured it has been stripped clean. Some of the men's attire remains, it may be possible to salvage that. No charts remain, no cutlery, no cooking pots, nothing. Let us return to the hostel where it is likely that Marshal Boranar will be waiting."
The women were helped back up to the carts, with their fresh clothing, and the party returned to the village.
«Tor,» Eriana asked when back inside the hostel, «is there hot water available?»
«There is, Captain, since Adin bakes bread for lunch. You desire a bath?»
«Not me! Our rescued ladies have found fresh attire to wear, but of course must first make themselves clean.»
He nodded. «I will make sure it is available to them, Captain.»
«Has Marshal Boranar arrived yet?»
«He has, but when he learned that you were elsewhere he went out to talk to the villagers. He has probably seen you come back.»
After getting the bathing organized Eriana returned to the common room to find Boranar talking to Tor. The Marshal turned and saluted Eriana.
"Good morning, Captain! That bread smells good. I may invite myself to lunch!"
"Marshal, you will be welcome to join us. We have been down to the barges and discovered that all are still usable though they will need some tidying up. Have you yet seen the regulations concerning such craft?"
"Aye, Captain. All craft requisitioned, captured or stolen by those of Yod are to be returned to their original owners where possible. Ah, excepting their war vessels, that is, which are forfeit to... some strange new organization, it seems, which will replace all our local river patrols."
She smiled. "That would be me, Marshal. I am to head the new Federation Navy, one part of which will indeed do what you have just described."
He blinked. "Do you tell me? That is interesting! If I may learn more, in case we come across other such vessels in future."
"As you desire, Marshal, but it is the barges I am presently concerned with."
"As you say. It is understood that it may take some time to return these craft since the crews may be dead or scattered and others must needs be found. I am to take note of all such vessels in my area and report them to the Council at Yod. Have you information concerning the three that are here?"
"I have, Marshal." She explained what they had found. "So Mistress Nethra is now the owner of the Green Ptuvil and there is a document which will prove it for you. It is in her husband's name, of course, but his intent was clear and the law, as I understand it, is also clear. As his widow she inherits."
"I will accept your word for that, Captain. Shall you require a new document for the new owner?"
"Lord Kalmenar will write one if it is required, Marshal."
He looked at Eriana speculatively. "It is apparent to me that you have some scheme, Captain."
"I do, Marshal. Now, can you tell me what the regulations are concerning the cargoes any such vessels may have been carrying?"
Boranar shrugged. "Mostly they are considered lost, Captain. In fact, when those of Yod captured certain vessels, to use them downstream, they pitched the cargoes overboard. If I may ask what there is? I thought they all carried food which has been stolen and eaten."
"That is true for two of them, Marshal. The third is still laden with timber. The tarpaulins have been pulled away for the Yodans to find out what was there so there is some rain damage. I think that some of the exposed wood will likely have warped."
He nodded. "No good any more. Did you find out where it was going?"
Eriana grinned. "The Yodan capital, Marshal, to help repair the port facilities."
The look was back. "What is your intention, Captain?"
"It is a mixed load of different lengths and sizes of timber, Marshal. I would make use of some of it and gift the rest to the villages for their trouble."
"Ah. You want the barges, then."
"One or two, perhaps. I must needs discuss matters with my ladies before I can say for certain."
"And the ladies would include those you rescued, I deem?"
"As you say, Marshal. Because of their sensitivity I regret you may not be present."
Boranar thought. "Then I will grant you the timber, the rest to come to these villages. If there is any left over they may offer it to the town."
"Done."
* * *
Eriana looked at the women sitting around the table. Two tables pushed together, actually, to accommodate all ten comfortably, with benches on all four sides. They were in the common room, which had been cleared of all men, though the crew's dunnage bags were still neatly positioned either side. The five rescued women now had clean, fresh clothes over clean, fresh bodies. It was unfortunate that all were malnourished and so the clothes hung loosely.
"Ursula mentioned to me last night," she began, "that between us we have some problems. It would be wrong of us to simply sail away and leave you five," she indicated the rescued women, "and the six men, here behind us. For different reasons Matta and Vellana cannot remain in either village, they are too close, so they must also needs leave... but none of you can yet bear to be around men as perhaps you once did."
She smiled at Nethra. "One of you may bear to be near one of my men, it is true, but that is a limited prospect." Nethra blushed.
"Equally," Eriana continued, "it would not be possible for you to join us on the Visund. I have twenty men and we are all in close contact most of the time. In addition, for folk such as yourselves, weakened, the open hull of the Visund is not a place any of you should be for a long period.
"Fortunately there are as many as three possible solutions moored at the pontoons. Marshal Boranar has confirmed for me the regulations on vessels taken during the war and two of those barges must needs be returned to their owners. It so happens that the owner of the third vessel is sitting here and it is to her that I must make my proposition, though it will affect all of us.
"It seems to me that I have three choices. To begin with, I could leave you all here to make your own way in the world, a thing that is not honorable. I will not do it. Secondly, I could buy the Green Ptuvil from Mistress Nethra and use it to carry you all to a better place. That would mean that all the women could travel on the Green Ptuvil and that will keep them away from my men."
Nethra held up a hand. "Captain, there is not enough accommodation on the barge for us all."
"That is true, but you would be carrying no cargo. My thought is that we would use some of the timber from the Nerrinar and convert both holds to be used as accommodation. Marshal Boranar has given me the pick of the cargo, with the rest being donated to the two villages."
"Clever," Nethra nodded. "But who will sail the Green Ptuvil? None of us could ever hope to pull that yard up even if we were fit once more!"
"I understand that. That is why I would convert both holds. The smaller would take enough of my men to manage the sail and any other tasks requiring strength."
"And the other barge men?"
"Would use the existing accommodation in the cabin, if that is suitable." Eriana shrugged. "Or the other way around if that is more practical. None are yet strong enough to sail the barge, though."
"Captain, you mentioned three choices."
"I did. The third choice would be that I, using coin available to me from Palarand, would charter your barge. The holds would still be converted as before, the difference is that you would remain the owner of the vessel."
"Begging your pardon, Captain, you have overlooked a fourth choice."
Eriana looked surprised. "I have?"
Nethra smiled. "Indeed, Captain, or whatever your real rank is. The fourth choice is that we could join you. From words I have heard from Commander Lars and from Mistress Ursula, you are taking your ship upstream to explore the lands of the Sirrel. Then you will become head of some organization which will manage, control, the river traffic somehow.
"We are five who are now adrift in the world. If we go to any land at all we will just be women with a damaged past who must needs do what we may to survive. That would be hard for all of us. You and your crew are moving with some purpose through this Valley and, if you will have us, we could become part of that. We trust you, we trust the honor of your men though our reactions presently make us wary of close contact. That will end with time whatever we choose. You have told us yourself that you do not know how to sail the craft of the river. Let us join you and we can assist you, the captive men as well."
Eriana realized that her mouth was open and closed it.
They understand what we are doing.
At some point soon I must needs expand the service and employ local people. She is right about the local vessels, too.
But I am not supposed to be recruiting yet!
...Having another vessel, a local one, may make that easier. The Visund is becoming crowded and I seem to be adding new people every time we arrive at a port, people who are not used to an open hull.
"You have discussed this among you?"
"A little, Captain. When we were bathing. I guessed why you wanted to look at the barges. I would certainly join. Banest and Larys are wives of bargemen... widows of bargemen, now. I do not yet know how much heed they took of what their husbands did. Mata and Vellana, well, they know that they have to depart and they know that the men of the Visund will not take advantage of them."
"For me this could be an unexpected complication."
"Not really, Captain. Since I appear to be the legal owner of the Green Ptuvil, I can instruct that you make the changes you propose to accommodate whom you wish. We can decide on ownership or other legal matters later."
Eriana looked at Ursula, who appeared equally surprised. "Is this what you thought would happen?"
"I did not know one of these would become the owner, Captain. I had no idea of those regulations either. I thought we would actually end up with the Faral Wintik, purchased as salvage from Marshal Boranar or some similar arrangement."
"Ah. And the rest?"
"It makes sense, Captain. With your permission, all of the women crew could move over, making life easier for the men - and the women."
Eriana smiled. "I would not be so sure about the men! They would forever be worrying about the safety of the women on the other vessel."
She turned to the two local girls. "Matta?"
Matta nodded. "Good. Take time to heal. If ever. Must go away. Stay close to friends on barge."
"Vellana?"
She just nodded, unwilling to speak even now.
Eriana nodded back and then asked, "Banest?"
"My husband was First Mate, Captain. I knew what he did, he had done it for many years. I am not confident that I could do the same."
"Right now nobody is asking you to be First Mate or anything else," Eriana told her. "Just to travel with us and recover. Like several of my crew you may find in time that you can do something else for us, if that is what you desire."
"Then I will join, Captain."
"Larys?"
"As Banest says, I am not sure what I can do for you. But to be near you and your men, on the river, would be enough for me. In time I may be able to do more."
Eriana's attention now moved to the other women on the table.
"I know what Ursula will say, so let me ask Tyra first. Is this what you want?"
"To follow my mistress is all I ask, Captain. If there is more in future then... that is the future."
"Bennett? Semma? How say you?"
"It makes sense, Captain," Bennett replied. "Depending on what changes we make to the barge it could become comfortable for us women. More comfortable, that is. Another point is that we would be there to defend them at need."
Eriana grinned. "And if you are there, what about me? Who looks after me?"
Bennet flipped an hand and grinned back. "Do you really require looking after, Captain? Besides, Mistress Ursula said all the women. I assumed that you would be joining us."
Eriana discovered that her mouth was open again. "Ah, I had not, Bennett. But what you say has merit, indeed... Well. This is all unexpected. Now, by your leave, I must speak to Marshal Boranar and with all my men and find out what they think of all this. I wonder if Adin has any pel ready?"
* * *
"But I do not understand what happened! Ursula, I am in need of your thoughts."
The two had met by chance when using the women's toilets at the same time. Eriana had subsequently led Ursula along a side passage she had previously wandered into by accident. This went up some rough stairs to an enclosed outside space that must have been the local equivalent of a patio. It was small, circular and had comfortable woven seating with a table in the center, high enough to receive good light levels but below the level of the upper canopy so that those using it would not be in the direct sun.
"I did not foresee the whole affair but what happened was more or less what I expected, Highness. We could not leave those women here, they could not go on the Visund so the conclusion was plain. You would buy, requisition," she smiled, "or steal one of the barges to carry the women with us while keeping them separate from your crew. At that point it became obvious that it would make sense for all of us women to transfer to the other vessel."
"But my own men have thrown me off of my own ship!"
Ursula tried to keep a straight face. "Highness, you should look at this another way. How many ships does your father own?"
"Why, he has many, of course. He does not own all of them but he has an interest in a number... you are trying to tell me something."
"Highness, you are supposed to become the head of the Federation Navy in time. That Navy will own many, many vessels of all shapes and sizes. You cannot be Captain of all of them, others will do that at your command. This is a similar situation. When you had one ship, the Visund, then you could be both owner and Captain. Now you have two and the numbers can only increase. You no longer command a ship but... a flotilla? A squadron? I do not know the fine detail of such matters. Not a fleet, certainly, but a number of ships, presently two.
"You are still the personal owner of the Visund but you can no longer be the Captain. A Captain is the man - or woman - who has final command over a single vessel. It was inevitable."
Eriana stared at Ursula, her mind attempting to grapple with her new and novel circumstances.
"If I am no longer a Captain, what then must I be?"
Ursula shrugged. "It varies, Highness. Where I grew up we were far from any sea and I have only a rough knowledge of naval ranks. I doubt Maralin would be able to advise any better, though." She was silent a moment. "At the very top there may be four ranks of Admiral."
"Ah! Garia spoke to me of Admirals! Is that what I am, then?"
"Actually, once you get the Navy into proper operation, you might be higher than that. Let me think about Admirals, Highness. There are four ranks, from lowest they are Counter-Admiral, Vice-Admiral, Admiral, Admiral of the Fleet."
"Such peculiar names! But, surely, from what I was told, all Admirals command fleets?"
Ursula shook her head. "It is partly to do with organization and partly to do with history, I believe. Some of the lower Admirals may command what are known as Task Forces, sent to do a particular job."
"And they would be part of a fleet? I understand. But, Ursula, I have yet no fleet."
"As you say, Highness. For you there is a rank between Captain and Admiral which fits perfectly: Commodore. This is often a title given to a senior captain who is in overall command of a small group of ships, often gathered together for a single sailing, but can also be a permanent rank."
"I trust we will be together for more than the journey to our next port!"
"With all the women together on the Green Ptuvil, it will be awkward if we are not! Of course," she added thoughtfully, "now you have other decisions to make, Highness. Do the two vessels keep station or do we proceed independently? Do you keep the crews the same or do you rotate them? The latter may be more useful since it will expose the women to more of your men in a familiar setting."
Eriana nodded. "And it will give us all experience of running a river vessel, I deem. Aye, Ursula, you are right. There is much to think about anew." She gave the healer a sidelong glance. "And, if I may, I suspect that I will ask you for advice again in the coming days. You see, when we set off two nights ago to raid that farm, we did so as we Norse have always done. I soon realized that we had overlooked many things, notably meals, but also we were in terrain that we did not know, facing an enemy we did not really know. Things could have gone wrong many, many times that night, Ursula, and we have decided that, as part of the development of the Navy and the troops they will provide, we must needs begin a range of training to ensure that we do not get ourselves into trouble in the future. It has occurred to both Lars and I that you have special knowledge that neither Garia nor Maralin have."
"Me? I am a doctor, a healer, and not particularly experienced at either art. What can I do that they cannot?"
"Garia is too young, she tells me, and Maralin was a woman, a cook in a city so large I struggle to understand it. You, it appears, are the only one from Earth that we know about who has had any formal military training."
* * *
Eriana's next task had been to speak to the bargemen. They used the tables already set up for the women's meeting. The six who had been rescued were there and they had been joined by Tor and Hashim.
"Some important decisions must needs be made," she began, "and many of those already made have concerned the rescued women. As you may understand, with one partial exception they will not go near men now, they have been so badly used by those beasts. You yourselves know what that was like. It is possible that such injuries, to mind as well as body, will heal in time but you all know that may not happen.
"The two who came from the two villages, Matta and Vellana, cannot return to them. Neither can they journey on my ship, the Visund, which is full of men. Now by chance one of the other women, Nethra, was married to the owner and Master of the Green Ptuvil and has thus inherited that barge. She has graciously consented to let us use it as transport for them."
Baros waved a hand. "I would think that we are presently too weak to help, Captain. I presume that you intend to use your men as crew?"
Eriana grinned at Tor. "Yes and no, Master Baros. The crew of my ship is, in fact, a small part of the number who sail in it. Many of the others can be of help, aye, but they are not all sailors. They are my personal retainers, sworn to defend me. Besides, even the sailors I do have cannot sail those barges, we do not know how. I would use some of you as advisors, by your leave, with my men as muscle."
He nodded. "Possible, Captain. But it is plain there is more."
"Aye. First, I realize that of course, unlike the women, you six once recovered may go your own ways, perhaps to return to your former employers or your homes. You could even remain here, minding your barges, until those employers send a full crew to recover them back to their home ports. I will tell you now why the Visund and its crew is here, what those women have decided and then you can consider what you each might do."
She explained the mission of the Visund, who she was and what she would become in future. She told them that the women had decided to become part of that adventure and that, over time, there would likely be further vessels to join her tiny flotilla.
The six men looked at one another. Baros seemed to be their spokesman and he asked, "Captain, we should talk privately, by your leave."
"I would expect nothing less," she said. "Hashim, Tor, if we may rise and speak privately. I would discuss what we found on the barges when we went earlier."
The three rose and gathered in a corner out of earshot while the bargemen held their own conversation.
"Hashim, what is your opinion of those men?"
"I have never met any of them before, Captain, but that is not so surprising on so great a river. Baros knows his business, I deem, and Kedian is as good a cook as Adin, though I know that both would argue which were better. The others, they seem competent enough."
"Why were there so many on the timber barge? I would not have thought it needed so large a crew when the others do not."
"Ah, for the loading and unloading, Captain, which might be done at a place like this where there is no dockside workforce to help. In transit, also, that load can shift and must be watched as few other loads need to."
"Ah, I see. Now, tomorrow I intend to send those six down to the barges to recover any of their own belongings and to do some tidying up, just as the women did today. Tor will take some of our men to help. You'll probably need carts to get the men down to the pontoons. In addition Marshal Boranar has agreed that we can requisition the timber to refit the holds of the Green Ptuvil as extra accommodation for the women... all the women, including, it seems, me. That means unloading it all. Carpenters and joiners will be coming from Bakhmenek tomorrow to begin that work. Tor, I'll need you and some men to oversee the activity down there."
"Yah, Captain."
In time the table discussion was over and the three returned to join the bargemen.
Baros spoke for them all. "Captain, your description sounds interesting to us all. Unlike the women, however, we all have existing commitments such as employers and, in two cases wives, who must first be satisfied. Like the women we are all at loose ends here and will sail with you to help your mission, at least as far as Bibek in Faralmark. If I may ask, what rates of pay you would offer us?"
"Baros, gentlemen, I have no idea how bargemen are paid. On board the Visund we offer no pay at all. That is because, as I mentioned, the whole crew are sworn to me and are my retainers. At any port we may call at I have the ability to call on as much coin as is required for our needs. Other than that, you would receive lodging, probably on the Green Ptuvil, and all the food and drink you can consume. I will add that, for the first part of your journey, you would be little more than passengers."
"I understand your point, Captain. Now, if we were to join your enterprise, then I assume that all other expenses would be covered?"
"Other expenses? Oh, wives! And, presumably, any children you may have. That circumstance has not yet occurred to us but provision would be likely be made... a thought for the future, I deem. Be assured that we would not dump you on the quay at Bibek with nothing to your name."
"Then we are prepared to travel with you at least as far as Bibek as passengers, our passage to be covered by exchange of knowledge concerning the use and sailing of each vessel. I do not think we can ask for more than that, Captain. If we become fit enough then of course we will play our part. During the voyage we may learn enough that we would be willing to join your enterprise."
"I could not ask for more than that of you, gentlemen. Done."
* * *
The document was simple and straightforward. The parchment had been provided by Marshal Boranar and it had been inscribed by Lord Kalmenar. They had both signed it and the register copy, as had Eriana as a Federation representative. Now, as the two men backed away, Eriana took the document of ownership and handed it to Nethra.
"There. Now no one can dispute your right to ownership, Nethra. Whatever arrangement you and I may later make, the Green Ptuvil today belongs to nobody else but you."
She curtseyed. "Thank you, Your Highness." She turned to face the men, now at a safe distance. "Thank you, My Lord, Marshal. This is novel to me, that I may own so great a vessel. All my life I have assumed that only men could do such but I have Her Highness in front of me to show me that it is not so. It will be a great responsibility and I will make certain that I will manage it as best as I can, with the help of those friends I have around me."
She glanced to a corner of the common room, where the third male in the room stood impassively watching the proceedings. Lars gave her a brief nod of support and then looked at Eriana, who gave him a nod of her own.
"Well," Boranar said, rubbing his hands, "that is the legal part done, I deem. The day passes on, I must consider returning to the town soon. Highness, tomorrow I will send such craftsmen as are available to Bakhrad to begin making changes to the Green Ptuvil. I regret that I will not be available myself as I must needs preside over the first of the trials of the outlaws. I will endeavor to return before you depart, though. Will you require anything else?"
"Food is always a problem, Marshal," she replied, "but with the fishermen now free to provide what all need I trust there will be few other difficulties. If there is anything else we will, of course, send to the town."
"As you say, Highness." He came to attention and saluted. "Good evening to you all. By your leave, Highness."
As the Marshal marched smartly out of the hall Eriana looked around. "Good. Matters had begun to look so complicated I did wonder if I would ever see a way through. My thanks to you, Ursula, for seeing what I could not. Lars, you'll be taking the men down to the barges after breakfast tomorrow to begin unloading the timber. I have already instructed Tor to use his men to assist and advise, but they will also be cleaning up the mess in the three barges.
"Now, I deem, it is time for us ladies to prepare ourselves for the evening meal. Good work, everyone."
* * *
There was no ale but the men did not mind. The pel that Kedian produced was, all agreed, just right for the occasion. The circumstances were special since their liege lady had inadvertantly gained a promotion. Commodore sounded a fine title and all agreed it described exactly what she would be.
There were other promotions. Tor Magnusson formally became the Captain of the Visund while Baros became Captain of the Green Ptuvil. The latter had been offered to Nethra but she had refused, saying that she still needed time to adjust to her new circumstances and to build up her strength.
It had been decided that the vessels would stay at Bakhrad for at least another two days. That would give the crew time enough to unload the timber and for the carpenters and joiners sent from Bakhmenek to perfom a conversion of the Green Ptuvil's two holds into basic accommodation. Basic, because as their journey continued, it was considered that there were likely to be alterations. Thus there was no point wasting time and effort building something that might be dismantled in a week's time.
Ursula lay on her pallet under the canvas roof, which was softly lit by Kalikan's light. Most of the other women were already asleep.
That was all... unexpected. Once I saw the captive women I guessed what would happen but I failed to take it through to the proper conclusion. But the right solution presented itself and now we have a barge as well as a longship.
Hmm. Neither of those are going to be suitable for the future.
We? How did I just include myself in this? Why am I planning for a Federation I know nothing about, for a Navy that does not yet exist, on a planet somewhere else entirely?
Another matter. How can a lowly conscript - who admittedly had a father who did more - hope to advise these people about military matters? Almost everything I know is going to be irrelevant here.
Although Maralin did so for Joth! She was a cook, a drug addict who spent her days watching TV in an addled haze, and yet she picked up enough to rebuild Joth's military for them.
Am I sure I am not dreaming? That farm was unpleasant, but dreams can be like that.
If it is all real, then I have work to do.
While the travelers wait for alterations to be made to the Green Ptuvil, Ursula pays a visit to the Woman in the Woods. Once everything is complete the two vessels set sail, heading for the Sirrel. However an implacable foe awaits them, and to save one craft the other must put itself in danger!
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
54 - The Chase
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2021
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"I've never been in a forest before," Kaldar
noted. "Are they all like this, Mistress?"
Ursula replied, "Not at all, Kaldar. I have been in a number of different forests, for various reasons, and none look like this. There are parts of... where I come from, where I believe there are forests which might be similar to this, but those are generally in hotter lands and I have not seen them myself."
Ursula, Tyra and Kaldar were walking the forest track from Bakhrad to Bakhzorum. With them were two of the Feren garrison, armed with sword and spear, 'just in case' any trouble should befall the small group.
One of these now remarked, "Mistress Ursula, we have seen no forests like these either. When we came to Bakhmenek we were surprised to find them here."
"I was told, Lem," she replied, "that this particular tree only grows by the river. Why it does not grow alongside the banks downstream of Yod I do not know. Something in the soil, perhaps?"
"But all our soil comes from the river anyway, Mistress," Kanak, the other soldier, objected. "Why should it be different here?"
Ursula shrugged. "I am not an expert on soil, Kanak. Do you know any better?"
"Me, Mistress? I can plant vegetables in our small garden, and maybe a flower or two to keep the missus happy, but that is about all. I do not know why they grow or anything."
She smiled at him. "Then we will have to let that question remain unanswered, shall we not?"
The sky widened ahead, indicating the edge of the forest. As the tree-line ended the hamlet of Bakhzorum began, a small group of dwellings, some of them tree-houses, others of more conventional construction, surrounded the inevitable central clearing. On the far side of the hamlet and facing the forest were typical fields, some with crops growing, others intended for pasture.
There were three locals in the clearing talking with four more soldiers. These noticed the new arrivals and beckoned them over.
"Lem, Kanak. You bring visitors."
"Aye, Sarje. These are two women and a boy from that big ship at Bakhrad. This is Mistress Ursula, her maid Tyra and their charge Kaldar. Mistress Ursula is the personal healer to the Princess. They come seeking that old woman healer said to live around here."
"Don't know her," the Sarjant said. He turned to the locals. "I suppose you should know, yes?"
"We do not have a healer here, Sarjant," the oldest of the two men replied, "but there is an old woman they may have been told about. She is very old and knows things, if you know what I mean. Ah, Meril here knows the way, she can take them."
The woman was about Ursula's age and dressed in the customary rural fashion of plain skirt and blouse with an apron over the top and a cowl over her hair.
"If I may ask," she began, "what business might you have with her? She sees visitors very rarely and I do not want to disturb her with some trivial interruption."
"It is a business of Kalikan, Mistress Meril," Ursula carefully explained, "and of herbs that cannot be found further downstream."
The look that passed between the two said plainly, 'not for men'.
"Ah. I understand, Mistress. Sarjant, if I may conduct these people to see the old woman. These two must needs remain here, she will not speak when men are present."
The Sarjant's eyebrows rose but he did not object. Having grown up himself in a rural part of Ferenis, he understood the unspoken implications. However, one of the visitors was not female.
"But the boy?"
Ursula said smoothly, "He is the reason for our visit, Sarjant. If you look closely, you will see that he has that which a boy should not have."
The Sarjant could see that the front of Kaldar's tee shirt had unexpected raised areas. "As you wish, Mistress."
Meril beckoned. "If you would follow me, ladies."
The local woman led the way past the small group of dwellings and out the far side, on a path which ran along the edge of the forest. At a point that seemed completely unmarked to Ursula, she turned and entered a narrow winding path between the trees.
"If I may ask," the woman said conversationally, "the attire of you three is unusual."
"These clothes are designed for hot weather," Ursula explained, "otherwise we would become sticky and uncomfortable on the river. The women, including Her Highness, all wear dresses like ours and the men's clothes are just like that of Kaldar here."
"Do you tell me? Have you had much trouble in the ports you have called at?"
Ursula smiled. "Some. It has been a mixture of, 'Why didn't we think of that? We need the patterns immediately!' and 'Scandalous! Those women should be locked up!' We nearly caused a riot in the Yod capital."
"I can understand that! I would think those dresses would be too much for this land, Mistress. We tend not to follow such fashions as those in the towns do."
"There is nothing wrong with that, Mistress Meril."
"Here we are."
The dwelling was built right into the trees, much as the houses of Bakhrad had been. Ursula shivered suddenly. Echoes of old Russian folk tales came flooding back and she wondered if they had done the right thing.
Meril explained, "I must needs go first to discover if she will accept visitors, Mistress. I will come to the door if she will."
The steps up to the door had been grown from living wood, much like most of the building. Meril climbed up and knocked. The old wooden door opened, but there was no sign of anyone inside. She entered and the door closed again. It seemed only a short while before the door opened and she beckoned, with a puzzled expression.
"She has been expecting you, Mistress. Please come in." She stepped outside. "I have been asked to stay out here and wait to take you back."
Feeling even more creeped out, Ursula led the way in followed by Kaldar. Tyra had a quick look around the cleared space in front of the house before following and closing the door.
The fairy tale impression was very strong inside, but there was no hint of danger here, rather of calm and serenity. The chamber was not small but did not take up more space than it needed. Two trunks grew up through the middle of the floor and out through the ceiling. Tables held jars and dishes of herbs and other oddments. From the ceiling timbers, all of which were living wood, more bunches of herbs hung. Doors and a stairway led to other parts of the dwelling.
A stone fireplace to one side glowed with banked embers. Around it were grouped a number of comfortable chairs, one of which was occupied by the oldest woman Ursula had ever seen... but she was by no means elderly. Her years showed clearly but her posture was that of someone fit and active.
"Come closer, if you would."
They passed between the chairs to stand before her. She inspected all of them carefully, nodding once or twice.
"If you would be seated." The woman turned to Ursula as she found a chair and lowered herself. "I see by your basket that you are a healer, Mistress, but I also see by your attire that you are not from these lands."
Honesty could be the only policy here. "Mistress, I am from another world, far away, where I was a different kind of healer. Here, I am a passenger on a ship passing by along the river. I am learning the local lore and will teach what I know to those healers I meet along the way."
"Another world? A world like this one, perhaps?"
"In some respects, Mistress. I would guess that it is as big, has one moon about the size of Kalikan, and oceans and continents just as Anmar does."
She nodded and passed on to Kaldar. "Ah. You are the reason for this visit. Child, you have that which grows on a girl's chest, but you are not a girl."
"Mother, I am a boy."
"I will tell your healer how this may be corrected." She paused then, her eyes narrowing. "Tell me, what is between your legs? Is it that which a boy has?"
Kaldar flushed. "Mother, it is not, but I am not a girl, I am a boy!"
"And you seek to defeat the design of your body to make it match that of your mind."
"If that were possible, Mother."
She told him, "You understand that there are herbs which may make your chest flat, will grow hair on your face and make your muscles as those of a man born."
"I do, Mother. Mistress Ursula has explained this."
"But those herbs cannot provide what you were not born with. You can never be a father nor, if the herbs have the desired effect, will you ever bear any child. You will become completely barren. Kalikan will no longer call to you. But, between your legs, there will remain that which men desire. Do you understand that?"
"Mother, I do. Mistress Ursula has explained what can and what cannot be done. I understand there is a price to pay for what must be and I am willing to pay it."
"So be it. Child, your way will be long and hard. Your willpower shall be your greatest asset. Do not lose hope."
She switched back to Ursula and gazed at her before speaking. "I thought there was more to you. On this other world, you were not a woman."
"No. I was born and brought up as a man, though my mind has always been that of a female."
"And yet you are a woman now. Do you seek to do the same for this boy?"
"I cannot, Mistress. The method of my change is not available here, nor on Earth. Here I will have to use what herbs I can find. I was told there are some around here. Maybe some further upstream."
"Hmm." The old woman was silent for a while, then looked at Tyra.
"Do you desire to become a man as well? I see sharpened steel in your future."
"Me? No, Mistress, not at all! But I do want to learn to fight as a man does, so that I can better serve my Mistress."
"An honorable desire and one you are well fitted for. Attend your instruction diligently and you should do all that you desire."
Tyra bowed her head. "Thank you, Mistress."
The woman turned back to Ursula. "Mistress, if I may look in your basket. I must discover what manner of healer you are."
Ursula handed the basket to the woman, who placed it on her lap and opened the covers. She examined everything inside, opened every jar, smelled every preparation. She seemed surprised by some of what she found. Then she looked up.
"Mistress, there is more."
"What? Oh, you mean the bandage bag. Tyra, if you would."
Tyra exchanged bag for basket and the woman proceeded to give the contents an equally detailed inspection. Finally she came to the tool rool and unrolled it, her eyes widening as she saw the metal implements.
"I did not expect..." She looked up at Ursula. "You can use these? You have the experience?"
"I can and I have, Mistress. In Joth I saved a man's life by opening his belly and removing a diseased part."
The look the woman returned was one of respect. "I assume this is knowledge from the other world?"
"Some, Mistress. There we are taught much about the inner workings of the body and I can do some small operations here. For more we would need much more equipment and a team of trained specialists."
"This will come to this world in time?"
"It will come naturally, I think, as it did on Earth. I may be able to slightly speed things up, but experience is what everyone will need and there is only one way to get that."
The woman carefully re-rolled the tools up and reassembled the bag, handing it back to Tyra without another word.
"I had not realized," she said. "The changes to come are more than I had considered. If I may ask your maid and the boy to wait outside. I must needs speak with you about the herbs you will need and it may take some time." She turned to Tyra. "Ask Meril to take you two back to the village and then return here. The villagers will offer you both a drink and something to eat. Your Mistress will be safe with me, you have my oath."
A surprised Tyra received a nod from Ursula and conducted Kaldar outside. The woman gave Ursula her full attention.
"Those who ward this world speak to me from time to time." Ursula was shocked at this revelation but the woman continued, "I do not understand most of what they say, which is as it should be. I was told of your coming and of the boy. I was also told for you to pass a message to the tall girl with the yellow hair - is that right? Her hair is yellow?"
"Mistress, it is. It is a characteristic of her people that many of them have yellow or red hair."
"Tell her that her questions will be answered fully in due time. She must not waste time worrying over such matters. Tell her also that her heart's desire may not be what she expects it to be, but that she will be content when it comes. That is all. Now, to herbal matters. In Bakhrad, ask for -"
* * *
Ursula and Meril walked back into the center of Bakhzorum, the former still looking bemused. From the house where Tyra and Kaldar were waiting, they saw the two and ran outside to greet them.
"Mistress! Are you all right?"
Ursula managed a weak smile. "I am, Tyra, there has been no damage done though," she flexed the fingers of her right hand, "I have gotten cramp from writing so much! How long has it been?"
Meril responded, "More than a bell, Mistress, since I left these two here. Maybe even a bell and a half."
"So long? Well we did have a lot to talk about! I don't know who learned the most between us, but it was all useful. I trust you have not been bored waiting?"
"Not at all, Mistress!" Tyra replied. "When the villagers found out where we came from, they asked us question after question about those places. None of them could believe that a whole city could be made of bricks, indeed, a few could not even imagine a city of so many houses!"
"Every place we have been to along the river has been different, has it not? People will always want to learn more... as I have been finding out. Well, it is time for us to return to Bakhrad now. I believe that Her Highness will be waiting and, although I know these new friends would feed us lunch, I also know that Adin will have cooked it for us already."
"As you say, Mistress."
Ursula looked around, seeing Lem and Kanak walking towards them across the clearing.
"Our escort is ready for us. Come on, it is time to go back and rejoin the crew."
~o~O~o~
It had taken three days, not two, to complete the modifications to the Green Ptuvil. Now, at mid-morning, it was time for the barge to depart, accompanied of course by the Visund. Marshal Boranar had brought an honor guard of troops down to the pontoon area to bid them farewell. With the men at attention he saluted Eriana.
"Your Highness, you have discovered and corrected a great injustice, and all Ferenis thanks you for it. The people of Bakhmenek, Bakhzorum and Bakhrad thank you as well. Now they have a chance to live their lives in peace and safety."
"We did what our honor demanded, Marshal. You speak of injustice, but what of justice? Have the trials been completed?"
"Aye, Highness, this morning all but the six you spoke of were hung in the town square. Not a single word was raised by anyone in their defense. The six who did not know the war was over, they will be marked in the usual way and work a period each for the benefit of the town, as is customary. Despite thinking they were still at war, certain acts were committed which could not be overlooked. The matter is now considered closed."
"Then we must depart, Marshal. Please thank your men for me, for the assistance they have given. We could not have completed our part without their help."
"I will, Highness. Fare you well upon the great river."
Eriana turned and jumped onto the Green Ptuvil. "Captain, if you would release the moorings."
Baros replied, "Aye, Commodore. Let go forward! Oarsman, push at the pontoon! Lads, be ready to raise the yard."
Still held at the stern, the bow moved away from the pontoon, allowing the barge to begin to turn in the channel. Behind them, Tor had an advantage since the Visund had already been turned and they had cast off to give the Green Ptuvil more room. Once enough of the lateen sail had been raised to catch the wind, Baros issued commands and the men borrowed from the Visund expertly spun the barge to face downstream towards the Sirrel. Following in the wake of the Visund, the two craft departed Bakhrad.
Ursula watched the barge following them with mixed feelings. She and Tyra were now the only women on board the Visund and that decision had been forced upon them. Hashim had to be on the Visund and he could not speak Norse; most of the Norse could not speak his tongue reliably enough. There were only two people in the combined party who could fluently speak both languages and neither Matta nor Vellana could bear to be away from Eriana, which meant that she had to stay on the Green Ptuvil while Ursula transferred back to the Visund.
The creek gradually widened until it was plain that they had reached the Sirrel. Ormund, who was presently steersman, began to turn the bow upstream.
Without waiting for Tor, Ursula asked Hashim, "Which side should we go, Hashim? Left or right?"
Hashim put out his left arm. "This side should be the deepest channel, Mistress. But we should not stray too close to shore here, those creeks can often have sandbars across the entrances."
She relayed this to Tor who gave instructions to the crew. The Visund settled on a course and Ursula looked behind, shading her eyes against the sun, to see where the barge was. She noticed that Tor was doing the same.
«That is one big sail,» Tor muttered. «Yet they manage it with no more than six. How do they do it?»
Hashim was there as well, his eyes shaded. "I wonder which of us is the fastest?" He spoke more to himself than to Ursula. "Normally I would bet on this one but the Ptuvil has no cargo so does not ride deep."
She relayed this to Tor who shrugged. «I am not concerned so long as we have them somewhere in sight.»
«It seems to me,» she said after watching for a few moments, «that we are running at about the same speed.»
«You have to remember the sail angle,» was his comment. «Like this we may run the same but with the wind behind us we ought to be faster. It should not be important. Once we are comfortable with each other we can trim sail to match speeds. It will just take a little time.»
The morning was bright and sunny with only a little cloud passing above them. Visibility was good but there were few other craft in sight. There were two heading downstream who passed them well on their left at a terrific rate, testament to the strong current. Their own progress was reasonable with a strong, steady wind keeping the sail filled. Behind them the Green Ptuvil began to very slowly overhaul them. Hashim had Eriana's telescope and he was checking the water in every direction, making sure that he would notice any evidence of shallows, sandbanks or other problems.
"Captain," he said suddenly, handing the telescope over, "look!"
Tor put the device to his eye but could not see anything specific. He muttered a question.
"Tor asks, what is he supposed to be looking at?"
"Behind the Ptuvil is another craft. It is not easy to see because it has no sail. From the splashes to either side it is probably a galley, but whose galley I could not say."
Ursula relayed this and Tor searched again. «Ah! Found it.» He lowered the telescope and turned to Hashim. "Danger here?"
"Captain, I have received notices of reported pirate activity at every port we went to. It is possible."
Tor frowned over this and then nodded. «We will have to drop back to cover the barge. They are more vulnerable than the Visund.»
He shouted instructions to adjust the sail as Ursula explained what he had said.
Hashim nodded. "It is unfortunate that Her Highness must needs remain aboard the Green Ptuvil," he said. "If there is to be battle, she should be here with her men."
"I agree, but the barge will still be at risk wherever she is. What can we do against a galley, Hashim?"
He grimaced. "Not enough, Mistress. I have no doubt that this ship could dance away if it were on its own but -" He shook his head. "The barge is a problem, even traveling without cargo. And all the women except you and your maid are aboard it!"
She turned. «Tor, slow us right down. We have to talk to Her Highness immediately!»
«Yah. Will do.»
The quickest way to slow their progress was to haul up the bottom corners of the sail. This had the desired effect but made the sail flutter in the wind. Tor issued further instructions and the yard was rotated slightly to give the same effect but more safely. Ursula used the telescope to look at the galley, which seemed to be larger than when she had first seen it.
«We have to be decoy,» she muttered in Russian. Both men stared at her. «But how to do it? They will always choose fat merchant vessel over ship with many men.»
"Mistress?"
"Just thinking, Hashim. We need to talk to Her Highness as soon as we can."
"Mistress, I will not disagree."
If that is pirate then they have double the chance of catching something today. We can probably run away but that would leave barge with passengers behind. What to do? Distract somehow?
"Hashim, are there any ports nearby we could take refuge in?"
"A good point, Mistress."
He found his bag of charts and unrolled several, looking for one with their present location on it. He found one and opened it out on the rearmost bench. Ursula and Tor leaned over to examine it as well.
"There should be a fishing village here," Hashim pointed to the left bank, the Yodan side, "and another here but they do not give any shelter. I do not know if that galley would follow us into either of those. Over here," he pointed to the right bank, "there is a small port some marks further on but we would have to make our way through the shallows to reach it. Mistress, I fear we would be run down before we sailed so far, and the barge would be behind us."
Ursula stared at the map, trying to visualize the distances and mostly failing. However, she did take note of some other river features which might help.
She looked up. The galley could now be seen plainly without the need for any telescope. She could see the rhythmic splashes as the oars kept time. It was apparent now that they had been spotted and were targets.
«Tor, we have to speak with Princess right now. I have beginnings of idea.»
He looked at her expression and shouted instructions. The yard was hauled round some more and their speed noticeably dropped.
«Mistress, tell me your idea.»
«On Earth there is bird - avian - which makes nest on open ground.» He nodded. «If predator comes, parent moves away from nest and pretends injury to distract from nest. We are parent and barge is nest.»
Tor thought about this and then nodded. «Yah. But what then?»
«We distract galley and make them forget about barge. Then we run away.»
Another nod. «Good plan. Must tell Princess.»
«Tell men also.»
He grinned. «Yah. But men will not like running away from fight.»
She gave him a considered look. «Could the men on board fight one of those things?»
«I went on board that captured galley in Forguland, Mistress. The deck is much higher, they would overlook us, see the men, see all the plunder. They could fire crossbows down on us and we could not reply. Yah, running away is good idea. Fighting always possible but not good idea this time. Princess, other women would still be at risk.»
As he turned away to shout instructions to the men Ursula looked astern. The galley had closed but the Green Ptuvil was now much closer. Ormund, on the steering oar, was looking nervously in several directions. She went as far to the rear as possible and shouted up at him.
«We need to get close to one side so that I can talk to Her Highness. Can you do that?»
«Of course, Mistress. Sometimes it is necessary to transfer men or cargo at sea.» He grinned. «Sometimes to fight another ship, then it gets interesting. Are we going to fight that one back there?»
«I hope not. Tor says they would have the advantage.»
«Pity, but I understand.»
The Green Ptuvil slid forward on their left. As it did so Tor adjusted their sail so that the speeds began to equalize. The craft were now barely a spear's cast apart, the crews staring at one another. She could see Eriana making her way forward to the bow of the barge.
«What are you doing,» she screamed. «You are far too close!»
Ursula gestured and shouted back, «That galley is getting closer.»
Eriana turned and shaded her eyes, noticing the galley for the first time. Her whole attention had been on the Visund and whoever else was keeping watch had not been concerned with anything behind. The galley was now close enough that Ursula could just distinguish men standing at the bow.
«Woden's Spear! What do we do?»
«We'll try and distract them, act as decoy. Once we do, you go left and slow right down. Hide against the bank.»
«Decoy? But how?»
Ursula's voice was getting raw with the shouting but she tried once more. «They do not know we are together. They do not know what the Visund can do. We'll act stupid and make ourselves bait.»
Hashim plucked at her sleeve. "Mistress, if we are not careful we'll be caught in the shadow of their sail."
"What?" Ursula looked up and understood that, as the Green Ptuvil slowly gained on the Visund, the larger part of the great triangular sail would cut off the wind from their own sail. As she tried to work out what would happen the whole plan suddenly came together in her head.
"Let it," she said. "That will make them think we don't know what we are doing."
To Ormund she instructed, «When the sail goes you'll have to steer hard right to avoid a collision. Then when we get the wind back, keep on that new course. Pretend we don't know what we are doing, but don't let them catch us.»
Ormund twisted around to judge all the circumstances, then grinned down at Ursula. «Yah, Mistress.»
To Hashim she explained, "We're incompetent. We're sailing this ship with an unusual rig and don't know how to handle it around other craft. That will make them think we will be easier to catch than the barge."
Eriana screamed, «I hope you know what you're doing!»
Things happened very quickly then. Ursula could not reply immediately as her throat was raw. The Green Ptuvil caught up and, at the same moment, the sail of the Visund fluttered and then went limp. Ormund, forewarned, heaved on the steering oar as the Green Ptuvil shot ahead and the longship slewed round, almost stopping dead in the water. On the barge, Eriana threw up her hands in annoyance and then turned to begin making her own preparations.
The Visund's sail was now at the wrong angle and hung limp. Tor went forward, desperately shouting instructions to the men to haul the yard round so that the sail would regain traction. Slowly they began to get under way again. Ursula looked behind, to see that the galley had seen the apparent disorganization and heeled right to follow the Visund.
Now all they had to do was keep ahead.
It took some time to gather the wind and regain the speed they had before. Now that they were sailing a different course, the sail was more square to the wind and provided a greater effort.
Tor came back to the stern, his expression one of worry.
«They are too close, Mistress. I do not know if we can get away.»
«We have to try, Tor. We have to keep their attention as long as possible. Even if we are forced to fight them, it will allow the Princess to escape.»
She looked up at the galley, now so close that she could clearly see the faces of the men at the bow. She could also hear the beat of the drum regulating the stroke of the oars. Someone appeared with a crossbow but one of the others put up a hand and made him withdraw.
«If they are not close enough for a crossbow then we have a chance,» she told Tor.
The Visund caught a gust and suddenly shot ahead, widening the distance.
«Not good,» she said. «Can we do that thing with the corner of the sail? Make it flutter? We don't want to lose them completely, not just yet.»
Tor looked at her with respect. «Mistress, you are good at this.»
He turned to issue instructions. The sail fluttered, the bow sagged off and their speed dropped. A moment later the sail was tightened again, but more than before so the wind had less effect. The galley began to catch them up again. This time the distances stayed more constant.
Tor came back to the stern. She told him, «I have never done anything like this before! Nothing at all.»
«Yet you knew what to do. Good thinking.» He grinned at her. «I think we will keep you.»
She was still mulling this over when she felt the wind ease. Looking up she saw that the sail had slackened and the galley was gaining fast. Tor was ready and more instructions swung the yard slightly, allowing the sail to pick up more wind. The sail of the Green Ptuvil was now a dark red triangle at least a mark away and the barge itself indistinct against the left bank, falling further back with every moment.
Two marks later and it was apparent that the galley was closing fast. Tor had made several small changes in direction to take advantage of the changing wind but the galley had matched every course correction. Now the faces of those in the bow were distinct again and the beat of the drum could be heard.
Eventually, they had approached close enough that the man with the crossbow had been given a chance at a shot. This would have easily reached the ship if he had made proper allowance for the wind, the bolt instead falling into the water ten strides to their right. After that shot no other followed, the galley simply gaining stride by stride as the morning wore on.
Tor spoke. «This is no good, Mistress. Every shift of the wind affects our speed but they are not affected by the wind. If it drops any more they will catch us.»
«But the men who pull their oars are getting tired, Tor. They cannot keep this up for ever. The longer we can last the more that is in our favor.»
«Who will win? Should I prepare the men?»
«Wait, where is Lars? Is he not forward?»
«Did you not know, Mistress? He is on the barge beside his lady friend... and of course, to defend his Princess.»
Lars is over there? Why did I not notice? Still, his men should know what to do.
«Yes, it is probably time to prepare them. But make it look like we are not that well organized.»
Tor grinned. «Like we normally do, Mistress? Organization is always difficult on a ship like this.»
He went forward, stopping now and then to have words with groups of men, almost all of whom looked tense. He stopped near the mast to have a word with Tyra, who was helping with the sailing. Further on, Kalmenar sat with a group of men, his sword already in his hand.
"Mistress, look!"
Ursula turned to look at the galley, where a new weapon had appeared at the bow. Her heart sank.
They do not need to board us at all. Just come alongside and blast us with those guns. We have no chance against anything like that.
Or perhaps not.
"Hashim, what is the water depth like around here?"
"Mistress, had we any choice at all I would not have advised coming this far over this side of the river."
She looked around and discovered that the right bank was now considerably closer than the left bank.
"We must make gamble, that we draw less water than galley does."
"We already make that gamble, Mistress."
"Find us some shallows, Hashim. It is our only chance."
He moved forward to get a clearer view of what lay ahead while Ursula turned her attention to their pursuers. The men in the bow were now above her level, the pipe-man aiming his weapon... too high? What was he aiming at? She saw the fuse-man make several attempts to fire the weapon but the wind made it difficult. Eventually one of the others formed a wind shield for the pair.
There was a puff of smoke, the sound being carried away on the wind. Instead there was a brief tearing sound and she spun, startled, to discover that the shot had gone through the sail. There were several small holes but some of the shot had caused tears to open, tears that the wind would eventually force open even more until it was shredded from top to bottom.
They want to bring down the sail, cripple us! If the sail tears or the mast is damaged, we are finished.
Tor swiftly came back, looking panicked.
«I know, Tor. If the sail tears we are done for.»
The pipe-man and his mate had gone to be replaced by a fresh pair. This time, as the galley crept even closer, it was apparent that the weapon was aimed at those in the stern of the Visund.
That would be just as effective. Shoot the helmsman, we are finished.
As before the fuse-man had trouble igniting the fuse sticking out of the gun. As before, another crewman moved to provide some shelter. Then everything abruptly changed.
The galley receded from the Visund with surprising rapidity. The pipe-man was catapulted over the bow to land with a splash in the water in front of the galley. The banks of oars thrashed briefly before coming to a rest, presumably at some order from below. Faces at the bow stared at the Visund, now sailing rapidly out of reach. As Ursula watched the warcraft slewed slightly, the stern to her right, before a visible tilt showed that it had undeniably found a shoal.
Tor's face changed immediately from worry to delight. He leapt up onto the stern decking, turned away and pulled his shorts down, waving his naked bottom at the disappearing galley. Behind Ursula, the men began cheering and jeering. The relief was so great she had to sit down on a bench and gasp for breath.
Eventually calm was restored. Tor adjusted his clothing and jumped down to join Ursula and Hashim.
«Mistress, what are your commands?»
She could sense that some fundamental change had occurred, but she did not know what.
«First things first. What about that sail?»
He turned and examined the expanse of sailcoth. «If we are careful, we could make port with it but we have no other. I would think it can be repaired, but not here.»
«Oars, then? To be safe. If we go back over to the left bank we should get there about the same time as the Green Ptuvil does.»
«Yah. Best alternative, Mistress.»
«Better be about it, then. Princess will be sick with worry.»
The yard came down and the battered sail carefully stowed to avoid further damage. Once this was out of the way the men readied the oars and began to pull. Ursula felt naked without the sail but knew they had little choice. As the men settled into a rhythm they began to sing, songs she had both heard before and some that were new to her. The changed mood in the ship was intoxicating, so much so that she joined in with some of the choruses.
Adin had served out bread, fruit and water to everyone before they reached the deep-water channel once more. They had made it before the Green Ptuvil and settled into a light stroke intended to hold their position in the lazy current. Soon the dark red triangular sail came in view and the barge approached cautiously, not knowing the circumstances until Tor blew a signal with his whistle.
Lines were thrown and the two craft brought together. Eriana promptly jumped down onto the Visund, came rapidly aft and grabbed Ursula in a hug.
"By the Gods! You are safe?"
"All of us are safe, Highness. It has been an exciting couple of hours."
The Princess released Ursula and looked around, where her men were smiling and grinning at her.
She asked Tor, «No damage?»
«The sail... Commodore. They fired a gun at us and there are rips in the sail. That is why we row. Otherwise, nobody hurt, nothing.»
«Good job, Tor. I knew that you would manage.»
«It was not me, Commodore. Ursula had the idea, it is all Ursula's work and very good work it was too.»
He started to say something else but thought better of it. Eriana stared at Ursula, who was embarrassed by the attention. She turned away to look at the men, who all looked back with expressions she had seen before, but those expressions had never before been directed at her.
Delight. Respect. Pride.
What just happened? Ursula is among many who struggle to understand the events of earlier that day. At a safe fishing port the combined crews gather to try and make sense of the pirate attack. In the following days the sail is repaired and Ursula finds some of her needed herbs. Then everything changes again...
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
55 - Debriefings
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"A pirate galley?" The official's eyes
widened. "Are you certain?"
Hashim's response was dry. "Shall I show you the holes made in our sail by their gun, sir?"
The eyes narrowed. "Gun? Whatever is a gun?"
"My mistake, sir. You might know it here as a Thunder Pipe."
There was a sharp intake of breath. "You were attacked by a galley which fired a Thunder Pipe at you? However did you escape from them?"
The pilot smiled. "It was a near thing, sir, but we lured them onto a shoal in the middle of the river. They are stuck fast, I deem, and are likely to stay that way."
The man's relief was obvious. "So our shipping is safe, then? We have had reports of strange sightings for some days, now, and also reports of vessels not arriving upstream or downstream after departing here. Where is this galley now? Shall you show me?"
The port office in Tserikon had a large chart tacked to the wall and Hashim moved over to it, pointing.
"We departed this morning from Bakhrad after a stay of four days. There was a barge accompanying us and we felt it would be in danger if the galley descended on it, so we attracted the attention of the pirates and lured them away over to the other side of the Sirrel. About here, somewhere," his finger described a circle on the chart, "we went over a shoal which the galley could not. If the shoal was sand they may be able to get off but if it was mud then they will not. The ram must have stuck in firmly at the speed we were both traveling."
"That odd ship of yours, it has so shallow a draft, then?"
"Aye, sir, no more than a stride, if that."
The man let out a low whistle. "Maker! And the pirates are stuck there, you say?"
Hashim spread his hands. "We did not wait around to make certain, you understand. I feel confident that, if you should send a boat to investigate, it will still be there."
"And the crew?"
He shrugged. "If they had a small boat, someone may have gone for help. Otherwise they are marooned there with only what provisions they have aboard."
"And, what you have not said, is that being a pirate the men at the oars will likely be slaves."
Hashim's response was somber. "That is true, sir. Will you attempt a rescue?"
"It is not my decision to make, pilot. However, not five marks further upstream at Wadek those of Pakmal have two galleys. I will send an urgent message to them, it will be their man who decides whether to investigate."
"Sir, I beg you, ask them to make the effort. I myself was slave on a similar galley during the war. I am only aboard this ship in order to return to my home land of Faralmark, having been freed in Forguland. I know what conditions are like for those chained to the oars."
The man winced. "Do you tell me? Then I will make your case for you, pilot. So, how long do you think your ship will be staying here?"
"As I mentioned, the sail will need to be repaired. Do you have a vendor of sailcloth here? If you do not, it would be possible for us to row to... Wadek, did you say?"
"There is no need for that, pilot. We have a respectable sailmaker here and I am sure that he will give you all the assistance you require."
"Thank you, sir. Then, probably, two or three days only. Because the sail is an uncommon shape I do not know how long it will take to repair. We must needs move on if our schedule is to be kept."
"Where are you bound, then, that is so important?"
"Bibek is our main destination, sir. Our... owner has some important business with the Margrave."
"Ah. As you say, pilot. I will make certain that you are given every assistance, then."
* * *
"Highness."
"Hashim, come and join us. You are the last, I believe."
"I had to explain what happened to the port officials, Highness. That took a little time. Then they told me there was a sailmaker here and so I had to see him. I apologize for the time it all took."
It was late afternoon and the expedition members occupied most of the tables and chairs in the hostel dining room. All had drinks and nibbles in front of them, even though the evening meal would be served in less than two bells. Although most had little to offer, Eriana thought it likely that many would want to discover what had happened after the Visund sailed away, leaving the Green Ptuvil to quietly fade in the other direction.
Eriana certainly did. Her emotions had swung between annoyance, fury, fear and helplessness during the voyage and she was struggling to understand what had happened and why Ursula had acted as she had. The worst part was that she could not understand why she felt as she did.
"Who will begin?" she asked the assembly once Hashim had found a seat. "I doubt anyone on the Green Ptuvil can contribute much since we did not see most of what happened."
Baros raised a hand. "Highness, it is not true. We did not see the end but we should have seen the beginning more clearly." He stood and bowed low. "Highness, I must apologize for myself and the crew of the Green Ptuvil. All of us were concentrating on keeping your own ship in view, nobody concerned themselves greatly with what was happening elsewhere on the water. It should not have been possible for that galley to come so close without anyone seeing it."
"Master Baros," she replied with a nod, "you are correct. This meeting, for those of you who have not traveled with us before, is called a debriefing. Just as one may have a briefing before a task to prepare oneself for what is to come, a debriefing is often held afterwards to examine the incident properly, to draw conclusions and to ensure that any problems do not happen the next time. In such meetings we do not consider blame, only details. The more we may learn the better we may be prepared should another incident occur."
"I understand, Highness, and thank you."
"Then, if you would begin with our departure, say from when we reached the Sirrel."
"Highness, I took the tiller myself until we reached the Sirrel and then handed it to your man Brodgar. Naturally, our intent was simply to follow in the wake of your own ship unless you instructed different. Mostly, that is what we did."
"As you say."
"Master Hashim had told me that they intended to go ahead, to leave us room, since they were unsure how we would handle the Green Ptuvil. They pulled a long way ahead and then began to ease off to come back to us."
"Aye. I saw that and wondered why."
"To begin with I believe that they decided that they were too far ahead. However, they eased some more and then suddenly slowed right down to came alongside... uh, far more closely than is the usual custom for two vessels sailing together. I wondered if there was some problem and if they required your advice. I was shocked when the galley was pointed out behind us, approaching fast."
"So was I! Normally we keep a sharper watch than that."
"Highness, I was not privy to your conversation with those on the Visund. Perhaps others might continue."
"As you will. Ursula, if you would tell us what happened on the Visund."
"Highness, Hashim had been keeping watch, mostly for shoals and other shallow water, but he did notice the galley in the distance. When it became obvious that the galley was pursuing either or both of us, I asked Tor to slow us down so that we could ask you for advice. I was concerned that you might be the slower vessel and as you have almost all the women on board, a liability if you were captured."
Eriana shuddered. "Aye. I have already seen what Yodans can do, I would not want to experience it for myself. Then you shouted something about a decoy."
"It seemed to me that we had to draw their attention, make them focus on the Visund and give you a chance to make an escape."
"By what? Colliding with us?"
"The sail of the Green Ptuvil is much larger than that of the Visund, Highness. When we approached on that side your sail cut off the wind from ours. Ormund was instructed to turn away to avoid an apparent collision. To the pirates, that looked like we did not know how to handle the ship properly and I thought that could be used against them. Remember, they would not know that we were sailing in company, they may have thought it just a chance approach of two vessels traveling in the same direction."
"Ah, I see. That is why they turned to follow you, then."
"Yes, Highness. I asked Hashim if there were any ports nearby we could go to and he pulled out a chart. The nearest ones were too small and the next bigger one is on the other bank. While I looked at the chart I noticed the shoals all along the middle and west side of the river and told Tor to head that direction. The galley, seeing that we apparently had trouble with the sail, followed us and ignored you."
"But they nearly caught you! Did you intend to make battle, then, when they did catch you?"
"It was only a pretense, Highness. Tor was very clever with the sail, he made it look as if we were clumsy and that they were about to catch us but they never did, although they did come closer and closer. We had to keep their attention if we could and make them forget about you. Then we found the shallows and a shoal we could slide over but they did not."
"They fired a gun."
"Yes, Highness, and made holes in the sail. I should have thought of that, I apologize. Tor says that it has to be repaired before we can use it again. They were about to fire another gun at the stern of the Visund when they hit the shoal at speed. They stopped so quickly that man holding the gun fell off the bow and into the water."
Eriana considered this. "If they had come so close, you must have prepared to defend the ship."
"Highness, we did, but both Hashim and Tor had been on those captured galleys in Forguland and knew that they had the advantage. The men would have fought well but I suspect it would not have been an easy win. It did not help that Lars was with you."
"True enough, but in the end he was not needed." She thought of something. "Tell me, the man who fell off, did his weapon go with him?"
Ursula smiled. "Highness, it did, and I was delighted to see it go. One less for anyone else to worry about."
"Indeed. Very well. Thank you, Ursula. Tor? What can you add to Ursula's tale?"
«I am not used to ship fighting, Highness. Ursula saw what I did not. If left to me, I would have probably tried to wedge the galley between our two craft, then attacked from both sides, divide their attention.» He grinned. «Ursula's way was much better, did not put any of you at risk. Not much damage caused, either.»
Eriana gave Ursula an inscrutable look and then relaxed. «Thank you, Tor. What of the sail?»
«I will not know until we can open it out and examine it, Highness. There are certainly at least two long tears in it that should be repaired before it should be used again. Hashim says that there is a sailmaker here, which may be helpful.»
«Or expensive.»
«Yah. Maybe we stay here three nights, I doubt we would need more unless the sail is badly damaged.»
«I'll leave that to you, then.»
She turned to the others and translated the Norse, adding, "We managed this time. It was mostly luck, aye, and Ursula's clever tactics. It has shown that there are many things we could have done better. To begin with, for one craft to speak to another whistles and shouting will not do. If we are to fight galleys, we must learn how to do it. If we are to fight from galleys in the future, we must learn how to do that too. Maybe there are better ways, I do not know, only that we cannot go on as we did before.
"Until now we have done things the Einnland way. We can do that no longer, the circumstances are too different. If any one of you has thoughts on these matters come and speak with us. We will become a new service and that may mean a different way of doing many things. This evening I will talk with Ursula, Lars, Tor, Hashim, Kalmenar and Baros of such matters. The rest of you, relax and enjoy yourselves."
She stood. "I believe that it now is time for us women to prepare ourselves for the evening meal. By your leave, gentlemen."
* * *
Eriana stared at those gathered around the table.
"I will tell you privately that my confidence has been shaken by our adventures of the last few days. We have been unprepared for what happened to us both on land and on the river. I will freely admit that I did not appreciate the size of the task asked of me." She waved an arm. "In this chamber we are all equals this evening. If you would give me your thoughts."
Kalmenar stirred. "Highness, the task you refer to was suggested by Princess Garia and Tenant Maralin. I suspect that their advice was based on their knowledge and experiences, ah, in their home lands and, while it was necessary for such a service there, Princess Garia has always said that for the problems of Anmar then the solutions must be appropriate for Anmar."
Baros looked surprised. "What is this? You speak of the whole world, My Lord, and yet of people who you suggest are not of the world."
Eriana held up a hand. "Master Baros, you and Hashim are not privy to information known to the rest of us. What I will tell you now should not be spoken of to anyone not of our company. Have I your oaths?"
Baros replied, "It is clear that... not secrets, perhaps, but private information is known to several of your company. I have overheard comments which have intrigued me. I will swear to keep anything you tell me secret from anyone not of your company."
Kalmenar said, "Heard and witnessed."
Eriana turned to Hashim, who said, "Highness, I have traveled with you longer than Master Baros and it has become plain to me that some of those I have met have had knowledge unusual in these lands. One of those was Tenant Maralin and the other," he cast an eye at Ursula, "is Mistress Ursula, who sits at this table. Now, it seemed to me that this meeting was to discuss matters concerning, eventually, your new Navy and what manner of ships, people and organization it might have. If it were not for that special knowledge she might have, I do not know her purpose here."
"You are right, Master Hashim. Both Ursula and Maralin are what you claim and I will explain more. Shall I have your oath?"
The pilot waved a hand. "Highness, of course you may have my oath! Wild dranakhs could not keep me away now. I swear that whatever is revealed in this room shall be spoken of to no-one not presently in this room."
Kalmenar said, "Heard and witnessed."
Before Eriana could speak Baros had an objection. "Highness, what of the other men and women? I take it that your own men all know the secret, if that is what it is, but what of them? If they are to travel with us, then surely they will discover much in the same way that Hashim has."
Eriana's eyes narrowed and then cleared. "You are right, Baros. It is only right that all who sail with us should learn but that time is not now. The women have immediate problems to solve and your fellow men are not committed to our cause, indeed, they may even depart our company once we travel beyond Yod. You have my oath that they shall learn all there is to know once we reach Bibek, should they still be with us."
"Good enough, Highness. Heard and witnessed."
Eriana leaned forward. "Then, let me tell you why a healer should be of interest to me and the desires of the Sirrel Federation."
* * *
Ursula and Tyra climbed the rear stair from the bathing facilities back up to the Women's Quarters, ready to retire for the night. On the small open landing at the top Eriana was waiting, leaning on the railing and looking out towards the Sirrel, which could just be seen between some of the buildings of Tserikon. It was now night, but there were fishermen out, most using lanterns to help them attract their prey, their lights glimmering on the water.
The Princess stood up as the two approached. "If I may speak a private word or two with Ursula, Tyra. We will not remain here long."
The maid glanced at Ursula who nodded. "You might as well carry on inside, Tyra. I do not think there will be much for you to do here."
"As you wish, Mistress. I will make your bed ready for you while I wait."
Tyra entered the building and Ursula turned a questioning face to Eriana in the gloom. Eriana seemed embarrassed.
"If I may ask you a personal question, Ursula. What has happened today, and before, has left my mind in a turmoil. I must ask if you have yet decided what you will do in the future."
"The future?" Ursula's brow wrinkled. "Highness, you know everything that has happened to me since I arrived on Anmar. You know how short a time has passed since then. I have not thought much about my future since everywhere we go is different and I am still learning about this new world. Why do you ask?"
"Of all the company of the two vessels we now occupy," Eriana tried to explain, "yours is the future I cannot account for as I might the others. My men will likely follow me and I am guessing that the women we rescued will also do so. When the Visund reaches Palarand once more Bennet and Semma will no doubt resume their posts at the palace. Kalmenar will go with them, of course."
"That much I can see, Highness, but the other men are different."
"As you say. I suspect that Hashim will become part of my crew, he already behaves as if he has done, and I am glad of it. He has wisdom of the river we will be in need of. The other men," she shrugged, "may or may not do so. I suspect that I will not know until we depart Faralmark for Palarand what each of them may choose.
"But you are different in a different way, Ursula. Though you sail with us you are not strictly part of the crew. Though you may follow my suggestions yet I may not command you. As Wallesan said, you are here by the command of higher Beings and it is to them you must make answer. Yet," her shoulders dropped, "you have become too essential to this adventure. You minister to the needs of my men and you give good counsel to all. I thought your purpose with us was as a healer but what happened today has made me reconsider."
"Today was a surprise to me as well, Highness. Thinking about it, the encounter was not something you or your men would be familiar with. Why I knew what to do is another matter, one I have been thinking about since we arrived at this port. As I said in our meeting earlier, I have no answers, but the implications concern me."
"I have no idea why the Beings brought you to my world, Ursula. I begin to wonder if it is for some purpose other than that of healing, your decisions today suggest it may be. It is becoming plain to me, however, that we would not be here tonight if it was not for your advice and abilities. Thus, looking into the future, I must needs wonder if there is some other part you will play, and that in turn implies that you should remain with us and not step off when we reach Faralmark or, indeed, once more reach Joth."
Ursula flicked a hand. "Highness, I can easily answer that concern for you. Since coming aboard I have heard a lot of talk of Palarand and those who live there. It sounds like a very interesting place -"
"An understatement, Ursula! The place is amazing, bewildering, curious, wonderful!"
"- and that is why I will probably sail with you all the way back to Palarand. You told me that King Robanar had some kind of Council that was collecting information about Earth, I believe."
"That is true. I am not part of it but I know of its existence and why it is there."
"Then I should go there and add what I know to their knowledge. They have been dealing with matters of Earth for, what, a year now?"
"Aye, about that."
"And they have some kind of connection to the Beings that brought me here."
Eriana was more cautious. "I do not know, Ursula. I do know that Garia could speak to them but that is all, and she is no longer in Palarand. What the others can do I could not say."
Ursula was silent a moment and then said, "Highness, do you recall that I visited the Woman in the Woods in Bakhzorum?"
"Aye, I do. She had words concerning young Kaldar."
"Yes, and some words for you from the Beings. She told me to say to you, 'Your questions will be answered in time. You must not waste time worrying about such matters.'" Ursula started to add something else but changed what she was about to say. If I tell her the rest it would just give her a different worry to focus on. "I had the impression that those Beings sometimes spoke to her, but she does not understand much of what they tell her."
"Is that so? How did she know about me?"
"The Beings told her to pass on that message, through me, to the tall girl with the yellow hair." Ursula smiled. "There are very few people around who fit that description, Highness."
Eriana considered. "That is a message from those Beings, to me, delivered by a set of circumstances that could happen in no other way. The Visund calling at Bakhrad, you being aboard, Kaldar being aboard, the Yodans... Very well, Ursula, I will accept the message you have delivered, though it still leaves questions unanswered. However, you have answered the most important one for me, and that is that you will remain with us until we return to Palarand." She turned and gazed for a moment at the lights on the Sirrel. "It is time for us to retire for the night, I deem. Come, let us join the others."
~o~O~o~
"It doesn't taste too bad, Mistress." Kaldar swallowed the potion and looked at Ursula. "Is there any more? I mean, is that all I have to take?"
"It is only the first of many, Kaldar," Ursula replied. His face fell. She explained in a lowered voice, "These herbs will begin to make your chest right, now that I can get the herbs I need. They may also stop your, uh, Call of Kalikan, but we'll need to see what happens as time passes. There are other herbs which will have to wait until I can find a supply. There are three and the Woman in the Woods said that one grows in the very southern parts of Yod, which we will not reach for a day or two yet. The others, well, they are supposed to grow in the drier climate to the west, along the upper reaches of the Sirrel. Because of that, I have to find a supply and gather a stock, since you will still need to take them once we go down river again."
His eyes were solemn. "I understand, Mistress. I must needs thank you again for attempting to do something I believed impossible."
"This is something I thought impossible too, Kaldar. We do not have herbs like these on Earth, though there are other... uh, potions that are used. Mostly it is done by surgery."
He grimaced. "You told me about that, Mistress. If that were the only way I would attempt it, though. It is hard for me to live like this."
He gestured with his hands down at the dress he wore. Since they were in a smallish hostel there was no possibility for him to appear otherwise.
"I know. I have had to do the same from time to time." She added, "Shall we join the others?"
"As you desire, Mistress."
As they stood Tyra said, "I'll clean up and pack the basket, Mistress, and be right along behind you."
The three joined the other women in the courtyard where tables and chairs had been set out to permit diners to eat breakfast in the balmy morning air. Eriana already had a tankard of ale in front of her while the other women nursed mugs of pel.
Ursula, Tyra and Kaldar curtseyed. "Good morning, Your Highness," Ursula greeted Eriana. "I apologize for the delay, the potion took longer to mix than I had allowed for."
"Good morning, Ursula, Tyra, Kaldara. A new potion, it is to be expected. Please, find yourselves seats. This morning I am told there is something called zurin available and I will try it. It is smoked strips of zinakh meat and I believe that we have something similar in Einnland called flesk. Do you know of it?"
"Not by either of those names, Highness. However, from the description it sounds as if it could be familiar. I will wait and see what arrives and then I will be able to tell you if I know it or not."
The zurin had been flame grilled and Ursula knew exactly what it was when the plateful appeared. She picked up a strip and bit off a piece.
"Bacon! This would be known to both Garia and Maralin as bacon, Highness. It comes from an animal very similar to zinakh, though of course ours only have four legs."
She turned to the serving girl. "Can you bring us a plateful of bread rolls, please. About the size of those on the men's table."
The woman curtseyed. "As you wish, Mistress."
When the rolls arrived Ursula took one and slit it in two before inserting two rashers of bacon.
"This is a style of eating that I discovered in Canada, uh, Alberta, Highness. It permits you to enjoy the taste while keeping your hands mostly clean. Of course you can also eat it with a knife and fork."
Very soon all the women had bacon rolls on their plates and the men on the other tables were staring over with intense curiosity. As a result a plate heaped with zurin had appeared at each of the men's tables and extra supplies of bread rolls accompanied them - followed by the cook, who came to see why there was a sudden demand for the smoked meat. The men directed him to 'the Commodore'.
"We have eaten something like this before," Eriana pronounced casually. "We were surprised to find it in these remote lands. Is this a normal offering in the hostels of Yod?"
The cook bowed low. "Mistress, it is not." She did not bother to enlighten him. He continued, "Some of our local farmers discovered this means of preserving the meat against hard times in the winter. Since last winter was mild, there was excess and the hostel obtained some. Do you tell me that it is popular where you come from?"
"Not popular, no, but we do eat something similar. The flavorings used in this meat are more to my taste than those of my homeland, that is probably why my men are eating it."
The cook bowed again. "Mistress, I will remember your words and try our meats on other travelers. If there is a favorable response I will see if more may be obtained."
Ursula commented, "In many parts of our lands this way of preserving meat is very popular, Master Cook. Once people know about it the demand may grow considerably."
"Do you tell me?" The man looked thoughtful. "I must needs consult my suppliers, I deem. Now I should leave you to enjoy your zurin. By your leave?"
As they finished their rolls Eriana turned to Ursula. "This is our third day here and Tor informs me that the sail will be finished and re-hung by the end of this afternoon. Unless you have other reasons to stay, I propose that we depart tomorrow morning."
Ursula nodded. "I heard Tor speaking to some of the men yesterday evening, Highness. As you are aware I obtained a good supply of some herbs that Kaldar needs and I gave him the first dose this morning. However, the woman at the market told me that one of the others may be available from another healer who lives on the other side of the village. I propose going there this morning with Tyra to see if anything is available. Depending on the answer, I have no objection to sailing tomorrow."
"And if she says that herbs must be gathered, or brought to the village, you desire to wait."
"It depends, Highness. I will know by lunch time whether it would be a good idea to wait or not."
The Princess nodded. "We are in no hurry, though the days pass. I will wait for your word at lunch, then."
"Thank you, Highness."
* * *
"We have everything?"
"I think so, Mistress. It is a pity about the day dresses."
"Yes. Yesterday evening's shower did them no harm but they can not be worn again until they are ironed."
"As you say, Mistress. I intend to try that this afternoon, assuming there is time available."
Ursula shrugged. "I have nothing planned but who knows what this morning will bring. Let us go."
The two departed from the hostel to make the short walk up the slope from the port area to the main square of Tserikon, which was where the market was situated. They were not prepared for the attention that they encountered along the way.
"Mistress? Did we suddenly grow extra heads?"
"I am guessing that it is our ship dresses, Tyra. We had little alternative today. Still, they know we won't be around much longer. Once we sail away the outrage will soon be forgotten."
They passed a man with two dranakhs, one of them a youngster. Both stopped and turned towards them, the parent uttering a bleat. Then the youngster trotted across the road to greet Ursula, nudging her with its large snout. She placed a hand on it and smiled.
"Greetings, young one! Out for a walk with your mother today?"
The owner stopped in the middle of the road, astonished. "Mistress, do you speak to the beasts?"
"I do not know, sir," she replied. "I only know that for some reason they take a great interest in me."
"That is most unusual." He stared at their dresses. "As is the attire of you and your maid, Mistress. Is this customary wear where you come from?"
"In the hot months of summer, yes, sir. These are much cooler while we are sailing on the river."
"Ah, I see." He shook his head. "It is not my part... I give you warning that you may offend some, perhaps many, in the village. We of Yod are not accustomed to seeing so much flesh exposed."
"We know that now. We have more conventional day dresses on board but they were soaked by yesterday's rain. This is all we have available and we sail tomorrow."
"As you say. Unfortunate."
The young dranakh bleated at her.
"Yes, we had all better be on our way. Good day to you, sir."
"And to you, Mistress. Come, Tazin. Your mother has work to do."
In the market there were more mutters and disapproving stares but little more. Ursula reached the stall where she had obtained her herbs.
"Mistress Ursula! Good morning, and to you, Tyra." The stall-holder eyed them both cautiously. "Your attire today is... unusual."
"Good morning to you, Diara. Unusual in Yod, perhaps, but not elsewhere in the Great Valley. The dresses we wore yesterday were soaked by the late rain and this was all we had left."
"Do you tell me? An unfortunate circumstance, I deem. How may I attend you this morning, Mistress?"
"I had thought to visit that other healer you mentioned yesterday."
"The herbs I gave you are what you need?"
"They are, thank you, and I made a potion from them earlier today, before breakfast. Of course it will take some time for the results to show."
"As you say. But you still seek the other herbs, I would guess."
"That is so. If any are available it may save time later on."
"Of course. You need to speak with Mistress Pokara, then. If you go along that street," she pointed, "and look for a house with a blue door on your right. It does bear a healer's sign. The house will be almost at the end of the street, but Tserikon is not large."
Ursula dipped her head. "Thank you for the information. We will call here on our way back and tell you what she says."
"That will be useful, Mistress. Mistress Pokara seldom comes to the market these days so any news will be welcome. Till later, then."
The two walked across the market and entered the street, which was lined with dwellings either side. They walked along the cobbles, noticing that locals coming the other way kept clear of them, some passing with mutters. Used to the disapproval by now, the two thought little of it and continued.
It was a surprise, therefore, when strong hands grabbed both by their upper arms and manhandled them roughly to the side of the street. Four fairly large and rough men kept their hold while a fifth came round from behind to confront them. Revulsion showed his emotion very clearly.
"This display is not permitted in Yod, woman!" he addressed Ursula. "Where is your seemly attire? What man permits his women to walk the public streets brazenly attired thus? I will have his name and put it before the Committee!"
Ursula tried to shake her arms free but the grip was too strong. "Let go of me! I answer to no man but to Princess Eriana of Palarand. Let me go or feel her displeasure."
"Princess?" he sneered. "What fantasy is this? You are in Yod, woman, not some bedtime story land your mother may have told you. Now, who is he? I want his name."
"Her ship is in the port with thirty of her men. Once she learns that you have assaulted two of her crew she will demand a reckoning."
"Crew? On a ship?" He laughed. "What ship would ever come to a dump like this? For that matter, what woman could ever be crew on a ship? That is a job for strong men, not feeble women like you!"
She replied evenly, "I am a healer, personal physician to Her Highness. Let us go immediately!"
The man looked disgusted. "This is all female nonsense. Get these two off the streets, boys. Dars, you go to the meeting place and find something decent for these two to be seen in."
One of the men holding Tyra said, "Right, boss, but where will you put them?"
"That shed behind Farron's will do for now, I just want them out of the sight of respectable people as soon as we can."
"Oh, there. I'll be there as soon as I can."
Dars let go of Tyra's arm and trotted along the street, turning down an alley. Tyra chose that distraction to wrench her other arm free and turn on their captors.
"Let my mistress go! You have no idea who you are dealing with!"
She made to run off but the boss man took a quick step forward and backhanded her across the face. Tyra flew backwards and landed in a heap on the cobbles, blood coming from a split lip. He bent down, grabbed an arm and pulled her up before she could recover and make any further move.
"No idea who you are dealing with," he muttered angrily. Louder he responded, "Neither have you! Right, boys, let's get going before anything else happens."
At that moment a dranakh appeared out of the alley towing a cart, turning to go down to the port. The old man guiding the dranakh was walking alongside and took note of the group opposite, but when he saw who it was he kept his gaze firmly on the ground in front of him.
The dranakh did not. It stared at Ursula and made a complex bleat which made the old man's head snap up.
What do I do? What can I do? Can a dranakh take on four men... who are all heavily armed? Would it? How do I talk to it? There is so much about all this I do not know!
Then she had an inspiration. She closed her eyes and pictured the Visund, tied to the pontoons down at the port. Then she changed the picture to one of Eriana, standing proud with her sword poking up over her shoulder.
The dranakh bleated again and then carried on pulling the cart, which Ursula now saw was piled high with reeds, along the street. The old man followed without a backward glance. Her heart sank. It appeared that communication with dranakhs - if that was what she was capable of - was not going to be easy.
So much for that idea. We'll have to think of something else.
"What was that about?" one of the men asked.
"Dunno," their leader replied. "Them creatures are a mystery to most people. I wouldn't trust them myself. Maybe it picked up something from the women somehow. Come on, let's get going."
Ursula and Tyra were frog-marched along the street almost to the end. Although they were almost dragged along, Ursula managed to keep an eye out for landmarks in case any opportunity came to escape. She had enough presence of mind to notice the cross-and-leaf sign on the door of a cottage opposite, showing how close they had come to the residence of the healer she had sought. The men, however, turned the other way, along an access alley leading to the rear of the buildings lining the street. Here there were outbuildings and they were led to the front of one of these.
"I'll take those," the boss said, grabbing Ursula's basket and the bag from Tyra's shoulder. "You might be telling the truth or you might have weapons in these."
They were pushed inside. Like most outbuildings, this had been roughly built and probably a long time ago. As the door banged shut Ursula found that she could see easily because of the many gaps between the planks in the walls, but she could also see that the gaps, while admitting daylight, would be too small to help them escape.
"Let me look at that," she said to Tyra.
Maneuvering the girl around to get the best light on the wound, she inspected Tyra's lip. It was bleeding but not heavily.
She shook her head. "If I had my basket I could deal with that in a moment," she said. "Have you a cloth in that pocket, by chance?"
"I do, Mistress. What should I do with it?"
"Put a little spit on it and hold it firmly against your lip. That should slow up the bleeding and possibly help to reduce the swelling." Tyra's eyes widened so she added, "There's no swelling yet, but there might be if it is left on its own. Have you any bruises elsewhere? Scratches? Grazes? You fell on those cobbles fairly hard."
Tyra tried a faint smile but that just made the blood flow again. "Mistress, Semma has been teaching me to fall properly so it wasn't as hard as it looked." A grimace. "I probably did get a few bruises, though. What did you mean by spit?"
"Spit comes from your body so it isn't a foreign substance that your body would fight. It will also stop the cloth sticking to your lip. Since it comes from your mouth it has substances in it which will help clean the cut and fight infection. I cannot imagine that that man's hand would be very clean."
"Oh. Thank you, Mistress."
The outbuilding, while spacious enough, was completely empty. While Tyra attended to her lip Ursula cautiously investigated all of the sides, peering out through the cracks between the planks forming the walls. It was soon apparent that the timbers, although seeming to be old and fragile, could be difficult to shift to make a hole big enough to escape through.
It was also apparent that at least one of the men stood watch, leaning casually against another outbuilding some strides away. He would easily see or hear any attempt to escape. Ursula's basket and Tyra's bag lay to one side of his feet.
She turned back to Tyra. "There appears to be just one man keeping watch, over that side." She pointed. "While they are distracted, let me have a look at the rest of you. Any grazes could cause blood stains on that dress and we ought to do something about them before it dries."
"Blood stains, Mistress? But what can you do? You have no basket!"
Ursula smiled. "Spit again. Your own spit is the one thing that can remove your blood from cloth, Tyra. If you have ever sewn and pricked your finger, you would know what I mean."
"Sewn? Oh! Mistress, I did not know that."
It was easy enough to examine Tyra's body by lifting the thin dress and peeking under her undergarments. There were no grazes but several bruises had already begun to show. Tyra noticed that Ursula herself had begun to bruise where she had been held on her upper arms.
"Bruises are fine, Tyra. Cuts, grazes, even broken bones, they would be more of a problem. If there is one thing this shed is not, it is clean."
For want of anything else to do they both sat down cross-legged on the dirt floor, but Ursula thought that perhaps five minutes had passed before someone rattled the door latch and they both rapidly stood again, unsure of what would happen.
The door opened partway and the boss's face showed through.
"Here! Put these on. You shall not leave here until you do so."
He flung a bundle of cloth into the outbuilding and slammed the door shut. A conversation seemed to be going on outside so Ursula moved quickly to the door to overhear what she could.
"- I had a quick look inside both and she seems to be telling the truth, Commissioner." Commissioner. So, these people are most likely Yodans of the Ascendancy. "I don't know what most healers carry but what is in these appears to be more than just the usual ointments and field dressings."
"So? She's a healer. What is that to us? It does not give her permission to walk our streets half dressed!"
"Commissioner," Ursula recognized the voice of 'boss', who was now deferring to someone of greater authority, "if she is that knowledgeable a healer then she might be able to help the Old Leader. Perhaps we could take her to him? I believe it could be worth the risk."
"I don't know. Someone will be looking for them soon, a husband or maybe people from that ship in the port. Yes, she spoke that much of the truth but I cannot believe even now that -"
The voices turned indistinct as the two men walked off. Ursula checked to see that their guard still kept watch before turning away from the door, her mind racing.
Tyra went to investigate the bundle and nudged it apart with her foot, revealing two shapeless dresses and two cowls.
She bent closer. "Mistress, these are filthy. I would not care to - ew!" She jumped back a foot. "There are vermin, Mistress! Tiny scurrying things that run from the light, I am guessing."
"Lice, probably, or something similar. Get away from them, Tyra. They will be attracted by the warmth of your skin."
Despite her own warnings, Ursula carefully nudged the noxious bundles to one side of the outbuilding with the toe of one foot, thinking that if anything were to happen, a trip hazard would not be helpful. Then the two resumed their seated positions on the other side, forced to wait for others to decide their fate.
Ursula tried to focus on what she had heard because it had suddenly caused an explosion of possibilities. Though the conversation outside had been in the Yod-accented common tongue of the Great Valley, one word had been in a different language, one she knew well, and that word had caused her mind to consider the impossible: Führer.
Ursula and Tyra are in a fix and it is not certain when or how any rescue might be mounted. Down at the port, certain strange goings-on finally cause suspicions to be raised, but how are the Norse to find their companions? And what is the significance of that odd word which Ursula had overheard?
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
56 - Taken
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Mistress?"
Ursula's eyes moved to view Tyra, though her head did not move. "I have just learned something very odd and I am trying to think what it might mean," she answered.
"Oh. Do you want me to keep quiet?"
She let out a small sigh. "That will not be necessary, Tyra. Whatever it is, there is not much I can do about it while we are still in here. Besides," she added as a thought struck her, "it might even be dangerous for you to know."
The maid's eyes became round. "How do you mean, Mistress?"
She shook her head. "I cannot even give you a clue, Tyra. It might mean your death and mine."
The response was short and frightened. "Oh."
"It should not happen," Ursula tried to reassure her, "we have been dragged in here because we are wearing the wrong dresses, that is all. Soon enough, Eriana and the boys will be along and put this right. Either that or these men will give up and let us go."
"Well, I'm not wearing those things!" Tyra jabbed a finger at the heap of clothing.
"I agree. Still, I am sure we can work out something. Just be patient for now. We can do nothing else, after all."
"As you wish, Mistress."
* * *
The old man was surprised when his dranakh did not stop in the village square but plowed straight through between the stalls, causing some of the customers to scatter.
"Hey! Watch where you're going!"
The man dipped his head in apology. "I ask your pardon, Master. He does what he desires today. I do not know what has gotten into him!"
The cart rattled on down the slope to the port, the dranakh stopping only when it reached the barrier into the port proper. It bleated at the gate guard.
"Hey, now. What are you doing here? Oh, morning, Master Tarak, did Fenn get away from you?"
The old man slowed to a halt beside the gate, puffing from the chase. "Kobin, good day to you." He took a few deep breaths before adding, "I have no idea what is happening. He has been acting strangely this morning."
He decided not to mention the incident with the two women. The Wardens could be an awkward group if they felt like it. Besides, it seemed trivial.
"Ah? It happens sometimes, even with dranakh. Who are you delivering that lot to?"
"What? Oh, these, the rushes? They're not for any barge that I know of, they were supposed to be for the basket-maker on Two-mast Lane. I have no idea why Fenn decided to come down here."
The guard looked at the dranakh, who returned the gaze before facing the river once more.
"He wants something down there, I guess. Do you think he knows a mate might be down there? That's the only thing I can think of."
Tarak was doubtful. "He is old enough not to be bothered with that nonsense, I deem, though of course I know as much about it as you do. Will you let us through? You know us both well, we are not going to steal anything or cause damage."
Kobin eyed the dranakh. "Well you might not be strong enough to damage anything but Fenn is. Still, it will take more than the two of us to change his mind now."
"As you say."
Kobin raised the simple bar that marked the boundary of the port area and Fenn walked straight through. As Tarak followed him the gate guard called after him, "Tell me what you find, will you?"
"I'll do that."
Instead of stopping at the head of either of the two pontoons as would be usual Fenn made for the slipway at the upstream end. He stood there patiently until Tarak arrived, and then began wiggling his hind quarters. Tarak came to stand in front of him with his hands on his hips.
"What is it you want, Fenn? There is nothing here."
The dranakh looked directly at him, bleated a complex sentence and then wiggled his rear end again.
Tarak's shoulders dropped and he sighed. "Fenn, I am getting too old for these games now. You want to be unhitched? It seems I have little choice."
He walked to the shafts of the cart and unbuckled the straps holding Fenn's harness to the cart. Once the second buckle had been undone, Fenn immediately walked down the long slipway and into the water. He headed straight out into the Sirrel and then turned abruptly right once he had cleared the end of the nearest pontoon string.
"Maker!"
Having made sure that his cart was safe enough, Tarak walked back as fast as he could to the head of the pontoons and climbed the ramp to the first one. There were several barges moored up along with a number of the fishing boats who would go out after dark. It was not possible to see much in the water, so he hurried along to the end of the pontoon string, reaching the end as his legs began to burn. As he did so Fenn came past him, swimming away from the land and back out into the Sirrel. The dranakh went around the end of the other pontoon string and vanished.
"Maker, I am too old for this," he muttered as he staggered back along the pontoon string. "Whatever you are doing, it had better be worth all this trouble."
- - -
Fenn rounded the second corner and saw a vessel which looked something like the strange shape he had seen in the woman's mind. He swam alongside it, noticing for the first time that it was not like most of the other human vessels at all. However, to make sure he swam all the way down the outside of the other pontoon, sizing up all the other craft and mentally discarding them.
It was that vessel, the one he had first seen, and it was bigger than he had expected. Perhaps the woman with the odd colored hair was supposed to be on board? He came to a halt opposite the wooden thing and back-paddled so that he could see all of it. There were several humans on board, doing some of their incomprehensible work, or so he supposed.
One of them was a female, but surely she could not be the one? She was seated so he could not judge the height, but his other senses told him she was a juvenile... and perhaps not a female at all, despite appearances. The others were obviously male and they had on coverings of an unusual color for the area.
This was frustrating! Perhaps he had misunderstood the message? After all, his kind misunderstood much of what their owners tried to tell them - although the visions of that one had been particularly clear. He swam nearer to the vessel, lifted his mouth clear of the water and spoke.
- - -
«Hey, Tor! Look, there is a dranakh in the water and it has taken interest in us!»
«Where?» Tor stood up and saw the beast. «I see it. What does it want with us, I wonder?»
«Who knows?» Ormund responded. «What is it doing in the water? Why did it not walk along the floating dock?»
Tor answered, «The floating docks are too narrow for such a beast and the weight would probably sink them.»
«Sorry, Captain, I should have realized that.»
Brodgar added, «But that still does not tell us what it is doing here.»
He stood up, went to the hull and said, «Greetings, beast of the water. What is it you want with us?»
He was rewarded by a repeat of the same bleat as before.
«I am sorry, we do not understand what you want.»
"There you are!"
The men turned to see an old man staggering along the pontoon towards them. He reached the Visund, gasping, and leaned for support against one of the poles which restrained the pontoons. Tor jumped up off the deck to meet him.
"Can I help? Is that your beast in water?"
"Yes, he is named Fenn and I have no idea why he is here. What is he doing?"
"He floats there and makes a noise. We do not understand."
Tarak managed a weak smile. "Neither do I, Master. He has been behaving strangely all morning."
There was a girl in the strange-looking ship wearing a green dress. She suggested, "I think he might be looking for someone, Captain."
"What? How do you know that?"
Kaldara looked confused. "I do not know, Captain. The idea just came."
Tor looked at Tarak and shrugged. "We could try."
He turned to his men and said, «If he is looking for somebody we could see if it is one of us. Each of you go and stand by the hull facing it. The others keep to this side.»
Each of the sailors stood up and moved nearest the Dranakh while the others moved away, an awkward maneuver with the yard partly lowered. Each man received the same bleat, one which grew in volume each time. Tor remembered that he had not presented himself, so jumped down and faced the beast as the last man. The blast which was returned nearly knocked him over.
He called up to Tarak. "It is not us. Perhaps we have the wrong idea."
Then Kaldara stood. "Captain, maybe it is me! Can I try?"
"Why not? Try, Kaldara."
She moved to the hull and received a different response to the one the men had gotten. However, it was clear that it was also a rejection.
"I wonder." Tarak had now recovered somewhat and moved away from the pole, bowing to those in the ship. "I am forgetting my manners. I am Tarak Reedcutter and that is my dranakh Fenn."
Tor stood and returned the bow. "I am Tor son of Magnus, Captain of this ship the Visund. You have an idea?"
"Fenn gave a different answer to your girl. It seems plain to me that he seeks a female and that your girl is not the one. Do you carry other women on such a strange vessel as this?"
Tor gave a big smile which took Tarak by surprise. "We have many women, Master. All are busy in the hostel or town."
"Many women?" Tarak pointed. "On this open vessel?"
Tor pointed at the barge behind Tarak. "Also use that barge, more comfortable for women. But have carried women to sea in past."
"You sail this vessel out to the sea?" Tarak was amazed. "Never mind. I can see you are foreigners, you even speak a different tongue. Can you bring your women here, to see what Fenn says?"
"Yah. I will go and fetch. Maybe not all in hostel, I will bring as many as I find."
"Captain!" Tor turned at Kaldara's voice. "I should go, they may be upstairs."
He nodded understanding. If any man went they would not be permitted into the Women's Quarter. "Go. Bring them all."
Kaldara jumped up onto the pontoon and began running along it, her skirts flying. Tor watched her with a frown that Tarak noticed.
"Master? You do not look happy. Is the girl all right?"
"Yah, she is fine. We have not asked question, why beast wants woman."
Kaldara ran along the chain of pontoons and across the cobbled hardstanding to the port entrance, ducking under the gate pole. She crossed the narrow street outside and went into the courtyard of the hostel. It was filled with the Norsemen who were enjoying themselves with exercises and mock combat, several swords ringing in the morning air.
Watching them with amazement and more than a little apprehension were some of the other guests and many of the staff, who stood on the surrounding walkways viewing the apparent mayhem. Also gathered on a separate walkway were the five rescued women, who stood with Semma as their immediate escort. All now knew that they had nothing to fear from the Norsemen but there were others in the courtyard and so they kept their distance.
«Ha!»
Lars lowered his sword. «Highness, if you keep doing that you will ruin the edge of your sword. It is not a practice sword you may mangle and have the smith hammer out.»
Eriana put up her sword, intending to agree, but Kaldara's appearance stopped her.
"What is it?"
"Highness, something strange has happened. A dranakh is in the water by the ship and it seeks something. Captain Tor thinks it might be a woman."
"What?" Eriana tried to understand the news. "A dranakh? Whose?"
"There is an old man, I think it might be his."
"If it wanted one of us, why did it not come here?" She shook her head. "Never mind. You say it is by the ship. How?"
"It is swimming in the water, Highness. It swam around the other boats and then came back to the ship. I think it might have been specially looking for the Visund. Captain Tor thought it might have wanted one of the men but it seems not. Then I tried and the answer was no but different."
Eriana shook her head again. "I do not understand. Mayhap it wants Ursula, they have been interested in her before, but she is not here, she has gone to the market." She came to a decision. "If it wants a woman we should all go." She turned to Lars. «Collect the men. I cannot think but there may be trouble.»
«Yah. Will you need us down there?»
«I do not think so. They should grab their weapons and be ready when we return. Something is wrong.»
Without waiting for an answer she strode off to the walkway where the women were watching. "If you would all come with me, Semma as well. Something strange has happened at the ship and you may be needed. If not, you will be safer there than in the hostel."
The women looked alarmed but made ready to follow Eriana.
"Where is Bennett? Ah, Bennett, if you would join us. Something strange is happening at the Visund and Kaldara tells me that for some reason women are required."
Bennett wiped the sweat from her face and momentarily came to attention. "Of course, Highness."
Eriana remembered that there were other men involved now. She looked around, conscious that she had forgotten them. "Where are Baros and the bargemen?"
"Highness," Bennett replied, "they are probably in the market. Yesterday they required fresh attire and were having some made. Knowing we would leave tomorrow, they made haste to see what was ready."
"Ah. Then they are safely out of the way for now. Kaldara, if you would lead us back to the ship."
The girl led the group back down to the port gate, where one look at them by the guard caused the pole to be raised. Soon they had reached the Visund revealing a startled Tarak.
"If I may ask, who are you?"
The old man bowed. "Mistress, I am Tarak Reedcutter, owner of Fenn, my dranakh. I do not know what he is doing here."
"I am... let us not confuse you. I am Captain Eriana, owner of the Visund here. I have with me most of the women who sail with me and my men. What is going on?"
Tor called up, «Captain, each of us has presented himself to the dranakh, who is there,» he pointed, «but it is apparent that we are not who it wants. It gave a different answer to Kaldara and, though it rejected her as it did us, I thought it may seek a particular woman among the company.»
«Then let me test this first. What must I do?»
«Simply stand in the hull facing the beast, Captain. We will know by its reply.»
Eriana did not need to stand by the hull to know that Fenn had found the right person. Immediately he caught sight of her he thrashed in the water and let out a volley of bleats. He then surprised everyone by swimming out towards the river and disappearing.
Eriana turned and put her hands on her hips. "What is going on?"
"Captain," Tarak replied, "he entered the water by the slipway, which is beyond the other line of pontoons. I deem he will wait for you there."
Eriana was thoroughly confused by now, but dealt with immediate matters. She jumped back onto the pontoon.
"Ladies, if I must ask you to go aboard the Green Ptuvil and stay there for now. Tor and his men will watch over you, as will Semma. Tor, guard the women and hold this end of the pontoons if necessary."
"Yah, Highness." He only had six sailors with him but it would have to do.
Eriana turned and gazed into the distance where the dranakh presumably waited. "What does it want with me?" she muttered.
Tarak suggested, "Captain, he has been acting strangely this morning. I do not know why."
"Did anything happen this morning, anything at all, when this began? A sudden noise, perhaps? People running past?"
"No, Captain -"
"Excuse us, sir," Semma asked him, "if we may pass."
"Of course, Mistress." He bowed and moved to one side to let the women reach the barge.
"Wait! I recall, now, something that seemed trivial then, but they were dressed in the same attire as the mistress there."
"They?" Eriana asked, intent. "Who? When?"
"On the way here. Captain, you should know that in Tserikon there are self-appointed wardens, so-called, who wander the village ensuring that all behave in a way that satisfies them. As Fenn and I came down the street I saw a group of the ruffians, for that is what they really are, accost two women who were unseemly dressed, just as that woman there is. Not wishing to draw attention to myself, I ignored the disturbance but Fenn took an interest, calling to the women."
"Ah... perhaps! Did either of them reply?"
"Not that I noticed, Captain. Then we passed by and carried on our way, but from that moment on, it now occurs to me, Fenn's only thought was to come here to the port."
Semma, who had stopped to listen to the explanation, said, "Two women, wearing ship dresses... Mistress Ursula! Did she not intend to go to the market with Tyra this morning?"
"Aye! Thank you, Semma, you have discovered the truth, I deem." Now anxious, Eriana turned to Tarak. "So these ruffians have them, then. Where might they be taken, do you know?"
"Captain, I do not. I try to avoid having anything to do with them."
"But your beast may know, it seems."
Tarak threw his arms wide. "Captain, if Fenn knows where they may be, I would not know how he could find them."
"Enough. Let us go. Master Tarak, if you would accompany us? We will protect you should these guardians of virtue object to our presence."
"But what can you do? There are but two of you, women with swords, and I have never seen such a thing before."
Eriana smiled. "My men are all at the hostel, Master Tarak. You will be safe with us."
She spun. "Kaldara! Stay here with Tor. We could face a battle above. Tor, you know what to do."
Shortening her pace to permit Tarak to keep up, Eriana led the way back to the hardstanding and from there to Tarak's cart, where Fenn stood waiting. The Princess reached him and put her hand on his head, hoping to get a reaction, but there was none. Releasing him, she said, "Fenn, you have summoned me, here I am. Find my friends for me!"
Fenn immediately trotted up to the port gate and stood waiting. When Eriana, Tarak and Bennet joined him Kobin looked at Tarak with interest.
"My friend," Tarak replied, "it is still a mystery. The beast sought a woman, this Captain, and it appears that those Wardens have seized two women who travel with her."
"The Wardens!" Kobin spat and stared at Eriana's sword. "Captain, I hope you know how to use that sword."
"I do," she replied, "and so do all my men who have been practising in the courtyard yonder."
"Then I wish you and your men good luck, Captain. The Wardens are a pestilence in Tserikon."
He opened the gate and Fenn trotted off along the street back towards the market place.
"Stop! Wait there, Fenn."
The dranakh stopped and turned, plainly impatient. Eriana gestured at the hostel where Lars stood at the courtyard entrance waiting.
«Lars, it is Ursula and Tyra!» she called. «Some self appointed guardians of virtue have taken them.»
«We come. Boys! Ursula is in trouble!»
Tarak was surprised by the men who poured out of the hostel courtyard. "Captain, I see what you mean. Fenn, carry on."
Behind them came Kalmenar and Hashim.
"My Lord, go you to the Visund immediately. Hashim, go with him. I fear that laws are about to be broken and I would not have you accused. I would rather you were elsewhere ready to rectify our mistakes."
Kalmenar replied with a smile, "As you command, Captain."
When the mob of heavily armed men reached the market there were shouts and even one scream. Everyone scrambled out of the way as Fenn plowed through again on a reverse course. Ignoring those in the market, Eriana and her men pressed on, entering the street where Ursula and Tyra had ventured. Soon Fenn reached the point where the women had been stopped and he waited for the company to catch up.
"It was about here, Captain," Tarak explained. "We came out of that alley and the group were standing over there."
"How many?"
Tarak frowned. "I took little notice, Captain, once I saw who it was. Four, maybe five. And the two women, of course."
"Which way do you think they would go, Master Tarak?"
"As I said, Captain, I try to avoid them. I do know that they have a... meeting hall, I suppose you could call it, where they are said to gather, but it is two streets that way."
"Would they have dragged two women that distance through the streets without being noticed?"
"Captain, I do not think so, but if anyone should say anything, I could not say."
Eriana was frustrated. "Fenn! Which way should we go?"
The dranakh looked at her and bleated. It then began changing direction, as though searching, but soon turned and faced her again.
«Captain,» Lars suggested, «there may be another way.»
He reached down into his tee-shirt top and pulled out a lanyard with his whistle on the end.
«That may work. It will depend on how far away they are and if they can hear it.»
«I know. They may be inside somewhere. But it is worth a try.»
«Do it.»
He put the whistle to his lips and blew four short blasts. Tarak jumped and covered his ears. Everybody went quiet as they listened for any response.
«Nothing. Maybe they cannot reply. Do it again, Lars.»
He blew the signal again and they all listened. Faintly a reply came from somewhere across the road.
«Quickly! That alley over there!»
The men ran across and looked along the alley, seeing the men facing them in the space beyond the houses, ready with sticks - or were they swords?
«Could this be a trick?» Lars asked. «There are many buildings here, where would they be?»
«Find out!» Eriana ordered, her anxiety mounting. «Blow again.»
* * *
In the outbuilding Ursula heard the door being released and jumped to her feet. It opened and the 'boss' man came in. Several others were visible outside, all with stride-long sticks. In one hand he had a plate with chunks of rough bread and in the other a jug of water. Small mugs hung from two fingers.
"I do not know why we are feeding you but it is getting hot again so you will need water. Why have you not put on those clothes?"
He put the food and water down on the floor as Ursula replied, "We are not putting those filthy things on. They are dirty and we saw lice walking over them."
He looked at her with a sneer. "So? You'll stay here until you change your minds. I will not have any woman walking our streets looking as you do."
A call from outside. "Boss?"
He turned. "What?"
"I think you'd better come out here. Quickly."
He took the two steps needed to go outside and slammed the door. They could hear the latch drop. As before, Ursula moved to the door to try and catch the conversation but what she heard was something different.
"Tyra! Quick! I need you to whistle, as loud as you can! Four short blasts!"
"Mistress?"
"I just heard what I thought was a whistle from outside."
"Our men!"
She put her fingers into her mouth and blew. In the confined space, Ursula flinched and then covered her ears. Surprisingly, there was no apparent reaction from the men outside.
For a short while nothing happened except the sound of movement outside and then the signal repeated once more. It sounded a little closer this time.
"Do it again, Tyra!" Ursula said and covered her ears.
Then there were shouts, followed by the distinct sound of blade on blade.
Ursula moved away from the door. "Let us stand out of the way. I don't like the sound of this."
Somebody bounced off the side of the outbuilding with a sharp cry of pain. The sounds of fighting died down and then the building shook violently. Three, four, five times something pounded at the door, making Ursula wonder if the whole thing was about to collapse. Then they heard a familiar voice.
"Fenn, that's enough. We can do this now."
A different hammering then, as if someone was using an ax on the door. It flew open, pulled by the welcome figure of Lars, an ax in his free hand. Eriana rushed in, her sword bloody.
"Thank the Gods! You are safe!"
She grabbed Ursula in a passionate embrace and kissed her full on the lips.
* * *
I do not know what to do.
Ursula lay flat on her back in their chamber at the hostel. It was late afternoon and Tyra lay beside her, her breathing regular as she napped, but Ursula had been unable to drop off, the day's incidents churning repeatedly through her brain.
I do not know what to do!
The day's first surprise seemed like child's play to solve compared to the second, but the first was simply a question that required some investigation to answer. The second, though, threatened to complicate her entire life.
Am I reading too much into this or am I not reading enough? What have I missed?
Eriana's immediate reaction had been shocked, flustered, embarrassed. She had pushed away from Ursula and turned, without a further word, to run out of the outbuilding, leaving Ursula gazing into the questioning eyes of Lars.
She had given a surprised shake of the head in reply and then seen the bodies outside. Her training had taken over and she moved to the doorway.
"Is it safe, Lars?"
"Yah, Mistress."
"Then," she pointed, "I have work to do." She turned. "Tyra, come on."
Outside she collected her basket and the bag, neither of which had been touched during the short fight. Around her were five bodies, three of which were undeniably dead, one almost decapitated. One of the other two was holding a rag to his upper arm while the other had a gashed scalp and a chest wound. All were locals. Nearby, two Norse were winding bandages around each other's arms, she couldn't see the details. Other Norse were standing around, bloody swords at the ready, guarding the site. Also watching the activity was Eriana who stood next to a dranakh. She could not meet Ursula's eyes.
She squatted down to the most heavily wounded man, who made a sound and tried to back away from her.
"Don't be stupid, man!"
His voice was hoarse. "But you - You're a -"
"I am a healer and I need to look at your wounds." She was furious at the senseless response. "Did you make special plans to die today?"
He grimaced but relaxed. "No. Mistress."
"Trust me. I do know what I am doing, which is more than I could say for you or your friends."
The first thing was the chest wound, which looked worse than it was. He had taken a sword blow that had cut the flesh deeply but somehow bounced off a rib, which was clearly visible.
"Tyra! Fetch me out that jug of water, please."
"Here, Mistress."
Ursula sloshed water into the cut to clean it, then picked a numbing salve to fill the wound before fishing out her sewing kit. She stitched the cut together and bandaged it before turning to the head wound. That also needed stitches and a bandage.
"I should tell you that you should rest and let these heal properly, but that is not what will happen, is it?"
The man looked at her with a confused expression. "No, Mistress. Probably not. Why do you do this? Who are you and what are these men to you?"
"We arrived three days ago on a ship, heading upriver. We are all foreigners from remote lands. The men serve the Princess there, standing by that dranakh."
That sharpened his gaze. "She is a real Princess?"
"Oh, yes! And, as you probably found out, deadly with a sword."
"I did not know such things were possible." He looked embarrassed. "Thank you for your attention, Mistress. It is more than I deserve."
"I would not disagree. Now, If you would excuse me, I have to see to your friend, who does not know how to treat a wound to his arm."
Ursula was just tying off the last bandage to a Norse arm as Bennett appeared in the alley mouth, leading four members of the village watch, identifiable by their white neckerchiefs. They were reluctant to thread their way through the Norse but were shooed in to stand facing Eriana.
"If I must ask your intentions, gentlemen."
"What are you to these men? Are you in charge?"
"I am Captain Eriana of the ship Visund, presently in your port. These are my men and they are all sworn to me. The women you see here are also of my crew. Two of them were accosted and kidnapped, held captive in that shed there. We came to rescue them but those men decided to fight." She smiled nastily, which made the leader back away. "It was not a good choice. Two survive, three did not. One or two others may have run away."
The leader turned and studied the bodies. "Oh, the Wardens." He looked nervous as he turned back to Eriana. "Which are those who were taken?"
"Those two there." Eriana pointed to Ursula and Tyra, now repacking the basket and bag.
"What, the -" He stopped and gulped. "Yet they minister to those who took them?"
"Ursula is a healer of some skill. Her duty does not let her choose who to attend to and who to ignore."
"I struggle to understand her dedication, Captain, but I cannot condemn her for it. What is it you intend here?"
"It is I who must needs ask you that question. You are?"
"Gorath Tilesetter, Senior Watchman of Tserikon, Captain." He stared up at Eriana but thought better of making any further comment. "To kidnap as they did was unlawful, that is true, and your men are within their rights to recover the women. As we are a port we do sometimes get fights between visitors and local folk but usually there is little to concern us. However, today there are deaths. I can see - How many are dead or injured, Captain?"
"Three of them are dead, Master Gorath, those two sitting down are the injured. Two of my men were injured enough to require treatment, several others have small cuts they will deal with themselves. If you would tell me, what are these Wardens? Do they enjoy any legal status?"
"Captain, they have no legal standing in Tserikon or anywhere else. Only we four of the Watch and some few of the port have such offices. Of course, we also have a village committee which keeps general order." Gorath's expression was bitter. "But the Wardens appointed themselves to tell us how to attire ourselves and what we should or should not do. There are more of them than we four, they interfere, it has been difficult for us to do our duty."
By this time Ursula and Tyra had joined the small group, overhearing the last words.
Ursula said, "Did you know that these men are followers of the Ascendancy?"
"Mistress? The Ascendancy is no more... but I could believe what you say. What proof have you?"
She pointed. "That shed has many holes in the walls and I listened to some conversations. One of these men, I do not know which, was called a Commissioner by another. Is that a rank used only by the Ascendancy?"
"Mistress, it is, and your news confirms what we have privately believed for some time." His fellows murmured agreement and nodded. "This changes what I must needs do, I think, but the principle remains. Since we have deaths here I must needs ask an Arbiter to come from Wadek. Captain, Mistress, I do not think you will be in any danger from his questions. Where the Overlords are concerned it is easy to see that you defended yourselves as you must. These slain, in my view, only improve Tserikon by their deaths."
Eriana asked, "Who is this Arbiter? What is his purpose? We intended to depart tomorrow, how long would this delay us?"
"Captain, our Arbiters are what you could name... a kind of rural judge, I suppose. He travels around the villages of this district settling whatever ills have happened since his last visit. Of course, for anything serious those involved must needs go to Wadek. As for any delay, Wadek is only a few marks, a morning's ride for any man. If I send now, he could be here sometime tomorrow morning."
She nodded. "So, an extra day, perhaps two. We have no strict dates on which to be anywhere but I am concerned by the days that slip by. Master Gorath, we have recently come from Bakhrad, which had been held by a group of renegade Yodan soldiers. We freed Bakhrad and Bakhzorum but the delay has cost us four days."
Gorath's eyebrows shot up. "Renegade Yodan soldiers? How many?"
"I am not certain. We killed many but captured more. Maybe seventy."
"Seventy? Maker! And yet you survived."
"It was not a pitched battle, Master Gorath. We met them split into parties everywhere except at their main base, a remote farmhouse which we attacked at night. They had hostages which we freed, men and women, in such a poor state that we must needs bring them with us until they recover. But that is a different tale, I deem. What will you do with these two men?"
"We have a lockup... is that man fit to walk?"
Ursula answered, "He has a deep chest wound but it is not serious. He can walk a short distance but if your lockup is much further it would not be a good idea."
"I shall ask for a cart, then. Captain, are you and your men returning to the port hostel?"
"We will, but we can stay and offer you escort if you so desire."
"Captain, I do, and I thank you for the offer. These Wardens numbered fifteen or so and the others must know what has happened by now. The presence of your men should dissuade them from attempting anything stupid."
"They have already done that!"
Gorath sighed. "As you say, Captain. If I may ask, your attire and that of all your folk seems strange to my eye. Is this a uniform of some kind?"
"For myself, and for Bennett there, we wear the uniform of His Majesty's Palace Guard."
"His Majesty? Do you mean Palarand?"
"I do. My men wear lightweight summer attire devised for us in Joth."
"Ah, I see. But these other two women were the cause of the disturbance and their attire is also unusual."
"As you say. That was also designed by those of Joth for summer wear," Eriana explained with a straight face. "The style has become very popular almost everywhere we have landed."
"Except for Yod, I would guess. Are we so different from others you have met along the Valley, then?"
"I could not say, Master Gorath. Those below Yod, certainly, but we have yet to venture further."
Lars joined the group then.
«Ah, Lars. If you would find some men and escort Ursula and Tyra back to the hostel. Master Gorath of the Watch here desires us to provide an escort for him to take those two men to his lockup.»
«Yah, Captain.»
So Ursula and Tyra left the scene with Lars. Eriana had not once looked directly at Ursula.
- - -
"Mistress?"
Ursula yawned. "Tyra. You slept well, I guess? It sounded as if you did."
"As you say, Mistress, but I guess that you did not."
"No. I have had a lot to think about."
Tyra was unsure what to say. "About what Her Highness did, Mistress?"
Ursula smiled faintly. "Yes, Tyra, among other matters. You saw it. Tell me what you saw."
"I am not sure, Mistress. It looked like Lars pulled the door open, she ran in and grabbed you, then kissed you. Then she realized what she had done and ran away. Is that right?"
"That is exactly right, Tyra. Now, my problem is that, aside from the personal aspects of what happened, I do not know the customs of such matters in the Great Valley - and, I think, neither does she."
"The personal - Oh. As you say, Mistress. Um." Tyra thought hard then gave a timid smile. "I thought that I knew we of Joth well enough but mayhap I do not, Mistress. I do know that there are men who would rather acquaint themselves with other men than with women but two women together? Mistress, I do not know how such would be received in Joth. Of course, there are many women who are nothing more than friends together but that is not what you mean, is it?"
"No, it is not. Do you know what a crush is?"
"Of course, Mistress! Many a young girl or boy has crushes at times, it is what happens when we are growing up. Like what Lord Mathenar had, I deem. Do you tell me that Her Highness has a crush on you?"
"I begin to wonder. There have been moments during the weeks we have been together that I can now see in a different way, Tyra. It may be just an interest in an exotic foreigner like me or the care shown by a noble for someone who travels with her. Some of the questions she has asked now make me think otherwise." She mused, "A crush is one thing but I wonder if it is anything more."
"Mistress? If it is more, then I must ask, if you are willing, for your own feelings."
Ursula sighed. "It is very difficult for me, Tyra. Remember that until about three months ago I had the body of a man and little prospect of that changing soon. As such I thought that I would be interested in men but I knew they would not like what I was, an imitation of a woman. Now that I am here, and a real woman, I should be interested in men but I also know that my past may lead me to make a different choice. Would that cause you a problem?"
"Me, Mistress? If course not! Whoever you choose, you will still need someone like me beside you."
Ursula smiled warmly. "Thank you for your support, Tyra." The smile faded. "Eriana intrigues me, true, but I have never considered that she might -" She shook her head. "The idea is interesting, but it is really too soon for me to make such choices. However, Eriana is Eriana and we both know she can be an unstoppable force. We will just have to wait and see what happens."
"As you say, Mistress."
"There is one thing, though. She will not look at me right now because she thinks she has done something she should not have. This evening I must fix that otherwise the next few weeks could be impossible for both of us."
"After today, Mistress, I can only agree."
* * *
Eriana emerged from the washroom and sighed. Her stomach twisted as she remembered yet again the stupid thing she had done earlier that day. One single moment and she had broken the trust of the most important member of the company.
She climbed the rear stairs, wondering how much sleep she was about to get. As she climbed she raised her eyes - to see Ursula leaning on the railings of the landing, her attention elsewhere, and Tyra waiting, watching her. As she climbed another step Tyra bobbed a curtsey and disappeared into the building.
She reached the landing. Her smile was twisted.
"I might have known." She paused, gathering courage to say the difficult thing. "Ursula, I am very sorry about what happened this -"
"Highness, there is nothing to apologize for." Ursula turned to face her.
"There is, Ursula." Just saying the name cut deeply. "I should not have done -"
"Highness. There is no need to apologize."
The strong response took Eriana aback. "What do you mean? Surely..."
"Highness. Listen to me, for I am speaking to you now as a healer. Your healer tonight. My job is not just to sew people up and feed them potions, it is to mend their whole body and mind if I can. What happened today was completely unexpected for both of us. I could see it in your eyes, you did not know it was coming any more than I did.
"But what I could see is that it was from your heart, Eriana, and there is no blame for that. It came truly and you saw what your heart already knew and it frightened you. For me it was shock as well but more because it was something I had not expected at all. It has made me consider many questions about matters I did not think I would need to think about for many months.
"Firstly, let me make it plain to you that I do not reject what you did today. I must also add that I cannot fully accept it either. I have been on Anmar such a short time that I do not know what my preferences might be or when I will become interested in such things - or with whom. I have woman's body, I do not know if I will be attracted to men or to women... or to both or neither.
"There are other concerns. Neither of us has any idea what customs of Great Valley are if relationship is not between one man and one woman. On Earth such things can be permitted but it varies from place to place and time to time. Here I have no idea.
"The thought to me is not displeasing but we cannot explore more yet." Ursula paused to choose her words. "Do you understand what I mean if I say, 'You are pushing at door which is open'?"
Eriana nodded mutely.
"Then consider, this time door is not open yet but neither is it locked shut. Highness, we do not have time or place for this complication, there are more urgent things we have to think about before we depart. We both need time to think about what happened and decide if more might be possible - or advisable. For now we must be friends, nothing more. Perhaps when we arrive at Bibek we may know better."
Eriana bowed her head. "Ursula, your words are wise. I did not know before what would happen and I thought I had gravely offended you. Thank you. But what do you mean, there are other things to we have do now? Surely, once those men have been dealt with we can be on our way again?"
"I would agree, but when we were in that shed I overheard some conversations. The one who led that band spoke of a Leader, an Old Leader, and it sounded as if he wanted to take me to him as I appeared to be a knowledgeable healer. I can understand that, old people often have ailments. But the word he used was not leader in the local tongue, it was Führer, a word in an Earth language that I can speak. To me that suggests that the Old Leader is another transferee from Earth, and that he came to Anmar a long time ago, maybe sixty-five years ago - Earth years, I have not tried to count Anmar years."
"Another from Earth? But if he is so old then why are you interested? Just because he is of Earth? Surely, after all this time, anything he has told to those of Yod will be of little meaning today."
"But the language he used is important, Highness. He is probably German, or German speaking, and in that time on Earth, when he lived there, the German nation tried to conquer all the countries around them. They mostly succeeded for a short time. Führer is the name they gave to the leader of that madness. It is not used anywhere else because of that. Those of Germany of that time were taught that they were superior to everybody else, that the rest were lower kinds of human. Does that remind you of anyone?"
"Those of Yod!" she hissed. "The Ascendancy! Do you tell me this Old Leader may be the source of all that is wrong in this land?"
Ursula shook her head. "Not all of it, Highness. From what I have heard Yod has been like this for a long time. But this man may have started the most recent rise, he may even have created the Ascendancy itself."
A single word overheard has led Ursula to believe that another transferee arrived in Yod many years ago, possibly leading to the creation of the Ascendancy. But any new leads must be followed cautiously, since those who still support the defeated Ascendancy trust no-one. A curious deal is struck.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
57 - The Search
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
At breakfast the following morning the company were again
offered bacon rolls which most accepted eagerly. On the women's
table, only Vellana looked reluctant.
"What is the problem, dear?" Eriana asked her.
The young former villager smiled hesitantly. "Highness, I know you mean well but I am not at all used to such rich food."
"Rich food?" Eriana echoed. "Vellana, this is not rich food but something of the kind that might be picked up at any wayside eating place. If you remain with me long enough you will indeed discover rich food since that is what is usually served in Palarand's palace."
"A palace? Highness, I thought..." Vellana stopped and then giggled. "It had not occurred to me where a Princess must needs reside, Highness. I beg your pardon."
"Ha! A palace is indeed where most Princesses are born and grow up but that does not mean they desire to remain within its walls once they come of age, Vellana. For myself I much prefer to be on the Visund, as you may easily imagine. However, most Princesses will marry someone of like rank and go to live in another palace or great house where the food may be just as rich. Nay, the food we eat here at the hostel is merely decent travelers' fare, I deem."
"Highness," Ursula interjected, "Both Matta and Vellana come from remote villages and will be unused to the kinds of food that we take for granted. Add in the fact that they have been half-starved for months and I am not surprised that they struggle with what we are provided."
Eriana nodded. "Of course. Forgive me, girls, I have forgot your recent woes. Ursula is right, you probably do not even know what most of Yod is used to eating, do you?"
Both Matta and Vellana shook their heads. The former answered, "No, Mistress. For me it was whatever my father caught from the river, some few vegetables and, in the spring and summer, fresh greens. I did not eat meat until..." Her voice trailed off, remembering.
"Until the Yodan soldiers took you," Eriana supplied, her expression grim. "And, probably, only while they still had any. Girls, you have my sympathies, but whatever those beasts did to you, it is true that meat is widely available to all who live away from the river and not all who eat it are beasts."
"Highness, we will try and remember that."
A little later on, once their breakfast had been eaten, Vellana had another request. "Highness, I know what you have done for us and why, but we feel that in some way we must offer something in return. It is not our way to just take what others may provide, we have been brought up that there is a cost to everything, even if it is not coin."
Eriana's response was thoughtful. "In some respects I would agree, girls. The world works by trading talent for food, strength for drink and knowledge for a roof over our heads. Coin is just a convenient way of measuring such things. But for you, it is barely a week since you were rescued and you still have many days to go before Ursula considers you well enough to play your part."
She smiled at the two young girls and then swung to include the other rescued women. "I doubt any of you will become strong enough to raise Visund's yard or pull an oar but there will indeed be other tasks you may do in time. For now, think of what you have been provided not as charity but as an investment for your future."
"You are gracious, Highness."
Eriana added, "We do not use coin aboard the Visund. Each gives what he - or she - can provide and receives whatever they need, whether that be food, safety or a place to sleep." She grinned. "It is true that our expenses ashore have recently become large but I am assured that the treasury of King Robanar will not be strained too greatly by our demands. However, there is a long way before we reach Palarand once more and we must all be careful what we do or buy."
Ursula asked, "Who was it who ironed our dresses yesterday? Tyra had intended to do them and was surprised to find them ready to wear when we went up for our nap."
Larys raised a finger. "Mistress, yesterday morning I decided to make sure that my attire was clean and presentable. After I had finished I discovered that there was time to spare before lunch. I saw your two day dresses hanging up, I knew what had happened the day before, and I thought to make use of the iron which was still hot. Was I wrong to do so?"
Ursula smiled. "Not at all, Larys! We both thank you for your kind thought. We are women together, it is natural that we should help each other."
As they rose from table she asked Eriana, "Highness, I need to talk to you about that man I mentioned last night. Can we do that now? There may be some urgency."
"As you desire, Ursula. I would learn your thoughts but, first, I must needs pay a visit to the bathing block."
"As do we, Highness."
Eriana and Ursula, with Tyra, met at a suitably empty corner of the courtyard immediately afterwards.
"Highness, I must first ask if you are content for me to try and find this person."
No person was named or described but none needed to be.
"Of course, Ursula! As Robanar's representative it is my duty to gather any and all information concerning those who the Beings have brought here. Why do you ask?"
"Because it may take some time to find him and I have no idea where the trail might lead us. Possibly away from the river, which could mean dividing your forces."
Eriana waved a hand. "I will deal with that if it becomes necessary, Ursula. Aye, some must of course remain with our ships but there are enough men for a party to accompany you elsewhere." Her gaze narrowed. "Which reminds me! What were you thinking, walking off into the village dressed that way? And without any escort beside you?"
"Highness, I admit that it was not the right thing to do. The dresses we wore the day before had gotten soaked so needed attention. Our ship dresses were all that were available. I thought that we would not go far, and we have been here enough days now that nobody would bother with us, whatever we wore. I was wrong."
"Hmm. I must needs command that, should you and Tyra go forth again, anywhere along the Sirrel, that you have at least two of my men beside you." She pointed a finger with a smile. "And you may not choose Adin to be one of them! I know you and he go to the market to find herbs and other foods, there must at least be two of my warriors with you."
Ursula briefly bowed her head. "As you command, Highness. What you ask is only common sense. But you know that those men might have to spend time standing outside some of the places we visit? Men are not welcome everywhere I go."
Another dismissive wave. "Something will be arranged. So. How do you intend to find this man? Do we round up all these so-called Wardens and pound it out of them?"
The reply was cautious. "Highness, I want to be careful here. The Ascendancy is no more, legally. Anyone who still supports the old regime is unlikely to want to talk to someone who does not - and even less likely to speak to any foreigner. First, I want to go to the lockup and speak to those two men I treated yesterday, and I want to do it before that Arbiter arrives."
"How do you know that they will talk to you? You have just said that they will not speak to strangers."
"That is true but I am a healer, come to check their wounds and perhaps to change bandages. They already know me. Unlike your own warriors they do not see me as any kind of threat."
Eriana nodded. "Aye, I see what you mean. You have a different way about you, mayhap you can obtain that which a more physical method may not. You desire to go now?"
"If possible, Highness. Once the Arbiter gets here their attitude will change and I doubt they would tell me anything useful. Oh, and on the way back I think we ought to go to the market and buy both Tyra and myself some Yodan-style dresses. If we have to move around the country it would be better if we did not stand out the way we did yesterday."
The Princess thought this through before nodding again. "You have considered this well, have you not? Very well, I shall find two men and we can go."
"Highness, we will have to go and collect my basket and bag."
"Of course. And I must needs give instructions to Lars." She pointed. "We will meet you by the entrance."
"We? You intend to come as well?"
A twisted smile. "I shall not frighten your patients, Ursula. I will remain outside as part of your escort. But I think that I will need to know whatever you can find out and as soon as possible. As you said, the trail could lead anywhere and plans must needs be made. "
"Done, Highness."
Ursula and Tyra rejoined Eriana at the courtyard entrance. With the Princess were Torvin and Ragnar, both armed to the teeth. For this outing the three women were wearing day dresses which were just about acceptable in Yod.
"I assume that you know the way, Highness."
"As you say. We took the two men there yesterday."
Their route led through the market but there was no time to stop. There was no trouble but those already there seemed to give them favorable glances. It was apparent that the Wardens had not been well-liked. Eriana led them along a different street to another small square.
"This area seems to be the administrative center of the village," she remarked, pointing. "That hall is where the village committee meets, I believe. The Watch is based in this other building and next to it is the lockup."
They had been seen approaching and a man came to the doorway. He recognized them, vanished, and reappeared with Gorath, who was wiping his mouth.
"Master Gorath, I apologize if we disturb you at your breakfast this morning."
"Captain, I have been on duty these three bells. This is not breakfast but my mid-morning break. If I may ask your business with us today?"
"Mistress Ursula desires to visit the two men and check their wounds. Will that be possible?"
"Why, of course, Captain." He glanced meaningfully at Torvin and Ragnar.
"After yesterday's excitement I thought to provide my healer with an escort. Is that acceptable?"
"Captain, I am delighted to see them. It eases my mind to know that you and your crew can take care of themselves."
"As you say. And I must apologize again for yesterday's disturbance, it was caused by the ignorance of foreigners."
"It happened, Captain, and it was not something for which the Watch could have been of help. It ended well and that is enough." Gorath turned to the other man. "Togar, show the healer and her assistant to the cells. You will need to let them into the cell to attend their patients."
The two followed Togar into the Watch station and through to the lockup. This was very small and consisted of two cells and a food preparation area. Both prisoners had been put in the same cell and Togar checked first before opening the thick wooden door.
"Mistress. If you would knock or call when you desire to emerge. I will be nearby in case of trouble, though these two seem to be peaceful enough."
"Thank you, Togar."
The two men sat up as Ursula and Tyra entered, the one with his chest bandaged moving slowly and carefully. He gave her a weak smile as a welcome.
"Mistress. I did not expect to see you again." His tone became ironic. "As you can see, I have rested as you commanded me to."
"Good morning. Your wound is severe enough that I thought to come and check that it is mending as it should. Have either of you experienced any problems?"
She went through the usual routine of any medical practitioner as she took off their bandages and inspected their wounds. All appeared to be clean and beginning to heal, though Ursula knew it might be a week before any sign of trouble became apparent. She applied fresh salve and bandages and instructed both to rest as long as possible, which raised strained smiles on both faces.
"Mistress, I do not know our fate but I doubt that rest will be any part of it."
"I will speak to the Watch leader and also to the Arbiter when he arrives. You are my patients and I will not have you abused while you recover."
There was a distinct pause as the two men considered her words.
"Mistress," the man with the chest wound said, "I have never heard the like from any woman of Yod. Are they all like you wherever you came from?"
"Some are, some are not, some are more. Like men, women are not all the same. Now, if I may, I would like to ask you some questions about a subject you may consider private."
"Mistress?"
"When I was in that shed, I could clearly hear," - Ursula stretched a point - "what was being said outside. Your leader, the man you called 'boss', was speaking to another man about me."
The reply came after another pause. "Mistress, I cannot deny it."
"That man was addressed as Commissioner. Your boss spoke to him of an old man who might benefit if I were taken to him."
The two men, after a shifty glance at each other, went very still.
She added, "I must remind you that anything you say to me as a healer is confidential. I have given an oath to keep the words of my patients to myself."
The man with the arm bandage jabbed a thumb at Tyra. "What about her?"
"She is sworn to me. My secrets are her secrets."
"She is your maid, eh? I wondered what she was to you."
"These days I prefer to call her my assistant. You know I am a foreigner by my accent. When I came to the valley of the Sirrel I knew nothing at all about its people or customs. Tyra has been invaluable in making me feel comfortable around the countries here, although there is still much I have yet to understand. Now, I must ask you, knowing that I will keep your secrets, will you trust me?"
The two shared another glance. "Maybe, Mistress... but that depends on what you ask."
"Good enough for now. So, I am guessing that you two used to be soldiers of Yod?"
"Aye, Mistress. I was sent to Upper Fanir and he was posted to the island opposite when we captured it from those of Lower Fanir. But we are soldiers no longer. The war is finished and we are beaten."
"As I said, I am a foreigner and I will not pass judgement on the war. I would assume, from what happened yesterday and the mention of the Commissioner, that you both remain followers of the Ascendancy?"
There was a longer silence but the first man eventually replied, "Aye. If you know of the Commissioner and heard him asked about the old man then it is a reasonable guess. Does anyone else know?"
"I'm sorry, it was mentioned yesterday after the fight. Master Gorath may inform the Arbiter. Does that make any difference?"
"It might, Mistress, but nothing we would not expect. It was not a big secret. What is it you wish to know about the..." he lowered his voice. "Ascendancy?"
"Let me tell you what I think happened. A long time ago, maybe fifty to sixty years ago, someone came to Yod by unknown means. He may have been a young boy then, perhaps someone only just an adult. Now he is an old man. Like me he had a strong accent when he arrived that faded over time. He told many strange stories and was probably laughed at until one day he found a way of proving that his stories were not fantasy but fact.
"Once people began taking notice of him he told you - Yodans, I mean, not you personally - of his origins and what he believed in and he told you that Yod could become as great as the land of his birth. That, I believe, is how the Ascendancy started."
She leaned forward, her attention on the man with the chest wound. "If you do not wish to tell me anything I will respect that. However, that old man interests me and not, perhaps, for the reasons you think he would. You see, when your boss talked to the Commissioner he used an unusual title for that old man. He called him the Old Führer, and that was a title I recognized, since I can also speak the language he was born with, and that is because I came from a land near where he came from."
The two men stared at Ursula with horror and the one with the arm bandage actually stood and backed away.
"Are you she?"
"No, I am not. I have heard of the person you speak of, of course, but I am different. I have never set foot in Palarand. I know nothing of those matters, in fact, I only arrived after the war had ended."
The two relaxed slightly and glanced at each other. Arm-bandage sat down again.
"Then... you wish to speak to the old man who you think is from near your own land? You would not betray him to the authorities?"
Ursula shrugged. "Why should I bother? If he is an old man, as I heard, and he was the Old leader, then I am guessing that he is no longer the leader. If he is ill then he may die soon. I have no desire to hasten his death. But I am a healer and I may be of service to him."
Another shared look. Chest-bandage said, "Mistress, we must needs speak together. If you would give us leave to do so."
She stood. "Of course. Bang on the door when you have reached a decision."
* * *
Ursula and Tyra emerged blinking into the bright sunlight in the square. Eriana stood talking to the two Norsemen nearby and they went to join the three.
Eriana asked, "Did you find out what you desired, Ursula?"
"I did, Highness, and it means we have to go to another address in the village and repeat the process. What time is it? How long were we in there?"
"About three quarters of an hour, by my reckoning." The two men nodded agreement. "Where should we go now?"
"Uh, Highness, I regret that you will not be able to accompany me further today. You are, as you are well aware, too noticeable. In fact, Tyra and I will have to go to the market now and find something less obvious to wear before we go anywhere else."
"Then why may I not do the same?"
Ursula replied patiently, "Because, Highness, you are tall enough that a dress would have to be made for you and that would probably take two days or so. Not to mention that with your height and that hair color you would still stand out whatever you were wearing. What I have to do next is going to be very delicate, I do not need complications."
"Very well." Eriana was annoyed. "But your information is good enough?"
"It is, Highness. But you have to know that I traded information to get it. My own origin."
"What!"
Ursula made soothing motions with her hands. "Highness, it was all done under oath. I am a healer, my dealings with my patients are private. That works both ways. Knowing what danger that might put me in, they have sworn oaths not to tell anyone else, especially their associates."
Ragnar said, «Highness, someone approaches.»
A man entered the square riding a frayen. He headed for the Watch house.
"Ah. Probably the Arbiter. Come, let us join him, we can get as much of this business done as possible while we are all nearby."
* * *
"Good morning, Diara. I am sorry that I did not have time to come back yesterday as I promised."
The stall-holder dismissed the complaint. "Mistress Ursula, I heard what happened and what followed. Those men of yours, marching through the market, with a dranakh leading them! It will be the talk of the village for many weeks, I deem. And they have finally rid us of those busybodies as well! Mistress, I doubt not that you were inconvenienced for a time but no-one will complain at the result."
She started. "My, I am forgetting! I trust that neither of you was hurt, or maybe worse?"
"Not seriously, Diara. We both have bruises from being handled roughly and Tyra got smacked in the face as you can see." Ursula smiled. "Fortunately our men arrived before anything really bad could happen. I never managed to visit Mistress Pokara, though."
"Ah. Shall you try today? I see that your attire is less likely to attract attention this morning."
"That is the reason we came to the market, Diara. If we are to be in these lands for a while then perhaps it is time that we found attire that is less... obvious, shall we say. Can you recommend a dressmaker who could provide us with something today, something that looks more local, perhaps something ready made?"
"Surely, Mistress! There are two who come here who you may trust. Mistress Hyrena, over there in the corner and Termanet Swiftneedle who comes some days... yes, I can see her stall is open. Go first to her, I suggest, since she does not attend the market all day or every day but her wares are considered the best in Tserikon."
Ursula nodded to the stallholder. "Thank you for your information, Diara."
A short time later the two were wearing ankle-length loose dresses of gray linen with long sleeves and white aprons. Well-made cowls concealed their hair. Though their attire appeared much the same it was still plain who was the maid and whom the mistress. Their previous attire had been carefully folded and placed in a bag which Tyra carried.
"I feel as if I am acting in a historical pageant, Mistress."
"I did not know they had such things in Joth."
"At Spring Dawning and, sometimes at Midsummer, there is a group of citizens who enjoy dressing in garments from the past and enacting events that have happened in Joth in distant years."
"I did not know that, Tyra. Many places on Earth have similar customs so I should not be surprised that they happen here as well."
"As you say, Mistress." Tyra grimaced. "These skirts are too long for me, I deem. I have become accustomed to the air upon my legs. I doubt that I could either kick or run away attired like this."
"Which is just the way the Yodans prefer it, I suspect."
Tyra snorted and then asked, "What are we going to do now? Should we be going to see that Commissioner? I have not heard any bells but it might be nearly time for lunch."
"Lunch it is, I think. If we can finish promptly and not become distracted then we can go out right after our nap."
"As you say, Mistress."
* * *
«You'll have to wait outside, boys.»
«Yah, Mistress,» Torvin grinned evilly. «We just stand around looking tough, okay?»
«Yes, but try not to draw too much attention to yourselves. The man in this house is supposed to be hiding, after all.»
«Yah.»
Ragnar said nothing but scratched uncomfortably at his crotch, which was covered by a pair of thick woolen tights. The two men had dressed in their only set of 'conventional' attire which was more suited to a cooler season. Tunic and tights had their place but not standing about in the hot spring sunshine.
The man who stood waiting at the open doorway sniffed impatiently at the foursome, unable to understand the Norse conversation. He relaxed as the two women turned and came towards him.
"Inside. To the left at the back."
He moved out of the way, reluctant to become contaminated by proximity to anything female. They passed by and walked through the dwelling, finding the indicated door already open. The man sitting in the room beyond was shorter than Ursula but had powerful, broad shoulders and a thick-set face with graying hair.
His eyes flickered at Ursula and then Tyra before returning to the older woman. "I was told it was urgent." His tone was abrupt, peremptory. "What do you want with me, woman? I do not have time to waste on prattle from the likes of you."
"I have spent part of this morning in the town lockup re-bandaging your two survivors from yesterday," she replied evenly. "They told me where to find you. Yesterday you were asked if I could be taken to visit the Old Führer. Since you apparently know the way, I have come to ask you for directions."
"What! Those two fools shall pay for this! They should not have spoken a single word to anyone!" The Commissioner's initial shock at being exposed subsided as he took in the rest of Ursula's words. His gaze sharpened. "How do you know what was said yesterday? The only two women there were -" His eyes widened in disbelief. "You were the ones bundled off the streets and yet you dared to come here? Maker!"
He started to rise but Ursula put out a placating hand. "Will you let me explain? I am a healer, as you can see by my basket here. What was said to me in the lockup was told under patient confidentiality. I will not tell you what was said nor will any of us speak a word about the matter to anybody else."
He sat down. "If you say so. What about her?" He pointed to Tyra.
"She is my assistant in these matters. Her oath is the same as mine. There are no secrets between us."
The man thought furiously for a moment. Ursula thought it prudent to add, "Just after we had finished the Arbiter arrived from Wadek to judge what happened yesterday. Your two men have each been given community service for six months, to begin only when they are fit enough. Since neither was born in Tserikon, once the sentence is complete they will be required to depart. Their sentences would have been harsher but I spoke in their defense."
"What?" The Commissioner was confused again, which was just the way Ursula wanted it. "You are a foreigner, it is plain, and you walked about the village indecently attired. When accosted and detained you were rescued by barbarians from that odd-looking vessel. You have no liking for me or my kind yet you speak in the defense of my men. You come here seeking my co-operation! What manner of woman are you?"
"I am only one of very many who live in the world beyond Yod," she replied. "I am also a healer and I have a duty to attend the sick and injured, whoever they may be. An old man was spoken of and, if I was mentioned with respect to his need, then of course I must try to satisfy that need. That is why I am here today. I will speak of this meeting to no-one so your secret is safe."
Ursula's appearance at this dwelling and her bold approach had rattled the man. He chewed a fingernail as he tried to decide what to do. Finally he asked, "You claim to be a competent healer though you do not look old enough to have sufficient experience. What do you know about the ailments of the old?"
"If he is that old then there could be many things wrong with him by now, simply because of his age. Does he have high blood pressure, for example? Heart palpitations? Difficulty breathing? Is his sight cloudy? Aches in his joints, difficulty standing, balance problems? What about his skin? Does he have blotches on it? Is it pale, dark, or has it turned yellow? Is his memory going? Has he dementia? These are just a few of the ailments that can affect older people, men and women."
This list had been partly translated by her brain and she listened to the long explanations some of them became. The Commissioner was surprised.
"Mistress, it seems that you do know your subject. My apologies." He was grudging. "But you are not accredited to work in Yod, I deem, else you would have shown me your badge."
"I called at the Directory when our ship visited Yod and was immediately shown the door by the stupid men inside. Of course I have no badge. I earned my qualifications in a place of learning many, many marks from here. Our ship is merely passing through Yod on its way upstream. But you now know that I know what I am talking about." She shrugged. "Whether I am able to help him, that is something I will only find out once I examine him, but my help will be better than anything a local healer can offer."
His eyes narrowed. "Why do you do this, then? He is nothing to you. For me he is the symbol of the start of Yod's greatness. I would not have him endangered or put at risk from those who hunt such as me."
"I am a healer, that is all. As with your men, as with you, anything I can do or say to him will be under my healer's oath. I have no desire to betray him. If he is ill then it may be he will die soon with or without my help. I would not deny him that dignity."
"But you are taking great pains to discover the whereabouts of a man you know nothing about, simply because you overheard a conversation. I cannot believe that your healer's oath obliges you to do this. Yod has many other healers, after all." The suspicion returned. "There is more to this request, I deem. Mayhap you seek revenge for what happened yesterday? Speak, woman."
Ursula hesitated. So far, she had managed to avoid saying any more but it had not been enough. The next step would put her and Tyra in danger but, if she did not continue, she would always regret not solving the mystery. Hollowness filled her stomach.
"Commissioner, if I wanted revenge then I would not have needed to come here, would I? I could just have informed the Watch of what I had found out. After all, I owe those two men nothing. You just said that the old man is nothing to me but you may be wrong. The one who spoke to you used his title which was Führer. I am here because I recognized that word, it is not a local word but it is in a language that I can speak. The reason that I can speak that language is that I originally came from a place not too far from where he came from..." She hesitated, gulped and then pressed on, "...and on the same world, which is called Earth."
"What!" The Commissioner's eyes blazed. "You are one of those? Why did you not say so before?"
Her response was dry. "Considering that Yod went to war to capture or kill another person who came from Earth, why do you think it strange that I keep my origins secret? I risk myself daily walking the streets of Yod, even though the Ascendancy has been defeated. I want to speak to this man to learn his history, how it was he came here and why. Of course, as a healer I will also give him my best attention. Oh, and before you say or do anything else, as a healer I know very little about magic weapons or machines."
He leaned back, calculating. "You offer yourself for nothing, woman. What is there to stop me taking you, as my men tried to, and discovering what information you do possess? I could easily hide you away and make you give your secrets, as my betters did to that other one, the boy."
"That is not possible." Ursula's tone was steady but her heart was not. This was an important moment. "The two men outside know that if I do not return in a reasonable length of time they will raise the alarm. Do not try to kill them because they are also being watched from a distance. This house - in fact, the whole area - was thoroughly and quietly checked before I came anywhere near it. What you cannot see is that there are other men watching the back, the sides and the surrounding streets, ready to prevent you doing what you suggest. Even if you were to escape along the roof spaces to another house they will know."
"And if I were to emerge with you, and a knife at your throat?"
She was dismissive. "I have had knives at my throat before today, Commissioner. Those who held them died very quickly. Know that if you did kill me you would not survive for more than a heartbeat. There is no profit for you if you tried this."
As the Commissioner digested this she added, "I will offer you trust for trust. The Arbiter has dealt with the mess you made yesterday but the authorities now know that elements of the Ascendancy are hiding in Tserikon. Very soon a detachment of Pakmal troops will arrive from Wadek to make a thorough search of the village. I give you and the rest of your men the opportunity to depart before they get here."
The Commissioner stared at Ursula and then his shoulders sagged. "It is truly over, then. Mistress, you have been direct with me and so I shall return the favor." He brightened and ventured a crooked smile. "In fact, since I must needs leave the village, and immediately, it is possible that I can do more for you and make your meeting safer for you and also safer for myself. Here is what I propose."
* * *
Ursula and Tyra returned to the hostel with their minders, earning a double take from some of the other residents. The two made their way upstairs to the Women's Corridor and Ursula knocked at the door to Eriana's chamber. Banest opened the door, did a double take at their attire and then let them in.
"Ursula! Your visit was successful?"
"Highness, it was. I learned everything I needed to but was forced, again, to reveal my origins. We did have enough time afterwards to visit that other healer and she gave us a small stock of another of the herbs Kaldar will need."
"Oh, that is good news! But you will still need to find more?"
"Of course, Highness. That can wait until we are further upstream and, more importantly, I now know what I am looking for."
"But what about your quest? Where must you go next?"
Ursula smiled. "Nowhere around here, Mistress. We must go to Wadek next. I will say no more than that. It is a larger port than here and there is an administration from Pakmal running the area. I wondered if you would consider taking our vessels there. If not a small group will have to ride."
"We'll all go by water, Ursula. We have remained in Tserikon long enough. I'll let Hashim, Tor and Baros know tonight at table. Good work."
~o~O~o~
Eriana thought it prudent that the two vessels should depart before the contingent from Pakmal arrived, so nobody dallied over breakfast the following morning. It took some time before their chests and other belongings could be taken down to the Visund and the Green Ptuvil and stowed, so while that was happening the rest of the party gathered in the hostel courtyard.
Lars had called the meeting. «I swear that I did not know this was happening, Princess. I saw that Tor and the other sailors had some task but I thought it only concerned the ship.» He tilted his head. «It does, but it also concerns some of our women. I will let him explain.»
Tor nodded his head to Eriana. «Commodore, after the kidnap attempt the day before yesterday what Lars had seen us doing became more urgent. Fortunately we had almost finished. Of course, when we began this little job we only had four women apart from yourself and now we have nine. With your permission I will make more for them, it is only right.»
Eriana looked confused. «Tor, I would be able to agree if you would just tell me what you have been doing!»
He looked embarrassed. «Of course, Commodore. To guide us properly Hashim needs a whistle and when that galley chased us I thought that Ursula could have done with one as well. From there it was plain that, if Ursula needed one, then Bennett, Semma and Tyra would benefit from having one too. So we have made them each a whistle. On the way we will teach them the calls. Boys!»
Four of the men stepped forward, grinning. In addition to Tor, each held a beautifully made whistle attached to an equally beautiful lanyard. The whistle was of sawn sections of brass pipe which had wooden plugs inserted into each end to make the correct shape and sound. The brass had been carefully shaped and smoothed and the whole object lacquered to protect it. The lanyard was of white ship's cord, carefully knotted in what Ursula thought was a traditional manner.
Tor himself presented Ursula with her whistle. He bowed deeply, the object in his outstretched hands.
«Mistress, a small but practical token from the crew of the Visund.»
Ursula took it, briefly examined it and then hung the lanyard around her neck, noting the knot which would prevent it being drawn too tight.
«Thank you, Tor. I wish we had had these when we were stuck in that shed. Now I can become a real sailor!»
The men roared with laughter.
Bennett, Semma and Tyra each received their own whistles and hung them around their necks.
«Tor, I should have thought of that myself.» Eriana said.
He shrugged. «Commodore, you have been busy with other matters.»
«True enough. Yes, make more for our other women, please. I do not know the future but, if Ursula is any guide, they will need those whistles.»
Tor chuckled. «Yah.»
«Right, people! Let us get down to our craft and get under way. We do not have far to go this time but time passes.»
«Yah, Commodore.»
The two vessels reach Wadek and immediately there are misunderstandings. Fortunately a senior officer of the occupying forces smoothes over the problems. The women are put up in a vacated mansion and make themselves at home before Ursula goes to the market and makes contact with the next link to finding the Old Leader.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
58 - Those of Pakmal
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The customary forest of black poles appeared in the distance
indicating a port along the Sirrel. There were more of these than at
their previous stop but that was to be expected. Wadek was known to
be a larger port than Tserikon, but after the incident with the
pirate galley Tserikon had been the nearest place of safety that
could be reached with a damaged sail.
Wadek posed other potential problems, though. Tserikon had been a smallish village and was therefore free of occupation troops, much as Bakhrad had been. Wadek was important enough to be one of the bases used by forces from Pakmal, Yod's neighbor to the south and west. Since Pakmal had taken no part in the Federation talks, no-one aboard knew what their attitude might be. Indeed, no-one knew if Pakmal had even heard of the Federation.
These potential complications did not presently bother Ursula. As before, she and Tyra were the only women aboard the Visund while Eriana contented herself with a passage on the Green Ptuvil. Of the rescued women, Nethra had attached herself to Lars, much to his bemusement. She seemed to be the most stable of the five women but still was wary around men not from the ship's company.
Or should that be expedition? Ursula thought. At this rate Eriana will return to Palarand with an entire fleet!
The other four, though now more relaxed and assured of their own safety, still wanted to be near Eriana as much as they could. The short trips the Princess had made into Tserikon had thrown up some anxieties, especially when almost all her men had vanished to rescue Ursula and they had been forced to shelter on the barge.
I don't know much about PTSD, even though I dealt with the results in Russia. On the other hand, Eriana probably knows less than I do. I am not sure that I can involve myself without causing more damage.
Tor had taken Ursula and Tyra through the simple whistle code used by the Norsemen while sailing. This was a series of short and long notes and was easy enough to remember. He had reminded them that they used other codes when on land and that it could be easy to become confused.
The pontoons were closer now. There appeared to be four lines and all were busy with watercraft. Most were fishing boats but there were a number of barges and some high, bulky vessels at the nearest pontoon chain. One other vessel caught her eye, it was one of the strange double-hulled ferries and had been moored away from the pontoons out in the river.
The bulky vessels resolved themselves into galleys. There were five, two moored on the closer side and three moored the further side. The two at the end carried pale blue flags and had sentries on their bows carrying crossbows. The others were indistinct. Two more men with crossbows stood at the extreme end of the pontoon which poked out between the galleys. Ursula realized that all four were wearing pale blue surcoats.
"I have not seen those colors before," Tyra remarked. "Surely they are not of Yod?"
"There are supposed to be troops from Pakmal here. Not that I know anything at all about Pakmal."
"That is more than I do, Mistress!"
Tor jumped down from the stern deck and made his way to them. «Mistress, I wonder if you have any thoughts on what to do?»
«Me, Tor? I'm guessing that those men in the blue don't want us anywhere near them, judging by their expressions. Maybe that line of pontoons is reserved?»
Tyra pointed. "Mistress, look! Someone waves flags."
On the end pontoon of the next line a man in the same colors waved two flags. Forward, Hashim raised a hand in acknowledgement and then turned, the whistle already in his mouth. He blew two long notes, three short notes and then two more long notes. Tor repeated the signal back to him.
«Did you understand that Mistress?»
"Dock at the third pontoon chain, I think, then he blew for the further side. Is that right?"
"Yah, Mistress." He grinned. "You learn quick."
"Tyra?"
"I worked out it was the third mooring line, Mistress, but mixed up the near and far sides, I think."
"That's right. Two long notes is mooring instructions, the number of short notes tells us which line, then one further long note is this side, two is the other side."
The officials following them along the pontoon seemed to be surprised at the length of the Visund, but because of its shape it could easily be accommodated along a pontoon side if the ends overlapped the supporting poles. What did concern them more was the fact that the Green Ptuvil followed the Visund into that stretch of water and began to tie up behind them. One of the officials ran back and tried to stop them.
Eriana lightly jumped from the barge onto the pontoon and faced the man. "We sail together," she told him. "It is important that we are moored nearby, either together or either side of the same pontoon."
That statement startled the man but he was adamant. "You cannot moor there, woman. The space is already reserved for this strange craft. It carries a noble of great importance and he will not desire to consort with barge folk like you."
Baros, seeing what would likely happen, climbed off the barge and joined her. "Is there some problem, Highness?"
"Highness?" The man laughed. "What, her?"
Baros replied stiffly, "I was not speaking to you. You should know better than to address any woman that way."
"What you call your women is of no concern to me, especially half-dressed mongrels like this one! Do not provoke me, river scum. I hear enough backtalk from the likes of you. The two of you had better just get back on that heap of worm-eaten wood and move it. Now. This mooring is reserved."
The face of Baros darkened dangerously but Eriana put out a hand. "Let us return to the Green Ptuvil, Baros." She turned and called across, where others aboard the barge were listening. "Girls, we must needs change so that this imbecile may discover our true natures."
"As you command, Highness."
The man stood there, hands on hips, and watched the oddly-attired women gather on board, talk, and then disappear below. His fellow joined him.
"Tharno, the captain of that odd ship says that their Commodore is traveling on this barge."
"He is? If so I haven't seen him yet, just some haughty half-dressed cow."
"That man who came off wasn't him, then?"
A sneer. "Nah, just more river scum trying to swindle another cargo, I would guess."
Lars came out of the rear of the barge, buckling his sword belt. His attire looked distinctly unusual, if practical in the hot weather. Still, barge folk often dressed strangely. Lars stared impassively at the two men and then pulled out his whistle. The two men watched as he blew a sequence of notes, then spun in shock as an answering sequence came from the ship behind them.
"Tharno," his mate said nervously, "that big man is dressed the same way as all the men on that ship! Do you think you have it wrong?"
"Nah. Maybe I got some of it wrong, maybe they are traveling together. Don't matter much. That barge is mooring somewhere else. I'm in charge here."
They turned back to see Lars still staring at them. The whistle had disappeared and his arms were now folded. Behind him several other men had appeared and it was noticeable that some were dressed in that same odd way.
"I don't like this, Tharno."
"That's why I'm the mooring allocator and you're just my deputy. Gotta keep control over these river labris or they'll run right over you."
After a short, tense period when Tharno and Lars just stared at each other, each trying to make the other blink, their attention was drawn to a different companionway - wait a moment! Why does a barge have three companionways? - where Eriana, Bennet and Semma were emerging, each dressed in full Palace Guard uniform and with their weapons at their belts.
"What the kobbon are those two?"
"No idea. And look at that big cow! Do you think she can use that sword?"
Eriana led the way onto the pontoon followed by the girls and then Lars. She confronted the pair.
"I am Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand, here on a diplomatic mission. Take me to the commanding officer of the port immediately."
After recovering from the shock Tharno replied stubbornly, " I cannot do that, whoever you are. This barge is not permitted to -"
She cut him off and leant forward, her expression fierce. She spoke slowly. "Then he will come to visit me instead..." She reached over her shoulder and slowly drew her sword. "...to take away your body."
Suddenly the area around the top of his legs felt warm. And wet.
"Ngggh... Neb, I think we need to go and get fresh instructions. Now! Quickly!"
"Right you are, Tharno."
The two retreated, Tharno waddling for some reason. Eriana sighed and rescabbarded her sword. Kalmenar, Hashim, Ursula and Tyra joined them.
"More officious stupidity, Highness?"
"Regrettably, yes, My Lord. Depending what those two do we could be about to face an apology or a battle. Why do some officials seem to make people worse?"
"In my experience, Highness, there are two kinds. The first likes to hold power over anyone they can reach, the second does not but sticks blindly to the rules whatever the circumstances." Kalmenar had the grace to blush as he added, "Highness, I know that I have been guilty of both offences in the past."
"My Lord, I cannot possibly offer a reply to that."
Kalmenar bowed. "You are gracious, Highness."
Baros joined them. "Commodore, -"
"Captain," she interrupted, "if you would excuse me. I have changed hats again. For now you must needs address me as Highness. I will need my full rank to untangle this sorry mess, I deem." She added, "Not the start I would have desired. What was it you were about to say?"
"Just that there does not appear to be room on the other side of the pontoon for the Ptuvil, ah, Highness. I can moor us here, there is just enough room. I would observe that this may be a problem at every port we come to from now on, though our welcome will likely be better."
"It could barely be worse," she responded. "Tell me, have you dealt with those of Pakmal before?" Baros nodded. "What are they like?"
"I have ventured there frequently in the past, Highness. Our company traded with many countries beyond Yod and, of all of them, Pakmal was the most tiring, I deem. They seem to exist in a kind of perpetual chaos. The fellow who gave you unwanted advice is typical of those I have been forced to deal with around the docks and ports there. In the towns the people are somewhat better but suffer from the self-importance of those who deem themselves in authority over them.
"Their army? Highness, that is another mystery. Somehow they have managed to organize themselves and progress so far as this into Yod. It is barely possible that whoever commands them here is competent but I would suggest caution. Any insult they may offer those who must needs travel on the river will likely be through ignorance rather than malice."
Kalmenar nodded. "Highness, I would agree. These folk know little of lands downriver beyond Yod. For the rest of our route along the shore of Yod, and for a little time beyond, we will be in lands controlled by Pakmal. To begin with a conflict here in Wadek may be, ah, unwise."
"I am inclined to agree, Kalmenar," Eriana said, "though what that man said to Baros was not done in ignorance. I am of a mind to demand compensation for those insults."
Baros snorted. "In addition to having to clean his tights, Highness? He insulted you as well, remember."
"Indeed. Ah, Lars."
«Highness. You expect trouble?»
«I have no idea. Better have the men prepared just in case.»
«Right, Highness.»
He turned and headed for the Visund to begin issuing instructions.
Baros asked, "Highness, we could always avoid this trouble, if that is what concerns you. We could sail away before anybody came close enough to complain."
Eriana pointed. "There are at least two galleys there which look as if they are ready to... sail is not the right word, is it? You know what I mean. Two galleys carrying regular troops is a different matter to one galley crewed by pirates. The Visund might escape but I doubt the Green Ptuvil would manage to get away from either of them. Besides, the word of what happened here would soon pass along the coast, ah, I mean bank, of course. We would never be permitted to land in any territory governed by Pakmal, I deem."
Kalmenar pointed across the Sirrel. "Highness, we could always try the other side."
"Possible, My Lord, but I would rather have our position here made certain and that can only be done by remaining and dealing with these oafs. Besides, Ursula has business in Wadek."
Kalmenar was surprised. "Mistress Ursula? I did not think she knew anyone here."
Eriana realized that she had made a blunder. "It is not a person, it is more of those herbs, My Lord. She was informed that certain kinds may be obtained here."
"Ah. Thank you, Highness, I understand now."
Since they were not the only people currently using the pontoons, all around them the other water folk were taking avoiding action. Fisherfolk who had been on board mending nets and lines were casting off and heading out to the river as soon as they could. Goods which were being stacked on the pontoons for transfer were being shifted back onto barges, while crews of other vessels cleared the decks and made themselves scarce.
"Highness, look!"
Two men in pale blue had climbed onto the land end of their pontoon string and begun to make their way along it. Having gotten no more than a few strides they had seen the visitors and beaten a hasty retreat. They were replaced by a loose group of heavily-armed blue-clad troops who bunched at the end of the pontoon string but came no closer.
At least four men of apparent rank joined the mob and a furious argument seemed to develop. Eventually one of the officers gave up and began to walk along the pontoon string. The mob of men cautiously followed, urged by another of the officers. The leading officer reached the pontoon ahead of the one the Visund was moored to and stopped.
"Hallo, the strange ship! If I may approach in peace? There has been a misunderstanding."
"Misunderstanding?" Eriana muttered. "I would choose a different word, I deem." To the officer, who wore a black sash across his chest, she called, "Marshal, of course you may approach in peace and safety. Upon my honor."
The man slowly walked forward keeping his hand away from his sword. He approached to within a stride, stopped and saluted, his open hand slapping his chest.
"Your Highness, I must apologize for the actions of the two port officials. It seems that they read the arrival notice, among others, and did not correctly note the description of the leader of your expedition. I will add that we were expecting only one vessel, which I assume is this vast ship. We did not anticipate that you would be accompanied by a barge."
She nodded briefly. The Visund was unusual and had provoked varying reactions wherever it arrived.
"Apology partially accepted... If I may know your name and rank? I would know who is in charge in this place - if anyone is."
He colored but straightened. "Highness, I am Field-Director Viscount Botanno of the Pakmal Forces of Liberation, at your service. I am in charge of the town of Wadek. If you are unfamiliar with that rank, as many of those beyond Yod seem to be, it is usual to address us simply as Director."
"In that case, Director, I am Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand. Presently I am Commodore of this little squadron which consists of the Visund, my own ship, and the barge Green Ptuvil, which we have acquired to use as additional accommodation more suitable for the female members of the expedition."
"Commodore? Another unusual rank, I deem." He smiled. "But then we seem to be meeting others with many kinds of rank that I never heard before. A Princess? From Palarand? Are you the one who has married their Crown Prince, then? If so you are far away from your new husband indeed."
Eriana returned the smile. "Alas I am not she, though it was to Palarand I went hoping to catch his eye. Keren had already declared himself to another. That is a tale for a calmer occasion, Director. If you would tell me what our status in Wadek is to be."
"Certainly I can, Highness. I must needs ask your intentions in Wadek, but I see no reason why anyone should detain you or your people here."
"The usual for travelers on the river, Director, refresh our supplies, perhaps stay here for a night or two before we sail again. Our healer seeks herbs along this stretch of the river, she may desire to consult various colleagues in the town. Nothing to cause concern to you or your command."
"Indeed? Then we shall offer what help we can." He paused, remembering. "Ah, Highness, when we first introduced ourselves you said that you partially accepted my apology."
"As you say. That imbecile Tharno insulted me, he insulted the captain of the Green Ptuvil and his language showed that he considered all who arrived in barges to be naught but vermin upon the river. For the misunderstanding I can accept your apology but not the insults. Such a person is unfit to be employed in such a task, meeting bargemen every day as he must."
"Tharno, eh? If you would leave that to me, Highness. He reports to another Under Director but I will ensure that he is removed from this sensitive post immediately."
"If I may ask how you are sure he will go."
"Easy, Highness." Botanno grinned. "I will inform him that you will demand satisfaction if he remains. Unlike him, I do read the dispatches which arrive from the other side of Yod and I have heard of you and your people."
"Sometimes it is useful to go about without notice, Director, but other times it is necessary to own to some small renown, it seems."
"As you say, Highness. By your leave, I will disperse that rabble at the quayside and make sure that you are offered accommodation suitable for your various statuses. If I may ask your numbers?"
"We are thirty men, Director, and eleven women, though," she smiled, "I sometimes have trouble with the count as our numbers have changed several times since we sailed from Dekarran. You should know that some of our women are released hostages and have sensitive needs. I would ask that we women be all housed together, though having more than one sleeping chamber would be acceptable."
Hand slapped on chest. "Leave it to me, Highness. I will see what I can arrange. If it would be acceptable to call on you this evening? Fresh news from downriver is always useful."
"As you desire, Director."
* * *
Ursula found the situation strange but admitted that it had been the only possible solution. As Wadek was full of foreign troops the usual lodging places were not available. Eriana's men had been split between two hostels near the port; even the Pakmalis had understood the need to reserve accommodation for the crews of river craft that supplied the town's needs.
The women, plus the men from the barges together with Kalmenar and Hashim, had been found a whole mansion near the port to use. The previous owners had been diehard Ascendancy supporters and had fled as the Pakmal advance reached the town, leaving perhaps half their servants behind to handle the resulting confusion.
Director Botanno had supplied troops to secure the mansion and also a small number of additional domestic staff to help out, but Eriana thought that they could probably have managed without them. The fact that the expedition now contained two experienced cooks made a significant difference while the women could handle most domestic chores themselves apart from those concerning the bathing block.
"It seems to me, Mistress," Tyra said as she finished unpacking their chests, "that many of the places we have stayed at have these courtyards in the middle with the buildings all around them. In Joth few have such arrangements."
"I think it has to do with space, Tyra. The buildings in Joth are so tightly packed inside the walls that a courtyard like that one," Ursula jerked a thumb at the view through the window, "would be a waste of living space. As I recall, many homes in Joth have just a small yard behind or to the side. The Duke's Mansion is of course different but even there he shares part of his home with the city defenses.
"Elsewhere I have been there has been room to spread the buildings further apart. Why they are this particular arrangement I do not know. Of course, as you know, I have not visited very much of the Great Valley so far. It is possible that this arrangement is only a local choice."
"As you say, Mistress. I wonder what time it is? After all that confusion earlier it must surely be time for lunch."
As she spoke the nearby sound of a bell could be heard. They both moved to the window of their chamber and looked out into the courtyard. Below, a blue-clad soldier was ringing a hand bell. He stopped and walked back to the kitchen block, where they could now see women servants emerge bringing tableware and cutlery.
"I think that answers your question, Tyra. Are we tidily dressed? If so we should go down and join the others."
In the dining room Eriana had asked for the seating to be arranged as a single table which all the guests would use, sitting both sides. Using Robanar's example, she positioned herself in the middle of one side and the other diners naturally gravitated so that the bargemen were at one end and the rescued women the other, with the original Visund women filling the gap.
Tyra bobbed. "Highness, it embarrasses me to ask this but should I be serving?"
"Of course not, Tyra! Like me you are a guest in this place. There are already sufficient to serve and they are familiar with the way it is done in this mansion. Here, sit at my side today."
Eriana looked around at the others as they made themselves comfortable. "Seating ourselves this way is a practice I learned at the court of my King, Robanar of Palarand. He and Queen Terys sat thus, in the middle of their retinue, so that no-one should feel excluded. Everyone else would sit wherever they chose, with but few exceptions. Those who sat either side of Their Majesties, and those who would sit facing them, were usually chosen, or guests, but others could sit with friends or colleagues. Positions sometimes changed with every meal."
From one end of the table Baros asked, "Highness? Is this something you expect us to do?"
"If you so desire, Captain. It is not my place to force you to do something you might find uncomfortable. However, the practice does permit those who might not normally have much contact with each other to meet and, mayhap, have a chance conversation that might otherwise not have happened."
"Highness, I have never before supped with Princesses nor with Kings yet I find this idea to be wise. I would note that the ladies at the other end of the table might disagree."
Banest responded, "While I have never eaten with nobility before, Highness, this arrangement is little different than the way a barge crew would take their meals when ashore. Since it could be said that we are all now part of a larger crew, I do not find it too unusual. I could not say how Matta and Vellana feel, though."
Vellana spoke. "I am not used to so many people, Highness. I understand that I must needs adapt to my new life but it is difficult." She managed a wan smile. "I do not think of all of you as crew, though, but as my new family."
"Well spoken, Vellana," Eriana said with an approving nod. "The Visund's crew is indeed like a large family and now it has become more balanced, I deem. We all hope that you and Matta will become more comfortable among us in the days to come."
The young woman ducked her head shyly. "Thank you, Highness."
The food was different than most had sampled before, though Hashim informed them that it was typical of what might be found further upriver. The meats and fish were what might be expected but the dishes had been prepared in different ways, with unusual spices, and the sauces and gravies were new. What caused Eriana to purse her lips were the vegetables, which more resembled a salad than anything more substantial. She also grimaced when the only drink offered was wine in well-worn metal goblets.
She put out her hand to stop the serving girl from filling her goblet.
"Highness?"
"I do not care for wine. What else might there be to drink?"
"Highness, the owners of this house drank only wine with their meals, except that they would drink pel at breakfast."
"What, all of them? Every meal? What about any children?"
The girl looked puzzled. "Of course the babies were given milk as is proper, Highness, but everyone else drank wine."
Eriana simmered and Ursula was forced to step in. "If I may ask, what is your name?"
The girl bobbed. "I am Saret, Mistress."
"Saret, Her Highness and most of her crew come from a distant land where most people do not drink wine," she explained. "It was not generally available. Most of them, including Her Highness, drank ale instead. Since coming to the valley of the Sirrel a few have started drinking wine but most prefer pel if ale or small beer are not available. Otherwise it would be fruit juice or water."
Saret seemed incapable of believing that places existed where wine was not available, but she simply bobbed. "Mistress, I will ask if the kitchen can provide pel. How many desire to drink pel?"
Ursula held up a finger and tasted her wine. It seemed acceptable. She raised an eyebrow at Tyra and received a nod. Hashim and Kalmenar raised their goblets. She looked at Kaldara, who pushed her goblet away and shook her head. The two Yodan girls did likewise.
"For Her Highness, then, for our youngster and for the two young women at the end there."
Saret bobbed again and departed.
"Is this what we are to expect from now on?" Eriana grumbled. "Do the foods become stranger the further ones travels west?"
Hashim looked at Baros who waved a 'carry on' with one hand. "Highness, it is partly true that foods change as one travels west but that is because what fruits and vegetables are grown changes as the lands become drier and warmer. You already know that the fish we catch in the Sirrel are different than those you may find in the wide ocean, the same is true of produce from the land." He shrugged. "Most regular travelers understand this and adapt as they go along."
She showed her displeasure. "If you say so, Hashim. Where I grew up we ate... differently. It will take me some time to adjust to these strange foodstuffs and new tastes."
Baros added, "Highness, when we arrive at Bibek you may find the food more to your liking. The method of preparation of many meals may be different, it is true, but it is likely that you will enjoy them better than what is in front of us now."
"Ah? Do you tell me that what is before us is not what I would normally expect?"
"Partly, Highness. Those of Pakmal have certain customary foods which are not normally eaten by those of Yod, so the meal before us is an unusual mixture, I deem. On the other hand, I assume that we will be venturing into Pakmal itself, so it would be well to be prepared for such items in future."
"You assume correctly, Baros, and I will bear your words in mind in future days."
Eriana looked unsettled for the rest of the meal but the pel helped calm her down. When they rose she asked Ursula, "If I may ask what you intend to do later. Will you remain within or go out to explore the town?"
"Probably the latter, Highness. I think it would be a good idea if I discovered the lay of the land before... I attempt anything more serious."
"Ah, as you say. You will need an escort, especially after what happened earlier."
"Of course, Highness. I thought to take Tyra and Kaldara, all of us dressed Yodan-style, just to have a look around at the local markets and so on, so I'd like your men to be dressed the way they did yesterday, please."
The Princess nodded. "Understandable. I'll ask Lars to make the appropriate preparations for you."
"Thank you, Highness."
* * *
When Ursula, Tyra and Kaldara came down after their nap, attired and ready for their outing, they found three Norsemen waiting for them, since the third man was Adin. All were dressed in tunic and tights and looked uncomfortable in the afternoon heat.
The little cook grinned at her. «Mistress, an opportunity to see what is available should never be missed, not for someone like me. The Captain thought that it would be a good idea for me to come since we would just look like servants or retainers from one of the more prosperous households in the town.»
«Now that is a very good idea, Adin.» Ursula looked at Torvin and Ragnar. «Are you two ready?»
«Of course, Mistress,» Torvin replied.
«Let us go, then. Markets are usually better in the morning so I'm not sure what we will find there now. The sooner we go the sooner we will be back.»
Torvin said, «Mistress, there will be no argument from me.»
The women's cowls were useful in keeping the hot sun off their heads as they walked but Ursula was concerned for the men who were bare-headed. Wearing their straw boaters would make them stand out - and in a way that was not advisable. Anyone who happened to have traveled here from Tserikon would recognize them despite their nondescript clothing.
«Boys? The sun is strong, you really should have something to cover your heads with. When we get to the market we can see if there is anything that will fit. As we walk, take notice of what other men are wearing and see if you can find something similar. We don't want to stand out.»
«Yah. Good idea, Mistress.»
The directions given by the mansion staff proved accurate and they soon reached the market area, which was larger than Ursula expected. This was partly because there was a livestock market to one side, most of the stalls there being cleared away as they arrived. The rest of the market was busy but not heavily so, many customers being put off by the afternoon heat.
Kaldara pointed. «Look there. Hats.»
Ursula was startled. "I did not know that you could speak Norse!"
The disguised girl-boy blushed. "Mistress, I sit with the men every day and that is mostly what they speak. I do not have many words yet. It is a very strange way to speak."
"Indeed. It is said that learning your first foreign language is the hardest one of all since all you know is what you were born with. After that, other languages can usually be learned easier because you now know that things may be different. Are they actually teaching you?"
"They did not at first but when they realized that I wanted to understand then they began to teach me properly. But much of it is words to do with ships and sailing, as you might expect."
"Of course, but it is all useful. And now that I know that you want to learn then I can help you."
"You will? But, Mistress, you are so busy!"
Ursula gave Kaldara a look. "I did not say that would be all I would be doing, Kaldara. But we often have free time in the evenings."
"As you say, Mistress."
"Let us find these gentlemen some hats, then, if we can."
By concocting a story about their usual headwear having been put down in the wrong place and chewed by labris, Ursula obtained three straw hats for the men which did not look anything like boaters. That task complete, she asked the stall-holder if there were any cobblers present and was pointed towards two stalls near the beast market.
Selecting one at apparent random, she pulled Semma's boots out of a cloth bag and presented them to the stall-holder. He took them and inspected them.
"I can find little wrong with these, Mistress. What seems to be the problem?"
"They belong to one of my Master's younger women servants, sir. I am the house's healer and she came to me with a sore big toe recently. I wondered if it would be possible for you to ease this part of the right boot to permit a little more room."
He turned the boots over. "These seem unusual footwear for a servant girl, Mistress."
"She has business in my Master's stables, sir. The frayen sometimes stand on her feet. The boots can also be useful in the event that she is caught when out with the animals in a storm."
"A storm, did you say?" Ursula nodded. "Then these are sturdy boots indeed. Let me see. I might be able to do as you require by tomorrow lunchtime. Would that be too soon?"
"If you are busy with other work then perhaps we could collect them the following morning. It will be cooler for us to come out then."
"Ah, as you say, Mistress. Yes, the heat of the sun can be unpleasant at this time of day." He nodded. "I will have done the work by the morning after tomorrow, certainly."
"We will be here. In fact, you may even see us tomorrow. As a healer I have other needs at the market and my friend here is one of the cooks so will also be here again."
"As you say. Then fare you well, Mistress, until the morning after tomorrow."
The six turned away and Ursula spoke to Adin. «I think we had better see what foodstuffs they have here first, don't you? There may not be much to buy today but you can find out what stalls there are and what they sell.»
«Yah, Mistress.» He pointed. «Look, a seller of fish. Let us go there first, what wares he still has will go off quickly in this sun.»
* * *
"If you would join me, Director."
Botanno entered the small meeting room, an eyebrow raised.
"Highness, I do not know how it is done where you come from but in Pakmal it is customary for any woman to be attended when meeting a man not of her household."
She smiled. "Director, this is true, even in Palarand, but I can assure you that any man would not get very far if they attempted something... untoward with me! I may be unsure about many things that are strange to one of my background but my personal safety is not one of those things."
As the Director took one of the comfortable seats either side of the small, unlit fireplace a servant came into the room carrying a tankard. She offered it to Eriana.
"Highness, Master Hofer says that he thinks that this is what you desire."
She sniffed and then took a cautious sip, nodding. "Ah! This is weak, and has an interesting flavor, but it is definitely beer. If you would thank Master Hofer for me. Where did he find it?"
"Highness, some few of those who normally work in the stables frequent a tavern where it is brewed. There they say there is a demand for it from river travelers from below Yod. Knowing that was the direction you came from, they have acquired a barrel for use by the household's guests."
Eriana took a larger mouthful. "Ah, that is good. Not many of my people drink this beer so mayhap a single barrel will suffice. Thank you again."
Saret curtseyed awkwardly. "Thank you, Highness." She turned to go.
Botanno interrupted. "Hold! If I may ask, Highness, what is it that you drink there?"
"It is the local version of beer, Director, which is drunk freely in the lands below Yod. I will add that it is mostly men who drink it, women preferring pel. For myself, I come from a land much further away and almost everyone in my father's Hall drank it all the time, men and women. Shall you try some?"
She passed her tankard to him and he sniffed cautiously before returning it.
"Curious! This is a drink yet unknown to me and I have traveled the Valley these thirty years with the Army." He looked up at Saret. "If you would bring me a small sample that I may try it."
She curtseyed again. "As you desire, Master."
Botanno watched her leave and then turned to Ursula. "If I may ask, Highness, are you content with the arrangements in this Mansion? It was the best that could be found at such short notice for someone of your status."
Eriana took her own seat. "Director, I must admit to some disquiet. I know that you have provided a guard of soldiers about the property and for that we are grateful. I am more concerned with the servants, though. How can you know whether any of them adhere to the Ascendancy? Most of those who are left are women, it is true, but that does not disqualify them."
Botanno spread his hands. "Highness, the same could be said about everyone in the entire town, I deem. That is the great problem with Yod, that one does not know from man to man, ah, or indeed woman to woman, where their loyalties may lie. We did of course question the staff once we knew you would reside here but that proves nothing. Do you have any specific concern, Highness?"
"I most certainly do, Director! Know you that in Yod itself there was an assassination attempt in our private quarters. It was only by chance that the plot was foiled and the man captured."
"Do you tell me? If I may learn more, Highness."
"It was like this, Director."
Eriana proceeded to recount the incident, carefully obscuring the apparent objective of the assassin. Botanno naturally concluded that the plot was against Eriana herself. As she finished Saret returned with another tankard, knocking before she entered.
"Ah, thank you, Saret. That will be all."
Botanno took a sip. "An interesting taste, I deem." He put the tankard down. "Highness, the evening passes and there is much of importance to discuss before I must needs return to my duties. First, if I may ask you if you have further information about something I noticed in the dispatches we have received from the west, and that is something named the Federation, I believe."
Eriana smiled. "Director, I can indeed, since I am an official in that organization. I was present when the Federation charter was drawn up and signed, and indeed my own signature is upon the document. Let me explain how it happened and what it may mean for countries beyond Yod. Ah, I mean, of course, countries upstream of Yod."
- - -
Eriana replaced her now-empty tankard on the table. "And that, Director, is what the Federation will represent. Not a government which seeks to rule everyone, as the Yodans did, but more of an association of like-minded states which already have a great deal in common."
Botanno looked at his own tankard and thought better of taking another sip. It joined Eriana's on their low table.
"It is certainly an interesting idea, Highness. I could even see advantages for Pakmal to join." His expression changed. "However, given our present state, I am doubtful that such a change would be accepted by many who ought to know better." He spread his hands. "That is just the way it is at the moment."
"How so, My Lord?"
Eriana's change of title reflected the fact that the conversation had changed, was now between two nobles rather than two military officers.
A shrug. "We are weak, Highness, in matters of governance. Beyond Yod, downriver, there are many lands which have strong and reasonably benevolent rulers to guide them. Pakmal only has Arch-Count Tofero and he is, frankly, not suitable for the task before him. Some of those under him, such as myself, attempt to provide the needed governance but many seek only to enrich themselves at the expense of others. Did you notice, when you arrived this morning, what happened before I walked along the pontoons to meet you?"
"Why, as I recall, some soldiers came, a mass of them. Then there was an argument, or so it seemed... I could not tell, the line of pontoons is long and there were obstructions partly in my view."
"Aye, you were right, Highness." He sighed. "To briefly explain, the port is guarded by troops led by Under Field-Director Gerran. The town is controlled by troops from two divisions, one commanded by Under Field-Director Masso and the other by Field-Director Bassenar. His division is supposed to be managing the local countryside and the Trade Road but he seems to have decided to base most of them in Wadek.
"Gerran wanted his men to rush the pontoons, assuming that they could quickly overcome the small number of men that had arrived on your vessels. Masso wanted his own men to lead the charge and I suspect that was because he wanted the credit for the, ah, victory for himself. Bassenar and myself argued against, since I knew exactly who you were and what your men would likely do, and Bassenar since it was two of his platoons which were sent to Tserikon to investigate the reports of Ascendancy activity there.
"Once he had learned who had asked for that support, and from me just who you probably were, he soon added his voice to mine. Even though I outranked the other two it was difficult to restrain them from issuing the command to attack. That is why I stopped them by simply walking onto the pontoons and, effectively, getting in their way."
"That was brave of you, My Lord."
"I thought of it more as showing my ability to lead, Highness, though the others will disagree. Tell me, if the troops had attacked, would your men have done as I suspected?"
A wry smile. "Probably, My Lord. We Norse are not known for backing away from a good fight." The smile disappeared. "Of course, it would not have ended well, I deem. Not with those two galleys sitting there."
"As you say. Though you should know that there are barely enough men to crew one and a half galleys. Rowing is not something that Pakmali soldiers will ever volunteer for."
"Interesting! So we could perhaps have escaped, ah, I meant withdrawn, of course." The two shared a grin. "Tell me, if you have too few to crew two galleys, how is it there are five moored there?"
"The other three are war booty, Highness, two captured when we arrived here and the third found abandoned in an inlet upriver as we advanced." Botanno shook his head. "Bringing it here involved threats, sanctions and offers of bonuses before enough were found to man the oars. I am trying to discover a way in which we can remove them to Pakmal without using troops who will object to the duty or empty my war chest."
Eriana coughed. "Ah, Director, I suspect that you were supposed to hand those galleys over to me. You say that you have read dispatches, tell me, have you received anything concerning a new military force to be set up by the Federation? It will be named the Navy and one branch will replace all the different local river forces with but a single one, managing the whole of the Sirrel."
"The Navy, did you say? Let me think... I did see something, it is true, but I thought that it was only of concern to the Allied forces and Pakmal, of course, is not part of those forces."
"Do you tell me? An oversight, I deem, but apparent if you knew nothing of the Federation either. My Lord, we may have a problem."
Botanno grinned. "Highness, it is no problem for me! I will be delighted to hand the galleys over to you. From my point of view it will mean that they are no longer of concern to Pakmal."
"It is not so simple, My Lord. Though these vessels, and others more modern that will follow them, will sail under the flag of the Federation, the Federation would not desire to operate them. It would mean having a base of foreign vessels and sailors upon the lands of each country and few would agree to that. In practice each country along the Sirrel knows its own waters well and vessels operating there would be crewed and run by those nations."
Botanno frowned. "I think I understand. Aye, if a land is part of the Federation then it would be natural to supply men and vessels to play its part." He nodded. "So where will Pakmal fit into this arrangement?"
"My Lord, I have no idea. I wish that I had asked my advisor Lord Kalmenar to attend this evening. If Pakmal joined the Federation the problem would be moot. If it does not," she shrugged, "something may be done with a treaty, perhaps. I do not know, I am not versed in such arrangements between countries."
"Nor I, Highness, though from your own account I know more than you. Tell me, must this be decided here and now?"
"My Lord, whatever we do will take weeks if not months. What is it you propose?"
"Merely to adjourn for the night, perhaps to talk again tomorrow. In that time I will re-read those dispatches concerning the... Navy, was it? And you may consult your advisor."
"Your words are wise, My Lord." She stood and Botanno stood as well. "I trust you will have a peaceful night with no further distractions."
"I could wish for such luck, Highness." He bowed. "Good night to you."
"And to you, Director."
* * *
"Did you meet your contact?"
The two, with Tyra standing watch, were at the bottom of the rear stair leading to the mansion's Bathing Block. There was a lantern there but otherwise the whole courtyard was shrouded in darkness.
"We did, Highness, and it has been arranged for the morning after tomorrow. There could be a problem, though."
"Oh?"
"They are not going to want me to bring an escort along, Highness. I do not think they will object to Tyra and most women go around in pairs or groups anyway, so I would stand out more if I was on my own. But men will be a different proposition."
Eriana looked frustrated. "Ursula... I really, really do not want anything to happen to you. All my being screams out to protect you," a rueful smile, "even though you seem to continually find yourself in scrapes! You are too important to our expedition, to Palarand, to Anmar... to me. I do not want you to go off somewhere unknown without any protection."
"Neither do I, Highness, but at the end of that journey will be an old man from Earth, I hope."
"Why are you so determined to find this man? He is old, his day has come and gone. What use is he now to anybody?"
"And that is exactly why I think we will be safe, Highness. He is not the leader any more so he has no importance to them except as part of their history. And it is his history I am interested in, a history which only I will be able to understand."
"I know that! It is just that I do not trust any of them, not after everything that has happened since we sailed from Tobeligo. I would remind you that we even had an assassin seeking you in Yod City!" Eriana considered. "You are more important than that old man is! I must ask you to go back to your contact tomorrow and see if they will consider letting Torvin and Ragnar come with you."
Ursula shook her head. "Highness, there is no point. Where we will be going we will likely be surrounded by members of the Ascendancy. If I took Torvin and Ragnar then, once we arrived, their throats would be the first to be cut. It is better that we go alone."
The Princess changed targets. "Tyra, are you content with this? I know that you will say that you will go wherever your mistress goes but this is different."
"Aye, Highness, it is, but they already know me and they know that Mistress Ursula will not attend alone. If I am not there then they will suspect something."
"But... but..." Eriana's eyes were wild. "Supposing that I were to substitute for Tyra? I could go as your companion, Ursula!"
"You cannot, Highness. You are too tall, your hair is distinctive, you are already well-known here. Unlike Tyra you would be a worthwhile hostage for them. Besides, you have no suitable attire as you well know."
Eriana's shoulders sagged with defeat. "You are right, Ursula." Her eyes lit up. "What about Semma? No. They know Tyra. Ursula, I cannot bear this."
"I know, Highness. I know."
Ursula goes to the market the following day and encounters several dranakhs on the way back. A restless nap leads her to reconsider the dangerous decision she has made. A personal talk with Eriana adjusts their plans. The following day, unexpected allies are revealed.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
59 - Second Thoughts
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Tsuft?" The stall-holder eyed Ursula
dubiously. "I know of it, of course, but it is of specialized
interest. Which part were you interested in, Mistress? Root? Leaf?
Flower? Nut? Or perhaps powdered bark?"
"The Old Woman in the Woods at Bakhzorum told me to ask for dried, powdered root, Mistress."
The woman nodded at the reference. "It is very powerful, Mistress. If I may ask, did she give instructions for use?"
"Oh, yes, she was very careful with her instructions and I know that I must be very careful when I prepare it. My problem, as you may appreciate, is that I am on a vessel which is traveling upriver. Since I do not know when I may be able to find any tsuft root along the way I have to lay in some kind of supply."
"Then I may be able to help you, Mistress, though not today. Will your barge be staying in Wadek many days?"
Ursula did not correct the assumption. "That depends on how many days it would take to provide the root. We will be here at least three or four, I would guess. My captain may stay longer if I ask him to but there are limits, of course."
"Of course, Mistress. Ah, were you one of those on that odd ship which caused the fuss yesterday morning, is that not so?"
"I am forced to admit that I was, Mistress. Is this typical of Pakmal behavior?"
The stall-holder rolled her eyes. "Oh, yes, Mistress! Why, I could tell you stories that would make you weep with frustration, except that you probably have already had similar experiences. Wadek will be so relieved once these nuisances have gone back home that the town will probably order a party."
"Mistress, I cannot disagree."
"So, to the roots, then. I may be able to bring some tomorrow, if not then it will be the following day. I should warn you that the cost may be significant."
"I knew that would likely be the case, Mistress. How much?"
"Somewhere around a Kroter a silverweight, Mistress." She watched Ursula intently.
"That tells me something but does not tell me what a silverweight of dried tsuft root looks like. Can you give me some idea, say, by using another of these herbs or spices?"
The stall-holder pursed her lips. "Mistress, I am not very familiar with tsuft root, it is, as we both know, a rarely-used remedy. However, perhaps it will look something like this."
She searched around the small sacks, jars and bottles which covered the front of the stall, finally selecting a sack of reddish spice. She poured a little of this into one of the pans of her scales, eyed the resulting heap and then added a little more.
"There. I think that would be about what a silverweight would look like, Mistress."
Ursula studied the small heap, attempting to translate it into the measures she had been told to use, finally nodding.
"I estimate that amount would last me about twelve to fourteen days. A Kroter for that much? Surely not."
The stallholder spread her hands. "It is a herb rarely used these days, Mistress, because of the damage it can do to those unfamiliar with it. This means that not much is produced... of the root, that is. The powdered bark is also used, as you may know, but is not so dangerous. Because the root is rarely used the amounts available may be small and I must needs pay the producers. Um, I could perhaps go down to ten sols but no more. As I said, the root is rare."
"Eight Sols. I have to justify this to my captain."
The woman sighed. "Nine. I dare not ask any less, Mistress."
"Done, Mistress. I will take whatever you can find up to... let us say, five silverweights." She smiled. "Our captain has agreed to fund the procedure but we all know that to own a ship is to throw money directly into the river. He will not pay for more than five silverweights, I would guess."
"Done, Mistress. I will see how much is available and bring what I can tomorrow morning."
"Ah, I will be busy most of tomorrow, Mistress. The following morning would be more convenient for both of us."
"As you say, Mistress. I will expect you then."
"Until then."
Ursula turned away from the stall and considered what to do next. With her this morning were Tyra and Kaldara and the latter asked, "Mistress, if I may ask, I thought that you were coming here tomorrow, to collect Mistress Semma's boots. That should not take so long."
Aware now that ears had been listening that she should have taken note of, she replied, "Tyra and I have an errand to run tomorrow, Kaldara. It begins here in the market and the boots will be collected on our way through. I am sorry but you will not be able to come with us tomorrow. Didn't you have something arranged to do down at the ship?"
"I do, Mistress. I was just curious, that is all." The girl-boy blushed. "I am not used to asking so many questions! Papa did not like it as he said that was not something that women do."
Ursula snorted. "If you stay with us long enough you will discover that Tyra asks many questions, some of which even I cannot answer! Whether you are boy or girl you should ask questions because it is the only way you can find out more about the world and everything that is in it. It is just... that you should take a note of when and where to ask, Kaldara. Sometimes people have things they need to keep private and sometimes they have a need to concentrate on whatever they are doing."
"I understand, Mistress. Like the Captain when we set out from Joth... I disturbed her when she needed to look at the river and decide which path to take."
"Exactly. Now, we are at the market, what else can we do while we are here?"
"I do not know, Mistress. Papa would not let us go to the market often, he said that was for servants to do."
"That may be true but we are pretending to be servants today, are we not? We will just do as every other woman does, Kaldara, we will wander around the stalls and just look at what is available. It is possible that any one of us will find something of interest or even worth purchasing today."
"As you say, Mistress."
They began drifting along the rows of stalls. Some were of little interest and some might have been to Kaldar but which Kaldara was forced to ignore. Girl servants were not supposed to be interested in swords, knives and other instruments of mayhem. Ursula did stop at a fabric stall and finger some of the bolts of cloth displayed there, wondering if it might be a good idea to find some material that would suit Kaldar. The existing single set of tee-shirt and cargo shorts would probably suffice for the present but once the herbs began to take effect they would be outgrown very rapidly.
"Tyra, remind me to mention cloth to the Captain when we return to the mansion. I know that the material we have on board has run down and we could do with a supply, even if it is a different color or weight."
"Mistress, I thought that the other day. I heard Captain Baros speak to Captain Tor about the clothes his men wore and wondered if his own could have the same."
"That is true. If the weather keeps this warm then we should make sure that nobody is going to overheat, and that includes Nethra, Banest, Larys, Matta and Vellana."
Her eyes slid to indicate Kaldara and Tyra nodded. "Of course, Mistress."
Two stalls later Ursula's attention was taken by a bleat from a dranakh. It was behind the stall and loose, having been munching on fodder provided by the stall-holder. When Ursula came into visual range it had stopped eating and focused its attention on her.
The stall-holder turned. "Zamok! What is it?"
It shuffled forward and tried to push between two adjacent stalls but they were positioned too closely together. It bleated at Ursula again.
"Master," she said, "I think it wants to say hello to me." She gave him a reassuring smile. "For some odd reason they seem to take an interest in me. May I?"
He swiveled back to stare at Ursula, taking in her appearance, her basket and her two companions.
"What is it you do, woman?"
The man's attitude annoyed her but she hid her reaction. Yodans were just that way. "Master, I am a healer, come to the market to top up my remedies. We also wander the market looking for anything that might interest my Mistress."
He grunted. "Huh. I doubt you will find anything on my stall. You may touch the dranakh."
She went between the two stalls and put her hand on the dranakh's snout, finding it warm and dry as usual.
"Hello, Zamok. I am Ursula. It is nice to meet you."
The eyes were intelligent as they gazed at her own. The snout briefly raised and then dipped, breaking the contact. Zamok withdrew a step and then bleated a complex message at her.
The man was surprised. "What did you do, woman? He has never done that before! Can you understand them? What did he say to you?"
"Master, they often make noises at me but I have no idea what they are saying." She shrugged. "I have no idea why they take an interest in me either, but I think it would be unwise if I ignored them."
He looked at her doubtfully. "Dranakh are great beasts and it is difficult to ignore them when they desire something. Though I do not understand what just happened I am forced to agree that you may be right."
And that is as close to an agreement that I am likely to get. Good enough.
"Thank you, Master, for letting me greet Zamok. Good day to you. Come on girls, we have things to do."
On the way back to the mansion Ursula was greeted by two other dranakhs but those were both pulling wagons. She could only wave at them as they passed by.
Back in the mansion only the five rescued women appeared to be around. "Where is Her Highness?"
Nethra answered, "She is aboard one of our vessels, Mistress, but she will return for lunch. Did you fare well at the market today?"
"I think so, but I will not know for a day or two. The roots I wanted are hard to find, it would appear."
Kaldara mentioned, "Do not forget the dranakhs, Mistress."
"What's this?"
Ursula tried to dismiss it with a wave. "Oh, I have had a number of dranakhs show interest in me since I began this journey on the river," she explained. "For some reason they seem to recognize me but I have no idea why."
Larys asked, "What about before then, Mistress?"
Ursula turned to her. "There were no dranakhs where I was before. This is all new to me." As the barge woman opened her mouth she added, "I come from a very long way away. There are no dranakhs there at all."
Larys closed her mouth. Nethra asked, "Do they threaten you, Mistress? I hear that they can detect when someone does not like them."
"Not threaten, no. It seems to be curiosity." For some reason she did not mention the dreams or what she had done in Tserikon when the Wardens had grabbed her and Tyra. "I wish I knew what they were curious about."
* * *
Ursula jerked awake, breathing heavily. The afternoon was warm but not uncomfortably so. Around her both Tyra and Kaldara were still asleep, their breathing steady. The disturbing images were still clearly present in her mind.
How does that work? How can I possibly be seeing something I could not have seen? I'm seeing Eriana, on the Visund, from the water. Low down in the water, too. Now I'm moving away from the ship, going around the pontoons... wait, wait. Pontoons? There's a slipway coming, I'm moving up it to a cart piled high with reeds.
Suddenly she recognized the place.
This is Tserikon! But how can I... this must be what Fenn saw! How is this possible?
Her confused brain gave up and she fell asleep again. When she woke again it felt as though she had not slept at all.
"Mistress? You look terrible!"
Ursula gave a wan smile. "Thank you, Tyra, that is just what I needed. I do feel somewhat rough. Um, I have had some very strange dreams."
"Last time you had strange dreams, Mistress, was after that meeting with the dranakh, oh, when was it? Oh, that place that decided it did not want to be part of Yod."
"Tobeligo, you mean." She looked around. "Where's Kaldara?"
"She woke some time ago, Mistress. You always seem to sleep longer after you have talked to the dranakhs."
"Oh. That had not occurred to me but you are right." She stretched and then climbed from the bed. "The toilet first, I think, and then I have to speak to Her Highness. I think I may have done something very stupid."
"Mistress?"
Ursula waved a hand. "This time you will have to wait, Tyra. I need to have a personal conversation with her before I can say anything to you."
Tyra looked upset. "Does that mean that you do not trust me to keep secrets, Mistress?"
"Not at all, Tyra! My mind is... not clear enough yet to know what to tell anyone, including her or you. I would probably confuse both of us if I talked it over with you first. I need her advice on this."
"As you say, Mistress. Ah, there are other things I can do while you are with Her Highness."
Ursula smiled gratefully. "Thank you, Tyra. I don't want to do it this way but today I do not think I have any choice."
"As you wish, Mistress."
Downstairs Ursula found Eriana talking with the other women in one of the mansion's sitting rooms. She turned and smiled as Ursula and Tyra entered.
"You have awakened at last! Is there some problem, Ursula?"
"Maybe, Highness, but not directly related to oversleeping." She paused, considering her words. "I apologize for disturbing your conversation but I would like to have a word with you in private, if I may. I do not want to interrupt but this concerns tomorrow."
Eriana's eyebrows rose. "Indeed? Then, ladies, if you would excuse us."
With a wave of her hands for everyone else to remain seated she stood and gestured at a doorway as she spoke to Ursula. "I have discovered that there are small chambers through there we may use to speak privately." She frowned as Tyra curtseyed and then walked back towards the stairs. "Tyra will not attend you? Mysterious indeed!"
"Highness, I could point out that you will also be unattended. Let me explain that my thoughts are muddled and I did not wish to confuse Tyra before I spoke to you."
Eriana smiled. "So you decided to confuse me first, then? Let us find seats."
The chamber had probably been used as some kind of office as there was a big desk and the walls were lined with shelves heaped with books and papers. However there were also four comfy armchairs surrounding a small circular table. Eriana chose one and Ursula sat opposite. She put her hands in her lap and composed herself.
"If this concerns your adventure tomorrow, Ursula, does this mean that you have changed your mind?"
"In a way, Highness, but it is more complicated than that. First, I need to apologize to you for my recent actions. Planning to go off after an old man is perhaps the most stupid thing I have ever done and you were right to object. I have now thought about what I had planned and, in the light of fresh information, I need to speak to you about what should happen tomorrow."
Eriana waved a hand. "We have spoken before, Ursula. I know that you move by the designs of Beings I barely understand and that it is not my part to obstruct you. What you intend is certainly dangerous but I decided that you knew best what the risks to you might be. You have not failed in the past, have you?"
"No, Highness, but that does not mean that it is impossible for me to fail in the future. I was told that the Beings dealt always in probabilities and that means that there is always, always, a chance that things can go wrong."
"As you say." Eriana grinned. "Every Einnlander knows that battle may result in the death of those taking part so I understand this. In this world, as it must be on Earth, I imagine, the possibility of death is always present." The grin turned into a frown. "But you do not speak of probabilities, I deem."
"No, Highness." Ursula stopped and thought.
This is very hard for me to do. To break the habit of a lifetime is so difficult, but I am a different person now and I cannot be bound by the past.
"When we were in Joth," she began slowly, "you heard the story of my life on Earth."
Eriana nodded. "I did not understand much of it since Earth is so much more complicated than this tiny portion of Anmar."
"While I was on Earth, as you know, I was essentially a woman in the body of a man. When I came here and eventually accepted what had happened I felt an immense relief, I thought that I could now continue my life as a proper woman with the body I should have had from the start. However, I had overlooked that, on Earth, I had twenty-five years," she shrugged, "maybe twenty-one Anmar years or so, of forcing myself to hide my real personality. What I learned today is that it can be very hard to break those habits."
"I know what you mean, I really do, Ursula. Before I left Einnland to sail north I was a wild child who made rash decisions, annoyed everyone and probably gotten many of my loyal retainers killed. It was only when I arrived at Palarand and met Garia that I finally began to grow up. Even now, though, my impulsive nature sometimes breaks through and I must needs restrain myself. Is this what you mean?"
"In a way." Ursula paused, gathering her strength. "You do not know the real me, Highness. Nobody does. I have been keeping it hidden down inside because that is the way that I survived on Earth. To a certain extent it is the way I have survived so far on Anmar. You probably think of me as a stubborn emotionless person who can face any danger, like that assassin, without a problem but all I was doing was pushing the problem deep inside.
"Today I finally understood that. Today I finally realized that I had pushed myself into doing something that even I would not have survived. In my time on Earth, working as a... healer, the patients came constantly one after the other and there was no time to think about anything else. On Anmar, since we left Joth, my life has been similar. One thing after another has happened and I have not had time to think about any of it. Today, for the first time, I have understood the likely consequences of my own actions. I have been stupid. I have calmly arranged for my own death and worse, that of Tyra."
"Surely it cannot be that bad? You had assurances from that man!"
Ursula spread her hands. "Highness, the Commissioner is from a former ruling faction who your men were fighting to the death not many days ago. He and his associates want every foreigner out of Yod, one way or another. I doubt that any of them can be trusted to keep their word. He knows that I am from Earth. If he does not hold me prisoner and attempt to obtain information from me then he will certainly kill me."
"But how can you be so certain? Oh, you mentioned new information. How? I do not recall any messages arriving since you returned from the market. Did you learn something there, perhaps?"
"In a way. I met a dranakh and was greeted by several more on the way back to the mansion. When I went for my nap, I had strange dreams, and I begin to wonder if they were dreams at all. Remember the incident in Tserikon, when those Wardens grabbed us? Today I saw the whole of that incident through the eyes of the dranakh Fenn, Highness."
"You did?"
"I did. I saw myself and Tyra being accosted by that group of Wardens, then the road as Fenn went down it to the port, then what he saw as he swam out to find the Visund, then when the men presented themselves and were rejected. You arrived and I felt the satisfaction, Highness, as Fenn knew that he had found the right person. He then led you all the way back up through Tserikon to the very spot when he had last seen me, and then right through until he tried to get into that shed by barging the door, before you called him off."
Eriana's mouth was hanging open by now. "That's..." She stopped herself and gave a small smile. "By now, after knowing Garia and yourself for so long, I should know better than to claim something is impossible. Now Garia did once mention that she thought that the dranakhs could read each other's thoughts. I do not know what that would mean."
"The idea of a whole species that can communicate by thought is something people on Earth have wondered for a long time but without any examples to study the idea remains just that. In this case I think that they can transfer images from one to another. Now, I would guess that Fenn is still doing what he usually does in Tserikon and yet his account of what happened has followed me all the way to Wadek. That has serious implications, Highness. Can they project over that entire distance or has the message been passed from... head to head, let us say, all that way from dranakh to dranakh?"
Eriana stared at Ursula then shook her head. "I cannot understand such ideas, Ursula. I leave such matters up to those who may discover more, such as yourself. But the mere account of what happened in Tserikon should not cause you disquiet, Ursula. There is more, I deem."
"Oh, yes, Highness! Now, all that I have described so far is as if I was there myself. I could see it all in sharp detail and full color. Oh, I also had sound and smell, Highness, the full picture. But after that, I had some further dreams. Some of these were just as sharp and colorful but others were..." How do I explain TV pictures to someone on Anmar? Particularly badly tuned black-and-white ones? "...strange, misty, muddy, lacking most color. I believe these are what dranakhs usually see from inside our heads. I was being shown the thoughts of men who were preparing for what they thought would happen tomorrow."
Eriana's face lit up. "Ah? Then we have advance warning, it seems!"
Ursula's expression was grim. "We do. The images showed myself and Tyra being knifed to death in the yard of a farmstead."
The Princess's eyes bored into hers. "Then you cannot go. I will not permit it."
"If that was all there was to it, Highness, I would agree, but it is not. Remember, I said all this was governed by probabilities. The future is always uncertain. I have also asked myself why I was so determined to go and find this man and I am wondering if it was one of the reasons why I was sent to Anmar at all. Those Beings have made a great effort to get me here and there has to be a reason, just as there was a reason to bring Princess Garia here. I cannot imagine that my time here would be so brief."
"You think that was your destiny?"
A shrug. "I doubt that it was all of my destiny, Highness. But, remember, I have been given the ability to understand languages that I have never heard before and I did not have that on Earth. The Beings gave that to me, along with an improved memory. I wonder if they also gave me some hidden instructions to do certain things along the way."
Eriana briefly smiled. "In our sagas there are many heroes who are obliged by the Gods to do certain things, or to suffer curses which restrict or direct their actions. What you describe is very similar, Ursula." The smile died. "But Garia told me that the Beings did not do this. They moved people like yourself to Anmar and then stood back, letting them decide their own fate. Do you tell me that it is not so?"
"I cannot possibly answer that, Highness. I doubt if I will ever be able to. I have to act as if I can decide my own actions until I learn otherwise."
"As you say. But this does not answer the question. It is too dangerous for you to go yet you believe that there is some way that you can make this journey and yet survive."
"The dranakhs, Highness. They are the key to all this. The reason that Fenn went down to the Visund and sought you out was because I asked him to."
"What?"
"Highness, when those men grabbed us I did not know what to think. Then Fenn came out of a side street and he was obviously concerned. I needed to let you know what had happened and I could think of no way to do it, but seeing the dranakh gave me an idea. I could not just give him a picture of you since the village is full of women and I was not sure if he would know that you were a visitor, so I first gave him a picture of the Visund and after that one of you standing in it with your sword over your shoulder. That seemed to be enough and off he went. There was no time to do anything else."
Eriana considered. "Aye. The old man told us that his dranakh came immediately to the dock gate and waited until it was opened. He then went to the slipway and insisted that he be released from the cart. Once he had been released he went into the water and then searched out the ship." She nodded. "Ursula, it seems that you can speak with these beasts. Do you think that they can save your life, and that of Tyra?"
"That I do not know, Highness. Everybody just thinks of them as beasts of burden who sometimes know in advance what their owners want. If Fenn's memories can be sent from beast to beast all the way here for me to see then there has to be something more. And, it also seems that something about me interests them enough to want to look after my welfare. If that were not so, then I do not think they would have shown me those images of us being killed. Highness, they were giving me a warning."
"That you should not go. Then, I deem, that dranakhs can make sensible decisions. But you have some other idea."
"Highness, I believe that, with the assistance of the dranakhs we can go to visit this farmstead - which, I may add, they have not told me about - and return safely. Tomorrow we are supposed to meet someone in a side street next to the market place. Since they will not be able to blindfold us in public we will be put into a closed wagon - which will be drawn by a dranakh, of course. The wagon would then take us, in theory, to meet the Old Führer and afterwards to bring us back. I think that the dranakh community is willing to help us make those journeys safely."
"I doubt that those men will believe that you can do this."
Ursula grinned. "Then the dranakh pulling the wagon will just stand there until they do, Highness. I will ask it to."
"And later? What happens when you arrive at this farmstead and step down from the wagon?"
"It is a working farmstead, Highness. There are ten men there, including the Old Führer. There are no women there but four dranakhs. What do you think would happen if I were to be harmed?"
Eriana nodded. "I understand. Now, I do not know if you have been told this, but Garia spoke to the beasts after her final battle. She sent one off to obtain help since there were too few men left to risk sending one. Before that, however, something happened which makes me agree with your idea. You see, in the caravan bringing Garia and Keren back to the palace were six wagons, each pulled by a dranakh. When they were attacked one wagon went into a ditch and was stuck there. The other five dranakhs were released and would not let the enemy pass. One of the dranakhs was shot by a Yodan gun -"
"Shot! Boje!"
"Just so. It was killed. The other four went wild and hunted down and killed many of those who attacked. Apparently their rage was so murderous that even Garia's men were frightened. If dranakhs have such a regard for you then I have no doubt the local herd will respond in a like manner." She nodded thoughtfully. "It is a risk but with what I know and with my own experiences I believe that it is enough. Ursula, you and Tyra may go but plans must needs be made before you attend the wagon tomorrow."
"Highness, I agree completely."
"There is one other matter. Tomorrow you must present to these men the face of Ursula from Earth. Once this business is done then I desire to see the true Ursula from time to time."
Ursula's face was an expressionless mask. "Highness, I will try to do this but it will be so hard. It would be the same as walking the streets naked. I have hidden the woman inside for so long now, I am not sure that I know how to let her see the light of day."
"I will be there to help you," Eriana said softly. "It need not be a sudden change but a gentle unfolding, I deem. I understand now why you did not want Tyra to join this meeting."
"Even saying this is hard, Highness. I did not want to embarrass Tyra."
"She will understand, Ursula, just as I do. Women must oft-times present a face to the world that shows something they are not. For us, too, it can be hard. We will find a way."
"Thank you, Highness."
~o~O~o~
Tyra was understandably nervous as she and Ursula entered the market the next morning, both attired as modest Yodan women. Beside them walked Bennett and Semma, who were both dressed in palace uniforms and with weapons obviously to hand.
"Are you sure that this will work, Mistress?"
"We have talked this over several times already, Tyra. Nothing is ever certain as you know, but Her Highness is satisfied that the risks are sufficiently low that we can go. Are you worried about my safety or your own?"
"Both, Mistress. I am just concerned that we may not carry anything with which to defend ourselves."
"I do have one or two items in the toolkit which could have been useful, but they are wrapped up and hidden away so will be of little use. Look, there is the cobbler, watching us."
"And with him is the Commissioner! He is dressed differently but I would know that face anywhere."
"Good morning, Mistress," the cobbler greeted her as they reached his stall.
The two men were distinctly unsettled by the appearance of the two guardswomen. The Commissioner's eyes scanned the market area nervously, looking for other people who might not have his best interests at heart.
"Good morning. This is Guardswoman Bennett and this is Guardswoman Semma. It is Semma who owns the boots I asked you to look at."
"They will accompany you?" the Commissioner growled. "This was not what we agreed."
Ursula rolled her eyes. "Of course not! Semma has come to try on the boots, which your man here said would be ready this morning. She would of course not be walking around Wadek on her own."
He flushed. "My apologies, Mistress. You must understand that... unexpected changes... make me nervous." He frowned. "Guardswomen? Of what land?"
Bennet replied, "Palarand, Master. We serve King Robanar."
He grimaced. "That is not a name I desire to hear this morning!" He turned to Ursula. "However, Mistress, I cannot fault your logic. If you would conclude your business with the boots."
The cobbler produced the boots and gingerly handed them to Semma. There was a stool outside the stall for patrons to try on footwear after repairs and so Semma did just that. She stood and walked some steps to get a feel for the adjustment.
"Master, this is good work. It feels much more comfortable now. Thank you."
The two boots were handed back and the cobbler returned them to the bag they came in, which was handed to Semma. Ursula asked him, "How much?"
He shrugged. "Mistress it did not involve so much attention. I will only ask two Benis."
"As you will."
Tyra fished in her coin purse and handed over two coins. The cobbler took them and nodded.
"Thank you, Mistress." He looked at the Commissioner.
"What are your intentions, Mistress?" the Commissioner asked Ursula. "Shall these depart, that we might be about our own business?"
"Maybe. I think that I want these two to come with us as far as the next corner, where they can observe what is happening but without hearing anything we say or interfering."
He thought about this for a while and then reluctantly nodded agreement. "As you wish, Mistress. But no further! If you would all follow me, then."
They walked in a loose group through the market, the Commissioner belatedly realizing that the presence of the two guardswomen in their uniforms made the group a subject of interest for all who were there. They passed through the livestock market and turned along a road leading off, where the Commissioner halted after a few steps.
"Here will do! We are all out of sight of those in the market now. Is this acceptable to you, Mistress?"
Ursula nodded. "It will do well, Commissioner -"
"Do not use that name here!"
"My apologies, ah, Master. I had forgotten your status here." She gestured. "Is that the wagon?"
"It is. Have you any more surprises for me?"
Ursula stared at him long enough that he flushed again. "I would point out, Master, that you have not told me of any of your surprises yet."
He looked offended. "Mistress, I may be a Yodan, I may wish that matters were not as they are, but I am considered an honorable man. What will happen is what we agreed, nothing more."
She stared at him thoughtfully. Maybe those at the farmstead have not told him what is going to happen. Maybe he is just a good actor. Either way we are prepared.
"We will see. Let us go," she said. "The sooner this is done, the sooner we will be back here."
With a nod to Bennett and Semma, who remained watching, Ursula, Tyra and the Commissioner walked the thirty or so strides to the wagon. Waiting for them were four men, all of whom looked like they had once been trained soldiers. Rough, hardened, suspicious men. Two stood on the sidewalk while the other two watched from the driver's bench.
"Who are those two? Are those uniforms? Why are they watching us?"
"Those two are trained guardswomen, boys, those are indeed uniforms and they probably know how to use those swords. They are just keeping an eye on these two, that is all."
"Swords won't help them against crossbows!"
The Commissioner sighed with exasperation. "Do I have to tell you everything? If you raise a weapon then they'll just fade around that corner before you even load a bolt. If you get that far, the meeting will be off."
"As you say. Don't have to like it, though."
Ursula ignored this byplay and walked straight past the two men waiting for them on the sidewalk, heading for the dranakh. Resting her hand on its head she said, "Good morning, Tosk. Are you ready to take me to the farmstead?"
She got a friendly bleat in reply as Tosk raised his head to look at her. The reaction from the four men was completely different, though. The two on the bench jumped to the ground and approached, but stopped when they saw the dranakh turn its head towards them. The two already down put their hands on the hilts of their swords.
"What's this? How do you know its name?"
Another asked, "Better still, how did you find out where we were going? What are you, a spy?"
"I know many things," she said evenly. "For example, I know that there are ten men at the farmstead, no women and four dranakhs besides this one. I also know that when we reach the farmstead I will be killed in the courtyard by you," she pointed, "using the knife you have down the inside of your left boot, and you," she pointed again. "will kill my assistant with the knife at your belt."
To say that the four men were shocked would be an understatement. They stood, speechless for a while, trying to work out how their plan had been completely blown. The first one indicated involuntarily glanced down at his left boot, confirming Ursula's words.
The Commissioner's eyes were hard. "Is this true? You intended to kill this pair? That was not what was agreed!"
The first one turned to him. "We do not answer to you, traitor. The orders were that no-one not of the Ascendancy should learn where He was kept! Secrecy must be absolute in these difficult times."
Ursula briefly closed her eyes and then said to the Commissioner, "They were not going to tell you what was to happen, since one of the men at the farmstead intended to knife you in the back when you saw what they were doing to us."
"What?" His face paled. "How could you possibly know that? Can you see into the future?"
Ursula smiled, despite the situation. "I cannot see any further than you can, Commissioner." One of the men spat on hearing that name. She returned her hand to the dranakh's head. "However, my friend here and his friends have seen the thoughts running through these men's heads and yesterday they warned me what was planned."
The four men were shocked again. The Commissioner blurted, "You can talk to the dranakhs?"
"Not exactly. It is more that they can communicate with me in their own fashion. How did you think that these creatures could know what their owners intended before they asked? They can sense the intent in their owner's minds. In the same way, if someone nearby thinks about doing something in the near future, for example something violent, then they can sense that as well." She shrugged. "For some reason I can be sent these messages easier than other people can and they treat me differently because of that."
She stepped back. "Now here is what will happen, so all of you had better listen carefully. You will take us and the Commissioner to the farmstead where we will speak with the Old Führer. When we have finished we will be returned here - today. If we have not returned to this spot, safe and well, before the eighth bell today a company of Pakmali soldiers will be sent to the farmstead to pick up your bodies."
The men stared at her. What was happening was completely beyond their experience.
One asked, "Our bodies?"
"If either of us - any of us three - are killed or even harmed, the dranakhs at the farm will hunt all of you down and kill you. They will probably destroy the farm buildings as they do so. Do not think that you could finish us off on the way back, either. The dranakhs will know if you attempt anything."
"But we might not take you where you want to go. What happens then?"
She smiled again. "That will not happen. Tosk has never been to the farmstead but his friends have given him exact directions. Whatever you tell him to do, he will ignore you and head directly there."
Another asked, "And what if we kill you three now? It will just be another regrettable robbery in Wadek."
Ursula jerked a thumb. "Did you forget our watchers? Have a look at them now."
They switched their attention to Bennett and Semma, noticing that Bennett had something in her mouth, something on a white cord.
"There are a number of men in the streets surrounding this one. If that whistle is blown those men will run here and capture you. Escape will be impossible. If you did manage to find a way out then, remember, every dranakh will be watching for you. If one sees any of you, it will be known immediately."
Although we will be dead by then, of course. It will be for others to administer justice.
"Balth!" One of the men exclaimed. "She's got us all ways, boys." He addressed Ursula. "What happens now, woman? You turn us over to the invaders?"
Ursula shook her head. "Of course not! Unlike some of those here I am honorable. We make the journey as originally planned. Provided that we are returned to this spot before the eighth bell today no word will be said to anybody. Do I make myself clear?"
He was incredulous. "You would let us go?"
"I am not your jailer. I am merely someone traveling the river. Yodans need to decide their own future and it is not my place to interfere. I want to speak to the Old Führer since we share some past history, that is all. He has been away from his homeland a long time, now. Then I will leave and you can all resume your game of murdering everyone who disagrees with you."
He had the grace to flush. "Woman, you wrong me. I do not - No. You are a foreigner, as you said. Our disagreements do not concern you." He turned to the others. "Boys, do we go along with this?"
There were "ayes" and mutterings and two of them looked uncomfortable but no-one objected openly.
The man turned and gestured with a hand. "Then we had better be moving. Go and climb in the back, all three of you."
Ursula shrugged. "As you wish. But there will be no lacing of the covers." She smiled. "After all, I already know the way there. And back. We might as well see something of the countryside."
Ursula and Tyra are passengers in a wagon escorted by reluctant rebels. With them is the Commissioner, who discovers that his loyalties may be displaced. When they reach the farmstead, the presence of dranakhs ensures their visit to the Old Führer goes smoothly.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
60 - Voice from the Past
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The wagon rolled along a wide, straight highway which Ursula
thought might originally have had Roman origins. The land was level
but not completely flat and, like the countryside of Joth, was
obscured by stands of trees in various places. Still, it was possible
to see the many farmsteads spread over the region, most busy with
planting, harvesting or other rural tasks.
They could see this since their escort had been forced to roll up the front and back covers of the wagon to permit daylight in. Their dranakh, Tosk, refused to move until they had done so, showing that Ursula held the ultimate authority here.
The Commissioner was not interested in the view from the wagon. He was seated at one side on a pile of sacks of seed grain. Facing him were Ursula and Tyra on similar sacks.
"Are all those who come from this other world like you?" he asked Ursula. "I have heard tales of what the She-Demon of Palarand could do but, like many others, found them difficult to believe."
"I have no idea," she replied. "I have only met one other and that was not the person I think you are referring to."
His eyebrows rose. "There is yet another? Are you certain that it was not She who you met?"
"It was a he, Commissioner." She stared at him as the wagon jolted onwards. "You should understand that we are not friends so I cannot tell you much more. No, the person I met was definitely a man. To answer your question in broader terms, and I will be careful what I tell you," he nodded acceptance, "I have been told that the world we came from has developed further than this one has. You can think of it as if we are two hundred or so years ahead of you.
"That means that we know both more than people here do and, by contrast, less than people here. Yes, we have advanced machinery which permits us to do things you would say were impossible, but in most cases a normal person would have little idea how those machines worked. Yes, we know enough to use those machines but it takes a specialist to make, maintain and repair them.
"We know more about the world around us through exploration and experiment and in time you will do the same. We have made many mistakes and one thought is that people on Anmar will learn from those mistakes and avoid them." She shrugged. "My own opinion of that is that it may be true but you will simply make other mistakes. Only time will tell."
"We of Yod have already made big mistakes," he muttered. "We have always been brought up to know that Yod was better than other lands and that they could only benefit by coming under our stewardship. Yet the evidence of my own eyes is that we were clearly mistaken. Your own presence here proves that. I doubt any in Yod knew that it was possible to actually speak to a dranakh!"
She held up a hand. "Do not think that I am in complete control of what dranakhs do and not do, Commissioner. Until yesterday I did not really understand what was happening. I think that, if those men had not thought to kill us all, the dranakhs would not have exposed themselves to me as they have done. I can communicate with them in a fashion, yes, but that is all. As you well know, dranakhs do exactly whatever they desire to."
"And what they desire is to keep you alive, I deem." His voice was dry. "For that I would thank them, since it means that by chance I also remain alive." His eyes flicked to the backs of the two men on the drivers' bench. "In future, though, I am not so sure."
Ursula shrugged. "The future is unknown, Commissioner."
The wagon suddenly turned and the passengers were forced to grab something to steady themselves. Looking out the back Ursula could see that they had moved off the main route onto a minor road leading into the countryside.
She asked him, "You are familiar with this area?"
"Not at all... Mistress." He hesitated and then realized that his former activities were not worth keeping secret. "I administered a small area further to the east, originally. Though most folk named us oppressors I like to think that my rule was moderate and just, as such matters go." He gestured to the scenery behind them. "I do not know Wadek at all."
They had gone no distance at all before the wagon turned once more onto what was obviously a farm track. The ride became bumpy as it swayed over the ruts made by years of cart movements.
"We approach our destination, I deem," he said. "Now we must needs ensure that we are not murdered by mistake."
One of the men on the bench half-turned. "If you would remain where you are when we stop." He sounded tense. "We will attempt to explain what has happened to those already at the farmstead."
The wagon pulled into a cobbled yard and halted. Immediately the two men leapt down, shouting to those already there. But Ursula could already hear other voices.
"There are at least two dranakhs already there," she told the Commissioner. "They should help to make the point."
The other two men had ridden frayen and now dismounted, leading their beasts around the side of the wagon. There was a discussion in the yard before one of the men came around the back and dropped the tailboard.
"It is safe enough for you to come out now." He was the one who had a knife in his boot and he did not sound happy. "The conditions have been explained."
The Commissioner gestured for the two women to climb out first and they did so, stretching even though the journey had been short. Ursula thought that they might have traveled barely two marks from Wadek, if that. She looked around as the Commissioner climbed out after them. The yard looked much the same as the one that the renegade soldiers had hid out in, with the house one side, stables another and barns on the two remaining sides.
There were three men there she had not seen before. All looked much like their escort, rough and capable. All looked dismayed by the new realities. She noted that two crossbows had been placed on the ground next to one of the two dranakhs, who regarded the humans from the gap between the two barns. They still carried their swords and knives.
She walked over to them. "If you do us no harm then no harm will come to you. Is this understood?"
The man she thought was their leader scowled. "If it must be, woman."
"I have only come here to speak to the old man, nothing more. No-one knows where I have gone and I will tell them nothing when I return. I have no desire to expose you to those you think of as your enemies."
"What about her? And him?"
"She is my assistant. As a woman I could hardly come here on my own, could I? My word is her word. As for the Commissioner -" the man spat on the ground at this mention, "- since you appear to be so fond of him the rules will apply to him as well as to us. You may not be honorable but I am. Without his help I would not be here today so I owe him his safety until we return to Wadek. Beyond then," she shrugged, "we will see."
"He should not have brought you here! It has always been against the rules."
This outburst brought a growl from the two dranakh, who began to move forward into the yard.
"Maker!" he said, taking a step backward. "Are you a witch?"
"I do not know what you mean by the word witch. As far as I know no such person exists. Just as some may carve wood better than others, or have the ability to cook, or play music, then I have discovered that the dranakh like me and want to talk to me. It is possible that there are Yodans who can do the same thing, but if you go around calling them witches then they are not going to let it be known, are they?"
He snarled at her but she could see that he had accepted her argument. He changed attack, pointing at her basket and Tyra's satchel.
"What is in those? Our mission is to keep the Old Führer safe and away from the likes of you. I do not want any weapon brought into his presence."
She was patient. "I am a healer, as you are no doubt fully aware. This basket and the satchel my assistant carries are what we usually bring to treat our patients."
She could tell he was angry but he made no reply, simply gesturing abruptly to a doorway into the farmhouse. Taking this as a dismissal she led the way in. The interior was dark but another younger man stood in what was obviously the kitchen. This man was dressed more simply and carried no obvious weapons. He beckoned and they followed him through the house to a north-facing room that received plenty of light.
Seated in a comfortable chair, with a blanket over his lower half and legs, was the old man she had anticipated. She knew that it would be difficult to tell his age but he must have been around eighty Earth years old. He was half asleep, dozing, his breathing slow and regular. With him were two other men, one young, one middle-aged, both dressed lightly, unlike those of the 'security' detail. They moved swiftly to meet the three when they entered the room.
The older man seemed annoyed. "I told them that he did not need another healer! What is wrong with these people?" Since Ursula carried a basket, he addressed her. "You are the healer? What does a woman know of curing the sick? Or do you merely carry his basket?" He gestured at the Commissioner.
"I am a healer," Ursula replied. "This man is our guide here. With me is my assistant."
He stared suspiciously at her. "How is it that the Directory permitted you a pendant, then? I thought they turned women away!"
"They turned me away. I learned my medicine in another country a long way from here, in a place where the authorities are not so stupid as to overlook the talents of half the population. Will you let me examine the patient?"
The man reddened but swallowed an outburst. Instead he said, offhand, "As you are here you may as well. He is too old, there is nothing that can be done for him, especially by a woman."
She asked him evenly, "How many births have you attended? Difficult births? Ones where both mother and child survived?"
He said nothing but flounced off to the other side of the room, sulking. His young assistant raised his eyes, nothing in them but interest.
That young one does not agree with his mentor's methods. He at least is capable of broadening his mind.
Still, they are willing to let me go to the patient without interfering. I had better make use of the opportunity.
She moved to the chair and crouched down.
"Good morning. I am a healer. Can I take a look at you?"
There was an intake of breath and then the man roused. His head turned and, as he saw Ursula, his eyes widened.
"You are a doctor?" There was no trace of an accent.
She gave him a smile. "In these lands we are called healers. Will you let me examine you? It should not take long or cause you any discomfort."
He muttered something low and she said, "I ask your pardon. I did not catch that."
"I said that you could not do any worse than that fool over there. I heard what you said to him. What do you want to do first?"
"Your pulse, I think."
She lifted the nearest wrist. The pulse was there through the thin mottled skin, steady, fairly slow given the man was completely relaxed. With no timepiece of any description to hand she had to estimate the rate, which seemed reasonable - ah!
"How long have you had this heart flutter?"
A very slight shrug. "Many years now. Is not that what usually happens to the old?"
"Maybe, but sometimes it can have a different cause. Would you mind if I listen to your chest?"
Now roused, he stared at Ursula. "How will you do that? They have never tried that before. They have no Stethoskope in this hellish place."
She smiled again. "Did you hear what I said about childbirth?" He nodded.
She turned to Tyra. "I need something out of the bag, please."
"Of course, Mistress."
Ursula fished in the bag and came out with a turned wooden tube which had wide bell-like flanges on both ends. Both the other healers were watching her with interest now. She turned to find that the old man had lifted up the loose shirt he was wearing to expose a chest covered with mostly white hair. One end of the tube went onto his chest and she applied an ear to the other end. After listening intently for a few moments she raised up and nodded.
"In this case it probably is old age, I think." She stood, thinking, conscious of the two men watching her. "Let us continue. I want to check some other things as well."
She did what she considered to be a thorough examination, checking eyes, ears, mouth and body including extremities. She asked him many questions and received straight answers, getting the impression that the other healer had not managed a quarter of what she had done. Finally she put her things away and stood up.
"Your heart is the worst problem but that is simply a consequence of getting old. You must be, what? Near ninety years old by now."
He frowned at her as he adjusted his clothing and settled himself in his chair again. "Ninety? No, nowhere near that many years, I would guess."
"I am speaking of Earth years, mein Herr. It has been a long time since you arrived on Anmar."
The eyes flashed into life and he regarded Ursula with full attention. "Guten Tag, gnädige Frau. You are from Earth? I should have known. I have only been examined that thoroughly by a doctor before..." His voice trailed off.
Ursula switched fully to German. «Before you came to Anmar. Yes, I am also from Earth, though much more recently arrived. Yes, I am a real doctor and I used to work in a large hospital, um, before I came here.»
The reply was also in German. «Where did you come to? Surely not to Yod.»
«I was found on an island in the river by a passing ship. It had reached Joth before I recovered my memory.»
«Ah? Was that before or after that crazy invasion attempt of ours?»
Ursula decided to avoid all mention of Maralin if she could. «A little while after the war ended. But I traveled to Wadek in that same ship which began its journey in Palarand.»
«Palarand? They told me that someone from Earth was there, too. A girl. Have you met her?»
«No, but I hear stories about her all the time. I guess that you do not like her.»
He leaned towards her with a smile. «Let me tell you a secret. I was delighted when those of Palarand defeated the Ascendancy even though I created it in the first place. They have twisted and warped what I thought to bring to these backward people. I do not know how a girl could defeat us but good luck to her. Maybe the future will be better now for all of us.»
«The future is the future, mein Herr. Neither you nor I can say what is to come. Now, these people have given you the title of the Old Leader, which to my mind means that you arrived here during or before 1945. Is that so? You have had long years here and I would like to hear your story.»
He relaxed back. «It has been a very long time. Do you know what year it is? On Earth now, I mean.»
«When I left it was 2011, mein Herr. I am not sure which month. I arrived about two to three months ago.»
«Ach. When I departed it was April... or was it May? It does not matter any more. From 1945 to 2011 is sixty-six years, is that right? And the last thing I remember was fighting in the ruins of Berlin, and I was fifteen. I was born in 1930. That makes me... Mein Gott! Eighty-one years!»
He turned, then, and beckoned to the man who had shown them in. He had been standing quietly by the door watching proceedings. When that man reached the Old Führer he bowed slightly.
"Master, do you need something?"
"I do. If you would fetch pel for the four of us, Sumak. And chairs. They are honored guests, they should not stand while we talk."
"Honored guests..? As you wish, Master. If I may ask, what tongue is that you use? I have not heard you speak it before."
"The tongue of my birth, Sumak. The tongue of the land I lived in before I came here."
"Ah, I see. So is the woman from that same land?"
"Most likely, Sumak, though my mother tongue was widely spoken in nearby lands as well."
"As you say, Master. Uh, what about those two?" Sumak's eyes went briefly to the two male healers. "Should they be offered pel as well?"
"Probably. They may be barbarians but I am not."
Sumak bowed again. "As you wish, Master. As soon as I can." He turned and left.
"He is my manservant," The old man explained to Ursula. "I have had him for... twenty? maybe twenty-five years now. We understand one another and he does not treat me as the others do. The young girl? Is she your maid, then?"
"She began that way, though I now prefer to call Tyra my assistant. She does more than any maid might do."
"Good for her. And him? He does not seem like the sort of person who would go around with you."
The Commissioner bristled but bowed. "Führer, I am Zakaros Stonecarver, once a Commissioner in the service of the Ascendancy but now, like yourself, a fugitive. By chance our paths crossed and she desired to meet you, so I arranged the journey."
"Just like that? You would bring out here anyone who asked?"
"Führer, she recognized your title, which meant that she could speak your tongue, as I heard her doing just now. The desire seemed genuine and she is, after all, a healer. I do not think that you have much to fear from this meeting."
"You are right, Commissioner. There is no doubt that she can speak the tongue of my birthland and that means that she also comes from... somewhere near there. Since she is so recently arrived, we will have much news to exchange. Your actions are approved, Commissioner."
Sumak appeared with a chair in each hand followed by one of the guards with a third chair. They were only dining chairs but they would do. One was placed near the old man for Ursula's use, the other two were further away, but near enough to hear what was said.
"Thank you, Sumak."
The servant bowed. "Master. The water boils, I go to attend the drinks."
Sumak turned and left. The three sat down.
Ursula asked, "Can I ask you about your origins on Earth? I doubt that many here on Anmar know of it and even if they do then they will not understand most of it. I was born many years after you were but we were taught history at school so I should have a better idea of the times you lived in."
He nodded. "Very well. I assume that like me your memory is very good? Since you came here, I mean."
"That is true enough but it was good before."
"Then I will trade you. I want to hear what happened on Earth after I... left, so to speak."
"I can do that, but, I remind you that you are old and can tire more easily than I can. If I think that you should rest I will tell you so."
A nod and a faint smile. "Done. Sometimes I forget how old this body has become. Eighty-one! Astonishing! At one time I did not think I would see my sixteenth year."
"Actually, you probably did not." Ursula paused before speaking again and decided that her next words ought not to be spread widely around. «There is information about those of us who have been transferred which should not be widely known. From the odd words which have been passed around between us, we were all on the point of death when we were selected to be brought here. It seems that it is not possible for us to be in more than one place at the same time.»
«Ach, I see. Yes, such details should not be widely known. I have learned that rule the hard way! But first, I had better begin at my own beginning. Frau Doktor, permit me to introduce myself. I am Friedrich Scholzer, born in Berlin in March 1930 to Ernst and Eva Scholzer. In this world I am known as Fridrik Showze, since they could not pronounce my Earth name properly. My father was an official in the city tax office, and he was also in the Nazi party though only as a supporter. I grew up the German way, doing what every other German child did, and thought that Der Führer was wonderful, that Germans were obviously superior to those who lived in the countries around us, and that we had been badly treated after the Great War.
«Then we went to war again. At first it seemed only proper that we should regain the lands that had been taken from us, and of course that all German-speaking folk should be united under one strong leader. At first it was amazing! Our brave armies swept all before them and we subjugated all those who opposed us, all except the English. We were told that the strip of sea between our new lands and theirs was difficult to cross and that maybe Der Führer would wait until better methods of crossing were made. Still, they had been beaten and that was enough for now.
«Then Der Führer turned his eye to other, easier lands. Once more our armies were victorious, right up until the day that they were beaten. The deserts of Africa were lost and with them the route to India. It seemed to me, a young teenager at the time, that the invasion of Russia had been a mistake. He had been right to invade, the Bolsheviks had always been our bitterest enemies, and the threat that they represented could not be ignored, but the timing was wrong. To have a whole continent full of Untermenschen near at hand, all of whom could sweep across the west just as Genghis Khan had done -»
Ursula had held up her hand. «I must ask you to be careful how you speak of my people, Herr Scholzer. I am Russian.»
His eyes grew large and he stared at Ursula with horror. He pressed himself into his cushions to try and increase the distance between them.
«I have already said that I am no danger to you,» she said quickly. «I am a healer. I bear you no ill-will. The events you speak of happened a very long time ago. Almost all those who were there have gone now. I only ask you to remember that there are always two sides to every argument.»
The older of the two healers started and took a step forward. "Here! What did you say to him? If you came to him to offer insults you can leave immediately!"
Ursula turned to him. "Fifty years ago his land and mine were at war with each other. That is no longer true. He spoke of mine in the way that he had been taught to when he was there. I told him where I came from and that opinions can be different on each side."
The old man spoke sharply to the healer. "What happened then was a long time ago. She was not born then! I was surprised, that is all."
The healer gave Ursula a sour look and stepped back. "As you say, Führer."
The old man visibly relaxed as he turned back to Ursula. «Ach, what a shock! Yet, to meet one of them here, on this strange world... Frau Doktor, will you tell me what happened after I came here?»
«As much as I was taught, Herr Scholzer. In Russia, Bolshevism is no more though what has replaced it is, in my opinion, little better.»
At that point Sumak returned with a tray of mugs. He handed one to his master, one to each of the guests and then, reluctantly, one to each of the two healers. He bowed to his master and departed carrying the tray.
«I am sorry, your story was interrupted.»
He took a sip of his drink but it was too hot, putting the mug on a side table. «Very well. After our men were forced to retreat from the lands to the east, the... if I call them Bolsheviks, will you object?»
«Not at all. Their names are less important than their deeds.»
«So. The Bolsheviks poured west in ever increasing numbers. Then calamity came! The English and the Americans invaded from the west and it was soon apparent to all that the end would come, though none dared admit it. As defeat followed defeat I became one of many orphans. My father had been given a post in the Todt Organization and was killed in Dresden in a bombing raid. Then one of the many raids on Berlin took my mother.
«An uncle of a school friend took care of me among the rubble of what had once been a fine city. Eventually we could hear the sound of the Bolshevik guns as their armies approached Berlin. Both my friend Ralf and I were drafted into the last defence of the city. We were armed with nothing but armbands and old rifles from other countries. I had one from Italy and Ralf had a Belgian one. We knew that we would face tanks and battle-hardened troops but there was nothing else to do but fight to the death for the Fatherland. We did not want to survive and be forced to live under the Bolsheviks.
«Then I woke up in a farmhouse in Yod.» A brief smile. «I could not understand what had happened! For months I thought I was crazy. Was it the same for you?»
Ursula hesitated. «It was slightly different for me, I will explain later. Yes, to begin with I thought that I had become insane. As I said before, though, I was not alone. A man who had also been transferred was one of those who found me. I was forced to confront the truth - several truths - very quickly.»
«Ah, I see. Well, not only did I think I was crazy but all those around me did also. I soon learned that it was better to keep my mouth shut and, after some time had passed, I said that it must have been a fever that had affected my brain somehow. Because they did not want to keep me on that farm I was passed on to a smith in the nearby village and became his apprentice.» He grinned. «I learned a good trade, too! After six years I was made a journeyman and had a good living.
«By that time I had learned my way around local society and discovered that some of them had ideas which resembled those of the Germany I knew. I joined a local group and began to speak to the members, telling them that I recognized Yod's greatness and how matters could be improved and advanced. Because I remembered how matters had gone in the Reich I could speak to them in a way that they had not heard before. I was made local Secretary of the group and began to work my way up in the national organization.
«By my title you know that I eventually became their national leader and at that time the organization's name was changed to the Ascendancy. By then I had found ways of proving to them that I had knowledge from elsewhere, but I did not tell them of other worlds for a long time, because I knew they would turn their backs on me if they thought I was insane. Carefully I offered improvements in their methods and organization and the Party grew in size and power until eventually we threw out the rival groups and became the rulers of Yod.
His smile was one of rueful acceptance. «My downfall was not long in coming. I may have mobilised the Party and taken control of the country but I am no Adolf Hitler. I did not have his strength, his charisma. I could speak to a rally but there was no fire in my delivery. I am a craftsman, not a leader of men. As in every organization there were factions and enemies. I had forgotten human nature and I was deposed from office by others who wanted it more. Gradually the Party became twisted, became more ruthless, more brutal, less humane and I was pushed to the side. As the founder I was - am - still offered respect but there was - is - little substance behind it.
«So I have sat back and watched history repeat itself. I have wondered long what my purpose was in being brought here.»
Ursula considered. «It may surprise you but I have been led to believe that your purpose was to do exactly what you did. You brought unity and organization to Yod and, while I do not approve of what happened afterwards, it appears that it was necessary in the greater scheme of things.»
His brow wrinkled. «Scheme? What scheme? More important, perhaps, whose scheme?»
Ursula picked her words carefully. «Herr Scholzer, you and I did not arrive on Anmar by accident. It appears that we have been transferred here to bring change to this world. Those who brought us here appear to have long term plans for the universe we live in which extends many thousands of years into the past and future. You know, of course, of grakh?»
He nodded. «I do. Terrible beasts.»
«They appear to be like ancient flying dinosaurs which died out on Earth millions of years ago. It is possible that they were brought here from Earth too - millions of years ago.»
«Ja. I have often wondered at the resemblance. A number of the other creatures here resemble those of Earth but there are many that do not. Have you an explanation for that?»
She shook her head. «I have examined the insides of some of the six-legged creatures and they did not come from Earth. I do not know if they are native to this world or were brought here from yet another world.»
«Hmm.» He took another sip of his drink and Ursula did likewise. Then he asked, «What of those who move the men and animals around? Do you know anything of them?»
«Very little. Speculation only. The existence of such Beings can be deduced from the fact that we are here but the method is unknown. The night sky shows that we are a very long way away from Earth.»
He nodded. «Ja. It is pointless to speculate without facts and we have none.»
«I agree.»
«Then I would ask you to tell me now something that is of interest to me, and that is what happened after... I departed.»
She was cautious. «I will, but I must warn you that you will not like most of it. If I believe that you are becoming upset then I will stop.»
His lips thinned but he nodded. «It is old history now and there is nothing I can do which will affect one atom of it. For better or worse Anmar is now my home, but of course I wonder what did happen. Does Germany still exist?»
«It does, and much would be recognizable to you, but much more would not. I passed through it after I left Russia -»
«Ah?»
«A different story and one that will probably offend many in this room, were I to use the local tongue. Perhaps later. Let me begin by telling you how the war ended and what happened afterwards.»
Ursula began with the sack of Berlin and the surrender of Germany, what had been discovered in the aftermath and the existence of the Holocaust. She moved on to Stalin's paranoia, the division of Germany and Berlin, the Cold War and the division of Europe. Then through the fifties, sixties and seventies, detailing significant matters that had happened all around the world.
She was trying to explain the standoff of the eighties when Sumak re-entered and bowed.
"Master, it will soon be time for lunch."
"Of course, Sumak. I am sure that the ladies will want to refresh themselves before we eat. What of those outside?"
"They have their own provender, Master, as before. I have offered them hot drinks should they desire them but most are drinking wine." He hesitated before adding, "They find the presence of the dranakhs to be unsettling, Master."
"What is this?"
Ursula explained what had happened and he smiled. "Good! The Committee assigned them to me but they are useless at anything but bullying. I am pleased that you have found a way to neuter them. If you and your asisstant will follow Sumak, he will show you the bathroom facilities."
The bathroom facilities were, as at the other farmstead, across the yard. As well as the wagon and six men the yard contained a number of dranakh who kept moving around and making it difficult to count.
She saw an image of a row of six dranakhs.
Reading me, are you? I give you gratitude for your help.
This attempt at a direct message was met with an emotion she could not interpret.
I do not know what you mean. We are too different.
The nearest dranakh bleated at her and then the group apparently ignored her, content on roaming the small yard and - seemingly - menacing the men, who watched them with varying levels of anxiety.
"If you would follow me, Mistress."
The facilities were in much better condition than the ones at the renegades' farmstead. Ursula and Tyra completed their business and washed their hands.
"Are we boring you?" Ursula asked. "I am sorry, it is better that we speak in his language so that unfriendly ears do not pick up information they should not know."
"I understand that, Mistress. His tongue sounds harsh and I was impressed how easily you both spoke it." Tyra frowned. "Once or twice I thought there was a word that I recognized."
"Most languages contain words that are borrowed from other languages, Tyra. It is just more proof that many of these folk have ancestors who came from Earth and brought their tongues with them. Some words are bound to have survived."
"As you say, Mistress. Some of the Norse words sound faintly familiar too."
"More proof if you needed it. I notice that you have been keeping your eyes open. Have you seen anything that should concern us?"
"Nothing to alarm you, Mistress. The Commissioner seems happy to just be there and watch events happen. The older healer, well, he does not know what to make of you. He seemed genuinely surprised by the examination you gave the old leader. I believe that he thought you were boasting at first and, now that he knows you are not, he does not know how to treat you."
"Hmm. I have met people like him before and he could decide to become offended by my abilities. I think we will ignore him until we learn different."
"I agree, Mistress."
"What about the younger one? He seems more open-minded to me."
"It was interesting, Mistress." Tyra suddenly blushed. "He spent his time staring at both you and me."
Ursula smiled. "I am not surprised that he was sizing you up, Tyra. You two must be of about the same age and it is possible that we are the only two females that have visited this farm in weeks. But what about his attitude to the older one? They did not seem to me to be working together smoothly."
"We have not seen them do anything, Mistress. They just sat there and watched what you did."
"Hmm," she said again. "We'll just have to see what happens over lunch."
Outside Tyra managed to count the dranakhs. "There are six here, Mistress! I thought there were only supposed to be four together with Tosk who brought us here."
"Yes," Ursula replied absently. She pointed. "That one is Tosk and three of the others belong to the farmstead. The fourth one is busy doing something in a field. It might be plowing, I am not sure."
"How do you know that? Oh, of course. And the other two? Where do they come from?"
"One is from a nearby farm and the other..." she tried to separate out the many images she was receiving, "...might have traveled some distance to help out. It is not clear. They do not think of distances the same way we do."
"Oh. They really are looking after you, Mistress!"
"Us, Tyra, they are looking after all of us."
Sumak was waiting and he heard the final remarks. "Mistress?"
Ursula decided to be straight with him. "Sumak, the dranakhs are here because the men who brought us planned to murder us once we arrived here. For various reasons I do not understand the dranakhs objected to this. If we are harmed, they will kill everybody. You know they can do that."
"They are powerful beasts, Mistress, it is true. These men were to kill you? How do you know?"
"It is difficult to explain. It seems that I can occasionally get some images directly from them that they read from other people's heads. Several clearly showed what the men had planned."
Sumak looked worried. "The men were assigned to my Master to look after us and to keep him safe. I do not trust them, their manner is unpleasant. Do you think they are a danger to us as well?"
"I have no idea, Sumak." Ursula had an idea. "One moment, please."
She walked over to Tosk and placed a hand on his head. The images she received jolted her. She walked back to join Sumak and Tyra.
"I have had images which suggest that you and your master are safe, Sumak... up to a point."
"Mistress?"
"The men are here to protect you from contact with anyone not of the Ascendancy, which is why they were going to kill us, and that instruction included the Commissioner who came with us. Apparently he can no longer be trusted because he showed us how to find this place. However, if Pakmali forces were to come here to the farmstead, they would kill you and your master to prevent the foreigners from getting their hands on him."
The manservant grimaced. "I understand the reasoning, Mistress, but that does not mean that I have to agree with it."
"I am not surprised."
He glanced at the men, noting their clear dislike of the situation, and then turned to Ursula. "Mistress, if you and your assistant would follow me."
He led them to a different room where a table had been laid ready for lunch. They were the first to appear and Sumak showed Ursula to a chair next to the head of the table.
"Mistress, if I may ask for your assistant to help with the service today."
Ursula was surprised but she understood the reality of the situation. "Of course, Sumak. Do you prepare all his meals by yourself?"
"As you say, Mistress. Today there are double the usual number. Fortunately it is only a lunch that is required, not an evening meal, since my cooking abilities, despite the years I have had with my master, are limited. Of course, for many years he enjoyed a full staff to serve him. I am all that is left."
"Tyra will help as she can, but she is not trained as a maid or serving staff."
"Nevertheless, her help would be welcome." Sumak bowed. "If you would excuse me, I will go to fetch my master."
He backed out of the room and Ursula and Tyra just looked at each other.
"Mistress, do we trust the food they will serve us?"
"That depends on how it is served, I think. If we are offered dishes that none of the others will eat from, then no. But if all take from the same dishes then the risk should be less."
"As you say, Mistress. If I am to be in the kitchen, I will see what is done, I can perhaps give you warning of any danger."
"That reduces the risk but does not remove it. Good thinking, though."
Sumak returned supporting the old man, who used a stick to help himself move. He was ushered to the chair at the head of the table and made himself comfortable. Sumak glanced a question at Ursula, who nodded, and then left the room with Tyra behind.
«Please, Frau Doktor, sit down. A lady should not wait for a gentleman to sit before sitting down herself.» He gave her a genuine smile. «I plead the infirmity of old age, that is my excuse, but you should not have waited. Ah, here are the others.»
He gestured to the seat to his right and she sat down as the others filed in. The two healers sat facing Ursula while the Commissioner chose to sit next to her. Sumak and Tyra came in almost immediately bearing serving plates laden with the customary lunch staples. There were bowls of soup, served from a tureen on the table, so Ursula took that to mean that it was safe to drink. Other than that the offerings were cold meats, cheeses, sliced bread and various fruits.
The older healer had a sour expression as he spooned down his soup. He plainly did not like facing Ursula, a woman who had shown that she knew more than he did. As the bowls were taken away he forced himself to speak.
"What kind of land is it that permits its women to learn so much? From your accent you do not come from anywhere nearby."
"You would be surprised, Master Healer. Few of the nearby countries I have passed through insult the abilities of its women the way that Yod does. If I may offer you some advice, it would be to travel beyond your borders and see for yourself how we are treated."
He curled a lip. "Walk among those barbarians? A waste of my time."
"And how do you know they are barbarians? Only by what you have been told, Master Healer. If you want to find out the truth the only way is to travel there for yourself."
The Führer held up a hand. "Please, friends! There is enough unpleasantness in the world without bad words while we eat. If you would leave your arguments until after we depart from the table." He added, "I am sure that the Mistress is right, Hakarin. There have been many lies told in Yod's recent past. For now, let the matter rest."
Hakarin flushed. "As you command, Führer."
Ursula said, "Of course, Herr Scholzer."
The rest of the meal passed in uncomfortable silence.
When they rose Ursula decided that she would need to use the toilet again. She waited in the kitchen as Sumak and Tyra cleared the table before she and Tyra ventured into the yard once more. As they crossed, the younger healer hurried out of the door and caught up with them.
"Can I help you?"
"Mistress, it is forward of me to speak to one such as you but I am becoming desperate," the young man replied, his expression anxious. "It has become plain that I can learn nothing more from so closed a mind, but meeting you has shown that he is not the only possible future for me."
He glanced at the men, gathered around the wagon, who were trying not to annoy the dranakhs in the yard. "If I remain here these jailers will only kill me and my master when we can do no more for the old man. If you would take me with you when you leave? I beg you!"
After lunch Ursula finishes recounting to the Old Führer what had happened on Earth since he departed. A possible way of extracting the young healer is arranged and an awkward ride back into Wadek follows. Then confusion reigns as the Commissioner asks some unexpected questions.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
61 - Unexpected Arrangements
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
"Do you nap?"
They had resumed their various positions and seats after lunch. The old man had been settled in his preferred chair but the air was now warm enough that he did not want a blanket.
Ursula replied, "I can manage without, Herr Scholzer, if you can. I know that the old sometimes nap in the afternoon whatever the temperature. I would not cause you discomfort if you would prefer to sleep for a time."
"Ach." He waved a hand. "I know it is the custom to nap in these lands when the weather is warm but as you have said, I am old and my body has its own ideas. Maybe I will rest later." His eyes momentarily went to the window. "I know that you will want to return to the town in good time to return in daylight to wherever you are staying."
There is a lot that he has left unsaid, including not getting killed somewhere along the way back.
"That is true. Shall I bring you up to date, then? There is not much more to tell."
Ursula recalled where she had reached when Sumak had interrupted for lunch and resumed, detailing the arms race of the eighties, the unrest in the Warsaw Pact countries, the end of the Berlin Wall and the reunification of Germany, and the eventual collapse of the Soviet Union. She briefly mentioned the rise of the European Union and also the emergence of China.
He shook his head in wonder. «So much! The world must look like a different place by now.»
«It does. The young do not see it that way, of course, but anyone who is older than about forty will have seen great changes. Of course, the same has happened to previous generations. Think of what the twenties and thirties must have looked like to those who had been born in the previous century.»
He grinned. «Ja, I take your point. Electricity, radio, motor-cars, even aeroplanes! Modern medicine such as you represent, unlike that of Master po-face over there.»
She nodded. «It is true. In general the population lives longer than they probably did when you were born.»
«I am pleased to hear it! And do you think that I am well enough for someone of my age?»
Well, now. I have been given a problem and it is possible that I could use his health as a pretext to do something about that young man.
She switched back to the local tongue. "Herr Scholzer, given where you are and the level of facilities available here, your condition is about as good as it is possible for a man of your age to be... but I have been thinking about your heart over lunch."
"Ah?"
Instead of answering the old man she held up a hand and turned her attention to the older healer, Hakarin.
"Master Healer, did you know that the patient has a slight heart murmur?" She tried very hard not to say your patient, as that might be seen as an admission she would be interfering. "Most of the time his pulse appears normal but every so often there is a short flutter."
He grimaced and reluctantly nodded. "It is true. You who know so much about such matters, what would you do?"
He may be sarcastic but he's willing to listen to suggestions. The question is, will he accept what I am about to tell him?
"Left alone he will continue to slowly deteriorate," she explained. Hakarin agreed with a reluctant nod. She continued, "It will eventually become too much for his heart and it will give up. There is a herb known to me named bankside bellflower, do you know it here in Yod?"
"I do not know that name, that sounds like a local village name. Is there another name you know it by?"
"Yes, I believe some call it bennok though that might be a local name as well. I have never seen it but it has been described as a tall spike of blue flowers, each the shape of a small bell, growing smaller towards the top."
"I believe from your description that I may know it by another name, fire blade. Which part is used?"
"An infusion of young leaves, I was told. It affects the heart and too much can kill the patient."
He nodded. "That is almost certainly the same one. It is not the kind of herb I would carry around with me. What is it you suggest?"
"A very small, regular dose of that each morning should stabilise his heart action. I do not think that I carry any myself. Tyra, hand me my basket, please."
With the basket on her lap, she went through the motions of lifting every pot, every jar, looking at the labels and sometimes opening them up to check the contents, knowing full well that she did not have any of that herb with her. Finally she shook her head and closed the basket, putting it on the floor beside her.
"I do not have any with me. Sometimes I forget exactly what is in here and what might be back at... wherever we are staying this time."
He stared at Ursula thoughtfully. "You are on a ship, you said, passing upstream along the river."
"That is so. Our crew is large and some of them have unusual requirements. Presently we are staying in a house in Wadek."
"You are suggesting that you return to Wadek, find this herb and return here with it! I cannot think that those outside would permit you to do that."
She forced a mock grimace and then appeared to think, finally seeming to arrive at a solution.
"Master Healer, I have no wish to return here and you are right, those men would not permit me to. There may be another possible way."
The denial was flat. "I cannot go! While the patient is in reasonable health he is old and respected by all of the Ascendancy. I have been instructed to remain with him at all times. Can you send your maid, or maybe one of those men outside with the herb, if you give it to them?"
"I cannot send my assistant by herself and I would not dare trust any of those men outside." She gestured at the Commissioner. "What about this man here? Would you trust him to do it?"
Hakarin's lip curled. "He should not have brought you here at all! I do not think those outside would permit him to return either."
"You are right, I was not thinking clearly. But, if I might point out, you also have an assistant here. I assume that you can trust somebody you brought here yourself and who knows about your craft. He could return to Wadek with us when we leave today and return with supplies of the herb."
He scowled. "Is that all you foreigners think of our profession? A craft? We are much better informed than any mere craftsman could be!"
"Master, I mis-spoke. You know that I am not local, this is not my birth tongue, sometimes I choose the wrong word. The question remains, would you permit your assistant to come to Wadek with us? I cannot think of anyone more suitable to carry out this small task."
In truth the word craft had been carefully chosen to deflect attention away from Ursula's prime aim: to find a pretext for the younger healer to go into Wadek with them. She had realized that it would be impossible for them to smuggle him onto the wagon, especially with the 'guards' all around them during the journey back. This way, he could legitimately ride with them into town. What would happen when they reached town, that was a different matter...
The young man in question had quickly figured out what Ursula was trying to do and managed to keep his expression bland during the exchange. Now he jumped as Hakarin addressed him directly.
"Karan, attend! You are to travel to Wadek with these people and the, uh, female healer will provide you with a quantity of fire blade leaf. The men outside will take you there and bring you back safely."
"Yes, Master Hakarin."
"You!" His finger pointed at the Commissioner.
"Yes? What do you want with me?"
"Do you know Wadek? We two are strangers here and so are these," he scowled, "women. I want you to see that my assistant obtains this herb and is returned safely to the men who will take you back. The men, of course, cannot escort these people around the town, it would look suspicious."
"I have some knowledge of the area, Master Healer," the Commissioner replied carefully. "I can do as you ask. You do know that my own presence may make others suspicious?"
"Pah." Hakarin waved a dismissive hand. "They are rough and look like what they are but you are one man and at least look respectable."
"As you say, Master Healer. You may rely on me."
That was a complication I did not expect! Still, we may have room to manouver in Wadek.
Hakarin returned his attention to Ursula. "Does that answer you, woman?"
"It does, Master Healer. It was clever of you to think of sending your own assistant."
"As you say. Now, as to this herb, what dose would you suggest and how shall it be delivered?"
The two discussed the leaf and how it should be prepared and administered, the old man watching the interchange with interest. When they had reached a suitable compromise he nodded.
"Thank you, Master Hakarin, thank you, Frau Doktor! I knew that it was a good idea permitting you to come and examine me." He leaned back, his half-lidded eyes fixed on Ursula. «I believe that I am more tired than I thought, Frau Doktor. I do not think that it would be safe for you to remain until I wake again, so I must say farewell to you and your interesting young assistant now. I regret that there is much that must remain unsaid between us. Return to the town with my blessing. It is possible that our paths may cross again but if not, then may the rest of your journey be successful. It has been very interesting to meet you.»
«I was not sure what I expected when I came here, Herr Scholzer. I half expected a tyrant but instead I found, like myself, someone swept up by the forces that surround us. I am sorry that I could not tell you more about Earth but much of what is new I do not think you would understand, it is too strange for someone who only knew Hitler's Germany. I regret that we have run out of time. May the rest of your own life be peaceful, Herr Scholzer.»
He gave her a weak smile. «I cannot see the future but I trust that yours will be better than mine has been. Leben Sie wohl, Frau Doktor.»
With that he closed his eyes and relaxed. Ursula turned to Tyra and spoke, her voice low.
"We should leave now, he says. If we wait for him to awaken again we could be too late going back into Wadek."
Tyra nodded. "As you say, Mistress." She stood quietly, lifting the satchel to her shoulder.
Ursula, the Commissioner and the two healers also stood, the other men crossing the room to the door. The two women joined them and the group went out as far as the kitchen. Sumak raised his eyebrows.
"Your master sleeps now," Hakarin told him. "He does not think it wise that these women remain until he wakes again, thus they depart now. Karan will go with them to collect a herb needful for your master's comfort."
"He is to travel into Wadek with these people?"
"Yes. He should return before dark, the town is not so far."
Sumak bowed. "As you command, Master Healer."
Outside, they found that the dranakhs had drawn back and were watching the men intently. The men were all clustered about the wagon, unsure of what was happening. The appearance of those inside the house made them even more concerned.
Hakarin strode across to join them, the others following more slowly. "These people are leaving now. You will take them all safely back into Wadek. My assistant Karan will go with them to bring back a quantity of a herb needful for the Old Führer. Do you understand?"
The apparent leader asked, "You sure of this? We take them into town, your boy finds some herbs, how?"
Hakarin held his temper. "The woman, as you already know, is a healer. She will provide the herbs. This man will go with them to ensure that Karan returns safely. I doubt your men could escort these women about town without being noticed. He can."
"As you say. Karan comes back?" The man jerked a thumb at the Commissioner. "What about him? Does he come back too?"
"No. Just Karan. The others must needs return to their lodgings in the town."
The man spat on the cobbles of the yard. "As you have commanded, Master Healer. You lot, get in the wagon. I want this job done before dark. It is already more complicated than was agreed."
So. It appears that Hakarin is more than just a healer - if he is a healer at all. No, he can at least hold a conversation with me about the old man's medication so he must qualify as a healer in this country. But I am guessing that he has enough rank in the party to order these ruffians around.
As before, the Commissioner gestured for the women to climb aboard first, which annoyed the 'guards'. They took position on the sacks and the Commissioner and the young healer followed them in. The two sat facing the women. There were shouts from outside as the outriders' frayen were brought out of the stable and made ready. The driver and 'shotgun' clambered onto the front bench seat and without any ceremony the wagon set off.
Once they were out of the farmyard, and when the Commissioner was content that the driver and his mate were concentrating on their route, he held a finger to his lips. Ursula was surprised and raised her eyebrows. He mouthed, "Later, Mistress," to her and then all four remained silent for most of the journey back to Wadek, Karan becoming increasing disturbed but knowing enough to at least appear calm.
The wagon reached town and weaved through the streets to halt almost exactly where they started from. The driver turned and jumped down, walking around to the back to drop the tailgate. He did not look happy.
"Out."
The Commissioner climbed out first, being nearest, and he helped the others climb down. As they did so, distant whistles could be heard. The driver twitched and took no notice but Ursula understood that a watch must have been kept against their return. By the time she had emerged to stand on the sidewalk and for Tyra to straighten their attire both Bennett and Semma were standing ready at the end of the street.
"I will keep my word," she told the driver evenly. "None of these others will speak of what we have seen or done either. Will you permit us to depart?"
He snarled, "If I must. I have to wait here for him," he jerked a thumb at Karan, "to return. The longer we have to wait around the more people will start to ask questions. This whole business should never have been allowed to happen."
"Then don't wait around here," she responded. He gave her a hard look as she explained, "Finding the herbs could take a little time and I have no reason to see you exposed. Your leader needs the herbs, yes? And I know where to find them. Why don't you find somewhere to put the wagon and then you four go off and sit in one of those market-place taverns while you wait? That will appear much more normal. From there you will be able to see us return with the herbs."
He stared suspiciously at her. "How do you know so much about such matters?"
"You are not the only person who has spent part of their life running away and hiding. I know far too much about having to appear normal when I am not."
He gave her a calculating look and then grunted. "There is more going on here than I understand, woman. We will do as you say. Now, be off and join those... creatures yonder. The afternoon is passing."
Ursula, Tyra, the Commissioner and Karan walked along and joined Bennett and Semma, who appeared relieved to see them still alive and whole. Bennett raised an eyebrow at Karan, who in turn stared at the two guardswomen.
"A long story, Bennett," Ursula explained. "Let us get out of sight of those men before we say any more."
The end of the square where the livestock market was held was now quiet so Ursula stopped the enlarged party there. She turned to the Commissioner.
"What could not be said in the wagon?"
"Mistress, I was asked to accompany this man to ensure that he returns to the Old Führer with those herbs. If I can assume that those herbs will be at your lodgings?"
"They should be."
"Then I must needs go with you to your lodgings, I deem. I am already at risk, this will put me at a different risk. Those men must not know where I go, they will try and take the information from me. From the other point of view, I am of the Ascendancy, I could be attacked or captured when I reach your lodgings. If you can assure me that I may go there with you and depart safely."
I have not thought this part of the plan through enough. I did not think Karan would have an escort into Wadek. Somehow we have to get rid of him and separate him from Karan. Perhaps at the house?
"I can personally assure you of that but I am not the leader of our company. That person may object to your presence. You may be asked to wait outside."
"Mistress, you have been honest with me and I will be honest with you. I desire to speak to your leader... whom, I believe, is the woman who commands the ship you arrived on."
Ursula was surprised. He knows! "What could you possibly have to say to her?"
He gave a sidelong glance at Karan before replying, "Mistress, that must stay between her and me. A personal audience is all I ask. I give you my word that I intend no harm to anyone, whether of your company or of the town."
What is he up to? I cannot think of any reason for him to speak with Eriana. Something strange is going on here.
And he has no idea that Karan is trying to run away!
"Bennett? What do you think?"
"I do not think that she would be in danger," she replied. "Of course -"
The rest was cut off as two of the 'guards' came around the corner, saw them grouped and stopped abruptly.
I had forgotten that I suggested they find a tavern in the market place!
She waved a hand. "Later. It looks like we need to go to the house, I am sure we can resolve this once we are away from prying eyes."
She noticed that the Commissioner was tense, sweat forming on his forehead. "As you say, Mistress. If you would lead the way."
They moved off across the square towards the remaining market stalls, aiming for a street that entered at a far corner.
Bennett objected, "What if this is a ploy to find out where we reside, Mistress? Or mayhap he seeks to assassinate the Commodore before dying himself, as that other did in Yod City?"
The Commissioner asked, alarmed, "What's this?"
"An attempt made by, it appears, a professional assassin at our hostel in Yod City. However, that attack was aimed at me, not our leader, who was elsewhere."
He glanced sharply at her. "On you, Mistress? If I may ask why?"
Her answer was short. "Because of who I am. Where I come from. What I know."
He turned his head away, shaking it and muttering. Eventually, as they left the square, he said, "Mistress, as I said before, I intend no harm to anyone. Indeed, of all those here, I am the most likely to be harmed."
As they approached a cross-street a large Pakmal patrol appeared from their left, forcing them to stop. Their attitude was sloppy, the four carrying pikes lucky in that, so far, they had not caused injury to themselves or their patrol mates. None of the others had drawn swords. The men wandered across but, as they did so, one of the men at the back spotted the group. He shouted a halt and trotted over to them.
"Masters, mistresses..." He properly recognized Bennett and Semma. "Ah! You are the two swordswomen we saw in the market square earlier today! If you may vouch for your party?"
"Of course." Bennett indicated Ursula. "Our healer had some business in a part of Wadek where we would not have been welcome. This is her assistant, these two men were their escort for the remaining part of their journey and they return with us to receive their reward from Her Highness."
It was as if a light had been switched off. All interest in the six vanished from the officer's face at the mention of Her Highness.
He came to attention and nodded. "Very good, Mistress. Be aware, there have been reports of robberies as the light fades. By your leave."
The party watched the Pakmalis vanish along the side street before continuing.
"Even to my untutored eye," Ursula remarked, "that patrol looked poorly organized and led."
"Aye," Bennet agreed. "It is what must needs happen when levies are sent to fight elsewhere, I deem. Not very much training and those being trained do not see the need for most of it. Good mixed with the bad, and that includes the officers."
The Commissioner surprised them by making an observation. "Do not be deceived by their appearance, mistresses. By making themselves visible they already keep a certain amount of trouble from the streets. Inside that group there will be - should be - a core of more seasoned men for the odd occasion when close action is required."
Ursula said, "Let us move on before they change their minds and come back."
Bennett snorted. "That will not happen, Mistress! Did you see that man's face when I mentioned Her Highness? I did not know it when we set out this morning but, to my reading, the word has gone around that anyone connected with her is not to be touched."
They approached the mansion to find that two of the Norsemen just 'happened' to be lounging around the entrance to the courtyard. There was relief as they saw Ursula and Tyra but concern as the two men with them drew near.
«Boys,» she greeted them. «There has of course been a change of plan. We must go in and see the Commodore.»
«Those two as well?» Ragnar asked. «He carries a sword. The young one does not.»
«It is very complicated. More complicated than I expected.» She grinned at them. «You know me! Let us pass for now. We will have Bennett and Semma beside us if there is trouble. Where is Her Highness?»
«Writing letters, last I heard. In one of the smaller downstairs rooms.»
«Thank you, Ragnar.»
Inside the courtyard both Bennett and Semma drew their swords but the Commissioner seemed unconcerned. As they reached the entrance they met Lars, who had come from the bathing block opposite.
«Mistress! You are safe, then. What are these two doing with you?»
«I am not sure about the older one, Lars. He insists on speaking with Her Highness. Can you join us? Bennett and Semma are here but having some threatening muscle nearby would not hurt.»
He grinned. «That all you want me for? Of course I will come. What about the skinny one?»
«He is running away. He is a Yodan healer who wants to learn real medicine. He wants to come with me as my apprentice.»
The grin faded as Lars turned his scrutiny on Karan. «Another healer, eh? It would not hurt, we have room - but he is a Yodan. Let's all go and see the Princess, then.»
He led the way into the mansion and along the lower corridor, stopping outside a door. Knocking, he entered and spoke to Eriana, who came to the door after a few moments. She relaxed visibly as she saw Ursula and Tyra.
"A deputation! Ursula, what a relief to see you and Tyra! I trust your journey was successful?"
"It was, Highness, but as you can see, there have been complications." She indicated the two Yodans.
"Why does that not surprise me? Very well. There is a larger chamber along here we may use. Are those two safe?"
"Probably. The younger one certainly will be. We'll have Bennett, Semma and Lars as well, so there should not be any trouble that cannot be handled."
"As you say. Come."
She led them to the sitting room and took a seat facing the others, who all remained standing.
"Explain."
Ursula opened her mouth and then closed it again. How could she explain Karan's request without the Commissioner knowing? Was the Commissioner about to make demands which meant that it would be difficult for Karan to join them without bloodshed?
The Commissioner solved her problem by going down on one knee in front of Eriana and bowing his head briefly.
"Your Highness? Is that right? I do not know how to address anyone of noble blood."
"'Your Highness' will do. What is it you wish of me?"
"Your Highness," he repeated, and then, awkwardly and very carefully, drew his sword and laid it in front of Eriana. His next words stunned them all. "I beg sanctuary of you. In Yod every man's hand is now turned against me. Now that I have taken your Mistress Healer to see my Old Führer, those of the Ascendancy will kill me if they see me again. Those of Pakmal would capture me and try me if I became known to them. I ask only passage to a more distant land, one your vessel will visit in any event. I will ask no other favor, cause no trouble and I will offer what help I can as your vessel progresses."
A number of small incidents and comments fell into place for Ursula then, but Eriana's next words gave her no time to consider them.
"Ursula? You have spoken most to this man. I desire your impressions of him. He is of the Ascendancy, how may his words be trusted?"
"Highness, we first met in Tserikon after we had spoken to those two men at the lockup." Eriana nodded. "He was rough to begin with, then, not willing to accept the word of a woman. I admit that I did not fully appreciate his final words to us before we departed, he said, 'I can make your meeting safer for you and safer for myself.' I thought then that he was just referring to his group being forced out of Tserikon but perhaps I was mistaken.
"I was surprised, then, to find him in the market place this morning as we made contact with those who would take us to see the Old Führer. I was also surprised to be addressed by him as Mistress, unlike on the previous occasion, but I did not appreciate the significance. He made some remarks as we traveled to the farmstead but, again, I did not pay sufficient attention. I would guess that he did some research, found out that we were moving on and saw a chance to escape."
Eriana addressed the man, still on one knee. "You are of the Ascendancy. Days ago we were fighting battles against those of your ilk. Tell me why I should not just give you to those of Pakmal."
"Highness, it is true, all my life has been spent as part of the Ascendancy. I grew up in the movement, took positions of authority and eventually became Commissioner of a rural region to the east. That does not mean that I agreed with all they spoke of or all they did. I believe that, where I was given command, that my rule was just and that few suffered where they should not. I have heard stories of what Yod's armies have done and they made me ashamed to be part of it.
"I have placed myself in your hands, Highness. I provided a way for your Healer to visit my Old Leader and return her safely to your party, at great risk to us all. If, in turn, you would take me with you beyond Yod's borders I will be content."
"Highness," Ursula said then. "There is a small matter of obligation here. There is a certain amount of honor involved."
"As you say." Eriana regarded the man on the floor in front of her. "I do not like those of the Ascendancy, Commissioner. You walk boldly into a camp of those who like you even less. Do you know who I am?"
"Highness, I know only that you are, perhaps, a Princess of Palarand, but how that can be I do not know. You do not have a Valley accent and your men speak in a strange tongue."
Her smile was broad. "Indeed! We are Einnlanders, but exiled from the lands of my father, who is King of those lands. As you do now, I sought sanctuary with King Robanar of Palarand and obtained it, after performing a small task for him with those men who left with me. Have you heard of Boldan's Rock?"
"I have, Highness, but only that it was a defeat in battle for us - for Yod, I mean."
"I took seventeen of my men, all warriors, and two of King Robanar's Guardswomen over the mountains last winter to attack the fortress. We entered by using guile and took it, causing many casualties. Then we turned our attention to the river margins below, where those of Yod had built wharves against further advances by their troops." She paused dramatically. "We won that battle, too. From across the river those of Forguland and Ferenis saw the battle and came to our aid. Three of my men died, many, many more of those of Yod died as well. We do not like Yodans. Tell me why you should be treated different. Do you have a name?"
"Highness, I do. I am known as Zakaros Stonecarver."
"Stonecarver? Are you then a mason?"
That caused a small smile. "Highness, no. My family have for many generations been lenders of coin in Yod. When I was new to adulthood I underwent basic military training, as most young men must needs do. One day I made a bad swing during sword practice and chopped a chunk off a cornerstone, part of our barracks building. I was given that name in jest and have been unable to separate myself from it ever since."
Eriana allowed herself a brief smile. "To be named a carver of stone is mild, Master Zakaros, compared to some of the names bandied about my father's hall. Be thankful that is all you were named." She cocked her head. "Lenders of coin, did you say? Are you then a clerk? An accountant, perhaps? Excuse me, my understanding of those arts is obscure, I do not know the proper words to use."
"Although I have not practised at my family's trade since I joined the Ascendancy, Highness, I have been well trained by both my father and my grandfather in the art of coin transfer. In that respect you could name me an accountant. Of course, I doubt that I could make use of my family's name should I desire to resume that art."
"You can of course read and write." He nodded agreement. "And you are obviously competent with numbers, both from your family's past and your time as Commissioner. Do you yet know the Garian Numbers?"
Zakaros looked confused. "Highness?"
"I ask your pardon, Master Zakaros, I miss-spoke. Of course you would not know the Garian numbers! Let me ask something more practical, then. What do you know of the Sirrel? Have you any boatcraft?"
"Highness, I have never ventured beyond the bounds of Yod... the original bounds of Yod. I have never set foot on any water vessel. I understand what you ask. You think I would be a liability, knowing nothing and forever getting in the way when work has to be done. I accept that, since it is the only way I can save my skin, even if it is for a time only."
"Master Zakaros, it may surprise you but I am minded to agree to your request. You see, I had also run away, though it was from a bad father instead of defeat in a war. When I left, in the ship of a trusted friend, I had fifty with me and we were as a single family with one purpose. You attempt a similar feat in a land filled with enemies, on your own, with no friends, and yet you walk boldly into the Hall of possibly your worst enemy! The warrior in me salutes your courage, Master Zakaros. I do not think that I could have even considered what you attempt to do now. Rise, please."
Zakaros stood, working the kinks out of his legs.
Eriana pointed. "Sit there for a while, Zakaros, if you would. Your presence will cause our company a complication which must needs be resolved." She stood. "Ursula, Lars, to me. We can speak quietly over by the window."
By the window Eriana grimaced. «Did you know what he had planned, Ursula?»
«Not at all, Highness! I was as surprised as you were. He kept the whole matter very well hidden, which may mean that he should keep his mouth shut when required.»
«Perhaps. Do you trust him? For that matter, why are those two with you at all? I did not expect you to bring anyone back, especially two of the enemy!»
Ursula explained, «There are two Yodan healers attending the Old Leader, an older one who is like those at the Directory at Yod City -" Eriana grunted, "- but the younger one can see his mentor's limitations and would prefer to leave and learn more elsewhere.»
«That is the younger healer, then? What brings him here with you?»
«The old man has a heart complaint and I have a particular herb which can help that. Because of my origins the men would not have permitted me to return with it. The older healer, Hakarin, would not think of leaving his charge and I would not have trusted the men to come and collect the herb from here without leaving a lot of blood in the courtyard. So, Karan, his journeyman, if you will, has been sent with me to collect the herb. Master Zakaros is supposed to accompany him as far as here and then back to the wagon again, after that supposedly finding some way to not be murdered beyond that point.»
«Ah. Almost all now becomes clear but that young man makes himself our problem, Ursula. He has seen and heard all that Zakaros has done today, he will know the man flees his fellows, yet we should not keep him against his will, I deem. That leaves only one alternative and I am reluctant to even speak of it.»
Ursula grinned. «That is not our problem, Highness. You see, Karan is also running away. He wants to be my journeyman and obtain some real healing knowledge. I thought that our problem would be to find a way to get him out of the Commissioner - I suppose I should begin to use his name, shouldn't I? Out of Zakaros's way without Zakaros becoming suspicious.»
Eriana's eyebrows rose. «Are you telling me that neither knew that the other planned to run? Freyr's blood! How do you manage this, Ursula? Every day I am with you I grow old waiting for the next complication to my life!» The gaze softened. «Yet still you think of others. Tell me, briefly, if I should trust young... what was his name again?»
«Karan, Highness. I do not know if he has any other name yet. He will be like everyone else we have taken on and do not know but for him the fear of staying behind is real. If we leave him behind the mere act will put him in mortal danger.» She shrugged. «As to trusting him, there will be time to find out. If he is to be my journeyman then the rest of us may be putting our lives in his hands at some point. We will soon know if his trust is true.»
«Agreed. So, Lars, what do we do? It looks as if we'll have to keep those two here, maybe, then somehow smuggle them down to the Visund in the morning and cast off as soon as we can.»
Lars grunted. «We have to hide this pair from the Pakmalis as well as the Yodans? It can be done but there are questions. Did any of the servants see them arrive? How do we get them down to the dockside? Are we ready to sail? Where do we put them? On the Visund or on the Green Ptuvil?»
Ursula put in, «Highness, I have to tell you it is worse. There are four men waiting for these two to appear with a bag of herbs. The bag of herbs is here, I need to find it and get it to the men, to somehow explain why Zakaros and Karan are no longer with me. I think they might expect Zakaros to run sometime but they will definitely want to see Karan and take him back to the farmstead. If I do not go to the market with an explanation they will try and find us, which could be awkward.»
Lars asked, «How so, Mistress? We kill the men, problem is ended.»
«Maybe so, Lars, but four bodies would attract the attention of the Pakmalis and, eventually, those still at the farmstead are going to come in, perhaps with reinforcements, to look for their friends.»
Eriana asked, «Cannot we just ignore the four men? I do not think they will fare well, wandering the streets at night. The Pakmalis have patrols against such activities. they will surely wait until tomorrow before looking for us.»
«By then those at the farmstead will have raised the alarm, Highness. Besides, given the uniforms the girls are wearing, finding us is not going to be hard, is it? Ah! Of course, those Pakmal patrols. A moment... I may have an idea.»
«Yes?»
«Such a patrol intercepted us on our way here but your name was mentioned and they dropped us like a hot stone. Suppose I tell the men that our two were taken by the patrol? That will put them off trying to investigate, at least until after we have departed.»
«Done. What about the servants?»
«I notice this house has one of those double-sided front door arrangements, one facing the street and one in the courtyard. We all depart visibly from the courtyard, then our two just go around the corner and come in the other way. That should be enough to fool the servants.»
«Done.» Eriana nodded. «A good plan, quickly devised. You have good organizing skills, Ursula.»
«Thank you, Highness... but all this has to be done now and quickly. We were only supposed to come here, grab a bag of herbs and return.»
«Then let us go. This time, I deem, Lars and I will come with you and Tyra. I want no further trouble with the authorities.»
«There is another matter, Highness.»
«What? Of course there is! Speak.»
«I have to go to the market again tomorrow morning to pick up some other herbs from a stall-holder. That means that we cannot depart directly after breakfast, if that is what you are thinking.»
«Can these herbs wait? The situation is already complicated enough, Ursula!»
«These are rare, expensive and for Kaldar. It should not be a problem for us but I thought you should know before you began making plans for... departure.»
«For Kaldar, eh? Very well. Tomorrow will require some careful planning, then, but later. Let us deal with immediate matters first.»
She walked off back to join the others. Lars gave Ursula a shrug and then a grin.
«You are clever at this game, Mistress.»
«I have had a lot of experience, Lars. I was in just as much danger as these two are.»
Somewhere along the way the party became augmented, so eight people eventually said a temporary farewell on the courtyard steps to those remaining in the mansion. They walked out of the archway entrance in a group in such a way that noticing two men slip to one side and re-enter by the outer door would have been difficult. The remaining six then walked through the streets to the now-deserted market place, deserted except for the usual evening activity at the nine taverns surrounding the shuttered stalls. Two peeled off to keep watch from the corner of the market place while Ursula led the remainder towards the tavern she thought the men had been heading for.
She was proved partly right when two men emerged as their group appeared. They took one look at Eriana and Lars and stepped back in consternation. Ursula held up her hand and the others stopped as she continued towards the two.
"What's this? Was this all a trick?"
"Quiet! Do you want everyone to know our business?"
She approached near enough so that she could lower her voice. "A Pakmal patrol intercepted us on our way to the house. They took the men for questioning."
"And they let you go? Do you take us for fools?"
She jabbed a thumb over her shoulder. "She is the leader of my company. She commanded the assault on Boldan's Rock. The Pakmalis will not get in her way, nor that of any of her company."
Eriana just stood there impassively, her arms folded, the sword hilt looming over her right shoulder.
The man looked defeated. "Are we your captives now?"
"Don't be stupid. Unlike some Yodans I have recently met, I keep my promises if I am able to. I have brought the herbs. Can I be assured that you will take them to Master Hakarin and explain what happened? I said there would be no trouble and we have caused none. We had no hand in what has happened to your men."
"And those two?"
"Are there for our protection only. They will not stop you from leaving."
He groaned. "Maker! I wish today had never happened!"
"I completely agree." Ursula turned. "Tyra, the herbs, if you please."
Tyra came forward and handed the small bag to Ursula who handed it on to the man who had been speaking. She noticed that his hand was shaking.
He held up the bag, judging the weight, then passed it to his partner. "Woman, I have never met your like, nor did I imagine that any woman could carry a sword until today. I have met few men or women who are as honest as you. It is hard for me to admit but you have earned my respect. If we may part in peace."
"As you wish. I have some advice for you, you can consider it or ignore it."
The wary look returned. "Speak."
"Two things. I do not believe that Hakarin is the best healer for your Old Leader. I suggest you try and find someone who knows more about the ailments of the elderly."
He considered this and then nodded. "I will find someone else and consult. The second thing?"
"If the Pakmalis manage somehow to get any information out of the two they took, then it might be a good idea to think about finding a different place to keep your Old Leader. Just a thought."
"Wise words from a woman, indeed. What about the dranakhs? Will they cause trouble for us any more?"
Ursula shook her head. "I do not think so, but I have no control over them or their actions. Treat them with respect and they will probably treat you the same way."
"As you say." He fought an inner battle and then added, "Fare you well, Mistress."
He backed away with his mate and took a few more steps before putting his fingers to his mouth. A shrill whistle brought the other two from a tavern at the far side of the market place. They took a wide route, avoiding Eriana and Lars, and Ursula could hear a panicked question echoing across the cobbles. The reply was abrupt but still sounded nervous. The two groups coalesced and headed for the street where they had left the wagon.
From another corner of the square, two dranakh observed the proceedings with satisfaction before departing in different directions.
The two fugitives have to be smuggled out of Wadek and the Norse have unusual ideas how to handle this. Once the two vessels depart the crews settle down to the next leg of their voyage, learning more about each other as they do so.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
62 - Blood and Subterfuge
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of
this story are the property of the author. No infringement of
pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022
Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
The small group that entered the market square early the
following morning were by now familiar to most of the stall-holders.
Ursula and Tyra, dressed and cowled in their modest Yodan women's
attire, were accompanied by Torvin and Ragnar in the event of any
trouble, together with the smaller figure of Adin, who was looking
for fresh food to provision their two vessels.
Also with them today was Kedian, who would be helping to cook it. This would be his first trip away from the Green Ptuvil and was more in the nature of a test to see how far he had recovered. He would not be expected to carry anything unless he wanted to.
«Where first, Mistress?» asked Torvin.
«It should not take too long to collect the herbs I ordered,» Ursula replied, «and then we can split up as arranged. We have much to do and we need to get back so that Her Highness can begin the,» a smile here, «special departure arrangements.»
The three Norse grinned. «Yah,» Ragnar agreed, «it is definitely time for some fun now. Where is your herb to be found?»
Ursual pointed. «Over there. The woman at that stall. Come on.»
The woman smiled as the group approached. "Good morning to you, Mistress, and to your companions. Surely you did not think it would take six to carry such a small package of herbs?"
"Good morning to you, Mistress. Our ship departs later this morning and our cook has come to pick up some fresh provisions. There are enough of us that a wagon will probably be required to take it all down to the docks."
"Ah? We will be sorry to see you leave, Mistress. I have your herbs here, as you requested."
The woman turned, bent and came up with a hard-glazed stoneware jar with a cork plug in the wide mouth. She carefully balanced her scales then poured the entire contents of the jar into one of the pans before adding weight after weight to the other pan to make it balance.
"There! Five silverweights and an eighth, I deem. I will not charge you for the eighth, you may have it since there is little other call for it."
"Thank you. Can I test it?"
"Surely, Mistress, it is the custom, except I doubt either of us knows what to expect."
"I was shown a small sample by the woman who told me the recipe," Ursula explained, "and I have a good enough memory, I think."
She dipped the tip of one little finger into the pile and brought it close under her nose. She wanted to smell it without accidentally inhaling it so tried to avoid breathing heavily. Yes, this was the stuff, and the smell was strong which meant that it was fresh.
She nodded. "Done. Can I take it in that jar? It looks robust enough and that is just what I need when we are traveling on the river."
"As you wish, Mistress, though I must needs ask four Benis for the jar."
Ursula counted out the coins as the woman transferred the reddish powder back into the jar and resealed it.
"Mistress? We agreed nine Sols a silverweight and you have paid me ten!"
Ursula began holding up fingers. "The jar, Mistress. Tsuft root that is fresh. Prompt service and no attempt to swindle us. You deserve it, Mistress."
The stallholder bowed. "I am grateful to you, Mistress. Sometimes this business is hard and it is refreshing to find someone who understands this. Good-day to you and your friends. Safety on your journey on the river."
Ursula bowed her head in return. "Thank you, Mistress."
"What is it your cook seeks? Mayhap I can point him at the better suppliers here."
"If you would, Mistress." She turned. «Adin, what do we need?»
The little cook shrugged. «The usual, Mistress. Meat, mostly. Vegetables, fruit, whatever else might be fresh today. Not fish, it will go off in the heat. Bread, of course.»
Ursula translated and the stall holder pointed. "Then, Mistress, if you would follow my advice, go first to -"
* * *
It was mid-morning and the crew had begun to trickle into the courtyard of the mansion ready to help carry the belongings of the Princess and her entourage down to her ship. The servants were sorry to see them depart and gathered around the entrance of the kitchen block to watch proceedings. Some of the younger ones were marveling at the physique of the big, hairy warriors while others looked skeptically at their outlandish attire.
Suddenly, an argument developed! First it just seemed to be words spoken but it swiftly escalated into pushing and shoving. The mass of men seemed, somehow, to separate into opposing forces and then matters abruptly turned into violence, a full-scale brawl spilling all over the courtyard cobbles.
The women immediately withdrew into the kitchen block and closed the door, but many hung out of the windows, horrified, as swords and axes were swung with apparent fury. Two of the younger women screamed with shock at the unexpected battle taking place barely strides in front of them.
Then there was a deep-throated shout and everyone paused, the mass of men separating to reveal one of their number on the stones, his head oozing blood and who knew what else. As suddenly as it had begun tempers cooled and they began looking at each other with shame and guilt.
From out of the mansion the Princess strode, her own face livid with fury. Her high-pitched voice, strident with rage, cut through all other noise. As she berated her men in their own, gutteral tongue, they sank, automatically, on one knee towards the ground. She went to the injured man, her face bearing an expression of distress.
From out of the mansion rushed the Princess's healer and her assistant, both still attired in the Yodan robes they had worn earlier that day. They knelt at the injured man's side, the assistant already reaching into her bag for bandages. A report was given to the Princess and her imperious finger directed two men to run into the house, from where they emerged a little later carrying a stretcher. The injured man was gently loaded onto it and carried into the mansion followed by healer and assistant.
The Princess made her men stand and form ranks, whereby she berated them in her shrill voice. The servant women shuddered at the tone, noting how lucky they were not to have crossed her during her stay at the mansion. But she was a Princess, what else would one expect from such a person?
- - -
«You are not injured, Stine?»
The warrior finished wiping his head dry with the towel. «No, Mistress. I might have a lump tomorrow from falling on the cobbles but that is all. You yourself have examined me, not even a scratch! That blood which Adin provided still smells, though.»
«That was a good touch of his,» Ursula admitted. «Buying offal in the market and draining the blood out of it, that made it all look more real. Unfortunately you got some on your tee shirt.»
Stine grinned. «But even that works in our favor, Mistress! The Yodan wears it now, as he does the bandages and the rest of the blood. It should soon wash out.»
Zakaros looked up at them from the stretcher. His head was heavily bandaged and he was wearing Stine's tee shirt and shorts, both now splashed with blood.
"Mistress, I must admit to being an amateur among you," he commented. "To put on a battle like that, at short notice and with no preparation, and yet not a single man has any wounds! I am astonished."
"These are really simple folk," she replied, "but they have traditions that are completely different to anything you or I might know. Do not be surprised by anything you see as we journey along."
"After this morning? Mistress, I will heed your words."
"Then heed them now. You are injured, there is a cut on your scalp made with an ax which I have stitched, but you almost certainly have concussion. So, close your eyes, relax, and do absolutely nothing until we get you on board the ship. Let the men carry out the rest of the plan."
Ursula turned. "Karan? Are you ready?"
The healer's assistant stood behind her, now attired in Tyra's Yodan dress, cowl and apron over his normal tunic and tights. He shuffled uncomfortably in the borrowed sandals.
"I am, Mistress. I am glad that I am no woman of Yod, who must needs spend all her days attired thus."
"It is not quite as bad as it feels, Karan," Ursula reassured him. "You are wearing your normal clothes underneath which makes everything feel bulky and which is going to make you feel hot. When women wear attire like that we don't have that problem."
The disguised young healer looked apprehensively at Tyra, who had changed into a ship dress to release her Yodan attire for his disguise.
"Mistress, is that what women customarily wear in other lands? It is unseemly to my eyes, though doubtless I will adapt to the idea."
"That is a ship dress, which was designed for us in Joth for wear in hot weather. It keeps us cool as we sail along. What our men wear is for the same purpose. Now, we had better go. You walk on the left and I will go on the right side. That will obscure anyone who tries to get a good look at Zakaros's face. Oh, and remember to keep your cowl pulled forward, to keep your own face out of the light."
"As you say, Mistress." He grinned. "I never imagined that, as a healer, I would be doing anything like this!"
Four of the men were summoned from below, each picking up one corner of the stretcher. It was carefully carried downstairs so as not to disturb the 'injured' occupant. In the courtyard a longish two-wheeled handcart awaited and the stretcher was placed in the bed. Two of the men then began pushing the cart out into the street, Ursula and Karan keeping close to either side with their attention fixed on the occupant.
At the dock entrance they were immediately admitted by the blue-coated sentries. The cart was pushed along to the head of the pontoon chain where it halted. Since it would not be possible to push it all the way along to the ship, a minor risk now had to be taken.
"Zakaros, time for you to revive a little. We will tilt the cart slightly and you will have to climb out, acting groggy. Our men will then help you along the pontoons with us following."
"As you command, Mistress."
He staggered upright and was helped by the two Norsemen, who each draped one of his arms over a shoulder. Thus propped they began the long slow walk along the pontoon chain with Ursula and Karan following.
"Maker! Is that your ship?" Zakaros muttered. "I did not realize how big it was!"
"Quietly, please. If you should be talking at all it would be in a different tongue. Remember who you are supposed to be."
"Pardon, Mistress... but why are we not going there?"
"It is completely open as you see. If you went there you would be exposed for everyone to look at until we sailed. It could be done but the alternative is less awkward... once we get you on board. Here, step carefully."
Two of the barge men helped the small party board the Green Ptuvil and then led the way towards the stern. Zakaros was assisted down into the rear cabin and the rest followed. Ursula breathed a sigh of relief.
"So far so good. Thank you, boys, you can go back to the mansion now. There are enough people already on board for us to manage. Zakaros, please sit down at the table for a moment. Karan, Baros will take you to a cabin where you can remove that Yodan outfit. I have to remind both of you that you are to stay somewhere inside this cabin until after we have set sail. The slightest suspicion that either of you are on board will wreck the whole plan."
Zakaros looked around and then up at Ursula. "A barge? I did not know that you people possessed such a thing."
Ursula's smile was wry. "It was necessary since we began accumulating extra travelers like yourself. We could all have traveled on the Visund but it would not have been comfortable for the women."
"Women? You mean yourself, your assistant, the two with swords and Her Highness?"
Her expression sobered quickly. "There are five other women on board whom we rescued from a band of rogue Yodan soldiers. All were badly used by those men, such that they may not want to enter the same room as yourself. There are also six men we rescued from the same place. All the men are bargemen who were captured by chance. Baros, who you just saw with Karan, is one of them and he is Captain of this barge. None have any liking for Yodans."
Zakaros pursed his lips. "I wonder, it might have been easier to face death than this. I wonder if asking to join your company was the act of a coward, and now I must needs pay the price."
She nodded. "There will be a price to pay and it will be up to you how you face it. Remember this, though. If you are running away it will be you that you are running away from. Face yourself, understand yourself, and you may survive a better man."
"Strange advice you give, Mistress."
"Remember that I am supposed to be a healer. It is not only broken bones and sword cuts that I heal, I also have a responsibility to the minds of my patients."
"I am rebuked, Mistress. Apparently I know less about the arts of the healer than I thought I did. If you would accept my apology. Tell me, did you see anyone take notice as I was brought here?"
"I did. One of the men was standing across the street facing the entrance to the courtyard as we left. Since I could not turn around, I do not know if he followed us as far as the dock entrance. I am fairly sure that he would not have been permitted to enter the docks behind us, though." Ursula shrugged. "That proves nothing, since someone else may already have been inside the docks. It means that you and Karan have to remain hidden until we are well away from Wadek."
Baros and Karan reappeared, the latter now in his tunic and tights.
"Captain," Ursula addressed Baros, "this is Zakaros Stonecarver, once a Commissioner in the Ascendancy and now a fugitive from everyone in Yod, including the Pakmalis. The young man is named Karan and I know little more about him except that he was an assistant to an older healer who is set in his ways. He decided to petition me to rescue him and further his education and I agreed. He would have faced certain death had he remained behind. Zakaros, Karan, Baros is Captain of this barge, which is named the Green Ptuvil. Aboard this vessel his word is law, do you understand?"
Zakaros nodded. "I do. Captain, if I may help, then command me, though I do not yet know one rope from another."
Baros looked him up and down. "We could do with another pair of hands. Wait until we are away from Wadek, get yourself cleaned up and I'll decide what to do with you. Is that real blood?"
"It is," he replied, "but not mine nor any other man's. I believe that one of the cooks obtained it in the market when buying meat for the voyage."
"Ah, I see. Still, in this heat it will soon stink."
Baros turned to Karan, an eyebrow raised. The young man coughed.
"Captain, I too will do what I can but I know even less than Master Zakaros does. I thought that -" His eyes went to meet those of Ursula.
She said, "Tyra and I will be on board this time, Captain. I expect that I'll need to spend some time finding out what Karan knows but, when you need someone to lend a hand, I'm sure he will do what he can."
A head poked over the top of the deck hatch. "Captain? If you have a moment."
Baros nodded to Ursula. "By your leave, Mistress." He went up the companionway and out of sight. Zakaros stared at Ursula.
"Forgive me, Mistress, if I am confused. Master Baros is Captain yet he defers to you. I thought Her Highness ruled over all."
"It is a curious arrangement, I will agree. Princess Eriana does, indeed, command the whole company. Most of her men, who will be on the big ship, are her retainers and are sworn personally to her. Some are sailors, most are fighting men. Under her are Captain Tor, who commands the Visund, Captain Baros, who commands this barge, the Green Ptuvil, and Commander Lars, who commands her men.
"Since the Visund is a completely open hull we thought it best to acquire the Green Ptuvil for those whom we rescued, since the accommodation here is more comfortable. We have converted the two holds into bunk rooms, one for the men and one for the women. Almost none of those on board this barge are sworn to Her Highness, though I suspect that may change for some as we go along.
"As for me? I am in a strange position since I was brought to Anmar by Beings unknown. The Duke of Joth has said that no-one on Anmar could have authority over me, or anyone like me, since we answered to those who brought us here." Ursula shrugged. "That seems to me to be avoiding the question but in practical terms it has not become a problem. I will usually do as Her Highness asks and the men will usually do as I ask but there is no formal relationship between us. My assistant Tyra is sworn personally to me and she is content with that arrangement."
Karan's eyes were wide. "Mistress, you were brought to Anmar? How is that possible?"
"It is a long story, Karan, and it should wait until we have left Wadek and settled down on the next leg of our journey. I will just say that, yes, I am from another world and that gives me both advantages and disadvantages. There are others along the Great Valley who have arrived the same way, although not all of us are as we were on the world we came from."
"I have heard talk of a She-Demon," he said. "Is she real? Is she one of you?"
"If you mean the girl who started all this, then yes, she exists, but I have never met her. As far as I know she is as normal as you or I. I have met another from my home world but he is a man not a girl."
Kedian came down the companionway carrying a big cloth bag which smelt strongly of freshly-baked bread. He dumped the bag on the table.
"Feeling better today, Kedian, since your trip to the market?"
"As you say, Mistress. By your leave, I am being handed down food for our lunch."
"Carry on. Lunch is important."
He grinned and climbed back out on deck.
"Right," Ursula said to Zakaros. "We had better get that bandage off your head and clean you up. You shouldn't sit around covered in blood, even if it is from a pakh or a zinakh."
* * *
"It is true, then," Field-Director Botanno said. "You are leaving us. Personally I will be sorry to see you go."
He stood on the pontoon with Eriana, watching the last of the chests being stowed.
"A combination of time and circumstance, Director. We have far to go if we intend to be back home before the Rains begin. The incident with the pirate galley has forced two unintended stops along our way. There have been... other incidents... here which make me think it is time for my men to enjoy a change of air."
"Ah, you speak of the fight this morning, Highness. How is your man?"
"I thought I had lost him, Director, but our healer tells me that he has suffered only a serious scalp wound which she has already repaired. He also has concussion, as one might expect from such a blow, so he must needs lie down quietly for a day or more. Thank you for asking. My men normally know better than to brawl like that."
He grunted. "I wish my men did! That is the problem with having command of an army whose men do not want to be here. Our levies come from all parts of Pakmal and there are rivalries and jealousies which no-one has taken any account of. While we are busy fighting among ourselves we cannot be vigilant against the enemy."
"Perhaps it would have been better if you were still at war," she suggested. "Just managing the peace can be more difficult, when you do not know who your enemy is."
"As you say, Highness." He shrugged. "Peace is our lot and I must needs deal with what faces me, I deem. Oh, that pirate galley."
"Ah? Do you know what has become of it? Is it still there?"
"What is left of it is still there, Highness. I managed to persuade Gerran to send out a small patrol boat to examine the galley from a distance and it has returned to provide a report. It looks as if the pirates were able to send for help, since the vessel was deserted and, indeed, had been fired. Not much, apparently, remains above the present water level. It is now nothing more than a danger to navigation, I will ask for some kind of buoy to be attached once it is safe to approach."
She nodded. "That is one pirate menace removed, but it implies that, since those aboard were rescued, they probably have at least one more galley hidden somewhere."
"Agreed. Unfortunately Gerran is reluctant to send out patrols to attempt to locate their base, saying it would only put his own men at risk." Botanno looked frustrated. "What did he think we were doing here in Yod? His job is to put his men at risk! Sometimes the logic of my fellow officers astounds me."
"Can you not make reforms - Tor, what is it?"
Behind Tor were four men carrying two chests. «Highness, where did you want your chests to be put?»
She smiled. «You really ask, which vessel shall I sail on? The barge this time, I think, Tor. I want to be near my injured man, I think.»
A look passed between them. «Yah, Highness.»
Eriana and Botanno stood to one side to permit the chests to be carried past. She explained, "He wanted to know where to put my chests and that also asked the question, which vessel will I be on? I told him to put them on the Green Ptuvil this time."
"You trust your subordinates, then? Of course you do! I wish that I had your tight organization, Highness."
"We are only a small company as such things go, Director. I would struggle to direct so many men as you have under you."
"The curse of Pakmal, it seems," he replied, his expression gloomy. "Tell me, how far shall you travel today?"
"I would like to travel beyond Yod if it is possible. Will we find the customary overnight stopping places in Pakmal?"
"There are some, it is true, but at this time of year much of the river bank is wild and overgrown as the water retreats. If you do not find a village where you can rest for the night then there are many places where you may safely camp. Indeed, you should find many such places that are used by fisherfolk from both sides of the river."
"That is useful to know, Director. We are content to camp, indeed, we have already done so on several occasions so far."
"Commodore!"
Eriana turned. "What now? Oh, I see. Director, it looks as if I have a problem to resolve."
Botanno bowed. "Then I must let you finish your preparations and depart. A safe journey to you and your crew, Highness. You are welcome to return at any time."
"Thank you, Director. By your leave."
* * *
Zakaros looked apprehensive as the Green Ptuvil began to gently rock.
"This is different, I deem. I have sat on wagons and frayen but this motion is strange to me."
"This is nothing, Zakaros," Ursula replied. "All we are feeling right now is the edge of the river's current. If a storm hits us then it would all become much more violent. You will have to learn quickly how to keep your balance. You too, Karan."
"It seems gentle enough now, Mistress," the younger man replied. "What happens if it becomes too much? Shall we sink?"
"I doubt it will come to that. I have not experienced real rough weather on the Sirrel but every barge or ship is designed to take account of variations in weather. If it became very bad then no doubt the Captain would seek shelter in a creek or something."
Tyra skipped down the companionway, nodded to Ursula and then found a place at the edge of the long seat behind the table. Behind her was Eriana and both were wearing ship dresses. Karan's eyes popped as he saw their attire and Ursula watched as he tried, unsuccessfully, to dampen his natural instincts.
"Well," Eriana stated. "We are now far enough away from Wadek that you two may come on deck whenever you wish. Can either of you swim?"
Both men shook their heads. Zakaros replied, "Highness, we of Yod are not taught that art. To my knowledge only those who fish or have other business on the river bother to learn."
"Fair enough. Most of my men cannot swim either. All it means is that you must needs be more careful as you walk the decks above. A shake, a dip into a wave, any sudden movement of the deck can send you tumbling over the side. Since we have passengers who are not so used to the river there are hand-ropes rigged, be sure to use them to steady yourself as you walk. Have you any questions?"
"Highness, I would know our route, by your leave."
Eriana gave Zakaros a look. "Your presence here has caused us to change our plans," she said. "We might have gotten away with Karan at some of the smaller ports along the way but it will be harder to conceal you should we call at any Yodan port. Therefore we shall sail as far along the Sirrel as we may today and find some quiet place to lie up overnight. It is possible that we may travel beyond Yod to Pakmal but much depends on the wind."
"You travel beyond the Finger, Highness?"
"You know of it, then? I thought you knew little of the river."
"I do know little, Highness, but the Finger was of interest to Yod as it allowed our troops to venture quickly into Upper Fanir. It is a narrow finger of land projecting from Upper Fanir which separates the lands of Yod and Pakmal. River craft are forced to make a long diversion around it, adding perhaps a day to their journey."
"Aye, that is true. The river runs first south-east and then north-west and the trade winds usually blow in neither direction. At this time of year the Sirrel is low and sluggish, making it harder to progress. Still, we have planned for this leg of the voyage and if we must needs camp for a night or two then we shall do so."
Zakaros nodded. "Thank you, Highness." He rose. "I think I would like to see what we are on and how the land looks from here. If you would join me, Karan?"
"Uh, as you wish, Master Zakaros."
"I will come with you and show you what you will need to know," Eriana said. "Follow me."
The three climbed out onto the deck and Ursula looked at Tyra.
"I think that young Karan is more than interested in you, Tyra. Is this going to become a problem?"
Tyra blushed. "I do not know, Mistress. It is the first time he has seen any of us wearing ship dresses." She chose her next words carefully. "If there is interest, Mistress, would you object?"
"I am not sure, Tyra. I would not want to get in the way of your personal happiness but we are all jammed together on this barge and it could become overpowering very quickly. For him, there may be a novelty factor involved since he will not be used to women from anywhere but Yod. That could fade just as quickly as it arrived. I do not want you to get hurt by something that built up your expectations and then went sour."
"I had not thought of it that way, Mistress, but you are right. I will not discourage him but I will be careful what I say or do."
"Thank you, Tyra, I was sure that you would understand. If that young man does become my apprentice, journeyman, assistant or whatever else, he will be working closely with both of us, perhaps for a long time. If you become attracted to him and then break up it could make your futures very awkward."
"As you say, Mistress. Will you come up on deck? The air is fresher there."
"I will. First, I think, I need to go to our cabin and change into my own ship dress. The air is certainly warmer than it was this morning when we went to the market."
"As you say, Mistress. I'll go ahead and find your chest."
When Ursula stepped down the center companionway into the "women's cabin" she found Tyra dragging a chest out from under one of the bunks. Banest, Larys, Matta and Vellana were there, all seated at a crude table that was fixed along the centreline of the cabin. There were fragments of cloth in front of them and all appeared to be sewing.
Ursula looked around. To each side there were three pairs of bunks, flat against the hull, making twelve in all. The ceiling of the cabin had been raised from that of the original hold, the extra height providing a gap through which light and fresh air could enter, making the interior nowhere as dark as Ursula had expected. There had been no time nor facilities to fit glass so each opening had a simple shutter for use during bad weather or at night.
Banest stood when Ursula appeared. "Mistress, welcome to our refuge. We have reserved this bunk and the one above for you and your assistant." She indicated a pair of bunks in the corner furthest from the companionway. "Her Highness usually takes the lower one in the center and Bennett and Semma the two at the other end. We have chosen to use the ones on the other side but if you prefer some other arrangement then we would of course move."
"No, no, it should be no problem," Ursula assured her. "I do not want to cause trouble for the five of you. Are you settling in well here?"
"We are, Mistress, thank you. It is as you said, good food and fresh air has helped considerably." Banest frowned. "I have heard that we have taken two Yodans on board."
"We have. They are both running away from the Ascendancy, and, it would seem, everyone else. The older one was a Commissioner and knows that not many will welcome him here. The other is a young healer and was attached to an older man who is, frankly, a disgrace to his profession. The young man wished to escape from his situation and join me, saying that I could teach him more than his senior ever could."
Matta asked, "Can we trust them, Mistress?"
Ursula shrugged. "The younger one, probably. The other, I do not know. You can be sure that, if he causes any trouble, Her Highness's men will deal with him very firmly. He knows that."
"Thank you, Mistress."
"What is it you are making there?"
"We thought to make another outfit for Kaldar," Banest explained. "We were delighted with that material you brought back from the market, Mistress. It does look as if we will be short of thread soon, though."
Ursula silently cursed. "Thread! I had overlooked that when I obtained that cloth and the stall-holder said nothing. You have my apologies, Banest. Do as much as you can and I'll keep an eye open for more thread when we reach our next port."
"We have enough for now. When we run out we can still measure and cut, can we not? That will save time for later."
"Of course." She frowned. "Where is Kaldar? I have not seen him since we left the house... I mean the mansion."
"Why, we thought he was with you, Mistress. If you have not seen him then he must be on the big ship."
Ursula thought. "He should be safe enough there but I am concerned about his sleeping arrangements. He should not sleep with the men and he may not desire to sleep in here."
"As you say. Perhaps he can be asked whenever we stop for lunch."
"If we stop for lunch. Her Highness was talking about finding a quiet cove, or maybe a spit of land, and camping tonight. I can speak to him then."
There was a pause, then, as Tyra opened the chest and pulled out a ship dress for Ursula to wear. Placing it on the bunk she then unlaced Ursula's Yodan dress so that she could take it off. As Ursula pulled on the lighter garment Tyra carefully straightened the Yodan dress and hung it on a peg to air. All the bunk supports had had pegs inserted since the women knew that they would have attire to hang up from time to time.
Vellana asked, "Mistress? What is so special that Kaldar cannot sleep with the men?"
Banest started to reply but Ursula held up a hand. "Vellana, what is special about Kaldar is that he is a boy with the body of a girl. His father did not understand this and beat him to make him behave the way that his father believed every daughter should behave. As we were departing from Ferenis he leapt aboard the Visund and claimed sanctuary. Since we could not leave him with an abusive father and since I was familiar with the subject, Her Highness has agreed to take him as her ward."
"Oh! I did not know that such things were possible, Mistress."
"Why should you? You come from a small village and it is unlikely that anyone there would have been in a similar situation. Such occurrences are rare, maybe only one in, I don't know, maybe five thousand, feel that way. Oh, and it works the other way as well. There are those born as boys who believe that they should have had the body of a girl."
The young village girl frowned. "How is that possible, Mistress? Surely, if you are a boy or a girl, that is all you can be."
"Many people think so and that may be because they are so in tune with their own bodies that they cannot understand how others can feel a different way. It is possible that such things are caused by problems in the womb, we do not really know."
Matta asked, "Is there any remedy, Mistress?"
"On my world a much cleverer doctor than I can change the body to match what the mind thinks is right. It involves a lot of cutting and reshaping but it can be done. Of course, such people cannot make or bear children but at least they become in tune with their bodies.
"On Anmar we cannot do that yet. There are herbs I can give to Kaldar which will help his body develop as a boy's would, they will give him a deeper voice, facial hair, broad shoulders and so on. In fact I obtained some of those in Wadek so you should begin to see some of the changes to his body soon. No herbs can replace what is below, though, and so he still has the same risk that all women face. Worse, because of that, he could possibly still become pregnant and give birth, which could look very strange."
Expressions ran across Matta's face until she finally said, "Mistress, I am glad that I do not face what Kaldar faces. I cannot begin to understand what he suffers but I am glad someone is here to help him."
Banest added thoughtfully, "And that is why he should not sleep with the men, I deem. I do not think any would break his trust but accidents can always happen."
"That is true," Ursula agreed. "Already he is treated as the Ship's Boy and is being taught as any young lad on a boat would be. The men will look after him and, as he changes, it should become easier to hide those inconvenient parts of his body."
"What about his -" Matta cupped her breasts. "They are not large but sometimes something is visible. I wondered, when I first noticed them, how a boy could have such breasts growing on him."
"It does happen, even to normal boys, Matta. It is called gynecomastia," the word came out unchanged, "and very occasionally it can happen to boys as they mature into men. Usually the growths disappear as they get older. In Kaldar's case they are small but real. The herbs should reduce them as he builds up muscle but he will always have the larger nipples that women have - and they will probably be just as sensitive."
The young woman shook her head. "The world is a stranger place than I knew, indeed."
"Matta, you have no idea."
* * *
There was a short stretch of the East Finger Reach where the Visund had to proceed under oars as the wind had died. That was not possible for the Green Ptuvil but there were two long poles which could be used to move the barge along, cautiously, against the shallow river bottom. Finally, the river swung in a tight right-hand curve and they were once more able to proceed under sail.
Lunch was taken late with the two vessels tied together, and moored to a snag sticking out of a barely-visible sandbank near the Upper Fanir shore. Because of this it was not possible to start a fire and so the provender was cold. This did not concern anybody in the heat of early afternoon.
Eriana leapt from ship to barge and approached those who were dining on the barge; most were seated on the roofs of the cabins with plates by their sides.
"We have finally departed Yod, my friends. Our way now lies between Upper Fanir and Faralmark on this side and Pakmal and eventually Zebrin on the other side. I think that I can say for all of us that we may now breathe easier since we have departed that cursed land."
Zakaros raised an eyebrow but said nothing.
She continued, "I am minded to call at the town of Pakmal and then Zebrin City before we head for Bibek, unless our circumstances change. It will take us two days, possibly three, to reach Pakmal Town but I cannot forget that we have two vessels, now, that must sail together. We are in no hurry but we should not delay without cause. We shall nap here before going on our way."
The two vessels continue on their voyage along the great river. The newest passengers learn what it takes to live on the water as they head towards Faralan. As they round the last bend an unexpected danger threatens.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
63 - Learning the Ropes
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
«Where first, Mistress?» asked Torvin.
The area of land had obviously been used by river travelers to camp in the past, judging by the circles of scorched earth and, less pleasantly, the several heaps of refuse scattered around the edges. This included human wastes. Fortunately nearly all of those were downwind of the main camping area.
Eriana was not happy about the location. It was set back from the main river which hid them from both passing and possibly hostile traffic but also meant that they could be surrounded by land forces that could remain concealed until the last moment. Her natural warrior instincts wanted a clear space so that they could see anyone coming, but the surrounding scrub grew thick and rambling, with only narrow random tracks leading into the brush.
«Look at it this way,» Lars had offered, «at least this undergrowth will hide us and the fires. I agree, we'll have to post sentries, but we would do that anyway.»
«But we have two vessels to guard now,» she objected. «It is not as it was before, when we just had the Visund to worry about. And not all our company are warriors, either. I am concerned for the safety of the women.»
He shrugged. «It is inevitable, Princess. This new water-force of yours is going to be much bigger than just the crew of the Visund. Much bigger. You and I have to learn new ways of doing things.»
«We have spoken of this before, Lars. I wonder if I have volunteered for something I am not capable of doing.»
He put a gentle hand on her shoulder. «We have time, Princess, and we might have just the people to help us do it.»
«If you insist. Very well. Set your sentries and we will see what happens tonight.»
Lars bowed his head. «Princess.»
Adin came over to join them with a grin. «Supper is served, Highness.»
«Thank you, Adin. Not salt fish again?»
«Not this time, Highness! I have been shown a new way of stewing gavakhan meat which makes it taste really good. Can't you smell it?»
Eriana shook her head. «Not really, we are the wrong side of the fire. Coming, Lars?»
«When I have set the sentries, Princess.»
At the fire Ursula sat between Tyra and Zakaros with Karan beyond him. There was a clear space between them and the others, who were in several groups scattered around the glowing embers. Some cast suspicious eyes at the newcomers. All held spoons and bowls of stew.
"I did not know what to expect when you told us that we would be camping tonight," the older Yodan commented. "I expected rough fare but this is delicious! Your little cook is a talented man, I deem."
Ursula smiled. "He may be now but at the beginning he could do little more than boil salt fish. Which, I have to say, was tasty enough. Once the Visund reached Joth he met a man who really is a good cook and he taught Adin how to use the local herbs and what to do with different cuts of meat." She pointed across the fire. "See that man helping him? That's Kedian, one of the bargemen we rescued. He is also a cook and the two of them have learned much from each other."
"Kedian? I saw him at the mansion but I know little about the others who travel with Her Highness. Her men I may readily identify by their attire and their hair but the others, I assume, all are those you rescued?"
Ursula smothered a chuckle. "The others, as you call us, come from all over the Great Valley and for very different reasons. You can recognize Lars by now, yes?" He nodded. "The smallish man sitting on his right is Lord Kalmenar, who is some kind of legal representative provided by the King of Palarand. Since Her Highness, as you will have noticed, is mainly a woman of action, he was sent to help smooth over any disputes in foreign countries."
"Ah. Aye, I can see the need for such a man."
"His success is variable, Master Zakaros. Apparently there was a... spirited argument, let us say, when I was discovered on an island in the Sirrel soon after they left Palarand. There was a great disagreement about what should be done with me."
"Oh?"
"Apparently there are rules which apply to travelers who, for whatever reason, get into trouble on the river, like being wrecked, falling in or being marooned. Do you know of them?"
"Not at all, Mistress. My domain was far away from the water's edge."
"Both Lord Kalmenar and our pilot at the time thought that I should be left at the next port we came to, as is the custom, for return to wherever I came from. For myself this would not have been safe. I had lost my memory and would have been at risk from almost everyone. Fortunately, at that time we had Duke Wallesan of Joth on board, and with him was that man I mentioned, the other person who came from my world. They managed to persuade the others it would not have been sensible to leave me at the next port."
He nodded. "I do not know the laws of the river but I can believe what you say. They could not return you? Of course not, if you do indeed come from another world. But, tell me, how did they know that? For that matter, how do you know?"
"I told you before that people who are transferred are usually at the point of death on the other world."
"I recall."
Now, how much do I tell him? A little, perhaps, but not everything. He might not believe it all.
"When we are brought, it is almost in the state that we were when that happened. We are no longer injured, we are given a new, unmarked body, but we are dressed the same way that we were whenever the death happened. Whatever we were carrying at the time comes with us as well. For me, that meant clothing that is impossible to produce on Anmar, clothing that had been ripped in such a way that it was obvious that I had been mauled by a large wild animal."
"Clothing, Mistress? I do not understand. How can clothing be impossible to make here, yet it can be made elsewhere?"
"Machinery, Master Zakaros. On Earth we do very little hand-sewing of garments any longer. Machines are used which make the production of clothing very quick and easy. If you wish to see what I wore, then you will have to apply to the Duke of Joth, who holds in trust for me what I came with."
Zakaros stared at her and then gave a nod and a grunt. Ursula noticed that Karan was paying close attention to the conversation.
"I see now why those above me desired to find and obtain those who come from this other world," Zakaros commented. "I doubt not that you could tell them much which would be of use to Yod."
"That may not have worked out as intended," she replied. "While I could tell you - or others - that certain things exist, or that things can be done a certain way, that does not mean that I personally know how to do them. There is so much for us to know that we all spend a long time learning how to live a useful life and that means that we have to specialize what we learn. For example, I consider myself to be a reasonable doctor, healer that is, but I could not tell you how to make any of the machines we use to help us in our work."
"Machines? What machines would those be, Mistress?"
"Machines to help with breathing, for example. Machines to test pulse and blood pressure. Machines which can look inside you without opening you up. Machines which can remove your blood and clean it of impurities and then put it back. Many others."
Zakaros stared at her and then shook his head. "Mistress, if I did not know better I would think that you spin tales of fantasy. Will you swear to me that all you have said is true?"
"Of course. I swear that I have told you nothing but the truth."
Tyra added, "Heard and witnessed!"
Zakaros leaned across to address Tyra. "You speak as if you know more than she has said."
The reply was careful. "Master, there are always secrets between mistress and maid and that is where they will stay. She has told me more, it is needful if I am to serve her properly. I am of Joth, I have seen what my Mistress wore when she was discovered. She speaks the truth."
He acknowledged her with a slow nod. "Thank you... Tyra?"
"That is my name, yes."
Ursula said, "Tyra is the next person who joined the company. When I arrived in Joth it was to a completely unfamiliar world. I did not know any of the customs and I could not even dress or undress by myself. By chance Tyra ended up helping me and His Grace has made the association a formal one." She added, "You should know that Tyra is learning to read, write and do math and she is also learning to fight. Her family are fisherfolk and she is already familiar with our two vessels."
"I am surprised but perhaps I should not be. I have already the example of those two before me," he pointed to Bennet and Semma, eating their stew with the other women, "and it seems to me that we of Yod have made serious errors where our womenfolk are concerned. Yet you can never be as strong as a man."
Tyra responded, "But I do not have to be, Master. All I have to do is to make sure my sword goes into the right place on your body and it will not matter how strong you are."
"As you say, Tyra. Brute force does not win every battle, it is true. I must needs learn to treat women with more care."
"More respect would do for a start," Ursula added, scraping her bowl. "The conditions inside Yod are unlike that of anywhere else I have been so far. If you would excuse me, I think I will have a little more of that stew."
She stood and walked around the fire, leaving two thoughtful Yodans behind her.
~o~O~o~
"Mistress, wake up!"
Tyra's hand was shaking her shoulder gently and her voice was lowered.
"Mmm. What is it?"
"It is morning, Mistress. Time for breakfast."
"Oh. Yes."
Around Ursula the camp was coming to life, men and women standing up, stretching, scratching various parts of their bodies. Adin was at the fire, restoring it to life by fanning it with a blanket while one of the others fed more wood in as the flames reappeared. Some were walking off towards the screened off area where -
"Tyra, I need to go." She struggled to her feet.
"Of course, Mistress."
The two made their way to the separate latrine set aside for female use. By chance it was not being used so both entered and dealt with the necessary bodily functions. They then left and walked back to the Visund, where it was possible to scoop river water out with a bucket and perform some rudimentary washing of hands and faces. Other body parts would have to wait until after they had eaten.
When they returned to the camping area the men were standing in rows, just beginning their Tai Chi.
"Oh!" Tyra groused. "I wanted to join in that. It has been several days since either of us last did it."
Ursula yawned. "I would have liked to as well. Maybe next time. Look, Adin is busy with breakfast, let us go over and see if he needs some help."
They passed Zakaros and Karan, both of whom were staring at the Norse with open mouths.
"Mistress," the former Commissioner stopped Ursula, "what is it these men do? Is it some kind of barbarian ritual to their gods?"
"You could think of it as a ritual," she replied, "but it is an exercise designed to help anyone and everyone maintain their bodily fitness, even the very young and the very old. It can also help you to clear your mind, ready for the coming day. In fact, both of us are learning to do it but we did not wake up early enough today, and of course we take longer in the latrines than men do."
"You would do this as well?" He gestured at the men as they moved slowly from one foot to the other, their arms and hands sweeping in unison.
"I would, Master Zakaros, and as a healer I have no hesitation in recommending it to you and to Karan as well."
"Interesting. Thank you, Mistress, for the explanation. Karan, what say you? Would you attempt this... exercise... as well?"
"Master Zakaros, it seems to me that there is more to what the men do than simply to wave their arms about. See there? If I am not mistaken, that could be the beginning of a fighting movement. Ah, yes! I understand now." Karan turned to Ursula. "Mistress, I feel that it is necessary that we learn this curious art. How may we do so?"
"I will have a word with Her Highness later on, Karan. It would not be easy to attempt to do it all at once, so what has happened in the past is that those who already know what to do perform the whole exercise and then newcomers are taught the first few moves afterwards, each time learning a little more." She smiled. "It is not that difficult once you get to know what is required."
He nodded. "Thank you, Mistress."
"Then, if you would excuse us, we were on our way to see if Adin required any help preparing breakfast."
* * *
Once breakfast was over the men began packing everything away aboard their two vessels. Ursula spotted Eriana in deep discussion with Kalmenar, Hashim and the two captains. She decided to make herself available in case there was some potential problem. As she walked over Eriana greeted her.
"Ursula. Join us if you would."
"Is something wrong, Highness?"
"Not at all, Ursula. We merely seek to identify where we should next come to land. Hashim thinks we should camp once more while Kalmenar would prefer the comforts of a town or city. Unfortunately Pakmal Town and Zebrin City are more than we might manage in a single day, unless the wind freshens considerably. That leaves Faralan, on the other shore... I mean the other bank, of course. He was explaining what we might find there."
"Faralan? I have heard the name before but that is all. What country is that in?"
"If I may explain, Highness," Kalmenar said to Eriana. He turned to Ursula. "As Yod and Pakmal occupy the southern side of the Sirrel, Mistress, on the northern side are three countries which may be of interest to us. Lowest of all, before one reaches Ferenis, is Lower Fanir, which faces Yod City across the river. The island which we passed on our right side also belongs to Lower Fanir, though it was occupied by those of Yod during the war.
"Next comes Upper Fanir. This land was once the upstream part of Fanir but the river moved and separated the two lands one from another. There is a high outcrop of rock, similar to that of Boldan's Rock, between the two lands now, though there is room for a road to pass below between the river and the rock. The Fanir Finger, which we have been sailing around, is all part of Upper Fanir.
"A similar finger of land pokes out on the southern side, Mistress, and we shall soon be sailing past that on our left. Facing the tip of the finger, on the northern side of the Sirrel, lies the capital of Upper Fanir which is named Faralan. The Fa river empties into the Sirrel just upstream of Faralan, and that is the border between Upper Fanir and Faralmark. Once beyond Faralan the river swings south again and another day's sailing would bring us to the twin cities of Pakmal Town and Zebrin City.
"A day's sailing, perhaps, beyond those two cities will be Bibek, which is the capital of Faralmark. Further upstream lie the lands of Thesk, Benmond and Mirdul. Those lands are larger than many downstream but are less heavily populated than most we have already visited."
Eriana said, "Thank you, My Lord. Aye, my original plan was to journey so far but," she smiled at Ursula, "for some reason we have been delayed at various points along the way, by chance gaining passengers from far-off places. We have already lost a month or so from our original schedule, though I do not begrudge any of it. We will reach Bibek, I have no doubt, but when we do I will confer with Simbran if it should be possible to go further before we must needs return.
"Today's question is where to go today. We have the provisions to camp another two days, maybe three if we are careful. I would be content to do that if it means that the busybodies we have already encountered along our way would leave us alone. However, Lord Kalmenar counsels that it may be wise to call at Faralan since there may be messages waiting our arrival there."
Although Eriana did not actually ask any question, her pause indicated that she wanted to hear Ursula's opinion.
"Do we know what state Faralan is in?" she asked. "I mean, was it attacked by Yod or occupied? Would we cause complications by going there? I mean, for them, not for us?"
"Faralan was occupied by those of Yod, Mistress," Kalmenar replied. "However, the latest word I have is that, before the war ended and those of Yod surrendered, there were popular uprisings in those three lands that I named, where the invaders had reached. I believe, though I have no confirmation, that the whole of Upper Fanir was freed and some kind of rule restored, but who leads that land now I could not say."
"You think it would be safe for us to go there."
"As you say, Mistress. I feel that the city will be stable enough even if the countryside beyond may be less so. Whatever the state of the government, the Valley Messenger Service is reliable and I feel certain that, knowing of Her Highness's progress, there will be mail awaiting us there."
"Have you been there before? What is it like?"
Kalmenar shook his head. "Mistress, it is not a place that I have visited. The trade road lies on the southern side of the Sirrel along here and so my journey took me from Yod through Pakmal to those cities on that side. But Hashim here will have called there, I deem."
Their pilot nodded. "I have, My Lord, on several occasions. Mistress, Faralan is not so large a city, not like many further downstream. Though my own preference would be to camp, that is the natural thought of a bargeman and it may be that we would be better served by calling at Faralan."
Ursula shrugged. "I can see nothing obviously wrong with either choice, Highness, but I am guessing that you planned to call at the capital cities of all these countries as you sailed along the river."
Eriana nodded. "That is so, though some we may call at on the return journey, of course."
"But, as Lord Kalmenar said, there may be important messages waiting. For that reason I would suggest that Faralan should be our destination."
"Then it is decided. Hashim, I assume that you know these waters well?"
"I do, Highness, but as you are well aware much may have changed since I last came this way."
"It matters not. Whatever has happened to the river, a way must be found. Find us a course for Faralan, Hashim."
"As you command, Highness."
He bowed and headed for the Visund along with Captain Tor. Eriana turned to Ursula.
"There is another small matter concerning the travel arrangements, Ursula. It is not what I would prefer but it seems I must needs be more sensitive to what is happening around my people."
"Highness?"
"The rescued women... and some of the bargemen, it would appear, are wary of the two you rescued in Wadek, mostly because they are Yodans and one was definitely of the Ascendancy, even if Karan may not have been. They would rather not travel on the same craft as the Yodans - not yet, at any rate. Thus I am forced to ask the two Yodans to travel on the Visund, and myself to remain with the women and the bargemen aboard the Green Ptuvil. My own men are also unsure of the two men, having recently battled others of the same party, but they will obey my orders and leave them alone. What I desire is that you and Tyra travel aboard the Visund with the two men, since both they and my men trust you. After the incident with those pirates Tor has complete confidence in your judgment. Will you do this for me?"
Ursula was surprised. "Um, Highness, I can see the logic. Considering how those we rescued at the farm were treated I do not blame them for keeping a distance from anyone from the Ascendancy. We have traveled this way before, as you say, so I cannot think of a reason why we should not do it again."
Eriana's smile was very warm. "Oh, thank you, Ursula! It is not something I desired to do but the circumstances offer few alternatives. In future I would like to try rotating some of each crew so that all become comfortable sailing either vessel in time but not yet. First we must reach Faralan and then, as always, we consider the next leg of the voyage."
"I will go and inform Tyra, Zakaros and Karan of the new arrangements. We will need to shift all our gear to the Visund."
* * *
"They do not like me. I can see it in their faces."
Ursula shrugged. "It is not surprising, Zakaros. You were in charge of those men who snatched me off the street and shut me in a shed, men who fought back when they came to rescue me. They all have reason to dislike anyone who was of the Ascendancy."
"Yet I am permitted to sit here among them aboard their ship."
"Now that they do find surprising, that I would rescue you and that you would end up traveling with us. However, they are all reasonably well disciplined and they practically worship Her Highness, so they will do as she requests. They also respect me and my decisions, though sometimes they may not understand them. Do not make the mistake of thinking them soft or even thinking of them as barbarians. Most of them are very smart and I respect them in turn."
There were mutterings in Norse from those who sat nearby and could overhear their conversation.
"Very well, Mistress," Zakaros concluded. "It seems that I am now in exile, in lands unfamiliar to one who knows only the ways of Yod. I would not account myself smart but neither am I stupid. I will learn by watching and, if time permits, I would earn the respect of these men in turn."
"You set yourself a hard task, Master Zakaros. Earning their trust will be hard enough. Unlike most on this ship, you do not have a clear purpose with the company."
"I understand that, Mistress. Indeed, this is the first time I have ever set foot on any water vessel. I am content to do whatever may be asked of me, should it be to pull on a rope, heave on an oar - or to stay out of the way."
Any further conversation was interrupted by alarmed shouts from the bow, with Vynil frantically jabbing his arm to his right. At the stern Tor leaned on the oar and the Visund swung ponderously rightwards, but further shouts and gesticulations caused the action to be abruptly reversed. The sail flapped as it was dragged round to lessen the impact of the wind, slowing the ship.
"What is happening?" Zakaros leaned towards the side, peering ahead and down into the water. "Maker! I can see the bottom! We will be stuck on a sand bank!"
"Tyra," Ursula asked, "what is the water like the other side?"
The maid stood and climbed onto a tarpaulin-covered pile of chests in the center of the Visund, peering into the Sirrel.
"It is deeper this side, Mistress. There is no bottom visible, though the water is very muddy and it is difficult to see much at all."
By now the ship had come to almost a standstill, the partial wind on the sail being balanced by the slow current in the channel. Tor handed the steering oar to another and jumped down to have words with Hashim. Both looked forward, then up at the masthead, before looking forward again. After another discussion Tor came forward to address Ursula.
«Mistress, if you permit, we have need of Tyra. She is the lightest and on another occasion she said that she could climb the mast. She knows the river and we need her to tell us where the channels are.»
Ursula pointed. «From up there? How safe is it?»
Tor grinned. «As safe as anything we do on the ship, Mistress.»
"Tyra? They want you to climb the mast and look out for the channels."
"Me, Mistress? Of course, I am the smallest and lightest. Um, I will have to do it in this ship dress."
"I don't think any of the men will give you trouble. Just be careful what you show and try not to tear anything."
"As you say, Mistress." Tyra shaded her eyes and examined the mast. "How far up should I go? I'll have to be above the sail, I think."
Tor nodded. "Sit on yard, Tyra. Is high enough to see."
The maid grinned. "Ah! That will be easy enough."
She skipped along the cargo stretched along the center line, even scrambling over the upturned praam which protected the cooking equipment. Disappearing behind the sail, she made her way up the mast, her bare feet easily gripping the wood. She reappeared at the top, swinging her legs over the yard, one each side of the mast.
«That does not look comfortable,» Tor muttered. «The yard takes her weight but her bottom is behind it and has no support.»
«You said that you had a boy who went up the mast. How did he do it?»
«Ah, Alrik was younger, smaller and lighter. He sat on the yard to one side, with an arm around the mast. It will do for now. We must quickly find a way out of this maze before it traps the barge.»
Tyra was now standing on the yard, to the applause of many below. She began surveying the waters around them.
Zakaros and Karan were staring at her with amazement. "Mistress," the former asked, his face pale, "how does she do that?"
"Ah, it is a result of how she grew up," Ursula explained. "You know that her father is a fisherman?"
Zakaros nodded. "Aye, you told me. In Joth."
"They live in cramped quarters next to the docks. Think of two rows of terraced houses facing each other with an open balcony connecting all the upper floors on each side like a sidewalk. There is storage at ground level and they live upstairs. Between the two rows of houses the women stretch their washing lines at several levels. The children play on the balconies and lines, climbing all over them. It is terrifying to watch what they do. Have no fear for Tyra's safety."
"If you say so, Mistress."
Seeing Tor still with Ursula, Tyra came down the forestay, hand over hand, to end up at the bow. She rejoined Ursula, grinning ear to ear.
"I liked that! You can see a lot from up there. Captain," she pointed, "go three ship lengths that way and we should join a bigger and deeper channel. This one does continue but it is very narrow ahead."
"Yah, Tyra. You sit on yard, find way, use whistle to tell?"
"Oh, the whistle, of course! Captain, I forgot. I'll climb back up right now."
This time she climbed back up the forestay, just to prove that she could, swinging onto the yard when she reached it and seating herself comfortably to one side of the mast. Tor made his way back to the stern and reclaimed the steering oar. Orders were shouted and the Visund swung onto a new course.
Ursula noticed that Karan was red faced. "Do you think that she is showing too much, Karan?"
"Mis - Mistress," he stammered, "I am not used to seeing so much of a woman's body. It would not be considered decent in Yod, let alone seemly. Is this normal attire in other countries?"
"Not at all, Karan. The situation is slightly complicated," she gave him a knowing smile, "as much is when you travel with people like Her Highness and her crew. In the countries that I have visited so far, and there have not been very many, what women wear is much the same as Yodan women do but it is usually of finer material and will show more of her legs and arms. Nobody wears cowls outside of Yod.
"For work on the river, aboard a barge or a ship like this, even that may hamper movement around the decks so a lighter design was produced in Joth for us. These dresses are easy to slip on or off over our heads and have no bones or knots to hurt us if we should fall over or bump against something. The skirts are long enough for modesty, wide enough to move around in but not so wide that the wind will lift them up. They are more cooling in the heat of summer, but I expect another design will be thought up when the weather becomes cooler again."
She gave him a sidelong look. "Do you mind if I were to lift up my hem and show you something?"
Karan looked shocked. "Mistress!"
Even Zakaros stirred. "Mistress, is this needful?"
"You will not see anything you should not, except perhaps a little more leg. You have already seen it all on Tyra anyway. May I?"
Zakaros gave an abrupt but reluctant nod. Karan saw this and also nodded. Ursula lifted up her hem to reveal the 'bloomers' beneath.
"For purposes of modesty, and also to help when we are sitting down, we all wear these," she explained, letting the hem fall again. "I am told that variations of these are becoming popular along the Great Valley, because they allow women to be cooler than the traditional gowns and dresses permit."
"As you say, Mistress," Zakaros muttered, getting over the shock. "Normally, in Yod, only a husband or a parent would see so much flesh of any female. I understand your point about keeping cool in the warmer months and I appreciate that river folk have different customs and attire." He waved a hand around. "Is the curious attire of the men also from the same source?"
She nodded. "It is and the men like what they have been given. They also find it much cooler."
"Is it a uniform, or may such as we take advantage of the design? I am comfortable now, I deem, but I expect the weather to become even warmer in the next month or two, before the rains change all."
"It is a uniform, but only by accident. If we were to make some in a different color then I do not foresee any problem, but I would suggest that you ask Her Highness first."
His eyebrows raised. "She holds the design license on this attire? You make it yourselves?"
"Design rights are complicated, Master Zakaros. Technically the rights are held by Joth but they have already given permission for the armies of Forguland and Ferenis to make summer uniforms based on what our men are wearing, it was too big an improvement for them to ignore. I do not think Her Highness will object but it will be better to ask first. The men mostly made their own garments but the women on the barge have made some as well as making dresses for us."
He nodded. "I will do so, Mistress. Karan, what say you?"
The young man replied, "I have looked at what the men wear and thought it unusual but perhaps practical, Master Zakaros. I notice that some of the men on the barge and Master Hashim, our pilot, also wear such attire but of different colors. Perhaps, if we are permitted, that will be what we would be given."
He replied, "I will enquire when we arrive at Faralan. Ah, Mistress, technically Karan is your responsibility now."
Ursula said, "I suspect that you both are my responsibility now. I will ask Her Highness about clothing once we arrive."
In fact the day was a little cooler than many of the previous few weeks. The sun still shone but there were more clouds in the sky and the air felt somehow different. It was still pleasant enough weather and, looking around, Ursula could see that many who made their livelihoods on the water were taking the opportunity to do so. There were many craft, small and large, within view and going about their normal activities.
A sequences of whistles brought everyone to their feet.
"What is happening?"
"It is a normal action, Master Zakaros. The wind is dropping and we have to cross to the other side of the river, so Captain Tor has asked for the oars to be made ready."
He blinked. "But I thought that Faralan was on this side of the river. Did we not cross soon after we departed? Why then must we cross back once more?"
"Something to do with the way the river flows, I was told. The strongest current is always on the outside of the bends so, to go upriver, we often switch sides to where the current is weaker."
"Ah. I did not know that."
"A problem is that the stronger current is where the river is deepest and therefore safest for shipping to go. When we cross over, we will be back among the shallower waters."
"I take it this is not a good thing."
Ursula shrugged. "Because this ship is so wide it does not sit very deep in the water. That means it can go where others may not. The Green Ptuvil sits much lower in the water and I would expect Her Highness to choose a different route. We will still have to take care but, with Tyra up there," she pointed up at the masthead, "we should be safe enough."
"But why do we need oars? Is the sail not enough? Oh, you said the wind was dropping, and now I can see that it is so."
"It... is complicated, like much else that happens on the water."
The men rearranged themselves and set the oars as required. Ursula found herself on the inboard end of one held by a grinning Ragnar. On the other side Zakaros was beside Stine and Karan, on the seat ahead of them, beside Halsten. With Lars aboard the Green Ptuvil it was up to Ormund to beat the time.
"How do I do this?"
"Let Stine handle the oar, all you need to do is to add your strength to his. Oh, and it is not a contest. Rowing all together requires coordination to work properly."
With Tyra still sitting on the yard and whistling instructions, the Visund swung across from the Upper Faral side back towards the Pakmal bank. There was an awkward moment when they crossed the main current, which here was a broad stream, and the ship heaved and creaked alarmingly.
"What is happening? Why are we going backwards?"
"The whole river is flowing towards the sea, Master Zakaros. We just take advantage of the fact that some of it is doing so more slowly than the rest. This is normal until we can get out of the main current."
"It is safe? Why is the ship making noises?"
"The ship will twist and flex as we go over waves. If it did not, it would break in the middle."
"Ah. Thank you, Mistress. It seems the river is more mysterious than I knew."
Once in the quieter waters Tor elected to stay away from the shore and the shallows that lurked beneath. This meant that the oars would be needed for some time. The pace was steady and caused no-one any problems, though Karan was not strong enough to help all the time. He and Ursula broke in the middle to serve out water to the other rowers.
"Tyra? Do you need a drink?"
"Why Mistress, I do believe that I do. Will you ask the Captain if I should come down?"
Permission given, Tyra scrambled down one of the side supports and joined Ursula and Karan near the base of the mast. She was handed a leather bottle of water and promptly drained it.
"If you go up again," Ursula cautioned, "you should take a bottle with you. I would not like to see you become dehydrated."
"As you say, Mistress! I did not think I needed so much. Ow. Sitting in one place for so long has made my backside sore."
"I'm not surprised. Normally you move about all the time. Since you should not be up there all the time perhaps Captain Tor should arrange shifts." Ursula turned. "Karan? How would you like to go up the mast?"
He stared at Ursula. "Me, Mistress? I would fall off and break my neck before I ever reached so high!"
"I was partly joking, Karan, but if you become one of the ship's company there are many different tasks you ought to be able to do. And it would be easier for you to climb up than many of these big men around us."
Karan gulped. "Mistress, there is much in what you say, but... I do not like heights."
"Ah, that is different. A discussion for another day, then, but what I said is true. You might have to learn some unusual arts before we sail much further."
"And I expect to, Mistress, but I thought that you would be my teacher."
Ursula considered. "I think we need to have a talk with Her Highness when we get to Faralan. We have gathered many extra people and we all need to know what tasks we can do as we journey onwards."
"As you say, Mistress. If I can help then I will."
The Visund reached the next bend in the Sirrel, which had Faralan on the outside edge. To reach it would require them to go around the bend some way, cross back and then let the current take them downstream towards the city.
In the distance around the bend was a galley. When it saw the Visund approaching the oars flashed in the water and they could see that it was headed directly for them. There were urgent whistles from the masthead, where Tyra had resumed her position.
Many of the men had already made their weapons ready as it bore down on them. Ursula headed for the stern where Tor and Hashim waited.
She asked, "Do you think it is pirates again?"
Hashim answered, "Mistress, I do not know. Much may have changed since I was last in this reach."
"Can we escape? Go over to the current, let it take us away?"
He gave her a sad smile. "Mistress, it would just do the same and the current would carry it at the same speed we would travel. And, with those oars, it would soon overtake us. Look, it will pass on that side, cutting us off from the current."
The galley was becoming nearer and larger.
"Of course," she said, "what they don't know is that we could escape the other side. Suppose we head off towards the shallows? They cannot follow us there any more than the last galley could."
«Mistress,» Tor said, «look, he will go past us. He is traveling too fast, unless he wanted to run us down. Perhaps he seeks prey behind us.»
"The Green Ptuvil!" Ursula gasped. "They are behind us and cannot maneuvre the way we can!"
As the galley passed by them, their oars barely missing those aboard the Visund, there were shouts from the bow and they could see figures silhouetted against the sky, pointing. Before it had traveled more than a ship's length behind the Visund it had come to a complete stop, earning an appreciative whistle from Hashim.
"It is certain they are not Pakmali, not handling themselves that way. I believe I might know the colors at the bow but they passed so fast I could not see... Maker! Look! It is us they desire. Captain, ready your men for defense."
Having come to an abrupt halt, the galley spun, almost on the spot, a considerable feat of oarsmanship. It then began to follow the Visund, getting closer by the moment.
«Mistress? Instructions?»
«I am not sure, Tor,» she replied. «As Hashim said, they are too good to be Pakmali - or pirates. Tell the men to prepare but we'll keep on this course for now.»
To Hashim she explained, "I agree. I do not think they are hostile, but I have asked Tor to ensure the men are ready."
She then turned forward and pulled out her own whistle. Blowing an "attention" she beckoned Tyra to come down. As Tyra came down the supports the galley eased itself to within arrow-shot and then kept station.
"Ho! The ship! Are you the Visund of Palarand?"
The three looked at each other. Hashim suggested, "Mayhap someone has provided us an escort, Mistress. The colors in the bow resemble those of Upper Fanir, though I am not certain from this angle."
Tyra reported to Ursula, "Mistress, I had a good look at the galley as they went past. There are many men on the top deck but none were obviously bearing arms. I do not think they are ready to attack us."
"Can we ease up a little?" Ursula asked Tor. "It will be hard to shout from this distance."
«Better that we ask them to approach,» he replied. «They seem to have more control than we do.»
Tor jumped back up onto the stern deck and used both arms to beckon the galley closer. They could hear the beat of the drum aboard the galley as it increased the tempo slightly and it began to close the distance.
Ursula shouted up to Tor, "Get ready to dive off to our left if this turns out to be a trap. We'll take our chances in the shallows."
"Yah, Mistress!"
Soon the galley had reached a position where it would almost have been possible to reach it with an outstretched oar. Several uniformed men loomed over the bow, staring down at the stern of the Visund.
One called, "Be at ease! We have no evil intent on you or your ship! I must ask again, are you the Visund of Palarand? Your ship greatly resembles the description we were given."
"Hashim? You had better answer. I think your voice will carry better than mine."
The pilot called back, "Aye, this is the Visund. Who are you?"
"We are the Ten-legged Brakky, a patrol galley from Upper Fanir," came the reply. Ursula stifled a giggle. "Your Highness, Count Olva welcomes you to Upper Fanir on behalf of his liege Count Darkwin, who is presently indisposed. If you would follow us, we will escort you to our port."
Hashim started and then turned to Ursula. "Mistress, I deem he believes that you are Her Highness!"
Ursula suddenly understood what had happened. As the galley had passed by the Visund they would have seen only men except for two women, one who may have been a servant. That was why the galley had come to an abrupt halt and returned. The conclusion was obvious, even if it was wrong.
"Tell them I am not the Princess, Hashim. Tell them we are part of her company but that she is on the barge following behind, the Green Ptuvil."
"Aye, Mistress."
This information was received with complete confusion by those on the galley. Eventually another man leaned over and called, "Ho, the Visund! We did not know there would be two vessels. We will go and make ourselves known to this barge you name. We will return with the barge and escort you both safely across the river."
Orders were shouted and suddenly the galley receded to the rear. Once a safe distance had been reached it spun again and headed for the red lateen sail used by the Green Ptuvil. Everybody let out a sigh of relief.
"That could have been awkward," she said to Hashim.
"Aye, Mistress. That is the best galley handling I have seen in years. I have no doubt that free men are below decks manning the oars, to produce such a quick response."
"Could we have got away, do you think?"
"Probably, if we could have reached the shallows early enough."
Tor jumped down and rejoined them. «The sailor in me admires those in that galley. I would not like to face them in a fair fight!»
«It is just as well that we don't have to, then. But, remember, that galley could become part of Her Highness's fleet in time.»
In the distance the galley had reached the Green Ptuvil and spun once more, beginning a close approach to the barge for conversation.
"It looks like our visit to Faralan could be interesting," she remarked.
The company have reached Faralan. They are welcomed with open arms and a desire for the country to join the Federation. However, the recent war has made those waiting for the visitors cautious, resulting in some unexpected questions - and the visitors to raise a few of their own.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
64 - An Unexpected Welcome
Introducing characters and locations first revealed in Tales of Upper Fanir by Julia Phillips.
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the authors. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Eriana located Ursula not long after the Visund and Green
Ptuvil had been safely berthed. The port was a mixture of
features they both recognized, lines of pontoons stretching out into
the diminished Sirrel and a series of stepped wharves nearby along
the mouth of the tributary river, the Fa.
"Ursula! I am relieved that you are safe. We were all shocked when the galley appeared and made directly towards you. How did you know that it was friendly?"
The two moved to one side to allow the men to continue carrying the women's chests along the pontoon string towards the shore.
"I was not sure, Highness. To begin with, we were all puzzled by the way it behaved. It did not slow down as it approached but only changed course after someone on board saw me among your men and thought I was you."
"They thought you were..?" Eriana smiled. "Of course!"
"And then Tyra reported that those on the upper deck did not appear to be ready to board us so we took a chance and let them come close enough to talk. We did have an escape plan, though - we could steer hard left for the shallows and hope they could not follow."
"Tyra! It was she up the mast? I saw a figure in the distance, so thought you had set a lookout, but you were too far away for me to see who it was. A clever thought, Ursula."
"It was not my thought but Tor's, Highness. She was the lightest of us all and she certainly has the ability to climb up and down the ropes. But the men on the galley did not know we had two craft, they looked confused."
"Ah, that would explain their attitude when they caught up with us, then. The Visund is grand and unusual and certainly a vessel that would carry a Princess, they did not expect to find me on a lowly barge!"
Ursula made a small gesture. "Here are some more people coming to welcome us, Highness. I do not think they are port officials."
The Ten-legged Brakky had berthed at the river end of the pontoon string next to a second galley. Ursula thought that this might be so that they could depart quickly without obstructing or being obstructed by other water vessels. The six men who approached them must have been aboard and all were wearing uniforms of several different types. Out of the corner of her eye she noticed that several of the Visund's men had casually made sure that their weapons were to hand if required. The newcomers stopped and the most senior looking of the group bowed low.
"Your Highness, welcome to Upper Fanir, to our capital of Faralan. If I may introduce us, we six are the most senior officers in charge of the Upper Fanir River Patrol, a service we expect will soon form part of the Federation's River Command. I am Water-Marshal Tevos Eastman, presently Director of the Patrol, with me here is Water Under-Marshal Kodal, my deputy, Water Under-Marshal Orvan who is in charge of the customs officers and Field Director Ferrion who commands our waterborne fighting troops.
"With us, as advisors and hoping to improve our joint operations, are two officers from Faralmark. If I may introduce Marshal Vikzas and his own deputy Captain of the Field Torban. They presently command the second galley you see moored aft of our own."
If recent events had alerted Eriana to the prospect of surprises then she was still shocked by the import of Tevos's introduction. Here, at the other end of the river, a portion of the Federation had, it seemed, already sprung out of nowhere.
"Ah, thank you, Marshal Tevos. Is that the correct way to address you?"
"It is, Your Highness."
"If I may introduce my companions." She gestured to each in turn. "Captain Tor, of my own ship the Visund, my legal advisor Baron Kalmenar, our pilot Hashim and my company's Healer, Mistress Ursula. Oh, and here comes the captain of the Green Ptuvil, Master Baros, with the leader of my fighting men Commander Lars." She smiled. "You will forgive me, it is too many names for any of us to remember easily, do not be offended if I should ask anyone of you again who you are, nor should you hesitate to refresh your own knowledge of us by asking."
Tevos bowed again. "A gracious suggestion, Your Highness, and thank you for it."
She hesitated, then added, "As you may understand, a person in my position may wear different hats at different times. Know then that I am usually addressed as 'Your Highness' on first meeting and 'Highness' thereafter, but only when I am attending as a person of noble rank. When the matter is military then I should be addressed as..."
"Highness?"
She smiled. "I have not chosen to use the title awarded me at the very beginning, when we signed the document creating the Sirrel Federation. At that time I was named Admiral of the new Navy. By your leave, it would seem to me that this is an appropriate time to begin using it."
"Indeed, Admiral. Parade, attend!"
The six stepped to attention and made three different salutes.
"You may relax, gentlemen. We have only just arrived, the time for ceremony has not yet come and, indeed, I am not presently wearing a uniform." Her brow furrowed. "But, if you would excuse me, I did not think that Upper Fanir was yet party to the Federation. How is it that you may speak in the Federation's name?"
"We are not party to the Federation, Admiral," came the surprising reply. "Yet. However, Margrave Simbran called here on his way back from Palarand and extolled to us the advantages of such an association. Knowing that you are a Federation official, we seek to learn more but, as we have already mentioned, there is almost no doubt at all that Upper Fanir shall join the Federation as soon as you may touch reed to parchment on its behalf." He added, "Of course, since Faralmark is already a member of the Federation, Marshal Vikzas and Captain of the Field Torban are members of the Federation forces now and, as such, you are in theory their superior officer."
Eriana was surprised again. "Gentlemen, your news is welcome but we should leave serious discussion until later, I deem. For now, I and my people merely seek to discover where we may rest our heads this night."
"Admiral, one of the customary hostels has been cleared and made ready for you and your party. My men are waiting on the strand for your men to arrive, that they may direct them."
Lars stepped forward. «Princess? I should go ahead and make sure all is as it should be.»
«A good thought, Lars. Proceed.»
Lars moved past the group and began making his way towards the shore. The officers watched him go before turning back to Eriana.
"Commander Lars does understand the common tongue but, unlike some of my other crew, does not find it easy to speak it. You will find that most of my men will also prefer the tongue of their birth, which is named Norse, though most will understand the tongue of the Sirrel Valley." She frowned. "Tell me that you did not empty a hostel of its existing residents once you knew we would arrive? We are merely passing river folk, we do not merit such privileges."
Tevos bowed once more. "Admiral, it is not so. We first received word of your coming many weeks ago and preparations have been made ever since that day. It is true that others may recently have used that hostel, but we reserved it for short residences only, that it would be ready for you and your men when required." His brow furrowed in turn. "But here I see more men than I expected, aye, and women too. If I may humbly ask, what numbers are you?"
"We are presently thirty-three men, I deem, and ten women. From what I have seen of hostels along our way, there should be no problem with our numbers."
"As you say, Admiral, that is true. I believe that all will be well." He hestitated before asking, "I wonder at the women in your company, Highness. Apart from yourself we expected two, no more, and I have no idea which two of those I see before me are those mentioned."
A small smile from Eriana. "You will recognize my original traveling companions when you see them, Marshal, since they are the only women bearing swords... for now. The others, well," she shrugged, "I seem to be gathering folk along the way, men and women. Some of them have joined our company, others merely travel with us for part of their own journey. Will this be a problem?"
"Of course not, Highness." He gestured along the pontoon. "If you would lead the way, I would see you and your men - aye, and women - settled before we consider what next to do."
As they walked towards land Eriana remarked, "When you met the Green Ptuvil on the river and hailed us, you said that the present Count was indisposed and another ruled on his behalf. I thought that Upper Fanir was the domain of a Duke?"
"Aye, Admiral, and so it should be. But the invasion by those of Yod was harsh and one of their main objectives, so it seems, was to remove anyone who would dispute their rule or, if they could not be captured or killed during the invasion, would be not be able to lead any response. Thus Count Herik and his entire family was murdered early on in the invasion. Many of the other counts and barons suffered like fates. Of those of note who remained, only Count Olva, who was our Resident in Bibek at the time, and Count Darkwin, a young cousin of the old Duke, survived.
"Count Darkwin was present at the murder of his parents and by chance survived the blows which were intended to kill him as well. As the closest surviving male relative, he was expected to be confirmed Duke but has suffered serious injuries which prevent him ruling as he should. He is also, as it happens, not yet accounted adult. Thus Count Olva, recalled from Bibek, orders all in his stead until such time as the young Count may be fit to assume his rightful position."
Ursula heard this and asked, "Can I ask the nature of his injuries, Marshal?"
Tevos turned, saw Ursula and gave a questioning glance to Eriana. "This is our healer Ursula," she explained. "She comes from a distant land and has knowledge which far exceeds anything known in the Great Valley. It is possible that she may be able to help where your own healers cannot."
"Do you tell me? Then I will certainly pass that information on, Admiral. His injuries? Mistress, he was struck about the head with great force and those who found the family assumed at first that he had also died. However, most of the blood and other material found on his head proved to have come from his deceased parents and his wounds, while still serious, were not mortal.
"A head wound of that kind, as you must know, can affect the workings of the mind, the body or both. In his case it has affected his mind and also somewhat of his limbs. While he knows who and what he is, and may converse with all as though healthy, there are gaps in his words. He spends his days in a wheeled chair in darkened chambers, Mistress, since the strength of daylight is said to hurt his eyes."
Ursula nodded. "I have some knowledge of injuries like that but of course every injury is different. I cannot promise anything but I will offer my services if it will return your Count to you."
The Marshal nodded his thanks. "Mistress, if you can do anything to help then all Faralan will be indebted to you."
* * *
"If I may come in?"
"Of course, Highness."
Ursula opened the door to their chamber and closed it behind Eriana.
"I wanted to be sure that everyone is properly settled," the Princess explained. "Kaldar, you know why we have placed you in here and I know that you would prefer to be elsewhere. Has Ursula explained the reasons why?"
There had been a hurried discussion on reaching the relatively standard port hostel, once it dawned on Eriana and Ursula that Kaldar could not simply sleep with the men. Equally, he was too young to occupy a chamber by himself so a story had been hastily concocted.
"Highness," the girl-boy replied, "I do understand the reasons and I am content. I do not believe the men would take advantage of me but, were I to be with them, then the hostel servants might notice something and ask questions."
"Aye, awkward questions. I regret the necessity but, mayhap, once your body has progressed so far, other choices may become possible. At least here in Upper Fanir you do not have to pretend to be a girl any more."
"As you say, Highness."
Ursula added, "Highness, it occurred to me after we spoke that because Kaldar is in here with us it provides a discreet way for me to administer his medications."
"Oh, as you say! I had not thought of that. Kaldar? I know that you have not been taking the herbs for very long but have you yet noticed any changes?"
"Physically, Highness, I think it is too soon. I have not noticed any obvious changes. However, I have noticed that the ways in which I think of the world have begun to change, though I could not tell you how."
Ursula nodded. "The physical changes will of course be accompanied by mental changes, Highness. He thought like a boy before but now he will have additional help that a normal boy's developing body would have given him automatically."
Eriana grinned. "Oh, he will become like my men, you mean? Forever boasting and competing one with another? Obsessed with weapons? Getting drunk and fighting? Kaldar, I wish you joy of your new life."
Kaldar looked offended. "Highness, I desire to have the body of a boy but I doubt I will become just as your men are. My upbringing has been too different."
"Well said, Kaldar. My apologies. Still, you have a long way to go and you will be a different person at the end of it. Today nobody knows how different you will become as an adult, not even yourself." She concluded, "Very well. This evening, ladies, we are invited to a reception at the mansion of the present Count since the residence of the old Duke is still not fit for use. For those of us who may prefer to wear them," she smiled at Kaldar, "that means long gowns, I deem. Ursula, shall you and Tyra join us in the bathing house before we attire ourselves?"
Ursula replied, "Of course, Highness. I could do with a dip to relax my muscles after our journey. Kaldar? What will you do while we are bathing?"
"By your leave, Mistress, some of the men are making me some more attire of my own. I would like to go there and help. If they can do such tasks, then so must I."
Ursula looked up at Eriana, who nodded. "You are a boy, you may of course go there freely. But of course you must take extra care."
"Of course, Highness."
"Tyra, find our bathing robes, please."
"As you wish, Mistress."
* * *
"There is a matter," Eriana muttered to Ursula as the two led the procession the short distance along the cobbled street towards their destination, "for which you may be able to assist, Ursula. I imagine that, for my meetings with all those officers, I should be attired in a uniform. However, the only uniform I possess, if I may call it that, is the one accidentally provided for me by those of Joth. The weather is warm enough, it will serve, I deem, but the only rank marks I have are those of Captain."
"Naval ranks," Ursula muttered back. "Highness, are you expecting me to invent ranks for a new Navy, when I know nothing about the subject? Maralin is probably the person you should consult and he is far away."
Eriana sighed. "I feared that would be your reply, Ursula. I recall that I was given some notes on such matters in Dekarran but I have no idea where they may be. They might still be in Dekarran! Have you no thoughts at all?"
"Look at it this way, Highness. You only need just enough to indicate your rank and I presume that would be on the shoulders of your ship dress, is that right? We do not have to invent every uniform of every rank the Navy will need."
"You are right, Ursula, as usual. Continue."
"All I remember of naval uniforms is that the higher you go, the more stripes or rings on the uniform. When you get to Flag rank... That is what an Admiral is, someone who commands more than one ship, a whole fleet, maybe. To show that, the stripes become wider. Let me think about it over our meal, Highness."
"A Flag rank? Fresh words again, I deem. Why should a rank require a flag? Must I needs bear it about my person, perhaps in the manner of a diagonal sash? That would be cumbersome!"
"I think it is because, if there is one person who commands a group of vessels, he needed some kind of flag to show which vessel he is on." She thought. "Of course, those military men will be wearing their uniforms tonight, won't they? Perhaps we can get some ideas from what we see at the banquet."
The Princess brightened. "Your words are wise, Ursula. Of course we shall examine their attire closely when we may."
* * *
"If I may present Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand, My Lord. Originally of the distant land of Einnland, far out in the Shan Ocean, she and her men now serve King Robanar of Palarand. Your Highness, if I may introduce you to Count Olva, who presently governs Upper Fanir on behalf of Count Darkwin, and his wife Countess Lagavet."
The Count bent over Eriana's hand. "Your Highness, I am delighted to meet you at last. The tales of the exploits of you and your men are known to us, if not in great detail. I have beheld Boldan's Rock from Forguland on a visit some years ago and considered it impregnable. Other tales of your progress through Yod have been just as... interesting."
Eriana curtseyed. "My Lord, I thank you for the welcome you have given myself and my people." She grinned. "Interesting, eh? We will try not to cause your city so much disturbance while we are here."
"Ah?"
"Regrettably," she explained, "we seem to have gained the habit of attracting trouble of one kind or another most places we have landed. Here in Faralan we are among friends, I deem. I do not think you have cause to worry. If I may introduce my senior staff and advisors?"
"Of course, Highness."
She turned. "This is Lord Kalmenar, my legal and diplomatic advisor. Then, the captains of our ships, Captain Tor of the Visund and Captain Baros of the Green Ptuvil. Commander Lars, who commands our fighting crew, Guardswomen Bennett and Semma of His Majesty's Palace Guard who are my personal companions for this voyage and finally Mistress Ursula, our company's healer."
"Gentlemen, ladies." Olva shook the hands of the men, nodded to Bennett and Semma and then bowed over Ursula's hand. "Mistress, Marshal Tevos told me of your presence with Her Highness's company and that you may be able to help Count Darkwin."
"My Lord, I can only examine him and tell you what I think. I was trained in healing a long way from here and my knowledge and methods are different than what I have found so far in the Great Valley."
"Thank you, Mistress. Perhaps, later on, I can take you and Her Highness to meet the Count. I understand that not much can be done now that dusk is falling but this evening's banquet is a way of introducing you all to those with whom you may have dealings while you are with us."
He turned. "Highness, ladies, gentlemen, if you would follow me."
In the dining chamber Ursula was not surprised to find a long table in the center with seats either side and one at the further end. The table had a white cloth and a certain amount of table furniture, but nowhere as much as she had experienced elsewhere.
If this city has been overrun by Yod, they will have stolen everything they could lay their hands on. It is just the same as what happened in Joth. There is no surprise that not all has been replaced yet.
Olva took the seat at the end furthest from the kitchens, with Eriana on his right side and Lagavet on his left. The other guests were interspersed with uniformed men, mostly those Ursula had seen at the port. There were also two men and two women in 'civilian' attire seated at the lower end of the table who had not been introduced. She thought they might be members of the family. She found herself between Kalmenar and Kodal, Tevos's deputy, while Tevos himself sat between Eriana and Bennett. Because of the imbalance between men and women, Ursula wondered what she would be able to contribute to the table talk but it proved not to be a problem.
The problem, as it happened, was the absence of ale for Eriana. She viewed the bottles on the table with distaste.
"My Lord, I must needs admit that among my people - those of Einnland, that is - we do not drink wine, and thus I have never developed a taste for it. Is it possible that your kitchen might discover a barrel of ale for me? If they cannot then, as your guest, I will not press my needs but the meal would not be so enjoyable to me."
"Ale?" Olva's eyebrows rose. "Certainly I do not think that we would keep such a drink here in our mansion, it is only fit for - Ah, excuse me, Highness. I will enquire of Cook but I suspect that you will be disappointed."
Eriana nodded reluctantly. "As you say, My Lord. It seems that the further upstream we travel the harder it is to find drinks familiar to us. Even the pel tastes different! Is no ale brewed in Upper Fanir at all?"
"There may be some available in taverns near the docks, I know that some of the bargemen have a preference for it. It may be too late to enquire this evening but I will send out someone tomorrow to discover what might be available."
"Thank you, My Lord. It may be just the whim of a wild barbarian Princess but if ale is available, then know that my men will also prefer to drink it. Wine gives headaches to many of them."
"Ah. That will be useful to know, Highness." He selected a bottle from the table. "However, since we may not supply you ale this e'en, mayhap you might try some of this. It is a mild wine, it is true, but sufficiently fresh that you might consider it more like grown-up fruit juice."
Eriana took a sip of the offered goblet. "My Lord, your words are wise. This drink is strange to my tongue but not unpleasant. Thank you."
Lavalet addressed Eriana during the first course. "Highness, I must ask you about your impressive tiara. Are such adornments customary among your people?"
Eriana nearly snorted but managed to steer it into a rueful smile. "No indeed, My Lady. A piece like this would have caused a major war in Einnland merely by existing, since it would have been the most valuable item in my father's Kingdom, and every man and woman desiring it. No, this was graciously lent to me by Her Majesty Queen Terys in order to make my position and rank plain as I traveled. I have seen some of the others in the Royal Treasury and this is one of the simplest there." She added apologetically, "Palarand is a rich Kingdom."
Tevos turned. "Highness, I must admit some confusion. If you are a daughter of the King of... Einnland, did you say? Then how is it that you now answer to Palarand's King? I know that the Prince of Palarand has married another, so you cannot have obtained your station that way."
"Boldan's Rock, Marshal." She blushed. "I ran away from my father, in the ship we arrived in today, with some few faithful retainers and supporters. He sought to impose on me a degrading marriage, I will not say more. Briefly, when we arrived at Plif I discovered that the Crown Prince of Palarand was in need of a wife and applied, not knowing that Prince Keren had already made his choice.
"My men are warriors of a kind seemingly not known in the Sirrel Valley and Robanar offered us sanctuary from my father in exchange for a small task - the restoration of Boldan's Rock to those of Forguland. By tactics not known here in the Valley we managed that feat and then realized that the fortress, while now free, would be of no use if it could not be relieved and resupplied. Thus we went down from the rock and attacked those of Yod who held the narrow strip below, having made it into a base for their further conquests."
Tevos's eyebrows rose. "And you accomplished all this? How many men did you take?"
Eriana grinned. "Seventeen men and two women besides myself, Marshal. We suffered two deaths during battle and a further one from his injuries, plus four more wounded so severely that we were forced to leave them in Forguland."
"Seventeen men and three women? Is that all? I imagined a much larger force, a regiment at least! Against how many of Yod?"
She shrugged. "I know not, Marshal. We did not keep count as they ran away." Her expression changed. "By your leave, I will say no more during our meal as many parts of my tale are not suitable for the table. But the King made good his word and made us all Palarandis by right. He also decreed that I might keep my title and status."
Tevos looked meaningfully along the table at his subordinates. "It appears that the Federation made the right choice to lead its river forces. I have no reason to doubt Her Highness's tale and we have much to learn, all of us."
"Marshal, you are too kind," she protested. "In fact, we have had incidents along the way which have shown us that we, too, have much to learn. By using our combined methods and experiences we should be able to create something new that protects the Sirrel and all those who travel on it."
"Aye, Highness, I trust we shall all benefit."
* * *
The meal ended and everybody stood in groups while the tables were dismantled. Most held goblets of wine and servants circulated, topping up as required. Since Ursula had spent time in several European countries as well as Quebec, she was comfortable drinking wine and found the local versions to her liking. As she stood with Tyra, watching the tables being removed and stacked, two men approached her.
"Marshal... Vikzas, is it? What can I do for you?"
Vikzas bowed. "Mistress, if I may satisfy a trivial puzzle. Your accent, it is not of the Great Valley, as we know it, but neither does it sound as the voices of Her Highness or Commander Lars. I have a private interest in such matters and would be interested to learn where you came from."
"A long way away, Marshal, somewhere else entirely. I have traveled great distances to arrive at the Great Valley and I would find it impossible to describe the route, because I do not know most of it."
"But the name of your land?" he pressed. "Would I recognize it?"
Ursula's natural dislike of intrusive questions surfaced but she tried to avoid showing anything to somebody who was just curious.
Or is he? Does he have connections in what passes for the Intelligence Community in these parts? There could be potential problems here.
"Marshal, I came from a land called Alberta, but that was not the land of my birth. I traveled many thousands of... marks... from Russia, the land of my birth, to reach Alberta before I came here."
He bowed again. "Mistress, I can see that my questions have caused you some distress. If that is so, please accept my apologies. I have heard how Her Highness escaped from her own lands and it did not occur to me that your situation might be similar."
"It is true that part of my journey has been to run away from personal danger but that is now of no consequence. I must ask, what interest have you in different accents? I have noticed variations in speech as we traveled but to my ear they sound minor."
Vikzas smiled. "Mistress, what you say is true but it is not the accents of the Sirrel that interest me. You should know that there are many in Faralmark and, indeed, in other nearby lands, who come from great distances to our west. Many have made journeys lasting weeks to reach us from the further coast, which some say is more than four thousands of marks away. It occurred to me that you may have originally come from that direction."
"Ah, I understand now." She shook her head. "I cannot answer that question, Marshal. I do not know which way I came."
An eyebrow rose. "You do not -" He paused before nodding. "Mistress, I must needs accept your words. By your leave."
Vikzas bowed and the two men walked off. Ursula regarded them thoughtfully.
"Mistress, are they going to be trouble?"
"I don't know, Tyra, but we had better be careful how we answer people like him in future."
After a few moments Tyra said, "Mistress? That housekeeper seems strange to me. Why, she is probably about the same age as I am! How is it that someone as young as that could be appointed to run a household of this importance?"
Ursula was startled. At one time I would have objected to the mere idea of servants and now I am so used to their presence that I do not even notice them! I must pay more attention to all those around us!
...In my defense I have been concentrating on the uniforms the men are wearing...
"I have not noticed her, my thoughts have been elsewhere. Which one is she?"
"She is across the chamber to your left, Mistress, speaking to those two men arranging the chairs."
Ursula let her gaze casually wander the room so as not to seem too interested in anyone in particular.
"Her? The one wearing the blue satin gown? She was sitting at the other end of the table with another young woman. I assumed that she was related to one of the Counts."
"Indeed, Mistress, but when I was serving I was told that she was the Housemistress. I cannot think of any time I have ever seen a servant wearing satin."
"You are right." She gave the woman - girl, really - a closer look. "She knows what she is doing, though. Might such a position be hereditary, do you think?"
"I have no idea, Mistress."
"It may not be important. We are in strange lands now, who knows what the local customs are? But we'll both keep our eyes open in case we notice anything else odd."
"Of course, Mistress."
* * *
At the same time two different men approached Eriana, who was standing with Kalmenar and Lars watching the room being reconfigured.
"Marshal Kodal. How can I be of service?"
He bowed to Eriana. "Highness, I have just learned that there are two Yodans among your company!"
The statement sounded like an accusation but Eriana sought to divert the obvious anger.
"Marshal, your information is not correct. There are four Yodans in our company, two men and two women. The two men are with us because those remnants of the Ascendancy still active in Yod - and I have to tell you that they are a significant number - would kill them if they could. The young man is a student of healing and sought to follow Ursula as his mentor, to which she has agreed. The older was once an official of the Ascendancy but he has provided assistance to us and in return we have offered him shelter."
"That information was not available to us, Highness. I apologize if we have caused any distress. Servants in your hostel noticed their attire and became concerned, bringing their news to my office."
"Of course, Marshal. You have just fought a war against those people, I can understand why your own folk could be concerned. I think... we will find better, less alarming attire for them while we are here, make them less noticeable."
"Thank you, Highness, a necessary precaution, I deem. Ah, you mentioned two women of Yod."
Eriana's face hardened. "I did. As we traveled through Yod we must needs moor up each night to sleep. Do you know an inlet named Bakhrad Creek?"
Kodal thought then nodded. "Aye, I know the name. It is on the Yodan side of the farther channel, is it not? We have not ventured in those waters since before the war, not since Yod claimed the Fanir Island for itself."
"When we ventured into that creek looking for the village, we had no idea that -"
As Eriana recounted the story Kodal noticed the expressions of Kalmenar and Lars become hard and bleak. When she described the farmstead he understood why. When she finished his own face showed horror.
"Maker's mercy! And you saved those people, do they yet survive?"
"The rescued women would not leave my side and, indeed, some of them will not yet approach any man, their minds are so disturbed. All of them, six men and five women, travel with us and are likely to do so permanently. You have already met one of the men," she pointed, "Master Baros commands the Green Ptuvil for us since we had too many to fit safely aboard the Visund."
"Ah. Is that his barge, then?"
Eriana's expression softened. "The circumstance is complex, Marshal. Baros was first mate on another barge, the Faral Wintik. Of their crew only himself and Kedian, their cook, survived, the others were murdered almost immediately. As I explained Baros and Kedian were used as slave labor by the rogue troops. Of the next barge, the Green Ptuvil, all were murdered except the wife of the owner who unluckily was with her husband. She joined the two village girls in the stables.
"When the third barge appeared, the Nerrinar, they killed the Captain and First Mate. Those two also had wives with them so they went to the stables as well. It must have occurred to the Yodans that they had need of more labor so enslaved the remaining four crewmen. All of them, men and women, had been sorely used by the time we came to their rescue."
Kodal let out a soundless whistle between his teeth. "You say they were sorely used. Do they now fare well?"
Eriana sighed. "It is fortunate that we have such a knowledgable healer with us, Marshal. Ursula attended all of them at the farmstead and saw to their immediate needs. Their wants are now good food, exercise to restore wasted muscles - and time, for their worst injuries, as you may imagine, are in their minds, especially the five women."
"Ah, I see. And what of those of Yod? Did you and your men deal with them?"
"We were visitors in that land, Marshal. We did not have such authority. Those of Pakmal dealt with the rogue troops in the nearby town. Almost all have already been executed."
"Think you we may find more of that ilk? The rogue soldiery, I mean."
She shrugged. "It is entirely possible, Marshal. To me it seems that all organization collapsed when Yod fell and there may well be bands of their soldiery roaming their lands - and other lands also. They have little incentive to return home, I deem."
He coughed. "Actually, Highness, it is not only the Yodans that may cause trouble. There have been reports of Fanir troops seeking their own fortunes in the more rural lands."
"Do you tell me? Well, it is to be expected. Once the tension of war is released, one is left with a large number of well-armed men in places they may not desire to be. It is not surprising that some may decide to forsake their homelands and take what chances they may."
"Aye, Highness. As you say." He glanced at her. "Shall you recount your journey through Yod for us tomorrow? It will be fresh knowledge for all of us, I deem."
She inclined her head. "As you wish, Marshal, though I warn you we have much else to discuss."
* * *
Count Olva led them to the lower-level chambers the injured Count was forced to reside in.
"Your Highness, My Lord, Mistress. The Steward will be waiting outside when you have finished, to show you the way back to your lodgings." He bowed and opened the door. "If you would enter."
Ursula followed Eriana and Kalmenar into the chamber, which was lit by two small candles. Darkwin was seated in a comfortable armchair with a blanket over his knees despite the warm evening. Under the blanket he appeared to be dressed ready for bed, even wearing a loose beret-style nightcap on his head. As the senior visitor Eriana curtseyed to the young man who was the theoretical ruler of Upper Fanir.
"My Lord. I am Eriana Embriktsdottir, presently accounted Princess of the realm of Palarand. With me are Baron Kalmenar of Sufen Vale, my diplomatic aide, and Mistress Ursula of Alberta who is Healer to my company."
Darkwin was not asleep nor, apparently, out of touch with the outside world.
"Your Highness, My Lord, Mistress, be welcome in my home. I regret that I am unable to offer you a personal welcome more appropriate to your stations. I trust that Lord Olva has treated you and your party well?"
"He has, My Lord. We thought to pay you our personal respects on our first visit to your home."
"I thank you for it. I hear that you bring two ships with you, and a number of trained men?"
Eriana smiled in the dim light. "I began with one ship, the Visund, which is filled with my men. Along the way I seem to have picked up a number of passengers, aye, and additional crew, for reasons which seemed good at the time. Now I have a barge, the Green Ptuvil, to help share the load. But we are not so great a crowd. Nor are my men trained in ways that you may deem customary, but instead in the traditions of our distant homeland."
"Ah, I see. I assume that you will be meeting with Tevos and Vikzas tomorrow?"
"Of course, My Lord. It seems we have much information to share with each other."
"I regret that, as you might imagine, it would be uncomfortable for me to attend, even though I would desire to. I am certain, however, that word of your deliberations will be brought to me promptly by those who will be present."
"As you say, My Lord. I understand, from words already spoken, that it is your wish that Upper Fanir should join the Sirrel Federation. I must needs ask, is your own desire shared throughout your lands?"
"It is, Highness. We were shocked when those of Yod invaded our lands and began pillaging, despoiling and murdering those who did not bow to them. Upper Fanir is now a poorer country than before and we all desire that the like should never happen again. When Simbran passed through on his return to Bibek he explained what the Federation is intended to represent and almost all our folk immediately desired that Upper Fanir should join as soon as it could be arranged. Have no fear that there will be discontent here when that happens."
"Your words reassure me, My Lord. Is there anything else that we might do for you while we are in Faralan?"
Darkwin's eyes flicked to Ursula. "Highness, Tevos has told me that your healer has knowledge and abilities not known in the Valley. He said that you offered her services, to discover if there is aught she could do to improve my condition."
"It is true, My Lord. Ursula?"
"My Lord, with your permission I would like to give you a complete examination," Ursula told Darkwin. "For that I need to have good light, which means that I cannot properly examine you by the light of candles. Would it be possible for me to examine you tomorrow? I am sure that we can find a way for me to do that without causing you too much discomfort."
Darkwin grew still, thinking. His expression was difficult to interpret in the dim light. Finally he agreed with a sigh. "Mistress, you know your own craft and I do not. If you would attend me tomorrow afternoon, say, perhaps once we have napped. Shall I send someone for you?"
I thought that the best time to examine him might be in the morning, while the military people were having their meeting! He is just going to be sitting here doing very little. Still, he may have other meetings or perhaps documents to read... no, he can't read anything by this light! What is going on?
"Of course, My Lord. At your convenience. As a healer you already know that anything that occurs between us remains privileged, but because I am a woman in a strange city I will have to bring my assistant Tyra with me. She of course is bound by the same oath of privacy. Will her presence be a problem? Will you want to have somebody from, perhaps, your own household present as well? Your Steward, perhaps? Your customs here may be different than some which I have encountered so far."
Again there was a long pause before Darkwin replied. "I will discuss the matter with my household before you come but I do not think it will be necessary for me to admit another witness, if I may name them such. Your assistant should be sufficient to satisfy custom."
Ursula gave a brief curtsey. "Then I will await your summons, My Lord."
Eriana noted, "Ursula, you may also be present at our meeting tomorrow morning, I deem. Your, uh, special knowledge could be useful to our talks."
Darkwin asked, "What is this?"
Eriana chose her words carefully. "My Lord, since Ursula comes from a distant land where customs are again different than our own, she sometimes has knowledge useful to us, even though she is trained as a healer. She is intelligent, she keeps her eyes and ears open, she sees what goes on around her. On a number of occasions she has given us good advice."
"Interesting." Darkwin nodded. "I will probably see one or more of you again tomorrow, I deem. Until then, I wish you all good-evening."
At this plain dismissal the three bowed and curtseyed, turned and left.
* * *
Ursula frowned and shook her head. Lars, who was walking beside her, showed his concern.
«Mistress?»
The distance between the hostel used by the company and the Mansion of Count Darkwin was not great and they had simply walked over during the afternoon with no trouble. By contrast, the locals had considered the potential danger at night to be so much greater that an escort had been arranged, which meant that armed Farals marched before and behind their small group.
The short notice ordering of the escort had meant that the group had become muddled, which was why Ursula and Tyra were now at the back and walking beside Lars.
«Just a little something that is annoying me, Lars. That housekeeper, did you notice anything unusual?»
He considered. «I think she was dressed a little more richly that I would expect from a servant, even one in charge of the others. Apart from that, Mistress, I can think of nothing. Why?»
«I don't know, Lars, and that's what is worrying me. I have seen something and do not know what it is I have seen.»
«You are going back there tomorrow morning? Seeing her again might jog your memory.»
«Maybe. I will be busy tomorrow, morning and afternoon. I have a lot to think about, including how to turn Her Highness into an Admiral for those Marshals.»
He flipped a hand. «Minor details, surely? I doubt they will expect much from us tomorrow.»
«You are probably right, Lars.»
The group reached the hostel and, being now on safe ground, bade farewell to their escort. Those worthies reformed and marched smartly away. Everybody dispersed towards their own quarters, which surprised Ursula when Lars joined herself and Tyra.
«Lars? I thought that you were in the men's dormitory.»
«Not so, Mistress. I have been given a family chamber which I share with Nethra.»
This information was so surprising that Ursula stopped halfway across the courtyard.
«You do?» She thought, her professional interest coming to the surface. «Are you just protecting her or is there more?»
She couldn't see his blush in the darkness but she guessed it would be there.
«Mistress, I am astonished but it is more. How much more I do not know. I must be gentle with her, we move slowly, I do not wish her to be hurt any more.»
«But you are willing?»
«If she asked me, then I would say yes,» he replied simply. «I used to think that I would forever be a warrior-at-arms, serving my Princess. Now I will be forced to think more carefully about my future.»
«Well. I wish you both good luck. If you have need of any advice, I am always available.»
«Thank you, Mistress. Always you think of others.»
They reached the point on the walkway where the Men's Stair and the Women's Stair went up in different directions. Everyone else had already ascended. Lars turned to the Men's Stair, where the small number of family and personal chambers were situated. Ursula and Tyra began to climb the Women's Stair to their own chamber.
«Mistress?»
She stopped and turned. «Yes, Lars?»
«What of your own future? Someone has waited a long time for you to take note of them. Are you blind to their attentions?»
«What? Lars, this is not the time for jokes.»
«It is no joke, Mistress. You, who can see so much in others, how is it you cannot see it in yourself?»
What does he mean? I have an admirer among the crew? Surely not! Nobody has said anything!
Perhaps I have been too busy dealing with more practical matters to notice. Even so...
Lars added, «Mistress, the attraction is not what a man like me would choose but it is there and I suspect that neither of you have even considered the possibility. But the signs are plain. I may be mistaken but I think that she just waits for a word from you.»
With that he was gone. Ursula stood on the second step, stunned, until Tyra took her by the elbow and urged her up the stairs.
She...
Ursula has a major headache to solve as she joins the military leaders for discussions. Other questions arise as the talks continue and the presence of the housekeeper just adds to the distractions. She is relieved to escape the talks that afternoon to go and examine Count Darkwin...
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
65 - A Navy is Born
With characters and locations first revealed in Tales of Upper Fanir by Julia Phillips.
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the authors. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Ursula came awake with a gasp, sitting almost upright as
sleep left abruptly. The light coming into the room looked little
different than the last time she had wakened, but she knew that by
now it would soon be time to rise. Not that she wanted to. She
doubted whether she had properly slept at all.
What do I do?
"Mistress?"
Ursula flopped back on the bed. "Oh, Tyra, I have had a bad night, trying to think through..." her eyes caught Kaldar beginning to stir in his own bed, "...what Lars told us last night."
Her eyes slid in his direction and Tyra gave a slight nod of understanding. "It was a long meal and many words were spoken, Mistress," she responded, diverting the subject. "I am not surprised that you have spent time thinking it over."
Kaldar threw back his covers and sat up. "Good morning, Mistress Ursula, good morning Tyra."
Ursula sat up again and began to swing her legs around. "Good morning, Kaldar. Yes, there was a room full of military men and I only understood about half of what they were talking about. Do you want to go to the toilet first? I should have your potions ready by the time you return and then you can go and leave us to do womanly things by ourselves."
He grinned as he stood. "As you desire, Mistress."
He quickly gathered the clothes he would change into and left the chamber. Ursula and Tyra looked at one another. Both rose and Ursula went to her basket to find the required jars and pill pots.
"It cannot be anyone else but Her Highness," Tyra observed softly as she gathered their attire for the day. "Yet she has made no further advances."
"Because I spoke to her," Ursula responded. "That evening, after we were kidnapped, I spoke with her at the top of the stairs, do you remember? She was terrified that I was angry with her because of that kiss. I told her that she did nothing wrong but that it was too soon for me to think about a personal attachment of that kind. I also told her that it was not a rejection but I would have to find out what kind of person I was now, if I preferred men or women, before I did anything more."
Tyra's look was reproachful. "You did not tell me, Mistress."
"I know and I am sorry, Tyra. I was still trying to deal with the confrontation and after that we had bigger problems to think about, like finding the Old Leader."
"As you say, Mistress. If I may ask, will you tell Lars?"
"Yes. I do not think I can avoid it, because otherwise he will keep reminding me. Sometime today, when I can get him alone. Can you hand me that bag, please. I need to check - ah, good. The salve was replaced."
"As you say, Mistress. I did check yesterday, just before we went for the evening meal."
"You did? That just shows how much I am overlooking, Tyra!" She sighed. "I must do better! Everyone depends on what I do."
"Indeed, Mistress. I would venture that you are essential to this expedition now, though I did not realize that when we left Joth."
"I am forced to agree. Tell me, as the nearest authority on such matters, how do people in the Great Valley regard same-gender relationships? Are they even legal? Frowned upon? Forbidden? I have no idea."
"Mistress, in Joth I was not privy to any such relationships, though I do know that two of father's friends, fishermen, seemed to always be together and that father explained this sometimes happened. I thought no more of it. Because of accidents, wars and the like I do know of certain households which have only women, but it never occurred to me there was anything... particular about the arrangement.
"Is it legal?" Tyra frowned as she considered the question. "Mistress, I am ashamed to say that I do not know the laws of my own city. Who would one ask? I do not even know if the same rule would apply wherever we went or if it would be different when we landed in another country. And, of course, if that were so it might be dangerous to even ask the question."
"Ouch! Yes, I see what you mean."
"What of yourself, Mistress? Are you ready for such adventures?"
Ursula sighed again. "I have no idea, Tyra. I think I spent most of the night trying to work the situation out and got nowhere. The fact that it is Eriana makes it even more complicated! I might have been able to manage someone else but she moves in circles I can only gasp at."
"She is no normal woman, that is certain."
Ursula wrinkled her nose. "Agreed! If it had been someone like, say, Nethra or Larys it would be a different proposition, something easier to deal with." She waved a hand. "We had better leave that for now and get ready to go down to the bathing block. That way we can go just as soon as I have given Kaldar his morning man-building tonic."
"Of course, Mistress."
* * *
"Good morning, Ursula, Tyra! Did you sleep well?"
"Good morning, Your Highness," Ursula replied. "I did not sleep so well, I had some problems to worry about. However, I think I may have an answer to your rank problem, but I doubt that anything can be done about it before we leave. Do you think they will excuse you today? After all, you only decided to use that rank yesterday afternoon, you would have had no opportunity to do anything about your uniform."
"Come, let us sit and speak of such matters." She held up a hand and turned. "Tyra, know that the kitchens appear to have discovered a barrel of something they name ale. If you would bring me a small sample in a goblet, I will find out if their optimism is justified."
"As you request, Highness."
Eriana and Ursula found chairs around one of the dining room tables. There was as yet no sign of Bennett or Semma. Some of the men occupied other tables, more men appearing at intervals, including Lars, who joined them at a nod.
"Good morning, Lars. Anything to report?"
"Nothing new, Princess. Good morning." Lars' words in the local language were improving... slowly.
Even though she had done nothing at all, Ursula felt that her relationship with Eriana had altered. Just sitting beside her she could feel the full force of her personality. She was already familiar with the supremely fit female body beneath the ship dress but now it took on a different meaning to her. She had had a few encounters on her Earthly travels, both with males and females, with people presenting as both male and females, but that was fun and recreation. What Eriana represented now was something entirely different. And she still had no idea how to handle it. Or if she wanted to.
"Ursula?"
"Sorry, Highness. Blame it on the bad night. Can I ask you to remove your rank slides, please?"
Eriana tapped a shoulder. "These? Is that what they are called? Of course."
Lars stood to help Eriana and the two tubes of gray fabric were soon on the table.
Ursula explained, "Technically, what you have on your shoulders now are the epaulets. These tubes are called slides because, well, they slide over the epaulets. They are used because it is easier to modify and replace these as required instead of stitching and unstitching things to the epaulet every time.
"Now the military I grew up with does not generally use tubes but things called shoulder boards instead. These are stiff fabric or even wood or metal covered with fabric and they can be much larger than the slides are. But in practice shoulder boards can catch on things and rip the fabric of the jacket or coat they are on or even cause injuries to others. Slides are just easier to use.
"As to your rank of Admiral, we could keep matters simple and follow the style already developed. As I suggested last night, commanders of more than one vessel should have a wide bar. Some Earth forces increase the number of wide bars with rank but you can see that those would take up a lot of room, so what I suggest is one wide bar at the bottom and then more narrower bars the higher you go. As you would be the top level, that would mean a wide bar below three narrow bars."
Erians pointed. "But there is no room for a wide bar on here."
Ursula smiled. "Yes and no, Highness. We unstitch the lowest bar and turn the slide around. That gives us room for a wide bar the other end. It is just a tube after all."
The Princess thought about this for a while and then nodded. "Done. Simple but effective. What of these other ranks that would have fewer than three bars? If you would name them for me."
"I thought that a single wide bar on its own would be for a Commodore. One narrow bar would be a Counter-Admiral, two would be for a Vice-Admiral and three for a full Admiral."
"These names sound strange to me and will likely sound strange to those of the Sirrel. Vice Admiral I might understand but I would prefer, perhaps, to name him an Under-Admiral. What do you think?"
"I don't see why not, Highness. It is your Navy, you can call the ranks whatever you wish."
Eriana smiled. "I do not wish to confuse everybody! We shall keep things simple, I deem. What manner of rank is a Counter-Admiral?"
"I do not know, Highness. Some navies on Earth give that rank other names like Rear Admiral." She shrugged. "I have no idea why either name is used or what the rank is for."
She waved a hand. "We can discover these matters later. Is my rank of Admiral, three bars, as high as the ranks should go?"
Ursula hesitated. "It depends on how big your organization becomes, Highness. There may be ranks higher than full Admiral in time, we might have to allow room for expansion."
"Longer tubes, do you mean?"
"Not exactly, Highness, because it would become harder for others to count the bars. I was thinking more of other symbols to use instead of bars if that happened."
"Ah, I see."
Tyra returned then with a goblet for Eriana and a mug of pel for Ursula. Both took cautious sips of their drinks.
"It is ale, I deem," Eriana pronounced, "but the flavor is very bitter and it is strong. Lars, if you permit the men to drink this I would suggest watering it considerably."
"Can I have a taste, Highness?"
"Surely, Ursula."
The mug was handed over and Ursula took a sip. "It is strong, not what I would want to drink for breakfast. What you can taste is similar to beer brewed with the hops we would use on Earth. Did you have anything like this in Einnland?"
"I do not believe so, Ursula. Our ale is generally brewed with grain, herbs and honey from a kind of insect we keep there. I do not know what hops are."
"I understand. On Earth, hops are the flowers of a vine that grows there. It gives the beer a bitter taste, which is said to be preferred by men. Beer does not use honey but gets its sweetness another way. I understand that is the technical difference between ale and beer. I warn you both now, this could be a suitable drink for your own men, when they are at leisure, but it might have different effects than the ales you are used to. Headaches, possibly. Short tempers. Fighting. Different hangovers. Worse hangovers. Commander Lars, please take note. Remember what happened with that Celebration Ale."
"Yah, Mistress. Can I taste?"
The goblet was passed and Lars sipped. "Strong. Taste fine to me. I understand warning, Mistress."
Eriana said, "Lars, if you like it, finish it. Tyra, if you would fetch me a mug of pel. Although it grieves me, I think I have seen the last of ale until we return below Yod. What were we talking about? Ah, yes. The, ah, slides. The bars are ribbon, I do not know if we have anything wider."
"We might make do with two strips close together, Highness."
"Done. But this morning I will do without, I deem. I will use what I have. Now, let us eat."
* * *
"Do those bars on your shoulders indicate your rank, Admiral?"
Eriana gave him a weak smile. "It is not so, Marshal. These are bars that indicate a Captain of a ship, which was all I was when we began this voyage. It did not occur to me that I would need to make some Admiral's bars so soon in my journey, but perhaps only on my return to Palarand."
Tevos nodded. "Ah, I see. I believe that those of Zebrin use a like arrangement."
"These were thought up by those of Joth, Marshal, so the idea is not restricted to this side of Yod."
"Shall you desire all who join your forces to use similar markings?"
"Eventually I would hope that we will all wear a uniform that may be recognized by all who have dealings with us, Marshal," she replied, "but that will cost us funds, take time and result in waste of the existing uniforms. Perhaps those of us at high rank should be attired similarly, since those ranks will be new, while those who crew our river vessels should show their existing origins."
The Marshal looked Eriana up and down, eyeing her ship dress dubiously. "When you say that we should be attired in like fashion, I trust you do not intend us to wear garments like your own?"
Eriana laughed. "Be at ease, Marshal! These garments that we name ship dresses, for obscure reasons, will be worn by the female members of the service - and that includes any who may serve on the river or at sea. For yourself, if I may ask you to observe Commander Lars, who presently talks to Field Director Ferrion."
Tevos turned to where Eriana pointed. Lars, Bennett and Semma were speaking to Ferrion and another uniformed man.
"Ah! As you say, Admiral. I noticed those uniforms when we first met, they look cooler and more comfortable than anything any of our militaries wear. If I may ask, what do you name those curious garments?"
"The top is named a tee shirt and the lower parts are named cargo shorts, both for obscure reasons. I believe shorts is the word for trousers with short legs. Note the pouches on either hip to carry personal items, the men say they are very useful and do not get in the way."
"Indeed! But do your men not suffer with legs bared like that?"
"With the weather this warm, Marshal? In time the skin adapts. On board we usually go about with bare feet as well for better grip against the hull. Both men and women customarily wear straw hats to keep the sun from their heads, but Lars and the ladies have chosen not to bring theirs today."
"We must learn more, Admiral. I feel certain that there will be a demand here for uniforms of a similar style."
"They are simple to make, we can discuss details another day."
"As you say. Tell me, your female auxiliaries, can they use those swords they bear?"
"Marshal, those two are not auxiliaries! They are full members of His Majesty's Palace Guard and are as capable as any man of your forces you care to name. Certainly they can use swords, just as I can." Eriana looked around. "Our healer does not care to use a sword, it is true, her task is to mend bodies, not break them, but even her own assistant is learning the arts of war. In Palarand and in Joth women are part of their countries defenses, Marshal, just as you and your men are part of yours."
Tevos looked doubtful. "Admiral, I do not name you liar but I find it difficult to believe that a woman can play so great a part in the military. Eyebrows were raised when your name was given as head of the new water forces but we assumed that it was in return for the action at Boldan's Rock."
Eriana stared at Tevos for so long that he began to feel uneasy.
"Marshal," she said softly, "I can understand how you and your people can misunderstand something that happens afar, when you only have news relayed through many tongues, each of whom believes less of what they read or hear than the one before. It is not so. We must try ourselves, my people against yours, in a mock battle and you will see what those of Palarand are made of. Name your place and time."
Tevos stared back at her. "Admiral, I intended no disrespect to you or your people. I would not want to be the cause of unnecessary injuries."
"The battle is required, Marshal, since we use tactics entirely different than those anyone else uses. How else may we judge one against the other? We no longer have a common foe to test ourselves against. Rest your mind easy about injuries, we will use practice blades and other gear and our Healer will attend to any unfortunate accidents."
She heard his convulsive swallow. "As you command, Admiral. Not tomorrow, I suggest, but the following day. I will have the arrangements made."
She gave a hard smile. "Good. And now perhaps we should all sit around that table and do what we came here for."
"Of course, Admiral."
At the table the two women from the household again took seats at the foot but no-one seemed to find their presence unusual. Eyebrows were raised when Ursula sat beside Eriana, though.
"Admiral, we are here today to speak of the Federation and its Navy. Intending no disrespect to Mistress Ursula, I am puzzled by her presence here with us. I do understand that our Navy will have need of healers but surely that is a conversation for another time?"
"Marshal Tevos," Eriana began, "Ursula has..." She trailed off, unsure how to explain.
"Admiral," Ursula suggested, choosing her words very carefully, "I think that certain of these men need to be given information not generally available."
"Ursula, are you sure? You know what..." She stopped before using the word danger as even that could cause complications. "Who do you suggest?"
"Just Marshal Tevos and Marshal Vikzas," came the prompt reply, naming the two top military officers.
"Very well. Gentlemen, if you would remain seated." She stood. "Marshal Tevos, Marshal Vikzas, if you would accompany us. The telling will not take us long, perhaps the others may discuss some other matter while we are away." She turned. "Mistress Orlet, if you could show us a small chamber where the four of us may speak privately."
The girl stood and curtseyed. "Highness... I mean, Admiral, of course. If you would all follow me."
The four followed the housekeeper along a corridor and into a small room. "If this will suffice, Admiral?"
"Surely, Mistress Orlet, and thank you."
Orlet hesitated and then, reluctantly, curtseyed and departed, closing the door behind her. Ursula noted the seeming reluctance to leave. She also noticed another satin gown, the jewelry and a fragrance that seemed to follow the housekeeper around.
Tevos looked at Eriana with interest. "Admiral, this is all very mysterious. You have certainly gotten our attention, eh, Vikzas?"
"As you say, Tevos. What could possibly be so special about Mistress Ursula that it cannot be spoken of in an open room?"
Ursula thought, And yet you all seem to be fine with a housekeeper sitting in on a military meeting! Mistress Orlet seems to be getting more strange every time I see her. And I still do not know why!
Eriana began with, "Gentlemen, what we are about to tell you remains in this chamber. I require oaths that you will not reveal what we say to anyone else, anywhere, at any time unless you are informed otherwise by one of us two."
The two Marshals looked at each other. "Maker," Vikzas muttered, "what have we stumbled into?"
Tevos replied, "I do not know, Vikzas, but I deem it important. Admiral, you shall have my word."
"Aye," Vikzas agreed. "Admiral, you have my word as well."
Realizing that she was the only person in the room who could do it, Ursula said, "Heard and witnessed."
Eriana then asked what seemed an odd question. "How much do you two know about what happened in Palarand to cause the changes recently wrought there?"
"Why, Admiral, we do not know what to think," Tevos replied. "We have heard tales of fantasy concerning a new arrival there, a girl who is said to have arrived riding a ptuvil, one who has now married Prince Keren. What is undeniable is that new inventions and ideas have begun coming out of Palarand, we know that since Margrave Simbran called here on his way back from the wedding and brought some of them with him."
"I can confirm that," Vikzas agreed. "His Grace brought with him something called paper and a number of objects so useful we cannot understand how we have survived without them. But what has this to do with Mistress Ursula? Surely she cannot be the girl spoken of?"
Eriana smiled. "Ursula is not the one spoken of. She has never visited Palarand. The girl, who is named Garia should you have forgot, is a good friend of mine and no, she did not arrive on a ptuvil. In fact her arrival is even stranger. Gentlemen, she comes from another world."
She explained Garia's arrival and progress to the two wide-eyed Marshals and even swore an oath that her facts were correct. The two then turned their attention to Ursula.
"Then it seems to me," Vikzas said slowly, "that by telling us that Princess Garia came from another world, that implies to me that Mistress Ursula did also."
Tevos nodded. "It can be the only explanation, I deem. Mistress, I suppose that, on this other world, you must also have been a healer."
"Of a kind, yes," Ursula replied. "Actually I was a surgeon, skilled in first-hand treatment of... battle wounds, perhaps, accident victims, anyone who needed immediate treatment."
His eyes widened again. "Fascinating! Yet, by implication, you must also know much of other matters, common there perhaps, that might assist us today."
"That is true, Marshal. I cannot promise how much I can contribute but I have served in my birth country's military and so had my father." She added, "There may be ways that I could make useful suggestions in other fields of interest."
Tevos bowed. "Then, Mistress, I have no doubt that your presence here today is not only welcome but necessary."
Vikzas added, "I understand the reasons for secrecy now. If you are a holder of other-worldly knowledge, let us say, then any enemy would strive mightily to obtain you."
"Regrettably that is still true, Marshal. For now, I am merely the expedition's healer who might be able to give advice on some other matters."
Vikzas bowed. "Know, then, that while we are confident that the Admiral and her people can ward you as you travel, I pledge that we of Faralmark will be ready to come to your aid in time of need." He turned to Eriana. "Admiral, you have only to ask, we will be there."
"As will we of Upper Fanir," Tevos agreed. "Now that we understand the matter, shall we return to the others?"
Eriana nodded. "Of course, Marshal. This explanation was necessary but has taken up our time. Let us go."
* * *
"By the Gods!" Eriana groaned as the carriage pulled away from the mansion. "My head feels stuffed full of all we have done today! I wonder how much of it I will ever remember."
The locals had decided that allowing such an important visitor to just walk through the streets was not respectful so they had made the morning journey in two carriages and were now returning to the hostel by the same method.
"I have made notes, Highness," Ursula reminded her, "and I know my memory has been much better since I arrived on Anmar. Between us we should manage."
"And that is another thing," the Princess added. "The Marshals thought you were writing in code! I understand the reasons why, but it does mean that no-one else on Anmar may read your notes."
"Actually, Highness, I doubt that my notes would be understandable whatever language I wrote in. Like most medical people, my writing is terrible. But I write in my birth tongue because that was the first script I was taught to use. Is it not the same for you?"
"Only in part, Ursula. Runes are easy, I will admit, but they have limitations. I have used the Valley script for so long I am comfortable using it now."
"I hope that one day I may say the same, Highness. Are you satisfied with what we achieved this morning?"
"Aye, indeed! We did more than I had ever imagined. Those two certainly know their business, do they not?"
"I agree, Highness. I am guessing that they have spent their whole time since Margrave Simbran returned trying to create a suitable command structure. The only thing they overlooked was just how big the Navy could become in time."
Eriana smiled. "Aye. If there is one single thing I have learned from meeting Garia it is a phrase she used many times and that was 'Think big'. Did you see the looks on their faces when I explained that eventually, River Command must needs include not just the Sirrel but all its tributaries and many other rivers besides? That Ocean Command would require ships able to undertake voyages lasting many weeks, if not many months?"
"I can understand their response, Highness. I doubt if any of them have ever seen the sea or thought how big the Federation might grow."
"Indeed. Yet at least we now have a structure that will be able to grow sensibly as the Federation itself adds members."
"For the naval part, perhaps. I did not properly understand the argument that Marshal Ferrion was having with Lars about the fighting troops."
Eriana giggled. "It was mostly about the name, I deem. It seemed to me that the information had been corrupted as it made its way upriver, turning a Marine into a Mreen. Ferrion had already begun using mreens for his men and saw no reason why he should change yet again."
"Highness, I expected more problems like that but it seems we were fortunate. Most of what we need is now properly determined and agreed."
"As you say. All I have to do now is to write to those of Palarand and persuade them that what we have decided today shall be used downriver in preference to their local arrangements. Fortunately I have the authority and I know that Robanar will stand behind me in this matter." Eriana added with a scowl, "Unfortunately those of Faralmark remain sceptical about the abilities of our men - and of our women, I deem. I regret that I believe there is only one way to persuade them and that will likely mean that one or more will have need of your services, Ursula."
"I could see that coming a long way away, Highness. If the bouts go the same way as those I have witnessed in the past I doubt the injuries will be too bad." Ursula smiled. "Not for our men and women, anyway."
"Aye!" Eriana smiled back. "But I do not need bad feeling between our folk and theirs, Ursula. We are supposed to be making friends as we travel, not more enemies."
"I cannot say what might happen, Highness. We will just have to wait and see."
The carriages pulled into the hostel of the courtyard and halted. Most of the expedition's company were in or around the courtyard so several hurried to open the doors and help the occupants out. Once on the cobbles Ursula stretched and then realized she had an opportunity.
"Highness, if I may, I need a word with Lars."
"Surely, Ursula."
She walked quickly over to the other carriage, followed by Tyra, but Lars had climbed out the other side and was now talking to several of the men. The two women hurried around the carriage.
«Lars, can I have a private word?»
He turned and saw who it was. «Just a moment, Mistress, while I give instructions to prepare for the mock battle.»
He spoke to his men for a short while and then joined Ursula and Tyra. «I am here, Mistress.» He pointed. «We can go over there, it will be more private.»
In the shaded corner the three gathered so that no-one could see what they were saying.
«Lars, you went away last night before I had a chance to explain. Now, do you remember when you rescued us from that shed in Tserikon?»
«Of course, Mistress. After we defeated those men the dranakh knew where you were and tried to batter down the door. Princess made it stop and I broke the lock with my axe. Why do you ask?»
«Did you see what happened when she rushed in to make sure we were safe?»
Lars thought then nodded. «She hugged you? I did not see more because the dranakh was in the way. Mistress, that was one of the most obvious times that I saw she had special feelings for you.»
«Lars, she didn't just hug me, she kissed me.» His eyes widened. «Properly, on the lips. After that she ran out and would not look me in the face. I think she thought that she had overstepped her place and that I would be angry with her.»
«Ahhh,» he breathed. «I wondered why she was in a mood the rest of that day. What happened then?»
«I spoke to her that evening just before we retired. I told her that I had not been on Anmar that long and was not yet ready for a romantic attachment. Besides, I have a new body, the circumstances are all different and I do not know if I will be attracted to men or women. Or both. Or neither.»
He nodded slowly. «Thank you, Mistress, this explains much that has puzzled me. Yet still she pursues you.»
«She probably does not even realize she is doing it, Lars. I did tell her that, by the time we reached Bibek, I would probably have reached some decision. Truthfully, I do not know now if I will have but I had to put a date to it.»
«Yah. Thank you, Mistress, for explaining. As you know I am sworn to her and I will always try to look after her best interests, but it seems to me you are doing that as well. It is my belief that she will become great but she could become greater with you by her side.»
«Lars, try not to push us together, we have to do this by ourselves. From what has happened so far it is likely that I will end up by Eriana's side but that does not mean we would be personal partners. After today's meeting I have to accept that I will somehow become part of the new Navy, but I do not know what my part will be. However, I might only prefer to have a man as my life's partner.»
Lars bowed. «Mistress, I understand. We will not speak of this again.»
She cocked her head. «Tell me, do you mind that she appears to have chosen me? I mean, a woman. I would have thought that someone like her would be looking for a nobleman or his son for a husband.»
Lars snorted. «Mistress, she is used to command. If there is a man anywhere in the world who would be suitable for her, he might exist but he would be very hard to find. I know that she did want to make a match with Prince Keren work, it was a means of getting away from her father, but we were too new, we did not understand the land that the Prince lives in. They respect one another but a marriage would have taken a lot of work by both of them.»
She nodded. «I have yet to meet Prince Keren so I cannot comment. But a woman? Does this happen in your society?»
«Mistress, in Einnland it does, but not very often. Such couplings are... tolerated rather than celebrated. Same with men, though the men have different motives.»
«What about the Great Valley? What rules do they have about such matches?»
He shrugged. «I am no legal man, Mistress Ursula. Perhaps you should ask Lord Kalmenar.»
She slapped her forehead. «I should have thought of that! Very well. Thank you, Lars.»
He bowed slightly. «Mistress.»
* * *
Tyra followed Ursula down the carriage steps and the two watched as it rattled off. Waiting for them at the mansion steps was Mistress Chara.
"Greetings again," Ursula said with a smile.
Chara bobbed. "Greetings, Mistress. If you would follow me."
Why her? Why not Orlet or that Steward? This house is full of mysteries.
Chara led them through the mansion to the same chamber in which they had previously visited Darkwin. She opened the door and bobbed again.
"If you would enter, Mistress." Tyra was a servant, her existence was ignored.
Inside, Ursula noticed that Darkwin was seated more or less where he had been before. He was dressed in tunic and tights and there was no blanket covering him this time. There were no candles burning but a drape over a south-facing window had been partly drawn, letting a certain amount of light into the room.
She curtseyed. "My Lord, I have come to examine you."
"Be welcome here, Mistress. What do you desire me to do?"
She looked around, considering. "My Lord, I regret that the light in here will not be sufficient for my needs. In fact, even if all the drapes were pulled there might still not be enough to do all I need to in order to provide you with the best attention I can."
He nodded. "I feared that you would say as much. However, I do not think that my eyes could stand so much light for so long."
"I have an idea which may solve some of that," she replied. "My Lord, I will need to look closely at your eyes at some point to see if there is any visible damage, but for most of the examination I can supply a blindfold which should protect your eyes. Will you trust me enough to permit me to do that?"
"Mistress, I am told that you are very skilled so it is not for me to say what you should or should not do. I have permitted you to examine me, therefore I must needs submit to your needs. If I may ask you to summon Chara, that she may push me to another, brighter chamber once you have blindfolded me."
"My Lord, I am quite capable of pushing you."
"But you do not know the way."
"Very well. In that case, let me find the blindfold."
Ursula opened her basket and pulled out a rectangle of black cloth. She folded it twice lengthways and then wrapped it around Darkwin's head, tying it loosely but securely behind.
"Is that comfortable, My Lord? How much light can you see?"
"I am surprised, Mistress. It covers my eyes well, there is little light. It does not bind nor press on my eyes."
"Then let us get you somewhere I can see better to examine you."
Tyra opened the door to find Chara standing outside waiting. She came into the room.
"Chara, if you would push me along to my old study. My eyes are protected against the light."
"As you wish, My Lord."
The study was at the other end of the corridor and had windows that faced north and east, allowing plenty of light to enter. There was space beside the desk and chairs to park Darkwin's wheeled chair and leave enough room for Ursula to walk around it. Chara hovered near the door until a stare from Ursula made her curtsey nervously and withdraw, closing the door behind her.
"My Lord, I think it will be best if I examine your eyes first. Once I have done that we can replace the blindfold and I can examine the rest of you while you recover."
There was a sharp intake of breath but Darkwin nodded. "If it must be so."
Ursula pulled the blindfold from Darkwin's head and he blinked in the light. Her own head was close to his so she could see his pupils contract normally. Oddly, she would have expected tears but there were none. After asking him to look up, down, left and right she retied the blindfold.
"They look almost normal, My Lord, externally at least. I do know that there can be internal damage I would not be able to detect this way."
Darkwin breathed a sigh of relief. "It was not as bad as I had feared, Mistress. Still, that was but a short exposure. If I had stayed in here for as much as half a bell, it would have become painful."
"Very well. Let me look at the rest of you now. I'll begin with your head since that was where you were struck, is that correct?"
"Aye, Mistress, and also my left shoulder."
The scar tissue from the wounds were buried under a layer of thick, luxurious hair which made Ursula comment.
"Mistress, my manservant refuses to cut my hair, fearing that he will by chance reopen a wound with his shears. I have told him that I am willing to take the risk but he will not do it."
The wounds had knitted together leaving an awkward, lumpy scar, fortunately concealed by the thick hair.
They would not have shaved him before sewing this together, she thought. Scalp damage roughly treated, during an occupation and in secret, I am surprised it has healed so well.
"I want to probe your head, My Lord, to see if your skull was fractured."
Her fingers found only smooth bone under the scars, showing that he had escaped the worst danger.
"That is fine, My Lord. Now perhaps I ought to look at your shoulders. For that I will need you to take off your upper garment."
Between Darkwin, Ursula and Tyra they managed to remove the Count's tunic without disturbing the blindfold. Ursula ran her fingers over his shoulders, looking for damage to collarbone and shoulderblade.
What the..? Interesting!
"Can you lean forward? Good. I wonder, can you move your arm while my hand is on your back so that I can feel for any damage. Yes, that is just what I need. Good. Now the other arm. Oh, there is some slight damage here. It feels like soft tissue damage which means that, with exercise, you might get most or all of the movement back that you had before. Good. Tyra, help me put Lord Darkwin's tunic back on him."
The smell is there, on him and in the tunic. What does it mean?
"Now I will have to look down below, My Lord. If you do not wish to disrobe completely I would understand."
Ursula was beginning to be more puzzled the longer she looked over Darkwin. Apart from the ragged scar hidden under his hair and some soft tissue damage to one shoulder there appeared to be very little wrong with the Count. She even had him stand and take a few steps in the study before he claimed exhaustion and sat down again.
A suspicion that something was not right was beginning to form but it had no obvious resolution.
"Can I look at your shoulders again, My Lord? I want to check what I found before."
She leaned close as she ran her hands from his shoulders to his neck.
"I have seen all I need to, My Lord. Shall I ask your assistant to return?"
"Please do, Mistress."
Tyra opened the study door and Chara entered. She went to the chair to turn it and push it out but Ursula held up a hand.
"Tyra, close the door, please."
Chara looked at Ursula, surprised, but Ursula directed her next words to the Count as the door was shut.
"My Lord, I have found a battlefield wound in your scalp and some slight damage to your shoulder, as I mentioned before. Neither need further attention from a healer like me. I have also noticed a notch in each of your shoulders, here and here." She laid a finger on each of his shoulders. "Now I am familiar with these notches or depressions, do you know why?"
He shook his head. Chara watched warily.
"Unlike a man, a woman has breasts on her chest and they can be heavy. Most women wear some garment or other to support the weight and these garments do so by means of straps over each shoulder. Continuous wear causes those straps to make notches just like the ones on your own shoulders, My Lord. In addition, I have noticed that you wear perfume, though it could be argued that your perfume is merely a consequence of being close to a partner or potential partner. It seems to me there is too much of it for that explanation."
His voice became testy. "Mistress, I do not care for what you imply."
"I am not about to reveal your secret outside this room, My Lord. Remember my healer's oath? I know your secret because, once upon a time, I did the very same thing as you do now. Once I, too, spent some time as a man disguised as a woman. You have been examined by one of the few healers who could have known the signs."
Both Darkwin and Chara looked astonished.
Chara's shoulders sagged. "She knows, Darkwin. I do not know how, but she knows."
Darkwin reached up and pulled the blindfold away. Ursula immediately saw what had puzzled her previously.
She added, "My Lord, the perfume was a mistake. You should not have worn any today... but then, it would have seemed strange if Mistress Orlet had not. However, I would probably still have found out."
"How, Mistress?"
"I assume that you have some arrangement to provide the appearance of breasts?" He nodded. "The weight has made those notches in your shoulders, just the same as almost all women have. And your hair is somewhat long for the current fashion, for a man, but not for a woman. Now that you have taken the blindfold off I plainly see Mistress Orlet sitting in front of me."
"What will you do?"
Ursula shook her head. "Nothing, My Lord. You know that what happens between a healer and her patient remains between them and no-one else who was not present. But, given your circumstances, you must have a reason for doing it and I may be able to offer advice and assistance."
Darkwin sagged. "It is true. There are those who wish me dead in order to obtain the Duchy for themselves, thus I must needs remain out of sight. However, I must also know what is happening around me. The disguise was used at first to hide me from those of Yod but it is still necessary to protect me. I find that I have come to prefer female attire since I may walk around without notice and without being treated above my - I mean, Mistress Orlet's - station."
"Do you want to remain that way permanently in future?"
"Mistress, I cannot. The Duchy must needs have an heir and only a man may provide that. At some time in the future I will marry Chara and then, after a short period, I will withdraw from life and Mistress Orlet will be my substitute."
"If you do that there is a danger that others will think that Orlet has usurped your position, My Lord."
"Aye, and Olva and I have considered that. There will be... arrangements should that happen."
"Would you choose to go back to being male full time?"
A firm shake of the head. "Never! But I cannot see any way for Orlet and Darkwin to exist at the same time."
"A difficult question and one I cannot advise on. If you continue as you are, would you prefer to have real breasts? That I can do for you."
"That is possible? I did not know. But if I have breasts, then Darkwin must needs disappear since he cannot have such things and be seen with them. How?"
"Herbs, My Lord. But later, perhaps, when you have your family, something could be done."
Chara asked, "Is it only breasts, Mistress? Can you do anything else?"
Ursula shook her head. "Mistress, any herbs can only work on what is already there. Both men and women are born with breasts but of course they only develop when a woman becomes adult. There are herbs which can make them grow and also herbs that can reduce breast tissue when there is too much or they are not wanted.
"Certain herbs can soften a man's features or make a woman's muscles grow and harden but there can be unwanted side effects. Other body parts, such as a man's penis or a woman's womb, are already grown and finalized by the time a baby is born, Mistress. Some herbs can affect them but I do not think that any could change one into the other."
"Oh. Thank you, Mistress."
Darkwin asked, "Tell me, Mistress, you look as if you could never have been anything but a woman. If you had once been a man, how then did you use herbs to make yourself as you are?"
Ursula looked at Tyra who shrugged.
"My Lord," Ursula explained, "my circumstances are much more complicated than that! Before I tell you any more, though, I will have to ask you both to make an oath not to reveal what you are about to learn."
Darkwin frowned but nodded. "It cannot be any stranger than my own tale, I deem! Chara, shall you swear?"
"Of course, Darkwin."
Ursula told them, "Then swear to never reveal any of what I am about to tell you to anyone. I have no doubt that you will not, given your own secrets, but I need a formal oath from both of you."
"I so swear."
"I swear."
"Heard and witnessed!"
"So, I will tell you a story which I will swear to both of you is true. Tyra has seen the proof. One day, as Princess Eriana's ship was traveling the Sirrel on its way to Joth..."
Ursula goes to the market to find more suitable attire for the two Yodans and later begins to teach them the Garian numbers, revealing an unexpected talent. Meanwhile Lars attempts to find something suitable for the men to drink and takes a side trip to a brewery. There he overhears a casual conversation.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
66 - Hats and Numbers
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
"Good morning, First Director."
Eriana scowled. "I do not deserve that title!" The scowl was replaced by a small smirk. "Good morning, Ursula... or should that be Director of Welfare?"
"Highness, don't! The situation is already awkward enough. I think that neither of us are ready for the positions that were forced on us yesterday."
"Indeed not, Ursula. Sit down, they are about to bring the food. I did not have time to ask you yesterday evening, how was your visit with Count Darkwin? Was everything satisfactory? What of his wounds?"
Ursula considered what she could say before speaking. "Highness, strictly speaking I should not discuss a patient with you but given the circumstances I can provide you with a general description of his condition. He was struck about the head during the invasion by Yod, sufficient to convince everybody present that he had died along with his parents. He was, in fact, only badly wounded and was taken away and treated in secret. He has a very rough scar across his scalp which is fortunately concealed by his hair. There is soft tissue damage to his left shoulder, his legs are weak and he cannot stand bright light for very long. Otherwise he is reasonably fit and mentally sharp."
"Think you he could become Duke in time?"
"Yes, Highness, though of necessity he will not be able to do the usual things that the various rulers I have met so far are able to do. Count Olva will rule as regent until he is of age, as you know, and then will probably continue in some senior position, providing a visible face for the Duke. The Duke himself may appear for festivals and the like but I suspect he will mostly retire from public gaze."
"Hmm. Oh, thank you," she added to the servant who had just delivered a mug of pel. "I am told that there is a possibility that Upper Fanir may choose to join with Faralmark, and there are already moves for Faralmark to join, or should I say rejoin, Upper Faral. If that happens Darkwin may just rule over a part of the combined lands. I do not know if he would still be considered a Duke by then."
Ursula shrugged as she reached for a dark blue fruit. "I have no feeling for these countries, Highness. I had just about understood Joth when we departed. Most of these others are just names."
"As they are to me, Ursula. If I may ask for one of those rolls? When I arrived I asked if there was zurin available and they said some would be prepared for us immediately."
In Ursula's head the word zurin was echoed in English as bacon so Ursula took a roll from the plate after Eriana.
"At least they are beginning to understand that we have different tastes than them," she remarked.
"In the hostel they meet river folk from distant lands so they are used to our odd requests," Eriana explained. "However, their idea of ale was not what I expected so their zurin may not be either. We shall see."
A plate of sizzling meat strips arrived and was closely examined before anybody touched anything. It appeared that the meat had been grilled but certainly looked and smelled different. After a nod from Eriana Ursula took a strip and cautiously nibbled the end.
"It is edible, Highness. I think they may have used different spices, salts or whatever to cure the meat so it does taste different than the last zurin we were given. I do not detect anything that might cause us trouble."
Which of course does not mean that there isn't anything!
"Good. Thank you, Ursula."
Eriana took two strips and folded her roll around them before starting to eat. The rest of the table followed suit and it was a while before the Princess asked another question.
"What are your plans today, Ursula?"
"Unless you have need of me, I plan to go with Tyra, Adin and Kedian to the market this morning. We are mostly looking for herbs and food supplies, the usual, but I will keep my eyes open for anything else that might look useful. Like, for example, ribbon for shoulder slides."
Eriana nodded. "I will not detain you, then. I want to have a talk with the men this morning about what was decided yesterday and discover if any of them have good or bad to say about it." She leaned back. "Then, after our naps, there will likely be a certain amount of preparation for the mock battle we will fight tomorrow. Shall you attend that?"
"The preparations? I'll need to check over the medical supplies but no, Highness, I do not think that will be necessary. If Bennett and Senna will be there -" the Princess nodded, "- then you might include Tyra as well. I do not want to hold her back if that is what she wants to do."
"Thank you, Ursula. It has been some few days since she last trained with the men, I wonder why?" A strained smile. "We have been so busy these last weeks."
"Yes, and she has had some rough treatment in that time. I want her to be able to defend herself, at least. Anything more will be a bonus."
"As you say, Ursula. If I may ask for another roll? This zurin tastes good."
* * *
Tyra went to the chamber door to answer the knock, turning to Ursula when she heard the request.
"Mistress, it is one of the hostel servants. She says that the two Yodans are downstairs and desire your presence."
When Ursula went to the door the woman's face had a disapproving look.
"Is there some kind of problem?"
"No, Mistress, but no man may ascend here. They are only Yodans, shall I send them away?"
"You have some problem with Yodans? Of course you do. They invaded your country, killed many of your people and stole everything in sight. Is that about right?"
The woman flushed. "Yes, Mistress, it is. My own family were thrown out of our house so that some Yodan soldiers could be billeted there. They took everything we owned. They were even billeted here in the hostel! I have no love for such folk. Why do you permit them to travel with you?"
"Well, now. Not all Yodans are the same, just as not all Upper Fanirans are the same. We have four Yodans sailing with us, two women and two men. The two women, along with three barge women who happened to arrive at the wrong time, were enslaved and kept haltered in a stable to be repeatedly raped by a renegade troop of Yodan soldiers. Would you hate those women just for being Yodans?"
The woman flushed. "No, Mistress, I did not know that. Oh, that they would do such things to their own people!"
Ursula began to get annoyed. "We have just spent two weeks traveling along the river through Yodan territory and I can tell you that they are divided. A small number want the Ascendancy back, as you might expect, but many more do not and some of those were always opposed to the Overlords, as they called them. Most are glad to be rid of them.
"The young man, Karan, is a trainee healer and did not agree with the outdated methods that his Yodan mentor forced on him. When I appeared he decided to leave that healer and learn from me instead. If those of Yod were to catch him now they would certainly kill him."
"Oh, Mistress, I am sorry, we did not know that. It is just that we have learned by experience not to have anything to do with those of Yod. But what of the other one, the older one? He has a different air about him."
Ursula thought about how much she should reveal. "That man, Zakaros, is a... I do not know the word. A counter of coin?"
"Oh, do you mean a moneylender? I understand, Mistress."
"Yes. Because he is well educated he had to join the Ascendancy and was made an official in charge of a district. In Yod, mind you, not in one of the countries that Yod invaded. I do not know what he did there, good or bad, but he was probably chosen because he could count up their taxes. When the war ended he went into hiding and by chance our paths crossed. He provided assistance to us, assistance which meant that others of the Ascendancy would consider him a traitor and kill him as well. That is why he travels with us. I would add that both of those men are under Her Highness's protection."
"Mistress I apologize, I did not know. If I may tell the other staff of this?"
"I suppose that you must, yes, but remember, the more that know there are Yodans here the more that other people will see a chance to take revenge. These two have left Yod for ever, they should not be thought of as Yodans any longer."
"Mistress, your words are wise. I will be careful what I say to the others."
"Thank you." Ursula smiled. "And now, we have kept them waiting, I think I had better go and see what they want. Tyra?"
"Coming, Mistress."
At the foot of the stairs was an uncomfortable Zakaros and a pensive Karan.
"Mistress, good morning," the older man began. "The hostel staff are treating Karan and myself poorly, they do not want to have anything to do with us."
"That servant who knocked at our door said as much and I had to explain why you two were traveling with us. She has apologized and will explain why you are with us to the other staff. What can I do for you?"
"That is the problem, Mistress. Karan and I wear attire that is obviously of Yodan cut and we are noticeable. In fact, since our departure was so hasty these are the only garments we possess. I have spoken to Her Highness and she says that she will authorize fresh attire, and that as you were going to the market today..."
Ursula nodded. "She wants me to find something, ah, less obvious for you two."
"As you say, Mistress."
Ursula thought. "I can do that, but you know what clothes bought in markets are like, they normally would like you to try them on for fit."
Zakaros shrugged. "What must be, Mistress. If you measure us, would that suffice?"
"I am a healer, I can make up a suitable story. Two men injured, their clothes ruined by sword cuts, that sort of thing. Very well, I will need to fetch a measure and then find a room down here we can use to measure both of you."
The two women retreated to their chamber where Tyra dug out a tape measure while Ursula found a scrap of parchment and a reedlet. Downstairs again they bade the Yodans remain where they were and went to find the hostel manager, who looked concerned when they appeared.
"Good morning, Mistress? I know that you are Her Highness's healer, was there some problem with the breakfast?"
"So far as I know it was all good food. We particularly liked the zurin, Master..?"
"Ah, Mistress, if it please you I am named Ranomar. How may I serve you?"
"Then, Ranomar, I need to borrow a small chamber for half a bell or so."
"Surely, Mistress. If you would follow me. There is a chamber over here which Her Highness has already used this morning but the one next to it should be - ah, good. Use it for as long as you desire, Mistress."
Ursula remembered the battle. "It is possible that I may need it again later or tomorrow for healing purposes. The men are doing some demonstrations tomorrow and there might be minor cuts and bruises to look at."
"Of course, Mistress. If you have need of, say, a couch or bed for your patients to lay upon, just ask."
"Thank you, Ranomar."
They retraced their steps, fetched the men and returned to the small chamber.
"I will need to measure both of you to try and get something that is about the right size."
Karan asked, "Mistress, I thought that we would be getting attire like those of the other men?"
"That is true, and you probably will eventually, but I do not think we have enough of that cloth left to make enough for either of you. That means I will have to find you both tunics of a local style which should make you less obvious. I think your tights will be good enough though the colors are not what I have seen in the streets so far. Once you have fresh tunics you should be able to go and find yourself other garments as you need them."
"I understand, Mistress."
Ursula made the two strip off their long Yodan tunics for her to measure their chests, waists and other vital statistics including inside leg, in the event that tights were available in the market and reasonably priced. Zakaros took an interest in her list of measurements.
"If I may ask, Mistress, what are these? I do not know these signs, are they some kind of secret healers' code?"
Oh. He is an accountant, he should be shown the Garian numbers. I think I had better have a word with Her Highness first.
"You know that I come from another world? The letters are those from the land of my birth but the rest are the numbering system we all use there. I am sorry, but I'll need to speak to Her Highness before I can say any more."
Zakaros raised his eyebrows but said nothing.
After they re-dressed she eyed them carefully. "One problem you both have is that your hair styles are very distinctive. I cannot order you but it would be to your advantage to let your hair grow out and then let one of the men cut it. That way you'll become less noticeable."
Karan objected, "Mistress, growing our hair will take some time. Is there some way we can disguise ourselves until then?"
Zakaros answered, "Of course, Karan. We may wear hats, it is only sensible if we are to spend time in the sun."
"Hmm," Ursula said. "The problem there is that you would be exposed if you came to the market to find hats, even wearing less noticeable clothes. I'll measure your heads and see what I can do. You'll just have to accept what I come back with."
Zakaros bowed. "Mistress, we are in your hands. You have already done much to make Karan and I safer, I doubt that we can ever repay you."
"I am not prepared to deal with any obligations at the moment. Let me go to the market and you can decide what to do when I return."
"As you desire, Mistress."
* * *
Ursula, Tyra, Zakaros and Karan met again in the same chamber just before lunch. Ursula's visit to the local market had been fruitful and both she and Tyra carried bags of clothing.
"This is for you, Zakaros, and Tyra has clothes for Karan. There should be time for you to try them on before we sit down to lunch. We managed to find some summer tights so you might choose to change into them as well. Oh, and we found a hat each for you. It happened that Adin's head is about the same size as yours, Karan, and Kedian's head is just a little smaller than your own, Zakaros. If the hats do not fit they can be changed but there are enough men in our company that we can probably do some swapping around instead."
"Thank you, Mistress."
Karan placed a straw hat on his head. "This one fits well, Mistress. There will be no need to change it."
Zakaros examined his hat, which was made of cloth and had a wide flat stiffened brim.
"This is an unusual style for me, I deem."
"That one has a drawstring which means that it can be slightly adjusted," Ursula told him. "I thought that a wider brim might be useful in providing more shade, and it has the advantage that your face will be more in shadow so you are less likely to be recognized."
"Ah. I had not considered that, Mistress. You are good at this craft."
"I spent some time wandering around... various lands... being pursued by people who wanted to kill me," she explained. "I am alive now because I was good enough then."
"As you say, Mistress. Karan, shall we go and see if this attire fits us?"
"There is one other thing before you go," she stopped them with a raised hand. "I have spoken to Her Highness and she has given me permission to explain the Garian numbering system to you. If you are free after our naps, we can make a start on that this afternoon."
They both looked at Ursula with interest. Zakaros asked, "The Garian numbers, Mistress? What are they?"
"I will explain later. You had better go," she told them. "I can hear the servants setting out the tables for lunch."
"As you command, Mistress."
* * *
"Do they not hurt themselves, ah, Admiral?"
Eriana shrugged. "There may be some minor bruises, I doubt not, but my men are used to practising their craft in this manner," she replied. "From your question I guess that you use some other surface to train your troops upon?"
"For some of their activities, Admiral, aye." Tevos winced as Stine was thrown by Eirik, landing on his shoulders on the cobbles of the courtyard, continuing the roll to bring himself to his feet again. "What is this kind of fighting called? I have never seen the like."
"I am told that there are various names for this art, since although it all looks very similar to the untrained eye there are a number of different schools teaching different styles," she explained. "What you see before you is named by Princess Garia to be a fusion style, that is, it is adapted by her teachers to use elements of many different styles. To name it you would just call it unarmed combat."
Marshal Vikzas shook his head. "Admiral, it does not seem to be that this exercise would be of much use on the field of battle."
"You would be right, Marshal. This method will be of greatest use inside buildings, or perhaps on the lower decks of your enemies' galleys. Or perhaps to deal with a robbery, an unexpected mob in the street, that kind of thing. Though we are all of course proficient with our weapons there are times when their use would not be appropriate." She called out, «What is it, Stine?»
«Captain... Admiral, the ground is too hard for this. Can I ask Ursula to look at my back?»
Eriana looked at the other men, noting that some of them were moving around a little gingerly.
«Woden's Spear! I have forgotten!»
She clapped her hands and the men stopped, turning towards her.
«My apologies, men! When we have practised before we have had mats or straw to fall on. Stop now before there are any more injuries. One of you go and fetch Ursula, I want her to look at any damage you have already suffered.»
"Admiral?"
"My own mistake, Marshal. You are right, there should be a cushioning surface down for the men to practise on. We have used special mats or, often, just a layer of straw. Since we did no practice while we traveled through Yod I had forgotten."
Tevos nodded. "Admiral, it is for that reason we customarily train upon grass when we do anything similar. Tomorrow's exercise will be held at our usual training place, the Shevesty Field, which is fully grassed. I would have offered our mock battle today but I knew that the field was being used for some matches, it was not available."
Eriana was confused. "The, ah, Shevesty Field?"
"Of course. Do you not know of them? A great oval field, often surrounded by banks where those who watch may sit? I thought many of our cities had them though it may not be so further downsream, I will admit. It is said, though I do not believe it myself, that an ancient civilisation called the Chivans created the fields many hundreds of years ago."
Her smile was warm. "Oh, yes, Marshal, I know about such fields, there is a great one in Palarand itself, able to hold the entire population of the city. It was where Princess Garia was wed to Prince Keren, in front of rulers from many of the nearby countries - and even some unexpected, distant arrivals like Margrave Simbran. What I did not know was that there was more than one field so named, I thought there was only one and that in Palarand."
"Do you tell me? That is interesting. You say it can hold the entire city, about how many would that be?"
"I could not tell you, Marshal. I was there, I saw the field completely filled, but the numbers are too great for my mind and, as you may understand, my attention was on the wedding of Keren and Garia. I believe that Robanar once told me there were more than forty thousand living in the city but many others would have attended from nearby towns and villages as well. Indeed, I suspect that, since the changes which Garia brought have attracted folk from far and wide, there may already be many more than forty thousand residing there now, more likely fifty thousand or even more."
"Great Maker! So many? I knew Palarand was rich and well-founded but fifty thousand? Maker!"
"And I can tell you that it is known that the Chivans did, in fact, build the Shevesty Field in Palarand so it is more than likely they also built the others. There is attested evidence from Princess Garia herself."
Tevos stared at Eriana, who smiled back.
"Admiral, I bow to your knowledge. Ah, here comes your healer. If I may ask questions about related matters another time?"
"How about tomorrow? We will not be at battle the whole day, I presume."
"Done."
Ursula, Tyra, Karan and Zakaros joined Eriana and Tevos. In the yard, the men were dusting themselves off and standing about in small groups.
"Admiral," Ursula greeted Eriana. "What has happened? I understood there to be injuries."
"Aye, Ursula, minor ones most likely. When we have trained before, there have always been mats or a layer of straw to soften our falls but today I forgot - and nobody thought fit to remind me. There may be scrapes and bruises among the men."
Ursula looked around at the cobbles and nodded. "I understand. If this were a real fight then it would happen whatever the surface but it is always better to take precautions when training."
Eriana's gaze grew hard. "It shall not happen again, I deem. It seems to me that I should leave the training of the men to those best suited to the practice. If I am in charge of the entire Navy then mayhap Lars should take my place here."
Ursula looked around again, trying to spot Lars and failing. "I do not see him in the yard."
"He went out muttering something about ale, I did not catch all of it. That is why I stepped in."
"Yes. He had a thought about the ale and asked my advice. I think that he also spoke to the kitchen staff. I should be looking at injuries, Admiral."
"Carry on, Ursula." Eriana raised her voice. "Men! Come to Ursula if you have hurt yourselves this morning."
The bumps and scrapes were many but mostly slight. Karan knew enough to treat the scraped skin while Ursula dealt with bruises and possible sprains, finding only one of concern. She was surprised by the number of bruises, most of which had been ignored by the men.
"Admiral, there are many more bruises here than I would have expected. After all, you have only been training for, what, a bell? A bell and a half?"
"The surface, Ursula. I do not think that my men's bodies have suddenly softened."
Ursula had a thought. "Ah, but what they are wearing has an effect, Admiral. They have tee shirts and shorts where before they would have been wearing canvas tunics and heavy trousers. In fact, did you not tell me that you and the men wore furs when you went to Boldan's Rock? Heavy clothing like that would make all the difference."
Eriana and Tevos exchanged a glance. "I had overlooked that fact," she admitted. "In Einnland it does not become as warm as it is here in the Great Valley, even in summer, so we have always trained in heavy attire - and on grass or the beach, thinking more of the matter. Thank you, Ursula, for pointing that out to me. Tevos, Vikzas, we should go apart and consider these matters. Know you that our men might likely be called to fight in regions and climates different than what we are all accustomed to. Our remit is much wider than that of the Sirrel Valley, I deem."
Vikzas said, "Admiral, you are right. We cannot always assume that our men will be fighting in places which they are familiar with. We should have spoken of this yesterday."
"Indeed, but we were very busy yesterday. If you would note it for our next meeting?"
"Of course, Admiral. If I may suggest, at your rank you should by now have an assistant to manage your appointments and affairs. I do not believe that Lord Kalmenar is such a person?"
"He is a servant of my King, it is true, but his purpose is to provide me with advice on legal and other matters which may be required along the way. He is not an assistant of mine, though he sometimes provides help. Mayhap you are right, I have no assistant, until now I have not needed one."
Tevos suggested, "Admiral, it may be that we can offer someone suitable. It would be right for you to have someone from this part of the Sirrel upon your personal staff. You have just told us your own experience, so different than our own. Mayhap someone with a different background could broaden that experience."
Eriana's grin was wry. "Another one to add to my motley band! Very well, I agree, if you find someone then put them to me, but I am in no hurry and you should not take a rejection as any insult."
Tevos bowed. "Admiral, we understand. Yet I will see if there is anyone who may fit your needs."
"Done. Ursula, surely I have interrupted you from some task?"
"Admiral, I had started to teach our two... passengers... the Garian numbers."
"Ah, of course. When you are satisfied that my men have all been attended to then you may resume their numbering."
"Admiral."
When the four had moved off to return inside Tevos asked, "Admiral, what are the... Garian numbers?"
She grinned. "A different way of presenting numbers, gentlemen. The numbering system comes from the other world and is easy to understand once you have learned the special signs it uses. It will make your own work, and that of anyone who must needs administer coin or, perhaps stores, so much easier."
"And may anyone learn this new art?"
"It is a gift from Garia to Anmar, gentlemen, and Robanar has no issue with anyone learning the method."
Tevos and Vikzas exchanged looks. "We must interest ourselves in this art," Vikzas said. "At least we two should examine it and decide if our sailors and troops would benefit from it."
"Have no doubt about that, gentlemen," Eriana told them. "In Palarand Robanar has found that it halves the time taken for his clerks to administer his accounts. In the future the method will be taught to every adult and every child, just as soon as teachers can be found for the purpose."
Tevos looked taken aback. "Do you tell me? Then, Vikzas, we have little choice, I deem."
"I will ask Ursula to explain matters to you," Eriana said. "You will soon understand the significance of the method."
"Admiral."
* * *
"Mistress, I struggle to understand these strange shapes. This one I can recognize since it is essentially a hole and that means to my mind that there is nothing there. This next one is like a finger and so it must represent the number one, that much is apparent. But all these other shapes... why, Mistress?"
"Zakaros, I do not know," Ursula replied. "I think the original idea was to choose something that was not like any of the letters in whatever script was in use at the time but in practice many of them do match letters from, uh, other lands. I know it is always hard at first to learn another script but there are only ten of the shapes and it will become easy very quickly - or so I am told."
Zakaros grunted. Unused to any script other than the standard Valley one he struggled to assimilate the new symbols in front of him. Until he did, Ursula knew, it would be futile to try and teach him the new positional arithmetic.
I need some flash cards! Only they can't be card, not around here... I wonder if I can scrounge some scraps of parchment from somewhere.
I wish these printed pages had been laminated as well, they are beginning to look a little dog-eared after so much use. Only that technology is a long way off yet.
I know - if I can find some parchment I can get these two to copy the page out. That will help them to familiarize themselves with the digits at the same time.
"It looks as if you are going to need a little help," she said to them. "See what you can make of those sheets while I go and see if I can find some writing materials to make things a little easier for you."
She went out of the small room she now considered her "office" and immediately found Kalmenar in the next office, reading mail that he must have recently collected.
"Mistress? If I may help?"
"My Lord, I am trying to teach the two Yodan men the Garian numbers but it is not easy. Is it possible I could have some parchment? The printed paper with the instructions on is becoming harder to read and I want to get them to copy it out onto parchment. That way they will learn the new shapes more quickly and the parchment versions will last longer."
The little diplomat considered. "A sensible way of preserving the instructions, Mistress. Paper is good enough for most of our needs but is not so robust, I find." He frowned. "But you intend to teach the Yodans. Is this necessary? They will not be with our company long, will this be a waste of your time?"
"My Lord, I do not intend to teach the Yodans, I am teaching them, with Her Highness's approval. I suspect that both men will be with us for much longer than just a few days. Karan will likely be with me until the Visund returns to Palarand and will need to know the numbers for his work as my assistant healer. Zakaros is a... moneylender... and of course is familiar with accounts. Teaching the Garian system to him will improve his abilities and make him much more useful to the company - or anyone else he might be employed by, if the does not remain with us. He might once have been a Yodan but he was also an administrator and there are now enough of us that we could do with someone with his abilities."
Kalmenar stared at her. "I did not think that a day would come in my life when I must needs work with Yodans, Mistress. I find the idea to be unsettling."
She shot back, "But you are already working with a foreign Princess and her crew of bloodthirsty sailors, not to mention someone from another world."
He nodded slowly. "This is true, Mistress, and I wonder at it. Very well, I have parchment here but, with all the extra treaties and agreements Her Highness has signed in various lands, I fear that I must needs go out and find some further supplies." He opened a leather folder. "If I may ask what exactly you require."
She detailed what she wanted and even persuaded Kalmenar to cut some small rectangles to use as flash cards.
"Oh, and of course we'll need some ink and pens."
"Mistress? What are pens?"
"Oh, uh, reeds, My Lord. I forgot the word. On Earth the use of reeds is a long time back in history and we use other materials for writing with now."
A raised eyebrow. "Oh? I cannot think of an easier way to write than with a reed."
"In the past we have used metal nibs with a wooden handle, together with ink much like you use here. With a metal nib you don't have to keep sharpening the end of the, uh, reed. Nowadays the inks we use are thicker, much like those used for printing, and they can be contained in thin tubes which last a lot longer than reeds would."
"If the ink is thicker, how does it come out of the end of the tube?"
Ursula opened her mouth to explain ball-point pens and then paused. "My Lord, I could explain, but this might be one of those things that the Duke of Joth told me to be careful about. I was told that there is some means, in Palarand, of regulating knowledge from Earth?"
Kalmenar looked surprised but then nodded. "Aye, Mistress. There is a special Council but I know little more than that. You are right, such matters should not be spoken of except where absolutely necessary to preserve life. You require ink and reeds? Here is my spare pot of ink, here are some lengths of reed, reasonably fresh. I doubt not that, what is his name? Zakaros will know how to prepare the reeds."
"Thank you, My Lord."
* * *
"Mistress, this still seems to me to be a waste of time and effort. I already know how to add, subtract and do all that is required with the numbers we already use. The method these sheets explain is novel, it is true, but I can see no advantage."
Ursula suppressed an internal sigh. "Very well. Karan? What do you think?"
"Mistress, I use numbers in my work as a healer, it is true, but what I use is familiar to me. As Master Zakaros says, I wonder why I must needs learn another method."
"Let me try an experiment with you both, then. Zakaros, think of a number, a big number, maybe more than..." Ursula thought furiously. The local numbering method was cumbersome. "...say, twelve eighties. You can make it much bigger if you want to."
The Yodan looked at Ursula with interest. "Mistress, I have dealt extensively with numbers that are so large... Accounting the harvest in my district was... So. Let me see. Sixteen eighties, eleven score and seventeen."
"Both of you write that number down as you would usually do."
Zakaros and Karan carefully wrote down the number on a corner of a scrap of parchment, using the local notation.
"Now, Karan, you think up another big number, please."
"As you wish, Mistress. Um, what about, twoscore eighties, nineteen score and eleven?"
"That's fine with me. Both of you, write that down as well and also write down... let me see, threescore eighties, two score and three. Write that down as well."
Mystified, the two men added the numbers to their scraps of parchment. Ursula, for her part, had also written the numbers down after converting them to decimal, but the men could not see what she had written.
"Now add the three numbers together as you would normally do."
Converting the numbers to decimal had been the hardest part, adding the results together was easy. Ursula opened her mouth to provide the answer when a voice came from behind.
"Mistress, nine thousand nine hundred fifty one."
Zakaros spun around, his expression one of confusion.
"What?"
Tyra curtseyed. "Oh! Master, I must ask your pardon. I am used to counting in tens, hundreds and thousands now. Let me see." Her eyes defocused as she concentrated. "Um, six score and four eighties, leaving... two score and eleven." She turned to Ursula. "Mistress, is that right?"
Ursula looked at her jottings, frowning. "Yes, that is right. Zakaros?"
"You did this difficult sum?" he asked Tyra. "Where is your parchment, your reed?"
"Master, I did not need any. The new numbers are easy enough to do in my mind, I did not need to write anything down though," she added shyly, "another time I might need to."
Zakaros turned and stared at Ursula. She smiled back.
"I was about to give the answer myself," she said. "Tyra learned the Garian numbers a long time ago in Joth, when we were both learning to read and write."
This time she received stares from both men.
"Mistress," Zakaros began respectfully, "I intend you no insult but that is an outrageous statement. Do you tell me that, before you came to Joth, you could not read or write?"
"Of course I could, Zakaros! I have been able to read and write since I was a child... on Earth, in my own native language. In fact, I have learned three other Earth languages and another script. When I arrived here I could speak the local language but did not know any of the letters. That was what I was doing, learning the letters you are familiar with."
"And your maid? Surely she could not write your other-worldy letters before she met you?"
"No, obviously she could not. While Lord Kalmenar was teaching me the script we noticed that Tyra was paying attention where she stood near me as my chaperone. Kalmenar reasoned that, as she appeared to be interested she might as well learn at the same time. It was harder for her because she had never read nor written before that point, but she is a quick learner, as you have seen."
He turned and gave a nod to Tyra. "I offer my apologies to you, Tyra, if anything I have just said offended you."
"I am not offended, Master, but I might add that there is much that any woman might do if she was given the chance to do so."
"So I am reluctantly beginning to understand." He turned back to Ursula. "Mistress, your calculation was so quick that I now understand why you would have us learn the method. If I may ask you to instruct us."
"That is why we are here, Zakaros. The Garian numbers are a different way of describing any amount, but the real secret is that they can make your math so much quicker and easier. Let me write down those three numbers the way you did and then show -"
* * *
Ursula chose a long gown for the evening meal. As a traveler she did not have to, but decided to use a woman's prerogative and select something more comfortable and a little different to her usual daily wear. Tyra, of course, was also now wearing a long gown. The two made their way down the Woman's Stair and into the hostel's dining chamber.
The men at Eriana's table immediately stood.
"Mistress, good evening," Marshal Tevos exclaimed. "You grace our presence with your traditional womanly attire. Highness, I find it hard to believe that such fine women travel with your shipload of ruffians."
Eriana favored Tevos with a sly glance. "Including myself, Marshal? I can assure you that all the women among my company may attire themselves as the occasion requires. I do understand why Ursula felt the need for something a little more feminine this evening."
Since none of the men dare make the obvious comment, Ursula made it for them.
"Highness, I must apologize if I have embarrassed you by dressing for dinner when you have not."
The Princess waved a hand airily. "Oh, do not concern yourself, Ursula. I know that I am not made like most women, I have a taste for action and adventure that most do not. It is true that I could have changed this evening, indeed I should have changed this evening, but I became distracted by details of tomorrow's activities. In future I will try and follow custom a little better, especially in strange lands. Shall you join us, Ursula?"
"As you wish, Highness."
Ursula took the chair that Tyra held out for her. Once she had seated herself, Tyra went off to join the other servers while the men regained their own chairs.
"How have your afternoon activities progressed, Ursula?"
"Not entirely the way I expected, Highness. Zakaros and Karan seemed unsure why the Garian numbers would be of benefit to them but an unplanned demonstration made everything clear."
"Oh?"
"I asked them each to choose a big number and write them both down. I added a third number, intending for them to add them up and discover that I had already done so with the Garian numbers. Imagine our total surprise when Tyra added the numbers up in her head before I had even finished working out the answer myself!"
"Do you tell me? By the Gods! Yet Tyra could not even read or write when we first met her in Joth."
"What is this?" asked Marshal Vikzas. "This is about that numbering system you mentioned earlier, is it not, Highness?"
"It is, Marshal. If I may explain. When we first arrived at Joth Ursula was unfamiliar with anything and everything, being dropped unawares into a strange land and not even able to dress herself without help. By chance Tyra, one of Wallesan's house servants, began helping her to discover her way in the city and he has made the relationship a formal one. She is now sworn to Ursula as maid and assistant."
"Ah? Of course any woman must needs have a maid, as all know, but what is this about reading and writing?"
"When Ursula came to us she could speak our tongue but did not know the letters or numbers used here. Lord Kalmenar here," he nodded from across the table, "began to teach them to her. As he did so they noticed Tyra taking an interest in what was being said and done. It made sense for Tyra to join the lessons. As a servant she would not, normally, have been taught to read and write, you understand, but she has become proficient in both now."
Both marshals nodded. "As you say, Highness. Few of our people can read or write, it is not needful for the tasks they do."
"Yet in Palarand we have discovered that reading and writing will be essential for the future of our own people, since they will require both in order to make use of all the new ideas and inventions being made there."
Tevos nodded. "I begin to understand, Highness. I could not believe my eyes when that barge arrived with demonstration samples of some amazing devices and materials. I long for the day when our paper... factory? Is that the right word? When paper is freely available for all to write down our needs."
She smirked at him. "You should have been more interested in that steam engine, Marshal. With one of those in each of your galleys you can dispense with rowers and turn more of their crews into marines instead."
Vikzas frowned. "Highness, I do not understand. I thought the steam engine was nought but a curious toy."
Eriana's smile disappeared. "Oh, dear. Marshal, I think that we need to have another long talk about what your ships might look like in the future. Mayhap Ursula can tell us what ships might look like in a hundred years' time."
Vikzas glanced at Ursula. "I am missing something here, I deem. Mistress Ursula comes from another world, how can she tell us our own future?"
"Because, Marshal," Eriana explained, "two hundred years ago the world that Ursula comes from, Earth, was in roughly the condition that Anmar is in today. Princess Garia also comes from that world. Garia understood that all the advancements made on Earth would happen here in time but because she has knowledge of what happened there and when, she could smooth the path of Anmar by avoiding some of the errors and wrong pathways taken there."
The two marshals stared at Eriana, who smiled broadly.
"That is why," she continued, "I can confidently say that, in a scant few years' time, many if not most of the vessels along the Sirrel will use neither oars nor sail, they will look very different than the vessels we are all familiar with today. That is the reason why all must needs learn to read and write - and Tyra is the proof that any woman may be the equal of any man at such activities."
"Maker," Tevos breathed. "His Grace made no mention of such changes as these."
"Aye," Vikzas agreed, clearing his throat. "Highness, your presence here, and your rank, are now more understandable to us. Mistress Ursula, your own presence is also now clear. If you have advice for us, then you may command us."
"Thank you, gentlemen," Ursula acknowledged with a nod, "but most of my specialized knowledge is about healing and the human body. I do know many other things, as anyone from Earth must do, but I could not describe most in any great detail."
"Still," Eriana added, "Robanar pointed out to me that if Garia said that something existed, that mere fact would be enough for someone here to begin to discover how that thing might function. Ursula, do not underestimate your own knowledge. Any tiny fact might prove decisive." She turned. "That, gentlemen, is why we must needs be careful asking about the other world. Yod went to war to gain such knowledge or to prevent others making use of it, believing that only the one they held and Garia in Palarand were holders of such secrets. Fortunately for everyone Yod failed, but next time matters might end another way."
"Highness, your words are wise. Though your pronouncements have made us curious we will seek to restrain our questions."
"Of course there is much that we can tell you," Eriana added. "That, after all, is why we are here, to create the waterborne forces the new Federation will require as time passes."
"Indeed, Highness."
* * *
Lars sought Eriana and Ursula out after the meal had ended.
«Ah, Lars, I understand you went out this afternoon?»
«Yah, Captain.» He grinned. «Or should that be Commodore or Admiral or Director? These days I do not know who I am speaking to!»
Eriana grimaced. «I know. Every time I go somewhere it just becomes worse. If we are speaking Norse then Princess will do. You always called me that even when I was very young.»
«As you wish... Princess. I was concerned by the herbs in that ale we were offered and talked with Ursula. She said it tasted familiar and thought she recognized some of the herbs they may have used. That gave me an idea so I spoke to that man who runs the hostel -»
Ursula interjected, «You mean Ranomar?»
«Yah, Mistress. I wanted to go to the place where that beer was brewed and Ranomar offered to come with me since my speech is so awkward. You were right, they did use those herbs and I asked if he could brew some without the herbs. He did not want to until I told him there were enough people here we could probably drink three to four barrels every day while we were here.»
Eriana asked, «They would supply three of four barrels every day?»
«Maybe, Princess. It will take five days to brew, I do not know how long you intended for us to remain here. Until we get some we will not know if the new brew is even drinkable.»
«That is true. Very well, you have my permission to order some.»
«Good, Princess. Now all we have to do is to convince the producer of zurin to supply more.»
«I doubt that will work,» Ursula advised. «If it is made the same way that it is made on Earth then the curing takes a long time - long compared with our stay here, I mean.»
Lars nodded. «Yah, Mistress. It is a pity, I do like the taste of that cured meat, especially when it is then grilled. Is there anything we can do?»
«Not here in Faralan, I think. But there is no reason we could not send messages ahead to Bibek with our requirements. That will give them time to build up a stock by the time we arrive there.»
«That is a smart idea, Ursula,» Eriana nodded in approval. «I will ask Kalmenar to write to Simbran in the morning.» She turned. «Lars, was there anything else?»
He looked hesitant. «Princess, I do not know if it is something... While we were at the brewery, we, ah...»
Eriana grinned. «Sampled the brew?»
«Yah, Highness. They make three different kinds and - That was not what I wanted to mention. There was a cook there from an inn over the other side of the town, he knew Ranomar and the two got talking while the brewer brought more, uh, samples. Ranomar was telling him about the barbarians who filled his hostel - I tried to keep a straight face - and the other man spoke of what he called hill men who had suddenly arrived in the town and filled his own inn.»
«Hill men?»
Lars waved a hand. «I do not know what that means, Princess.»
«Perhaps,» Ursula suggested, «it is men from the uplands to the north, beyond the wall of the valley. I know most of the countries along the Sirrel have lands beyond the Great Valley itself. Did he give an indication of numbers?»
Lars shook his head. «No, Mistress. I wondered why they had come, just at the same time we were here, but Ranomar could not think of a reason.»
Eriana mused, «It is too early for the Harvest celebration they have here and, so I was told, because of that festival and the onset of the rainy season they do not celebrate Midsummer's Night the way we do.» She frowned. «Curious. Mayhap they have come to see what the new Federation can offer them. I will ask someone tomorrow about the matter. It should not affect us.»
«Yah, Princess. But I thought it sounded odd and that you should know.»
«You were right to mention it, Lars. We are in strange lands, we must make use of all the knowledge we can glean.»
«Yah, Princess. Will there be anything else?»
«Not tonight, Lars. Make sure the men get to bed early and rest properly, we will be demonstrating our skills tomorrow.»
«Of course, Princess.»
"IT'S A TRAP!" Ursula finally understands what the strange happenings around her mean. A race to warn the two Counts, and then another to get to the Shevesty field... where every man-at-arms is equipped only with a practice blade!
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
67 - Treachery in Faralan
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Tyra asked, "Do you know where we are going this
morning, Mistress?"
"Some kind of field, I heard," Ursula replied. "I suspect it will just be somewhere that is grassed so the men don't hurt themselves but I know nothing more than that."
Kaldar said, "Mistress, it is a Shevesty field. I heard Her Highness talking about it with one of the foreign officers yesterday."
"What is so special about a... what did you call it?"
"Shevesty, Mistress. It is a large oval field where they play Shevesty." As Ursula opened her mouth to ask the obvious question the boy-girl explained, "It is surrounded by steep banks where the spectators may sit. There is a sort-of round ball made of leather strips and filled with air. Two teams of men try to get the ball between posts which are set up each end of the field. Uh, there are two posts each end. The team who gets the ball between the posts most times wins."
Sound like almost all large ball games I have ever heard of. Soccer? Rugby? American football? A version of basketball? Volleyball? Polo? Whatever it is, I wonder if another person from Earth brought it here?
"How do you know all that, Kaldar? You've never been to Faralan before."
"Oh, most big towns have a Shevesty field, Mistress. I cannot claim to be that interested in the games but I have heard enough to tell me what I have just said to you."
"Oh. I have just realized that, as a girl, I assume that you would not have been permitted to go and watch."
"That is true but I believe that was all father's doing. I know that some other families went to watch, mother, father, boys and girls. It was some of those girls who told me some of what I know."
"Thank you, Kaldar, that tells me more than I knew before. You are not interested in team games of that kind, then?"
He lowered his gaze. "Mistress, I know very little of such activities except what my brothers and my female friends have told me. My father would not let me or my sisters near any place where such things happened. He thought that women and girls had no business there."
Ursula had a glint in her eye as she replied, "Oh, did he now? There are certain rough games that females ought not to play but on Earth there are some who still decide to play them. Just like men, women come in all shapes and sizes and some are big enough to play games like that. And, of course, there are other games that girls and women can play. As we travel you may get opportunities to see such games and, if you wanted to try some, then I would not stop you... although your own special circumstances mean that you would have to be careful, understand?" Kaldar nodded solemnly. "Of course, anything you wanted to do like that would have to have Her Highness's permission but, knowing her own preferences, I cannot see her refusing you very often."
"It is as you say, Mistress. But today we will not see anyone playing shevesty."
"No. If we had had this conversation yesterday, I might have suggested... No matter. Another time." Ursula turned with a frown. "Tyra, are you really going to take that sword?"
Tyra reddened but looked Ursula in the eye. "With your permission, Mistress. Lars said that he thought I now knew enough I could join in, though I'm not sure that I want to be part of the big battle they are to have."
"I agree and of course you can go. What's that you are putting on your arm?"
"Stine named it a buckler, Mistress. He said it was to protect my arm if someone should strike it."
Ursula nodded. "Make sure it is tight enough to stay on the outside, then. It might slide around if it is loose. It probably won't stop you getting bruises but it will prevent your skin from worse damage or bones being broken. Where did it come from? I do not remember seeing anything like that among our mens' gear."
"War booty, Mistress. Most of the Yodans around Faralan and near the river retreated east when the Alliance attacked Yod, but a large group were trapped well inland, near the Valley wall. They were eventually permitted to return home but all their gear was confiscated. Marshal Tevos donated some to Her Highness for use by her men."
Ursula nodded. "Ah, I see. But the Yodans didn't leave you that outfit, I would guess."
"No, Mistress. As you see, it is patterned the same as the uniforms Bennett and Semma wear but made in some of our spare cloth. The barge women sewed it as we came here from Yod. Do you approve?"
"Ye-es, but they did not quite get the detail right, did they? It does not hang the same way that the uniforms of the guardswomen do. I would imagine that it is difficult getting those pleats right." At Tyra's expression she added, "It looks fine and I doubt anyone will notice the difference. The important point, as even someone like me can appreciate, is that you can wear your sword from your belt now, without creasing up a ship dress."
Tyra grinned. "As you say, Mistress. It is much more comfortable. It also permits me to use my legs when necessary."
"Oh, of course. It is unfortunate that we have been so busy. You need the training but we just have not had the time."
"No, Mistress, which is why this morning's exercise is so important."
"I can take a hint! Are we all ready? Let's go. I bet the men are all waiting for us in the yard, having made themselves ready ages ago."
* * *
When Ursula, Tyra and Kaldar reached the courtyard they noticed an immediate difference in the small crowd gathered there. All the men who were going - and Ursula could not see any absentees - were wearing their canvas tunics and trousers instead of their warm-weather gear. Having learned from the problems of the previous day an order had obviously gone out to wear additional protection despite the impending heat to come.
They were also all wearing bucklers, some had protection for shins and thighs and one or two even had poorly-fitting breastplates. All these were made of hardened leather and were presumably more of the war booty. They also wore their own leather helmets and were festooned with their usual weapons.
A wagon stood near the entrance, empty now that the cargo of barrels had been unloaded. These contained, it appeared, practice swords for the morning's display, but Lars was arguing with an officer in Upper Faral colors.
"No. Change at field. We will not leave our own blades here."
"But those are my orders, sir. There will be no time to change when you reach the Shevesty field."
Eriana joined the pair. She was dressed in her Guardswoman's uniform with her broadsword already slung over her shoulder. «What's going on, Lars?»
«This vitskertr wants us to leave our normal gear here and wear practice swords only to the field,» he explained. «That means that we would be vulnerable on the way there and back, and I do not even know how far away the place is. I can see no real reason why we can't change when we get there. It will not take as long as the fool seems to think.»
Eriana thought a moment and then nodded. «Agreed.» She turned to the officer. "To change here would place my men at risk and there are few enough of us as it is. Load these barrels back on the wagon and it can accompany us to the battle place. It will not take us long to exchange weapons." When the man hesitated she added, "That is an order."
Reluctantly he bowed. "As you command, Admiral."
He turned and began issuing instructions to the two men with him. Lars saw this and shouted for helpers to reload the barrels. Ursula approached Eriana and had to resist the urge to salute.
"Ah, Ursula. You have everything you might need?"
"Everything that is available, Highness. You know there is more that I could use but it has not been invented yet."
"Just so. Tyra, Kaldar, you both intend taking part?"
Tyra curtseyed. "With your permission, Highness. I would try myself against a single opponent, I would not care to throw myself into a battle just yet."
Eriana grinned. "Nor would I let you, Tyra! But you have improved much since you began this road. I doubt not that the Marshals will have someone you may test yourself against. Kaldar, know that you are yet too young to take much part in today's entertainment. You have not the strength to wield a blade nor to withstand the blows of another."
"I know it, Highness," the boy-girl replied, "but I may sit and watch and mayhap learn from the mistakes of others."
"And you will help Ursula, should she need it?"
"Of course, Highness."
"Actually," Ursula said, "young boys did have a presence on the battlefields of..." she became aware that the local officer was listening to the conversation, "...the lands where I was born. They acted as runners taking messages and had drums or bugles to repeat commands, much as you use whistles here."
Eriana's eyes lit up. "Ah? We will speak of this another time, I deem. There may be something we may use from those memories of yours."
She then turned to the two Yodans. "You both understand why it would not be a good idea for you to come with us?"
Zakaros nodded. "Aye, Highness. The risk is too great. We will await you here with your sailors until you return."
"Good. One day things may be different." She shrugged. "Until then I must needs make sure that all in my charge are safe."
"As you say, Highness, and thank you from both of us."
The dranakh which was harnessed to the wagon bleated and Ursula turned around to look at it. The dranakh returned the look and bleated again.
"If you would excuse me, Highness." She walked over to the beast and placed a hand on its head. "Good morning, Tesk. How are you today?"
The driver stared at Ursula. "How did you know the name of my beast?"
"You spoke it earlier." She flicked an absent hand at him. "Let me concentrate."
The images were clear, in color, but very confused. After a while she shook her head and took her hand away. "Thank you, Tesk. Have a pleasant day."
Eriana raised an eyebrow as Ursula rejoined her. "Anything of interest?"
Conscious of the officer nearby Ursula merely replied, "I don't think so, Highness," before adding in Norse, «Maybe later. I do not understand what I saw, but it might not be good.»
"As you say." Eriana turned to face the crowd of men. "Time to go! We'll let the wagon lead the way."
The officer protested, "Admiral! It is unseemly that you walk to the Shevesty field. Should you not ride in the carriage as your royal status deserves?"
She stared him in the eye so hard that he reddened and lowered his gaze. "My man, if I am going to battle I will do so in the same fashion that my men travel. That way they can see that I take the same risks that they do. Once on the field of battle it is no different. No, since my men must needs walk then I will walk with them as is our custom. What is your name?"
The man grimaced but saluted. "Admiral, I am Lootnant Erban, second of the Fasnar Regiment."
"Fasnar?"
"A town near the Northern Ramparts, Admiral, in North-Eastern Province."
"Ah, I see. Then, Lootnant Erban, if you would lead the way."
The procession got under way and Ursula found herself beside Eriana, behind Bennett and Semma who were following the wagon. The men streamed behind in an apparently disorganized group.
«So,» Eriana spoke quietly, «what could you not say while that officer was nearby? We should be safe enough speaking Norse.»
«Of course, Highness. The dranakh showed me a number of different pictures, some of which must have come from other dranakhs and passed along.»
«Ah? This is the same as what happened back at Wadek, is it not?»
«Yes, Highness.» Ursula thought about what she had seen and tried to make sense of it. «I think that the town dranakhs have seen some groups of men this morning, more than are usually around Faralan at this time of year. Many of them had weapons, some had tools which would more normally be found on farms but not in places like Faralan. I saw some pictures where men were tying strips of yellow cloth around their upper arms.»
«Would these not have been men who will take part in today's exercise?»
«Highness, it is difficult to say. Do you understand that dranakhs stay out of human affairs as much as they can? They barely comprehend much of what we do anyway. Their main loyalties are to their owners and to people specifically introduced to them by those owners, they do not see factions like, for example, those of the Ascendancy.»
This last word came out in the local tongue and it caused Erban to turn his head briefly.
«But that dranakh thought the circumstances sufficiently notable that it wanted to tell you.»
«Yes, Highness. There have been strange happenings, they know that I am a friend and I think they are leaving it to me to decide what is going on... and I do not like it. For Tesk to even contact me implies something unusual is going on. I think... we had better be more on guard today when we are not at that field.»
«Done, but you have other concerns.»
«Yes, Highness. There are not very many of us but the numbers of men I saw were possibly in the hundreds. I wonder, could you spare me for a while with an escort? I think it might prudent to speak to someone at the Count's mansion, warn them of the activity.»
Eriana nodded. «An excellent idea, Ursula! Go there and join us when you can.» She turned. «Torvin! Ragnar! Ursula needs an escort, come forward!»
The two trotted forward and smiled at Ursula before giving Eriana their attention.
«She goes to the mansion of Count Darkwin with an urgent message. Join us later when you can. Ah, she can explain what she has discovered as you go.»
«Yah, Princess.»
After leaving the column and immediately getting lost in the back streets, Ursula, Tyra, Torvin and Ragnar found their way to the mansion with the help of passers-by. At the gate leading into the front yard the two guards crossed their spears, denying entry.
"Your business, Mistress?"
"I have an important message from Princess Eriana to Count Darkwin."
The spears were immediately straightened. "I recognize you, Mistress, you are the healer who attended Lord Darkwin two days ago. If you would ask at the front entrance, you should be attended."
"Thank you."
At the entrance door she repeated her errand to the house servant stationed there. He bowed and then went off inside, leaving the group on the steps. Ursula was not surprised when Orlet appeared.
"Mistress Ursula, I could take you to see Lord Darkwin but he is presently indisposed. If your message is simple I may take it to him for you."
Both knew what that meant.
"The message is for both Lord Darkwin and Lord Olva, in fact," Ursula said. "They should know that we have obtained information," she did not specify where from, "that numbers of men are gathering around the town and seem to be preparing for something. My informant said they were tying yellow cloth strips around their arms."
"Oh, if they are tying a color around their arms then they want to identify themselves against others... and that may mean they plan to fight someone." Her brow furrowed. "This could mean trouble. Do you have any idea of their numbers?"
"Our informant was unsure but many, maybe hundreds, are involved. Oh! That reminds me, yesterday afternoon Commander Lars went out and overheard a conversation where 'hill men' were mentioned. I wonder if these are the same men?"
Orlet looked Ursula in the eyes, facade momentarily dropped. "Hundreds? Hill men? Do you know what this means, Mistress? These men must be from our northern provinces, beyond the flat lands of the Sirrel and probably sworn to the Counts who rule those remote slopes. It is not merely a fight they prepare for, I deem, but something worse. They seek to remove..." she grimaced, "...Darkwin from power and there is only one way for that to be successful." Orlet had another thought. "Where are our loyal troops? Were you not to go to the Shevesty field today to see them exercise?"
Several separate things came together then for Ursula, shocking her to the core. "Blya! This is long prepared plan! At field soldiers will fight with practice blades, yes? We were told to change weapons before departing to save time but Eriana refused. I bet all other soldiers left proper weapons in barracks. All loyal soldiers now at field, when traitors attack your men will be defenseless!"
Orlet's eyes widened with shock as she also realized the extent of the plan. "There is no time to lose! Go now, warn them! I will do what I can to make the mansion safe. Why are you still here? Go!"
"One thing more," Ursula called as Orlet turned. "If they have planned this there may already be traitors inside your mansion."
Orlet's expression was grim. "As you say, Mistress. Fortunately I know who I can trust. Now go!"
The four hurried out of the mansion grounds and back to the street.
«What now, Mistress?»
«The Shevesty field and quickly. Oh,» she added, «if we come across anyone wearing a yellow cloth on their arm take no notice of them unless they attack us directly. Pretend I am just someone sent on a task with two bodyguards - which is the truth anyway. We cannot afford to get delayed.»
Torvin nodded, his expression serious. «Yah, Mistress. Must warn others first.»
They found their way back to their original route and followed it out to where the houses, mansions, smallholdings and small businesses ended. Ahead was a shaped mound with a wide, flat top. There was a notch towards one side and they made their way towards that, passing through to gain their first view of the amphitheater within the banks where spectators usually sat. There were a few casual onlookers there this morning but nothing like the crowds that would have filled the banks when the arena had been built centuries previously.
"There, Mistress!" Tyra pointed to their left, where the next entrance cut through the bank and where the Norse could easily be seen gathered ready. Across the arena, other troops were gathered in three separate groups.
"Let's go!"
Ursula led the way to the floor of the arena and set off at a trot. Several of the Norse saw them and spoke to Eriana who turned and waved. What Ursula saw, as the attention of the Norse turned towards them, was the wagon behind them being loaded with barrels. She could do nothing until they got close enough to shout, but by that time the two wagonmen and their officer had climbed aboard and were about to depart in a hurry.
She had an idea and concentrated. Tesk, stay right where you are. Those men mean us no good.
Once they had closed the gap somewhat she pointed and shouted, "IT'S A TRAP! Stop them!"
Eriana turned, saw the situation and issued swift commands. Six men raced off to intercept the wagon but the two wagonmen leapt to the ground and ran, leaving the officer to flick the reins to get the dranakh to start moving. The two men were no match for the chasing Norse who tackled them to the ground and quickly subdued them. By the time two Norse climbed on the wagon to grab the officer he had risen, still holding the reins, and was swearing at the dranakh, which just stood there ignoring him.
By the time the four reached the rest of the company Ursula was breathing heavily. Eriana put her hands on Ursula's shoulders to steady her.
"So you were right, Ursula. What were these to do? Sell our weapons?"
"Worse, Highness, it is an uprising." she panted. "Men from the hills want to take power in Faralan, killing Darkwin and Olva as they do so. They waited until all the loyal troops were gathered here, all with practice gear, before making their attack. I think all their real weapons are probably back at their barracks."
"Woden's blood! A clever strategem, I deem. Yet how may we tell friend from foe?"
By this time the wagonmen and their officer had been brought, struggling, to face Eriana.
"Highness, have them searched for a strip of yellow cloth."
"Aye. But first -" The Princess turned. «Men! We have been led into a trap! Get your own weapons out of those barrels and get rid of this garbage.» She demonstrated by throwing her own practice blade to the ground. «If we are to save these others we must get them some real weapons of their own.»
Lars asked, «Who is the enemy, Princess?»
«Anyone with a yellow cloth around their arm. Anyone who has a hidden yellow cloth ready to put around their arm. Search them!»
Though the three men struggled they could not prevent a yellow ribbon being discovered hidden under each of their tunics.
«Kill them, Princess?»
«Regrettably, no, Lars. We need answers. Bind them. Anyone else who is not an officer is fair prey.» She gave Lars a fierce grin. «Let us not leave too much work for Ursula to do.»
Ursula was outraged. «Hey!»
Eriana turned. «Ursula, if this is as big as you suspect then any loyal troops will struggle to handle large numbers of rebels. I seek to reduce their numbers by example, and by doing so to scare the weaker ones away. I am not as bloodthirsty as you might suppose.»
Ursula realized the magnitude of the task ahead. She nodded reluctantly. «Agreed, Highness.»
By now some of the officers from across the field had noticed the activity and some of them hurried over.
"Admiral." That was Tevos. "If I may ask, what is going on? Why have you arrested those men?"
Ursula put a hand on Eriana's arm. "A moment, Highness."
"If you would give us leave, Marshal. The situation is... unusual."
Away from the others, Eriana was impatient. "What now, Ursula?"
"Highness, you cannot trust anyone from Upper Fanir. We have no idea who is on which side of what is, if you think about it, a civil war. Any one of those people, officers or men, could be hiding a yellow ribbon. The only people we might trust are those from Faralmark."
Eriana thought then grimaced. "You are right again, Ursula. I have seen the same at home... though, that time, a throne was not at stake. Very well, we must needs proceed carefully. I do not want to insult any of these men, many of whom I now account friends."
"And that is the problem, Highness."
The two turned to look at those who had approached. Ursula did not know the names most of but two stood out.
"Vikzas and Torban."
"Indeed." Eriana raised her voice. "Marshal Vikzas, Marshal Torban, if you would join us, we have received a message. I will speak to the others of you presently once questions have been answered."
"Admiral?" Vikzas asked, puzzled. "What is going on?"
"Marshal, it is no coincidence that brings all of Faralan's fighting men to this field bearing only practice weapons. Ursula has learned of a plot to seize Upper Faral and that can only succeed if Count Darkwin and Count Olva are killed."
"Maker! These are grave accusations, Admiral. Are you so sure?"
"We refused to hand over our weapons at the hostel, Marshal. A Norseman feels naked without his familiar weapons to hand. We did exchange them here, but as Ursula approached she noticed the wagonmen preparing to depart taking away our own gear."
"But, surely, there is a simple explanation."
"There is, Marshal," Eriana continued grimly. "Earlier today, Ursula received information that large numbers of men had arrived in Faralan from the north and that these men could identify each other by the use of a yellow cloth strip around the upper arm."
"I see your point, Admiral. We all know each other's uniforms, there is no need for identifying strips... though I see that your own men do not wear their own uniforms today."
Eriana flicked a hand dismissively. "A chance coincidence, Marshal. What is important is that the three men attending that wagon each had one of these concealed under their tunics."
She opened her other hand to reveal balled-up yellow strips which she spread out for Vikzas to see.
"Now," she added, "how can anyone guarantee that any man of Upper Fanir is not of this persuasion?" She pointed across the arena. "How do we know which of them may be party to this conspiracy, even the Marshals and Under-Marshals? You of Faralmark, I deem, are less likely to take sides in the dispute of another land. Do I read you right?"
Vikzas nodded heavily. "Aye, Admiral, you are right. If there is treachery here I doubt that any of our men would be part of it. Though we helped them take back their lands from Yod we could not choose sides in an internal dispute." He braced to attention. "Your orders, Admiral?"
Eriana sighed with frustration. "This is beyond my experience, gentlemen. I am open to suggestions."
Vikzas looked at Torban, who shook his head. "Ours is a peaceful enough land, His Grace is a wise ruler," the latter said. "I can offer nothing."
"Ursula?"
"Highness, to my mind there is only the hard way. We must test every one of those men, starting at the top. It will be difficult and embarrassing but I can see no other way."
Vikzas offered, "We can use my men to help along the process, once we have enough of their officers we can trust to guide their men."
"Mayhap," Eriana demurred. "If you attest that your own men are trustworthy then, once we are sure of our position, I would set them to guard the entrances to this place." Her eyes flicked to the waiting groups. "There are more here today than I expected, Marshal. Can you tell me what numbers we must needs deal with?"
"Certainly, Admiral. Of Faralmark's marines I have brought sixty-two, the entire complement of the Ten-Legged Brakky. There are also five officers including myself." As an aside he added, "My sailors and oarsmen I have left aboard to guard our galley."
Eriana nodded. "As we have done, Marshal, though my own men here today number only twenty-five - and four women who may also try their swords this day."
Vikzas eyed the Princess. "I trust your females are fully trained? My men may have difficulty facing them."
She grinned. "And that gives them an unexpected advantage, Marshal. Robanar's two guardswomen and myself are indeed fully trained, young Tyra here is still learning the trade but desires to test herself, should that be possible."
"We'll see what we can manage, Admiral. Ah, as for the other groups, Field Director Ferrion brings sixty-five of his fighting men from their own galley. The third group is of regular troops of Upper Fanir." He frowned. "I do not know their numbers, nor am I familiar with their officers. Perhaps eighty or so. Mayhap Ferrion can answer your questions."
"From that portion, I deem, is where the danger may chiefly reside."
"And," Ursula added, "we have to do this before the rebels turn up with real weapons and find us all sitting targets in this arena."
Vikzas winced at that. "Maker! It would make a massacre look like children at play."
"Indeed, Marshal. Let us deal with the leaders of the Fanir marines first. Can we do that without the others seeing what we are doing?"
"Probably. But will not some of those question the delay and seek to join us over here?"
Torban offered, "I will go over to them and say that there has been a problem which must needs be dealt with." He suddenly grinned. "It is no more than the truth, after all. That should suffice for now."
"As you will, Marshal, and you have my thanks. Gentlemen, we have work to do."
Eriana explained to her men what she wanted and they formed a loose group around her, Ursula and Vikzas, but concealing any activity from across the arena. Two men were also sent up to the top of the bank to serve as lookouts. Then she called Tevos forward to face her.
"Marshal, do you trust me?"
"Admiral, why should I not? What is happening? What is the matter with those three men? This is all very mysterious and not what I thought we would be doing today."
"What is happening, Marshal, is that a large body of men from the northern hills have arrived in Faralan to take Upper Fanir from those who rightfully govern it. We already know there are traitors in Faniran ranks, we have proof. It is no coincidence that every man-at-arms in this arena is armed only with a practice sword and that their normal gear is elsewhere."
"What!" Tevos looked stunned. "I never dreamed of such a thing! Where is your proof, Admiral?"
Eriana told him gently, "Marshal, we require proof that you are not party to this conspiracy."
At that point Vikzas and Torban drew their swords. Ursula noted that, unlike their troops, they still carried real blades. They apparently had not intended to personally join in the various exercises.
Tevos stared at those around him with amazement. "Maker, you are all serious! Admiral, what do you want of me? I know of no way that I can prove I am loyal to Count Darkwin."
Vikzas told him, "Marshal, you must needs strip to your underwear. If you desire the women nearby to depart, for your own modesty, I am sure that can be arranged."
Eriana added, "When we know the truth you will be told all, I promise it."
Ignoring the modesty offer Tevos immediately undid his belt, letting belt, pouch, scabbarded sword and knife fall to the ground. Swiftly he stripped off his tunic leaving only tights and underpants.
"Enough, Tevos," Vikzas said, putting up his sword. Everyone relaxed. "We have seen enough. You can dress now."
The worried Marshal did so. As he was adjusting his belt he asked, "If I may ask what you expected to find?"
"These, Marshal." Eriana opened her hand to reveal the cloth strips. "Each man of the conspiracy has one of these, to be worn about the upper arm as a means of identifying friend from foe. They were discovered tucked into the tights of the three men who brought our practice weapons here," she gestured at the wagon and the barrels, now on the ground again, "but fortunately we had warning. When challenged they tried to flee, taking our true weapons with them. Now we must needs test all your men over there lest there be other traitors in their midst."
Tevos sighed heavily. "I cannot deny the evidence, Admiral. Aye, all must needs be checked. Kodal! Ferrion! Come forward, we have need of your knowledge."
The sixty or so Faralmark marines were sent to guard three of the four exits, the Norse being near the fourth one. Once that had been arranged the processing began. As expected, the Fanir marines were clear so they formed a boundary while the regular troops were searched, one by one. About a third of them had been cleared before urgent whistles came from the bank top.
"Trouble, Admiral?"
"Aye, Vikzas. What I feared, we are about to be attacked. Your men, true or otherwise, have only blunted blades. How shall they fare against sharpened steel?"
His face set. "Admiral, my men are marines. Of all our soldiery those aboard the galleys have more experience of conflict than any other man of Faralmark. We shall do our duty."
"This is not the tame battle they were expecting. Shall you issue orders to them?"
Tevos shook his head. "Admiral, I trust my subordinates to know what they are doing. In any event, until we see the enemy, we will not know - There!"
He pointed to one of the entrances, where his men were scattering back from the gap in the bank. Through it poured about two hundred men, which was about the same number as were already present. However, the newcomers all wore cloth strips - and carried spears and crossbows as well as swords. Tevos swore as the troops in the arena backed away from the newcomers.
"Lars! Time to make a difference!"
"Yah, Admiral!"
He shouted orders in Norse and fifteen joined him to trot across the arena towards the advancing enemy. About ten strides away, without any command, they broke into a run and charged the front of the column, weapons held high. There was a shudder as the two forces met and the enemy were effectively split into two, whereupon the marines who had backed away to either side fell on them from behind.
In moments Lars blew his whistle and the Norse immediately pulled back, leaving a trail of dead and broken bodies in their wake. The marines figured out what was happening and also pulled back. Then Lars blew again and the Norse charged once more. There were screams of terror and the enemy split completely in two, one group running straight at the mass of men in the arena and the other for the safety of an empty section.
The marines moved into the dead and wounded, picking up proper weapons as they did so. A brief, blunt command from Lars saw the Norse finish off the wounded, raising fear among the watching enemy groups. The group that ran towards the loyal troops were suddenly faced with practice blades - but did not know they were, having unexpectedly faced the live steel of the Norse. Not desiring to turn and face the Norse again many threw down their weapons and raised their hands. In a few short breaths most of that half were prisoners while the remainder roamed about the arena looking for a way out.
The other half saw the lightly defended exit where Eriana and the remaining Norse stood, together with several of the upper ranks from the two militaries. They decided that this would be an easy way out but approached with more caution. Many of those who were left were nursing light wounds given by the Norse and the Faralmark marines.
"By your leave, Admiral."
"What do you plan, Marshal?"
"More bluff to follow that outrageous display by your men."
Tevos walked out from the group with his sword drawn but lowered. The group of men slowed to a halt at a safe distance, watching warily.
"You have just seen what a very small number of Palarandi marines can do," he called. "I desire no more bloodshed here today. Surrender and you shall live, I swear it. Fight us and they will slaughter you utterly. Do you see the tall woman with the big sword? She led her men, for these are they, and captured Boldan's Rock from the Yodans with them, killing more than two hundred of the enemy. Do not think that the women you see behind me are easy meat either, they are better trained soldiers than you will ever be."
Some of the men shouted and pointed up the bank where the two Norse lookouts stood poised with throwing axes in their hands. A section of the regular troops were also making their way across the arena so the rebels' options were shrinking by the moment. Some realized this and threw their weapons away to the side, calling on the others to do the same.
There was a brief discussion which ended with one man having a sword thrust through his chest and a second man disarmed after a scuffle. All the rebels then threw down their arms. One man, made their leader on the spot, walked slowly forward, his hands held high.
"What do you offer us?"
"I can promise nothing but your lives, not until we know the extent of this rebellion," Tevos replied. "With my Liege's life still in the balance you can expect little more today. If we prevail, I will speak sensibly with you and yours to determine your futures."
The man grimaced. "My own liege, Lord Sharen, bade me take up arms to free Faralan from what he said were imposters."
"Imposters? I know of none, what mean you?"
"My Lord, it was said that Lord Darkwin was dead, killed by the invaders, but his death was concealed and his place taken by a retainer, someone who keeps out of the light for fear of discovery."
"I can tell you now, goodman, that Lord Darkwin did survive the Yodan attack and spent months in hiding, recovering from serious head wounds. His eyes are affected, thus he must needs spend his days in shadowed chambers, but I knew him before, I know him now, he is the same man, your rightful liege. This I am prepared to swear."
"Do you tell me? Then mayhap we are sent here on a fool's errand."
"You are not soldiers, I see. Should you not be at home, tending the harvest?"
"Aye, My Lord, we should be at home, the grapes are almost ready to harvest. It seems we were poorly advised."
"Sharen, eh? Is he here with this force or perhaps elsewhere in Faralan?"
"I know not, My Lord. Perhaps. It seems we have misjudged the numbers of those of Faralan."
Tevos opened his mouth to tell the man that many of the troops on the field were foreigners but thought better of it.
"Very well. Permit us to collect your weapons and then you and your men shall sit quietly while we deal with this nuisance."
"As you command, My Lord. Ah, if I may ask, what are marines?"
"Soldiers who fight from ships against other ships and against shore targets. They are not levies but professionals who are paid by their lieges. They do nothing else but practise and fight."
"Maker! We did not know this. And those men in rough attire? Are they mercenaries?"
Tevos smiled. "As I told you, they are from Palarand, chance visitors to our lands on their journey along the Sirrel. They are not mercenaries, merely... unconventional."
As under-officers from the main body arrived Tevos issued instructions and soon all the surviving rebels were seated in a group in the middle of the arena, surrounded by guards with spears. The captured weapons, though of no great quality, were still better than the practice ones and were received by the loyal troops with relief, although there were not enough to equip everyone.
"Ursula," Eriana spoke. "It is safe enough, shall you do your duty? Attend those who are worst injured first, showing no favor to either side."
"Of course, Admiral."
But it was not safe enough. One of the two Norse watchmen at the bank top suddenly tumbled down while the other frantically blew his whistle before running down himself. Through the gap in the bank poured another rebel force. This one was smaller but the group they faced was also small. Crossbow bolts whirred by, some sticking into the turf at their feet, but because those firing were moving no-one appeared to be hit. It did make the defenders begin to close ranks to defend themselves.
The next few moments were a jumbled haze to Ursula. With Tyra, Torvin and Ragnar still shielding her, she was forced to back away from the ill-equipped mob that ran at them. Some had farmyard tools while others held clubs or bare lengths of wood. Bennett and Semma stood either side of Eriana but giving her and themselves room to use their swords.
Soon enough the two groups met and steel clashed against steel, iron and sometimes wood. Though their group was small they all knew exactly what they were doing and soon the ground was littered with dead, dying and injured. Semma had to jump out of the way of a farmer wielding a scythe but she managed a cut at his arm which caused him to drop the tool.
However, this also left a gap for two men to jump at Eriana. One swung a vicious pruning hook at her side which forced her to sway out of its reach, but that brought her into range of the other man, whose club smacked into her chest just below her breasts. She collapsed like a puppet with cut strings, her sword slithering across the turf to stop at Ursula's feet.
The shock paralyzed Ursula for a brief moment and then she flashed into a violent rage, her sight turning red. She grabbed the sword, her fury giving her the strength to lift the heavy blade, and with a yell she flew at the man who had attacked Eriana. Barely seeing him through the red haze she hacked at his neck, partly severing it. As he fell she turned to the next man, hacking him with no thought of her own safety.
A big hand gripped her sword arm hard from behind. She turned, angry at the interruption, to stare into Ragnar's face.
«No, Mistress! She needs you.»
A shocked Ursula let Ragnar take the sword from her hand and propel her behind him. Eriana lay sprawled on her back on the ground and it was obvious that she was out cold - or worse. Her training took over and she hurried over and knelt, not seeing Tyra come to stand guard over the pair. Ursula felt Eriana's face, it was already cold, and her fingers automatically went to the Princess's throat.
No pulse.
Immediately she straddled the Princess and began CPR, pumping up and down with the rhythm that had been drummed into her in medical school. Around her the sounds of battle faded as she concentrated on the single task left in her life, to restore life to another.
A random thought came. How can I do this? There is no defibrillator here, no means to give necessary shock.
The tears began to flow as she began to realize that her attempts were likely to end in failure.
"Come on, Eriana!" she wept. "Your men need you! Your country needs you. Anmar needs you." A deeper truth reluctantly surfaced. "I need you!"
* vitskertr = shortwit
In the middle of battle Eriana has fallen and it is Ursula's task to save her if it is possible. Once the situation stabilizes tough decisions must be taken to protect those in the arena and to rescue the two Counts. Eventually the weary survivors return to their hostel where the injured must be more closely inspected.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
68 - Consequences
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
No. No. No. No. The word came automatically each time Ursula pushed hard down on Eriana's chest.
She - he - had lost patients before, but they had been merely city folk who had been in an accident, had been shot or stabbed or had a heart attack, something like that. Another life to attempt to save in an endless procession of broken bodies through the door of the hospital.
Sometimes Valeriy Kuznetsov had been successful, sometimes nothing was ever going to save the patient. Such was life when you worked the Emergency Department.
To her astonishment she had discovered that she had a great deal invested in this particular patient, even though the injury should not have been life-threatening. She suddenly understood why her men loved the tall, blonde Princess and were prepared to follow her all the way to hell itself. She was a perfect specimen of womanhood who defied every expectation of that species, preferring to live life her own way - their way.
To her surprise, that love included herself. Whether it would have developed into something more she would never now know. Without the essential 21st-century Earth apparatus for restarting the heart, all that she was doing could only prove ultimately futile.
She abruptly became aware that the noise around her had ceased. To begin with, this had been because her focus had, as appropriate, been entirely on saving her patient, but now she realized that there was, in fact, little activity around her either.
She looked up to find, astonished, that the Norse all surrounded her in a circle, bloody swords and axes in their hands, their eyes watching her work and assuming that she would be successful, such was the trust they had in her abilities. Her eyes flicked around, discovering that the battle had been brief but was now over.
As she tried to see beyond the legs of the men around her, to see what had happened, her hand slipped from the accumulated sweat, making the next push a hand's-breadth higher. There was a gasp followed by a cough from her patient, then a sigh from the watching men.
She looked down to see her patient clearing her throat and beginning to breathe steadily on her own. Despite this, she put a hand to Eriana's throat to check her pulse, finding it steady but not yet strong.
Eriana's eyes opened. "What..." she slurred.
"Easy, Highness. You received a thump to the chest which stopped your heart."
The voice was a croak. "Ursula? Thank the Gods." Her eyes closed and she visibly relaxed.
Tevos had been watching from the edge of the crowd and now moved into Ursula's sight.
"Mistress? Can you yet tell us her condition?"
Ursula sat back on her haunches, looking up at him.
"She will certainly live, Marshal." There was another sigh of relief from the men. "She took a blow to the chest which stopped her heart, I saw it happen."
His eyebrows rose. "And you restarted her heart? Maker! Now I understand why you are here today."
She held up a hand. "She may be fine, once she has rested, or there may be some other damage inside her that I would not be able to fix. She must be treated as one of the injured until we know more." She looked around at the waiting faces. "Where is everybody? What happened to the attackers?"
It was Bennett who answered. "Mistress, when Her Highness fell all the men went mad, just as you did. They slew every one of the attackers before any order could be given otherwise." There was a look of satisfaction on the guardswoman's face. "I understand their reasons, Mistress. It was the right thing to do."
There were nods and mutters from the men.
«Berserksganger,» muttered Ragnar. «To see Princess fall, that was the end of our world. At that moment I wanted nothing more than to die in battle. To see Ursula take up sword, to slay two men, that was an amazing thing! You are berserker also.» He smiled at her astonished face. «Are you sure you do not have any Norse blood in your veins?»
Bennett offered her a hand and she looked down at her patient, who seemed to be resting quietly, her chest rising and falling in the normal way. Very reluctantly she accepted the hand and staggered to her feet. It seemed that she had been pumping for hours but it had probably been less than five minutes. Nonetheless she was stiff, her leg muscles protesting from the unnatural stance and her arms aching from the resuscitation effort.
"Thank you, Bennett. Gods, I am tired. Marshal, what is the situation?"
"Stable at the moment, Mistress. One small detachment of the regular troops all had yellow strips and we have secured them separate from those who tried to rush us. We now have sentries on the banks watching for further trouble."
It seemed odd to neither of them that he was giving his report to a civilian who had no position in any chain of command.
"Can you defend this place?"
He shook his head. "It is too big, Mistress, and the banks are easy to climb everywhere. If there had been walls then the situation might be different."
"What about the wounded?"
He shrugged. "Our own field surgeons are doing what they can, Mistress. If you are content to leave your leader then your help elsewhere would be most welcome."
She involuntarily looked down at Eriana. "I should come but first, it would not be wise to leave Her Highness on the ground like this."
Thinking, she looked up at the surrounding Norse. «Boys, I want to put the Princess in the wagon.» Several heads turned. The wagon was just inside the opening to the arena but not now close to where they all stood. «Just a moment, you will not be able to move the wagon. I will ask Tesk to bring it closer.»
She called, "Tesk! Please turn around and bring the wagon to me. We have injured to look after." She emphasized what she wanted with some simple thought pictures.
The dranakh bleated, then began pulling the wagon around in a circle inside the arena, finally ending up two strides from Ursula. It bleated again.
Tevos's eyes popped out. "You can control these great beasts, Mistress? You have not even been introduced!"
A smile. "Ah, but I have, before we left our hostel this morning. Boys? I don't know how you'll do it but lift her gently, please."
As if they would lift her any other way!
Swords and axes were flung down and eight of the men carefully picked Eriana up and moved her to the rear of the wagon, where some others had already climbed aboard to receive her. Her scabbard was carefully removed and she was placed down gently, a roll of cloth - which Ursula did not examine too closely - being used as a pillow. She had begun to come to properly so someone on board crouched down ready with a water bottle.
Eriana was sufficiently aware so Ursula walked over to the tailboard and addressed her.
«Highness? I do not think that you have any serious wounds, not obvious ones, and I know that you will want to get up and join in the fun but you should stay there for now until I have had a chance to examine you properly. Do you understand me?»
Eriana struggled up onto her elbows to look at Ursula. «Ow. My chest feels sore but there are no cuts, no blood. What is the problem?»
«The problem is that your heart was stopped and I had to restart it. Highness, you were dead for a few minutes, understand me? Without blood going around your body other parts begin to die very quickly. There may be internal damage.»
«Dead? Loki's balls! If I was dead, why did you not leave me so? I would have been welcomed in Valhalla!»
«Highness, your men need you. It is not yet your time, Anmar needs you.» A pause. «Highness, I need you. You are important to me, you are important to all of us.»
Eriana stared at Ursula and then her expression softened. «I will do as you ask, Ursula. You are important to me, also. I would not leave you bereft.»
She sank back onto the wagon floor, her eyes closing again.
Ursula turned away. "Marshal, let me fetch my things and we can go."
"Mistress." It was Tyra, holding out her basket with one hand. The other still held her bloody sword.
"Thank you, Tyra." A raised eyebrow. "Are you going to clean that sword off before the blood dries?"
"What? Oh, Mistress! Yes, of course."
There was a mutter from the men as they, too, remembered their weapons and went off to retrieve them. Tyra followed the men to the sprawled bodies of the dead, where she imitated them by cleaning her sword on the corpses of the fallen. Remembering that she had also swung a sword, Ursula looked around for Eriana's big blade but the ground was now relatively clear once more.
A noise made her turn to find Lars approaching with Eriana's sword, now cleaned.
«More to you than I first thought,» he told her. «But you are from the mother world, it is to be expected. How do you feel?»
Ursula understood the question. «No time for that now, Lars. As a healer I have learned to push my own feelings and reactions down inside so that I do not affect my patients. Later I will have to let it out.»
He nodded solemnly. «Most of us do the same, now. That is one reason why we sing songs and drink ale later.» A sudden grin. «Only one reason, though.»
That made her smile and she realized that Lars had deliberately lightened the mood. «It seems there is more to you as well, Lars. Are you going to give that back to Her Highness?»
«Not until you tell me it is safe for her to have it again.»
She nodded. «Good enough. Can I leave you in charge here?»
«Yah, Mistress. Go and mend people, it is your job.»
The first patient she came across was Stine. He had been standing on top of the bank and had suffered a crossbow bolt through his left calf.
«That looks nasty.»
«They crept along under the edge of the bank, Mistress. We did not see them until they were almost upon us but by then arrows were in the air. I fell down the bank, that is why it looks like this.»
Ursula shuddered. A crossbow bolt through a muscle mass was one thing, but Stine had then rolled down the bank, the ground catching the missile and twisting it around in the wound.
«You have not tried to take it out?»
He grinned at her. «I have been around you too much, Mistress. I am more careful now of what I do to my body. Will there be a problem?»
She looked at the bloody hole. «Actually, it might have been harder to get out if it had just gone in clean.» Turning around, she gestured. «Torvin! Give me a hand, please.»
Once the bolt had been pulled it was a simple case of cleaning and bandaging. She stood and looked around.
There is no organization here at all. Correction, we have Faralmark marines protecting our wounded and Fanir marines guarding the prisoners... some of whom are also wounded.
But it is already beginning to warm up.
"Marshal Tevos!"
He jogged up to Ursula. "Mistress?"
"Can I ask your plans, Marshal?"
"Surely, Mistress. It seems to me that we have a problem... or mayhap several problems, I deem. My own duty urges me to take as many men as I can and to discover if my liege still breathes, by now the household may be sorely pressed if what happened here is any guide. However, there are many wounded as well as prisoners and I fear for what may happen if I do leave."
"I agree. My concerns are for those who will remain here, Marshal. You would want to leave all your wounded behind, and there are also the prisoners." She pointed a finger at the sky. "It is going to get hot, Marshal, and the shape of the arena means we won't get much in the way of a breeze in here. We are going to need awnings at the very least, water, plenty of it, and very soon we'll need food and some means of feeding everyone who stays behind."
"Indeed, Mistress, and shortly afterwards you would also need latrines and everything else that would be part of a permanent camp." He scowled. "We do not have sufficient men to ensure the mansion is safe, I cannot spare anyone to provide for you and the injured."
Just then Vikzas joined them. "Tevos, Mistress, I see you are having a discussion, if I may join you?"
"Of course, Vikzas. We were talking about the tasks which must needs be done."
"Aye, I thought as much. Tevos, you'll want to take your men and find out if you still have a ruler, I expect? Look, we of Faralmark ought not to take part in that argument, I deem, but there is no reason we cannot stay here and mind the injured. Our marines can guard the prisoners and the rest of the camp while you go off and save Upper Faral."
"Done, Vikzas, and thank you. I had wondered what part those of Faralmark could safely play. But Mistress Ursula has other needs, she desires shade for her wounded, food and water for all who remain."
"Is there anybody we can contact in the town who you know to be loyal?"
"No - but we do have two galley crews in the port we may rely on. If you will permit, I will ask yours and mine to provide a supply train for all the Mistress asks for."
"You would leave our galleys uncrewed?"
"The ships would be of little use to either side in this conflict, I deem. This is a fight for the Duchy, the river is of little importance to that desire." Vikzas shrugged. "The worst that could happen is that the rebels fire them. Should they fire any vessel carrying a Faralmark standard then that puts us firmly on your side, Tevos. Then they will learn what Faralmark marines, aye, and those of Palarand, would do to them."
Tevos considered before nodding. "It is a risk, but a necessary one. Can you get a messenger through to the port? Your colors may not protect you."
"That is true. We might strip one of the dead -"
"Marshal," Ursula said. "Our men wear no uniform today for various reasons. I could send one of them with a written message. Depending who we send they may even be recognized by those on your galleys."
"Done, Mistress. Let me find somewhere to write orders to our crews. Vikzas, you had better add your name to them. Mistress, I'll need a list of what you desire."
A short document was written bearing the signatures of Tevos, Vikzas and Ursula. Finding some who could make their way through the town proved more difficult.
Despite offering earlier, I can't send any of the Norse because they are not familiar with these kinds of towns, she thought. Besides which, most of them are still not fluent enough in the language. I need someone with street smarts...
Bennet and Semma aren't going to leave Eriana's side and they are wearing a uniform, even if it is an unusual one. Too noticeable.
Kaldar is the obvious choice, a boy running through the streets would be barely noticed. On the other hand he has probably been too sheltered by his father to be street wise. That leaves the only person who I do know is street smart.
"Tyra! I have a job for you."
* * *
All the most serious wounds had either been attended to or their owners had died. Ursula only had a few minor cuts left to deal with when she stopped for a breather.
"Odo, can you attend to him, please?" she pointed to a rebel with a cut on the forearm. "I have to stop for a moment."
Odo, who was also a rebel as well as a farmer, replied, "Surely, Mistress. I have never seen someone work so hard as you, you deserve a break. Is there any more water?"
"There is not, Odo. I have been making do with some of the wine we found. Look in those bottles there, there might be a little left in one of them."
"As you command, Mistress."
It was not even noon. The day had become very warm and promised to become much warmer. The relief supplies had not arrived and, at the back of her mind, she wondered which side would eventually appear first. There was no shade and no water. Most drink that the various combatants had carried had been drunk already and the situation would shortly become serious. All had been shared out with regard only to need rather than faction, a decision that had caused amazement among the prisoners.
Some of the water had been used to clean wounds and no-one disputed her right to do this, even though it meant that some might go thirsty. It had been evident from the beginning that she was in charge and certainly knew what she was doing.
Her task had been helped by the discovery that among the rebels had been three men who could charitably have been described as 'field surgeons', having some experience of medical matters in their homesteads and villages. Admittedly one of those only had experience of treating gavakhan but it was better than nothing. Together with the two Faralmark marine medical attendants they had been shown what she wanted them to do and her instructions had been carried out to the letter.
I hope Tyra is all right. I will never forgive myself if I sent her off to her death.
Where are they? I do not like this quiet. If there had been fighting in the town we would have heard it here, surely?
She shaded her eyes against the glare and looked at the four arena entrances in turn, seeing no change.
It is so bright! I wonder how long it will be before someone invents sunglasses? Why did I not think to bring my hat? Almost nobody in the arena has a hat except some of the hill men. I suspect that hats are not considered to be part of any uniform. That needs to change.
The lookouts posted above were all seated now and must have begun to suffer in the heat.
I know Vikzas sent them some water but was it enough?
If this goes on much longer then it won't matter if the rebels attack again. We will all be done for.
There was a shout and she turned to hear a series of whistles from the bank. Torvin and Ragnar, who had stuck by her side as escorts but had ended up helping her move and turn patients - and bodies, also turned to listen, but Ragnar then heard a call from a different direction.
«Mistress, Princess calls.»
Eriana was still in the wagon and someone had rigged an old blanket as a shade while Ursula was elsewhere.
«Highness. Is there a problem? Do you feel faint or dizzy?»
«I could do with some water but I know there is none left. The whistles say that someone is coming.»
«We heard. The marines are getting ready in case it is trouble. I need to know about you. How do you feel?»
«My head is clear, Ursula. I am thirsty but I would not desire privilege. My chest is sore but I think I can breathe easily enough. I will not know until I rise. Do you think I may sit up?»
«I think so, Highness. Just make sure you keep your head and your upper body under that shade.»
«Give me a hand, would you?»
Ursula climbed into the wagon and offered a hand to Eriana, who used it to help herself to sit up against the front panel.
«Ah, that is better. Ow.» She massaged her chest. «Do you think anything is broken?»
«It is possible. If we survive long enough to get back to the hostel I will give you a full examination, as I will also do to all our men.»
«Princess, Mistress,» Ragnar called from the end of the wagon. «There are many wagons and I can see a Marshal from one of the galleys.»
Ursula stood up on the wagon bed to see clearly. There were at least eight wagons coming in a line through one of the arena entrances, all well loaded. Either side walked heavily-armed men in uniforms of Upper Fanir, Faralmark and also a few in the gray tee-shirts and cargo shorts of the Visund.
Seated on the front wagon was Water Under-Marshal Kodal and beside him was Tyra.
«Highness, they have come, I can see Tyra. I must go and greet them.»
«Tyra? You sent Tyra to fetch them?»
«Later, Highness.»
By the time Ursula reached the edge of the camp the lead wagon had pulled up there. Tyra and Kodal jumped down. There were maybe thirty-five to forty men with the wagons, which included some of the Norse sailors. Adin and Kedian jumped down from the back of the first wagon and came to join Ursula and Tyra.
«Is there anyone at all left at the port?»
«Very few, Mistress,» Adin replied with a grin. «Master Baros is on board the Green Ptuvil with the barge men and all our women, with strict instructions to unmoor at any sign of trouble. If he has to he will float out and anchor out in the Sirrel beyond arrow reach.»
«And the Visund?»
«Captain Tor has three with him, which is just enough to row themselves away should it become necessary, Mistress.» Adin looked around. «A busy time you had here, I see. We have brought some kitchen equipment with us, where should we set it up?»
«I had better ask Marshal Vikzas about that.»
Vikzas was well organized once he found out what had been delivered. Although the sailors among the newcomers were from galleys most knew about canvas and lines, so awnings began springing up immediately to screen the rows of injured. Another wagon held great barrels of water and this was being used to refill all the empty water bottles.
He held a discussion with Kodal before the two came and joined Ursula's group.
"Mistress, this field will be used in several weeks time for the Harvest festival," Kodal explained to Ursula. "At that time the booths providing hot food usually go over there," he pointed, "beyond those two goalposts. If your two men would join my cooks, we shall soon have the rudiments of a meal ready for everyone, even the prisoners." He frowned. "If I may ask, why are they in two separate groups?"
Ursula pointed, her other hand shading her eyes. "Those men there are from the attack, Marshal. I have spoken to them and most are levies from farms well to the north. Most were told lies and do not want to be here, they would rather be at home harvesting their crops. I would consider them no danger to your men or the Duchy and I do not think they should be kept long once the question is decided."
His eyebrows raised. "You would trust them so far, Mistress?"
"I trusted three of them far enough that they helped me treat the wounded of both sides, Marshal. Men who were told what to do by their liege lord, I cannot fault them for doing what he asked in the lack of any other information."
He nodded. "As you say, Mistress. A bad business, this, but I understand you. What, then of the others?"
"Those are trained troops who came here today to take part in the planned exercises. Each had a yellow strip concealed under their tunics, presumably to be pulled out at a given command. Given that they are wearing your colors and carrying weapons, as opposed to ordinary clothes and carrying farming tools, my reading is that they have actively committed treason and should be treated differently."
His gaze hardened. "Do you tell me? Were these men scattered among the formations or grouped together?"
"They all come from one company, Marshal, and that includes their Lootnant. Oh, and the driver of the wagon that brought us here, together with his mate and their officer, are also part of the plot. We brought our own weapons with us and they tried to steal them from us once we had swapped over."
"Maker, this gets worse! Very well, Mistress, I thank you for your words."
"Can you tell us what is happening in the town, Marshal? It has been very quiet and we have had no news at all."
"Surely, Mistress. We did receive word that an attack was mounted on the mansion of the Counts but that it was repulsed. It was said that loyal units have come to the aid of Count Darkwin and Count Olva. More than that is uncertain but we assume that everyone is still safe. For our part we took a route which kept us away from that part of town."
"Thank you, Marshal. Are we safe enough here?"
"I do not know, Mistress. This kind of warfare is not what I am accustomed to. Where is Tevos?"
Vikzas replied, "He commands one of those loyal units, Kodal, and has taken all the available Fanirs from here to the mansion. He knows what we face and he knows what your lieges face."
"Good enough, Vikzas, and thank you for your work here. I expected a desperate defense here, not the order I see around me."
"That is mostly due to the Mistress," Vikzas told him. "She knew what must needs be done and it is all good military sense, I deem."
Kodal gave Ursula a questioning glance. "If I may ask, Mistress, how is it that you have military training?"
"Marshal, I do not. What I did here was just to think about what might happen and what we needed to do." She paused, then decided to admit, "However, in my past I have had a little military experience. In the land where I was born, all young..." she was about to say men and realized that would not work, "...men and women are obliged to do a certain amount of military service, so some of what I have seen today is familiar to me."
His eyebrows rose. "Men and women? Maker! Is the land you came from so beset by enemies, then, that all must learn to fight?"
"Not at all, Marshal. It is merely a precaution so that, should something happen in future, those who are... called as levies, say, would already have some basic knowledge."
"Oh, I see. Still, women! I have seen Her Highness and her hand-maidens girt with swords but the sight is still novel to my eyes."
Vikzas said, "Kodal, I do not think this is the time for such words, leave them until later, if you please. Let us consider our new circumstance. Even with your additional men we would be sorely beset should anyone attempt the field."
"Aye, Vikzas, agreed. But mention of Her Highness reminds me, the young girl here spoke of an injury. Mistress, what condition is she? Can I yet speak to her?"
"She was thumped hard in the chest with a club, Marshal," Ursula replied. "She is sore but I can find no broken bones. However, the shock was great enough that I have insisted that she remain quiet for now. She is awake, there is no reason why you could not have a word or two with her. Marshal Vikzas, by your leave?"
"Of course, Mistress. I'll go and get the kitchen organized."
"Marshal, this way."
Ursula led Kodal back to the wagon where Eriana sat waiting.
"Marshal Kodal, it is good to see you and your men, but did you leave all our vessels unguarded?"
Kodal bowed and replied, "Admiral, some small few remain, whose duty was to unmoor the galleys, your ship and your barge and remove them away from the port. At worst the galleys could have been set afire but, should the rebels have fired any vessel apart from the Ten-Legged Brakky, it would have brought your folk and those of Faralmark in on our side, whereas now you remain neutral." He grinned. "Mostly."
Eriana returned a tired smile. "As you say, Marshal. What of the Counts? Do you know aught?"
He shook his head. "Admiral, we deliberately followed a route to the Shevesty Field which avoided the residence of the Counts. We had a guide, a dranakh who apparently knows your young messenger."
Eriana switched to Ursula. "What is this? I'm assuming he means Tyra."
"Highness... Admiral, we had to send someone for help who knew how to get themselves safely and quietly through the town. For obvious reasons that had to be someone not wearing a uniform. I originally considered your men but thought the language might be a problem. Bennet and Semma were out, I was not sure if Kaldar was confident enough so that left Tyra. I don't know how a dranakh comes into it, though."
Eriana's stare turned towards Tyra.
"Highness, Mistress, I got into the town and managed to get so far but then I met a dranakh coming the other way along a side street I was following," she explained. "It would not let me pass. When I went back to where I had entered that side street it followed me and bleated, then turned a different way. It looked back to see if I was following. I remembered then that the Mistress said that it could tell intentions from a person's mind and that it must have found out what I wanted to do.
"So I took a chance and followed it. I saw several groups of men in the distance waving weapons but the dranakh always found a way around them. When we reached the dock gate I explained why I had come, showed the gate man the outside of the letter and he let both of us in. Once Marshal Kodal read the letter he called all the leaders of the other craft together and they worked out a plan. The dranakh led us by safe ways to the warehouses near the docks and then all the way back here."
"Thank you, Tyra," Eriana said. "A task well done, I deem. Ursula? Do you know why the dranakh did such a thing?"
"Not for certain, Admiral. Since Tyra departed I have been alternately worrying about your safety and her safety. It is possible that the dranakh -" she did not want to say too much more in front of outsiders, "- learned of my worry and decided to make sure she was kept safe."
Kodal picked up the discrepancy. "But, Mistress, why should the dranakh have learned something from you and then traveled to find your maid in the streets of the town? I have never heard of such behavior from such a beast before."
"Marshal, we have a dranakh here, hauling this wagon, and I was introduced to it before we left our hostel. It appears that I can communicate with their kind easier than most other people can, and it must have passed on my worries to other dranakhs in the town. I would ask you not to speak of that to anyone else. That fact may have tactical uses."
He got the point immediately and bowed. "As you command, Mistress. I understand fully."
For reasons of defense the area of the camp was moved closer to where the kitchens were being set up. It meant that most were no longer in the middle of the large field with a space surrounding them where an opposing force could maneuver. The awnings were moved and within a very short period the camp already had a settled appearance. Food smells began to waft from where the several cooks were preparing a lunch for the various groupings.
Most had been fed when whistles were again sounded by the Norse still on lookout duty. This was followed by Marshal Tevos, on foot, leading a relief column into the arena. After dispersing his troops around the camp to reinforce their boundary he made his way to join the other Marshals who were gathered around Eriana's wagon.
"Admiral." He saluted her smartly. "Vikzas, Kodal. Mistress Ursula. So far as we can discover the rebellion has failed. When we reached the mansion matters seemed balanced. A force of rebels had attempted to surround the buildings but other troops led by Marshal Nerek were holding them off. Our appearance, from a direction none expected, broke the attempt and split the enemy. Between us we cornered the larger part and made them surrender but the smaller part escaped. Both Count Darkwin and Count Olva survive and are in good health. I have spoken with both and they send their gratitude to you, Admiral, for exposing the plot."
The Princess nodded gravely. "It was only our duty, Marshal. What of the town? Would it be safe to return to our hostel this afternoon, aye, and to our several vessels?"
"There is the matter of those who escaped but I would deem that Faralan remains mostly loyal to Count Darkwin. Any rebels still at large will find few who will succor them. The docks are secure, I would not know whether your hostel is," he smiled, "but from what I saw your men do earlier today I imagine that they will have little trouble dealing with any problems."
"As you say, Marshal. I am sure that they will."
* * *
It was mid afternoon before a column was put together to release the marines and sailors from their arena duties and let them return to the ships and barracks. Small scouting parties had been able to find no obvious evidence of rebel forces anywhere within Faralan so it was thought safe to return to something closer to normal. The Shevesty field itself, and the hastily-made camp within, would become a holding area for all the rebel prisoners until their futures had been decided.
This decision had an uncomfortable echo for Ursula, who remembered similar arrangements on Earth, but she had been forced to acknowledge that it was a practical solution.
Eriana decided that she would travel back to the hostel in the bed of the wagon rather than accept the use of a carriage. All the Norse would walk behind the wagon.
"A remarkable woman, I deem," Vikzas muttered to Tevos. "It is no wonder that her folk are so loyal to her."
"Aye," he agreed, "I wish that I could do the same for my men. She is an example we would do well to copy, Vikzas."
"Indeed. Did you watch her men fight? They frighten me, I cannot imagine what they do to our enemies! Yet for all they did their injuries are lighter than ours, man for man. If this is a sample of the kind of folk the Norse are, I hesitate to meet them in battle!"
"Aye, they would be formidable foes indeed. Well, Vikzas, we came here originally to stage some mock battles, I think we saw today all that we were intended to see. I will not question the abilities of such folk again, not after this morning."
"Yet, though they slew many, many more surrendered quickly. Neither you nor I could have managed such a feat. Or did you do so at the mansion?"
"I did, Vikzas, I am a quick learner in such matters, when I can plainly see the results they give. Your marines, my marines, they will be a much better force for the lessons learned here today."
"Aye, Tevos, as you say."
The heavily armed column wound its way through the streets but their caution was not needed. On both sides the locals stood and applauded the Norse since word had already got around how they had turned the question on behalf of the Counts. Still, the column halted well outside the hostel while two parties went in and made certain that all was safe. The hostel staff told them that nobody had been near the place since the Norse had departed that morning.
Eriana had insisted on climbing down from the wagon herself to estimate how well she could stand and move.
"Ow! Woden's staff, that hurts. Ursula, I think I must needs make my way to the bathing block and I assume that our ladies will desire likewise."
"A good idea, Highness. I am unsure if there would be enough hot water for a quick wash but we all need that too."
Bennett said, "It is about time they began preparing for the evening meal, if they have not already begun. By your leave, Highness, I will go to the kitchen to find out if there is hot water before I join you."
"Aye, do that, it cannot hurt. Ow! Unlike my chest!"
"Highness," Tyra asked, "if I may go to our chambers and bring down our bathing wraps. If there is hot water you may not desire to put on your uniform again."
Eriana smiled. "Unlike some I am surrounded by people of good sense. Aye, Tyra, if you would. For all of us today's attire will need cleaning before we may wear them again. All have spots of sweat, blood or other unmentionables on them, even Ursula. What say you, Ursula?"
"Assuming this morning's excitement is not repeated I would agree, Highness. Fresh attire will help us all relax from what happened today."
"Done. And, after we may have bathed, I assume that you would wish to examine me more closely?"
Ursula nodded. "It would make sense, Highness. The sooner I know if there is a deeper, unseen problem the better. It should not take long, it can be done in time for us to eat and it would be better done while the daylight is still good."
"As you say, Ursula. Now let me see if I can walk as far as the bathing block on my own!"
Later Eriana, Ursula and Tyra gathered in Eriana's chamber, Tyra carrying the depleted bag of dressings while Ursula had her medical basket. The Princess looked at the window and then where the light fell, nodded and lay back on her large bed, her bathing wrap falling open to reveal a cleansed body.
"Tyra," she murmured, "I would not have you stand and wait while Ursula examines me. You have worked hard this day, you deserve time for your own body to rest and relax. Go. Your Mistress will join you before the meal to find something to wear."
"Mistress?"
Ursula considered briefly. She did not need Tyra for such a basic examination. "She's right, Tyra. Go and relax for a while. This should not take too long anyway."
"As you wish, Mistress."
Eriana smiled as the maid closed the door behind her. "I forgot, her oath means that she will only answer to you, Ursula."
"Not entirely accurate, Highness. She is more sensible than that. I agree, though, there is no point having her stand around while I poke and prod you."
"Hmm? Is that what you name it? Then begin."
First Ursula examined the skin under Eriana's breasts, noting the discoloration of the bruise caused by the impact.
"I will put some salve on this, Highness, once I have finished, that will dull the pain considerably. Before that, though, I must make sure just what is causing the pain."
"You think mayhap something is broken? I must admit, since we bathed I feel more comfortable down there."
Ursula shrugged. "It could be a broken or cracked rib, it could be something else. I want to gently feel along the edge of your rib cage."
Her fingers started at the sides and worked their way to the middle, Ursula taking care that she did not cause more pain than necessary as she went across the bruised area.
"Why do you go so high? It does not hurt there."
"Highness, all your ribs meet at a flat bone in the center of your chest just here," she outlined the area with a fingertip. "It is named the breastbone or sternum. There are flexible connections to this bone and one or more may have been damaged, causing more pain."
"Flexible connections? Why?"
"If it were not so you could not take in a deep breath, Highness. Like this." Ursula demonstrated, her own robe becoming loose with the effort. "I want to check where the bones join."
She probed around, testing each joint and finding nothing.
"Apart from the large bruise, I can find nothing of consequence," she eventually reported. "The next thing I have to do is to check your heart and your lungs, to see if anything sounds abnormal."
She delved into her basket and brought out her stethoscope, a turned, shaped tube of wood. It was not ideal and was far from ideal for the purpose Ursula wanted, but it was all that was available. She leaned forward and tried to make herself comfortable but it did mean that she was leaning against Eriana's body. It took several attempts to position the instrument over her patient's heart. She muttered to herself in Russian as she leant down to listen.
"What did you say?"
Ursula raised her head. "Highness, for what I want to check we would use, on Earth, a complicated machine which attaches wires to several parts of your body and produces a paper strip which would tell me what your heart is doing. There is nothing like that on Anmar yet, nor will there be for many years."
"So you must use your ears and your experience and skill instead. I understand, Ursula. You are the best there is on Anmar, do what you can."
So she leaned down again, replacing the wooden tube against that clean, firm, clear skin, smelling the scent of a young woman in her prime. As her ear went to the tube, her wrist brushed against Eriana's breast and there was a gasp from her patient.
"Something wrong, Highness?"
"No indeed, keeper of my soul."
Eriana's arms came up and grabbed Ursula's head, moving it over and then down until their lips were crushed together. What then happened was an explosion of sights, sounds, smells, caresses, movements and emotions. For Ursula it was too late, far too late.
The stethoscope rolled off the bed and onto the floor, unnoticed.
Eriana and Ursula surface from their unexpected activity and then have to deal with the consequences. The following day Ursula visits the market on her way to see Count Darkwin and introduces a new device to Anmar - sun-glasses! At the mansion of the two Counts, further difficult questions have to be answered.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
69 - Awkward Questions
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2022 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
"Highness."
"Do not name me Highness here, Ursula. When we are thus I am only Eriana to you."
"High- Eriana. I am not sure this is a good idea."
The two lay side by side on Eriana's large bed. The bedclothes, together with what little they had been wearing, had been flung haphazardly on the floor as passion took over both of them. Now they lay panting, glistening with sweat, and Ursula was beginning to think of the likely consequences.
"The men will not mind, if that is your concern. I believe, from words overheard, that most have expected this to happen for some while. The rest," she raised a hand in the air and waved it, "may think what they will. I do not care for their opinions, they do not concern me."
Abruptly Eriana half-sat and then rolled onto her side to stare down at Ursula with a fond look on her face.
"What does concern me is you, my dearest one. Between us there shall be no distinction of rank, no talk of higher or lower. I would have us be equals in all matters. I desire to share my life with you, but I know that for you to want to share your life with me you must feel likewise. I will not press you on the matter at all but I believe that, given what we have just done, my suit will not go unanswered."
Ursula sighed. "...Eriana... I am half persuaded but my concerns are more immediate. Tyra is in our room waiting for me and," she sniffed the air, "after what we have just done we both smell somewhat strongly. If the men notice anything, it will be the smell. I have no idea what Tyra will think."
Eriana briefly sniffed. "Oh! Aye, I had not realized our... activity would produce such strong reminders. I do not think the men will mind but the serving staff might! I know what rumors such folk will spread. If I may ask your advice."
"We have to go and have another quick wash, Eriana. That is the only way to get rid of the smell. Um," Ursula tried to think of a good reason, "if someone should ask why we are bathing again, perhaps something we ate for lunch has had a delayed effect. It was a field kitchen, who knows what state the food was in."
The Princess nodded. "Good enough, I deem. Now, mayhap, we should rouse ourselves and tidy up the chamber before we permit anyone else inside."
Shortly afterwards Ursula tapped on her own door. Tyra answered. "Mistress?"
"Look, we have to go and have a another quick wash before we dress for the evening meal, Tyra. You can join us if you want but Eriana and I can manage by ourselves if you are doing something else."
Tyra opened the door a little wider to reveal Kaldar. "We were speaking of the battle, Mistress, and of my journey to the docks and back. If you are sure you do not require my assistance?"
Eriana said, "Tyra, we are two adults, we can manage. I have oft times had to wash by myself at my father's Hall before I departed Einnland."
Tyra bowed. "As you wish, Highness. Um, it will not be long before they call us for the evening meal."
"Your warning is noted, Tyra. We will be as quick as we can."
She gave Ursula an odd look before doing the same to Eriana. "I will have a suitable gown ready for Mistress when she returns, Highness. Will you have time to prepare your own attire?"
"I'll manage, Tyra. Let us go, Ursula."
They managed to make their way back down to the bathing block without doing more than raise a few eyebrows of the staff they passed. Closing the curtain of the cubicle that housed the tub, Ursula pulled the ropes for both hot and cold water. They had to let it come up to their knees before Ursula decided there was enough to make a decent, but quick, wash down.
"You lied to me, Highness."
"Eriana, Ursula. What do you mean, I lied? I meant every word I spoke upstairs."
"I meant about your chest. You have been struck very hard but the injury is not what you claimed. If it had been, we would never have been able to do what we did upstairs."
Her eyes lowered. "It is true. My chest does hurt, that much is true, but I thought that, if I could encourage you to examine me when we returned here, we would mayhap discover our feelings for each other. I did not expect what we did, it took me by surprise and then there was no control over what happened next." She added, "I apologize if I misled you, Ursula. My thought was on the unexpected opportunity."
"Which could have been your last, Highness. If there had been broken ribs or if there had been internal damage to your heart then I could right now have been standing over a corpse. Did you even think of that? Why did you think I had you sit in a wagon for most of today?"
She flushed. "I feel so miserable, Ursula. I have risked my life to satisfy my own longings without thought for others. I am young, you have experience, that is why I look up to you, not as a substitute father or mother but as a life's partner, one who would help me do what a crude barbarian Princess cannot." Her eyes appealed to those of Ursula. "Have I been mistaken? Do you not feel the same for me as I do for you?"
Ursula took a deep breath. "Until today I did not, but when you were whacked I understood it for the first time, Eriana. But now is not the time to be having this talk. We need to find a quiet corner after the meal. Hand me that washcloth, please."
The two quickly soaped themselves - and each other - down before rinsing off the suds. Ursula had by now become used to the group bathing sessions and she had done so with Eriana many times before, but this time was loaded with extra significance for both of them. Given that they were by themselves and with time pressing it took a good deal of restraint by both before they were finished and dry again.
"I do not know if I feel better or worse after that wash, Ursula."
"It is difficult, isn't it? If you go down this path with me then there will need to be changes in our domestic arrangements, big changes."
Eriana's lips twisted in a wry smile. "Aye. I do not know what Bennett or Semma are likely to say. As for Tyra... well. Come, let us return to our chambers, time is passing swiftly."
Back in the Women's Corridor they each went to their separate rooms. When Ursula entered hers Tyra was alone.
"What was that about, Mistress? You had only just bathed!"
Ursula was sure that her face was red. "Uh, when I examined Her Highness I, uh, discovered something unexpected."
"Unexpected? Oh, is she injured in some way not apparent to the eye?"
"Nothing like that, Tyra, fortunately. We'll speak later - and privately - after the meal. Is that the gown for this evening?"
"It is, Mistress. Here, let me help you change."
Everybody was already there apart from themselves and Eriana. Lars held out the chair for Ursula and then for Tyra.
«Did you find anything else wrong with Princess, Mistress?»
«Nothing wrong apart from the bruising, no, but I did make an unexpected discovery, Lars.»
«Oh? Anything that should concern me or the men?»
«That could be an awkward one to answer, Lars.» She remembered a conversation. «Remember what we spoke about one evening?»
He stared at her speculatively and then nodded. «Awkward is understatement, Mistress!» He remembered that almost everyone else around the table could understand their words. «Are you ready to explain?»
By "you" Lars meant both of them, not just herself. She shook her head. «We still have some... investigations to do first, Lars. I'll keep you informed.»
He nodded and then sat down next to Nethra. It was a few moments before a flustered Eriana joined them. Eyebrows were raised but nobody said anything. The meal began but Ursula had noticed that the men were subdued this evening. Having just participated in a post-battle sexual encounter of her own she wondered at their mood.
«Lars, I wondered if the men would be celebrating tonight.»
«Celebrating, Mistress? It is too early for that to happen. Until the enemy is destroyed we must hold ourselves in readiness for the next attack.»
«Do you really think they will try again, after what happened today?»
He shrugged. «Who knows? Their spies cannot be very good if they sent only farmers against us. Maybe there are real warriors marching towards the town even now, to ask battle of us tomorrow.»
It was something that Ursula had not considered. «Do you want to talk about it later?»
He shrugged. «If you wish, Mistress, but without further news we can only speculate. I could suggest that you go to see the Counts tomorrow, they will know more by then.»
She eyed him cautiously. «What do you know that I do not, Lars?»
Another shrug. «Only that you seem to be on closer terms with the Counts than Princess is.»
Eriana turned her head. «That is true, Lars, but only by chance, because she ministered to Darkwin. Your reasoning is good, though. If there is no immediate call to battle tomorrow morning I think Ursula and I will pay Darkwin and Olva a visit to discuss the situation.»
She turned to Ursula. "You are thinking of what men do after battle, yes? From experience we Norse know that, until the enemy is finally defeated, whoever they may be, one should not drink, sing songs or do what men do with women since another attack may come before they are recovered. That would only result in an easy defeat. No, we have learned to wait until the end to celebrate victory... and to mourn the inevitable deaths."
"I understand, Highness. But, from personal experience, you must all find it hard."
Out of the corner of her eye she caught Lars twitch and then sniff unobtrusively.
"Of course," Eriana responded. "But if there are more battles, that means more fighting for the men. It is their life, they are content to wait a day or two." She grinned. "Of course, by then the new ale might be ready."
A certain amount of the bitter beer was drunk, suitably watered, but not enough to trouble any of the Norse. Eventually, most got up and retired for the evening. Eriana and Ursula also rose, but Lars stopped them with a hand.
«Lars?»
He approached and spoke low. «Princess, you mentioned that the men have restrained themselves tonight... but I think that maybe you have not.»
She looked suitably guilty. «Lars, I cannot deny it.»
He raised an eyebrow. «After what happened today in the Shevesty field?»
«You are right, it should not have happened, I have already been told off for it.»
A grunt. «So. Does this mean that you and Ursula..?»
«We are taking it slowly and carefully, just as you and Nethra are.»
He gave a slight bow. «Sorry for the personal questions, Princess, but it does affect the men. And myself.»
«You are right to ask, but this is not the best moment.» Eriana turned to see that Ursula's face was flaming. «Matters are in hand, we will keep you informed.»
«Princess.»
He bowed again and moved away to join Nethra.
"Ursula, Tyra. Come."
Eriana, Ursula and Tyra made their way to Ursula's room. The Princess bade them sit down, which meant that Ursula and Tyra sat on Ursula's bed facing Eriana.
"Tyra."
"Highness?"
"Do you know what happens when two women have strong feelings for one another?"
"I do not, Highness. Mistress has discussed such matters with me before but I do not know how 'tis done, since a woman does not have what a man has between his legs." She thought. "Does this mean that you and Mistress have done such a thing?"
Eriana sighed. "It does, Tyra. I will admit that my feelings for Ursula are as yet stronger than her feelings for me but she tells me that they are there. She only realized this today when I was struck down in front of her."
Tyra looked confused. "But... Highness, I know that such pairings exist but I do not understand them. Does this mean that you would consider her your... mate? I do not understand how such an arrangement is possible."
Ursula said, "Tyra, in the normal course of things a man is always needed to provide a woman with a child. When two women come together there is no man and therefore no children. The bond is instead an emotional one, experiences shared but in a different way than if, for example, you were to find a man to marry."
"Oh. And you would do this with Her Highness?"
It was Ursula's turn to sigh. "It seems very likely, Tyra. I did not fully understand what she meant to me personally until today. Whether we can make a good couple," she shrugged, "we will only find out in time."
"Does this mean," the question was tentative, "that you will share a bed with Her Highness?"
Ursula glanced at Eriana before replying. "I am not sure that would be a good idea at the moment," she admitted, "since it would cause confusion among the hostel staff, and talk we could do without. But yes, in time I would expect that to happen. As for yourself, I have no idea what we would do, Tyra. You are my confidant, you will always be, but this introduces angles none of us have considered."
"I have given you my oath, Mistress, to serve you, but I do not know -"
Eriana held up her hand. "Tyra, I would not expect you to serve me as well! You gave your oath to Ursula as her personal assistant, I will respect that. For myself, as you already know my needs are not those of a normal person. I have managed since we departed Palarand with only occasional help from Bennet and Semma, perhaps it is now time for me to look for permanent attendants of my own."
"Thank you, Highness."
Ursula suggested, "Eriana, you may not need to look very far. The two Yodan women who travel with us are not going to go very far from you if they can avoid it. I know they are still coming back to full health but you might consider one of those as your attendant."
Eriana was surprised by the idea. "I had not thought of either of them! Yet you are right, they will not venture far from me if it is possible." She quirked a sad smile. "Now neither of you know this, but when I arrived at Robanar's palace I brought with me two maids. I regret greatly that I treated them badly, I did not understand that the way to get the best out of one's servants and retainers is to treat them better than one does one's family! At the first opportunity they chose to depart my employ for a better life in the palace. Since then I have had no permanent maid of my own."
Tyra's eyes were wide. "Two maids! Of course, if you are the daughter of a King then mayhap your needs would be more than someone like Mistress Ursula requires."
She waved a hand. "My needs were never great, Tyra. My arrogance was. I considered two maids as only my due for my position." Her tone lowered. "Know that the two girls were not as yourself, they were thralls, girls taken from towns during raids. In your terms, perhaps, they would be considered slaves. I know now that slavery is not generally permitted in the valley of the Sirrel."
"Slaves? Maker!" Tyra's face was pale. "Highness, I know that your people have different ways than those of us who live in the Great Valley but slaves!"
"But they are no longer my people, Tyra. My men and I have given our oaths to King Robanar of Palarand and it is his laws that we obey now. Have no fear of the company you now keep, Tyra of Joth."
"I have travelled a long way with them, Highness, and I trust them - and I trust you. We are all different from who we were when we began this journey together."
Eriana inclined her head. "As you say. Thank you, Tyra."
Ursula spoke. "Tyra, I can only suggest that we continue as we began and see what happens. If you find yourself uncomfortable, or find what we might do to be distasteful, then of course I would release you from your oath to me, if that was what you decided."
"Mistress, thank you for your trust in me. I do not know how your arrangement will work but I will attend you as long as possible since I have sworn to do so. I will let you know if I find the arrangement unpleasant to continue."
"Thank you, Tyra," Ursula said softly.
She reached out and put an arm around Tyra's shoulders. Having let out their circumstances all three women were now becoming emotional. Eriana stood, indicating that the others should remain seated.
"I must needs go," she told them. "There is much to think about for tomorrow."
She opened the door and walked out without another word. Tyra leaned her head on Ursula's shoulder. "She is a strange one, is she not? Are you sure that you agree with this arrangement, Mistress?"
"Not entirely, Tyra. My own feelings are unusual and I must try to work out why." She added, "I think, that after today's events, we both need an early night. Like Eriana, there is much to think about concerning tomorrow."
Tyra's voice was low. "Mistress, today I killed two men."
"As did I, Tyra, apparently. I lost my head when Eriana fell and her sword ended up at my feet. I think most of the Norse went crazy then."
"Oh. I did not see what happened to Her Highness but I saw that the men went crazy. We have been in some fights together but this was my first true battle. I will never forget the look on the face of the first man when my sword went into him."
"You will have to learn to accept it, Tyra. You will probably dream of today for some nights, I think. I know that I will. It is a normal part of understanding and accepting what happened. It shows that you are still human, that you have not become a monster who does not care about those whose death you caused."
"But..." She paused, uncertain.
"What we did today was self-preservation," Ursula explained. "If you had not killed the men who faced you then you would have been the one who died. There is no blame in preserving your own life. You must not blame yourself for the actions of those men, now or in the future. If they had not attacked you, they would not have died."
She nodded slowly. "Mistress, your words are wise."
"If you do have any problems, Tyra, you must talk to me. Between us we can try and accept what we feel. To bottle those feelings up is not a good idea."
"I understand, Mistress. Thank you... and it seems I must also ask you to share your own burden with me."
A warm glow spread through Ursula and her eyes became moist. "Thank you, Tyra. That is a brave offer indeed. And now, perhaps, we should ready ourselves for bed."
~o~O~o~
What do I do?
It is now clear to me that there is attraction to Eriana and yesterday's coming together has only revealed that, heightened that.
Looked at calmly and logically we could be good match together. She has more 'male' attributes than I have ever had while I could provide experience and stability to her fire.
So why do I not feel as enthusiastic? Why am I holding back? Am I really such a cold person?
No, but I am Russian. Natural characteristics plus personal problem means that I have always held myself inside. It has been extremely hard for me to relax fully, even after coming to this world and now having body I should have had in the first place.
It is habit I must break!
I am surrounded by friends now, many men and women I have trusted with my life. Tyra of course, but all the Norsemen will certainly look after me. Eriana I know will do anything, I have seen that, to keep me safe. Bennet and Semma also. I am less certain about newcomers in crew, but they have no reason to be against me and, after way I have treated all of them when we rescued them, every reason to support me.
I must learn to relax! I am not in Russia any more. Yes, there are bad people but bad people are everywhere whatever world I am in, there are just as many good people. I must learn to change myself.
Cannot do much yet. Find out local laws. Perhaps wait until Bibek, or will Bibek be no different than everywhere else we have been? This world is frustrating, everywhere different than everywhere else and none of it like anywhere on Earth!
Yet people - humans - still behave like humans. Same likes and dislikes, same jealousies, same ideas of right and wrong. ...Except Yod, perhaps. No, since people in villages there seemed completely normal.
Take tiny steps.
"Mistress? Are you awake?"
Ursula yawned, groaned and turned on her side towards Tyra's bed. "If I was not awake before, your voice would have woken me, so yes." She raised a hand. "I was part awake, just thinking."
"Oh, I ask your pardon, Mistress, for disturbing you." She hesitated. "Was it about what happened yesterday?" Then, because yesterday had been somewhat busy, she added, "I mean, about you and Her Highness?"
"It was, Tyra, but it was just my mind going over and over the same things all the time. Part of problem is me, part is circumstance. You see, where I came from - on Earth - people like me, who looked like one gender but thought they should be the other, were not treated well. I had to hide my true self inside shell of ordinary male and pretend that was normal. There were many secrets to keep. It is habit of mine that I do not need any more but is hard to break.
"Then there are all the various countries here, all of which are different one way or another. Laws may be different, we have spoken of this, but until I know what is truth I cannot make decision. I thought maybe to tread slowly and carefully, wait perhaps until we reach Bibek. Of course you do not know what Bibek will be like any more than I do."
"Until we came aboard the Visund, I did not even know that Bibek existed!"
"Why should you? A far away country, not the concern of fisherman's daughter."
"As you say, Mistress. Since we sailed away from Joth I have discovered that the world is much bigger than I had imagined."
Ursula snorted. "I suspect it is much, much bigger than that! However, most does not concern us today. Do you know what time it is?"
"I did hear some bells. I think it might be a bell or so before breakfast."
Ursula threw back her light covering. "Then I suggest we make ourselves ready for a quick dip and then prepare ourselves for a visit to the Counts. I had another idea while I was asleep, it might be possible to call at the market on our way there."
"The market, Mistress?"
"Oh, yes. We have to replace all the ointments and bandages we used yesterday anyway but I want to find a glassmaker and a jeweler if I can."
"Something special, Mistress? To help us?"
"This time to help Count Darkwin."
* * *
"Do you make frames for pince-nez?"
The jeweler's face was closed, his manner reluctant. "I have done so in the past, Mistress, it is true, but..." he waved an arm around to include the whole the market place, "times are difficult as you know. Can you not manage without for now? Come back in six months when we know whom our ruler may be."
"I am a healer from a distant land," she told him. "Two days ago I was consulted by Count Darkwin concerning his, ah, injuries. What I require is a medical device which will assist him to rule despite his present limitations. If you cannot help me then I will find someone else who can."
The man's manner changed immediately. "I did not know that, Mistress. If it is for the Count, then of course I can help you... but who will grind your lenses for you? Abban the glass-maker yonder can provide the glass, he does good work for me, but I do not think he knows how to fashion lenses or to shape them."
"That is acceptable, Master..?"
The jeweler bowed. "Urjen, Mistress, and you are?"
"I am Ursula, personal healer to Princess Eriana of Palarand."
The man's eyes widened considerably. "I have heard of the exploits of Her Highness and her men," he said, casting a glance at Torvin and Ragnar, Ursula's usual escort. "Your business is welcome here, Mistress Ursula. But there is still the question of grinding of lenses to consider."
"I do not want any lenses ground, Master Urjen. The problem with your liege lord's eyes is not that they cannot see properly, it is that they dislike bright light. What I want is a special pair of what in my homeland are named sun-glasses, which have much larger lenses made of plain glass and usually colored to reduce the brightness."
Urjen stared at Ursula before shaking his head. "I have heard of the wonders coming out of the east, is this one of those? If I am not to be making a normal frame for pince-nez then I will have to see some drawings of what you require, and then I will tell you if it is possible for me to make them."
"Of course. Tyra?"
"Here, Mistress." The maid handed Ursula several sheets of parchment, which Ursula spread out over the front of the jeweler's stall.
"In my homeland it is customary for any devices that will aid the eyes to be fitted on the nose but also to be held in position by means of arms which curl over the ears," she said, pointing. "Usually that means a hinge here. To protect eyes from sunlight the glass must be cut to larger shapes like these," she pulled out a second sheet, "but any glass must be perfectly smooth and flat so that the view is not distorted. So, perhaps they need to be ground in a way, but just to make the view through them as clear as possible."
"Intriguing," Urjen nodded. "I have seen Abban cut odd shapes of glass to fit in window-leading, when the house-owner desires a picture made from the glass... This is an unusual request, perhaps, but nothing that I would find difficult to make." He shrugged. "We had best ask Abban about his glass, I deem. For Count Darkwin, I assume that you would wish the frame of this device to be made in gold?"
"Silver will be fine, Master Urjen. Your lord has more pressing needs to spend his coin on. If I wanted a pair for myself I would be content with brass but silver is probably the best material to use for your liege."
"As you say, Mistress. Ah, it seems to me that I must needs have measurements of the width of the frame here and the length of these side pieces here. Do you yet know them?"
"We are on our way to an audience with Count Darkwin once we have found everything in the market that we need," she told him. "I will call here on my way back with the measurements, and also authority from the Count to proceed."
"Then I will await your return, Mistress." Urjen turned and spoke to a boy in the booth behind him. "Go and speak to Abban, will you? If he is not busy, ask him to attend us immediately, there will be a special commission for both of us."
The boy stood. "Yes, father." He ran out of the booth and across the half-deserted market.
Urjen watched him go and then turned to Ursula. "Mistress, you mentioned that you would wear these, ah, sun-glasses yourself. Yet your eyes seem undamaged to my untrained eye."
"That is true, but prolonged exposure to very bright daylight can weaken anyone's eyes over time. Most people where I come from use sun-glasses when out in the sun, especially during summer. Why?"
"It occurred to me that, should this device of yours prove a success, then others might wish to imitate their liege lord and begin wearing these... sun-glasses. Do you know if there is a design license on the device? I would gladly pay a fee should there be a demand for them."
Oh! I never considered that!
I guess that I will have to discuss that with Eriana and Kalmenar later today.
"Personally I would have no objection to you making these for anyone who asks, but you raise a good point. I am sure that some arrangement exists but I will have to ask Her Highness's legal advisor for details. I am certain that you can make a pair for Count Darkwin, as his is a medical need, but I had better find out more before you make any others." Ursula added, "I had not thought of it but I could do with a pair myself and I am sure that others of Her Highness's company would appreciate some as well."
He nodded. "As I suspected, Mistress. If I may prove the design with an example for Count Darkwin, we can then begin the sordid business of bargaining for any further examples."
Ursula had seen and heard it uttered previously, so she said, "Done, Master Urjen. But you may have to share your fee with Master Abban there."
"What fee is that we are sharing, Urjen?" Abban joined them, wiping his forehead with a cloth. "Your lad tells me there is business to be made today."
Unlike Urjen, who was an unremarkable man the same height as Ursula, Abban towered over even her escorts. Much of this was bulk but his arms and hands showed evidence of burns and scars obtained during his occupation, which had to involve the creation and working of glass.
Urjen waved a hand. "Mistress Ursula comes to me with an interesting commission which requires silver but also glass. I immediately thought of you."
Abban turned to Ursula with an upturned eyebrow.
"Mistress?"
"I am personal healer to Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and the company she leads," she explained. "In the course of my duties I was asked to examine Count Darkwin's injuries, as I have more knowledge of the subject than local healers seem to have. His eyes have no defect of focus but dislike bright light. I thought of a device common in my homeland which we call sun-glasses."
She showed Abban her drawings and explained what she wanted. The glassmaker scratched his chin and nodded as he took in the requirements.
"What you ask is of course possible, Mistress, but it is not something that I have ever seen done before, at least in Upper Fanir. It will take some experimentation to produce glass as flat as that you require but I have no doubt that we can make such a lens - do you still name these lenses?"
"Usually, Master Abban."
"Then the next question I must needs ask is of the darkness and color which will be required. Too dark and the wearer cannot see anything, too pale and the wearer will still suffer. And I have no idea what color would be suitable for such use. You say these devices are common where you come from, Mistress, what colors are used there?"
Ursula thought and the answer surprised her. "Many different colors, actually. Some have blue, some gray, others brown, of different darknesses as the wearer desires. Very occasionally red or yellow lenses, but those are for particular uses. The lenses are often other shapes as well, since sun-glasses have become fashion items where I come from."
"Fashion items? Maker!" Abban glanced at Urjen. "So this commission for Count Darkwin could be the first of many, I deem. Now I understand what you meant about fees. This puts a completely different angle on your commission, Urjen."
Urjen looked cautious. "Now Abban, we must needs take this commission slowly. To my mind we are commissioned only to provide some special relief for the eyes of Count Darkwin. Once we have discovered a way to provide for him, only then may we dream of what else we may accomplish." He turned to Ursula. "Mistress, it seems that Abban and I must needs discuss your commission in detail this morning. I can already see that we will both have many questions for you before we may put tool to metal or glass."
She nodded. "I have only just realized that myself, Masters. Do you know where we are staying?"
He grinned. "Aye, of course, I doubt there is anyone in Faralan who does not!"
"Then perhaps you could call later this afternoon, or maybe even after the evening meal. We can sit around a table with our legal advisor and go through the fine detail. By then I should have some measurements for you."
"Done, Mistress."
The two men held out their hands and Ursula shook them.
"Thank you, gentlemen, and now it is time we went to the mansion, where Count Darkwin awaits us along with Her Highness."
The two men bowed and Ursula turned away.
"Have we got everything we need from the market, Tyra?"
"I think so, Mistress."
"Then let's go. It is beginning to get warm out here."
The guards at the mansion gates actually saluted Ursula when her party arrived. At the front door an aide bowed and then led them to a reception room where Eriana and Kalmenar were waiting with a number of the local military leaders.
"Ursula, come in, find a seat. Did you do all that you wanted in the market?"
Torvin and Ragnar nodded to Eriana and then departed. Tyra took up station behind Ursula's chair.
"I did, Highness, but there was a complication I had not thought of."
"Oh?"
"I do not want to delay this meeting, Highness. We can talk about it later. Oh, I will need advice from Lord Kalmenar as well."
"Ah? As you say. Well, let us begin. Marshal Tevos? Of Upper Fanir's forces you are the most senior here, shall you guide this meeting?"
"As you wish, Highness... Admiral. To begin with, I should advise everyone that for now, Faralan is safe." There were sighs of relief from several of the others, though some merely nodded. "There are still some rebel troops in the area who escaped after yesterday's battles, they are not thought to present any significant danger. Admiral, if I may introduced Under-Marshal Toktas of Kweren, which is a fishing port on the Sirrel east of here. He arrived this morning with around twelve hundred troops who had been patrolling the river bank between here and Kweren."
Eriana nodded to him. "Marshal. It is good to see you here."
"Highness, uh, Admiral. I ask your pardon, the new ranks were explained to me but the new system is not yet familiar."
"I understand. Continue."
"We have separately heard rumors of insurrection which is why I assembled a strong force and moved west. Other forces have moved north to cut the main routes from the east, with instructions to send messengers if large enemy forces appear. So far there have been none."
Tevos nodded. "So our main adversary is to our north and west, then. Good. The situation to the north-east, north and west is not so clear, but if they have resorted to ill-equipped levies then I do not think they will presently pose much of a threat to our own troops."
Vikzas objected, "Marshal, many of those same levies will have gained experience fighting those of Yod, whatever they may look like. Do not dismiss them on that account."
"As you say, Vikzas."
The reporting continued, concluding with a review of the events at the Shevesty field.
"There is a matter resulting from that business, Admiral," Tevos noted, "which causes me some technical concern. Several have said to me that there were foreign troops present, not allied to Upper Faral by any treaty or other agreement. There is an obvious argument to that since you were there by previous arrangement and were directly attacked, that gives you the right of self defense."
"I agree," Eriana replied. "However I know there will be those who will seek to make mischief of it. Is there some answer?"
"Not that I know of. It will be a matter for higher authority, I deem."
"Of course. Where are our hosts this day? I assumed they would be present when we met here."
"Ah, it is difficult for Lord Darkwin, since his eyes cannot withstand the light. He will appear with Lord Olva for a short time when their presence and authority are required... which, I deem, is probably now."
Tevos turned to some servants who stood near the door. "If you could ask our lieges to join us here," he asked one, and when that man had departed he said to the others, "If you would partly draw the drapes, that Lord Darkwin's eyes may not be inconvenienced too much."
Everyone stood when the two Counts entered the darkened room. They walked to the two better-quality chairs set aside for them and sat, whereupon everyone else regained their seats.
Darkwin spoke. "Good morning, all. I trust that you of my loyal troops have satisfied yourselves as to the state of Upper Fanir?"
"Aye, My Lord," Tevos replied. He then gave an account of what had happened and what the present state of affairs was.
"Thank you, my Marshals, for a difficult task well done. And I must also thank our friends from Faralmark and Palarand for their invaluable assistance in that task."
Eriana raised a hand in recognition while Torban briefly stood and saluted.
Tevos continued, "Questions have been asked, My Lords, concerning those same friends, since there is no official treaty or other document requesting their assistance for what is after all a domestic quarrel. Some could see it as interference by a foreign power, no different than what we suffered under Yod. I do not claim to know how we would solve such a puzzle."
Darkwin turned to Eriana. "Admiral? You have sailed the Sirrel, is there anything in your experience which would guide us here?"
"I know of the treaties which Palarand has with Ferenis and Forguland but I am not versed in such protocols, My Lord. Kalmenar, can you do better?"
"Admiral, I cannot. Other than the recent conflict with Yod, which affected everybody, the other end of the Sirrel has not recently suffered wars in the way that this part has."
Torban said, "My Lords, if I may remind you, we have spoken of the Federation and of course both Faralmark and Palarand are already members. Should Upper Faral join then such concerns would become moot."
Vikzas waved a hand in objection. "But what has happened is in the past, Torban. Any such treaty would come too late to satisfy the trouble makers."
Eriana frowned. "I would not be too certain of that, Vikzas. When we first met on the pontoons you told me that Upper Fanir was considering joining the Federation." She turned to Darkwin, "My Lord, is this true?"
He nodded. "It is true, and personally I consider it to be a prudent move. But will they consider a poor land which still has strife within its borders? If such a union was approved, what of the actions you and your men, together with Torban and his men, took yesterday? Mischief could still be made, I deem, even though our intent to join has been clear."
Eriana smirked. "They are we, My Lord. I am a signatory to the original document creating the Federation and, before we departed, I was given powers to act in its name. Those powers include signing treaties with such as yourself, assuming later ratification by at least three other rulers of Federation member states." She waved a hand. "Oh, I do not claim to know all that is involved in such treaties but I understand enough that Upper Fanir would be welcomed as a member, whatever your internal affairs presently are."
Kalmenar objected, "But, Highness, any such treaty must needs be dated following yesterday's events."
"As you say, Kalmenar. I do not see any way to avoid that."
Everyone sat in silence for a few moments before Ursula spoke up.
"My Lord, Admiral, surely the treaty is the main thing? If you sign it, then it will become valid."
Darkwin nodded. "Aye, Mistress, but the date would not cover any previous events. That is our puzzle."
"Then why not date the document before those events? The date of a document describes when it comes into force, not when it was written."
There was a rustle in the darkened room as many of those present stirred uncomfortably.
Marshal Vikzas stated, "Mistress, you ask us to commit to a lie."
"I never said that, Marshal. I did just hear Lord Darkwin state that it is his intention to have Upper Fanir join the Federation. It seems to me that writing and signing the actual document has been delayed, that is all." She smiled. "Delayed, perhaps, until a Federation representative became available."
Kalmenar was not happy. "Mistress, what you say could just about be considered legal but I would not care to justify it in front of my King."
Eriana responded, "But I will, Kalmenar, and I know that Robanar will grant me the benefit of the doubt. Lord Darkwin, what say you?"
He was hesitant. "It is a way around our puzzle, it is true. I would rather our entry into the Federation have begun in a more customary manner, though."
"Lord Olva, if I may ask your thoughts."
"It seems to me that what the Mistress proposes is irregular, Admiral, but it would satisfy anyone who objects to the presence of Federation troops, I deem. After all, who in Upper Fanir would have actually seen and read such a treaty, had one already been signed? Mayhap there could already have been such a document but it has been hidden away in some safe place within this mansion, against discovery by the rebels."
"Much in the manner of Lord Darkwin himself, for example."
Olva gave Eriana a swift glance. "There is much in what you say, Admiral."
Ursula said, "I had not thought how uncomfortable just changing the date would be, My Lord. But, thinking about it, why not simply have two dates? The date the document was created and signed and the date from which the provisions were intended to start."
Darkwin started and leaned forward. "An excellent suggestion, Mistress! Gentlemen, are we all agreed that it would be in our best interests to become part of this new Federation?"
There was a general muttering.
"Does anyone have any objections or foresee any complications?"
A marshal Ursula didn't recognize raised his hand. "My Lord, regarding the dating, I am certain that there will be those who find the practice questionable but I do not think that they will delay what is inevitable." He added, "Just pointing out that nay-sayers will always exist, My Lord."
"As you say, Odren." He turned to Eriana. "Admiral, how should we now proceed?"
"Why, My Lord, we commission such a treaty and, once we have all looked at it and agreed the words, we sign it."
"And how will we know what to write?"
"Easy, My Lord," she answered with a grin. "Lord Kalmenar has brought with him a copy of the document which Palarand itself signed. We may use that as our guide. I should warn you that, to ratify the treaty, the original must needs be sent to three countries already within the Federation. For that reason it will be necessary to make copies, you may require four or five, to have here while the original travels."
"That will take time, I deem. Have we that time?"
"My Lord, producing the original can be done and signed today. The treaty is not a long document. Copies will take two or three days more."
"Done. Admiral, Mistress, gentlemen, I thank you for your time today. Now, I regret, I must retreat into a more shaded room to consider what we have said here. Continue your other discussions, I beg you, Count Olva will remain to bring word to me later."
As Darkwin rose to leave, Ursula called, "My Lord."
He turned. "Mistress?"
"Can I have a word with you concerning your, uh, medical matters? It should not take long."
"Of course, Mistress. You may accompany me."
* * *
"Is this possible?"
"Not only is it possible, My Lord, where I come from sun-glasses are widely available and sold cheaply to all in shops and booths. Your own need is slightly different to others, of course, but a darker lens should give you more freedom - when Count Darkwin must be seen by his people."
"I had not thought - you are right, of course. Though I much prefer wearing my other face in public there will always be occasions when Darkwin must needs be present. Mistress, I thank you greatly for your kind thoughts - but by your expression, there may be some problem. Are these devices difficult to make, then?"
"Not really. No more difficult than, say, making a necklace. And that is a good comparison, since many women would regard these as fashion accessories in the same way as a necklace or a brooch."
"Do you tell me? That is interesting! But what, then, is the problem?"
"You know of my origins, of course. The sun-glasses come from the other world, the one I was born on. When Princess Garia arrived in Palarand it was realized that, despite her age she knew so much from that world that any device or other knowledge she revealed might cause problems if let loose on Anmar. The obvious example is that of guns, or thunder-pipes as some call them."
"Ah, I understand, Mistress, and you believe that sun-glasses might do the same."
"Sun-glasses are probably not going to endanger society, My Lord, but they will make life easier for very many people, including yourself. I do not think they will cause a great upset in the way that, say, paper is about to do. However, there is a rule that all such knowledge and new devices should be examined before release, with some items being reserved or delayed until a later date."
He nodded. "With your explanation, I can see it is a wise move. But who shall decide what shall be released and what should remain secret?"
"There is, I am told, a committee in Palarand which makes those decisions, My Lord, although..."
She twitched uncomfortably. Do I tell him about Maralin? She continued, "Ah, rulers from certain other countries also sit on this committee. I do not know the details, I doubt anyone who came on the Visund, even Her Highness, knows how it is managed."
"Does King Robanar know?"
"I would imagine so, My Lord."
"Then I will write to him and seek to learn more, if possible." He held up a hand. "Mistress, it will not be a plain letter but one sent in code to our Resident there, who will decode it and hand the result directly to Palarand's King. But what, then, shall we do here about these sun-glasses?"
"I was coming to that, My Lord. For yourself, I feel sure that a medical device to help your sight should be a separate matter. By the time a reply comes back from Palarand you should be used to them and those around you will be used to you wearing them. At that point talks should begin about what are called design licenses for further versions to be made for your own population."
He smiled. "I understand, Mistress. For a fee, I suppose?"
"I do not need any of Upper Fanir's money, My Lord, but a nominal fee, to be kept in a local account, might be a precaution just to stop the idea getting out of control."
"The principle is well-known here, Mistress, as it is in all countries along the Sirrel. I agree. Make your sun-glasses for me, then, and I will be content to sign your design license. Have you yet chosen someone to make this device?"
She nodded. "I have spoken to two men in the market called Urjen and Abban, who will be meeting me later today to discuss ideas."
"I know them, they have both done work for the household and the mansion. Very well, Mistress, I await your return with anticipation."
She stood. "My Lord, perhaps it is now time I left you to deal with more important matters."
"Mistress, you have just proved that you come from another world. There can be little that is more important to Upper Fanir and, indeed, to all Anmar."
Ursula examines Anmar's first prototype sunglasses. Eriana and Kalmenar decide to join her at the mansion to explain 'factories'. The next morning Ursula struggles with her desires, later, at the treaty signing, she realizes that an important document is missing.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
70 - Designs and Treaties
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
"Please sit down, gentlemen."
Urjen and Abban each took the nearest chair and made themselves comfortable. Both, Ursula noted, had small box-like leather bags with them and Urjen also carried a flat folder, which he placed on the table.
"Mistress," Urjen began, "when you came to me with what seemed a simple commission I thought that it would be easy enough for me, with Abban's assistance here, to satisfy. However, thinking about what you required and then, following your comments about making these devices available more widely, has given us both to much deep thought."
"I wondered if it might," Ursula said. "After we left you we had other more serious business with the two Counts but your own comments made me realize that what I asked was not necessarily simple. That made me think over the whole idea. First, perhaps, I should ask you for your own thoughts."
"As you wish, Mistress." Urjen opened his bag. "Here, Mistress, is a sample of silver rod that I thought would be suitable for the purpose. As you can see, it is a square section - we can draw these easy enough - with a channel in one side to hold the glass." He shrugged. "It is much the same as the lead I would use for a window. If I soften the rod carefully and bend it into shape I can make something like this -" he pulled out a respectable looking frame, "which should satisfy your desire. In theory, then, all Abban has to do is to shape his glass to fit, I solder the frame shut and fit the side pieces, which will be made of similar rod without the channel."
Abban then took up the story. "Mistress, as I told you earlier, I thought that I should be able to make flat glass of at least the size required and then shape it to fit Urjen's frames. It is so, here are two samples I made after lunch."
Abban lifted out two small cloth bundles which he opened on the table to reveal two lenses, roughly shaped, but of different colors.
"This is my immediate problem, Mistress. I do not know what colors or darkness of shade will be required. These two are made from scraps that happened to be in my workshop." He shrugged. "No doubt I or my apprentices can spend all our days producing pairs of these lenses in many different colors and darknesses but until we know what combination will be suitable for each person it will be a wasted effort, I deem."
"And then there is the problem of fitting," Urjen added. "To change such a lens, so that Lord Darkwin and others may discover which they would prefer, would mean opening the frame each time and resoldering it around new glass. In a very short while the frame would be so abused that it will not be usable by anyone. So then I had an idea."
Abban gestured as Urjen brought out another frame. "Mistress, I believe this may be the answer to that problem."
Urjen explained, "I have made a slightly smaller frame, of the same size and shape as the lenses, from plain square silver rod and soldered it shut. Then, on the outside, you see hooks which can be bent over to hold the glass in place in front of the frame. This method, after all, is only much the same way I mount gemstones in brooches and the like. His Honor can then test the different kinds of glass we may offer until a pair is found that he is comfortable with. Once he has done that I can solder them into the other style of frame for a more permanent fit."
Ursula picked up both frames and examined them.
It is a clever idea and one I would not have thought of. I would not have thought of the problem of selecting colors or densities either. Why would I? When I wanted a pair of sunglasses I just went into a shop, chose a pair and bought them! They don't do that here. Yet.
"Gentlemen, I think you have solved one of the more awkward problems I suspected you might have. I agree, this looks like the best way of solving that problem."
"Thank you, Mistress," Urjen replied with a small bow. "With your permission, we will now begin to make a pair of frames, test and final, and a range of lenses for His Honor to select from. I assume that you will desire to carry out the testing? Honest craftsmen like ourselves do not regularly call upon our rulers."
She smiled. "Yes and no, Master Urjen. Since, as you know, we will be sailing on at some time in the next few days, I will not be around to do more than the initial fitting and testing. I expected someone from Faralan to become Count Darkwin's expert in such matters. It could be either of you, both of you, or someone else of your choosing, possibly a healer, preferably someone who normally works with patients who have sight problems."
The two men looked at one another.
"We will be too busy, Abban."
"If the other part of our business here becomes what we think it will, certainly!"
"But there is that healer who used to live in the Street of the Canthis. Remember her?"
"Aye, Urjen, but I haven't seen her around for some time. A lot of people disappeared when the invaders came calling."
"Ourselves included! But at least we returned once it was safe enough." Urjen turned to Ursula. "Mistress, we will attempt to find someone who can do as you require. For now, if we may both attend the mansion with you when you go to supply His Honor with the glasses."
"Of course." She inclined her head. "Count Darkwin already knows that it is you two I have spoken with."
Abban said, "Mistress, we are gratified that you have mentioned our names to him."
"Then there is the small matter of sun-glasses for others," Urjen continued. "Personally, I spend some time each day in the market-place and I am tired of squinting once the sun moves round to face my stall. I am astonished that I did not think of something like sun-glasses myself, Mistress. Abban and I have talked this matter over between ourselves and we are amazed, nay, even concerned, by the potential market for such devices as these."
"Aye," Abban agreed. "Mistress, if only one-tenth of those residing in Faralan were to wear such items we are speaking of many hundreds of devices which must needs be made. A pair of artisans such as ourselves could never hope to fill that demand by ourselves, even with our apprentices, it would become our life's work to the exclusion of all else. Thus we are considering combining our resources and starting some kind of venture which will make nothing but sun-glasses for those of Faralan and, indeed, for anyone who resides in Upper Fanir. But we have no idea how to go about such a venture."
"Ah," she said. "Yes, sunglasses could become extremely popular once their existence is known. And you two obviously think that I know how it is done where I came from."
"As you say, Mistress. There must be some means whereby this task can be accomplished otherwise you would not have mentioned the possiblity to us." Abban's eyes suddenly narrowed. "Unless, Mistress, you do not know how such devices are made?"
Ursula colored slightly. She had indeed overlooked this point.
"I regret that you have guessed right, Masters. Where I come from nobody can possibly know every detail about how everything is done, any more than everyone in Faralan knowing how you make jewelry and you make glass." She pointed to them in turn. "All I can do is offer you some general advice and let you work out your own ideas from there." She paused, thinking. "There is a possibility that someone in our party might know more, which means that I'll have to ask for advice myself. I suggest that you both return tomorrow afternoon when I might be able to provide more details for you."
Urjen nodded. "About what we thought, Mistress. Thank you for your time and effort. Now, concerning the device for the Count, how should we proceed? The frames before you should suffice as a start, I deem, but there are the lenses to consider. How many should friend Abban make? And of what darkness and color?"
Ursula thought. "Can you fit those two lenses into that test frame for me, please? I should at least try out what you have brought."
"Surely, Mistress, but they are different colors, as you see."
"I can shut each eye while I test the other. It is not something I would ask a patient to do, though."
Fitting the lenses was simple, the retaining lugs being bent into place by hand. Ursula took the frame and walked out onto the walkway around the courtyard, where she was received with curious stares from relaxing Norsemen. Putting the glasses on she discovered that they would be too large for her but would probably fit Darkwin well. The glass in the bluish lens was flat but there was a ripple across that in the dark red lens.
The two men had joined her outside, where they eyed the always well-armed Norse with caution.
"This frame would be a little large for me but should fit the Count fine. This blue lens is about right for color," she told them. "It looks smooth and the view is clear. Whether it is dark enough for the Count only he can tell us. The reddish lens has a faint ripple across it, but otherwise that color might also be suitable."
"Do you tell me?" Abban responded, surprised. "If I may try the device, Mistress."
The two tried the glasses on and muttered things to one another.
"I see you are right, Mistress," Abban conceded. "We will have to be more careful when we select our glass for the lenses, I deem. Tomorrow morning, then, I will make some more of the blue type, it may be possible to vary the darkness but for final use I should melt more glass with varying proportions of the coloring salts."
"...Making careful notes about which lenses have which salts, and how much of each," Urjen noted.
Abban sniffed. "I don't tell you how to make bracelets, Urjen, I know my own business. But, aye, I will begin by making careful notes of all we have done so far. It will be needful if we are to make so many of these devices."
"Done." Urjen turned to Ursula, who was now squinting in the sunlight. "Mistress, we shall return tomorrow afternoon at about the same time with suitable devices to be presented to His Honor. If we may go inside and retrieve our bags."
"A good idea, gentlemen. Until tomorrow, then."
Following the two men inside she found Zakaros and Karan waiting for her.
"Mistress," Zakaros said, "We were expecting you to tell us more about the Garian numbers."
"Oh, yes, gentlemen. I was interrupted. Come this way into my office, we have a little time before we have to prepare for the evening meal."
* * *
"Lars tells me you were attended by two of the local artisans this afternoon, Ursula," Eriana remarked as they sat for their meal.
"Yes, Highness, and that was something I wanted to ask you about after we have eaten. I'll need Lord Kalmenar as well."
Her eyebrows rose. "Are you about to break some more rules, Ursula?"
"Probably, Highness, though I doubt this will put anybody in danger as a result. I'll explain after we have finished."
"As you wish, Ursula."
This time they gathered in Eriana's office, which was a little larger than the room Ursula had been using.
"Lars speaks of a strange eye-covering," the Princess began, "which reminded him that the God Odin was said to have but one eye. Shall you explain?"
"The devices are not for a God but for Lord Darkwin," Ursula explained. "The reason that the lenses were different colors was shortage of time since I made my original inquiry. They were just samples."
She explained fully why she had thought of sunglasses for Darkwin after her own experiences in the arena of the Shevesty field, and how she had asked the two men to devise something for her.
"Thus he would not be forever trapped in darkened rooms," Eriana mused. "A clever thought, but what brings us together tonight is that you seek to introduce a new device to Anmar, I deem, and you do not yet know the rules."
Ursula grimaced. "Unfortunately we are well past that stage, Highness. Those two men have taken a commission from me to fit the Count and by this time tomorrow they will have something he might be able to wear. There was talk of design licences and fees but, though I know such things exist, I know little more. My only experience is what happened in Joth."
Kalmenar asked, "Surely a single example of such a device will not cause much of a problem, Highness? Nobility often do things and wear things that the lower orders cannot, especially if it is for medical purposes."
"If I understand Ursula aright," Eriana responded, "there will be more than one such device involved. How many, Ursula?"
"The problem, My Lord," Ursula explained, addressing Kalmenar, "is that I told them that many people where I come from wear such devices to protect their eyes from the sun, even when their eyes function normally. Urjen and Abban have had the idea that, once his people see Count Darkwin wearing sunglasses, many will want a pair for themselves, which I suspect is correct. They estimate many hundreds of pairs in Faralan alone."
Eriana added, "We have seen the same in Palarand, My Lord, as you know. All Princess Garia had to do was to wear something or display a new device and there was at once an immediate clamor for more of the same. I can easily see the same happening here."
"But we are not in Palarand, Highness," Kalmenar argued. "If we were we could easily submit this new device to the King and he would tell us straight away if it should be permitted or not. Here, we must needs deal with... nobles... who know nothing about Ursula's origins and the dangers any new device might bring."
"Actually," Ursula disagreed, "Count Darkwin already knows that I come from another world, My Lord. There were... uh, medical reasons why it was necessary that he had to know. I should not say anything more to either of you since that information is covered by my healer's oath, but I think he will understand the problem of manufacturing sunglasses when I take the samples to him tomorrow."
"If he is ruler of this land then it should be safe enough to discuss such matters with him," Eriana mused. "Very well, Lord Kalmenar and I shall accompany you tomorrow. We attend the mansion in any event to have the formal treaty with the Federation signed."
"As you wish, Highness, but I should mention that Master Urjen and Master Abban will be coming with me as well. They do not know exactly where I come from, except that it is a 'distant land' where such devices as sun-glasses are well known."
"Then we must needs manage the meetings carefully."
"Of course, Highness. That brings me to the other reason I wanted to speak to both of you, which is that the two think that, assuming they get permission, they can begin to make sunglasses for anyone in Upper Fanir. Their problem is that, being artisans, they have no idea how to build or run a proper factory. You told me once that Palarand has factories, did I remember that right?"
Eriana's smile was warm. "Oh, aye! Princess Garia naturally introduced the idea as the only way that large quantities of anything could be made efficiently, but those of Palarand, especially two named Parrel and Fulvin, have turned her ideas into practical businesses, if I may use that term. I do not know every detail, that is not for me, but I have no doubt that between us Kalmenar and I can satisfy your two gentlemen."
"And if Count Darkwin is sitting there," Ursula added, "it is possible he could give permission for them to begin there and then."
Kalmenar asked, "Do you know what exactly they need to know, Mistress?"
"The usual things that happen when two men have an idea and want to do something about it, My Lord. How to form a company, find suitable premises, take on staff, obtain machinery, that sort of thing. Most importantly, perhaps, how to fund it! At the moment I do not think they have even heard of the word company, except in military terms."
"I see. Aye, I can lay out what is required for them, but of course I do not know the laws of Upper Fanir. The laws of Palarand had to be modified when Princess Garia began to change everything."
Eriana pointed out, "Then it will be as well that we will be meeting Count Darkwin tomorrow, My Lord. It should be possible to satisfy most if not all of these matters then."
* * *
Ursula turned over once more. It was dark and had been so for some time. In the other bed Tyra gently snored and Ursula wished she could be doing the same, but tonight sleep just would not come.
I know why I cannot sleep. It is warm but no warmer than last few days. It is possible that tonight may even be cooler than last night.
Eriana. I thought I knew my own desires but apparently I do not. Ever since... that encounter... I just want to do it again, to feel her perfect skin slide through my hands, to gaze into her eyes, to...
But I am fighting it, why?
Habit again. This would not be easy even if I did want to do it. Must. Break. Habit!
Normally, stubborn is good trait to have. Today, here, now, stubborn is anchor holding me back.
Privacy. Have held secrets for so long it is habit. Must. Break. Habit!
It is not just physical. We would make good couple. I hold her steady, she looks after me. What is problem?
Problem is stupid head. Must. Break. Habit!
~o~O~o~
"Mistress?"
Ursula was groggy. Not to mention unwilling to be awake. She groaned, "What?"
"Mistress, it is late and breakfast will soon be served! Kaldar has already been here asking for his medicine."
A flash of adrenalin blasted through her veins making her thoroughly and uncomfortably conscious. "What? Oh, no!"
She flung back the light cover and hauled herself upright, squinting against the glare of sunlight. Tyra saw this and moved to stand in front of her, blocking the direct glare. Her hands held underwear and a ship dress.
"Mistress, if you would dress, there is no time to bathe first. Mayhap you can do so afterwards."
"Yes, of course." She managed a smile at the maid. "You are not to blame but you could have tried harder to wake me. This is unusual."
It is! I do not remember oversleeping like this since too-long shift at hospital. Fortunately no-one here will dock pay for late arrival.
Must. Break. Habit!
"Mistress, I did try but you resisted."
"Oh. Thank you, Tyra."
With Tyra's help, Ursula was soon dressed and the two made their way out of their room. Tyra turned one way and Ursula the other.
"Mistress?"
"I can leave a wash until later but I do need to pee first. And wash my hands before handling food."
"Oh, of course, Mistress."
Relieved and at least partly clean, the two joined the others in the dining room, where the Norsemen were already assembling zurin rolls. Ursula made her way across to Eriana's table where that perfect body sat waiting. She tried to keep her expression from showing anything but it was difficult.
"Ursula, good morning." The Princess frowned. "Some problem today?"
"Just, uh, some after effects from the recent battle, Highness."
Eriana's look was sympathetic. "We understand. Sit down, a zurin roll will soon put you right."
Once they had taken the edge off their hunger, the Princess asked, "What plans have you this morning, Ursula? I trust it does not involve letting out more Earth secrets."
"Highness, all I did was to try and provide something that will help Count Darkwin. This morning I will probably be looking - again - at all the injuries of your men. I want to make sure that all their dressings are clean and the wounds are healing."
"Most are minor wounds, they have had them before."
"True, Highness, but we are all getting older and the damage builds up over time. Besides, there are three that have more serious wounds which I do need to check over carefully."
Eriana nodded. "Of course. Stine, with his leg, Haakon's head wound and Ragnar's arm. You will tell me what you find?"
"Of course, Highness. They are your men, after all." She added, "I do not think you have great cause for concern unless anyone's wounds become infected. That is more likely the warmer it becomes, I regret."
"Do you tell me? Of course, in Einnland, we never had many warm days the way they happen here. Why is that a problem?"
"The various bugs that cause infections grow more quickly the warmer it becomes. Fortunately the local salves and potions seem to keep things under control better than I expected."
Eriana smiled. "And we have someone who is an expert at administering them, I deem. Good, Ursula." The smile disappeared. "And now I must needs go and spend part of my morning writing letters. Call if you find any unusual problems."
With a bare nod to everyone at table, she stood and stalked out of the dining room. Ursula also stood and walked over to the table where Zakaros and Karan sat.
"Karan, I have need of you this morning to go through the wounds that everyone acquired during the battles." She remembered an earlier comment of Tyra's. "Oh, after I have given Kaldar his potions."
"As you wish, Mistress."
"Do you have anything to do today, Zakaros?"
"Mistress, Captain Tor asks me to help him check the stores on the Visund." He looked uncertain. "Will I be safe there with him?"
As Tor was seated at the same table, she swung to him and raised an eyebrow.
«Knows his business better than I do, Mistress,» Tor replied. «He wants experience with new numbers, he will get that today.»
«And he is safe with you and your men?»
«I guarantee it, Mistress. He is literate, a counter of numbers, he could be useful to the crew. I do not consider him an enemy any more but,» there was a grin, «it will be a while before we can make him a crewman. Besides, he can write much better than any of us can.»
Both Ursula's eyebrows rose. «You consider taking him on?»
A shrug. «We need more warm bodies, Mistress, and they need to be able to pull oars. Stine and Ragnar can't do that for now and I doubt that Stine will ever be able to pull an oar again.» A brief grin. «You women may be able to fight but none of you are big enough to properly row the Visund. That will always be a man's job.»
«I cannot disagree, Tor. Take him, then, see what he might be capable of for us.»
«Yah, Mistress.»
Ursula stood up and surveyed the room. «Listen, everyone! This morning I will be examining every injury any of you have had since we arrived at Faralan. I apologize if this interrupts anyone's plans. Stine, Ragnar, Haakon, I will attend you last, I think, as you will all require more of my attention. Any questions?»
Lars asked, «Mistress, we intended to go into the courtyard to do our Tai Chi. I realize now that would not be a good idea. Is there anything else we can do once you have seen us?»
«Whatever you all want to, Lars. Oh, there is one thing you might be able to do for me.»
«Mistress?»
«You went to a brewery the other day. Do you know if they make distilled spirits there?»
He looked confused. «Mistress?»
«Um. You ferment the grain or whatever as usual and then boil the result. The steam is collected in a long tube and cooled and the result is a concentrated drink. Sometimes this operation is done several times,» she explained.
He nodded. «Ah, yah, Mistress! They do that but what comes out is not to drink. I was told it is used to make glues and paints. You want me to fetch some for you, Mistress?»
«If it is possible, yes, just a bottle or so, please, Lars. It is a useful way of cleaning wounds, especially deep ones. I can also use it to clean my instruments when there is no boiling water available.» Ursula held up a clear glass bottle with two fingers of transparent liquid remaining inside. «This is all we have left. Do you want to have a smell? It should not harm you.»
He took the bottle and cautiously sniffed, recoiling at the tang of alcohol. Returning the bottle he smiled. «Smells the same as the stuff in the brewery did. I learn something new every day, Mistress. Do you want to look at my cuts first?»
«Might as well. Take a seat, please.»
* * *
«That cut goes right to the bone, Haakon. Fortunately it goes no deeper.»
«Yah, Mistress. I want to keep my brains where they belong. What will you do to it?»
«It has mostly stopped bleeding now so it is time to tidy it up and cover the wound. What I will do is to numb your scalp and then shave a strip either side of the cut. Once I have done that I will sew the wound shut so it lies flat. There will probably be a little more bleeding because of that but not for very long.»
«So I will have a scar but it will not get in the way when I comb my hair?»
«That's right. You will have to leave your hair without washing for three or four days and then handle it carefully, understand?»
«You take good care of me, Mistress. I will do as you ask. I will also ask when it is safe to wash or comb my hair.»
«Good.» Ursula turned and explained to Karan what she would be doing. "So I'll need that jar of hesp salve and the razor is already out."
"As you desire, Mistress." He looked apologetic. "I have learned more today than I learned in six months with Healer Hakarin. I must thank you again for permitting me to come with you."
"I could not let your own talent go to waste, Karan. That jar of hesp, please? Then I'll show you how to sew a skin cut so that it does not leave a ridge."
* * *
Ragnar made a sharp intake of breath.
«Oh, I'm sorry. With a break like this it would be difficult to make your arm sufficiently numb without knocking you out completely.»
«It is fine, Mistress. Was unexpected, that is all.»
«It was not fine, Ragnar. I try not to be cruel to my patients. If it hurts too much I will find something to give you. Now. The break appears to be clean and that means it should heal properly without any complications. I regret that you will have to have the arm in splints for two to four weeks.»
«That means I will not be able to practise, Mistress. What can I do to keep the rest of myself fit?»
«You can still use the one arm, you know. Raise and lower some weights, something like that. Make sure you do sufficient walking to keep your leg muscles and your blood circulation active. Maybe Captain Tor will find you something you can do that only involves one hand.»
Ragnar grinned. «Every man knows something to do with one hand, Mistress.»
She slapped him lightly on his good arm. «Men! You know what I meant. Now, keep still while I wrap that arm and then fix your splints.»
* * *
«It does not look good, Mistress.»
«I have seen worse, Stine, though nothing exactly like this before. Providing we can keep any infection out you should not lose the leg. You will probably walk with a limp the rest of your life, though.»
«I am delighted I can still draw breath, Mistress. A limp will be nothing.»
«Yes and no, Stine. You will not be able to run as you did before, you know. And rowing could be much harder. Rowing uses your leg muscles as much as it does your arm muscles.»
His expression became sober. «I did not realize that, Mistress. You are right, of course. There are other things I may still do for the Princess, though.»
«Yes - assuming that you let this leg heal properly. You are keeping the weight off it completely?»
«Yah, Mistress. Is very difficult to remember. Do you want me to go around in a chair with wheels?»
«That's an idea, but not so easy when you're back on the Visund. There would be even less room if you went on the Green Ptuvil, though. We'll think of something.»
«I trust you, Mistress. I will do whatever you say.»
«So, both sides of your wound need to be cleaned off. I'll let Karan do that, he needs the experience.»
«You trust him, Mistress? Even though he is a foreigner?»
«Stine, I am a foreigner! Or have you forgotten that?»
«You came from the mother world, Mistress,» was the simple reply. «You are no foreigner to us.»
* * *
"Do go in," Mistress Chara said to the visitors. "Lord Darkwin and Lord Olva are expecting you."
Eriana, as was her right, led the way. Ursula followed, then Tyra, Kalmenar, Urjen and Abban. Chara followed them, closed the door and then stood beside it in case any messages needed to be taken. The room was darkened, as Ursula had expected, but not as much as it had been when she visited previously. The two Counts sat at the further side of a big table along with Marshals Tevos and Vikzas. All stood as the visitors appeared, Darkwin with apparent difficulty.
"Greetings, friends," Darkwin said to the group. "Your Highness, Lord Kalmenar, welcome. Mistress Ursula, be welcome, though I do not know why you attend us today. Are you, perhaps, a witness for the signing?"
Eriana replied, "My Lord, Ursula cannot countersign any such treaty today, though presently I may not give you a reason. She attends for another purpose, which is to supply you with a medical device made by these two gentlemen from the town." She gestured to Urjen and Abban. "Providing you with such a device has thrown up questions which will require consideration by you, and by you, My Lord Olva, before we depart today. Since similar questions have recently arisen in Palarand, Lord Kalmenar and myself are here to provide any advice you may desire."
"Ah? Curious indeed. Then, perhaps, we had better attend to the treaty first. Please, all of you, be seated. Master Urjen, Master Abban, this ceremony will not take long and there is no reason why you should not take note of this historic event. Lord Kalmenar?"
"I have the document here, My Lord."
Kalmenar opened a bag and pulled out a rolled-up parchment. Since it was customary for such documents to take that shape, ornamental weights were already on the table to hold the corners down as he spread it flat in front of Darkwin. Darkwin bent and peered at the writing, attempting to make it out.
"This is just readable by me but it is not comfortable. Lord Olva, if I may trouble you to take the treaty near to that window and read it out to me? That will ensure that we all understand the contents."
"Of course, My Lord." Olva took the treaty to a nearby window and slowly read out the short document. "Are you content, My Lord? Is this what you desired for your lands?"
"It is, Olva, though this may be but the first of many changes to come to Upper Fanir. In front of these witnesses, do you agree to this action? Have you any objections or questions for Her Highness or Lord Kalmenar?"
Olva returned to the table and spread out the treaty again. "Darkwin, I may not be as enthusiastic about joining the Federation as you are but, like you, I do not see any sensible alternative. Yod's latest adventure has left Upper Fanir in a disturbed state and it was only by the presence in Faralan of those of the Federation that we are both still alive. I have no questions. By all means, let us sign."
Vikzas unstoppered a pot of ink and handed it and a freshly-cut reed to Darkwin. The Count bent and signed the treaty before handing the reed to Olva, who added his name beneath. The reed then went to Tevos before passing to Vikzas, who paused.
"Highness, as the most senior Federation official present, I deem that you should make the first witness to the treaty."
"As you wish, Marshal."
Eriana stood and walked around the table. Olva stood and pulled his chair away, making room for her to reach the treaty. She signed it, "Eriana, Princess of Palarand, for the Sirrel Federation," and underneath that she added, "First Director of the Navy of the Sirrel Federation." Vikzas then added his signature below as "Marshal of Marine Forces, Faralmark," and then, "Sector Director of Marine Forces, Faralmark, for the Sirrel Federation."
The final person to sign was Kalmenar, who also added the two dates previously agreed.
"I regret," Eriana remarked as she walked back around to regain her seat, "that there is yet no seal or device of the Federation that can be affixed to such documents as these. Kalmenar pointed out the lack to me last night when he wrote it and I have made the point in my latest letter to Robanar. The original treaty does not have any seals either, so this should not be taken as a sign that this document is not valid."
"As you say, Highness," Darkwin agreed. "I am content. What must we do now?"
Kalmenar answered, "My Lord, I will now, with the help of some of your own people, make fair copies of the treaty which may be used locally to satisfy any questions of a legal nature. The original, as was mentioned before, must needs begin a journey to be countersigned by as many other Federation members as possible, the minimum being three. One we have, that of Marshal Vikzas representing Faralmark. If I may suggest, it should be securely packaged and sent by Valley Messenger Service to Ferenis, where I believe Duke Gathol will be only too delighted to add his name. He will then send it further downriver."
"And it will eventually return to us?"
"Indeed, My Lord." Kalmenar thought then added, "Eventually is the appropriate word, you may not see this document again until some time next year. That is why other copies must needs be made."
Darwin considered this and then nodded. "I understand you, My Lord. A treaty between two countries is usually signed with both rulers meeting together, this may not be possible with so large an organization as the Federation spread over so many marks."
"Just so, My Lord."
"Then," Darkwin pronounced, looking at those around the table, "from this moment we must all consider that Upper Faral is now a member of the Sirrel Federation. I would ask my friends from Faralmark and Palarand officially for their help in quelling the insurrection."
Kalmenar objected. "My Lord, we may still offer such help as we did the other day but the insurrection is an internal matter for you, we must needs be wary of interfering. If we did not then it would never be possible to remove an unpopular or abusive ruler, since they would always ask for Federation help to maintain their position. The Federation exists to promote trade and for defense against external threats, not to keep an unworthy ruler in place against the wishes of his people."
Darkwin bowed. "I am corrected, My Lord. Still, your people have offered assistance already and I would not ask them to do much more." He glanced at Olva. "The forces loyal to us would appear to be sufficient to finish the argument, we merely ask for help securing areas of interest to the Federation, for example our docks and vessels."
Kalmenar started to speak but Eriana overrode him. "Kalmenar, if I may. Lord Darkwin, we will of course do as you ask since our own interests are at stake here. However, our numbers are small, we would not care to venture further from Faralan, say."
"As you say, Highness. Very well, we will continue as we are already doing, I deem. I am sure that Tevos knows when to call you or Vikzas should the circumstances require."
"Agreed, My Lord."
"Then, I deem, as the treaty is signed and witnessed -"
"Um," Ursula interrupted.
"Ursula? You have a question?"
"I do, Highness. Listening to the discussion about what the Federation can do in any of its member states makes me ask, is there some kind of Constitution to go along with these treaties?"
"Constitution?" Eriana echoed. There was puzzlement on the faces opposite. "What do you mean?"
"In all the lands I am familiar with each state has a set of rules or laws governing what it can or cannot do to its people or others," she began. All those in the room knew her origins. She continued, "There are a number of Federations, Unions and other groupings on Earth similar to the Sirrel Federation and each has something like a Constitution defining what responsibilities the overall group has and what each of the member states have. That may include things they are obliged to do or things they are forbidden to do. Is there not something similar here?"
Eriana looked at Kalmenar who shook his head. "Highness, I do not know of such a document, nor have heard anyone mention that idea, even Princess Garia. I desire to learn more."
"Nor have I heard of such a document, My Lord." She was flustered by the unexpected diversion. "Ursula, it seems we have overlooked something that sounds important, but it is not something that can be dealt with today, I deem. Do you consider that today's signing to be sufficient for the present? It is no different than what everyone else has signed."
"It is the important one, Highness. It shows Upper Fanir's intent to become associated with the Federation."
Eriana breathed a sigh of relief. "Then it is done. Mayhap we need further discussions before we write seeking help. If we may move on to the other business? That will not be so easy to deal with, I suspect, but at least it only involves Upper Fanir."
Darkwin raised a hand in assent. "By all means, Highness. I am disturbed by the notion of a missing document but I can see the need for one. That is not for today, however. If you would continue."
"As you wish, My Lord." Eriana turned to Ursula. "Since this is your idea, I think you should begin. Once Lord Darkwin is satisfied with his new device we can then consider the wider complications."
"Of course, Highness," Ursula agreed. "Master Urjen, can I have the frames, please? I want to explain to Lord Darkwin what they are and how they are used."
The two new frames did, indeed, fit Darkwin. Once the concept of testing different lenses to find out which would suit him best was explained, the two moved nearer to the window to try out the different varieties.
"I am impressed, Mistress. I can look out of this window with no pain at all! The blue hue does make everything look strange to my eyes but I assume that this is what happens?"
Of course he can see perfectly well without the glasses but he has to keep up the charade. If the sun becomes much brighter he will need sunglasses anyway, whether he is Darkwin or his alter ego.
Which is a thought! Women are going to want these as much as their menfolk do. Especially if they ever see Orlet wearing a pair!
"It is, My Lord, but you will soon become used to it. Some colors suit different people better than others and of course you may need to step outside to test them in full sunlight."
"Mistress, as you know my legs are weak. Walking will be difficult."
Ursula silently cursed her blunder. "Apologies, My Lord, I forgot. However, you may be outside part of the time however you get there. Can we try these other lenses now?"
"Of course, Mistress."
There were red, green and yellow lenses which Darkwin thought were too uncomfortable to see through and Ursula silently agreed. Two kinds of blue lenses, a gray pair and a brown pair were more successful.
"These will take some time to become used to, Mistress, but I feel that any one of these four colors will be suitable." He turned. "Thank you, Master Urjen, for the frames and thank you, Master Abban, for your skill in blowing flat lenses for me. If I may ask Master Urjen, just this once, to make me four frames, one for each of these colors. I may then test them at my convenience to see which will be the most suitable."
Urjen stood and bowed. "Done, My Lord. I have enough silver rod on hand to make two frames within two days, the other two should be done within a week."
While this had been happening Eriana had been thinking. "My Lord, you may have need for those sun-glasses very soon."
"Highness?"
"If Ursula is right, then I can see the need for rulers of all lands within the Federation to meet in order to agree what this Constitution should demand of each of us. It is not, I deem, a matter which can be managed without all being present. That means that you, personally, must needs travel downriver to wherever the meeting would be held. I suspect that somewhere like Ferenis or Forguland would likely be chosen to avoid some being required to make long journeys."
Ursula saw that Darkwin was becoming disturbed. "Highness," he replied, "I agree with your sentiment but until this rebellion is defeated I doubt that I could travel so far from my lands."
What I think he really means it that he would be exposed to many other people and it will be harder to keep up the act. Not to mention the fact that he would be trapped as a male until he returns. How does he explain the absence of Orlet while he is away? He can hardly take her with him... can he?
Eriana waved a dismissive hand. "My Lord, it will be several weeks at least for word to travel the length of the Sirrel and for a meeting place to be agreed, let alone for all those who must needs attend to travel there. I doubt not that the situation in Upper Fanir will be resolved by then."
"Of course, Highness. I had not considered the timing in any detail. What must we do?"
"Why, I must needs write yet another letter to Robanar this evening. I think I will also write letters to the other rulers who were there to make sure they understand the problem before us." She grimaced. "My poor writing hand! Kalmenar, since all these letters must needs be very like, I assume that you will be able to help in this task."
"As you command, Highness. It is a pity, perhaps, that printing has not yet made its way west, nor yet a typewriter."
Darkwin asked, "What is this?"
Eriana said with a smile, "Yet more marvellous devices to make our work easier, My Lord. But we divert you from your present task, which is to consider sun-glasses. Are you content?"
"I am content with what Mistress Ursula provides, Highness, but earlier you spoke of related matters."
"Indeed." She gestured. "Now, these two gentlemen consider that, once your people see you, and mayhap others of your household, wearing the glasses, they will also desire to partake of this fashion. Let us speak, then, of how this can be done."
* * *
In her lightweight night attire, Ursula flopped backwards onto her bed. It had been another long day.
"Mistress?"
"Oh, nothing,Tyra," she sighed. "I am just amazed at everything that has happened to us since we left Joth... and maybe even before then! Remember those giant grakh? I never imagined that I could be doing anything like this! It all seems like a dream."
"It is no dream, Mistress, at least not from where I am sitting. We have had many adventures, I will agree, and I have seen things I would never have believed. But that is life, no-one knows what the next day may bring. Remember, before you came to Joth my family and I were tossed out of the city by those of Yod, wearing nothing but what we stood in. Now at least we have the ear and the trust of rulers and Marshals, with men beside us who would fight for us to the death if need be."
"Hmm. At least that has not happened yet, although we have come close a time or two. You are right, Tyra, I should not complain. I just hope everything will calm down once we leave Faralan and we have a peaceful voyage to our next destination."
"As you say, Mistress. Shall you get properly into bed?"
"Nag." Ursula pulled herself onto the bed and spread the light covering over her lower half. "There, satisfied?"
"Your welfare is my first concern, Mistress. Now I am satisfied. Good night, Mistress."
"Good night, Tyra."
Ursula receives a surprise gift from Urjen and Abban before the two vessels depart Faralan for Pakmal City. The waterway leading to the city is neglected but navigable. Once both are moored, Eriana sets off to visit the Arch-Count, but a chance encounter promises trouble.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
71 - The Lone Stranger
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane. All rights reserved.
Ursula woke again, as she had done for the last three days, in the early light of dawn. She was also in Eriana's bed, spooned inside the Princess, with strong arms gently holding her close.
I can no longer deny my nature. It will be difficult to sleep without her in the future.
I never imagined the comfort such a small thing could bring! I never had someone like this to look after me in the past. That may be one reason I kept running. Maybe, maybe, if someone had been there...
Nyet. I cannot remake past the way it could have been. Just deal with present, hope future is as good.
She gently turned within the arms to plant a kiss on Eriana's cheek. The Princess gradually roused, to open her eyes with a smile.
"Good morning, dearest."
"Good morning, Eriana. I'm sorry but I have to go now."
"Aye, and I know the reason why. Very well, I will see you shortly at the bathing block?"
"Of course. And then, after breakfast, we must finish packing."
"As you say. Till then, dearest." Eriana responded with her own kiss.
Ursula slipped back into her own room to find Tyra already awake.
"Mistress, did you sleep well?"
"Good morning, Tyra. Yes, I think I am sleeping better now than I ever did before. But I doubt I can keep this up once we leave this hostel."
"As you say, Mistress. We are just lucky that the staff leave us alone at night." Tyra eased herself out of her own bed and stretched. "Are you ready to go down to the bathing block, Mistress?"
"I am, Tyra. Lead the way."
Later, just as everyone rose from breakfast, Ursula received a message that two men wished to meet her. She went out to the front door to discover Urjen and Abban waiting.
"Good morning, gentlemen. Is there some problem?"
"Not at all, Mistress," Urjen replied. Ursula noticed that he appeared to be the more active of the two and often led conversations. He continued, "Good morning. Word reached us that you and your company are to depart this morning and we came to wish you a safe journey."
"Thank you, Master Urjen, but I am sure you did not come to say just that."
He beamed. "Indeed not, Mistress! We come to bring you parting gifts."
He fumbled in the pouch at his waist and brought out two small cloth bundles. Selecting and unwrapping one, he held out a pair of sunglasses to Ursula.
"For me? Masters, you should not have! I am sure you have more important commissions to fill than providing me with something I barely mentioned for myself."
"It is only right that you should share in the fruits of our labors, Mistress, as you gave us the original idea. If you would check that the glasses fit you. I must needs guess at the size since we did not measure you as we did His Honor."
Ursula put the glasses on. The curl of the arms around her ears was not quite correct but Urjen's careful fingers soon fixed that. She stepped outside into the morning sunlight and gazed around. The lenses were gray and were adequate for this early hour. She rejoined the two men.
"They work fine now, Masters. I will not know how effective they will be until the sun is full at lunchtime, but anything will be better than no glasses at all."
"Indeed, Mistress," Abban agreed. "But by lunch time you will be many marks from here, I have no doubt."
"As you say, Master Abban. I am sure that I can deal with any minor problems with the glasses after we leave."
Urjen added apologetically, "These are not entirely gifts, Mistress, except in the early presentation to you before you depart. When we took the other two pairs to Lord Darkwin yesterday he suggested that we fund these two pairs out of the design fees due to you, fees we have of course not yet earned. It seemed to him an easier way of handling the coin than simply letting it languish in his treasury and you have the benefit of the glasses so much sooner."
"Of course, Mistress," Abban added, "we confidently expect that your share will be so much greater than the cost of these two pairs by the time that your ship next returns to Faralan. Have no doubt that we shall not cheat you, this new business will mean prosperity for both our families and for all those we may employ."
"That is the general idea, gentlemen."
Urjen explained, "It also occurred to Count Olva that you would be traveling to other lands which might also desire the benefit of such devices as these. We thought to provide decent samples you may show to any in those lands who may be interested."
Ursula smiled at them. "That was a good thought by Count Olva, gentlemen. Um, two pairs of glasses? Do you expect breakage?"
"The other pair is slightly larger to fit your own liege, Mistress. Do you object?"
"Those are for Eriana? Oh! I did not expect... Come with me, both of you, she should not have started anything yet."
She led the way to the office which Eriana had been using. The Princess was inside making sure that all her writing materials had been packed securely away into a small chest. Ursula knocked at the open door.
"Ursula? Why are you wearing sunglasses? Oh, Urjen and Abban! Gentlemen, what can I do for you? Is there some problem with Lord Darkwin's devices?"
The two men bowed. "Not at all, Your Highness," Urjen said. "His Honor seems extremely satisfied with what we have made for him, indeed, he has commanded us to make such items for every member of his household. Highness, our visit here this morning is to present you with a pair of sunglasses while you are yet at Faralan."
He unwrapped the other bundle and gave the contents to Eriana. She fumbled with them and managed to open the side arms, but needed Ursula to settle them properly on her face.
"Hah. I could not wear these inside, I deem, not unless the sun was very bright through the window. The room looks very strange... Ursula, I assume this is normal?"
"It is, Highness, and your mind will quickly adapt to what you can see. These could be very useful once we are back on the river, since they should cut down the glare from the water."
"As you say. Well, there will be time enough to test them once we set sail again. Master Urjen, Master Abbas, I give you thanks for your prompt work in this matter."
The two bowed. "Highness, we explained to Mistress Ursula the reasons why you have those glasses now and not at some later date. By your leave, we should not keep you any longer from your packing."
The two bowed again and departed with a nod to Ursula. Eriana raised an eyebrow to her.
"Explained?"
"These are not exactly gifts, Highness, though we should treat them that way. The costs will come out of the fees from any they sell locally."
"Ah, I see."
"And Count Olva also felt we should have some decently made examples to show to jewelers and other craftsmen who notice them as we travel further."
"Ah! Now that is a good idea. Can you help me take these off, Ursula? I do not want to bend something within moments of having received them."
With the glasses off and wrapped in cloth again, Eriana asked, "Have you packed? How soon may we depart, do you think?"
"For myself, Tyra, Kaldar, Karan and Zakaros, we are all ready, Highness. The chests have already been brought downstairs. I don't know how long the men will take."
Eriana grinned. "But what you do not say is, 'It is the Princess who holds us up yet again'. I, too am mostly packed, I deem. Matta and Vellana have helped today, but of course know little about how such matters are arranged. Neither had ever left their own villages before those soldiers arrived. Traveling as we do is not in their natures."
"And neither is yet fully fit," Ursula added. "Do you think this will work?"
"If we do not frighten them off or kill them with overwork along the way, Ursula. They both see it as a good way to be useful to the company and they both know it gives them a secure future. I leave it to you to tell me if they cannot manage the work for any reason, since that reason will be mostly medical."
"Agreed, Highness."
"Then let me find someone to take this chest and we can assemble the company, discover what is not yet done."
* * *
The sail up, the weather fine, the Visund rocked in the slight swell on the Sirrel. Behind, the Green Ptuvil strove to keep up the pace. On board the barge several of the company's women stood at the bow, savoring the fine day.
Eriana sighed with relief. "On the water again! I am becoming accustomed to time spent ashore now but my heart sings when I feel the current beneath my feet. I am relieved that Darkwin's people have managed to quell this rebellion so swiftly."
"Yes," Ursula agreed. "Capturing Count Sharen and Count Noban made all the difference. There are some minor barons still loose, I heard, but Marshal Toktas seems to have everything under control."
"And, I am told, he is loyal to Darkwin."
"The nobles were not all bad, Highness. I think it might be more to do with where they were when the Yodans invaded. Those who had lands taken by Yod all suffered the same while those who hid in the uplands were less affected. The hill folk had leisure to think up schemes to conquer the rest of Upper Fanir should they get the chance. In contrast those in the Valley rallied to Darkwin's and Olva's cause as the Yodans retreated."
"And, by chance, there were foreign troops at hand when the rebels came to call."
"Yes. I talked to a few of them out on the Shevesty field and it appeared that Sharen and Noban completely underestimated the support that Darkwin and Olva already had. Add our own presence and that of Faralmark's marines and they didn't stand much of a chance."
"Good. Now Darkwin will be able to build a better country for his people, I deem. Membership of the Federation cannot but help his plans."
"As you say. I have heard stories of what Margrave Simbran brought with him when he returned from Palarand but the details are... confused, to say the least."
"Indeed. I do not know how much he showed to anyone but what he carried with him, I deem, would have been similar to what we saw brought to Joth by that caravan. Do you remember?"
"I remember the paper, of course, and an odd clock with two different faces. There were some crates that had not been opened when we left. What more was there? Do you know?"
"I did not see anything more since I left when you did but there would have been a steam engine, I doubt not. Hmm. Because of the clock, there would also have been..." Eriana wrinkled her nose, "wires, batteries and other items to do with electricity, I deem." She grinned at Ursula to show her ignorance, "About which I know absolutely nothing and little desire to do so!"
"They have electricity in Palarand?"
"Aye, Garia explained it to them, what little she knew of the art. Now you should know that when Garia first came to Dekarran, the place we began this voyage, an attempt was made to abduct her." An airy wave of the hand. "It was foiled, of course, Garia was too good for them, but Robanar decided that she should depart in disguise in an unexpected direction and a young kitchen servant, a double, returned to the palace with the royal party and pretended to be her for some while. That girl's name was Milsy, I have spoken of her before."
"Yes, you have." Ursula was confused. "A kitchen servant? But I thought -"
"As did everyone else, Ursula! But she was born in the castle to parents of low rank and grew up there, what would be more natural for her than to become a servant when she was old enough? Nobody thought to discover what manner of mind lay inside that head of hers. So, when she reached the palace, she taught herself to read and to write in but a few days, introduced herself to the local guildsmen and in a very short time has become a guildswoman herself. It was she who divined how the Great Clock worked, in no more than the space of a bell, and it was she who designed that double clock you saw. I long gave up hope of understanding anything she can do."
"Oh, I see." She asked cautiously, "What kind of electricity, do you know? How much is used there now?"
"I know, as I said, very little of the matter, Ursula. When I arrived at the palace Milsy was fixing lines of wires about the corridors to... operate the new clocks, perhaps. The clocks seem to use electricity that is kept in batteries, jars of some foul liquid. There is also some kind of alarm system there now where one merely pushes a knob on a panel to inform the Guard of an unusual occurrence, such as an attack or a fire. I do not think that electricity is yet used beyond the palace.
"But we were speaking of what the Federation may bring to Upper Fanir. To begin with, should Yod again attempt to invade its neighbors that will automatically bring the whole Federation into the conflict. It is intended that the several armies of the Federation lands will work together more closely, in peace or in war, which should make any response more effective. It is said that trade barriers between the members will gradually disappear, and that goods made in one land shall cost little more in any other, save only for the costs of transporting whatever it may be."
She shrugged. "It is but a beginning, and for the various parties to discover what other advantages may become possible in time. For us, we are building, as you know, forces that will work from river or ocean on behalf of all who belong to the Federation. That means that most of our new vessels, large or small, will probably have some kind of steam engine to propel them. I am patiently waiting the arrival of the first example that we may find out what they could do."
"Admiral," Zoran, the lookout beside them, spoke. "The Visund reduces speed. They may wish to converse with you."
Eriana turned. She did not need to use her telescope to see that the Norse longship was coming closer. Concerned that, like the last time, they had overlooked danger approaching from a different quarter, she swiftly looked around the other directions, seeing nothing unusual.
"It may be some problem," she said, "or it may be some quirk in the river that we must needs be aware of. We will discover what soon enough."
Tor's question, when the two vessels were side by side, was simple enough. Where were the company to have lunch? Hashim had looked at the charts and picked out a spot, but it was on the western side, the bank that was now Faralmark lands.
"Agreed," she shouted back. "I do not think Simbran will object. Lead the way!"
The response was, "Follow us closely but keep watch. The river is low here and there may be shallows we can get over but the Green Ptuvil cannot."
"At your command."
Baros came hurrying forward from the tiller. "Admiral? Is there a problem?"
"Fortunately not, Baros. Hashim asks whether a landing place on the right-hand shore would be suitable for us to stop for lunch. Oh! I told him yes, I ask your pardon, I should have consulted you first."
Baros inclined his head. "Accepted, Admiral. I know it must be difficult for you, now that you no longer command a ship yourself. Hashim knows these waters, I trust his judgment. We are to follow the Visund?"
"Aye, they are concerned that we may follow them too closely since our draft is deeper."
"Noted, Admiral. I had better return to the tiller, then."
* * *
It was later afternoon, the customary shower had passed over leaving everything fresh and pleasant. The two vessels had continued their journey and were now heading south-east towards their next port of call. After some discussion it had been decided that, despite the knowledge that Pakmal might present some problems because of the uncertain organization there, the need to pass on news and information was more important. Therefore, many eyes were scanning the left bank for signs of their port facilities.
"There!" The shout came from several throats. Ahead two tall poles were just visible with large flags of light blue fluttering from each. They had seen a similar pair much earlier, but the levels of water in that part of the river had made it impossible for either ship to cross the shallows to reach that entrance.
Baros explained the arrangement. "Admiral, Pakmal and Zebrin have long held a rivalry on almost everything either may attempt. Thus, when Zebrin was forced to move its main city to be near their border, and nearer to the river Pak, they could not come so close because of the levels of water when the Sirrel becomes high. Canals were thus dug forming a loop in and out of that smaller river, that craft could reach the city at all times of the year.
"Naturally, if Zebrin must needs have a loop of canal into and out of their city, then Pakmal must have one too. Of course, being Pakmal, they did not choose the shortest route nor make their canals deep enough. In a month their port will be completely dry, I deem. However, this end is the deeper of the two channels and by entering here there should be sufficient water for both vessels. It is also the shorter channel and easier for us to navigate."
"We will be safe? I do not desire to abandon either Visund nor Green Ptuvil should the water level drop much more."
"Admiral, even if we are there as long as we were in Faralan we should be safe enough." Baros shrugged. "We will of course keep close watch on the water levels and you will warned immediately if it is likely either craft will become stranded."
"Thank you, Baros. I bow to your knowledge." She turned to Bennet and Semma. "Girls! It seems we must needs make an impression on these effete foreigners. Let us go below and change into our uniforms - and buckle on our weapons."
Entering the channel meant turning north-east and that meant fighting the prevailing wind. The Visund could simply use oars, and did, but Baros had to carefully tack back and fore across the channel to make any headway. After a while the Green Ptuvil was reduced to poling in with muscle supplied by several beefy Norsemen.
Ursula was not interested in canal engineering but what she noticed disturbed even her. The Pakmals had not bothered to grade the banks but simply dug straight down, originally forming a vertical-sided channel about ten strides deep. Each time the Sirrel had risen it had promptly eaten away at the soft earth of the banks, creating undercuts and landslips and filling the base of the channel with silt. Piecemeal repairs had been done all along the sides of the channel with no apparent overall plan, making the banks look untidy and ramshackle.
To keep the traffic away from the dangerous banks lines of poles were placed a suitable distance apart, fortunately permitting craft to pass easily enough. There were only two marks or so to travel but the journey seemed tedious. Finally, very long lines of pontoons appeared lining the channel and the two vessels headed for a convenient gap.
"Where is the city?"
"Further along the channel, Admiral. I could attempt to find a berth nearer the city but I am concerned about the draft. If you care to separate us then the Visund might go further but as you can see by those already moored, barges like this one could be at risk."
Eriana scowled and thought deeply. Separating the two craft - and, more importantly, those who traveled on each - could present a number of problems. However, she had, in theory at least, diplomatic rank and it would be unseemly to moor here and then be forced to travel in to present herself to the Arch-Count who ruled Pakmal.
"We will both moor here, I deem, at least for the moment, until I can discover if the Visund can go further in. I have business with he who rules Pakmal and, as we have found elsewhere, it is likely the Visund is expected, while the Green Ptuvil may not be. If I must needs travel further, I will transfer to the Visund."
As they were mooring two officials hurried down one of the many gangways to reach the pontoons before approaching them.
"Ho! Who are you?"
Since the nearest vessel was the Visund, Tor jerked a thumb at the Green Ptuvil. The two men looked at both craft then approached the barge.
"I have never seen any river craft like that one," the first man said. "It is so big! Are you together?"
Eriana replied, "Aye, that is my ship, I am the owner. There are too many of us for one vessel, thus we acquired another."
"By your attire you are not ordinary travelers on the river. If I may ask, what is your business in Pakmal?"
"I am Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand, on a diplomatic mission to visit several countries along the great river on behalf of King Robanar of Palarand. I desire audience with your ruler where we can discuss many matters of mutual interest. For our craft, we are normal travelers on the river and have the usual needs, food, water and other materials such as cordage, canvas and charts of the upstream stretches."
"Princess?" The man did not know whether to bow or not. "Uh, we are still some marks from the center of Pakmal, Your Highness, it will be necessary to order a carriage to take you to the State House. I do not have the authority -"
Eriana held up a hand. "My man, my ship the Visund requires less draft than this barge does. If it travels further in, would there be somewhere closer for us to moor? The Green Ptuvil, this barge, can remain here."
"Do you tell me? Then, by all means, Your Highness, you may take your ship at least another two marks along the channel. The barge, as you say, would not be safe much farther in, though I deem by looking at it you are not heavily loaded."
"You have it aright, my man. We transport only passengers and crew for now. It looks as if I must needs transfer to the Visund, then. Bennet, Semma, go ahead while I give instructions to Baros. Ursula, will you come? I have no particular reason why you may be required but I would feel more comfortable with you standing besides Kalmenar."
Ursula thought. "Highness, I see no reason why I should not come. Shall I bring my basket with me?"
"Why not? As we know, even rulers may have ailments you may be able to help."
Tyra said, "Mistress, I will go and fetch your basket for you." She headed below.
Eriana gave instructions to Baros before jumping to the pontoon and heading towards the Visund. Ursula wondered what was keeping Tyra. When she returned she had not only brought basket and satchel but had changed into her 'exercise' wear and was armed. Ursula raised an eyebrow.
"Mistress, I remember what happened at Wadek. I thought it best to be prepared, we may not be as lucky as we were then."
"I'm not sure that gives the right impression but I appreciate your caution. Yes, we did have an awkward time when we first arrived, didn't we? Let's go, then, and join Eriana."
Eriana had spoken to the two men and received reasonable instructions, so once Ursula and Tyra had boarded, the Visund cast off and Lars beat the rhythm for the rowers. They made for the center of the channel and headed into the city. The land was lower here so that they could see some distance but the landscape was barren and unkempt. It appeared nobody wanted to live here, an area which the Sirrel would flood for a good part of the year.
There were colored flags set atop the mooring poles at various points and Eriana kept lookout for a particular combination. This was on the other side of the waterway so, once she had located a stretch long enough to moor to, she ordered the Visund turned before being brought to the pontoons. They had tied up before the inevitable two officials - a different pair - arrived.
"You are?"
"Somebody with manners, it seems. Who am I speaking to?"
The senior of the two flushed. "I am Port Inspector Osar and this is Port Warden Naddo. Though I can see cargo in your open hull there are too many men, I deem, for you to be an honest trader. We require your name and business here at Pakmal."
"I am Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and my ship is on a diplomatic mission to visit the countries of the Sirrel, on behalf of my King, Robanar of Palarand. These men are my retainers, we have journeyed through Yod and their presence was needful. We buy and sell no cargo, our wants are only food and drink for our own consumption."
This stopped Osar for a moment, but he recovered. "A diplomatic mission? I have not heard of any such mission."
"I am not surprised. Though the Messenger Service does run through Yod I doubt not that there may be delays in any packages passing through. Why would someone like you know of such a visit anyway?"
"Well, if any were to arrive from the Sirrel then berths would be prepared for them, as is proper. I do not name you liar but I have heard no mention of such a visit. Palarand? That is many marks away. We have had traders from Palarand, it is true, but none since the war ended. Why do you have so large a crew, and all of them armed?"
"Master Osar, in Yod we fought battles against remnants of the Ascendancy and on the Sirrel we held off a pirate galley. In Faralan, our last port, we helped Count Darkwin quell a rebellion of his hill people. I do not see why I must needs justify my crew to such as you. What is the customary mooring charge?"
"For three berths, one Novin per berth per day."
Hashim was standing next to Eriana and objected. "That is not right. The charge is per vessel, not per berth. Highness, this man is overcharging you and pocketing the difference."
Osar was incensed. "You contradict me? What do you of Palarand know of Pakmal's charges?"
"I may sail on a ship of Palarand but my country is Faralmark," Hashim replied evenly. "Before the war I was second mate on one of Master Yussuf's barges and I am well aware of what should be charged for mooring here."
"Well," the man blustered, "things have changed since the war. Charges had to be increased since the traffic was so low."
"Your cut was going down, you mean," Eriana told him. "You will be paid one Novin each day, Master Osar, and if there is any complaint I will mention you to the Arch-Count."
Ursula thought that there was a flicker in his eyes as he replied, "As you wish, Your Highness."
A thoroughly irritated Eriana leaned down so that her face was close to his. "Let me make myself clear, Master Osar. If there is any obstruction or delay in providing for me and my crew your underlings will be spending a month cleaning the blood from the place where you died. Do I make myself understood?"
The man's face went white as he realized that he had completely misread the situation. "I understand you, Your Highness. Your ship will be charged no more than a Novin per day as is customary. What more may I do for you and your crew?"
"My crew and I will require lodgings for perhaps two or three days, it depends how long our business here takes. My cook will want to go to the nearest market each day to obtain bread and other essentials. For myself, as I mentioned before, I desire a personal meeting with your ruler the Arch-Count. If you cannot arrange such a meeting then direct me to someone who can."
Osar backed away a step and then bowed. "It shall be as you command, Your Highness. I regret the accommodation available is only that for ordinary travelers, I do not recall the last time a member of high nobility arrived as you have."
Eriana straightened, satisfied that she had finally gotten the man's attention. "That is no problem. We have stayed in the like places everywhere we have called on our way along the Sirrel. We are forty-two, including eleven women, but some are on our other vessel, the Green Ptuvil, a barge which has berthed downstream. I assume there are hostels all along this waterway?"
"As you say, Your Highness." Osar gestured at the water. "Because of the low levels at this time of year, hostel space should be easier to allocate this near to the city. Are you and your party ready to disembark? If so, I can lead you to the nearest to begin the arrangement."
"One moment." Eriana turned. "Tor, Hashim, stay with the Visund for now. Lars? With me, to find a suitable hostel. Torvin, Ragnar, attend Ursula as is your duty. Kalmenar, attend me. I will take Semma and Bennet only as companions. The rest of you, keep yourselves ready for trouble."
There was a murmur of agreement and then the usual chaos as the men organized themselves. Once the shore party had gathered Eriana said to Osar, "If you would lead the way."
The man led them up a long gangway onto the bank and then on a road which wandered along the fronts of properties that faced the canal, a variety of bars, shops, flophouses and other amusements for the average traveler. Two blocks further on was a compound that turned out to be the nearest hostel. A conversation with the manager revealed that there would not be enough room for all those on the Visund but the next establishment would probably be able to satisfy them.
The next block was paved and held a number of stalls. Adin gave them a quick glance and then shook his head. They moved on to the next hostel compound which was a further block away. Here the manager assured them that he had room but was sceptical about the rank of his most distinguished guest. However, the sword on her back made him reserve his judgment. An agreement was made concerning the fees due for those who would be staying.
"Now, my good man," Eriana said to Osar once Lars had inspected the dormitories and found them adequate, "I must needs make an arrangement to meet your ruler the Arch-Count."
"Your Highness, such a request is above my station, but I can take you to someone who should be able to satisfy you. If you are content with the hostel accommodation then there should be enough time to travel into the city center to speak to him." He paused. "Your Highness, he may require some kind of fee before attending your request."
"I have met the like before," she replied. "Sometimes a fee or bonus is deserved, sometimes it is not." She stared at Osar until he shamefacedly nodded. "How far must we travel to meet this paragon?"
"Less than half a mark from here, Your Highness. Although it does not appear so, we are not far now from the center of the city. It should not take us long to reach his official residence. If all goes well you could have returned here within a bell or so."
"Do you tell me? Then lead the way."
While Lars returned to the Visund to get the crew ready to bring their gear to the hostel, Osar led Eriana's party outside and down a side road, directly away from the canal. The layout became clear as the route began to rise into the distance. The fine gravel road surface turned into carefully-laid stone slabs. The buildings either side began to look bigger, more solid and more impressive. Soon they emerged into a much larger square containing a more active market, which aroused the interest of many of the party.
"Master Osar, do you object if we should obtain goods in this market? There is no regulation?"
"Your Highness, there are many regulations concerning places such as these. Ah, I believe that you did mention earlier that you carried no trade goods."
"Indeed. Anything that we buy here would be only for the use of our company. Our healer there, Ursula, customarily visits markets to find herbs for her professional use. We also require lightweight cloth since the weather is now much warmer than when we began this journey."
"Of course, Your Highness. I noticed the unusual attire of your men. For such needs I see no impediment to your buying anything that is available here in the market. Ah, much warmer weather? If I may ask, how far have you traveled, then?"
"We began this journey at Dekarran, at the very mouth of the Sirrel, Master Osar. Do you yet know of such a place?"
"I have heard the name, Your Highness, but nothing more."
"It is a town at the mouth of the river Palar, which gives Palarand its name, I deem. There is a huge castle there guarding the narrow route from the sea into the river. But before that I came with the ship you saw from the lands of my father, Einnland, which lies far to the south and ten days journey upon the Shan ocean."
"I do not know those places, Your Highness. Ah, how many marks might that be?"
"I know not. From here to Dekarran, perhaps five hundred marks as the ptuvil flies, but of course by the river it will be more like fourteen or fifteen hundred. On the Shan?" Eriana shrugged. "From the land where I was born to Dekarran maybe one thousand, maybe more, maybe much more."
"Maker! To travel so far!"
They had begun walking through the center of the market, Ursula, Adin and Tyra keeping their eyes open for stalls which could be of interest. At this time of day most of the meat and fish stalls were empty but there were plenty of others plying various wares.
From one of the streets entering the square from the far side could be heard shouting. Osar stopped and turned. "Your Highness, I would advise caution. Regrettably Pakmal is a land of arguments and this may be one such. Normally those not involved would stand aside, lest they be caught up and by chance wounded, should the argument turn to cold steel."
"Hear that, girls?"
All around Ursula could be heard the sound of blades being loosened in scabbards. Suddenly she was glad that she had brought her basket!
"Master Osar," she asked, "are we in any danger here?"
"Mistress?"
"I ask your pardon. My name is Ursula, I am healer to the whole company."
"Mistress Ursula, the danger is very slight. All we can yet hear is distant shouting, which may be no more than a noble berating his servants... though, by the sounds, it is something else... and not the sound of steel that would normally signify an argument."
Eriana asked, "Master Osar, where is this person you brought us to see?"
He pointed. "That building there, Your Highness. If we can gain the doorway we should be safe within."
"Then let us go. I have already encountered Pakmal rivalries when we were in Yod."
The group began to cross diagonally through the market to reach the indicated property but before they could get there a man burst from the street where the noise originated, closely followed by a crowd of locals, most of whom were shouting and screaming at the runner. Several of the frontmost of the mob hurled stones and small blocks at the man, who cowered and dodged as he ran - straight at the party.
By the time the man noticed them he had almost reached them, which was just as well since those who had swords had all drawn them. His motion brought them close enough for Torvin and Ragnar to grab him and bring him into their circle of defense. The whole thing had taken bare seconds and everyone had acted instinctively.
"You are safe here, whoever you are," Eriana told him. "We intend you no harm."
The crowd stopped at the show of swords but stayed in the entrance of the street, calling names at the fugitive. Ursula took a quick look at him, noticing a bloody ear and other small wounds, probably from thrown stones. What arrested her survey was that the man's skin was black, so black she could not remember the last time that she had seen someone that color. Her eyes flicked down, noticing that although he wore tunic and tights, they were unusually styled, and that he also carried a strange sword in a decorated scabbard which was tucked sideways into his sash.
"Are you thief, robber, assassin?" Eriana asked. "We are strangers here and know not the local laws. Why do they pursue you?"
"The color of my skin," the man replied bitterly. His accent was another of his unusual features. "I have traveled far from the land of my ancestors and been received generously in many places, but not in Pakmal. This is a cursed land!"
"Let us get you out of the open," Eriana decided. "Master Osar, your advice?"
As she turned to Osar she saw that his face had a look of disgust, but he indicated the doorway.
"Let us get in there out of sight of the crowd, Your Highness. That may cause them to lose interest and go about their various businesses."
"Or they could invest the building," she responded. "However, the man is bleeding, he requires attention and we have a healer with us. Aye, the building is good enough for now. Bennet, lead the way."
The black man looked at her with astonishment. "Highness? There are no Kings in this forsaken land!"
"No," she replied, "but my father is indeed the King of a land, much more distant than this one. Can you walk so far as the door?"
"Yes. Highness." Ursula saw that blood trickled from rips in both legs of his tights.
"Bennet?"
"Highness."
They made the short distance to the doorway in a hurry, the market locals getting out of the way of the armed group. Some of the mob spilled into the street but, seeing their quarry protected and about to enter an imposing building, many gave up and withdrew.
Osar pushed open the door and led the way inside, to be met by a liveried servant.
"If you would tell Count Korboro that Her Highness Princess -" He looked up at Eriana.
She supplied, "Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand."
Osar finished, "- desires an immediate audience with him."
The servant asked, "And you are?"
Osar bowed. "Osar Barin's son, Port Inspector of the ninth district. Her Highness's ship has recently berthed there."
The servant bowed to Eriana. "If you would wait here, Your Highness, I will inform my master of your request." But then he turned to face the fugitive. "What is he doing here? Why is he bleeding?"
"My man," Eriana told him, "I cannot stand by and watch a man being stoned. I do not know what he may or may not have done but he deserves the just application of the law, not death meted out by a howling mob."
The servant's lips set but he said nothing else, merely bobbing his head and walking off.
"You see?" the man muttered. "Even he dislikes me. I do not understand why my skin should cause such trouble in one land but not in another."
"Ursula," Eriana directed, "see you to his injuries here in this hallway. I think it best if we keep him out of sight of this Count I am to see."
"A good idea, Highness."
There was a chair in the hallway, probably for use by the servant, but Ursula gently took the man's arm and led him to it. Reluctantly he sat while she put down her basket and opened it.
"Tyra? I'll need something to wipe him down."
"Aye, Mistress, but without water it will not be easy."
Ursula considered and then pulled out the bottle which Lars had presented to her at Faralan. She turned to the man.
"Let me have a look at that ear first. Ear wounds tend to bleed freely so it may not be as bad as it looks."
He had obviously been hit on the ear with a stone, possibly a cobble pulled from the roadway. She wetted a pad with the alcohol.
"This is going to sting a lot but it will stop any infection. Do you understand?"
"If it must be. It will not be the first time that I have been beaten."
The first touch of the pad made the man burst out in a strange, almost musical tongue. The words, Ursula discovered to her surprise, were swear words in a language new to her.
«I apologize. If we had some water it would not sting so much.»
His head jerked around, his eyes wide with astonishment. «You speak my language! How?»
«Keep still. Until you spoke I did not know that you spoke a different language or that I knew it. There.»
She peered at the ear, noting that although it had been badly scraped by whatever had hit it, nothing appeared to be seriously damaged. Fresh blood appeared but it flowed slower than before.
She turned. "Highness, if I put bandages all over him, which he does need, then he will be even more obvious when we leave here."
Any further explanation was interrupted by the appearance of the servant. "Your Highness, Count Korboro will see you immediately."
Eriana made a decision. "Gentlemen, ladies, put up your swords now that we are safe inside. Torvin, Ragnar, you remain here with Ursula and Tyra. Master Osar, Kalmenar, Bennet, Semma, come with me. Ursula, do what you can without using bandages. I agree with you, we have to get him back to the Visund, at least, and without inflaming that mob."
"At least." The implication is that he would be safer in the Green Ptuvil, hidden away as we did for Zakaros and Karan.
Eriana wants to get him out of Pakmal. I don't know how practical that is going to be if she has to stay here to meet with Arch-Count whatever-his-name-was. And what kind of rank is that?
We have played these games before. Let us see if we can do so again.
Eriana nodded at her group and then led them off along the corridor. The servant looked at both groups and then hurried after Eriana.
She does not change. I do not think I want her to.
The man asked her, "Who are you people? Why are you doing this for me?"
"We are travelers who arrived in Pakmal barely two bells ago. We are from a distant land -" the man snorted, "- and are visiting rulers along the way to bring news from King Robanar, who rules Palarand. None of us are Pakmals, in fact many of us come from different places. Tyra here is from Joth, these two are from Einnland... and I am from somewhere else entirely. There is a very long explanation of where we came from and why we are together. That can wait until we reach the safety of our ship."
"The mob won't stop there," the man said. "A ship won't be any protection for someone like me."
Ursula, Torvin and Ragnar all grinned. "You don't know us," she said. "Our ship has diplomatic protection -" she held up a hand to forestall the obvious objection, "- and it is manned by some of the fiercest warriors I have ever met. Now, perhaps we had better introduce ourselves while we have a moment of peace. I am Ursula, healer to the ship's company. My assistant is Tyra of Joth and these two are Rangar and Torvin, Norsemen now serving Palarand."
"Fair enough," he said. "Then I must tell you that I am Dithereen Matsuk Hakatoshi, most people in these lands just call me Tosh. I am a Kittrin, exiled from my lands and my people."
In the center of Pakmal city Eriana thinks she is talking to someone who can get her an audience with the Arch-Count. The reality is somewhat different, however, and it becomes necessary for the company to make a hasty yet un-noticed departure from the capital. Ursula has a suggestion for the Kittrin.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
72 - Prudent Choices
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Ursula frowned. "Kittrin? I do not know that name."
"My people are far away, on islands the other side of this great land. It is no surprise that you have never heard of us." The bitterness returned. "None of these people have, nor have they seen anyone so dark before. That is why -"
She held up a hand to forestall the explanation. "Later, please. I need to deal with your injuries before we are interrupted, possibly by people who would want to throw us out. Tell me, do you know if you have anything more serious than cuts and bruises? Have you any broken bones, for example? Ribs? Arm? Any headaches?"
"I do not think so, Mistress. The stones mostly hit me from behind, you understand." The face showed annoyance. "I do not care to turn away from trouble but sometimes it is necessary."
"Okay. Let me clean up what I can. White bandages will make you stand out more than you already do, so I'll just put some ointment on any bleeding to slow it down until we can get you somewhere safe."
He cocked his head. "Why would you do that for a complete stranger, Mistress? Why should I trust you and these odd men? Come to think of it, I have never seen anyone in these lands with hair so red before."
She dabbed at his cuts with the cloth, which made him wince as the alcohol stung, but there was no further objection. The ointment, she knew, had herbs in it which would promote clotting, since it was developed for battlefield use. If this was not quite a field of battle, then it was near enough.
"These people found me on a tiny island in the river," she told him quietly. "They are all strangers to this region as well. I was alone and I knew nothing of these lands... this world. I owe them my life and I try to repay them by doing the same to others along the way. Besides, we will not throw stones at you, we are much more sensible than that. You need a way out of this mess and we can provide that."
"At what cost? Do you wish to bind me to your service?"
"We do not work that way, though I know that some of the rulers along the Sirrel might demand that of you. Princess Eriana -"
"- She is a real Princess?"
"Yes, though her story, like mine, is complicated. She will not demand you do anything in return, I know that, but you may consider her worth serving. If you wanted to do so in future I do not think she would object, but it would be your choice, not hers. It is too soon to think of such things now, we have to get everybody out of here alive and back to the ship."
Ursula asked him to stand so that she could inspect his back, finding several cuts through tears in his tunic. Once she had seen to them, she asked as he sat down again, "Can you use that katana?"
The question disturbed him. "For a complete stranger you know too much about my people! Explain yourself."
"I know absolutely nothing about you or your people. My knowledge is of the people... who you once were, on another world."
His jaw dropped and he stared at Ursula. "That is impossible," he said flatly.
"Leave this for now. What I need to know is, if it comes to a proper fight, can you defend yourself with that?" She pointed to the sword.
"I can, but I would hesitate to do so because it would mean my certain death. There are, what, ten of you? And five are women! What can eleven do against a whole city? I have been imprisoned before, I will bear it again until they throw me out once more."
"Eriana is a real Princess, she is an envoy and therefore has diplomatic immunity in theory. If they try much against us it will cause such an uproar they will suddenly find themselves at war against most of the Sirrel countries. If they detain, or worse, kill her, then the men on her ship will burn this city to the ground to find her."
The look he gave her was sceptical. "You want me to believe that?"
"Did you see the sword she had on her back? She knows how to use it in battle, in fact she did so less than a week ago. I was there, I watched her. And her men are brought up with weapons in their hands."
"Hmph. Maybe." But she could see him relax a little. "Very well. If you offer me a way out then I should take it or seem foolish. How will you -"
"Mistress, someone comes."
Eriana came back leading her party, her face impassive.
"Given my rank," she announced, "Count Korboro says that he will arrange for me to meet Arch-Count Tofero tomorrow or the following day. No more needs to be said - here. How is the man we rescued, Ursula?"
"No serious injuries, Highness. I have patched him up for now but without using bandages which would mark him out. What are your plans?"
"For now, we should return to the hostel. There I will consider what we must needs do next." She turned to the newcomer. "If I may know your name?"
He stood and made a stiff bow. "Highness, I am named Dithereen Matsuk Hakatoshi but in all these lands I am known as just Tosh or Toshi. Your healer has asked me if I would use my sword when we leave and I have agreed, though how we are to get away I do not know. She has explained certain things but there is much that puzzles me."
Eriana gave him the ghost of a smile. "Master Tosh, there is much in this business that puzzles me too. Let any further talk wait until we are somewhere safer."
"Highness," Tyra gave a warning.
The Princess turned to see two men approaching. One was the hall servant and the other a thick-set man of middle age who, despite his bulk, still appeared to be reasonably fit. His face showed a smile as he approached but the smile disappeared when he saw the stranger.
"What is he doing here? What is he to you?"
"We saved him from certain death in the market place outside, My Lord," Eriana replied. "He was being chased by a mob with stones, we have never met him before. My healer has given him first aid, as is appropriate. From what we have been told he has broken no law."
Korboro's face now showed disgust. "You should have let them do as they wish, Highness. He is a wanderer of no account, we do not want his kind here in Pakmal."
Eriana held up both hands to try and defuse the situation. "My Lord! We do not intend to remain in Pakmal long ourselves, we will provide transport for him to some other land. That way he will no longer trouble you or Pakmal."
Korboro considered for a moment and then gave a nod. "Acceptable, Highness, but you must keep him on your ship while you yet remain in our waters. I could not guarantee his safety otherwise."
Eriana also considered this response carefully and then asked, "My Lord, we have yet to get him to our ship. If I may ask you for... two carriages, I deem, to take us safely there."
"How much shall you pay for the carriages, Highness?" Korboro asked softly. His expression was now hidden, but there was something in his eyes.
Eriana reached over her shoulder and drew her sword, which was the automatic signal for everyone else to draw theirs. She swung the point towards Korboro's chest.
"My Lord, I tire of this sordid game. You shall provide me and my party with two carriages, they may be pulled by frayen or by dranakh, with competent drivers, who will convey us to the port near where our ship is berthed. You shall travel with us to the port as surety for your own actions. If you do this then I may let you live. Your carriages can return you back here.
"The alternative? Why, we kill everyone in this building and burn it to the ground. Did you think me to be but a young woman who could be led around as you desired? I assure you, I know your ilk, such worms as you infest my father's court, which is one reason I determined to leave. Asking geld to see the Arch-Count? I would have paid a reasonable access fee but you saw before you a Princess you thought you could drain freely. My Lord, by your own actions you bring shame to Pakmal."
"You would not dare!"
"Foolish little man. I do not dare anything, I tell you what is to be. Choose, My Lord."
"If you kill me it would mean war!" he blustered.
"It would not, My Lord. My guess is that many of your fellows would publicly regret your passing but be relieved that they no longer have you to deal with. However, if they were so stupid as to declare war, it is not only Palarand they would be at war with. My King values me greatly but so do many others. Did you not understand my description of the Federation? You would be at war with Vardenale, Palarand, Brugan, Smordan, Joth, Forguland, Ferenis, Upper Fanir and Faralmark. All these lands are already members of the Sirrel Federation. I am well-known to the rulers in all of these lands, if anything should happen to me, retribution will be swift indeed."
Korboro sagged a little. "As you wish, Highness. This is too much trouble over the fate of a mere vagabond. Laran, go and ask the stables for two carriages and frayen as Her Highness requested."
The man bowed. "As you command, My Lord."
"Kalmenar, go with him, make sure that the stable provides what is asked for and nothing more."
"Highness." Kalmenar sheathed his sword, took Laran by the arm and headed off towards the rear of the building.
"You do not trust me to command such a thing?"
"My Lord, I would not trust you so far as I could throw your body."
While they waited he asked, "If you despise those of Pakmal so much, why did you come here?"
"I do not despise those of Pakmal, not all of them. I came here at the command of my King, to deliver messages to the ruler of these lands. Now it appears I cannot do my duty and he shall learn the reason why. There are some few of Pakmal who show honesty and sense, I deem. Have you heard of Field-Director Botanno?"
Korboro swallowed and tried to control his expression. "You have met him? I thought he was sent to Yod."
"And so he was, My Lord. We met him at Wadek following a fight with a pirate galley in the river. He was most helpful - and he knew who I was and why I was traveling the river, which it seems you do not."
"Ah, is that so? Yodans have always been a problem to Pakmal, which is why we must needs send our best men and troops there."
"To keep them out of the way, you mean, and prevent them interrupting your cosy existence."
Korboro could think of no response to that. Everybody stood around in silence until Kalmenar and Laran returned.
"There is a carriage, Highness," Kalmenar reported, "which is the one which brought Count Korboro here. I regret it would not be big enough to take all of us unless many sat on the top, which would of course attract unwanted attention. However, there is also a wagon and dranakh which arrived about half a bell ago bringing supplies for the mansion. We can use that, it may help to avoid that attention. Both carriage and wagon should be ready for us shortly. There was no trouble."
"They did not question your presence?"
Kalmenar smiled. "Highness, I explained that the carriage was to convey a Princess who was somewhat demanding. I was there to make sure that the vehicle was of sufficient quality and would satisfy her."
She briefly grinned at him. "All perfectly true, My Lord." She turned to Ragnar. «If you would open the front door a trifle and see if there should be trouble waiting outside.»
He did as requested, having a quick look around the market square, before closing it again.
«Yah, Highness. Nothing obvious, but two men idling near the closest stall, two more to the left, a small group against the buildings to the right.»
She told the others, "There are men in the marketplace watching for when our dark friend emerges again. My Lord, it would be better if we were to leave by the stable entrance. That way any watchers there will be less able to see who might be in the carriage and wagon."
"I would have suggested that anyway," came the grumpy reply. "There are often times when I have to depart without being noticed."
The group turned to go to the rear of the building but Laran spoke. "Master, there is something I must give you before you leave."
Korboro turned. "Hmm? What is that?"
Laran opened a door leading into one of the rooms that faced the front of the building. "In here, Master. It will take only a moment."
Fearing a trap the others crowded around the door as Laran led Korboro into the room. The servant went to a sideboard near the door, pulled open a drawer and took out a needle-pointed dagger. Before Eriana could make the obvious objection Laran had rammed the dagger straight into his master's chest. Korboro staggered back and fell to the floor in a sitting position, staring at the hilt of the dagger sticking out of his chest.
"I have wanted to do that for many, many years, master, but could not because I knew it would mean my certain death," Laran explained to Korboro's horrified expression. "The noble lady is right, Pakmal will be better off without such as you."
Korboro collapsed backwards, dead. Laran turned to Eriana. "Noble Lady, I will tell them that the black man killed my master, that way I should not be blamed. His sons are better men than him but if not then they will let me depart since I am known to be," his face twisted, "loyal to their father."
Eriana was stunned by the sudden change in events. "You would blame the stranger? A man who has done nothing?"
Laran shrugged. "He was about to depart Pakmal in any event, Noble Lady. When you go I will come with you, which means that the alarm will only be raised once the carriage returns here. I give you my oath."
She thought furiously. "Done, though it means I will not now be able to speak to the Arch-Count."
Laran shook his head. "From words spoken to me after you left him earlier it is my belief that my master never intended that you should, Noble Lady. He is... was a wicked man. As you thought, he believed you a weak, easily fooled young woman despite that sword you wear. He intended to double-cross you for his own benefit. If I may, I must now close and lock this door against accidental discovery."
The shocked party backed away from the door into the hallway and watched Laran take the key and lock the door.
"This way, Noble Lady."
"Wait! What about others in this building?"
"There are kitchen staff, it is true, but they remain in quarters below this level," came the reply. "Those who clean this building do not reside here but attend their tasks and then depart long before he arrives each day."
"What about his family? You mentioned sons."
"Ah, Noble Lady, this place is where he does his work, not where he resides." The face twisted again. "He does not care to let the two sides of his person discover each other. His estate, where his family resides, is some twelve marks from the edge of the city. I do not think that either of his sons have yet entered this building despite their ages."
"No armsmen? Bodyguards?"
"Aye, four such accompanied him here from his estate, but since no-one would dare attack him they customarily sit in a tavern in the marketplace until he needs them for the journey home."
"Will they have taken note of our arrival and the fuss?"
Laran shook his head. "No, Noble Lady. The tavern is the far side of the market and they have... other distractions... to keep them occupied. I am usually sent to fetch them when it is time."
Eriana was still cautious. "Very well. Lead the way but do not be surprised should I or my men take action if our progress be interrupted."
"Noble Lady, I would expect nothing else."
"And it helps your tale that we helped kill your employer, I deem."
Laran inclined his head. "Noble Lady, you have the right of it. This way."
They followed Laran to the back of the huilding, down some steps and through a side passage to an enclosed yard. This apparently served all the buildings on this side of the square and had an exit to the rear, to another street. A carriage and four frayen stood waiting beside a wagon and dranakh. There were two drivers talking to two men who stood holding the reins of the front frayen.
Ursula saw an opportunity and gently grabbed the Kittrin by the sleeve. "Stay behind us," she murmured low. "We'll likely be going in that wagon and we might be able to get you in there without them noticing you."
"Good thought, Mistress."
"You are not the only wanderer in this group, you should know. I have done such things before."
Eriana made some decisions. "Bennet, Semma, you are with me in the carriage. It would be prudent if our uniforms were not so visible on the way back, I deem. Master Laran, you must needs ride with me also. I want Torvin up top beside our driver and Ragnar with the wagoneer. Ursula, you will take the rest in the wagon, disposed as you see fit."
"As you wish, Highness."
Eriana saw the odd person in their party and frowned. "Master Osar, what is your part in this? It was you who led us to Korboro, are you one of his creatures?"
Osar bowed low and protested, "Your Highness, I am not! I knew only that Count Korboro was of sufficient rank to arrange for you to visit the Arch-Count. My business is the waterways of Pakmal and I try to stay away from folk like him. I did not know what Count Korboro was involved in and still do not."
Eriana stared at him a long time before nodding. "Very well. You shall travel with us back to... District nine, was it?"
"As you say, Highness."
"We shall have further words when we arrive there, but do not imagine that we have ill intent towards you, unless you do something stupid."
Osar swallowed. "As you command, Your Highness."
Ursula asked, "Highness? I have been thinking. Can I have a private word?"
"Now, Ursula? The men are waiting."
The group of men were sizing up their passengers, interested by the bright Palarand uniforms on the women, but none made any motion towards them. Ursula and Eriana stepped to one side, away from their group.
"I have had an idea," Ursula said. "I noticed that you carefully made no mention of the Green Ptuvil when we were inside."
"Aye. Why tell them everything? They do not tell me their business, after all. I realized that we parted when the Green Ptuvil berthed and different officials met us where the Visund berthed. They do not know the two are together. What think you?"
"You want to get the Kittrin to the barge, don't you? Why don't I take the wagon to the Green Ptuvil while you return to the Visund? That way he'll be safe and both vessels will be alerted at once."
"A good thought, but do you know where the Green Ptuvil is berthed?"
"I do not, Highness, but Osar probably does. Do you remember the flag combination for that stretch?"
"Aye, green over red over blue. If Osar were to travel with you he would be able to direct you." Eriana considered. "Done, Ursula. There is a problem, however. The Green Ptuvil berths on the other side of the channel. Now we must needs think up some story why we must needs go in two different directions."
"We had to leave some men there when we first arrived... no, that wouldn't explain why we want to take the wagon there."
"But the Visund may have ordered supplies there, before we knew that we must needs travel further in to berth. Aye, that will do." She looked around. "Master Osar, if you would join us."
The port official joined them looking puzzled and somewhat apprehensive.
"Ursula has just reminded me that, when we arrived, we berthed much further along the canal, not knowing how far we must needs travel to come to the city. While we were yet there we ordered supplies, to be delivered later today. She suggests that it would be to our advantage to make the wagon go there first, to obtain the supplies, and then we will pick up people and supplies as we pass by in our ship. Do you see any problem with that idea?"
"I did not realize that, Your Highness. I do not think that any regulations would be broken should you choose to do that. You wish me to show the wagoneer the way?"
"As you say, Master Osar."
"I wonder if you can remember the district where you first berthed, then."
"The flags were green over red over blue, as I recall."
"Ah, the sixteenth district, but that is on the other side of the channel. Odd numbers this side, even numbers the other side. It can be done, of course, but the wagon will have to go through the city and over one of the bridges."
"You will speak to your wagoneer?"
"Of course, Your Highness. He will know the different port districts, I have no doubt."
"Tell him there will be coin for him for the extra work."
"Naturally, Your Highness. This is Pakmal, after all." He added, apologetically, "Coin will also be required for the bridge crossing, Your Highness."
Eriana scowled. "This land begins to irritate me, I deem. Very well. Will they accept coin of Upper Fanir? We have just come from Faralan."
"They will, Your Highness, since we do much trade with that land."
Eriana opened her pouch, pulled out the smaller coin pouch and handed it to Ursula. "Mistress Ursula will be in charge of the wagon and those who ride in it. Enough. We are making Laran nervous. Let us board these vehicles and depart before something unwanted should occur."
Ursula thought that they had managed to get the Kittrin into the wagon without his distinguishing features being recognized. She made him sit at the front, facing back, so that the wagoneer could only see the turban-like arrangement wrapping his head when he turned. She sat to one side of him and Osar stood the other, talking to the wagoneer. The others found places on the empty floor of the wagon.
After some discussion, and coin changing hands, the wagon jolted into action and they were off. The rear flap had been pulled down and roughly secured from the inside but it would not prevent someone determined from climbing up and looking inside. There were a number of sharp turns and then they were out onto the street.
There was a discussion when they reached the bridge, but Osar talked to the toll man and they passed over, rumbling over a creaking wooden construction. Once over they turned again and the journey settled into a steady rhythm. It was a fair distance and Ursula soon began to wish for a drink.
But I had better not take any! What goes in must come out again! We shall just have to endure it until we reach the pontoons and the Green Ptuvil.
What do I do with the driver when he realizes he has been duped? If either he or Osar learns about the Green Ptuvil we will lose any advantage.
"Adin? Can I have a word?"
"Surely, Mistress."
There was a low-voiced discussion about supplies.
Finally the wagon reached Port District Sixteen and began to travel along the access road along the top of the bank. The wagoneer halted and turned.
"Mistress, I need to know where you ordered your goods."
"Adin?"
Adin, being short, could not see out of the front of the wagon. It appeared safe enough now, so the back flap was loosened and he climbed out, walking along to the front.
"I am not sure. Further along, I think."
He climbed up and sat beside the wagoneer. The deception now relied on Adin spotting a suitable establishment to obtain some last-minute supplies. They traveled along another block.
"There?" Adin scratched his head. "We were not here long. Mistress?"
Ursula had been keeping an eye open on the other side for the barge. "I think that was the one, Adin. You should go inside and check."
Adin climbed down and disappeared inside the large wooden building. He reappeared shortly shaking his head.
"Not that one, Mistress. Further along."
In the next business selling victuals Ursula climbed out and went in with Adin. The proprietor said yes, he could supply two sacks of flour and two barrels of water, did they need anything else? After some haggling other supplies were added to the order and the warehouse staff began bringing them out to the wagon. When they had finished Ursula paid the bill and climbed into the now cramped back again. She stood behind the wagoneer.
"If you would travel along a little way, we can find a spot where the ship can berth," she explained. "It is rather large, it can take up a lot of space."
"As you wish, Mistress. I can see a spot over there," he pointed, "would that be big enough?"
"No, we need somewhere a little larger than that. Can you try a little further along, please?"
"Do you tell me? I will be interested to see such a large ship that can travel the channel with the water so low."
"It is an unusual design, not normally seen in these waters. There!" She spotted the distinctive outline of the Green Ptuvil and the large space beyond it. "That will do just right. If you could pull up near the next gangway so that we can unload."
"As you wish, Mistress."
When the wagon pulled up Ursula climbed out and casually stretched, looking around her as she did so, an understandable action if one had arrived in the back of a covered wagon. The area was busy, but not particularly so, there was road traffic, people loading and unloading, others idling outside one of the nearby taverns, but all intent on their own business. Satisfied that nobody was taking an interest in yet another wagon delivering to a water craft, she headed down the gangway to the pontoon string. She made for the Green Ptuvil and Baros jumped off to greet her.
"Mistress! I am most surprised to see you here, I thought you would now be relaxing in your hostel."
"Everything has gone wrong, Baros, but don't change your expression. People are watching. As far as they are concerned, we don't know one another and I'm just checking that this berth," she gestured, "will be available for the Visund when it comes back."
"I understand, Mistress. Traffic has been light here since the ship went on," he said, "I do not think that spot will be used again today. Do you tell me that the Visund is coming back? What has happened?"
"The man we went to see turned out to be a criminal who tried to con Eriana - Her Highness - out of all her coin. She saw through it and we were about to leave when his manservant murdered him in front of us - blaming one of our party for the deed. So we are making a swift departure from Pakmal before the mob finds us."
"Maker! I am not sure I desired so much excitement when I agreed to join the company!"
"Neither did I! But that is normal life in Pakmal, it seems. Now the wagoneer up there and the port official who went with us to see this crime lord do not know that the Green Ptuvil has anything to do with the Visund, and we'd like to keep it that way. But we bought some supplies on the way here and the barge has some men who could help us move them down to the pontoons, ready for when the ship appears."
Baros nodded. "We can do that. Should we be thinking of departing as well? Fortunately, since we have the women on board, we decided not to investigate the nearby hostels, even though that port official wanted us to."
"If it is not too much trouble. The two port officials for this district know the two craft came together, so somebody is going to work out the connection eventually."
"As you say." Baros became businesslike. "I'll get some men to help you shift the goods down here. What about people? Who is up there with you?"
"Tyra, Kalmenar, Ragnar, Adin, Osar, who is the port official for the Visund's berth, and who is probably tainted with the murder as well... oh, and a traveling warrior we bumped into in the marketplace. He was being chased by a mob throwing stones."
Baros shook his head with bemusement. "This voyage becomes stranger and stranger! I assume he will be coming with us?"
"He has to, because of the mob. He is a Kittrin, does that mean anything to you?"
"Kittrins? I have seen them around but so far have had nothing to do with any of them. Do you trust him, Mistress?"
"We are saving his life, that should help the trust. Because of his skin color and his injuries he'll have to travel on the barge until we get out of Pakmal."
"I see. That raises another question, where are we going next? Zebrin?"
"I would guess so, Baros. It is close enough that Her Highness would want to call there anyway."
He nodded. "If we are separated we'll meet you there, then. Right, I'll get my boys up the bank."
"One moment! We have to somehow get the Kittrin down to the barge without the wagoneer finding out he traveled with us. I wonder... Would your men be averse to coming up with something wound around their heads? I don't know, maybe a sash or something similar. It doesn't have to look too tidy."
Baros looked at her oddly. "Mistress, is this some scheme alike that when you brought those two Yodans aboard?"
She grinned. "Yes, Baros, exactly alike! The idea is that, in the confusion of men going back and fore carrying goods, an extra one won't be noticed."
He smiled. "It is not something that a law-abiding bargeman like myself would normally get involved with, Mistress, but there have been one or two times... leave it with me, Mistress. After all, those above know not who we are or where we came from, do they?"
"I see what you mean, Baros. I'll leave the details to you, then."
She walked back up the gangway and stopped at the front of the wagon, looking up at the wagoneer.
"The owner of that barge says that, as far as he knows, no-one is using that berth and that it should be free for our ship to call there for a brief while to pick up the supplies. Ah, about that, he offers some of his men to help unload the goods and take them down to the pontoon. That way, you'll be able to leave sooner and the goods can be carried aboard our ship quicker when it arrives."
"Very good, Mistress. Do you require my help at all?"
"I do not think so. Between his men and ours we should manage." She fumbled at her pouch and produced some coins. "Why don't you go and get yourself a drink in that tavern while you wait for us to unload? It is getting late but it is still warm."
The wagoneer climbed down and took the coins. "Why thank'ee kindly, Mistress. By your leave, I'll get some water for the beast first."
With trousers borrowed from the few Norse on board and sashes wound around their heads like careless turbans, Baros led two of the bargemen, Temmar and Vitrak, up the gangway and around to the rear of the wagon. When Baros looked inside he drew breath.
"Mistress, why have you bought so much? These barrels will be too heavy for my men to take down the gangway, they are not yet fit enough."
In a low voice she replied, "It is a long story and complicated, just like much of what has happened today. Between all of you you should manage. Remember, these are just to be left on the pontoon for now, not loaded on the barge."
He nodded. "As you say, Mistress. We shall manage, I doubt not. My Lord, will you help us?"
Kalmenar nodded. "Of course. Tell me what I must needs do."
While the supplies were being removed from the wagon and stacked in the roadway Ursula climbed in and went to the Kittrin, checking that the wagoneer was not close enough to overhear.
"I must ask you to trust me completely, now. To get you down to the barge below you will have to pretend to be one of the barge crew, sent up here to help unload. They have changed clothing to look foreign, probably not as much as you but not local, at any rate."
He nodded. "Of course, Mistress. But what is there to trust?"
"You can't carry anything with that sword sticking out of your sash like that. Bargemen don't usually wear swords and when they do they wear them the way Lord Kalmenar has his, from a belt. I want you to give your sword to Tyra. She will wear it down to the barge and you can reclaim it there."
He stared impassively at Ursula for a while until the sounds of the wagoneer coming back forced him to make a decision.
"Hai. I will do it, though it leaves me feeling naked. I have already trusted you to get me out of the city, after all."
He reverently pulled out the sword and handed it to Tyra. "Treat it well. It is a family treasure."
"Tyra, push that through your sash the way he had it and then do the same with your own sword," Ursula instructed. "Then climb out of the wagon and amble down to the pontoon in between some of the men. Wait down there for now."
Tyra nodded. "Mistress." She did as instructed and then climbed out of the wagon.
"Tosh, can you carry one of those sacks? They are quite heavy."
"I can, Mistress. Should I go now?" He made to climb out of the wagon.
She caught his sleeve. "Wait until the men return, I think. Let them get the water barrels down first."
After an agonizing wait for the bargemen to return, the Kittrin climbed out and hefted a sack of grain onto his shoulder. Baros led the way down with another sack while Vitrak stayed above to keep the numbers straight. Once they had put down their loads on the pontoon Baros led the Kittrin into the rear cabin of the Green Ptuvil and told him to stay put.
Once the bargemen came back they finished moving the supplies fairly quickly. The others climbed out and stood at the rear of the wagon where the wagoneer found them.
"Ah, good," Ursula told him. "We have completed unloading, you have done your part. How much do we owe you?"
In the victuals supply warehouse Ursula had taken the opportunity to change some coin so she was able to give him local money plus a good tip.
He touched his forehead. "Thank'ee, Mistress. This has been a strange job but I doubt not you know what you are doing. Luck on your journey, Mistress. Good-bye to you all."
He strode off with a nod and mounted the wagon. It moved off, turned around further along the road and passed by on the way back into the city. By that time the passengers had all trooped down to the pontoon.
"We're all coming with you this time," Ursula told Baros. "Is that going to be a problem?"
He did a quick head count. "Not at all, Mistress, though some of you will have no attire to change into, I deem. Do we take these supplies as well?"
"If you have room for them, otherwise we'll have to abandon them if the Visund cannot pause to collect them."
"As you say. We should manage. What about your black friend?"
"He needs minor medical attention I could not give him in the city. Where is the best place to do that?"
"The rear cabin is good enough. There should be room in the front cabin for him to sleep."
"Good. Now, if you'll excuse me, I have another more delicate job to do."
She moved to the other side of the small group on the pontoon and found Osar. He stared at Ursula with some concern.
"Mistress, it is clear to me that you are more than just a healer in this business and that you people also know this barge and the folk on it. I fear this is information that you do not desire to be well known."
"If you are concerned that we would cut your throat to preserve our secrets, Master Osar, then be assured that we would not do that, not unless you tried to raise the alarm. We are not Pakmals and we do not behave the way they do. At worst we would take you with us and put you ashore at the mouth of the canal. I see however that you are undecided about your own actions."
"Mistress, you have the right of it. I was a fool to take you to Korboro, I did not know what manner of man he was. It occurs to me that I may be in as much danger from his fellows as I could be from you and your people."
"Which is what I thought. Tell me, have you a family? Wife? Children?"
"Aye to both, Mistress. What is your thought?"
"That you might choose to seek a new life in, say, Zebrin. Can you get a message to your family to join you there? Would anyone try to stop them if they attempted to leave?"
"No to both, Mistress. Zebrin... It will be difficult, at first, since I must needs abandon my post here to move there, but it can be done. We both have family, wider family, and it will be a wrench to go, but at least I will still be alive and have my wife and children."
She cautioned, "I suspect that the Pakmal criminal world will have contacts in Zebrin because it is so close. It might be better to go somewhere else, but I personally cannot offer you transport much further. You do need to get out of Pakmal as soon as possible."
"Then, Mistress, if you will have me I will come with you to Zebrin. I must needs find some way to tell my wife what has happened."
Ursula realized then that, while Osar could likely read because of his job, it was doubtful that any of his family could.
"We will manage, we always do. I suggest that you take that sash off, if you are running away from your job. Do any of the Port staff over here know you?"
"Very slightly, Mistress." He gave a short nod. "I must needs go below and stay there. Ah, this is a most unusual barge, I deem. Where should I go?"
"For now, go down the front companionway. That is where the men have their bunks."
"As you wish, Mistress."
* * *
"You have a lot of scars from past battles, I can see. Your skin shows up scars much easier than ours does," she remarked. "That is one disadvantage of a dark skin."
"Not you as well," he growled. "I thought that you did not have an opinion about my color. It seems I was wrong."
"Easy, now. I am a healer, I am used to handling skin of many different shades. The advantage of a dark skin is that you do not burn so easily in the sun."
"My apologies, Mistress." He turned and gave her a thin smile. "I have heard it said that I have a thin skin, but perhaps you can understand why."
"Accepted, Tosh. I do understand. I have suffered a little myself in the past because of my eyes," she told him. "They are not common where I come from."
He sat down, pulling his tunic on before saying, "And where might that be, Mistress? Your eyes are not round like most of those who live along this river."
She considered her words carefully before saying, "I imagine that your people have stories, legends, sagas about the time before your people came to Anmar."
He was completely still now, except for the hand that reached out and clasped his sword.
"What do you know of that? Are you a scholar of my people? Are your people nearby, that you have eyes like that?"
She ignored the questions. "Was your land named Japan, perhaps?"
He gave her a blank look but the concern was still there.
"No? Then what about... Nippon? Does that name sound familiar?"
"Sss! What do you know of Nippon?"
"My father was born well to the west of Nippon but my mother came from a land much closer to there. That is why I have eyes like this."
"But... Nippon is a memory! A fabulous land from the past! It does not exist any longer!"
"Tosh, before I was found on an island in the Sirrel I lived on a different world, the same world that your people came from many years ago. If you do not know the name Japan it must be many centuries. Nippon still exists there. It is a major nation in that world."
He gaped at her. "But that is impossible! There is only Anmar, so we are taught."
"And you believed everything you were taught?"
"If the scholars tell us then it must be so... must it not? But in my travels I have already learned that the scholars are not always right. Can you prove what you say?"
"Not today, not easily. It requires people that are on our ship, the Visund, and they will not want to stop today to discuss this. As much as I want to explain to you, it will have to wait until we reach Zebrin."
He gently put the sword down. "If it must be. But I reserve the right to leave your company at Zebrin if I think you are telling tales fit only for children."
"If you wish. But I can tell you that Her Highness could have need for a warrior like you, should you decide to stay. I imagine that your sword skills are different than her people practise and they will be interested to see what you can do."
"Oh? What can she offer me?"
"Same as the rest of us. A place on this barge or the ship, all the food and drink you desire and accommodation wherever we stop. We are exploring the river and will eventually turn and make our way back downstream to where the voyage started. Your expertise and experience could be very useful to us."
"Downstream was where I was headed, Mistress. It is said there is a land at the end of the river where marvellous toys may be found. Is this so?"
"They are not toys, no, but some of what I have already seen is definitely marvellous. That land is where this ship, Her Highness and almost all her men now call home."
He interrupted her. "Now call home? Explain."
"That is a long story, Tosh. Her Highness and all her men come from a distant land which borders the eastern ocean, the Shan. Her people were brought to Anmar over a thousand years ago, they are called Norsemen and their land Einnland. It may be a thousand marks or so beyond the mouth of the Sirrel. Now they call Palarand home, but for the present she has decided to explore along the Sirrel. They have picked up a number of others along the way, myself included, but I'm betting that all of us will come to Palarand at the end of the voyage."
"Palarand! That was the name. Mistress, you dangle an impossible bait in front of me."
"Wait until Zebrin and all your questions will be answered. I swear it."
"Done."
* * *
Everything had been tidied away and bunks allocated. None of those who had boarded was now on deck. The Green Ptuvil sat quietly, awaiting the order to release the mooring ropes. In the rear cabin Ursula worried.
"Where are they? What could be keeping them?"
"Mistress, you said that the Admiral had found a hostel to take you all. Surely they must needs spend some time bringing all your gear back down to the ship, and without you there to help them pack it."
She sighed. "You are right, Baros, but all the time they take doing that is time in which they could be discovered. I would like us to depart now, since it will be slower going for us, but if we do that... the Admiral... may not know what has happened when they do get here."
Temmar, one of the former hostages, came into the cabin from the deck. "Captain, the ship comes."
Baros turned. "Thank you, Temmar. Get Omar and be ready to cast off. We'll be poling so we'll set off after the Visund passes."
"Aye, Captain... but the breeze has freshened and it will be in our favor."
"Do you tell me?" Baros stood up. "I had better go and see if we will be able to put the sail up."
The Visund did not have its sail up but everyone who could was at an oar. It came at them at a good pace, throwing a wash against the banks. When the Green Ptuvil was sighted a whistle sounded and the oars were raised, allowing the ship to slow as it passed. Eriana stood on the bow.
"Everything fine? All aboard?"
"All is well," Baros shouted back. "We'll be right behind you."
"See you in Zebrin," came the call as the Norse longship slid past and the oars were lowered once more.
On arrival in Zebrin the reunited company heads for their allocated hostel, where Eriana hears the story of Tosh's past. It is also necessary to deal with the port official Osar, who was forced to depart Pakmal with the company.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
73 - A Kittrin's Tale
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
The Green Ptuvil came to rest with a gentle bump
against the pontoon, just astern of the Visund. Two port
workers in Zebrin black-and-yellow uniforms caught the lines that
Baros's men threw to them and made the craft fast. They then lowered
a short boarding gangway against the hull, since the side of the
barge was higher than the surface of the pontoon. Once satisfied that
the gangway was secured, they saluted and walked off just as Brodgar
approached from the Visund.
Baros was the first to step off the barge. "Where are the port officials?"
Brodgar grinned. "Princess do everything already, Captain. Gone to arrange hostel."
Ursula inspected their surroundings. It was as if they had been wading through a swamp and then suddenly emerged into formal gardens. The difference was total. The scheme was exactly the same as in Pakmal, but here the Zebrins had carefully graded their channel banks and lined them with bricks to resist erosion. Well-constructed walkways and wide gangways led from the top of the bank down to the pontoon level. The multi-flagged pontoon sections were also the same, but laid out better and this channel was never going to run dry.
It had been the same even before they arrived. The Visund had got across the river from one side to the other easily but the Green Ptuvil had been delayed by passing traffic. When it reached the two poles marking the entrance to Zebrin's canal system, they had been met by a cutter crewed by uniformed customs men. Eriana had obviously explained that the barge was following so they had been given the colors of the private pontoons reserved for distinguished visitors and passed without further comment.
Baros asked, "What about unloading? Chests and suchlike."
"I'll get men to help." Brodgar turned and called in Norse, «Hey! The women have arrived, they will need an escort and help with their chests!»
«You do it! We strain our backs on the oars and all you lot do is pull a rope every so often!»
«I know just which ropes to pull and when which is why I'm a sailor and you get the heavy work. Come on, lads, the ladies need their chests taken to the hostel.» He added to Baros, "They will just be a moment, Captain. Also escorts for women."
By now everyone had gathered on the deck of the barge. Most of the women gazed around them with interest and a little concern. The two village women had begun to overcome their fear of men but this was another unknown land, they would remain cautious and close to Eriana whenever it was possible.
Ursula looked at Tosh. "Did you go to Pakmal from here? I'm assuming you came east along the trade road."
"I did," he replied. He seemed tense. "At least they did not throw stones at me here."
"Did you have any trouble here? We need to know in case the authorities or some former employer is after you."
"No-one like that. I have little coin and so was forced to sleep in... unsuitable places. There are criminals here just as there are in Pakmal, one of my choices was poor. Someone tried to steal my blade." He looked at the expression in Ursula's face. "No, nothing like that! I try not to make blood flow if I can avoid it, it causes too much trouble. But I have other means to defend myself and my few possessions."
"Gangsters?" She nodded. "I suspect you'll find them everywhere. Sometimes it is those at the bottom of society, sometimes it is the nobles, sometimes it is both. We have met all sorts along the Sirrel." She gave him a reassuring smile. "At least this time you'll be with a big company who can look after themselves and don't put up with nonsense."
"But they do not know me."
"Trust me, one look at that sword of yours and you'll have thirty best friends. You can relax for a while."
"What is so special about my sword?"
"I know the traditions of your people... those who still live in Nippon. If any of those traditions remain in Kittrin then they will all want to see that sword."
«I still want to know how it is that you can speak my language.»
«That is part of that long explanation you will get once we're settled in.» She hesitated then decided to elaborate a little while they waited. «I can speak your tongue and I can understand you, but I know nothing at all about your society so there are no references for me that any of your people would instinctively assume. That means that, though I may know the words, you'll have to take care how you speak to me or when I say something. Does that make sense to you?»
He nodded. «Like reading from a book written by someone from another land. You may know the words but much remains unsaid.»
«Yes. And I cannot read or write your script either, though there is probably little demand for it this far away from your home land. Are you comfortable with the script they use here?»
«It is different than ours but not so hard to learn. I manage.»
Baros asked, "Is that the Kittrin tongue, Mistress? I am impressed that you can speak it."
"It is, Captain, though until he used it earlier today I did not know that I could speak it. Just one of the curious side-effects of my journey here. I think we'd better not say any more about that in public, though."
"As you say, Mistress. Oh, here come some of the boys. And I can see Commander Lars walking along the top of the bank there."
The men, seeing Lars come down the gangway, waited until he reached them. He issued instructions which caused most to come to the barge.
"Commander says to take chests to hostel."
Brodgar grumbled, «They listen to him, they don't listen to me.»
Baros nodded to Torvin. "The chests are waiting for you, lads. All the women are on deck so it is fine for you to go down and fetch them out."
The men came aboard and dispersed to the different companionways. Lars joined them, along with several other men. He addressed Ursula.
"Mistress, we are to take you to hostel." His eyes flicked to Tosh, then down to his sword and back to Ursula. "Princess told me a little about him. Is he safe to join us?"
"He has injuries which need to be checked for at least a few days. He may join us for a while."
The eyes flicked down to the sword again. "Can he use that sword?"
Tosh bristled. "I do not like his tone!"
She intervened. "Tosh, this is Lars who is official leader of all Her Highness's fighting men. He intended no insult. All of them will be interested in your weapon. Remember that they know nothing about you or your people and you know nothing about his. What Lars asks is, are you any good with that sword or are you just carrying it because it is a family treasure."
He calmed down. "Yes, I can use sword, training passed down from father to son for centuries."
Lars gave a single nod. "Good. Need more warriors for Navy. You will bring him, Mistress?"
"Of course."
"And what about him?" Lars nodded towards Osar. "I have seen him before but I don't know where."
"He was the port official where the Visund berthed, do you remember? He took us to see Count Korboro, who he thought was going to arrange an introduction to the Arch-Count."
"Yah, I know face now. Why is he with us?"
"We could not leave him there because they would link him to Korboro's murder. Here is safe enough for now. I do not think he wants to come any further with us because he still has family in Pakmal. Will there be room at the hostel for him for a day or two?"
"I think so. Is a big place and not very busy, mostly us there." He favored Osar with a calculating look.
"Her Highness will sort him out." Ursula turned. "Is everybody ready?"
There were murmurs of assent from everyone on board. Baros turned to Lars.
"What about the Visund and the Green Ptuvil? Should we be leaving a watch on board?"
"These are special berths for visitors like Princess," Lars explained. "Look, sentries at top, gates. Should be safe. Tor stays for now, has four men who will watch both." He shrugged. "If you wish to leave someone here, they will miss good food and ale in hostel."
"That is good enough for me. Boys! Are you ready to go to the hostel?"
More murmurs and soon enough, everyone on board was making their way up the nearest gangway to the top of the bank. At the entrance a sentry counted the numbers and, roughly, who came from which craft. After he had written the figures down he looked for someone to address.
"If I may ask who is in charge of these vessels? Intending no disrespect, letting you back onto your vessels may present problems."
Lars looked at Ursula so she stepped forward. "Her Highness is the overall leader of our company," she explained. "If anyone could be considered second in command that is probably me. The captain of the larger vessel, Captain Tor, remains below, there," she pointed at him aboard the Visund. "Captain Baros here commands the barge behind. This man," she indicated Lars, "commands Her Highness's fighting men, which is most of them. What problems could there be?"
"Ah, Mistress, I can see that the men from the big ship wear what I can only assume is a uniform. The people from the barge wear a variety of attire and it could be awkward to tell who is permitted and who is not. If you could advise me."
It is true. Almost all the Norse are in tee shirts and shorts and, while the bargemen are now also wearing tee shirts and shorts, they are in a variety of shades. Then we have Kalmenar, Zakaros, Karan, Toshi and Osar, who are not wearing anything like the rest of the men.
Women? Almost as bad. Eriana, Bennet and Semma are still in their Palarand uniforms. Tyra and I are in ship dresses. The others are in a mixture of clothing.
"I see what you mean. How about this? Do you recognize what I and my assistant are wearing as uniform?"
The man's eyes went from her ship dress to the nearest Norse and back to Ursula.
"Aye, Mistress, I had not noticed but I would agree that your attire could be a uniform... if somewhat unusual."
"Then, if you can recognize our crew by our uniforms, anyone who is with someone wearing a uniform should be acceptable. We'll probably need port workers to come down with fresh supplies in the coming days anyway."
He thought about this and nodded. "Agreed, Mistress. Then you may all go about your business."
Above they discovered a road of red brick running alongside the channel with spacious sidewalks and a railing to prevent anyone sliding down the bank. On the other side of the road there were the usual shops, workshops, stores, bars and amusements but everything was significantly cleaner and tidier than in Pakmal.
The locals and other water folk paid little attention to their party as they made their way along the sidewalk. The hostel was not far and was laid out in the customary Valley design with a courtyard, tap room at the front and dining hall to one one side with kitchens and bathing facilities in a separate brick building at the rear. The fourth side, normally used for stables, held further accommodation in addition to the customary upper floor dormitories and smaller sleeping chambers.
"Lars, Tosh is unsure about all of us and I am not that surprised. I think it would be a good idea for now if he has a room on his own. Can you arrange that?"
"Yah, Mistress. There are some smaller rooms at top of stairs."
"Tosh?"
He bowed. "Thank you, Mistress, for your consideration. I have little to leave there so I will find out where it is and come down again to... where?"
Ursula pointed. "I think the dining room would be the best place. I bet that is where Her Highness will be and she will want to see you as soon as we have all settled ourselves."
"Hai. I go with the big man."
Ursula turned. "Tyra, do you know where our chests are?"
"They have not yet arrived, Mistress, but, if you please, I have an errand to the bathing block."
"Now that is a very good suggestion! Ladies? We're off to the toilets, is anyone else interested?"
There was a general movement towards the rear of the hostel.
* * *
"What are we doing in this chamber, Tyra? I thought we were having one of our own."
"We do have this one to ourselves, Mistress. Matta and Vellana have the one on the other side of Her Highness's chamber."
"You know what I meant. These are servants' quarters in Her Highness's suite! I do not complain about the facilities, they are good enough for us, but I thought we would have a door to the corridor."
"I do not know, Mistress, but I can guess her thoughts. By acting as the Princess she is, she will have told them that she has four attendants who should be within call when she has need. Thus, we are quartered together, which means that you may leave this chamber each night to sleep with Her Highness without notice by the hostel staff."
I do not know if I should be surprised by Eriana's audacity or not, but at least it will avoid any immediate trouble. And I guess that I just about qualify as an "attendant".
Of course, the Zebrins would expect someone like Eriana to have an entourage so this arrangement will help the illusion.
She sighed. "As you say, Tyra. Eriana has been playing this game much longer than either of us and this arrangement does have its uses. Very well. Have you thought about what we should be wearing this evening?"
"I have not, Mistress. The fact you ask that question implies that you have doubts."
"I do. After the trouble in Pakmal I am wary of settling anywhere too soon. We had better leave the long gowns until we know that we are welcome in Zebrin. A day dress should be good enough for tonight."
"I agree, Mistress. If you would give me a hand? It is not easy to open this chest with it around this way. The men are always willing to help but sometimes they have little sense."
"Of course, Tyra."
Refreshed and changed, Ursula and Tyra came downstairs to the dining room. Most of the company was already there, it being easier for the men to unpack their dunnage bags than for the women to sort out their chests - which had been hastily packed by others in the rush to leave Pakmal.
Eriana had chosen a seat at the far end of the chamber, at the kitchen end, and was describing what had happened to a group of the men, Kalmenar and Baros among them. Ursula and Tyra approached and automatically dipped.
"Ursula, join us! I have just finished explaining what had happened to us. Shall you explain your own journey?"
"As you wish, Highness."
She briefly described what had happened, explaining how Adin had bought some supplies to ensure that the wagoneer didn't become suspicious, and how Tosh had been smuggled down to the barge.
Eriana nodded approval. "That was good thinking on your part, I deem. Anything which must needs delay or confuse the investigation by those of Pakmal can only be to our benefit. However, it means that seemingly we now have acquired two extra mouths to feed. Let me deal with the easier of the two first. Master Tosh, if you would stand forward."
Tosh pushed his way forward and bowed to Eriana. "Your Highness, I must thank you and those with you for rescuing me from what might have been an unpleasant ending. It leaves me in debt to you, I acknowledge that. I would say that, as a proud man, there may be certain things I would not do for you in return."
"A proud man, indeed, and plain spoken as well! Know you, Master Tosh, that you will find that all those of my people who came with me to Palarand are plain spoken, it is our way. We have gathered others along the way, it is true, who may be more reserved but they have all earned our trust for one reason or another.
"As for your debt, I do not consider it a serious matter. Our first thought was to protect a man being pursued by a mob, we consider it our duty. My main concern is what you intend to do next. I must assume that you arrived in Pakmal from Zebrin and thus you are heading dowriver. Is this so?"
"Highness, it is. I have heard of a land in the east which sounds of interest to one such as myself. Your healer spoke of it and named it Palarand."
Eriana smiled. "Palarand! Know that Palarand is the home of me, my ship and most of my crew. Presently we voyage upstream but the intention is to make our way home again before the rains begin. You wear an interesting blade, Master Tosh. Do I assume that you are a warrior?"
He bowed his head briefly in acknowledgement. "Highness, I am, though I have tried to keep out of fights as much as I can. My blade is too valuable to risk in a street brawl."
"Is that so? Know that most of us are hardened warriors with a number of recent battles to our name, Master Tosh. What is so valuable about that blade of yours?"
"It is very old, Highness, centuries old. It is a family treasure, handed down from father to son. Treasure, since it is made of metal and metals are rare on the Kittrin Isles. It is precious, I would not use it lightly but I will if my life depended on it. I will not risk it breaking after so long a time."
"It is a family treasure, you say, yet here it is being carried by a wandering warrior with almost nothing else to his name. Is it truly yours? If you would explain yourself."
"Highness, if there is any other who could claim this blade I do not know, not after all this time. As far as I was aware when I left the Kittrin Isles I was the last of my line, though mayhap some of the women might have survived into slavery." He paused, considering. "Highness, the lands I come from are truly remote, I do not think that many people this far away know our story. To understand me I must needs explain some of our history."
She pointed out, "You are not the only one who comes from distant lands, Master Tosh. Me, my ship and most of my men are from a distant land named Einnland, which lies on the shores of the eastern ocean, as you would name it, but far to the south of the mouth of the Sirrel. My father desired a degrading marriage for me, to keep me from the succession, and I determined that I would not obey him. With my sworn followers we fled north in the Visund along the coast and, after some fierce storms and other adventures, found ourselves a new home in the Kingdom of Palarand.
"His Majesty King Robanar has graciously permitted me to keep my title and we are now all vassels to him, sent along the Sirrel to speak with rulers of the nearby lands. Since the ending of the war with those of Yod the various rulers of those lands have formed a Federation and I am an officer of that Federation, tasked with forming water-borne forces to protect ourselves and to learn more about the world we live in. Your people may yet be distant but they could in time be of interest to us. Speak."
His eyebrows rose. "A Federation? I have not heard that such a thing existed in the east."
"I am not surprised. We are a long way from where the treaty was signed, yet even now Faralmark and Upper Fanir are members of the Federation. Our voyage takes us next, after Zebrin, to Bibek where we will be guests of one of those rulers who signed that treaty. Men! Fetch chairs, that none should need to stand to talk."
There was a bustle as some of the dining chairs were brought to form a half-circle around Eriana. Those closest took seats but some of her men remained standing behind the chairs to listen.
"I think that the Kittrin Isles may once have formed such a Federation as you describe," Tosh began. "It has long since turned into an Empire, I deem, but one riven by factions at court. To understand us, know that Kittrin is composed of many islands small and large, set out into the western ocean. The number of islands is uncountable but at least one thousand, of which seven hundred or more have sizeable communities on them. Others are too small for much more than a single farm or a small fishing village.
"Each larger island is ruled by its own noble family. The island owned by my family is named Dithereen-jeema. My father reigned there, but it was not large enough to sustain a standing army big enough to fend off attacks by nearby nobles from other, larger islands. When I was fifteen years old we were attacked by a small group of nobles intent of carving out an independent holding for themselves, apart from the Empire. I and two others managed to escape, in a small boat, carrying what we could with us.
"Unfortunately in our haste we brought sufficient food but not enough water. The currents carried us far to the south and one of us, my elder sister, died from thirst before we could reach any land. The other person with me was Kosu, a manservant of my father, sent with us to help find safety. We were rescued by fishermen from K'Kdaril who carried us back to their city on the coast. After recovering we sought advice from the one named the Guide of the city," Eriana nodded understanding of the title, "who offered us help to return but said that they would not interfere in the internal matters of the Empire. Kosu desired to return but, before we could set off word reached K'Kdaril that Dithereen had been completely subjugated and all my family murdered.
"Since we had nowhere to go we were permitted to remain in that city but the Guide recommended to me that I try my chances in the remote east, where he said that many of the young men of his city went to improve their education. Since Kosu did not wish to leave K'Kdaril, to my knowledge he remains there to this day. I have been traveling the wilds of Alaesia for nine years, learning the strange customs and new languages of the peoples who live in this vast land."
Eriana digested this. "So you say that you are the last remaining son of the ruler of your island. What does that make you? A Prince?"
"I am not certain, Highness. The status of nobles here in the Sirrel I find to be confusing. But my father was not the supreme ruler of Kittrin, in theory he owed allegiance to the Emperor. I believe that might make me... in your words a Count, perhaps? A Duke? I know not." He shrugged. "If such a rank should apply to me it is of little consequence."
"That is not entirely true, Master Tosh. If you have rank then you may be offered respect as a courtesy in certain courts along the Sirrel. But for now you are a man without a country. I seek men who would help me to fulfil what the Federation needs, waterborne forces to keep the peace, help those in distress and many other things. If you are a warrior, then I would be willing to grant you a place in our company at least until we return to Palarand. On the way you may decide to join us on a more permanent basis. What say you?"
"I account myself a warrior, it is true," he replied slowly. "But I must needs tell you that for most of my time in Alaesia my travels have been solitary or in small groups. I have been a caravan guard twice and a bodyguard twice. I do not know how to fight in a large group like the regular soldiers that I have observed along the way."
Eriana's eyes flicked up. "Lars? What think you?"
"We do small groups as well as large," Lars explained. "Can always be trained." He pointed with a finger. "I want to see him use that sword."
Eriana turned back to Tosh with a smile. "If Lars says that you could fit in then that is good enough for me. But I think you know that we all want to see that sword."
Tosh stood. "As you wish, Highness."
In one smooth movement he pulled the blade from the scabbard with a barely heard shing. Keeping his knees bent, he held the sword out in front of him at a low angle so as not to appear threatening. Behind them, all the men gathered round to watch.
Eriana's smile became broader. "I know someone else who fights just like that!"
Lars agreed. "Princess Garia. Taught the same way."
The smile faded slightly. "But she is too small for such a blade." To Tosh she explained, "She uses two thin blades like the women of the Six Cities."
"Another Princess who fights? Where is she?"
Eriana scowled. "She should be in Palarand but she is presently elsewhere, on a mission for His Majesty. But it was Garia who taught me almost everything I know about modern forms of fighting. Join us and you will learn the same."
"An offer of employment is just what I need at the moment," Tosh mused aloud. "Highness, what must I do?"
The smile returned. "Nothing. You are here, you are with us, no more need be said."
"You do not seek to bind me with words? This is most strange."
"I will not force you to do anything you do not wish to, Master Tosh. I would ask you to swear an oath not to injure or abandon any of the company of the two vessels and to follow such instructions as are necessary for our safe journey. If you desire more, once you know us better, then you may decide that you would prefer a more formal relationship."
Lars added, "Want to see him use that sword first!"
"Agreed. Master Tosh, I do not want you to do anything that might damage so precious an heirloom but a demonstration of some kind would be useful."
The Kittrin thought for a moment and then sheathed the sword, puzzling the onlookers.
"If I might ask someone to provide a large fruit from the kitchen. Something about the size of a man's head."
"Adin? Go and see if they can provide such an item. I want to see this."
"Highness."
It took only a few moments before Adin returned with an oval fruit, green with purple stripes, which he handed to Tosh. Tosh took the fruit and walked to the nearest table, scattering the onlookers who hastily pulled chairs out of the way. He carefully balanced the fruit on one end, on the left-hand corner of the table, before pulling the scabbard out from his sash and holding it in his left hand. The men gathered around again, but at a safe distance.
The room grew silent as they waited for action. Tosh's right hand grasped the hilt of his blade and then, with a sudden shout, he did something that was almost too fast for the eye to follow. The blade tip ended up near the floor to his left side and the fruit appeared untouched.
"Hah! He missed," Lars said.
Tosh's smile was thin. He gestured. "You pick up fruit, big man."
As Lars's finger touched the fruit, the upper half slid down the diagonal cut away from his hand to land with a plop on the floor. There were gasps from the onlookers, who realized just what a fast cut that had been.
Lars picked up the two pieces of fruit and looked at the smooth cut across the flesh with respect. "He is good. We keep him, Princess."
Eriana came to the table. "I think you have proved your point, Master Tosh. Shall you join the company, at least until we reach Palarand?"
Tosh pulled out a cloth and carefully wiped the blade before sheathing it. "Highness, I will. But I would like to see your men fight, to know what I will be facing."
"And so you shall, Master Tosh. But not today, nor I suspect tomorrow, since I am certain that some of us will be called to meet Graf Nuel of Zebrin. And after seeing that demonstration I should tell you that we use practise swords, that our injuries might be survivable."
Tosh gave a wry smile. "That would be a prudent move, Highness. I am prepared to make you an oath now, since my status here is uncertain. I swear to defend and maintain the company and to obey such orders as I may be given, until we reach Palarand."
"Heard and witnessed!"
Eriana asked, "I assume that you do use other blades?"
"Of course, Highness. If I did not I would have to use this sword and, as I have said, I would prefer not to. I am proficient with many kinds of sword, I have encountered various designs as I have traveled across Alaesia. I can also use knife, short bow and crossbow, though I do not like the last as they can be very heavy."
"Unarmed combat?"
His look became cautious as he leaned his scabbarded sword against a chair and carefully cleaned the fruit juice from the corner of the table. "Highness, I know several kinds, most of which are unknown here in the east. Most of what I have witnessed recently has been very crude, depending on strength only. Do your men practise unarmed combat?"
There were smiles from the watchers. She replied, "Aye, we do, and we would welcome any opportunity to learn something new. My men and I were taught by an expert and have learned that crude strength can be used against the attacker. It must needs be so, since our teacher was a young girl smaller than Tyra there, and she could not be defeated by any of us."
Tosh's eyebrows rose. "A young girl? Not one of my people, surely?"
"Princess Garia, who I mentioned earlier. No, she is not a Kittrin but from somewhere else entirely. But that is enough talk now, I deem, since I can see the serving staff waiting to set the tables for us. Men! If you would return the chairs and put the tables tidy."
It did not take long for the men to rearrange the furniture and stand clear to allow the servants to do their job. There were two rows of four tables, each big enough for at least eight people, so there was plenty of room for everyone to choose where to sit. Eriana saw this and considered, then issued invitations.
"I will sit at one of the center tables, I deem. Ursula, Tyra, Kalmenar, Lars, join me. Master Tosh, Master Osar, I think I shall ask you to join us as well."
Both Tosh and Osar frowned as they watched Eriana choose a seat in the middle of a long side and sit down. Uncertain as to their welcome, they chose end seats on the opposite side. Ursula and Tyra sat between them, causing another frown. Kalmenar and Lars sat either side of Eriana.
"Adin!" Eriana called. "Have we any spare forks left?"
"Yah, Highness, there are three. They are upstairs with my gear. How many do you want?"
"Bring two."
Adin walked out of the room as the others were making themselves comfortable. He returned as the servants were serving drinks and brought them over to Eriana. "Margrave in Bibek have more?"
"Why, yes, he probably will have, will he not? I am certain that Garia will have given him the rights. I have wondered if we would run out, and then what any new arrival might think, seeing everyone else using them."
"I have thought the same, Highness. Here you are. If Margrave does not, should not be hard for any smith to make."
"As you say. Thank you, Adin."
She handed a fork each to Tosh and Osar, who stared at the unfamiliar metal objects.
"What is this? Surely it can be no weapon."
"Master Tosh, it is named a fork. We use them to help eat our food. They are useful when cutting food up and it keeps our hands out of the mess." Eriana considered and then added, "It has been used as a weapon, once, when a banquet was interrupted by a band of assassins, but that is another story."
"Hm? It sounds as if your tales will be as interesting as mine may be to you, Highness. I will watch how you use this new thing to eat."
Ursula asked, "In Kittrin, do you use chopsticks?" At least she thought she did; the word came out as hashi.
Tosh stared at her with an annoyed expression on his face. "Again! Highness, I demand an answer how your healer can possibly know my language."
Eriana frowned before replying. "Master Tosh, Ursula knows many, many unusual things because of her strange origins. Among her talents she is a good learner of tongues. Your question has a sensible answer, I will swear, but it should not be spoken of at table." She glanced around at the nearby serving staff.
"As you say, Highness." He simmered. To Ursula he replied, "Mistress, because of the shortage of metal in the Isles we do not often come across eating tools made from it. This thing you name a fork is unknown to us. We use knives and spoons but they are made of special clays baked in a furnace. For normal meals we do use hashi. Since leaving that part of the world I have become accustomed to using other tools, usually of metal, when they are provided. Does that answer you?"
"It does. Thank you, Master Tosh."
Osar had watched all this in near silence. He examined his fork and then put it down beside his plate before carefully watching what the rest of the table might do. The meal consisted of a roast haunch of zinakh, already carved and sliced, together with roast vegetables and a gravy. There were bowls of fruit and platters of bread hunks for anyone who desired them. Eriana, as head of the table, had first pick and loaded slices of meat and ladles of vegetables onto her plate. The others followed.
"A curious arrangement," Osar commented as he took his share. "Is this some new style of eating from the east, then? What benefit does it provide me?"
Kalmenar answered. "Master Osar, eating this way keeps our hands away from the food in most cases. It means we do not get gravy or juices on our fingers which may, through inattention, be wiped on our attire. It also means that if for any reason we must needs eat without having clean hands, any soiling does not become mixed with our food."
"...and possibly make us ill," Ursula added. "It is a simple rule of basic hygiene, Master Osar. Many illnesses are caused by forgetting to wash hands before eating and allowing whatever is on your hands to come into contact with your food. Sometimes it is permissible, of course. I doubt that anyone would want to eat bread with a knife and fork."
Eriana said, "It makes sense, Master Osar, though I did not appreciate it when I first discovered the custom. It keeps us and our attire cleaner, something that is important when one is eating before the King, and as Ursula says it helps prevent diseases. It will soon become as a custom to you, you will see."
"As you say, Highness. It is not easy to use this tool, I deem."
"As with anything new, you will soon adapt to the use. If I might suggest, do not hold your fork so tightly, but more as you might hold a reed."
"Thank you, Highness. That does seem to make it easier."
There was no beer so everyone was forced to drink wine, fruit juice or water, but without knowing how clean the water was meant that many soon reduced the stocks of fruit juice to a trickle. Eriana put up with the wine, even though it was of superior quality, but plainly did not enjoy the experience.
Once the meal was over and the tables had been cleared, Eriana remained seated.
"Now we are fed, Master Osar, it is time to determine what you might do. If I may ask, what family have you?"
"Highness, I have a wife, a son and two daughters."
"Do you live in the city?"
"On the edge, Highness, not very far from where your ship berthed."
"You will forgive me for being blunt, Master Osar, but I do not think there is anything that you can do for our company, even if you should desire to join us. I will provide accommodation here in this hostel for you while we yet reside here, but when we go you must needs have some scheme ready for your future and that of your family."
"You are gracious, Highness, for even that much. I led you to the wrong person and I must admit to my own mistake. I doubt that I can ever return to Pakmal which means that my family must needs join me here, or wherever else fortune may take me. I do have some contacts within the port authorities here, after all there is always traffic between Zebrin and Pakmal, I think that tomorrow I should go abroad and ask one of those for advice."
"It is possible that associates of Korboro reside here in Zebrin, Master Osar. If so, it would not be wise for you to wander around by yourself. I will provide two to accompany you but," she held up a hand, "they will be there merely to protect your person. They will not interfere with you nor anyone you speak to, nor will they report back to me what may be said between you and anyone."
"I understand, Highness. I thank you again for what you have already done for me."
"Very well. Let me turn to other matters. Ursula, you have a question?"
"I do, Highness. What happened to the manservant? Did he do what he said he would?"
"Aye, Ursula, he did. I was not sure that he would let us leave without notice but that was what he did, the carriage waiting at the top of the bank until we had cast off. He did tell me, on the way there, that he would concoct a tale that his master had offered to provide sanctuary for the Kittrin and that he remained at the mansion when we departed through the rear. So, when he returned, he would have found the body of his master - and no Kittrin. Thus, no blame should attach to any of our company."
"That sounds clever for a manservant, Highness. Do you trust him?"
Eriana shrugged. "It matters not. We are no longer in Pakmal and I have no desire to return there." She turned at an interruption. "What is it?"
A Zebrin-liveried messenger had been shown into the dining room. He approached Eriana and bowed, then handed her a folded and sealed letter. She broke the seal, opened the parchment and read the note.
"Ah, already. My good man, tell your liege that I will be bringing perhaps twelve to sixteen people. My thanks to you for bringing this so promptly."
The messenger bowed again and departed. Once she was certain that he was out of earshot she stood and raised her voice. "People! I have been invited to attend the ruler here, Graf Nuel, tomorrow morning to exchange greetings. The message indicates that he will expect some numbers of us to attend. This land seems to prefer order in those who serve directly so that means uniforms of hats, tee shirts and shorts for men, please, even for those who remain here.
"Tomorrow I attend as envoy from Palarand, so that means a good day gown for me and another day in dress uniform for you two, Bennet and Semma. Ursula, Tyra, I desire that you attend me also which means ship dresses for you. Oh, and bring your swords, ladies. Kalmenar, you may of course dress as you desire but if you choose tee shirt and shorts that might be helpful. Lars, find me eight of your men as an honor guard."
There were acknowledgments from those named, so she stood and walked over to the table where the barge women were still seated. Bending forward so her hands were on the table she spoke softly.
"It occurs to me that I must needs ask, how many of you possess ship dresses."
Nethra, acting as spokeswoman, answered for them. "Highness, none of us do. I am not certain that there remains sufficient cloth to make more. Is it your desire that we should each have such a garment?"
"I would prefer each of us to have two! The weather is more than warm, you will be more comfortable, I deem. Mayhap we can find suitable material in the market while we are yet at Zebrin, I expect us to be here four to seven days." A twist of the mouth. "Unless adventure finds us once more, that is. If we can find cloth do you think you can make such garments?"
"Not before we depart, Highness, but possibly before we reach Bibek, if that is where we go next."
"Good enough, Nethra. Are you confident enough to go to the market? I expect Ursula will make her usual visit, as will Adin."
"For myself I think it is time that I attempted such a visit, Highness. For the others..."
Nethra looked at her small group. Matta and Vellana immediately shook their heads.
"I know Zebrin and I know Bibek, Highness," Banest replied. "If I may, I would wait until we reach Bibek. There I have friends who may help me come to terms with what has happened."
"As you wish, Banest. Larys?"
"I... do not know, Highness," the youngest of the barge women replied. "I know that one day I must needs face my fears, that all men are not as those of Yod. I think... for the first time I go, I would prefer to go in a party with Mistress Ursula, with Tyra, Bennet and Semma. Does that make sense?"
"It does, Larys. Every time I think of what you had faced at that farm my heart cries inside me. Every woman will feel the same, I deem. If tomorrow's audience is satisfactory then I will arrange matters as you request, Larys. You have my oath on that."
"Thank you, Highness."
Nethra asked, "Highness, I heard you speaking with the black-skinned man before the meal. I understand that he is to travel with us. Is it your wish that he be attired as your men are? If so, he will require tee shirt and shorts to be made."
Eriana gently chuckled. "Nethra, we did not make most of the garments we wear. Most were made by the ladies of Joth, who apparently have renown in the production and sewing of such cloth as we use. However, you know that our garments are simple to make and the men, indeed, have made some attire of their own. If you desire to offer needlework to the company, I have a suggestion to make while you await sufficient cloth for your needs."
She bent down and spoke quietly, getting nods from the five women. Satisfied, she straightened and sought out Hashim, who was standing talking with Baros and Osar.
"Gentlemen, do I interrupt?"
"Not at all, Highness," Hashim replied for the three. "Baros knows this port, as do I, so we were discussing what information we could find, both to help ourselves and to assist Osar here."
"You will obtain the necessary charts?"
"Aye, Highness, and obtain what other news may be available for our next leg."
"Good. I have no idea how long the audience will take tomorrow, so you must needs use your own judgment how and when you venture forth. As I have just told the women, if all goes well I expect us to be in Zebrin for four to seven days."
Hashim and Baros nodded. "We will do what is necessary, Highness. And we will keep our eyes and ears open."
"Thank you, gentlemen. And now I must leave you," she rolled her eyes, "to go and write down all today's unfortunate events. Until tomorrow, then."
The three bowed as she turned and left.
* * *
"This still does not feel natural, Eriana. I do need it, though."
"I am of like mind, Ursula. Yet I know this is where we should be. I will not provoke fate by saying this may become easier in time but I intend to be patient enough to make it work."
"You? Patient? That is unlike you."
"Mayhap that is why I have always been impatient, Ursula. I was always looking for something I did not know I needed."
"How is your chest? I am not causing you any pain lying like this, am I?"
"Indeed not, dearest one. My healer has a clever ointment that takes almost all the pain away. I regret it does nothing for the amazing shades of green, blue and black which remain. Fortunately the bandage hides that from everyone and also protects the sheets from the ointment. I am content."
They lay together in their usual spoon formation with Ursula always on the inside. Ursula felt comforted by her position so was prepared to go along with it as long as was necessary. Although they had done more the very first time neither had felt comfortable repeating that experience with others nearby.
For now there was no need to explore further. The touch of each other's skin was enough.
Eriana leads a small party to meet the ruler of Zebrin, Graf Nuel. He is anxious to hear first-hand accounts of conditions down-river and what happened to the Visund as it traveled. Her telling of their time in Pakmal causes an unexpected reaction.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
74 - Welcome to Zebrin
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
The tapping at the door was gentle but insistent. After a while,
Ursula realized that it wasn't part of her dream but someone wanting
to gain entry, someone who did not want to cause too much
disturbance.
Then she remembered where she was and came fully awake. Disentangling herself from Eriana's arms, she slid out of bed and headed for the chamber door. Pausing halfway to consider, she changed course and made for the side chamber, opening the door as if she had just come from there. Then she continued to the main door.
"Mistress. I was becoming worried. It is getting late and breakfast will soon be served."
"Kaldar!" Ursula yawned. "I suppose that you had better come in. You'll want your potions first."
"As you say, Mistress."
The boy slipped through the door and Ursula closed it again. She indicated the side room and they both entered, finding Tyra just stretching and also yawning.
"Mistress. Have we overslept?"
"We have, Tyra. Considering that yesterday morning we woke up in Faralan, much has happened since. It is no wonder that we have all slept in."
"Yes." Tyra yawned again. "Should we be going down to the bathing block now, Mistress?"
"I'll give Kaldar what he needs first, I think. If you can drag yourself out of bed," a smile, "you could try and rouse the others."
"Of course, Mistress." Tyra climbed out of her bed and pulled on a light robe, ready to go downstairs, then leaving their small chamber.
Ursula pulled out her basket and found the bottles she required.
"It is just as well that I can make these up beforehand, or we would waste part of every morning," she remarked to Kaldar. "It is still early but have you noticed any differences yet?"
"My breasts seem a little smaller than I remember, Mistress, but that might be me wishing for the potions to work. I can't think of anything else."
"It will take time. Here." She handed him a spoonful which he took and swallowed.
"Oh, there is one thing, Mistress. My throat seems a little rough the last few days."
"Hmm. A thing to keep an eye on, I think. Here, this is the second one."
Kaldar swallowed the second spoonful. "Thank you, Mistress. I know it causes you work but I do appreciate what you have already done for me."
"That's what I am here for, Kaldar. Now, we had all better head for the bathing block before we make messes on the floor!"
Eriana was standing by her bed and blinking when they joined her.
"Ahh, a heavy night, I deem. Mayhap it was that wine they served."
"Good morning, Highness," Ursula greeted her. "I didn't think of the wine." A thought struck her and she added, "I wonder, we have had trouble with wine before. Perhaps someone had better enquire at the kitchen what exactly it was."
"Do you think so, Ursula? I do not feel as unwell as we did that other time, but anything is possible in these far-away lands. Aye, I will enquire, and see if we can obtain something that is a little gentler for our heads."
Matta and Vellana emerged from the other servants' chamber, both yawning and stretching. Eriana looked at the group with amusement.
"My! We have all had a heavy night, it seems. Ladies, shall we go and bathe?"
* * *
Breakfast was the usual traveling staples - the locals did not appear to have any knowledge of zurin or similar tasty morsels. Ursula noticed that everyone she could see drank plain water or pel and wondered if that had anything to do with last night's wine.
"I do miss my small beer in the morning," Eriana muttered, reaching for some fruit.
"Highness?" A passing servant heard her and stopped to attend.
"You should know that in the lands beyond Yod most folk drink beer or small beer in the morning. We are not so familiar with your wines, I regret."
"Oh! Highness, we did not know that you had come so far. It is true that some of the normal barge folk drink beer as you describe, it is possible that we could supply you if that is what you prefer."
Eriana's eyebrows rose. "Beer is available in this distant land? And do you know what is meant by small beer? That is, only slightly brewed, but enough to make the water safe to drink?"
The woman looked uncertain. "That I do not know, Highness. If I may return to the kitchens and make sure of my facts."
"You may go, but I must first ask if you have any beer in your kitchen stores."
"There is usually some, Highness, but those who reside in this hostel, of higher rank such as yourself, do not often request it. I will discover if there is any available."
"If some exists then I would ask you to bring me a sample. You should know that we have tasted liquids named beer in many places along the Sirrel on our journey and the quality has been different everywhere."
The woman curtseyed. "As you command, Highness."
As she departed Eriana remarked, "Strange that these people know beer when we have had trouble obtaining it in ports before we came to Zebrin."
Kalmenar said, "Highness, a major export from Zebrin is grain, which I understand is the main ingredient of beer. It is possible, therefore, that their farmers have gotten into the habit of making beer to satisfy their thirst while they tend their crops."
"Ah. Do you tell me? That may be of some use to us, then. From what Ursula says, it is possible that the wine we were served last night may have been of a special sort - not unlike the Celebration Ale we drank in Forguland."
Kalmenar grunted. "That would explain why we overslept this morning, I deem. I must ask Mistress Ursula if she intends to investigate the matter."
"It had crossed my mind, My Lord," Ursula replied. "I do not know if that can be done before we go to meet Graf Nuel or whether I will have to wait until we return here. Be assured that I will attend to it, My Lord, as soon as I can, since it may affect the fighting fitness of everyone who drank it."
"As you say, Mistress."
The servant returned, accompanied by a man in a white apron bearing a goblet.
He bowed. "Your Highness, we did not know that you preferred to drink as the ordinary bargemen do. If I may offer this sample from our small stock."
Eriana took the sample. "If I may ask your name?"
"I am named Torbin, Highness. I am the head cook for this hostel. It is my duty to see that all the guests who stay here are satisfied, so far as their eating and drinking preferences are concerned."
She drank a small amount. "This tastes similar to what we drank in Faralan, I deem, but nothing like as strong. Do I assume this is what you normally brew from the grain that you grow here?"
"It is as you say, Highness. Faralan? I thought they drank wine there. Those on the other side of the great river seem to prefer it, so I have found, perhaps because it is their main crop."
"Aye, they do, but a small amount of something like this is also brewed for those who pass on the river. How much of this have you available? I will warn you now, my men will prefer this to all other drinks if the supply is sufficient."
"Your men?" Torbin cast his gaze around the room at the seated diners. "I... see, Highness." His gaze grew distant. "I should be able to obtain enough, Highness, but likely not for today. Do I assume that your men will drink quantities of this beer?"
"You do, Master Torbin, especially if the weather remains hot. Some of them might drink twelve or more of goblets of this size."
He bowed again. "Then I will see what can be arranged, Highness. By your leave."
At the end of the meal Eriana signalled to the barge women, who had eaten together on the next table.
"Nethra? Were you successful?"
"Indeed, Highness, though we will need to refresh our supplies of ribbon and thread in the market before we depart Zebrin."
She carried a small bag which she gave to Eriana, who opened it and pulled out a selection of epaulet slides.
"Ah, good. This is what we need for today. Ursula, these two are yours, please make sure you are wearing them before we depart for the Graf's palace. Lars, these are for you, Tor, those two and Baros, here, your two. These last two are mine, I believe, yes. Nethra, ladies, this is excellent work and in so short a time."
"Thank you, Highness. The stars were awkward to do until Larys found a way."
Tor and Baros had been given Captain's bars. Those Eriana had given to Lars had a wide bar and a single narrow bar. Both Eriana's and Ursula's also had a wide bar; Ursula's had two six-pointed stars above the bar, Eriana's had four, all carefully embroidered.
Both Ursula and Lars looked at Eriana.
"Apparently those of Zebrin use signs like these to indicate their rank, so they will be looking closely at us when we appear officially before them. Lars, to converse properly with these people you need a higher rank and it is properly yours, I deem. It is a rank between Commodore and Under-Admiral. For now I will name it Force-Admiral.
"Ursula, you told me that we would in time require higher ranks than that of full Admiral, I believe this is the time we should begin using what was agreed in Faralan. One star for an Under-Director, I deem, two for a Director. I have not thought that we yet need anyone above a Director, until the service grows in time, but there is room. For me, as I am presently head of the service, I chose four stars. What do you think?"
"Highness," Ursula replied, "since you give us these just before we are due to leave there is little point in objecting! The idea is good enough for the purpose. I suspect that all our rank marks and other badges will change over time, it is what usually happens. For now, I am content with these."
A call came from the other end of the dining room. "Highness! Carriages come!"
Through the window several carriages could be seen entering the courtyard and turning. Eriana rose.
"Come! Ladies, Gentlemen, let us prepare to depart. They will permit us a few moments to make ourselves ready."
Ursula asked, "Highness, should I bring my basket?"
Eriana barely paused. "Not this time, Ursula. To appear before the Graf ready as for battle is not appropriate today, I deem. Today I am a representative of Palarand and you are one of the Directors of the Federation Navy. I suggest that Tyra carries what is necessary for every woman but nothing more."
I had overlooked that this is going to be a full audience. If I am to be a Director then I would not often be seen carrying a field medic's kit, at least to a first meeting with a ruler.
"Tyra, just the usual today."
"As you command, Mistress."
Ursual walked over to one of the other tables, where Zakaros and Karan sat uncomfortably alongside three of the crew.
"Karan, I must ask you to check over all our injured while I am away, since I have no idea how long this audience is going to take. I know you are competent enough to change dressings and clean wounds, anything that you do not feel comfortable doing you will have to make a note and tell me when we return."
The Yodan nodded. "As you desire, Mistress."
"Zakaros, have you enough to do this morning?"
"Aye, Mistress, Captain Tor is pleased with what I have already done and he asks me to do more on the Visund concerning its other cargo and supplies. I have to tell you that, although the new signs are still unfamiliar to my eye, I understand now why I am being taught them. The difference they make! I did not believe that such was possible. My eternal thanks to you, Mistress."
"That's good, Zakaros. Now the men have seen that you can be useful in ways they cannot, they may be more tolerant of your presence with us."
The Yodan nodded. "It is as you say, Mistress. Ah, should we remain in the hostel for now or are we permitted to venture forth? I am interested to see how those of other lands behave."
She thought. "This morning is a little strange, Zakaros, since we are newly arrived. If you will be patient and wait until we return from presenting ourselves to the Graf, perhaps we can go to the market this afternoon."
"I will await your command, Mistress."
For most of the party that would go it would mean an extra trip to the bathing block while some had to go upstairs and collect weapons. Eventually everyone trickled out into the courtyard to discover four well-kept carriages, each one attended by a liveried driver and two armed men as pillions. They were met by an officer, distinguished by a diagonal sash across his chest. He bowed to Eriana, who today wore a satin day dress, her own diagonal sash in the colors of Palarand and a thin gold fillet around her brow. Her normally tamed blonde hair now cascaded over her shoulders.
"Your Highness, if I may welcome you to Zebrin. I am Kornal Oznar of His Grace's personal guard. The first carriage is for you, it is His Grace's personal conveyance. Your assistants and honor guard may use the other carriages, I see that we have provided sufficient. All your party may sit inside, my own men shall suffice to carry you to the palace in safety."
"Thank you, er, Kornal Oznar? If I may ask, is that your name or is part of it a rank?"
"Kornal is a rank, Highness, in the forces under His Grace's command, above a Captain and beneath that of an Under-Marshal. In times of war a Kornal would command a regiment but in these days I have but two companies in my charge, both for His Grace's protection."
"Ah, I see. You must understand that, on our voyage here from Palarand, we have passed through many lands and all seem to use variations in their names for ranks. I wonder, if you could provide me at some time a list of the rank names used in Zebrin, it would help avoid confusion in our talks."
He bowed. "It would be my pleasure, Highness. I already know of the confusion caused by the many different rank names used along the Great Valley." He pointed to Ursula's rank slides. "If I may ask you to do the same for me, Highness. I see that Palarand has ranks unfamiliar to me either."
"Ah, I regret that today Ursula bears no rank from Palarand, Kornal. She is not of Palarand but from another land much more distant. Both of us, however, and Lars, the leader of my men, also carry ranks from the Sirrel Federation. Ursula and Lars wear uniforms and ranks of that organization while I, today, am but an envoy of Palarand."
"The, ah, Sirrel Federation? If I may ask what that is."
"I must needs speak with your liege first, Kornal. It is no secret but merely a matter of precedence. The Sirrel Federation is not secret and no doubt you will soon learn what little there is to know."
"Thank you, Highness." He gestured. "If you are ready to board, Highness."
Eriana climbed into the first carriage with Kalmenar, Bennet and Semma. Ursula, Tyra and Lars took the second while Eriana's 'honor guard' of eight filled the final two. With a shout and a jolt the procession departed, swinging out onto the access road and then, almost immediately, into another heading north away from the dock area. As in Pakmal, the road quality improved as they approached the city center, with mansions and other large buildings lining the streets.
The procession turned off at one point and passed through a small park filled with trees, manicured grass and walkways, to end at a set of double wrought iron gates. These were already open and the procession entered to pull to a halt outside the front door of the palace. Liveried flunkies appeared to open the doors and help the occupants alight.
"This reminds me of Robanar's palace in Palarand," Eriana remarked, carefully omitting to mention the difference in sizes.
"As you say, Highness," Oznar agreed. "It is my understanding that His Grace's grandfather attended a wedding in Palarand while he was yet young and determined that Zebrin should have a like residence for himself. I doubt not that much has changed in Palarand since those days."
"Since I am only recently arrived there I could not say, Kornal, but this looks like a fine building. Of course, conditions are different here than in Palarand, we are nearer the ocean and the storms can be fierce."
"As you say, Highness. It is true, we are more sheltered here but the rains still fall each year." He looked around, "I see that your entourage has now gathered, if we may proceed?"
Eriana inclined her head. "Of course, Kornal. If you would show us the way."
Oznar led the way in, along a wide corridor, to a set of double doors which were opened as the party approached. Beyond was a large chamber where the Graf would receive his visitors. They all entered and formed rows: Eriana in front with Kalmenar, just behind stood Bennet and Semma, then Ursula and Tyra, with the fourth row being a line of eight Norsemen with Lars standing at the end.
Eriana walked forward and curtseyed to the man sitting on what was obviously his throne. He was in his late forties to early fifties, broad and showing no signs of fat with a full head of graying hair. The face was square and clean-shaven, the eyes were hard and keen but there was no animosity in their gaze, only a broad smile.
"Your Highness, welcome to Zebrin. Be at ease here, while Zebrin is yet distant from Palarand we account one another friends. Word from your King reaches us regularly," a twist of the lip, "excepting of course during the recent squabble downstream. If I may introduce my family. This is my wife the Grafna Nalys, my eldest son Baron Nurin and his wife Baroness Endia, his brother Baron Parso and his wife Baroness Fasret.
Nuel gestured to a pair of uniformed men standing to one side. "In addition, here are my main military advisors. You have met Kornal Oznar already, this is Grand-Marshal Ethan who commands the armed forces of Zebrin and his deputy Marshal Norzo who is responsible for matters concerning the rivers."
Eriana bobbed again. This man was no fool and had to be taken seriously. From what she had already seen of Zebrin it seemed that Nuel excercised a firm hold over his country. While he claimed friendship with Palarand, they were far away and he had his own responsibilities to take care of.
"Thank you, Your Grace, for your welcome. I must needs ask your pardon, I will never remember all these names, or if I do I will not be able to match name to face!"
"I understand, Highness. It is customary but we are in like condition with our visitors, unless they be familiar. Do not concern yourself. It is no insult to ask for a name."
"Thank you again, Your Grace, for your understanding. If I may introduce my own party. Here is Baron Kalmenar of Palarand, he is my legal advisor, having some familiarity with these distant lands."
"Oh?"
Kalmena coughed and bowed. "Your Grace, when I was younger I traveled so far as Mirdul with my parents and others. But that was some years ago now. I am versed in the general laws concerning the Valley states, though perhaps not so much in the particular laws of each."
"Ah, I see. Highness, if you would continue."
Eriana turned and pointed. "My two female companions for the journey, Bennet and Semma, Guardswomen of the Royal Guard of Palarand."
Nuel frowned. "You permit your women to bear arms?"
Eriana smiled. "It is not I who permits, Your Grace, but my King. Though a woman may never be as strong as a man yet we may bear similar loads. Bennet, Semma and I have already had cause to use the blades we bear. Have you yet heard of the rebellion in Faralan? There we were forced to defend ourselves against rebel nobles from their northern slopes."
"Brief details of that fray have reached me, aye. You were there? Mayhap you would provide me with an accounting of the circumstance later, Highness. Who rules there now? Does Olva still hold sway?"
"He does, Your Grace, on behalf of Count Darkwin, who we have also met. The rebels were soundly routed."
"That is a relief. With the constant turmoil next door in Pakmal, the last thing I need is another unsteady land to my north!" His eyes furrowed. "But you said that you three ladies bore blades, I see no blade upon your person now."
"Your Grace, today I am but a representative for my King in Palarand. To wear a broadsword upon my back on such an occasion would be deemed an insult to you, thus I forebore. I will rely on my honor guard should my person be put in danger." She grinned impishly. "Besides, it does not go with my gown."
Nuel chuckled. "A broadsword? Highness, I do not know if you are being humorous but what you say is true enough. Have no fear for your person, or that of any of your entourage, we do not challenge custom here. Tell me, what of those behind you?"
Eriana turned. "If I may introduce Mistress Ursula, a healer and surgeon of great knowledge from the distant land of Alberta. As well as being the company healer she accompanies us as my close advisor. With her is her assistant Tyra."
Ursula curtseyed to Nuel. "Your Grace."
"Behind Ursula," Eriana continued, "are my honor guard led by our leader of Marines, Force-Admiral Lars."
Lars thumped fist to breast and Nuel looked interested.
"Force-Admiral? Marines? These are ranks and designations I do not know, Highness. If you would explain."
"Briefly, Your Grace, we are are an organization charged with creating water-borne forces for the Sirrel Federation. Both myself and Ursula also have ranks in that organization. Has word of the Federation reached you?"
"I have received word," the Graf replied cautiously. "I did not understand much of what was said and some of it alarmed me. Can you explain more?"
"Aye, Your Grace, I can, since I was present from the beginning at the talks that defined it and my signature is upon the document that created it. Know you that Simbran was also there and signed, even though his domain is distant from most of the others, and while we were in Faralan Count Darkwin also entreated us to permit him to sign. If you desire to learn more I would be happy to enlighten you. The Federation is not an instrument to bind lands and peoples as some have feared."
"Do you tell me? Simbran, eh, and even Darkwin? Later, perhaps we should sit down together and you may tell me all."
"If I may briefly add that marines are men-at-arms who customarily fight aboard or from boats and ships, Your Grace, rather than professional soldiers of the field or levies. There are different requirements for fighting that way."
"Something new, then. As you say, later, perhaps." Nuel glanced at the various people in front of him and came to a decision. "Highness, it is customary to offer food and drink at a first meeting, as you know, and there is much that I must needs discover about the wider world which you and your party have recently traveled through. If I may ask you to consider joining myself, my wife and sons for pel and a few tid-bits in our sitting room. The talk may become tedious, therefore I would suggest that your men-at-arms go with Kornal Oznar where they may enjoy food, drink and conversation of a more practical sort."
"As you desire, Your Grace."
In truth, Ursula thought, we do not have much choice, being guests in his palace. But it neatly separates the men from the women. I wonder if that was intentional?
Heh. The conversation that Kornal Oznar thinks he is about to have could be interesting! Still, after seeing what Eriana's men are capable of, I cannot think they will have much trouble if anything goes wrong.
Nuel gestured towards a side door. After the women of the party, plus Kalmenar, made their way towards it, Ursula noticed that the two sons fell in behind but their wives headed for another door on the opposite side. The chamber revealed was of a decent size and had sideboards, chairs and plenty of low tables. All waited until the Graf had found his customary seat with his family grouped around him. Eriana, Kalmenar and Ursula chose seats of their own while Bennet and Semma stood behind the Princess and Tyra took up station behind Ursula. As soon as everyone was settled servants entered by another door with trays of cups, plates of nibbles and steaming pots. These were scattered around the small tables, the servants poured and then departed.
Nuel gestured with a smile. "Please, my friends, eat and drink as you feel the need." He leaned over to find a reedlet and parchment. "Highness, I will leave it to you to decide where to begin."
Eriana gave a brief summary of events leading up to the war and Robanar's thinking about the future of the Great Valley. Since so many rulers and other representatives had arrived for Prince Keren's wedding, it had been the perfect opportunity to get together and come to some tentative decisions. Further talks proved that many of those present were ready for the next move; the Federation Treaty had been conceived, written and signed by many of the guests before they departed.
"I can see why those at the lower end of the Sirrel might feel the need," Nuel remarked. "I will agree that for too long Yod has been a pestilence to all. But surely you cannot expect the Ascendancy, defeated though it may be, to join such an enterprise?"
"Your Grace, the Ascendancy is legally no more. Those who belonged to it are being hunted down to answer for anything they may have done to Yod's people or others. Presently, with foreign troops upon its lands, the whole land is in turmoil. Our first visit was to a port which has decided that it no longer desires to be a part of Yod at all. It has changed its name from Zemmera to Tobeligo."
"Ah! That explains much. I have received vague reports of happenings in Tobeligo but could not discover it on any of our maps. I must needs - But I interrupt, Highness. If you would continue."
"As is custom," Eriana continued, "on our way from there to Yod City we briefly called at a small village on the river for lunch. There we learned that many of the normal folk of Yod desired little to do with those of the Ascendancy, and indeed, once the Ascendancy fell they disposed of their own Commissioner - permanently."
"Interesting. Of course, we in Zebrin heard only what those who ruled wished us to hear. Spies and informants, you will understand, were not encouraged. So you resumed your voyage."
"Aye, Your Grace. We arrived at the capital and immediately saw that, while those of the Allied forces held sway there, there were internal disagreements among them. Your Grace," she explained, "with so many militaries from at least six lands there it could be no other way."
He nodded. "As you say. For me, it is a wonder that those of the Allied lands even managed to defeat Yod. With Pakmal causing dissent -"
She held up a hand. "Your Grace, Pakmal is not party to the actions of the Allies. It appears to have taken its own chances while those of the Ascendancy were distracted elsewhere. I speak only of lands downstream of Yod, all of whom have sent troops to assist the defence of Ferenis and Forguland. Until we traveled beyond Yod few of Pakmal had met any of the Allied occupying troops."
He raised eyebrows. "Do you tell me? Interesting."
She resumed, "In Yod City we went about our business as travelers. There has been some destruction in the outer parts of the city, though I was assured that this had been caused by Yodans fighting amongst themselves, not by troops from other lands. By chance Ursula uncovered a nest of the Ascendancy in their Directory of Healing, where she had thought to obtain supplies. The following day an assassin was sent to our hostel but by fortune he was subdued by Semma and Tyra."
"He could not have been very efficient, then, if two of your women could overcome him."
Eriana snorted. "Your Grace, he was efficient enough but did not expect us women to fight back. He was attired as a Yodan woman to slip into our quarters and had a number of knives about his body, all poisoned. The Allied port authorities took him away, stripped him and held him for questioning, but they failed to find a last blade with which he then killed himself."
Nuel nodded. "My apologies, Highness. It seems that your people do know their business."
"It is a natural assumption to make, Your Grace," Eriana replied with a grin, "since it depends on what someone is familiar with. We do not claim to be better than any man but we may do what is required of us when needful."
She continued, "We departed the city soon afterwards and thought to stop for the night in a creek where our pilot thought that lodging should be available. Unfortunately the village was held by renegade troops who were capturing unwary travelers who ventured that way." The grin was fierce. "This time it was them who were unwary! A short battle disposed of those who held the village but there were more nearby. We discovered their lair in a farm on the path to Bakmenek, do you know that name?"
"I do not, Highness. If you would give me some names? I will consult my maps later to see where you went."
"Surely, Your Grace." Eriana spelled out the names of the villages and Bakhmenek. "They had already captured and looted three barges when we arrived, killing most of the men and imprisoning the wives and remaining menfolk. The surviving men were tasked as slaves to do their heavy work... you do not need me to tell you why they desired the women."
Nuel's expression was as grim as Eriana's. "Indeed not, Highness. Though, tell me, how many were there of these renegades?"
"We think somewhere around seventy, Your Grace." She gave him an apologetic smile. "We dealt with them in portions as we came across them, the numbers became confused. Indeed, some had already succumbed to bad food before we arrived. Those who were killed we burned, as is the custom here. The rest were given to the Allied authority in Bakhmenek, their commander a knowledgeable Marshal from Ferenis. Of the renegades, six were still under the impression that they were at war, we think their belief to be honest, those have been treated as minor criminals for their actions, the others have all been executed."
"Seventy, you say? And you were, what, thirty? Impressive."
She sniffed. "At Boldan's Rock, Your Grace, we faced five times that number if not more. But not all those thirty are warriors, some are my sailors or otherwise not able to fight. My ship the Visund also carries those who might be considered passengers, such as Lord Kalmenar, Ursula and our pilot Hashim. In addition we have picked up others along the way for a number of reasons, Your Grace, none of whom could presently wield any weapon."
"Ah, as you say. So you departed Bakhrad, then..."
"It was not so simple, Your Grace. We could not leave those who the renegades had imprisoned behind. The five surviving women would not approach any man, to begin with, and all were so weakened by what they have been forced to do, that we must needs bring them with us. They could not be carried aboard the Visund, there are too many men and it is an open hull, but by chance one of the captives had inherited one of the three barges. An agreement was struck and thus I no longer command a ship but a tiny flotilla."
"Ah, that explains your second vessel, then. A port official reported your arrival to me and mentioned the unusual construction of both. You have converted the holds of the barge into accommodation, I deem?"
"As you say. It has two holds, one now houses the men and the other the women. Sometimes I even travel with them myself. So, we departed, as you say, and set off upstream once more. The barge is more vulnerable than my ship, having a greater draft and few oars, and we were spotted by a pirate galley. The Visund managed to draw them off and grounded them on a sandbank, but by then they had already used their guns to damage the sail. We must needs put into port to repair it, we landed at... what was that place called, Ursula?"
"Tserikon, Highness." To Nuel she added, "Your Grace, Tserikon is just a small Yodan fishing port. We were forced to go there to repair the sail damage. Highness?"
Nuel raised a hand. "A moment, Highness, if I may. What is a gun?"
"A gun? Oh, mayhap you do not know that word. Perhaps you may have heard them named as Thunder Pipes?"
"I have heard that name, aye, but although there have been rumors of new Yodan weapons, possibly with that name, we have no proof in Zebrin that any such exists. Do you tell me they are real? What are they?"
"A new weapon, as you say, Your Grace. Those of Palarand have faced them on several occasions. We have faced them, at Boldan's Rock, in Bakhrad and from the pirate galley, though fortunately with no injuries or deaths the most recent times. Ah, a crude form would be easy enough for your people to make but their effect on the waging of war is considerable. Those of the Federation are naturally cautious about spreading that knowledge since, in the wrong hands, such weapons would destroy your whole society."
Nuel appeared shocked. "And Yod had these, these Thunder Pipes? Maker! How, then, did the Allied forces, as you name them, succeed in defeating such a formidable foe?"
Eriana shrugged. "They may be formidable, aye, but the art is difficult and obscure. Those of Yod did not even trust their own people with the knowledge, saving only a few picked officers and artisans. Only a small number of the weapons were produced before Yod fell. They have disadvantages as well, Your Grace. I would suggest a private conversation when we will be able to explain more to you. I intend no insult to any of your family here, but to even speak of such matters in mixed company could be dangerous. In time, knowledge of these weapons will of course spread, since many on both sides will have seen them, but seeing them and making them are two different matters."
Nuel sat back and reflected before nodding. "As you say, Highness." He stared Eriana in the eye. "It may be dangerous to permit many to know of such weapons but I rule Zebrin, the safety of my people are my concern. If we may speak later about this... what did you name it again?"
"A gun, Your Grace. At that time I shall also explain where that word comes from. That touches upon another matter which you should be informed about - in private."
"Very well, Highness. This afternoon, after your nap, perhaps?"
"As you desire, Your Grace. Where was I? Oh, yes, in Tserikon. Aye. That is merely a small fishing port, once the sail was repaired we moved a few marks further on to Wadek for supplies."
Another nod. "I know the place."
"There we met those of Pakmal for the first time. They fought amongst themselves before we had even made our way off the pontoons! The argument was stilled by their senior Marshal ignoring his underlings and walking down the pontoons to greet us. He had taken the time to discover who we were, and he gave us a decent welcome."
"This Marshal, do you remember the name?"
"Field-Director Botanno, Your Grace." Eriana flipped a hand. "Marshal, Director, there are too many ranks! In our new Navy we must needs make even more, just to be different than everyone else. It is no wonder troops from different lands have trouble when they meet."
"Navy? Another new word. What is that, Highness?"
Eriana grimaced. "I have distracted myself! Your Grace, it is the name for the new waterborne force. If I may continue with our journey? I will explain all later."
"As you wish, Highness. Botanno, eh? I know him by reputation only, but those who have met him say that he is to be relied on. Would you agree?"
Eriana hesitated, thinking about all that had happened since. "Aye, Your Grace, of all those of Pakmal he is the most reliable I have met. He reads his dispatches, he is clear in his duty, he is honest. I doubt not there are other of his ilk but we have met none so far. Ah, we had arrived at Wadek."
"As you say."
"The Pakmal forces seemed to have the situation under control but were reluctant to go out into the countryside, Your Grace. There were five galleys moored there of which two bore Pakmal colors, the others being war booty. The problem Botanno faces is that he only has enough men to fully crew one galley and half of the other. His men are mostly levies and are reluctant to pull oars. Thus, despite their vessels, they undertook river patrols only under protest."
Nuel pursed his lips. "The situation is even worse than I feared, Highness. That means that the stretch of river between here and the borders of Yod has only a rustic portion of Faralmark and those of Upper Fanir to patrol them. From my own knowledge, Upper Fanir is too weak to provide patrols of its own. Therefore, that stretch presently has little protection against pirates, of which we have heard several recent rumors."
Eriana raised an eyebrow. "Do you tell me? Do the pirates have galleys? Where do they lair?"
The response was dry. "If I knew that, Highness, I would have sent out my own galleys and dealt with the vermin. All we know is that expected arrivals are missing and there are reports of unidentifiable burned-out wreckage on sandbanks."
"It is possible that the galley we stranded may be one of those you sought, Your Grace. But that was a long way downriver, near to the Fanir island." She grinned. "Still, we have dealt with pirates and renegades on several occasions already, we are prepared should they appear once more."
"Your party is strong, you have many fighting men which an average barge does not, Highness."
"That is partly true, Your Grace. I must also disagree with you concerning Upper Fanir. When we reached Faralan we found two galleys there and, indeed, were met upon the Sirrel by one. Upper Fanir, though accounted a weak land, knows its own danger and desired to join the Federation immediately we arrived. Simbran of Faralmark had passed through on his way home from Princess Garia's wedding and extolled to them its benefits. However, before they could sign, a rebellion arose from their northern provinces and we were forced to assist in denying the rebels."
"Do you tell me?" Nuel sat up, interested. "This is news indeed."
"When those of Yod invaded Upper Fanir," she explained, "they sought to murder all those who might in time lead resistance to their rule. They imagined that they had succeeded but, unknown to them, Count Darkwin had survived, though greviously wounded. He was forced to hide until the invaders were thrown out and has only recently begun taking an interest in his duties. Other nobles from their northern uplands, so we were told, disputed his right to rule and led columns to attack Faralan." She smirked. "By chance, you understand, we were there, as was a visiting galley from Faralmark which was full of marines. They -"
Nuel held up a hand again. "One moment, Highness. You mentioned that word before. What are marines?"
"It is the name given to the armed soldiers who customarily live and work aboard galleys or other vessels, Your Grace. Those men are professionals, not levies, and have different training compared to your usual men at arms. They will fight other vessels or, at need, go ashore to carry out some task."
Nuel wrote notes on his parchment. "Interesting, Highness. You will provide more details should there be the need?"
"As much as I am able, Your Grace. There is no secret to their existence or use. Thus, with the help of those of Faralmark, together with troops loyal to Count Darkwin, the rebellion was defeated and order restored. Following that event Darkwin made his desire to join the Federation plain and, since we had documents available to enact his wish, it was made so."
Nuel frowned. "How could that be? From what you have told me your Federation is presently the other side of Yod."
"Not so, Your Grace. Faralmark is already a member and I am an officer of that Federation, charged with organizing waterborne forces."
"I must needs speak with my intelligencers, I deem," he muttered, "there appears much that they may have missed. So both Faralmark and Upper Fanir are part of this Federation. I must learn more but," he waved a hand, "later, I deem. Did you have any further trouble in Faralan?"
"No, Your Grace. We departed there but two days ago and headed for Pakmal." Eriana grimaced. "Once we arrived there I asked to meet the Arch-Count but instead was taken to Count Korboro, who said that he could arrange such a meeting."
"Korboro!" Ursula noticed that everyone in the room suddenly became tense. "How did you treat with him, Highness? Know you that he is a very dangerous man."
"Of course we knew nothing of that, Your Grace, when we met him," Eriana answered. "He thought me a young girl, a foolish Princess he could milk for all the coin I carried. It was not to be, however. Using us as pretext, his manservant murdered him before our eyes, blaming us for the deed."
Nuel half-rose from his chair. "What! He is dead? You are certain of this?"
"Your Grace, I have watched many men die before my gaze, I can attest that he is entirely dead."
"Heard and witnessed, Your Grace," Ursula added. "In fact, seen and witnessed."
"This may... complicate matters," Nuel said, exchanging glances with his sons as he sank back into his seat. "Nurin, alert the Guard. Parso, go to my intelligencers, make certain they know of this new development."
"Aye, Father."
Both rose, nodded to their father and then hastily made their way out of the room.
"Yet you are here, Highness," Nuel noted to Eriana. "How, then did you and all your folk escape?"
"A long tale, Your Grace, and best told later to those who know most about your relations with Pakmal. Ah, we were forced to bring two away with us, a wandering Kittrin we stumbled across and a port official who witnessed the murder, his life is no doubt in extreme danger."
"A Kittrin? Does he perchance go by the name of Toshi?"
"Aye, Your Grace, and since he desires to travel downstream, he has joined our company and will remain with us until we reach Palarand once more."
Nuel nodded. "We know of him, he is of minor consequence. I remember that he was forced to depart Zebrin recently in some haste. Tell him that he is presently in no danger here, especially if you speak for him."
"I do, Your Grace. We will ensure that he comes to no harm."
"The other one, what of him?"
"He is a Pakmal port official, Your Grace, named Osar. He is concerned that Korboro would have had connections here who will exact revenge upon him. It is likely he will ask you for sanctuary."
"He would not travel with you, like the Kittrin?"
Eriana spread her hands. "He still has a family in Pakmal, Your Grace. He desires to contrive some means to bring them over here to safely join him."
"I see." Nuel considered for a while. "A fugitive Pakmal official, here, may present more of a problem to us, Highness. Those in authority over there may desire him to be returned for questioning. However, until we make any firm decision tell him that we of Zebrin will not abandon him. Given the situation, I regret that any such decision may take some days."
"You have my thanks, Your Grace. I would not condemn anyone who just happened to be in the wrong place to witness such a deed."
"Nor would I, Highness."
Nuel dug into his pouch, pulled out a cloth and wiped his forehead with it. "Know you that Korboro did have connections and influence here in Zebrin, Highness. If he is truly gone then we may now apprehend many of those here without interference, I deem, at least those who do not yet know of his death. We must needs act quickly before they learn of it." He stood quickly, holding out a hand to prevent his wife also rising. "I must leave you now, issue instructions. This is a rare opportunity to rid ourselves of some noxious vermin. By your leave, Highness."
"Of course, Your Grace. I can see the need."
"Remain you here, if you would, and speak gentler tidings with my wife the Grafna. I am sure that you will have much news to exchange, not least the interesting attire that some of you wear today. If you may call again later this afternoon, once the heat of day has passed? I shall offer you all an evening meal to properly welcome you to our domain."
"We would be delighted, Your Grace. Until then."
With a nod, Graf Nuel turned and strode from the room.
Eriana's revelation has disturbed the ruler of Zebrin who alerts his forces. However, his wife is more interested in the attire of their visitors. Other visitors appear at the hostel, raising suspicions which are soon confirmed. Later, Kaldar has a request.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
75 - Conversations and Criminals
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Eriana looked at Grafna Nalys. "I did not expect so extreme a reaction, Your Grace. Was Korboro so evil? It did not seem that way when we met him, saving only that he seemed somewhat greedy."
Nalys sighed. "Highness, Korboro is, was, as a spider who sits in the middle of a web controlling everything. He stayed out of sight but let his many sworn men impress his authority on whoever strayed too near. He exacted tribute from many, though Nuel has managed to limit his activities over here. Still, he has some number of men in Zebrin, particularly about our city, who will inform him of any transgression and make reply.
"He has threatened Nuel on several occasions after some scheme of his was discovered but the response of Zebrin has been firm enough to convince him that he would not profit by persisting. Still, while he could not bend Nuel to his will there are many others here with interests in Pakmal who have felt his breath on their necks."
"Gods! It seems that we were fortunate, then. I have to tell you that we were not party to what happened, save to see it with our own eyes. I deem that his manservant had been waiting some few years for such an opportunity and we provided it."
"As you say, Highness. Newly arrived in Pakmal you could not have known what he was."
"If I may ask, are there others of his kind in Pakmal?"
"Two or three, Highness, but Korboro was the worst we know of. They are content, as I have said, to sit quietly and manage as they desire without disturbing those who think they rule that land. Sometimes those others will agree to some joint enterprise, or to exist peacefully one with another, other times two may decide strife between them is the only remedy. Of course, the ordinary folk of Pakmal are the ones who suffer from all this."
"Then I am glad we did not remain in that land. Zebrin seems a much safer place, if I may say so."
"As you say, although appearances can deceive. We are generally a quieter land but there are always those who desire some other way to live, and often that is by the labors of others. Is it not so everywhere?"
"Indeed so, Your Grace. In traveling along the Sirrel I am astonished by what we have found in every land we have come to. Fortunately most folk seem to accept the rule of law in those lands."
"If I may, Highness, we should leave such serious matters until my husband returns. Tell me, I see unusual attire on all your women. Is this some new fashion beyond Yod?"
Eriana smiled. "In some measure, Your Grace. Ursula and her assistant do wear attire that is becoming fashionable in Joth, but only after those of Joth saw them wearing their dresses! They were intended as a simple outfit that could be worn while traveling on the river, where, as you may know, it can become very hot. The skirts are slightly shorter to permit free movement about our ship but without outraging modesty," she grinned, "too much. The flare is enough to permit free movement yet not enough to be raised by the breeze. Tyra, if you would stand forward and turn around to show the Grafna your ship dress."
Tyra did so and twirled to show the back before retreating behind Ursula's chair.
"I see! So simple and yet so cooling! But I do not see any laces."
"Indeed not, Your Grace. We simply pull them on over our heads. The cut is designed to permit air to flow freely, thus keeping the wearer cool. I will add that the cut is not so simple as it may appear but requires forethought by the seamstress for the material to fall properly."
"Ah, I see. I will admit that, even though our day attire is well designed for our warmer months, it can still become too hot sometimes. May this design be copied freely, do you know?"
"You raise an interesting point, Your Grace. As worn by Ursula and Tyra the dresses have actually become a uniform for the female members of the waterborne forces I am charged with raising. Together with the summer uniform my men wear, also designed by those of Joth, there is freedom for all to copy and make locally similar designs without restriction. You should know that we have had enquiries from the militaries of almost every land we have visited for such designs, saving only those of Yod."
"Ah, I see, so these are all uniforms, then? May others not wear such designs?"
"In practice the designs are so useful, Your Grace, that many have already copied them, or made like designs, for non-military use. I doubt not that you will see many such examples at your ports in the years to come. They are too useful, too comfortable. Know that I normally wear a ship dress like those of Ursula and Tyra, but today I present myself only as an envoy of Palarand and attire myself accordingly."
"As you say. I must say, Highness, that the day attire of Palarand suits you perfectly."
Eriana's smile was rueful. "Therein lies another long tale, Your Grace, but better left for another day."
"Mayhap, Highness. What then, of those who stand behind you? Their attire is even more unusual than that of your healer and her assistant."
Eriana smiled. "These two are full members of His Majesty's Palace Guard, Your Grace, and this is their normal uniform. Their uniform was designed by Princess Garia to make it possible for women to defend themselves against anyone, man or woman. They can use those swords and other weapons and may even subdue a foe with their bare hands should it become necessary."
Nalys was astonished. "Women in your Palace Guard? Is Palarand so bereft of men that it must needs admit women, then?"
"Indeed not, Your Grace! When Princess Garia arrived - she was not Princess then, of course - it is told that she could defeat every man of the Palace Guard without even using any weapons. It was pointed out that there would always be occasions when any woman could not be accompanied by a man yet might need to defend herself. Garia proved this point on at least two occasions when those of Yod sought to kidnap her."
"This Princess Garia, she is real, then? The tales that have managed to come past Yod from the lower Sirrel have been so wild that neither Nuel nor myself know what to believe!"
Eriana nodded. "She is definitely real, Your Grace. She is a little younger than me and perhaps half a stride shorter. Yet her abilities easily surpass my own, indeed, it was she who taught me almost all the warfare that I now know. When we first arrived at Robanar's court we did not know her abilities and she easily proved to my crew that, although they have always borne weapons since early childhood, as is the custom in the lands of my birth, against her they could not prevail at all. Your Grace, it was a sobering moment for all of us."
"So Princess Garia teaches who, exactly? The Palace Guard? Men? Women?"
"To begin with she has used the Palace Guard as her base, Your Grace. Having watched her fight, Robanar permitted her to teach a small number of men who then became instructors for the next batch, so to speak. By that manner the King intends that all his men should in time be able to fight as she does. In addition, she also taught Prince Keren. She has told me that she kept being asked by women servants in the palace corridors if they could benefit from her teaching and Captain Merek chose four to discover if such a scheme would work, having both men and women in the Guard.
"The scheme worked so well that two of those first four accompanied me to Boldan's Rock and back and Bennet and Semma here are two of the next four. There are of course precautions to be taken where men and women share the same accommodations but so far there has been little trouble. Other lands have learned of the experiment and have tried similar schemes. Joth now has a separate women's regiment and Ferenis and Forguland each have a women's service. Those women do not directly face any foe, it is true, but act as scouts, spotters and couriers about the field of battle."
"Do you tell me?" The Grafna shook her head with bemusement. "But surely, now that Yod is defeated, will not those women go back to their customary activities? What, after all, can be more important than the raising of children?"
Eriana replied, "Your Grace, the world is changing. Palarand has such need for men to fill all the new jobs that, aye, women must needs be employed. Some few will remain as female warriors, it is true, and others will bear and raise children as they have always done, but many have already found new careers making things and performing tasks normally left to men."
She paused, considering how to continue, but the door opened and Nuel reappeared. He nodded to Eriana and his wife and regained his seat.
"As they passed," Nuel explained, "my sons had already impressed some urgency on those I wished to instruct so they were aware of their duties. Highness, I must needs apologize for my abrupt departure, it could be considered an insult to a visitor such as yourself. I am here once more, let us continue. My dear," he addressed his wife, "have you discovered why our guests wear that fascinating attire?"
Nalys leaned forward, her eyes alight. "I have indeed, husband, and it seems that the subject should interest even you! Her Highness tells me -"
- - -
At about the same time, six men sauntered in through the gate of the hostel and took measure of their surroundings. Two wore yellow and black while the other four wore nondescript tunic and tights. All wore swords and the escort also carried clubs. As they entered there were distant whistles but these men ignored them. One of those on the walkway around the courtyard stood and came out to meet them.
"You look for someone?"
"I do. I am looking for the captain of the big ship which recently arrived."
"Yah. I fetch."
Shortly three men emerged from the dining room: Tor, Baros and Hashim.
"I am Captain Tor of the Visund. Is there problem?"
The leading official looked down at a parchment in his hand. "Uh, Captain, there has been an irregularity in your arrival. I am asked to conduct a survey of your cargo to discover goods forbidden in Zebrin."
Tor looked at Baros, who answered, "We carry no cargo, Master. Everything on our vessels is the personal property of the ship owner or her crew."
"That does not matter. I am ordered to search for contraband." The man looked between Tor and Baros. "Who are you?"
"I am the Captain of Her Highness's other ship, Master. My friend here does not speak your tongue so well so I am helping out."
"Two ships? We were not informed..." The man consulted his documents. "I must insist on a search of both vessels, then."
On the veranda, small groups of men had gathered, alerted by the whistle code. Near Stine, who was sitting in a chair with his leg propped up, were Adin, Zakaros, Karan, Kaldar and Toshi. The Kittrin had part-concealed himself behind the others, and with good reason. He gripped Karan's arm and the Yodan turned.
"I know two of those men! They are part of the gang that sought me when I was here before."
"The ones in yellow or the others?"
"The others. They have come to find me, I am sure."
Zakaros put a calming hand on Toshi's arm. "Maybe. There are other reasons why they may be here. Do you forget who is now dead in Pakmal?"
Toshi dropped his hand. "Yes. Of course. But -"
Adin leaned down towards Stine. «Blow known enemy, Stine.»
«Yah. Also surround and capture, I think. Princess will want to speak to these.»
He fished out his own whistle and softly blew a sequence of notes. Some of the others on the verandah promptly disappeared from view while others made certain that their weapons were ready.
"What's that sound?" the official asked, looking around.
Tor gestured towards Stine. "Injured man. Cannot walk. He asks for something."
Hashim stepped forward. "You cannot search either vessel, my man. Do you not understand that they are in a berth reserved for diplomatic vessels? If you set foot on either then Zebrin would be at war with Palarand."
"That is nonsense!" The man said, but his face showed that he had overlooked that slight detail. "There is nothing here to indicate that your ship is anything other than a normal trader."
"Then you are misinformed, my man. Go away and return when you have discovered the truth. There will be no searches conducted on either of Her Highness's vessels today."
Tor smiled. "Hashim, these will not be leaving." He pointed to the line of men blocking the carriage entrance, three with crossbows loaded and aimed. "Whistle told of enemies. Maybe these are not real officials?"
The startled men paused for a moment, surprised at being revealed so soon. Then they burst into action. The two in yellow grabbed Tor and pushed him in front of them, using him as a shield against the crossbows. The other four grabbed Baros and Hashim, angling them in different directions as shields, but it was too late. Norsemen rushed across the courtyard intent on dealing with the intruders. Two of the intruders pulled their swords, intending to use their captives as hostages, but the Norse were upon them before they could even raise their weapons.
The fight was short and ugly.
«Bind them,» Tor commanded, looking at the six sprawled on the cobbles, swords at their throats. «We'll find somewhere to keep them until Princess returns.»
Someone asked, «Should we inform somebody? Get help?»
«If it is only these few then we have already taken care of them,» Tor decided, «but you have a point. Two to watch the front, two at the back. The rest of you, keep your gear near to hand.» He switched languages. "Baros, Hashim, who can we tell?"
The two looked at each other before Baros replied, "We have two in some kind of local uniform, which means that we do not know who to trust, is that so?"
"Yah. But we are few if more come."
"Understood. What about that sentry at the pontoon gate? He sounded as if he knew what was going on, which these two did not."
"Yah. Good idea. One of you go?"
Baros nodded. "I'll do it. The sooner somebody knows these six have been here, the happier I will be."
He gave Tor a brief nod and walked out of the courtyard. Hashim bent down and came up with the bundle of documents the 'official' had been holding.
"I don't know where he got these but they are nothing to do with us," he said, reading them. "Look, this one is an order to survey the cargo of... what is that? Palim's Promise, I think. Oh, I know them, the owner names all his barges that way. I'm surprised his business survived the war. Let's see, the next one is simply a list of craft known to be in port... three days ago. Captain, these are probably genuine documents but out of date and nothing to do with any of us."
Tor grunted. "They came here for something but what? Can do little till Princess returns. Maybe Baros brings help to us first."
"But how will we know who is help and who is more like these?" Hashim jerked a thumb at the intruders.
Tor gave Hashim an old-fashioned look. "Not a help, friend. Must use wits when new folk come."
"As you say, Captain."
* * *
Eriana was surprised by the tense behavior of those in the courtyard when her procession returned to the hostel, tenseness which only relaxed when she climbed out of her carriage. Tor hurried across to meet her.
«What has happened, Tor?»
«Six men came. Two pretended to be port officials.» He shrugged. «Maybe they are, but still in pay of enemy. Tried to take me, Hashim and Baros hostage,» a grin, «did not take long to subdue. We have them in one of the downstairs offices.»
«Is that why there are soldiers on guard outside? Six men? How did you know they were not real?»
«Officials had some kind of uniform, the other four did not, but carried weapons.» Tor gestured. «Our black friend recognized two of those others, they are of a gang he had trouble with when he was here before.»
«Ahhh. If he had not been here you might not have known. Anybody hurt?»
A shrug. «A few bruises, no more. Karan checked them over. Nothing to concern Ursula.»
Kornal Oznar came around from the other side of the carriage, where he had dismounted from his frayen. "Highness, Captain. You look serious, has there been a problem?"
"Kornal, six men came to the hostel earlier, while we were away. Though two were attired as officials, it would seem, two of the others were recognized as being gang members who had previous dealings with our Kittrin. There was a short argument and the men have been..." She turned to Tor. «What did you say you have you done with them?»
"Tied up in downstairs office, Highness."
Hashim walked across to join the group. "Highness, the officials carried documents which were old and had nothing to do with us. I am guessing it was just a pretext to get within... or perhaps to have a look at our vessels. We are not sure. One official spoke of searching the Visund for contraband, he did not know about the Green Ptuvil, and he had not realized that we were berthed in a restricted area."
Oznar whistled. "There is ill intent here, Highness. If I may examine these men."
"Of course, Kornal."
By now the other carriages had been unloaded and Ursula and Lars came to join the group.
"What has happened, Highness?"
Eriana nodded at Hashim and he briefly explained what had happened.
"Is that why there are soldiers outside?"
"Aye, Mistress," Hashim replied, "Baros went across to the pontoon gate guard and raised the alarm. Since two of the men were in uniform there is a risk that some of the soldiers could be suspect but we have had no trouble from them."
"Thank you, Hashim. The question I must ask," Ursula said slowly, "is, how did those men know that their master had died? We arrived fairly late in the afternoon, was there time for someone to bring the news across - and to link it with us?"
Hashim said, "Mistress, you assume that these men are connected to the murdered man in some way. To my mind they could just be the local criminals looking for a vessel to loot. The Visund is distinctive and everything in it is on view, it is possible they just wanted to see what they could get away with."
Oznar objected, "But your two vessels are in a restricted area. If the two in uniforms, are, in fact, genuine officials then they would have known that."
Eriana resolved the discussion. "Gentlemen, it seems to me that the best way to find out the truth is to ask them. Thinking of possible reasons for what has happened is, perhaps, a useful thing to do but proves nothing. Come, let us look at these criminals."
The group began to walk towards the rear entrance to the side wing where the small offices were, next to the dining hall.
Oznar remarked, "The Mistress does have a point, Highness. If these folk did learn of their master's death then they could only have learned of it after both your vessels had departed."
"That should not be a problem," Ursula responded. "We were checked by a customs vessel after we crossed the river and were given directions where to berth. Do the customs men check every vessel and keep a list of who they stop? If so, that should narrow down the number of likely suspects."
The Kornal nodded. "A sensible suggestion, Mistress. Aye, they do note down who arrives and who departs, their list should tell us in what order. I will see what we can discover from yesterday's lists."
"Do not forget this morning's lists, Kornal," Eriana advised.
"As you say, Highness. There is early morning traffic of messengers and the like, I will include them."
Inside it was easy to see which room held the men since two Norse stood outside with drawn swords. Two more were inside the doorway but none were threatened since the six men were firmly tied to chairs. One of the 'officials' let out a sigh of relief when he caught sight of Oznar.
"Sir! Thank the Maker you have come! Take us away from these bloodthirsty barbarians, I beg you."
The Kornal raised an eyebrow. "Barbarians, are they? I have just spent some time at the palace with those men and, to my mind, they are better trained than I am. Enough. Who are you and why have you come to a hostel reserved for visiting diplomats?"
"Edrian, Sir, of the Customs Authority. I was given instruction -"
"By whom?"
"Ah, uh... I forget his name, Sir. Not my superior but another of like rank who accosted me when I arrived for work this morning."
"Indeed? We will discover the truth, I deem. What did this man tell you to do?"
"He, ah, said to investigate a strange craft that had appeared late yesterday afternoon for contraband. He said that, because of its origin, it was likely to contain illegal goods."
"Did he give this craft a name?"
"No, Sir, but he said it would be easy to recognize as it was very large and had no deck."
"What about those here with you? Who are they?"
"Uh, the man to my left is my assistant Urbinar, Sir. The man who gave me the orders assigned these other four to me, I do not know their names."
"Yet you came here with them, men not wearing any uniform nor knowing any of their names. How could you trust them?"
"I thought that they were trustworthy enough, Sir, if that superior trusted them."
"This man you conveniently cannot remember the name of."
"Uh, that is true, Sir. Sorry, Sir."
"Sorry is not good enough, Edrian. I am minded to leave you here for Her Highness's men to deal with." He turned. "What say you, Force-Admiral Lars?"
Lars pretended to consider. "Might get more out with torture. Easiest way, kill them all, take time. No need to bother with trials then."
Edrian's voice was panic-stricken. "Sir! I beg you, do not leave us with these bloodthirsty people! We'll tell you anything you want to know."
Hashim quickly said, "Heard and witnessed!" to which the man looked shocked.
Oznar twitched a brief smile. "As you say, Force-Admiral. Unfortunately, if I did leave them here, I would have to write out many, many forms in order to satisfy Graf Nuel." He sighed. "It looks like I'll be taking them back with me, then. Highness, if you could release them from their chairs but leave them tied."
"Of course, Kornal. Lars? See to it... and not too much more bruising, I deem."
The six men were marched out into the courtyard and linked together with halters which were attached to the back of Oznar's frayen. With the now empty carriages leading, the procession wound out of the hostel yard tailed by the unfortunate men. Almost all those left in the hostel gathered to watch them go.
"I did not think the reaction would be this quick," Eriana remarked.
Ursula replied, "As Hashim said, it could have been just a fishing expedition. The Visund looks unusual enough that it would attract the interest of criminals and they might assume we do not know much about port procedures in the Great Valley."
Eriana smiled. "It is true, when we first beached her on the shores of Plif we knew nothing about how such a populous place manages the many, many vessels that ply this great river. However, we have now been here long enough that we have learned how most places deal with their water craft."
"You told me that was part of why you were making this journey in the first place."
"As you say, Ursula, and we have indeed learned much." Eriana turned. "For now, I require a session in the bath house and then some food! I thought we were intended to remain at the palace for lunch but the death of Korboro has fixed everyone's attention. It is well that we have returned here for some peace and quiet. Shall you join us?"
"Of course, Highness. Coming, Tyra?"
* * *
When they arose after their naps most were drawn to the dining room for a cup of reviving pel. The women, by chance, ended up around the same large table.
"Highness, if I may ask, have this morning's events changed our arrangements?" Nethra asked. "I have an interest in the visit to the local market which was planned for tomorrow morning."
"I do not think so," Eriana replied, "but we will have to consider any escort more carefully, I deem. Zebrin seemed a safe place to come but, as with the river, much may occur beneath the surface without notice by those above. Did you have a particular need?"
"Cloth and sewing materials, Highness. Most of what we have left is offcuts, except for the roll of underwear material, though that is also going down. We also need thread, much more thread, of different colors, both to sew cloth and to make epaulet sleeves and perhaps to embroider more marks for your new services. More needles, perhaps. Shears, too. What we have are sharp enough but we do not have enough for all of us to work at the same time."
"I did not realize... of course, we have more people in our company now, they will all require suitable attire. Toshi! I expect he may desire some, once he sees how comfortable the others are. Aye. Did you intend to go to the market yourself?"
"If Mistress Ursula is going then yes, Highness. Of us five I appear to be the most comfortable presently near men. If I go with other women, it can only help."
Eriana was sympathetic. "And I wish that you had not suffered so, any of you. Ursula, will Nethra cause any problem if she comes?"
"I think it can only help if she joins us," Ursula replied. "I know it may sound cruel and it could even be painful, but the longer that any of them put off meeting normal people again, the harder it will become. I know that will be a problem for the two youngest but I think they are already coming to terms with their new situation."
"Then it is decided. Nethra will join you tomorrow... Nethra, do you expect Lars to come with you?"
"I know he is busy, Highness. I also know that I cannot ask him to accompany me all the time, it would not be good for either of us. Tomorrow I will be safe enough with Ursula, I deem."
"Especially if we have a few good Norsemen with us," Ursula added. "Tell me, do you have a list of what you would like to find?"
"Part of one, Mistress. Knowing that I can go, I can spend part of this evening finding out what else the rest of us may wish to have."
Ursula frowned. "That could make this market visit a longer one, Highness. If we are buying cloth then we'll need a handcart to bring it all back."
Eriana said, "Fear not, Ursula. Adin has already asked for a small cart to bring back his supplies. Either we find two carts or a bigger one."
"Of course, Highness."
The women turned as Hashim, Baros and Osar entered from outside.
"Ah, Hashim. Have you learned what you needed to?"
Their pilot briefly bowed. "I have, Highness. Here are up-to-date charts -" he held up a handful of scrolls, "- of the whole river as far as Bibek and a little beyond. There is still talk of piracy in that stretch but," he grinned, "I doubt that your men will be too concerned by that. Concerning our friend Osar here, we found an acquaintance in the port office he has dealings with who has arranged to have a message taken discreetly to his family. There is also an offer of a job here for him if he so desires."
Eriana frowned. "If he works at the port then he may come into contact with those who might take word back to Pakmal. Is this wise?"
Hashim grinned and shook his head. "It is not a job at the port, Highness. There is a factor here, a merchant who also runs a depot for a Palarand transport company, who has offered the job. When he learned that the Visund came from Palarand he asked me to tell you the name..." He looked at a tiny note scrawled on the back of the outmost chart, "...Tanon, that was it."
"Tanon! Aye, the name is well known to me. So Osar and his family will be kept safe, I deem?"
Hashim bowed his head. "So I have been assured, Highness. Master Taramar informs me that, because of the, ah, problems in Pakmal there has been need to transport various people from and around that land in disguise or otherwise. Master Osar's circumstances will be little different than others he has recently helped."
"Do you tell me? I was aware that Tanon and his men perform, let us say, certain extra tasks in and around Palarand but I did not know that his reach came so far."
Hashim nodded. "So I have learned, Highness. Are you familiar with the man?"
"Indeed I am, Hashim, and one day I will tell you what he did for me and my men, but not, I think, while we remain in Zebrin."
"As you say, Highness." The pilot hesitated, then added, "This seems a strange land to me, Highness. Much has changed since I was last here, mayhap that was because the Graf then was the father of the man we met today. I like much of what I see here, I approve of the efficiency, but there are curious undercurrents which I only notice because it is different than what went before. No doubt most of that is because of the situation in Pakmal and, partly, the recent war with Yod. I hope that in time matters will return to what they were before but part of me wonders if that will ever happen."
"I had a similar feeling during my meeting with Graf Nuel," Eriana agreed. "He is concerned with Pakmal and its influence on his own lands. However, I have met many rulers as we have progressed along the river, they are all different in their ideas, and I do not think there is too much cause for concern here."
"Think you he will join the Federation?"
"Not yet. He is too far away to see how it might benefit him and, indeed, his lands and people. He will watch and see what happens, whether we will thrive and grow or collapse under the weight of so many different ideas and customs. This is what we who created the Federation in the first place expected to happen and I do not blame him for his caution."
"Ah, as you say, Highness."
"He is interested in the idea of joint river patrols, though, and may subscribe to that enterprise once we have established ourselves. With vessels from Upper Fanir and Faralmark passing his lands he cannot fail to notice us and, indeed, his own notions of organization may be of use to us."
"Aye, I thought that when the customs cutter hailed us yesterday."
"Aye. We are not so sharp in Palarand but our river traffic is of a different kind, being so close to the sea. Well, Hashim, Baros, Osar, you have returned soon enough to freshen yourself before we eat this evening."
Hashim bowed. "Highness."
* * *
Kornal Oznar reappeared later on that afternoon. On hearing he had arrived Eriana invited him to join her in the dining room, where he found her at a table filled with women.
"Your Highness." Oznar bowed stiffly. "If I may bring you further news of those your men apprehended this morning."
"Of course, Kornal." She stood, with a hand indicating that the others should not also rise. "Ladies, if you would excuse me. Ursula, Kalmenar, Lars, with me, by your leave."
The selected three plus Eriana and the Kornal found a smaller table in one corner and took seats.
"That was a sharp move by your pilot, Highness," Oznar began, "to turn a plea by Port Supervisor Edrian into an oath! When we questioned him back at the station he did not know what to do, to lie and break his oath, or to tell all and incriminate many others. Fortunately for us he chose to tell all, after I explained to him exactly who you were and what your men had done before reaching Zebrin."
There was a hard smile. "There must needs be a break while fresh attire was found for him, Highness. On this morning's events, it seems that rumors of your arrival had already reached some of the criminal gangs in Zebrin City and, as you thought, they believed that you did not know the regulations, meaning they could find some way to seize some of your cargo, as they supposed. It had not occurred to Edrian that you were berthed in the restricted area, he had not been given that information."
"So it was a simple fishing expedition, then? They knew not that Korboro had died?"
"Indeed, Highness. All they knew was that some high-status female noble had arrived in a strange-looking ship with many retainers. Nobody had bothered to look at the retainers or find out what your rank, name or country of origin were. If they had done so your ship and men would have been left entirely alone. Some news of your previous adventures has, indeed, already reached Zebrin."
"I am relieved to hear that, Kornal. What of the men with the two officials?"
"They were members of a gang which preys on traffic around the port area, Highness. That is why, we think, they had previous dealings with your Kittrin, whom I have just seen sitting in the dining room. Once they had been told that they would likely not have survived any fight with your men they, too, suddenly became able to give us more information than we expected." He smiled. "All in all, a much more fruitful day than I expected."
"And Korboro? Is that news now well-known over here?"
"Aye, it arrived this morning, Highness, we even know which vessel brought it. I will add that, so far as we know, no link has been made between that death and the appearance of yourselves." Oznar remembered a conversation. "Ah, I believe you mentioned this morning that some of your crew desired to visit our markets?"
"That is so, Kornal. We have a number of needs, not all concerning food or supplies for our vessels. Will there be a problem?"
"Not at all, Highness, though, as you might imagine, there is always the chance that the crew of a visiting vessel, unfamiliar with our streets, markets and folk, might encounter those seeking to cause mischief. It would be prudent, therefore, to provide a strong armed escort to your people when they go tomorrow."
"I will heed your wise words, Kornal. Most of the markets we have visited along the way have welcomed us, or at least our coin, and we expected little different this time. As I mentioned this morning my men do not go far without their weapons, it is something they have done all their lives. I will make sure that a stronger escort will go to the market tomorrow, though."
"Good. Highness, are we still to see you and your men tomorrow afternoon?"
"I do not see any reason to change our arrangement, Kornal. Aye, we will be there and then you and your men shall see what we of Palarand can do."
"Then I will look forward to your arrival, Highness. By your leave?"
"Of course, Kornal. My thanks for your help, and that of your men, this morning."
Oznar stood, saluted smartly, turned on his heel and walked out of the dining room.
* * *
"...mix four parts of fat to two of water and one of ground soap-root and then add the liquor from the stewed herbs, which will amount to another part," Ursula read out.
Karan dutifully copied that down and then raised his head. "Mistress, if I may ask, would that be parts by volume or parts by weight?"
Ursula was momentarily derailed. "Um, I don't know, Karan. Let me think. When the healers of Forguland did it, they mixed... oh, it must be by volume, of course. They certainly didn't weigh the liquid from the stewed herbs and they added two jugs of water. But you raise a good point. If you or I ever pass on instructions like this, and, yes, it will happen in your future, we must make certain that the listener knows if it is done by weight or by volume."
"As you say, Mistress. It isn't something I would normally have thought about but, then, I thought of the fat and that is often weighed by the butcher when he sells it."
"That is true. Now, where was I?"
They were sitting in a corner of the dining room at a table following the evening meal. Ursula was giving Karan some information on the herbs she had encountered along the way and what they were used for. At other tables sat the other women, most busy cutting and sewing from the small amounts of cloth the company still had left. Many of the men were idling outside in the evening air, most sitting on the planks of the veranda with their feet on the courtyard cobbles or resting with their backs against the dining room wall.
"Oh, yes. It says here... gavakhan fat from around the theril... do you know what the theril is?"
"Of course, Mistress. Though in the past I have not often eaten offal I do know that it can make a tasty soup."
"Yes, well, fat from around that organ, but you can also use fat from around the buchir, it says here. Apparently, the fat from four-legged animals can be different than fat from six-legged animals, and six-legged would include avians, I think, so fat from six-legs is preferred."
"I see, Mistress. Then what?"
"I am told that the mixture will set to a stiff paste or an ointment which can then be rubbed on the skin to protect it from the worst effects of the sun. Of course it is water-soluble so it would have to be re-applied should the user have to wash their hands or otherwise get wet."
Karan dutifully made notes and then looked up. "I am astonished by the amount of knowledge that you have, Mistress. I swear that I have learned more since I began to travel with you than I have in my entire previous life! I would never have guessed that about mere sunlight, that there are parts which cannot be seen but can harm us."
Ursula spread her hands. "Somebody had to find that out, Karan, but once they did it becomes obvious, as many things about the natural world do. What comes from the sun is not just the light you can see with your eyes. Consider, if you hold your arm out in sunlight then you can feel the warmth on your skin."
"It is true, Mistress."
"The sun emits a wide range of... radiation, we call it, much of which is fortunately blocked by Anmar's atmosphere. What you think of as heat is called infra-red, then there is light, then comes ultra-violet, which is what can cause the damage. Mostly you just go brown and that fades as winter comes, but too much can cause permanent damage to the skin, such that the material begins to grow in ways not intended. Eventually that can kill you."
"So this ointment is not just a salve to protect against burning, then."
"No, indeed, Karan. Most of us have some tolerance to sunlight, we are adapted to it after all, but those with paler skins need extra protection. People with red or blonde hair like our Norsemen can be vulnerable, especially since they come from a land where the sun is not so strong."
"Ah, I wondered about that. Such hair color is not common along the Valley, I deem. In Yod those of such a coloration are very rare and many in the Ascendancy looked down on them. Having now passed beyond into other lands I know that is not true. If you could tell me, are there other hair colors? Might we, for example, encounter those with blue or green hair?"
Ursula smiled. "Yes and no, Karan. There are three pigments which can naturally color the hair of a person, black, brown or red. That person can have one or more of those colors present, which are passed down from their parents. If you do not have any of those pigments then you would usually end up with hair like that of Her Highness, since the natural color of hair is a pale yellow."
"I see, Mistress. Ah, natural color?"
"There is a condition - you might have seen it - where a person has no color at all. Their skin is white, their hair is white and their eyes are pink. That is the result of a defect in the instructions which a baby uses to become a human. It is very rare and those persons have to stay away from strong direct sunlight since it can and will harm them."
Karan nodded. "There was a child, when I was younger, I remember. He survived some eight or nine winters but then died. I do not recall the details. Ah, instructions which a baby uses?"
Ursula pursed her lips. "A very complicated subject for another day, Karan, but," she held up a hand, "it is essential that you learn how the system works, since it makes us all everything that we are, and will explain much that probably confuses you at the moment."
At that moment Kaldar approached the table looking solemn.
"Mistress?" His eyes slid briefly towards Karan. "If I may have a moment?"
"Something wrong, Kaldar? Karan is a healer like myself, if it is to do with your health then you can speak in front of him."
"Mistress," the boy looked uncomfortable, "I... I may need to become Kaldara for three or four days."
"Oh! I am forgetting. Kalikan, is it?"
At that word Karan pushed back away from the table, his expression conflicted. Ursula held up a hand.
"Karan, did your master never tell you of the workings of the female body?"
There was tension in the response. "No, Mistress. We were told to leave that to... the birthing women to deal with."
Ursula muttered some choice Russian swearwords under her breath. "Disgraceful! Half the population is women, Karan, and we as healers are sworn to tend to patients whoever and whatever they are. You will need to learn to handle women's complaints just as I have to deal with men's complaints. If you are somewhere and I am not nearby, you will have no choice."
The young man was pale. "I understand, Mistress." He swallowed. "I will try, but the attitudes of Yod are yet ingrained in me. I may find it difficult."
"I understand that," she said in a softer tone. "We will do what we can, over time." She cocked her head. "What would you do if Bennet or Semma got a battlefield injury? You already know that men's insides are different to women's insides."
Karan's voice steadied. "There is much in what you say, Mistress. I will listen while Kaldar consults you."
"Kaldar? Do you object to Karan listening in?"
The boy gave Karan a lopsided smile. "Since I am supposed to be a boy then I need to become used to a man healer attending me," he replied, "but my insides are yet those of a female and he must needs know the difference."
Ursula sat back. "All right. Kaldar, I don't think you need to become Kaldara while Kalikan is present. On Earth it is perfectly possible for a woman to spend all her days, including Kalikan ones, wearing trousers or similar close-fitting garments. The shorts you wear should be adequate."
The mouths of both dropped open.
"But how is that possible, Mistress?" the boy asked. "Does not the attire become... stained?"
"On Earth they have slightly different ways of approaching the problem, Kaldar, some of which we cannot do here - yet. But I'm sure we can arrange something which will allow you to continue as you are, but perhaps not doing certain activities for a few days?"
"As you say, Mistress. If I had become Kaldara, I would not have been able to do them anyway."
Ursula nodded. "That's right, but this way you won't cause comment among the hostel staff or anybody else, you'll just be yourself but a little less active."
Kaldar thought. "If it can be done, Mistress, then I will try. Of course, if it does not work, then I can always go back to a skirt."
"We'll try to avoid that, Kaldar, but yes. Have you already started?"
"Not yet, Mistress, but the sensations I usually get have begun. Maybe sometime tomorrow."
"Very well. You and I - and Karan - will work out a plan and arrange something for tomorrow morning. I am assuming that, given the potions you are taking, that it should be lighter than before?"
Kaldar shrugged. "I do not know, Mistress. It is what I desire above all else, of course, but desire does not make something happen."
"Indeed. So, let me have a word with Lars and then we can sit down and make a plan for you."
"Thank you, Mistress."
"Then, tomorrow, we three will sit down and I will explain to you both all about DNA and how it passes from parents to children. In fact, it might be worth including all the women in that talk."
"But, Mistress, tomorrow morning you are to go to the market."
"Then we shall just have to find a later time to do it, shall we not?"
Ursula makes a visit to the local market to obtain cloth, educating Zakaros in the process. Later, almost all the company travel to a nearby barracks to show off some of their fighting skills, but are hampered by afternoon storms. Graf Nuel puts in an unexpected appearance and is impressed by what he sees.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
76 - Cloth and Blades
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
"I am both fascinated and disturbed, Mistress," Zakaros muttered as he pushed the hand-cart into the market place. "Faralan was a shock but we remained in the hostel, mostly, because of the uprising. In Pakmal I never even left the barge so this is the first land beyond Yod that I have seen in any detail."
"Oh?" Ursula was interested. "What do you think of it?"
"It is plain to me that we of Yod have been misled about conditions in other lands, Mistress. We were all told, aye, even such as myself who was a part of the Ascendancy, that most existed in miserable hovels and they waited anxiously for those of Yod to come and make their lives better."
He swung an arm around at the busy throng. "This gives the lie to that, Mistress. The buildings, the attire, the goods on sale, even the very substance of the streets is better than anything I could imagine. These folk are rich, Mistress, compared to many whom I administered in Yod. There are smiles on their faces, they go about their business with hope in their hearts."
"I did tell you, but telling is one thing and seeing is another. I can promise you that in every country the Visund visits, the architecture, the attire, the coins, everything is different than the last country, and the one before. It is the way of the Sirrel valley, I assume. Sometimes I find it bewildering myself. But what disturbs you, Zakaros?" She expertly cast her gaze around the market place. "I can see nothing here that would concern me."
"The attire, Mistress, especially that of the women. Since traveling with you and your companions I am no longer surprised nor outraged by what I see you wear, but the fact that every woman here wears garb that is just as strange, that is what disturbs me. The colours and the styles! I am not used to seeing so much leg exposed nor women with their heads uncowled."
"As far as I know Yod is the only land in the Sirrel valley which insists that its women keep their heads covered in that way," she told him. "I will add that it appears to be common for everyone, man or woman, to wear some kind of hat when the sun is so strong but that is just a sensible precaution, not a legal requirement."
"And I am glad of my own hat today," he agreed. "Knowing now what those who live in other lands may be like I am prepared to accept other differences, but it is difficult to change the expectations of my previous life."
"I must admit to a similar problem. Some of it is familiarity. One of the reasons we wear shorter skirts," she said as an aside, "is that it helps to keep us cool. A longer skirt will tend to trap the hot air beneath. When we met you in Yod and dressed as locals I noticed this. Of course, that does mean that our skirts have to be full to provide shade to the lower legs."
"As you say, Mistress. Never having worn such a garment I could not offer an opinion but what you say sounds reasonable. By the same token, then, a hat such as those you and I wear today are better than the cowls that the women of Yod must needs wear since the air may move more freely about a hat."
"That's right, Zakaros. It also helps keep the sun out of our eyes."
He stopped and turned towards her. "Why do you not wear those glass shades that were made for you in Faralan, Mistress? I can see that the bright sun causes you to squint despite your hat."
"If I did that we would be here another week," she explained. "Can you imagine the reaction I would get marching into here wearing those sunglasses? I would have to explain and Graf Nuel would probably want to begin production right away."
"And what is wrong with that, Mistress?"
I cannot tell Zakaros - especially not in public! - about the limitations on technology brought from Earth, especially since I do not properly know the rules myself.
"There are certain regulations concerning inventions which we would have to observe when entering any new country. We were forced to do that in Faralan with those sunglasses. Time is our main problem, Zakaros. According to Her Highness, we have to begin our return journey in a certain number of days time in order to be sure that we reach Palarand before the rainy season begins."
"I do not know the days," he said. "Do you?"
"It is difficult. Eriana and her crew come from a southern land which apparently does not experience these rains. I have never experienced them either for reasons you already know, and I am not yet familiar with your local calendar. From calculations which Lord Kalmenar has made Her Highness thinks that we have around a month, that is thirty-one days, until the rains begin. That means we can go upstream as far as we think is wise, then hope the current can take us downstream again quickly enough to avoid getting soaked. The problem, as Lord Kalmenar explained, is that downstream is the direction the rains will be coming from."
Zakaros nodded. "And it would be prudent to allow a certain margin since the rains do not begin on the same day every year, nor last the same number of days whenever they do begin."
"Agreed. Since it appears we already have business in Bibek it looks like that will be as far as we will be able to go."
"Excuse me, Mistress," a voice butted in.
They turned to see two men in yellow and black but with white neckerchiefs.
"Yes?"
"You are blocking the roadway. If I may ask you and your people to move to one side, you are in the way of traffic."
"Of course. Our apologies. Zakaros, pull the cart over there, behind that stall will do."
The officers followed them over.
"If I may ask, by your attire you appear foreigners. I have not seen anything like those uniforms before."
Ursula explained, "We arrived on the ship Visund which carries Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand on a diplomatic mission."
"Visund? Ship? I heard talk of a strange vessel which arrived the day before yesterday. That was you?"
"It was. Yesterday we spent part of the day in an audience with His Grace, who was most interested in what we had to say to him."
The senior of the two bowed. "If you would excuse my interest, Mistress. It is only curiosity. We will leave you to go about your business. If you have need of assistance at our market, our office is just there." He pointed, bowed and then the two walked off.
Zakaros raised an eyebrow.
"We're all wearing unusual attire, Zakaros. Of course he was going to come over and be nosy. So. Decisions have to be made. Adin, is there anything you need to collect early before it goes off or is sold out?"
«Not this time, Mistress. Our excuse to get us out of the city in Pakmal means we have more than sufficient of the usual bulk items. Most of what we need ashore the hostel will supply. I will remain with you and only buy if something catches my eye.»
«As you will. Boys? Anything you need? Weapons, leather? Tools, sharpeners, anything like that?»
«Yah, Mistress,» Ragnar answered. «Lars asks to look out for more sharp-stones.» He grinned. «There are many of us, we go through stones rapidly.»
«And are probably wearing down your blades, if you do it too much.»
Another grin. «Yah, Mistress. But recent times mean we must keep our weapons sharp.»
«I cannot disagree, Ragnar.»
"Nethra? What about you? How are you feeling?"
"It is hot, there are too many people and there is so much noise and smell, Mistress! But I have been to this market before, this is familiar to me, nobody will bother with me while I am with all of you, there should be nothing for me to be concerned about."
"That is good, but you must tell me if you begin to become uncomfortable. I regret that, dressed as we are, we are going to attract a lot of attention, but none of it will be personal."
"And very glad I am that I am wearing a ship dress today, Mistress, in this weather, strange though it feels on me."
"It is one of those fashion things, isn't it?" Ursula gave Nethra a reassuring smile. "When you are wearing something different to almost everyone else then you are always going to attract attention. Let me see... first, I think we ought to see what materials are available. Let us go and find a fabric stall."
Karan pointed. "There, Mistress. Is that what you are looking for?"
"Well spotted, but keep a look out for others. We may need to visit several of them to find all we need."
At the stall the owner eyed them thoughtfully. "Your attire is unusual, Mistress."
That was the by now regular response to Ursula when she first visited any market. At least here in Zebrin folk were just curious, not attempting to kidnap her and force her into rags!
"As you say, Mistress. This is new lightweight attire created by the good seamstresses of Joth to help us keep cool as we travel the river."
The stall-holder nodded with appreciation. "It certainly looks cool! I wonder if those of Joth would permit us to make like garments, do you know?"
"It is almost certain that something similar will appear here in time once people like us are seen wearing these dresses," Ursula agreed.
"If I may ask you to turn... ah, so simple! They must be easy to make, then. There is so little to them, not even laces!"
"Easy enough, yes, but because of their shape care must be taken in the cutting," she warned. "Otherwise they do not hang properly."
"Ah, as you say, I would not have noticed that. And they hang softly, so that air circulates... do you mind having them so short? Is there some particular reason?"
"It lets us move about aboard our ship more easily," Ursula explained. "It is just about long enough for modesty and not quite wide enough to permit the wind to lift the hem. Of course we also wear special undergarments, since life on barges involves companionways and much could be seen from below as we climb down."
"As you say! Barges? I assumed that you came on that strange ship, your attire has a similar style to that of the men with you. I was told that is the attire of those from that craft."
"Theirs is also designed by those of Joth, Mistress. What we all wear is a kind of uniform, by chance, but we do have similar items that are not uniform. Yes, Her Highness's ship is accompanied by a barge since there are now too many in our company to all be comfortable on the ship."
"Ah, I see. Her Highness? There was talk..." The woman paused. "But I forget myself, Mistress. Here you all are, standing in the sun, and I am indulging in women's prattle. If I may help you?"
"Certainly, Mistress. My eye was drawn to your cloth there. Have you anything similar to what we are wearing? Our company has grown and we are running out of material to make more garments."
"Ah, of course. You require a cloth of about the same weight, I deem. If I may feel what you are wearing?"
"Yes, of course."
The stall-holder came out and bent, feeling the hem of Ursula's ship dress. "That is thin and so finely woven. Cloth of Joth, I deem?"
"Yes, but providing you can find something similar... The color does not have to match exactly either."
"Well I did have a bolt in the back somewhere which a merchant ordered to make summer bedding with, but he changed his mind because his wife did not like the color. If I may go and look."
She bustled into the back and reappeared, puffing, under the weight of a full bolt of cloth. Ragnar assisted her to put it down on the display at the front of the stall. The stall-holder snipped off a sliver from the corner of the cloth and came around to test it against Ursula's dress.
"To my mind," she said, "this is about the same weight as that of your dress, Mistress, but the color is different, slightly paler."
Ursula looked and frowned. "That could be to do with the weave. Could you turn that sample around?"
"Ah, I see what you mean. The color changes! How interesting." The stall-holder held a hand over the two materials, shading them. "And out of the sun there is no difference at all. What do you think?"
"Done, Mistress, and I will not even haggle over the price. Have you any more?"
The woman looked at Ursula carefully. "Are you clothing an entire army, Mistress? No, forget I asked that question, it is none of my business! I have no more of that shade but I do have a bolt of the same material, it is a mid green, if that would be any use to you?"
"Possibly. Ragnar, go with her and help to bring it out."
"Yah, Mistress."
The new material was darker than Ursula expected but not enough to reject it out of hand.
This could be useful for the marines. Depending on terrain, it would suit better than the light colors we are wearing now. Especially if we have more of that mangrove-type forest to go through.
And if Eriana or Lars do not want it, it can certainly be used for 'non-uniform' clothes for the others. I suspect that Toshi will need some garments like ours soon enough, especially if he intends to stay with the company all the way back to Palarand.
"Yes, I'll take that bolt as well."
There was a certain amount of haggling then, which included a discount for the large amount bought.
Ursula shook hands with the stall-holder to seal the deal and then smiled. "Now I'll need some other, even lighter, materials," she said. "If you care to join me in your changing booth, I will show you what we wear under our dresses!"
* * *
"You have bought a great deal this morning," Eriana remarked when the party returned to the hostel. "I hope you have not drained my treasury! What is all that material for?"
"Partly for all the extra people we seem to be collecting, Highness, and partly because I can see the need for clothes of a different color for the men for certain operations."
"Ah?"
"Yes. This light pale gray-sand color we wear now is just right on the river for keeping the sun off, but I did notice that when the men went off in Bakhrad they could be seen through the trees. Oh, I know it does not make a lot of difference but that difference may be important in a future encounter."
"You speak of camouflage, I deem." Eriana considered before nodding. "Aye, I agree. But to be truly effective they may need long sleeves instead of tee shirts and trousers instead of shorts, that their bare skin should not show."
"I overlooked skin color, Highness. Fortunately most of your men have enough of a tan now that should not be a problem this summer. There was only one each of these two bolts available, I checked with the four different sellers in the market, but it should cover our needs until we get to Bibek."
"And this other bolt?"
"Lightweight underwear material, Highness, for us and for the extra men."
"Of course. I am glad that I could take that day dress off when we returned yesterday morning and put on a ship dress. It is so hot here!"
"It is the hottest day so far, Highness, but some in the market said that would bring thunderstorms later. Will that affect our plans for later this afternoon?"
"I do not mind the weather, at sea you learn to accept whatever the Gods throw at you. Here I am not sure what those of Zebrin will do. Of course, if it were a real fight then the weather is of lesser importance, I deem, but this afternoon is only to be a demonstration." A distant bell chimed. "Ah, it seems that lunch will soon be served, we have time to go and refresh ourselves first. Ursula?"
"Of course, Highness. Coming, Tyra?"
* * *
Almost the whole company climbed into the provided covered wagons after they had risen from their naps. Covered wagons because the heavens had opened and brought forth torrents, sufficient water that some roadways were ankle-deep and slow to drain. The thunderheads were in a long procession and promised to keep soaking the Great Valley for most of the afternoon.
Nethra, emboldened by her visit to the market, had decided to accompany the men so only Banest, Larys, Matta, Vellana and Kaldar remained at the hostel, along with Stine, who could not yet walk. With the new rolls of cloth now available, the women told Eriana that there would be sufficient to occupy them until the others returned.
Their destination today was the main barracks, a little way north of the Graf's palace. The procession of wagons - plus Eriana's carriage - stopped in front of a large building to one side of the brick-paved parade ground. Most of the company managed to gain the safety of the large exercise hall without getting too wet.
Inside they found a large open space punctuated by rows of brick columns which supported the roof, which was composed of a sawtooth ridge arrangement. The southern parts of this had many panels of leaded glass which allowed plenty of light to penetrate but kept the direct sun out. Over the far side of the hall a number of ranks and files of Zebrin troops stood at ease, their uniforms of two slightly differing colors and styles. Oznar was there with Marshal Norzo, the pair walked across to greet the visitors.
"Marshal, Kornal. An impressive building," she told Oznar on greeting him. "You have managed so large a hall and, despite the size of the roof, found a way to let in enough light."
"As you say, Highness... or should that be Admiral today? I see that you wear martial attire and that sword on your back looks fearsome."
She grinned. "Today the sword is for show, Kornal. It is a proper battle blade and, indeed, drew blood in our little difficulty in Faralan. I would not dare use it for training, it is too lethal. I wear it today merely to prove to doubters that I am more than just a fanciful Princess but someone who knows her craft."
"Highness... Admiral, I realized that yesterday when you and I spoke of battle. You proved to me then that you knew of what we discussed. I do understand that others may not believe that, if I may be blunt, maidens like yourselves and your armed companions can truly fight as men do."
Her grin became wider. "That is what we have come here to prove, Kornal. If you may find me a practice sword we will show you what we can do. My men will demonstrate other forms of warfare yet unknown to Zebrin. If there is time we may even attempt a melee, yours against mine."
Oznar shook his head in wonder. "I would be delighted to see a practice melee between your men and mine, Admiral, but the weather is unkind to us today. Will this hall suffice for your demonstrations?"
"Indeed, Kornal. What is that I see on the floor over there?"
"We of Zebrin do not possess the mats you described to us yesterday but, considering the matter, I can now see the utility of them and we shall have some made. However, one of my aides suggested this measure, which I trust will suffice. We have broken open a quantity of animal feed and laid a smooth layer on the floor, covering it with a tarpaulin. Of course our stables will collect and use the feed afterwards. If that will prove adequate, Admiral?"
"There is only one way to test the matter, Kornal. We can use the brick floor for blade work and the mat for unarmed combat. How do you desire to arrange this?"
"This is your demonstration, Admiral. If you may offer suggestions?"
Her smile became wicked. "Let us try some of your more vocal nay-sayers against my crew, Kornal. When they discover that they cannot prevail, we may move on to more interesting examples of combat."
"Ah! I like your way of thinking, Admiral. If I may go and select some suitable victims... ah, I mean opponents."
"Of course, Kornal... Have you practice blades we may borrow? We keep a certain small number with us, naturally, but space is limited aboard any vessel, as you know."
"We do, Admiral, of course. The barrels are over there." He pointed to one wall where a number of barrels stood, the hilts of weapons plainly visible. "Are you and your crew comfortable with unaccustomed weapons? I know some of my men struggle when another blade has a different balance."
"Aye, of course, Kornal! Anyone may lose a blade on the field of battle or, worse, have a cherished blade break against a foe, so we are all accustomed to wield at need whatever may be found lying about that field. Do you not have the custom of calling 'Switch' during a practice bout?"
Oznar was wary. "I do not know that word, Admiral, not as you describe."
"When the marshal calls 'Switch'," she explained, "all must briefly pause and toss or throw their weapon to their present opponent, simulating a loss upon the field of battle. Thus, every man is suddenly faced with a new and different blade to fight with. It is something that those of Palarand do but we have also used it in Joth. It is a simple way of simulating the chaos of battle, I deem."
"Do you tell me? Already I have learned something new. Admiral, if I may conduct you and your people to the barrels to select practice weapons."
Oznar took Eriana and her company over to the barrels and then headed for his troops to explain matters. Eriana examined the weapons, noting that beside swords there were spears, both blunted and headless, shields of various kinds, and a box of knives of various sizes and designs.
«Take your pick, boys and girls. Let us show these fine fellows what those of Palarand can do!»
Both Eriana and Bennet chose from the longer of the available blades, Bennet also selecting a counter-blade, while Semma, to Eriana's surprise, picked two of the shorter swords.
"You can use those, Semma?"
"Aye, Highness. Having seen Her Highness use two blades of similar size, Captain Merek understands the utility of such weapons for folk such as those of like size to her," The smaller guardswoman explained. "D'Kenik was kind enough to give me some basic tuition before he departed north with Her Highness."
"Ah. That was before you were selected to join our party, I deem?"
"As you say, Highness. I would not say that I am as proficient as Her Highness but, in truth, the technique is not difficult to learn." She smiled. "Of course, those of Zebrin may not know how these are used."
"Do not become over confident, Semma. Zebrin is nearer to the source of that art than Palarand is, they may yet have some experience of it."
"Understood, Highness."
Toshi approached Ursula, who had remained with the group as they moved towards the practice weapons.
"Mistress, if I may entrust my katana to you while we are here. You know that it is an heirloom, it may - inadvertently, perhaps - become mislaid should I stack it with the others."
"I would be honored, Toshi. You plan to join the fun?"
Toshi stared at Ursula. "Mistress, I do not understand you people. Among the folk of the islands warfare is a serious business. I would not call it fun."
Ursula thought. "I know what you mean, Toshi. When you are fighting for your life then it is never going to be fun. But no lives are at stake here today so the men see it as a chance to show off their abilities. That can be fun, especially when your opponent has no idea how you fight."
He nodded slowly. "I understand, Mistress. Yes, there is satisfaction when you do something your opponent does not expect because he has not been taught that way. As for fun, I will wait to see what happens here today."
"So what will you choose instead?"
"If I may, I will leave that choice until I can see what these others are capable of. I assume that you do not intend to fight?"
"I try not to become involved, Toshi. My job is to put people back together afterwards."
"And you have my respect for that duty, Mistress. Do you yet rely on your fellows to protect you when the battle comes your way?"
"Mostly, Toshi. They seem to have adopted me somehow." She paused, remembering. "There was an occasion, when we fought in the Shevesty field in Faralan, where I did strike back with a weapon, though."
"Oh? I cannot imagine you with a sword, Mistress."
"It was that big blade of Her Highness. She had been felled by a club and we all thought she was dead. We all went crazy when that happened."
"I can understand that. I would have done the same."
"Her sword came to my feet and I charged the two men who were nearest her. I do not really remember what happened then but I was told that I killed them both."
His eyebrows shot up. "You killed two men? With that big sword of hers? I could barely lift something that size!"
"I am not sure that I could, normally, but there is a kind of rage that affects people when somebody..." close to them, "... important falls in battle. We all felt it. I do not think we left any of the attackers alive."
"If you would tell me of this battle sometime, Mistress. If I am to travel with you and your people then I must needs know what they are capable of."
"I have no doubt that you will hear the story sometime, Toshi. Look, Her Highness is about to begin the demonstration."
The circle of watchers was big enough that two of the brick pillars were well inside it. Ursula and Toshi joined the audience to find Eriana facing a well-built Zebrin armsman, who had a sash indicating some kind of rank or specialty. They bowed to one another and then raised their swords.
Eriana then moved fast, twisting and angling forward to plant a strike on the Zebrin's chest! She immediately pulled back before he could respond. The bout then continued in a more or less conventional way for a while, both testing the other's strength and techniques. Then the Zebrin tried to trap Eriana's sword against the floor but she yanked it back, pivoted and stuck it in his ribs under his left arm. He immediately pulled back and raised his sword in salute.
Oznar stepped forwards into the circle. "Men! Let this be a lesson to you, it certainly has been to me! In the future you may, indeed, face women either on the field of battle or elsewhere. If they bear weapons then you must, must, treat them as you would any other enemy. Your very being might rebel against it but, consider, if you do not then she will prevail and it is you who will be dead."
He turned to Eriana. "Admiral, the man you face is Ironmaster Krif, the Graf's personal Master of Arms. I am sure that he now understands what I explained to him yesterday."
She nodded and then bowed to Krif. "Ironmaster, it was needful to show you the truth. Your men will not find many women bearing arms, that is not their nature, but there will be some and your men must needs be prepared when they face them."
He bowed in return. "Admiral, I did not believe that it was possible for any woman to bear arms. I would ask further instruction from you."
"That is why we are here, Ironmaster. If we may try another bout? I have an unusual size and strength for a woman, it is said, and you may choose one of my companions, who are of a size your men are more likely to encounter."
"As you say, Admiral. If that is true, I would match her against one of our own, perhaps of like abilities. Endir, stand forward!"
The man stepped into the ring to join Krif. Eriana turned and beckoned Bennet inside.
"Are you content, Bennet?"
Bennet looked unconcerned. "Aye, Admiral, of course."
Eriana and Krif moved back as Oznar said, "Begin."
By chance the two were evenly matched. Mindful of Eriana's first strike, Endir was more cautious and the match became one of endurance. It was soon apparent to all, however, that Bennet was much fitter than the Zebrin who was soon sweating with the effort. After Bennet managed two slight pokes on the Zebrin's chest Oznar called a halt.
"Enough. Armswoman, you have earned the respect of all present, I deem. You have fought at least as skilfully as any of His Grace's men. Shall you retire unbeaten?"
Bennet curtseyed to him, which caused a ripple of amusement among the Zebrins. "Thank you, Sir. It was a pleasure to test myself against one of your better men."
"If I may ask, have you always been a woman-at-arms?"
"Indeed not, Sir. Before Her Highness Princess Garia came to Palarand and showed us what it was possible for any woman to do, I worked in the palace kitchens."
That statement caused a murmur through the watchers.
"Do you tell me..?"
"After Her Highness showed the men of the Palace Guard that none could defeat her," Bennet explained, "Captain Merek was asked to take four of the palace servants as a trial, to see if it was possible for a woman to serve in the guard. The trial was successful and two of those four traveled to Boldan's Rock with Her Highness... Admiral Eriana. I am one of the second four to join, Semma there is another."
Oznar swiveled to observe Semma, noticing that she held two shorter swords. "Young lady, if you would show us what you can do."
Semma turned. "Admiral?"
"If you feel comfortable, Semma."
Semma stepped forward into the circle and Bennet and Endir rejoined the watchers, several of whom eyed Bennet with a fresh perspective. The smaller guardswoman temporarily shifted the two swords to her left hand so that she could give a chest-thump salute.
"You are small yet you are a guardswoman of King Robanar, I see," Oznar said. "Do not these large fellows intimidate you?"
"Sometimes, Sir," Semma admitted. "My smaller size does make me lighter, though, and I may be faster than a larger foe unless he spends much time practising with his sword. I do not expect to take part in many battles, Sir, my duties are more likely to be as escort to Her Majesty or crowd control at audiences of Their Majesties."
"Ah." Oznar nodded. "I take your point. It is a question of finding a suitable person for a particular task, I deem. You are content to try yourself today?"
"Aye, Sir."
"I see you use two swords. Is this normal for smaller armsmen of Palarand?"
"Sir, I usually use one sword just as Bennet does, but I have trained with two, since Her Highness Princess Garia showed the worth of such for shorter folk such as myself."
Oznar thought of asking another question and then changed his mind, instead searching the ring of troops surrounding the ring. "Hofer! Come forward."
He may have been shorter than most of his fellows but Hofer was still taller than Semma. He was wiry, reminding her a little of Wagonmaster Jaxen. Hofer held his sword with an easy grip and nodded to Semma.
"Begin!"
The grip suddenly tightened and the blade snaked towards Semma. She immediately brought her blades up to form the defensive cross and, once Hofer's had met hers with a clash, she swung them down and to her left.
Behind her, Oznar nodded thoughtfully.
Hofer pulled back and tried a side cut, which allowed Semma to lever his blade down, pull her right-hand blade, swivel on her left foot and poke her opponent in the ribs before stepping smartly back. There was a collective gasp from the onlookers. It soon became apparent that Hofer could not touch Semma, despite his longer blade, while she could reach him almost anywhere.
"Enough. Stand easy, Hofer."
The armsman pulled back and raised his sword in salute before gingerly feeling his ribs with his free hand for the bruises.
Oznar said, "An impressive display indeed, Guardswoman! It appears that our defensive training is lacking somewhat. Tell me, could you keep this up for long? In other words, do you tire?"
"I would probably tire faster than my opponent would, Sir," Semma replied, "but the aim is always to end the contest before that happens. I did touch him five times. One of those might have struck something vital." She lowered her blades and shrugged. "Of course a blade may break or another may come to assist, such is the fortune of battle."
"As you say, Guardswoman. Thank you. You have my greatest respect for what you can do." He turned to Eriana. "What of your other women folk? Can all of them fight in a like manner? I notice that she carries a curious blade."
The she he pointed to was Ursula, who had overlooked that she was carrying Toshi's sword.
"Indeed not, Kornal!" Eriana replied with a smile. "Ursula, as you know, is the company's healer and her oath does not permit her generally to use such weapons except, mayhap, when her own life may be in danger. The sword she carries is merely kept safe for another."
"Ah, as you say, Admiral."
"Her assistant and companion Tyra is learning certain martial arts, it is true, but she does not yet have sufficient ability to join us in our practice today. She is of the water folk of Joth, she has other abilities which have proved more useful to us."
"As you say. I wondered at seeing one so young here. I notice another woman, your Kittrin and some other men who wear attire of a different color."
Eriana began, "Nethra is..." She paused. "Nethra, shall you be upset if the tale of Bakhrad is told?"
Ursula noticed that Nethra was holding Lars' hand fairly tightly. She replied, "Highness, we are safe enough now. The other women might not desire to hear that tale told but it might prove instructive for the Kornal's men. I will bear it, I deem."
"If you are sure? I do not wish to cause you further distress."
Oznar asked, "Is this about that place in Yod, Admiral?"
"Aye, Kornal, that place is Bakhrad. The telling would take some small part of the afternoon, but it may be useful for your men to hear."
"You did not tell all, I deem, when you spoke of it yesterday before His Grace, but I believe it will be instructive to our men to hear the tale." He turned to address the troops. "Men! You see here before you almost all those who came with Admiral Eriana aboard her ship Visund. She will tell you of an incident that occurred during their passage past Yod, requiring her men to use all their skills, and what they found in that land."
The room quietened down and Eriana began. "After some earlier adventures we departed Yod City and sailed upstream for most of that day. Seeking a place to rest our heads, we thought to stop at a small fishing village in an inlet called Bakhrad Creek. When we arrived -"
The whole room was silent as she described what had happened. The part with the guns was mentioned but not explained in any detail, since that would have suggested that Eriana, Bennet and Semma might still have been wearing Personal Pistols. Some time had to be devoted to explaining Thunder Pipes, but Eriana was privately sure that the Zebrins would not understand until having one fired in front of them - which she was not about to do.
The search of the villages was described, the attack on the lookout barn recounted and the night assault at the farm detailed. By the time she had finished there was an ugly murmur and many of her listeners looked furious.
"Men!" Oznar raised both arms. "Calm yourselves! The Admiral speaks of history, those involved have all been executed or given lengthy sentences. But she explains to you what might still be found along the wilder parts of the river's banks. Those were the actions of renegade soldiers of Yod, the like should not trouble Zebrin, but others of that inclination may require your attentions in future days."
He swung an arm and pointed. "Mistress Nethra there is one of those rescued women. She is the only one of the captive women who dares approach any man since that time. There are four others who cannot, their anguish is yet too great. Whether they will recover in time no-one yet knows. Such torments may cause greater scars to the mind than any which may disfigure a body.
"Near her the Admiral has pointed out the six men who were also imprisoned and forced to labor for the renegades. Their anguish is of a different kind. They are men, it is true, but they have still suffered the horrors of war, captivity and mistreatment. Scorn them not at your peril, for none of you knows what the future may hold for any man - or woman."
There was a mutter which gradually tapered away to silence, broken only by the sound of yet another downpour on the roof.
"Very well," Oznar said. "Admiral, after that I find I do not have the stomach for a melee. What say you?"
"With your men and ours thinking about what happened, probably not, Kornal. What say we move to your mat? There we may show you some other ideas which may be new to you and your men."
"Then we shall do so. Men! To the mat, if you would."
As everyone moved to surround the padded tarpaulin Eriana found herself walking next to Marshal Norzo.
"Marshal, you have been quiet today. Is there some problem? I do not understand the relationship between you and Kornal Oznar."
"Admiral, Oznar and I are not in the same chain of command, save that we both report directly to His Grace," the Marshal explained. "His position is particular in that he commands His Grace's personal troops, those you see here with the red flashes on their shoulders. My responsibility is that of His Grace's water troops, equivalent to those you named marines. The selection of men I brought this afternoon are those with gray shoulder flashes."
"Ah. I wondered at the significance, Marshal."
"Are all your men here then marines, Admiral? I am not familiar with your uniforms or rank markings."
"Hah, no indeed, Marshal. I regret that the number of water troops I have, as you describe them, is somewhat smaller than I find comfortable, for various historical reasons. Many of those you see here are my ship's crew, that is, sailors. All those are my countrymen and all are comfortable with weapons in their hands. For other historical reasons we also have a growing number of what those of Joth name civilians. As you have just heard some of those civilians are the barge folk, both men and women, and there are also various people who we have found good reason to include."
Norzo raised an eyebrow. "Even your Kittrin, Admiral? We know of him, of course, but he seemed a man out of place in Zebrin. Nobody here knew what to do with him."
Eriana smirked. "You should have introduced him to your Master of Arms, Marshal. I am told that Toshi has knowledge of fighting methods little known here in the east. Having learned of Palarand and what may be transpiring there, he desired to make his slow way there in due time, passing from land to land. When I learned of his desire I offered him passage since, like me and my countrymen, he is a man of the sea and can look after himself with a blade."
"Perhaps you have the right of it, Admiral. We of Zebrin have so concentrated on ourselves and our nearest neighbors that we often overlook the larger view. Listening to your description of the Sirrel Federation I was interested, but I know that His Grace will be very cautious until he sees how it will work. But -"
The conversation broke off as the assembled groups surrounded the makeshift mat.
Eriana called out, "Lars, show the Ironmaster what you can do."
The Master of Arms handed his sword and knife to a subordinate and stepped out onto the surface to face Lars, who gave him a respectful nod and then assumed a ready position. In size and build the two were evenly matched but Lars barely had time to draw a breath before Krif attacked. The result was inevitable, he sailed over the back of Lars to land with a thump on the tarpaulin.
Krif scrambled to his feet and turned to face Lars. "Interesting. I did not know that any in the east knew much of this style of combat. Sir, what is your rank? How should I name you?"
"My rank is Force-Admiral, Master of Iron, and I am named Lars. Lars will do fine."
"Then, Admiral Lars, if we may try that again, now that I know what to expect."
"Yah." Lars smiled. "Want a decent fight."
After Krif had been thrown four times Eriana became exasperated. "Oh, for Frigg's sake. Lars, hold! Ironmaster, it is no disgrace to admit that, while you know of this style of combat, you are not proficient in it. If we may give you a proper demonstration."
Krif was shaken. "It is as you say, Admiral. I must needs admit that I have no idea how he is doing what he does. Is this something new to the Great Valley, then?"
"It is possible, Ironmaster. Our Kittrin Toshi may know some of it, his people have similar traditions."
Krif bowed to Lars and then turned to bow to Eriana. "Admiral, instruct us."
«Eirik, on the mat, please. Both of you, keep it balanced. I do not want anyone assuming that Lars wins because of his greater build.»
«Yah, Princess.»
The two faced each other and then set off at speed. The audience was shocked to silence as the two grappled, were thrown, and then rolled to their feet to immediately counter-attack. Some of the attacks were successful, a hand-edge or a foot being brought to a halt just before it could cause serious damage to the opponent. Other times the two writhed, side-stepped or ducked to avoid the next attack and press their own. After what must have been only a minute or two Eriana again called a halt.
"Enough." She turned to Oznar. "That is what we can do, Kornal. It is time for the next variation. Semma, if you would."
The smaller guardswoman took off her sword and knife and handed them to Tyra, who happened to be standing next to her, before stepping into the ring. Most of those assumed that she would face the smaller opponent but she stood in front of Lars as Eriana herself faced Eirik!
The four bowed and then began two simultaneous matches. It showed to all that size was not as important as most assumed, that someone the size and weight of Semma could easily handle a larger opponent. There were many thoughtful expressions among the watching men when Eriana called a halt a few moments later, having demonstrated her point. The four bowed again and then stood back.
Ursula felt a nudge and turned as Toshi hissed at her, "I did not know that you people knew the way of wind and water! Where did you learn that?"
"I have no idea, Toshi. You remember that I have never been to Palarand? I assume they learned it there."
His expression was sullen. "The east is stranger than I knew. How is it possible that such knowledge has traveled from one side of this great land to the other? Yet you remain ignorant of so much else!"
"I suspect that they did not learn it from your empire, Toshi," she replied. "I am guessing the knowledge came to Palarand the same way I did."
He simmered. "Your own tale is madness. I do not know if I believe any of what I have been told."
She waved a hand. "Leave it for now, please. If you still intend to come downriver with us there may be proofs you can see for yourself. "
"If I must, Mistress. I do not call you a liar but the stories I have heard so far do not seem possible."
Oznar saw them talking and came over to them. "Mistress, Master. Now that I see you together, I can see that it is his sword that you carry, Mistress."
She replied, "That is so, Kornal. Toshi did not want to use it for the demonstration today."
Oznar switched to Toshi. "I would hope not! I have seen it drawn, no doubt it is as lethal a blade as that of the Admiral. But you bear no practice blade today, Master Toshi. Is it your intent to show us more of the unarmed combat?"
Toshi gave Oznar a look. "I was not sure what would happen today, Kornal. I can do much of what you have already seen though I was taught differently." He shrugged. "I can of course use a sword but so can everyone else. Nothing would be proved."
Oznar waved at the area where the barrels stood. "Then perhaps you could show us another skill, Kittrin. Axe, maybe? Knives? Though that may not be so simple in here with so many present. Spears, perhaps?"
Toshi looked thoughtfully at the distant weapons before giving an abrupt nod. "Hai. Not spears but spear poles. Does your Master at Arms know how to use those?"
By this time Eriana had wandered over. "What is this?"
"Your Kittrin desires to test our Master at Arms with spear poles, Admiral."
"Oh, you mean quarterstaffs? Aye, some of us know the art but others may be more skilled with them. My own men prefer more... direct methods. Toshi, if you desire to try them, I have no complaint."
He bowed. "As you wish, Admiral."
Oznar said, "If the fight is to be with poles, we should move back to the bare floor. Men! Over there."
As everyone moved back to the previous area of combat Toshi walked off and spent a little time selecting two similar poles. He returned with them, walked over to Krif and presented both to him.
"You choose one."
Krif made his choice, handed the other back to Toshi and the two faced off in the center of the ring. The murmuring from the watchers died away fairly rapidly. The two held their poles in a similar way, with both hands a body-width apart in the central part of their pole, and with the pole tilted down to their left.
There was a bang as the two began, each looking for an opening to exploit. Although both used similar moves it soon became apparent to Ursula that they been taught differently. Both moved on their feet but Krif slid his around cautiously as his body weight shifted while Toshi positively danced on the balls of his own feet.
Eriana muttered, "The Ironmaster uses his pole like a man with a double-ended sword, I deem."
Ursula looked and saw what she meant. She also saw what Toshi was doing.
"Kendo."
"What?"
"There is a way of practising called Kendo, but it is not for poles. I will explain later, or Toshi will."
"Ah."
Krif managed a poke at Toshi's chest before he could dance out of the way, but the Kittrin jumped a quarter way around the Ironmaster and poked him in the side in reply. Continuing his move, before the Ironmaster could even turn, Toshi had whacked him behind both knees, making them buckle before he could recover. He managed to spin in place to deflect the next strike, but Toshi twirled his pole into a blur, slid his grip to one end and brought the other down to rest against the Ironmaster's neck.
"Hai!"
Krif immediately stepped back, swung his pole to the vertical and bowed. "Impressive, Master Toshi. Your Admiral was right about you."
There was movement among the men opposite as Graf Nuel pushed his way through.
Kornal saw him and called, "Company, respect for the Graf!"
As the men straightened themselves Nuel joined the two in the ring. Eriana and Oznar joined them.
"Admiral, I was sufficiently intrigued by your words yesterday that I thought to come and quietly observe your demonstration. I am glad that I did so, the display has been most impressive. I would petition you to remain in Zebrin longer, to teach some of these methods to my men, but I know that you must needs return to Palarand before the Rains begin.
"We of Zebrin have discovered our lack in methods of warfare known elsewhere along the river and we desire to remedy that lack. How can we best do that, Admiral? Think you that Palarand would permit a contingent of my men to travel there for instruction?"
Eriana, still catching her breath after her bout, had difficulty thinking. "Your Grace, if you would give me leave to consider the matter. I must needs consult my experts and, indeed, it may not be possible to make reply without reference to my King in Palarand."
"Indeed, such a decision should not be made hastily, I deem. I will await your word." He turned. "I must thank those of Palarand - and those others who travel with them - for their display here today. The weather has not been helpful but, despite that, you have made an impression on Zebrin we shall long remember."
Eriana gave him a brief bow. "Your Grace, Palarand thanks you for your kind words. Know that the welcome we have received here in Zebrin has been much more than any of us could have expected. I am hopeful that this is the start to a closer relationship between our two lands."
"As do I, Admiral. You have shown us that there is more happening along our great river than any in Zebrin knew. If I may ask, has your demonstration concluded, or have I interrupted you and your folk?"
Eriana looked up at the skylights. "By your leave, Your Grace, I believe that we have done enough for today. If we may return to our hostel while the weather yet relents."
"Of course. Shall we speak tomorrow? Now that I have seen what your men can do - I ask your pardon, your men and women, we may discuss certain matters in greater detail."
"At your convenience, Your Grace."
"And you intend to depart the following day, I deem."
"It is as you say, Your Grace. Our time along the Sirrel has become limited."
"Very well. Until tomorrow, then. Oznar, Norzo, with me, if you would."
Nuel swept out of the exercise hall followed by his subordinates. The troops parted to make way for them. Eriana wiped a hand across her brow and remarked to Lars, «That was unexpected! I did not know what we would find in Zebrin but this exceeds anything I could imagine.»
«Yah, Princess. That man is clever, he sees advantage for his land in becoming closer to us, but we must remember that may be all he sees.»
«Agreed, but all lands do that.» She turned to her company. "That ends the demonstration for today, I deem. Come, let us return to the hostel and clean ourselves up. Tomorrow, while I visit His Grace, we must needs prepare for yet another departure."
The Visund departs Zebrin and heads for Bibek in Faralmark. As they navigate the twists of the Sirrel, a stranded barge becomes visible in the distance. When they reach the barge it causes them to rethink what they have been told about river pirates.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
77 - Smoke on the Water
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
"By the Gods! What is that?"
Ursula turned to see what Eriana was staring at. Upstream from them, along the canal, a strange black-painted vessel approached, evidently intending to berth behind the Visund. At first glance she thought it was one of the ubiquitous double-hulled river ferries but then realized that the proportions looked wrong.
"I do not know, Admiral," Ursula replied, conscious of the number of dock-workers and officials waiting to see them off, "but I am assuming that it might be a late surprise from His Grace."
"Aye, you could be right," Eriana agreed, "I believe I can see him standing on the... what would you name that? It is not a bow for I can see two of those below it!"
"I think it might be a forecastle, Admiral, though I am no expert on local vessel designs."
"Forecastle?"
"Yes, a raised portion at the front a ship which, from the name, I believe was used for fighting from."
"Oh, you mean foaksul, aye, that would make sense. Well, we must continue making ready to depart whatever His Grace intends. The course of the river ahead is complicated, so Hashim informs me."
Ursula studied the vessel as it approached the pontoon string. The twin hulls must each have been less than three strides wide, barely enough to contain an oarsman and permit him to row properly. The hulls were tall, though, probably giving sufficient room for that oarsman to stand. The gap between hulls was probably the same width, three strides. Above, a wide deck stretched from side to side with chest-high protective walls on the visible portions. A sturdy mast could be seen positioned in the center with a look-out post perched near the top.
As the vessel neared the pontoons a shout went up. The nearer oars were pulled in, their inboard ends emerging into the gap between the hulls and then into matching openings in the other hull. Shortly, as lines were tossed and caught, the outboard oars were shipped in a similar fashion. A door at the front of the nearer hull opened and two men came out onto the bow to unhook and move a gangway down and out, the outer end being guided onto the pontoon by dock helpers.
Graf Nuel was the first to disembark. Eriana went to greet him with a smile and a thumped chest salute.
"Good morning, Your Grace. I see you have brought us a new invention of your own."
"Good morning, Admiral. Yes, this is the result of something you mentioned when we first met, that you knew that the design of your own ship might not be entirely adequate for river use but that you considered the galleys you had seen to have their own faults. My shipbuilders had like thoughts and came up with this idea. I have to tell you that, while we have proven its abilities on the Sirrel, it has not yet been tested in combat.
"Since we also spoke about the recent piracy, I considered the matter yesterday evening and decided to offer Zebrin's Tusk as an escort for you as far as Bibek. You may refuse if you wish, but it is my thought that to be useful, such a craft as this must needs be available at short notice and such a voyage for it was already planned. You may go aboard with your officers and examine every part of it, discover if there is aught about it that may be useful to your River Patrol. If it travels with you, the captain has instruction to accept your commands as flotilla leader."
Eriana was taken aback. "Your Grace! I did not expect this! If I may express my gratitude for your foresight. Aye, at first glance this vessel resembles the ferries but I can easily see the differences. It is wider, I deem, than a normal galley but much lower and that would make it more stable. What crew does it carry?"
"There are twelve oars each side, one man to each oar," Nuel replied, "but all the crew may row at need, just as all may fight at need. Above there is a Galley-Captain, a Hullmaster for each file of oarsmen, a sailing Master and a small ship's crew of six, of what I believe you would term sailors. In addition there are thirty ship-soldiers, or in your terms marines, who remain on the upper deck."
Eriana frowned as she did the math. "So, sixty-four, then. Already you offer more than I presently have."
Nuel spread his hands. "This is just an experimental voyage, Admiral, just as your own is. If there are too many or too few then we will know once they return."
She pointed. "I see a mast. Does the ship carry a sail?"
"It may be possible, Admiral, but presently does not. The mast is there chiefly to provide a place for the look-out to stand." He paused then added, "I am no shipwright, as you may imagine, but I am told there is some flaw which prevents galleys from bearing masts and sails, I know not what. Since this craft is not a regular galley design a sail may indeed be possible. Any experiments will of course be carried out with great caution."
Her keen eye raked the vessel from end to end. "I see advantages, aye, and possible disadvantages, but all vessels that venture on the waters must needs make compromises in their design. Does the captain have such knowledge of his own ship that I may question him later? I am loath to delay my own departure too long."
"It is as you say, Admiral. If you will consent to have the Tusk as an escort - Ah, here he is! Admiral, if I may present Galley-Captain Anthar of Zebrin's Tusk. Anthar, this is Admiral Eriana."
Anthar braced to attention and smoothly brought his right hand to his forehead, palm out.
"Admiral."
"And with him," Nuel gestured to the two men following, "are Flotilla-Captain Merion, who commands the Northern Division of our galley fleet, and Signar Zoran, a member of my diplomatic staff and my cousin. These, by your leave, will travel on the Tusk as passengers, and would be available to answer any matters of organization or law that you might have."
"Flotilla-Captain, Signar," Eriana responded, giving both men a nod.
Nuel asked Eriana, "About that escort, Admiral."
"Your Grace," she replied, "I am sufficiently intrigued that I will accept your offer. If I may ask, is the galley provisioned for a voyage to Bibek?"
"Of course, Admiral, or I would not have made the offer. All was done in haste once I made the decision but you may ask Anthar if he is ready."
Anthar responded, "Admiral, we are. Some of my crew were there when you visited His Grace's barracks and saw what your people can do. I regret that we cannot do the same but we are ready to assist should it become necessary. As for stores, we may voyage to Bibek and back on what we have available."
"And Anthar may draw on accounts in Bibek should it be required," Nuel added.
"You have thought of everything, Your Grace," Eriana replied. "By your leave, we must continue our preparations to depart. Captain, it will take us no more than a bell to complete our loading and arranging, if there is anything of yours that must still be done."
Anthar bowed. "Admiral, I thank you for the advice. When you are ready, we shall follow."
The captain of Zebrin's Tusk saluted again and reboarded his vessel. Eriana turned, to go back toward the Visund, to find Nuel, Merion and Zoran following her.
"Your Grace? Is there something else?"
Nuel smiled. "I am not the only person who has an unusual craft here, Admiral. As I am here, I would see what manner of ship yours is... Maker, I did not realize it was so large!"
"Thirty strides, Your Grace, so I was told."
"But... there is nothing, only a hull!"
She shrugged. "That is all that is necessary to sail the wide ocean, Your Grace. Alas, the Visund was built in a remote land where timber grows slowly and wood of the quality required to build a ship is hard to find."
Nuel's eyes popped. "You sail the ocean in that? Maker! It shows how much we of the Sirrel have to learn."
"We are used to sailing in such craft, Your Grace, and are accustomed to riding the waves in so open a fashion, but I would not call the matter comfortable. Indeed, we have spent much of the morning so far baling out the water that accumulated from yesterday's storms. We must often needs do the same at sea."
Nuel studied the longship. "Aye, I understand, Admiral. It is so wide... shaped like a leaf, I deem. How many men would something that size take?"
"When we left my homeland we had fifty-six aboard, Your Grace, some of whom were women and children. Though for a raid we might carry seventy or more warriors for a short voyage of no more than a day."
"As you say. Do you find a difference sailing the Sirrel as opposed to the open ocean?"
"Aye, since the ocean is salt and the river is not. To our surprise the Visund floats lower in the river. The difference is not so great that we have not adapted but we must always bear it in mind. For example, in the Sirrel I would not dare think of taking seventy warriors."
Tor climbed out of the Visund and approached the pair.
"If I may introduce Tor son of Magnus - Tor Magnusson - who is the Captain of my ship the Visund, Your Grace."
Tor nodded. "Your Grace, I saw you at the demonstration."
"Pleased to meet you, Captain, even though you depart my lands shortly."
"Yah, Your Grace. Have been busy."
Eriana asked, "What is the state of departure, Tor?"
"Uh... Admiral, rain water is removed, can load crew's bags now, then Adin's food."
"Very good, Tor. Carry on."
Tor climbed back onto the longship as Eriana frowned.
"I might have a problem, Your Grace, if your galley comes with us."
"Oh?"
"Doubtless our code of signals is different, we have found it so in other lands. I will need someone aboard who can relay our own signals to your crew."
Nuel nodded. "Aye, of course, I had expected that you might put someone aboard. What do you propose?"
Eriana frowned again, concentrating, before saying, "Your Grace, if you would give me leave to consult among my crew."
Nuel made a generous gesture with his arms. "Admiral, these are your vessels and crew, I shall not interfere."
She nodded to him. "Thank you, Your Grace."
Eriana stalked off further along the pontoon string until she reached the Green Ptuvil. A number of the women, including Ursula and Tyra, were on the pontoon watching some of the men pass chests and bags to those aboard.
"Ursula! If I may ask a favor of you. I have a problem."
Ursula turned her attention to the Princess. "Highness?"
Eriana smiled. "I wear my Admiral's hat this time. His Grace permits someone to travel aboard his galley -"
"That thing? Is it coming with us?"
"As far as Bibek, aye. It will be a way for each to explore the other's customs and methods. The problem is that they do not know our whistle codes."
Ursula nodded. "You want me to go with them?"
"Originally that is what I thought, but then I realized that I wanted, by your leave, Tyra to be lookout aboard the Visund as she did before."
"I have no problem with that, Admiral. I can take Semma or Bennet instead."
"As you say, but then I realized that none of you three are water-wise in the way that myself or my men are. Intending no disrespect, you might all overlook things about such a vessel that may be important. Indeed, I would prefer to inspect that strange vessel myself as we travel, for at least part of the way. So, I would desire that you take command of the Visund as you did before. The men trust you, I trust you, you have done this before, would you do it?"
It did not take long for Ursula to reach a decision. "I will do it, Admiral. Does this mean we will have to move our chests?"
Eriana shrugged. "I do not think so, Ursula. The journey is not so long and we will no doubt be together should we have to stop for lunch, naps or overnighting."
"True. What about," Ursula pointed, "the Green Ptuvil?"
"Hmm." Eriana's eyes narrowed as she considered. "Our most vulnerable people are aboard the barge, it is true. I would prefer to have some kind of defense there should it become necessary." She turned. "Baros? A word, if you please."
Baros climbed off the barge and approached. "Admiral?"
She pointed. "That strange vessel is a kind of galley those of Zebrin have devised," she explained. "His Grace asks us that it should accompany us to Bibek, but no-one aboard knows our signals. Thus, I have decided that I will travel on it, giving me the opportunity to examine it closely, while Ursula takes charge of the Visund. I am content to leave the Ptuvil to you, as before, but I desire to place some more men aboard should the worst happen and you are threatened."
He nodded. "I understand, Admiral. It would be as it was when that pirate galley attacked, I deem."
"As you say. I am concerned, mainly, about the women."
"Nethra, Banest and Larys are more comfortable with your own men aboard now, Admiral, I do not believe they will object to a few more... but do not leave the Visund short on our account."
"Agreed."
"The two Yodan girls are more reserved, as you know, but even they now know all your men and trust them. Indeed, it was your men who rescued us all from the renegades. If necessary one or more of the other women will stay below with them for reassurance."
"Done, Baros. I will leave you to your own tasks, then. Whistle when you are ready to depart."
"As you command, Admiral."
* * *
Map courtesy of Julia Phillips
The river Pak, which flowed between Pakmal Town and Zebrin City, ended at the outside edge of a tight bend in the Sirrel. This meant that all arriving traffic had to approach from the upstream side, because of the strong current, and all departing traffic had to turn downstream. Once out onto the wider waters and beyond the bend the three craft could find space to row or sail across to reach the slower - and shallower - waters that would permit them to travel upstream.
Since nobody knew if Zebrin's Tusk could travel as fast as the Visund or the Green Ptuvil, the Tusk was leading as they crossed to the northern side of the Sirrel. Eriana stood at the front of the double-hulled galley with Anthar, both watching the proceedings. Semma stood at the near corner, keeping a watchful eye on their other vessels. The other two Zebrin passengers, for the moment, kept out of the way.
"With three vessels so different," he remarked, "this voyage could become complicated, Admiral."
"More so than you might think, Captain," she replied. "Both my ship and the barge may travel under sail, thus relieving our men of duty pulling the oars. Your own men must needs pull all the time which should surely tire them on a long voyage."
"As you say, Admiral. We have not yet tested this design on any long voyage, but all the crew are experienced galley men, used to the demands of such travel. Thus, to travel to Bibek should not overstretch them, provided we take the usual breaks." His eyebrows raised. "I did not think such barges as yours carried oars."
She shrugged. "They carry two pairs only. For a dead calm, perhaps, or when maneuvering in port, I expect. Otherwise it will be that great big sail. I am impressed that so few men can handle it."
"All barges have sails like that, Admiral, so there must be some value in the design. I have never seen any sail like that on your own ship before," he added. "Is it common where you come from?"
"To a point, Captain. Many of the larger vessels of Einnland carry such sails, smaller craft favor a fore-and-aft sail, often triangular, but set behind the mast, not astride it as that of the barge. Are you knowledgable in ship design, Captain? I would know more about your own. I can already see things that may be of interest to us and, of course, I have no problem should you see anything of ours you would desire."
He nodded. "I am of Zebrin City, my father is a captain of one of the river ferries, I am familiar with the design. Indeed, that knowledge is one reason I was chosen to captain this vessel. If you desire the more arcane knowledge of the ship-builder, then I regret I may not be able to satisfy all your questions."
"I am no builder of ships, Captain, merely the owner of the Visund and, until recently, captain of her. My ship handling skills are those of the open sea, rough coasts and beaches. Since coming to the Sirrel I have had to learn much that is new. This ship design is novel to me as it must be to most, being new. What, for example, are those?"
She pointed to a row of raised sections which ran from near the front of the forecastle to the base of a raised platform which covered most of the stern decking. The sections were hidden under tightly sheeted tarpaulins upon which many of the 'ship-soldiers' were resting, some sitting, others apparently sunbathing.
"We tried to make this vessel as narrow and as light as possible, Admiral, but realized that left us little room for essential supplies. The sides of those boxes are the continuation of the inner sides of the two hulls and the space between them are essentially holds, such as you would find on any barge. We keep our food, spare equipment and weapons in them, that is all."
"Ah." She nodded. "That explains it. And that structure at the back? I assume that is so your steersman can see where he is going."
"As you say, Admiral, but under it is a small cabin for our charts on one side, my own cabin in the middle and a galley - uh, a cooking area - on the other, that we may take refreshment and light meals while away from land."
"An interesting idea. We, of course, must needs find some kind of land whenever we require a hot meal. What about sleeping? Can you do so on board?"
"Aye, Admiral, the oarsmen below have hammocks to sling where they sleep, those above use the deck. We do keep awnings for use when the weather is unhelpful but so far they have not been tested."
"What are hammocks?"
"Ah, Admiral, since we are under way I cannot show you but later, perhaps. A means of sleeping but not on the deck. It would be very difficult to find deck space where those below must pull their oars."
She nodded. "I will be interested to see below, Captain, at your convenience."
Anthar suddenly pointed. "Look, Admiral. Something has caught the attention of your people."
On the Visund Ursula and Tor looked up at Tyra's whistle. She shouted something down and then pointed. Tor immediately put his telescope to his eye and searched in that direction.
"Something... a stranded barge, perhaps, Mistress."
He handed her the telescope and she put it to her own eye. "It is a barge, certainly, but it does not look right. One end is higher than the other and there is no sail." She lowered the brass tube. "Tor, can we pull alongside the Tusk for instructions?"
"Yah, Mistress, it just needs a faster rhythm for a short while."
He called to Lars, who was beating the drum in front of the stern deck, and the beat increased just a little. He then shouted to the men what he wanted and the Visund crept forward, steering to keep a safe distance between the oars of both craft.
Ursula cupped her hands and called up to Eriana, who was hanging over the side of the Tusk.
"A stranded barge! Can we go and look?"
A few words passed between Eriana and the captain of the Tusk and she turned back towards Ursula.
"Yes! Show a white flag if you need our help."
Tor looked at Ursula. "Better under sail, Mistress?"
The yard was already raised, since Tyra was standing on it, but the sail was still furled.
"Yes, please, Tor, that will save time." She turned and called up to Tyra. "Keep your grip! We're dropping the sail!"
Tyra kept a tight grip on a stay as the yard shook beneath her feet. The sail fell with a thump and was sheeted home, but then the yard began to move round to catch the wind. As the direction of travel changed, the yard slowly moved back until it was nearly square. Ursula called up to her.
"What can you see?"
"No sail, no yard, I think it is half sunk, Mistress."
"Tor says keep a lookout for shoals."
"Will do."
The men had by now pulled in their oars and were busy preparing themselves for whatever they would find. As the ship approached it was apparent that the vessel was in dire need of help.
Tor squinted at the vessel. «What is that? It looks like they have had a fire.»
«I think you are right. Maybe a lightning strike during those storms? That would explain why there is no sail or yard.»
«Would someone have found the wreck yesterday?»
Ursula shrugged. «I do not know how often patrols cover the river or how often they report. If this was noticed by barges heading upstream news might not have reached Zebrin yet.»
«Yah. It is off the course most upstream traffic would take, I think. Would anyone have risked a grounding to go and investigate? I do not think so.»
«We can do it because we have a shallower draft,» she agreed. «If anyone else saw someone waving, though, they might have raised the alarm at their next port. I wonder if that Zebrin thing can come this far?»
«We will soon find out, Mistress. Excuse, Tyra asks a change of course.»
With Tyra directing from atop the yard, the Visund soon found a safe way to reach the stranded vessel. As they approached it became clear that a complete disaster had happened. The stern was under water while the bow had grounded and was riding high. The customary rear cabin had been burned almost to the water line. The mast was bare and scorched, no sign of yard or rigging at all except for a few fragments at the masthead.
Soon they were alongside and two men leaped across with ropes, pulling the two vessels together. One looked down into the main hold.
«Captain! Body in the hold.»
Tor joined his men and looked into the hold, which had no covering. He turned to Ursula.
«Mistress, come across, please. This was not caused by lightning.»
Strong hands helped her onto the sloping deck of the barge. She had already spotted a dead man wedged into the bow in a sitting position. She looked into the main hold to see a man's body, floating face down, with a crossbow bolt in his back. Surrounding him in the water which part filled the hold was a torn sack and its spilled contents of grain, now all swollen from being soaked.
Tor pointed at the bow. «Is he dead, Mistress?»
«I would think so, Tor. If anyone survived it would have been him.»
She moved forward and bent down. The rain had washed the blood away but she could still see the hole in his tunic where the crossbow bolt had gone in. She knew it had been a bolt because that was still firmly gripped in the man's right hand. He had used the tip to scratch something in the decking before he had died.
She turned to Tor and shook her head. «No, Tor. Probably died yesterday or possibly even the day before. He has a crossbow wound in the chest.»
«Like this one. Ormund, check the cabin. Most is under water, there may be remains.»
Still holding the rope, Ormund moved aft and glanced down into the ruined cabin.
«Yah, Captain. Three bodies, can't see how they died. Lot of mess floating in the water.»
Ursula rejoined Tor near the main hold. «What do you think?»
He grinned. «Mistress, I was about to ask you that. Hold is empty. Why did they attack?»
«The hold was not empty, Tor. That sack of grain tells me they were loaded. That one got broken, the rest were taken.»
The grin vanished. «Didn't think of that, Mistress. Put up the white flag?»
«Definitely, Tor. Two dead with crossbow bolts means enemy action, not a bargeman gone crazy.»
Tor called instructions across and very shortly a white square of canvas was on its way to the masthead. Ursula gestured for Tyra to come down, there was no point anyone keeping a lookout while they were moored.
Tor turned back to Ursula. «What do you want to do while we wait, Mistress? Should we try and get the bodies out?»
«Not just yet, Tor. Leave everything until the Admiral and the Zebrins can take a look.» She frowned. «While we wait, that man in the bow scratched a message on the deck as he was dying. I want to take a closer look, see if I can understand it.»
The angle wasn't that steep but the positioning was awkward, inside the bow which was canted up. The man had pulled the bolt from his own body, she thought, and used the iron tip to scratch something as he lay, which meant that it was upside down to her. She used a finger to trace the marks but found the script difficult.
BARGE
That confused her. What did it mean? Tor squatted down on the other side and examined the body.
«How long do you think this barge has been here, Tor? Can you tell from the body?»
He put a gentle hand on the man's left arm. «A day, Mistress, maybe two. The body is not stiff, but since we had all that rain -»
«That's it!» Ideas swam around inside her head. «At least I believe so. Now we have to wait for the Admiral.»
«Yah.»
«Tor, if we pulled this barge off the shoal do you think it would float? We'd have to bail out some water but I think the hull looks reasonably sound. The stern is only under water because the bow is up in the air and I don't think the fire had time to get into the hull.»
Tor stood and looked around. «We need to check the stern, Mistress, but I think you are right. The water in the holds is clear so it can only be rainwater from the storms. The level inside is lower than that of the river. We would have to bail out the cabin, though. Why? What use is a wreck like this to us?»
«To carry the bodies in to begin with. These people deserve a proper funeral. Evidence. Most of the cabin survives below the water level, we may get some clue who they are and where they are from.»
He nodded. «Agreed, Mistress. Come with me as far as the stern?»
«I might as well. I'm getting cramp squatting down here.»
She followed Tor to the stern to inspect the damage. It was not long before a call from the Visund made them both look in that direction. They saw that Zebrin's Tusk was now within bowshot. The galley drifted closer, finally getting near enough that a sailor with a boathook could catch the side of the Visund and bring the two together. Eriana jumped across, followed by Anthar and Flotilla-Captain Merion. The three traversed the jumble in the center of the longship, the Zebrins very cautiously, and joined Tor and Ursula on the barge.
"Tor?"
«Ursula had better report, Admiral. The Zebrins will want to understand. Her words are better than mine. She has better ideas too.»
"As you wish, Tor." Eriana turned to the Zebrins and explained, "My men and I were brought up speaking a different tongue. As a daughter of the King I was made to learn the valley tongue - and hated every moment of it, since I saw no use for it in Einnland. My men learn slowly and can understand much of what you say, but finding the words to speak is sometimes harder."
Merion nodded. "As you say, Admiral, but who will then speak?"
Eriana gestured. "Ursula. She is not from Einnland but from somewhere else entirely. She has a special talent for languages."
Merion switched to her. "I thought you a healer, Mistress."
"I have a number of different talents, Flotilla-Captain."
"If you would name me Captain, by your leave. If you could explain what happened here. It seems to me a simple accident caused by a lightning strike from those storms."
"I wish it were so, Captain. There is a body in the main hold with a crossbow bolt in his back. The body at the bow had one in his chest, which he pulled out before he died. This is no storm damage but the result of a pirate attack."
"Do you tell me? Did you find any more crew?"
"Three bodies in what is left of the cabin. I cannot yet tell you how they died. There may have been more who went over the side."
Merion pursed his lips. "This is strange to me. Normally pirates take prisoners to row their galleys. Why would they kill them and leave the barge to float away?"
"They did not want the barge or the men, Captain. What they wanted was the cargo. If you look in the main hold there is a sack of grain that must have split open as they transferred them. I have a good idea what happened."
"Grain, you say?" Merion looked puzzled. "What would pirates do with a barge full of grain?"
"Captain," she replied patiently, "we are now barely a month before the Rains are due. Everybody is gathering in the harvest and making sure they have enough to last until it stops raining. What do you think the pirates are going to eat in that time? I am told the river is so dangerous then that no-one ventures on it at all."
Merion opened his mouth and closed it. The way that pirates organized their lives had never crossed his mind. Pirates were pirates, you caught their galleys and defeated them, everything else was unimportant.
His manner had changed when he next spoke to Ursula. "If you would explain, Mistress."
"I believe this happened, not yesterday but the day before, just before we had those storms. I am assuming that, if this barge was full of grain, that they were heading downstream, is that right?"
"It is so, Mistress. Most of our grain comes from further upstream, even when it is from Zebrin."
"Then they may have had a distress call - or something similar - from another barge. Perhaps someone said they needed a length of rope, canvas for a repair, some herbs for a wound, whatever. Once the two barges had come alongside, the holds of the other one would have opened and a mass of pirates rushed out and onto this one. The first thing they did was to kill all the crew, then they would have begun moving all the grain from here onto their own barge."
Anthar asked, "Mistress, why not just take the whole barge with them?"
She shook her head. "I do not have sufficient information to answer that yet, Captain. So, once the cargo was looted, they threw some oil in the cabin, maybe tossed a bucket of oil on the sail, set fire to both and sailed away, leaving this one to burn down to the waterline and then sink. Only that didn't happen."
Merion nodded. "I understand, Mistress. The thunderstorms. Even if someone saw the barge aflame, they would think it a victim of the storm."
"Until they found the bodies, yes. And once the barge had sank, the bodies could have ended up anywhere, downstream or eaten by what lives in the river. But one of the crew was not yet dead. He managed to crawl into the bow," she pointed, "and scrawled a word on the deck with the bolt he pulled from his own body. That word is BARGE, you can go and see it for yourself. The fact that he did that suggests to me that he considered it important enough to perhaps shorten his own life by using the only object with a metal tip that was within his reach. It suggested to me that the deed was not carried out by a galley, as you first thought, but a barge sailing under false pretenses.
"Then the barge drifted downstream until it ended up on this shoal. I do not know how long that man survived but probably not more than a few... bells."
Merion nodded. "I believe that it is as you say, Mistress. This late in the season a normal galley would have been restricted to the main channels of the river, which would have limited its ability to prey on passing traffic. Of course, if they had used a galley they would simply have put a prize crew aboard or, at worst, taken the barge in tow." He frowned. "There are still matters that puzzle me, though."
"Me too, Captain."
Eriana asked, "Ursula? You have some thoughts on what we should do next."
"Admiral, with respect to this barge, I do. Tor and I have looked it over and think it can be refloated. Once it is off this shoal the cabin at least would have to be bailed out but the hull looks undamaged and the water in the holds is only from the storms. There may be clues in the cabin as to the origins of the barge and so on, and it would be the most convenient way to carry the bodies with us for a decent funeral."
"Clues in the cabin?" asked Merion.
"Have a look for yourself, Captain. There is a lot of loose stuff floating around and the drawers and cupboards look untouched. The pirates were not after gold or valuables, they wanted the grain."
Eriana mused, "We would have to tow the barge, of course. Where is the nearest port we could take it, Captain?"
Merion frowned. "As you may know, most of the banks on this stretch of the river are covered by a dense mat of trees with stalks that reach down into the water and tangle one with another. There are few ports or even fishing villages I can think of. More on the Faralmark side, perhaps. Because of the growth and the movement of the river, our records are not as accurate as any who travel by water would desire."
Eriana turned and called over, "Hashim! We are looking for somewhere to take this barge. There are five bodies that should have decent funerals and we must needs examine the barge somewhere safer than here."
He called back, "Admiral, I will have a look at our charts."
While they waited Anthar said, "Admiral, I think it will be easy to pull this off with the Tusk. Do you not feel the slight movement? It is only caught by the bow, I deem, not solidly grounded."
Eriana's feet were bare and, after a moment, she nodded. "Aye, you are right, Captain. Captain Merion, by your leave? You and your people should be familiar with such salvage methods, I will defer to your crew."
"Thank you, Admiral. Aye, it will be good exercise for the men."
Anthar said, "Sir, we have a lever pump in the hold we could use to remove the water from the cabin."
"A good suggestion, Anthar. First we must pull the barge off this shoal and ensure that it does not sink before our eyes. Then we may put some of your men aboard with the pump, bring it to a level and safe to tow."
"Aye, Sir. It shall be done."
Hashim called out, "Admiral, there are some small fishing villages. On the Faralmark side we have Tuvalek and Farso, both on the downstream side. On the upstream side from here, there is Hamalbek, Jenbek and Analis. On the Zebrin side, going upstream, we have Paktrin, Nobalo, Vormerin and Zoon - but Zoon is almost opposite Bibek. Most are in creeks away from the Sirrel. Does that remind you of anything?"
Eriana's eyes skipped along the thick vegetation which grew on both banks. "Aye, it does. Think you one of those is where our pirates may lair?"
He shrugged. "Admiral, it seems to me that such banks as these could hide several armies anywhere and no-one would ever find them. I merely recall what Bakhrad was said to be like before we arrived."
"Indeed. Hashim, thank you."
Merion asked, "What is this?"
"Oh, you were not there when we retold what happened to us when we traveled through Yod. A quiet backwater village, we thought, but it was held by a band of renegade Yodan soldiers. They had already captured three barges before we arrived, our Green Ptuvil was one of them."
"I assume you prevailed?"
"You assume correctly, Captain. When we have leisure I will tell the story again, you will understand what manner of people we are."
"As you say. But first, by your leave, we must secure this barge and make it safe enough to be towed."
"That means we should move my ship out of your way."
"As you say, Admiral. If I may suggest, perhaps you could continue upriver and rejoin your barge. When we parted it was heading for a small islet known to Captain Baros, to await the arrival of our vessels."
"Ah? Then we will do the same. Tor! Make ready for all to return on board and move out of the way of the galley."
«Yah, Admiral.»
Merion asked, "Admiral, do you go with your men or remain with us?"
Eriana thought briefly before replying, "I will remain with you, I deem. My presence here, after all, was to observe your ship, its crew and its methods."
"We will be glad to have you with us, Admiral. Already I believe we have both benefited by your presence aboard."
* * *
Upriver from the confluence with the River Pak the Sirrel trended north of west; Ursula had looked over Hashim's charts before they had reached the Sirrel. In a straight line they would have reached Bibek in that direction but of course the river never flowed in a straight line for long. The first few wrinkles were minor, but the Visund was soon out of sight of both the Zebrin's Tusk and the Green Ptuvil.
Everybody else does it but I am nervous about being alone on the river, especially after that pirate attack.
Still, if they decide to attack us won't they get a surprise!
The wind was favorable and the ship moved along at a gratifying rate, Tor carefully keeping them out of the main current. She knew that they might have to cross shortly, since the Sirrel made a kink to the south-west before a long curve returned it to the original line.
They used the sail alone to cross to the southern side just before the next reach and turned the corner. There, plainly visible in the morning sun, was a barge with its sail down, apparently anchored or moored near the center of the river.
Hashim had the telescope to his eye.
"Can you tell who it is yet, Hashim?"
"Not yet, Mistress. Too much reflection from the water. It is end-on as well which means I cannot make out the modified holds at all."
...And this is one occasion where I should have had those sunglasses on!
"It isn't a problem. We are still, what, a mark and a half away?"
"Around that, Mistress. Ah! Someone has run up a flag." He muttered something impolite. "I cannot see that properly either."
"It does mean that they have seen us, and, unlike them we are very identifiable." She turned. «Tor! That looks like our barge. Steer for it.»
«Yah, Mistress.»
They had barely covered half the distance before there was an urgent whistling from the masthead.
Hashim looked up and then turned to Ursula. "Mistress, she whistles 'Enemy in sight'."
Ursula looked up and saw Tyra's arm outstretched at an angle to the moored barge. Without a word Hashim handed her the telescope.
"Two barges! Alongside each other. Maybe a mark, two marks beyond. That could be another attack or just someone in trouble." She handed back the telescope. "What do you think?"
Hashim took a while to examine the scene. "It is difficult to make out, Mistress, but it does not look right."
"Then we'll go and look. We might scare them off, or if it is something innocent, maybe we can offer help."
"On our own, Mistress?"
"If we do not go now, we could have nothing but bodies to find."
She turned to the stern deck. «Tor! Two barges, maybe another attack. Head where Tyra points as fast as possible, please.»
«Yah, I see them. What about friends on the other barge?»
«As before, we need to provide a distraction if that is really pirates.»
«Yah, Mistress. I understand.»
He began calling out orders. The men exploded into activity finding their weapons, while the sailors moved the yard around to make best use of the wind. As the canvas tightened she could feel the increase in speed. As the Visund shot past the Green Ptuvil Ursula managed a short whistle sequence which would hopefully alert them to any possible danger.
The Visund bucked across the main current to reach the downstream side and it was apparent that they had been seen. The activity aboard the two barges increased and then there was a sudden flare as one of the big lateen sails caught fire. Everybody on board groaned. But that was apparently a parting gesture as the other barge cast off, set its own sail and disappeared upstream, hugging the Faralmark bank.
"They leave us little choice," Ursula said in a tone of defeat. "We cannot leave possibly wounded men behind us."
"Agreed, Mistress."
Ursula called up, "Tyra, keep those pirates in sight as long as you can, please. We have to help their victims."
Tyra whistled an 'OK' and turned her attention upstream.
«Tor, head for the burning barge. We have people to rescue.»
It seemed that only the sail had been fired, possibly just to delay the bargemen - should any remain alive - calling for help, and to interfere with rescue efforts. It was fortunate that the action had been seen in time.
The barge was, of course, drifting downstream with the current. This meant that Tor had to make a difficult turn midstream in order to catch up to it, while not losing the wind which made the Visund navigable. She was surprised at how easily he managed the task. It seemed that they knew how to catch other ships at sea and she decided not to ask for details.
Eventually the two were riding side by side and they could see two men talking and looking at the Visund, which of course bristled with heavily armed men, plainly visible from their higher viewpoint. However, a whistle made them look up at the masthead where Tyra waved at them. This must have convinced them that the Norse intentions were peaceful and a line was thrown across, bringing the two craft hull-to-hull.
"What are you people? Are pirates fighting each other now for the spoils?"
"We are fighting the pirates, yes," Ursula called up, "but we are not pirates, we are the River Patrol. Do you need help? I am a healer."
"Oh, we need help all right," the taller of the two men called down, "but you are too late to save two of my men. Do you need a ladder?"
"Please." Ursula turned and called up. "Tyra, remain there and keep looking at that barge, please. Karan can be my assistant here."
"As you command, Mistress."
Much to the consternation of the two men, Lars and Ragnar climbed up the rope ladder first. They made a quick survey of the barge before calling down.
"Is safe, Mistress. Three bodies here, two wounded in cabin and these two are both injured. Come up."
She hauled herself up the rope ladder and leaned over to have her basket handed to her by Karan, who then followed. She turned to the two men, who she could now see both had wounds.
"I am Ursula," she introduced herself. "I have a fancy title but for now just call me Mistress. This is my assistant Karan."
"Thank you for rescuing us, Mistress. I apologize for my earlier comment, I can now see that you all wear a uniform - even that crazy girl standing on the yard!"
"It is a long story," she responded. "You might hear it all later." She looked at the mess on the deck. "I thought you said you had two dead."
"That bastard is one of the pirates," the man pointed. "He didn't know we had crossbows of our own aboard. Still, we'd have all been dead if you hadn't arrived when you did."
"What's that blood on your tunic? A crossbow wound?"
"Aye, Mistress. I think it bounced off my ribs, don't think it hit anything important."
"I'll have a look, please. What about you?" She asked the other man.
"Sword cut," he said, showing a bloody sleeve. "You don't think but it's natural to put up your arm to defend yourself."
She winced. "You'd better both come along to the cabin."
"But we are adrift, we will be grounded!"
"Of course. Excuse me a moment."
She went to the side and called over to Tor. «They are worried they could run aground, and so am I if we are left to drift together. Can you move up and take the barge in tow? I would like to move us over to join the Green Ptuvil.»
«Can only try, Mistress. You fix wounded?»
She smiled. «Can only try, Tor.»
"What tongue is that? Never heard that before." The taller of the two men had joined her.
"These men come from a land a long way away," she explained. "They understand the valley tongue but it is quicker for me to tell them what I want in their own tongue. Oh, Karan, take my basket and make a start in the cabin, please." To the man she added, "I think we can take you in tow. See that barge moored up over there? That has more of our people aboard, it will make sense for us if we are not scattered all over the river."
"If we're back there, who's looking after the boat?"
"Will you let our men manage that? You'll be under tow so there won't be much for you to do anyway, not without a sail."
"No, and nobody carries that much canvas as a spare," the first man said morosely.
"We've had some trouble like that ourselves," she told them. "This isn't our first brush with pirates."
"I'm beginning to realize that. If you would follow me, Mistress."
She called across to Tor, who was issuing orders to his men. «Tor, send some men over to help with the towing. It looks like every crew man who survived is injured and needs treatment.»
«Will do, Mistress.» He turned back and continued giving orders.
Ursula followed the men to the stern where she found the deck spattered with blood, indicating where the fighting had been heaviest. Karan looked up as she ducked into the cabin.
"Mistress, this man has a sword cut to his leg. I have not attempted to do anything more than stop the bleeding. The other man -" he gestured, "- has a cut on his left arm, but the wound on his belly looks more serious. I have bandaged both for now to stop the bleeding."
"Good work, Karan. This man," she indicated the taller man from outside, "has a crossbow wound which, he says, bounced off his ribs. The other has a cut on his upper arm. Let me see to your belly wound first, that is the most serious, you check his chest wound."
"Of course, Mistress."
The tall man eyed her curiously as he found a place on the bench seating. "You give everyone orders, Mistress. Are you in charge of that strange boat?"
"I suppose I am, for now," she replied. "The owner is elsewhere, helping another barge we found just... a bell or so ago, stranded on a shoal with five dead crew aboard. That one had been stripped of its cargo. You are lucky we arrived before they could do the same to you."
He gave a rueful chuckle. "Mistress, they would have found scant booty here. At the bottom of the hold we have fine masonry stone, above that there is expensive hardwood, all intended for a mansion for some noble in Pakmal. Oh, we do have some few sacks of spices and dried fruit in the forward hold, enough to put coin in our pockets for a few beers."
Ursula felt a chill. "Some noble? Do you have a name?"
He eyed her with interest as she lifted the other man's tunic and began cleaning the wound. "Count Ersalar, it says on the documents. Why? Do you know him?"
"No, before we left Zebrin we had an... interaction... with a Count Korboro, that is all. I wondered if your cargo was destined for him."
He turned his head and spat on the deck. "Korboro! I would charge extra to do anything for him, even to throw him a rope if he was drowning in the Sirrel."
She looked critically at the wound. It was a typical sword thrust and she had no idea how far it had gone in.
"I'm sorry," she told the man. "I'll need more space and better light to do much more than patch you up. How do you feel?"
"It doesn't hurt, it that's what you are asking," the man replied. "But I know what a sword wound in the gut means, Mistress. We're all retired soldiers, we've all seen some action over the years."
"I hope it doesn't come to that," she tried to reassure him, "I am more than just a healer, I am a surgeon and handled battlefield wounds just a week ago in Faralan. This cabin isn't the right place to do that."
"Do you tell me?" The man leaned back and closed his eyes. "If you would do your best, Mistress. I have no desire to die just yet."
"I always do my best. What is your name?"
"Jard, Mistress, from Nokan in Benmond. We're all from Benmond."
She looked at the tall man, upon whom Karan was just tying off a chest bandage.
"Okanar, Mistress," he offered. "Master of this barge, Nokan's Pride." He pointed to the other man who had been outside. "Darro, Second Mate. First Mate is dead, he was named Twirn. That one is Selt, the other one dead on the deck was named Briss."
"Thank you. You should know that you cannot ask anything from Count Korboro, he is also dead. I should not tell you how I know."
Okanar was surprised. "Dead! There will be much rejoicing, I deem."
"And trouble. Now, let us finish cleaning you up."
When Ursula emerged from the cabin she discovered that the long yard had been gingerly lowered to the deck by the Norse, fearful that the partially burned rigging would fail while they did it. Both vessels now pointed upstream though she had not felt the movement. The Visund had not been designed for towing but four separate lines led forward from the bow of Nokan's Pride to be secured on the benches of the longship. A man stood ready with an ax to cut the lines if anything went wrong.
Brodgar, who was on the Pride supervising the tow from that end, explained it to Ursula.
«Mistress, the Visund has to be upstream from this boat to keep the lines taut. If it loses the wind, we could ram it from behind so we must be ready to avoid if that happens. We have to go across the current to get to the other barge and control of both craft at the same time will be awkward.» He grinned at her. «We have done this before, towing a much smaller boat but not anything this big or heavy. First time for everything, yah?»
«Yah, Brodgar. On this voyage we have already had a lot of first times.»
«I have learned a lot that is new, Mistress. How are the crew?»
«Nobody is about to die yet, Brodgar, but there are two serious wounds and some of the other cuts will reduce strength and movement in their arms. They are all retired soldiers, they had weapons to defend themselves and they know what might happen when wounded.»
«Yah, we are the same. Good.» He pointed. «Look, Mistress, funny galley comes with the other barge.»
«Let us go and join them, then.»
The base of operations of the pirates must be found and that will mean that Eriana's scratch force must work together with those of Zebrin. The banks of the Sirrel must be searched for any sign of activity and then a plan devised to defeat them, but the Norse make other, more interesting finds as they move along.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
78 - Flotsam and Jetsam
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
It took some time before the Visund and the
heavily-laden Nokan's Pride could work their way across the
Sirrel to reach the other vessels, now all moored to the small
sandbank the Green Ptuvil had found. Tyra's abilities at the
top of the Visund's mast had been key, finding a safe route
through the shoals and shifting channels for the barge. Now the two
craft approached from the Zebrin side, where the water was a little
deeper. Zebrin sailors with boathooks were waiting to haul them
closer to Zebrin's Tusk to moor.
Once the two had been made secure, Ursula made arrangements for the injured to be lifted onto the larger vessel and then followed, leaving only Brodgar as watchman on the barge. Stepping through the door from the exposed stern she found herself in a long, thin compartment that ran the entire length of the left hull. She did not have time to examine the compartment further as a Zebrin sailor ushered her up some stairs to the deck above, emerging at one side of the block of cabins at the rear of the main deck.
On the main deck the Zebrins had already begun erecting awnings, using poles which slotted into the ship's sides and bridged with laths running the whole length and width of the deck. Over this, at the far end, others were already unrolling canvas to keep the heat of the midday sun away from the crews. The deck was crowded with men from all the vessels, with the officers collected in front of the cabins.
"Ursula! Join us, if you would." Eriana beckoned. "There is much to discuss. How are your wounded?"
"Admiral, by your leave, there are two wounds which must have immediate attention. Once I can get them in the shade of these awnings I want to open their dressings and see what I can do."
Merion asked, "Mistress, if I may ask, what manner of wounds do those men have?"
"A gut wound, two cuts to arms and a leg cut, all from swords, and a chest wound from a crossbow, I would think."
A Zebrin strode forward with a superior look on his face. "By your leave, Mistress, I am a surgeon, I may be more able to handle a battle wound than a healer might."
Ursula could hear the unsaid mere in his voice. Before she could even open her mouth Eriana intervened.
"By your leave, Master, Ursula is an accomplished surgeon, well able to take care of battlefield injuries. She has done so not a week since."
He looked surprised and offended but bowed deference to higher authority. "As you desire, Admiral."
The injured were lying in stretchers on the deck, partially shaded by the 'holds' but that would not last long as the sun moved. The awnings would soon solve that problem, though.
Ursula turned to Anthar. "Captain, can I lift these men on top of the lockers? It will be easier to treat them there."
"As you wish, Mistress. Is there anything we may provide for you?"
"Let me think. A bowl of some water that has been boiled, please, but is no longer hot. And a reed like those used for writing."
"A reed, Mistress? Do you also need ink and parchment?"
"Just the reed, please."
Four sailors lifted Jard onto the waist-high hatch cover just as others were unrolling the canvas above them to provide shade. Ursula and Karan unwrapped the bandages and made their patient comfortable. Shortly a man who Ursula immediately categorized as 'cook' brought them a metal bowl full of tepid water. The two medics cleaned the skin around the wound and Ursula smeared some numbing salve around it to lessen the inevitable discomfort.
Anthar returned with a length of reed from the map cabin and handed it over, remaining nearby to see what she did with it. Ursula cut a short length of the reed, put one end in her mouth, the other end in the bowl and sucked. Keeping the water in the reed, she moved over to her patient and blew the water directly into the wound, flushing it out.
She repeated this and then turned to Karan. "Can I have the tool roll out of the satchel, please."
"Mistress? I thought that Tyra had the satchel."
Tyra immediately said, "But I thought... No matter, Mistress, I will fetch it."
She turned, took a step and then leapt onto the top of the handrail, balancing herself by the poles the men had erected, before launching herself into space. One outstretched arm caught the rigging of the Visund, swinging her round, then the other arm found a different rope and she stabilized. Sliding swiftly down to the deck accompanied by applause from the Norse still on board, she moved forward to find the satchel.
Ursula glanced at the crowd on deck. Most of the officers had their mouths open with amazement while many of the men instead showed admiration and a certain amount of calculation.
Merion coughed. "Ah, does she often behave like this, Mistress?"
"She comes from a family of fisher folk in Joth," Ursula explained. "Where they live the housing is cramped and there are balconies and many lines of washing across the street. All the children play there, climbing along the ropes and swinging about. It terrifies me but apparently their parents see no problem. I have never seen her do that particular action before but it does not surprise me."
"Do your men behave in a like manner?"
Ursula turned. "Admiral?"
"She is young, she is flexible, she may do things few of my men could attempt, certainly," Eriana replied. "Tyra does not come from the same land as me or my men, her childhood was very different. If you ask, should such training be part of your men's duties, then I would reply, why not? Not all could do it, but the younger and lighter of weight may find that it could be of benefit to you. For example, when you must board another ship in combat, your men must likely do so by similar means."
"I had not considered that, Admiral, but you are of course right. Captain Anthar, Palarand offers new ideas which may improve our duties."
"As you say, Sir. This voyage to Bibek would appear to be more interesting than I had believed."
Merion nodded. "And we may learn more from each other, I deem."
Tyra reappeared with the satchel, barely out of breath, having returned the orthodox way. She handed it to Ursula.
"Did you take a chance, Tyra?"
"Not really, Mistress. I saw the mast there and thought, I can take a short cut."
"Well, by doing so you have impressed every single person on this ship, Tyra. Thank you."
She blushed and stared at the deck. "Mistress."
Ursula lifted out her tool roll, placed it on the hatch cover and unrolled it, pointing.
"I have two retractors here, Karan, a wide one and a narrow one. For sword wounds, unless it is a cut, we can only use the narrow one. What I want to do is for you to keep the wound open, like this," she demonstrated, "while I blow some more water inside. Once it is cleared I can try and take a look inside to see if anything serious has been cut."
"Yes, Mistress. Like this?"
"That's right. Now, if you press down, gently, here, it should stay by itself."
"Ah, I understand. A clever tool, Mistress."
Ursula flushed out the wound and, with the aid of the bright sunlight that seeped through the awnings, she could see that although the wound was deep the blade had managed to slide past the gut.
"Take a look, quickly, before the blood comes back."
"Mistress."
She explained, "While the blade has cut through tissue it looks like it will heal clean. The gut itself seems to be intact, otherwise we would have to do an immediate operation to cut the patient open and sew up the hole in the gut. It is that hole which makes most gut wounds fatal, since what is inside can fester when let out into the body cavity."
"As you say, Mistress," Karan responded, his gaze down the open wound. "It begins to fill with blood again."
"We have to be careful what we put in the wound," she added. "No herbs because once they are used up they will begin to rot. I'm going to pour a little alcohol in there to sterilize the area before we sew it up again. While I'm doing that, can you fetch out the needles and thread? I would like them to be boiled before we use them."
With the needles and thread in his hand, Karan asked, "Mistress? Should I take these to the cook?"
"Please. Use as little water as possible, we need to sew up this wound quickly and then attend to the others."
She flushed the wound again as Karan departed and then gently poured a few drops of spirit into it. Jarl twitched sharply.
"Ow! Mistress, that stings."
"I am sorry, I have flushed away most of the numbing salve. What I have put in your wound will kill off anything that might have been on the sword blade. You should be fine once it is sewn up and you have rested."
"You have my grateful thanks, Mistress. I was sure that I was going to die." He paused. "Would you really have cut me open?"
"Yes, and I have already saved another man's life by doing just that. Fortunately for you, I do know what I am doing."
The Zebrin surgeon came closer. "Mistress, you use tools and ideas unknown to me. If I may attend."
"I have no objection... will you give me your name?"
He flushed. "Of course, Mistress. I am named Zerron, and I have a rank equivalent to Galley-Captain, though I am not in the normal tree of command."
"Very well, Captain Zerron, I am Ursula, perhaps you could help while my assistant is away."
When they had finished attending the injured men, she rinsed her hands in the remains of the water that had sterilized the sewing kit and Zerron copied her.
Merion said, "A most impressive display, Mistress. Is this what healing is like in Palarand?"
"Regrettably no, Captain. I learned my trade elsewhere and it took many years of tuition and experience to be able to do what I did today."
"Elsewhere, Mistress? Would I know of it?"
Eriana intervened. "The land of Ursula's birth is somewhere else entirely, Captain. That discussion is not important today, I deem. Ursula, have you now finished what you needed to do?"
"Yes, Admiral. If there is anything else then Karan can do it, or if necessary he can come and find me."
"Then, by your leave, you should join us in the Captain's cabin where we must needs discuss what we do next."
"Of course, Admiral."
* * *
This time the Visund towed the as-yet-unnamed fire-damaged barge, as it was empty and thus lighter, while Zebrin's Tusk, with its greater manpower, towed the heavily-laden Nokan's Pride. The Green Ptuvil followed slowly in their wake. Discussion had made them realize that the two attacked barges would be liabilities and were best left at a nearby port, which happened to be Paktrin, just a short distance downstream on the Zebrin side. There, the bodies could be given a respectful funeral and the injured tended in greater comfort while the port authorities looked after the vessels.
Paktrin was essentially a fishing village but, because it was situated on the inside edge of a bend, the Sirrel at this time of year was almost a mark and a half away from the village. The pontoons were crude logs with the upper surface roughly chopped flat with an adze, set parallel with the current shoreline and secured in an obscure fashion without the usual poles. Once space had been found for the four vessels to berth, a procession of rowing boats was used to ferry everything and everyone between the pontoons and dry land.
"I must admit that I find myself interested," Eriana told Merion. "I understand that such a small place would not have arrangements such as we have found everywhere else, but what keeps those pontoons in place?"
"It is, indeed, a curious arrangement," Merion agreed. "At the lowest of waters, then, I understand that large rocks were transported far out into the river and dropped with chains running from them all the way to the land, secured as high as possible at the bank end. The ends of the pontoons are attached to the chains by means of short sections which reach the river bed. As the river level rises and lowers, so the chains are lifted, the attachment points are moved and the pontoons are shifted in and out as required."
"Curious, and only possible at such small places as this, I deem. Having to row everything and everyone in and out would not work anywhere larger."
"As you say, Admiral."
"We cannot begin our search today," she added. "Do you know if there are hostels here for travelers desiring to overnight?"
"Of course, Admiral, though I do not know if they will have sufficient accommodation for all your men."
"We will find some compromise, I am sure. But what of your own men?"
Merion smiled. "That is one of the benefits of our design, Admiral. All may sleep aboard, although some will be more comfortable than others."
"Ah, I had forgotten that. And if your men sleep aboard, then it follows that you could depart swiftly should the need arise?"
"That is the idea, Admiral. I would add that normally we would all prefer to sleep in a barracks should one be available."
"Agreed. We have slept on the Visund, at sea and even during terrible storms. It is not an experience I desire to repeat but if duty requires it..." Eriana shrugged. "By your leave, let us go and discover this accommodation you mention."
~o~O~o~
Map courtesy of Julia Phillips
Early the following morning the two ships departed in different directions, the Tusk intending to travel slowly up the Zebrin side while the Visund had elected to take the Faralmark side. It was thought that firstly, it was the more likely side for the pirates to be, secondly, the unusual-looking craft would raise less suspicions among watchers than an obviously official craft and, lastly that Faralmark was a member of the Federation and thus Eriana in theory had authority there, which the Zebrins did not.
The Green Ptuvil had returned to the sandbank as a reserve base of operations should any problems occur, intending to continue upstream to Vormarin later that afternoon.
Flotilla-Captain Merion had joined the Visund, as had six of the Tusk's crew to balance out the numbers. Merion wanted to experience the river on a craft unlike any he had ever seen before and the men were there to lend a hand at the oars. Eriana had to join them as she would be the one with legal authority should they discover anything on that bank.
There had been a discussion that morning about uniforms. Lars had pointed out that the very noticeable yellow-and-black colors of the Zebrins would be immediately spotted by anyone on the banks, thus raising suspicion and alarm. Spare tee shirts had been borrowed from some of the Norse but nobody was willing to part with shorts, for obvious personal reasons. It was considered that the pale yellow tights the Zebrins still wore would not raise too many questions by onlookers, particularly if they remained seated.
Flotilla-Captain Merion received an accidental sideways promotion to an equivalent rank: his borrowed tee shirt had epaulettes and Eriana's old Commodore slides were available so they were fitted to his attire. After some discussion it was decided that he preferred the new rank to his old one, so everybody addressed him as 'Commodore Merion' from then on.
The Visund drifted gently downstream along the Zebrin bank of the river until the point where the current crossed sides, just before the bend where the River Pak joined the Sirrel. With everyone on the oars and the sail furled, it was possible to cross to the other side, avoiding considerable downstream traffic, to begin their search.
This leg was deliberately intended to be a slow affair, to give those on board an opportunity to spot anything untoward along the bank, most of which was hidden in a tangle of the mangrove-like forest. They passed a small creek that led to Farso, skipping it as being too close to the traffic area around the River Pak entrance.
The next village, Tuvalek, was along a wider, muddy creek and everyone was on the highest alert as they entered. The landing stages around the village were soon found little more than half a mark from the main river. The Visund was immediately spotted by some fishermen, who launched two small boats to discover what the large ship was doing there.
"Ho, the strange craft! What are you? Do you need anything from us?"
Hashim, standing on the thwart and holding onto a stay, answered. "This is the ship Visund and its crew, who come from a far distant land. They are on an exploration of the Sirrel. I am Hashim, a local pilot, though I have not traveled this reach for some time. We learned of pirate trouble at our last port, do you know any more?"
"Pirates?" The man in the first fishing boat spat into the water. "Aye, it is known they prey on craft along this reach of the Sirrel ever since those of Yod were defeated. They do not interfere with us fisherfolk, though. I guess they know our life is hard enough as it is."
"Have you seen them? What manner of craft do they use? We have seen pirates along the Lower Fanir reach, that was a galley we were fortunate to escape from."
"Do you tell me? Aye, I remember seeing a galley earlier this year that was not of Faralmark or Zebrin but only at a distance. I have seen it several times in the past. The river is now too low for such a large vessel to be useful for good or ill, I deem. Oso? You mentioned something you saw but two days hence."
The other man sculled closer to the longship, taking in its details with interest. "Oh, aye! That was just as that thunderstorm began, the big one. It looked like a barge had been hit by lightning and another barge came to rescue it, but the newcomer did not stay for very long. I was not surprised, it was bad weather to be out in." He, too, spat into the water. "I did not see more, I was too busy trying not to be drowned myself, but something did not look right in the way it happened. I wonder, Fasin, you just said the water was too shallow for galleys, do you think they might be using barges instead?"
The first man thought and then nodded. "Aye, it would make sense, Oso. If they kept some barges they took, they could use them as the river lowered, though it will soon be too low for barges in many places. Master, that fancy ship of yours looks as though it sits atop the water. How does it do that?"
Hashim replied, "Where I am standing our ship is very wide though it comes down to a point at both ends. It draws about half a stride loaded as we are, which means we can go almost anywhere."
"Clever." Oso made a sweeping gesture at the crew with his free arm. "Where do those fine folk come from, then, to build a ship like that? I have never seen the like before. Somewhere beyond Yod, I deem."
Hashim laughed. "Oh, aye, and the rest of the Sirrel as well. They sailed a week on the open sea to even reach the mouth of the river."
Oso's jaw dropped. "Do you tell me? You would not make a jest to a poor fisherman, would you?"
"No indeed, my good man. This crew is so foreign that most do not even speak the Valley tongue, which is why I am here. If you could tell us, how far along the bank would the next village be? I'm thinking we will probably want somewhere to stop for lunch but this jungle," he in turn swept an arm around at the scenery, "does not look inviting."
"Downstream is Farso, barely a bell that way, Master. Upstream," Oso shrugged, "the river moved some years ago and several villages we used to visit are deep in the tanglewood now. The next one I know of on this bank that still survives may be Hamalbek, but that is a long way away. Hard to find, too."
"Ah?"
"Aye, Master, the river shifted south and cut Hamalbek, Jenbek and a slice of the old course off. They dug channels to reach the new river course but most of the new land has been covered by the tanglewood since then. We do talk to some of the fishermen from the Zebrin side and they reckoned that Hamalbek has been swallowed up by the forest. Leastways, nobody seems to fish from there any more. Jenbek, that is a long way beyond where Hamalbek was, but I have met one or two fishermen from there so they still survive, they might be able to tell you more."
"Oh. That is disappointing. Well, friends, I thank you for your news. We had better leave you and your village in peace and go back to the main river now, see if we can find a sandbank to moor at for lunch."
"Master, you and yours could lunch here, by your leave."
Hashim shook his head. "Goodman, we thank you for the offer but we are too many for you and we have a long way to travel today. We have food and drink enough to feed ourselves but do not care to strain your village. Good fishing to you."
"Our thanks to you for considering our small village, Master. A safe journey to you and your ship."
Back on the Sirrel with the oars out once more, Eriana, Tor, Ursula, Hashim and Merion clustered around the charts.
Merion tapped with a finger. "I remember it now. During one Rains, seven or eight years ago now, the river ate part of Zebrin and spat it out on the Faralmark side, leaving the old course as a thin ribbon lake. We do not begrudge the Sirrel, it is Mistress of the Great Valley and goes where it wills. Some villages on the Faralmark side which were on the river became landlocked and no longer able to use the river for access. Hamalbek and Jenbek cut channels to be able to get their vessels out to the river but I do not know if they still can.
"Of course, on our side some of the forest was washed away, as were three... no, four villages. Nobalo and Vormarin suddenly discovered that they were now on the banks of the river and some of the survivors of those others have moved there to resume fishing. On the other side of Zebrin, further upstream, we gained some land. There is some kind of balance, I deem, but it does make the drawing of charts a tedious business."
Hashim nodded. "Aye, Commodore, I can only agree." He looked up. "Admiral, your orders?"
Eriana studied the chart. "Hamalbek, if it still exists, is a long way away upstream from here. I propose that we examine the banks along this part for any signs, then cross the river to take lunch with the Green Ptuvil, since we know where that is moored. We can exchange news and anything else that is needful. Then we can return across and continue our search upstream after lunch."
Merion asked, "Do you expect to find anything in this part of the reach, Admiral?"
"It is less likely, Commodore, but it will give us good practice for later. Ursula? Have you any thoughts?"
"Admiral, what should we do if we do see anything?"
"A good point, Ursula. We do not desire to be discovered looking for pirates but it is certain that, wherever they are, they will be keeping a lookout along the edge of the forest overlooking the river, as they did at Bakhrad. Therefore, we must needs be seen to be searching for something else."
"Salvage, Admiral," Merion suggested. "There is any amount of material washed down the river both from craft taken by pirates and from other accidents and incidents. Much becomes tangled in the many forest roots along the river's edge and some of it is still valuable when found. There are a small number of craft who make a living just looking for such salvage."
"An interesting idea, Commodore. If we are to use such a ruse then my crew will need to know what to do."
"And we would carefully ignore anything else we might accidentally observe."
Eriana smiled at Merion. "As you say, Commodore. Let me explain it to them in our own tongue lest there be any mistakes."
She climbed onto the stern deck, turned and called for silence, then told her men the plan in Norse. There were some comments along the lines of "teaching them their business" but all understood the point, not to alert the pirates to a possible attack. With the oars once more in use, they moved slowly along the matted tangle of roots and branches that formed the margin of the forest, though at this low level of the water some mud and silt now showed.
«There, look! Is that a barrel? Over there, there are more!»
A bell had passed with the crew sighting little but odd planks and scraps of sailcloth. Trapped in the roots and now raised above the water line at least three barrels, heavily weathered, were now visible.
«Get the praam out,» Eriana decided. «Two of you go and see if you can reach those barrels.»
Two were reachable, the third would have required considerable hacking of the undergrowth to recover. The two were towed back to the Visund and laboriously lifted aboard.
"If I am not mistaken," Merion judged, "these two are wine barrels from a good producer in the Faral Valley. See here, Admiral," he rolled the barrel over to reveal a vineyard brand, "this is his mark. The contents could be a good quality red wine, should it be intact."
"And why would it not be, Commodore?"
He shook his head. "Admiral, we have no idea how long those barrels have lain there in the water, beaten by the sun and knocked around by the water. If there is any damage they might hold naught but river water. Even if they are intact the poor handling may have made the wines undrinkable."
"Ah, of course. We will take them to the meeting place and leave them with Baros, I deem. Let us continue searching, I find this scouring of the banks an intriguing sport."
"As you say, Admiral."
Further along another, smaller barrel was sighted, this one on the mud and looking as if it had only been recently lost. It was brought aboard and, after a rudimentary cleaning, the markings examined.
"This is a prime grade oil, I deem," Merion offered. "Master Hashim, do you know any more?"
"By your leave, Commodore, it has been some while since I have had much to do with commerce such as this." Hashim had explained to the Zebrin about his capture by Yod, his time on their galleys and then being left destitute in Forguland. "I do not recognize the mark but it is definitely oil of a kind that may be used for preparing food rather than just filling lamps or lubrication."
Eriana said, "Do you tell me? Merion, is this likely to be damaged as those wine barrels may be?"
"Unlikely, Admiral, it does not look as if it has been in the river for very long. It may even have fallen from one of those barges we rescued."
"Then we may keep it, I deem. Adin?"
The little cook scrambled over to join them. "Admiral?"
"This appears to be a barrel of good quality food oil, it may be of use to you for our meals. It will need to be tested, of course, but you may put it with our other foodstuffs."
"With pleasure, Admiral."
* * *
"Ho!" Baros called as the Visund approached the Green Ptuvil. "Forget something, Admiral?"
"Not this time, Baros," Eriana replied, "this is just a convenient place and time for us to take lunch. Have you had any trouble here?"
"Nothing at all, Admiral," he replied as the two craft came together and were secured by lines. "We have had three barges approach and ask us if we needed help but we told them we were waiting for friends to arrive."
Eriana sprang from ship to barge to receive a salute from Baros. "And now we have arrived, I deem."
"I'll ask Kedian to start water boiling for pel, by your leave."
She grinned. "You know me too well, Baros. If you would look, just behind the mast," she pointed, "there are two barrels we found along the other bank which Merion says contains wine, though nobody knows if the contents are any good."
Baros shaded his eyes, looked and then nodded. "We used to find odds and ends occasionally, Admiral. If they were large, as those barrels are, and we were in no hurry, then we would try to take them aboard or tow them to somewhere safe to be examined or disposed of. You can appreciate that any large object floating in the water can damage any craft if they do not have sufficient lookout."
"Or be able to get out of the way," Eriana added. "I am surprised at the amount of cargo and other debris that floats past us."
Baros shrugged. "It is a hazard of travel by the river, Admiral, that cargo may be lost overboard at times. Do you want us to take the barrels aboard? As they are, on your deck, as it were, they will certainly be in the way should you need to take any action. We can open them at leisure and discover if the contents are, indeed, drinkable."
"If you would, Baros. Me and my men prefer other drinks than wine as you know. Who knows? If it is good enough it may even be sold and gain us some coin."
He grinned. "Admiral, if we can open it I can guarantee that most will be drunk before we reached Bibek - which, if I may remind you, is likely the place those barrels came from originally. I doubt they will desire to see their wine again." He added, "By your leave, Admiral, you may also consider retrieving some of the lumber and other wood which floats past your ship. Once dried out it provides a valuable source of free firewood for stoves - or fires, in your case."
"Do you tell me? I did not consider that. Of course, I am used to the open sea where such floating refuse is rare to find. The beaches, though, are often littered with wreckage from storms and we do often gather such for our fires." She nodded thoughtfully. "Aye, I will think more carefully about the different opportunities the river may provide us."
"Was that all you found, Admiral?"
"Oh! There was a small barrel of oil, which Merion considers good enough to cook with or use on our food."
Baros pursed his lips. "Do you tell me? Admiral, if I may examine the barrel, oil of quality may prove to be much more valuable than your barrels of wine."
Eriana gestured. "As you wish. I gave it to Adin to stow with the rest of our food."
Kaldar emerged from the middle companionway and turned to call down, "The Admiral has returned!"
"Kaldar," Eriana acknowledged him with a nod. "Have they kept you busy?"
"Aye, Highness, we have been making tee shirts from the green cloth. I know the numbers better than the women do, I have been measuring and keeping tally."
Nethra emerged from behind Kaldar, followed by Banest. "Admiral, greetings. Young Kaldar has been of great help to us this morn which means we have been able to concentrate on our cutting and sewing. Indeed, we have finished five and are halfway through the next five. Of course," she added apologetically, "they are but simple garments, but even simple garments require care and there are many secure stitches to make for each. If I may ask how your own search has progressed?"
"Nethra, greetings, and to you also, Banest. We have scoured yonder bank and forest downstream from here and have discovered nought but two barrels which may still contain wine. We did call at a village... Tuvalek, that is right, and learned that pirates do indeed infest this reach of the Sirrel. We have yet to find any trace, however."
Nethra nodded. "I know this reach, Admiral, and this is but the lower third of it. It is likely that you will find your quarry somewhere in the rest, I deem. Has anyone told you of the river movement? It was my first voyage this far downstream in the Green Ptuvil and none of Padaran's charts made any sense. We were forced to return to Bibek and discover that land had been lost to Zebrin and gained on the Faralmark side, upsetting many fishing villages and making the river dangerous to all."
"Aye, Nethra, Merion has explained it to me. As to why we are here, it seemed a safer place to moor while we took lunch." She turned. "Baros, if I may ask if you have changed your plans for later?"
"Admiral, there is nothing new. We will remain here for our naps and then mayhap for another bell or two. If there is no further need of us, we will head for Vormarin to meet up with you and the Zebrins this evening. I have visited Vormarin in the past, Admiral, since those days when the river moved, and found it convenient for an overnight stop. Anthar says that there is now enough space for all our craft to moor out of the current and that the accommodation, while basic, should be sufficient for all of our crews."
Merion had now joined the others on the Green Ptuvil. He bowed to the women aboard and then said to Eriana, "Aye, Admiral, we are a long way from Zebrin City and His Grace thought to provide places along the river where craft such as ours could be safely stationed for a time. As Captain Baros has said, the facilities are as yet basic but should be sufficient for our purposes."
Eriana nodded. "Then we will certainly go to Vormarin, Commodore. Now, I deem, it is time to prepare for lunch. When we are seated I can tell you what little we have been able to learn so far."
* * *
"...so those of Tuvalek have confirmed that the pirates roam this reach but also say they leave the fishermen alone," Eriana concluded. "It puzzles me that they can hide as they do. We have all seen that there are many who fish along the river, day and night, and many must have seen the pirates when they attack. Some must surely know where they lair?"
Merion lowered his mug of pel. "Admiral, I am guessing that there is a certain amount of fear involved. The pirates may have... agents, perhaps... in many of the local villages who will report should anyone seek to tell what they have seen. Alternatively there are likely fishermen who act as lookouts and informers if any valuable cargo should be known to pass nearby."
"I am not so certain that any fisherman could warn them of a juicy target, Commodore. There are, what, forty to fifty marks between Zebrin and Bibek? Most cargoes would be moving through that reach in maybe six or seven bells, no time for a fisherman in a tiny boat to contact the pirates before the prey has gone beyond their reach."
He nodded. "It is as you say, Admiral. I had not considered the distances and speeds involved. They will have lookouts but near enough to their camp that they may prepare and sally forth before their prey is too far away."
"As you say." Eriana frowned. She could not mention subjects such as telescopes or semaphores which would widen the reach of the pirates, but conversely that meant the reach of the pirates was limited. "That situation... may change in the future, Commodore, but for now you are correct. So we are looking for watchers along the shore but mayhap up to a mark away from wherever they lair. I am sure a runner could make that distance in a short enough time to be useful."
"Through that forest? Of course, if they have a lookout post then they will have cut a path through the trees to get to it."
"Agreed. So, this afternoon we will go back to the Faralmark shore... bank, and continue as we did this morning. We can probably get as far as Jenbek before we have to cross back to reach Vormarin."
Baros tapped the chart. "Admiral, the forest stops about halfway between Jenbek and the next village, Analis. Those of Faralmark have cleared some of it for farming but it naturally tails away around that point anyway. The same is true on the Zebrin side."
"So there will be little to do tomorrow, then, before we arrive at Bibek."
Baros gave Eriana a look. "You will not reach Bibek tomorrow, Admiral. You will have discovered the pirates lair by then and will be making plans for conquest."
"You are so sure? Aye, if they exist then we must needs find their lair. After lunch we will continue, but for now I think I must needs go below to refresh myself." She rose. "If you gentlemen would excuse me?"
"Of course, Admiral."
The Visund searches the Faralmark bank, which is heavily covered with the same kind of vegetation they had encountered at Bakhrad. Strong indications are found before a friendly village is visited - but what they discover there makes the proposed operation more complicated - and risky.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
79 - News at Jenbek
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Baros came to Eriana immediately after lunch. He was not
happy.
"Admiral, I am somewhat concerned by the need to remain here on our own for a while. As I mentioned earlier, we have already had several barges approach us asking if we required assistance. It has occurred to me that any one of those could have been pirates and the women would have been at risk."
It did not take Eriana long to see the point. "Aye, Baros, you are right, I should have considered that. What do you suggest you do instead?"
"Head for Vormarin immediately, Admiral," he replied promptly. "We will be traveling upstream under sail, we are light so we will move quickly, it will not take us long to cover that distance. If anyone should approach then I intend to avoid them by any means possible and, if they persist and approach too closely, they will find us well defended."
She nodded. "Agreed. Do you want more men or better weapons?"
"The men we have should be sufficient, Admiral. I know that the safety of the women are important but I do not want to drain even more of your men - or, as an alternative, Zebrin men - which you will sorely need once you have found your quarry. Some more crossbows and bolts would be useful, though. Those men in the Nokan's Pride showed that a spirited defense could make a difference and we will certainly have more men aboard than they did."
"As you say." Eriana considered. "What will you do when you get to Vormarin? If you leave immediately you would arrive long before the rest of us do."
Baros shrugged. "We are a barge, Vormarin is supposed to be a safe port, there should be little concern once we are moored, Admiral. We have no need for a hostel so will not suffer that complication and, because of the extra provisions Mistress Ursula bought in Pakmal, no need to worry about meals either."
"You have thought this through, have you not? Very well, you should depart when we do, I believe, that way any observer may think we simply held a friendly meeting over lunch and then went about our separate journeys."
"As you command, Admiral. The point is good, that there may be observers watching us even as we speak."
"This is a different kind of warfare than what I am accustomed to, Baros. We must all needs take extra care wherever we are. I'll get Lars to come over and talk about more crossbows, you and he can decide what you need."
"Thank you, Admiral."
* * *
Later that afternoon, the Visund slowly crept along the Faralmark bank under oars. Though the wind was in their favor Eriana judged that questions might be asked if the sail was set and yet they were seen not to take full advantage of the breeze. So it was a slow pull on the oars for about half the crew who would be spelled by the other half in due course.
Sending Tyra up the mast would have been too obvious so she was seated with Ursula right in the bow but not on the built-up decking. In any event the yard had been lowered and stowed, meaning that most of those who sat on the river side could observe without being easily visible to anyone on the shore.
Or, in this case, in the trees. Here the 'tanglewood' stopped a spear-cast or so from the present water's edge; when the river was in flood, immediately after the Rains ended, the bottom would be too far down for the trees to maintain trunks and they could not encroach that far in any single year. The mud thus exposed was very soft and showed no footprints of man, animal or avian. That mud extended under the rich foliage which covered almost everything that could be seen, making their task more difficult.
Tyra's voice was hushed. "Do you actually think we'll see anyone, Mistress?"
"I must admit that I thought it might be easier," Ursula replied as quietly. "Having said that, I doubt either of us saw the lookout posts at Bakhrad, did we?"
"As you say, Mistress, but then we were not looking for anything of that kind. Now we are. What's that?"
"A piece of tarpaulin, I think. Yes, look, it is hung up on that branch. Good, we'll be able to see behind it as we go by."
"You think a pirate might be hiding behind it?"
"I could imagine that, when we get near wherever they might be, that they would build a proper lookout post where a watcher could be comfortable, Tyra. Remember, this operation has been going on for a while and they will have had plenty of time to place lookout posts where men could sit in comfort and not be seen. They would camouflage them with scraps like that or with branches and leaves from the trees."
"As you say, Mistress. I am astonished by how much everyone has to think about when looking for pirates or even when being a pirate!"
"That is another thing we do not know, Tyra. This could be another operation by renegade Yodan troops, in which case they will be trained in some way and have knowledge and discipline, or it could be ordinary criminals who have captured barges and used them to make a living, in which case they might not be so careful in the way they do things." She added with a shrug, "Or something else. Until we find them we won't know."
Zakaros came along the deck, stepping carefully over benches and around rowers and cargo, with a waterskin in each hand. When he reached them he offered each a skin.
"Mistress. The sun is hot and it is now on your side of the ship. I thought to bring you some water."
Ursula briefly looked up and then down again, blinking against the glare and wishing she had worn her sunglasses, knowing the reason why that was not yet possible. "Thank you, Zakaros, that was a good idea. Unfortunately we'll have the sun on this side for the rest of the day and there are not enough clouds in the sky to make any difference."
"Unlike the other day, Mistress. I must reluctantly admit that I am not used to spending so much of my time under the open sky. While the fresh air is invigorating sometimes the sun can be too hot."
"This is not something I have done much of in the past either," she agreed. "Even when I was traveling alone in the wilds I was in forest most of the time and thus sheltered from the sun. You will come and tell me if you get burned again, won't you?"
"Of course, Mistress. After the last time - you see I have kept my hat on."
"Yes, you did not realize that your neck would be so exposed. If your skin is not used to being in the sun it can burn any exposed parts very quickly. How are you managing?"
"Since I have been working with - working for - Captain Tor, Mistress, Her Highness's men now understand that I am not the man they supposed me to be. They now greet me each time I board, though briefly, and I am even learning a few words of Norse. It is but a beginning, of course, but I feel safe among the crew now. After our recent adventures I now understand how stifling and strange the land of Yod is compared to most lands beyond."
"Eriana's men are very straightforward people as you have discovered, Zakaros. They are not used to intrigue, complicated custom or even someone's supposed status. If they do not like what they see they will just pull out their swords."
"Aye." The Yodan's response was dry. "I thought them mad at everybody but each has a heart purer than my own, Mistress. It is difficult for one such as myself to understand how they can live thus but they do." Momentarily distracted, he jerked his head in the direction of the bank. "What is that? Is it another village, do you know?"
"Hmm. There is supposed to be one around here but that fisherman said that, since the river moved away from them, they may have had trouble getting their fishing vessels in and out any more. Yes, look, it is opening up!"
The gap in the treeline was wide enough but at river level the channel was narrow and obviously man-made. It may have been just wide enough for two barges to pass and the Visund would just about fit inside, assuming the oars were used to fend them away from either bank. It had not been maintained for some time, though, and the 'tanglewood' grew right down to the waterline.
If the Visund had attempted entry it would have managed no further than two ship's lengths, since the end of the channel was completely blocked by more forest. It grew a little lower here, the new growth not having reached the height of the rest of the canopy.
Brodgar, standing on the fore deck, loudly called aft as prearranged, "Look for salvage along here, Captain?"
Tor called back, "There is nothing of interest here. Carry on."
The oars, momentarily paused when the channel appeared, resumed their slow cadence. Those on the river side of the sail studied the shoreline closely.
Ursula ducked down. "That was Hamalbek, that is where they are. Did you see?"
"I saw nothing I did not expect, Mistress. What did you see?"
She held up a finger. "The growth along the sides of the channel has been trimmed to keep it open. You can see where the roots and branches have been cut away." Another finger. "If you looked at the tops of the trees which grow across the channel you could see that it actually carries on behind that obstruction."
"But it was blocked, Mistress! That was solid forest in front of us!"
"There are ways of making it look like that, Tyra. It is more camouflage, that's all. Even if they could have found and supported trees as tall as those either side, you would have been able to see the sky through them, showing they are just a thin barrier." A third finger. "The trees on that barrier are dying, you could see the leaves beginning to shrivel in the heat. I am guessing that they have to replace them fairly often or the deception would be obvious."
"Ah, you are right, I did see that but thought little of it. After all, the trees along here do not all grow exactly the same way. I assumed it was natural."
"And that was what most bargemen would think. They would only have a brief glimpse as they passed by, after all. A local fisherman might notice something but we haven't seen any around this particular stretch." Ursula held up a fourth finger. "There were lookout posts, or maybe two of them were guard posts, one either side of that channel. Not easy to see through the leaves on the trees but they were rectangular, probably huts, and covered with more leaves.
"There was also a real lookout post high in the treetops on the upriver side. That looked like an overgrown avian nest, but since the sun was on our side I caught a flash of metal. I admit I was not looking that high but the flash caught my attention."
"So that's where they are! Shall you go and tell the Admiral?"
"I'll wait until later, I think. These people are supposed to be experienced in this kind of warfare, I am assuming that someone else saw what I saw. If no-one says anything I will tell them what I saw when we have that meeting."
Zakaros added, "Mistress, your powers of observation are remarkable. I saw none of that though there was a thought that something did not seem right. However, this view of the river is new to me and I would probably have accepted what I saw."
"A lot is what you are used to," she replied. "You are the sum of your past experiences and, if they did not include the river, why would you notice anything odd? If you remain with us you will soon begin to see what we see."
* * *
A little later, Ursula got up with a word to Tyra to remain where she was and picked her way aft to reach Eriana, Merion and Tor.
"Admiral, do not turn around, but did you notice that we have just passed another lookout post? It is disguised as a large avian nest near the top of the forest edge."
Eriana twitched and then controlled herself. "Do you tell me? We are two marks... no, maybe three from that blocked channel. What makes you so sure, Ursula?"
Merion was facing the right way so merely needed to flick his gaze up at the treeline.
"Admiral, it is as plain to me as it must be to the Mistress. The river side is branches and foliage, as one would expect, but from this side one can just see regular planks and even a hint of a roof. But why would they place a lookout post so far away, if Hamalbek is really where they are laired?"
Ursula said, "I think the reason may be to give them advance warning of possible targets, Commodore. Most of the grain traffic will be downstream, after all, and those are the barges they would want to grab now, if my theory is correct."
Eriana added, "And much of the downstream traffic is on the far side of the channel here, which means they might have to come out of their hiding place earlier and cross the river to capture barges. Commodore, has anyone on the Zebrin side made reports of attacks recently?"
Merion shook his head. "Not recently, Admiral, no. Of course attacks may be reported when barges reach Zebrin City but the Zebrin finger is a remote place and the villages there mostly self-sufficient. There is a road leading all the way to Zoon, for the ferry to Bibek in Faralmark, but little other reason for folk to travel that way, or for news to find a way back to the capital."
Ursula's eyebrows raised. "So the pirates could have been busy all along here and no-one would have been notified?"
He shrugged. "Notified, possibly not, Mistress, but all who live near the river may have seen something and wondered if it was an attack. There is much traffic along here, you should understand, and sometimes it can be difficult to see what is happening at a distance. Barges have problems, a torn sail, shifting cargo, perhaps a grounding when the river is low, someone is always nearby to offer assistance. Who knows what others may think of what they see?"
"So they get away with it."
Eriana grinned. "Until we came along, Ursula. They will not find us so easy to subdue, should they try us."
Merion agreed. "Indeed, Admiral, which is why we have improved Vormarin so that a galley such as Zebrin's Tusk may be stationed there. We are aware that our knowledge of events this far upstream is incomplete."
Eriana asked Ursula, "What did you see when we passed that channel, Ursula?"
"It was blocked, of course," she replied, "but the vegetation across the channel had begun to wilt which suggests to me that it was planted there recently, possibly on top of a barge or perhaps a pontoon or two. It was also not as tall as what was on either side and you could see right through the upper parts, which says to me that it is just a thin strip, nowhere as deep as the rest of that forest."
Merion raised any eyebrow. "You saw all that, Mistress? I am impressed. If I may ask how you know so much of the military arts."
Ursula shrugged. "That is a long story but briefly, in my native lands all young people have to serve in our military for a short period of time. Both men and women, that is. I do not claim to be an expert. Later on in my life, I had reason to take more notice of what was happening in my surroundings."
"Interesting. Thank you, Mistress. Did you also notice the lookout post near the channel?"
"I did, and the two guard posts, one either side of the channel. Both were heavily camouflaged with leaves and undergrowth, they were difficult to see."
Eriana broke in. "You saw two? I only saw one on the left, underneath the lookout post in the trees!"
"I have been thinking about that," Ursula replied. "If there is a barge wedged in that channel hiding it, then it would have to be secured both sides to prevent it drifting in or out. Somebody has to be stationed there to release the ropes whenever a barge goes out or returns."
"Ah, as you say. That means that, should we desire to take the Visund in, we must needs secure both guard posts and the lookout above." She frowned. "We have men enough but it will be more awkward."
Merion said, "Admiral, I can of course offer you more of my men and even the use of Zebrin's Tusk. I do not think the difference in uniforms will be that important if you intend to attack by night."
"As you say but it must needs be done quietly, so as not to rouse those beyond. Let us wait until we reach Vormarin before we form a definite plan."
"Admiral."
Two marks later Tor called down, "Admiral, there is another channel here."
Everyone looked at the bank, now receding. A creek opened up at a sharp reverse angle and disappeared into the forest. It looked wide enough for the Visund to enter and, with care, even turn around if required.
"Aye. Let us investigate this one too. Hashim? Where should this one take us?"
The pilot replied, "Admiral, I believe this should be Jenbek. Looking at the chart, it could be at one end of the slice of river that was abandoned. I am guessing that the creek was here first and that is the only reason Jenbek survives."
Tor leaned on the steering oar and the Visund turned almost completely around to enter the creek. A very short way ahead it forked, the way ahead being reduced to little more than a narrow, overgrown ditch while a wide pool appeared to their left, with a smaller channel continuing from there into the forest. The pool was otherwise surrounded by deep forest but four pontoons were secured to the lower roots of some of the farther trees, with a number of small fishing craft moored to them.
«Tor, if we moor end on to that leftmost pontoon we should be out of everyone's way.»
«Yah, Admiral. Turn around first?»
«Yes, please. If we have to make a quick departure...»
The Visund was spun and backed onto the pontoon. By the time that they had completed the maneuver three villagers had clambered down through the trees and walked out to take the thrown lines. At the bow an anchor had been dropped to prevent the ship from swinging in the current.
The villager who approached the ship was both amazed and confused.
"Greetings, strange ship! I have not seen your like before. Do you need our help? Jenbek is only a small fishing village, it is true, but we will always help someone in trouble. If I may ask, who is captain here? I see strange attire, are those uniforms?"
Eriana replied, "We have more than captains aboard, my good man. I am the leader of this expedition and, indeed, owner of this ship the Visund. We may use ranks that are strange to you, I am Admiral Eriana, in charge of the new River Patrol to which Faralmark is a party. Here is Commodore Merion, presently an observer to discuss how the craft in his own care may join our organization and this is my ship's captain, Captain Tor.
"We are in no need of help from you, you may be relieved to know, but I would welcome a chance for my crew to stretch their legs and for us to exchange news with you. We shall not remain here long, perhaps no more than a bell, since we have arranged to meet others elsewhere this evening."
"My Lady, I am Gorus, Headman of Jenbek," the man replied, then gestured. "These are my brother Tenvar and our woodsman Ensaran. If you and your people would follow us to our village, My Lady, we will welcome you and answer your questions - perhaps over a mug of pel?"
Eriana smiled. "Invitation accepted, Master Gorus. My men will try and keep out of your way."
Jenbek was very small and the locals were completely outnumbered by the visitors. Nonetheless some were sent off to find firewood, with several of the Norse helping. Most of the rest of the crew gathered in the small clearing at the center of the village, looking around them with interest but with weapons within easy reach.
The arrangement was similar to Bakhrad but smaller. Mindful of the yearly flooding the dwellings were well up above the present ground level and constructed much the same way as the Yodan village had been, using the trees themselves as structural elements. Since they were a little off the main routes there was no hostel but awnings could be raised should anyone chance by and wish to stay overnight.
Tor had asked Adin to contribute some of their stock of fruits and delicacies which would be 'foreign' to these people and they were received with interest and gratitude. Once the pel had been brewed, in a large tureen which was apparently used for many other purposes, the discussions began in earnest.
Eriana began by giving a potted history of the Norse travels suitable for village ears. Most had heard of Yod but few knew anything about it except that Yod didn't like anyone else. That was fine, Yod was far away and could not concern them, until she explained that the Yodans had reached as far upriver as Faralan, barely thirty marks away overland, and caused much death and destruction before they were defeated.
"They also preyed upon the river traffic," she explained. "Some of their war galleys were not surrendered at the end but turned to piracy. We were chased by one such but managed to lure them onto a shoal they could not escape from. We have heard rumor of pirates operating along this reach, can you tell us any more? We wondered if this was the same people."
"Pirates? Aye, we know of pirates though they mostly leave us alone." Gorus nodded thoughtfully. "It is true, My Lady, that we noticed galleys earlier in the year but thought them belonging to Faralmark or to Zebrin, over the other side. We know that His Grace Lord Simbran has some, they have called here in other years but not this year. But the river is mostly too low now for galleys. We do not know if the pirates use other craft."
"We think they might be using captured barges. We actually saw one attack two days ago and drove off the attackers. We have also found wrecks of barges on the shoals and sandbanks."
"Do you tell me? Then it is chance, My Lady, that we are not accosted when we are fishing. But that is not all we know about pirates, strangers called here once to warn us away. We believe they might be hiding somewhere in the forest beyond Hamalbek. Have you yet called there?"
Eriana decided not to reveal their observations. "Hamalbek is no more, at least as far as the river is concerned. The channel that was dug is all silted up and grown over. They have called here? How? By boat?"
"No, My Lady, a party came unexpectedly through the trees. I think they might have offered violence but there were two wild dranakh nearby who protected us. The ruffians warned us not to go eastwards, downstream, through the forest but to only go upstream should we desire wood for our fires. This we were content to do."
Merion asked Gorus, "How were those men attired, do you recall? Were they wearing uniforms of any kind?"
"No, Master, no uniforms, just normal attire like any man of the village might wear - though, as I recall, none of it was very clean or well-kept."
Ursula had a powerful feeling then and turned. Nothing was visible but she knew they were there.
"Come forward, friends," she called, "and tell me what you know."
Two dranakh ambled into the small village gathering space, causing everyone to scatter.
"That is them!" Gorus exclaimed. "I know not whom they belong to, My Lady, or their names, but they have been a help to us poor villagers."
"This one is Senni," she indicated the smaller and slightly paler one, "and the other one is Loti. They are female and male but not mated."
Gorus was astonished. "Mistress? How do you know that? Are these beasts yours?"
"They belong to no-one but themselves, Master Gorus. I have never seen them before. I can in some small way communicate with dranakhs but it is not talking. Let me greet them properly."
She walked to Senni and gently placed a hand on her head, receiving the customary complex bleat in reply.
"Greetings, Senni. Can you tell me anything about the bad men who hunt along the river?"
There were images, hazy ones, but most were of the other dranakh. Ursula bowed to Senni and withdrew. "Thank you, Senni. May you live a long and more peaceful life."
She walked to the other, larger dranakh and placed her hand on its head. The powerful response nearly knocked her off her feet. This dranakh had been wild a long time and may have been the oldest one she had so far met. It had been keeping out of close contact with humans for some years and the 'flavor' of its images was somewhat different to Ursula.
"Greetings, Loti. I am not of your kind but we can talk to one another. Do you have something to tell me?"
The vocal response was a deep-throated rumble but still carefully articulated. Ursula kept her hand in contact and closed her eyes.
- - -
"Ursula! Are you all right?"
Her head was spinning and she appeared to be sitting on the ground. "What..? What happened?"
Someone thrust a mug of pel at her. She took it and managed a sip, then several gulps. It was enough to bring her to her senses.
"The beasts have gone," Eriana told her. "You stood there almost half a bell talking to that big one before staggering away and sitting down."
Ursula drank more pel before she spoke. "He has been wild for many years, Eriana. Because of that it was not so easy to connect with him. But once I did, I got the whole story."
She handed the mug back to Eriana and then struggled to her feet, aided by helping hands. She looked at Eriana, Merion, Tor, Lars and the others gathered concerned around her.
"It isn't good," she explained, her expression grim. "The pirates took Hamalbek and made it their base. They killed all the villagers and burned most of the buildings to the ground. It looks as if they don't know how to use the trees to make fresh buildings so they have spread out. They have cleared the forest to about a mark in all directions except the river and built some strange-looking houses. There are two galleys there and a number of barges. Eriana, there are a lot of them. Dranakhs are not good with numbers but from the images I was shown we could be looking at two to three hundred pirates altogether."
"Two to three hundred? Hammer of the Gods!" Eriana was shocked. "We must needs plan carefully if we are to prevail, I deem."
"It is likely that few of the pirates are fit enough to fight, Admiral," Ursula replied, "But the numbers are of concern."
Eriana's eyes narrowed and she switched tongues. «We have been unwise, Ursula. Are those of Jenbek in league with the pirates? Would the beasts know?»
«Admiral, when the pirates came here they threatened the villagers as Gorus reported. What he did not say was that Loti killed several of the pirates to keep the villagers safe and drove the others away. I do not think any of the locals would be friendly with the pirates.»
Eriana was satisfied and changed back to the local tongue. "Have you learned any more about the beasts themselves?"
"Senni belonged to one of the Hamalbek villagers. When the pirates arrived they shot Senni's mate with a Thunder Pipe. Loti happened to be nearby and was watching, since Senni is the daughter of one of his sons. Not knowing if they would also kill her, he urged her to run away and join with him. She is still heavily affected by the loss of her mate."
Merion asked, "Thunder Pipes? What are those?"
Eriana replied heavily, "An invention of those of Yod, a weapon which can kill many men at once. Merion, you will not understand until you have seen one used. I know of another battle when a dranakh was killed by a Thunder Pipe... but there were more dranakhs there and they hunted down all of the Yodans in that party and killed them. Only some few who immediately surrendered were spared."
She shook her head and asked Lars, «Do you think their powder will be any good after all this time?»
«If they took as much care of it as those at the farmhouse did, then we have nothing to worry about, Princess.» He shrugged. «But they may know better. It is a concern. The numbers and the open ground are a bigger concern.»
«Then we'll just have to change the odds, won't we?»
She turned back to Gorus. "We are going to make plans to attack the pirates," she told him. "Their activities do not just affect Faralmark but also Zebrin and every vessel that passes by as well. After we leave here we will cross the river to meet those of Zebrin elsewhere. It is possible that we could use Jenbek as a starting point for our assault. Would you object?"
"My Lady, pirates are a pestilence on all who use the river, whether to travel or to find food. If you can clear out their nest then we would be willing to help, though I am not sure what we villagers can do that your men could not."
"Merely giving us a safe haven would be a start," she answered with a smile. "But, tell me, do you fish at night, as we have seen others do downstream?"
"Of course, My Lady. We can fish by day or by night, since some kinds prefer to feed at night and remain in the deeps during the heat of day. What did you have in mind?"
Eriana shook her head. "I do not yet know, Goodman, but that you go out at night may provide us with an extra opportunity. Be assured that I do not intend to put you or any of your people in danger if I can avoid it."
"You think to gain entry by night, then." Gorus nodded. "My Lady, we will do what we can when you return."
* * *
Ursula unfolded a sheet of parchment and laid it on the hatch cover.
"I have sketched a map of Hamalbek, as much of it as I could make out," she explained. "The distances are probably not correct but the buildings and vessels are in more or less the right places. I have shaded all the land which is still covered by forest but there might be sentry posts within the tree-line."
Merion bent over the map and studied it while the others clustered round. There being no place available in Vormarin to hold a meeting, the officers of the two parties had gathered under the awning aboard Zebrin's Pride. There they bent over a hatch cover, lit by lanterns and the setting evening sun.
The senior Zebrin civilian, Signar Zoran, glanced at the map and then looked sceptically at Ursula. "Mistress, how can you possibly have made such a map as this without going near the village? You must have visited Hamalbek, I deem, which means you must needs be in league with the pirates!"
Eriana was fast losing her patience. "My Lord, this was explained to you. Ursula has been no closer to Hamalbek than I have. She has the ability, in some small amount, to communicate with the dranakhs, we have seen this happen in many places as we have traveled along the Sirrel. They do not use words as we do but somehow convey images of what they see between themselves. They can apparently in some small measure also obtain images from the thoughts of people, which is how they may know what their owners require, sometimes before the owners know themselves."
"But what you say is magic and magic does not exist," Zoran objected.
"Then explain to me how a dranakh may know that its owner desires it to be harnessed to a wagon and to know where that wagon is to be delivered? There are forces in this world you know nothing of, My Lord." She gave him a knowing smile. "Wait until someone attempts to describe electricity to you!"
"Elect-" He stumbled over the word. "What? I do not know that word."
"Indeed, but I will wager that before a year passes you will have seen the results of electricity even if you have no idea what it is or how it may do what it does. I certainly do not, I am no Questor. Neither does anyone know how dranakhs talk one to the other but mayhap one day in the future we will discover how 'tis done."
"I must bow to your knowledge, Admiral, though it pains me to admit it." He turned. "Mistress, if you could explain how you drew this map."
"The dranakh, Loti, has lived wild in that forest for some time, My Lord," she explained. "It was hard to understand scenes from that long ago but I think he belonged to a farmer who lived on his own. The farmer died and his farmstead was abandoned. Loti now wanders around the forest, observing whatever else goes on but keeping out of sight. I am told that it is not a good idea to kill dranakhs."
"No, indeed, Mistress! The anger of other nearby dranakhs can be terrifying."
"Because they have this mind link Loti knew immediately when Drof was shot... killed. He was not far away and he managed to persuade Drof's mate, Senni, to run away since neither could understand what had happened and either or both could also have been killed. From then on both lived deep in the forest away from people, but kept watch on the pirates. They intervened when the pirates threatened Jenbek and, I think, killed a number of them to make their point. That means that the two dranakhs have been left alone to wander without interference.
"On several occasions Loti went to the edge of the pirates' camp to find out what was happening and so there are memories in his mind of the way the camp developed. I have seen images from several angles and used those to make out this map."
Zoran stared at Ursula and then very reluctantly nodded. "An unusual but valuable ability, Mistress. If you would describe these markings for us."
She pointed. "This is the original creek going back from the original line of the river. You can see that it has a widening at the old mouth just as Vormarin has. These two craft here are both galleys. I am not sure whether they would still be floating, given the present level of the river. One or more likely both would be aground by now. If they are both Yodan craft each crew would be more than sixty, maybe more than seventy.
"These three blocks I am guessing are placed roughly where the old village stood. They are big enough that I estimate they could each accommodate around forty men in comfort. They are not built above ground on supports but flat on the ground, meaning that I doubt the occupants understand just how high the river will come when it floods.
"There is an open-air cooking area at the end here. There are also several open-sided shelters of unknown purpose, possibly to prepare or to store food. Now these other three blocks I am less sure about. You will note that they are positioned some distance from the old village and from each other. What that means I do not know. Each of those could hold perhaps fifty to sixty men.
"Lastly, in the channel the Sirrel left when it threw up the new bank, there are a number of barges all packed in. None is actually moored to the bank but they are all anchored in a clump away from it, possibly to deter vermin. Nearly all have sailcloth draped over them which I assume is to keep the sun out. If they were gathering food to prepare for the rainy season, I would guess that is where it is stored."
"And they are preparing for the Rains, I deem. That is why they choose grain barges. Your dranakh, it could not tell you who those people are, then?"
"My Lord, we do not understand dranakhs nor they us. All they can do is offer me pictures of scenes they have seen and let me make up my own mind what is there. Sometimes they can tell intent in a human's mind but they have no idea of spoken language nor how we do most of what we do. I think that they believe that we also speak mind-to-mind but have to make noises when we do so, which is why they do it to us. Our minds are too different.
"More importantly they can get to know who is to be trusted and who should not be. Remember, they can read your mind and decide for themselves if you are to be an enemy or a friend. What they cannot do, that I know of, is tell others that you are a Zebrin and the Admiral is from Palarand, or where a pirate is from."
Zoran bowed. "Your warning is understood and noted, Mistress. Do you expect to meet this dranakh again?"
Eriana responded, "Aye, Signar Zoran, we will. My thought is that both our vessels travel tomorrow evening, just after the sun sets, across the river to Jenbek and leave one or both there - with a strong guard, of course. Then my men will attack from the river and your men will attack by land. That way we will cause confusion in the enemy and divide his forces."
"Of course Zebrin will willingly aid your men in this enterprise, Admiral. I do not know enough of the art of war to comment further. Merion? What say you?"
"It is about what I had considered, My Lord. From words spoken earlier in Jenbek, I am assuming that the Admiral desires to sneak some men into that channel in the dark using fishing boats from Jenbek."
"To do what? You told me that the channel is as the front gates of a fortress, how shall they prevail?"
Eriana explained, "We must needs use stealth to attack the guard posts which control the obstruction in the channel, My Lord. Once we have done that, we can push it out of the way and the Visund can be rowed inside."
Merion added, "My Lord, that is when the fun will begin. The Visund appearing suddenly will cause an uproar which will turn every eye towards the channel. At that moment our men can attack safely across the open ground to hit them in the rear."
Eriana shrugged. "Or it may happen the other way. The Zebrins may attack first which could create a diversion, permitting the Visund to reach the village against less opposition. That is what we have to plan tonight, gentlemen."
Zoran objected, "Admiral, by our charts Jenbek is too far away to reach Hamalbek except by water. I doubt that it is possible to find a path through the tanglewood by night, even if the men know which direction to go."
She smiled. "Ah, but we already know that there are good paths through the forest, My Lord. The dranakhs made them. I propose that we - or more accurately Ursula - asks Loti to lead the way to the pirates' lair."
The Zebrin thought this through. "But, Admiral, you would have a healer lead a force of Zebrins through the wood and fight a battle when we arrive. Does she use arms? Will she require some of our men to defend her at need? Is this sensible?"
"It will be a concern," Eriana acknowledged, "but I trust Ursula to take care of herself. You overlook two important facts, My Lord. Firstly, I doubt that any dranakh would permit any harm at all to come to Ursula. She is not his owner but every dranakh we have met along our journey holds her in high regard. Secondly, your men will be a force of armed Zebrins operating in Faralmark lands, however remote. Ursula is a Federation officer and, since Faralmark is a member of the Federation, has authority to make their presence legal."
His eyebrows rose. "She is a Federation officer? I did not know that. So, those symbols on her shoulders are not there for appearances but signify a real rank, then?" His eyes slid to Eriana's shoulders. "Ah, I see that you have four stars on your shoulders, Mistress Ursula has but two. If you would explain, Admiral."
"The lands which are part of the Federation have determined to create a water-borne military force which is common to all of them," she explained. "That organization will be called the Federation Navy."
Zoran nodded impatiently. "Aye, Admiral, I was there when you explained as much to His Grace."
"As I was the person present who had most experience of operations and warfare on the open ocean and along the coasts, I was chosen to be the head of the Navy. But the Federation also requires, to begin with, a force able to deal with happenings along the Sirrel. It will be part of the Navy and it will be named the River Patrol. The River Patrol will use existing forces from each of the member lands, but will have a common structure, uniform and flag so that all may know whom they represent."
"As you say, Admiral."
"Nothing much then happened," she continued, "until we reached Faralan, where we discovered that Faralmark had sent a galley to train Upper Faral water forces in Federation ways. Shortly after we arrived there was an insurrection, which those of Faralmark and ourselves helped to defeat. Upper Faral then determined to join the Federation immediately and, after the signing, we were forced to make apparent the rough ideas we already had concerning the structure of the Navy and its parts.
"Thus, my full title is presently First Director of the Federation Navy and Ursula is Director of Welfare. Our ranks are actually higher than that of any Admiral but, as you do with your Captains, we use the title of Admiral in normal conversation. Ursula is thus legally able to command any troops on Federation lands for any purpose related to safety and security upon the Sirrel - which of course includes prevention of piracy."
Zoran shook his head. "Admiral... Director, if I may ask your pardon. If this was explained when we were at Zebrin City I either did not hear it or misunderstood."
"I understand, My Lord. Much was said during those meetings and I am sure that you were not the only person to miss some of what was said. For the present purposes, though, this is not an administrative matter, you should address me just as Admiral."
"As you command... Admiral. And how should I address... Director Ursula?"
"Ursula?"
"My Lord, the situation has become very complicated. Everybody calls me Mistress, I suggest that you continue to do so unless we are in a more formal setting. My task with the Navy will only begin once we return to Palarand. Until I step off a ship at Jenbek again I am little more than the ship's healer."
"It is an unusual request, Mistress, since we hold rank in high regard in Zebrin, but I will endeavor to do as you request."
Eriana said, "Good. Now, if everyone is agreed that the approach I have outlined should offer success, I suggest we should examine our parts in more detail."
* * *
"I agree that I should have asked you first, Ursula, but the notion came to me during that conversation and it made perfect sense to do it that way. Have I upset you?"
The two were standing at the bow of the Green Ptuvil having a quiet word before retiring.
"I was somewhat surprised, Eriana, but logically it has to be done that way. We have two forces, each one has to be led by a Federation officer and I cannot see you wanting to send the Visund into battle without yourself being aboard."
"You know me too well, Ursula. It could be done, I deem, with Lars leading one force, perhaps, but the crucial point is that the dranakh will co-operate much better with you. It might even refuse to work with another, Faral, Zebrin or Norse. Without Loti to find the way through the forest tomorrow night the task would be impossible."
"Agreed. In that jungle, with no sight of the stars? There will be ways in the distant future when it could be done but not now."
"Do you tell me? More magic from Earth, I deem?"
"Not magic, as you know, but many, many years of experiment and development. GPS and night scopes are definitely things for the future. If Loti leads us, he will also give us warnings should we stumble across a sentry post or, worse, a night patrol of some kind, since he will sense their minds. Our way will be better, Eriana."
"Are you concerned what we will find there?"
"Always, Eriana. I cannot get that farm out of my head."
"Sss! I meant the opposing forces but you are right as well. At least we will have double the numbers we had the last time."
"I just hope that they will be enough."
The strength of the pirates has surprised the searchers but they know there is no time to lose to prevent any further attacks. A two-pronged assault is planned but this will require Ursula to use some of her unusual talents. When the troops finally join battle with their enemy, there are some unexpected discoveries.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
80 - Combined Operations
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Eyebrows were raised when Ursula and Tyra boarded the
Zebrin's Tusk the following evening, accompanied by Zakaros
who carried two swords and three curious-looking cloth containers.
Captain Anthar hurried forward to speak to them.
"Good evening, Mistress. Uh, surely you cannot intend to walk the forest tonight attired in evening gowns?"
"Good evening, Captain," Ursula replied. "Indeed we do not. These garments were intended to ensure that we did not offend anyone in Vormarin as we came over here this evening."
All three were dressed in uniform green. Zakaros was wearing a normal tunic but his legs were covered by cargo pants tucked into his brown Yodan calf boots. The two women were wearing what appeared to be long green gowns, although Ursula's had epaulets carrying her gray Director's slides.
Ursula and Tyra simultaneously reached behind themselves to untie tapes and release their wrap-around skirts.
"This is what we will be wearing!"
The jaws of every man who was in sight dropped.
= = =
There had been consternation and near panic at breakfast that morning as Eriana and Ursula had realized that, having asked Ursula to lead the Zebrins through the forest, certain important points had been overlooked. Fortunately the whole crew had rallied round and a suitable solution had been created to overcome what could have become an embarrassing episode.
The women of the Green Ptuvil had willingly used some of their green cloth to make made-to-measure tunics for the three, plus wrap skirts for Ursula and Tyra, while a trip to the market had discovered a thicker green material almost certainly intended for upholstery purposes. The men of the Visund, who had all seen what Ursula had been wearing when the crew had discovered her, set to work to provide other necessary garments for the three.
= = =
All three were now wearing cargo pants with drawstrings at waist and ankles. While Zakaros had his original Yodan calf boots to wear, the women were wearing their riding boots. The uppers of these were mostly knitted string so the men had fashioned gaiters from layers of the thicker fabric which would wrap around the women's lower legs and protect them from the undergrowth as they walked.
Since, therefore, their riding boots were mostly covered, their issue boot knives would not be accessable. New temporary scabbards had been fashioned and sewn to the outside of each woman's right gaiter. Both Tyra and Zakaros now attached their swords to the belts which were underneath the green sash that all wore over their tunics. Ursula had another, longer knife which she attached to her own belt.
The two women carefully folded their skirts into compact bundles. Zakaros handed them each one of the packs, into which the skirts were placed, before all three slung their packs onto their backs. Around them, the murmur of the Zebrins grew as they understood what they were seeing. These were no weak women who would rely on the men around them but competent professionals who appeared to know what they were doing.
"Maker! I did not know... is this then the uniform of the River Patrol?"
"Perhaps, Captain," Ursula replied. "Since we are a new organization we are still evaluating alternative clothing to wear for certain situations. Today we realized that we would be walking in the dark through a thick forest and our legs would have to be protected. Skirts would not have been advisable. As you can see these pants may offer us other advantages."
Anthar's mouth was dry. "And your man, he also wears the same garments? Does this not cause confusion?"
"He is not my man, Captain, he is a member of our ship's company with special responsibilities." She shrugged. "I don't see why it should confuse anyone. We all have our names inside our garments. We can all tell who is a man and who is a woman. Oh, this is Zakaros, he is here to help us do things we might not be able to do ourselves. He is not to be considered a warrior like your men are but of course he will fight if necessary."
"We would of course help you if you required, Mistress, but I can understand why you choose to bring one of your own." Anthar frowned. "Zakaros? Are you by chance a lender of coin?"
Zakaros gave a slight bow. "Captain, it has been the business of my family for many generations but I personally have served as a district adminstrator for those who governed my land."
"And your accent, it is not like those of the others."
"Neither is that of Mistress Ursula nor that of her assistant Tyra. Captain, we come from many different lands to serve a common cause. I am sworn to follow Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand; my origins are no longer of interest to anyone but her."
Anthar realized that he was probably talking to a wanderer, someone on the run or someone exiled, so he merely said, "As you say, Master Zakaros."
A shout came from the lookout's post and Anthar briefly turned before addressing the three.
"By your leave, it looks like your ship is about to depart. I must needs prepare for the Tusk to follow them."
Ursula gestured. "Do not let me stop you, Captain."
He bowed, turned and began shouting instructions. The crowd of fighting men around them watched them with curiosity but did not approach. Ropes were thrown, a drum began a beat, and Zebrin's Tusk moved away from the pontoons and into the Sirrel.
* * *
"You are clear what you have to do?" Eriana had become nervous. A complicated operation like this, with troops of an unknown quality and two parties who could not easily communicate, she was unhappy about possible consequences.
"I am, Eriana," Ursula replied. "The only real problem is the timing of the first part. We will do what we can but you'll have to use your own judgment." She smiled. "Which you will do anyway."
"As you say. Three marks through thick undergrowth will take about four turns of the sand-dropper, I deem. Thus, as we can merely drift down the river with the slack current, we should leave sometime after three turns. We will be looking for your signal."
"Yes. Then we both press on. Good luck, Eriana. See you at Hamalbek."
"Aye. Take care of yourself."
"I'm not the one threatening people with a big sword."
"The last time I recall that it was you with the big sword!"
"Please. I don't want to have to do that again, Eriana."
This time it was Ursula who turned on her heel and left the other standing. She walked through Jenbek to the head of the sixty troops waiting for her to guide them, almost the entire complement of Zebrin's Tusk. Ahead, Loti stood eyeing them all.
She put her hand on his head. "We need to find the nearest lookout post, Loti. We will take care of those men quietly. We do not want to warn those in the village that we are coming."
A low rumble and then the dranakh set off. To Ursula's surprise she found that the forest was not completely dark, even though by chance none of the moons was providing much light to begin with. Instead it was the Veil which outlined parts of trunks, branches and small amounts of undergrowth in varying colors as they progressed.
The trail the dranakh led them on was broad enough that they had no trouble following behind.
Of course, a beast that size needs to make a reasonable sized passage just to get between the trunks.
Does that mean these trails go everywhere? Have the pirates realized this and made use of the trails?
I hope not!
She stumbled. Equally, of course, we still have to mind where we put our feet!
A steadying hand and a soft query. "Mistress?"
"I'm fine, Zakaros. Dranakhs can easily step over these roots, we have to be more careful."
Loti moved silently and so did Ursula and Tyra. Zakaros had begun noisily but soon realized just how far any sound might travel. Behind them, it was possible to tell the experienced Zebrins from the less able ones, whose careless blunders caused sharp comments from their NCOs. Ursula just hoped that they could get close enough to the lookout post without giving any alarm.
After threading their way through the forest for what seemed like forever Loti stopped and half-turned. Ursula took this to mean that he wanted to tell her something, but she found that he did not need her to touch him to do so. He projected some very strange images which she eventually understood to be dreams, indicating that there were two men and both were asleep. She tried to ask for a sense of how far away they were and received a clear image, seen in daylight, of a rough bridge that spanned the channel between the old land and the new.
She turned to the Zebrin officers behind her. "We are a short distance from the lookout post but it is the other side of the channel from where we are," she told them quietly. "There are two men there, both asleep, it appears one is at the top with the other in a hut at the bottom. There is a kind of temporary bridge to cross the channel but I don't think we need to send everyone across."
"Agreed, Mistress," one replied. She had been told their names but in the near-darkness it was hard to tell who was who. "How many should go?"
"I'm going and so will Tyra. One of you officers should come to report what we do. No more than four others, I think."
"Are you sure, Mistress? This could be dangerous."
"You do know we intend to launch a full assault when we reach the village? This is just two sentries asleep at their posts."
"As you say, Mistress. I am uncomfortable with the thought of women putting themselves in danger."
"Get used to the idea quickly, all of you. Your Graf intends to permit women to join his military in a number of different capacities - and those capacities will include officers. Now, I suggest you choose who is to come with us and arrange the rest to capture the one at the bottom if he tries to escape back over the bridge."
"As you command, Mistress."
The party reached the bridge without alarm. There was a tiny risk that the man above might be able to see someone coming across but Loti's images seemed to confirm that he was fast asleep. With the main party concealed in the surrounding trees, Ursula led the small group across. The channel was almost entirely choked here with both new growth and fallen trees so the pirates had taken several fallen trunks and lashed them together to make a rough crossing of the stagnant water beneath.
Once over they crept the seventy or so strides along the narrow path through the tangled forest to surround the hut. It was a fairly solid structure with a stove pipe coming out from one corner and, more significantly, a rope ladder to one side which climbed into the tree canopy. At a sign two of the Zebrins entered the hut. There were sounds of a scuffle and then one emerged shaking his head.
"Mistress," he reported quietly. "We woke the man but he reached for a knife. We tried to restrain him but he fought back and we were forced to kill him."
"Not your fault," she said. "You did what you could."
"Thank you, Mistress. There is something inside you should see."
She followed him into the hut to discover a pallet with the dead man on it, the stove and a makeshift table containing items for making simple meals. There was a small lantern hanging from the ceiling giving just enough light for the occupants to see without ruining their night vision. The Zebrin pointed, carefully, at one corner. There two trimmed branches were held under tension by taut cords going through holes in the ceiling. From one of the branches dangled a tiny bell.
A crude communication system from top to bottom. If either of those gets cut I suspect whoever is above will be woken and possibly then sound the alarm.
She nodded to the man and they stepped outside, Ursula going to stand thoughtfully at the base of the rope ladder, looking up.
A voice came close to her ear. "Mistress?"
"They have an alarm system," she told Tyra. "I don't know if it is safe to climb up without setting something off."
Tyra immediately shucked off her pack and handed it to Ursula. Without another word she vanished into the dark. Ursula looked up but the ladder was not shaking as if someone was on it. She looked at the five Zebrins and shrugged. Shortly, there was a faint noise and something fell through the trees to land near one of the men, who picked it up and brought it to Ursula. It was a bugle.
Shortly after that the ladder began shaking and Ursula beckoned the men to stand around the ladder with drawn swords. A man came down and immediately put his hands in the air. Two of the Zebrins pulled him away and secured him as Tyra followed him down.
"Not so comfortable above, Mistress," Tyra reported quietly. "Do you want me to show the light?"
"You are obviously more capable of doing that than the men are," Ursula agreed. "Here, let me get the lantern out."
"I do not know how long I might be, Mistress," Tyra warned.
"No. It is a problem, isn't it? We can wait for a while but we still have two marks or so to cover. I will whistle if I want you to come down."
"They will hear you in the camp!"
"A mouth whistle, Tyra, not using what the men gave us."
"Ah, as you say, Mistress."
Ursula rummaged through her pack and brought out a lantern of advanced design which Eriana had brought all the way from Palarand. Carefully placed internal mirrors meant that it only gave out a narrow beam of light, giving it the obvious name of 'beam lantern'. She handed it to Tyra and the girl swiftly disappeared up the ladder. There were two brief flashes from above as Tyra struck flint to steel and then darkness and silence.
* * *
Just as kettles do, the sand-dropper seemed to go slower and slower the more intently that Eriana watched. Lars in turn watched her impassively as she paced up and down the pontoon but he was familiar with her impatience, her need for activity. Finally, she let out a big sigh of relief and joined her men aboard the Visund.
«Finally! Time to go, boys. Oars out, quietly now.»
Eriana waved at the skeleton crew who remained aboard Zebrin's Tusk as the Visund slipped out into the Sirrel. Because the current would likely take them downstream too quickly, it was necessary to row slowly in the opposite direction to moderate their progress. The Norse were expert at this kind of travel and the oars made no noise as they dipped in and out. The two tiny fishing boats they had borrowed bobbed in their wake as they slid past the black expanse of the forest.
For this operation the Visund had been stripped. At Vormarin an empty barge had been requisitioned and filled with most of the contents of the longship, leaving the latter with little more than a bare hull and oars. Once the barge owner had discovered what they were doing he had no problem with waiting there the day or two the operation would likely take.
Each man now wore tee shirt and cargo shorts, excepting for the Zebrins who still wore their tights. Over this was as much armor as each man felt comfortable with, plus all the weapons they could manage. In a small canvas sack slung across each man's back was a day's rations and a bottle of water. Eriana, Bennet and Semma wore their training uniforms and also carried weapons and provisions.
Merion was with them once more but the time for concealment was now past. If the battle ahead went as most expected then other secrets of Palarand would also be exposed. Therefore, Eriana took out her telescope and scanned the top of the tree-line against the glow from the Veil, looking for the dark blob which would reveal the advanced lookout post.
After a while she became concerned that they had passed it and not noticed. Opting to carry on, they drifted for a few more moments and several dark blobs appeared. Realizing that these were real avian nests, she shook her head and swung her telescope further along.
There! But why was there no signal? Was that the right one?
They were too close to the bank! A whispered instruction and Tor leaned briefly on the steering oar to position them a little further away. That way an observer in, say, the top of the trees, could more easily make out the shape of the ship against the water for positive identification.
Suddenly a clear rectangle of yellow light appeared in the middle of the blob. The crazy plan had worked! Eriana sighed with relief and heard a few mutterings from the nearest men. Near the mast, two men briefly ran a small white flag to the top of the mast and rapidly down again. The light went out.
Eriana turned to Tor and made a 'go' signal with her hands. He raised an arm in reply, which was the signal for her men to begin preparing themselves for the next stage, which would be significantly more difficult.
Eventually the Visund came to a point where the foliage to their left began to drop away, giving the likely location of the channel. With the oars now working to keep them roughly stationary in the water, the fishing boats were pulled in, two men climbed into one and pushed off towards the bank. One had the ship's sounding rod and he pushed it into the visible mud to find out how deep the muck was. Pulling it out, he turned and held his hands one above the other a bare hand's breadth apart so that she could see them.
«Good,» Lars breathed into Eriana's ear. «We can manage that depth without needing those crates as stepping stones. We go, Princess?»
«Yes. Be careful, Lars.»
She beckoned to the boat and the two men sculled back to the Visund. Now more men climbed into both boats and headed for the shoreline. They climbed out, pulled the boats clear of the water and disappeared into the trees.
Travel through the tangled growth was not easy, but some of the Norse had done this before when they had neutralized the lookouts at Bakhrad. It helped that, being so close to the river, there was little undergrowth to impede progress. It still took them time and effort to reach the hut which was their target without alerting anyone. Lars used hand signals to position his men and then two crept close to the entrance to the hut.
"A six and a three! How did you do that? The more I play with these dice the more I think they are loaded."
"Look," another voice said in a tired voice, "we have been playing with these dice for months. When do you think I had time to fix these dice and what is it you think I could have done? See for yourself!"
"Stop it, you two!" a third voice broke in. "It is bad enough being over here all night without having to listen to you two bickering. Why can't you get some shut-eye like normal people?"
"Probably because we spent half the day asleep," the first voice grumbled. "I'm all wide awake now."
A fourth voice added, "These days are too hot, boss, stuck out here in the trees. At least you get a breeze when you're out on the water."
"All right," voice three decided. "Put those dice away and find something else to do that is quieter. You're making so much noise a whole army could be right outside the door and we'd never know!"
One of the Norse outside the door turned and held up four fingers to Lars. He gestured three more to join the two at the door and crept over himself. At a chopped hand signal the door was roughly yanked open and four Norse entered. The fight was short, bloody and fortunately not too noisy. The bodies were dragged outside and moved away from the hut. Lars and another returned to the boats and each sculled one back to the Visund, where they were reattached.
He climbed aboard. «Four men, Princess. I think they must need that number to haul the plug in and out of the channel.»
«No problems?»
«No. They were all awake but arguing over this and that. No arguments now. Do we move on to the next one?»
«Of course. We have started, we have to finish this.»
Lars grunted. «Very well. Do you want to moor here? It should be safe enough now.»
«Yes, please, Lars. We might get away with a fishing boat or two but that lookout cannot fail to notice the ship.»
«If he is awake.»
«But those men were not asleep. Perhaps they are more alert here.»
Lars nodded agreement to the implied word of caution but added, «You call that alert? Amateurs!»
The praam was used to carry an anchor to the shore and wedge it into the silt which was beneath the hand-deep layer of mud. While that was happening, eight more men including Lars climbed into the two fishing boats and allowed the current to let them drift downstream past the entrance to the channel. Careful probing showed the mud layer was slightly deeper than the upstream side but not enough to slow them down or, more importantly, make sucking noises as the party made their way ashore.
This hut was better built than the other one and a little bigger. Lars noticed the rope ladder and pointed it out to his men. Two of them crept close to the hut, listened, and then one turned and indicated four, possibly five men. The other waved a warning hand and pointed to some cords which came out of the hut roof and went upwards. In the gloom it was not possible to make out detail but it looked like there could be some kind of alarm system in place.
When they pulled the door it stuck. Lars grabbed the rough wood handle and heaved. There was splintering within and the door suddenly flew open, making him sprawl backwards onto the ground. This did not stop the others from entering and finishing off the occupants. By the time Lars had climbed to his feet it was all over. One of the Norse beckoned him in and pointed.
Although they did not know it, the arrangement was the same as at the other lookout post. Two sprung branches connected to the cords, one of them having a small bell attached. Lars looked around him at the shambles, shook his head and stepped outside, beckoning.
A swathed figure emerged from the darkness. Toshi had been one of the eight but had left the heavy lifting to the Norse. Now Lars wanted him to do the job he claimed he could do but the Norse could not. Lars pointed to the two cords above the roof.
"Alarm. Goes up to man in trees. You fix?"
Toshi gave a brief nod. "Hai. I fix, big man. You hold sword?"
"Yah."
Toshi pulled his scabbarded sword from his sash and handed it to Lars. He then adjusted his turban so that the end wound around his face, only exposing his eyes. He turned, moved swiftly around the corner of the hut, and vanished.
There was an anxious wait until he reappeared, climbing carefully but swiftly down the rope ladder. When he reached the ground and turned Lars could just make out that he had items stuffed into his sash. Toshi joined Lars and pulled out a bugle, a sword and two knives.
"He does not need these any more."
Lars grunted. "Here is your sword back. I'll take those."
The obstruction in the channel proved to be a barge with a pontoon roped to either side. The front ends of the pontoons and the barge had been draped in fishing nets into which branches and foliage had been woven, giving the impression that the forest grew right down to water level. On the decks and hidden behind the netting were wooden crates and half-barrels filled with earth in which trees and shrubs had been planted to provide a tall screen of seeming forest.
From the pontoons, ropes led off to anchor points in the forest both sides. There were also long trimmed and stripped poles aboard to use to push the assembly in or out as required. After beckoning the four from the upstream side on board the assembly Lars considered how to proceed. Two men were sent back to the upstream bank while four went ashore downstream, the rest remaining on board. The ropes were cast off the pontoons and those aboard began to pole the assembly back towards the village.
Once they had pushed the mass far enough back Lars ordered the men to swing it to the downstream side to get it out of the way of incoming traffic. Seeing the channel open up, the two groups of men left ashore hurried down to the edge of the river and pulled beam lanterns out of their canvas bags, lit them and aimed them upstream. Very soon the dark mass of the Visund became visible, the splashes from the oars showing white in the uncertain light.
The ship swung wide and turned, aiming for the gap between the lanterns. There was just room for the Visund with oars out to pass through without being fouled. As they emerged a bugle sounded from across the water, they had been seen.
The time for stealth was now over, so Eriana, at the bow of the longship, used her whistle to signal Tor to bear left. She wanted to come to land between the galleys and the accommodation blocks. Fortunately the bank there sloped enough to allow the bow to slide up enough that most of the men could jump off without getting too wet.
As they had rowed the last stretch a fire-pot had been lit, and from this a number of oil-soaked brands were ignited. As they ran, the men who held them tossed them onto the roofs of the first two buildings. By that time the alarm had been raised and men began staggering out of the buildings, weapons in hand. Some were shouting instructions, others were just shouting in panic.
Behind them, the four men downstream recovered the two fishing boats and set off. One boat headed directly for the channel while the other made a stop to pick up the two men left on the upstream side. Once all were afloat they went through the channel and headed for the ungainly craft which Lars was now directing towards the two galleys.
* * *
When the Zebrins reached the edge of the cleared area Ursula called a halt. She could now see the extra buildings in the faint pre-dawn light and her ideas had undergone a change.
Those are not buildings, they are prison cages! How could we have overlooked that?
Though the structures had resembled buildings in the images Loti had provided, the dranakh did not know the difference... but Ursula did. What she was looking at were essentially prison compounds with closely-spaced bars made of the local tree trunks, bound together with ropes from the captured barges. Tarpaulins and sail canvas were stretched across the top of each to provide some shelter to those within.
Of course. If those galleys originally came from Yod the rowers would have been criminals and prisoners - essentially slaves. They have no need for rowers on their raiding barges but they would need those crews once the rainy season is over.
She turned to the officers waiting behind. "These three buildings in front of us are prisons, gentlemen. Can you see? The walls are bars, not solid, and, unlike the solid roofs of the buildings near those two galleys, they just have cloth stretched across them."
Anthar asked, "Are you sure, Mistress? They appear full of men, I would not care to leave an enemy behind me."
"The galleys would have had slave rowers, Captain, but with the river this low they can't use the galleys. If they were ruthless they could just kill them all but I think they planned to use them again once the rain has stopped falling."
The Zebrin grunted. "Mistress, if that is their intent they will receive an unpleasant surprise, I deem. The Rains will swell the river so much in these parts that the waters will rise almost to the top of those roofs. This whole area will become a lake for a time, perhaps two months."
"What? It looks like someone does not know how to build structures in this forest, unlike the last time we did this. But if we leave them everyone will drown, pirates and slaves."
"As you say, Mistress. But, regarding these prisons, how may we be sure the men inside are not our enemies?"
Ursula thought. "A good point, Captain. We need more information. How about you and I - oh, and the dranakh for safety - go and see if we can talk to someone inside? I don't see any doorways this side, we should be safe enough and we can't be seen from the other buildings."
He thought. "It is a risk, Mistress, but the more I consider the matter the more I think that I agree." He turned to the others. "The Mistress and I will investigate the nearest prison building, if that is what it is. The dranakh will come as escort. Remain here until we return."
"Sir. If you do not return?"
Anthar shrugged. "Wait for the signal and then follow the plan, of course. What else are we here for?"
He turned to Ursula. "We had best go, Mistress."
With a thought to Loti to try and explain what they were doing, Ursula led Anthar, Tyra and Zakaros across the empty space towards the structures. The ground underfoot was rough, but she was surprised not to see any stumps or other growths at all.
They have even grubbed out the tree stumps! What are they doing out here?
A sleepy voice came from inside the bars, followed by others.
"Hey, we got company! Easy, now, we don't want the pirates to find out."
"What's that with them? Maker, it is a dranakh!"
"Can't make them out in the poor light... black attire? Might they be Zebrins? What are Zebrins doing over here?"
"Pirates are pirates whichever land you're in, Ashan. Let's just hope there are enough of them to finish off this lot!"
Ursula, Loti and Anthar reached the structure followed by Tyra and Zakaros, who turned around and kept watch in other directions in case they were disturbed.
A voice asked quietly, "Who are you people?"
Ursula replied, "We are the River Patrol. We have come to defeat the pirates but we did not know they had prisoners here as well."
"Maker! A woman?"
"So I have been told. I need numbers. How many pirates, where are they, how many of you?"
"You lead these men? You must do, to come here in such a manner. We do not know exactly how many of them there are, Mistress, but maybe one hundred to one hundred twenty. Some are always away on watch or out catching more barges. There are about the same number of us, but many are sick and we are all ill-fed. The criminals reside in those three buildings behind this one, the leaders live in the one to your left, away from the river, I guess about thirty to forty in each house, would that be right, Zanar?"
"As you say, Benakar. About that. Thirty or so in the King's house, forty in the others."
"The leader calls himself the 'King of the Sirrel'," Benakar explained. "Oh, one word of warning, those around the leader have some new weapons which they say can kill many at one time."
"We know of them. Those of Yod invented them." This was not the time to explain any of the truth. "They might not work after all this time but we have ways of dealing with those who use them."
"You do? That is good news!"
Zanar added, "Tell them about these cages, Benakar."
"Oh, yes. You mentioned those of Yod, the cage to your left hold what are left of the Yodans who originally commanded those galleys. The pirates are the slave rowers who revolted and took the first galley over, then captured the second galley by guile and freed those rowers. We are the fitter prisoners, mostly men taken from barges now. The cage to your right holds men they trust enough to do their dirty work around camp but not enough to remain free overnight. It also holds the sick men, the ones they haven't yet gotten rid of."
"Men, you say. No women?"
There was a long pause. "There were women, Mistress, when they started this place, but they didn't last long. It is said they caused too many arguments among the pirates. Now, when they take a barge, they just kill everyone aboard, man or woman. Very occasionally they keep a crew man but not often now." Through the bars she could just make out a shrug. "More mouths to feed, I deem."
The pirates have a problem, in that they will need crews for those galleys but have to feed those crews. Whatever they have planned, I am not sure it would have worked, not after, what, six weeks of rain?
Never mind. Now we are here their plans are all history.
"Let us see if we can do something about that. I have sixty men, there are the same number coming through the channel -"
"It is blocked! They will see anyone coming and sound the alarm!"
"We'll manage. You do not know the kind of men they are. Tell me, if we release you, how many could fight?"
The reply sounded doubtful. "Mistress, maybe fifteen, twenty or so if we are lucky. Most of us can barely stand and walk around. I guess we all know how to use a sword but we're bargemen not armsmen. They feed us but it is not enough and we have no exercise. Have you weapons we can use?"
"No. That will be a problem until we can take some off them. But if we let you out -"
Her words were cut off by the sound of a distant bugle and then a faint whistle.
Ursula knew what had happened. "It looks like our other force has gotten through the channel, then. We'll let you out but the best thing you can all do is stay out of everybody's way."
She turned to Anthar. "That's the signal for our party to attack, but we now know these three structures do not contain enemies. Go back and tell your men to advance as planned, but to go around these three structures and attack the main buildings from the other side."
"At once, Director."
Again. It is inevitable, I cannot keep objecting.
"Oh, and I'll try to set the men in here free but I don't think it would be a good idea to open the other two, do you?"
He nodded. "Agreed, Director."
The Zebrin turned and ran back to the tree line, from which men were already emerging.
There was a shout from within. "Hey! The buildings are on fire! Look!"
Ursula said, "That is part of our plan. Stay calm, you are in no danger here."
"He named you Director, Mistress. What are you, to command those men?"
She scowled. "It is complicated. Just call me Mistress for now. Now, let me see if we can open you up. Tyra, Zakaros, follow me."
The three turned left and walked rapidly around the building. The flames from the burning roofs were now bright enough for her and Tyra to see what they were doing, but that also meant that they could be seen in turn. There were two large doors made from wood frames filled with a grid of poles, the doors held shut by a chain and padlock.
"How are we supposed to open these, Mistress?"
"Let's have a look at the hinges."
The hinges proved to be wide straps of leather wrapped around door frame and building frame and nailed to the building on the outside. Their boot knives took time but eventually cut through the tough leather, upon which the doors were pushed open from inside and fell flat on the ground.
Benakar was first out, identifiable by his voice in the uncertain light.
"Mistress, we can manage from here. What about those men? Can you do anything for them?"
He pointed and Ursula's blood ran cold. Midway between the pirate buildings and the cages rectangular frames had been set up and in each one a man was held spread-eagled.
"What are they? Are they alive?"
"Examples, Mistress, to keep the rest of us in line. You get put up there, you get left to die. I don't think Sallo is alive any more, I don't know about the other two. They don't encourage questions."
Another problem! I can't do anything about them until we have won this battle.
"Very well. Take all the men and lead them back to the tree line, please. That way you won't be mistaken for a pirate."
"Unlikely, Mistress. Look at us!"
As the men came out of the doorway she could see that all had long, matted hair and beards, were thin and malnourished and were wearing little more than rags. Sounds of battle now rang behind her and she twitched.
"I see what you mean, but men with the fire of battle inside them might not. Go!"
"Aye, Mistress."
The men filed past, some being helped, several being almost carried. Zakaros came close to Ursula to be heard.
"What do we do now, Mistress?"
She looked around. "What happened to Loti?"
"He ran off over there, where the cooking area was supposed to be."
"We are not supposed to fight but I do not want to go back too far. Let us investigate these examples, then."
"As you wish, Mistress."
* * *
Eriana's men had effectively pinned most of the pirates inside the burning buildings. They fought to get out and some managed it but they didn't go far. There were screams from inside as parts of the burning roof fell into the interior, and other sounds could just be heard over the noise of battle and fire as the occupants fought desperately to get out.
The big problem was the third building, the one the leaders were supposed to be in. Ursula had deduced this from some of the images Loti had given her, but it was only a theory not known fact. However, Eriana had faith in Ursula and a line of men was ready when the first pirates emerged from the end building.
Many of these were mown down by crossbow bolts as they emerged, leaving an obstacle for those following. Others did make it, they saw the line of Norse and came forward to fight. Still more followed, saw the Norse and the burning buildings and thought only to save their skin so turned the other way.
Three dranakhs faced them, the center one being Loti. He let out a blood-curdling roar and all thought of escape that way vanished. Swords were reluctantly pulled and they joined the battle. Soon enough had come out of that building that Eriana began to feel some unease. That increased when two pairs of men emerged, each pair carrying a familiar pipe-like object.
* * *
On the barge-pontoon assembly Lars and his party had by now managed to pole it across the mouth of the creek and reach the outermost galley. Grappling irons were thrown and the men began to haul themselves up one by one. Toshi, being the smallest and nimblest, reached the top first and vaulted over. There were two watchmen on the other galley who had been attracted by the noise, they jumped across and came at him with swords drawn. He swayed back at their first attack, then ducked and twisted as he pulled his sword. Three strokes was all it took to fell both men.
By that time most of the Norse had also made it aboard. Lars joined Toshi as he wiped his blade clean on one of the bodies.
"Nice work. You join us, hey? We need folk like you in River Patrol."
Toshi turned, slide his blade into the scabbard and then bowed. "Lars, I would be honored."
The second galley listed in both directions, a clear indication that it was aground. The deck was slightly higher than the first one but an easy jump for the Norsemen. Once over they crept to the far side to look down at the battle just four strides below, but stepped back as pirates with crossbows raced to ladders to climb onto the galley.
Once the first men had reached the top of the ladders they were easy meat for the Norse, who chopped at them and sent them tumbling onto those who followed. A push with a booted foot sent the ladders sideways, removing easy access to the galleys with their higher vantage point.
Lars muttered. «Do you still have the fire-pot?»
«What do you think, Lars? Am I an Einnlander? Here it is, be careful, it might be hot.»
«Funny man.»
Lars removed the cloth bag he had slung over his shoulder and took out a fist-sized ceramic object.
* * *
"Get back, men!" A loud voice came from the third building, where a sword-wielding pirate was climbing out over the bodies of some of his comrades. "Let them see the fury of our magic weapons!"
"What do we do, Admiral?" Bennet asked.
There was no time to hear the answer as a smoking cord was touched to the first Thunder Pipe. Since they could not possibly have been loaded in the time since the alarm had been sounded, Eriana thought that they must have been kept already loaded, which gave them a chance.
Eriana waited until the fuse flared and then turned. "DOWN!"
The Norse all fell flat. All who had shields of any kind held them over their heads at an angle to deflect the shot upwards. But that was not what happened.
There was an ominous silence and then a jet of flame roared out of the barrel as the charge burned away. The force of the blast, effectively a rocket, bowled the pipeman over and knocked the fuse man flying. The discharging pipe, dropped, now flipped in random directions, causing the pirates to scatter in panic.
As the flame died the leading pirate came forward, sword in hand. "Steady, men! It does not matter, these pathetic intruders are too few, we shall soon have them." He raised his voice to reach the Norse. "I am Zanthar Blackheart, King of the Sirrel! Put down your weapons now and live! You are too few, you cannot withstand my men!"
The Norse scrambled to their feet but as they did the second pipe man set up his weapon causing them to pause.
"Admiral?" Semma asked. "Now?"
"I think so." Eriana tossed her broadsword onto the ground, causing the Pirate King to begin a smile. "You deal with the pipe crew, I'll deal with big mouth."
Bennet and Semma also threw down their swords, causing the pipeman to straighten up. Then the three, acting almost as if they had practised the maneuver, lifted their skirts, drew their Personal Pistols as one, crouched, aimed and fired. The Pirate King, the pipeman and his fuse man were all thrown backwards from the force of the shot. The other pirates looked at each other in consternation, then someone shouted, "Nooo!" and they all charged.
Lars teased the end of the fuse away from the body and held the grenade out.
«Light it! Quickly!»
As the glowing embers in the fire-pot touched the end of the fuse it bubbled, smoked and then began fizzing. Lars smoothly turned and lobbed the grenade directly into the mass of pirates. There was a flash, a thump and screams followed by silence.
He stood proud at the galley bow holding up a grenade in either hand. He called, "Anyone else want to be stupid?"
Swords and knives were tossed to the ground. Some of the men kneeled, others saw and followed. Soon the only sound was that of the flames consuming the two buildings and the moans of the injured.
* * *
"They are all dead," said a tired Ursula, staring down at the third body. "I don't think this one has been dead very long, though. Maybe yesterday or the night before."
"Such cruelty," Zakaros muttered. "I would certainly not stoop to such behavior." He looked up. "Since there is one of these outside each prison, Mistress, I would venture that these came each from those within."
"Agreed. To see one of your own strung up like that would give any man second thoughts."
"As you say, Mistress, but my thought is that this man must have therefore been a Yodan, if that is who is in the building behind."
"Oh!" Ursula looked up and gazed at the building behind them. "You are right, of course. Those still inside are going to present us with a problem. Do you understand that?"
"I do, Mistress, yet I may be the one who could solve that problem."
"How do you propose to do that?"
"First we must tell them what has happened to the Yod they once knew."
"Very well." Ursula regarded Zakaros warily in the half-light of early dawn. "Can I trust you not to say anything stupid?"
Zakaros promptly drew his sword and laid it at Ursula's feet. "Mistress... Director, I have already made an oath to Her Highness but I will also make one to you. Just now you named us the River Patrol and that brave band of men and women shall include me, I deem. You gave me my life, I will never do anything to cause you concern or distrust."
Ursula stared at Zakaros as Tyra quietly stated, "Heard and witnessed."
Ursula sighed. "Pick up your sword, Zakaros, and let us find out what you can do."
The three walked over to the Yodan prison where men were now gathering inside the chained double doors.
"Is he dead?" someone asked, apparently referring to the man they had cut down.
"Yes, I regret that he is," she replied.
"A woman? They let women join raiding parties now?"
Zakaros said sharply, "Mind your tongue! Director Ursula is second-in-command of this force. Her troops are doing what those of Yod could not."
Somebody inside had apparently noticed Zakaros's calf boots. "You are a Yodan? Are you in command? Is Yod employing mercenaries now?"
Ursula stated, "We are the River Patrol. Yod is the reason that this service was created but only because everyone else wanted a way of preventing Yod from invading them in the future. Yes, Zakaros is a Yodan but he is sworn to me and he will tell you the truth."
"Yodans, hear me," Zakaros began. "I was once a District Commissioner for the Ascendancy. I consider that I governed those of Chidrell fairly and without favor or malice. To my surprise and disgust I have since learned that many of my fellows in the Ascendancy did not. By circumstance I have, with Director Ursula, been able to meet the Old Führer and even he did not approve of what the Ascendancy had become.
"By invading the lands of others you provoked them all to come together and Yod was defeated many months ago. Now troops of those lands occupy Yod and try to bring order to what has become chaos. Some of those who reside in Yod desire that the Ascendancy would return, half wish it had never existed, others do not even desire to be part of Yod. You who I believe were the crews of those galleys, your service ended months ago, you are men with no country.
"It is possible that, should you desire to return to Yod, it would be permitted but not immediately. We are a long way from Yod. Some of you may never return, you will become exiles like me and you must needs consider what your future might be in a valley which dislikes the name of Yod and all that it claimed for itself."
In the distance there came suddenly three rapid cracks followed shortly by a thump. The sound of warfare ended abruptly, leaving only the crackle of flames as the two pirate buildings crumbled into charred skeletons. The sky had lightened considerably but Ursula knew that it would still be half a bell before the sun appeared and even then it would not clear the forest for another bell or more.
The voice inside asked, "What was that? It could not have been Thunder Pipes."
"Indeed," she replied. "We have weapons which are more efficient than Thunder Pipes. We do not propose to use them against you, though. We could offer you a way out of this alive."
Whoever was inside thought this through before asking, "What is it you offer us, then?"
"If the Director sets you free you may be in danger both from the other prisoners and from the troops who even now have routed the pirates," Zakaros explained. "I would recommend that you each give your parole to our senior officers before you could be permitted to roam free, and even then I would advise you to remain inside for the present. Director?"
Ursula thought and suddenly realized the enormity of what was about to hit her. "We have three cages of prisoners who must all be treated differently," she added. "We will also have some surviving pirates to deal with. All must be checked over, wounds and other afflictions attended to and I suppose you all want feeding. Once we understand who remains alive and who is dead, then we can consider what to do with you all."
She added, "It looks like the fighting has ended and I can see officers walking across to join us. It appears I might shortly become very busy, so if you would excuse me..."
The voice inside said, "As you command, Director."
Ursula had previously thought that her Navy post would only begin once she arrived in Palarand. How wrong she was! With four different factions to manage plus Norse and Zebrins, wounds and other ills to attend to and near one hundred fifty mouths to feed, suddenly she is the center of attention. Unfortunately her resources are limited but she does what she can.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
81 - Director of Welfare
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Ursula, Tyra and Zakaros had rejoined the Norse contingent
for an early breakfast, the guard and patrol duties being taken for
the moment by the Zebrins. It was now full daylight but still much
earlier than any of them would have risen had they been staying in a
hostel. All were seated on the packed earth just in front of the
grounded galley.
Of course, if we had been somewhere else then we would all have had a decent night's sleep. We wouldn't have been up all night tramping through jungle, nor getting involved in an assault at first light.
I am just relieved that I managed to keep us out of the actual fighting. God, those Norse terrify me! A frontal assault and barely more damage than a number of arm wounds, only two of which looked serious.
I am also relieved that we are on the same side! And it was sneaky of Eriana and Lars to keep the existence of that box of grenades a secret. It was a perfect answer to the imbalance in numbers.
"Mistress?" Tyra offered her a water bottle which had come from the maid's backpack.
"Thank you, Tyra, but I have still some of my own left. You need to drink your own, it will be easy to become dehydrated once the sun hits us fully."
"As you say, Mistress."
"...And I'm not sure what the clean water situation is around here. That creek smells terrible."
Hmm. It is just as well we all brought our own rations. How are we going to get those kitchens going?
Careful enquiries had revealed that those who cooked for the whole camp were from what Ursula had named the 'Trusties', those captives the pirates permitted out of their prisons during the day to do their heavy or unpleasant work. Unfortunately, though they were trusted - to a certain extent - by the pirates, it was not clear if they could be trusted by the Norse or Zebrins. Or by any of the other groups, for that matter. Those groups had resolved into 'Pirates', 'Yodans' and 'Slaves'.
Eriana, having breakfasted more speedily, had walked around the small clusters of breakfasting Norse and Zebrins having a word with everyone. She finally reached Ursula's group and sat down beside her with a sigh, reaching for her own water bottle.
"How are you feeling now after that battle, Eriana? Tired?"
"Aye, but there is more. This morning I struggle with my feelings," the tall blonde Princess admitted frankly. "What we did earlier today was just, there can be no doubt, but there was so much blood spilled. You know that I like a good fight, the blood of the War God runs through the veins of all Norse, but that battle showed me that I have limits. And my men have limits too. There are so few of us left, Ursula. I begin to wish there had been a better way to do what we have done."
"You are a woman and women look at life differently," Ursula replied. "Your men will fight anyone at any time, you know that -"
"Aye, I do!"
"- but even for them a time will come when enough is enough. They will want to settle down and raise little Norse daughters and sons."
"Aye. I do not want to deprive them of that. They are sworn to me but that means that I must care for their needs in return."
Ursula gave her a look. "And what about you? Who cares for your needs?"
"I have made my thoughts clear, Ursula," Eriana said, returning a look of her own which suggested much. "But this is not the time nor place for that discussion, as you are aware." She made a dismissive gesture and changed the subject. "If I may ask, you have surely finished your healing duties?"
"I have for now, Eriana, aided by Tyra, the Zebrin surgeon and two men in the Trusty cage who were looking after the sick prisoners."
"Sick prisoners? I wonder that the pirates bothered."
"They have those two galleys, Eriana, and I am guessing that they expected to use them once the rainy season was over, so they needed to keep as many of their prisoners as possible alive and fit enough to man the oars."
"Ah. As you say. What number of injured and sick have you attended, if I may ask? How many dead?"
"The dead is easy, if I can use such a phrase. Seventy-one pirates are dead, including some that were severely injured. Lars did not think it worth attempting to keep them alive just to hang them."
"Agreed. It consumes your time and attention when there are others who deserve it more. Only pirates died? But I thought -"
Ursula held up a finger. "One Zebrin also died when the remains of the central pirate building fell on him. There are three others who were burned in the same incident."
"They were the ones caught between the two buildings when one collapsed?"
"Unfortunately, yes. Other than that, we all survived. The injured are a little more more complicated. Of your own crew nine have cuts, mostly to arms, of which two will probably not heal enough to restore full function."
Eriana sighed. "Much as I expected. I have asked much of my men, I deem."
"And they would do it anyway, as you also know. The Zebrins had, I think, twelve with injuries that required myself or their surgeon to look at, plus the three with burns. No-one still alive is in any danger of dying or losing any body parts. There were some other minor cuts and bruises, of course. There are also a number of sick captives in the Trusty cage as I mentioned before." Ursula frowned. "I am not sure of the numbers any more."
"Ursula, what are we to do with all these people?" Eriana waved a hand around the camp, including the prison cages.
"Admiral, I think someone needs to go around the whole camp and do a census, find out who we have here," Ursula replied. "The numbers keep moving in my head, which is not surprising considering how long we have all been awake now. The whole mess dawned on me when we went over to speak to the Yodans. Eriana, do you realize that between all the groups including us and the Zebrins we must have around three hundred people to look after? We have to feed them, find them shelter - which will be harder now two of the buildings have been burned to the ground - and figure out what to do with them all. It seems to me that a good number of the captives are never going to be able to return to their home countries for one reason or another."
"You are right, Ursula. We planned to defeat the pirates but overlooked that there could be so many here who were not pirates. Add in those Yodans, well, they were completely unexpected. We cannot remain here for much longer, we will soon run out of supplies, but we have no way to move such a mass of men elsewhere. This has become a welfare matter, I deem. Your commands, Director?"
Ursula stared at Eriana a moment before accepting the inevitable. She bowed her head. "As you say, First Director. I think, once we have fed everyone else breakfast -"
"Including the surviving pirates?"
"Yes. Some of them may have redeeming qualities, Eriana. I want to ask around if there is any reason any of them should be shown clemency. Also, we can't try them and execute them all in one day, whatever Lars would prefer to do. Where was I? Oh, yes. Feed everyone, and then we'll go around and do an accurate count of dead and alive, and what state the living are in. Then we hold a meeting - you, me and the top Zebrins - and decide what to do."
Eriana nodded. "Approved. You understand these matters so much better than I, Ursula. How are you going to feed them breakfast, then? I doubt Adin could cope with so many."
Ursula smiled. "I'd like to see the look on his face when you suggest that to him! No, I'll go over and get the Trusties to do it. They apparently fed everyone before."
"The Trusties? You mentioned them before."
"I mentally gave the different groups names to help distinguish them, Eriana. Norse and Zebrins you already know. Then we have the Yodans, the Trusties and the Slaves. Oh, and the Pirates, of course."
"I like not that you call the others the Slaves, Ursula. After all, they are slaves no longer."
"That's essentially what they were, but you are right. I'll think of something else."
"And the Yodans, are they going to be a problem? Almost everyone else here will bear them ill-will."
"I know it, Eriana. They have been away from Yod for a while, so Zakaros spoke to them and brought them up to date. Just like him, they are all men without a country now."
"Zakaros? Think you he is reliable? After all, they are of his ilk, are they not?"
"Maybe. Not all of those Yodans may be members of the Ascendancy. Zakaros himself offered me his sword and swore to be true to me and the River Patrol before he spoke to them. He wants to stay with us long-term, Eriana."
"I wondered... When he first came I did not like him."
"Neither did most of the men, but that has gradually changed. Now he has been working with Tor and the difference - both in everyone's attitude and Tor's efficiency - is noticeable. He is an asset, Eriana, and right now we need assets."
"I cannot disagree, Ursula." Eriana gave a tired smile. "Is this what the Navy is to be? A collection of mongrels from every corner of Alaesia?"
Ursula grinned. "Why stop at Alaesia? I come from somewhere else entirely, as you know."
"Indeed, Ursula. Well," Eriana added as she stood, "my men are at your command, should you need some muscle to handle those... what did you call them? Trusties. Untrustworthy trusties indeed."
"Thank you, Eriana. For my part, I would ask you if you can find a way of getting news out and supplies back in. I am not sure how long the food is going to last or what state any of it is in."
"Done, Ursula."
"And then there's fresh water. All those men have to get through a lot of water every day, Eriana, especially in this heat, where does it come from?"
The eyes of the Princess narrowed and then she nodded. "As you say. Mayhap you will discover the source when you speak to these so-called Trusties."
"I will wager I know where it all ends up, though. That creek smells bad."
"Aye. Because of the time of year there is almost no flow along that creek, I deem. And the absence of the Sirrel does not help." Eriana scowled. "Mayhap they are being poisoned by their own filth, Ursula. Find out what you can, I will ask the others to keep their eyes open as well."
Eriana's intentions were interrupted by the arrival of the three senior Zebrins, who approached her and bowed.
"Admiral," Signar Zoran began, "we of Zebrin are disturbed by the magic weapons you and your armswomen used to end the battle. If it may be possible for you to inform us of them."
"Magic weapons? Oh, the..." Eriana stopped. "Gentlemen, this is a difficult subject that has serious implications for all of Alaesia. I am embarrassed, I cannot tell you all you would desire to know, but I will satisfy you as much as I can. If you would walk with me?"
At a gesture Semma and Bennet stood and joined Eriana. The six moved off to find a place she could speak to them without being overheard.
"Signar," she began, "what I am about to tell you must not be spoken of to anyone else in this camp. Graf Nuel knows the whole truth, he may consent to reveal more to you at his leisure when you return. Shall you three swear?"
"Serious implications for all of Alaesia? Maker!" Zoran swallowed. "Admiral, I shall swear. Merion, Anthar, I would ask you to swear as well, you have the immediate need to calm your men."
After the three men swore oaths, witnessed by Bennet, Eriana began. "These weapons are not magic, and in fact a crude version of them could be made by any smith who understands the art. But they are so dangerous that the art must needs be kept secret or every land could suffer. Yod first had the idea, obtained by duress from a traveler from a distant land. They used what he told them to make Thunder Pipes, as you might know them, to use in their war against Ferenis and Forguland."
Zoran nodded. "I have heard of Thunder Pipes, but in Zebrin it is only a wild tale from downriver. Do you tell me that such is real? Is that what you used?"
"Yes and no, Signar. The Thunder Pipes were what you saw used by the pirates when they faced us. They were originally wielded by the Yodan crew, I deem, and then only by a trained portion of their officers. The pirates took the weapons and, fortunately for us, did not know how to use them properly. They have been used, twice, in attacks against those of Palarand and both times that attack failed. However, if one of those Pipes is used against you then you and many of those standing around you would certainly have been killed or seriously injured. Gentlemen, those weapons can kill many with a single shot, which no crossbow can do."
Zoran nodded thoughtfully. "I understand. One must needs be trained to use such a weapon, then, and the pirates would have only seen from a distance whatever the crew did. But what of your own weapons, Admiral?"
"Those of Palarand took the weapons they captured after those battles and devised new ones for use against those of Yod in the war, since both of those battles had been fought on the soil of Palarand. Fortunately Palarand has its own traveler from afar who knew of such weapons and named them guns. A gun is a general term for all weapons of that kind, much as we may speak of swords or knives. Certain new kinds of gun were made and other weapons of a similar nature were also produced.
"The weapons that I and my girls carry are called Personal Pistols and are designed to deal with a close attacker who threatens our lives. They may only be used once and must be cleaned and recharged elsewhere before they can be used again. Here, you may examine my own, it is perfectly safe."
Eriana lifted her skirt and removed her pistol, handing it to Zoran. Despite her words he handled it gingerly, recoiling slightly from the powder smell which remained. He offered it to Merion and Anthar but both shook their heads, so he returned it.
"A complicated object, indeed," he remarked. "But, as you say, I can see that it would not be difficult for any master of smiths to make such a device."
"Now, gentlemen," she resumed, "consider if this knowledge should fall into the hands of a band of brigands, pirates or, mayhap, into the hands of an unfriendly ruler of a nearby land. No caravan, no traveler, no merchant, no messenger would be safe. No noble would be safe! An army equipped with weapons like these and similar devices could destroy Zebrin in but a week."
"I take your point, Admiral," Zoran agreed heavily. "But, surely, those of Palarand already have these weapons. Who is to say if Palarand should not seek to gain sway over the lesser lands of the Great Valley?"
"That is one reason for the formation of the Sirrel Federation, gentlemen. We have a Council which seeks to understand how any new device or idea may cause trouble and, if so, how and when it may be released for ordinary folk to use. You should know that Joth also has the knowledge of guns, since they were used by those of Yod when they took that city. In time, others will also know but that knowledge will be measured against their need."
"Much has now been made plain, Admiral, and I now understand why His Grace desires a close association with the Federation and, particularly, your River Patrol." Zoran nodded thoughtfully. "I have more questions, if I may continue this conversation at some future, more convenient time?"
"Of course, Signar. Gentlemen?" She turned to Merion and Anthar. "Have you anything more you desire to know?"
Merion bowed. "Thank you, Admiral, for your explanation. I have many questions... but I suspect I will not receive the answers I desire. However, there is one matter. Admiral Lars, he used something which was not a gun, unless I misunderstand that word."
"That is true, Commodore. A gun generally, as I understand it, has a pipe or tube to contain the... material which is delivered to the enemy. Lars used a grenade, which is a disposable object to be thrown at an approaching mass of enemy. It will destroy itself in their midst with great violence and cause many injuries and deaths. We carried a very small supply on the Visund and we were not certain that they would still function after so long a time. It did, which made our task that much shorter, saving many lives... our lives, that is."
"I understand, Admiral. Thank you."
* * *
As Eriana strode off Ursula looked at her companions. Tyra and Zakaros had been joined, on Eriana's orders, by Ursula's usual bodyguards of Torvin and Ragnar, the latter now sporting a bandage on his upper left arm but claiming it did not affect his abilities.
"Let's go. First, we have to let out enough Trusties to feed the others."
She led the way over to the cage holding the Trusties, which was presently guarded by four Zebrins. They saluted as she approached.
"Mistress?"
"I was told that some of the men inside were the ones who fed the whole camp. I need to let some or all of them out to give everyone breakfast."
"Of course, Mistress."
"Do you have the key for that lock?"
"It is here, Mistress, along with all the others. The Sarjant thought we should have them because the men in here would likely be those allowed to walk the camp, since they know where everything is. Ah, Mistress, it would seem to me that you should be the keeper of these keys."
"Me? I suppose..." Ursula took the offered keys which were a bunch of large, ill-matched keys on an iron ring the size of her hand. "Thank you. If anyone needs these tell them I have them for now. Are you going to remain on guard here?"
"If you desire us to do so, Mistress. Is there some danger now the pirates are vanquished?"
"Yes, there is! The men in here were trusted by the pirates to do their dirty work for them and that means the other groups may want revenge on one or more. Your job will be to keep them safe until we know who everyone is and why they are in these separate groups."
"Ah, as you say, Mistress. The Sarjant, he just told us to come over here and guard the building."
"You understand my point? Good. Thank you. Now, let us find out who did what for the pirates."
She turned to the prison doors to find the lattice filled with curious faces.
"Are you really in charge, Mistress?"
She raised her voice so that everyone could hear. "For the moment I am, as I appear to have more experience of doing this than the others. First things first. I have heard that some of you prepared the food for everyone in the camp, is that so?"
The man who had asked the first question replied, "Aye, Mistress. If we did not do it we would starve... or mayhap die on the frame, at the whim of our captors. What is your will?"
"We, the River Patrol, aided by a strong force of Zebrins, have fed ourselves from our own rations but we did not know that there were so many prisoners here. You will all need feeding before we can do anything else with you. Oh, that includes the surviving pirates - and I must make sure you understand they are to be fed properly. If we are to see justice done then we need to know everything we can find out about this operation before any sentences are carried out. That means questioning everybody who is now alive in the camp. Do I make myself clear?"
"As you command, Mistress. What will happen then? Will we be let out?"
"There is a problem. We have four separate groups which might not like each other too much: yourselves, the other captives who were in the next cage, the surviving pirates who have now been put into that cage, and the Yodans in the third cage. Any of you could in theory be a target for any of the other groups."
He snorted. "Mistress, I doubt the Yodans would do much. They are as condemned men. But you are right about the others, I deem. What do you intend?"
"The war with Yod has been over for some months now. The surviving Yodans may have the option of returning home."
"Do you tell me? It seems much has changed since we were brought here."
"It has, and someone will tell you all after breakfast. Then we'll come and speak with you all individually. I would like you all to remain in these cages for now, but the doors will be left open and the guards will be here to ensure your safety. You are no longer to be considered prisoners but as a group who may be vulnerable to personal attack."
"Now that you describe it, Mistress, I can understand the need. Boys? You hear that? We're not prisoners no more but they need to keep us separate for a while. Cooks to the gate! The pirates may have been defeated but everyone who is left still needs feeding. Mistress, what do we feed everyone?"
"What did you normally feed for breakfast?"
"Grain porridge made with water and more water to drink, Mistress. The pirates also had fresh bread. There is little else."
"Then do the same for now, but you can give everyone, including the pirates, as much as they can eat, including the bread. We need to build everyone up so that they will be able to travel. Once you have done that we can talk about what supplies there may be here. We may have to stay here for a few days until everyone is fit to travel - and we only have one ship that can fit through that entrance."
"Ship? You mean that strange thing over there? What land does that come from?"
"Breakfast first, if you please, questions answered later."
"As you command, Mistress. Come on, boys. We have mouths to feed. Water detail, we'll need you as well."
* * *
"Zakaros, what have we got that we can write on? We're going to need lists, possibly of every man in the camp."
"I have three small sheets of parchment in my bag, Mistress, which should suffice to count the numbers, but I only have charcoal with which to write so it will not be possible to make such lists as you require. I do not know if the Pirates had any need for writing materials, or, indeed, if any should have survived."
The surviving pirates had been penned into the prison cage formerly occupied by the Slaves... no, Captives, Ursula decided. That meant that she would be free to go and investigate the one building which remained of those the Pirates has used. The small group walked over to the entrance and the two Zebrins standing guard saluted her.
"Mistress?"
"What is the situation here? Can we go inside?"
"Ah, Mistress, we are set to guard this place since the leaders of the pirates kept much of their booty within. It was thought necessary to prevent looting or possible destruction of what they had stolen, since much might eventually be returned to its rightful owners. As to your entering, of course you may do so, Mistress. If I may ask what you intend?"
"We need to find materials to write on, and with, mainly," Ursula replied. "I have to make a list of who is here and what they are, so that we can give the victims justice."
A brief nod. "A worthy purpose, Mistress."
"It is worth noting that this man," she indicated Zakaros, "is an accountant and he could come back later and do an inventory of the contents."
"Do you tell me, Mistress? I have wondered how we could prevent any of the contents departing privately."
"Well, listing the contents will not prevent any theft but we would quickly know what is missing."
"As you say, Mistress. And then it may be searched for." He gestured. "If you and your team would enter."
Inside it was still relatively dark, lit only by oil lamps hanging from the rafters. There were glassless windows set high on either side, under the roof overhang, but until the sun moved round much of the interior would stay in deep shadow. In the center was a space surrounding an open fire, presently nothing but ashes. To both sides were internal walls with a central passage leading into deeper gloom.
"Like Einnlander long house," Ragnar remarked. "Not well made, though."
"The pirates were originally the captives used by the Yodans to row the galleys," Ursula reminded him. "Many were criminals and deserters, others were taken from barges as Hashim was. I doubt many of those knew how to build houses properly."
"Yah, Mistress. Whole camp badly made. Surprised it survived any storms."
They turned to the right and moved along the passage. There were cubicles either side, one of which had a bed made up as a mattress set upon crates with looted bedding covering it. The matching cubicle the other side held chests and some hanging clothing. Other cubicles held stacks of crates and chests, probably booty. Continuing along the passage led to what Ursula thought of as a Throne Room.
This occupied the rest of that end of the building. Crew quarters and cargoes of plundered vessels had provided for furniture, but not as much as Ursula had expected, most of the seating being padded pallets set upon a floor carpeted with rush matting. Around the walls were chests, crates and boxes looted from the pirates' victims over their reign. In the center of the end was a carved chair, obviously salvaged, which had provided a throne for the now deceased Pirate King.
"What we require might be within one of these chests or crates, Mistress," Zakaros suggested.
"Probably. Let us have a quick look at the rest of the building first, then come back here. By then there should be enough light to investigate these chests and boxes."
Before returning to the entrance Tyra relit their beam lantern and held it up as they crossed into the other side of the building. Here were cubicles either side with two pallets each, showing where the rest of the pirates slept. A number had small crates bearing some personal possessions or acquisitions. Ursula counted the cubicles as they walked through to the end.
"Eight each side, that makes room for thirty-two possible occupants, oh, plus the man who thought he was the Pirate King," she said. "I am assuming everyone in this building was in favor with the King for one reason or another."
"He might have been a major criminal before ending up as a galley slave," Zakaros thought. "Such a one would naturally gain command over common thieves and other criminals. He would play one off against another, gaining advantage for himself as he did so."
"Likely," she agreed. "In the land of my birth similar things happened. Oh!" They had reached the end of the passage. "I did not expect that!"
The two end cubicles were larger and each held three immense barrels which lay on their sides, one perched on top of the other two. Tyra directed the lantern at the markings on the end of one barrel and the others leaned forward to try and read them.
"Wine! Of course, they must have found barges full of wine, purely by chance," Ursula said. "And if the top pirates drank that, they would have no concerns about bad water."
"Leaving everyone else to suffer," noted Zakaros. "Does this wine present us with a problem, Mistress? I know the Norse do not favor wine but it would be as a bait dangled before those of Zebrin."
"It is a thought, Zakaros. I do not know what the discipline is like among the Zebrin force." She considered. "We might not have six barrels left, of course, they will have drunk some of it by now. Bear it in mind for that inventory, please, and don't speak of it except when we meet the senior officers later."
"As you wish, Mistress."
Back in the Throne Room their search revealed a crate filled with many river charts taken from prey. A smaller box held a significant collection of looted reeds and ink.
"We could use the back of these charts," she decided. "I have seen Hashim do it, I think it is a common enough custom in places that don't yet have paper."
Zakaros had leafed through the pile. "As you say, Mistress. There are several copies of most of the nearby parts of the Sirrel, some look old enough to have been made before or during the war. I do not think anyone will object if we use some."
"Done, Zakaros. Pick out what you think we need and let's get started. This could take us all day and possibly part of tomorrow."
"As you say, Mistress." He nodded and began pulling parchment sheets from the pile.
* * *
Ursula sank to the ground and wiped her forehead with the back of a hand.
Of course, it was a night operation, wasn't it? That's why I didn't think to bring a hat! I don't think anyone did.
Next time...
"Tired?" asked a solicitous Eriana.
"That was tough, Admiral," she replied. "I have never asked so many people the same questions! Poor Zakaros here had the worst of it, though, he had to write down all the important facts and figures."
"Aye, Admiral," Zakaros agreed, sitting down beside Ursula. "Though fortunately much was repetitive which meant that I could just put 'same' marks against some of the entries." He shook his head. "Some of those names, though! I have never heard the like and it took some time to discover how they should be spelled."
Eriana was curious. "Names? I have yet to hear any name in the Great Valley that I would consider difficult."
"Those men come from some land far to the west called the Six Cities, Admiral. I had never heard of that land before. Their naming sounds strange to the ear of someone used to valley names."
"The Six Cities! Those? They?" Eriana sounded excited. "You say there is more than one here?"
Ursula said, "Yes, Admiral, one in the sick quarters and another in what I am now just naming the Captives. What is so special about them?"
"We have some back in Palarand, they are wanderers like Toshi but from a different part of the west coast. Garia has one in her retinue and there are at least two, I believe, in the palace guard. Ursula, they are good men to have at one's back. They value oaths highly."
"Ah. Since they are not local to the valley you consider they might want to join us?"
"It is a possibility, Ursula. Are there other foreigners of that ilk on your lists?"
"There is a Kittrin, from his name it sounds as if he could be from a different island in their Empire. Problem is, until they meet we won't know if Toshi would be friendly towards him or not."
"We'll let the two of them decide but I will not permit nonsense, Ursula. If we must needs put the other ashore somewhere I will do it."
"Agreed. Zakaros, pass me those lists, please."
"Mistress."
Ursula glanced down the scribbled notes. "One from Palarand, actually, from somewhere you might have mentioned... Sheldane?"
"Oh? That is in Brikant, on the Sirrel. It is a port that I have been considering for the base of the Navy. That Palarandi could be useful when we return downstream. Anyone else?"
"There is a group of seven from Faralmark, two of whom are healers and are helping out in the sick quarters, the other five were crew. Apparently they were all on a cutter going downstream to help somebody with a complicated medical problem when the pirates grabbed them. All seem to be in reasonable condition, considering."
"And I would judge desire to return to Bibek as soon as may be."
"Agreed. Who else? There is a bargeman from Joth whom Tyra thinks she knows, many other watermen from lands all up and down the Sirrel. Then there's a man who from his color comes from somewhere tropical like Mamoot did, he called it Tel Botro, is that right?"
Eriana nodded. "Aye, it is far to the north, there is what Garia called a 'Tropical Jungle' there. She spoke of heavy vegetation even worse than this forest, hot and sweaty and full of dangerous insects and other life. I do not think I care to visit such a place."
"I agree, especially considering what you were used to. Oh, there are two mystery men in the sick room part of that cage who they don't know much about except their names since they have a fever. One is from a land named... Vosanal, is that right? Nobody knows where the other one comes from. And finally," Ursula smiled, "a man who says he comes from a Norse Kingdom on the west coast. His accent is terrible."
"A Norse? From the remote west? We have tales of those who could not bear to remain in Einnland and swore to find a better land further west. Do you tell me that it really exists?"
Ursula grinned. "You can ask him yourself, though you might need me as an interpreter. Yes, he speaks a kind of Norse so that proves there must have been some sort of link, long ago."
"Interesting... Are there any who might cause us particular problems?"
"Apart from the Yodans, who are a separate problem, I do not think so, Admiral. About half just want to go home and find out if they still have families, the other half are more or less rootless. I think that if we get them to Bibek, some of those will just sign on the first barge that comes past. Others, though, have been asking about the Navy, the River Patrol and the Federation, which of course none of them knew existed before last night."
"Think you that some of those men might think to join our Navy?"
"Maybe. You were complaining earlier about the Navy becoming mongrels."
Eriana grinned. "Aye! But we need people, Ursula, and this may be the place to find some of them. How many names are on those lists? Many of the pirates are dead, I know, but we still have mouths to feed and I would know the size of the problem."
"Not as many as I feared, Admiral. We thought they were all pirates, remember? And I was estimating the numbers based on the size of the buildings. So, we have forty-four pirates left alive -"
"For now."
"For now, as you say. Then there are twenty-seven Yodans, twenty-two Trusties including the two healers, twelve sick and injured and thirty-seven Captives, giving a total of one hundred forty-two. I am relieved, I expected to spend all day and part of tomorrow questioning them. Still a fair number to feed, as you say. Have you decided what to do with the Captives? Unless you let Lars slaughter all the pirates they have nowhere to shelter."
"I have been considering using the galleys, actually. Lars did a simple inspection and both appear to be sound, so far as the weather is concerned. The grounded one," she pointed, "has been stripped of everything, even oars and the lower-level deck planks. I do not believe that the pirates ever intended it should float again, but only to use it as a defensive high point."
"That makes sense, but only if you keep it manned properly. After all this time they were far too lax."
"As you say, though Lars was prepared to deal with any resistance from there." Eriana frowned. "Do you know why they might have wanted so much wood? It seems strange to me, the way the land has been stripped and now even a usable galley."
"Firewood, Admiral. They needed a lot of wood to feed this many mouths and they have been doing this for many months now, possibly more than a year. I was told that they have even dismantled barges and fed them to the kitchen fires. If Nokan's Pride had been taken, they would have simply burned all that precious hardwood paneling to make grain porridge."
Eriana let fly some colorful Norse oaths, then added, "And they named us barbarians! Still, pirates only care about themselves, I deem. Have you discovered any more of the history of this place?"
"I have, Admiral, but I will leave the telling until we all gather for that conference later. If I may ask, I do not see Commodore Merion about."
Eriana smiled. "That is both my doing and his, Ursula. We had borrowed two fishing boats, I have sent one with Brodgar and Adin over to Vormarin to ask Baros to bring the Green Ptuvil back here. The Commodore had a smart idea, he went with them to see if extra transport could be arranged. The ferry from Zoon to Bibek has three vessels, he seeks to borrow one for a time as a transport. Firstly he will use it to bring fresh food and other supplies back here and then we can use it to take some of the former prisoners away. One of the other ferries will carry an urgent message to those of Faralmark, which means that help should also arrive from Bibek in a day or two."
Ursula nodded. "A good use of journeys and resources, Admiral. You mentioned two boats."
"Aye. The other one returns to Jenbek with five Zebrins, they will return that boat to its owner and then the Tusk will make its way here with a reduced crew. That should be possible with so small a crew since they will be following the current."
"But surely they will not be able to get through the channel?"
"Captain Anthar thinks they can, Ursula. The hulls have flat bottoms designed for just such a purpose. I have also sent the praam out with two men to take soundings of the channel, the creek and the nearer parts of the Sirrel. We will soon discover what is possible for whom."
Lars sat down between Ursula and Eriana. "Here, Mistress, a fresh bottle of water."
"Is it clean, Lars? Where does their water come from?"
"Yah, Mistress. Boiled water. Comes from well over there."
Lars pointed across the creek in the direction of the forest on the far side. Near the edge of the cleared area could just be seen a tripod of branches with a mound of earth either side.
"Ah, that's what the water detail was for! I wondered how they were going to provide fresh water."
Lars began to explain and then switched tongues to make it easier.
«Mistress, the pirates realized a while back that the water from the river could not be relied on. They set some of their captives to dig that well sometime last year to make sure their water was good enough.»
«Oh. Thank you, Lars. But I assume the water is still poor enough they have to boil it first.»
«Yah, Mistress.»
Ursula turned to Eriana. "That relieves my mind of one worry, that of fresh water for everyone." She frowned. "But we'll still have to boil it and that means yet more firewood."
Eriana waved at the surrounding forest. "We have men, we have axes, we can provide any amount of wood, Ursula."
Ursula considered. "There is probably a good reason why the pirates didn't go very far to take wood. Maybe, if they cut too far, they would get too close to any other villages that might be around here." She smiled. "The answer is easy enough, I think. We have no reason for Hamalbek to remain hidden, we can start by taking that fake forest off the barge they used to block the channel and using that."
"And then?"
"Carry on with the trees which have grown on the narrow strip of land either side of the channel, Eriana. We want others to find Hamalbek now. You've been there, is the wood any good?"
"Good enough for a fire, I deem. Lars, you heard?"
"Yah, Princess."
"Let's do it."
* * *
Urgent-sounding whistles and a pounding at the door roused Ursula from her afternoon nap. It took a moment to remember where she was and what the general situation had been. Tyra came to beside her and the two shared a puzzled glance.
They were in the Captain's cabin of the more serviceable of the two galleys, thought a safer place for the five women to share their afternoon naps, but Eriana, Bennet and Semma were nowhere to be seen. As the cabin door was closed she thought that they must have risen and gone out earlier, leaving the other two to gain some more much-needed rest.
"What is it?" Ursula called.
«Mistress, we are under attack!» came Torvin's response.
«What? Never mind, we're coming out.»
She relayed to Tyra, "Torvin says we are under attack! Come on, better strap on your sword."
They scrambled to their feet and opened the door. No-one else was visible, meaning everyone else who had been on the lower deck had gone upstairs.
«I cannot advise you, Mistress,» Torvin said, «except if you go upstairs to keep your head down.»
She gave him a curt nod. «Any idea who? Are there more pirates we didn't know about?»
«They wear uniforms, Mistress, orange and yellow.»
Ursula was stunned. «But that's Faralmark! We're in Faralmark! Why would they attack us?»
He shrugged. «Princess may know.»
Ursula quickly climbed the companionway and emerged onto the deck. Fortunately their galley floated lower than the older one, which meant they could use its bulk to scramble along to the end without being seen, where a peep over the bow revealed the situation.
Four cutters full of troops had landed, two either side of the Visund, and were busy disgorging their men onto the beaten soil of the waterfront. Each was armed with a crossbow and were fanning out to face the astonished and bemused Zebrins and Norse. Some ran to the ladders to gain access to the galleys but the Norse already on board, also armed with crossbows, prevented them. Two from each cutter remained behind to cover their mates.
An officer came forward and shouted, "Throw down your weapons, Zebrin scum! We have you trapped, there is no means of escape! I always believed that those of Zebrin were helping the pirates and now I have proof! Throw down your weapons and surrender to Faral!"
The Norse and Zebrins have been confronted by a local force with an officer who wants to shoot first and not bother asking questions. Eriana and Ursula do their best to pacify him but then another vessel arrives... and another, and another! The first of these newcomers is an unexpected surprise but the occupants are able to answer many questions.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
82 - Gathering at Hamalbek
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Eriana, Bennet and Semma emerged from the remaining pirate
building as the whistles blew to discover four small craft beaching
in front of her. The men on the cutters leapt out and formed a
defensive fan, keeping everyone in sight and kneeling with crossbows
at the ready. Some men approached the ladders leaning against the
nearest galley, hoping to gain the high ground, but Norse with
crossbows dissuaded them and they retreated back to their perimeter.
An officer strode to the front and viewed those facing him, nodding. He shouted, "Throw down your weapons, Zebrin scum! We have you trapped, there is no means of escape! I always believed that those of Zebrin were helping the pirates and now I have proof! Throw down your weapons and surrender to Faral!"
Eriana rolled her eyes. "Come on, girls, we must needs enlighten this fellow. He has obviously gotten the wrong idea."
Ignoring the massed crossbows facing her Eriana strode forward to face the officer, who did a double-take.
"Women? In Zebrin service? What manner of uniform is that?"
"I am not in Zebrin service, my man, and this is the uniform of the Palace Guard of Palarand. If you would ask your men to lower your weapons I shall explain the misunderstanding."
"Palace Guard? Palarand? Do you take me for a fool? Palarand is hundreds of marks away! If you are not of Zebrin then you must surely be pirates." His expression showed the faintest beginnings of doubt. "I have never heard of women becoming pirates, though."
"That is because I am not one. I am Princess Eriana of Palarand, traveling the river with my men to discover the peoples who live along it. I also have a commission from the members of the Sirrel Federation to establish a River Patrol which will provide safety and security for its peoples."
"Sirrel Federation? I have never heard of such a thing! This is crazy talk from a puffed-up pirate who seeks to save her skin. That sword you wear? I doubt you even know how to use it properly! Throw it to the ground, now."
Eriana made no move to remove her sword but replied, "The Sirrel Federation was formed at Spring Dawning, when your ruler Margrave Simbran traveled to Palarand to witness the marriage of Keren, King Robanar's son. Sufficient other rulers were present that we sought a means to defeat Yod and the Federation was the answer. One of the results of that meeting was the creation of a joint River Patrol."
The doubt grew stronger. "His Grace did go downstream by barge, it is true, but you could have learned that anywhere." His expression changed. "Enough of this fantasy! Submit to me now or pay the price!"
On the galley deck Ursula turned to Tyra. "We'd better go down or there could be a disaster." She turned to the few Norse aboard. «Who has the bag of grenades? Is it up here?»
Fritjof held up the bag. «Yah, Mistress.»
«How many have we left?»
«Only four, Mistress, but I could take care of all those men in orange, I think.»
«Okay. If I look up at you, wave two about in your hands but do not light them or throw them. These men are supposed to be our allies, remember that.»
Fritjof nodded. «Yah, Mistress.»
She turned. "Come on, Tyra."
The two headed for the nearest ladder and climbed down, finding the experience easier because of the cargo pants they still wore. The distraction was enough to confuse the Faralmark officer as they approached, but several of the crossbows swung their way.
"Is there some problem, First Director?"
"There is, Director Ursula. This fool somehow thinks we are all pirates and he is reluctant to hear any other explanation."
"As you say, First Director."
Ursula swung to the officer, who still waved his sword about indecisively.
"What is your name? You have learned ours, tell us your name and rank."
He stammered, "Another woman! Another uniform! I am Captain of the Field Parnak, not that it should matter to a mere pirate."
"Are you blind? Do I look like a pirate to you?"
He gestured. "What attire is that supposed to be?"
"Attire worn by the marines of the River Patrol, suitable for walking five marks through the forest at night, as it happens, though that is none of your business. What of it?"
"You walked through that forest? In the dark? Impossible!"
"It is not my fault that you do not know the latest methods of modern warfare." Ursula shrugged, then tried to keep a straight face as she added, "It was easy enough, we had a local guide. Along the way we neutralized the pirates' advanced lookout post and arrived in time to meet my superior, who arrived with more marines in her ship, which is behind you. Then we attacked."
Parnak briefly swung to view the Visund, which loomed behind him and was much larger than the small craft he had arrived in. Turning back he was forced to reach an uncomfortable conclusion.
"I must needs admit that you might not be pirates, but if so, you are still in league with those of Zebrin, who I see even now gathered illegally on our soil. Show me some proof why I should not capture you all and present you to His Grace, Margrave Simbran, for judgment."
It was at this point that Eriana discovered the flaw in her own preparations, since both Kalmenar and any supporting documents were aboard the Green Ptuvil, presently somewhere on the Sirrel. However, the reverse also applied.
"I do not customarily carry my commission of rank with me to an assault, my man. Why, it might be damaged! I must needs ask you if you have brought your own commission with you, that we might know your own authority."
Parnak puffed up. "This is my land, I do not need to justify myself to some foreigner, especially a woman! Do as you are instructed or I will order my men to attack!"
Eriana immediately responded, "I would advise you not to do that. If by chance I am injured or, worse, killed, then your life once Margrave Simbran learns of it will be measured in moments. He and I know each other well and both our signatures are on the document which created the Sirrel Federation."
Ursula added, "If you attack, do not be so sure that many of you would survive." She turned and looked up at the galley deck, where Fritjof obligingly hefted a grenade in each hand. "Those weapons he holds can kill many at once. They did so, early this morning, when we killed seventy-one of the pirates. If you give the order to shoot right now, we might die but I guarantee that three-quarters of your men would also be dead within a heartbeat, probably including you."
What the heck. A little exaggeration to prevent this man doing something stupid. I did not say that all the pirates were killed by grenades...
Parnak turned pale and his sword tip drooped. "Do you expect me to surrender? I cannot do something so dishonorable, not standing on my own land."
Eriana looked at Ursula, seeing that the other might have some solution.
"Perhaps," Ursula said, "we might agree to some kind of truce. What we are doing here is only what you and your men would have done if you had the information that we obtained yesterday. We are working towards the same ends after all, the capture and elimination of the pirates, which affects all lands, not just Faralmark."
He snorted in derision. "Faralmark? Faralmark no longer exists! This land is now the Duchy of Faral, though His Grace has decided to keep his title of Margrave for now. How is it that you, supposedly of some so-called River Patrol I have never heard of, do not know that Faralmark joined with our brothers of Upper Faral some weeks ago?"
Eriana stared at Parnak. "Do you tell me? We were in Faralan only a few days ago and nobody mentioned the matter then. If this is old news to you then it did not travel very fast downriver."
"Faralan." They heard the contempt in his voice. "You obviously paid no attention, then. Did you spend your time carousing in the bars and taverns, Director?"
Eriana tried to keep her temper. "While we were there we spoke with both Count Darkwin and Count Olva, oh, and Marshal Vikzas and Captain Torban, and assisted the local troops to put down a rebellion, killing some hundreds of men from the hills. Mayhap we were too busy to listen to idle gossip concerning other lands. Now, shall you agree to a truce? Your position is awkward and we have no desire to kill Faralmark... Faral troops who have blundered into something they were not informed about."
"Marshal Vikzas? Of course he..." Parnak trailed off in confusion, but it appeared he was still reluctant.
"I may have an answer," Ursula proposed. "The pirates recenty captured a small cutter of yours taking two healers downstream. Five of the men survived. Do you want to meet them?"
"A cutter? They are here? We thought them dead! Aye, fetch them, they will tell me the truth of this absurd tale."
Ursula turned. "Tyra, go and find the five Farals and bring them here, would you?"
"Of course... Director."
As Tyra turned to go Eriana instructed, "Semma, go with her. It may be needful."
"As you command, First Director."
As Tyra and Semma trotted off around the remains of the end pirate building Parnak shook his head. He muttered, "Women with swords... In charge! And why are there so many different uniforms?"
Eriana replied, "Partly a work in progress, Captain, and partly they are different attire for different functions. I would not travel through a forest at night attired as I am, do you not agree? It would not be wise. That is why Ursula has chosen to wear one of her other uniforms, a more practical design."
She lies through her teeth! These were designed two days ago in a panic because we had nothing appropriate to wear. Still, he will never discover the truth, will he? And Eriana's words will fulfil themselves in the future anyway.
Parnak struggled not to stare at the bare legs beneath Eriana's skirt but failed. "As you say, ah, Director. Is your attire customary, ah, for women in the forces of Palarand, if that is where you really come from?"
"This is actually the parade attire for the women of His Majesty's Palace Guard," she explained, "in which I hold an honorary rank of Captain. I doubt any of the women there would in practice go to battle attired thus. As we journey upstream our choice of garments is more limited and we are more likely to attend the rulers of those lands we pass, so these are mostly what we wear when we are ashore."
And you can spend the rest of your life working out the implications of that, Captain know-it-all. What will he do if and when he accepts the truth?
Parnak forced his eyes away from Eriana's legs and instead settled themselves on Bennet, who stared implacably back at him. The armswoman - Guardswoman? - frightened him more than Eriana did, even though the supposed leader carried a ridiculously large sword slung across her back. Both women looked fit and well-muscled but while Eriana was a healthy young woman, barely more than an adult, Bennet was taller than him, older than him, probably weighed more and almost none of it was womanly fat. If the two ever met in combat he knew who would be the loser.
His speculations ended as Tyra returned leading two of the Trusties, Semma some steps behind with three of the Captives.
"I am Captain of the Field Parnak. You are the two healers, I deem, who we requested from Bibek some weeks ago. I apologize, I do not know your names."
"Captain, I am Healer Sarrik," the first one replied, "and this is Healer Netheran. When the pirates discovered we were healers, they spared us so long as we provided service to them and to their captives." His voice was dry as he added, "To have the chance to save our own lives was enough incentive for us to oblige them, Sir, though it pains me to say it."
The other three now arrived and Parnak recognized them at once.
"Marrot! I thought you dead!"
"Aye, Sir, so did I. Only the five of us were permitted to live at their convenience."
"As you say. Twick Marrot, report!"
"Aye, Sir." Marrot turned and glanced at Eriana who returned a nod. "We made Bibek in good time and collected Healers Sarrik and Netheran, setting off with the hopes of making a quick return journey downstream. However, we were hailed by a barge apparently in distress as we reached somewhere near Paktrin, as close as I can remember it. They wanted help and our healers thought we had enough time to investigate and then continue.
"Once we reached them and made fast their hatches opened and men poured out, using swords and crossbows with abandon. Most of the crew was slain immediately, Sir, particularly those who resisted. The five of us had been below deck collecting the healers' bags and potions before returning to the deck to offer help to the barge, we submitted to the pirates who demanded to know who we were. Once they learned of the two healers we were hustled aboard their barge and bound. I do not know what became of the cutter but some of the other prisoners said that they usually fired vessels they did not care to capture.
"Then we arrived here, Sir, and we three were shut in with the other prisoners. Sarrik and Netheran were sent to another of their prisons to minister to the few prisoners who were sick or injured, as well as to tend any pirates. That was five weeks ago, Sir, it is no wonder you thought us all dead."
"Thank you, Marrot. If we ever return to our base then I may ask you for a written report. Tell me, what of those who surround you? What is their part in this?"
Marrot gave a warm smile. "They arrived late last night, Sir, or maybe early this morning. The Zebrin force, led by that woman in green, emerged from the forest and waited at the edge for another party to arrive from another direction. She and her assistant crept over to our prisons in the dark, accompanied by a great dranakh.
"She explained what was happening and then we heard alarms. Those two buildings there behind us, which most of the pirates used as quarters, were set on fire. That was the signal for the Zebrins to attack, while the other force came from, I believe, the river on that great ship behind you. While that happened she came around the front of our prison and cut open the doors, telling us we were now free, but also explaining that until the attack had finished we should stay inside for fear of being mistaken for pirates ourselves.
"Then it was over, the surviving pirates were rounded up and put into our prison while we were given liberty to roam the site and help out if we so desired. I have to report, Sir, that most of the prisoners have been poorly fed and some are so weak that they can barely stand unaided. The Zebrins have helped by providing extra food for us, though the diet is still tedious."
Parnak thought and then asked, "So, you would swear that these folk are not in league with the pirates?"
"No, Sir! They are definitely not! I have with my own eyes seen some of the pirates slain by these newcomers. They are our saviours, Sir, make no mistake about it."
"And think you they may be in league with those of Zebrin? Is that some design by their ruler to gain an entry into our lands?"
That caused Marrot to think. He response was slower. "Sir, they spoke of a River Patrol made up of folk from all lands that belong to some kind of Federation. The Mistress even claimed that Faralmark was now part of this Federation. What I do know is that she and her men are not Zebrins, they have strange accents, they come from some land well beyond Yod. More than that I could not say, Sir. But I will add that I believe they intend us no ill-will."
"Faralmark! Of course, you do not yet know."
"Sir?"
"After talks between Our Margrave and Magel Gorgay of Upper Faral, it was decided to once again unite with our brothers as one land. We are now known simply as Faral though our liege intends to remain titled as Margrave for some further time."
"Sir? That is interesting news. If I may ask what happens now, Sir?"
"A good question, Twick, and one that I must needs negotiate with these people."
Parnak turned to Eriana and executed a low bow. "Director, I will not offer you an apology as I believe my actions and decisions were made as the result of the only information in my possession. However, Twick Marrot has proven - partly proven - that your presence here is what you have described to me, therefore I am willing to offer a truce to you."
"Partly, Captain?"
"You speak of a Federation and a River Patrol which none of us have ever heard of until now, Director. If what you say is true then it has significant implications for myself and everyone under my command. I ask you to forgive me if I should wait until I have spoken to my superiors and been given such proof as may satisfy me."
Eriana thought about this and nodded. "I understand your caution, Captain. If someone strange landed on the coasts of my lands, telling me that some unknown new organization had come into being and that I was now part of it, I, too, would be sceptical. I only ask that our two parties should work together, but I would also suggest that we have already organized the camp and that your men should not disturb that organization."
"Agreed, Director." Parnak turned to his men. "Lower your weapons, men! Slacken the crossbow strings. The circumstances are unusual but I believe we are in no immediate danger. Twicks, issue water to the men."
Eriana turned. "Ursula?"
"Director," she replied, "all I can see immediately is that we have another hundred mouths to feed!"
Parnak asked, "What is this?"
Ursula replied, "Captain, Seventy-one pirates were slain but forty-four remain alive to be judged. In various categories there are ninety-eight who were prisoners plus sixty-six from Zebrin and thirty of our own troops which means we already have two hundred forty or so, all of whom require food and shelter. I estimate your own numbers at about a hundred, would you agree?"
Parnak shook his head. "Not so many, Mistress, uh, Director. Twenty to a cutter for such an expedition as this, a Twick to each boat and myself makes eighty-five. You may rest easy, we have brought enough rations for two days, by which time my urgent message to Bibek should have provided results."
"Interesting," Eriana mused. "We have also sent urgent messages to Bibek. I wonder what will happen when Simbran reads them?"
There was no time for speculation since at that moment whistle codes sounded from aboard the galleys.
"More arrivals?" Eriana spoke as she looked up for more information. She called, «Who this time?»
Above Fritjof merely pointed at the channel leading to the Sirrel.
Parnak stood on tiptoe to peer over the clutter of the beached cutters. "I believe it is the Spirit," he reported. Turning around and seeing Eriana's raised eyebrow he explained, "The Spirit of Bibek, Director. It is our State Barge."
Eriana whistled 'friends' up to Fritjof, which effected surprise and interest from Parnak. Fritjof acknowledged with a short sequence and then turned to face the approaching barge, indicating with his arms where it could safely go. Those aboard the barge took the hint and headed for the end of the foreshore away from the galleys, almost right behind the first burned-out building.
The barge gently grounded and securing ropes were thrown down, one to be picked up by a Zebrin and another by Torvald. The two lines were made fast to corner timber stumps of the burned building as a gangplank was carefully lowered to the ground by two crewmen in orange and yellow. These then walked down and stood either side at the bottom with drawn swords. The next man down was Marshal Vikzas.
He spotted Eriana and Ursula and his face broke into a smile. He approached with his hand out ready.
"Well met, First Director! I was attending His Grace when your urgent message arrived this morning. Considering our recent business at Faralan I am not surprised that I find you in so unusual a setting. I trust all goes well?"
"Well met indeed, Marshal. Aye, mostly, although there was nearly an unfortunate misunderstanding when these marines of yours arrived."
The two grasped each other's arms and then Vikzas stood back and saluted. "First Director, if we may be of service."
She gestured. "Your Captain of the Field Parnak arrived with some eighty troops not half a bell before you did," she explained. "It took some time to convince him that we were not his enemy and, indeed, that the pirates were already defeated."
"Ah, good, we are in time then. By your leave?"
She gestured again. "They are your troops, Marshal, to do with as you desire."
Before Vikzas could do anything more, however, a second person had stepped off the barge. He was older than Vikzas and slightly shorter, but it was plain who he had to be. Both Eriana and the newcomer exchanged smiles as they advanced towards one another. Eriana curtseyed and was then gripped in a hug.
"Maker!" Simbran said, his voice a deep rumble. "It is good to see you again, Eriana, doing what you know best. Fare you and your men well?"
"Your Grace," she replied when the two had separated, "well enough, though my circumstances have changed several times since last we met." A slight frown. "I did not think this business so serious as to bring you here yourself, though. My apologies for disturbing your day."
"After receiving a most unusual message from a most unusual source and considering what it might foretell, I could do no other," he replied. "To see you here with your men, that is one thing, you have the right, but with a goodly force of Zebrins, well... I could see the opportunity for mischief and so I hastened here as soon as I could. I would not usurp your command position here but there are matters which require my personal attention. By your leave, Director?"
She made a wide gesture."These are your lands, Your Grace. I ask only that you leave me my ship."
He snorted. "Hah! You at least have my full confidence, Director. However..."
Simbran turned and walked over to join Vikzas. Parnak remembered to close his mouth as the Margrave addressed him.
"Captain, report!" Simbran's tone was uncompromising.
Parnak stuttered, "Uh, Sir... Your Grace. When today's first messenger cutter from Bibek arrived at Farso early this morning the Twick told of strange happenings along the bank where Hamalbek once stood. He reported that the channel, once blocked, was now open once more and that as their craft passed the gap he could see strange flashes and hear unusual thumps. I realized that we now had proof where the pirates operated from and gathered as many men together as were available and set out to end this scourge on our waters.
"We arrived expecting to fight, Your Grace, but found not only Zebrins here but others, in strange uniforms, who wove some fantastic tale of a Federation and a River Patrol, all led by these women with swords. I did not know what to think but endeavored to discover the truth of these wild claims. Then you arrived, Your Grace, to rectify whatever is amiss here."
"Parnak, you weave a silken tale yourself, I deem, to obscure your own part in this. Word has long reached me concerning your obsession with those of Zebrin and your belief that they were behind the recent piracy." Parnak blanched. "It is true that your attendance here with your men may be helpful but your fixations about Zebrin are not. You are relieved of your command and will return to Bibek with me aboard the Spirit, is that clear?"
A trembling Parnak lowered his eyes to the ground as he replied, "As you command, Your Grace."
A third man had now disembarked from the Spirit and joined the group. "Your Grace."
"Signar Zoran. I believe that you know most of these here?"
"Of course, Your Grace. It is not even twenty bells since we parted yester eve in Vormarin. If I may report to the Admiral?"
"Admiral?" Simbran looked puzzled.
Eriana smiled. "Your Grace, it seems to be my fate to wear some number of different hats as occasion requires. In the Federation Navy, a full Admiral is in charge of a fleet, and that is what I was when we sailed from Zebrin City. In Hamalbek, however, the task is greater thus I have chosen to assume my proper rank here as First Director of the Federation Navy."
"Ah, I see. Are we then to be beset by numbers of new ranks that everyone must needs learn?"
"I regret that it may be so, Your Grace, however I would remind you that, as we traveled the Sirrel, almost every land uses different ranks for its militaries but the Navy will use the same ranks everywhere."
Simbran grinned. "I am suitably admonished, Eriana. Signar, make your report if you would."
"Your Grace." Zoran turned to Eriana. "First Director, when your fishing boat arrived in Vormarin with Commodore Merion to report your success here, I agreed that one of the Zoon ferries should be borrowed for a few days. He suggested that he should go to Bibek himself with the news but it occurred to me that, as Zebrin troops had now set deliberate foot on Faral soil, it might be more appropriate for me to carry the news myself.
"You may or may not be pleased to know," he grinned, "that I have been given the authority by my cousin Graf Nuel not for Zebrin to join the Federation, as you will know from your recent words with him, but, if the operation here was successful, to petition for Zebrin's water forces to immediately become part of the new River Patrol. His Grace Margrave Simbran has provisionally agreed pending your own approval."
Eriana realized her mouth was open and closed it. "This is unexpected, Signar Zoran. However, it will make our efforts here much simpler and, if I may observe, completely legal. Do you know your cousin's thinking behind this decision?"
"First Director, my cousin was very impressed by your description of the Federation and the need for a combined force to maintain order along the Sirrel. Your demonstration at the barracks showed him that we have much to learn from you and your men and he desired to begin that process as soon as possible. The voyage from Zebrin City to Bibek was to be a test of your claims and, from what Merion has reported to me, you have been spectacularly successful. I decided to implement my Graf's desires and here we are."
"Well! This is all unexpected, I deem, and will require some thought - at a later date, and somewhere more comfortable - once the present mess has been dealt with. Ursula, if you may tell His Grace and Signar Zoran the numbers here, that they might know what we are dealing with."
But there were further whistle signals from above, this time even Ursula understood 'friends'. They all turned to look at the channel to see the Green Ptuvil arriving, followed by Zebrin's Tusk.
Simbran studied the procession. "Maker, the port is already full! Where shall these vessels go?"
Eriana realized who would be on board the Green Ptuvil and thought about the crowd now present at Hamalbek. She called up some instructions in Norse to Fritjof and he acknowledged them before turning to guide the arrivals to mooring spots. The Green Ptuvil came up to the Visund and was made fast to the stern while Zebrin's Tusk was sent to moor behind the two galleys.
Baros and Kalmenar clambered carefully from the Green Ptuvil into the Visund, along its length and then down to the ground to join the group of leaders. Baros gave a brief nod to Simbran before turning and saluting Eriana.
"Admiral, you asked for us, we are here."
"Captain Baros, Lord Kalmenar, welcome to Hamalbek. If I may introduce His Grace Margrave Simbran of what, I am told, is now simply the Duchy of Faral. Your Grace, this is Captain Baros of the Navy barge Green Ptuvil, which has been converted to carry myself and other passengers. With him is Lord Kalmenar of Palarand, who is my legal advisor."
Baros bowed to Simbran. "Your Grace. We have never met but I believe that I have seen you in Bibek, it must have been at least two years ago. I am - was - a man of Faralmark before those of Yod took me after the war."
Simbran acknowledged Baros with a nod. "Captain. I am pleased to see one of my subjects free and hale once more." He frowned. "After the war? If you would explain."
Eriana intervened. "Your Grace, if I may interrupt, that is a longer tale for a later time. Briefly, they were taken by renegade Yodan soldiers and treated extremely poorly. We rescued six men and five women from utter bestiality. Baros is one of them."
"Do you tell me? Then I will await this tale, I deem. So, First Director, what must needs happen in this place now you have conquered the pirates?"
Eriana turned. "Ursula? Your priorities, please."
"The evening meal," she replied promptly, "we have two hundred forty or so to feed so the cooking will need to be started soon. That has to be followed by secure and comfortable places for everyone to sleep tonight. I do not think we can evacuate all of these people today, nor would I wish to. Some need the attention of healers, some the judgment of Margraves. Then we have to decide what to do with everyone and what to do with the plunder and booty they have collected."
Simbran was interested. "Ah? If you would describe this plunder - in general terms, of course."
Ursula pointed. "Your Grace, the pirates lived in these three buildings. We burned two of them early this morning during the attack, which reduced their numbers considerably. The third building was where the self-titled King of the pirates and his closest followers lived and it also contained much that they stripped out of the barges and other craft they attacked. I assume that most of the booty would be returned to their owners, should they still be alive."
"I would agree, although it is likely that many will not, of course. Is everything then in that remaining building?"
"No, Your Grace." Her arm shifted to behind the Spirit of Bibek. "Over there are some barges which they kept, they appear to be loaded with stolen grain and perhaps other foodstuffs which I believe were intended to feed the pirates and their prisoners during the rainy season. I don't know how many, what is in them or what the condition of the barges or their contents is. We think they are moored there so that vermin cannot reach the food."
"Prisoners? Why would they keep prisoners? Hostages, perhaps?"
"There were ninety-eight prisoners found here still alive, Your Grace. I have spoken to almost all those who were taken captive and most were kept in order to man the oars of the further galley behind me once the river level had risen again after the rainy season. I believe that they planned to make this place a permanent center for piracy along this stretch of the river."
"On my soil? I do not think so! They would have been discovered in time, I deem, had you not found them first." Simbran's gaze swung to examine the galleys. "Whose galleys are those? Are they booty as well?"
Ursula took a breath. "Your Grace, I have learned the story and I can tell it to you, but now is not the right time or place. I had intended to give this information to all the senior officers later today but our meeting was interrupted by unexpected arrivals."
He smiled. "As you say, uh..." He examined the epaulettes on the shoulders of all those who bore them before returning his attention to Ursula. "Your leader bears four stars, you have two, are you then a Director also?"
Ursula inclined her head. "I have been given the rank of Director of Welfare, Your Grace."
"You do not appear to be entirely comfortable with that rank, I deem."
"It is true, Your Grace, but I have the knowledge, the experience and, apparently, the ability, so I do whatever I am able to do."
"As must we all, Director. Your arguments are sound, I would not have the men in this camp go hungry because I asked too many questions. Eriana?"
"Surely, Your Grace. Ursula, issue what commands you require."
"Thank you, First Director."
Ursula turned first to the inlet visible just beyond the galleys, where Lars had moved the barge and pontoons which had blocked the channel and now also held Zebrin's Tusk. He had been standing on the nearest pontoon watching the developments, an ax in his hand.
«Lars! We need a lot of firewood for this evening's meal. Do you think there is enough there?»
«No, Ursula. I'll send some men over to the channel to begin finding windfalls and cutting there, but I suspect that most has already been gleaned.»
«Cut what you need. We have a lot of mouths to feed over here.»
«Yah. I can see. Did you invite any more?»
«I didn't but His Grace might have.»
«Understood.»
He gave her a wave and then turned to issue his own orders. Ursula turned back and stared at the Trusties' cage.
"Tyra, we need to go over to the Trusties and get them going."
"As you say, Director."
* * *
Simbran had invited the senior officers to dine on the Spirit of Bibek as the main cabin offered just enough room to seat them all, and it meant that they could have a quiet conference without the troops overhearing. Eriana had taken the opportunity to get all the women back to the Green Ptuvil where all had cleaned up and changed into ship dresses, thus presenting a united front. Bennet and Semma had objected, saying that they would not be able to wear their swords to protect Eriana, but it was pointed out that there was nobody around who would be able to get near her anyway. It turned out that there was insufficient room for Bennet, Semma or Tyra so the three returned to the Green Ptuvil and ate with the barge's crew.
The change of attire had surprised and impressed Simbran and his officers, just as Eriana had expected it would. What Eriana had not expected was the low ceiling height, she was the tallest person present and was forced to stoop. The meal on board the Spirit of Bibek was probably of much better fare than anyone else would be served at Hamalbek, but Simbran was conscious of this and the barge's galley was limited so the dishes were not elaborate. Once they had finished, with Eriana once again having to be satisfied with pel, the table was cleared and the conference began.
"Nay, Your Grace, it is not I who knows what happened here. Ursula is the one who has discovered the history of this place."
"Director Ursula?"
"As you wish, Your Grace. The two galleys are of Yod, though they arrived here at different times. When Yod first began preparations for invasion upstream, they sent small craft - barges, sloops, things like that, to quietly survey the banks either side for suitable landing places. One of their ideas was that they would set up a secret base from which one or more galleys would operate to assist the various invasions that were planned, including, Signar Zoran, that of Zebrin.
"Hamalbek seemed to fit their needs but nothing further happened until the invasion had started and most of Upper Fanir had been overrun. Then a galley set out, possibly under cover of darkness, and came and sacked Hamalbek, killing everyone in the village. Those who were on the galley did not know how to live in this type of forest so simply cleared a large area and began erecting barracks on the land."
"All that cleared land we saw as we arrived? Surely not!"
Ursula shook her head. "Only an area around the inlet was cleared, Your Grace, where the original village would have been. They began operations but realized that they would soon be discovered so found a way of blocking the channel so that it seemed that Hamalbek had become deserted, had gone back into the forest. They used the village pontoons and some fishing boats with cuts of trees and shrubs on them.
"Shortly after they had this base in operation, the Yodan officers made a fatal mistake - fatal for them, that is. Their slave rowers of convicted men managed to revolt and take over the base. Almost all the officers were killed immediately, a few were kept and executed one by one for the men's entertainment. Then the convicts decided that, as they had a galley and some of the new Yodan weapons, they would turn to piracy to keep themselves in food and drink.
"This carried on at a very low level for some time, Your Grace, just enough to sustain the operation and keep from too many questions being asked along the river. Then the war ended and Yod's other galleys were loose up and down the river, looking for places to hide. One came near here and met the pirate galley. Some quick thinking of the pirate captain - he did not call himself King of the Pirates then - meant that the other galley thought them friendly and the two met mid-river.
"The pirates went aboard and subdued the Yodan officers and crew, setting the slave rowers free to join them as more pirates. The captured officers were shut away here at Hamalbek and brought out one by one to be executed by hanging stretched out on a frame until they died. They were working from the lowest ranks to the highest, meaning that the Yodan captain would watch all his men die before his turn came."
"Maker!" Zoran muttered. "Evil men indeed."
"Signar, they were all convicted men, though a few were only at the oars because they broke some minor Yodan law. Others were proper career criminals and the two galleys were an opportunity they could not ignore."
"As you say, Director."
"Then the numbers turned against them," she continued. "To have enough men to row two galleys, and pirate crews to man them, meant their food requirements increased greatly, as did the need for firewood to cook that food. That is why such a large area is cleared, Your Grace, it was all used for firewood. As were several entire barges and their cargoes of timber, plus all the fitments of that nearer galley except the upper deck. It is nothing but a shell inside."
Simbran gestured. "Why, then, did they not simply dismantle the entire thing?"
"Partly I think it was to provide a high point from which they could cover the entrance with their Yodan weapons, Your Grace. Partly because they might have needed it as accommodation once the river began to rise again. I am told that, once the rainy season has begun, this whole cleared area will be completely flooded."
"Ah, of course. And then?"
"The river level has lowered and the other galley is now trapped in here until the rainy season ends. Instead they began using captured barges as pirate vessels to collect more food, keeping some of the new captured craft as storage and sinking or burning others. Many of the captives they originally kept had died for various reasons, fever and malnutrition being two of them, so they also began taking more barge crews to make up the numbers.
"Then, aboard the Visund two days ago, we actually saw a barge being taken. We chased the pirate barge away but had to help their target vessel upon which five of the crew of seven had survived, but wounded. We escorted them to Paktrin, along with another barge we found stuck on a sandbank but containing only corpses. From that barge I realized they were looking for shipments of grain and other foodstuffs to feed themselves when the rains fell.
"We decided to go and look for them. Very few of the pirates had any kind of military training and their disguised lookout posts were just visible as we rowed along this bank, so we worked out where they were. We divided our forces, First Director Eriana led her men in the Visund to attack the channel entrance while I took a force of Zebrins through the forest to attack from another direction. That happened just before first light this morning."
Simbran's eyebrows raised. "You led a force of Zebrins through such a forest as this in the dark? How is this possible?"
Ursula glanced at Eriana, who nodded, Simbran noting the byplay.
"Your Grace," Ursula resumed, "during our voyage upriver I have discovered that the dranakhs we have met along the way seemed attracted to me for some reason. It was a while before I realized that they were sending me images of what they saw. This has developed such that I can now hold a sort of conversation with them, but it is not speech as you would know it and our understanding of how we see each other's world is poor.
"After we passed Hamalbek we called at Jenbek for information and we were joined there by two dranakh from the forest. One is the grand-daughter of the other and was present when Hamalbek was destroyed. The Yodans used a Thunder Pipe then to kill her mate. Normally dranakh do not back away from trouble but the use of the Yodan weapon was unknown to them and seemingly impossible to defeat so the grandfather, Loti, who had been watching from the forest, encouraged Senni to run away with him.
"From images they sent me I was able to construct a rough map of the clearing and that enabled us to plan our assault. Loti also acted as guide last night... Boje! Was it only last night? So much has happened! Um, yes, Loti guided us through the forest and showed us where the advanced lookout post was. When we arrived at the edge of the clearing I realized that the three buildings nearest us were actually cages for their captives. I crept over to the cages and was able to speak to the men inside without being seen. While I was doing that the Visund arrived through the channel and her men attacked."
Simban nodded. "An amazing tale, Director."
"Amazing but true, Your Grace." She added, "There is something you ought to know."
"Ah?"
"The three cages each have different categories of captives inside. The one nearest the river has what I named Trusties, that is, prisoners who the pirates trusted to do work for them during the day. Some are cooks, some chop wood, some fetch water and others dig graves."
"Graves? You mean - to put bodies into the ground? Savages!"
Ursula shrugged. "They could do little else, Your Grace. They had barely enough wood for cooking and boiling drinking water as it is. Besides, the smoke from pyres might have given observers ideas, seeing that Hamalbek was supposed to be deserted."
"Ah, as you say. What, then of the other cages, as you name them?"
She held up a finger. "First, Your Grace, I must add there were others in that trusty cage. Your two healers, to begin with, and twelve sick and injured, some with fever and others with sprains, burns or other minor injuries. For the rest, the middle cage held everyone who the pirates were going to use as rowing crew once the river rose again. There are thirty-seven in there, from almost everywhere along the Sirrel and well beyond. The third cage holds twenty-seven surviving Yodans."
"Yodans?"
"The surviving officers and crew of the second galley, Your Grace. The pirates, who of course are also almost all Yodans, had kept them to execute them one by one as I mentioned before."
"Maker, the evil that some will do to others," Simbran muttered. "Do any of the pirates survive? I would not wish that end on anyone but surely that has sealed their fate."
"There are forty-four surviving pirates, Your Grace, and seventy-one who did not. For now we have the survivors shut up in the middle cage awaiting your judgment. I would add that it is possible that one or two might not be as guilty as the others but were merely convicted men caught up in the general revolt and who had no choice but to go along."
Simbran's expression was grim. "I note your caution, Director. We do not consider all to be of the same stripe as the worst may be but even so, piracy has been committed and some penalty must needs be paid. I give you my oath that each of them will have my individual attention when they are brought before me."
"Thank you, Your Grace."
"Do you have a plan for what to do with all these rescued folk, Director?"
"Most of the prisoners are too weak to travel, Your Grace, so I doubt we could move them all today or for a few days until they regain some strength. That borrowed ferry was supposed to be bringing fresh food, meat, vegetables and fruit, to help that process along. There are also twelve prisoners who are sick or injured. I am not sure if some of them can be moved immediately."
Simbran nodded. "I wondered when Signar Zoran explained what he wanted the ferry for. So. You will be here for what, a week?"
"Probably, Your Grace. There is also the plunder which has to be cataloged and packaged up for transport. And then there are the surviving pirates to consider."
"As you say. I am minded to -" He turned. "Director, are we boring you?"
Eriana tried and failed to smother another yawn. "If I may apologize, Your Grace. We have had a disturbed night."
He started. "Why, of course! You and your men have been busy for too many bells, I deem. We will end this meeting now, I think, and begin again tomorrow after we have all had some well-earned rest. If I may ask Director Ursula some few questions before you retire."
"As you wish, Your Grace."
"Director," Simbran turned to Ursula, "I would leave the organization of the camp in the hands of the Zebrins, since they already know your desires. Do you approve of this?"
"I do, Your Grace." Ursula gave a nod to Zoran. "They know what needs doing... but most of them have been up all night as well."
Zoran said, "Your Grace, while our men know what needs to be done, help from yours would not be turned away."
"Thank you, Signar. Director, where shall you and your men sleep tonight? What buildings there are here are either full of men or burned to the ground."
"The prisoners who we released to make room for the pirates will go in the stripped galley, Your Grace. The Zebrins, so I am told, have accommodation aboard their own craft which they can use. Our own men will use the further galley and we women have our own cabin aboard the Green Ptuvil."
There was admiration in Simbran's voice as he remarked, "You do have it all planned out, Director. Impressive."
"I do what I can, Your Grace," Ursula agreed, stifling a yawn of her own.
"Then I must needs ask you and your fearsome leader to retire, Director. We of Faral shall manage whatever remains to do today."
"As you command, Your Grace."
It did not take long for Eriana and Ursula to join the others in their cabin aboard the Green Ptuvil. It also did not take long for either to strip off their clothes and join the others who were already in their bunks. Both were asleep within moments.
Ursula realizes some consequences of their situation and asks Simbran for changes. The clearing begins to evolve into a fully-fledged military camp. Then the two captive healers ask her for help with two patients with a seemingly common childhood ailment that have not responded to treatment.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
83 - Tents and Diseases
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
The sounds of voices above and the smell of cooking zurin
woke Ursula. When she rolled over in her bunk she saw that most of
the other women were just about awake but still in their own bunks.
Tyra and Bennet had disappeared, though. From the light coming in
through the clerestory-style windows it was early morning. She
propped herself up on one elbow, yawning.
"Good morning, Mistress... if that is the proper title for you now?"
Ursula groaned, sat up and stretched. "Mistress will do, Banest, for now. I did not ask for anything more. Good morning to you all. What is happening?"
"Mistress," Larys answered, "Kedian makes breakfast, we found some zurin in the local market yesterday morning and knew that it would make your day seem better when next we met."
Ursula could think of any number of complications to that. "And what if we had not met for some days?"
"The zurin would not go to waste, Mistress," Larys replied with a straight face, "and I am sure that more could be obtained when we reached Bibek."
She chuckled. "You'd eat it all yourselves, you mean."
"Aye, Mistress." Larys lowered her gaze. "It is somewhat tasty."
There was a groan from behind Ursula's shoulder. "Gods, it is morning again! How many more armies will appear today?"
Ursula twisted. "None, I hope, Highness. Good morning to you."
"Ah, good morning, Ursula. Is that zurin I can smell?"
"It is, Highness, but it is not zurin that occupies my attention right now. I have need of a facility that this barge lacks before I will be able to eat."
"Aye! I am in like need, I deem. Is there no remedy, Ursula? Some magic device from the mother world which will be a boon to every woman here?"
"No magic, Highness, but good solid engineering which will come in time." Ursula hoisted herself out of her bunk and stood stretching. "I doubt I can wait that long, however."
It took only a moment for her to strip off her nightgown and pull on the ship dress she had worn the previous day. Some of the others made similar exchanges and Eriana led the way onto the Green Ptuvil's deck. The first thing Ursula noticed was that the four Faral cutters had gone though Spirit of Bibek remained, as did Zebrin's Tusk.
"That solves one problem," she remarked as they climbed into the Visund to reach the shore.
"It is not so, Ursula," Eriana responded. "Here comes one, nay, two, through the channel now."
The group briefly turned to observe the activity but bladders wait for no-one, so they continued clambering over the longship's benches until they reached the bow and climbed down onto solid ground.
"They are bringing materials in," Ursula said as they made their way past the buildings, Zebrin sentries saluting as they did so. "Does that mean that ferry has arrived, do you think?"
"Probably, Ursula, though Simbran may also have sent for supplies from Bibek. Let us do our business and break our fast, then we shall learn what transpires this day."
On their way back from the latrine, freshly dug by Zebrin troops, they were intercepted by Simbran and Vikzas, who came from the direction of the cooking area.
"Good freshness, First Director, Director," Simbran greeted them. "Have you all recovered after your recent night adventures?"
Eriana bobbed. "Good morrow, Your Grace, I mean good morning. Good freshness? Even the greetings are different as we travel! Aye, for myself I feel refreshed, though I would offer a better answer once we have eaten breakfast. Ursula? What of your night? Did you sleep well?"
"I did, First Director, though I might fade later this afternoon. Good morning, Your Grace. I assume there has been no trouble in the camp?"
"None that has been reported to me, Director."
"I noticed some of your cutters bringing goods in, are they from that ferry?"
"Indeed, Director. As we thought, the channel is not wide enough to admit the ferry, nor is it likely deep enough. I put two of the cutters to work ferrying materials in to save time, the other two are away carrying messages to Bibek and Farso. Presently we are building some medium-sized tents to store the food and other materials in against a sudden downpour. We have just inspected the local cooking facilities and intend to supplement with a proper field kitchen and mess tent, that all may eat their meals in comfort.
"Further tents will be provided to accommodate those men who presently have no shelter apart from the hull of the stripped galley. I have no doubt they will feel more comfortable there for the few days needed until they are well enough to travel. If I may ask, would the crew of the Visund also benefit from such tents? It does not seem to me that one could be comfortable in so open a vessel when it rains. I am sure we have brought enough to accommodate all who may need them."
"Eriana?"
"A kind thought, Your Grace, and one which will be appreciated by our men. We do have use of the further galley, it is true, and the Visund even carries awnings we could erect, but aye, if you have brought tents, then why not make use of them?"
"As you wish, First Director. You are about to have breakfast?" Eriana nodded. "The fare provided by the cooks is somewhat plain, I fear."
"The Green Ptuvil has a small kitchen, a stocked pantry and a good cook who will provide for all aboard, Your Grace. There is a zurin roll and a mug of pel awaiting my attention, I deem."
Simbran's brow wrinkled. "I had a strange message a while ago concerning zurin, do you know any more, Vikzas?"
"Aye, Your Grace, it is something I discovered being eaten by these folk in Faralan. When wrapped in a freshly baked roll it is most satisfying for breakfast, I find. Doubtless my desires will change once the weather turns but for now it makes a filling way to begin my day."
"Do you tell me? And where does this new custom come from, then? Was it brought by our friends from Palarand?"
"I believe so, Your Grace."
"Your Grace," Eriana said, "while both zurin and bread rolls are common enough along the lands of the Sirrel I believe that it was Ursula who suggested putting the two together."
"Ah?" Simbran spun to Ursula, one eyebrow raised.
"Your Grace," she replied, "it is a common breakfast item among my people also. Once I found out what zurin was, I introduced the crew to this way of eating it."
"Ah, I see. Your people? You are not from the Great Valley yourself, I deem."
Ursula and Eriana exchanged a glance. The latter cautiously explained, "Your Grace, Ursula comes from a land... not far from that where Tenant Maralin was born, whom you met in Palarand."
Enlightenment came and Ursula said quickly, "Your Grace, my origins were explained to Marshal Vikzas when we met in Faralan, perhaps he can tell you at a suitably private moment."
"That knowledge is not generally known," Eriana added the caution. "She suffers the same danger that Garia and Maralin do. If I may ask you to ward your words carefully, Your Grace."
Simbran stared before nodding. "Upon my oath, Eriana."
"Heard and witnessed, Your Grace."
"Shall I learn more once your ship reaches Bibek, Eriana?"
The Princess rolled her eyes. "That was my intention, Your Grace, but actually reaching Bibek seems to be proving somewhat difficult of late."
"I will make sure that we can do what we may to hasten your dealings here, Eriana. Bibek has been waiting to greet you and your men for some time now."
"As you say, Your Grace." They had been walking towards the Visund while they talked and had now reached the ladder someone had propped against the bow. "By your leave, Your Grace, we go to take breakfast now."
Simbran nodded. "And afterwards we shall continue that meeting we began yester eve, agreed?"
"Agreed."
When they returned to the cabin, all the other women were seated around their table, which held rapidly diminishing plates of bread rolls and sizzling zurin.
* * *
"We have discovered a lack most important to we women, I deem," Eriana began when they had settled into their seats aboard the Spirit of Bibek. "This place has no bath-house at all. Being only men here when the pirates ruled they saw no need for one. Unfortunately there are women here now and there may be women here in the future."
Simbran nodded. "As you say. But building a bath-house here raises a question I asked myself late last night, which was, what is to become of this place? There is nobody local left alive to restore what was once here so it reverts to my own domain, I believe. I could plant a new village, a town, even, given the clearance we see about the buildings, but then I had a new thought: First Director, do you want this place?
"My thinking was this. Bibek is a large and busy port but that is almost its problem, at times it is too busy. I concede that the Faral contingent of the River Patrol must needs operate from there, with smaller establishments along our banks as required, but you may have need of a point of administration this side of Yod and, possibly, a base for storage of supplies or for construction of vessels. It occurred to me that Hamalbek may present such an opportunity to you."
Zoran raised a finger. "Your Grace, if I may add, the new River Patrol will be active along both banks of the Sirrel between our lands, it does not make sense to duplicate bases on both sides when each may share what the other already has."
Simbran inclined his head in acknowledgment. "I had overlooked that point, Signar, and I thank you for reminding me. Aye, it will be of help to both our lands, I deem. But my original question remains. The land is here and presently vacant, should the Federation Navy, then, have an establishment of its own in this place?"
"Your Grace," Eriana replied, "we - the Federation Navy - thank you for your offer and will require some time to consider it. For myself, I do not see that we have a great need for such an establishment that could not be satisfied at Bibek or, indeed, in Zebrin City, but my view is not the only one which matters. Ursula?"
"Your Grace, as a base for water craft I do not think that it would be more useful than the ports already established - but it occurs to me that Hamalbek could be a useful place for training, particularly our marines. The forest around us is unfamiliar to most of our troops and it was unfamiliar to the Yodans also. A center for common training, perhaps even for new recruits, could work well here, away from the distractions we have seen at other ports."
"A training base!" Simbran responded, surprised. "I had not considered that aspect. Aye, I agree. But such a base will take time to plan, I deem. It would not be ready this year so neither would your bath-house."
"While we might need a bath-house, Your Grace, we do not need anything so elaborate. After all, we are only going to be here a few days. A tent for privacy with a large half-barrel in it would be enough, provided sufficient water could be heated."
"As you say, Director." Simbran considered, then nodded. "I will see what may be arranged, but it might not happen today."
"Thank you, Your Grace. I would point out that, should you provide a bath-house, even a temporary one, all the former captives will want to use it as well. And, if they do so, they will want to have fresh clothes to wear, since what they now have on is what they were captured wearing."
Simbran pursed his lips. "It is always surprising to me how any tiny problem may sprout and multiply like some maddened weed in a field, I deem. Director, your words are wise, we must needs find fresh attire for these poor men, they have suffered for far too long." He waved an arm. "Do not concern yourself, I am sure that between our own supplies and those of Zebrin," a nod to Zoran, who returned it, "we may satisfy all who desire fresh attire to clothe themselves before they depart this place."
"Thank you, Your Grace." Ursula hesitated before adding, "Your Grace, there is another related matter I thought about late last night. I now believe that the pirates ought to be removed as soon as possible and tried elsewhere."
"Oh? Director, I would consider it expedient to try them here and execute them as soon as possible, I deem."
"That was what I thought at first, Your Grace, but consider what happens afterwards. We are left with one hundred eighteen bodies to burn and we are already short of firewood."
"One hundred eighteen? I thought you said there were only forty-four!"
Eriana explained, "Your Grace, we already have seventy-one pirate bodies laid out near the forest edge awaiting disposal, together with three captives and a Zebrin. The Zebrin they will want to return to his family but the others remain. Ursula's point is a good one. Removing the pirates will reduce pressure on our food, water and fuel supplies and also remove any element of risk from the camp."
Simbran sighed. "As you desire, First Director, the point is well made. You people are very good at this! I would never have considered the bodies, anywhere else in Faral and they would be of no consequence."
Zoran muttered agreement. "Your Grace, the same would be true in Zebrin. At Hamalbek the rules must needs be different, I deem. By all means take them to Bibek, or at your preference, Zebrin can offer to take some or all. They have preyed on vessels passing our banks as well as yours."
"Done, Zoran, but I would ask that they all be tried together. To condemn half in Faral and half in Zebrin will raise concerns that our ideas of justice may be different."
Zoran thought. "If I may ask to speak privately with you about this matter, Your Grace. In general the laws that govern those who use the Sirrel are customary but there can be some differences according to each land it flows through or past. If we are to join the River Patrol, it follows that the customary law must be made into a legal and consistent one, that all may know their rights and responsibilities when traveling the river."
"Hm? You think that the Federation needs a treaty to govern the river? Aye, we shall have words once we are finished here, Zoran. If we do not then we will only make work for regiments of lawyers for decades to come."
"My thoughts exactly, Your Grace."
"Very well. Let us continue. Who has something to add?"
Ursula cleared her throat. "Your Grace, there may be a bigger problem. There are already many victims buried on the cleared land around the camp and nobody knows how many. What happens when the water level rises?"
There was shock on the faces of the Faral and Zebrin members.
Simbran answered, "We cannot know, Director. The Sirrel does whatever it desires, we may not prevent anything it does to our lands - which is why Hamalbek is now only connected by that channel. Sometimes the water scours, sometimes it will leave deposits, sometimes it apparently does little except disturb the shoals in the channel but we may not predict or prevent anything.
"If it scours the area which is now cleared, the bodies could be swept into the main river and downstream - or they could be washed back and scattered into the forest. If it deposits more soil then no-one will know where the bodies may be until the next time someone digs a foundation or a well." He grimaced. "Even if the well does not find a body the water would become tainted, I deem. Do you know how many bodies may be involved? I do not ask for an exact figure."
"I cannot even give you an estimate, Your Grace," Ursula replied. "The original Yodans may have buried some of the villagers when they arrived but no-one from that first galley remains alive to tell us. The pirates certainly buried many but there are no markers for the graves and no-one was keeping a count. I would guess anywhere between perhaps thirty and a hundred or so, some of which could be women. But that is only a guess, Your Grace."
Simbran threw up his hands, muttering something which was not intended for female hearing.
"There may be people in Bibek who can discover these bodies, but it is late in the season and the bodies must needs be found and removed before the Rains begin. Very well, Director, I will instruct those necessary to come here and begin the search. We must move on. What is next?"
* * *
Ursula climbed down the ramp from the Spirit of Bibek and tried to stretch the kinks out of her legs. While there was enough room in the cabin to sit and the seating was comfortable enough, she had not moved for two bells and had gotten stiff. On the ground waiting for her and Eriana, who was having a few final words with Simbran, were Bennet, Semma and Tyra. All were wearing their training gear of tunic top tucked into box-pleat skirt, straw hat and the three wore swords on their belts.
"Mistress? You had a long meeting on that boat."
"Yes, Tyra, it was a meeting we probably should have had in more comfort at the Margrave's palace, or wherever he lives. Most of what we discussed was about here, though. Ladies, it looks like we - the River Patrol, that is - now owns Hamalbek, possibly to build a training base on. Nothing will happen until after the Rains, though, and likely not until next year. More importantly, the surviving pirates will be taken away as soon as possible and transported to Bibek for trial and execution. We'll be getting more tents to put everyone who is left into and even an extra one for us to bathe in."
"That sounds like an excellent idea, Mistress," Bennet agreed. "I know that when traveling we must needs bathe whenever we can but this place is filthy. Ah, a bathing tent, does that mean we will be staying here some time, Mistress?"
"No more than a week, I hope," Ursula replied. "Just long enough to get all the captives fit enough to be taken somewhere else. We have business elsewhere and so do they." Ursula paused, then added, "Most of them, anyway."
"That's good," Bennet said. "This has been a good exercise but I have become used to traveling between towns and cities on the river. Oh," she remembered, "those two healers from the Trusties cage wanted to speak to you, Mistress. Tyra, do you remember what they said?"
"I do not, Bennet, but I saw them returning to their cage. Something about a fever? Mistress, will you go there to see them or have you other needs?"
"I need a drink, Tyra, but that is all. If the healers want me it could be important. Bennet, what are you and Semma doing this morning?"
The tall guardswoman pointed at the State Barge. "We await Her Highness, Mistress. I will tell her where you have gone."
"Very well. Come on, Tyra."
Ursula had visited the cage briefly the previous day when she had made her census but not ventured further inside. Now she asked at the entrance where the sick people were and was directed to a screened area at one end, shaded by a length of tattered tarpaulin from the sun which beat down between the bars of the cage. Inside she found the two healers and sixteen crude pallets of which twelve were occupied.
Two at the far end were separated from the rest by empty pallets, upon one of which the two healers had been sitting. When Ursula and Tyra arrived they stood and hurried forward to greet her.
"Mistress, welcome to the House of the Sick, such as it is. We are concerned with the two at the far end, as you see. While the others around you have simple injuries of one kind or another those two have a persistent fever and it worries us. The Zebrin surgeon told us that you had more knowledge than he and suggested that we ask you for advice."
"That is possibly true," she replied. "I'm sorry, I remember your names but not which is which."
The speaker pointed to himself. "Mistress, I am Sarrik and he is Netheran. We are both accounted healers by the association in Bibek. We are used to treating injuries and ministering to the usual mild fevers which every child and young adult may catch but these two resist our efforts. If you could assist us?"
She led the way towards the two pallets but stopped at a safe distance. "What seems to be the problem here?"
"Mistress, it appears to us that these two have caught nothing more than a simple childhood illness called middrin which, in an otherwise healthy child, lasts a week to ten days or so. Middrin usually gives the child a mild rash and a sore throat. There is a fever, it is true, but it happens at the beginning and lasts only one day, perhaps two. These two have been feverish for two weeks now and it does not relent."
"Do adults normally catch this illness?"
"No, Mistress, since most will have already caught it while children."
She considered the faces of the two patients. "These two do not look like locals, their skin is too dark."
"As you say, Mistress. That one," Sarrik pointed, "comes from K'kjand and the other, we know not where, but certainly nowhere local to the river."
K'kjand? Oh, that was what Eriana told me some folk call travelers who come from a region called the Six Cities over on the west coast.
"I remember now. When I came yesterday to find out everyone's details you had to carefully spell out their names for me."
"As you say, Mistress. When they were first brought here both were already ill but could just manage to speak and tell us their names. Now I think on it, there was another from K'kjand who had the fever! But he recovered quickly and was moved next door."
Ursula nodded. "I remember him as well. Look, I'll need to go and get my basket of potions and so on but, before I come back here to examine these two properly, I will go and find the other one and ask him some questions. It might help if he knows what is going on."
"Ah, as you say, Mistress. Of course, even if we had thought of doing that, we could not approach the other prison for fear of being strung up on the frame."
Ursula winced. "Well, that will no longer happen. We'll be back shortly."
Ursula and Tyra had taken a certain amount of dressings and salves for the assault but most had been left aboard the Green Ptuvil. Once the barge had arrived at Hamalbek the materials had been returned to their usual places in basket and bag. The two therefore returned to the barge, taking the opportunity to have a drink and refill the bottles everyone now carried.
"What happened to Kaldar? I have not seen him today."
Kedian smiled. "Mistress, this morning he helped me make breakfast since there are now so many to provide for. Now, I deem, he is below with the rescued women, probably making more attire for us all."
"Oh, I see."
I didn't give him any potions this morning. If I give them to him now it could be dangerous, too close to tomorrow's dose. I'll talk to him over lunch.
"Thank you, Kedian. Those rolls were very good. I didn't think you could bake anything like that on a tiny barge stove."
He grinned. "Mistress, it is always a surprise what we can do with so small a kitchen. It is enough for us waterfolk, I deem."
"So I have discovered. If you will excuse us, we have some patients to attend to."
"Of course, Mistress."
Most of the Captives were still inside the stripped galley because of the hot sun. Ursula climbed down and discovered Benakar at the foot of the companionway.
"Mistress, good morning. If I may be of assistance."
"You can, Benakar, since I do not think I can pronounce his name. I need that man from... where did you say it was? Somewhere over at the west coast, it sounded like."
"Ah, do you mean Kapis or Terry? Both are yonder." He pointed along the length of the hull.
"Which ones? Those two? Not the Kittrin, I want to speak to the other one. Wait, call them both over, please."
"Kapis! Terry! The Mistress wants you."
The two men scrambled along the ribs of the hull, carefully avoiding the others who were lying between the structural members. They arrived at the small platform at the base of the companionway and looked at Ursula with interest. She decided to deal with the Kittrin first. He looked a little older than Toshi, but that could partly be because of the poor diet.
«I apologize, I do not remember your name.»
He was startled. «You speak my tongue!» He looked more closely at Ursula's face in the light which came down the companionway. «You are not a Kittrin but... Are you descended from some of my people?»
«Not exactly. It is a long story. Your name?»
He looked embarrassed and then bowed low. «Mistress, I am Kapashu Atakami Teratsu, a Kittrin as you can see but no longer of the Empire. Most in this strange land struggle with my name and name me Terry. What is it you want of me?»
«We have a Kittrin who has recently joined our crew. My thought was that, as you are now free but presumably have no ties to anyone here, you may consider joining him. Sometimes it is good to have someone you can speak with in your own tongue.»
He looked interested. «It is a thought, Mistress. I have wondered what would become of any of us now we are free. Can I ask his name?»
«His name is Dithereen Matsuk Hakatoshi. We call him Toshi. His island was taken by another faction and he is now in exile.»
«Dithereen? His island was taken?»
«That is what he told us, yes.»
«Matsukuo... He is of that clan? A leader, then, not like me, I am just a wandering warrior.»
«His island was invaded by superior forces and he barely escaped with his sister and a retainer. His sister died later at sea. He thinks he may be the only one of his family still alive, so at present he is just like you.»
«Ah. May I be permitted to meet him and discuss matters?»
«Yes, but I will warn you that he is sworn to our leader and she does not tolerate disagreements.»
Terry bowed. «Mistress, it sounds as if we have much in common and little to disagree about. Can you arrange it?»
«Yes, but later, I think, when the sun is not so hot. Maybe after our evening meal.»
«I will wait, Mistress, and thank you for the knowledge. There might be meaning to my life after all.»
She switched back to the local tongue. "Thank you, Terry. Now I have to ask your friend here some questions."
The Kittrin took the hint and returned back along the hull. Ursula turned to the tall, dark-skinned and straight-haired man in front of her with a smile.
"I know that you have a long and impressive name but what does everyone here call you?"
"Kapis, Mistress, that is all. I have heard that you are a healer but you do not behave like any healer I have known before."
She smiled again. "That is because of my unusual background, Kapis. Know that I am a healer, also a field surgeon and I have a number of other talents as well. Tell me, did you arrive here with the other man from the Six Cities, the one who is in the House of the Sick?"
He nodded. "Aye, Mistress, I did, and there was another with us, a strange man we encountered along our long journey. Tell me, are they well? Because we were kept separate once I recovered I have had no word of their condition."
"Both those men still have the fever, unfortunately. That was the reason I came to find you, to see if you could tell me more about where you might all have caught it. The two healers who were captives have tended them but of course they had no access to the kind of herbs I normally carry."
"You seek to know what it is that we caught, then? Let me think... We two from the Six Cities Confederation had traveled east together looking for casual work, as is the manner of our people from time to time. In Benmond, upriver from Zebrin, we met the other man who calls himself Bineer Ketko. Mistress, we know little about him, almost nothing he told us made any sense. I begin to wonder if the sickness had already gotten inside of him by then and addled his mind. When we met, however, he seemed well enough.
"The owner of a fast barge was looking for some extra hands to help out as he took a load of timber downriver to a customer there. We three were hired and the barge followed the river down to Bibek where some extra provisions were taken on. When we departed Bibek I began feeling unwell, a sore throat and a rash, but not enough to prevent me doing what was required of me.
"Then the pirates struck. We were totally unprepared when they came alongside and boarded. We were all taken prisoner and the barge confiscated. At first we were sent to the center prison but it was obvious by then that we three were becoming ill, so they moved us to the end one to prevent anyone else catching whatever it was. I had two tough days but then recovered quickly, so they moved me back to the center prison. Is that what you wanted to know?"
"Your explanation sounds as if you think your mystery friend gave you whatever it was."
"Aye, Mistress, that is what I believe. What else can I tell you?"
"Where were you living in Benmond? Was it in a traveler's hostel or was it some place where children were around?"
"Mistress, we were not in the city of Benmond itself but in their port, a place named Benmouth. We were in the waterman's hostel but there were, indeed, several barge families with children also staying there when we were. Do you think we caught the sickness from those children, Mistress?"
"It sounds likely, yes." Ursula pondered. "I don't think you can tell me any more, thank you for your time."
He bowed with a smile. "Mistress, if there is anything I presently have it is too much time."
She hesitated. "Tell me, are you a warrior? We are looking for men who can fight, also men who are familiar with using the river. If you had no particular destination in mind then we might be able to offer you work - permanent work if you want it. I have heard good things about the men of the Six Cities."
"It is worth a thought, Mistress. Who must I ask for more information? Surely you do not do that as well!"
"The situation is... unusual. The person who would be able to answer you best is our leader, Princess Eriana of Palarand. She also holds a number of other titles, as do I."
"A Princess? She leads your force? How strange! Is this customary among the peoples of the east?"
"Not really, but she comes from somewhere else entirely. A long story, I'm afraid. Now, if you'll excuse me, I must go and examine your countryman."
"As you wish, Mistress. Will you return and tell me how he fares?"
"Yes, of course."
Kapis bowed and made his way back along the galley. Benakar looked at Ursula with interest.
"Mistress, when you first came to us you hinted that your group may be looking for others to join. I and several others here," he waved a hand to indicate the men in the galley, "no longer have a job or, in most cases, anyone who we might name our master. For myself I might be interested in what you have to offer and others here may as well."
"That was one of my thoughts when we discovered there were prisoners here, yes. Look, Kapis is a special case because of his origins and I know that Eriana... First Director Eriana will want to personally speak with him, but you are right. I will ask her to come here and talk to all of you as soon as she can find some free time."
Benakar bowed. "That is all we ask, Mistress. Thank you, I know you also are busy."
Ursula and Tyra took their leave and exited the galley.
"Do you know of this disease the two healers spoke of?" Ursula asked Tyra as they walked across to the cage.
"I do, Mistress, almost everyone I knew in Joth has had middrin. Indeed, since it does not appear to affect children much at all, but can cause problems for adults, our mothers customarily try to make sure that if one catches it, all the other children would be brought to try and get it at the same time."
Ursula nodded. "It sounds like some childhood diseases where I came from. But I still do not know what this one looks like or how to treat it."
"Mistress, I do not know of any herb that is used. Just to keep the body from becoming too hot."
"That isn't good news, Tyra, not in this heat."
"As you say, Mistress."
As they reached the cage Ursula's mind began turning over the options in her basket. Most would be useless, but she remembered something the Old Woman in the Woods had told her about certain side effects of some of them.
It would be unorthodox but it might do the trick here.
"Mistress! Did you learn anything of use?"
"Maybe. Those three men met in a port called Benmouth, do you know of it?"
"Aye, Mistress, it is some two hundred marks or so upriver in Benmond, the port for their capital."
"They stayed in a traveler's hostel in Benmouth where there were several families with children. I think that Kapis must have caught the disease first from those children, since he recovered first. The three joined a barge carrying timber downstream as deckhands. It called at Bibek for supplies and then was caught by the pirates somewhere -" she waved an arm in the direction of the river, "around there. By the time they ended up here all three had it and were moved into this cage."
"But, Mistress, it is a disease of children! Why should it affect them so badly?"
I have to phrase this very carefully.
"It is something that is known about where I come from, which is not Alaesia but somewhere much more distant. Look: there are thousands of marks between here and the west coast, is that so?"
They looked mystified. "Aye, Mistress, but..."
"So some diseases will have trouble getting from populations on one side to populations on the other side, since anyone who gets ill will have recovered before they have traveled very far. Therefore, each side will end up with slight variations of each disease as the people adapt to them. Once so many people have had the disease, a certain immunity builds up so that each new generation will find the disease less severe, and so it goes on until it becomes safe enough to actually encourage children to have it, to prevent problems when they get older."
"As you say, Mistress, but that doesn't explain those three men."
"It does, because although the disease cannot travel, the men can and did so before they caught the version of the disease which exists here in the east. They have no immunity to this form of the disease so it has hit them harder. How do I know this? When my people explored other lands they accidentally took certain diseases with them, sufficient that they completely wiped out whole populations many thousands of marks away."
The two healers looked at her with suspicion.
"Mistress," Sarrik said, "just how far away are your people? Anmar can surely not be that large!"
"I do not know, gentlemen, but a wise man once told us that to go completely around Anmar would be something like forty thousand marks. That sounds like a lot but I could not begin to argue against him."
Netheran commented, "That explains much, Sarrik. She speaks our tongue fluently but there is a slight accent I cannot place and sometimes she uses words in a strange way. The shape of her face... I do not know of anyone with like features. Mistress, you have traveled a long way, I deem."
"I have, and for most of that journey I was ill as well so I have no idea which direction my home land might be. But we have patients to treat, gentlemen. The rest is merely tales for idle time, and who of us has any idle time these days?"
She went first to the Six Cities man. "What do you call this one?"
"I cannot say his full name, Mistress, but his friend said to call him D'Nandis. A strange name, indeed!"
"As you say." She looked down at the sleeping figure. "Have you managed to get anything into him? I mean, food or drink?"
"Sometimes he is conscious enough to speak, Mistress, though very weak, and he does take water and a little of the thin porridge. I doubt it will be enough, though."
She nodded. "I agree. Now, I have something here which might help bring down the fever, make him more comfortable, but it is not intended to be used this way. A wise woman told me of this useful side-effect."
She rooted in her basket and came out with a pottery jar containing a thick red cream.
"Anthelis!" The two looked at each other. "Why did we not think of that? Aye, Mistress, a little in his next drink should indeed be beneficial."
Netheran remarked, "Of course we could not obtain such herbs ourselves, Sarrik. Even if we had considered it we could do nothing."
"As you say. Mistress, will you leave the jar with us?"
"I am reluctant to, since it may become hot enough in here to affect some of my potions including that one. But we can give him some now and I will return to check progress when, just before lunch time, perhaps?"
"Ah, of course, Mistress, as you say. We have been in this heat for so long we forget the effects it might have."
"Have you attempted to clean him up at all?"
"As much as we were permitted to, Mistress. After all, he still produces body wastes as any patient does."
She nodded. "Good. Do you wipe his face and head with water to try and cool him down?"
"We did not have free access to water, Mistress, but we did whatever we could."
"Very well. I will arrange to have some more sent over." She turned. "What of the other one?"
"We know little of him at all, Mistress, apart from his name. The K'kjand men said they knew not where he came from, they have never seen his like either. If he comes from afar, is it possible that you -"
Ursula shook her head. "No, he is a mystery to me as well. Still, Anmar is a large place."
She looked down at the sleeping figure. The most striking thing about him was the color, which looked as if he had been dipped in sun-tan lotion or something like. The face was definitely male but could not have been mistaken for any human type she had ever met, Earth or Anmar. She could not see the eyes but the lids showed a similar fold to her own. The hair was unkempt, wavy, black but showing a faint blue tinge and had suffered from being in the sun. There was some facial hair but not very much, wispy and also unkempt from lack of care.
I wonder where he came from? It just shows how much of Anmar the Navy has to explore. What color is that skin? Not orange, not copper, not gold, nor sallow like Chinese or Japanese, either... Bronze, perhaps. Freshly cast bronze, not like a statue that has been sitting in a park for years. Polished bronze of a like I have never seen before.
"Have you managed to get any water or food into him? He looks worse than the other one."
"Water only, Mistress. Most of the time he is very feverish and mumbles or cries out. Some of the other men in here know he means no ill to them but would rather he let them sleep in peace at night."
"So he would be better off elsewhere. It may be possible. Do you see all that stuff piled up out there? We are going to have tents, some for sleeping, some for cooking and even a bathing tent. We might be able to use one for your House of the Sick."
"That will be a relief, Mistress."
The strange patient moved and began shifting about, distressed, though his eyes remained closed. Suddenly he licked his cracked lips and the cry came out, "Zanthu! Zanthu! Ayieee! Ptuvil! Ptuvil!"
Sarrik remarked, "Mistress, we have no idea what he is saying. Obviously it is in his own tongue, but we do recognize that one word: Ptuvil."
The surviving pirates are shipped off and the camp begins to look settled. Late afternoon, Simbran and Eriana speak to the released captives, bringing them all up to date and offering options for their futures. The condition of the sick men still worries Ursula.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
84 - The Leaders Speak
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2023 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Ursula was awakened from her afternoon nap by the motion of
the barge. She sat up and looked around but nobody else seemed
bothered.
"What's happening?"
Banest was seated at the cabin table and put down the needle she had been using. "Oh, Mistress, they are moving the barge. His Grace asked Her Highness if it would be possible for his men to make use of their ship, as it would be easier to move the pirates out in that than taking many journeys in their cutters."
There was a rocking motion and Ursula could hear voices on deck. "Oh, I see. Thank you, Banest. Yes, the Visund is so much bigger they can transport more people at once." She had a thought. "It is just as well we unloaded the Visund in Vormarin, it will make their job so much easier."
"That is almost the same words Her Highness used, Mistress. Being used to barges I thought the Visund very crude and uncomfortable-looking when first I saw it at Bakhrad but it has many uses, does it not? The men tell me it has sailed the wide sea, something I am beginning to desire to see one day, it can be used for carrying men, goods and of course for war also. And it is so shallow it can go places no barge dare attempt."
There was a bump and more voices, calls to secure ropes, and then everything became still again. Tyra appeared, skipping down the companionway. By this time Ursula had sat up on her bunk.
"Our pardon, Mistress," Tyra said, "we were moving the barge -"
"Yes, Banest has explained. Where are we tied up now?"
"The Zebrin galley has moved across and beached between the stranded ones and the Visund, Mistress. We are tied behind it for now, that they may move the longship."
Ursula worked through the implications. "So we will have to climb onto Zebrin's Tusk, walk from one end to the other, then climb down from their bow."
"As you say, Mistress, but it will be less trouble than walking the length of the Visund. They have a ramp like that of His Grace's barge to reach the ground. And our women will still have a certain amount of privacy."
"That's good to hear. I know that almost no-one apart from the pirates would be likely to try anything but there are a lot of men out there who have not seen any woman except us for some time now, some of them for many months. I would not want to unfairly tempt them."
"Indeed, Mistress. Do you rise? Kedian brews pel, as if you need to be told."
"A good idea, but first I need another trip to the latrines. All that pel has to come out eventually."
On deck they were intercepted by Karan.
"Good morning, Mistress."
"Good morning, Karan. You look as though you need something."
"I do, Mistress, by your leave. Admiral Lars and some of the Norse are helping those of Faral to move some of the pirates to Bibek today."
"So I was told. They intend to use the Visund to take them out to the Zebrin ferry, I believe."
"As you say, Mistress. As you know, some of the pirates were injured during the battle and Admiral Lars asks if I would accompany them out to the ferry. His Grace the Margrave desires that none should accuse his men of behaving little better than the pirates did, Mistress."
Ursula frowned. "Do they want you to go all the way to Bibek with the pirates?"
"No, Mistress. That Zebrin healer... or surgeon... will go with them on the ferry to Bibek. He is already on the ferry making preparations, so I was told."
"Very well. Do you think you will be comfortable doing that? You are a Yodan, after all."
"A Yodan no longer, Mistress, but I understand your concern. It is a small enough task, I deem, but one which should tell me how much I may venture."
"Then by all means help Lars today. There will be a big camp meeting just before sunset, make sure you are back for that."
"Of course, Mistress."
A visit to the now-clean latrine area and refreshed with a brew, Ursula and Tyra headed for the sick bay, skirting the piles of materials which the Farals were busy converting into canvas accommodation. Inside the area reserved for the sick prisoners they were greeted by the two Faral healers.
"Greetings, Mistress," Netheran said to Ursula. "I have to report little obvious change in our two patients but the man D'Nandis does appear somewhat more comfortable, his forehead seems cooler." He shrugged. "That might be because we could get more into him, Mistress. He has always been a little stronger than the other one."
Ursula nodded. "That sounds about what I would expect, Netheran, thank you."
"If I may ask, Mistress, when might we attempt another dose? This evening?"
"It is difficult. We are doing something that is known about but there are no instructions nor has anyone any idea if there are other side effects or dangers doing this. However, these two would likely die if we did nothing, so I think we should try again this evening and then perhaps just morning and night. What do you think?"
"I think you are right, Mistress. We need to see that the potion makes a change in their condition and then we might be able to consider other, more traditional treatments." He looked at the alarm in Ursula's eyes. "Mistress?"
"Where I come from," she replied cautiously, "there are treatments which are considered traditional but some of them do little and others are actively dangerous. Some herbs may appear to work but can be toxic and there are other... treatments... that were used in the past which did nothing but harm, like the letting of blood. I assume that you do not do anything like that?"
"Toxic? Letting of blood? Mistress, we are not savages! Do you tell me your people did such barbaric acts on their patients?"
"A long time ago, gentlemen, I am speaking of a hundred years or more. In those days people did not really know how the body worked and there were strange theories that suggested treatments we would not use today."
"Ah, as you say. It was the same here, Mistress. If I may ask -"
Their discussion was interrupted by shouts from outside. A squad of Zebrin troops escorted ten pirates from the middle cage, past the one they were in, and then along to the Visund. The pirates had their hands tied behind and were linked together with a long rope looped between their necks. At the longship some of the Norse helped the pirates to climb up into the hull where they were seated around the mast.
A discussion was held and then a Zebrin under-officer hurried back, beckoning to men near the cage. Shortly a second line of men was led out to join their fellows in the longship. Some Farals helped the Norse push the Visund out into the water and then all climbed aboard. Oars were deployed at each end and the longship disappeared through the channel.
Netheran breathed a sigh of relief. "Mistress, I am glad to see those black-hearted monsters go. We have all suffered their reign of terror here for too long, most for much longer than our own party, of course."
"Yes. I think we will all breathe more easily when they have all been shipped out."
One of the other men in the sick bay asked, "Mistress, what will happen to us now?"
"That depends on each of you, to an extent," she replied. "I am reluctant to let anyone in this camp leave unless we -" she gestured at herself and the other healers, "- are satisfied that you are at least fit enough to make the journey. After that, well, that depends on each of you. Do you have families? Families that might want to see you again, that is?"
The man, who had been laid up with a twisted ankle, gave a grimace. "Ah, Mistress, you have a point. I have worked the barges all my life, there is nowhere I would name home nor have I any family. There are some in the two cages who do desire to return to their families but there are many who have none, like me, or do not wish to return... for various reasons, you understand.
"What can we do? Until my ankle heals I can do little heavy work, though I could probably make my way on a barge if the captain was desperate enough. We are in Faralmark, I assume? When I was captured we were held below and I knew not where we were taken. I did notice the Zebrins when you brought them through the forest but these healers said that we were not in Zebrin. Who rules this land?"
"We are in a land that is now called Faral," she told him. "It seems that the Margrave held some talks with his neighbor in Upper Faral - about whom I know nothing - and decided to re-unite their two lands. For now he retains the title of Margrave. It is possible that Faral may join with Upper Fanir as well. There were discussions going on when we were in Faralan before we came upriver."
"Do you tell me? News, indeed, Mistress." The others in the Sick Bay looked impressed. "They have joined together in the manner of Palarand, then? But they do not have the Palar valley, I deem."
One of the others said, "Presk, if it is Upper Faral the Mistress speaks of then of course they now have all of that valley, almost all the way to Jestik."
"Mayhap, but who knows if any ores lie below those hills? That was not my question, Barsak. I was wondering whether His Grace could offer work for the likes of us. I have lived my life on the Sirrel but I am not so sure I desire to return to barging again after this, I am not the same man I was before."
"I might be able to answer that," Ursula told him, turning around to include the other men. "You see this uniform? I belong to a new organization which, around here, will be called the River Patrol. It is so new we have few staff, no premises and almost no rules and regulations - yet." She gave them all a smile. "That means that we can, to a certain extent, make up our own.
"The bulk of the work will be undertaken by men like those you see outside, the Farals and Zebrins and others of each land the river passes by, but above them will be a unified command covering the whole river. His Grace has given us this place, Hamalbek, to build a base where men can be trained in all the tactics and processes the River Patrol will need. We would be willing to consider any of the men in this camp if they were interested, and not just as marines - water soldiers, if you would. We will need men and women to fill all the support jobs as well."
Barsak said, "Mistress, that idea sounds interesting. Where can we learn more?"
"After the evening meal His Grace wants to gather everyone still left in the camp together and explain the situation as he sees it. I was at a meeting this morning where we spoke of this but I do not know what he will say tonight. With him will be First Director Eriana, who is the head of the Federation Navy. I imagine she will tell you all you need to know."
Presk asked, "Mistress, you used a strange word there, Navy. What does it mean?"
"The Navy will be all the waterborne forces of the Sirrel Federation, to which Faral is a founding member, along with many of the lands below Yod, including Joth and Palarand. As well as the River Patrol there will be other branches, one of which will cover the open ocean beyond Palarand. One task that Ocean Command will have will be to travel as far as possible in every direction, mapping the lands and making friends with the people that we find."
Presk was startled. "Maker! Do you intend to map the whole of Anmar, Mistress?"
She nodded. "In time, yes, we do. It will take many years and I have no doubt the work will be interesting for those that choose to go to sea."
There was silence as her listeners digested this news.
Barsak asked, "Mistress, you have bars upon your shoulders, are they your rank? If so, I do not know it. Are they the mark of a healer where you came from?"
"For reasons I do not recall I was made head of a department of the Federation Navy. My title is Director of Welfare, which is why I am currently in charge of this camp. My rank is indicated by a wide bar and two stars. The First Director has four stars."
The others, including the two healers, looked at Ursula with shock.
Netheran asked, "Mistress... Director? Do you tell me you are high in this new organization, the Navy, you named it? Yet you labor as a healer in this camp?"
"That is so, Netheran. As I said, the Navy is sufficiently new that those who already belong wear many different hats according to occasion." She had a thought, adding, "It is likely that this may become a tradition in the Navy, that many of its members will be able to do more than one thing."
Presk agreed, "Mistress, those who live on the barges are much the same. There are few of us on any vessel and many tasks to be done. Joining the Navy will not be so different for those who live their lives on the water, I deem."
The stranger - Bineer? - began moving around, uncomfortable. Ursula gave a brief wave to the others before the three healers converged on the feverish man.
Sarrik remarked, "See, he sweats again. This is not good, uh, Mistress? How should we address you?"
"Mistress is good enough when I am doing this. Let us not complicate matters."
"As you desire, Mistress."
Ursula grimaced. The canvas already erected kept the Sick Bay out of the direct sunlight but it prevented any cooling wind from circulating freely.
"Tyra, go and see if you can find something to make a fan out of. We need to get some air moving in here."
"Of course, Mistress. If I may ask those outside, they may have some suitable materials."
"Yes, go."
Ursula took a rough cloth square and dipped it in the bucket of water which was at the foot of the bed. She wiped his forehead and face and then moved down to his neck, shoulders and lower arms, all she could reach without disturbing his tattered tunic. His legs came next followed by his feet. She placed a hand briefly on his forehead.
"Hot. Much hotter than I would be happy with," she reported. "Perhaps we can try and give him some more water?"
Her patient began groaning and moving around, twisting and turning on the crude mattress. His lips began to form words, but there was no sound.
"Quick! While he is like this it may be possible to get some of the water into him."
She pushed her arm under his shoulders to lift him up and almost regretted it, he was so hot. Sarrik was there immediately with a 'pillow', a salvaged canvas bag loosely stuffed with rags. It was pushed behind her arm, thus supporting the patient and allowing her in turn to remove her arm.
Netheran came with a mug part filled with a faintly milky liquid. "Here, Mistress, this is what is left of what we tried to give him before."
Once liquid touched the lips their patient sucked greedily at the mug. She held it up so that most of the contents went inside. There was a final sigh and the body relaxed. Ursula dipped her cloth and sponged him again.
"At least his body knows that it needs water. What about the other one? The man from the Six Cities?"
"Mistress? Oh, do you mean K'kjand? For now he sleeps peacefully, Mistress."
"Hmm. Let me check his temperature as well."
The other feverish patient did, indeed, feel hot. Ursula gave him a gentle shake.
"Hallo? Hallo. It is very hot in here. You need to drink some more."
The eyes part-opened and the head moved in an uncontrolled manner. He began to take in his surroundings and started to mumble, but the words were indistinct. After a short while Ursula realized that he was actually trying to ask her something but in his own tongue. The shock came when she discovered that she could understand him.
How many languages are tucked away in this head of mine? Perhaps a question for another time.
Now, do I reply in the same language, showing everybody else that I know it? Is that going to be useful or a problem? I have already had trouble with Toshi.
It felt natural to reply to him so that is what she did.
«You are in the pirate camp. Like your friend, all the prisoners have been freed and the pirates taken off to be judged.»
«Uh.» He licked his lips. «Did you mention water?»
«Yes, of course. You need to drink as much as you can in this heat, it will help your body fight the illness.»
She turned. "Some plain water, please, for this patient."
Netheran stared at her, but still handed her a mug of water. "I did not know that you spoke his tongue, Mistress!"
Not wishing to confuse everyone she merely replied, "It is a long and complicated story, Netheran. Thank you."
She took the water and fed it to the man. At first he did not want too much but his thirst increased as he drank and he drained the mug.
«More?»
He licked his lips. «I have had enough for now, Mistress. What has happened to me?»
«We think you and your friends have caught a common childhood illness when you arrived over here. Because you came from far away you did not have the resistance to it that the local people have.»
«Uh. I thought it might be something like that. There were children... I don't remember where. One of them was sick. Am I getting better?»
«If you can string three words together then I think that you probably are.»
His eyes opened and their gaze became sharp. «You are a strange healer, Mistress.»
«So I have been told.»
«Thank you, Mistress.» His voice became a mumble. «I think I need to sleep now.»
His eyes closed and he relaxed. Ursula turned to the healers.
"It is as we thought. It looks like he and his friends caught the disease from those children at the hostel."
Sarrik asked, "What of his condition, Mistress? Does he improve now?"
"If he can speak to me like that then he probably does, Sarrik. Two or three more days and he should be well enough to get out of bed, but of course it will take him much longer to recover completely."
Tyra returned bearing a strange device consisting of a triangular piece of canvas nailed to a frame made from wood offcuts.
"One of the Farals suggested this, Mistress. They have several they use themselves in this heat."
"Good, Tyra, thank you." Ursula took the crude fan and looked around. "I did not think this idea through, did I? Someone needs to be here to wave the fan over these two."
Sarrik offered, "Mistress? I can do it."
"For a short while, perhaps, but you have other duties, as have myself and Tyra."
"Mistress?" One of the other men held up a hand. "We are here, we can do little else, one of us can surely do as you require."
Ursula looked at the man, then at the two Farals. "What do you think? Some of these would not be able to do it but the others can, if they are moved near enough."
Netheran nodded. "It is as you say, Mistress. Sivlik there had a crossbow bolt through his thigh, it heals properly but he cannot yet walk. Sivlik, if we move you near these two men, would you do it?"
"Surely, Master. Anything would be better than lying or sitting here idle watching those two succumb to the fever."
There were grunts of agreement from several of the others.
Sarrik asked him, "You do not fear the disease? You might catch it if you come too close."
"Not me, Master. My family all had it when I was a child of six winters or so. I account myself relatively safe, as matters go."
"Done. We'll move you over to begin with. You others, who is willing to spell Sivlik? He surely cannot wave that fan the rest of this hot day."
Several hands were raised and a short rota established.
Ursula looked at Tyra. "The Sick Bay has been dealt with and I think we have business elsewhere."
"As you say, Mistress. The, er, First Director asked where you might be."
"Then we had better not keep her waiting. Gentlemen? If you would excuse us."
* * *
"There, Mistress."
Tyra stood back and surveyed her handiwork. Eriana had requested that Ursula, Tyra and Zakaros dress once more in the green outfits they had used two nights previously when they led the Zebrin force through the forest. This included the gaiters and repositioned utility knives while Tyra also wore a belted sword.
"What for, Eriana?" Ursula had asked. "Those were adequate for night operations but, as we discovered yesterday, they will be somewhat warm during the day."
"I seek to make a point, Ursula," had been the reply. "If we are to attract new people, the new Navy must needs present itself as a professional body with some kind of structure and discipline already present. Lars has seen you three operate attired thus and approves. I believe he desires that his marines should wear a like uniform when the weather becomes cooler, but of course you three are the only ones who presently have that attire. Do not concern yourselves over the heat, our gathering will be after the evening meal with the sun already low in the sky."
"Thank you, Tyra. Do you think I need to take my basket with me?"
"Mistress, we are to be paraded in front of the men, I doubt that your potions will be required this evening." Tyra shrugged. "If they are, they will be only a few steps away, after all."
"As you say."
The other women were gathered around them in their cabin, watching and in some cases assisting the two get ready.
Banest said, "I do like that arrangement, Mistress. Sometimes, I deem, it could be more practical. Do women customarily wear... trousers... where you came from?"
"We do, Banest, quite often, though where I grew up it was considerably colder than it is around here. You have snow here?"
"Aye, Mistress, of course."
"Where I came from the snow could come up to your waist if it were not constantly cleared away. Of course we were used to it and we adapted."
"Up to your waist, Mistress? Is there so much snow in the world?"
Ursula smiled. "There is indeed, Banest, in some places there is so much snow every winter the people have to make tunnels to get from place to place. Or ride in or on special vehicles on top of the snow. When you live..." careful now, they probably don't know much about equators or poles, "...much further south, the sun does not rise so high during the day so it does not give as much warmth. In winter, it gives hardly any and the days are much shorter too."
"But we do not venture so far south, Mistress. Is it only there that such garments are worn?"
"Not at all, Banest. Let me think, perhaps when we get back to Joth you can have a word with someone who can design something more comfortable than these for you, and probably more feminine."
"Are those of Joth that good, Mistress?"
"They are... they made most of the men's uniforms and most of our ship dresses, the ones you did not make yourselves. Oh, I can hear Her Highness's voice, we had better go. Tyra?"
"Of course, Mistress."
On deck the sun had westered and the air was indeed cooler, just as Eriana had promised. She was waiting on one of the sterns of Zebrin's Tusk, talking to Lars. He turned and nodded approvingly as the two joined them.
«I told Princess that I liked that uniform,» he said to Ursula as the two climbed aboard. «You tell me if there is anything that needs to change?»
«Of course, Lars. It is much like what I wore on Earth, after all. You saw that when you found me.»
«But you had the body of a man there.»
She shrugged. «Doesn't make much difference, Lars. This is comfortable, that is all.»
«All right, you two,» Eriana interrupted. «Here is Zakaros, we must go. The others are waiting for us.»
Since the space between the three cages and the three pirate buildings was where the tents were being erected, the meeting was positioned in the wide space between the cages and the western edge of the forest. When Eriana led the way around the end cage Ursula could see that everyone who had previously been in the cages were now gathered near the forest edge out of the sunlight.
Most of the men were sitting on the bare ground, still separated into their three groups, a few of the less able ones were on stretchers apparently provided by the Farals. Ursula noted that of those who had been in the Sick Bay all were present except the two Faral healers and the two men with fever.
Facing the men and the forest the Farals had used some of their timber to construct a wide but low temporary platform. There were three benches at the rear which might have been borrowed from the proposed field kitchen. Behind the bench nearest to Ursula were five Zebrins in what looked like parade uniform while five more sat on the bench, one an under-officer. There were five Norse in tee-shirt, shorts and boaters behind the center bench, while Bennet and Semma sat on it beside Hashim and Toshi, who must have been wearing a borrowed tee shirt. The final bench had five smartly turned-out Farals behind and five seated.
Suddenly Ursula understood the request to kit herself and Tyra out.
In front was another bench which presently held Simbran and Zoran, who were having a quiet conference. They stood as Eriana approached, leading the others, and the men behind stood and came to attention. She curtseyed to Simbran and gave Zoran a nod, both men replying with respectful nods.
"Please join us, Your Highness, Mistress, friends."
Ursula, Tyra and Zakaros were seated at one end of the front bench while Simbran and Zoran moved along to the other, making space for Eriana in the middle. Lars walked over to sit beside Toshi. With a muttered word, everyone sat down except Simbran. The audience in front fell silent as he turned to them.
"Some of you know me," he began. "A few of you have met me, most of you have heard of me. The soil you sit on is the soil of my own land, Faral, and I am Margrave Simbran the ruler of Faral. By my side," he gestured one way, "is Signar Zoran, a cousin of Graf Nuel, the ruler of our neighbor Zebrin. On my other side," another gesture at Eriana, "is Princess Eriana of Palarand. She is here because she leads an unusual military force which is the one that freed you all. I expect Her Highness will explain who the others are and why they are here."
He held up a hand. "Much has happened in the world since many of you were captured by the pirates. I hear some of you asking, What is Faral? If I may explain. Many years ago, centuries, this land was part of a much larger empire that failed, most of you know this. It is why we all speak the same tongue, share many customs. The upper Faral valley was one of the edges of that empire and that is why the lord of that domain was called Margrave.
"In later years, still centuries ago, the upper regions of the Faral valley became difficult to administer and eventually separated into what you may know as Upper Faral, with the rest now named Faralmark. I have conversed with Magel Gorgay and we recently decided to reunite our lands using the old name of Faral. He retains his own name, titles and lands, we have joined in a like manner to that of Palarand and Brikant, if any of you should have ventured so far downstream. For now our separate laws and customs remain as they were before.
"As to the present. The pirates who brought you here have all been taken away for trial and judgment as the law of Faral requires. Those of you who remain have nothing to fear from any person still in this camp. Her Highness will explain all but I want first to make sure that you understand this: you will all depart this place in time with no stain on your character. There will be no warrant for your arrest, no demand to repay anything that you no longer possess."
There was a murmur at that from some of the crowd but they quietened quickly.
"You may all remain in Faral at your choice if it would be unwise of you to travel elsewhere, though I would remind you that the laws of Faral would apply to you as they do to every other man - and woman - including myself. If you desire to return to friends, family or holdings elsewhere then Faral will be prepared to pay reasonable costs for you to do so."
His finger swung to indicate the small group to his right. "To your left sit the few who remain alive of the crew from the second galley. These men are of course all of Yod and my promise to you extends to them also, for one good reason: the war between Yod and many of the other lands of the Sirrel is ended, in fact it ended perhaps two weeks before Spring Dawning - and Harvest Festival is but a week away.
"Her Highness and her crew passed through Yod on their way here and she will tell you that land is presently in a turmoil, with occupation troops from many lands attempting to prevent those of Yod making war one faction with another. The Ascendancy, that some there named the Overlords, is no more and all who once belonged to that organization are now hunted throughout that land.
"That means that most of the men to your left are become outcasts, exiles who might never be able to return home. I say to them, should you choose to remain in Faral your past will not be held against you. You may find work here or choose to travel to some other land which might tolerate you. Providing that you follow the laws of whatever land you choose I cannot see that anyone would have cause to declare you criminal or ask you to depart.
"I ask the rest of you to consider this: those men, the crew of the second galley, paid no part in whatever happened to the rest of you. Indeed, while you others at least held the hope of freedom, it was the avowed intention of he who named himself the Pirate King to execute every man of both Yodan crews. Those you see are all that remain alive of more than sixty men. They are not your enemy, they are as much victims of the pirates as the rest of you are.
"But I speak overlong, I deem. Tomorrow morning I will depart for Bibek to judge the pirates who have caused you so much pain and distress. This camp belongs to Her Highness, with my own troops and those of Zebrin here to support her. She has words for you, words which may offer you a future none of you might have suspected, work entirely suited to those would live and work upon Anmar's waters."
Simbran turned, gestured at Eriana, bowed and sat down. She in turn stood and faced the audience with her hands on her hips, surveying the men, many of whom began muttering to each other. Eriana saw and understood the sentiment and decided to make a point.
"You see before you a Princess and wonder what manner of woman could possibly be the leader of those in this camp. Many of you have never before seen a woman in command of anything at all. If I may remind you how you came to be seated in front of me thus, well-fed and safe from the attentions of the pirates.
"Two forces attacked this place from different directions and a woman led each of those forces. These are not the first battles we have fought, either together or separately, you shall not find us without experience. If I may ask you all, aye, even you once of Yod, how many of you have seen or passed the fortress of Boldan's Rock? If you have, then raise an arm."
Hesitantly at first arm after arm went up until about two thirds were raised.
"Thank you. You may rest your arms, gentlemen. You have seen the fortress, you all know the tale about how it could not be taken by an enemy, it is so strong. Recently, during the war, Yod managed to capture the fortress from those of Forguland without anyone across the river noticing. Since very few survived from that force we have few details of how it was done but we suspect the use of guile. However, the capture was eventually noticed from Forguland itself and it was considered impossible to retake the fortress without a strong force and great loss of life.
She favored them with a grin. "I and my people come from a distant land, such that it took a week to sail the ocean from my former homeland around the Palumaks to Palarand. The arts of war we were taught there are different than those that are practised in the valley of the Sirrel and it was suggested that we might be able to use those particular arts to recapture the fortress.
"And so it proved. I led that force, gentlemen, with two female warrior companions and seventeen of my countrymen. We cleared the fortress and then attacked the Yodans who had built wharves in the littoral below. Those of Forguland and Ferenis came to our assistance when they saw what was happening. It is believed that the battle below the fortress turned the war against those of Yod, at least on the downstream side.
"Enough. I did not come here to boast of my abilities, that was merely to make a point. At Spring Dawning this year a number of the Sirrel rulers gathered in Palarand to witness the marriage of Crown Prince Keren and his betrothed Lady Garia, Baroness Blackstone. Margrave Simbran," she gestured, "was one of those rulers, I was also a guest. Naturally the war was discussed and as a result, a treaty was made which gathered most of the Sirrel lands together in a mutual Federation.
"Among other resolutions that treaty made provision for a new force combining all the water-borne forces under one organization to be named the Federation Navy. There will be divisions for river forces, for those who will one day range the open ocean and in time perhaps others. The River Patrol has performed its first action by ridding the Sirrel of this nest of pirates and freeing all of you. One day it is expected that we will have patrols on all the rivers of Alaesia."
That drew an intake of breath from many of her listeners.
"That is the future. Today we merely begin the creation of an organization which will one day do those things. We require experienced sailors, bargemen and warriors to crew our vessels, many of which will be of new designs that require neither oars nor sail to propel them along. These men and craft will require others who will build, supply and maintain them ready for service.
"We will also seek to establish shore bases of which Hamalbek will be the first. These will serve as training areas, storage places and centers of administration. Another will be at Sheldane, near the mouth of the Sirrel, which is where I will make my headquarters, by the gracious permission of King Robanar. For all these establishments we will require people, perhaps those unable or unsuited to work upon the water itself. If you desire to consider something different when you leave this place, it is likely that we will have work for you."
There was a buzz among the audience as Eriana's words sank in. She let them talk amongst themselves for a short while before holding up a hand to continue.
"If any of you wish to know more, you may speak with myself, with Director Ursula to my left or to Force-Admiral Lars, who is seated behind me." Eriana turned. "Lars, if you would stand so that these men may know you."
Lars stood and that provoked more conversation. Eventually that died down and the audience gave Eriana their attention again.
"To my left," she told them, "is Director of Welfare Ursula, who runs this camp for me. With her are her personal assistant Tyra and her administrative assistant Zakaros. You should know that Zakaros was once of Yod and until recently he was a member of the Ascendancy." That statement woke up the Yodans sitting to her right. "He has offered me his sword and I have accepted it. This shows that whatever your background, a place may be waiting for you in the organization of the Navy.
"I have spoken enough, I deem. I will ask Director Ursula to tell you what will happen to you in the coming days."
Eriana sat down and Ursula stood.
"I will keep this brief," she said, "but you need to know what is planned for the next few days. Tonight should be the last night that you will have to sleep in those cages. As you might have noticed, the men of Zebrin have donated an entire field encampment to accommodate us all from tomorrow on. There will be ten twenty-man tents ready for you tomorrow, together with a complete field kitchen and a bathing block.
"You will all be expected to bathe tomorrow, after which you will be issued fresh clean clothing donated by those of Faral. It will not be military attire but a selection of the normal items you might find in any market. Once that has been done you can move to the new tents to sleep. We expect that, to begin with, we ask you to remain together in your present groups.
"The field kitchen can probably serve no more than forty to fifty at any time so there will be shifts for meals. I would ask you all to eat as much as you can in future and to make sure that you choose a balanced selection of foods to help you recover. No healer, including myself, will permit you to depart from this camp until you are deemed fit enough to travel.
"Regrettably there will be no beer and little wine but we will make sure that the water is safe enough. In your weakened state wine and beer would have a much greater effect on your bodies than it may have done before you were captured and we already have enough problems to worry about.
"Finally, I would add that this camp has a limited lifetime. The rainy season is about to arrive and you must all have been passed fit enough to travel before then. The Zebrins want to completely dismantle the camp and remove it before the weather changes, since we anticipate the whole area will become flooded. I expect that most of you will have been taken from here to Bibek before that happens.
"When you arrive there you will be asked questions about where you came from, what you were doing when you were captured and what your future plans might be. That will allow us to build a complete picture of what happened here after the first Yodans arrived. Are there any questions?"
A man in the middle raised his arm. "Director? Is that right?"
"For now, yes. If we meet about the camp you may address me as Mistress. Your question?"
"What about those barges over there? Some of them might belong to some of us."
"A good question. The pirates used them to store food which they hoped would last them - and you - for the entire rainy season. I have doubts that would have worked. That will not happen now, of course. There are nine barges of which six could be sailed away if they had suitable crews. The other three will have to be towed. We intend to lighten the load by using some of the food to feed the camp, but we will test it all carefully to make sure it is safe to use. I am not sure what will happen to anything we do not eat.
"By custom and law any water craft captured during a war or at other times should be returned to its rightful owner as soon as can be arranged afterwards. It is likely that some of those owners will have been killed when their barges were captured. Since we are in Faral, His Grace will decide what to do with those. Your problem is that, if any of you are the owners, or have inherited a barge from a owner who died, you have to find some way of proving it. There will probably be a special court set up in Bibek to consider the matter."
Simbran nodded agreement. "As the Director says. We want to get those barges back into trade so, in most cases, there should be no difficulty."
There was some small talk and then another arm went up.
"Director, what about those dranakh who came with you? Are they yours?"
Ursula looked at Simbran and received a nod. They had discussed this in the earlier meeting.
"Those dranakh have no owners. The big one belonged to a farmer nearby who died some years ago. His dranakh roamed the forest on his own and has lived comfortably that way ever since. The smaller one is a grand-daughter who belonged to someone in the original village of Hamalbek. When the first Yodans arrived they murdered all the villagers and shot one of the village dranakhs when those tried to defend their people."
There was a gasp from the audience, since this was the first that many had heard about what happened at the beginning.
"The big dranakh persuaded the younger one to run away from the Yodans and live with him. They have lived together in the forest since then, mostly avoiding people. I... have a very crude way of speaking to dranakhs and they came to me when we arrived at Jenbek to plan the assault on this place. As some of you saw, they led my group through the forest to arrive in time to help Her Highness when her group arrived.
"For their help, His Grace has decreed that those two dranakh shall be left to roam the forest freely and that no-one should be permitted to call themselves their owner. Personally, I doubt that either would accept a new owner. It is possible that they might offer assistance to someone in the camp, but remember that if that happens, it will be their idea, not yours."
Someone else called, "But, Director, there were more than two that night."
"That is so and I have no idea where the others came from or where they went afterwards. My guess is that they belonged to one or more people in nearby villages and the big one called them over to help." At looks of incredulity she added, "Yes, they can communicate with one another over some distance. They can and do also read the minds of people, though the results are not perfect. They do not understand spoken words but they see pictures in your minds of whatever you are thinking. They think that we communicate the same way they do but need to make noises as well, which is why they make noises to us."
The audience stared at Ursula with amazement and scepticism.
"That is all I have to say tonight, gentlemen. Tomorrow, when you get up, we will begin the process of cleaning you up, issuing you with fresh clothes and settling you into the tents. Dismissed."
There was a small surprise waiting when they emerged from the far end of Zebrin's Tusk to climb aboard the Green Ptuvil, since another barge had been tied each side of their own. She recognized the owner of one, who in Vormarin had permitted his craft to be used to store the belongings of the Norse. Ursula assumed he had brought everything over to be reloaded onto the Visund. The other vessel was a larger barge and had been hard-used. The deck and superstructure were battered and smeared with soil.
"What's that?" Tyra asked. "Where did it come from?"
Zakaros replied, "It is the barge they used to block the channel. The reason it is so dirty is because it was covered with buckets, half barrels and much besides, all filled with shrubs and trees. Admiral Lars explained it to me while I was waiting for you and Mistress Ursula to appear this evening."
"Oh. Thank you, Zakaros. Do you know what will happen to it?"
"Master Hashim recognized it. It belongs to the trader in Bibek he worked for before... the Yodans... captured him. I assume that it will be returned to him once it is cleaned up."
Ursula eyed it briefly, but the sun had almost set and details were becoming indistinct. "That might have suited us better than the Green Ptuvil, since it has bigger holds. I wonder where it was made? We'll soon need some river craft of our own and that looks well-constructed, to withstand the abuse it has taken so far."
"Perhaps we may ask Master Hashim tomorrow," Tyra suggested as they reached their companionway. "Shall you descend first, Mistress?"
"As you wish, Tyra. Good night, Zakaros."
"Good night, Mistress."
As the camp at Hamalbek settles down Ursula finds her time being taken by the two men still with fever. One has begun recovery but what ails the other may not be what the healers have assumed.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
85 - Camp Hamalbek
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
The thunderstorm woke them all up that night. There were
close bangs followed by a considerable period of loud rumbling
and then the rain hammering onto the roof of the cabin. The shutters,
open because of the warm night, allowed a warm, humid breeze to
circulate through the cabin. That was joined by a steady drip, drip
onto the wooden floor inside, fortunately not onto any of
the occupants. The drips stopped after a while as the roof timbers,
dried and shrunk by the summer sun, gradually swelled and closed the
cracks.
Eventually, they all went back to sleep.
Morning came and the women woke. They busied themselves making themselves ready for the day, lured by the inevitable smell of zurin from the rear cabin. Since four of the women could not yet leave the barge with so many men around, it was up to Ursula, Tyra, Bennet and Semma to carry their 'night buckets' onto dry land and empty them in the latrines. They were met on deck by Eriana and Nethra, with Lars and Toshi as escorts.
"Good morning to you, Ursula, Tyra, Bennet, Semma. Or, since we are now in Faral, should I be saying 'Good freshness'?"
"Good morning, Highness," Ursula replied for the four of them. "It will do. These different greetings are as confusing as the ranks all the militaries have!"
Eriana smiled. "As you say. Did the storm disturb you last night?"
"Of course it did, Highness, but I don't think any of us thought we were in any danger. I heard one or two leaks, though."
"Indeed, Baros has explained it to me. The timber that was used to construct the cabins had warped through being exposed so the seams are not perfect. There should have been another covering of tarred canvas or something similar. Of course, cabins are unknown to those of Einnland so I could not express an opinion." She noticed the buckets. "Ah, you go to the latrines, I deem. Shall we all go together?"
"As you wish, Highness." Ursula noticed the state of the barge tied up alongside. "Oh! The storm cleaned off much of the dirt on that barge."
"Aye, indeed, as it freshened our own timbers. Baros tells me he now knows the name, it is Dhow-nwind Dasher." Eriana spelled the name with a frown. "A peculiar name, I deem."
Ursula saw the reason. "Highness, it is a play on words. There are trading vessels on Earth called dhows that look a little like that one does. Apparently the name has been brought here to Anmar. The owner sounds like he could have a sense of humor."
"He will need it, Ursula, since I believe that man is now Simbran's Minister of Trade. Come, let us go to the latrines, since we all have needs."
They did not get far, however, before they were interrupted. From behind them came a call.
"Mistress!"
Ursula turned. "Good morning, Zakaros. I trust the storm did not disturb you last night?"
"Good morning, Mistress." He turned and acknowledged Eriana with a brief bow. "Good morning, Highness. No, Mistress, we were all woken but it was apparent that we were in no danger." He looked embarrassed. "Ah, if I may ask if you have any instructions for today."
Ursula thought. "There is a lot to do and I don't know most of it. Are you already involved in anything?"
Zakaros gestured at the barges either side and then towards the Visund, presently beached beside the barge from Vormarin. "Highness, Mistress, Captain Tor intends to transfer the cargo and belongings of the Visund back to it from that barge this morning. Captain Ebranar has been contracted by His Grace to take the loot of the pirates from Hamalbek to Bibek for proper return or disposal once his holds are available. Since I made the inventory I have been asked to supervise that."
Ursula received a nod from Eriana and said, "That's fine, Zakaros."
He nodded. "As you desire, Mistress." He remembered something and turned to Eriana. "Highness, Admiral Lars asked me to remind you about the funerals."
"Funerals?" Eriana turned to Lars. «What is this? Oh, for the pirates?»
Lars replied, «Yes, Princess, and some others. Now that the surviving pirates have gone our men wanted something to do so we will be helping the Farals find wood today to make the funeral pyres. That mainly means cutting it from the spits either side of the channel but they will also scavenge from the pirates' buildings where possible.»
«Ah? Yes, those bodies are beginning to smell somewhat rank now. It is well they should be sent on their way as soon as we can manage it. The funerals will be this evening?»
«If sufficient wood can be found, Princess. Fortunately the Zebrins have brought charcoal for the kitchens, so meals will not be affected, though I do not know how long that will last.»
«I trust we will not remain here long enough to find out, Lars. Are you taking all the men? What about Tor?»
«The sailors will be shifting back our belongings, Princess. They have help.»
«So would we be ready to sail if required?»
Lars replied, «After lunch, I would estimate.»
«Good. Carry on.»
He gave her a nod. «Princess.»
She turned. "Thank you, Zakaros, for your reminder. By your leave, we must needs proceed to the latrines, as you may see."
As the six women climbed onto the stern of Zebrin's Tusk they were met by a party of Zebrin marines and an under-officer, who saluted.
"Good morning, First Director. If we may relieve you of those buckets."
"Why..." Eriana paused briefly. "Of course, gentlemen. As you can see we have just risen so our own needs are urgent. Take them for us, please."
"We are honored to be of service, First Director."
Burdens transferred, the six women made their way onto the stern of the double-hulled galley and then walked through one of the hulls to the bow. The bright morning sun lit up the interior so that Ursula could see it was more spacious than she had first thought, with seats to the inside and recesses for each rowers' legs. The oars stretched through holes between the two hulls so that only the inside ends of one set and the outside ends of the other were visible, neither obstructing their passage. Hanging up from the ceiling were carefully rolled hammocks alongside each crewman's dunnage bag.
At the front they emerged onto the bow and from there down a ramp to the soil. There were tents visible ahead of them, replacing some of the crude awnings the pirates had fashioned to protect their kitchen crew. Smoke and steam came from beyond the tents so the party hurried in that direction.
"The tents survived!"
"Aye, Tyra," Bennet agreed. "I was not so sure after that downpour."
Eriana said, "It looks like the Zebrins know their business, I deem. I am glad that they are willing to take part in this adventure of ours."
She accosted a passing Faral. "By your leave, if you could direct us to the latrines."
He replied, "Surely, Ma'am. To your right and around the end of those tents, there is another one by itself." He looked at the women and decided to venture some more information. "Ma'am, the tent behind the latrine is the bath-house. I do not know if there is yet provision for women there since my duties do not take me that way, but any Zebrin around there should make answer."
"Thank you, my good man. Your name?"
"Bornan, Ma'am, Fifth Marine Regiment."
"Thank you again, Bornan. Ladies, come, we must needs hurry."
They were astonished to discover that, inside the tent, it was not exactly a 'latrine' but a fully-featured toilet block. The plank floor was covered with cord matting to protect feet and either side were a row of cubicles with canvas sides and door flaps. When Ursula lifted a flap and entered a cubicle she found a small bottomless half-keg over a hole in the floor, it appeared the keg was there to prevent mess on the floor. She squatted and did her business, wiping with what looked like dried grass clippings from a bucket to one side of the floor.
Outside the women looked at one another.
"I have never been anywhere like this!" Nethra exclaimed. "Even in the ports we visited, a hole in the floor was all that was provided."
Eriana smiled. "I have, but that was something else new. You should know that, aforetimes, the privies in Palarand's palace were also holes in the floor, though they were inside well-appointed chambers set aside for the purpose, with tiles of high quality on floors and walls. Coming from a more barbarous land I was shocked when I was first introduced to them.
"But recently new devices have been installed. Instead of holes in the floor there are now seats with holes, set upon a gleaming structure of copper. Once you have sat and done what is needful, you can merely pull a rope and everything will be flushed away in front of your eyes. These new chambers will also have basins with hot and cold water to wash your hands with, though only a few of the toilet chambers had those fitted when we departed."
"Do you tell me?" Nethra asked, surprised. "Will I see such wonders if I should venture to Palarand, Highness?"
"If you visit the palace I have no doubt that you would, Nethra, but for now I have described what I know is in the palace, other places will of course take time for the change."
"As you say, Highness." She looked at the tent behind. "If we may explore the bathing arrangements since we are nearby? I am a woman, it is not so easy to keep one's self clean aboard a barge, even less so when we were penned by those of Yod."
Eriana eyed the tent. "Why not, Nethra? I would caution you, it may be busy with the men, we must needs take our turn."
At the entrance to the bathing facilities stood a Faral marine and a Zebrin NCO. Both came to attention as the women approached.
"Ma'am, ladies, good morning," the Zebrin greeted them. "It was expected that you might attend the bathing tent this morning. If I may send Ondar in to discover if all is ready."
"I am surprised that you would think of us," Eriana responded. "Have you kept the tent ready just for us? Surely there are many others who desire to clean themselves before beginning work?"
"Ma'am, the tent has already seen much use this morning, it is true, since we thought that you might not wake so early in the day. However, the arrangement is that we would soon clear those who were inside once you arrived."
"That is very thoughtful of you, I deem. I am sure we can wait a while, can we not, ladies?" There were nods all round so Eriana told the Zebrin, "If you may proceed. Let those inside finish what they have begun, I would not desire to make anyone hurry on our account."
"You are gracious, Ma'am." He turned to the Faral. "Ondar, if you would check inside. I think there may be only six left now, find out how long they might be."
"Of course, Sir." Ondar went inside.
The Zebrin turned back to Eriana. "Ma'am, while you wait, you may care to take pel from the mess tent yonder." He pointed a finger.
The sides of the mess tent had been rolled up and the six went over to sit at one of the tables. This tent also had a plank floor and was filled with collapsible tables and benches. A group of Farals sat at a table in the far corner nursing mugs but otherwise the place was empty. A Zebrin wearing a white apron over his uniform soon came to attend them.
"Good morning, ladies. If I may offer you breakfast?"
"Good morning," Eriana replied. "Ah, we have already arranged to take breakfast aboard our barge today, by your leave, but mayhap we may sample your wares on future occasions, I deem. If you may bring us six mugs of pel today, while we await our turn in the bathing tent."
He noticed her epaulets and bowed. "As you command, Ma'am."
Behind their tent stood the kitchen tent and it was as large as the mess tent. Their server walked across to it and spoke to one of the cooks, who looked up and over at the group of women. Shortly a cook with three bars on his epaulets walked across to join them.
"First Director, ladies, welcome. I apologize that we could not serve you breakfast this morning."
"Do not apologize, my man," Eriana replied, "we mean you no insult but we are accustomed to the ways of the Sirrel, so our breakfast this morning is already being prepared by the excellent cook aboard our barge. If the quality of your food is as good as that of your tent-makers we shall surely come here for meals in future, I deem."
He bowed. "It is, First Director. His Grace demands that men who are prepared to face any enemy with their lives should be fed as the champions they may become, should the occasion demand. There are limits to what may be provided in such a place as this, it is true, but I doubt that you will be disappointed by what we can provide you and your men... and your womenfolk, of course."
Eriana inclined her head. "Then you will see us at lunch times, aye, and in the evenings in future, I deem. Have you yet fed any of my men?"
"The bearded ones with the gray uniforms? Aye, First Director, some but not all. They have told me of a favorite food of theirs, a slice of well-grilled zurin wrapped in a fresh roll. It is not something I or my staff would have ever thought of but I can see the utility. If I may ask, do you and your ladies eat the same?"
"We do, but sometimes we prefer a variety of foods to choose from. Know that my crew come from many lands which have different table customs and we have sampled other customs as we journeyed the Sirrel."
"Ah? Then I will instruct my own staff so, First Director. Ah, here comes your pel."
"As I see. Know also that I and my men do not customarily drink wine with meals but prefer ale or beer. At breakfast it is usually small beer so as not to befuddle them as they work."
"Do you tell me? Your men drank only pel earlier, I thought that was their custom." He thought. "I do not think we have any beer in the camp and by the time it is ordered and brought we may be at the point of dismantling the camp, First Director."
Eriana waved a dismissive hand. "It is of no moment, my man. We have had difficulty finding suitable beer this side of Yod and we are now used to drinking pel instead. Do not waste time ordering anything especially for my men since we are here for so few more days."
He bowed again. "As you command, First Director. And now, your drinks."
* * *
The group were walking back to the vessels after their bath when Ursula was intercepted by one of the Faral healers.
"Mistress!" Sarrik began. "By your leave, the fever of the stranger is worse. If you may attend?"
Ursula looked at Eriana. "If it is that bad I ought to go, First Director."
"But you have not yet broken your fast!"
"That can be remedied, I can take a roll or two with me."
"Mistress," Tyra reminded her, "if you attend the sick you must needs have your basket and bag with you." She added, "If necessary I can fetch the bags and bring your rolls over with me."
"It is too much for one, Tyra, and leaves Ursula alone," Eriana declared. "Semma, go with Ursula to her patient. Bennet, if you would collect enough rolls for Ursula and Tyra, you can take them while Tyra carries the bags, then return with Semma to have your own breakfast."
"As you command, First Director."
Eriana nodded to Ursula and carried on towards the vessels with Tyra, Bennet and Nethra. To her surprise Sarrik led Ursula and Semma between the surviving pirate building and the wreckage of the one next to it, where Farals were already digging out the remaining timber stumps to add them to the funeral pyres. He found a way between two of the tents to emerge onto a walkway of duckboards with a line of tents either side.
She looked up and down the duckboard 'street', impressed. Either side were five longish tents with entrances in the center of the long sides which faced the walkway. Two had armsmen from Faral or Zebrin lounging outside while one had three ex-captives, dressed in fresh civilian clothes, watching whatever was happening. Sarrik turned left towards the water and began leading them along the walkway.
"They did all this yesterday?" she asked.
He explained, "Aye, Mistress, one of the Zebrins explained it to me. These tents are of a certain design which means they can be erected and dismantled very quickly. They are not intended for battlefield use, though, but for administration, supply and healing needs some distance behind any advance. Here we are, Mistress, we have been moved into this one."
They had arrived at the last tent on their right, nearest the Trusty cage and also the narrow strip of river where the store barges were moored. Inside Ursula found a vestibule which contained two camp beds and a collapsible desk and chair. Either side was a canvas wall with a center opening flap. Sarrik led them through one of these to find a space divided along the centreline by a canvas screen. Either side held five camp beds of which only two were presently occupied on the walkway side.
"Our other sick are in the other half of the tent, Mistress," Sarrik explained. "In here we can at least keep the fevered away from everyone else."
She looked briefly at the construction. The sides ended perhaps a hands-breadth below the canvas roof, allowing air to circulate freely in the warm weather. The roof overhung a good way to keep out any rain and there was also a valance to ensure that no water drops could get in. The floor was boarded and covered with rush matting similar to that of the other tents. With the center screen and the far wall protecting them her patients would be kept well away from the sun.
To her immediate left lay D'Nandis from the Six Cities. The way his clear gaze held her showed that for him the worst of the fever was now over, though he still looked pale and exhausted by the fight. She nodded to him and directed her attention to the furthest bed, where the mysterious stranger was weakly struggling on his camp bed. His eyes were closed but he was mumbling.
"Dauf pthiwbamn c'gref zubbr! Niun mur tar tar zaal? Quef nivnw anthoi Nesma?"
Was this his language or was he babbling? It was too soon to tell though Ursula suspected that those who had brought her to Anmar would almost certainly have provided her with his language as they had provided her with so many others.
"Have you managed to get anything inside of him yet?"
"Just a little water, Mistress. We thought he had begun to recover last night but this morning we found him like this."
"Not good. Oh, Tyra will be bringing my basket with that cream. Let me check the patient."
She knelt and felt his forehead with a hand, finding it warm but not as hot as it had been the previous day.
I must be careful here. It is still early morning, yesterday when I tested him it was late afternoon and everywhere was already hot. We may both feel warmer later.
I must be careful here! He has a disease that I probably do not have any resistance to at all! This could be more deadly to me than it is to him.
...Or have those Beings factored in such things for their transfers? If they did not then almost everyone who moved from world to world would fall ill from minor local diseases and stand a greater chance of dying. I have to assume I have some kind of built-in immunity or else I would never be able to do my job here.
...Assuming that my job here is to heal people, of course!
"Have you wiped him down this morning?"
"Not yet, Mistress. We were all moved first thing this morning and then we concentrated on giving breakfast to all who could eat it. I am impressed by these facilities, Mistress."
"As am I, Sarrik. Remember, though, we will likely only be here for a week so do not make yourself too comfortable. Where are the other patients? At the other end of this tent?"
"As you say, Mistress. Netheran presently attends them. They say having these two separate means they are more likely to be able to rest properly. This one," he pointed, "has been noisy most nights and there have been complaints. Of course, when we were in that cage we could do nothing. I am surprised the pirates did not just end him to give the rest of the patients a better chance to recover."
"I assume that they would all have been rowing that galley once the river rose?"
"Aye, Mistress, and us too. I was not looking forward to the experience."
She bent down to dip a cloth into the bucket of water at the foot of the bed.
"That would not have happened," she told him. "The Farals say that this whole cleared area would have been completely under water once the rain began. It is entirely possible that if you were still in those cages when that happened then you would all have been drowned."
Sarrik's eyes went wide. "Do you tell me? Now I consider it, it is apparent, Mistress. Maker! Those pirates were stupid."
"Not completely stupid since they managed to survive nearly a year without being discovered. The fact that they didn't know how to make houses in this type of forest shows that it was just ignorance."
She wiped down the man's face and head before continuing to his neck and shoulders.
"Have you managed to take off his clothes at all? He is probably somewhat ripe under these rags."
"Mistress? Is that what you would do? It is not the custom in Faralmark - I mean Faral - for a healer to remove any of a patient's attire unless it was necessary to attend to a particular injury or to clean up his wastes."
She considered. "There probably was little point when you were all penned in those cages but now we have a decent bath house - and I have used it this morning, it is decent - I think we ought to arrange for all the patients to get cleaned up before they are transferred out to Bibek. If we get them clean it will help keep them away from any other infections or vermin they could get while they are here."
"As you say, Mistress.. but, we? Surely you cannot mean that you -"
"I will leave that to you and Netheran, Sarrik. I know what customs you have here in the Great Valley. Know that where I come from almost all the nursing staff are female and they would wash both male and female bedridden patients. We have all seen men unclothed, in hospital the normal customs are not so important to us."
"Mistress? Your land sounds like a strange place. If I may ask, what is a Hosp..? I do not know that word."
"A hospital is a large building or group of buildings where all seriously ill or injured people are brought, since they may have better facilities for examining and treating them there. Before I came to the Great Valley a hospital was where I worked." She added, "Our cities are much larger than those you may be used to here, Sarrik, with many more people. We may have to treat hundreds, possibly thousands at the same time."
Sarrik stared at Ursula. "If you say so, Mistress, it must be true."
Bennet and Tyra came through the flap into their portion of the tent.
"Don't come any closer, please," Ursula told them. "I don't want either of you to catch whatever these two have."
Bennet put a linen bundle down on an unoccupied bed. "Mistress, there are breakfast rolls there for you and for Tyra."
"And I have your bags, Mistress," added Tyra. "You already know that I have had middrin as a child."
"Middrin?" Bennet asked. "Is that what they have? Of course, I have also had that when I was younger, most children in the palace will have had it. Do you think it could affect us again, Mistress?"
"I'm not too concerned about middrin but anything else they might have - like lice, fleas, mites or other vermin. Remember, most of these men have been at Hamalbek for months if not years and they are still wearing the same clothes they wore when they were captured."
Bennet took a step back. "Ew! I see what you mean, Mistress. If I may retire with Semma?"
"Of course. Somebody come and fetch us when it is time for lunch, please. It will be easy to lose track of time inside these tents."
"As you wish, Mistress. Come on, Semma."
Ursula turned her attention to Tyra. "Tyra, can you find the Anthelis in my basket and give it to Sarrik? He will need to make up a drink for our patient."
"Mistress, I can do that if Master Sarrik will show me the proportions. I have seen you prepare potions often enough now."
"If you are sure, Tyra, it would be a help."
Sarrik agreed, "It certainly will be a help, Mistress."
"Where will you do it?"
"There is a desk in the entranceway that we are using, Mistress. That space is designed, so we were told, for two non-commissioned officers with each of their men in one half of a tent. We thought it the best place to base ourselves, next to our patients."
"A good idea. Carry on."
She carried on wiping down the man with a dampened cloth as he moved restlessly in the bed. Sometimes he became quiet, occasionally he mumbled, other times a stream of very strange language came out, sometimes forcefully.
He certainly is an odd one. But Anmar is a large place and he could have come from anywhere.
Very occasionally the eyes opened but without any accompanying intelligence. Those times did provide her with a reassuring indicator though it only raised further questions. She was still considering this when Sarrik returned with a mug of milky liquid. Tyra returned with him but remained standing beside the entrance.
He saw her intense expression. "What is it, Mistress?"
"I was a little concerned by his skin color," she explained. "There are certain diseases of the liver and kidneys which can turn a person's skin that color."
"Do you tell me? Do you know what diseases those might be?"
"Various kinds, Sarrik. Some are... bodily imperfections, let us say, where things don't work as they should, others are as a result of abuse of the body. Too much wine, beer or spirits, for example. Too much of certain fatty foods. After persistent misuse things like that can damage organs inside which mean they won't function properly. When that happens certain waste products remain in the blood and cause the skin to change color."
"Ah, as you say, Mistress. Does that mean this man has something like that?"
"It was a possible cause, yes, but normally that coloration affects the whites of the eyes as well, which means we can use it as an indicator. His eyes look completely normal to me so it is unlikely that his skin color is caused by one of those diseases." She held up a finger. "Unlikely, yes, but not impossible."
"It may be the reason he did not respond to the middrin as the others did, Mistress."
She frowned. "That is also possible, I agree. Now let me see if I can get some of this inside him."
They lifted him up and supported him as they did before, finding it harder since the patient was so restless. When they did get him up enough to drink, he took some of the liquid though almost as much was spilled.
Ursula shook her head. "Not good. I had hoped to get more into him but all this movement is making it difficult. It means an extra job for us as well, cleaning him up."
"Mistress," Sarrik said tentatively, "I wonder, it is almost as though the Anthelis makes no difference at all to him, though it had an immediate effect on the man from K'kjand. Could it be possible for it not to work on some of our patients? I have never heard of such a happening but mayhap you might know more."
She paused. "Yes, it is possible. Everyone's body is different and may behave differently to the potions we give them." Her eyes narrowed. "We have no idea where he comes from, maybe his people are immune to whatever is in the Anthelis which makes it work."
"As you say, Mistress. I certainly know of no-one who has features like this man and we do have a fair variety of wanderers from north, west, east and south who travel through Faral. I wonder..."
Sarrik turned around to view their other patient and Ursula, after making sure the stranger was safely settled, moved over so that she could see him as well. He stared back at them with interest.
"Mistress? It seems I must thank you for saving my life. I have never felt so ill before. What is it you wish of me?"
"Good," she replied. "You look much better already, D'Nandis, but you know that you are still very weak. We will have to build up your strength before we can let you go and that may take some time. Fortunately we now have access to a decent kitchen and can provide some more filling meals than you will have had before we arrived."
"I thank you for that, Mistress." He waved a hand at the surrounding canvas. "Where are we?"
"Still at the pirate camp, I regret to say, but the whole place is full of Farals and Zebrins. The Zebrins provided these tents as a better place to sleep than those cages. The surviving pirates were captured after a battle and have now been taken away to be judged. We must ask, what do you know of this other patient? Have you ever met anyone else like him?"
The man shrugged, which made him wince and settle back on his pillow. "Mistress, we met that man in Benmouth as we journeyed east looking for adventure and work." A grimace. "Being captured by pirates and then falling ill is not my idea of adventure! Where was I? Oh, aye. He looked lost and confused and, since he was obviously as much a stranger to the area as we were, we suggested that he travel with us for safety. He told us his name was Bineer Ketko," he frowned, "of the Nesma Horde, whatever that means.
"Mistress, he told us many things but we understood none of them. I do not know what a Horde is, unless it is the word in his tongue for his own people. He spoke of lands, trees and creatures unknown to us but, oddly, also of things familiar but in strange ways. He struggled with the way that customs work in these lands of the east. I have no idea where he may have come from, except perhaps another land far to the west beyond the Kittrin Isles. I have never met anyone else who looks like him or speaks a tongue like his."
"Thank you, D'Nandis. If he is a mystery even to you that also tells us something. Do you want your friend to visit now that you are recovering? The other man from the Six Cities, I mean?"
"You would permit it? Aye, Mistress, if you judge it safe enough. How is it he is not in this tent with us?"
"It seems he caught it first and managed to recover quickly. Once he did that he was moved in with the other prisoners of the pirates. I'll let him come over, he will be safe since he has now had the disease and should be immune. Do you need anything? It is cool enough now but even in these tents it will become warm later on."
"Some more water, by your leave, Mistress."
"I'll fetch it," said Sarrik.
The Faral healer walked out of the compartment. Ursula began considering what she had learned.
He is sufficiently strange and speaks of "lands, trees and creatures unknown". To my mind that suggests he might have arrived from Earth the same way I did. It would not be surprising that nobody understands him, especially if he does not realize he is on a different world.
D'Nandis raises another possibility I had not considered. Suppose he comes from another continent far to the west? He could be like the Spanish in America centuries ago. The Aztecs and Mayans would have looked strange to them as well.
But then, would he speak the local tongue at all? If he has been here long enough to learn the local tongue, then surely he would have adapted enough to his new surroundings?
A different thought hit her then. What if this is a coincidence, that he did not get middrin like the Six Cities men but instead has another disease? That might be why the Anthelis does not work!
"It is the first time I have seen your patients," came an unexpected remark from Tyra. "In Joth we did not see so many different kinds of folk from elsewhere, not in the fishing community."
"It looks like people from elsewhere do manage to travel long distances, Tyra. That is why you have seen so many differing faces and skin colors as we have journeyed upriver." Ursula pointed to the sick man beside her. "This one seems different, though. Nobody knows where he might have come from."
"As you say, Mistress. But he is not so different from us as, say, those Kittrins are. I have never seen folk with skin so dark! Do you know how that happens, Mistress?"
"I do." Even D'Nandis seemed interested to hear the explanation. "It is to do with the strength of the sun where you live and that varies depending how far north or south you are. The closer to the equator you are, northwards, the hotter the sun becomes because it can rise much higher during the day. If the sun is too strong then it can damage your skin with repeated exposure. To defend against that the people who live in those regions develop darker skin over generations.
"Conversely, if you live further away from the equator, southwards, then you get less sun and it is weaker. Your body does need a certain amount to remain well so it compensates by becoming paler. That is why Eriana - the Princess - and her men have paler skins and lighter-colored hair and also why they can be burned by the sun more easily."
Tyra digested this and then asked, "Then, Mistress, if we were to travel north, would our skin gradually turn as dark as that of the Kittrins? I'm not sure I would like that, I would look strange."
"That only partially happens, Tyra. Your skin would darken with a tan but it would not become as dark as that of a Kittrin - or even of Mamoot. The tan would gradually fade when you return south or if you were to stay indoors for a long period. No, the color of the people who live in those regions comes from their genes, which means they inherit it from their parents and so on. However, if you and your family moved north and then stayed there, I think that successive generations would probably have darker and darker skin, though it would take a number of centuries for any difference to become obvious."
"Ah. Thank you, Mistress. The world is a strange place indeed, is it not, Mistress?"
"Very much so, Tyra."
Sarrik returned with a jug and a mug and proceeded to dispense some water to D'Nandis, who thanked him. He then joined Ursula.
"Any change, Mistress?"
"Not much, Sarrik. I wonder, could you keep an eye on these two while Tyra and I have our breakfast? Bennet brought it in that cloth on the bed."
"Surely, Mistress."
The two sat on the middle bed and ate their rolls. Since Ursula had touched the patient she wrapped hers in a fresh cloth while she ate them. There was only water to drink so Tyra went out and fetched two clean mugs to fill from the jug which Sarrik had brought earlier.
When she had finished, Ursula said to Sarrik, "It occurred to me while you were out that we have all assumed these three men had the same disease, but supposing this one does not? That might explain why he is not getting better. What else might he have that could explain these symptoms?"
Sarrik looked shocked. "Mistress, I must needs apologize! Three men, all traveling together, of course we assumed they all had the same fever! I must think anew and, by your leave, consult Netheran as well."
"Yes, do so. I will go and find that Zebrin healer, see if he has any ideas. Can you manage here?"
"Aye, for now, Mistress." He looked doubtful. "We will probably need some help later, though. Netheran and I have been awake some bells now and will require our nap after lunch."
Ursula thought. "I'll see what I can do. I do have a journeyman, I'm not sure where he is this morning."
"The Yodan? I think he went with your men who went over to cut wood for the pyres, Mistress." She raised an eyebrow so he added, "I chanced to speak with the big officer with the red beard when I fetched the water, Mistress. He asked where you were."
"Where was this?"
"At the mess tent, Mistress. Some of your men had just arrived and were there quenching their thirst. Your journeyman was with them there briefly but then departed."
She nodded. "I'll go and find out what is happening... which is what I should be doing anyway. I'll come back just before lunch and tell you what we'll do this afternoon." Ursula picked up her basket. "Tyra? Let's go."
* * *
The mess tent was busy when Ursula and Tyra arrived, since many of the various groups of men had been working hard around the reconfigured camp and had decided to take a mid-morning break at about the same time. Fortunately the gray Norse uniforms stood out so the pair threaded their way between the tables to join them. The Norsemen had pushed two tables together and were all seated round nursing mugs of pel.
«Ursula and Tyra! Push up, boys, give them some room!»
«Thank you, Lars, but there are too many of you and you deserve your break as much as we do. We'll find another table - unless you want us here for a reason.»
At that moment Eriana, Bennet and Semma entered from the other direction, followed by Kalmenar, Hashim, Zakaros, Karan and Kaldar. The Farals seated at the next table took one look at Eriana and all stood, bowed and left carrying their mugs. Eriana opened her mouth to protest and then decided to accept the situation. She shrugged, smiled at Ursula and gestured.
"If you would join us. I did not want to disturb those men but I care not to argue the matter."
"As you wish, First Director," Ursula replied, conscious of those on adjacent tables who could hear every word. "It is probably time we had a meeting in any event."
The ten fresh arrivals filled the benches with Eriana in the middle one side and Ursula facing her the other. Shortly a harassed Zebrin in an apron arrived to take orders. Once he had departed, Eriana spoke.
"If you can tell me what is happening with your patients, Ursula."
"They were all moved from their cage early this morning, First Director, into one of the end tents nearest the water. The two Faral healers know their patients well and are content to tend them for us. Most are one end, those mainly have minor physical injuries, they all seem to be progressing well, but the two with fever are in isolation at the other end. Have you seen inside one of these tents yet?"
Eriana nodded. "Aye, I have, and I am impressed both by the design and by the speed at which they can be erected. The Zebrins tell me that, providing the water craft are available to take the materials away, they can be dismantled and the site cleared just as rapidly. Tell me of this fever. Is the rest of the camp at risk?"
"I did briefly mention it last night but we were busy with that camp meeting," Ursula replied. "It is called middrin and it is a common childhood illness."
"Middrin? I do not know that name."
She looked at Eriana. "There is fever and, at the start, rash which soon clears. The fever can last from around three to six days, so I was told. Almost all of the locals will have had it while they were younger, First Director. The three who got it, the two from the Six Cities and our mystery man, come from the west coast..."
Ursula trailed off at a thought. We are assuming he came from the west coast but, in practice, nobody knows that! He could have come from the north, the south... or somewhere else entirely. Like Earth.
Not important at the moment!
"...um, excuse me, I just thought of something which needs thinking about... privately." Eriana got the message. "Yes. Those three have no resistance to the disease this side like the locals do, which may be why they caught it. I don't need to tell you that you and your men might not have any resistance, since Einnland is relatively isolated and also far enough away. Of course I'm not local so I might not be protected either - but for me there may be other considerations."
Eriana pulled a face. "Should I keep my men away from that tent, then? What is your advice?"
Two mess servants arrived with trays of drinks and plates of sweetmeats and other nibbles. Eriana smiled a thank-you at them and waited until they had departed before she gestured to Ursula to respond. The others at the table, while listening, distributed the mugs.
"It is difficult to know, First Director. Two of the men are over, or almost over the fever, it is only the mystery man who, it has occurred to me, might actually be suffering from something else and not middrin. I would say that by the time we have to leave here no-one will be in any danger of catching that disease. I could not speak for anything else which might be going around a place like this."
"Your caution is well noted, Ursula. If I may come and see this man who seems to be of interest?"
"Of course. There is room enough for you to view him without getting too close."
"Good. Maybe I will join you later." Eriana turned. "Zakaros, how go the various transfers?"
Zakaros looked at Ursula and received a nod. "First Director, the Visund would be ready to sail, should you desire it, by the time you arise from your afternoon nap. Little remains to be stowed, the barge Alaraan has been emptied, Captain Tor awaits various items which are elsewhere within the camp. As for the loot of the pirates, work has already begun to transfer that to the Alaraan, it will take some while, I deem. Maybe by tomorrow night, maybe the next day. There is more there than we thought."
"As I expected. Carry on. Karan, you were with Lars, if you would report on the progress there."
Karan also looked at Ursula to receive a nod, an action which did not go un-noticed by Eriana.
"First Director, your men and some of the Farals have been clearing the trees on either side of the channel," he reported. "I was asked to attend should there be some mishap with saw, ax or otherwise but apart from one small cut there has been nothing so far. Kaldar has made himself useful taking messages, ropes and other small tasks and he has managed to keep out of everyone's way."
"And out of danger?"
Karan blushed. "Aye, First Director, more so than me! A trunk was cut but it was still connected somewhere above so did not fall the way expected. Only a shout saved me from being hit."
"You will not have done anything like this before, have you?" Karan shook his head. "I assume you learned a lesson?"
"Aye, First Director, that I must needs keep my wits about me when in dangerous places."
Ursula asked him, "Do you want to stay there? I could make use of you elsewhere if not. The two Faral healers have been up for a long time and want someone to watch over their patients while they nap... and probably beyond."
Karan thought. "It is what I am supposed to be doing, Mistress, but if I may take my own nap later?"
"Of course. Having differing times for meals, maps and sleep is something you will have to become used to as a healer."
"As you say, Mistress. When do you want me there?"
"After lunch will do, I think."
The break ended and everyone dispersed around the camp. Ursula found herself heading with Eriana towards the walkway between the tents.
"I notice that Zakaros and Karan consider themselves to be your subordinates, Ursula," Eriana remarked. "My apologies, I did not mean to overstep your authority."
Ursula sighed. "Highness, if you remember you made them my responsibility some time ago. I think that, being Yodans, they take their assignment seriously. Both of them have made good progress since we took them in when we left Wadek. Karan is working well now that he has been given responsibility, his only lack is the knowledge that most healers outside Yod already have. I am trying to remedy that but, as you know full well, there have been many distractions since we arrived at Hamalbek."
"Aye, Ursula, I feel that keenly myself."
"I have some self-interest in that, since you have given me my own task, which is to look after this camp. It is fortunate that the Farals and Zebrins know what they are doing since I would not, not yet anyway. I must admit I am impressed by the way that all this," she gestured with an arm at the surrounding tents, "appeared as if out of thin air."
"Indeed, Ursula! It seems to me that we must needs learn such methods from these people, even while we in turn improve their battle tactics. I have no doubt that the River Patrol, and in time those expeditions that venture on Anmar's oceans, will have need of such techniques."
Ursula nodded. "As you say. We do not need to re-invent the wheel. If others already have serviceable wheels, why not make use of them?"
The Princess chuckled. "An interesting phrase indeed! 'Re-invent the wheel.' From Earth I believe?"
"Yes, Highness. And you would not believe how many times that point has been ignored there."
"I would, Ursula. I know my fellow humans all too well, many are too ignorant to recognize something that could be adapted but prefer to spend time and effort creating a poor substitute." Eriana stopped on the walkway and faced Ursula. "But tell me, you spoke of Karan, what of Zakaros? He is no subordinate willing to learn from you. He has offered fealty to both of us but may he yet be completely trusted?"
Ursula responded slowly. "He is used to command but I think he does not crave it as some do. I think he is a good administrator which is something the Navy will need as it grows. Whether he wants to do it or not, and whether he becomes interested enough to understand a subject new to him, only time will tell."
She added, "As to trust, I believe that he thinks that he owes us a debt for saving his life. Now he has lived and worked with us for a while, he has seen what the outside world is like, he understands what we intend to do and wants to be part of it."
"That is a good start, Ursula. You have enough work for him?"
"For now, yes. I need to think of a way of developing his abilities further."
"As you say." Eriana looked around. "I have a few moments before I must needs meet with Vikzas and Zoran, if I may view your mystery patient."
Ursula gestured. "Be my guest, Highness."
The two proceeded along the walkway, followed of course by Tyra, Bennet and Semma. At the Sick Bay tent all went in but only Ursula and Eriana entered the section where the two fevered patients lay. D'Nandis looked interested when Eriana appeared.
"Good morning," the Princess said to him. "If you did not know it, I am Princess Eriana of Palarand and I am presently the senior officer in this camp, I have come to visit all those who have suffered injuries or fevers under the rule of the pirates."
"I offer apologies that I do not rise, Your Highness," he replied. "I am Yabortarsil Benemar'than Doras D'Nandis an K'kjand," a smile, "which is why most here in the east name me simply D'Nandis. Palarand, eh? Though it is so far away your land has renown among the Six Cities."
"Do you tell me? Then you may know more of us than we do of the Six Cities. How do you feel? Are you recovering from the fever?"
"Highness, I am, and when I am fit enough again to walk among the others I will come to you and beg employment. I have heard of you and what you do."
Eriana nodded. "Then, once Ursula deems you fit and well again, I look forward to that conversation. We have need of good honorable men like those of the Six Cities that the King of Palarand already employs."
"Thank you, Highness."
"And now I must needs inspect your neighbor since my time is short."
"As you desire, Highness."
Eriana turned and looked at Bineer Ketko, tilting her head to see him better. For now he had worn himself out and appeared to be sleeping, propped up by several pillows. Sarrik stood up and away from the camp bed.
"Nay, my man, I will approach no closer. My people and I come from some distance away from the valley of the Sirrel and Ursula has explained that there may be a risk to us. I have no desire to share your patient's fever." She looked at the face. "Curious. I have never seen the like though of course my experience of different peoples is yet small. I wonder where he comes from?"
"As do we all, First Director," Sarrik agreed. He addressed Ursula. "Mistress, I have managed to get some more of the Anthelis into him and also some plain water. For now he seems quiet."
"Good," Ursula replied. "Let us hope that is the beginning of recovery."
Eriana's gaze was still fixed on that bronzed face. "What an interesting man," she murmured.
"Mistress! Look!" Sarrik suddenly pointed at the patient. "He shivers even though it is already warm in here! That is definitely not a symptom of middrin!"
At Hamalbek the illness of the mystery man suddenly presents a problem. Is everybody else in the camp at risk? Ursula and the other healers struggle to find an answer with only their own experiences as a guide. Then there is a comment from an unexpected source...
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
86 - Mystery of the Disease
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Ursula strode over to the bed and laid a hand gently onto
the patient's leg. It was shivering and the heat which had been there
earlier that morning was rapidly disappearing.
"Well spotted, Sarrik," she told him. "Is this the first time you have noticed this?"
"Yes, Mistress. He may have shivered before, though, but if so it was not at a time I was attending him closely."
"And you say this is not a sign of middrin?"
"Surely, Mistress. We all know the signs, fever and rash, it is such a common illness among the young."
Ursula thought briefly and then stood up, carefully keeping her hand from touching anything else. She turned to Eriana.
"Highness, we may have problem here. I must ask you to leave immediately. Take Bennet and Semma with you and out of tent. Ask Tyra to bring my basket inside here and then to remain out there where I can talk to her. Tell other Faral healer to stay away from this end of tent as well."
Eriana caught the tone of Ursula's voice. "As you wish, Ursula. If I may ask what you suspect."
"We do not know, First Director, but it seems that he does not have what others had, which may mean rest of the camp could be at risk."
"Oh! As you say." Eriana thought about consequences. "Is there any instruction you must needs make concerning the camp? For example, should those already here remain here, for fear of spreading the infection?"
"Good point. I will have to stay, as will Sarrik, but I think the rest of you are unlikely to have caught anything."
"What about Tyra? She of course is closer to you than any other of us." But Eriana's eyes showed that she wished someone different had been closest of all.
I wish it were not this way either. But with all of us bunking together on the Green Ptuvil we have no opportunity.
"I do not know... I think she is safe. I'll need her nearby to relay any further instructions."
"What about the rest of the camp?"
"For now, let activities carry on as they are, I think. We still need food and other facilities to continue working normally. Lars and his crew can carry on chopping wood... Stop anyone passing through channel to vessels in the Sirrel and let nobody in either."
"As you command, Ursula." Eriana turned to leave.
"Oh, and see if someone can find that Zebrin medic who came with us on the galley," Ursula added. "He might have some idea what this man has if we cannot discover what it is."
Eriana nodded and continued out. There was a conversation in the vestibule and Tyra lifted the flap. She placed Ursula's basket down and looked at her, worry in her eyes.
"Mistress?"
"It might be nothing, Tyra, but best to be careful. Is the alcohol in the basket?"
"Of course, Mistress, but the level is going down."
"Yes, we'll need to find some more soon. Pull out the bottle and pour enough onto a clean cloth to dampen it, please."
Tyra dampened the cloth and put it down on the end of the bed next to D'Nandis before retreating out of the compartment. Ursula picked it up and thoroughly wiped her hands over before handing the still-damp cloth to Sarrik.
"It is just a precaution," she told him. "This stuff won't hurt you but should kill off anything that has gotten onto your hands whenever you have touched him."
"As you wish, Mistress. What is it?"
"Plain alcohol, Sarrik. It is useful for cleaning hands, tools and other equipment if you are not able to wash them. It can also be used to clean wounds, though it will sting."
He wrinkled his nose at the smell. "I did not know it could be used for that purpose, Mistress! A very useful liquid, I deem."
"So, have you any ideas what this man might have? You already know that I have some knowledge but because I am a stranger to the Sirrel valley I do not know the local diseases."
"I know nothing like this, Mistress, not fever then shivering afterwards. There is a shivering illness but that only comes in the colder months of the year and I do not recall any fever with that one. There is another one I know of but that patient usually has swollen glands in the neck as well. This patient did not have those, it is one of the things I looked for."
Ursula sat on the end of an empty bed. "This is not helpful. Knowledge of these local diseases is not spread widely enough for other healers to be able to recognize them. I'm guessing that he caught this before he met the other two."
She turned to D'Nandis. "Did you notice anything about him when you met? Any marks, rash, bruises, scratches or anything at all like that?"
"Mistress, we all had bruises of one kind or another, it is a natural consequence when one is a traveler over long distances. There would likely have been cuts and scratches if we had become involved in any fights or other disagreements. If I saw any marks I would not have paid much attention to them."
"I am not thinking, am I? Of course you are right. I am trying to find out what he might have and how and where he might have got it. That could tell us if it is something he will soon get over or something that might threaten the whole camp."
"But, Mistress," D'Nandis objected, "Kapis and I have traveled with him for some weeks now and been in near contact with him when we were all in that cage, but we do not have that disease. I can feel myself getting better, I know I can, and Kapis has recovered sooner than I have."
Ursula frowned. "That is a very good point, D'Nandis. If it is something that is infectious then why has nobody else caught it? Especially when you were all crammed together in that cage? Oh, and it was the Trusty cage as well, which means that some of those inside were taking food to the other cages! Why is nobody else showing symptoms?"
She looked at Sarrik. "Does that mean that we are safe as well? You have been in that cage, you and Netheran looked after the sick, why haven't you caught whatever it is?"
"Because, Mistress, like with the middrin, perhaps it is a local disease and we locals are immune to it?" he thought, then added slowly, "...but the two men from K'kjand are not local and they have not caught it. Mistress, it is a puzzle. Ah! If I may offer a thought, Mistress. You say that of course Netheran and I were together with the sick in one cage but we do not know if anyone in any of the other cages may have had these symptoms, perhaps before we even arrived."
Ursula frowned again. "You are correct, Sarrik. Nobody would have thought to tell you about something that was no longer of concern, would they? Then there are the pirates themselves... and possibly anyone else they captured who has already died or been executed by them. Anyone who has come to Hamalbek could have brought whatever-it-is here."
I never imagined that I would be placed in this situation, having to deal with a potential epidemic all by myself. It could be just a minor irritant or it could kill all of us.
I need information! But I am too closely associated with this man now, I cannot ask those questions myself.
Time to delegate.
She stood and walked to the door flap. "Tyra? I'm going to need some help asking questions around the camp and I'll need the authority to do that. Can you fetch Her Highness back, please? She should be meeting with Vikzas and Zoran, bring them too. Tell them this could be a medical emergency which may affect the whole camp."
Tyra looked pale. "At once, Mistress." She bolted out of the front entrance.
Netheran emerged from the other half of the tent. "Mistress? What is happening?"
She waved with her hands to stop him approaching her too closely. "The patient with the funny skin color does not have middrin as we first thought, Netheran. Unfortunately, we don't know what it is so it could be a threat to the whole camp."
He looked surprised. "If I may ask, Mistress, what are the symptoms? We have all been close together for many days, will anyone else, patient or other also have this disease?"
Ursula shrugged. "Difficult to say, Netheran, but we don't think so and we are not sure why. Fever followed by shivering. You know we have been using Anthelis to bring down their fever?"
He nodded. "As you say, Mistress, an inspired suggestion. It seemed to me to be working. Do you tell me that we were mistaken?"
"It has made a difference to D'Nandis, such that we can have a sensible conversation now. He is definitely recovering and we know that Kapis has already recovered. But the other man, it does not have the same effect. I am thinking that perhaps he caught some other disease before he met those two in Benmouth but it did not affect him immediately. That happens sometimes."
Netheran nodded. "I know it, Mistress. There are several ailments of the young where the symptoms do not appear for some days after contact." He looked concerned. "Are we at risk, Mistress? Or the other men behind me?"
"Unknown, Netheran, but from talk with Sarrik I think you may all be safe. Probably. On the other hand, I may not be, so do not stand too close for now until we know better, and keep away from this side of the tent. Tell me, can you remember if anyone in the camp, pirate or prisoner, has had a shivering fit at any time that you know about?"
Netheran's brow furrowed as he went through his memories but finally he shook his head. "No, Mistress, I can think of no-one. Of course, much may have happened before we were brought here."
"True, but if that had happened I would have expected many more in the camp to have caught it over time and it would most likely have been recognized. Somebody would have mentioned it to you."
He nodded. "It is as you say, Mistress."
"So that leaves us with several puzzles. What has he got and where did he get it, and why has nobody else caught it from him? That's why I sent Tyra off, I want questions asked throughout the camp to get some more information."
Shortly they could hear voices and then Tyra pulled the flap aside. "Mistress?"
Ursula nodded to her and then looked at Netheran. "I need to speak to the First Director and I'll need some space in case I am at risk. Perhaps you'd better move back to your half so that I can go outside."
"As you command, Mistress."
Tyra backed out as well and Ursula followed her out onto the walkway. A concerned Eriana was there with both Vikzas and Zoran. Bennet and Semma hurried to catch up.
"What have you found, Ursula?"
"One of the three patients who had the fever has recovered and another is recovering well," she reported without preamble, for the men's benefit. "The third one has not, however, and may have a different disease. His symptoms have also changed, now he shivers despite the warm air around us. There is mystery, he has been here many days in close contact with other captives, why is only he affected and not others? To find out what he has I need to discover if anyone else in camp has ever had shivering fits and to tell me. I cannot do this myself in case I am now infected."
Eriana nodded. "I understand, Ursula. I will find people who can ask everyone that question."
Vikzas asked, "Director, do you desire that we ask the recently arrived troops as well? I would be disturbed if they are also affected."
"I want to find out what he has, as the first step to treating it," Ursula replied. "If any of your men - or the Zebrins - have suffered something similar, even mild symptoms, then that could be useful information, though they would be telling us of past attacks, of course."
"It makes sense," Zoran commented to Vikzas, "most of those here have been here together for many months but we - and the First Director's people - have only recently arrived. They might be safe but we could be at risk, like Director Ursula there."
"As you say."
Eriana considered. "I doubt many of my own men may be used for the task, since their speech is not yet fluent enough. Marshal, Signar, it may be best that you find someone to ask among your own people, but I need someone who can ask our groups of released captives."
"First Director," Bennet said, "by your leave one of us may do that."
"Aye," added Semma. "And someone must ask the bargemen as well - all of them, since we now have that extra craft which brought the Visund's cargo."
Ursula objected, "Semma, they have only just arrived, they could not have infected our patient nor been infected by him."
"Oh, Director, you are correct, but, if I may, those who work on the barges travel widely, they may have some knowledge of what you seek."
"She is right, Ursula," Eriana agreed. "If this is - or could become - as bad as you suspect then all must needs be questioned, even those of Yod who were captives."
Zoran observed, "First Director, I doubt that those of Yod will listen to any woman, not even Director Ursula, nor offer serious reply to anything they may inquire. You have experience of the mind of Yodan men, you told me yourself. Indeed, I do not know whom they might listen to."
"True enough, I deem." Eriana scowled. "I doubt they would pay much heed to even look at Ursula. Mayhap we could ask Zakaros to question them? He was, after all, one of them until he joined our crew."
Ursula nodded. "He is probably the best, but I do not like the idea of taking away from what he is doing. Ah, of course, there is also Karan. He was to come here after lunch, that will not be possible now. He is a healer in training and he has a better idea of what we need. We can use him instead." She had a thought. "What about His Grace? We'll have to ask him and all his crew as well."
"Ursula, Simbran departed this morning in his barge before we awoke. With the pirates now in Bibek he has much work to do there. With his departure Hamalbek is now the responsibility of the Federation Navy, such as it is."
Ursula let out breath with a hiss. "There is small chance it either came with his barge or has left with it. Chances are small but we should send a message to Bibek to warn them."
Bennet objected, "But, Director, you just asked for the channel to be closed. How shall we tell those beyond what is happening?"
Ursula grimaced. "We do what we are doing now, Bennet. Someone on shore talks to someone on boat, not too close to shore. Answers come back same way."
Bennet nodded. "I should have thought of that, Director."
"Very well, Ursula," Eriana said. "We know what must needs be done, let us begin."
She turned to the two men. "You can instruct your own men?"
"Aye, First Director," Zoran replied.
He turned to go but Ursula spoke. "Signar, if you could find that medic from your galley and send him over here. He might know of this disease."
"Director? Oh, as you desire. I think I know where he is, I will discover him first and send him here immediately." Zoran nodded to Ursula and walked off quickly.
Vikzas, on the other hand, looked disturbed. "Director, more men arrived from Bibek this morning, they are to seek those whom you think are buried in the ground. Some of those who originally buried the dead are beyond the tents, helping them. And of course the former prisoners are being bathed, given new attire and moved to these tents. With the mixing of groups I am concerned that the disease will spread this way until the entire camp is suspect."
"Do whatever you can, Marshal. It is knowledge we need now. I need to find out what the disease is and how it can be treated but everyone else needs to know there is problem and why they should not leave camp."
Vikzas nodded. "I'll attend to it, Director. And... I think I'll find some of my marines and get them to make a perimeter along the forest edge. You have just made me realize that the channel to the Sirrel is not the only way to depart this place."
"Of course, and that is the last thing we need. Thank you, Marshal."
There was nothing else that Ursula could do except to return to the tent, nurse her patient and await developments.
* * *
She was just beginning to think lunch thoughts when Tyra lifted the flap into the tent section.
"Mistress, Captain Zerron is here."
Ursula rose from the empty bed she had been sitting on. "Thank you, Tyra. Show him in. Uh, what time is it? I am beginning to feel a little hungry. Is it lunchtime yet?"
"I was considering doing something about that, Director, when Captain Zerron arrived. By your leave, I could go and find out."
"Yes, do that, please. Ah, thinking about it, us three at least," she indicated herself, Sarrik and D'Nandis, "will have to stay inside here to eat. Can you ask at the mess tent if something can be brought?"
"Surely, Director." Tyra turned. "Captain, if you would enter but remain near the doorway."
The Zebrin medic came in and nodded to Ursula. "Director." He grimaced. "I find these ranks most confusing, I deem. I was told one of your patients may have an unknown disease. Is that him in the corner?"
"It is, Captain. The disease may not be not unknown though, just unknown to us. The symptoms are the initial sweating and delirium followed days later by shivering which was first noticed this morning. This patient," she indicated D'Nandis, "is one of three we believed had middrin. The three had traveled from the far west and met somewhere in Benmond. They stayed together some nights in a bargeman's hostel in Benmouth, where it was thought they caught middrin from a barge family there. The third man, Kapis, has already recovered and was moved back to one of the other cages before we all arrived."
Zerron nodded thoughtfully. "I understand, I believe. Middrin usually begins with a rash and then there are a few days of fever. Most children get it, I myself caught it when I was about five years old. I had heard that there were a small number of cases in the camp. But you do not think this other man has it because of the shivering."
"No, and he does not respond to the Anthelis we gave to the others."
"Anthelis? Unorthodox, Director. If you would explain."
"I was informed a while back that, although Anthelis is intended to be a cream used to alleviate certain skin complaints, when drunk as a very dilute liquid it has the useful side effect of bringing down fever. It worked perfectly on D'Nandis here."
"The patient drinks it? Curious! I did not know of that side effect, Director. So what it is you desire from me?"
"Simply if you know of any disease which matches what this other man might have. I have learned from Healer Sarrik here of at least two diseases which involve shivering but they do not match what happened to the patient."
"There is the winter shivering, of course, but that does not involve any fever that I know of. Oh, and tinoran which causes lumps under the chin or in the neck, I see you recognize both of those. Hmm."
"Problem is that until we know what it is, we do not know if it is infectious or how serious it could become. That is why we are beginning to take precautions around the camp."
"You know your business, Director," Zerron said approvingly. "Nobody in or out?"
"For now. You can see our problem, Captain."
"Aye." He frowned, his attention directed inside as he thought through all that he had been taught. Finally he asked, "Do you think he might have brought it with him from wherever he came from?"
Ursula shrugged. "You tell me, Captain. Even the two Six Cities men have no idea where he is from. Now I seem to learn languages readily but even I do not recognize anything he says - although that might be because he is feverish. My own guess is somewhere west, somewhere warmer, to have that skin color."
Zerron leaned forward to look at the patient. "As you say. Distinctive, is it not? I do not recall ever seeing anyone who looks like that before." He paused, and then added, "There is something I was told about shivering, a long time ago when I was but a healer's assistant, but I cannot recall what was said to me. It may return as the day proceeds." He thought again and frowned. "Director, do you have any other immediate need for my services? I was inspecting the freed men as they came out of the bathing tent, by coming here the line has been interrupted."
"Yes, of course, Captain. The other men are at least as important as those in this tent."
"Then I will depart, but I will continue to consider what I know and come back if that memory returns to me. By your leave?"
"Of course, Captain."
Zerron departed and the three rational occupants looked at one another.
"Mistress," D'Nandis said, finally, "something is strange here. I have been with this man for some weeks now yet I do not appear to have caught whatever he has. I know there are ailments of the body which do not get passed to others, mayhap this could be one of those?"
Ursula nodded. "Yes, things like cancer, ulcers and various conditions of some of your internal organs. I cannot think of anything obvious which would behave the way he has, though." She frowned. "It does not explain why he has it and nobody else in the camp. With the numbers here I would expect at least someone else to have either caught it, had it in the past, or knows someone who did have it."
Tyra returned then, leading a procession of mess attendants bearing trays of food. The first man through the entrance flap was the man with three bars on his epaulets. He paused and spoke to Ursula.
"Director, we have brought lunch for you, your colleagues and your charges. Your assistant here tells me that we must needs be cautious entering this side of the tent."
"Oh? She was right, the man in the corner has something we do not yet understand and we must be careful. I suggest you put the trays down on that bed next to our other patient."
"As you command, Director. If I may ask, what of those in the other half of the tent?"
"Those men have physical injuries so should be safe enough to approach, er..?"
"My pardon, Director. I should have declared myself when we first met. I am Overluten Vembro, presently in charge of cooking in this camp."
Vembro placed his tray on the end of the vacant bed and stood.
"I have four trays for you, your two colleagues and your assistant, Director," he explained. "We were unsure what to provide your patients, but bearing in mind what we have been asked to feed the other former prisoners, we have brought like trays together with extra bowls of bread and fruit should they desire some later today."
"That is a good idea, Overluten. Thank you."
Each of the beds had a thin blanket, provided against any possible chill during the summer nights, and Sarrik had pulled a blanket from an empty bed to cover the stranger. He stood as Ursula passed a tray to him.
"Real food! Overluten, you have my everlasting thanks for this."
"It is what you deserve, Master Healer," Vembro replied. "You appear to me to be as undernourished as any of the other former prisoners are, you must needs regain your strength before the Director here will permit you to depart."
Sarrik nodded. "It is as you say, Overluten, but we Healers have a job to do and we are the best ones suited to do it. The food you provide will not be wasted."
"As you say, Master Healer." He turned and received another tray from Tyra which he gave to Ursula. "This one is for your other patient, Director. We did not know how capable he was of feeding himself so you will see that the food has been cut small that one of you may feed him should he need it."
"Thank you, Overluten," she said, taking the tray. "D'Nandis is still weak, he might be able to feed himself but I will be there to help him if he cannot."
Vembro bowed. "Then, Director, by your leave, we will attend to those in the other part of the tent. If you would send a runner should you require more of anything."
"Of course, Overluten."
Ursula sat down on the edge of the next bed and put the tray on her lap.
"Can you manage this by yourself, D'Nandis?"
He gave her a weak smile. "I can but try, Director. Is that hot pel? Maker, I have almost forgotten the taste!"
She carefully picked up the mug and handed it to him. "Then see if this will jog your memory."
* * *
Ursula was awoken from her nap by a very brief shower hammering on the canvas roof of the tent. She had lain down on a spare bed, exhausted by the attention that their mystery patient had forced on her and Sarrik, to fall instantly asleep in the hot afternoon air. Now she came to, opening her eyes to find Sarrik watching her from his position beside the patient's bed.
"Mm. I think I needed that. How are you feeling? Do you need to lay down for a while?" She raised herself up on an elbow. "I can take over there if you need to take a break. How is the patient?"
"Mistress, I can manage for a while but you are right, it is hot and sticky after that shower, I will soon need to take a break. As for him, he is still shivering. Sometimes it is more, sometimes less."
She sat up properly and swung her legs to the floor. "Have you managed to get anything into him yet?"
"A little water is all, Mistress. He is still restless, this heat is not helping even though he shivers."
She stood, smoothing down her ship dress. "Very well. I need to check with Tyra first and then I can take over."
She moved to the flap and opened it, to find Tyra asleep on one of the two camp beds in the vestibule, originally intended for the NCOs of the troops in each half.
"Tyra?"
She had to call three times before the younger woman moved. Tyra sat up slowly, rubbing her eyes.
"Unh. Oh! Mistress, I ask your pardon. I should not have fallen asleep."
"On a hot afternoon like today a nap can only do us good," Ursula replied. "It is what most of the camp will be doing anyway."
"As you say, Mistress. I peeped in and saw you asleep so I thought maybe I could close my eyes for a short while. Have I missed anything?"
"Not at all, Tyra, except maybe the rain. Have there been any messages?"
"No, Mistress. It will take time for the men to question everybody, after all."
"What about... Her Highness? Anything more from her or the other leaders?"
"No-one at all has come here, Mistress, since the lunch things were collected."
"They are all probably having naps. I do not even hear the sound of axes or saws so work has just stopped for a while. We just have to wait, then. Unfortunately, I do not think our sick patient can wait too long, though." Ursula stretched. "I think I could do with some more pel. Is there any way we can send someone to the mess tent?"
"Surely, Mistress. I have shown my whistle to the cook man and agreed a signal I can use. Someone will come to take a message or orders."
"Ah, good. When someone arrives, send them in to me."
One of the mess attendants duly arrived and Ursula gave instructions for pel for everyone in both ends of the tent.
And then I will have to think about what comes out the other end, she thought. We do not have much privacy here.
"You and I are going to need a bucket soon."
"As you say, Mistress." Tyra briefly looked around. "The only place it can go is in the other part of your side, Mistress. There should just be enough privacy, I can stand here and prevent anyone looking in."
"Done, Tyra, and I can do the same for you. It is a tent for the sick, the men do not appear to bother too much about privacy under these conditions."
"It must have been worse when they were all shut up in those cages, Mistress. They have become used to the conditions."
"But that does not mean they should become used to those conditions, Tyra. We are trying to bring them all back to civilization after all."
"As you say, Mistress."
The fresh pel was brought, this time in a large pot from which it could be dispensed into mugs as required. Ursula let Netheran distribute mugs in his half of the tent before taking some in for Sarrik, D'Nandis and herself.
As she was finishing her drink Captain Anthar arrived. Ursula went outside to speak to him.
"Director, I have enquired after everyone under my command concerning the symptoms that you spoke of and no-one can remember anything exactly like that happening to themselves or anyone they know."
"Thank you, Captain, for your efforts."
"If I may ask about your patient, Director. How does he fare?"
"About the same, Captain, which is to say, very weak and shivering. He does not understand what we say when we talk to him."
"Ah. If there is anything we of Faral can do to help, you have only to ask."
"Thank you again, Captain."
The next arrival was Benakar.
"Mistress, some of those who have been in the center prison longer than most report that there was a period when several of them began shivering, but it did not last very long. Since then there has been nothing."
"Is that so? Would it be possible to speak directly to any of those who had it?"
He spread his hands wide. "Mistress, those men are among the weakest of us. They needed help to even climb in and out of the bathtubs. If you desire to speak with them you must needs attend them, I deem. I doubt any of them could walk here from the tent where they now lie."
Ursula scowled. "Difficult. I could be contaminated myself so I cannot do that, at least not yet. Still, you have told me something I did not know before. Thank you."
Benakar looked disturbed. "Mistress? Is there danger to others in the camp?"
"It is beginning to look like the risk is slight, Benakar, to others in the camp. I would prefer to make sure before I move from this tent, though."
"As you say, Mistress. By your leave?"
Buckets had been provided and used by Ursula, the healers and Tyra before anyone else came to call.
"First Director! What can I do for you?"
"I came to offer scant information, Ursula," Eriana replied. "None of our own people, including those of the several barges, knows of this mysterious disease. If there is no further information then I do not know what you can do."
Ursula sighed. "About what I thought, First Director. There are still some people I want to hear from first, before I can ask you to think what else I might be able to do."
"You ask me for such advice? I am no healer, Ursula. What could I tell you that you did not already know?"
"I am not speaking about my patient, now, First Director, but about the safety of the camp and the rest of the men... the people in it. Without knowing what the patient has means there must be risk to them but I cannot give numbers to risk. If it is small, camp can stay but if it is great then it may be better to evacuate camp, leaving us behind."
Eriana gave Ursula a disbelieving stare. "I did not think a healer could be so cold, Ursula. But you are right, this could be a command decision and I must needs rely on advice from others. You will still give advice?"
"Always, First Director. I am not trying to evade responsibility but there is more to presence of camp than just medical decisions."
Ursula saw Karan approaching along the duckboards. He arrived and bowed to Eriana.
"First Director, Director. If I may report on what I have learned to the Director."
"Surely, Karan," Eriana replied. "I believe you have been speaking to... whom, exactly?"
"The former Yodan crew, First Director." He turned his attention to Ursula. "Director, I have news, though it raises more questions than one such as I can begin to answer. Those formerly of Yod, who crewed the second galley, told me that some few of the crew of the original galley yet survived when they were captured. I was told that those few were in poor health and that, after a period of maybe two weeks following the later arrivals, many of the originals fell sick - with shivering."
Ursula immediate became interested. "Ah? Did the pirates let them die, then?"
"Indeed not, Director. He who styled himself King desired that every remaining member of the Yodan crews, whether from the first galley or the second, should be strung up to die on the frame as revenge for their treatment of their slave rowers. When he discovered the sickness he became angry and something was done, they do not know what, to prevent those ill men dying. Soon after that those men recovered and paid for their lives one by one as the King desired."
Eriana was surprised. "He did what? How could a mere pirate, someone who had manned the oars himself not weeks previously, know what this disease was, when no-one else here has any idea?"
Ursula frowned. "I do not know, First Director, but it gives us some answers. We now know that disease is known, though probably very rare, and that it is possible to cure it. Wait! Since it affected a group of prisoners at the same time it also tells us that it might be some kind of deficiency in diet, which so-called King recognized and was able to fix."
"A... deficiency, Ursula? What do you mean by that?"
Ursula thought before she answered. "It is complicated subject, First Director. Simple answer is, Norse probably would not have it since you eat a lot of fish and fruit. Restricted, boring diet without certain nutrients can cause problems over time, weak bones, painful joints, bleeding from gums, skin problems. If pirates did not feed captives properly they could easily develop such problems. Since they wanted revenge, they had to change diet to keep captives alive."
Eriana shook with disgust. "Ugh! Even we barbarians treat our captives better than that!" There was a pause. "Usually. Tell me more about deficiency."
"Our bodies get what we need from food we eat, Director," Eriana nodded, "body knows how to make most substances it needs that way. There are certain things body cannot make, that it has to take in with food. Some of these are called vitamins, also certain minerals. Best way to get vitamins and minerals is to have varied diet when possible. Fresh fruit, vegetables, fish, these sorts of things. I doubt pirates bothered to think of diet at first, then sickness made them realize they could lose all captives if not fed properly."
"Ah, as you say." She wrinkled her nose. "I do not like some of the meals our crew has been offered lately. Do you tell me I should be eating such food?"
"It is best to have a certain amount of tolerance, First Director." Ursula smiled. "I do not think you have much cause for concern. What you and your men eat obviously works for you or your people would have died out long ago."
"As you say, Ursula."
Karan objected, "Director, your present patient had not been a captive for very long. How is it he has succumbed and not his companions?"
"That is a very good question, Karan. It might mean we are looking at some other problem. Very well. Karan, thank you for your help, you can go and find something else to do for now."
"Director." He bowed, turned and walked off.
"So, Ursula, how does this help your problem?"
Ursula took a cloth from the front pouch of her ship dress and wiped the sweat from her face before answering. "If it is a diet deficiency then no-one else in the camp should be at risk," she replied. "More than that I cannot say right now, but it looks as if you and the other leaders can relax - slightly. I need to ask some more questions to try and narrow down what is going on before I say more."
"As you say, Ursula." Eriana nodded. "Call me when you do know more."
"Of course... Eriana."
Ursula returned inside and spoke to Tyra. "I need to speak to one of the cooks... the men who were cooks before we came, that is. The Trusties. Preferably I want someone who might have been a captive when the second galley was captured."
"As you desire, Mistress. If I may whistle for a runner?"
"Yes, do so."
There was some confusion at first, since the runner wanted to fetch someone from the mess tent, but eventually a man was brought whom Ursula thought she recognized. He had been cleaned up, shaved and had a haircut, and was dressed in a loose tunic and summer tights, though there were only simple sandals on his feet. Again Ursula met him on the duckboard walkway.
He bowed awkwardly. "Mistress? I do not know that I can tell you anything useful but I will answer as I can."
"That is all I want at the moment. First, you'd better tell me your name."
"Of course, Mistress. I am Ezran Inksman, formerly of Tenago in Eastern Yod."
"Inksman? Are you a scribe?"
Ezran spread his hands. "Mistress, I was but that was long ago. Some coin went missing and I was blamed. I was condemned to the galleys and ended up here. I had some skill in the kitchen and was, er, selected by the pirates as one of those who fed everyone." He looked puzzled. "Did I do something wrong?"
"Not at all, Ezran. What you did kept yourself and some of your fellow prisoners alive long enough to be rescued. Tell me, what vessel were you on when the pirates captured you?"
"The second galley, Mistress. Most of those who were below deck chose to join the pirates but I could not bring myself to do so, knowing what they might do to others on the river. I partly disguised my origins, pretending I was from land occupied by the Overlords, and was separated from those who joined the pirates."
"Ah. So you were here when those who remained of the first galley's crew became ill?"
"Aye, Mistress, though I was not a cook then so it was the center prison. We heard there had been illness but thought it was because the pirates were treating the galley crews poorly, ah, more poorly than everyone else, of course."
"Were there any other prisoners - perhaps like yourself - in that cage who might have been a rower on the first galley?"
"Aye, Mistress, there were a few but none remain alive today." He looked surprised. "That must mean that I am one of the longest to survive, Mistress."
"And that was probably only because you were picked as a cook, and so was fed a little better."
"As you say, Mistress."
Ursula was stumped. How could she find out how the first bout of sickness was cured?
"Tell me," she said slowly, "once you became a cook, was there anything you noticed about what you fed everyone? I assume the pirates ate better than their captives did."
Ezran considered. "Of course they did, Mistress. Most of what we fed everyone was whatever was found on the barges they preyed on, which meant our meals changed almost every week. Of course, the pirates ate the best selection, then we who did their dirty work, then the Yodan crews, so they would last longer on the frame, and the poor men in the center prison ate whatever was left. Sometimes they would find a barge with meat so we all ate that before it went off. Mostly it was grain and vegetables, a little fish but the pirates tended to leave the local fishermen alone, I have no idea why."
"Probably because the local fishermen would know every little creek and outlet along the bank so would soon find Hamalbek, which would mean someone would shortly arrive to attack them," Ursula explained. "In fact, we called at fishing villages either side and found they were warned away by the pirates."
"We assumed something like that had happened. If there is something else I can tell you, Mistress? If I may ask what you seek?"
"I am trying to discover why those men fell sick and what happened to make them better again. The only thing I could think of was perhaps a change in diet."
Ezran frowned. "As I said, what we ate changed all the time. Oh! There was something odd, now I think of it. Once I became a cook I discovered that, as you might expect, only the pirates drank pel. The supply of pel was whatever was found on the vessels they caught, sometimes cargo, sometimes crew supplies. If there were any leaves left over at the end of each day we had been instructed to roast them and then grind them up to mix with the morning grain porridge. It was said that this was to improve the taste of the mixture, which was otherwise very bland. It sounded odd to me but I just did as I was ordered."
Ursula sighed. "I can believe that. Thank you, Ezran, for telling me this, it may have been of help." She thought of Zakaros. "If you are thinking of work, we could probably use a scribe, when you feel ready to attempt something like that."
"That is gracious of you, Mistress. Since that meeting with His Grace I have been considering what I might do when I leave here. I am still somewhat weak but will think on your words."
"Then I think you had better go and get out of this sun and rest. Are your accommodations good enough?"
"Mistress, though I had never seen the inside of one before, the tent is like a palace to us. Nobody is complaining at their change in fortune."
"As you say."
Ezran bowed, turned and walked slowly off while Ursula sought the shade of the tent entrance. Tyra was waiting anxiously inside and she backed away as Ursula lifted the flap.
"No, I don't think you need to do that any more, Tyra. It looks as if we are dealing with some kind of dietary deficiency with our patient." Ursula shook her head, puzzled. "All I have heard is - No. Let me think some more about what I have been told."
She pushed through to the 'ward' where the others waited.
Sarrik asked, "Did you discover anything, Mistress?"
"Maybe. Some of the crew of the first galley - the Yodans, not the slave rowers - became ill with the shivering just after the second galley was taken and then became better. The cook I spoke to thinks the pirates may have changed something in the food to counteract the shivering. It is possible that our patient has the same thing. The only thing I was told which might be relevant is that he said they mixed ground-up pel leaves with the grain porridge each morning."
Recognition came. "Is that what it was, Mistress? I saw the specks in the food but thought it imperfections in the grain or bad winnowing, something like that. I am no farmer. I wonder why they did that?"
"I have no idea. I doubt the pirates had enough pel to give it to everyone, do you not agree? Or even to want to give it to everyone. They drank it themselves, though. I wonder why they put it in the captives' porridge?"
D'Nandis spoke from behind Ursula, causing her to turn sharply when he said, "Mistress, Bineer drank no pel. He would not touch any hot drinks, nor would he drink the bargeman's beer. He told us that hot drinks were unknown among his people."
"What? No pel at all?"
"None, Mistress. We told him it was fine and that most in the east drank it but he refused."
Ursula was shocked. Pel?
Seriously?
Pel is a mixture of herbs, can it be possible that one... or more... contain some substance vital to human health here? Is this possible?
...The local beer also contains herbs...
I must keep reminding myself that I am, in fact, on an alien world. What else might I miss through assuming the rules are the same as on Earth?
"What about where you came from? Do you have pel in the Six Cities?"
"No, Mistress, but we have a similar drink called maten. I do not know if the two share any ingredients."
"What about beer or ale? Do you have anything like that?"
"Of course, Mistress, but it tastes different to what I have drunk here in the east. And before you ask, our wineberries also taste different when made into wine." He shrugged. "Here or there, it all tastes fine to me."
She simmered. "I refuse to believe that it can be that simple! Can it be? Sarrik, how do you propose we get some pel into our patient to see if that makes any difference?"
The Faral healer pointed. "Mistress, there is a big pot on the table outside and what is left is now strong and probably cold. Why not try him with some of that? In his present state he will not know what it is. It would be no different than any of our potions, after all."
"Good thinking. Tyra!"
The flap was pulled open. "Mistress?"
"Is that pel pot still there? If it is then bring it in here, please."
"But, Mistress, it will be cold and likely stewed by now."
"All the better! Bring it in, quickly, before someone from the mess tent decides to collect it for the evening meal."
The liquor in the bottom of the pot was dark and thick. Ursula decanted some into one of the beakers they had been using, diluted it with a little water and went to the side of Bineer's bed. He was asleep but Ursula gently shook him.He moved and began mumbling.
"Manu? Vrak! Temi nar'kofn so."
"Drink this," she said. "It will help you get better."
She pushed the beaker against his lower lips and he opened his mouth to drink some. It was swallowed, but the face wrinkled up in distaste.
«Bad taste.»
Suddenly Ursula realized that she could, perhaps, understand him now.
«It is medicine. Medicine is supposed to taste bad. Drink some more.»
Reluctantly he drank about half of what was in the beaker and then sank back with a sigh. Ursula removed the beaker and stood.
Sarrik looked at Ursula with amazement. "Did you just speak his tongue, Mistress?"
"I think I did, Sarrik. I did not know that I could. My brain works in a very strange way where other languages are concerned." I'm hardly going to tell him the truth, am I? Especially when I am not sure what the truth is. She looked at what was left in the beaker. "Ugh. This stuff is stewed. Suppose we have another pot made and then pour some out to cool straight away? He might like that better."
"Pel, Mistress? Really?"
"Pel is made from herbs, Sarrik. What do you think all my other potions and ointments are made from? I am guessing that there is something in pel that we all need but, because we all drink it all the time, nobody has realized. Perhaps the reason we drink pel has been forgotten over time."
"That never occurred to me, Mistress. What an amazing thing!"
She muttered, "So, it appears to be some kind of deficiency, but until we can develop decent biological laboratory we aren't going to know much more."
"Mistress?"
"Oh, nothing to concern you now, Sarrik." She breathed a sigh of relief. "It looks like our immediate problem, that of the camp, may have been answered. Do you want to go out and refresh yourself?"
"By your leave, Mistress, yes I do! I could do with a good wash and then a lie down."
"Do you know where the bathing tent is?"
"It is up and around the back, behind the cooking tents, I was told."
"That's right, anyone there can direct you. Oh," she pointed to the pot, "if you are going that way you could take this and ask them to send another down - but don't say why we need it."
"As you command, Mistress." Sarrik picked up the pot and left.
D'Nandis looked at Ursula. "Do you really think that pel is the answer, Mistress?"
"I think so. Once you said that he did not drink it, and when Ezran explained that the prisoner cooks added it to the porridge, everything made sense. I don't know why we all drink it but we do, and there is likely a very good reason we do."
She checked the patient again, just before the fresh pot of pel was delivered. He already seemed less feverish, less clammy and the shivering had eased slightly. But he had started mumbling again and it appeared some of the words made sense, though many others did not.
One plaintive question did catch her attention: «Why are there three moons in this insane place?»
The remains of the dead are disposed of and the senior staff gather to consider the future of the camp. Ursula makes a suggestion concerning the two stranded galleys. The next morning, Kaldar's sore throat turns out to have an innocent explanation.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
87 - Of Pyres and Galleys
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Eriana had joined Zoran and Vikzas in viewing the completion
of the funeral pyres. Since there were so many bodies these had to be
substantial mounds of timber, mostly freshly cut from the forest
nearest the Sirrel, and that timber was still green. This material
had been augmented by the remains of the two burnt pirate buildings
and the frames they had used to execute anyone who had disagreed with
their commands.
Because the prevailing breeze was from east to west, and there was an obvious need to avoid the resulting smoke, the pyres had been constructed near the western edge of the forest, between the prisoner cages and the existing forest boundary. At present it was not possible to demolish the cages and add their material to the pyres since not all the prisoners had yet been moved to the new tents.
"Think you there will be enough wood to burn all these bodies, First Director?"
"I have no idea, Marshal," she replied to Vikzas. "As a rule others concerned themselves with such tasks when needed in my past. Since coming to the Great Valley I have only attended a few such funerals, and those for only a few bodies. Wait! Of course there was that farm not far from Bakhmenek, where those renegade Yodan soldiers had laired. The whole place had been so fouled that we used all the farm buildings as materials."
"Do you tell me? I remember the tale, I do not think you described any funerals then."
"Aye," added Zoran, "but of course those would have happened after the end of your tale, I deem, and be of slight interest to your listeners. The whole farm? All of it?"
Eriana nodded with a grin. "It is true, and I assure you that we did obtain permission from the Military Governor at Bakhmenek, Marshal Boranar of Ferenis, before we did so." The grin faded. "We used the larger barn, still part filled with fodder, to construct separate pyres for the dead Yodans and for their victims, but we also fired the other buildings, as all three were not only noxious but held memories none desired to retain."
Zoran asked, "About how many dead did you burn that day, First Director?"
Eriana shrugged. "I was not counting, Signar. Probably around ninety or so, forty of which were victims of the renegades. As was respectful, we burned them with due honor on a separate pyre to the soldiers. Why do you ask?"
"Oh, merely to compare with today's numbers, First Director. If I may note, the occasions seem to me to be curiously alike. You defeated rogue troops, then must needs deal with those who survived and those who did not, both rogue and victim. But Hamalbek is a larger problem, I deem."
"As you say." Eriana's eyes narrowed as she considered the parallels. "We do not seek out such confrontations, Signar, merely respond as we encounter them by chance. I imagine that some of the work of the River Patrol, once we are in operation, will consist of like adventures, do you not agree?"
"Indeed, First Director, at least until the river is made peaceful to all." Zoran glanced to his right, where several officers approached. "Ah. Here is Admiral Lars with two of your men, Vikzas."
Lars arrived with Captain of the Field Torban and a Faral officer Eriana had not met previously.
"Enough wood for pyres," Lars reported to Eriana with a nod, "these two have interesting idea to tell."
"Oh?" Eriana turned to Torban. "Captain, welcome to our temporary camp. Have you been told all that occurred here?"
He banged his chest with the flat of his right hand. "Director, I have, and I must congratulate you on yet another successful operation, it seems. If I may introduce Water-Captain Manuf of our galley the Faral Huntsman which you last saw at Faralan. On orders from His Grace he has brought his vessel and his crew along to provide assistance. It is presently moored nearby in the Sirrel and some of the marines have been helping Admiral Lars ashore. Manuf, if I may introduce you to Princess Eriana of Palarand, she has been appointed head of the new Federation Navy. You should know that she has several titles according to activity and presently uses the style of Director, because of the nature of this camp."
Eriana gave the galley captain a nod. "You are welcome here, Captain Manuf."
He returned first with a salute and then an elaborate bow. "Director, the reputation of you and your men becomes greater every day, it seems. When I came ashore here earlier today I spent some time with Admiral Lars on what he terms the spits, those tongues of land which enclose this creek. As we observed operations he described to me how the assault on the pirate camp had happened. I was then informed I could not return to my galley because of a possible outbreak of some disease."
"That is so, Captain," Eriana replied, "and I regret that it keeps you from your command."
"I have made use of the free time, Director, and it is that which brings me to you. I was drawn to the two galleys already here which I recognized as being of Yodan design, and Admiral Lars was gracious enough to permit me to inspect them with him. If I may ask what you intended to do with them."
"Since the river level is now so low we may not remove them from this place," she explained. "I understand that Marshal Vikzas has some scheme whereby they may be retained without damage when the waters rise once more."
"That is not so, Director," Manuf responded. "Both vessels are lightly loaded, indeed one is but a mere shell. If everything were taken out of both, crew, oars and all, it is possible they could then be towed through the channel to the Sirrel, where any contents can be restored. The stripped one, I regret, having not even a rudder nor steering gear aboard, must needs be towed, probably to Bibek, for complete refurbishment and supply."
She was surprised. "Do you tell me? Lars, if this is possible then it eases several of our problems."
"Yah, Director. Water in channel is deep enough for empty galley, we used rod to check."
Hanuf added, "Director, if there is any difficulty then it should be possible to deepen the channel by hand. We have need to do this at our base in Bibek from time to time."
Her eyebrows rose. "You can do this? Then Captain, I am indebted to you and the expert opinion you provide. Lars, should we do this? Have we the time or men? What crew can we use, once we take the galleys into the Sirrel?"
He nodded. "Can be done, Director. Captain offers enough crew to row."
She asked Manuf, "How is this possible? Who will row your own galley if you should lend some of your men to row these?"
"Director, though my men are divided into crew and marines all may row from time to time as required. Since we are but a short distance from Bibek and among friends we would not require a full complement of men to bring both craft so far." Manuf shrugged. "Director, it is something we practise since any galley may need to give assistance to another in trouble."
"Done, Captain." Eriana turned to Vikzas. "Marshal, we are indebted to you for this offer. Lars and I have learned much today." She turned again at an interruption. "Yes?"
The Faral marine saluted. "By your leave, Director, I am to inform you that Director Ursula believes she now understands what is wrong with her patient and desires your presence to hear her report."
Eriana responded with a nod. "Message received, marine, and thank you."
Vikzas asked, "The news may be important, Director. Will you go now? Do you require us to attend?"
"I'll go by myself," she decided. "If there is aught to report which threatens the camp then I will return immediately and tell you what I learn. By your leave?"
"Of course, First Director."
Eriana walked rapidly from one end of the duckboard 'street' to the other, trailed as always by Bennet and Semma. Ursula was waiting for her at the far end.
"Ursula! You have discovered what is wrong, I deem."
"I have, First Director, and it raises many questions concerning what I know about life here..." Ursula changed what she was about to say since there were others in earshot, "...in the Great Valley. However, it would appear there is no danger to anyone else in the camp or beyond it. As the senior medical person here I can ask you to lift any restrictions which were placed earlier today. Only the patient is affected and he seems to be responding to the new, er, medication."
"Are you certain of this, Ursula? I trust your judgment, as you already know, but you have not previously encountered a circumstance like this since you came to the Great Valley."
"Diseases are diseases, First Director. Wherever one is, they should behave the same. No-one else in the camp is now ill with the same symptoms as the patient, and most have been in close contact with him for some time now. I do not think any of us is in any danger either from whatever he has... for certain reasons."
"Ah? If you would explain."
Ursula considered her words. "As you know I asked earlier for information about anyone who may have had similar symptoms in the past. To my surprise it was reported that some of the original Yodan crew, then captives, suffered those symptoms shortly after the second galley was captured by the pirates." Eriana nodded to show she understood the timing. "However, those men were not permitted to die of the disease since the pirates wanted, as you know, to execute them one by one."
"Not permitted to die? Do you tell me that the pirates knew of this malady?"
Ursula shrugged. "Somebody must have recognized the symptoms, First Director. It is possible they did not know the disease, only how to cure it. Shortly afterwards those captives who were cooks for the camp were instructed to grind up dried leaves of pel and add them to the morning porridge. Those who did that task believed it was to give the porridge some flavor but I now believe different."
Eriana's eyes popped out. "Do you tell me that pel is the reason those men recovered? Is this possible?"
"That is why I say that the whole business raises many questions, First Director. Most people in the Great Valley and, for all I know, well beyond, drink pel at some time during the day, even if they subsequently drink wine, beer or something else. I am wondering if there is a good medical reason for this. Maybe there is some deficiency, as I suspected, and one or more of the herbs in pel satisfies that deficiency."
The Princess shook her head. "But, but, Ursula, many do not drink pel! Why, until we came to the Great Valley, none of those aboard the Visund had ever heard of pel! Can you explain that?"
"Perhaps, First Director. I wondered if the Einnland diet, which you told me consists mainly of meat and fish, provides an alternative. I can tell you that fish from the sea are often more nutritious than those found in rivers or lakes. Then I remembered that ale or beer brewed wherever I have been usually has herbs added to it. Is that true of ale brewed in Einnland?"
Eriana looked troubled. "I do not know, Ursula. I suspect you may be correct. But this patient of yours has this deficiency, can you explain that?"
"Yes, First Director. It puzzled us a while until the other patient, D'Nandis from the Six Cities, happened to mention that Bineer Ketko did not drink hot drinks at all and refused the bargemens' beer. He only drank water or, occasionally, fruit juice."
"That is so? Stranger and stranger! Oh, D'Nandis... you say he is one of those from the Six Cities. Do I assume they also have pel over there?"
"They do not, First Director, but they have a similar drink named maten, which I suspect also contains those vital herbs." Ursula shrugged. "Such things are not uncommon, all over... where I come from... there are customary drinks, hot and cold, that most people drink all the time. It is almost an addiction but one that causes very little harm if not overdone. It is just that, on at least this part of Anmar, something in them seems to be actually required for human health. I suspect we are not going to find out until somebody gets a research project going to carefully work through the evidence."
"Research project? Now that reminds me of something Garia told me. Oh, yes! Have I told you we are building a University in Palarand? The King is sending all our Questors there."
"Questors? What are they?"
"Ah, Garia did say they had a different name where she came from... let me see... scientists? Does that sound right?"
"It does... but a University? Do you know what was meant by that?"
"It is supposed to be a place of higher learning, so I was told, but I have little idea what that means, or how it will function, but it sounds to me a perfect place for this project you describe."
"If it will be anything like the ones where Princess Garia came from, it will be exactly the right place to do it, First Director."
"As to the present, then. You are telling me that everyone else is safe so long as we keep drinking pel."
"There is a very small possibility that I could have jumped to the wrong conclusion, First Director. All my experience leads me to think I am right but I would not want you to act on my words without hearing that caution. Yes, I believe that everyone else is safe, which is a good thing since I was beginning to wonder where Tyra and I were going to be sleeping tonight."
Eriana smiled. "Have no fear, dearest. Tonight you and I shall share the cabin on the galley with Tyra, Nethra, Bennet and Semma nearby and most of my crew filling the lower deck. I have had enough of waiting."
"Is this wise, Eriana?"
"Once aboard the galley no-one beyond will know where anyone chooses to sleep, I deem. My men will not tell and I doubt our other crew members would do so either. Do you care?"
"Only that I am not sure of the legal position, Eriana. We don't want to cause a scandal and upset our status among the locals, having managed to get them on our side."
"Ah! I will have a word with Kalmenar. I doubt there will be much of a problem."
"Then I had better return inside. Sarrik has already gone off to have a wash and a lie-down, so I am on my own right now. You could send somebody for Karan, please."
"As you wish, Ursula. You will join us for our evening meal?"
"I hope so, Eriana - after I have had my own wash and rest." She remembered something. "Oh, and concerning our stranger. He is like me and Maralin and Princess Garia. He is not Anmar born but from somewhere else entirely."
* * *
"The Maker made the world, and the Sun, the moons and the stars above. The Maker made the plants and creatures within the world including ourselves. We do not know the Maker's purpose, and we do not know if the Maker has ever visited the world since it was made. All we know is that the world is the Maker's creation, not ours, and we have a responsibility to live in the world in such a way that it is kept as the Maker may have originally intended."
Vikzas shifted position so that the fading light of the setting sun better illuminated the parchment he read his words from. "To that end we offer to return the bodies of these men, who have no further use for them, so that the substance of which they are made can be used by the world again. We offer these bodies as a token of our responsibility and as the last act which they will make in the world. As their bodies turn to ash we will remember them and their presence in the world."
He turned to Eriana. "First Director, as the most senior person at this funeral I ask you: Are there any reasons why we should not proceed?"
She bowed her head towards him and then replied formally, "There are not. Let their bodies be returned to the world."
Vikzas raised an arm. In front of the long pyre for the pirates, three Zebrins turned and applied their flaming torches to the wood. In the other direction, Torban, Anthar and Lars applied their torches to the pyre for the victims of the pirates, six of whom had been already exhumed because their graves had been discovered under the site of the pyres, others being found nearby.
The assorted marines and other crews had labored hard to make certain the freshly-cut wood would burn, but it was still a while before both pyres were fully alight. Once the senior staff had assured themselves that was true and that nothing was likely to go wrong, they turned and headed for the mess tent. The rest of the watchers, Farals, Zebrins and former captives, dispersed back to their sleeping places. Behind them, a small perimeter guard made sure that the alarm would be raised if the flames began to threaten the closest parts of the forest.
"Maker, I'm glad that's over," Vikzas muttered. "Director, I am also glad that you pointed out what we would have faced had the surviving pirates been executed here! So many more bodies. Aye, I know a battle was fought but this was nothing like what we faced at Faralan."
"I agree, Marshal," Ursula replied. "but history tells us that every battle is different to the battles that were fought before. The important part is that we can now concentrate on the future."
"As you say. Ah, here we are."
Vikzas gestured at the bench for Ursula to sit first before seating himself beside her. The others also took seats around the same table so that all the senior officers were together. As the last men sat the mess staff began bringing out trays of mugs, goblets, jugs of wine and pots of steaming pel. Once everyone had a drink in front of them Eriana, at the end of the table, stood.
"This is the first time we have all been able to meet together, I deem. I am a woman of action, I do not intend to waste my days making this a regular occurrence like some people I know, but I considered it needful that all were made certain of each others' plans for the next few days. Since much depends on the health of the captives we released I will ask Ursula to begin."
Eriana sat down and Ursula stood.
"Some of you will have heard my announcement earlier," she began. "I will repeat it here so there can be no confusion. There is no danger to anyone in the camp or beyond from the man who is ill. What he appears to be suffering from is some kind of deficiency caused by the fact that he does not drink anything hot including pel." She shook her head. "I have no information why this should be so or what the deficiency is, but nobody else appears to have the same problem. That means that the previous schedule for the camp can resume immediately."
Vikzas waved a hand. "Director, if I may ask, what about the others who are not yet considered fit?"
Ursula grimaced. "Unfortunately, that is most of those who were captives. A small number, those who were considered trusties by the pirates, are fit since they had been used to do the pirates' dirty work, including such tasks as digging graves, hauling clean water and chopping firewood. The rest," she shrugged, "some can walk around the camp, others cannot even manage that. There does not appear to be much wrong with any of them that good food, lots of it, and gentle exercise will not solve in time.
"There are also a small number in the Sick Tent," she continued, "who are there because they have minor physical injuries. Some of those will not be able to leave the camp on their own two feet but will have to be assisted. Marshal Vikzas, I assume that you will be able to get them out to the Sirrel and onwards to Bibek?"
"Of course, Director. Evacuating the injured will be a useful exercise for my men."
Torban asked, "Director, how long do you think it will be before these men can be moved? I am thinking ahead, it cannot be more than a month before the Rains arrive."
"From a healer's point of view a small number could be moved immediately. I would allow a week before some of the more fit could join them. Some of the others, unfortunately, might take longer. They may have to be moved in the same way that the physically injured are. First Director?"
Eriana said, "I had hoped to remain at Hamalbek no longer than a week, gentlemen. You must needs understand that my crew and myself had intended to return all the way to Palarand before these Rains begin. If we stay here much longer then that would not be possible, so I understand."
Vikzas spread his hands wide. "First Director, I have no doubt that His Grace would accommodate you, your people and your ship should you be forced to remain in Bibek until the Rains cease. If you determine that you must needs depart, however, you can leave the tidying up of Hamalbek to my men and those of Zebrin. We will make certain that your commands are obeyed, you are after all our superior officer."
"The Federation Navy thanks you for your support, gentlemen. Ursula, have you any more to add from your healer's point of view?"
"No, First Director, and there is little to add from the welfare point of view either. The Zebrins have set up an efficient camp for us for which I am grateful."
"As you say! We will be using this camp as our model, I deem. Thank you, Ursula, now let us hear from others. Marshal Vikzas, if we may hear your thoughts."
"I can only thank you and Director Ursula for your remarks, First Director. I do have a point or two worth mentioning. First, like you I thought the two Yodan galleys to be stuck here, literally, until after the Rains have ceased. I was concerned that, as the river rose, they might be swept up against the forest and stranded there, unusable, when the waters receded once more. To that end I thought to provide anchor blocks of concrete nearby that they may be tethered somewhere where the waters would always be.
"However, Captain Manuf has inspected both vessels and he assures me that, since they are both partially stripped, they could be removed with little trouble to the Sirrel. Captain? If you would explain."
Manuf stood. "Aye, Marshal. As functioning galleys these vessels would indeed be trapped inside the port until the waters rose once more. That is because they would have the weight of maybe sixty to seventy men, their equipment, armor, weapons, supplies and ship's fittings to add to the weight of what you can see. As you mentioned, though, if both vessels should be completely stripped, even of the ballast in both, they could be towed out into the Sirrel, refitted as may be and then taken to Bibek or some other safe port. The galley which has already been completely stripped cannot be rowed, however, lacking even a rudder. It must needs be towed to a shipyard for reconstruction."
Zoran asked, "I have wondered what use might be made of such a vessel. It seems to me that much effort and coin would be used to restore it, while I know the River Patrol already has access to other former Yodan galleys. Might it not be better to save valuable time and effort by simply scrapping the hulk?"
Vikzas said to Eriana, "He raises a good point, First Director. Is that vessel worth the time and effort? There is much else that must needs be done here at Hamalbek."
Eriana nodded. "You are probably right, Marshal. Perhaps we should only remove the more complete of the two galleys and leave the other one here. Agreed?"
There were nods and "agreed"s from around the table but Ursula raised a hand.
"I think you are all missing a useful point, gentlemen. What you have here is a complete hull but without the fittings normally used by the rowers and deck crew. I would suggest taking it to Bibek where it can be fitted with a new lower deck, containing a steam engine, as an experiment to see how that method would work in an existing hull design. There would be little to lose if it does not work but it would save having to build a hull which might then not be suitable."
Vikzas looked puzzled. "Director? I do not understand what purpose this steam engine would serve. If such a device fills the lower hull then where would the rowers sit? Each end, perhaps, or mayhap above on deck? That would be awkward!"
"If there were a steam engine installed, Marshal, you would not need any rowers. The purpose of the steam engine would be to turn large paddle wheels either side or perhaps to turn a screw propeller fitted beneath the stern. You would of course need a small crew to feed the engine with fuel and water but you would not need anything like so many people."
"Do you tell me? If that is so then by all means let us take the hull to Bibek. First Director, it seems I overlooked some of the implications of steam engines when His Grace demonstrated the one he brought back from Palarand. If you could explain to all of us."
Eriana snorted. "Not me, Vikzas! It is Ursula who has the knowledge of steam power. Ursula?"
"First Director. I should tell you all that steam power is still used in parts of the land where I come from but we have mostly progressed to other methods now. However, I can tell you what you need to know. A steam engine works by turning the force of steam in the boiler into a mechanical rotary motion. This can be used -"
* * *
Eriana closed the door of the cabin which had formerly belonged to the galley's captain. The bed was merely a padding of blankets on the deck but both Eriana and Ursula were used to sleeping on improvised bedding. There was a bunk but it would have been too narrow for two people.
"Finally!" she muttered quietly. "If I have learned anything by this separation, it is that I do not like being separated from you, Ursula. I trust that it will not happen very often in our futures."
"The future is whatever it is, Eriana," Ursula responded from where she lay on the blankets, partially clothed. "Two weeks ago we had no idea any of this was going to happen. When you think what we have seen and done since leaving Joth I am no longer surprised by whatever comes next. Grakh, Kaldar, Yod city, Bakhrad, Wadek, Karan and Zakaros, Pakmal, Toshi, Zebrin and now here! I have probably forgotten some."
"Aye," Eriana agreed, folding herself down beside Ursula. "And it is even worse for me! You cannot imagine what has happened to me and my crew since we ground ashore in Plif. This land has given us some amazing adventures and I am not sure that I would have said no to any of them... though I grant I was reluctant when I first arrived at Palarand. How could I have been so stupid?"
"You have not said much about your time in Palarand. At least, not when you first arrived."
Eriana's fair skin was red but the dim light of the lantern fortunately hid most if it.
"Aye, and with reason, Ursula. Before I met Garia I was naught but a spoiled girl-child and my behavior then shames me now. Shall you hear the tale or do you desire something more... physical?"
"Actually, I am somewhat tired after what happened today, Eriana. Perhaps a cuddle tonight and we should be refreshed tomorrow night."
"Hah! And here you are telling me to beware the dice throw of the future. Only the Norns know what is to come, I deem. Come, let us gently enjoy each other's touch, then."
Eriana's arm reached out and two bodies came together.
~o~O~o~
As always, when Ursula came back to wakefulness there were the distant sounds of men beginning the morning's activities. The soft movement of feet overhead, a muttered conversation, an occasional curse, told her it was probably time to get up once more. The cabin had no windows, portholes or other openings to the outside, only a grilled duct in one corner to admit fresh air, so there was little light to give her an estimate of the time but the external sounds were enough.
"Hnh?"
Eriana moved as Ursula disentangled herself and carefully rose. It was the work of seconds to arrange herself and pull on the ship dress she had worn the previous evening. It would do until she had been to the bathing tent. With a brief look at the half-asleep Princess, Ursula slipped on her sandals and went out, quietly closing the door behind her.
Of course Lars was waiting outside. He gave her a respectful nod of greeting.
«Princess sleeps?» he whispered.
«Yes, but not for long, I do not think,» she whispered back, «I could hear men moving about,» she poked a finger up at the deck above, «and that will soon wake her up. Do you know if Tyra is up yet?»
He shook his head. «Not yet, Mistress. Is there something you need her for? Can I help instead?»
She gave him a look. «Thank you, Lars, no, I need female help this time. I have to go to the latrine.»
He grinned back. «I understand, Mistress. Semma is above with Nethra, you could all go together. Tyra and Bennet will go with Princess if needed.»
«Thank you, Lars.»
On deck Semma gave her a quiet salute while Nethra thought about curtseying before abandoning the idea.
"Good morning, both. I need to go to the latrine and then possibly the bathing tent. Coming?"
"As you desire, Mistress," Semma replied. "We were just waiting for you or Her Highness before we went ourselves. Lars said it made sense to go in groups while there were so many men around in the camp."
"He is right but I do not think any man now in the camp would dare to give any of us trouble," Ursula said. "There are too many here who would come to our defense and the few who might try something know that. Shall we go?"
On the ground Ursula asked, "What about the women on the Green Ptuvil? Do they have buckets to be disposed of?"
"Oh, no, Mistress," Nethra replied. "Some Faral marines appeared the moment somebody came on deck and offered to take their wastes away. Those who slept on board are already awake and awaiting breakfast to be brought from the mess tent."
"Oh, yes, we talked about that yesterday evening. I hope that isn't going to cause too much of a problem."
"Mistress, since today is the first time the Zebrins will have fed us I could not say. We will not be here long enough, I deem, for any problem to become apparent."
When they reached the bathing tent they found that there had been changes. The tubs and other equipment were in the same places but a canvas screen had been tightly laced across the width of the tent, with a separate external entrance, isolating a quarter of it for use by the women in the camp. This meant that they could now bathe without interfering with activity in the other, larger portion and vice versa.
"Not so much space but more privacy," Nethra declared.
"As you say. Do you need any help with that, Mistress?"
"Thank you no, Semma. I do like wearing these ship dresses! They make our lives so much easier, I deem. Ah, the water is just right today. Yesterday I found it a little warm."
Ursula said, "It is up to us to mix the water to get the temperature we want but yesterday we had freshly boiled water and it was too hot." She eased herself into the tub beside Nethra. "Ah, that is good. How are you feeling now, Nethra? I do not see any bruises on you from here."
"To my surprise I feel quite well, Mistress. There is still weakness in my arms and legs, that is to be expected after so long being confined, but the fresh air and good food have made a great difference to me. I find that I can think more clearly now and you should know that the attentions of a good man have made me think anew of my future."
"I am pleased to hear that, Nethra. Do remember that you will not be able to shrug off a long period of captivity just like that. Lars will help but you will have to do most of the work yourself. Do not try to force it but take a steady pace and you will have a better outcome."
"As you say, Mistress."
"What of the others? Are they improving as well? I am mostly concerned about the two Yodan girls."
"They still struggle, Mistress, but I do not think they fear the men of the camp. Ah, the Zebrins or the Farals, that is. Of those who the pirates held captive, they are less certain, but so far we have seen few of those folk wandering near our vessels. Matta and Vellana were held the longest, they were villagers who had less contact with outsiders, it is natural it will take them longer. But, Mistress, I do believe their attitude is now positive instead of rejecting everything and everyone."
"I am pleased to hear that. What about Banest and Larys?"
Nethra nodded. "Like myself they are now coming to terms with their new lives, Mistress. It will take time but there should be no further difficulties there, I deem. Good food, exercise and being near Her Highness's men is all they should require."
"Oh? Anything I should know about?"
"Not yet, Mistress, it is much too soon. I have noticed one or two... conversations... though, and mayhap my own example has given them ideas. Do you object?"
"Me? Not at all, Nethra, but I like to keep an eye on developments in the crew. Who knows, someone might have future need of my services."
"Ah, as you say, Mistress!"
It was later that morning, as the women who could leave the Green Ptuvil gathered in the mess tent for breakfast. Ursula was considering a second mug of pel when the table was approached by Karan and Kaldar.
"Ah, Highness, if I may have leave to speak with Mistress Ursula?"
Eriana inclined her head. "Of course, Karan. We are nearly finished here so you do not interrupt anything."
"Mistress," Karan turned to Ursula, "I have given Kaldar his potions this morning as you instructed."
"Thank you, Karan, that is a great help," she replied. "But there seems to be a problem."
"As you say, Mistress. Kaldar?"
"Mistress," Kaldar croaked. Ursula immediately held up a hand.
"Stop right there, Kaldar. Turn around a little, please, so that the light is on your face, and open your mouth."
Ursula peered inside, then sat back and studied Kaldar's face and neck.
She asked him, "Is it sore?"
"No, Mistress." The words came out a little smoother.
"How long has this been going on? Days? Weeks?"
"Not that long, Mistress. Some days. Then when you said about a mystery illness in the camp I thought that maybe -"
He paused, looking worried.
"You thought you might have the same thing? Is that what you thought?"
"Aye, Mistress." He stood waiting.
"Fortunately for you, I do not think that you suffer from any illness, unless growing up into a man could be said to be an illness."
"Mistress?"
She smiled at Kaldar. "I think your voice is beginning to break, Kaldar. It looks like those potions are beginning to work."
His face lit up. "Really, Mistress? It is true?"
"I think so. It will take some time for your voice to break properly so do not expect any immediate changes. Let me have a look every day or so just to make sure it is not something else, but I am almost certain that it is an indication the potions are doing what you want them to do."
"Ah, thank you, Mistress! It is exactly what I wanted them to do but never thought it was possible."
"As you say, but remember, I have never tried this before so we have no experience of the process. You are also young and many boys' voices do not break until they are a year or more older than you are now. Do not assume that everything will work as intended."
"I will remember your warnings, Mistress, and thank you again."
Ursula looked up at Karan. "Satisfied?"
"Aye, Mistress. It is an unusual ailment, if one may describe it as an ailment, and the treatment is also something I would not have considered. I am pleased that it is not something more serious."
"As you say. We have enough problems around the camp without -" She broke off and scowled.
"Mistress?"
"Our mystery patient. I suspect he will occupy most of my morning. What else have you to do today?"
"I will look at those of Her Highness's men who have injuries, Mistress, and change any dressings that require it. After that, by your leave, I will ask where I might be useful in the camp today."
Ursula thought then nodded. "That sounds about right, Karan. Come and report to me just before lunch, if you can."
"As you desire, Mistress."
Karan bowed and departed, accompanied by Kaldar. Ursula looked at her empty mug, shook her head and stood.
"By your leave, Highness."
"Of course, Ursula. Do you need my presence?"
"To begin with, the fewer distractions around us, the better it will be, I think. If and when he begins to make sense then I will call for you. You know why."
"As you say. As for me, I suspect I may spend some time aboard the galleys, making them ready for departure. I am sure that someone will find me if I am needed."
"Thank you, Highness." Ursula looked across the table at her assistant, who had watched the whole proceedings. "Coming, Tyra?"
Ursula attempts to find out more about Bineer Ketko but the conversation proves to be both puzzling and frustrating. A trip to the mess tent to clear her head leads to a chance meeting with Zakaros, who has a request for her to consider. This leads to an unexpected revelation.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
88 - Cross Purposes
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Netheran was waiting outside the Sick tent, a mug in his
hand, as Ursula and Tyra reached it.
"Good freshness, Mistress. All has been quiet during the night, though Bineer is now awake and doing his best to confuse everybody."
"Good morning, Netheran. What about the other patients?"
"Sarrik presently attends them, Mistress, although all but two require little particular attention this morning, I deem. The Zebrins have served breakfast to us all so you may ease your concerns about food. Two of them are within collecting the trays, they have already cleared the disease side."
She nodded. "I am struggling to adjust to so much efficiency! What about Bineer? Did they leave him any food and if so, has he eaten any?"
"Mistress, they did and he has, though he will still drink nothing but water. He is very weak but had enough wits to eat some of the fruit and bread provided."
"Hmm. It looks as if we need to be careful here, if we want to get any more pel inside him. You are a healer, is it customary for you to, let us say, describe your potions and so on in, um, various ways to get them into your patients? I do not know what those of Faral would consider... what is that word? Unseemly?"
Netheran grinned. "Aye, Mistress, I know exactly what you imply and of course we do need to, er, be vague in our descriptions from time to time. Any country healer will do the same, I have no doubt that you know what farm folk can be like."
She smiled back. "I do - and it is not just farm folk! Very well, let us go in and begin, but first," she turned, "Tyra, go and ask the Zebrins for some cold pel, please. Left-over will do. It needn't be as strong as what we used yesterday. Bring it back in something that doesn't look like either a pel-pot or a mug."
Tyra also smiled. "As you desire, Mistress."
Ursula gestured to Netheran. "Shall we go in?"
Ursula first visited the men in the other half of the tent to satisfy herself that all was being handled by the two Faral healers. She said a few words to them and then moved to the 'disease' side. D'Nandis greeted her with a "Good morning, Mistress."
"Good morning to you, D'Nandis. Are you feeling better?"
He smiled. "Aye, Mistress, better than yesterday! I do not know, of course, but it seems to me that the disease is leaving me and that I am indeed recovering. Is this what you expected?"
Ursula looked at Netheran who replied, "It is what we would expect to happen, D'Nandis. What you had is a well-known disease of the young and it has taken its usual course in one of your age. If the Mistress agrees, you should be well enough to leave this tent tomorrow, although I would caution you against too much activity until you have regained most of your strength."
Ursula nodded. "I do agree. I can already see that the color has come back to your skin and that you seem much more alert. Do you want me to ask your countryman to come and visit you?"
"If it is no trouble, Mistress, then of course I would like to see Kapis. I assume that he is also getting fitter?"
"I have spent most of two days in this tent so I have not seen him since he left, but I have no doubt that he will be able to visit."
"Thank you, Mistress! I will patiently await his arrival, then."
"Probably not until later today," she cautioned. "First, I have to attend to our other patient."
D'Nandis gave her a knowing grin. "As you say, Mistress."
Ursula turned to see the eyes of her other patient fixed upon her. Bineer Ketko lay back upon the pillows, his face pale beneath the odd coloration. Though he must have been propped upright to eat some breakfast it was clear that he had little physical strength. She moved along and sat down facing him on the next empty bed.
"Good morning," she greeted him. "How do you feel?"
"How should I feel?" he replied shortly. "I am in the place of Ab Karbna. I feel whatever I am destined to feel."
Ursula also heard the word limbo, which surprised her.
Now, what does he mean by that? Does he think he has died and gone somewhere to be judged? Brought up as I was, I know little about any religion and what I do know leads me to suspect all of it.
"That may be so," she countered, "but I need you to tell me what you feel, please."
He stared at her and then ignored her question, instead asking, "Honored Mother, I have heard your words to others, though I am not certain which is dream and which reality. Do you rule this place?"
That stopped Ursula for a moment, but she replied cautiously, "I am no mother but I am the one in charge of this camp, so in theory I do."
He looked confused. "If you rule then you must be a Mother. How can it be otherwise?"
She answered, "To be a mother means that I must have borne children. I have no children, so I cannot be a mother unless you mean something different by that word."
He opened his mouth and then closed it, frowning. Finally he said testily, "I do not know the rules of this place! It is not what I expected. We are taught differently in the real world. You of Ab Karbna, do you not know this?"
"Since I have no idea what or where Ab Karbna is, I cannot answer that."
He tried to lift up his arms and then drop them in what Ursula took to be a gesture of frustration. "Perhaps I am wrong, then. Perhaps I am sick in the head, but this is not Zeniak, there are too many moons!"
So he does come from Earth, then, although I am puzzled as to exactly where he might have come from. I have to ask him some questions and that could take some time and effort.
Netheran is listening, so I have to be careful with my phrasing. He does not know my origins.
"There may be another explanation," she began. "If this is not the world you know then it is possible you are still alive but on another, real, world."
"Another real world? We are taught there are many worlds but the only one humans can be born on is Zeniak. Anywhere else is where the tchodbut and k'lemina reside. They visit our world, it is said, but we can only visit theirs once we die."
Those two words did not translate, to Ursula's surprise, but she took them to mean such things as spirits, angels, demons or the like.
"But you are plainly not dead, Bineer. This world is as real as yours, what did you call it? Zeniak."
His lips curled. "But nothing is as it was on Zeniak! The moons, the rivers, the night sky, even the sun goes around the wrong way! The trees and plants are all strange to me and some of the animals have the wrong number of legs! Nobody I meet knows the customs of Nesma, everything is madness. I have no wings, I cannot fly to another world, I can only be dead - and my name is not Bineer!"
"What? But that is what we were told your name was. Is Bineer some kind of title or rank, then?"
He stared at Ursula. "How do you not know this, Honored Mother? Bineer is the name of my treean, my self-name is Ketko."
Oh. It sounds as if his people name him surname first and then personal name. I do know of countries on Earth where they do that.
"Very well then, if you want me to call you Ketko then I will do so. But what is treean? Is it like family, perhaps? Or clan, something like that?"
He looked at her as though she was stupid. "Treean is more than family, if by family you mean birth-mother and birth-father, mother-sisters and father-brothers. Treean is more than clan, since all in clan are related to one another in some way. Treean is less than Horde, who are all who live near the same river. Why am I telling this to someone who should already know all this?"
She replied patiently, "Because I do not know these things, Ketko. The language you speak and the language everyone here speaks are different, so that we attach different meanings to some of those words. Your own tongue makes you think a certain way and that is also affected by what you were told as you grow up. The people here did not grow up the way you did or learn the things you know."
The stare he returned was sullen. "How do you know all this and yet do not know what treean is? I still think I am in the land of the dead."
"It seems that I can learn other languages very easily. From this I do know that how you think inside your head depends on what language you speak. If you do not know the word for something then you will find it difficult to think about that subject. You are not dead. I do not know what treean is."
At that moment Tyra entered carrying a small jug.
"Mistress, here is the potion you asked for."
"Thank you, Tyra. Oh, I'll need a beaker for it. Netheran?"
"Surely, Mistress." The Faral healer left and returned immediately with an empty water beaker. "Here, Mistress."
"Good, thank you."
Ursula looked into the jug and saw a reddish-brownish liquid, with a much lighter color and consistency than what they had been forced to use the previous evening. She decanted some of the liquid into the beaker and handed it to Ketko.
"What am I supposed to do with this?"
"It is medicine, you have to drink it. I managed to get some into you yesterday afternoon, it is probably the only reason you are still alive today."
He grunted and then lifted the drink to his lips.
"Strange taste. What is in it?"
"Selected herbs. Where you came from, were you a healer?"
He took another sip. "Me? No, indeed, Honored Mother." He gave Ursula a proud look. "I am - was - a Thinker of Spaces, Savant Grade, though I do not know if I can make use of any of that in this insane world."
What I'm hearing is sounding strange. Where on Earth does he come from?
Ketko drained the beaker and handed it back to Ursula. She looked at it, and then him, and asked, "Do you want any more?"
"I prefer water. That potion does not taste so bad, but why should I drink any more? Do you not have to measure doses for your patients?"
"Of some medicines, yes, since certain herbs can be very dangerous. For this one, it will not harm you if you drink more - and, given how ill you were, I would prefer that you drink more."
"Then... perhaps I will have a little more."
Ursula emptied the jug into the beaker and handed it back to Tyra. Ketko took the beaker and had several more sips.
"In our travels along the river," she explained carefully to him, "we have met a person who comes from another world and we know of at least one more. It looks like they both came from the same other world and they have told us a little about the places there. Perhaps it would be helpful if you can describe where you lived, so I can try to find out what part of the other world you came from."
"But I told you! I am of the Nesma Horde."
"That does not tell me anything. You are assuming that I know the name of your horde connects you somehow to a place but I do not know if that is what you mean."
Ketko stared at Ursula, frustrated. He returned the beaker to her before saying, "Forgive me, Honored Mother. You are right, it is an assumption I should not have made. So. Nesma is the name of the largest city of my horde which is ruled by our Great Mother. In fact, though I am of that horde, I lived in a town many kurvant upstream named Tropsha."
"Upstream?"
He sighed then explained, "We all live in a large region known as the Great Plain. It is mostly surrounded by mountains of various sizes, though to the south-west there is desert. Roughly in the center of the Great Plain is a lake which is fed by seven rivers, in turn named the Nesma, Kopit, Sarsan, Entra, Voruna, Sepf and B'Daress. Each of the rivers is peopled by a Horde named after that river. The city where the Horde of each Great Mother rules is also named after that river."
Now I'm beginning to wonder if it is me who is insane! I cannot think of anywhere like that on Earth... Oh, wait, I do know of the Caspian, the Aral Sea, what is left of it, and Lake Baikal. They are isolated lakes, are they not? But if he had been from somewhere around one of those I am sure I would have heard about a society like that? Perhaps somewhere on another continent? Are there not lakes in Africa, in both Americas?
I am assuming that it is a large lake... it might not be. 'Large' is of course relative to what one is familiar with.
Unfortunately my geography is not so good outside of those countries I have actually visited. After all, I was just as confused when I visited Farren in Wallesan's kitchen. If I had been dropped in South America I might not have recognized half the food in front of me.
And I do not really know the regions far to the east of where I was brought up. For all I know he could be from the Gobi, China or... but he does not have eyes like mine.
"Honored Mother?"
"I am trying to work out if I know where this lake of yours is. Does it have a river that flows out of the lake and eventually to the sea?"
He looked at her as though she was crazy, not him. "A river flowing out? I have never heard of such a thing! With mountains and deserts all around how would that be possible? And what might the sea be? Another lake?"
"On this world are many lakes," she explained, not knowing if that were actually true. "Most have rivers flowing in one end and out the other. It is not important. Living where you were I understand why you might not know what the sea is, it does not matter for this purpose. Tell me, how big is your lake? If you stand at one side of it can you see the other?"
He paused. "It depends, Honored Mother. It is nearly always very hot to visit the lake itself. I have done it once, as part of a measuring expedition. We found the lake to be forties of kurvant wide. I was told that when the heat haze is low then the forests which lie on the slopes beyond the further side can just be seen. Oh, and apparently at night lights can just be seen along the other shore. Is that what you wanted to know?"
"It was, thank you."
So the lake is big but not large enough to be called a sea. However, the Great Lakes in North America are really inland seas, are they not? Names are awkward things!
So seven rivers flow into this lake and none flow out. Where does the water go? He said it was very hot there. Evaporation? If so, the water must be...
"Can you drink the waters of the lake?"
"No, Honored Mother, it is impossible! The waters are poison to such as ourselves. However, it appears that there are creatures that can live in those waters and there are brave men who go out in boats to catch them for others to eat. I do not know why we do not get poisoned when we eat them."
"I do know why but it is a long story and technical. The same thing does happen on this world."
"Technical? I thought you were a healer!"
"I am a healer but I originally came from a land far away from here where we are taught more about how the body works, so I know the details. I am not just a healer, I am also a surgeon."
Ketko frowned. "You said that word but I heard another word as well. I have noticed that sometimes. I thought that was how it was in Ab Karbna. Do you know what is happening?"
"Ah."
It looks like I will not be able to delay telling him some of the truth for any longer, which means I have to make sure the knowledge goes no further.
Ursula turned. "Netheran, I have a problem, a personal problem. I regret that there are things I have to tell Ketko which are restricted."
He looked solemn. "I understand, Mistress."
"I will have to ask you to leave this end of the tent for now and stand outside to ensure that no-one else enters or overhears. Do you think you would be able to hear me talking from outside?"
"Hear you talking, Mistress, aye, but not to understand what you would be saying. I think I understand your need, Mistress, you may trust me, I will swear to it."
"Oh, thank you, Netheran, I know this is awkward. I should not have to put you in this position."
He shrugged. "Bineer Ketko is your patient, I understand patient confidentiality and that it works both ways. Do you want me to call anyone else to help ward the tent?"
Ursula thought. "No, I do not think so, Netheran. Thank you again for your understanding."
"As you desire, Mistress... but what of D'Nandis here? He is in no condition to be moved, I deem."
She smiled. "D'Nandis is from the Six Cities, from K'kjand as you call it. I was told that his people are no strangers to oaths. If, as already requested, he comes to work for myself and the Norse then he may need the knowledge I am about to tell Ketko."
"Do you tell me? Curious indeed, but I shall not pry. If I may call you should someone from the mess tent approach."
"Yes, do so, please. I will probably have finished by then."
Netheran bowed and went out, leaving both patients with expressions of curiosity.
"Very well," she said, turning to D'Nandis. "I think you know what I want from you. Do you swear never to tell anyone what you hear in this end of the tent to anyone not presently inside it?"
"Mistress, I am curious to learn what is so special that you require oaths but aye, I will so swear that nothing spoken in this room shall be mentioned outside it."
Tyra said, "Heard and witnessed."
D'Nandis heard that and smiled. "I had forgotten how they did these things here in the east. Are you satisfied, Mistress?"
"I am, D'Nandis, and thank you."
Ursula turned to Ketko, who appeared surprised. "What is so important that you require oaths, Honored Mother? Do you need one from me as well?"
She considered. "Not at the moment, thank you. Looked at one way, you might not believe what I have to tell you at all. Looked at another way, most of the camp probably thinks you are crazy anyway so if you were to tell them anything you would likely not be believed."
"Explained that way I have to agree. We of Nesma do not repeat stories told us in confidence, I will listen to what you say and tell no-one. What secret do you hold, then?"
"Let me ask you a question, first. What language are we talking in?"
"Zenian, of course!" came the immediate reply, but then his brow furrowed. "Another assumption! I have of course assumed that I have been speaking Zenian in this place but you say it is not Ab Karbna so that cannot be true. We know that speech becomes corrupted the futher away you are from Nesma, if this is not the Great Plain then I must... be... speaking... something else, which I have never learned! How can this be?"
"What do you mean, speech becomes corrupted?"
"We of Nesma have found it strange, Honored Mother. The speech of people who are of other Hordes becomes stranger the further away one travels from our river. What they speak around the far side of the lake has become so corrupted that many cannot understand it. Why this should be I do not know." He added, "Thinking about it, you spoke earlier of other languages and I wondered what you meant then. I was about to ask you but then your sword-sister came in and I was distracted."
"Ah, I think I can explain that easily enough. The people who live near one another can all understand one another and because they continually speak to each other their language stays familiar to all of them. Do you follow that?"
"Follow? Oh, I see what you mean, do I understand? Yes, Honored Mother. But what of other Hordes?"
"It isn't only different hordes, it could just be towns or cities some distance apart along the same river. Language changes slowly all the time and unless everyone intermixes all the time then the sounds in different places can shift in different ways and eventually become unintelligable to outsiders."
He nodded slowly. "I never thought of it that way, Honored Mother, but that could be true. It annoyed me when we used to travel the Stoneways to the territory of another Horde that their words sounded odd. It did not occur to me that our voices would sound odd to them."
This is beginning to sound odder. Stoneways?
"The Stoneways?"
"The roads which connect place to place," Ketko explained. "Some are just tracks or paths, of course, but each Horde, in general, has a Stoneway along each side of their river connecting the towns and villages. There is also a Great Stoneway which travels completely around the Great Plain connecting all the Hordes." He paused. "But this is not why you wanted oaths, Honored Mother. Why do I hear echoes for certain words?"
"The oaths are because I, also, sometimes hear echoes of other words," she told him. "That is because, like you, I was not born on this world but another one." Out of the corner of her eye she saw D'Nandis take notice and his eyes widen. "If we had just been brought here and left, not knowing the local language, then we would have an even harder time adapting, would we not?"
Ketko nodded. "That is certainly true! It has been hard enough making sense of this crazy place! If I had also to learn to speak like these people then it would have been even harder." He looked at Ursula. "But I can speak their words! Even though I am in a strange land with strange moons I can understand the words people say, even when they do not make any sense. How?"
"All right. Now, you have to think about that 'being brought here' business. It did not just happen accidentally. That means that someone must have done the bringing, yes?"
He looked troubled. "The logic cannot be denied. Who or what has brought us here? The tchodbut? K'lemina? Do you know, Honored Mother?"
"I do not know what those are. Whoever brought us - and others - must have abilities and knowledge far greater than our own, but my point is that whoever they are, they can somehow give us other languages to prepare us for whatever we face when we get here. Does that make sense?"
He concentrated for a while on the novel concepts and then nodded. "It must be true, Honored Mother."
"Then, what happens, so I was told, is that you hear an echo whenever a word is used that is different in one of the languages you already know, or you use a word that is unknown here on Anmar."
He looked at Ursula. "One of the languages? Great Spirit, how many are there?"
"Almost uncountable numbers. Before I came to Anmar I knew four and since I arrived here I now understand at least four more. I suspect that you might find something similar in time."
He stared at Ursula before relaxing back onto his pillow and closing his eyes. "Life was so much simpler when I thought I had come to Ab Karbna. At least then I thought I was just being punished for the bad things I had done during my life. Now, Honored Mother, you have made my situation worse! Yet I am forced to admit that your explanations have the ring of logic."
He opened his eyes and looked at Ursula. "Is there any way you can prove this to me?"
"I think so. On Anmar, you'll have to hear a new language spoken before you know it exists and then you should be able to speak it." Ursula turned and smiled at D'Nandis. "Why don't you tell us your story, please, beginning in the place you were brought up? In your own tongue, I mean."
"As you wish, Mistress." D'Nandis turned his head so that Ketko could hear him clearly.
«My name is Yabortarsil Benemar'than Doras D'Nandis an K'kjand, and, Mistress, as you can tell from my name, I actually do come from K'kjand in the Six Cities. I am twenty-eight years old and my family is concerned in the construction trade, my father may be what is called here in the east a Master Mason, but he designs structures rather than cutting stone. I am a third son, so would not normally follow -»
After a while Ursula raised her hand and D'Nandis stopped. «Thank you, D'Nandis. That was extremely interesting and we may talk again later.»
His eyes widened. «Mistress, you speak our tongue perfectly! If I had not already trusted your words then you have easily confirmed what you told us.» He added, «When I am well again you may call upon my services at any time.»
«Thank you for your trust.» She nodded to him and then turned to Ketko. «How much of that did you understand?»
«All of it, Honored Mother! I am astonished. I could not have a clearer demonstration of your words.» He leaned back. «Your story explains much and yet leaves me so much more to understand. You say that this world, Anmar, is not Ab Karbna. Does this mean that I am really not dead?»
Keep it simple for now.
She slipped back into the local tongue. "So far as the world you were born on is concerned, you should consider yourself to be dead, I think. You cannot return there since we have no idea how we got here and we have no idea where that world is. Here you are alive and, if you keep drinking the potions, you should soon be fit and well again. I will caution you that you are alive and that means you can be injured or killed here on Anmar just as you could back on Earth."
"Earth? Where is that?"
"That is the name of the world you were born on, though you know it by a name in your own language, of course."
He looked doubtful. "If you say so, Honored Mother. I do not know that name."
Ursula thought carefully. He does not appear to be confused about himself, so I have to assume that he was a man on Earth. Better to leave that particular discussion until he meets Maralin, I think. If he has to know at all.
But there are other more pressing matters he should be made aware of. Yod isn't after anyone now but others might be. That other-worldly knowledge could still be dangerous in the wrong hands.
"You now have approximately the same body you had before. I say approximately because it is not the same body but a copy, you will not have anything wrong with you that you had on the other world. You will not, for example, have any of the scars you may have acquired before, any old injuries. On the other hand, you should find that your memory has improved."
"Yes!" he interrupted. "I have noticed that already."
"You should be able to remember almost everything that happened to you on Earth." Or so I was told. "There is a serious danger there, that there may be people in this world who want you for your other-worldly knowledge and they may not ask you politely to give it to them. That is why I asked D'Nandis for an oath, to keep your origins secret. The recent war caused by Yod was partly because they desperately wanted to get hold of someone like you whose knowledge they wanted to keep for themselves."
"Oh." He looked surprised. "That had not occurred to me, Honored Mother. I have tried to tell people about myself as I traveled but no-one would listen. Why would they be interested in what I know?"
"Since I know nothing about you, I cannot answer that, but, for example, even my own meager knowledge of medicine is better than what they have here in the Great Valley. Any small thing could cause big changes here, give somebody an advantage. A new weapon, perhaps, could change everything. That is why you should not speak of your origins to anyone else."
"You are a wise person, Honored Mother. I will heed your words."
"Oh, I have to tell you that finding that you know a new language is not the whole story. You might now know the words but not what some of them mean and it does not give you the ability to read or write that language. You have to learn to do that the hard way."
He nodded weakly. "Yes. That makes sense." He closed his eyes again. "I feel very tired still, Honored Mother. I would like to rest a while and think over what I have just been told."
"Of course. I will come back just before lunch, I think. We have finished what I wanted to say so I can call Netheran back in should you have any needs."
She turned away to see D'Nandis raise a hand. "Mistress," he said quietly, "The reason for the oath is plain to me now. Once I leave this place I would have words with you."
"Of course, D'Nandis. Just keep getting well, that is all I ask."
Ursula left that end of the tent with Tyra and told Netheran that he was free to return inside if he wished. The two women paused at the end of the boardwalk.
"I think I would like to go back to the barge and change," she said. "This is the same dress I wore yesterday, I only intended to wear it while we went to the latrine and bathroom but then things began to happen, you know?"
"I know exactly, Mistress, I have oft become distracted in the past when intending to do something." Tyra replied. "If we may take a short-cut across behind the end tent we can save some time."
But the ground where the burned pirate buildings had been was a roughly-plowed morass and the space at the end, between the building and the river, filled with a pile of oars from the galley. On the stripped galley they could see that a temporary hoist had been erected and various men were transferring the deck-lockers from the usable galley over onto the ground. It looked as if it would be difficult and dangerous to pick their way through to reach the Green Ptuvil. The two looked at one another.
"Mess tent?"
"Mess tent."
On the way Tyra asked, "Mistress, why do you think he kept calling you 'Honored Mother'? It sounded strange to me."
"It sounded strange to me as well! I do not know why, Tyra. Perhaps it is because I am a healer and they are thought of with a certain respect where he comes from. On Earth, I remember, some of the women who nursed in the medical buildings of various countries were called Sister or even Matron." She shrugged. "Another mystery! Maybe we will find out later."
Once at the tent they found an empty table and sat. One of the kitchen staff came, bowed, took their order and departed. Ursula looked around. Most of the tables were empty, the men all out doing their jobs, but two had groups who were obviously taking their breaks.
"That land the man talked about sounded strange," Tyra remarked. "But the Sirrel is all I have know so that is not surprising. Earth sounds like a very interesting place, Mistress."
"It sounded strange to me as well," Ursula replied. "Earth is a big place, just as Anmar probably is, but I have never heard of a people like his there." She shrugged. "I am not familiar with everywhere, though, so it is not surprising to me either. Perhaps we can find out more when we go back."
"As you say, Mistress."
A server appeared with a plate of tiny sweet pastries. While they were each selecting one an officer arrived with a tray with mugs and a pot of pel.
"Your pel, Director. Ah, if I may ask, your assistant came earlier and requested some cold pel. If you might explain, for my own satisfaction. If I know the purpose of such an unusual request we might better satisfy it in future. I assume that it was for some kind of healing?"
Ursula accepted the tray with a smile of thanks. "Yes. There are two things I learned yesterday that I did not know. One is that we all drink pel and there may be a good medical reason for it. There is something in pel which our bodies seem to require, but we have been drinking it for so long the reason has mostly been forgotten."
"Ah! Aye, Director, that was explained to me this morning. I find it amazing that we all drink this but know not why."
"I suspect it may take a long time before the truth is discovered - or perhaps I should say re-discovered. The second thing I learned was that this particular patient, for some obscure reason, does not drink hot drinks under any circumstances and does not even drink wine or beer. That is why I asked for cold pel and to avoid any obvious connection with the hot drink."
"And that is the reason he fell ill? He drank no pel at all? I am amazed again! So you gave him the cold pel in the manner of a potion, I deem."
"Which it is, of course. Most potions are just herbs steeped in hot water or even boiled, which is exactly how pel is prepared."
"As you say, Director! I never thought of it that way. If you require any more cold pel, you or your assistant has only to ask."
The officer bowed and departed just as Zakaros appeared with another younger man. He came to their table and bowed.
"Mistress, if I do not interrupt anything? If you may spare a moment or two I have a request for you."
Ursula gestured. "Of course, Zakaros, we are just having a drink before returning to the Tent of the Sick. Please seat yourselves. Do you two want a drink? I can ask for more mugs if you do."
"Thank you no, Mistress, we have both recently had our mid-morning breaks and were just returning when I noticed you and your assistant sitting here. If I may introduce Ezran Inksman, he is a young Yodan among the captives whom I discovered this morning by chance."
She smiled. "Actually I met him yesterday, since he was one of the trusty captives the pirates used to do their cooking for the camp. Zakaros, Ezran, please sit."
The two chose the bench facing Ursula and Tyra and sat down.
"Mistress," Zakaros began, "although we originally came from different regions within Yod there is a kind of link between our families which draws us together. Though I have never met Ezran until this morning, because of that link I believe that he may be considered trustworthy enough for what I propose."
She frowned as something struck her. Zakaros? Ezran? Can it be possible? Here on Anmar? Why not? I believe that it was said that only two of the original tribes survived, the other ten were 'lost'. What better way to 'lose' some of them but to bring them to Anmar?
"Your names, I have just realized... I always thought that Zakaros might have had Greek origins, but now I see you with Ezran I have had another idea, a novel one."
The older man looked confused. "Mistress? Ah, Greek? What is that?"
Mindful that Ezran did not know the secret she replied, "It occurs to me that it is possible that your people originally came from somewhere else entirely. If I say your names differently, Zakariah and Ezra, does that mean anything to you?"
The two looked at each other, dumbfounded.
Ezran breathed, "She knows! Could she be one of us?"
Zakaros hesitated. "I am privy to some of her history, it is not likely, but because of that same history I believe that she may know our secret."
He turned to Ursula and said, "You are not of the people, are you? But you know of us - from before."
Ursula dipped her head in acknowledgment and then chose her words with care. "It is true. Your people still exist where I came from but their history is a complicated one." She lowered her voice. "Your people must have been on Anmar for a very long time, I think. It would be wrong of me to assume that those of you who are here must live in the same way as... those where I come from."
"I cannot answer that, Mistress," Zakaros said, "since I lack the information that you apparently possess. All I can ask is that you treat us as what you see and let our actions speak for us."
"Of course. For yourself, I am satisfied by what you have done so far, Zakaros, and have found nothing to complain about. What is it you propose?"
"Mistress, as you know I have been cataloging the items the pirates stole as they were transferred to the barge for removal to Bibek. I enjoyed that work, it was well within my ability, but it was time-consuming and it would have been completed quicker if there had been an assistant by my side. Since I finished that task I have been considering what your new Navy might require -"
As Ursula opened her mouth he held up a hand and waved it. "If I may explain! I know nothing about matters concerning watercraft or those who man them - yet. I have learned much through helping Captain Tor and hearing what you and Her Highness propose to do, and it seems to me that your Navy will require people like myself to manage the supply side of your department. This is something that I do know how to do, and I can do most of it, I deem, without knowing the fine detail of how to build, sail, row or fight any water craft."
He is using his brain and thinking ahead. I have also been thinking about the organization and wondering just how I was going to get it off the ground. It looks like Zakaros has the answers. He is used to that level of management and, as I thought before, he is an asset we can ill afford to lose.
"You want to take Ezran on as our first employee."
"As you say, Mistress. Although he has not used his true talents for some while I feel sure that, from what I have seen and heard today, he will be useful to us."
"I will have to make sure that Her Highness knows what is happening but yes, agreed." Ursula smiled at the younger man. "Welcome to the Federation Navy, Ezran."
He stood and bowed. "Thank you, Mistress."
She said to Zakaros, "But there is more."
"Aye, Mistress. If he is to be of use he must needs learn the Garian numbers. I believe that I am now sufficiently familiar with them that I can teach them to him myself, by your leave."
"Done, Zakaros... Zak. Teach him what he needs. It probably won't take you very long. We will have to sit down together later and rough out an organization for the department. You can tell me everything I am doing wrong."
He smiled at the use of the short version of his name. "I will not fail you, Mistress." He stood. "Come, Ezran, let us leave the Mistress to her break. We will find somewhere quiet and then I will explain to you something that will make your work so much easier."
Ezran stood, the two bowed and made their way out of the tent. Tyra looked at Ursula.
"Mistress? There is some secret here, I deem. Am I permitted to know it?"
Ursula sighed. "It is just a historical thing, Tyra, concerning events that began thousands of years ago on Earth and have continued there right up to the present day. Unfortunately, while I know of those people, everybody does, my own knowledge is limited. I will tell you what I can remember while we finish our break. A very long time ago, there was a people, a tribe, perhaps, who believed in a particular God. You know what a God is?"
"I think so, Mistress. Aren't they supposed to be like the Maker, living somewhere we cannot see them? Amazing things were said to have happened but nobody could ever prove that it was a God or Gods who actually did those things." Tyra frowned. "There was something... The Convocation? Father spoke of that on occasion but I do not remember the details."
"Hmm. Somebody in Joth told me about the Convocation but this is different, this is Earth not Anmar and they believe many different things there. The people I am speaking about now have become known as the Jews, though they might not have had that name then. A long time ago the Jews lived -"
Ursula has another talk with Ketko and the confusion continues to grow. Eventually she realizes that they have both made wrong assumptions - and the reality is not what either had imagined, raising yet more questions. Then Ketko makes an unexpected request, causing her to seek out Eriana.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
89 - Too Many Moons
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Ursula and Tyra were still sitting in the mess tent when
Eriana walked past, saw them and came inside to join them.
"Ah! Ursula, any more news of your patient?"
The reply was a grimace and the comment, "Only more confusion, Eriana. Have you a moment to listen? Quietly?"
"Aye, of course."
Eriana chose to sit next to Ursula and leaned towards her so they could speak quietly. Tyra took the opportunity to glance around, ready to warn the pair if somebody came too close.
"You said that you thought he came from Earth," the Princess continued.
"That is so," Ursula replied. "He says the sun goes around the wrong way, there are too many moons and some of the animals have the wrong number of legs. That is enough to tell me that he is not Anmar-born." She hesitated. "However, what he tells me of the place he came from sounds somewhat peculiar. It is almost as if I am listening to someone who comes from a native population that has not yet been in contact with any outsiders. On Earth, today, this is not possible. It is as though I have stepped a thousand years into the past, when many lands were still unexplored."
Eriana twitched a smile. "Like the days when my people thought they were going to Vinland, I suppose, and ended up in Einnland instead? Could this be like the Norse, then, and be a whole people who the Beings have moved here?"
"I wondered that, but if they had been here that long they would have been in contact with other societies just as the Norse have been, Eriana. And he would not have spoken about animals with the wrong number of legs, they would already have become familiar."
"Ah, as you say. It seems that your mind is better at analyzing these questions than mine are, Ursula."
"If you say so, Eriana. I think he is like me and Maralin, someone who has been dumped here from elsewhere, very probably just for us to find - and for my healing knowledge to save him. I do not know if there is a solid policy but I am guessing that, wherever he is from, you will want him to come with us just as I have done."
"Hmm. I suspect that if we do not bring him with us there will be unfriendly words spoken when we return downstream, do you not agree?"
"I have not met the King of Palarand but I know that Duke Wallesan would disapprove. Now, if that is to be our policy, how do you propose we convince him to come with us? At the moment he seems to be a stubborn individual unwilling to agree to anything."
"A problem." Eriana thought then smiled. "It is easy! You are his healer, he has a mystery disease, you may tell him that although he seems to be recovering, that is so, I deem?"
"It certainly is. The pel appears to have made the difference."
"Peculiar! Still, you may inform him that he is still at risk and should remain with you until you know definitely what may be wrong with him. Is that possible?"
"I can try that approach but I do not know how he will respond, Eriana. And there will be the small matter of travel. I do not know how comfortable he would be on the Visund."
"But you told me he was crew on a barge from Benmond, did you not? The Green Ptuvil will of course accompany us downstream once we depart Bibek. ...Assuming we ever reach Bibek at all!"
"Oh, yes, that is true." Ursula thought a moment and then nodded. "Very well, I will try that approach. How is the work with the galleys progressing?"
"They will finish stripping the good galley before lunchtime, I deem. Some of the boys are already stringing ropes across to the spits to prepare to haul it off the bank. I think we might get that one out into the Sirrel today, it is not stuck so fast. The other one is a different problem as you know. Are you sure that we need it, Ursula?"
"It is there, if we can get it out then it makes sense to me to save it, Eriana. If it proves too difficult then I imagine Lars will be delighted to make another large fire."
Eriana grinned. "Aye! We Norse do like a good blaze. Very well, we will see if it can be saved for you."
"Not for me, Eriana, for the future. It will go to a boatyard in Bibek to be fitted with a steam engine. I think that will be an important experiment for the Navy to do."
"Agreed." Eriana stood. "And now, by your leave, I was headed for the Faral officers' tent. There is a certain rivalry between Faral and Zebrin I must seek to smother."
"Of course, Eriana. And we must be about our own work too. Oh - It seems I have acquired some staff. Zakaros and another Yodan named Ezran are going to become accountants and book-keepers in the Welfare Department. Have you any objection?"
"Two Yodans?" Eriana shrugged. "It was likely to happen, I did not expect it so soon. You are content with both?"
"So far. Ask me again in six months, First Director."
The Princess grinned again. "As you say, Director of Welfare. Much will have changed by then." She gave a nod. "By your leave."
She turned and stalked off. Ursula looked at Tyra.
"Had enough to eat and drink? Shall we go now?"
"I have had enough for now, Mistress. It might be a good idea to take some more of that potion with us, as we are here."
"An excellent idea. Can you manage?"
"Aye, of course, Mistress. I will ask the man who brought the drinks, he was the one I asked this morning."
With Tyra carrying another small jug filled with cold pel, the pair made their way back to the Tent of the Sick. Waiting outside was Kapis, the other Six Cities man.
"Kapis? How are you feeling today?"
"Better every day, Mistress. The good food the Zebrins feed us has made all the difference - so far as I am concerned. I am here to visit my friend and countryman D'Nandis, by your leave. The Faral healer asked me to wait outside, he thought the other man, the strange one, might be asleep."
"He was when we left to go to the mess tent," Ursula told him. "Wait here a moment and I will check inside." Ursula stuck her head through the canvas flap and then returned outside. "They are both awake, you can go inside and speak for a few moments."
Kapis bowed. "Thank you, Mistress." He went inside.
"It is not going to be easy to talk to Ketko with those two inside," Ursula observed. "We'll have to wait until they have finished."
"Mistress? If you recall, earlier today we were on our way to the Green Ptuvil to change our attire."
"Oh yes! Come on, Tyra, maybe they will have cleared a way through by now."
With a word to Sarrik, who happened to emerge to find out who was outside talking, the jug was left on the table inside the tent entrance for later.
The unloading activity around the two galleys seemed to have finished when they arrived. A narrow but usable route had been left between the stripped galley and the collection of equipment and parts that had been removed from both. It was possible to walk through and board the Green Ptuvil so the two did so and hurried below. In the womens' cabin Banest, Larys and Matta were busy sewing while Vellana lay half-dozing on her bunk.
"More clothes? Who for this time?"
"I am making attire for the young man Master Zakaros had with him, Mistress," Banest replied. "I was told that he is to join us, though I know he is a Yodan. Larys makes a uniform tee-shirt and trousers from the green material for Her Highness, Matta makes more underwear for us all." She looked pensive. "You know we are distrustful of Yodans, Mistress. Are there to be more? It may make us very uncomfortable if so."
"These two are not like the ones who imprisoned you, Banest. Zakaros is from a family of moneylenders but became a district commissioner in Yod. Yes, he was a member of the Ascendancy, but that was because he had to be to remain in his job or to find another one. Since he has traveled around with us he has seen that most of what they were told was lies. He has offered his sword both to Her Highness and to myself, which is why I believe he can be trusted."
"A moneylender? That explains much, Mistress. It is well-known among the barge folk that the word of a moneylender is good, since their whole livelihood depends on it. But what of the other one, the young man? I have only seen him from a distance."
"His name is Ezran Inksman, which means that he is a scribe," Ursula explained. "However, he is of..." she thought, "...the same people as Zakaros. Do you know what I mean by that?"
"Oh, yes, Mistress! Among the barge folk they are sometimes spoken of as the 'tribe of moneylenders', since they look somewhat different than most of the Valley folk."
"Different?"
"Indeed, Mistress! Have you not noticed? Their hair is generally lighter in color and wavy while their faces are a particular shape."
No, I had not noticed. It just never occurred to me to find a group of people like that on Anmar! I should have known better after meeting the Norse and then viewing Roman remains.
Banest continued, "They generally do not marry outside their people, unlike most who come here from elsewhere. I thought there was something about him but I was not sure. Ah, so you trust him because he is of that tribe."
"So far, yes. And if he spends time around the rest of us - and the Norse, of course - he should discover that we are good people to be with and behave accordingly." She added, "However, there is a whole crew of Yodans, or what is left of it, from the second galley and I would not be surprised if some of those should choose to join us. After all, many of them cannot return to Yod nor want to. They may not be like the two of the tribe of moneylenders."
"Your word of caution is noted, Mistress." Banest laid her current workpiece down on their crude table. "If there is anything we may do for you or Tyra?"
"We came down here to change, actually. These are the dresses Tyra and I wore yesterday, I originally just slipped mine on to go to the latrine, then became distracted."
"Ha! It happens so easily, Mistress. We will leave you and Tyra to attend to each other."
Ursula turned. "Vellana? Is there something I can help you with?"
The young village girl roused herself and gave Ursula a weak smile. "Thank you no, Mistress, not at the moment. I merely suffer Kalikan this day and prefer to rest through the experience."
"Oh, of course. Yes, take it easy, please. I am sure the others will help you if you need it, but let me know if you think I could assist."
Banest confirmed, "Aye, Mistress, we will, and we will call you should she require anything stronger."
Ursula and Tyra exchanged their ship dresses and underwear for fresh ones. Larys took the old items, folded them and added them to the laundry pile.
"I have a small request," Ursula said.
"Mistress?"
"This ship dress has a front pocket and the other one did not. Would it be possible for a pocket to be added to the other one once it has been washed? I have discovered that these front pockets have become very useful to me as I visit patients."
Banest replied, "Why, of course, Mistress, assuming we can find enough cloth for the purpose. It will be easy enough to cut out and sew."
Larys added, "I would think we have enough for such a task, Banest. I was looking through for pieces to make another tee shirt for Kaldar and I know there are some other large scraps in the bag."
"Then it will be done, Mistress," Banest confirmed.
"Thank you, ladies," Ursula told them. She turned to Tyra. "We had better be going."
"What about the laundry, Mistress? The pile is ever growing and we cannot hang out to dry as we could when we were sailing the river."
"No, it would not be a good idea, would it? Not with all that is going on around us."
As if to confirm her words the Green Ptuvil gave a shudder and then began slightly rocking.
"Come on, we need to go above and see what they are doing!"
On deck the stripped galley hid most of the action but it was plain to see that the other galley had been freed and now floated lightly in Hamalbek Creek. Two lines led from the vessel to either spit and, as they watched, teams of men on each began hauling the galley towards the gap between. Others watched closely as it approached the gap and made sure that it was kept away from either bank using spare oars.
The galley eased between the two spits and then they watched as other lines were thrown up, these led out towards the Sirrel where Zebrin's Pride was stationed. Those lines tightened, the spit lines were cast loose and oars on Zebrin's Pride began hauling the galley bodily through the opening. Once free the stern swung in the current but they were ready for that, swinging the double-hulled galley around to face upstream. Very shortly the two vessels had disappeared behind what was left of the trees on the upstream spit.
"That was easier than I expected," Ursula remarked. "Let us go and see if Bineer Ketko is as easy to deal with!"
When they reached the tent and entered, Kapis stood from where he had been speaking with D'Nandis. He bowed to Ursula.
"Mistress. Thank you for permitting me to visit D'Nandis. I can already see that he is recovering very rapidly from the fever, just as I did."
She nodded. "That is what the two Faral healers told me to expect. Do you want to remain longer? I have no objection if you do."
"Thank you, Mistress, but I should return to the other tent now. Though I managed to walk here I am still weak and desire to rest awhile before lunch. By your leave?"
"Of course." Ursula stood aside and gestured to the exit flap but then frowned. "Your name, it does not seem to me to be of the same kind as that of D'Nandis. Is there some special reason for that?"
The two men shared a glance and then smiled.
D'Nandis explained, "Mistress, it is a distinction of rank, if I may name it that way. Along the Sirrel I am by myself and use my house name, Nandis, as is customary among those of us who travel east. My rank is Doras, since my father is Sanda of the house, and my given name is Yabortarsil."
Kapis added, "I am a Kodas of the house of Soman, a younger son of my father. If I was alone here in the east I might use the name of my house, as D'Nandis does, but I also have a brother and a cousin somewhere in the lands of the Sirrel. Since my house name might thus cause confusion I use a familiar of my full given name which is Kapisandil."
D'Nandis noted, "We have different ranks, it is true, but here in the remote east they are of little consequence. We are merely two wanderers traveling together and treat each other as equals."
Yet another odd ranking system! Is every society I come across going to be unique? I hope not!
"You said you wanted to speak to me later, once you are both well?" The two nodded. "I agree! You will have to sit down with me and explain more completely what you have just told me. I have no idea how the Six Cities operates and what you have just said is very confusing to someone who is not familiar with how your society works."
Kapis grinned at her. "Almost everyone we meet says the same thing, Mistress! That is why we do not usually bother to explain. Since we are just wanderers looking for something interesting to do in the east, the details are not important to possible employers. The fact that we come from the Six Cities, or K'kjand as many name them, is enough to guarantee our honesty and reliability."
"So I have been informed. Can you make your way back to your tent or do you want to rest here instead?"
"I shall go, Mistress." His eyes momentarily slid to Ketko. "D'Nandis tells me you have unfinished business with him, business not for other ears. I will walk slowly and carefully, Mistress."
Kapis bowed and went out through the flap. Ursula turned her attention to the two remaining patients.
"I have to continue my conversation with Ketko," she said, looking at D'Nandis. "Is that going to be a problem for you?"
"No, Mistress. I assume that the same rules apply and I will listen but say nothing to anyone else."
"Have you said anything to Kapis about what we spoke of earlier?"
D'Nandis looked offended. "Mistress, I gave you my word. Just because he is of K'kzembar does not mean I would spill everything to him. You asked for privacy and I respect that."
"I apologize, D'Nandis. This is a peculiar subject for me to talk about and it should not become widely known. Thank you for your patience."
She turned towards Ketko and sat on the next bed facing him. He looked a little better but was still obviously weakened. However, it was he who asked the first question.
"Honored Mother, I have many questions. If what you have told me about other peoples' way of speaking is true, then I wonder if it is possible that I know your language. Is that so?"
"You mean what I spoke at first, when I grew up?" She considered, then realized the answer.
The other day I discovered that I understood some of his babblings and that must mean that he understands my tongue as well... Which tongue, though? Russian? English? German? French? All four? Who knows?
If we could get some kind of sane conversation going this could be an interesting subject for research in the future.
She decided to try him with Russian. «When I was born my parents gave me name of Valeriy Kuznetsov,» she said. «Do you understand what I am saying?»
Ketko looked surprised. "Yes, Honored Mother! I am surprised but I do! Some of the words sounded strange and I did not know some of them, but I understood what you intended to say." He cocked his head. "Honored Mother, that is not the name I have heard you addressed by here. Is this the same reason as that of the two men?"
"Not really. It is complicated. I was given the name Ursula by the men who found me just after I arrived. By the time my memory returned I had become used to it and everyone on the Visund knew it, so it was easier for us all if I kept it." She hesitated before adding, "There could have been possible complications if I had used the name I had on Earth. That part of me no longer exists, I am Ursula now."
He pondered this then asked, "But I have heard you called other things, Honored Mother. Are they also your names?"
"Most of those are titles. Mistress is a courtesy title for many adult women in this society, particularly if you are not known to them. I am occasionally called Healer since that is my profession. I am also called Director since I am in theory in charge of what happens in this camp. How I am addressed usually depends on what I am doing at the time."
He nodded thoughtfully. "I understand. There are times that people in the Horde are known a different way... What is the Visund? I have not heard that word before but there is one of those echoes, an animal?"
"It is the name of the ship that I and the folk I am with are using to travel the river Sirrel," she explained. "The folk aboard it come from a very distant land and do not speak the same tongue the valley folk do. I believe Visund means Bison in their tongue, a large and fierce animal often hunted for food." When she said Bison she heard the word translated into a long description of a large wild hairy herbivore.
She decided to switch languages again to Norse. «Do you understand this tongue? It is very likely that you do. The men I travel with are called Norse and most of them have a lot of hair, some are dark, others red and some even have yellow hair. Our leader is a young woman, a Princess.»
«Another way of speaking! The words sound very different compared to what you said before. Did you say your leader was a Princess? Does that mean she is the daughter of a Queen?»
An odd way of putting it? Something about the rules of his society?
"She is, yes, but her mother died giving birth to a younger child. Then -" Ursula paused. This was no time to be explaining Eriana's complicated life story to someone who probably would not understand most of it. "Never mind, I can explain that later. Princess Eriana has been appointed Head of the Federation Navy, an organization which will eventually run all the official craft in the river and in time beyond in the ocean. I am in charge of one of the departments of the Navy."
Ketko frowned. "Ocean? What is that?"
Oh. 'Sea' and 'ocean' are almost the same thing, of course, and it sounds as if he has no knowledge of either. Do I want to spend the rest of the morning explaining basic geography to someone who will probably not understand most of it?
"A name for the great body of water which lies at the end of the Sirrel," she explained briefly. "It sounds as if I need to explain a lot to you in order for you to understand the place you now live in," she added. "I would prefer to find out where you came from first, since it might make a difference to what you know and what I need to tell you."
Ketko closed his eyes briefly. "That makes sense, Honored Mother. What is it you wish to know?"
"You spoke earlier of mountains and a desert. Do any of your people travel beyond those, or are there people from beyond who come to visit, what did you call it, the Great Plain?"
He considered. "Yes, Honored Mother, occasionally Plains folk do travel beyond, but usually those who do so never return. There are also traders, it is said, who somehow manage to cross the desert and bring strange wares to offer to the hordes who live nearest the desert."
"The desert? The only way in or out is across the desert?"
He frowned. "That is the way that most come and go, Honored Mother. The mountains... it is said that there are low places, ah, lower places, by which one may travel through the mountains to places beyond. Some hardy men have tried these but I do not know of any who managed to reach the other side of the mountains... if indeed the mountains have another side!
"Those who came back told of extreme cold, water that had become solid and winds that sucked the heat out of their bodies. However, one or two have come back from a certain way, I was told, bringing items they have found which could only have been made by people living beyond the mountains. None have ever been seen, though, so it is only a theory."
"Items?"
"Odd shaped containers for food. Tools specially made for use in such conditions, like a kind of wooden pole tipped with a metal not known in the Great Plain. Scraps of a garment made from the hide of a strange creature." He looked at Ursula. "Honored Mother, I have not seen any of these things, only heard about them. You know how descriptions can change with each teller of the tale."
Now I am getting more confused. This sounds like an isolated community but where?
Try something else.
"You said before that the sun goes round the wrong way. Do you have any idea why that might be?"
"I have a theory, Honored Mother," he answered slowly, "but I do not know how to test it. From the way you asked the question I must guess that you know the answer."
"I do. Do you know what shape the world is? Either yours or this one?"
"They are spheres, of course, Honored Mother. Each eclipse of the moons demonstrates that conclusively, but what has that to do with the direction of the sun?"
Wait a moment. Moons, not Moon? But he said earlier - Oh, no! I am guilty of making my own assumptions.
That is not possible! Is it? If so, it would answer a number of questions but raise so many more.
First things first.
"If the world is a sphere then you must be standing somewhere on it. The sphere is spinning, which gives the impression that the sun is passing overhead each day."
"This is so? Our Thinkers of Space have two theories, Honored Mother. One is what you have just said and the other is the opposite, that it is the sun which is traveling around the world. Do you have proof that it is the world which is spinning?"
"The problem with the other theory is that, if it is true, then the rest of the sky must also be turning around the world. The stars do move, do they not?"
He nodded. "Yes. I had not seen it until you mentioned it but that would have to be true. But why should the stars not be turning around the world as well?"
"Each of those stars is actually another sun. Now think about how far away those suns must be to be as faint as they are, and then how fast they would all have to travel to move around the world in a single day - every one keeping in step with every other one. The alternative is a much simpler explanation."
"But... Honored Mother, just how far away must those stars be to be so faint compared with the sun?"
"I am told that the light from some of the nearer stars may take years to reach this world. Some of the stars are much, much further away than that."
He stared at Ursula. "It sounds outrageous but I cannot deny what is now obvious to me. Of course the world must spin rather than the stars. But does this mean that this world spins the opposite way round to Zeniak?"
"That depends on your point of view. If you are standing at one place, the sun appears to move around one way. Stand on the other half of the world and the sun will appear to move across the other way. If you stand near the poles, those are the axis on which the world turns, at certain times the sun may appear to go all the way around the sky, never setting."
His hands came out and he made twisting motions as he attempted to reason things out. Finally he lowered them.
"I am stupid, Honored Mother. What you have just explained is so obvious that I am embarrassed to admit that I did not work the reason out for myself. A Thinker of Spaces! Right now I would barely reach the grade of Seeker."
"Do not forget that you are recovering from a serious illness including a life-threatening fever. That is going to impair your thought processes until you recover your health."
He closed his eyes and sighed. "Honored Mother, I had forgotten that also. What else may I tell you?"
"Tell me the names of your moons, please."
The eyes opened. "But you already know them, Honored Mother. If we are of the same world then you will surely know their names."
Oops. But the names used in the Great Plain will be different, of course.
"The names would be different where I come from. Humor me."
"The large one is named Fostak, the smaller Berret. I do not understand what these names tell you."
"They tell me that I am mistaken, Bineer Ketko, and I must apologize to you if that has added to your confusion. Neither of us was born on Anmar, the world we are both on today, but neither were we born on the same world. My world has only one moon."
"Another world? Seven of seven! How many are there? Honored Mother, are you certain we are not in Ab Karbna? It would make more sense to me!"
"Regrettably not, perhaps. We are both here on Anmar, we are both very much alive, we both have to deal with the world we are now living on."
"So this madness will continue? Honored Mother, will you be my guide in this place? You appear to be more familiar with it than I am, I am in need of instruction."
"I had intended to ask you if you would travel with me anyway, Ketko. Your reaction to the fever was not like that of the other two men and I suspect it was a different disease. I would prefer you to remain near me for now so that I can make sure I am providing the correct care and attention to you. Would you do that?"
"Travel with you?" He gave the faint impression of a shrug. "On that ship, the Visund? I see no reason why I should not, Honored Mother. I am rootless in this world, travel with you will be as good as travel in any other direction." He turned his head. "Intending no insult to you, D'Nandis."
"We have no claim on each other, Ketko," D'Nandis replied. "I am not insulted that you choose to go another way, especially after what we three have suffered in this place." He smiled. "But I doubt that you have seen the last of us, since I am almost certain Kapis and I will also be traveling with Mistress Ursula when we leave here."
"You will? I would be honored by your company... if the Honored Mother agrees."
"Now, wait a moment..."
Ursula stopped and thought. We always thought we would be picking up more crew from here but this is unexpected. None of these are fit yet, where are we going to put them all? After I leave here I need a long talk with Eriana and the others. Her 'fleet' is growing and it needs some organization and planning.
"Very well, but I will have to speak with Her Highness first. We expected to find more crew here but I think we need to make some plans first."
Ketko asked, "Her Highness? Who is that?"
"That is the original title of Princess Eriana. When there is a King or Queen then their children are usually addressed as His or Her Highness."
"But you said her Mother was dead. Does she then rule in this strange place?"
Ursula sighed. "It is a long story, most of which I suspect you would struggle to understand until you know more about how the lands along the Sirrel function. Let me just say that she argued with her father and ran away. Another King, in a land named Palarand, has taken her in and it is he who has commissioned the Visund to explore along the river."
"A King? Does he answer to a Queen?"
More surreal questions! The phrasing is strange, perhaps it is something to do with the grammar of his own tongue? Yes, King Robanar must have a Queen since it is his son who was wed to Princess Garia.
"So far as I know there is a Queen, yes, but Princess Eriana's position as Head of the Navy is different, it is not subordinate to Palarand but to a Federation of almost all the lands along the Sirrel from here to the... ocean."
We must have that talk and soon!
She could see Ketko gradually working his way through the information she had just given him. Given the society he had told her he came from, many of the concepts she had spoken of would be completely alien to him.
He did not look happy. "I have many questions, Honored Mother."
"I know. I do not think you are well enough yet to be able to understand the answers, though. I know that it is frustrating but I ask you to wait until you are healthy again and we have moved on from Hamalbek."
Ketko already looked frustrated but she could see that he was beginning to accept his situation.
"Your words are my instructions, Honored Mother."
A minor item that had been bothering her made her ask, "There is one small matter you could explain to me. Everybody here in the valley of the Sirrel drinks hot pel but you. Could you tell me the reason why you do not?"
"Hot water is poisonous, Honored Mother. I thought everyone knew that! I cannot understand why you do not all die."
"What?" Feeling out of her depth, she asked cautiously, "When you say 'hot water', what do you mean?"
"Why, water that comes out of the rocks, of course. When it is cold it is usually safe to drink, though it sometimes has a funny taste. When it is hot, though, even if it is cool enough to put a finger in, it is poison and should be avoided."
"Oh, you mean hot springs? Yes, the water from some can have strange chemicals in it, some of them may even be poisonous. But do you not know that we do not drink water from hot springs here? The water is brought from wells or the river and heated in kettles. It is perfectly safe to drink."
He stared at her. "You are saying that heating the water does not make it poisonous? Can it be so? I did not know that!"
"It is true. You cannot make water poisonous just by heating it. How do you think all our meals are prepared? Many of the vegetables are cooked by boiling them in water."
"I thought - I thought food was cooked the same way we did it on Zeniak, in an oven, on an open grill or in front of a fire. Boiled? And I am not poisoned? I do not understand this world!"
He tried to raise his hands in frustration but then sank back onto his pillows.
"I think it is time I left you to rest," she said. "It seems to me that I have talked too much and worn you out. Rest now until lunch is brought. I will return later in the afternoon, once we have had our nap. If there is any problem, speak to one of the other healers and they will fetch me."
"Your words are my instructions, Honored Mother."
That is beginning to sound like a formal response, she thought. I suspect that, although we can now talk to each other, there is still a gulf of understanding between us.
She stood and turned to Tyra. "Let's go and find Her Highness. Life just got more complicated."
With a nod to D'Nandis she led the way out. A word to Sarrik, who was in the vestibule, and then they were out on the catwalk again.
"Do you know what time it is? We need to get out of this sun but I want to find Her Highness before lunch, if that is possible."
"I do not, Mistress. I have not heard a clock since we departed Zebrin City and, even then, I could not tell the bells properly. If we should try the mess tent? Even if she is not there we would learn how close it is to lunchtime."
"Good thinking."
Eriana was not in the mess tent but Overluten Vembro informed her that they were already preparing lunch and, should she and her assistant freshen themselves in the facilities, then food would likely be ready when they returned. They did so and returned to find Eriana speaking with Vikzas on an otherwise empty table.
"Ursula! If you would join us. How is your patient?"
"We can have a conversation now, Director, but he is still very weak. Unfortunately what he has told me is so strange I admit that I am not sure I understand most of it."
Eriana smiled. "You who can speak many languages, Ursula, if you cannot understand him what hope do the rest of us have? But you have news, I deem."
"I do, Director." Ursula deliberately looked around to make sure they were not overheard. "Firstly, what I am about to say must not be spoken of to anyone else, and, Marshal, I trust you will not repeat it either."
"By my oath, Director."
Tyra said, "Heard and witnessed."
"Is this about the world you came from?"
Ursula grimaced. "Marshal, it is and it is not. Bineer Ketko has come to Anmar from another world, probably the same way I did. The problem is that he did not come from my world, Earth, but somewhere else entirely which his people name Zeniak."
"Gods!" Eriana's voice was low but she was still surprised. "Yet another world? You are certain of this, Ursula?"
"Yes. His world has two moons, not one like that of Earth or the three that Anmar has, and there are other indicators which made me suspect that he was not from Earth." She remembered a comment. "Oh, when he spoke of animals having the wrong number of legs I naturally assumed he meant they had more than four, since Earth animals only have four legs. I now think that he actually meant it the other way around, on Zeniak all animals have six legs and that suggests his world is where the six-legged animals on Anmar may have come from."
"Ah! That is interesting, Ursula."
"He has two names which are the other way round to the customs I see in the Great Valley," she continued. "There is some kind of grouping like that of a clan or enlarged family," her listeners both nodded, "which in his case is named Bineer. His given name, perhaps, is Ketko. He lives in an isolated community of seven peoples he names Hordes in a great plain surrounded by mountains and desert. Each Horde lives along one of seven rivers, all of which empty into a central lake that sounds like it is salty. They have a little contact with outsiders. What he is doing on Anmar I have no idea."
Vikzas asked, "Does he have some kind of trade or specialty that might be of use to us, just as you have brought us your healing knowledge?"
"I do not know, Marshal. He calls himself a 'Thinker of Spaces, Savant Grade', but what that is I have no idea."
Eriana asked, "Will he consent to travel with us, do you know?"
"He actually asked me if he could come with us, Director. He feels so lost on this strange world that he wants me to help him come to terms with his new life. That suits us completely but introduces other problems to solve. He is too ill to do much yet and there will be no room on the Green Ptuvil for an invalid."
Eriana and Vikzas glanced at each other. "We have been discussing that very thing, Ursula," Eriana replied. "It is plain that some of the released folk here desire to join our efforts and no-one can be left at Hamalbek when the season of rain begins. We also know that some of those who must travel are weak and need the attention of someone like you, which means we must needs borrow or requisition another barge the same way we did with the Green Ptuvil."
Ursula nodded. "An excellent idea, Director. Would you consider using one of those galleys, or perhaps that ferry?"
Vikzas answered, shaking his head. "No, Director. Galleys require sufficient crew to row them and the only practical space for such passengers is the upper deck. Getting injured and weak men on and off such a galley's deck would not be easy, especially out in the river. The Zoon ferry has returned to its normal duties and has been replaced by a Faral galley and a number of cutters. That is why we are looking at the barges that are left here."
Eriana added, "One which we are considering is the one the pirates used to hide the channel. It is large, the sail and main boom have long gone but it still has a mast and a loading boom the pirates used to load and unload the pretend trees used to conceal Hamalbek. I am told it may not be too difficult to replace the sail and rigging."
Vikzas looked aside and gave them both a warning glance. "Here come some of the others. If we should leave further mention of the Director's patient for later, First Director."
"Of course, Marshal. Now that Ursula is here we have many other things to discuss over lunch."
The two men from the Six Cities are told the truth about the Rains, which they had previously considered tales for unwary travelers. Ursula reveals to Ketko what exactly is in his potion. Following a visit by two Faral officers and a Zebrin, Ursula and Tyra are taken to view the changes being made to the Dhow-nwind Dasher to transport the injured to Bibek, following which Ursula makes a General Order concerning... hats?
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
90 - Clearing the Creek
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Following their afternoon nap Ursula and Tyra returned to
the Tent of the Sick. Both their patients were awake but barely so,
since that afternoon was particularly hot.
D'Nandis greeted them with, "Good afternoon, Mistress. Even in these tents the air has become hot and stifling. Do you know how long it will be before these Rains begin, that we might have some relief? Of course Kapis and myself have heard of what is to come but the descriptions we have heard sound unbelieveable."
"Good afternoon, D'Nandis. You know as much about the coming rains as I do, since I have not been on Anmar that long." She thought back, frowning. "I do not recall exactly how long, it must be somewhere between two months and three months." A shrug. "From what I have been told, the amount of water which comes down may be as bad to deal with as the sun is at the moment. You may not find the rainy season to be a relief."
"Mistress, if I may," Tyra ventured.
"Of course, Tyra! I keep forgetting that you have already experienced a number of these seasons in your life."
"As you say, Mistress." Tyra turned to D'Nandis. "We have maybe two, perhaps three weeks, I deem, before the Rains begin. Master, you will know when the Rains are about to start since the air becomes very damp and uncomfortable. Within a few days it will begin to rain - and then not stop for maybe eight to ten weeks. During that time the river will rise so much that all this area would be completely flooded. Travel is almost impossible then because it is difficult to see very far. The Sirrel will become so dangerous that my father, who is a fisherman, will not venture upon it for fear of never being seen again." She smiled. "However, that does not mean he will not catch any fish, since the city of Joth, where I was born, becomes sufficiently flooded that all might catch fish in its streets."
D'Nandis stared at Tyra. "This is true? Of course it is, my apologies, Mistress. We believed these tales to be mere idle amusements, fun to be had with passing travelers. It is true? It rains for so long? I struggle to believe it."
"Master, it does. Towards the end there may be brief periods when the sun shines, becoming longer as the days pass, but mostly it just rains more or less heavily."
He frowned. "So how high does the great river rise, then?"
Tyra thought. "I have never been in open country when that happens, Master, but from words mentioned in my Mistress's hearing I believe the waters may rise higher than the roofs of the buildings which the pirates built here. That is one reason everybody is so anxious to move everyone to a safer place. To remain here would be to drown."
Ursula added, "On our way upstream we have called at many cities in different countries, D'Nandis. Almost all of them are built on stilts, mounds or high ground. I believe Tyra when she says the waters will rise that high."
D'Nandis stared into space, attempting to digest what he had been told. Finally he nodded, turning to Ursula and Tyra, saying, "Mistresses both, thank you for what you have just told me. I understand some of what has been going on around me now, and of our peril. I regret that I cannot yet offer assistance of any kind, I must needs become well first. If I may inform Kapis of what I have been told?"
"Yes, of course," Ursula agreed. "We are requisitioning one of the barges here to transport you and the others who cannot move unaided, like Ketko here. We should at least be able to move everyone to Bibek before any serious rainfall occurs."
"You have my gratitude, Mistress."
"It is no problem, D'Nandis. Now I have to speak with Ketko."
She turned to meet the eyes of their other patient.
"That is true? You have no reason to lie to us, do you?"
She shrugged. "I have probably been on Anmar about the same length of time as you, Ketko. I would guess that it is our backgrounds which have meant that we have each learned and remembered different things. You heard Tyra, she is a local girl - well, in the sense that she is familiar with the river and what happens along it - and I have no reason to think she is making anything up."
"I already find the great river much bigger than any of those I am familiar with," he replied. "The thought that so much water will make it even bigger concerns me."
"Do you have anything like this in the Great Plain?"
"We have rain, at least in the regions nearer the mountains. The land there is very green and is mostly forest with pasture on the upper slopes. Away from the mountains and nearer the lake the rain does not fall often and most Hordes dig canals to take from their rivers and water their crops. There is nothing like what you have described, though, no rain falling for so long."
He glanced at Tyra with a puzzled look. "Sword-sister, if it rains so much and for so long, how then do you eat? You surely cannot exist on nothing but fish for two months!"
"Master," Tyra replied, "we must needs store food against the Rains. Every house will do so, they will bring grain, root vegetables and preserved meat and fish inside and above where the waters would rise. Of course, not every house may provide for the entire period, they may be too poor, but our lord the Duke of Joth sends boats about the streets providing aid for all who may be desperate. Those who live in our city would not refuse any who sought help, we must live with them afterwards."
He nodded. "It is the proper thing to do."
Ursula asked him, "How are you feeling now?"
"As D'Nandis said, Honored Mother, it is unpleasantly hot this afternoon. I understand there is little anyone may do about it except endure. I can tell you that, while I feel hot, it does not feel the same to me as the fever did. Whatever that potion of yours is, it has made the difference." He noticed her expression. "Honored Mother, you are about to tell me that the potion is something simple."
She gave him a wry smile. "Do you want me to tell you the truth? Whatever I say, you will need to keep taking the potion until you are well again."
Now he looked wary. "If you instruct me to continue taking the potion, Honored Mother, then I shall do so, since it is apparent that it is what keeps me from the fever. But you appear to hide a secret and I do not wish to appear a fool."
"You will not seem foolish, Ketko. All that has happened is that a custom from Zeniak has prevented you from doing what everyone else in the camp is doing, and that is to drink pel. For reasons we have not yet been able to learn it is pel which keeps everyone - and I do mean everyone - healthy in these regions."
"Pel? You refer to that drink I watch everyone else drink? But I will not, it is made with hot water... Oh. But I did not drink what you did, what you give me was cold." His face asked a question.
"Yes, we simply let what was in the pot grow cold and then gave it to you. There appears to be something in the herbs which are used to make pel that prevents your fever and it requires hot water to get that something out and into the water. It just so happens that we all like the taste and drink it all the time."
"Then it is safe to drink it as you do, while it is warm?" He looked unsettled. "I am so used to the customs of the Great Plain, it will be hard for me to break them."
"You will not know until you try, will you? But I can tell you that it is just a custom, it is not a universal rule. Here on Anmar hot drinks should offer you no danger - except to burn your mouth if they are too hot. I will add that the original reason for your custom, drinking out of hot springs, that is sensible. Water that comes direct out of the ground may contain unknown chemicals which could be poisonous. Liquids which are hot because they were boiled present little danger, indeed, most water around here is boiled first to ensure it is safe to drink."
"You boil water first? What might be in it that requires you to do such a thing?"
She paused, wondering what the level of knowledge was on Zeniak. "We have learned, often the hard way, that river water may not be clean and can contain creatures too small to be seen without special devices. Some of those creatures, if they can get inside you, can cause diseases like diarrhea and vomiting, perhaps worse diseases. Boiling the water kills them. Of course we do not drink the water when it is too hot, we let it cool down enough to be comfortable. So, will you at least try to drink some hot pel?"
"Honored Mother, this is your instruction? That I should drink my potions when they are still hot?"
"I would not force you to do anything that you might find distasteful, Ketko. If you choose to drink pel the same way we do then it becomes more convenient for everyone, that is all. Call it advice from a healer."
Ketko stared at Ursula a while before giving a reluctant nod. "Honored Mother, I will consider your words carefully. You are a strange people."
She smiled. "So it has been said."
There were voices beyond and shortly a head poked through the flap. "Director, by your leave. If I do not interrupt anything?"
She recognized one of the Faral under-marshals. "Nothing that cannot wait. We'll come outside."
On the walkway she found two Faral under-marshals, a Zebrin captain and two men dressed in attire which suggested they might be workmen.
"Gentlemen. What can I do to help?"
The Faral who had entered the tent saluted her. "Director, I am Under-Marshal Nabron. I have been asked to prepare the barge for use by yourself to transport the injured men to Bibek. Under-Marshal Fard and Field-Captain Venek have identified some problems that may require your judgment before we can proceed."
"Oh?"
Fard replied, "Director, it is chiefly because of the limited supply of timber to make the alterations," he explained. He looked uncertain. "If we could ask you to accompany us to the barge, Director, it would be easier for us to describe."
She nodded. "Of course, but first I must leave instructions for our two healers."
Having done so, she let Nabron led the way along the walkway to the top, across and behind what used to be the Pirate King's residence and down alongside the stripped galley. As they walked Ursula could see that there were ropes strung across the creek as preparations were being made to shift the stranded vessel, should that be possible.
She also noticed men up to their waists in the shallow water around the galley, using shovels to try and expose the lower regions of the hull to permit it to float.
She stopped. "A moment, if you would."
"Director?"
"Who is in charge of these men digging out the galley?"
Under-Marshal Fard straightened. "Director, that would be me. Have you seen a problem?"
"There could be one if precautions are not taken," she replied. "The water those men are standing in is very unclean. I do not doubt that the new latrines are carefully made and perform as designed but the water is discharged into the creek your men are standing in, water that was already fouled by the pirates before you arrived. I must give you instructions for the safety of your men."
Fard's eyes widened as he realized the situation. "Maker! Director, it is as you say, yet there is no other way we could free the galley but to enter the water to excavate." He turned. "Men! Stop working immediately while I receive instructions!" He turned back as the men stopped working and stared at him. "Director, what must we do?"
Ursula thought. "You may continue but with precautions. Tell your men to go on working, but to keep their hands away from their faces. It is important that no river water - or mud - gets into their eyes, nose or mouth. Have someone with clean hands go round and wipe the sweat from their faces with a clean cloth when needed. Once they have completed their task, have them all go to the bathing tent and have a thorough clean - and I mean thorough, I know what men can be like when they say they are washing."
Fard's lips compressed. "Director, I take your meaning. Twicks, to me!"
As two non-commissioned officers made their way towards Fard Nabron suggested, "Director, if I may show you the barge while Fard gives fresh orders to his men."
"Of course." She briefly glanced up at the sun. "It is too hot to stand out here any longer than we have to."
Ahead of them the situation had changed once more. The Visund had disappeared to be replaced by the Dhow-nwind Dasher, presently lying next to the Green Ptuvil and with a plank connecting the two. Other than those barges only two Faral cutters were drawn up on the foreshore.
"What happened to the Visund?"
"Director, it has gone out into the river to collect a new boom for the barge," Nabron explained. "You will understand that such a length of timber is too long for most smaller craft to carry. Captain Tor offered the use of his ship for the task."
"Ah, I see. Thank you."
Ursula, Tyra, Nabron and Venek climbed the gangway to reach the Green Ptuvil with the two workmen remaining on the shore. Baros was waiting for them and gave Ursula a nod. There was no-one else in sight. Nabron then led the way over the short plank to the Dhow-nwind Dasher. He gestured into the main hold.
"As you can see, Director, we have managed to bail out the accumulated water and clean up the hull somewhat. I doubt that any barge owner would care to risk his cargo in the hold until it has been properly washed down and maybe even sanded back, but I would judge it clean enough to carry your patients for the short voyage from here to Bibek."
Ursula peered into the hold, seeing the many sturdy ribs which supported the hull timbers. It certainly looked as if there would be plenty of room for her patients, it might even be possible to transport some of the less fit ex-captives as well.
"It looks clean enough to me, Marshal. What is the problem?"
"Timber, Director." He turned to face the Green Ptuvil. "Captain Baros permitted us to inspect the alterations made to his barge -" Ursula did not correct the assumption, "- and we even climbed down into the two holds to examine the interior fittings. Director, I am impressed by the work done by those of Ferenis, especially in so short a time! Unfortunately, neither we of Faral or those of Zebrin will be able to transform this barge so quickly. To do so would require additional timber which must needs be brought from Bibek or from somewhere in Zebrin."
"Yes. But we would probably not require anything as elaborate as that for just one short voyage."
"As you say, Director. The main problem is providing a floor for the patients' beds to lie on. As you can see, the ribs present an awkward surface which do not inconvenience any cargo. To provide timber for a level floor will take two, maybe three days to find and supply and as many as three or four to cut and fit."
"Yes, I see." Ursula stared into the hull, studying the ribs and the problems they presented. "Wait a moment. You said that any cargo would not be bothered by an uneven surface."
"As you say, Director." Nabron looked puzzled.
She gestured over beyond the Green Ptuvil. "Over there we have barges full of grain, some of which is probably no longer safe to eat. However, there is no reason we could not take some of that to create a level surface in these holds."
"Sacks of grain? Director, of course. We can take the sacks and mold them between the ribs to provide a level surface, on top of which we can lay flooring like that of the walkways. Indeed, since the whole camp must needs be dismantled soon, we may already have such materials on site. Director, I will speak to one of the other Zebrin officers about the use of some of those walkway materials."
She nodded. "I'm sure they will be willing to help out, especially if they can be sure of getting their materials back afterwards."
Field-Captain Venek assured her, "Director, it will be no problem. Since this is to be a Navy matter we expect the crew to be a mixed one from Faral, Zebrin and the First Director's people." He added, "We have assumed that you would likely be in command of this barge when it sails, as it will have your patients aboard."
"Me?"
Ursula thought. It is logical. I can be in command for that short trip even if I know nothing about handling watercraft. It is, after all, just a barge and most of the men at Hamalbek will be familiar with handling them. I just have to find someone like Baros who knows what he is doing.
She gave a brief nod. "It is a thought. You understand that while I have traveled the river I have little experience of handling something like this? I leave that to the experts. But by your expressions you have other concerns."
"Aye, Director," Nabron said. "We can make a raised roof like that of the Green Ptuvil, to let in light and air while keeping out the rain, but because of the timber problem it would not be a solid one. We had thought to essentially provide a canvas awning such as you have already seen used on the Zebrin galley. Does this meet with your approval?"
She considered. "Yes, I think so. In this weather I would not want anything too heavy which will trap the hot air."
"Which is what we thought, Director. The other main problem, which will also affect the placement of that roof, is how to get your patients into the hold. As you can see, each hold has sets of rungs fixed in either side for access, as is customary, but your patients will not be able to descend by that means. It might be possible to provide a companionway, as you have on the other barge, but that might still be too difficult for some of those men to use."
"Oh. You are right, of course. What do you propose?"
He gestured at the mast. "We use the hoist, Director. It will be simple enough to rig some kind of chair or sling for your patients, we do that all the time for maintenance work on our larger vessels. But the hoist cannot be used when the awning is completely in place. We must needs load your patients and then finish the awning."
It did not take her long to agree. "Yes, do that. The sooner we can move everyone away from here the happier I will be."
"Thank you, Director. This will make our task simpler and faster to complete. Oh, there is an associated matter, which is that, once the awning is secured in place, the only means in and out of the holds will be by using the rungs. I, er," Nabron paused and looked embarrassed, "I am not certain if you would desire to climb in and out of the holds wearing your present attire."
I didn't think that far ahead. Fortunately, the solution is obvious.
"Indeed. We will use our Marine uniforms for the journey. They include cargo pants."
"Director?"
"Oh, you were not here when we captured the camp, were you? We had to walk some marks through the forest at night and these ship dresses would not have been appropriate then either. Our Marine uniforms are a shirt the same as our men wear, and trousers, but in green to obscure us from any enemy."
"Ah? As you say." Nabron frowned. "Trousers? It seems to me that I have seen some men in the camp wearing such attire. I did not know whose men they were. This is customary attire for Palarand Marines, then?"
"These are Navy uniforms, Marshal. We wear different attire according to task and to the time of year. Yes, we both have such attire and we can wear it for the voyage."
Any further conversation was cut off by a loud creaking followed by a groaning, then sucking sounds. All turned to look at the galley beside them, which suddenly heeled right over before righting itself with the stern swinging away from them. The backwash rocked the two barges so violently that they all had to grab the nearest section of hull to avoid falling over. The plank connecting the two fell into the water and the barges, now no longer grounded, began to drift out into the creek.
The stern of the Green Ptuvil swung and banged against that of the Dhow-nwind Dasher, pushing it further into the creek, where it collided with the now-floating galley. That pushed the barge towards the entrance channel, where shouts could be heard from the men stationed there.
Nabron looked frightened. "Director, we have no sail, we have no rigging, we cannot yet control this barge. What can we do?"
"I'm sure that help will come, Marshal. Once we get into the channel we can be caught and secured."
Help did come but from an unexpected quarter. The incident had brought the crew of the Green Ptuvil out of their cabin and they had quickly assessed the situation.
"Director! Catch the rope!"
One of the men threw a line at the Dhow-nwind Dasher. Because of the relative movements of the two craft it fell towards the bow, away from them, but Tyra quickly skipped past the others and caught the end before it could slide back into the water. She secured the line to a mooring post on deck and let the men opposite haul the two barges together. Once the two had made initial contact the men threw other lines which Tyra used to pull the two barges side-by-side before securing.
Baros climbed over, grinning at Ursula.
"More trouble, Director? Leave it to us, we will use our poles to move us back to safety. Maker, that thing is a monster, is it not?"
He was looking at the galley, which, because it had been stripped, rode high in the water next to them, rocking because it was now so buoyant.
"It looks bigger from here," she remarked, "but we have seen it all before, Baros. Remember that chase?"
"I do, Director, and a fine piece of work that was, too. Now, by your leave, my men will move us away from the galley and back to shore. If I may ask, will you be using this barge to move your patients?"
"I think so, yes. That is what the two Marshals and the Field-Captain are here for, to discuss the modifications."
He nodded. "Good. I always liked the look of Master Yussuf's barges and now that I have seen one close I can see how well-designed and built they are. Oh, I must ask for some help over here, by your leave."
He called out instructions and two of the crew came over carrying a long pole. This they placed vertically in the water as Baros walked back and grabbed hold of the tiller. He shouted more instructions to men on both barges and the assembly moved slowly back towards the shore. Once they had moved as far as the shoreline other lines were thrown to men on the shore and the barges hauled as far up as possible, before the lines were tied off to prevent them floating away again.
"The men on your barge are very efficient, I deem," Nabron remarked. "Yet they do not look like the rest of your men."
"That is because they are not," Ursula explained. "Look. Issue whatever commands you need to, then the three of you should come to the mess tent with us, have a drink and make sure we all know what each other is doing. After that I have a story to tell you."
"Ah?"
"Yes. We rescued those men, and the women who are also on board, from slavery to a regiment of renegade Yodans," she replied briefly.
His eyes widened. "Do you tell me? Then we must needs know more of these folk, that we may treat them properly. Venek? Let us do what we must and then join the Director in the mess tent."
A gangway was soon re-installed so that people could leave the barges in relative safety. After the men had departed Ursula had an idea.
"Before we go down," she said to Tyra, "let us have a look at the accommodation on this barge."
"Oh? As you say, Mistress! Were you thinking where we might sleep on the voyage?"
Ursula paused her walk towards the stern and turned, with a look on her face. "I hope that the voyage does not last long enough for us to need to sleep, Tyra. But if the cabins are good enough, Her Highness might have some ideas of her own."
"It might be more convenient, I agree, to use such cabins as we might find, but surely this barge will need to be restored to its owner once we reach Bibek?"
"That is the theory, yes, but Her Highness might wish to use it or borrow it afterwards. Let us look, anyway."
The two walked to the stern and went down the companionway into the barge's main cabin. Like all those of which they had some experience, this was where the crew cooked, ate and spent most of their time when they were not out on deck. The Dhow-nwind Dasher was wider than most, which meant that the accommodation appeared less cramped than usual. There was the usual bench to one side with a fixed table in front of it, a movable bench facing the table and the cooking range and sink on the other side.
Two narrow doorways led forwards. Ursula opened one of these to see a pair of bunks either side with a small hanging space in front and drawers underneath. The other door revealed a double bed against the center bulkhead and drawers and a wardrobe on the hull side. Everything had been emptied.
"We'll need some pots and pans, Mistress."
"Depends how long we are on it, Tyra. Enough to make pel, perhaps. Plates for a snack, we can use our own knives. There is nothing in any of this storage, no pots, pans, mugs, plates nor cutlery. The pirates stripped everything out. And I think everything they stole and used has now been taken to Bibek with the rest of the loot."
"What about our patients? Surely they must needs feeding as well?"
"Yes. We need to plan all this out well before we go."
* * *
Nabron put down his mug, his expression one of amazement. "Maker! Magic weapons, night assaults, villagers held hostage! It is a wonder your people prevailed, if I may say so, Director."
Ursula sipped from her own mug and lowered it. In the heat of the afternoon pel was proving to be useful at keeping thirst at bay.
"No magic involved, Marshal, just chemistry of a particular kind, that is all. Terrifying, yes, these new weapons certainly are that, and it will change the way you all think of warfare, both on land and on the river."
"Do you tell me? If we may know more, Director."
She hesitated. "That presents me with a problem, gentlemen. Once the principles of how such weapons work is understood, then any country smith may make a crude enough weapon which any robber or bandit can use to create mayhem along any of your country roads. For this reason, the exact nature of the mixtures involved and the way the devices are constructed are, for now, not being made known except to a select few."
The three men stared at Ursula with disbelief.
Venek stammered, "Palarand seeks to reserve this information to itself?"
"No, indeed, Field Director. Remember, those weapons were first used by those of Yod against everyone else. Palarand does know how to make weapons of this kind, but by general agreement the knowledge and expertise has been left to Joth, which was where the weapons were first used when Yod took the city of Joth and expelled the inhabitants the preceding winter."
"Ah." Nabron nodded slowly. "That makes a certain kind of sense, I deem." He looked at Ursula keenly. "When those of Joth reclaimed their city, no doubt they captured many of the Yodan weapons?"
"I do not know the exact details, gentlemen, but probably. However, the Yodan weapons proved to be very crude and unreliable. I doubt anyone would have dared use them, they can be as much a danger to the user as to the target."
"You seem unusually familiar with these weapons, Director," Venek observed quietly, "more so than I might have expected a healer to be."
"I have learned much since we originally arrived at Joth," she said blandly, "including how to treat the injuries made by such weapons." She added, deflecting the line of questioning, "Most of the success of the village assaults was due to the training of the Norse, who use warfare in a different way than most use it here in the Great Valley. Their knowledge will form the basis for the training all our Navy Marines will undergo. We have no problem passing that on to any of the units which will form the River Patrol."
"Ah? New fighting techniques are always useful to learn," muttered Fard.
"That is what Hamalbek will be for," explained Nabron. "Once the Rains cease and we discover what the river has left behind, a training base for the new River Patrol will be established here. His Grace has ceded the land entirely to First Director Eriana but it will be mainly Farals and Zebrins who will make most use of the new base at first, I deem."
"I must have missed that, Nabron. Are you saying that the First Director will not herself be based here?"
The three men looked at Ursula.
"It is my understanding," she told them, "that the First Director intends to establish a headquarters for the Navy at a place called Sheldane, which is near to the mouth of the Sirrel. Her concerns are wider than just the River Patrol, but include an ocean-going division as well, to explore the coasts of Alaesia on that side and perhaps to venture further in time.
"In addition there will be other divisions concerned with ship-building, navigation, supply of food and materials and care of personnel who can no longer serve aboard any vessel. It is not the Navy's intent to abandon any crew member should they suffer from injury or old age."
Realizing who they were speaking to, the three straightened. "Thank you, Director, for this information. Worthy aims indeed for the new Navy."
Distant shouts made them all turn to discover if there was a problem.
"Director, it seems that the Visund has returned," Tyra reported from her end position.
"Then, gentlemen, it appears that our meeting is ended," Ursula told them. "I must find out if there is anything else I should know about."
By the time that Ursula and Tyra had reached the barges the Visund had been secured next to the Dhow-nwind Dasher and Farals were already deploying the hoist to move the new boom across to the barge. Other men were transferring sacks of grain from a cutter and Ursula noticed a small party who appeared to be busy with small kegs of painting materials, cleaning down the sides of the cabin just below the roofline.
"What are they doing?"
A passing Faral heard Ursula and stopped to answer. "Director? Is there some problem?"
She pointed. "Are those men painting? I would have thought that there would be more important things to do."
"Director, it is to make certain that the name of the barge can be clearly seen," the man replied. "Here at Hamalbek it may not matter but you can be sure that some official may complain once you reach Bibek. It is a customary law of the river that the name of every vessel must be clearly made out at all times. No doubt some busybody will take delight in issuing a fine if the name of this one cannot be read when you arrive."
Her eyebrows rose. "Even though we have effectively just salvaged this barge? You can see what state it is in!"
"It is as you say, Director. I am sure that you have already met such officials in your journey up-river."
"Oh, yes. Several times. Thank you, my man."
"Delighted to help, Director."
He moved on and the two women headed for the gangway up to the Green Ptuvil. Once aboard Ursula headed for the women's cabin.
"Director? What do we need from here?" Tyra asked as she followed Ursula down into the cabin.
"Hats," was the brief reply. "I have not yet gotten into the habit of taking a hat with me on these hot days. In this heat that could be dangerous." She considered. "In fact, let me make that a general order, perhaps the first I will have ever issued... but I will need to check with... the First Director first."
"I think I saw her on the Visund," Tyra mentioned as she pulled out a chest to find her own hat. "Ah, here is mine, and this is yours, Mistress."
"Thank you, Tyra."
Ursula looked around at the four remaining women, now all sprawled on their bunks.
"Too hot to do anything?" she asked Banest.
"Too hot to think, Mistress!" came the reply. "It would be better if we could be outside while it is this hot, but you know the reasons why we may not do that yet."
"I do, and I am sad that it has to be this way. Have you all enough water? I can ask for more to be brought if you need it."
"We have enough, Mistress," Larys said. "Do you know what will happen once we reach Bibek?"
"I do not," Ursula replied. "Getting us all out of here into a cool hostel would be a good start."
There were murmurs of agreement from the four.
Back on deck they looked at the Dhow-nwind Dasher, now teeming with bodies, and the Visund beyond.
"How are we going to attract her attention?"
Tyra pulled out her whistle and blew a sequence. The Norse on the Visund immediately looked up, saw Ursula and Tyra and waved.
"What did you blow? I do not know that one."
"It was 'Captain to report aboard', Mistress. Only we want Her Highness, not Captain Tor."
Eriana climbed up onto the edge of the hull, balancing herself with the aid of a hand on a rigging line. With the aid of some hand-waving she understood that it was herself who was wanted. She leapt aboard the barge, threaded her way easily through the busy men, and stepped onto the Green Ptuvil.
"Ursula. Is there some problem?"
"I want to issue a general order, I think, Eriana. The sun is too hot and almost all these men are bare-headed. I want to order that all who have hats should be wearing them, especially after noon. What do you think?"
Eriana considered briefly. "We all have them, of course. I do not know how many of the Farals and Zebrins have brought hats. It is a sensible idea. We do not want to make our own circumstances worse by having troops affected by the sun. But why ask me?"
"I was not sure of the jurisdiction, Eriana. You, me, the Farals, the Zebrins."
"Why, Ursula, you are in charge here! Were any of these craft out on the Sirrel then it would properly be a matter for the captains of each vessel, but even there you could make an order requiring hats to be worn as a medical necessity. Here in harbor you have the final word. Do you want to order hats to be worn?"
"I do. In fact, I begin to think I should have worn my own once I left the Green Ptuvil this morning to go and have breakfast."
"A wise move, I deem. I fully agree. I'll tell our boys and maybe we can talk about it this evening with the Under-Marshals and the rest."
"Thank you, Eriana."
"Oh, I have been thinking about this barge of yours. I assume that you would not be comfortable commanding it yourself?"
"I thought I might stand around and look official while someone who knew what they were doing actually sailed the barge," Ursula admitted, "but no, I would not be comfortable."
Eriana smiled. "Then I may have a solution for you. Hashim worked for Master Yussuf, he knows this model of barge well, indeed he told me he was aboard one such when the Yodans scooped him up. Shall I make him Captain?"
"You mean, give him the rank? Will he not go back to Master Yussuf once we reach Bibek?"
"No, Ursula. He wants to stay with us. The barge may be returned to its owner but we will have other barges - and other craft in time. Besides, he is building an impressive collection of charts. He is good at that and it is a skill we will need."
"Done, Eriana."
"Ow." Eriana winced and raised a hand to her neck. "I must needs go below and find my own hat, I deem. You should have made this order days ago."
"Yes. With your fair skin you do need to take more care of it when the sun is this hot. That goes for most of the Norse, too."
"Many of them are already wearing hats but I will make sure that all do. By your leave, Ursula."
Eriana disappeared down the companionway leaving Ursula and Tyra looking at one another.
* * *
The evening meal was nearly over when a Zebrin Captain approached Ursula where she sat with the other officers.
"Director?"
"Captain Anthar! I did not know you were at Hamalbek. Will you join us for some food or drink?"
He saluted. "Director, thank you but I have already eaten. Zebrin's Tusk has recently arrived to assist with the evacuation of the site, but that is not what brings me to you right now."
"Oh? Something we have overlooked?"
"Not something but someone, Director. I think he wants to talk to you."
"Who -" Suddenly, she realized that a certain presence had been in the back of her mind for a while but she had not recognized it for what it was. She looked at Anthar. "He called to you?"
"Aye, Director, in a way. I discovered that I wanted to go right out of the back of the camp but could not understand the reason. Then I saw the beast."
Ursula turned. "First Director? I must go and talk to Loti. I do not know what he wants but he certainly wants my attention."
Eriana was surprised at first but then nodded. "The dranakh? Of course, Ursula. If you can tell him what we intend to do with this place after the rains stop falling."
"If I get the chance, First Director. Tyra? You'd better come too."
They followed Anthar along the walkway and then onto the earth beyond the tented encampment. Here much of the ground was scorched from the funeral pyres, but even here work parties had been busy probing for any more bodies buried in the soft mud. Loti was waiting near the forest, he apparently did not desire to approach such a crowd of humans.
Ursula gave him a half-bow before gently placing a hand on his head. "Greetings, Loti. Some days I have wondered where you were but decided that you were elsewhere looking for food."
There came a succession of images which initially confused Ursula. Then the truth dawned, the dranakh had been 'reading' people in the camp, mostly men, and trying to determine what was going to happen in the future. This had failed since there were just too many humans around and there were far too many different thoughts to make sense of.
Loti is confused by the crowd babble. He can pick out individual thoughts but there are just too many people here for him to cope with. That makes sense if he was used to a farm or a small village.
Note to self: How do dranakhs in towns and cities manage? Do they develop some kind of coping mechanism to filter out most of the human noise?
"I think I can tell you what is going to happen but it could be difficult for me to describe it for you in ways you might understand."
She received a feeling of great relief.
She turned to Anthar and Tyra. "I need to describe what is about to happen to Hamalbek, both now as we evacuate and afterwards, once the waters subside. This might take me some time and you both remember what happened when I spoke to Loti at Jenbek. You might need to catch me if it becomes too much."
Anthar said, "We understand, Director," and Tyra nodded agreement.
"Thank you." Ursula turned back to the dranakh, put her hands on his head and closed her eyes, trying to visualize the pictures she wanted.
= = =
Ursula opened her eyes to find Anthar and Tyra hovering over her. Behind were Sarrik and Karan, each holding the end of a stretcher. Then there were Eriana, Merion, Nabron and Venek, who had cautiously followed Ursula and Tyra from the mess tent but kept out of the way.
"Oh," she said, levering herself to a sitting position. "I'm all right, I think. I just need to collect my thoughts. Will you help me up, Tyra?"
Eriana pushed her way forward as Ursula regained her feet. "What happened? What did that dranakh do to you?"
"Listened, mostly, although watched might be a more accurate description. Loti was trying to find out what was going to happen to the camp but had trouble because there are too many humans around and their thoughts are all different. Um, can we go back to the mess tent please, I need some pel to help my head settle down."
"Surely, Ursula. Here, take my arm."
In the mess tent she was seated and surrounded by the others. Some mouthfuls from a mug of fresh pel soon restored her senses.
"What did happen?" Eriana repeated. "You spoke to the dranakh."
Ursula included all her watchers as she answered. "Speaking is the wrong way to describe it, First Director. Dranakhs have a means of communicating directly from mind to mind," she explained. "The way they do this is with pictures of what they can see. They can keep these pictures in their memories and pass them on from one to another, even over large distances if necessary."
"Large distances?" Merion asked. "Do you know how large, Director?"
"Possibly from town to town, at least, but remember, there will always be dranakhs on farms in the lands in between who can pass information on. Certainly, if the dranakhs involved know one another, it could be several marks."
Eriana added, "When Garia's party was attacked on the moors above Blackstone, their dranakhs appeared when last seen nine marks away. Go on, Ursula."
"They can read humans' minds to a certain extent," Ursula resumed, "but the pictures they get are fuzzy and not easy to interpret. After a time they realized that we humans made noises when we communicated with each other and used those noises to help understand the pictures. But they still think we talk the same way they do - mind to mind. They don't know that speech is all we have.
"Loti wanted to find out what would happen to Hamalbek and so I attempted to construct some pictures of what we were doing, to reassure him about the future. He now knows we will evacuate the camp before it begins to rain and that, once the water levels drop, we'll - some of us - will be back to set up some kind of permanent camp. Can you imagine explaining training to a dranakh brought up on a remote forest farm? And in pictures? That was hard and I do not know if I succeeded."
Nabron asked, "Director? They can read what we think?"
"Not really. They can pick up pictures from the thoughts of human minds but do not know what most of the pictures mean. They find us very hard to understand. But they soon find out who is good and who is evil. I was once shown pictures from the minds of some men who were supposed to take Tyra and me to meet someone, but they were going to murder us when we got there.
"They showed me the men and their weapons, even down to which boot one of them would hide his knife in. Let me just say that the meeting did not go the way they had thought it would."
"They can do that? Maker!"
Merion said, "But we know that anyway, Nabron. We just did not know how they did what they do. Director, I find this information most interesting. Did the dranakh go away satisfied?"
Ursula shook her head. "I have no idea how far I got, Commodore. I can remember some of what I did but not all. If Loti went, then I am guessing he got whatever he needed. When you come back after the waters subside, I expect that you will find him here but whether he wants to help or not will be up to him."
"If he is here, Director, he will be treated with respect. He has certainly earned it after what happened on the night of the assault."
Ursula suddenly felt the weight of the effort she had expended that day. She drained her mug and stood.
"That conversation was tiring, gentlemen, and it is beginning to get late. By your leave, I think I will retire now. We have a lot to do tomorrow."
"Aye, truly," Eriana agreed, also standing. "I will help you back to the Green Ptuvil. Good night, gentlemen."
After some complications with the name of the barge the injured and unwell are loaded into the hold ready to travel to Bibek. An unmentioned talent reveals that Ursula is much more than just a healer. Tyra's talents are put to good use when they set sail - including her martial arts!
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
91 - The Dasher Sets Sail
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
"Oh, no!"
Ursula had climbed out of the women's cabin on the Green Ptuvil the following morning and immediately facing her was a blunder by the painting crew. Instead of the name of the other barge, the Dhow-nwind Dasher, being picked out cleanly for all to identify it, the painters had just done what they were told and named it the Downwind Dasher. She turned quickly, afraid there might have been other mistakes, but the Green Ptuvil was picked out cleanly in green and red on the side of the barge she was on.
I do not suppose you can get much wrong with 'Green Ptuvil', she thought. That mess over there can always be repainted when we reach Bibek.
"Mistress?" Tyra had followed her up the companionway. "Oh."
"I think you had to already know the joke to understand why Master Yussuf named his barges that way," Ursula observed. "Obviously the painters did not."
"And the original names were too worn to read," added Tyra. "Oh! I wonder if they also had a look at the Visund."
"Ouch. Those nameplates are in runes, but I think our men would prevent them doing anything stupid with those. Is anyone else coming?"
"I do not think so, Mistress. Her Highness, Bennet and Semma have already gone ashore, the others are still mostly in their bunks."
"It is early, but I have a need for the latrines. Coming?"
"Of course, Mistress."
Necessary functions attended to, they made their way to the mess tent to find Eriana, Bennet and Semma occupying a table. A waved arm brought fresh pel and a plate of hot zurin rolls.
"Are you ready for today's adventure?" Eriana asked Ursula.
"I hope it is not an adventure," Ursula replied after swallowing a bite. "I just want a quiet voyage so that I can bring our sick and injured safely to somewhere civilized. We are not going far, are we?"
"Indeed not, Ursula. It should be a voyage of four bells, maybe five. You have done part of it already, when we went to Jenbek."
"But the river is lower now. All I need to do is to find some mudbank which wasn't there before -"
"- Which is why Hashim guides the Dhow-nwind Dasher today, in waters he knows well."
"I trust you, Eriana, I trust Hashim, I do not trust the river," Ursula said. "Oh, by the way, have you seen the new name signs they have painted on the Dasher? The ones on the Green Ptuvil are fine, but -"
Ursula went on to describe the blunder. Eriana flicked a hand dismissively.
"There is no time to have that made right now, Ursula. If there is any problem when we reach Bibek, then I'm sure that Margrave Simbran or Minister of Trade Yussuf will come to our aid. You do know they are preparing a big ceremony for when we arrive?"
"I had heard something, but I have had other things to worry about. Is the naming going to be a problem?"
"As I said, Margrave or Minister should be there to smooth over any difficulties. What are your other concerns? I thought all was arranged."
"It is, but it involves some careful timing," Ursula explained. "The hold is ready to receive those who are going to travel in it but until everyone is in place the Zebrins cannot complete the awning. That will be a temporary arrangement so there may have to be adjustments made - with everyone on board and waiting."
"The Zebrins seem to me to be efficient at what they do," Eriana observed, "so that I cannot imagine the awning will present them any great challenge. Still, the Gods do like a joke or two so I trust that any delay would not prevent us departing today. Are there any other concerns?"
"Just a general unease about what faces us when we arrive, Eriana. I know His Grace will do his best but Bibek suddenly has to absorb around three hundred new arrivals, many of whom are unfit. And there is the downstream journey to consider. Do you really think we have time to travel all that way back as far as Palarand before these months of rain arrive?"
Eriana nodded. "Travel, aye. But it will first be necessary for us to provision the Visund for the journey, making the assumption that we would only be staying briefly overnight wherever we happen to stop, and taking cold lunches as we use the current to hurry downstream. I have made several long voyages at sea in the past, of similar duration, but traveling the Sirrel in that way presents new challenges to myself and the crew."
"I can imagine. What would you do if we cannot reach Palarand? Stop at the nearest port when the rains begin?"
"If we have to, Ursula, then we will do whatever is necessary. I do not desire to put anyone aboard at risk, especially when none of us has experience of such extreme weather. A friendly port, they will likely have others sheltering until the better weather comes onces more..." the Princess pulled a face. "If that port happens to be in Virgulend then I might just take a risk and push onwards. I do not desire to spend two months in the company of Jarwin!"
"Agreed!"
"But, to my point, we will not be able to use the sail as we venture downstream again. Therefore I am minded to erect our own awning to protect us both from the sun and from any advance rain and that means we will be using the oars when necessary. Our crew and cargo must needs be distributed around the ship differently, I deem, when we are under the awning."
"We cannot use the sail? At all?"
Eriana shrugged. "There will be small stretches where it could be used, I agree, but most of the time we will be heading into the teeth of the wind - and, remember, the water level is still low so it would not be easy to tack. At another time of year I might attempt to sail downstream, learn how the barges do it, but with low water and the weather about to change it would be folly. We are used to rowing, we shall row when required and let the river carry us the rest of the way."
"Oh, I see." From where Ursula was sitting, she could just see a portion of the last remaining pirate building. She pointed at it. "Changing the subject, what is supposed to happen to that last building? I thought that it was going to be burned."
Eriana replied, "That may still be its fate but several of the senior Fanirs have suggested to me that we leave it and see what the rain and rising waters do to it. As it will be the only thing left in Hamalbek when all depart, there should be no unexpected consequences. Why?"
"No reason that concerns me, Eriana. I just wondered why it had not yet been pulled down - or left to Lars for his amusement."
"It was there, it had other uses once the contents were cleared out. We were in no hurry to be rid of it."
"Oh! What happened to those wine barrels? Are they still in there?"
Eriana shook her head. "No, they have been removed, indeed, the two which still held wine presently sit behind the kitchen tent. The others, still deemed serviceable, will be taken back to Bibek to be cleaned out and used again."
"The wine in them was drinkable, then? I was not sure it would be."
"Aye, it has been served the last few nights at table. One of the barrels was of red, the other white. Did you not know?"
"I have been busy trying to understand patients who have traveled a long distance to be here, Eriana." Ursula stared at the magically empty plate. "Are there any more rolls?"
* * *
Stine grinned at Ursula. «I didn't think I'd be traveling with you, Mistress!»
«We have plenty of room and your leg definitely qualifies you as someone who should be here, Stine. Here, let me help you out of that sling.»
With Ursula's help Stine limped free of the simple Bosun's Chair used to lower most of the injured into the hold. Ursula looked up, saw that she was being observed, and waved her arm in a circle to let the hoist operator know that it was safe for him to raise the chair for someone else.
Stine looked with interest at the surroundings.
«What is this flooring? It looks familiar.»
«It is some of the walkway that the Zebrins installed between the tents,» Ursula explained. «It works perfectly in here. Do you want a bed to lie on or would you prefer a chair? I apologize that the view isn't very interesting.»
«Yah. Like being in pit. On the Visund I could see in every direction even when lying down.» Stine considered, then added, «Ah, when lying on cargo, that is. If I was, ah, recovering from party then I'd be down between the benches, but I wouldn't be interested in the view by then. Are all river craft like this?»
«Only if you are cargo, Stine. This is the hold, remember. Though you would not see much more if you were rowing one of those Yodan galleys, nor that Zebrin monster.»
«Of course, Mistress. I should be able to manage with a chair, I think.»
She turned. "A chair for Stine, please."
Karan picked a folding chair from a stack in one corner and brought it to Ursula and Stine.
«You'll have to find somewhere else to sit,» she warned, «since this is where we are receiving new occupants.»
«Yah, Mistress. Over there, I think.»
«How is your leg now? I'm sorry, the other patients have taken my time and it has been several days since I last looked at it.»
«Your own quick work saved my leg that day, Mistress. If I had still been in Jotlheim I would probably have needed a crutch or stick to move around by now but I can walk, with just a limp, thanks to you. Can I be of some help? I can walk, move about, just not so fast or steady.»
«We have four healers down here so we don't need help of that kind, but thank you for the thought, Stine. Our passengers might need help with drinks and such, though, as the voyage progresses.»
Hashim looked down through the unfinished gap in the awning. "Director? If you could join me on deck for a moment, please?"
"Of course, Captain." She rolled her eyes. "Come on, Tyra. We will be the only two women on the Dasher today and we should not become separated."
Ursula nodded to Stine and Karan, then moved to the hull and began to climb the iron rungs hammered into one of the ribs of the barge. Willing hands helped her and Tyra over the lip and onto the deck just in front of the cabin. Hashim was waiting for Ursula, resplendent in correctly-colored tee shirt and cargo shorts with four bars on each shoulder.
"I have two questions, Director. I wanted to ask how many more you could accommodate down there," he explained. "The Commodore says they can take the rest but it will make Zebrin's Tusk much harder to handle. If you can take even a few more it will ease his situation."
"Yes, that thing wasn't designed as a transport, was it?" She thought, looking down into the hold. "We could take maybe eight walking, ten if we have to," she decided. "I would not want too many more than that for a first voyage, Hashim. All we need is a wave to rock us and there could be beds and chairs sliding everywhere down there."
"With the river so low I doubt we will find many waves, Director, but you are of course correct. All we need is a thunderstorm while traveling that short distance... I assume that normally, like our ferries, everything would be fixed to the deck?"
"Yes, or be tied down some other way."
"As you say, Director. By your leave."
Hashim turned and held up his hands with the thumbs folded onto his palms, showing eight fingers. Somebody on the ground shouted, "Thank you, Captain!" and marched off. Ursula noticed Semma come to the boarding gangway and begin to climb. When she reached the top she climbed onto the deck and approached Ursula and Hashim.
"Director," she began, "while I was repacking my chests for the voyage I discovered this wedged into one of my boots. I am not certain how it came there but I do remember one or two occasions when we have had to depart in haste and our things may have become mixed together. Might it belong to you?"
This was a small wooden cylinder with a lanyard at one end which Ursula recognized immediately.
"Yes, it is! Thank you, Semma, for finding it again. It is a farb I was gifted by one of the artisans of Joth. I did think about it once or twice but we have been so busy that it has been mostly out of my mind."
Semma handed over the cylinder, asking, "Do you play that, Director? I did not know that you had learned such arts."
Ursula put the cylinder into her left cargo pocket, the end sticking out. "I did learn such arts when I was young, Semma, and this is similar to an instrument from my homeland. I was given it as a gift before we left Joth but have had no chance to do more than try a few scales."
Semma frowned at the odd word choice but said nothing more. They were all busy preparing to depart and if Ursula wanted to tell them more it could wait for a quieter moment.
"The First Director asks, if she may know how close you are to sailing, Director."
Ursula turned to Hashim who replied, "We await some eight or so more passengers, Guardswoman, and then we will be ready to move out at the First Director's command." He hesitated then added, "If you may tell her that the new sail and boom which has been provided is not rigged the way the original would have been. This may make us slow to get under way until the lads and myself have understood how to best make use of it."
Semma came to attention. "I will inform her, Captain." She thumped her chest, turned and went swiftly down the gangway.
"A problem with the rigging, Captain?"
Hashim waved a dismissive hand. "That was the other thing I wanted to ask you, Director. Just as most barges are but variations of the same design, so the sail arrangement may vary. This boom, sail and rigging has probably been lying in a boatyard in Bibek for some time until someone had the need of it. It is not rigged the way Master Yussuf's sails would be, but the differences appear to be minor and we should soon learn them."
He frowned. "Director, I was not present when the boom was attached and raised. I have some doubts about the arrangement at the masthead, which as you can readily see supports the entire boom and sail. Do you see those blocks just below, the two lines of them?"
Ursula looked up, shading her eyes. A single massive pulley, secured to the masthead, had a heavy rope reaching down to the deck. This was obviously the means by which the whole boom was lifted and lowered. The other end of this rope was split in two with a smaller pulley at each end. From there, ropes over each pulley supported two more pulleys, which in turn led more ropes down to various points along the boom. "Oh, yes, I can see them."
"One of them is very stiff, Director. If I may borrow Tyra once we get out onto the river to go up and inspect it. It may be nothing, perhaps just a poor splice in a line causing a blockage, but it may be something she can ease without us having to lower the whole boom to fix at deck level, which would of course mean anchoring and delay."
"I suppose so, Captain. She is used to this way of life, but she may not be so familiar with the rigging of these barges."
"Your caution is noted, Director. I would not expose so valuable a member of our company to any danger if I could possibly do otherwise, you may be sure that she and I will consider the best way to investigate the problem."
"I'm sure that she'll - Look, here come the rest of our passengers."
Eight men filed slowly up the gangway, the first being Benekar, to stand in line in front of Ursula.
"Greetings, Mistress," he said with a smile. "Or should I be naming you Director now?"
"With all these troops from Faral and Zebrin around I have had to accept my title, Benekar, so Director it is. I still get called any number of other things by people who forget."
"I am relieved I do not have your problem, Director. Where do you want us?"
Ursula pointed at the gap in the awning. "Down in the hold, please. As you can see, there is no room for many people to stand up on deck."
"What's this for?" He pointed to the canvas-and-lath construction, which overhung the hold on all four sides.
"Many of those below are our injured or otherwise unable to walk," she explained. "This was thought to be the best way of transporting them, but we have to keep the sun off while letting the air circulate. There is plenty of room down there and we have some of the Zebrins' folding chairs for you all to sit on."
"Right. We climb down those rungs?"
"Yes, unless any of you think you could not manage to go down that way. We can use the hoist instead."
Benekar looked doubtful. "I think I might be able to climb down, Director, but I'm not so sure about climbing up again." He turned, indicating the men behind him. "We are much improved since you found us, Director, but most of us are still very weak." He turned to face the other men. "We have to go down into the hold, lads. They will use the hoist to get us down there."
There was a muttering from the men but that was all. Ursula turned to the crewman who was running the hoist.
"Lower these down, please, and that should be all. Once they are down the Zebrins can come and finish off the awning."
"As you command, Director."
Ursula and Tyra moved out of the way while the men were lowered down into the hold. After that the hoist was stowed and four Zebrins came and laced down the last corner of the awning. It was still possible to climb down using the rungs, but it would require some wriggling at deck level.
Ursula looked at Hashim. "I suppose you want us out of the way while you get going."
Hashim was apologetic. "If you please, Director. With the awning restricting the deck space it will be hard enough getting under way without extra bodies on deck. If you may wait below, I will call when I would want Tyra's services."
"I'll leave you to it. There are probably things I need to look at with some of our passengers anyway."
Tyra led the way below and Ursula took stock of the situation as she descended. The 'patients' had been placed at the rear of the hold, away from the area where the hoist had operated. Their beds used about half the available floor space. The remaining passengers, including some walking wounded like Stine, were scattered over the forward end of the hold. Some crates and barrels had been placed right at the front and some of the newcomers were examining these.
"Leave those alone, please," she called out as she walked over. "They are water and some lunch food for the journey today. I don't want you to start eating and drinking what is intended for everyone, particularly as it will probably get very hot later on and you'll need the water."
"As you say, Director." Benekar turned to the others. "Come on, lads, settle down. It's going to be a long pull and we don't have to do any of it. Pity we can't see out but one part of the Sirrel looks much like another, don't it? Bring those chairs over here, we'll make a circle and talk."
Stine was of course in Norse uniform and this was noticed as he brought his chair to join the circle.
"You're one of Her Highness's men, aren't you?" Benekar asked. "How is it you are down here, then?"
"Yah. Took crossbow bolt in leg, see?"
"And you're still able to walk? Maker! I suppose the Director fixed you up?"
"Is true. Excuse, I understand you but words not so easy to say."
"We get that, don't we, lads? Crossbow bolt, eh? Was that fighting the pirates? I know they used crossbows."
"No. Got this in Faralan, was uprising we stopped."
"Faralan! Uprising? Who was fighting who over there? I thought they was all happy now the Yodans had gone home."
Stine looked at Ursula, who nodded back. "If you think you can tell them, Stine, then carry on. If you run out of words then ask me or Karan to help, we were both there."
Stine began telling them the tale, from his perspective, from the time the Visund and the Green Ptuvil had docked in Faralan. During this recital, with a little help from Ursula and Karan, she felt the barge move and then heard unmistakeable signs that they were being eased through the channel and out into the river. Soon Hashim's head poked through the gap between awning and hold side.
"Director! If you and your assistant could join us on deck."
Ursula and Tyra excused themselves and climbed out of the hold, using the rungs nearest to where Hashim had been. They saw as they squirmed onto the deck that the Downwind Dasher was under way, with the Visund visible behind and the Green Ptuvil presumably somewhere behind the longship. Facing them was Toshi, freshly attired in Marine green tee shirt and cargo pants and with three bars on his epaulets. He wore a boater and had a normal-looking sword clipped to his belt.
"Toshi! I didn't expect to see you here, especially dressed like that."
The Kittrin rapped his left breast with his right fist. "As you say, Director. Admiral Lars says, if I am to be part of his company then I should wear the uniform - which, if I may add, I find most comfortable. I am on board because the First Director wanted you and your assistant to have the best protection available."
She raised an eyebrow. "And the three bars?"
"Are necessary to show troops that I have ability as an instructor," was the reply. "I know that I have much to learn from the red-hairs but I will offer all I know in return."
Ursula nodded. "I have no doubt that you will do so, Toshi." Her eyes moved to Hashim, standing behind Toshi. "Captain?"
"Director. If I may explain to Tyra what will be needed above."
"Of course. Tyra?"
Tyra moved around the others and Hashim spent some time giving her instructions as to what he thought had happened and what could be done about it.
"Do you think you can do that for me?" he finished. "Toshi says that if you feel that you would rather not, he would attempt it instead, but he has never had to deal with any rig that looks like these that the Sirrel barges prefer."
Tyra shaded her eyes, looking at the profusion of lines and blocks above the boom and which supported it from the top of the mast.
"Captain, I have climbed the rigging of the Visund with no trouble but as I told you before this arrangement is new to me. However, what you ask sounds simple enough. You mentioned a reliever rope?"
"Aye, I did."
Hashim moved across to the narrow space between the back lip of the hold and the front of the cabin, where the remnants of coils of rope that had been used to create the rigging had been placed. He measured off a double arms-width and then the same again, making about four strides. He cut this off with his knife and handed the length to Tyra. She doubled the rope and wound it around her waist before tucking the ends in to secure them. In moments she was pulling herself up the stays to the top of the mast.
Toshi whistled with appreciation. "She is good at this, isn't she?"
Ursula explained her background as Tyra worked her way over to the main block.
"Ah." He sounded disappointed. "So it would not be easy for her to teach me what she does."
"Maybe not, since most of it must be childhood instinct. But Lars told me that you did much the same with the lookout post by the channel."
"True, Director, but my methods were taught me by our family Master of such arts." He looked thoughtful. "Mmm. Maybe I have a conversation with Lars. There are useful things each of us can learn here."
"You have my approval to do so, Toshi."
Tyra examined the topmost block and then used her whistle to indicate that she could find little wrong with it. After an acknowledging whistle from Hashim she moved to the next row and investigated those. The first seemed fine but there was obviously a problem with the second one. Tyra whistled down and Hashim called the crew to haul certain lines; this had the effect of slackening off the one Tyra was interested in.
She unwound the rope she had taken up and made a knot at the slack side of the pulley, securing the rest above. Another whistle allowed the other side of the pulley rope to slacken, whereby Tyra secured that line with the other end of her rope. She then appeared to wrestle with the loop going over the pulley before giving up and whistling down to Hashim. He called her down to the deck.
Because of where she was Tyra decided it would be safer to descend using the stays on the other side of the mast, which would keep her away from the canvas of the huge sail. She reached the deck and started sternwards, just as a crew member walked forwards along the same side of the barge.
"What's that fool doing?" muttered Hashim. "He knows there is no room to pass!"
Tyra noticed this when she was about a quarter of the way along the deck on that side. Seeing the man come towards her she began to back up to reach the area around the base of the mast, where the two could safely pass. The crewman appeared to walk faster, possibly to shorten the time Tyra would have to wait, but as he reached the mast area it became obvious that he had other ideas.
Several of the masthead ropes were secured at the base of the mast and the man reached out for one, his arm not by chance blocking Tyra's route. She glanced around, looking for alternatives, but one side was limited by the overhang of the awning and the lip of the forward hold made the other side too awkward to squeeze past unless she -
She looked up at the tangle of lines and prepared to jump but his free hand grabbed her arm. Tyra immediately ducked under his arm and turned, twisting herself out of his grip. As the two turned Ursula, Toshi and Hashim could see the smile on the man's face.
"Fool!" Hashim muttered. "He'll be for it when we reach Bibek!"
"If he gets that far," Ursula responded. Hashim turned to her, eyebrows raised. She explained, "She knows a trick or two. Just watch, Captain."
The man let go of the rope and turned to face her fully, his arms reaching out. He said something but it was lost to the watchers in the sigh of the wind and the wash of the bow wave. Tyra stepped inside his arms, grasped his tunic with both hands, turned and bent. The man went flying with a sudden shriek - straight over the side and into the Sirrel.
Whistles immediately sounded from both the Dasher and the Visund, where the bow lookouts had seen the man go flying. They altered course slightly and as he came past the hull Bennet leaned over, grabbed one flailing arm and pulled the man bodily from the waters, dumping him unceremoniously into the hull.
Hashim shouted, "Ease the sheets!" to the remaining crewmen and, as the canvas began to slacken the Dasher lost speed and allowed the Visund to come up on her quarter. Eriana climbed onto the hull, steadying herself with a hand around a stay.
"What happened?" she called. "Do you want him back?"
Hashim called over, "He made a pass at Tyra, Director. You can keep him - and don't let him vanish when we get to Bibek."
She scowled. "As you wish, Captain. He has questions to answer there, I deem. What was Tyra doing up the top of the mast?"
"Bad rigging. We have basically a frozen block and no spares. We will do what we can. If we may proceed?"
"Aye, Captain. Talk again at Bibek."
Hashim turned and called to the crew, "Tighten those lines! I have heard enough."
As the barge regained its former speed Ursula asked, "I thought you knew all your crew."
Hashim's face showed frustration. "I wish it were so, Director. We are all new to this barge and to each other, expecting only to sail this one leg to Bibek together. I only met most this morning at breakfast. Two are Zebrins and appear to know what they are doing, three are Farals and told me they were experienced barge men. We also have Ormund on the tiller, Toshi here as extra muscle when needed, he does not know how to sail such a barge as this - oh, and Adin in the galley. At least I can depend on our own men."
"So, who was he, Zebrin or Faral?"
"That man was one of the Farals. The Zebrins are from the Tusk so are professional crew, but they both have previous barge experience. The Farals - I know little about them, not even where they came from."
Tyra had by now made her way along the side and joined Hashim, Ursula and Toshi. She curtseyed to Hashim.
"Captain, I must apologise for what I did. I had to fend him off but did not intend him to go over the side."
"No need to curtsey to me, Tyra. I am no noble, merely a barge captain. We all saw what happened, I have no doubt the man had never seen a young woman as crew on a barge before and thought to have some fun. What you did was well wrought and should have given the other crew members some pause."
Tyra blushed. "Thank you, Captain."
"Now to important matters. You found the problem?"
"Aye, Captain. The pulley is the wrong size for that block."
"Wrong size?" Hashim squinted up. "It looks about right from here."
"It is too narrow, Captain. The rope has slid down one side of it and become solidly jammed. Even if you lower the boom to the deck you might not be able to clear it."
Hashim smiled at Tyra. "How would you like to become a member of my crew? You have made more progress on that pulley than the rest of them have since it was installed!"
"By your leave, Captain, I doubt my Mistress would accept your offer. My father may be familiar with the waters of the Sirrel but I know little about the handling of such a barge as this."
"Just showing my appreciation, Tyra." Hashim's face screwed up as he contemplated sailing with a jammed block. "Thank you for your attempt at clearing the block, I doubt any of the men could have done it so easily. Now I have to decide how to work around it."
Ursula asked, "What is the problem, Captain? In simple terms."
"Those blocks are used to adjust the sideways position of the boom," Hashim explained. "Depending on the wind direction and how the cargo is stowed it can make a big difference to the handling. Fortunately we are lightly loaded so I should be able to compensate for having the boom fixed where it is. Look - by your leave, the river trends to the right now, so the sail needs to be moved around a little more."
He called out some commands to the crew and the boom was rotated on the mast so that it was nearly for-and-aft. Ursula saw that this made the sail scoop the wind and funnel it out the left side, sternwards, moving the Dasher smartly along despite the fact that the wind was now from their right beam.
"Excuse me, Director, I had better go and tell Ormund about the change of course."
Hashim rapped his chest with his right fist and walked off around the cabin to the stern.
Ursula looked at Tyra. "Feeling all right?"
"Yes, Mistress, thank you. I have already had to put up with amorous hands at the Duke's Mansion in Joth so I am always aware that something like that could happen. Of course, I now have the skills to deal more effectively with such unwanted advances."
"And I am pleased that you could, Tyra. Let's go below, get out of everybody's way."
"Except the passengers, Mistress."
"As you say. We'll deal with anything like that when it happens."
The two climbed down the rungs and were met by an anxious-looking Karan and Netheran.
"Something has happened, Director," Netheran said. "We heard the shouting."
"Yes," Ursula replied. "Captain Hashim asked Tyra to perform a special task for him that only she could do. It involved climbing to the top of the mast and inspecting the rigging. When she came down, she was cornered by one of the temporary crew we have and it looked like he wanted to do something... personal and perhaps amorous. She threw him in the Sirrel."
There was dead silence in the hold as everyone listened to this blunt retelling.
"Maker! Did he get picked up, Director?"
"He did, by the Visund which is just behind us. Both the First Director and Captain Hashim are very angry with his conduct, which will be dealt with when we reach Bibek. Just because Tyra is female is no reason to treat her any different than any other member of the crew. Do I make myself understood?"
There were many mutterings of, "Aye, Director."
Netheran asked, "What is that you have sticking out of your pocket, Director? Is it one of those seeing devices?"
Puzzled as to what Netheran was referring to, Ursula patted herself down, discovering the tube with the farb in it which she had already forgotten. She pulled it out.
"Oh, this? It seems that some of our belongings had gotten mixed up. This is a farb I was given as a gift when we left Joth."
"A farb! Director, do you play it?"
"I learned to play several instruments when I was a child, before I decided to become a healer. This is similar to one of those but not exactly the same." She opened the tube and pulled out the instrument. "I may be able to play it but it will take me some time to become familiar with it."
"We have some bells before we reach Bibek," the Faral healer said. "If you would consent to try your farb now, Director."
"It is something that I would prefer to do in private before I would think of giving a public performance," Ursula said. She looked at the eager faces around her and relented. "Maybe, then. I will warn you, it may not sound much like music to begin with."
Somebody pulled out chairs for her and Tyra. She sat down and examined the farb closely. She arranged her fingers, put the mouthpiece into her mouth and blew. To avoid being distracted by the onlookers she closed her eyes, lifting one finger after the other to discover what kind of scale the instrument could deliver.
To her surprise it was straightforward, producing a pure tone that varied in a regular way. The fingering was slightly different, one hole being covered by a left finger instead of a right. One or two of the tones sounded slightly flat, as much as she could determine over the various sounds the timbers, rigging and sails of the barge made.
Still, it is better than I could have hoped for. Now all I have to do is to remember some tunes...
A simple rendition of a folk tune reminded her forcibly of her improved memory. She tried something different and was amazed to discover just how much she had remembered. Whole sheets of music floated into view from somewhere deep in her brain, visual images she could not remember having on Earth.
It may be that consorting with dranakhs has improved the visual side of my memory. I wonder what other surprises are lurking inside my head?
The odd fingering confused her muscle memory for a short while but that was soon adapted to as she tried one tune after another. Realizing that she could, actually, play this alien instrument she -
Wait! Perhaps this is not the best time or place to be experimenting? I have a whole hold full of men who need to be taken to -
She opened her eyes, to find that everyone was staring at her with amazement, some with jaws well and truly dropped.
"I must apologize. I was only handed this instrument today and have never played it before. It has been many years since I last played any instrument, there is a certain amount of practise and experimentation I must do before I would even consider playing it before others."
Sarrik's eyebrows shot up. "Director, you have never played it before? How is this possible?"
She considered her reply carefully. "One of my patients in Joth was a turner who makes these things. I was interested and he let me try some of his creations. Just before we departed Joth, he gifted this to me," she waved the farb, "but it got packed into our chests and somewhere along the river it went astray. Today is the first day I have seen it again since the maker handed it to me."
There was a muttering among the men. Someone said, "Respect, Director, if you can take a strange instrument and play it like that!" There were mutterings of agreement.
She stood up and held up her free hand. "All right, settle down. We have been on the river now for maybe a bell or so. Sarrik, if you would go on deck and find out if pel and any snacks are available."
"Of course, Director."
Ursula put the farb into its case and handed it to Tyra.
"Where are our chests? On the Visund?"
"They are in the large cabin behind us, Director. If you wish me to put this into your chest it would mean -"
Ursula sighed. "That we would both have to go. I had forgotten that. Just find somewhere safe to put it, please. It would easily fall out of these cargo pockets, I am lucky it has not already done so while we were climbing in and out of the hold."
"I'll put it in the bandage bag, Director."
"Thank you, Tyra." Her eyes surveyed the men in the hold, most of whom were still watching her with unexpected expressions. "I think I had better go and speak to Ketko. We have barely said a word since he was loaded and I doubt he will have experienced anything like this before."
Ketko had been one of the first to be moved from the 'Tent of the Sick' to the barge so had ended up in one corner of the hold. Ursula made her way over to him and then realized there was nowhere for her to sit. Being practical, she simply made herself comfortable on the floor. Tyra joined her moments later, standing out of the way against the boards at the rear of the hold.
"Honored Mother! You should not sit on the floor like that! It is unbecoming."
She waved a hand. "If I had realized I would have brought a chair with me. It does not matter, I am comfortable enough down here. How are you feeling? This must be unusual for you."
He snorted. "Honored Mother, everything in this world is unusual for me! But I have been in the hold of a barge before, when we came from Benmouth to Bibek. Some of the cargo shifted and we had to go into the hold and use more ropes to stop it moving. Why did we leave that place? Where are we going?"
"Back to Bibek, for the time being. Hamalbek, where we started from, is being completely cleared out before the season of rain arrives, which will be in two weeks or so. I am told that the Margrave has arranged a whole hostel for those of you who are sick and for some of the others who were prisoners of the pirates. I still need to know how you are feeling. Sometimes, on the water, not being able to see outside can make you feel - queasy."
This last word was translated into a short phrase that involved nausea and vomiting.
"I thought it was the breakfast I ate before they moved us, but I can understand what you mean now."
"Oh. Do you need me to bring you something to be sick into?"
"Oh, no, Honored Mother, the feeling is very slight. I have no desire to see my breakfast again today." Ketko considered. "As for the rest, I tried some warm pel this morning, and, as you can see, I have not yet been poisoned. What a strange thing! Thinking about why we of the Great Plain thought that hot water might be poisonous, I wonder now if it was something told long ago about one hot spring and the story got changed until all hot springs became deadly and then changed again so that all hot water became poisonous. What do you think?"
Ursula nodded. "That is very good reasoning, Ketko, and probably correct. It is easy enough for a story to get changed as it moves from place to place until it becomes unrecognizable."
"Reasoning is my job, Honored Mother," he replied simply. "Although I was said to be very good at what I did, you can see that I am too young to have much experience. Of course, on this new world I doubt that I can do what I did before so I must seek to find a different way to provide for myself. Work on the barges was interesting but," he managed a weak shrug, "I am sure that I can do better, if only I knew where to begin."
"What exactly did you do before? I am not sure I understood what you said in the tent, you were still very ill then."
"I was a Thinker, someone who reasons out how the world works and how to make use of the rules we discover. Is it not so in this place?"
"A Thinker. It is possible that you might be something like a scientist, or maybe what the people of Palarand name a Questor. Yes, they have them here, and you might find a place in the local community of them. What did you think about? What was your specialty?"
"Oh, I was instructed to investigate the various surfaces and shapes of our world..." His voice tailed off, pensive. "Do they have the same here? Of course, Honored Mother, you cannot answer that question since you have never been to the Great Plain. Where was I? Oh, yes, shapes, like triangles, circles, squares, cubes, spheres and so on."
"Oh! You are speaking of Geometry. Yes, we know that here - although, of course, I have been here about the same length of time that you have so I do not know how far their knowledge reaches. You can tell by the water craft you have seen and the buildings in the cities and towns that they know how to use much of that knowledge, but what they know formally I could not tell you."
"Interesting. It sounds as if I can make myself useful in this new world, then."
"Hah. If you are like me or the other travelers from other worlds, you may make yourself very useful and, perhaps, in ways that you could not have imagined. The other traveler I told you about was a good cook on Earth but here on Anmar he has completely changed the way his country fights wars."
"I have wondered about that, Honored Mother. But what is a 'country'? I have heard the word used several times before but do not understand what it is."
"Let me think about this. On the Great Plain you told me there are seven Hordes, is that right?"
"Yes, Honored Mother. Each has settled the land either side of one of the seven rivers."
"So what happens when the lands of, say, your Horde approach the lands of the Horde to either side?"
"Our lands touch in only a few places, Honored Mother, since much of what lies between the rivers is barren. Where our lands do touch then the Great Mothers of each Horde come and agree a line which divides where we may call our own. People from either side may cross but no land on the other side may be taken and planted."
"I see. So a country here would be about the same as the land one of your Hordes occupies. The borders are agreed between the rulers of each side, just as your Great Mothers do, but very often part of the border is the Sirrel. I do not know the exact rules, perhaps someone like Lord Kalmenar would be better be able to tell you."
"Lord... Kalmenar?"
"He is an assistant to Her Highness and advises her on legal matters. If there are special rules for borders then he would probably know them."
Ketko nodded thoughtfully. "I understand, Honored Mother."
The Downwind Dasher bucked suddenly, the motion being accompanied by shouts from above. The chairs and beds did slide, but because the boarding had been laid on flattened sacks of grain, it was not entirely uniform and the imperfections stopped anything sliding too far.
Ursula stood rapidly. "It looks like we might have to go on deck," she told Ketko. "Do you need anything at the moment?"
"Not to sink, Honored Mother, that is all."
She gave him a small smile. "I'll see what I can arrange." She turned to Tyra. "Looks like they might need us - or more likely you - above. Coming?"
"Of course, Director."
The two emerged from a corner of the hold nearest the mast. Above them, the red triangular sail bellied out in the wind, but at the base of the mast two men hauled on a rope. They noticed Tyra and one looked distinctly concerned but the other, identifiable as a Zebrin despite his civilian attire, spoke to him and calmed the man. Ursula carefully walked the short distance to them.
"What just happened? Do you need any assistance?"
"The wash from another barge going downstream, Director. There is no harm but we must needs alter course a little," the Zebrin replied. His eyes flicked between Ursula and Tyra. "There is no help you could give either of us, Director," he gave another heave on the rope and the boom and sail shifted round slightly, "but you had best ask the Captain what help you might give."
Ursula sighed internally. He doesn't think we can be any use here. He probably thinks Tyra and I should be in the galley making pel for everyone! Women's jobs, again. It is going to take some time to change attitudes.
Hashim was waiting at his usual position just in front of the right side of the cabin.
"Director, we travel in busy waters, it seems. Everyone desires to complete their voyage before Harvest Festival and the Rains that follow. If I may ask to borrow Tyra as a lookout, I know that she has done such on the Visund, though the boom above is a different matter."
Ursula looked at Tyra. They exchanged glances and then both looked up at the boom, now further around than it had been moments before.
"What do you think? You could be up there a while."
"It looks both easier and more difficult," Tyra replied. "Easier because this mast is more sturdy and easier to hold and the boom is also wide enough to stand on. The difficulty is the slope of the boom. That might become tiring after a while, especially if the boom keeps moving position." Her gaze narrowed. "Oh! Look at the top of the mast! I could rig..."
Her gaze dropped to meet Hashim's. "Captain, if I may borrow a length of rope, as I did before, I could rig a seat for myself above the boom. Would this be acceptable?"
His eyes widened. "Of course you may! Why did I not think of such an idea myself? How much shall you need? And will you want a plank to make your seat more comfortable?"
"A... plank?"
"Aye! We have such two planks, ready with a hole in each corner, for use when we must needs go over the side to scrape or paint, also used when we attend the mast. I saw two when I checked the equipment the Zebrins put in the foaksul. We used one such earlier today to lower the patients down into the hold."
"I am a fisherman's daughter, Captain. I have seen such seats being used on larger craft but I do not know of such arts. If you will show me how such a plank is rigged, I would like to take one aloft."
"Done! By your leave, Director?"
"Yes, of course. She has been up there before, she is the best person to do it."
A plank was found and rope knotted in the appropriate way. It would be more difficult for Tyra to climb the rigging encumbered not only by the rope and plank but also because she carried a telescope to aid her observations.
"Standard ship signals, Captain?"
"Of course, Tyra. Thank you for doing this, I will find some way to reward you when we arrive."
Tyra made as much of a salute as she could and then headed for the stays. As she did Adin came out of the cabin accompanied by Sarrik.
"Captain, Director. I have begun brewing pel for our guests below," the little cook began. "The question I have is, how do we get it down to them?"
After struggling with baulky rigging, the Downwind Dasher arrives at Bibek with the other vessels. Margrave Simbran is waiting there to give the visitors a proper welcome.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
92 - Arrival At Bibek
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
The barge lurched again, this time accompanied by shouts
from above. The commotion was enough to waken Ursula and Tyra from
their afternoon naps, both stretched out on spare camp beds in the
hold of the Downwind Dasher among all the other occupants.
"What's happening? More traffic?" she asked, half awake.
Toshi had come down to the hold to act as chaperone-cum-sentry while the two women dozed. Ursula knew that she and Tyra would be safe with him given the Kittrin's inherent sense of duty. His presence was probably unnecessary since none of her patients were likely to attempt anything unseemly but there were unwritten customs to be followed. He answered now.
"Change of course, Director. See?" He gestured at the canvas awning above them, where the shadows of the mast, sail and rigging could be seen slowly moving as the barge changed direction.
Tyra was the one who noticed the discrepancy. "Mistress, should we not be turning to the right? That is not the way we are going."
Ursula looked at Toshi, who shrugged. "Nothing was said in my hearing, Director. Captain Hashim intends to make for Bibek, that is all I know, but I also know that sometimes, when on the water, it is necessary to take a longer route to reach one's destination."
"Thank you, Toshi, that is probably the answer." She yawned, stretched and sat up, feeling the different motion as the barge angled across the current, going... somewhere. "Perhaps we had better go on deck and find out what is going on."
"Hai."
He let the two women climb the rungs first before following them up and squirming out from under the awning. Ursula stood looking at the perfectly circular hole in the canvas near where they had emerged.
"I am amazed that there has been no fraying yet," she remarked.
"It will fray after a few days," he replied. "The canvas is stretched taut and properly tensioned, so the forces are balanced. Only careless use will cause it to fray, Director." He looked up at the sail, uncharacteristically flapping above them. "If it had been a hole in the sail it would not have worked, since the stresses there change all the time."
She stared at him. "Balanced? Stresses? Where did you learn those concepts?"
"As a Prince of my house, you could say, I was made to spend time with each of the trades that kept Dithereen prosperous so that, should I succeed my father, I would be fully informed. A sailmaker showed me this useful idea for making holes in decorative screens. Until today I had not thought it could have any practical use, it seems I was mistaken."
"And you would leave the hole just like that? With a raw edge?"
Toshi shook his head. "No, Director, unless it was fairly small, say no more than hand-sized. Normally the women of the island would come and bind the edge with decorative tapestry. We have - had - many screens made this way, with holes high up and low down to provide modesty but to allow cooling air to flow through the chambers of the palace."
"But this is not a decorative screen, you made it so that we could lower the pel into the hold."
Toshi frowned. "Was that not what was required, Director? If so you may have my -"
Ursula waved a hand. "No, no, it was exactly the right thing to do and you have my thanks for doing it. The alternative would have been to unlace a corner of the awning and that would have taken time. You knew what to do and you did it."
Toshi bowed. "Thank you, Director."
Hashim joined them. "Director, you have no doubt noticed that we no longer sail upstream."
"Yes, Captain. I assume the situation is the reverse to that when we left Zebrin City and had to go downstream before we could cut across to come upstream?"
He nodded. "In a way, that is so, Director, but normally I would have expected to be able to get into Bibek without having to do that, I have done so several times in the past. Our problem is the blocks above which adjust the boom position. I must apologize to both you and to Tyra, I was remiss, I asked Tyra to come down once she had found the jammed block. It did not occur to me then that another of the blocks would jam later. I should have waited until she had inspected all of them."
Everybody automatically looked up and a slack line showed where one of the lowest-level blocks had also jammed.
"What does that prevent you doing, Captain?"
"Director, because our course was previously north-west you saw that the sail was nearly fore-and-aft, giving us a good speed as the wind was deflected," Hashim explained. "To enter the Faral river means that we must needs haul the boom around as our direction changes. Because I cannot shift the boom along, to do so would cause us to list dangerously and possibly make us unable to navigate."
"Ah. Because the weight on each side would be unbalanced."
"You have it, Director. I can go downwind, that is what I intend to do, and then we can cross back over and let the current bring us to Bibek."
"Won't you have the same problem when we reach Bibek?"
Hashim smiled. "No, Director, because we will approach it from the other direction and that gives us different options."
Ursula nodded. "You know what you are doing, Captain," adding, "more than I do, anyway! Carry on."
"Thank you, Director. If I may have the use of Toshi, we will need all hands for these maneuvers."
"Do you want Tyra as well? We have been in the hold most of the day, it will make a change to stay on deck until we arrive."
Hashim looked surprised and then grateful. "Thank you, Director, she will be most useful. But there will be no need for any further mast-climbing, I deem." He looked astern and then added, "I must needs speak with Her Highness, Director, about the change of plan. It would only be proper for her own ship to arrive first, she is the most important of all of us."
He issued instructions to adjust the sail and then walked down to the stern. The sail was reefed so that the Visund could come up to the Dasher's stern. A short conversation caused Eriana jump from ship to barge, where Hashim explained the problem and his solution. She nodded, said a few words and jumped back, whereupon the Visund backed off and then veered away towards the Faral shore.
Ursula, having thanked Tyra, walked back towards the stern to meet Hashim.
"I think I'll stay back here out of the way," she told him. "Unless you have other ideas."
"Thank you, Director, this would be the better place for you to stand and view our activities. By your leave?"
"Of course, Hashim."
He nodded to Ursula and then strode forward, calling instructions as he went. She turned and found Ormund, his hands on the tiller, his face one of concentration as he tried to keep the Dasher on course.
«Hard work? You will not be used to this style of steering.»
«Yah, Mistress... Director. But in ways it is easier since I only need to pull from side to side, not hold the oar steady as we need do on Einnland ships.»
«And can you see and hear all right when Captain Hashim asks for a change of course?»
«Usually, Director, but the cabin is in the way so sometimes it is difficult to see what is going on. Fortunately the whistle sounds are clear enough to hear.»
Ursula frowned.
I wonder why they decided to build barges this way? To my way of thinking the cabin ought to be right at the back with the steersman and tiller on top, so that he can see everything clearly.
What do I know? I'm just a junior medic from a landlocked city that was hundreds of kilometers from any sea.
...That had a large and busy river flowing right through the middle of it! But I never imagined I would spend part of my life traveling up and down a similar river on a commercial barge.
...And have somehow become part of a regional Navy, who by definition is going to need numbers of water craft.
Is this what happened to Maralin?
«There are ways...» she began slowly, «to make the steersman's position better. By fixing ropes or chains to the end it should be possible for you to steer it from somewhere else, perhaps even near the bow. But we cannot start modifying someone else's barge, we will have to design our own.»
«Ropes or chains? Yah, Director, I see what you mean. Ah, Director, the Captain wants me to steer a little more right now.»
Ursula stepped back as far as she could. «Carry on, Ormund. I'm just a passenger here.»
He snorted while heaving on the tiller. «More than that, Director!»
The Dasher had by now crossed most of the way to the Zebrin side and Ursula could easily make out the forest of pontoon poles which marked out Zoon. The 'mangrove' vegetation had failed to reach the tip of the Zebrin peninsula revealing a low-lying town set in marshy fields, still too far away to make out any detail.
At one point Hashim had the sails reefed up and the tiller turned sharply to avoid a newly-revealed mudbank in the shallow side of the river. From then on the sail was kept reduced so that they progressed at a slower speed than the wind would have permitted, but with more time to spot obstructions.
Zoon approached and Ursula could see that, as was inevitable, the buildings were set a long way back from the present water level. The slipways for the ferries were incredibly long and gangs were taking advantage of the low river level to do some much needed work on sections which would be submerged for most of the year.
Beside the slipway were two strings of pontoons. Most of the craft tied up were small, implying that there was little commerce to Zoon but mostly the port was sustained by fishing and the ferry.
Poor assumption there. Maybe barges like this one just can't get close enough when the river is this low.
As the Dasher passed by she could see that all three of the ferries were working, which presumably meant increased traffic between Zebrin and Faral.
Of course there would be, given the big change in the political situation.
Hashim joined them once the town had been passed.
"We'll have to cross the river again in a moment," he told both Ursula and Ormund, "and then we'll be sailing back to reach Bibek." He drew a large 'C' in the air with his finger and Ormund nodded. "As well as the steering changes we'll be adjusting the boom and sail while we do it, so beware of lines which might catch you. The sail might end up over your head."
"Yah, Captain," Ormund answered. "Afterwards, straight run to Bibek?"
Hashim nodded. "That is what I plan, yes. By then we should have picked up enough speed from the current to run us straight into Master Yussuf's wharf, but," he held up a warning finger, "there may be traffic along the Faral river we'll need to dodge."
"Yah, Captain, understood."
Ursula asked, "Master Yussuf's wharf? I thought we were going to the Royal Dock or somewhere sounding like that."
Hashim smiled. "As did I until it was explained, Director. The two are the same place, a separate enclosed dock on the Sirrel where Master Yussuf has sheltered room for his barges. I believe that his promotion to Minister may have something to do with the change of name."
"Interesting. So we do not need to enter the Faral river."
"As you say, Director."
The river turned sharply south on the upstream side of Zoon which meant the Dasher was now facing almost the opposite way to its previous course. Despite Hashim's reservations this meant that the boom and sail had to be gradually worked round, making the barge tilt alarmingly for a while. Eventually the narrow end of the triangular sail was on Ursula's right and the low end of the boom somewhat close to the roof of the cabin.
Now I know why the steersman has to be down here! I did not know these sails could be moved all the way around like that.
Then Hashim gave the order and the Dasher swung right, directly across the Sirrel, here about a mark and a half wide. As it did so the sail was hauled up to avoid having to shift the boom again. Once they were facing the other direction in the fast downstream current some of the sail was let out, allowing a degree of control over their steering way.
Their progress was such that the marks flew past rapidly until the left-hand bank swung away to form the mouth of the Faral river. At this point they were joined by two Faral cutters under sail, one either side. Hashim waved to them and the steersman in each briefly stood and saluted. Once this happened Hashim made everyone, even Ursula, look out for stray craft which might cross their path, but fortunately there was nothing nearby which could cause trouble.
The current from the Faral meant that Ormund had to fight to keep the Dasher on course, straight across the river mouth towards two white-painted posts on the far side. When they were close enough Ursula could see that the posts, surmounted by beacons, were at the ends of two moles that went some distance into the Sirrel, enclosing a fair-sized protected lagoon.
"In between the walls, Ormund."
"Yah, Captain."
As they passed between the beacons the cutters bore away. Inside the lagoon they were faced with three large boathouses. The leftmost one had half of Zebrin's Tusk sticking out while the rightmost one had the Spirit of Bibek berthed in it. The middle one appeared to be empty. On the right two Faral galleys were moored up against the harbor wall. To Ursula's immediate left was a long, wide pontoon stretching away from them with a crowd of people on it and the Visund freshly berthed, with the Green Ptuvil tying up behind it, taking up most of the remaining space.
"Ormund! Steer for the end of that long pontoon. There is no room for us to berth but we need directions."
Ursula asked, "Can we not tie up against the Green Ptuvil, Captain?"
Hashim grimaced. "Ordinarily I would do that, Director, but, if I might remind you, we would have no means of getting our passengers out and across to the dock. We have a hoist, the Green Ptuvil does not, but if we were to attempt to do it all ourselves we would foul the other barge's rigging."
She nodded. "See? Something else I have learned about barging."
Once out of the currents of the two rivers the Dancer had rapidly lost way and it was barely moving as Ormund nudged the side against the end of the pontoon. Dock hands caught thrown ropes and made fast. Hashim ordered the sail furled but left in place until he knew what to do. With a nod to Ursula, he jumped onto the pontoon and was soon in conversation with several Faral officials.
When he returned he said, "We are to go into the middle boathouse, it seems. All three boathouses have lifting gear, naturally, which can be used to raise our passengers and move them out of the hold. To get to the boathouse a cable must needs be brought by small boat, ah, see that man? He runs around the dock to give the instructions. Apparently this was all arranged once His Grace knew what vessels were coming."
A small boat came out of the boathouse rowed, Ursula saw, by four Farals with a fifth steering. Behind them was trailed a small cable which had wooden floats roughly seized to it every two strides. When it reached the Dancer the steersman tossed the end up to the bow and then untied it from his boat. They moved smartly away and the crewman who had caught the cable walked the end along the length of the barge and secured it at the stern. Ursula wondered what was about to happen.
Of course.
Puffs of white steam came from behind the boathouse and the cable tightened. It was too heavy to come completely out of the water but it did not need to. The Downwind Dancer was slowly rotated, the mooring lines at the bow were released and then the barge was pulled stern first across the lagoon towards the middle boathouse. Seeing what was about to happen, Hashim ordered the boom to be lowered to the deck and the sail properly stowed.
He then turned to Ursula. "They have many men on the capstan, I deem," he muttered. "I have never been pulled in so fast!"
"I doubt they even bother with the capstan these days, Captain," Ursula said. Hashim's head whipped around. "See that steam puffing up behind the boathouse? I suspect they are using a steam engine to pull us in."
"A... steam engine? What is that?"
"Did you not..? Probably not! It is a device designed to save men the use of extreme muscle power. It is filled with water which is then boiled. The steam is trapped and can be used to perform tasks that would require many men to do."
"But... the capstan? It can do such a thing?"
"Captain, with a big enough engine this whole barge could be lifted straight out of the water, crew, passengers and all. We can use steam power to propel barges, in fact almost any water craft, in several different ways. That is why I wanted to keep that stripped galley, to see if we could fit a steam engine inside it."
Hashim's eyes were wide but there was a strong hint of doubt on his face. Ursula pointed into the rapidly approaching boathouse.
"You will see it for yourself, Captain. You do not have to rely on my word alone."
Hashim colored. "Director, you know that I will always rely on your word, I know that you would not tell me any falsehood. By your leave, we are about to arrive."
He strode forward, ordering the crew to be ready with poles to ensure the Dasher did not collide with the sides of the boathouse. By chance there was already a barge berthed to one side, so he changed instructions to ease them to the other side. There were floating pontoons against the walls and men on theirs swiftly took the thrown ropes and made the Dasher fast.
A party of four Zebrins were the first to come aboard. They saluted Hashim and then made their way to stand in front of Ursula at the stern. She recognized two of them as two of the men who had laced the awning onto the framework above the hold before they left Hamalbek.
"Director, we have come to release the awning, that your men may be safely brought ashore."
Ursula gestured. "By all means, gentlemen. I regret that we found it necessary to make a hole near the mast in order to lower pots of hot pel down to our passengers."
"Ah. Something we overlooked, Director. Since this awning will not be used in this way again it should be of little consequence but I thank you for telling me of it. By your leave?"
"Carry on."
Hashim took a little time to oversee their arrival and make sure that all was stowed and secured as it should be before joining Ursula, Tyra and Toshi at the gangway. She led them down onto the pontoon and then up the ramp to the rear of the boathouse and out through the double doors used for loading and unloading freight.
"This place has changed greatly since I was last here," Hashim ruminated. "This boathouse in particular was somewhat run-down, and the other two -" He halted suddenly. "Maker!"
Waiting beyond were two lines of transport. One line consisted of two-wheeled hand-carts and the other of light four-wheeled wagons, the latter each pulled by a frayen. They stood in a large, flat yard that had sturdy walls visible in the near distance. Ursula could see a large building to her left and, to her right, a smaller property that looked more domestic than commercial, separated from the yard by a picket fence and garden. To the far left were two guarded gates, open, beside which stood several carriages pulled by teams of frayen.
"This was not here before," spluttered Hashim. "What -"
A Faral NCO approached and saluted. "I ask your pardon, Masters and Mistresses. You wear strange uniforms and I know not who might be the senior."
Hashim looked at Ursula and received a nod. He turned to the NCO.
"Twick, I am Captain Hashim, presently master of the barge Downwind Dasher. If I may present Director Ursula of the Federation Navy. With her are her companion Armswoman Tyra and her escort Platen Hakatoshi. We have just arrived from Hamalbek, carrying some of those we rescued from the pirates."
The Faral bowed deeply to Ursula. "Be very welcome in Bibek, Director. We have been awaiting your arrival. If I may ask whether your passengers are fit enough to walk very far."
Ursula replied, "Most are unable to walk at all, or walk any distance. I assume that is what these carts are for?"
"Indeed, Director. We are to convey your passengers, and yourselves if desired, to a hostel we have prepared for those who are not fit. If I may ask their numbers?"
She thought. "We have twelve, no thirteen, who cannot walk and also eight who should not walk any distance. Oh, and two healers from here who were also captives. They must be considered unfit and should probably accompany the others."
He bowed. "Thank you, Director. Will your party be joining them at the hostel?"
"I have not been informed where we should be lodged, but to begin with I should go with my patients and Tyra and Toshi will come with me." She gestured at the one person dressed in gray. "Although Captain Hashim was originally captured by the Yodans, he is from Bibek and may have other plans."
Hashim said, "Twick, I must needs stay for a while and make sure the barge is secure. We have crew whose needs must be seen to as well. Like the Director I do not know what has been planned for us." He had a thought. "Oh! The Director and her party have chests and dunnage bags aboard, they will require an extra one of your carts to carry them to the hostel."
The Faral bowed again. "I will see to it, Captain. By your leave, Director, Captain."
Any further exchange was halted by a loud pssssh from behind. The group all turned to discover, under a makeshift roof, a curious and complex device which issued steam from somewhere on top of a large iron cylinder.
"Our steam engine," the Faral said proudly. "Have you yet learned of such amazing devices?"
Three shook their heads while Ursula nodded. "I know of them but this is the first time I have seen one up close."
The man's enthusiasm showed but it warred with his duty. "Director, I must needs issue instructions to the men inside. Briefly, one device, as you can see, was made for each boathouse but we discovered that one could provide for all. We feed it wood and water and it makes steam we can use to haul boats in and out of the boathouses as well as to do any task required inside." His eyes went to the doorway and he asked again, "By your leave?"
"Of course," Ursula replied. The man saluted and hurried inside.
She turned to Hashim. "Twick? Platen? I must learn the Faral ranks properly. Do you know them all?"
"I knew most of them before I was captured, Director, but much may have changed since then." He gestured all around them with a spread hand. "None of this was here when I last attended Master Yussuf for the barge I was to sail on and I have no doubt the military has undergone changes as well."
"Of course. What about that man who has just left?"
"Oh, he was a Twick, Director. I believe, in the order of ranks, he might be what the Forgulanders call a non-commissioned officer, the higher of two such ranks." Hashim thought for a moment. "He might be the same as, perhaps, a Sarjant in Joth, for example. A Platen is, I believe, what is known as a Loytant or Tenant further downstream." He shook his head. "All these different ranks are so confusing! No wonder there is trouble among allies whenever we go up against those of Yod."
"It is a problem," she agreed, "and the Federation might be the way to smooth problems like that out, but it will take time, probably years, to change."
"As you say -"
Tyra interrupted, "Excuse me, Director. Who is that?"
That was a uniformed Faral who had apppeared from around the corner of the boathouse to Ursula's left and was now slowly jogging towards them. She had by now seen enough local uniforms that it was evident that he was one of the higher ranks, probably a Marshal or Under-Marshal. He reached the small group, stopped and inspected each of them carefully.
He noted the four bars on Hashim's shoulders and nodded. Toshi merited nothing more than a raised eyebrow before he switched his attention to Tyra. His glance took in her sword and her trousers, both unusual on women, before his eyes moved to Ursula's epaulets. He straightened and saluted her.
"Ma'am, His Grace requests that you remain here until he and his party join us from where they are attending Her Highness. He does not expect the delay to be more than perhaps a quarter of a bell."
"Thank you, Marshal," she replied, adding, "If the sun remains this hot then we might retreat to the middle boathouse for shade." All four were already wearing their hats. "Will this affect my patients? I would not want them to spend time out here in the sun if it can be avoided."
The man nodded. "His Grace expects your patients and the less able to be transported to their assigned hostel as soon as they are loaded, Ma'am. The carters know where to go." His expression became uncertain. "Was it your intention to join them, Ma'am? I can understand if it was."
"That was what I had thought, yes. Does His Grace have other ideas?"
"Ma'am, His Grace expects that he would offer greetings in his own residence to Her Highness and all her crew, which would certainly include yourself and your staff. I do not believe he had considered your wounded and infirm, though."
"I see. Do you know if our hostel is close to His Grace's residence?"
The Marshal shrugged. "A short walk, that is all, Ma'am. If I may ask, are there any of your patients who would require your immediate attention?"
"No, none. We have two Faral healers with us who were also captives. While they are not properly fit they should attend the patients while we are elsewhere."
He nodded. "Done, Ma'am. If I may go and inform His Grace of the arrangements."
"By all means, Marshal."
The Marshal walked off towards the end of the boathouses and Ursula turned to her companions.
"Let us go over to the boathouse. The sun has moved around enough that we can stand in the shadow and still see everything. You can also take a closer look at that steam engine if you want."
"By your leave, Director," Hashim said, "What I told the Twick is true enough, I should go within and make sure all is as it should be." He looked at Ursula. "I know my rank was only supposed to be for the duration of the voyage but I have not yet been formally relieved of command."
Ursula considered. "I am sure that was not the First Director's intention, Hashim, but if you feel you have to go and supervise then do so. No doubt somebody will come and bring you outside when the Margrave arrives."
He gave a brief bow. "Thank you, Director."
The group moved back out of the hot sun, Hashim angling towards the freight doors. The man standing there called to the engine operators and one pushed a lever forward, causing the device to make noises and wheels begin to turn. Ursula saw that a crude windlass had been constructed from two small cartwheels fixed a foot apart on the main shaft, kept apart by spacers fixed to the spokes. Around this another operator was feeding a cable which came from inside through a hole in the wall.
A complicated series of 'up' and 'down' operations followed which culminated with one of the injured men being carried out on a stretcher, accompanied by Netheran. While the engine began the series of actions which would bring the next man out, Ursula walked across to the Faral medic.
"Director."
"Netheran. You understand what is going to happen?"
"Aye, Director. We are all being taken to the Beresgar Hostel, which is just the other side of the hill there. It is close to the Fortress and we expect His Grace to visit us there once we are settled. I am to go with the first man to ensure that all is ready while Sarrik remains to attend those who are still aboard. If I may ask, I was informed that you would be joining us, is that still what is happening?"
"It is, but it seems that we'll be going to his residence first and joining you later. Carry on, I don't want any of you out in this sun for any longer than necessary."
Ursula watched Netheran being helped onto a two-wheeled cart and departing with the stretchered man following on a small four-wheeled cart, the latter being pulled by a frayen, before realizing what Netheran had meant by "that hill there". Facing her was a ridge which came down from an outcropping similar to that which carried Boldan's Rock, the major difference being that much of the visible ridge was covered with the city of Bibek. Some of the city was this side but evidently most was the far side, the slope which would be sheltered and also receive the most sunshine.
They had watched most of the patients and other passengers being unloaded and dispatched before Hashim joined them again, coincidentally with a crowd of people emerging from around the far boathouse and heading towards them. This looked like the Margrave and his escort so the four straightened themselves and made themselves tidy.
"Director," Simbran began, "my apologies for the delay, it was necessary for us to alter our arrangements for the female passengers carried by the other barge. I had not made it plain enough to my staff that they could not yet face such a multitude of men as stood on the pontoon before them. I trust that all has gone well here? All your injured, unwell and unfit disembarked?"
"Your Grace, the disembarking is almost but not yet complete." Ursula looked to her left, where a stretcher bearer could be seen waiting in the freight doorway, his progress blocked by the crowd. "Your entourage blocks their path, as it happens."
Simbran turned and looked to his right, sizing up the situation. He turned around to face all those who had followed him.
"Clear the way! The sick and injured take priority!"
Some of those with him did not seem to care and it was only with reluctance that the crowd gave way. Fortunately Eriana was in the crowd and issued instructions to her men - in Norse. Immediately they came forward and formed two lines enabling the stretcher parties to pass without hindrance. She then turned to Ursula.
"Ursula! If you and your party would come over here, we would not be blocking anybody's way."
"Done, First Director."
As Ursula, Hashim, Tyra and Toshi made their way between the lines of Norse two Farals emerged with another stretcher carrying Ketko. Behind them was Sarrik. Ignoring the crowd to his left, including Simbran, he stopped in front of Ursula and saluted.
"Director, that is the last of us. Are you joining us in our hostel?"
"I am, Sarrik, we'll see you there later. First, though, we have to go with His Grace there." She indicated with a hand.
Sarrik turned and started. "Your Grace! I did not see you there. If I may offer my apologies."
Simbran asked Ursula, "Director, was this man one of the captives?"
"He was, Your Grace, though he was not held for very long."
"Still, he must needs be accounted among the unfit and thus he is excused from normal custom. Sarrik, you may proceed. The Director will join you later."
"Y-Your Grace, thank you."
Sarrik walked off after the last stretcher just as Adin, Ormund and Karan appeared. Ursula beckoned them over to join her small group.
"I think you will be joining us at the Margrave's residence," she told them.
The crowd had by now formed a circle around the small group. Simbran looked around until he found the person he required.
"Yussuf! If you would join me." The Margrave turned to Ursula. "If I may introduce my Minister of Trade and Transport, Director, Minister Yussuf. Yussuf, this is the Healer and Surgeon I told you about, now a Director of the Federation Navy, Director Ursula."
Yussuf joined the Margrave and bowed to Ursula. "I am pleased to meet you at last, Director. I have heard much about you."
Ursula smiled. "Nothing bad, I hope!"
"Indeed not, Director." Yussuf's eyes found Hashim. "Captain, I should know you."
Hashim braced and saluted. "As you say, er, Minister. I am Hashim. I was second aboard En-dhow-ment when it was seized by those of Yod. I spent several months chained to a galley oar. Those of Forguland rescued me, but I could not find a way to return from there until Her Highness and her remarkable men appeared in their longship."
"As you say. You should know that En-dhow-ment returned to Bibek a short while ago, completely restored to fitness. I see you wear the uniform of the Federation Navy now. Is this to be a permanent move?"
"I regret that it will be, Minister. These people have need of my talent and experience. If we may speak later?"
"By all means, Hashim. I see we are interrupting His Grace."
Simbran then introduced a small number of other officials whom Ursula thought she ought to remember but probably would not. That situation would worsen, she knew, once they reached their destination. Finally his expression changed and he motioned to some men distant in the crowd.
"Your Highness, Director, Captain, before we depart I am told that we have an unpleasant duty to perform. Bring the prisoner!"
Two large Farals brought the unresisting crewman to stand in front of the Margrave.
"Captain, if you may announce the charge."
"Your Grace, earlier today this crewman attempted to lay hands upon a female member of my crew who was going about her duty. Both the Director and myself witnessed the entire incident. It is plain that his intentions were not of a practical nature but, as he considered, amorous. Despite the movement of the deck crewmember Tyra dealt with him with no injury to herself by throwing him overboard."
"Do you tell me?" Simbran did not have to look far to discover which was Tyra and his eyebrows rose. "You threw him? Ah, is this some of what I saw Princess Garia do in Palarand?"
Tyra curtseyed. "Your Grace, since I have not yet visited Palarand I could not say. I have been learning a little of the arts of unarmed combat from Her Highness's men and from Guardswomen Bennet and Semma."
He nodded. "Ah, good. Director, do you agree with the account given by Captain Hashim?"
"Entirely, Your Grace."
"Since it was a transgression carried out aboard a vessel sailing under Navy orders, it is for the Navy to decide his fate, I deem."
"First Director?"
Eriana looked surprised. "We have yet had no time to consider crimes and punishments, Your Grace. Hashim, what would the Master of a barge do for, perhaps, a fight between two crew members?"
Hashim considered briefly. "It depends, First Director. Maybe ten to twenty lashes if there was serious intent. But this assault is of a different kind, I believe."
"Aye, between a crewman and a crew woman," Eriana agreed. "Today's voyage lasted but a few bells, in future much longer journeys may have crews of both men and women, indeed, the Visund already sails with that custom. Very well. Ten lashes, I deem, and he shall never work on any vessel of river or sea again. Perhaps that will send a warning to others who might be tempted in the future." The man looked shocked and Eriana addressed him sternly. "You are getting off lightly, my man. Where I originally came from I would have simply run you through with my sword."
Simbran considered and then nodded. "Done, Eriana. You are aware that criminals in these lands are usually branded?" She nodded. "Then I will ask for a special brand to be made that will keep him from being crew ever again. He may travel as a passenger, the Sirrel twists and turns so much that ferry travel should not be denied him, but he shall never work on the water again."
"Done, Your Grace."
"Then we are finished here, are we not?" He raised his eyebrows but there were no comments, so he added, "Carriages await to take you all to the Fortress. If you would all follow me."
The carriages were lightweight and each pulled by four frayen. Ursula, Tyra, Toshi and Karan filled one, which set off as part of a convoy for the Margrave's residence.
Ursula asked Toshi, "Have you been here before?"
The Kittrin shook his head. "No, Director. As I traveled east I stayed on or near the Trade Road, which around here is on the Zebrin side of the river. Did you have any particular reason for asking?"
"Not especially, no. The customs and architecture of every country we have visited so far has varied, I wondered if your experience was the same."
He nodded thoughtfully. "It is as you say, Director. As I wandered across this great land I saw how everywhere was different but thought that was natural. Are you saying that it is not?"
"Having traveled widely myself I can tell you that what you have seen is mostly natural, Toshi. But all the countries in this part of the Sirrel valley, right down to the sea, once belonged to a great empire, so I was told. That is why most speak the same language, generally, and share many customs. But the countries themselves can be very different and the variations in architecture, clothing and even food can be a surprise sometimes."
"Ah. Thank you for the warning, Director." He looked out the window. "I notice that these buildings are not raised up in any way except to deal with the slope of the land. Do they not have the floods here, then?"
"We are on a hill, of course. I would guess that the river floods but it does not come up this high. Did you notice the two buildings in the compound with the boathouses? Both were built on fairly high mounds."
"I did, Director. Oh! I believe we have arrived."
The Fortress had been built about halfway up the ridge which divided the city of Bibek, giving its occupants a full view of both legs of the Sirrel, upstream and downstream, as well as a view of the lower part of the Faral valley. Their carriage turned through a guarded gateway into a fair-sized yard, the driver leading them out of the way so that others could follow. The yard was inside stone walls so that Ursula's view of the city and surrounding countryside was cut off.
Both doors were opened by armsmen and steps positioned so that those within could alight. Ursula led the way and the four found themselves in an ever-increasing crowd as the other carriages also emptied into the yard. There were far more people waiting here than there had been at the boatyard. To Ursula this indicated that the Margrave had no fear of trouble from his people and was probably well-liked.
"Where is my husband? Hashim, are you here?"
A voice came from the crowd and a middle-aged woman appeared, trailed by three children of various ages. She wove between the carriages, obviously looking for a husband who had been missing for some time, with her children gamely attempting to keep up.
"I am here, my dear." Hashim's voice grew clearer as he walked round the next carriage to join her.
She gasped and ran to him, hugging him firmly before stepping back to inspect him. The two children, a girl of about nine and a boy of maybe four or five, wrapped themselves around his legs while the oldest, a teenager, did not know what to do.
"Easy, easy now. I am home at last, my dear. Benor, Allia, Omar, have you been looking after your mother while I was away?"
Benor, the oldest, replied, "Father, you wear strange attire."
"Aye, son, and that will take some telling. For now I must needs attend His Grace and then we can all go home."
"We must all attend His Grace, husband," the wife corrected. "We were invited once it was known that you were on the strange ship that has just arrived."
"But I was not, my dear. I actually had command of a barge which has brought many of those captured by the pirates, unfortunates who have suffered injury or disease during their captivity." He braced, a difficult thing to do with children wrapped around his legs. He tried to speak formally. "By your leave, Mistress Aryam, I am now Captain Hashim of the Federation Navy and my future is entirely different than I believed it to be some months ago."
He noticed Ursula's group and turned. "My dear, if I may introduce Director Ursula of the Federation Navy. She and her folk were with us on the barge Downwind Dasher."
"A woman!" Aryam was flustered. "I beg your pardon, er, Director? I am not accustomed to seeing any woman in such an exalted position. But what..? And that young girl carries a sword! Can this be real?"
Ursula replied, "It is real enough, Mistress... Aryam, was it? Tyra is my companion, assistant and trainee armswoman. There are other women among the ranks of the Navy, indeed, the head of the Navy, our First Director, is a woman. I have no doubt you will meet her soon enough."
"Well! I never imagined such a thing!" Her relief at having her husband back turned into a frown. "This Navy, will it be in Bibek, do you know? I would like to spend some time with my husband before he ventures forth once more."
"There remains much to be decided, Mistress, including where our staff will go. Some people will be based here, yes, but a local installation will be built at Hamalbek once the waters subside. That is where most will be based this side of Yod. The headquarters of the Navy will be a long way downstream, so I am told."
From the other side of the yard a bugle sounded.
"Come on, let us go and see what is going to happen."
The crowd gathered around a small stage on the farther side of the yard. Standing on it were Simbran and Eriana. The Margrave held up his hands and all fell silent.
"Friends, fellow countrymen of Faral. If I may welcome our esteemed visitors from far away downstream, not forgetting to add those who have recently suffered under the yoke of the pirates. Beside me is the leader of our visitors and the one who led the attack on the nest of pirates, if I may present Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand.
"I have no doubt that all those who have just arrived desire rest and refreshment, so I will keep my remarks short. To those who were once captives of the pirates, I will remind them that the promises made by me at Hamalbek will be kept, no man among you will fear for their safety or freedom while they are yet on the soil of Faral.
"To those who have family here in Faral, we will endeavor to reunite you with that family, should you so desire. To those who would prefer to return to their homelands, we will offer you assistance returning there at a reasonable cost. To those who may have a price on their heads in other lands, Faral offers you the chance to begin anew without stain on your characters - so long as you respect the laws of Faral, of course.
"If any of you desire to learn more about the Federation Navy, and perhaps even seek employment there, you may apply to Her Highness or any of her officers that you may see in Bibek in the next few days," he smiled, "after you have permitted them some well-earned rest, I deem!
"Know now that Her Highness and her ship the Visund will remain in Bibek for some seven to ten days before they must needs depart downstream once more. They desire to reach Palarand before the Rains descend upon us, but their voyage upstream was beset by difficulty and adventure so their time here is less than either of us would wish. I have offered them sanctuary until after the Rains cease but it seems they desire to return to their homes, which is of course only natural.
"This evening there will be a welcoming banquet, as is customary, but space is limited in this old stone pile and I regret that it will not be possible for all of you to attend. Do not consider yourselves slighted if there is no room for you. I will doubtless meet others of you in the days to come.
"And that ends my welcome and announcement, friends. By your leave, Eriana, her crew and I desire to get inside out of this oppressive sun."
* * *
The door to the visitor's suite opened and six gowned women entered.
"That was more than I expected," Eriana remarked, "enough to feed an entire army, I deem!"
"You Norse are known to have large appetites, Highness," Ursula responded as the six found seats. "You have eaten with Simbran before, I believe, down in Palarand. He must have known what foods you and your men would prefer."
"As you say, Ursula! We are fond of meat, it is true, and there was plenty on the table tonight. But other appetites were not ignored, were they? Nethra, was all to your liking?"
"It was, Highness. I have never seen so much food! But then I have never eaten with a reigning Margrave before. Are such tables as I have seen tonight customary among those of the highest rank?"
Eriana grinned at Nethra. "What, are you getting a taste for noble living? I can tell you that the quality of the foods we were served is customary, it is true, but not the quantity we were served this evening. As Ursula said, Simbran knew who was coming and catered appropriately."
"Ah. I noticed Lars ate as though he had not had a meal for a week though," she blushed, "he has a big frame. Is this something I must take note of for the future?"
Eriana thought before replying. "It is to do with our upbringing, I deem. Einnland can be a hard land and at times the food, even for those who live in the King's Hall, can be difficult to obtain. Then must our fishing boats set forth into the teeth of the winter storms to provide for the people. Hence, as you saw, we often take advantage when the times of plenty come once more."
Nethra nodded. "Ah, I see. I was concerned about the coin I might require just to feed him in future!"
The Princess chuckled. "Have no fear, Nethra. The salary which Lars will receive will be more than adequate for his needs and yours. I will add that, once he is established, you are more likely to be running a household than doing most of the work yourself. Are you content with your lot?"
"I am, Highness, I-"
An internal door opened and Matta and Vellana appeared. They curtseyed to Eriana.
"If I may offer apologies, Highness. We had fallen asleep waiting for you and you have returned quietly."
Eriana waved a dismissive hand. "Do not concern yourselves, girls. I am not like other nobles who expect their staff to be waiting on them the moment they appear. We have all had a long day, it is sufficient. Have you both eaten?"
"Aye, Highness, the trays provided were well enjoyed by both of us."
"Good! Already your bodies have filled out from what we found at Bakhrad, soon you will be back to full health and can begin to enjoy your days as others do."
"As you say, Highness."
Eriana yawned. "And now, I deem, it is time for me to retire. I have warned the kitchens that breakfast may be late tomorrow morning so you may all enjoy a lie-in if you so desire. No one will disturb you."
The others took that as a signal to rise and retire to their own quarters.
"Not you, Ursula. I desire a word before we retire to our rest."
"As you wish, Highness."
Eriana turned to the two young Yodans. "I will not be needing your services tonight, girls. Go and sleep, I am sure you need it."
They both curtseyed and retired to their own chamber.
"Shall you stay with me tonight, Ursula?" Eriana asked quietly. "The last few days have been hard and we have slept separately for most of them."
"In truth, Eriana, I have been feeling the need myself," Ursula replied. "But I am tired."
Eriana gave Ursula a speculative look. "But there is always the morning to come."
"And a shared bath afterwards? Done."
The company are recovering in a hostel in Bibek. Eriana decides that she wants to hold a traditional Norse celebration and consults Simbran. On the night of Midsummer all gather at a nearby country estate where a large fire has been built - and ale and meat are freely available.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
93 - Midsummer's Night
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Ursula followed Eriana down to breakfast the following
morning. The night had released pent-up feelings and emotions for
both of them, and the joint bath doubly so, but Ursula could not help
feeling that something did not entirely gel between the two of them.
In the back of her mind was the prediction of the Old Woman of the
Woods, which unfortunately was sufficiently vague it could mean
anything. It was not something that would cause her much immediate
concern but there was the possibility that differences could appear
in the future.
The hostel the company had been allocated was large enough that everyone aboard the three vessels had been accommodated, even the walk-ons recently added to the Downwind Dasher. Ursula did not know whether this had been accidental, deliberate or even a blunder by the officials who ran the port. Practically, it did mean that the dining chamber was the largest she had ever seen and it was full of travelers having breakfast.
Naturally, when Eriana appeared most of the diners stood and bowed. Many of the Norse, together with the other women of the company, remained seated as they were familiar with Garia's rule of dining.
Eriana waved a hand. "Sit, please! You are already eating, there is no need to rise if I should appear later than you. I see no reason that anyone of higher rank should disturb those who arrived earlier, this is a familiar custom which is now used in Palarand." She added, "Of course, if I had arrived before the meal began then I would expect those already here to acknowledge me or others in the customary way."
Everyone who had risen sat down again and a hum of voices began with travelers explaining to the newcomers what was expected of them. A man who was apparently the manager saw them and approached, bowing to Eriana.
"Good freshness, Your Highness. If I may ask, will you require a table for yourself and your retainers, or would you desire to join some of those already eating?"
Eriana pointed. "We will sit with our other women, by your leave. If we may have pel and zurin rolls this morning."
"Highness, we certainly have pel but since this is a hostel for river folk we can also, if you so desire, provide you with small beer. Even now some of your men are drinking that." The man pointed to several Norse who were holding tankards.
"Do you tell me? Then I will try some, I deem. I have come to enjoy pel but ale is in our blood, you might say. What I do not enjoy is much of the wine served in this part of the Great Valley, my men and I hail from a land where wine is almost unknown."
"Ah, I did not know that, Highness. I will provide you small beer immediately. Ah, what of your companions this morning?"
Eriana looked at Ursula and Tyra. Ursula said, "We are not from the land where Her Highness comes from and pel will suit us fine. If I may ask, as you are here, we have injured and sick among our number, those people cannot come down here for meals, how are they fed?"
"Mistress, those men are together in a separate dormitory. With them are two Faral healers and another healer from downstream. They informed us what was required and food has been taken up to them." He frowned. "Are you also a healer, Mistress?"
"I am, I am in overall charge of that operation. Thank you." The man bowed and moved off.
Eriana and Ursula had been accompanied by Tyra, Matta and Vellana but already present were Bennet, Semma, Banest, Larys and Nethra. Sitting next to Nethra, the sole man at the table was Lars, who was in a discussion with Banest until Eriana appeared.
The Princess smiled at Lars as she sat down at the opposite end of the table to him. "You appear outnumbered this morning, Lars. Do you want to find somewhere else to sit?"
He returned a nod and a small smile. "I am comfortable where I am, Princess. Besides, we were here first." The smile faded. "Do you have instructions for us?"
She shook her head. "Not at the table, no. We'll get everyone together afterwards and decide what to do. You have some thoughts?"
Lars considered and then switched to Norse. «I have asked the kitchen man the date and have been counting the days, Princess. Including today there are four days until Midsummer's Night. I have had three or four of our men asking if we could have a celebration like we used to do in Einnland.»
«I do not know, Lars,» she replied. «We are guests in a foreign land now, I do not know if they will permit such a thing. And remember, these folk also have their own Harvest Festival celebration some few days later. I do not know if it would be wise to do so much just before we leave. You know these Rains are not far away, we have much to prepare, we dare not delay our departure from Bibek for fear of getting stuck somewhere we might not like.»
«You speak of their Harvest Festival, Princess, which takes place during the day, not the evening. That is, I believe, ten days away and would certainly give us enough time to recover, but if you think it would be too much I would understand.»
«I will consult with Simbran and see what he thinks. I believe we are in sufficient favor that he will permit our own celebration but I do not know what else is happening and they may be too busy preparing for the other festival.»
Lars just nodded. «Thank you, Princess.»
The food arrived and the newcomers settled down to eat. Eriana did not say much during the meal and Ursula decided that she was deep in thoughts of everything that would need doing before they departed once more. The end of the meal had a surprise for the table, though. A line of men formed beside Eriana with Benekar at its head.
"If I may do something for you, Master..?"
Benekar bowed. "Benekar, Your Highness. Uh, we traveled with Director Ursula aboard the Downwind Dasher from Hamalbek. Though none of us are yet fit, we petition you to permit us to join your new River Patrol."
Eriana was momentarily stopped. "Well, Benekar, I admire the enthusiasm of you and your fellows but we have as yet no organization arranged which might permit you all to join our company. If I may suggest, the River Patrol in these parts will be managed mostly by His Grace the Margrave. Should you not therefore apply to him when you are fit again?"
"Highness, we discussed that on the voyage and determined that it was your men we desired to join, not those of His Grace. Did you not tell us that you would require an organization at Hamalbek and another near the end of the Sirrel, separate from the local galleys? Most of these men are familiar with the lower reaches of the Sirrel, indeed I myself have been to Teldor and three swear they have visited Viridor.
"We understood from your speech that you will require a whole new organization unlike anything seen in the Great Valley before and that you will have yet done no recruiting so far downstream. If we were to come with you then we could be the base on which you may build your new organization."
Eriana pondered. "It is a thought, Benekar." She turned to Lars and raised an eyebrow.
Lars asked Benekar, "Do you want to be sailors or warriors?"
Benekar said, "If I may have a moment, Sir." He turned and held a quick survey of the dozen men behind him, finally turning to reply, "Sir, seven of us are sailors - bargemen, that is - and six were hands who, having seen your men fight, would wish to train in arms again once they were fit. Is that what you mean?"
Lars grunted. "Yah. Need both kinds in new Navy." He turned to Eriana. «Princess, we could do with some extra hands at the oars when we go downstream but first we have to find out who is going and who stays here until after the Rains stop falling. I do not know how much space we'll have on board.»
«I agree with you about the extra rowers,» she replied, «but you are right, we need to see how much space we will have. My instinct is to say, take the sailors, leave the armsmen here to help build Hamalbek.»
He in turn raised an eyebrow. «You would do it that way? Done, Princess.»
She spread her hands. «We'll be going downstream, it will be easier rowing most of the way.»
«Of course. Should we rise and have that meeting?»
«Yes. I will tell these men what we have already decided.»
She turned to the men. "We have a problem which is, we do not know how much room we will have to take everyone who desires to come. At the moment I have not decided which vessels will be going downstream with the Visund, if any. For now, I will say that we will take the seven sailors among you with us but everyone else will probably have to remain here, understood?"
Benekar bowed. "You are gracious, Highness, and thank you. What of the men who will remain here? Will you still want them?"
"Yes, we will. Once the Rains have come and gone someone will be starting the job of building a big base at Hamalbek. That is where our marines - our warriors aboard ship - will be trained."
"Ah." Benekar nodded. "That makes sense, Highness."
"Then, by your leave, I must now meet with the assembled company to decide what we are doing. That includes all of you."
Since the meeting involved almost everyone who had taken breakfast the decision was taken to hold it in the dining room after the tables had been cleared. The manager was forced to agree since the dining room was larger than the customary common room at the front of the hostel. Eriana and several others moved to a table at one end of the room so that all could see them easily.
"I will speak this morning in the local tongue," she began, "since there are many here who do not understand Norse." She gave her crew a fierce stare. "All of my men should by now have learned enough to understand what I am saying. However, there may be occasions when I must needs explain some point in detail to my men and I will use Norse to make sure there are no mistakes. I ask the rest of you to be patient when that happens.
"Very well. We must needs decide how we are going to spend the days we reside in Bibek and indeed how many of those days remain before we must depart. Lars tells me that Midsummer is four days from now and another six brings us to their Harvest Festival. That's ten for those of you who do not know how many fingers you have."
There was a burst of laughter in the room.
"I am told custom in the Great Valley is to have their Harvest Festival as late as possible before their rainy season begins, which usually happens about a week later. We might be able to go downstream as far as Palarand in a week but that depends on many things, some of which we must decide today. For example, the Visund will certainly be going but I do not know if it will be safe enough to take the Green Ptuvil. Baros, if I may ask your opinion on sailing the Green Ptuvil downstream at such a time, with the waters so low."
Baros, wearing his Navy Captain's uniform, stood so that the room could hear his reply. "First Director. It is true that many craft will continue operating almost until the Rains begin, but by that time most will be heading home or for some safe, known port where the crew may obtain shelter." He shrugged. "In the first three or four days the rain is not continuous and short journeys may still be made with care. However there would be storms and much lightning and every craft upon the Sirrel would be at risk by then.
"With regard to the Sirrel itself, the river will be at its very lowest level and only the deepest channels may be usable. The Green Ptuvil has a small advantage there, as we would be lightly loaded compared to, say, a carrier of grain or timber. However, even since we came that way the shoals and sandbanks may have shifted. I would not care to risk so valuable a cargo in that time, First Director."
"So the Green Ptuvil should remain here until after the Rains cease?"
"And for some weeks afterwards, First Director. It takes some time for the waters to quieten enough for voyages to be safely made, especially over such a distance."
"I understand you. Are you willing to remain in Bibek and bring the Green Ptuvil down to Palarand afterwards, when it is safe?"
"If you so wish it, First Director, then I will do so."
"Very well. What of the Downstream Dasher? Can we make use of that?"
Hashim stood. "First Director, as a vessel confiscated during the war it must needs be returned to its rightful owner. Indeed, it has been, since the dock where we landed is owned by the man who owns the barge. In addition, to use it would be to suffer the same risks as the Green Ptuvil would and it is not fitted out for carrying passengers."
"Of course. Thank you, Hashim." Eriana nodded as the two men sat down. "That means that only the Visund will depart before the Rains and that all who desire to reach Palarand - and all their possessions - must be aboard it. This may present some difficulty since our numbers are much greater now than when we began. I suspect that some must needs remain in Bibek and return with Baros when he comes. I beg you, do not feel slighted if you are chosen to remain behind. The Navy has as much need of you here as it does downstream, if for different purposes."
Lars asked, "First Director, who chooses?"
"I do, Admiral, but since I am not the captain of the ship who will carry those who depart, in practice it will be Captain Tor who has the final word. Much may depend on the provisions we must take and the possessions of those who will go. That will decide the space and weight available for passengers and crew." She paused, struck by a thought, then added, "I will add that most of our women will be aboard the Visund when we sail and women require more space for their possessions. Doubtless Tor will take that into account."
Lars nodded. "Yah, First Director. What happens to those who stay here?"
Eriana reached forward an upturned hand and waved it all around. "His Grace has provided this hostel for all our company and it will be available for those who will remain in Bibek, though I expect it will also be used by others who are trapped by the Rains. By then the Visund will be long gone, I deem, so it will be less than half full of our people."
"When do you make decision?"
"Not until after Midsummer, Admiral. You, Tor and I have much planning to do before then."
"Yah, First Director."
Eriana turned to the company. "Very well. Any questions? You can always come and find us if you have a problem."
A hand went up. "First Director, what about today? Can we go and have a look around Bibek?"
"Settle in this morning and think about what you want to do in future. After our naps this afternoon, once it becomes cooler, then I think you should all be able to go into the city. I would advise going out in small groups so as to be enough to protect yourselves but not too large a group to attract unwanted attention." She pointed to another upraised arm. "Yes?"
* * *
"That looks fine, Kaldar. You can close your mouth now." Ursula put down the small magnifying lens she had been using to look down Kaldar's throat. "It all looks normal to me. I think it is just because your voice is breaking, that's all. Do you have any other problems? Coughing, for example or a runny nose?"
"No, Mistress." His face brightened. "So it is true, then? My voice will deepen just like that of a man?"
"It will take some time," she replied. "And you're still growing, so it will sound higher at first until your voicebox grows big enough to produce the deeper sounds. The pitch of your voice depends on the size of your body, which is why children's voices are so high. You will sound like a young man, though, as you continue to grow, not like a young woman."
The young man breathed a sigh of relief. "Thank you, Mistress, for all you have done for me! Thank you, thank you, thank you. I do not know what I might have done if I had been stuck in that mansion with my parents."
"Worse," Ursula suggested, "if they had decided to marry you off to someone, someone whose very first act might have been to get you pregnant."
Kaldar shuddered. "Ouch. Mistress, I would probably have killed myself if that had happened."
"Then it is just as well that you thought to come down to the harbor and leap upon a departing ship, is it not? Still, Eriana is your parent now, though she has been very busy lately."
He smiled. "I have noticed, Mistress! The crew have looked after me well since I have joined them. I have even learned some Norse! In fact, I think that I have learned more since I joined the ship than in the whole of the rest of my life so far."
"That would not be difficult, would it? Now, is there anything else I need to know about? Kalikan, for example."
A shake of the head. "It has not called me at all, Mistress, since that first time aboard. And my breasts," he patted the upper part of his chest, "are almost flat now. If you did not see my nipples you would not know I had not been born a boy."
Ursula nodded. "And you have grown, too, since then. Expect to grow a lot more in the next few years, Kaldar, especially your upper body. We'll have to keep an eye on your clothes, make sure that they don't become too small or too tight on you. Anything else?"
"My clothes, Mistress." He pulled a face. "Do you think I can get rid of those girl's clothes now? I don't think I need them any more."
Ursula considered. "Actually, I think that we ought to keep them a while. Aboard the Visund having a disguise handy can be useful, don't you think? You know how to pretend to be a girl, you did it most of your life. There might be a time when wearing a dress could get you out of trouble. I have told you how I have pretended to be both male and female during parts of my earlier life."
His expression dropped. "As you say, Mistress. I had hoped to get rid of my past but you are right."
"The past holds important lessons for us all, Kaldar. It is just a precaution, that is all. Any other problems you need to share with me?"
"No, Mistress."
"Then you had better go and rejoin the other crew before Captain Tor sends out a search party."
He grinned. "I am not that bad, Mistress! It was just that one time."
"As you say. Now, get."
Kaldar practically scampered out of the room, his whole bearing screaming 'boy'. Ursula shook her head and began repacking her basket, frowning over the levels in some of the jars. In fact, she pulled more out and examined the contents, making notes before repacking again and cleaning up.
In the outer chamber Eriana, Tyra, Matta and Vellana all sat with needle and thread, attending to various damage to garments. Eriana looked up and smiled as Ursula emerged.
"Everything as as you expect?"
"Yes, he's fine, just a little concerned over his voice breaking. It sounds rough but there isn't anything else going on that I could see."
"He's certainly developed since we took him aboard."
"Yes, he is a true boy now, except in that one important respect. I doubt he will grow to the size of Lars but already he is as tall as Adin. He should be a fine strapping young man by the time he is eighteen or so, especially with the work he is doing on the ship."
"Which is what he wants and what I want, good. But you have a concern."
"Not with him, no, but when I was repacking my basket I realized that I would need to ensure we have enough medical supplies to last us for the whole of the rainy period, since I doubt that markets would be running while the heavens emptied themselves over everywhere."
"That is true! See how easy it is to overlook something? Is it supplies for Kaldar that you require? I am sure you can find what you need in Bibek."
"I have all I need for Kaldar, indeed I probably have enough to last until the end of the year, by which time he won't need most of the herbs. No, our problem will be female supplies. All the women who go on the Visund will have at least two Calls during the Rains, some may have three."
Eriana pursed her lips. "A most important need, I deem. But all those wants are freely available, are they not?"
"I would hope so, but I should still make sure that I have emergency supplies to hand."
"Another trip to the market, then."
"As you say, Highness. But it is the remembering that is important."
"Indeed." Eriana did two more stitches and then tied off the thread. "Now, if you have time, I think there is another meeting we should have, before the men come back from the city. I need to have an idea of who must go on the Visund, who must stay here and those in between."
"I thought you were going to leave that until Tor had a look at the cargo?"
"It may affect the cargo requirements." She blew an exasperated breath. "Gods! This is the part of organizing that I dislike intensely. It is the one thing that I copy my father in, that I do not like much of the dry planning. Give me a battlefield and I will make answer, but juggling chests and men leaves me numb."
Matta and Vellana both looked at Eriana with alarm, so she added, "All the women will be coming aboard the Visund, all the way to Palarand. I would not think of leaving any behind. Does that answer you?"
"Aye, Highness."
"Thank you, Highness."
"Shall you be comfortable among my men aboard the ship? It is unfortunate that we cannot take the Green Ptuvil this time, but you heard Baros this morning, the river will be too low for it to be safe."
Matta said, "As you say, Highness, but we trust all your men. It is the others who we are not so sure of."
Eriana grimaced. "Unfortunately there will be a few of the others with us, we need men to pull the oars. We used the sail on the way upstream, we cannot use it when we return. My men will look after you, I deem."
Vellana said, "We trusted you before, Highness, you and your men rescued us from a nightmare, we must needs trust you again."
"Thank you, girls. Now Ursula and I must go and meet with others. Will you stay here and continue what you are doing? Ursula, can Tyra stay with them should they have a question?"
"If Tyra agrees, then of course." Tyra nodded. "She is a much better seamstress than me anyway."
* * *
Eriana and Ursula joined Lars, Tor, Baros and Hashim in a small downstairs meeting room.
"I need to have an idea of who is going in the Visund," she began. "Tor will need the numbers since they will affect provisions and space for possessions. His Grace will need the number of those who remain here for like purposes. In between will be men who could be considered either way. If we should make a list then it will not be final, I recognize that, but I do have two groups who are coming downstream with me whatever we decide, all the women and all the Norse. What say you?"
Tor flipped a hand. "What about those men this morning? The ones who wanted to join?"
Lars replied, "We bring seven, six stay here. Seven are bargemen, make good sailors."
Tor nodded. "Good. We will need rowers if we cannot use the sail."
"Remember seven men are not fit yet."
"Fit enough to ask if they can join Navy."
"Yah. Maybe fit enough."
"Ursula?" Eriana asked. "What about you?"
"Myself and Tyra, of course -"
"I included you with the women, Ursula."
"Of course, Eriana, I thought you just meant those we saved at Bakhrad. Of others, Ketko must go, however unfit he is, he will be safer in Palarand."
"Agreed."
"Then there are those we picked up along the way. Have you room for Toshi, Zakaros, Ezran and Karan?"
"They are important to you, of course. Toshi, certainly, as he has the water knowledge. Karan, another healer is always a good idea. The others, let us wait and see how much room there may be. Did you forget the two of Six Cities? They are both of interest to me but again, we must wait on Tor's report."
Tor responded, "I would ask for Zakaros, Highness. He will make provision of Visund easier."
"But would we need him once we leave Bibek?" Eriana put out a hand, face down. "Leave that for now, use him as you need and we will see what room we have later. That is what this meeting is about, is it not?"
Tor nodded reluctantly. "Yah, Highness."
"You mentioned the rescued women," Hashim asked, "what about the barge men? Should they remain here with Baros?"
Eriana replied, "That depends. Baros, the women are committed to the Navy but the Green Ptuvil men are not. We are in Bibek now, have they told you what they intend? Indeed, what are your own desires? Shall you join the Navy? We will have need of experienced officers, as you are well aware."
"Highness, I am flattered by your offer and I have seen what you and your men are capable of doing. Aye, I will join, if you would give me leave to arrange my own affairs first."
"Your affairs? You have family you must return to?"
"I have, Highness, but not in Bibek, they are further upstream in Thrand, a port of Thesk."
"Think you that you could reach there before these Rains begin?"
"If the Green Ptuvil were going there it might be possible, Highness, since we should have almost three weeks before the Rains are due to arrive but," he shook his head, "I doubt I could travel there by myself in that time. I must needs go by way of Zebrin and Benmond before taking a ferry across to Thrand. There is too much opportunity for travel to be interrupted this close to that season."
"Ah, I see. And I would not let the Green Ptuvil go, since the river may soon be too low for it. It - and you - will be needed here anyway once the river opens to traffic again."
"Highness, I would bring my family to Bibek after the Rains end, by your leave, and then follow you down to Palarand."
"Done, and if you can find a reliable crew to man the Green Ptuvil you may use it to fetch them before bringing them downstream. There is no sense in traveling by road and ferry when we already have the means to use the river."
Baros bowed his head. "You are gracious, Highness."
"What of those men? Do any of them have family so far away?"
"Highness, two have family in Bibek, indeed, I have already given Temmar leave to rejoin his wife and children. Vitrak has family here but we have not yet found them, they may not know he is here. Both are willing to join the Navy if they may be near their families. Kedian will join, I know that. If I am to have the Green Ptuvil, he could remain with us as cook. He does not have any family that I know of. Omar and Zoran," Baros shrugged, "have not yet told me of their situation or needs. I suspect that Zoran may not wish to rejoin his wife, neither has he yet told me if he desired to remain with our company."
"Hmm! It appears that some decisions must needs be made by these folk, though we have until the skies clear once more before we need to know. Baros, what are your thoughts?"
"Highness, it seems to me -"
* * *
Simbran scratched his chin. "Eriana, you speak of a celebration unknown in most of Faral, though I do know that, at times of the year, rural folk in many of the Valley states do hold odd ceremonies not practised in more settled regions. You would have this... fire... just this year, I deem? Since you and most of your men will soon depart for Palarand."
"That is my thought, Your Grace. I expect most of us to be based in Sheldane, eventually, and we may consider holding the custom there in time. But it is of particular meaning only to us Norse and by then there may be too few of us for it to be sensible, especially if it is closely followed by their Harvest Festival. Only time will tell."
"Too few of you? Surely not."
She sighed. "Too many of us have gathered wounds which will prevent them being a sailor or a warrior in the future, Your Grace. I am expecting most of them to find nice Palarandi brides and settle down. Most will be given something to do at the base in Sheldane but, once children come along, their wives may not approve of such a celebration as we customarily hold."
The Margrave's face brightened. "Ah? Tell me more."
"We build a big fire of scrap wood, Your Grace. In Einnland most would have been found on the beaches or be offcuts from the boatbuilders' yards. When the fire is good and hot we will roast a whole gavakhan and portion the meat out among ourselves. There will be plenty of ale, of course, and once the fire begins to mellow then we will begin singing well-known songs and also reciting sagas from our past." She grinned. "Most of the songs are not suitable for delicate ears, Your Grace."
Simbran grinned back. "I should hope not, Eriana! By your leave, if I can find the time I will come by and see what you all do. My main concern is the wood, by the way. Because of the numerous steam engines now running about the city there could be a shortage of wood for fires. You want to do this on Midsummer's Night, I deem?"
"That is the night we have always chosen, Your Grace, for obvious reasons. We'll need a flat place away from buildings, since we do not desire the noise to keep your people awake. In Einnland we did it on the beach, of course, but then there would be nobody asleep at that time."
A nod and a recent memory. "Ah. By chance I have in mind a place for your revels, a large house which burned down in the spring. The ruins of the house may provide much of the wood you require and I will ensure that more is brought so that you have sufficient for your needs. There is a side terrace where you may build your fire in safety. What say you?"
"I will have to see it, of course, but it sounds just the right place. Thank you, Your Grace."
"You are making arrangements for meat and drink? There is not much time for the quantities you could need."
"As you say. Lars has already placed an order for ale... beer, I mean, to be brewed and we do not expect there to be any trouble finding a gavakhan carcass in the markets. We will probably also take some wine, bread and other foodstuffs for the others who may come with us."
"I will gift you your gavakhan, Eriana, as some kind of reward for what you and your people have done for us recently. I would advise you to place your other orders soon since much may be reserved for the Harvest celebration."
"Your words are wise, Your Grace. If you can lend us someone to show us this ruined building, we will begin our preparations."
~o~O~o~
Four days later a line of carriages and wagons rumbled through the north-western outskirts of Bibek, heading downhill along the switchback of roads which covered this part of the city. Along here were larger houses and mansions owned by merchants or wine producers interspersed with the market gardens and dairy farms which supplied the local residents. Their destination was a market garden formerly owned by a prosperous family, all of whom had perished in the fire that had all but destroyed their home. Eriana, Ursula and Tyra were in the first carriage while the next held Lars, Nethra, Banest and Larys. The rest filled several wagons, behind which were more wagons with beer, wine, bread and other foodstuffs.
Almost all of the company at the hostel were going. The small group left behind were Matta, Vellana, Ketko, Karan and Kaldar together with Zakaros and Ezran in case of trouble. Ketko was still too weak to join in, Kaldar would be too young for the kind of party the Norse wanted to hold and it was felt that having any Yodans present might cause problems. Everyone else was going, even those injured and captives who had been on the Downwind Dancer.
Their journey was just over three marks, close enough for many to have walked but not for any of those who had been captives or injured, so transport was a necessity. Besides, as Simbran had remarked to Eriana, it was entirely possible that, by the time their party was over, no-one would be able to find the way out of the lot let alone the three marks back to their hostel. She had reluctantly agreed so all were passengers this evening.
"It looks like this was a big place before it burned down," Ursula remarked as they pulled into the courtyard behind the property.
"Aye," agreed Eriana. "Big enough for father, mother, five children and two grandparents, one from each side. All were taken in the darkest part of night along with a nanny, governess and two maids and, it seems, none had any chance to escape."
"So the house became their funeral pyre."
"Aye, and all their possessions went with them. A terrible night, from all I was told by their neighbors."
Ursula thought of something. "Is it disrespectful of us to be using the remains of their pyre like this?"
"The reverse, it appears. Any timbers from such a house of death would likewise be burned, not saved and re-used. Simbran tells me that would be different had all survived, the timbers would have gone into the new dwelling for good luck, but our use of them like this is deemed fitting enough."
Ursula looked around as they climbed down. "But it looks like all the other buildings survived."
"As you say. We have made good use of the kitchen and that one barn to keep some of our food and drink in. For this celebration we will be well provided and, if it should be unwise for us to attempt to return afterwards," the Princess grinned, "there will be places for the worst affected to lie down, I deem."
"Well thought out, Highness." Ursula noticed people approaching out of the gloom. "Who are these?"
"Many of the outside staff for this place slept over the stables, Ursula, as is customary. Though they tried valiantly they were unable to even enter the mansion, so fiercely was it alight by the time they took note." She shrugged. "This place grows crops for the locals, the crops are still there, they must needs be harvested before the Rains come. The staff have volunteered to stay and do their duty, tonight they will also assist us when needed."
"What will happen to this place afterwards, then?"
"There are distant relatives, I was told, but none can arrive here before the Rains begin. That is all I know. It is why Simbran offered it to us."
Nobody was wearing uniform this evening and the weather was warm and dry so a real holiday atmosphere developed as the company gathered around Eriana. She waited until all had alighted and the wagons moved off before she spoke.
"Welcome to a special celebration we Norse call Midsummer's Night. I expect you can guess why we are holding it tonight?"
There was a smattering of humerous comment from the small crowd.
"The estate staff you see over there began preparations earlier by lighting the large fire yonder. Around it we have placed our gavakhan carcass, kindly butchered for us into six portions, to cook while the sky darkens and we make ourselves comfortable. When they are done, maybe a bell and a half to two bells, the meat will be carved and served out to all. Now in Einnland we would have eaten it wrapped in a square of canvas to save our fingers but we can do better tonight, since we can use bread rolls as we do for zurin each morning.
"While the meat is cooking we will usually start by singing songs. I regret that most of them will be in Norse but I am sure the rest of you will enjoy them anyway, especially once the beer is flowing."
There was laughter at that comment.
"If any of you others know local songs, then by all means join in. Though this has always been a Norse celebration I expect it to become familiar to all in future years which means using the Valley tongue. Ursula has brought her farb and she may accompany the songs if she wishes, and I have asked her to play us some tunes from her homeland as well.
"The kitchen and bathing block of the mansion has survived untouched so we will make use of them. Adin and Kedian will cook additional food should any desire such. They will also provide pel for those, like our wagoneers and carriage drivers, who will attempt to return us to our hostel when we are finished... which will be after midnight, I may remind you. I know that not all the company will wish to consume quantities of beer or wine tonight, we will make sure that all are provided for.
"So, find yourself a place to sit among your friends and let us begin! Beer and wine is available already for those who are thirsty. We must needs wait until the moment of sunset and then my men will begin singing."
There was a certain amount of discussion in the crowd and they separated into groups which took positions around the big fire which Ursula saw was nearly three strides high. She was not surprised to find that everyone had separated into natural groupings according to their origins: the Norse were together, the captives were together, the locals were together and the fitter barge folk made a fourth grouping. She was also not surprised that the women gathered around herself and Tyra.
"Over here?"
Ursula looked to where Tyra had been pointing and saw a collection of rough chairs and benches. The women headed for one group of them to prevent them being taken by the men. She frowned and examined the area around the fire.
"There are a lot of these around the fire," she mused. "I wonder why the farm has so many?"
As she joined them Eriana said, "Apparently farms like these must needs employ a lot of people at certain times of year, to sow seed, to weed and to harvest whatever is needed. I am no farmer and the farms in Einnland have much poorer land than those here in the Great Valley. I was told the weather is usually good enough that those workers rest and eat outside, which is why this flat area exists. Please, find seats, all of you, do not wait until I have made myself comfortable, I beg you."
"Highness," Tyra said, "there are buckets of water here! What are they for?"
"The surviving staff are still very nervous about having so large a fire nearby, Tyra. The water is to quell the flames if our fire should topple or otherwise threaten anything nearby."
"Ah, as you say, Highness."
Banest added, "Just as long as the men do not decide to pee in the buckets, Highness," to giggles from the others.
Eriana responded, "Or trip over them!" She raised her voice over the noise of the flames. "Friends! There may be buckets of water nearby, should we lose control of the fire. If you would make sure that nobody can trip over them."
The sun set late that day, its light falling the entire length of the Great Valley at the furthest point south in its travels. As it slid behind some low hills Lars began the singing with a song Ursula had last heard on the company's way through Forguland, a rough warrior's song with some words which had made her blush the first time. Here, she now knew everyone and understood why they chose to sing what they did. Other voices soon joined in and the atmosphere mellowed right away.
Some of the songs which followed were familiar enough that she could accompany the singers on her farb, which most of the Norse contingent had not previously heard her play. When they heard the tones there were broad smiles and the party became much more festive. After a few songs there were requests to hear some of her own music so she played some simple folk tunes that she had learned as a child, all of which were warmly received. When she was not playing she spent some time interpreting the Norse words to the non-Norse members of the party, to much amusement and surprise.
Adin and Kedian came out occasionally and carefully turned the carcass sections, each of which contained a leg as well as a large chunk of the beast's body. These were impaled on long iron stakes which had been stuck in the ground and angled towards the fire, which meant that someone had to support the cooks to prevent them accidentally falling in as they worked.
Eventually, after several turnings, one chunk was selected and taken away. Kedian returned a little later with a large serving plate laden with bread rolls stuffed with meat. Eriana took the first one and the rest were served out to the women.
Someone shouted, "Hey! What about us?"
Eriana flipped her free hand. "Give the man a chance! If they work any faster there could be accidents. Do not concern yourselves, there will easily be enough meat for all, I deem."
"I ask your pardon, Highness. I meant no disrespect."
"Granted, my man. By the Gods! This is good! Kedian, what has been done to this meat?"
"We fried some finely-sliced chizzen on the kitchen range, Highness, and added certain spices known to Adin. It is a different taste to the way I would have done it but, to my mind, it is better."
"Hmm. You do not know of Maralin, I think. Much of what Adin has learned since coming to the Great Valley has been from a man who was once accounted a very good cook. This way of serving is far richer than we would have done it in Einnland."
Ursula took a bite of her roll and marvelled. It certainly is not onions but the way of preparing that vegetable has made the taste very like. I can see why Eriana thinks it came via Maralin and I am inclined to agree.
"Highness," she said, "Where I come from we have a vegetable named an onion. When meat is served in rolls like this there are often sliced and fried onions with it. Somehow it brings out the flavors of the meat and this does the same thing."
"Do you tell me? Then it is just the right thing to add to our meat tonight. Kedian, hurry back with more rolls for our men, if you please."
He bowed. "As you desire, Highness."
Soon all the chunks had been taken to the kitchen and about two thirds used to feed the company. The songs ceased while everyone took what was a late evening meal before settling back and having quiet conversations. Then Eriana stood up.
«Who will give the first story?»
Tor Andersson also stood. "I will, Highness. I think I can do it in their tongue now."
Eriana sat down again as Tor threw the rest of his drink down his throat and then began pacing counter-clockwise round between the fire and the assembled company.
"I tell you Gisli's story," he began. "In the tongue of the Sirrel a story might be known as a Saga, a tale of the past, something that men say really happened. I do not know if that is so, since many stories have Gods, Giants, Trolls and other suchlike in them. You decide. I will begin.
"At the end of the days of Harold Fairhair there was a mighty lord whose name was Thorkel Goldhelm, and he dwelt in Surnadale. Now he had a wedded wife, and three sons by her. The name of the eldest was Ari, the second was called Gisli, and the third Thorbjorn."
Even in a non-native tongue there was a certain cadence about the way that Tor spoke. Ursula decided that it must be a peculiarity of the custom of story telling. The night was now dark, the fire had burned down sufficiently that there was little noise, and everyone was listening attentively to the story, which revolved around a magic sword that was borrowed and not returned to its owner. Eventually there was a confrontation and both lender and borrower killed each other.
Tor ended with, "There is more, much more, but I will let someone else tell a different story." He grabbed his tankard and walked off to get a refill.
Haakon stood. «I can tell a story, Highness, the story of Thor, but only in my own tongue. Will you tell the river words to the others for me?»
Eriana stood. «That is a good story, Haakon. I will tell the others what you say sentence by sentence. Agreed?»
«Agreed, Highness.»
Eriana told the company, "Haakon tells the story of one of our Gods named Thor, but it begins with the creation of the worlds and those who lived in them that time. There are many names in it but, I pray you, you do not have to remember any of them as we do. Haakon, you may begin."
Haakon nodded and began walking clockwise around the fire. «For silence I pray all sacred children, great and small, sons of Heimdall, that I will Allfather's deeds recount, men's ancient saws, those that I best remember.»
Eriana repeated the line in the local tongue.
«The Jötuns I remember early born, those who me of old have reared. I nine worlds remember, nine trees, the great central tree, beneath the earth.»
The stories went on and though many of the company understood little they were all appreciative of the story-tellers, applauding them soundly when each tale had finished. By this time everyone had realized that what they were participating in was almost a religious experience, though none of them except Ursula would have recognized that word.
By now it was getting late. The darkness to the east had brightened and the Veil had risen, bathing the whole scene with multicolored light.
"You heard us speak of Valhalla, where warriors go to their final rest?" Eriana asked her audience. "What you name the Veil is where we consider Valhalla to be. Of course, since the Great Convocation we know that is probably not so but it fits our stories so well. When the Veil is directly to the north then we know that midnight has come, so there is time for another story. Who will speak?"
Lars stood. "Princess, I will tell a tale, but not of our history or our legends. I would speak of the Warrior Princess and the deeds of herself and her small band, of which of course I was one."
Eriana was thrown. "You can do this? I mean, do you know the words well enough? I thought you had trouble with the Sirrel tongue."
"I have a good woman as a teacher." The big man glanced at Nethra and smiled. "I may ask for certain words but most will know what I mean."
Eriana thought for a moment and then nodded. "Very well. It is good that these folk should know of our own part in history." She turned to the company. "The Princess he speaks of is me. Lars will tell you of my story, what has made me the woman who stands before you. Of course it is also the story of my men and of two women of Palarand when we fought at Boldan's Rock. But all in good time. Lars? If you would begin."
Lars began pacing the fire, now little more than a pile of embers, counter-clockwise.
"King Embrikt ruled a cold, barren land, along the southern coast of the Great Sea. He took to wife Anhilda who gave him daughter Eriana. Wanting a son to follow him he tried again but both Anhilda and her son died in the birthing. Another wife he took named Arnthruthr who gave him sons Torulf, Germund and Steffi."
Ursula listened as Lars went briefly through Eriana's flight from Einnland, her landing at Plif and subsequent arrival at Robanar's palace. Curiously, her time there was glossed over but skipped to her men joining her at an isolated estate, where they were taught to ride frayen and to learn fresh arts of war.
"Garia her name was, younger than all and small, but no Norse warrior could best her with weapons or without. Men wondered how someone so small and young could wield such magic but it was explained that anyone could do so, man or woman, had they the will and the knowledge.
"King Robanar asked the Norse to help with a small problem, a distant fortress overlooking the great river. With new gifts of war from Garia they set forth and traveled over the mountains -"
The fire collapsed and a glowing ember rolled out in front of Lars. He backstepped to avoid it... onto the end of another ember, the remains of a house timber, which promptly turned his ankle and unbalanced him. He automatically put out his left arm to break his fall - and fell directly into the fire.
On Midsummer's Night Lars is injured but fortunately help is close at hand. His injuries will take time to heal and that causes problems for Eriana, who expected to spend the Rains planning the future structure of the Navy. Of course, Ursula has an idea.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
94 - Embers and Plans
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Several of the less inebriated were already moving, once it
was apparent what would happen to Lars. Some of their fellows moved,
also, to stumble and fall and generally be less than helpful to those
around them. Lars collapsed sideways into the pile of embers and two
women screamed, Eriana and Nethra. His landing caused much of the
fire to be scattered around and people had to dodge flaming lumps of
wood.
The nearest two grabbed an arm and a leg and bodily yanked Lars out of the flames, dumping him on the nearest empty patch of ground. Others grabbed buckets of water and threw them over Lars to put out any potential flames.
"No!" Ursula called as she ran. "Don't waste the water like that. Pour it slowly over his left arm and side. Trickle some over his ankle as well. You others, try and push the fire back together so we aren't tripping over hot embers."
As Ursula crouched by Lars' side she saw that he had been relatively lucky. Most of his hair had gone and the left half of his beard, but they were problems that would resolve by themselves. The Norse had mostly worn canvas that evening, aware of the possibility that the night could end cool, and what she could see of Lars indicated that his clothing had been barely scorched. Importantly, the canvas had protected most of his skin.
His left hand and arm were the worst and she ordered a steady trickle of water to be directed over them. Others were asked to refill the empty buckets.
Benakar asked, "Why, Mistress?"
"Because that is the quickest way to cool the skin and stop any burns becoming worse. We were lucky that he was pulled out so fast. Lars, how are you feeling?"
«Like a fool, Ursula. I should have been more careful.»
«Where does it hurt? I'm guessing your left arm and hand but is there anywhere else?»
«I think I was lucky. Only my hand feels burned, and even that does not seem so bad. But I have twisted my ankle.» He grimaced. «Oh. I think I burned my ear.»
«Let me have a look at your ear... but we have hardly any good light other than the fire.»
"Mistress," Tyra said, crouching down beside Ursula, "here is your bag. What do you need first?"
Somebody else crouched at her other side and she realized with a start that it was Simbran.
"What happened, Mistress?"
She put up a hand to stop the questions. "Lars, do you think you can sit up?"
"Yah, Mistress." He did so, wincing as his left hand pressed against the ground to lever himself up. «Yah, that one is sore, all right.»
To Tyra, Ursula said, "Let's just have some clean cloth for now, dampened with water, so I can clean up the injuries." She turned. "Your Grace, Lars was telling a story and a piece of wood fell out of the fire. To avoid it he stepped back but onto another lump he had not seen."
"Oh. Do you need any assistance? I have a carriage, he could be taken back to the Fortress if that is what is needed."
Ursula thought. "Thank you, Your Grace, I think that might be wise. If he has twisted his ankle he won't be able to walk anywhere anyway. But I want to clean him up first."
"As you wish, Mistress." Simbran stood and turned. "Eriana, it seems your brave warrior has less injuries than he might have, I saw him stumble and fall and thought the worst."
Eriana curtseyed. "As you say, Your Grace. My men managed to pull him out very quickly." She added, "I wondered if you would come tonight."
"It is the curse of governance that I was delayed by urgent business, only to arrive late and witness the accident. Now I suppose you will not wish to continue."
Eriana looked at Ursula. "What do you think?"
"His Grace has offered a carriage to take Lars to the Fortress and I am inclined to accept, Highness. If there is food and drink left then I do not see any reason you cannot continue without us."
"Us?"
"Me, Tyra and Lars."
Nethra was there also, crouching besides Lars. She looked up. "Can I come too?"
Simbran looked at the three women and Lars and came to a decision. "You shall all take my carriage, I deem. I will give my escort instructions for when you arrive. Eriana, if I may ride back with you once you and your people have finished here."
"Done, Your Grace, and thank you. Lars, can you yet stand?"
"Probably, Princess."
With assistance he struggled to his feet, favoring his left foot, and Ursula looked him over but the flickering light made it difficult to see his injuries properly.
"Your Grace, I'll need a room with a good light so that I can examine him properly."
"Of course, Mistress. What about healers..? I mean, other than yourself. The Fortress has a Chamber of the Sick for mishaps like this one, we can offer bandages, salves - and he will need a crutch, I deem."
"Thank you, Your Grace, that is just what we need. Where is your carriage?"
Eriana told Tor to organize the party in her temporary absence and joined the others as they helped Lars along the access road to where Simbran's carriage waited. There was some difficulty getting Lars into the carriage which involved Simbran and his escort leader getting their shoulders under Lars' backside and heaving.
Lars did not want to sit down.
"I am wet, will ruin the seats," he explained.
"A little water will not hurt these seats, my good man," came the response. "What do you think happens if I must needs go out when it is raining? Sit down, please and let the women join you."
With his face even redder, Lars sat down and Nethra immediately sat close beside him. Ursula and Tyra climbed in and sat facing them. While this happened Simbran gave instructions to the escort leader.
"What of yourself, Your Grace? If we depart, who will act as your escort should something happen?"
"I will be with Eriana's men," was the short reply. "Having heard detail of their journey here I am certain they will keep me at least as safe as my own men can. Get Lars to the Chamber of the Sick as soon as you can, Platen."
The officer saluted. "As you command, Your Grace."
He turned and shouted to the carriage driver and they were off. The Margrave's escort went with them, two in front and two behind, those in front finding their way by means of what Eriana had called "Beam Lanterns" that functioned just like modern flashlights. Since the Veil was at its highest, they didn't have much trouble but still proceeded with caution.
Entering the fortress was different at the dead of night. The last time Ursula had been here the courtyard had been packed with travelers, officials, released captives and relatives but this time the yard was empty except for two men who hurried across the darkened expanse to open the carriage doors.
"But I thought - Where is His Grace?"
"Still at the party," the Platen replied. "At His Grace's command, we have brought back one of Her Highness's men who has suffered an accident with their fire. We require a stretcher to take him at once to the Chamber of the Sick," he glanced at the open carriage door, "...and four men."
"At once, Sir. If we may need to call out a healer to attend?"
"Her Highness's personal healer is here in the carriage with the man but she will not know where anything is. I know it is late but if you could ask Mistress Tamina to attend."
"Sir!" The man ran off.
Ursula said, "Tyra, you and I had better get out. Lars, you stay there until we have some help."
Getting Lars out of the carriage turned out to be a major operation but eventually he was persuaded to lie on the provided stretcher. The four armsmen carried him in followed by the three women. The men carried Lars along corridors and into an antechamber where the healers of the Fortress usually plied their trade. Through a connecting door she could see the Chamber of the Sick, a fairly large airy room with eight beds, three of which were occupied by sleepy patients.
The treatment room was lit by a single lantern, but once Lars had been helped to a chair the men went around and lit all the others giving the room a bright and warm glow. Tyra immediately handed Ursula the basket and the two set to work. Nethra sat in a close-by chair, watching anxiously.
"I'll leave your ankle until last, Lars. The nature of burns means that the sooner I can treat them, the faster they will heal and the less damage caused." He grunted. "Let me have a look at that ear first."
The left side of Lars' head had smacked into embers in the middle of the fire and, though his body had automatically jerked back on contact, some damage had inevitably been done. Fortunately he had not lain there long enough for the damage to be serious.
"You have some burns there," she told him after cleaning the area, "and I suspect your ear is going to look a little different when it has all healed. You are lucky that it did not affect your eyes or your scalp though I am not sure if all your hair will grow back."
Another grunt. "Warriors get scars, Mistress. Will learn to live with it."
Nethra said, "I would rather you didn't get any more scars, Lars."
His face softened. "It is my life, Nethra, but I think my life is about to change. Suddenly I have -"
He ran out of words and just sat, looking at Nethra. His eyes glistened.
Ursula found the jar of burn salve and opened it, putting a little on a cloth and applying it gently to his ear. She then put a pad on it and began to wind a strip of bandage around his head.
A sleepy woman in a nightdress staggered into the room. "What's going on? The message I had was confused. Who are you?"
Ursula stood. "I am Ursula, personal healer to Her Highness Princess Eriana and her company. This is Admiral Lars, the commander of her Marines. Beside me is Tyra, my assistant and over there is Nethra, a close friend of Admiral Lars. There was a celebration around a big fire and the Admiral tripped. His Grace had just arrived and he offered us the use of your chamber."
Ursula could see the woman slowly come fully awake as she absorbed the facts. "Oh. I am Healer Tamina. What do you need?"
Ursula turned and looked critically at Lars. "I was putting salve on his ear, it has been burned but not badly. He put out his left arm to break his fall and it went into the fire," the healer shuddered, "and I have not yet examined any of it closely. He has also injured his left ankle, I do not know how badly yet. The rest of him seems to have escaped injury. Burn salve and bandages, I think, and if you could look at his ankle while I attend to his arm and hand."
"As you wish, Mistress." Tamina bustled off to some cupboards on the far wall and began pulling out supplies.
Ursula looked at Lars' arm, finding mostly scrapes and minor burns on the underside which she covered with salve and wrapped with offered bandages. It was his left hand that had taken the worst that the fire could give him.
«You are going to have problems with this,» she told Lars. «You are fortunate that you were pulled out straight away but you're still going to have a lot of scarring. You might even lose the feeling across your palm or some fingers.»
Lars nodded, but his expression was tense. «If it must be, Mistress. What must I do?»
«It will have to be bandaged up for a week or so and then you'll need to do some exercises to make sure the scar tissue doesn't contract and give you a claw hand.» She demonstrated and he nodded soberly. «Nethra will need to put salve on it every day to keep the skin flexible. Whether you'll ever get back the whole use of your hand I don't know. It will be up to you to keep flexing your hand in and out - and it is going to be painful.»
«Many injuries are painful, Mistress. I need my hands so I will do what I must and I will bear as much as I can.» He sighed noisily. «I was careless and I must pay for it, I know. But my life is changing in ways that I did not expect. I am no longer the simple warrior who will do whatever my Princess commands, I have become a leader and a teacher and,» his eyes turned towards Nethra, the moisture appearing again, «I have found someone who needs looking after at least as much as my Princess does.»
"What tongue is that?" Tamina asked, breaking Ursula's chain of thought. "I thought I knew all the local ones but that one is new to me."
Ursula turned. "Oh, his people come from a very distant land, out beyond the end of the Sirrel and far to the south. What is that you are holding?"
"I noticed that our burn salve does not look like what is in the pot you are using, the color is different. If I may ask what is in yours, Mistress."
"Oh, this? Well -"
There followed a complex herbal discussion which continued while Ursula cleaned the dirt and debris from Lars' left hand. In the end she decided to use Tamina's version and spread it thinly over the palm and fingers. Tyra provided narrow bandages for Ursula to wrap the hand and fingers while Tamina went back to examining Lars' left foot.
"I don't think anything is broken," she reported after a while, "just sprained, but it will still take a month or two to recover completely. Have you already treated this? I would have expected more swelling."
"Lars fell sideways into a big fire after his foot was turned on a stray ember," Ursula explained. "He was pulled out almost immediately and the other men poured a lot of water over him to make sure he was not on fire, and to cool any wounds. That included his ankle."
"Ah. That would make sense." Tamina nodded. "Been drinking?"
"It was a celebration, Mistress. In their lands they do not have the rainy season you have here so their Harvest Festival is much later in the year. Tonight they celebrate the shortest night, Midsummer's Night."
"Midsummer's Night? Oh, so it is! Because of our Harvest Festival we tend to ignore tonight but I can see why others might not. Do you want to look at this ankle before I bandage it?"
"Thank you, I should." Ursula turned to Lars. "How is the pain? Do you want me to give you anything?"
«It is bearable now, Mistress, but it will get worse for a time, especially after that ankle is bandaged. I'll need to sleep tonight so a little something would be a help, I think.»
"The green stuff?"
"Yah, Mistress, should be enough." His expression changed. "Oh. Need latrine."
Ursula looked at Tamina. "Do you have any male staff who could help Lars go to the toilet? It would not be a good idea if any of us went."
"I should think not, Mistress!" Tamina eyed Lars up and down. "Given his size and with that ankle he'll need two, I think. If you would wait here a moment."
She came back with an orderly who had been dozing in the Chamber of the Sick and a beefy-looking armsman who had been on duty nearby. The two of them managed to get Lars upright and then helped him out of the room. The two healers studied one another.
"You've been dragged out of bed," Ursula observed. "Are you beginning to feel cold?"
"I am," the other agreed. "I'm sure parts of me are still asleep. I have some fluffy robes in my office, if you would excuse me?"
Ursula spread a hand. "This is your domain, Tamina. Carry on."
"I was not sure of your rank, which is unfamiliar to me."
"Here I am nothing more than a healer, Tamina."
"One moment."
Tamina opened one of the other doors to the room and disappeared, reappearing with a fluffy robe which she was already pulling on.
"That's better. I'm sure you have had occasional night callouts in your own work?"
"It was slightly different where I originally came from, Tamina." Ursula tried to explain that where she worked, in a large hospital, there was a shift system which meant working all night, often overlapping the next shift when times were busy or they were short of staff.
"I cannot imagine such a huge place! I thought the Fortress was busy but -" Tamina shook her head. "And yet you came to Bibek with Her Highness and her men. Do you not feel some relief after moving to such different work?"
"Sometimes. The story of my leaving the hospital and joining up with her Highness is a long one, most of which you probably wouldn't understand. The dangers here are very different than what I faced before, that is certainly true."
"Different? In what way?"
Ursula considered. "I would tell you but, considering the time of night, you probably wouldn't remember most of it by tomorrow. Would Lars remain here tonight, do you think?"
Tamina nodded. "It is late and with that ankle it would not make sense for him to go far tonight. Where are you staying?"
"We are all at the Beresgar Hostel. I was told it was a short walk but I think he would be better here."
"We have room, he does not need constant attention... though someone of his rank would prefer a private chamber, I deem." She turned to Nethra, who had just been watching the events so far. "Mistress, I have been told that you are a close friend. If I may ask how close? I mean, would you wish to share a chamber with him, or am I asking you something embarrassing?"
"Mistress Tamina, presently we share a bed each night, though we are not yet even betrothed. After this evening, though, I have no doubt of my man's intentions."
"Do you tell me?" She looked intrigued. "Is this some custom of the river folk, then?"
Nethra turned to Ursula with a look of appeal in her eyes.
"That is part of what I must explain tomorrow, it seems," Ursula explained. "Nethra is one of eleven we saved from slavery by renegade soldiers of Yod."
The look changed to one of sympathy. "Then I will find you two a chamber nearby, Mistress, that you might have privacy. And for you and your assistant, Mistress Ursula, I will find you one as well. It is too late to be wandering around Bibek in the dark."
Eventually Lars returned, helped by the two men who remained standing nearby, knowing that he would be moving again shortly. He was given some of the green herbs and his foot tightly bandaged before they helped him out of the room and along to a nearby chamber, the four women following behind.
"If you would all wait here," Tamina said outside the door. "You have no night attire, I will fetch some."
She walked along to the end of the corridor and entered a closet, emerging a little later with a stack of linen over her arms. She joined the others and held out her hands.
"If you would each take one of these. I must needs apologize, they are intended for patients and to be easily wrapped around them or removed. We rarely have female patients, as you might imagine, so most of these will be somewhat large but that might be enough on such a warm night as this. Mistress," she addressed Nethra, "do you think you will be able to undress your man or shall these other women be needed to help you?"
All three women blushed. Nethra replied, "I should be able to manage by myself, Mistress. Thank you for these."
"It is only right, Mistress." Tamina added, "Toilets and bathing rooms are at the end of the corridor near where you saw me collect the linen."
Lars and Nethra went into the chamber and the helpers assisted him onto the bed. The two men emerged and closed the door, nodding to Tamina before heading back to their posts. Ursula and Tyra were shown into the adjacent room.
"Another apology, I regret," Tamina said to them. "These chambers have only a double bed. The other chambers along here are less suitable, they each have but a single bed. Can you manage?"
"It is not something we have done before but it should not be a problem," Ursula assured the woman. "We help each other wash and dress, after all."
"Thank you, Mistress. I will have the kitchen warned that we have all been up late," Tamina told them before she left. "If you desire to sleep a little longer I doubt anyone will object. Till then, Mistress - oh, and make sure to lock your doors, the men are not accustomed to having women in the patients' area and may try to visit."
"A wise idea. Thank you again for all your help, Tamina. Good night."
~o~O~o~
There was only a small chamber provided for healers and their helpers to take meals and by the time Ursula and Tyra were shown to it the following morning everyone else had finished and gone off to their duties. One of the kitchen staff told them what was available and left to arrange their meals.
"Any bad effects after last night?" asked Ursula.
"None, Mistress," Tyra replied. "I only drank a little beer and changed that for water every other time. It made sense, after all we have a smaller capacity than any of the men, do we not? And we must needs keep our wits about us that those of the men we do not know try something in their befuddlement."
"That is true, Tyra, but I also noticed that most of the men, the Norse I mean, drank less than I have seen them do in the past. Remember Gylfi's Rest? I think that if they had drunk as much as they did then all of them would have been asleep by midnight. I think they wanted to stay sober enough to hear and appreciate the sagas."
"As did I, Mistress! Some of those stories were amazing. How much of what was told was real, do you think?"
"It is difficult to say, since these tales have been told for many hundreds of years and I am certain things would have been changed along the way. That first one, about Gisli, sounds almost true apart from the magic sword, of course. There is no easy way to explain that, but it makes for a good story. Now the next one, about Thor and the other Norse gods, can only be make-believe. I am told that no-one can prove the existence of any Gods on Anmar so hardly anyone believes in them any more. Still, that was a good story as well and that is why they keep telling them."
"As you say, Mistress. I enjoyed what I could understand, anyway."
"Even the ones spoken in Norse?"
"It is like most of the men in reverse, Mistress. I can just about understand most of what they say now but it is much harder finding words if I wanted to say anything in Norse. Last night was fair, I understood most of the words except some of the old ones."
"To understand the stories properly you'd have to know about where they lived on Earth and how their society worked - Ah, here comes a pot of pel and some plates."
They had opted to avoid the grain porridge, to save the cooks from making another batch, and just have toast, meats, cheese and fruits. Once a second man had arrived with these they concentrated on eating. As they were finishing Eriana was shown into the room. The armsman who showed her in looked disapproving when neither woman stood up. Eriana found a spare chair and sat down at the table.
"Good morning to you both. Is that pel? If I may join you in a mug."
Ursula filled a spare mug and handed it to her. "Of course, Highness. Good morning."
"You are both well? Nothing troubles either of you after last night?"
"No, Highness. We had a function there last night so were careful what we ate and drank. It seems that most of your men were as well."
"You noticed that, then? Aye, they wanted to hear the stories, of course. What did you think?"
Ursula was silent for a while, thinking. "The stories were good, Eriana, and deserve to be heard, I think. The food, that was also better than I expected, but then I know the cooks. The fire? I think we could have done better. On a beach in Einnland, where everyone there was Norse, that is one thing but here, on a deserted farm with a mixed audience, I thought that it did not work so well. Perhaps there are other ways you might do this in future."
"It could never be the same, of course," Eriana ruminated. "Perhaps I was a fool to think it could be. Next year? That is a long way away and we have ample time to consider what could be done instead. I thank you for your opinion, Ursula."
"Did you finish the 'Saga of the Warrior Princess' after we left?"
Eriana nodded. "Aye, we did, and Simbran was impressed all over again when he heard what the Einnland Regiment managed to do. The whole business was suicidal, of course. I marvel that any of us at all returned from that fight on the wharves below."
Ursula shook her head. "Considering what we did at Faralan, Highness, I am not so sure. A dozen Norse basically hacked two hundred armed troops to pieces then. You underestimate your crew, Eriana. They are certainly the best in the business here and now."
"As you say. But can we keep our abilities up to date with all these new weapons and techniques? I could not say. Now, tell me, what of Lars? Is he badly injured?"
"Yes and no. What?"
Eriana had chuckled at that phrase. "It is something that Garia says all too frequently. It annoys some and amuses others, but when she says it she is generally correct. So, tell me about Lars."
"In general, as you may know, he was extremely lucky that people pulled him out before too much damage was done. The side of his head hit something and it looks like his left ear may look a little different once the bandages come off. There are minor burns there, that is all. It should not affect his hearing. He has lost a lot of hair that side and from his beard. His face escaped damage and I think his eyesight has not been affected.
"As for the rest, he is mostly clear, fortunately, and mostly because of the canvas clothing he was wearing... is probably still wearing. His left arm got scraped by wood in the fire as he fell over and there are minor burns there as well. His left hand, well..."
"Bad?"
"He was using it to break his fall and it had his whole weight on it when it connected with something, probably a burning log. His palm and the inner sides of his fingers are burned but, again, because he was pulled out quickly it is not as bad as it could have been. I have salved the hand and wrapped it and with any luck it should mean he retains some use of that hand." Ursula shook her head. "How much I do not know. A lot depends on him."
"Ahh. But his right hand is his sword hand."
Ursula looked at Eriana for a moment. "Highness, I think you are going to have to reconsider Lars and what he does for you. That accident means that it is not only his fighting ability that he is now questioning but the rest of his life."
Eriana looked intent. "Tell me, Ursula."
"Highness, I cannot. He has not said very much and I could be said to be betraying a healer's oath of confidence. You will have to let him explain it to you by himself."
"Very well. I am going to see him after I have finished here. Have you yet seen him this morning?"
"We were told that we could sleep late and we did so. I think that Mistress Tamina, the Fortress's resident healer, might have seen him but I do not know. If you have no objection we will join you."
"You are his healer, of course you and Tyra are welcome. Is that all his injuries?"
"No, Highness. He twisted his left ankle and that was why he fell. Fortunately - again - it looks like nothing was broken, but with any injury in that area it will take time to heal and he will need the use of a crutch." Ursula grimaced, "...And I have just realized that the crutch would go on his left side, but he cannot hold it there because of his left hand."
Eriana pursed her lips. "That changes matters, does it not? But I cannot make decisions until after I have seen him. How long do you think it would be before he is back on his feet, walking normally?"
"Where I come from we have special... boots... and other supports which means he could be mobile in a few days, walking normally would be perhaps three weeks. Here, it will take much longer, Mistress Tamina suggested it could be two months."
"Two months? Call it the end of the Rains, then. Hmm."
Eriana was silent, thinking, as the other two finished their breakfast. Ursula showed Eriana the way to the Chamber of the Sick and she looked in, hoping to find Tamina. Another woman was there.
"I was looking for Tamina."
"She was called out late last night, Mistress, and has not yet returned to duty. You are?"
"My apologies, Mistress. This is Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and it was one of her men who was hurt last night. I am Healer Ursula and this is my assistant Tyra. We accompanied Admiral Lars here late last night."
"Maker!" The woman curtseyed. "Your Highness, welcome. It is not often we see such august visitors in here. I am Healer Darissa, one of those who take care of the men and women of the Fortress. Uh, do you mean the couple in Room 9? The man with burns and a damaged ankle?"
Eriana answered. "That's him. Can we visit him?"
"Surely, Highness. If you would follow me this way."
Darissa opened the door to Room 9 and everyone entered. Lars was still in bed, wearing the nightgown, while Nethra sat on a chair beside the bed. She was firmly clutching his good hand. When Lars saw Eriana his expression became sheepish.
"Princess. I am sorry. Did a stupid thing."
«Lars, I was there, I saw it, I feared for you, it could have happened to anyone. How are you feeling now?»
«Better now my friends are here.» His expression changed. «Princess, before we speak of anything else, I have a very important question to ask you.»
«Yes?»
«I want your permission to marry Nethra. She came to me in her hour of need and I saw my duty. Now we have come to know each other and I would have her by my side.» He waggled his bandaged hand. «Last night showed me that I have another - yet another - important woman in my life, but this time it is personal. In the future I must think of her needs as well as mine. As my liege, will you agree to this marriage?»
Eriana was surprised but, Ursula saw, not as much as she could have been. After all, Lars and Nethra had become a couple the same night they had met and the attraction between them was obvious to all. Nevertheless, once Eriana had considered the matter, her answer was not what anyone had expected.
"Lars," she replied with a sigh, using the Valley tongue so that all could understand her, "Regrettably I am unable to agree to this marriage, for the simple reason that I am no longer your liege."
He started to protest but she held up a hand, thinking.
"In fact I am not sure exactly who is these days," she added slowly. "When I came aboard the Visund you were Balrik's man and when he and his family were washed away I gave you the option of swearing to me, which you did. Then, out at the Kallend Estate we all swore to Robanar, which might mean that you are his man alone now.
"But the men who were left at the Kallend Estate all swore to Garia when they all decided to live together at Blackstone House, in order to make things less complicated. It is possible that some of those who went with us to Boldan's Rock also swore to Garia after we returned, but I do not know for sure. All I know is that I do not think I can answer your question for you, someone else must needs do it."
Lars looked stunned. "Princess, we are far away from Palarand now. You have the King's writ, why can you not do it for him?"
Eriana shook her head. "I must needs take advice, Lars. If you were still my man you would have my agreement and heartily, you two are well matched, I deem. But this has become a matter of law and custom and I must make certain."
Lars lowered his eyes. "I obey, Princess."
"I will do all I can," she told him. "Kalmenar may be able to make answer, perhaps even Simbran has some suggestions. You have my word, Lars. Now, I am more interested in your injuries. Ursula? I assume you tended him."
"I did, with help from the other Fortress healer Tamina."
Briefly she outlined what Lars had wrong with him and what she had done. Eriana looked concerned but tried to reassure the man who in practice was her second in command.
"Thank the Gods, Lars! I had feared that you were more badly hurt than that. But damage to both your hand and ankle means that I must needs consider our future plans. I must ask if you are comfortable here or do you want to come back to the hostel with us?"
Lars looked at Ursula. She replied, "Highness, it would be better if he stayed here for today at least and spent some time recovering. The healers here can keep an eye on him and change his dressings when they need to do so."
She looked at Darissa who nodded back. "Highness, it is not as if we are presently crowded, your man will have the best attention the Fortress can provide. If you should desire to take him back, the Beresgar Hostel has a small Chamber of the Sick which your own healer may use."
Eriana nodded. "Leave him here today, then. Send if he needs more urgent attention, I deem. You know where the rest of us will be. Oh. Will the presence of his intended be a problem?"
"His..? Oh, no, Highness. In fact, she may be of some help if she so desires."
"Good. Lars, I must go and see the Margrave now, I may return later today, possibly late afternoon. Ursula, shall you join me? The injuries to Lars raise questions only your experience may answer."
Ursula replied, "Of course, Highness."
As Eriana turned to go Lars said, «I regret making you change your plans, Princess. Think kindly of me.»
«Oh, Lars, I do. I do.»
* * *
The afternoon had passed in deep conversation with as many people as Eriana could find but no-one would offer any solution to her problems. About a bell before the evening meal Eriana, Ursula and Kalmenar met in a small room at the hostel. Eriana had her elbows on the table and the knuckles of both hands kneading her forehead.
"I do not know what to do," she muttered. "To me, Lars is essential to the planning we must needs do at Sheldane. Now it is not possible for him to travel with us and all know it." She looked up. "Firstly, My Lord, if you may advise us on the customs of marriage in the Great Valley. Lars has petitioned me as his liege to give him permission but I am no longer his liege. I believe that when we all swore to Robanar back at the Kallend Estate his fealty passed to the King, as did mine and all of my men."
The small diplomat stroked his chin. "It is true, all the lands along the valley of the Sirrel hold the same customs and laws, that I know of, and that is that any man, if he be someone's vassal, must needs ask permission of his liege before he may change his marital status. If you say that Lars is no longer your vassal then there is no help for it, I deem. He must return to Palarand and petition the King for the right."
"That is what I thought," Eriana responded. "But he is injured and must remain in Faral until the river is safe to use again before he may travel, probably on the Green Ptuvil. I do not care to deprive Lars and Nethra of their happiness that long. Is there no remedy?"
Kalmenar shook his head. "None that I can think of," he replied.
Ursula objected, "But, surely, what happens when soldiers go off into foreign lands and find someone there they want to marry? Surely they do not need to wait until they return home?"
Kalmenar looked interested. "There is much in what you say, Mistress. In those cases, the soldier or whoever is also sworn to their officers above them. In turn those officers are subordinate to those above them in rank, all the way up to their ruler. Mayhap it would be a higher officer who might give permission for any marriage, though perhaps it might need to be ratified somehow when they return to their home lands."
"That is your answer, then, Eriana. You are the head of the Navy and Lars is a subordinate officer in it. You can give him permission and have it ratified by his liege when we get back to Palarand."
"But... I can do that? It would be legal?"
"The circumstances are presently unusual, Highness," Kalmenar judged, "but if your Navy is to become a real and growing service then it will need protocol and custom to govern those who are in its ranks. You have occasionally mentioned that you would desire to be on a big ship, larger than the Visund, traveling the wide oceans and discovering new lands and peoples. What happens when your ship reaches a foreign shore and some of your crew wish to marry those of other lands? Your voyage, it has been said, may last years. Lars is just the first for whom such customs and practices must be wrought."
Ursula added, "Highness, in fact I do not think that, as the head of the Navy, as opposed to being a Princess of Palarand, you own alliegance to your King. From what you told me the Navy probably only owes alliegance to the Congress who form this Federation, is that not so?"
Eriana nodded slowly. "There is much in what you both say. I believe that I will tell Lars this next time we see each other. But that does not solve the other problem, which is the need to have Lars at Sheldane. I had hoped to use that period, while we cannot go forth because of the rain, to accomplish as much as possible of the necessary planning."
"I do not think that will be a problem, Highness," Ursula responded. "I can guess what is going to happen and I think Lars has already figured it out as well."
Eriana looked suspiciously at Ursula. "Is this like when we were at Bakhrad, when you knew what we were going to do with the women and those barges before I did?"
"In a way. The circumstances are completely different."
The Princess's eyes flared with intensity. "Tell me."
"Lars will of course remain here in Bibek. He is too injured to go on the Visund. A hand only, or an ankle only, and he could probably manage. Not both. I would recommend taking Toshi in his place. He already acts as Lars's second-in-command, make it official."
"As you say," Eriana said slowly. "Although Toshi is not as familiar to me, that may not be so much a problem. But what will Lars do, stuck here for two months?"
"Have you forgotten Hamalbek? I am almost certain that Lars will be planning, probably with the help of Margrave Simbran and Graf Nuel, what to do there when the river subsides. He will also be planning for the training of the new Marines he expects to arrive during the next year. It makes sense for someone of his seniority to remain here while we go downstream."
"Gods! How could I have overlooked Hamalbek? Because it was not part of the original plan, that is why. Aye, Ursula, I will need someone senior to remain here when we leave. I had hoped one of the Farals or Zebrins would do it but it needs a neutral hand, I deem. Very well, Lars remains in Bibek until after the Rains have ceased. But how will I be able to plan? I know little about the workings of what will be new to all of us."
"Ah, not entirely, Highness. You once said that I was the only person from Earth with formal military training, I will help you. Between you, me, Toshi, Hashim and possibly Maralin I am sure we can properly rough out the structure we will need and get things started."
Eriana looked startled at first, then her eyes narrowed as she considered the possibilities.
"Done, Ursula. What would I do without you?"
An unexpected day of puzzles for many. Ketko confuses Ursula again, no-one knows if Lars can marry Nethra, and both Ursula and Eriana have received unexpected letters from King Robanar! The day ends with an ominous sighting.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
95 - Letters from Palarand
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2024 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
Ursula disentangled herself from Eriana's arms and legs and
pulled herself out of the bed. Her actions caused Eriana to waken
fully and there was a question in the Princess's eyes.
"Good morrow, Ursula. Why the hurry? Have we overslept?"
"No, Eriana, but if I do not get down to the toilets there will be an accident. I won't be long."
"Ah. A common female complaint, I deem." She yawned. "I will follow, I believe, but at a speed more appropriate for one of royal blood."
"That hasn't stopped you before," Ursula muttered as she pulled on a fluffy robe. "See you shortly."
Tyra awoke as Ursula pulled open the outer door but Ursula just gave her a wave and continued. The young Jothan climbed out of her own bed and went to the door of Eriana's bedchamber. She curtseyed.
"Good morning, Your Highness. Is anything wrong?"
"Good morning, Tyra. No, your mistress has a full bladder, that is all, I deem." Eriana had by now climbed out of bed and was reaching for her own robe. "Will you join us?"
"Of course, Highness. If I may find my own robe first."
Then Matta and Vellana appeared and so it was all four who followed Ursula downstairs to the bathing and toilet facilities. Once they had returned to Eriana's suite all changed into ship dresses since the weather promised to be hot again.
Over breakfast Eriana said, "I am remiss, Ursula. I have seen and spoken to all who reside in this hostel but not those who were ill when we arrived. I can only offer lack of time but that is no excuse. Can you tell me how they fare?"
"Most could probably be released by now, Highness. D'Nandis is fully recovered from the middrin and is just a little weaker than the rest from having spent time in bed. Ketko likewise is recovering well. Tenevar seems to have recovered from the insect sting on his thigh and could benefit from some exercise."
"Tenevar?" Eriana interrupted. "Is he the one from Sheldane?"
Ursula thought briefly before nodding. "He is - Oh, you probably want to talk to him about Sheldane, don't you? I don't think it is a very large place, he should be able to describe it well enough to enable you to draw a map."
"My thoughts exactly, Ursula. I apologize, I interrupted you. The others?"
"Mostly old leg injuries, Highness. Paronar, Sivlik - I want to get them up and about to aid their recovery. Let me see. Of the others, seven of them, only two are unable to stand and walk around at the moment. I think that Presk might have a nasty chest disease called cancer, it is surprising that the pirates didn't finish him off before we arrived. He can walk but gets out of breath almost straight away. Barsak was a recent admission with a twisted ankle - not unlike that of Lars, in fact. He won't be going anywhere for a week or so, but he ought to be helped up and about to have company to talk to."
"Hmm. I think I will pay them a visit this morning anyway. As leader of this mongrel band it is my duty, I believe. You mention Lars, shall you and I then go to the Fortress to give him the good news?"
"As you wish, Highness. I want to speak to the healers there anyway, they have some different ideas about some of the herbs I use."
"Done. Then, when I have finished this mug of pel, we shall go and visit your sick."
Netheran and Sarrik were in attendance when they reached the medium-sized room called the Chamber of the Sick. They approached the group and bowed.
"Your Highness, welcome. As you may see, almost all of those within, including ourselves, are anxious to leave this place and go about our customary affairs."
"Good morning, Netheran, Sarrik. We have come to assess you all and discover if any of you may join the others as you desire. If I may ask, what were your customary affairs? You must have had a normal place of employment before you went on that boat and were captured by the pirates."
The two Faral healers looked at one another.
"It seems so long ago..." muttered Sarrik. "Shall I remember what I was doing?"
"Aye," Netheran agreed. "Much has happened to us, we are two different people now."
"Do you think they will have us back?"
"Mayhap. Much may have changed in the months while we were away, besides ourselves. Why, even the name of our land has changed!"
Sarrik remarked, "I have learned so much from Mistress Ursula, I deem." He addressed her. "It is my thought that you know much more than you have shown during the days we have been together, Mistress."
She replied, "Yes, I do know more and I would be willing to teach you some of it - but you are not part of our company, there are men in Faral who must be your superiors. I do not know what they would say and, I must add, it is likely we will not be here in Bibek for too much longer. We have to get downriver before the Rains begin."
Eriana added, "Aye, and before you ask, the Visund already has two healers aboard. However, if you may come to some accommodation with those who are your superiors here, then the new Navy base at Hamalbek would welcome you as healers there. This would have the advantage that you would not be so far away from friends and family, if you have such. What say you?"
Netheran bowed. "Highness, it is something that we must both consider seriously. Your people have shown us a new and better way of working and we have already talked together about what you intend to do along our great river. It interests us greatly."
"As you wish. I do not seek to entice anyone from what they did before but you know that many of those held captive with you, even those of Yod, are thinking of joining the River Patrol. Most of those no longer have jobs or homes to return to but you two probably do. We will not think badly of you if you choose another way."
Sarrik bowed. "Thank you, Highness."
"Then, let us look at those you have tended, both before and after we rescued you all."
Eriana moved from bed to bed, speaking to each and every man before moving on. With Ursula's advice most were permitted to return to join those friends they had made during captivity. Only one man, a Faral, wanted to go out from the hostel and see if he had any family left in Bibek.
"I dislike the thought that you may go unassisted from this place while still weakened," she told him. "Aye, you may have come originally from Bibek or nearby but the city has changed, I deem, since you were last here. If you would accept the help of two of my men while you search, since they can assist you should you falter and they will protect you from those who may seek to waylay you."
The man bent one knee. "Highness, you are gracious. I had not thought about how much had changed in the months since I was last here. If your offer of employment still stands then I would willingly serve under you, should I fully recover."
"Rise, please. As you may know, we have had requests from many of those who were captives of the pirates but we presently have no need for extra people. Find your family and spend the season of rain recovering with them. If mayhap you cannot find them then this hostel will still be available to you. By the time the weather dries you may be fit enough to be of use to us."
"As you suggest, Highness. Thank you."
The final two who had been infectious in one way or another came last. D'Nandis climbed off his bed and offered Eriana a bow.
"Highness, this is D'Nandis," Ursula introduced him.
"Good morning, D'Nandis. But you are of the Six Cities, this is not your full name, I deem."
"It is as you say, Your Highness. In my home land I have the honor to be Yarbortarsil Benemar'than Doras D'Nandis an K'kjand. If I may be of service to you."
Eriana smiled. "Indeed you may. Garia - Princess Garia - explained to me how the names of your people are constructed, though I do not speak your tongue. Doras is some kind of rank, I believe, and D'Nandis the name of your House or family?"
"That is so, Highness. Doras means that I am the third son of my father and, more importantly, unlikely to become heir to his position should he die or more probably retire. Nandis is indeed the name of my family and house, which for me are the same thing."
"Unlikely to become heir? The position will go to one of your two brothers, then?"
D'Nandis gave a small smile. "One of my four brothers, Highness. It means that to improve myself I may move to a different... trade, let us say, than what my family practises. I will only be to do that once I return to K'kjand. Assuming I survive."
"Ah, as you say. When all bear blades and other weapons then much might befall any traveler, I deem. Will you come with us when we depart? I offer you a place on my ship the Visund when we begin our return journey and I know that you will have a warm and appreciative welcome in our final destination which is Palarand. Once there you may decide to join the Federation Navy, of which I am the appointed head."
"Highness, in the Six Cities Palarand is well known as a safe and interesting place for those like me who care to travel, though very far away. I will accept your offer immediately, but you should know that I doubt I am yet strong enough to pull an oar."
"We understand that, D'Nandis. You will come first as a passenger, to offer such assistance along the way that you may be capable of. I warn you, you have seen the Visund, it is an open craft and the journey may not be so comfortable as you may be used to."
D'Nandis nodded. "I understand, Highness. I will be there." He hesitated. "If I may ask, will you offer the same to my companion Kapis?"
Eriana nodded back. "Aye, I will. The men of the Six Cities are known for their trust and steadfastness and I will take any that I can find."
"Thank you, Highness."
Ursula added, "D'Nandis, you can leave this chamber and go and find him if you wish. You are well enough now not to require our attentions any longer."
He bowed. "Thank you, Mistress Ursula. I have waited for this day but knew that I should not attempt to hurry my recovery."
She smiled. "The best patients are always those who do not want to be somewhere like here. Go on, go and find him - and take it easy until you get used to moving again."
As D'Nandis moved slowly out of the chamber Eriana turned to the final occupant. Ketko had been sitting on his bed, watching Eriana closely, and now slid off it onto his knees. He bent down to touch the floor with his forehead and then straightened, remaining on his knees. He looked absolutely terrified.
"Great Mother, in this strange world there is no Horde which I could call my own. The Honored Mother spoke well of your rule when she tended me and so if you look favorably on me then I would offer you my service."
Eriana looked confused. "I am no mother, man from another world."
Now Ketko was confused. "But, pardon my presumption, I was told that you are the daughter of a Queen, is this so?"
"Yes, it is... but what has that to do with the matter?"
"You are the daughter of a Queen, your mother has unfortunately died giving birth to another, you must therefore be a Great Mother in her place. It is logical."
Her head was spinning. "But... it is true that my mother was a Queen and that she died giving birth. That does not make me a mother! I have yet borne no children and presently have no desire to."
"But..." Ketko's face was covered with sweat now. "I do not understand! Can the rules be so different in this crazy place?" He turned to Ursula with pleading in his eyes. "Honored Mother, I beseech you, you have not lied to me in your dealings with me? I begin to wonder, are we really in Ab Karbna but that you do not know it?"
This is just like before, she thought. Ketko is apparently talking at cross-purposes with Eriana.
But how can I fix this when I do not know what the problem is?
Then, suddenly, a light flickered dimly. Great Mother? Honored Mother? She held up a hand.
"Ketko, I have told you no lies, you have my oath on that. If you would wait a moment. I think you and Her Highness are talking about two different things."
"Your words are my instructions, Honored Mother."
Eriana was beginning to become annoyed. "Now he names you mother! We both know that is impossible!" She flicked a hand in his direction. "This man is insane, I deem. I want nothing more to do with him."
The light flared and Ursula saw it all. "He is not insane, Highness. He just comes from a land where matters are handled in a different way. When you meet the..." she was about to say 'King' but changed her mind, "...Queen, how do you address her?"
"Why, when I first meet the Queen I name her Your Majesty." Eriana's eyes widened. "Oh! Do you tell me that 'Great Mother' is a title in his homeland?"
"Probably a rank as well, Highness. I am guessing that it has nothing to do with the bearing of children but instead means that the holder has to be female. From previous conversations I would say that a Great Mother was the ruler of his Horde, probably what you and I would call a Queen. But there is more and I have only just realized it."
"Aye?"
"I am beginning to think that Ketko's society is one ruled by women, not men. Isn't that so, Ketko?"
"But of course! That is the only way..." He paused and Ursula could see the truth dawning in his eyes. "Honored Mother, you are about to tell me that men rule in this world. How can this be?"
"It is the way that societies have evolved on Anmar, I guess," she replied, generating a much longer reply in the local tongue, "Men are more warlike here and women have a different role here, a gentler one. In some of the societies along the Sirrel, like Yod, women are not valued at all and are made to be subservient to the men. I am guessing that is not so on Zeniak?"
"Of course. All men of the Hordes know that a woman's word is law, whatever rank or grade they may be. I find it difficult to understand how the other way may be so, but it explains much that I have observed while I have been in this world. No wonder I thought it was Ab Karbna! I regret that I may find it hard to adjust to another way, and yet here is a woman whose word is law, so I believe." He turned his attention to Eriana. "If men rule here, Great Mother, then how is it you are able to command all these men?"
"Rank here is a... complicated subject and depends, perhaps, on which land you are presently in," she replied. "I have a certain rank since my father is the King of a distant land and that has permitted me to gather some few willing retainers around me. But I am only a Princess. If I were a Prince, a son of my father, then I would have a higher rank and be able to gather more retainers. You may say that as a Princess I am unusual, most other Princesses I have met have been gentle and kind and find other ways to manage their positions."
"Great -" Ketko paused. "I cannot keep addressing you that way, it seems. How should you be addressed by one such as me?"
"Just as everyone else does. On first meeting, it is customary to address me as Your Highness and then just as Highness until we part again."
"This world is a strange place," he muttered. "Highness, then, my plea still stands. Would you take me as one of your... retainers, did you call them?"
"It is a very strange place... Ketko? Is that how I should address you?"
"It is ...Highness."
"I do not know you, you are a stranger to me, I do not know what strengths and weaknesses you may have nor what talents you may possess that may be useful to me and my purposes. For that reason I would not take you - yet - into my retinue. However, there are other considerations than my own wants and desires. I will not explain them now, you may find them too complicated to understand, but I want you to come with us on the Visund when it sails. We journey to Palarand, at the end of the river, and I know that you will be safer there than you would be anywhere else in Anmar."
He replied, "The Honored Mother... I suppose I should not call her that, either, should I? The healer, my healer, said that I should go with her aboard your great ship, ...Highness. Until she was certain that I was well enough." His eyes narrowed at a thought. "You are all interested in me! Why is that? So far as I know I have little to offer any of you."
"Except the fact that you come from another world," Ursula told him quietly. "That single fact puts you in great danger. I can guarantee that your presence here is not chance and that we were meant to find you and take you with us. I have no idea what you will be able to do for us but I am certain that whatever it is, you will become important. Will you join us?"
His eyes flicked between the two of them. Finally, he addressed Eriana. "Highness, I accept your offer. To be taken to a place of safety and to be guided by two strong women, that is what I need at the moment."
"Done, Ketko." There was a strange look in her eyes. "We will indeed look after you."
Ursula nodded. "Heard and witnessed."
"Rise, Ketko," Eriana said. At the look of confusion in his eyes she added, "Get up, please. There are many new customs you must needs learn about our ways and staying on both of your knees is not one of them."
He was shaky standing up and Ursula had to offer him an arm. Standing up for the first time Ursula saw that he was taller than she had imagined. In fact he was almost the same height as Eriana, the two could look one another in the eye. Not that Ketko did, he kept his gaze lowered slightly once he was on his feet. She also noticed that his skin color had softened slightly so that it looked more like a Japanese tint than anything else - but no Japanese ever had a face like that.
"Can you yet walk?"
"Highness, today is only the second day I have been out of bed and I found it tiring yesterday. I do not know how far I can walk, if you wanted me to do so."
Ursula told him, "You must try, Ketko. It is only by doing exercise, gentle exercise at first, that your body will be able to properly repair itself."
"Your words are my instruction... how should I address you?"
She gave a thin smile. "I have a number of ranks and titles according to what I am doing. For now just address me as Mistress."
"Then, Mistress, what is it you want of me today?"
Ursula looked at Eriana, who gave her a nod. "First, Ketko, I think you should join the others. Many of those in this hostel will be traveling with us in the Visund and you need to get to know them. Don't concern yourself with customs or anything like that just yet, concentrate on eating well and doing gentle exercise. Oh," Ursula added with a smile, "and keep drinking pel, of course. You should find Kapis and D'Nandis, you know them well, I am sure they will be of help to you as you recover."
"Your words are my instruction, Mistress. It is my own desire to get myself well so you are not asking me to do anything I would not do anyway."
"Then," Eriana said, "it is time that some of us collected our things and left this place. Ketko, we will assist you as far as the dining hall, I deem. Once we have found some friends for you we have other business elsewhere in Bibek."
"I'll take one arm," Ursula offered. "Tyra, you take his other side."
"As you wish, Mistress."
"Let's go."
* * *
The hostel and the Fortress were, in theory, "a short walk" apart but the terrain around Bibek made that walk heavy going as the day became warmer. This was because the hostel was on one ridge of the weathered slope and the Fortress was on another, at about the same height above the river. The road between dropped around twenty-five strides, crossed an intervening gulley, and then rose again. The small party was glad to reach the imposing entrance and get out of the sun.
The party was small, just Eriana, Bennet, Ursula, Tyra, Kalmenar and Tor. At the gate they were recognized and welcomed, but instead of leading them to the Chamber of the Sick the armsman they were following took them up stairs to the Margrave's office.
Simbran stood from behind his desk and beamed a welcome. "Your Highness, friends, good freshness, please join me for a moment or two. I know that you desire to visit the leader of your armsmen today but some important documents have arrived and one concerns you, Highness. I thought to give it to you now in the event you departed without meeting me."
Eriana looked puzzled. "Documents, Your Grace? Who could be sending us documents?"
"It is most intriguing," Simbran's deep voice replied. "You must of course know that I am now in regular communication with rulers beyond Yod, notably Wallesan of Joth and Robanar down at Palarand. Just this morning the Resident of Palarand has delivered a fat packet from Robanar and when I opened it I discovered that, amongst other things, it contained another packet which is addressed to you, Eriana."
He gestured at his desk with a hand, revealing opened parchment covers, green-and-purple ribbons and other packages.
He explained, "When we must needs send private matters to our Residents or to other rulers we customarily use various strategems to conceal the content from prying eyes. I know the Valley Messenger Service is exemplary but still, mayhap, packets may be mislaid along the way. That is why, first, the Resident of Palarand received the outer packet, inside which was a packet addressed to me. Inside that packet there were more and some bear most unusual instructions. Shall you receive yours?"
"Why, yes, of course, Your Grace." Eriana was mystified. "But I cannot think of any matter which is so secret that it must needs be conveyed in such a way." She received the thick package. "Ah, should I open it here? Would that embarrass you, Your Grace?"
"Regrettably so, Eriana," Simbran replied, pointing with a finger. "You will see written on your packet that it should be opened only in the presence of yourself and Mistress Ursula."
"Ursula! I wonder what my King desires now?" Eriana looked puzzled and then shrugged. "I have only to open this to discover why, I deem. Ah, if I may use a small chamber to open this, Your Grace? It would be unwise of me to take it back to the hostel and then find I must needs consult you about what I might discover."
"As you say, Eriana. There is a small chamber nearby which is used by my aide when privy letters must be written or coded. Speak to Birug when you are ready and he shall show you to it."
"Birug?"
"Ah, he does for me that which in Palarand, I believe, is performed by Chamberlain Kendar."
"Ah, of course." Eriana curtseyed. "Thank you, Your Grace. By your leave?"
Simbran gestured to the door. "Of course, Eriana. If you would pass by after you have visited Admiral Lars, I would know your plans concerning him."
"I'll do that, Your Grace."
The party left the Margrave's office and returned to the lower floor where a servant directed them to the corridor which contained the Chamber of the Sick and nearby rooms. Ursula first checked the Healers' office where Darissa was in residence.
"Good freshness, Mistress! Ah, I see you have come to visit your officer Lars." Darissa came out of her office to find the group waiting in the corridor. She curtseyed. "Your Highness! Good freshness to you." She looked at the group with a wary eye. "There are six here, that may be too many for the room."
Everybody turned to Eriana, who said, "Just myself and Ursula, to begin with, oh, and Kalmenar." She smiled. "My legal representative will witness that we bring Lars good news."
"I want to spend a little time with Darissa and, possibly," Ursula showed Darissa an upturned eyebrow, "Tamina? I wanted to speak to her about some differences in herb recipes we have noticed."
Darissa nodded. "Aye, Tamina should be around just before lunch, Mistress. If I may be of help?"
"Perhaps. Some of the salves we used on Admiral Lars looked different and I am interested to find out why."
"Then I look forward to our talk, Mistress."
Ursula turned to Eriana. "If I come out after I have checked Lars over then Tor can go in and see him."
"Done, Ursula."
Inside the room Lars was sitting up on the bed, fully dressed. His head, left wrist and hand and ankle were freshly bandaged. The most striking thing that both women noticed when they entered was that he was now clean-shaven and looked years younger. Beside the bed in a chair was Nethra, who stood when Eriana entered.
"Good morning, Princess, Mistress."
"Good morning to you and to Nethra, Lars. How are you feeling this morning?"
A wry twist of the lips. "Wishing I had not tripped, Princess. But the Gods laughed and here I am." He answered her question properly then. "Ankle hurts but not very much today. Wrist, hand, is bigger problem. Healer changed dressing when I woke," a nod towards Ursula, "and put more salve on. Ear stings a bit."
"It is to be expected," Ursula commented. "It is only a day and a half since the injury happened and these things take time, as you already know." She smiled at him. "I see you decided to tidy your face up, it suits you. It makes you look younger."
"Aye," Eriana agreed. "I know you could not go around with half a beard but I did not know there was a handsome man hiding underneath it! Nethra, do you prefer him like this?"
Nethra managed a smile and a shrug. "He is a man who will do whatever he desires, Highness. The beard did not bother me before but I am wondering if I might petition him to keep his face smooth. He does look handsome, does he not?"
Lars' face had begun to color with the praise. "Always kept beard, custom in Einnland, useful in cold, but now I live in lands of smooth-faces maybe it is time for change." He smiled fondly at Nethra. "Before, it was only me - and service to Princess, of course - but now I have to think of others." The smile faded. "Have done much thinking since you left."
"Aye! And Ursula thinks she knows what you decided."
Lars' eyes met those of Ursula. "She is smart woman. Princess, with wounds I have I cannot go on Visund. Have to stay in Bibek until Rains end. Maybe return in Green Ptuvil afterwards with Nethra. Can use time to plan Hamalbek. Get advice from people here."
"Almost exactly her words, Lars. Done. And you shall have Nethra as wife, I deem. These two," she wagged a finger between Ursula and Kalmenar, "realized that the Navy is a military organization and I am senior to you, so I can, and willingly do, give you permission to marry."
Lars' uninjured hand reached out and grabbed that of Nethra, who smiled back at him. "Princess," he said, emotion in his voice, "We give you thanks for this. You shall not regret the decision."
Eriana held up a hand. "I must warn you both, time passes too quickly here and the Visund must surely depart soon or be caught by the Rains. I do not know if a wedding could be arranged before we departed."
Lars nodded. "Expected, Princess. Go when you need to."
"But who will stand beside you, or for that matter Nethra? I do not understand if such ceremonies can be done that way. In Einnland it was so much easier."
Kalmenar entered the conversation. "Highness, it is possible. If it were not then many marriages could not take place since a liege may live far away. I believe that if the guardians concerned swear before His Grace then His Grace may act as proxy for them."
"Do you tell me? Then it seems that I must speak with His Grace once more before we depart this place. Lars? Will that be sufficient?"
"If Margrave agrees to Lord's words then it is enough, Princess. Thank you."
Ursula frowned. "That takes care of Lars, Highness, but what about Nethra? Does she need a... what did you call it? A guardian?"
They all looked at Nethra, who shrugged. "I do not know, Highness, Mistress. I was of Faralmark, it is true, but when I married Padaran I naturally became a vassal of Mirdul because that was where he was from. Now," another shrug, "I have no idea."
Kalmenar mused, "By the nature of things our lands must needs contain many who are widows. Wars, accidents, disease, all may take a man from his woman. It surprises me that I do not know what happens when a wife becomes a widow. Especially a widow who married someone from another land... and may finally reside in a third."
"Something else to ask Simbran, then," Eriana decided, "though I suspect he knows no more than we do." She looked at Lars and Nethra. "We shall find a way, we always do."
"Thank you, Highness," Nethra replied for the two of them.
"Well, if neither of you have need of me," Ursula told them, "I need to talk to the Fortress healers before we go. I will go out and make room for Tor to come in." She looked at Lars. "I'm sure you have many things you need to discuss."
"Yah, Mistress. Thank you."
Ursula turned and left the room. To Tor she said, "You should be able to go in now. Tyra and I have to go and speak with the Fortress healers."
The Captain of the Visund nodded his thanks. «See you later, Mistress.»
"Tyra? Back to the healer's office, I think."
"Mistress, I just saw Mistress Tamina go in there."
"Oh? That's good. Come on."
* * *
Later, in a different office, Eriana looked at the package which lay on the table between herself and Ursula. The others were waiting in the small lounge area where Ursula and Tyra had taken breakfast the previous morning.
"This is most unusual," she remarked. "Never before have I had such a package from Robanar, though of course I do not know if such as these are customary among the valley lands. If you will wait until I have unsealed it, Ursula."
Ursula smiled back. "I'm here, you're here, there isn't much else I can do, is there?"
Eriana returned the smile. "It is as you say."
She used her belt knife to cut the green-and-purple ribbon that bound the package, and then to worry beneath the seal until the hardened wax cracked. Teasing the cover open she discovered... two more packages.
"Well! This is taking secrecy to an extreme, it seems. Let me see... one is addressed to you and the other to me. Mine has writing in runes! Let me make them out... 'Open this after Ursula has read hers. Ask no questions'." Her eyes flared. "Ursula, what is going on? Robanar knows of you, it is true, but very little, I deem, and you have never met him."
She passed the other letter to Ursula and then could do nothing but watch, simmering, as the other turned it over to examine it.
Ursula told her, "There is writing here which might be that of your King but underneath it is another line which is in a different script... English. Does your King know English, Eriana?"
Eriana thought. "I doubt it, Ursula. Of course some few words have crept into the local language from Garia, since she has introduced so many new ideas and devices, but they would be spoken words, not written. Ah! Now of course Maralin also speaks that tongue, mayhap the two of them have... No. I would have heard if they had begun to teach the letters to anyone and Garia departed Palarand before I did. I deem, therefore, that it must be Maralin who wrote those words. What do they say?"
Ursula read the following to herself:
«By command of the King the instructions inside are in English, against any interception. Do not tell anyone the contents, not even Princess Eriana.»
Just great. This could become embarrassing and also push us apart.
"Eriana, do you trust me? I mean, totally trust me to do what I need to?"
The Princess looked blank. "Why, of course, Ursula. What is the problem?"
Ursula took a deep breath and read out the English. She added, "Please don't be offended by this! I'm only doing what your King instructs me to do. I am certain he must have had good reason for this."
Eriana did look offended but calmed down as she understood that Ursula had no choice in what she had to do.
"As you say, Ursula. Whatever this is, it is not your fault or mine. Robanar must have good reason for sending such a secret message to you this way. If you would open the letter and read it."
Using Eriana's knife, already on the table, Ursula cut the ribbon and broke the seal. She was not surprised to find that the contents, a single sheet of paper, were also written in English.
«From Robanar, King of Palarand, to Ursula, recently of Earth, greetings.
Since I do not speak any of the tongues of Earth this letter is being written by Maralin of Joth whom you know. We believe that you two are the only two people on Anmar who may read and write this particular script, thus keeping the contents private. Maralin is entirely in my confidence and whenever you meet you may speak of the matters within this letter but to no-one else.
Maralin has spoken to you of Garia and from Eriana you have learned that she has departed Palarand upon a special mission for the Crown. The reasons for this mission and how it was managed are covered by a special oath and thus no-one may speak of the details. I have, however, obtained permission to make a request of you and that is the purpose of this letter.
Garia has returned to Earth for a period which may be as much as an Anmar year. Since she now understands what happens during these journeys it is likely that she will bring with her useful materials when she returns. It is our view that most of those materials will be in the English tongue.
In order to make most use of the materials which Garia is expected to bring with her, it is our wish that many of our scientists and engineers should learn English. To do this it will be necessary for us to make use of any and all English speakers and readers as exist on Anmar presently to teach others their tongue and script.
I regret that she departed before you arrived, so she does not know of you and I do not know if she can speak the tongue of your land or write your script. But Maralin has told me that you do speak and write a number of Earth tongues including English.
I am not your liege, I may not command you, but it is my request that when Eriana returns to Palarand you would return with her and make your home in my lands. You would be received with honor as Garia was and will not want for home or funds. In return I ask that you would spend some portion of your time here helping Garia and Maralin teach enough English to our people that they may in turn begin to teach others.
The destination of Garia's mission is held private by our oath and should not be mentioned to Eriana. You should only tell her that I have offered you an honored place in Palarand and that, since she and her crew are returning here, she should travel with you. I am told by Maralin that you are used to keeping secrets so I am assured that you will have no trouble deflecting her concerns.
I am aware that the Rains are presently due and that no reply may be made before the Visund may set sail. If you have made other arrangements and would be unable to accept our invitation then a letter sent when the Rains end will suffice.
Robanar, this day 24th Lemilat, 1175 Since The Great Flood.
With his approval, I have been permitted to add my own notes to His Majesty's letter. I will only add that I always thought that it would be better for you to go to Palarand as that is where most of the exciting things are happening right now. It is a busy place and entirely different than my home of Joth. I feel confident you will soon make yourself feel at home there.
Because of the English project I will be traveling there very frequently so we will be able to consult should there be any problems. Do not think you will be left alone in a strange land, the King and Queen are very friendly. In any event I know you will have Tyra beside you and I am sure that Eriana and her crew will not be far away.
Until we meet again,
Maralin»
More secrets! Oh, just one really. The rest of it I am probably going to do anyway.
She lowered the letter. "Wow. I am honored that your King wrote to me personally. He officially invites me to come to Palarand and live there. I think he wants me to become involved in some of the projects he has going on there."
Eriana laughed. "Oh, yes! Once you meet Milsy and Fulvin, not to mention Parrel and Gerdas, you will be lost, I deem. But the letter says more than that, surely? I do not know that script but your letter seems too long for a simple invitation."
"He also says that he would like me to come to Palarand on the Visund, which was what I was going to do anyway. This just makes the invitation formal. He says that I should not become lonely since Maralin is going to become a frequent visitor."
"Do you tell me? Interesting."
"In fact, it was Maralin who wrote this letter, at the King's command."
"But why do it in an unusual script? Surely the normal cyphers would be sufficient?"
"Ah, but remember, people are not supposed to know my origins. If they could break a cypher, they could work out that I was not of Anmar and that could cause all kinds of problems."
"Ah, as you say. So. Shall I open my own letter now?"
"I think you probably should, Eriana."
Eriana's note was much shorter - and written in runes.
«From Robanar, King of Palarand to Her Highness Eriana of Palarand, fond greetings.
Mistress Ursula has just received and read an invitation from me for her to come and reside in Palarand. I would request that you provide her room and passage aboard your ship for the return journey, assuming that she agrees to come.
When you arrive at whatever port in Palarand you shall decide, it is my request that you bring her as soon as convenient (but without delay) to the palace so that we may be introduced and she may be provided a chamber until a more permanent residence is decided. You are, of course, welcome to return to the palace yourself unless you decide instead to go to Blackstone House.
Robanar, this day 24th Lemilat, 1175 Since The Great Flood.
By command of the King, written by Gullbrand at the palace. Greetings, Your Highness.»
"Well! But I still do not see anything that would, to my mind, require such an elaborate method of delivery."
Ursula pointed out, "Eriana, you have been away a long time and you do not know what has happened there since you left. There may have been some problem with spies. Perhaps the situation in Yod is so unstable that they are simply taking extreme precautions."
"Aye, Ursula, you may have the right of it. Very well, I assume that you are going to agree to my King's invitation?"
"I had always thought that I would go to Palarand, but perhaps return to Joth if I did not like it there. An official invitation is good, since I would be assured of a welcome, but what if I do not like it? I am not sure I want to go against a King's wishes."
"Remember, Ursula, you are not his subject. Even if you go there at his invitation you will only be a visitor until you choose to swear alliegance. Unless you start murdering people or destroying the economy I doubt any would prevent you leaving."
Ursula gave Eriana a look. "Except you, perhaps."
"Maybe. There is no reason the Navy has to be based in Palarand except convenience. I am sure there are other lands who would be interested. Vardenale, for example. That sits upon the north shore of the Sirrel as it enters the great eastern ocean, the Shan."
"Hmm. That is all a long way into the future, though. Let us arrive at Palarand and find out what is so interesting about it that everyone wants to go there."
"Agreed."
They took their correspondence into the small rest area where the others sat and burned it all in the kitchen stove.
"We must needs see Simbran again before we leave," Eriana told the others, "for him to learn what we have discovered today. If you would wait for us a short while, we will return as soon as we may. If you so desire, you may again visit Lars until we return. Ursula, Kalmenar, with me."
In Simbran's office Eriana and Kalmenar explained Lars and Nethra's problem and their considered solution. Fortunately Simbran agreed, and with a scribe present, all three made oaths that they thought would satisfy the occasion.
"And what of your mysterious letters, Eriana?" Simbran asked when they had finished.
"Your Grace, they were only mysterious because of a rumor, perhaps more than a rumor, that spies sought to learn what the increased flow of letters between here and Palarand might mean." She scowled. "I know what I would do if such were discovered in Einnland but the Great Valley is a more careful place, I deem. The content of those letters? My King has issued a formal invitation to Ursula to travel to Palarand and reside there, and instructions to me to convey her thence."
"Ah." Simbran nodded. "I wondered if it were something of the sort." He glanced at Ursula. "My dear, we know of your origins and that it would be best if you were to reside in a land where you know you will be safe. Faral cannot offer that, not yet, but both Palarand and Joth already do so for others like you. Know that you will always be welcome on our soil, Mistress Ursula."
She felt the urge to bob and did so. "Thank you, Your Grace."
Then it was time to make the return journey to the hostel for lunch. The party had just crossed the bridge at the bottom of the small gulley between the Fortress and the hostel when some passers-by shouted and pointed before running for cover.
"Where?"
"Up there, Mistress! To the north-west!"
Ursula shaded her eyes and searched above, finding a skein of avians traveling from north-west to south-east. The formation reminded her of geese.
"What are they?"
Kalmenar answered, "Grakh, Mistress. Maybe not as large as the ones you fought in Joth but large enough to cause grievous injuries to such as ourselves. Best we find some cover until they pass."
The corner of a nearby dwelling was enough to get them out of sight of the creatures above but those were not interested in whatever was on the ground, merely beating their way steadily south-east. Once they had passed by the party resumed their short journey, now climbing up towards the hostel.
"You realize what this means, Mistress?" Kalmenar remarked.
"No, is it something special? Are we in danger?"
"Maybe, maybe not. Grakh such as those habitually migrate north-east to south-west just before the Rains begin. It is thought that they lair on islands far out in the ocean, far beyond anywhere Her Highness's people may have been, but that when the storms come which herald the Rains, the creatures flee to some unknown sanctuary far inland.
"What this means is that, if we are seeing such migrations now, the Rains cannot be far behind. Highness, I fear you must adjust your plans accordingly."
Eriana and Tor attempt to decide who is going on the Visund but extras keep appearing. Deliberations are interrupted by a disturbing invasion of the harbor and river. Later, there is a final unexpected addition to the list of travelers.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
96 - Crew Selection
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2025 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
The next morning Eriana called a brief meeting of all the
women after bathing but before they had dressed, so that all who had
them appeared for breakfast in some version of uniform. Eriana,
Bennet and Semma all wore their sand-gray ship dresses while Ursula
and Tyra wore Marine attire consisting of green tee shirt and cargo
pants. All who had rank slides wore them.
When the group entered the dining room a few eyebrows were raised, but almost all of those in the hostel had been at Hamalbek and were familiar with what the women were wearing, if not today's reason why. The atmosphere in the dining room became more business-like and quieter while the men wondered what the womens' display might portend.
When breakfast was almost over, Ursula sent Tyra to ask Toshi to join them whenever he was ready. He arrived accompanied by the other Kittrin, a move that was not unexpected. Both halted beside her and Toshi made a Japanese-style bow to her.
"Matsuk Hakatoshi reporting for duty, Ma'am. If I may introduce my fellow Kittrin, he is Kapashu Atakami Teratsu," a smile which showed gleaming teeth in the dark face, "but known to many here in the east just as Terry."
Ursula regarded the other man. He looked younger than Toshi but the almost completely black complexion made it difficult for someone like her to estimate age. His arms were bare below his tunic but showed scars, as did the backs of his hands.
There could be a story here. Maybe we ought to take this meeting elsewhere.
She held up a hand. "One moment, please." Turning to Eriana, she asked, "First Director, I need to have a conversation with these two. Can I use the small office? I don't think we will take very long."
Eriana waved a negligent hand. "Of course, Ursula. I can conduct my business here if necessary."
"Thank you."
She led the way out of the dining room, conscious of the eyes following the group. Once inside the small office she gestured to the chairs around the table and asked everyone to sit. Toshi spoke first.
"Ma'am, I did not realize we were expected to wear uniform inside the hostel if we did not have any duties. If I may offer our apologies for being dressed this way."
The two men were wearing ordinary tunics over sand-gray cargo shorts, which they obviously found more comfortable in the heat than the usual tights.
Ursula waved a hand. "Our uniforms today are really to show whoever we speak to that we are dealing with official business. Since neither of you is on duty, I see no reason you should not wear whatever is comfortable. I gather that there is no problem with you two working together?"
"No, Ma'am. Terry and I are from islands at different ends of the Kittrin empire and our clans had little to do with each other. He is here because - I suppose I should let him tell you his story."
Ursula turned to Terry.
"Ma'am," he began, "I was a deck-hand on a trading boat between the islands when we came under attack from a small fleet sent from Tokatsu-jeema." An aside, "That is a larger island near the center of our island group. Our vessel was taken as a prize and we were all considered prisoners. On the way back to their base, a journey of two days, their fleet was in turn attacked by a bigger fleet of small, narrow craft of foreign raiders.
"Our captors were in turn captured, the barbarians did not let us go but kept us as well. We sailed south on the ocean I know not where, to a rude city where we were all sold as slaves. Because of my sailing knowledge I was made to serve aboard one of their raiding craft, doing mostly what I did before but with unfamiliar sail arrangement and rigging which I had to learn.
"Like this I made several voyages, the barbarians sometimes capturing other, larger craft, and because of my sailing knowledge I was eventually given the option of signing on as a free crew member. I reluctantly agreed, but said that I was not able to fight, only help sail their craft, and this was agreed. The very next voyage we made we were in turn captured by a warship from the Six Cities and those people freed me.
"I arrived in K'Kdaril and was immediately offered a place on one of their trading vessels but I decided that maybe the ocean was not a good place for me to be. I stayed there two... no, two and a half years, learning their tongue and to use their weapons and then decided to take my chances as a caravan guard as it traveled east. I had heard that there were places in the east which were beginning to sound interesting.
"I ended up in Stirmond and thought to work my way downriver on one of the many barges." He rolled his eyes. "Imagine my lack of surprise when we were taken by river pirates! I languished in Hamalbek until you, Ma'am, and your people, came to rescue us." He considered, then asked, "What do you intend for us, Ma'am?"
It is beginning to sound like the western ocean is worse than the eastern one is. Still, it will take the Federation some years before we have to deal with that problem.
"Terry, it sounds like you have just the knowledge and experience we need for the Navy," she told him. "If I may, I will speak with you in a moment, I asked to speak to Toshi this morning to give him some news he may consider double-edged.
"Toshi, you may already know that Lars - Force-Admiral Lars, that is - will be forced to remain here in Bibek because of his injuries. He will not be able to travel downriver to join the rest of us until after the Rains have ended. Since that leaves a vacancy when we arrive at Sheldane, our intended destination, he has recommended you as his second-in-command. It will mean a promotion and complete authority over Marine training and operations at Sheldane. What do you say?"
Toshi was taken aback. "What... Why... Ma'am, this is unexpected! To know that Lars trusts me so, I cannot speak of the honor he has done me." His voice lowered. "I do not know if I can do as he asks, though."
"But you were a Prince on your island, you told me," Ursula reminded him, "does that not mean that you had command over at least some of the men there?"
"It is true... but I did not have to teach them tactics I do not know myself! We had masters in all the martial arts we knew, though in the end we were not good enough to beat off the enemy. Ma'am, I am honored by the offer but I do not know if I can do it."
"I don't think it will be as bad as you imagine. We will have the two months or so of the Rains to plan for the future and, of course, you will have all the rest of Eriana's - Princess Eriana's - the First Director's men with us who will teach you what they know. You have already taken part in one assault with them, I think that proves you are capable of doing the job."
His eyebrows raised. "You are using the Norse as a model for the Marines? Ah, I understand now. I thought maybe you were using the Zebrins or Farals as a model. You will be there?"
"Probably. Most of the time. You know that I will have to make certain visits whenever I need to. Also, I am not in your direct line of command, but because Lars is staying here I will be your acting superior if you need any decisions made."
"That is good! Ma'am, you rescued me, I trust you, I will accept your job offer. Do you want me to start immediately?"
"The planning side, yes, if you can find the time, but we will only be at Bibek a few days more. Lars will be returning here this afternoon, you can work out between you what you should be doing. Anything else will have to wait until we reach Sheldane, because we don't even know what facilities will be waiting for us, if any."
Toshi nodded. "I understand. And uniforms?"
"Whatever you feel comfortable with for now. It is going to be awkward and cramped on the Visund anyway so there is little point dressing up just to get wet and dirty."
"Sensible. So, if I am doing that job, what rank will I be? I find all these different ranks to be very confusing."
"We all do! And we're not helping by inventing more for the new service. It was decided that we couldn't use the Navy ranks, most of them, since it doesn't make sense to have a Admiral or a Commodore just of Marines, so we'll probably use a mixture of ranks that already exist. We'll have a talk when Lars gets here but you'll just be the next step down from him, whatever we name it. Possibly Under-Marshal or something similar."
Toshi gave her a glance. "Might you choose some name from the other world?"
She thought. "That is a good idea. Possible, but that might just confuse people more. Tyra? The slides, please."
Tyra dug into her bag and came out with slides which had just one broad bar on them, handing them to Ursula. She in turn presented them to Toshi.
"These are temporary," she explained. "I want to have some made with an extra mark on them to show you are a Marine rather than a Sailor. I have yet to decide on what mark would look good."
"Thank you, Ma'am."
She murmured, "A General is about equal to an Admiral or a Marshal, so the next step down would be a Colonel -"
"A Keronal, Ma'am?" Toshi said, giving the word sounds familiar to him.
Ursula thought, then nodded. "Okay, a Keronal." She stood and reached out her hand. "Welcome aboard, Keronal."
Toshi stood, banged his fist on his chest Palarandi-fashion and then shook Ursula's hand.
"I will do all that I can, Ma'am, and thank you for the honor."
She gave him a small smile. "You may not think it an honor by the end of the Rains, Toshi. We're thinking our way through this but we have little idea what we are really doing. We rely on the experience of the countries around us to give us our ideas, and we'll use the experiences of both of you, but intend to build something better on what we have seen."
"I'll take your advice, Ma'am. This will be all new to me as well."
"Very well. Let me turn to Terry here now. Terry, is it your wish that you stay close to Toshi? Given that the two of you are the only Kittrins I have ever seen or heard of, I doubt there are many others of your people around so it makes sense to me that you two would want to be close to preserve your language and your customs."
Terry made a Japanese bow. "That is what I had thought, Ma'am. But it is now clear to me that Toshi has different talents to me and I do not know if I would be much help to him. I would be content if we were to be at the same place, so that we could meet from time to time and have a drink together."
"You would do that? It appears to me that you are mainly a sailor rather than a warrior so I could see you progressing doing different things than Toshi will be doing. For example, you could end up captain of your own patrol vessel."
"You think so, Ma'am? That would be interesting. But I am still recovering from being held by the pirates. I doubt I could captain even a rowboat now."
"You will have plenty of time before that occurs. There is the Rains, and then probably some basic fitness exercises along with the others we are taking along. Actually, depending on your past experience, once you are fit again you might be working on a sailing ship on the eastern ocean instead of on a river craft."
"The eastern ocean? I never thought of that! Ma'am, I will go if you will have me."
"Done, Terry, and welcome to the Navy."
* * *
Lars arrived shortly before lunch. There was a borrowed carriage which held Nethra and Tamina while a covered wagon held Lars in the back along with a wheeled chair for him to use in the hostel. A detachment of eight of Simbran's personal troops helped get him out of the wagon, into his chair and into the cool of the building. There was a larger office which Eriana had appropriated and the arrivals joined her, Ursula, Toshi and Tor inside.
Toshi was startled by Lars' bare face but smiled. "Greetings, Admiral. I like the new look."
Lars ran fingers of his good hand across his smooth chin. "It feels unusual to me but good. May keep it."
"Agreed," Eriana said. "Though I am used to beards on my men it is sometimes interesting to discover what may lie beneath. At least you are not a troll."
Lars inclined his head. "I have been called that a few times."
"Very well. Lars, we have arranged a room - quarters, they name it here - for you and Nethra on this floor so that you will not have to go up and down stairs. I'm sure that you will be able to find people to help you in and out of the toilet and bathroom. When we're gone there are rooms along here you can choose for an office. I'm sorry, it seems that while there is ale here now, they won't be brewing any more once the Rains begin, so enjoy it while you can."
"Ale? Why not, Princess?"
"It requires boiling the ingredients and there probably won't be enough firewood. Remember, whatever is in this building has to supply everyone with everything until the Rains have ended. I am told it will be folly to attempt to go anywhere, it could be dangerous."
"Oh. Must investigate stores, then."
"Leave that to the hostel staff, Lars, they know what they are doing. What I want you to do is to get together with Toshi and make a rough plan for him to take to Sheldane. Ursula spoke to him this morning and he has accepted our offer to be your second-in-command, with responsibility for Sheldane until you arrive there." She smiled. "Ursula has also promoted him, with a new marine rank, that of Keronal. She will act as his immediate superior, should that be required, until you arrive."
Lars considered this and then nodded. "It is good. What else is there?"
"Almost all who will remain here in this hostel will be survivors from Hamalbek, and most of those desire to be considered for the Navy. That also appears to be the desire of the remaining Yodans, although those will need careful thought. Many of the men will become sailors, not marines, so may not want to join in any training you are thinking of doing, but you might find someone to look at the ship-handling side of the business for you."
"Yah. Can do. Yodans?"
Ursula said, "Don't overlook them, Lars. You have about two-thirds of a galley crew there and they will be better trained for a military vessel than any of the bargemen would be. It might not be a good idea to keep them together as a crew but they can spread their knowledge around the others - even the Marines. We already know that the Zebrins and the Farals prefer to make sure that everyone can at least do every task aboard."
"And, once the Rains end," Eriana added, "there will be several galleys here you can use for training voyages. I will assume that almost all the men will be fit enough by then."
Ursula pointed out, "Some rowing can only improve everyone's fitness after a two-month break, Lars."
"Hmm. Big task." Lars nodded. "Much to think about. Thank you, Princess, Ursula."
"While we are here," Ursula asked, "I gave Toshi some rank slides just one level below yours, but we have nothing to indicate that it is a Marine rank instead of a ship rank. I thought to put some kind of mark or symbol there as well. I know that Eriana made a mark like that of a ship for her rank slides once but have you any suggestions for the marines?"
"Huh. Not anything I ever thought of, Ursula."
"It is common practice on Earth, where uniforms may look the same to an outsider but the wearer may be in a different kind of service."
"Ah. Maybe a sword? Crossed swords, maybe?"
Eriana frowned. "Do not those of Pakmal use crossed swords for some of their troops? I do not desire to risk confusion with other military if possible."
Lars grinned. "Then cross axes, Princess. We are Norse, Marines will do it different."
Eriana smiled. "That's good, Lars. Done. Ursula? Do you have any idea how this mark can be arranged?"
"Not a clue, Eriana. We have no time to do anything here and the distinction won't be important until next year, probably. We could maybe get the women to embroider the axes on for now but we might need to stamp them out in metal in the future."
"Ah! And those of Palarand are experts in such details, I deem. Good, we will ask them when we reach there. Is there anything else we need to tell Lars?"
There was some head shaking and Eriana said, "Then I think we had better show Lars and Nethra to their new quarters. Tor, Ursula, we'll come back here and consider our crew list."
* * *
The door was thrust open. "Highness, come quickly!"
Eriana half-rose and looked at the servant, annoyed because her meeting had been interrupted, yet also secretly glad to have a break from the unrelenting planning session. "What is it?"
"Grakh, Highness, over the city and in the river."
"Are we in danger?"
"Highness, all have been warned to keep under cover and keep the doors and windows closed. It is all we may do."
"They can come inside?"
"No, Highness, but we would deny them the temptation. If you would come? It is safe enough."
She stood, causing the others to stand as well.
"Where do you want me to come?"
"There are windows upstairs."
Upstairs had a better view, but it was the men's chambers which overlooked the river junction. "Upstairs? Where?"
The woman looked momentarily doubtful. "Ah, in the front, Highness, but the room where Admiral Lars was to reside. It is presently empty."
"Very well." Eriana looked at the others. "Shall you join me? I would investigate this disturbing happening, learn more of these creatures if it is safe to do so."
"Of course," Ursula replied, then looked at Lars.
He waved a hand. "Go. I am not so curious."
Ursula, Toshi and Kalmenar followed Eriana out of the office and towards the stairs. Sitting at a table in the adjacent dining room were Nethra, Bennet, Semma and Tyra, who all stood when the others appeared.
Bennet called, "Highness! Are we needed?"
"I do not think so," Eriana called back, "but if you wish you may join us. Someone look after Lars, please."
At the top of the Men's Stair they were shown into a corner suite that would usually be offered to someone of rank who was traveling with their family, but since Lars' accident it had been left empty. The group all filed in and looked out of the windows, which showed views on two sides of the hostel but more importantly showed both the rivers Sirrel and Faral.
The sky was full of dark shapes which were wheeling and diving into the two rivers. Since Bibek was on the outside of a major bend that was where the deepest water was, so most of the creatures were diving there, but Ursula could also see others floating on the water's surface all the way across to the Zebrin shore.
"Gods above! How many of them are there?"
"Many hundreds, Highness, I am sure," Kalmenar replied. "I doubt I have ever seen so many at one time in all my years, or seen them so close."
"It is well, then, that we keep the windows closed and just view them."
Ursula watched the display for a while and then offered, "Highness, I am not sure they are interested in us this time. Since the river level is so low it must be easy to catch fish and it looks like they know how to do just that. Another time it may be different. Why are they coming here now? Apart from those five monsters in Joth I do not recall seeing another one anywhere."
Kalmenar answered, "Mistress Ursula, as I mentioned yesterday they are migrating south-west along the Great Valley to some distant refuge. I did not think they ever stopped but managed somehow to fly that whole distance without food or sleep. Mayhap a few came low enough today to notice some fish trapped in the shallows in the river and that brought the others down to enjoy the feast."
"What will they do after they have fed, Kalmenar?" Eriana asked. "Think you they might roost somewhere and nap awhile, as we do? That might be unwelcome for the folk of Bibek, I deem."
"As you say, Highness, but I have no idea."
"Colors," Ursula said after watching the activity for a while. "They are not all black, as I first thought. There are different groups with bright colors on parts of their bodies. They are not all the same size either. Maybe different species?"
"What matters it?" Eriana replied. "They are all dangerous to people, I deem."
They watched as another skein spotted the activity below and peeled off to descend like a long line of dive-bombers. Some of them dived straight in while others flattened out to alight on the river further away before disappearing into the depths. Ursula had a sudden thought and moved to the left-hand window, which gave her a view that included the roofs of the boathouses at the Royal Dockyard. There were creatures diving into the lagoon there, as well, though she could not see the water from where she was.
"I just had a thought," she said. "Where is Tor?"
"Oh, he should be down at the ship," Eriana replied absently, then realized what she had said. "Gods, no!" She swiftly joined Ursula. "They are landing there as well? I must go!"
As Eriana turned to go Ursula put out a cautionary hand. "Don't do anything stupid, Highness, you will only put yourself at risk if you went outside."
"But -"
Through the closed windows came a faint pock! which was accompanied by a small cloud rising from beyond the boathouse roofs. This was immediately dispersed as the creatures took off in fright, their movement causing others further away to also rise until all were wheeling in the sky. They formed into a great whirlwind of dark shapes, and it seemed to Ursula that they gradually became higher than at first. They kept rising and rising until at last they topped out and began peeling off to resume flying south-west. The surface of the Sirrel was completely deserted apart from a few empty fishing boats. A short time later the sky was also empty.
Kalmenar asked, "What just happened? What scared them away?"
Eriana answered, "I imagine somebody remembered the grenades, My Lord. I cannot think how many were left, maybe only three or four. I do not think anyone intended to kill any of those creatures, merely to scare them away."
"That worked, Highness," Ursula agreed. "That little cloud could only have come from a powder explosion, like those I saw at Hamalbek. Let us hope there were no injuries down there."
Eriana gave Ursula a hard glance. "Do you consider it is now safe for me to venture down there?"
"From what we have seen, Highness," Ursula's replied, "there is now no danger to anyone. However, I can see empty fishing boats out there and I cannot imagine that everyone who was at work down there managed to get under cover in time. Tyra? Grab my basket and your bag, we are going with Her Highness."
"Of course, Mistress."
Naturally, many of those at the hostel wanted to go along so it was a crowd of about twenty who set off some moments later. People were beginning to emerge from hiding as the group made their way down to the riverside and along to the walled area known as the Royal Dock. There was no problem gaining admittance and they all walked around the enclosure, down the ramp and along the floating jetty to the Visund.
Tor was there with Zakaros, Ezran and some of the sailors. He leapt onto the jetty to welcome Eriana and her party.
«You are late. We managed to scare them away on our own.»
«We saw from the hostel.» Tor looked up at where the hostel should be and frowned so Eriana added, «We cannot see the ship from the hostel, only the roofs of those buildings there. We heard a noise, saw a small puff of cloud and then the creatures all began rising into the air.»
«Yah. When they started to come down we were worried, so I told everyone to hide under the tarpaulins and keep still. That worked until some began perching on the ship. Do you know if this is something that usually happens around here?»
«I did not ask. Maybe, since they always come just before the Rains and that is when the river is lowest. Ursula said they could see the fish and once some came down, that attracted the others. Did you use a grenade?»
«Yah, but it was difficult. I was not at the bow where they were stowed. Young Ezran there had to risk exposing himself to reach them and then the box was passed along to me.»
«And the creatures did not attack you?»
Tor shook his head. «The ones that came to the ship were much smaller, Highness, maybe this long.» He held his hands about four feet apart. «When we showed ourselves they flew off and landed in the lagoon. Zakaros carries a striker, he made a flame and I threw a grenade into the water but it sank before it could explode. I had to light another one and guess how long to hold it before I threw it. When I did so it exploded in the air.»
Eriana nodded thoughtfully. «And they took fright and flew up, causing others to take fright until they were all up. Tor, you may have just saved the whole of Bibek from those creatures.»
Tor looked solemn. «Or I could have blown myself up, Highness, and possibly sunk the ship doing it.»
Eriana bared her teeth in a grimace but responded, «It is something every captain of a ship might have to do, Tor. There is no blame to you for risks you are forced to take. I have no doubt you will take other risks in the future.»
Tor nodded. «Thank you, Highness. Have you all come to help? I could do with a few more hands while you are here.»
«We can spare the time. First I must ask if you have any injuries, either from the creatures or otherwise. If so, Ursula will attend to them.»
«We managed, since we had the tarpaulins to climb under.» He pointed to the boat sheds. «I do not know what happened over there but we heard nothing that might have sounded like an attack.»
«Very well.» Eriana glanced at the Visund. «Some of those creatures have left messes where they perched. I suggest you clean that up quickly. I recall that some avian shit can eat through even wood in time and will certainly attack the nails in the hull.» She looked up. «I thought you were going to take the mast down?»
«Baros suggested it might be worth leaving it up, Highness. The river level is so low that we need a good lookout to help us find the deepest channels as we go. If we leave the mast in place we can hoist Tyra up it on one of those little chairs. It gives us more room down below, too.»
«But what happens when it begins to rain?»
He shrugged. «It is no problem, we can take down the mast and set up the awning very quickly if it does begin raining. Oh, that reminds me. One of the men from the boathouses thinks the awning will not be strong enough when the main rain session begins. He spoke of so much water that I have trouble believing him but it is worth warning you.»
«I have heard the same.» Eriana considered, biting her lip as she looked over the longship. «We have no time to do anything different, Tor.»
«Put the Visund in one of those boathouses and stay here until it is all over,» he suggested.
Eriana shook her head firmly. «No. I have no doubt we would be looked after well in Bibek but I think this voyage has gone on long enough. We have done more than I ever expected, fighting off renegade soldiers, defeating an uprising and attacking pirates along the way which have all delayed us considerably. I want to be home, Tor. I do not want to spend an extra two months on the Sirrel. It is time to begin finding our way back to Palarand.»
He bowed his head. «As you wish, Highness. I only suggested an alternative.»
She gave him a smile. «That is what you are supposed to do, Tor, but I have to consider everybody's needs. How soon can we be ready to sail, do you think?»
«We await some of the foodstuffs we will need, Highness.» He spread his hands. «It seems everybody is busy with this festival of theirs. Three days, I was told, possibly four, before we can be sure of getting everything.»
«Three days! But that is Harvest Festival! Gods! I had hoped to have left before then.»
He looked doubtful. «Can we go earlier and pick up what we need along the way?»
«I do not know, Tor. They may not be expecting anyone to be traveling any distance that close to the Rains so foodstuffs may not be ready for us to load. I do not want to wait anywhere while they find what we need.» She made an irritated sigh. «Do what you can, Tor, but tell me every evening when you come back if there is anything delayed or no longer available. We might have to... get creative.»
Tor gave a slight smile. «As you wish, Highness.»
* * *
"Tor talked about putting Tyra up the mast when we were down at the ship," Ursula said at the late afternoon meeting. "While I agree that she is probably the best person to do it, I do not think she could be up there for the whole voyage."
"I do not think that was what he intended, Ursula," Eriana replied. "I plan to use the main current going downstream since that will be the fastest way to get us back to Palarand."
"I understand that."
"But even as the river speeds us we cannot do the whole voyage in one day, Ursula. We know that it would be dangerous to travel by night, even more so now that the river is so low, so we must needs find food and a bed each evening. Some of those places will not be by the main current as Bibek is and that is where having sharp eyes at the top of the mast will be required. Tor knows that and we all know that Tyra is the best person for steering from the mast-head."
"Ah, I see. Agreed. That makes sense, thank you."
"If that becomes too much for her, perhaps we could use Toshi or maybe his countryman... what was his name again?"
"Kapashu Atakami Teratsu, Eriana, but everyone knows him as Terry," Ursula replied. "Actually, he is a sailor where Toshi is not. He is also a little smaller so may find it easier going up the mast. All we would have to do is to teach him the whistle commands."
"Do you tell me? That is useful to know. So, How many names is that now?"
Kalmenar added up the list of names. "We have forty-eight so far, Highness, which includes the seven men you and Lars bespoke the other morning at breakfast."
Eriana's mouth twisted. "We are becoming full, I deem. I do not want to take many more since the Visund floats lower in this river water and will be more sluggish to handle. Does anyone desire to suggest any other name?"
Hashim cleared his throat. "By your leave, Highness, if it were possible then I would ask if you could include my family. I am prepared to travel by myself, I know you will have need of my experience, but I have been away from wife and children over a year now. To bring them with me to a new start in Palarand would indeed be a boon."
"Hashim! By the Gods, I have forgot, you are the only man or woman aboard who has a family! If I may ask your numbers."
"It would be four, Highness. My wife Aryam, my sons Benor and Omar and daughter Allia. Benor is a young man now, he is thirteen years old, Allia is nine and Omar five."
"So, two of almost adult size and two who may be considered weighing half an adult each. I see. What of your older son? Can he make himself useful as we travel? I assume that since he is your son he may know something of life upon the Sirrel."
"Highness, he does, but I am not sure that he thinks of becoming a bargeman as I was before I met you. If you ask, will he accept the commands of you and your men, then I would say yes." Hashim smiled. "He is not yet old enough that he values his own opinion better than that of his father. He will be of help to us, I am sure."
"Have you yet told them that our journey will be on an open vessel which has no deck? That there is scant shelter as we travel?"
"Since I have not yet suggested to them that they should travel with me, Highness, then no, they do not know. They may have seen the Visund, when it first arrived, but no more than that."
Eriana ruminated. "Fifty and two halves... Fifty-one... No more, I deem. Hashim, you may bring your family should they agree to come with us. You should also offer them the alternative, that they might travel in the Green Ptuvil after the Rains have finished. They may find it more comfortable, especially the younger ones."
"You are gracious, Highness. Thank you."
Eriana glanced around the table. "I believe we have about finished here?"
Receiving nods from all she turned to Hashim and smiled at him. "Then, Captain Hashim, you had best leave now to go to wherever your family reside and tell them the good news. You and they may require some time to agree what you will all do and, if they do decide to join us on the Visund, they must needs begin packing their belongings ready for departure and tidying up their affairs in Bibek."
Hashim looked startled. "Aye, Highness, you are right, there is much that may need to be done before we can depart." He shook his head. "I have been away from my family too long, I do not know what state our affairs may be in since I was captured by those of Yod. By your leave, I must go and see what has to be done."
"Of course, Hashim. Send a messenger when you have all decided what you will do."
"As you command, Highness."
Hashim stood, bowed and left the room. Eriana looked at the others.
"Before we separate, is there any other concern? Baros, what of those remaining here?"
Baros waved a hand in the direction of Lars and smiled. "Highness, I assume that Admiral Lars will take charge once the Visund departs and that he will provide me instruction when required. For my part I will do all that he asks and attend my own task of running the Green Ptuvil in the meantime."
"As you wish, Baros. Lars?"
Lars leaned back in his chair and cleared his throat. "Cannot do much but think, Princess, until wounds heal. Baros a good man on the water, name him my second." His eyes slid to another direction. "Would rather have Ursula but know why not possible."
Eriana snorted. "Hah! With all the women on the Visund Ursula will be busy, I deem. Four children as well, if I include Kaldar! Lars, I wish it were not so, I wish you could join us, but you will be in charge here once we depart. You have willing helpers here and I have no doubt you will have a well-drilled establishment by the time the skies clear again."
"Hmph. I hope you are right, Princess."
* * *
Eriana, Ursula, Hashim, Kalmenar and Lars were enjoying a relaxing conversation after the evening meal. They were still in the dining room as that was quieter than the more busy common room at the front of the hostel. Bennet, Semma, Tyra and Nethra were having their own conversation on a nearby table while Tor, Adin, Zakaros and Ezran were hunched over another table at the far end discussing supplies.
"I know nothing of the Sirrel beyond Joth," Ursula remarked during a lull in the conversation, "can you describe it for me, Highness?"
Eriana shrugged. "It is much the same as that above, Ursula. Of course as it nears the sea it widens and the land seems even flatter, if that were possible."
Hashim raised a finger. "Do not forget the tides, Highness."
"Oh, yes! When one gets to around the reach between Smordan and Brugan, that is where the sea begins to make itself felt, since the ocean pushes its way inland along the path of the river. It made our upstream journey more complicated than I expected, I know that. Hashim? If you would explain."
"It is simple enough, Highness. Twice a day the tides rise, pulled, it is thought, by the presence of Kalikan. This can cause some currents in those affected parts of any river to reverse and it certainly complicates travel in those parts. Of course the reverse then happens and all the ocean water is pulled back into the sea as Kalikan passes onwards. Ah, Mistress Ursula, do you know why that happens?"
She answered, "I do, and I can show you diagrams if we have spare time somewhere along the journey. It is to do with -"
What she was about to say was interrupted as two men came through the door from the common room and walked across to Tor's table. Although the two men were in donated tunic and tights she was sure that they were crew from the Yodan galley and she frowned, holding up a hand.
"One moment, Hashim. Eriana, we might have a problem. Do you think those two - who I am sure are from the Yodan crew - have a problem with Zak and Ezran?"
"Maybe, maybe not, Ursula. We are here if there is trouble, let us just watch for now."
They could not hear the conversation but it ended when Zakaros pointed in their direction. One of the men nodded and the two then walked over to Eriana's table, coming to attention beside it. Ursula recognized them since she had interviewed all the captives shortly after they had been freed.
The older man was the most senior surviving officer of the second galley, she had been told that a number had been killed when the pirates had sprung their trap. He was a professional and had been in Yod's fleet of galleys for many years. It was possible that he could have felt humiliated by needing rescue by troops led by women.
"Your Highness," he began with a slight bow. "If we may be forgiven for interrupting your conversation." He looked uncomfortable.
"We discuss minor matters," she replied. "If I may ask what you need?"
He still looked uncomfortable but drew a breath and began. "I am Under-Captain Kardoran Strongarm, recently second-in-command of the galley Deathstrike and with me is Loytant Porthan Swiftrider. We are the most senior surviving officers of that galley."
The other man was somewhat younger, Ursula thought with surprise. Maybe about my own age? If so, how did he get a senior rank in a service as hidebound as that of Yod? Maybe to do with the war. He does not look concerned, though. Perhaps he is not like most Yodan men, perhaps he is more like Karan who seems to have less of a problem with the arrangement in the Visund.
"Highness," Kardoran continued, "we of Yod are grateful to you and your men for rescuing us from certain death. We are also grateful to His Grace for permitting us sanctuary in his lands, even though we were recently at war with many folk along these reaches of the Sirrel. However, we of the crew are all aware that we are strangers here who struggle to understand the ways of lands other than Yod.
"The other men in this place shun us because of our origins but, since we were also prisoners of the pirates and doomed to die, they show us no deliberate ill-will. Those of Faral will likely also treat us in similar fashion. Nearly all of the crew who survive are career military men, trained mostly aboard galleys. Though we know the ways of the river we would struggle earning a living as bargemen do.
"My men and I have held conversations and decided that, unless you and your people can suggest alternatives, we would wish to become part of your new patrol force. We ask that you may consider us as crew who may be of use training your people to use vessels such as galleys."
Eriana regarded the two impassively. "You are not comfortable with a woman in charge, are you?"
Kardoran grimaced but answered, "It is true enough, such things are unknown in Yod, but we have seen you with that big sword and do not doubt your abilities." His gaze turned momentarily towards Ursula. "The other one, though, is a mystery to us."
"Then know you that, before we came to Pakmal, Zebrin or Hamalbek we called at Faralan," she told them. "There by chance we became involved in an insurrection against the ruling Count. There was a battle during which I was slain. Ursula picked up my sword and slew two of those who fought against us."
The two of them were slack-jawed and their widened eyes stared at Ursula before returning to Eriana.
Kardoran stammered, "Highness, you were slain? Dead? How can this be when you sit before us?"
Eriana tried to be nonchalant. "One of them struck me in the chest with a heavy object and stopped my heart. I fell to the ground while my friends fought above me. Ursula then, by means known to her from the other world, restarted my heart and brought me back to this life." There was a faint smile. "My chest was severely bruised and I was instructed to rest for several days."
"The other world?" Kardoran stammered. He turned to Ursula. "Are you she?"
"I am not," Ursula replied, adding, "I have been asked that question almost everywhere I have visited and given the same answer. I have never met her and never been to Palarand, although I have been told a lot about her. The world we came from is as big as Anmar and we were born in distant parts of it. Eriana - Her Highness - has met her and accounts the person you speak of as her friend."
"The rumors were correct, then," Kadoran muttered. "There were impossible tales, we did not know what to think. Mistress, if I may ask what you are? We do not understand your function."
"On the other world I was trained as what you know here as a healer and also as a surgeon. The state of... healing... has progressed somewhat more there than it has here on Anmar, which was why I could revive Her Highness. I serve as the healer to the Visund's crew. It also seems that I have some abilities to organize, so I have been appointed Director of Welfare in the new Navy. In time I may do other tasks."
"Welfare? That is an honorable task for such as you, Mistress. I shall no longer doubt your abilities." He turned back to Eriana. "Highness, we know that you prepare your ship for departure. If you would give word that you accept us before you depart? If you do not I do not know what my men and I will do."
"It has always been in our thoughts that some or all of you might choose to join the new Navy," she told the two. "I warn you now, if you do so you might not have the same ranks that you had aboard your galley. Know now that we do not employ slave oarsmen, all who will row are full members of the crew and, indeed, the whole crew, even myself, may at times be required to row. Do you understand that?"
"Highness, we know that not all employ slave or indentured rowers aboard their craft. If you have different customs then we must needs adapt. If I may ask, would we be expected to travel with you downstream to Palarand?"
"The Sirrel, I am told, is now too low for a galley to safely proceed so far downstream until after the Rains have ceased. Space on the Visund is limited and we have not considered taking any of you aboard with us. While you and your crew remain in shelter here Admiral Lars will be in command but he has limited knowledge of the sailor's art, and between us we have less knowledge of the handling of galleys such as yours. I do not know how much can be done while you wait."
"Highness, we knew that we must needs adapt to the customs of your own organization, or indeed of that of any other land that might take us. If we must remain here we will, but we were hoping that some few might travel with you to learn how your new organization will function. Is it not possible?"
Eriana looked at the others seated around the table. Lars shrugged, leaving any decision up to Eriana.
Hashim said, "I was one of those slave oarsman, Yodan. It is not possible to learn much while chained to an oar below deck. I suspect that you might struggle to adjust your attitudes to having a free crew beneath you."
Kardoran ducked his head. "I cannot disagree with you, sir, but I can only try."
Ursula asked, "Could we take just one, First Director? He won't be able to do much while we are waiting out the weather but we could learn from him how galleys are used - at least by Yod. I'm thinking of handling, navigation, provision, that kind of thing."
"Aye." Eriana stood up and called. "Tor! By your leave, join us a short while."
All four stood and walked over to stand around the table.
"These are the two surviving senior officers of the Yodan galley," she explained. "It seems that most of the Yodans, as we thought, might wish to join the Navy. We cannot take them in the Visund, they are too many, but Ursula suggests taking one for his knowledge which we can glean while we wait out the weather. What say you?"
Tor sighed. «Highness, already we have nearly as many as we brought from Jotlheim but we have more cargo than that time. We can probably get away with one more, but he must be useful on the voyage. We don't need someone who will not row because he is an officer.»
«Agreed. One more? To be knowledgable he would be one of these two.» She indicated. «You choose.»
Tor pointed. «Him. He looks like he would fit in better. The other one struggles to be polite to you, I can easily see that. We don't need personality problems on board.»
«Done, Tor.» She smiled at him. «That shall be the last one. I will not upset you any more.»
«Heard it before, Princess.» Tor waved negligently and led the others back to their own table.
Eriana pointed to the younger man. "Porthan Swiftrider, you are coming with us aboard the Visund. Kardoran, for now you shall be in charge of those Yodans who were crew under you. Speak to Lars if you or your men should have any needs or questions. Welcome to the Federation Navy."
Eriana receives a late request from the Margrave which means a change of plans for the voyage home. Hashim's family are introduced to the Visund then, two days later, the Harvest Festival brings further surprises and another request from Simbran - for Ursula!
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
97 - The Margrave Requests
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2025 Penny Lane.
All rights reserved.
During breakfast the following morning Eriana received a
messenger from the Fortress, who simply saluted, handed over a sealed
note and then departed. Frowning, she opened the note to discover a
request from Simbran to pay him a visit "sooner rather than
later". She lowered the note and looked at Ursula.
"Simbran desires me to visit him," she said. "The note says, 'sooner rather than later' and also says it could be important. We are all busy preparing for departure and I am loth to spend the time to do this. What do you think?"
Ursula lowered her mug. "To send a messenger, this early in the day, probably means that it is important enough that you should go, Eriana. I suspect that it might also means that our departure plans may have to be changed."
"Oh? Oh! I did not think of that! You are right, Ursula, There is something new, or something he has just discovered, which means that he has something he wishes us to take with us when we leave."
"That is the way I understand it, yes, but there may be other reasons. Do you want me to come with you?"
"To see Simbran? If you would, Ursula. My own mind is full of ship and crew details, I did not see what you so clearly have. I would welcome your support, yes. And the Fortress is not so far, I deem. We should be back before lunch."
"Done, Eriana. I have to go there sometime anyway to collect some salves that Tamina has for me."
Since the Fortress was relatively near, only Eriana, Ursula, Semma and Tyra set out to walk the short distance. When they arrived they were shown immediately into Simbran's office. He stood to greet them with a smile.
"Ladies, I bid you all good freshness this morning. Please find yourself seats. Eriana, I have a request for you, if it will complicate your journey east I would not be offended by a refusal. If I may ask where you intend to overnight along the way."
"Your Grace, we are becoming ever more nervous about these approaching Rains, of which we Norse know nothing. Because that is true, we desire that the main current of the Sirrel would carry us as swiftly as can be to our final destination, which may be Sheldane in Palarand, or if that is not yet suitable for such a vessel as the Visund, the extra few marks to Dekarran.
"We understand that the final supplies we require will not be available until the day of the Harvest Festival, which means the earliest we can leave would be at dawn the following day. We then hope to use some small port along the Sirrel to rest that night. The following night I intend that we should arrive at Yod City, where we may add to our provisions. Next we might reach Ferenis and beyond that Joth the following night. Beyond Joth we will use such ferry ports as may be nearby just as we did on our journey here."
She shrugged. "Of course, we do not know how swift the river may carry us when it is so low, so we must needs be prepared to overnight in any port that is convenient. I believe from your question that you desire us to deliver something that cannot wait until the skies clear again."
Simbran spread his hands. "Of course, Eriana, if you and your ship had not been here then my packages must needs remain in Bibek until after the Rains cease. But as you are here then I would be remiss if I did not explore the possibilities that your departure offers. Aye, I have packages for three places, one of which is Palarand for your King. The other two, well, it seems that there is change around these parts of the Great Valley and Yod is the cause of most of it.
"If I may explain. You already know that we were once Faralmark and Upper Faral but are now combining to form but one land named Faral, after the river which flows through both lands and past Bibek. There was also a proposal from Upper Fanir which, for now, I have perforce abandoned because of other pressing matters -" he smiled, "- such as the Federation, Zebrin and pirates."
"I was therefore surprised to receive notes from downstream, both from Faralan and from Fanir itself. You may know that at one time both Upper and Lower Fanir were parts of one land but the river moved, as it oft-times does, creating the Fanir Island, that which was invaded by those of Yod. The creation of the island means that the actual border between Upper Fanir and Lower Fanir proper is now a strip of land no more than four marks wide, and this will possibly become smaller with each new yearly flood.
"Lower Fanir, being directly opposite Yod, suffered almost immediately when those of Yod decided to do... whatever they had determined to do. Their invasion was complete, forcing the few surviving forces to retreat to the remote reaches of the Hordelend Valley. As had happened in Upper Fanir, they murdered every noble they could find, being more successful there than with our friends in Faralan. Thus, when the invader was eventually defeated, there was no-one left to rule over Lower Fanir."
Eriana leaned forward. "We did not visit Lower Fanir as we came, Your Grace. We had sufficient distraction in Yod City. If there is no ruler in Lower Fanir, then who is sending messages to Faralan?"
"Count Darkwin writes that he has made a correspondence with a Ruling Council in Lower Fanir," the Margrave replied. "This is made up of such surviving minor nobles and eminent men of rank as remain in that land. Since the ability of this Council to rule over all is slight, the two Fanirs have decided to legally divide their lands at the present border and share nothing further except their memories of the past. Thus, Lower Fanir has become simply Fanir once more and Upper Fanir will use the valley custom and rename itself after its governing city, becoming the land of Faralan."
Eriana's eyes narrowed. "Interesting, Your Grace. Of course, back in Einnland we never needed to worry about countries changing in size or shape or renaming themselves. To the point, I believe that you desire the Visund to call at both Faralan and Fanir City to deliver your packages." She nodded thoughtfully. "I would need to see a chart to make certain but I do not think your request would cause us any great problem or delay."
Simbran cleared his throat. "Uh, Eriana, Fanir is not on the Sirrel but some short way inland along the river of that name. I have no doubt your ship could make the journey but, since your time is limited, I would suggest leaving it at Rufen, at the mouth of that river, and taking a carriage the short distance to the capital. Of course, what you do is your decision."
"Leave it at the mouth of the river? A strange idea, Your Grace."
"Eriana, Rufen is the ferry port from Fanir to Yod City. It is a sizeable town I have visited myself."
"Ah, of course." She considered. "So, Your Grace, it will be a simple matter of taking a package to this Council you mention? You are right, it would make sense to leave the Visund on the Sirrel. We had planned to provision in Yod City, it might be possible for Tor to do that in Rufen instead while your package is delivered." She had a thought. "If I may ask why I could not just arrive at Rufen and hand your package to a Valley Messenger to take to Fanir?"
Simbran answered, "Eriana, it is not the package that is important, it is you. You see, to begin with they sought someone whom they could appoint as a new ruler in Fanir but, from talk with visitors from Forguland and Ferenis, they have learned of the Federation and some of the ideas that were spoken of at Palarand and Dekarran. You are an emissary of the Federation, they desire to know if joining the Federation will provide them advantages. They also desire to learn of any alternative methods of rule, such as those mentioned by Princess Garia and Tenant Maralin."
Eriana made an embarrassed laugh. "Your Grace, I barely understand how many of the Valley lands are governed myself! It is true that Garia spoke of different ways of rule from her own world but most of what I heard I could barely comprehend. Hmm. It is possible that Kalmenar may know more, I should have asked him to join us this morning. Very well, I understand what you ask of us, Your Grace, now we must needs go away and discover if it is possible."
"That is all I ask, Eriana. If it is not possible, or safe for you to do so, then," he shrugged, "the whole business must wait until later. But in that case it would be possible someone from Palarand, more familiar with what they desire, to travel there to satisfy them."
"As you say, Your Grace."
"If you would let me know what you decide, since I must needs adjust what I write to those places. If you decide to call at those places, the packages will be brought to your hostel the evening of the Harvest Festival."
"I understand, Your Grace." She stood, so everyone else did. "If there is there anything else?"
"Nothing to request, no. If you have difficulty obtaining your supplies, send here and I will do whatever I can. If I may ask what is causing the delay?"
"Mainly bread, Your Grace, of a suitable form to last more than a day while traveling. Also fresh water since fifty people who may row have a powerful thirst."
Simbran nodded. "I will see what I can do, but you already know that every baker will be preparing for the Harvest Festival and will not want to make to your requirements until that day is over. Tell me, Admiral Lars, how does he fare?"
"Adjusting to life in a wheel-chair, Your Grace. Ursula tells me he is mending as expected and should be fit well before the Rains cease."
"That is good. I will probably speak with him towards the end of that period." He leaned forward, picked up a small bell on his desk and rang it. "Birug will show you out."
* * *
Eriana looked harassed. "I dislike sudden last-minute changes of plan!"
Ursula replied, "Eriana, this is the Navy. We are a military organization. Changes of plan are to be expected, especially at the beginning until we can get the whole set-up functioning smoothly."
The Princess sighed. "I know, Ursula, but there is so much to do before we depart and now this. Hashim, your opinion, if you please."
Their navigator looked up from the map in front of him. "Highness, I do not think you have anything to fear from what the Margrave has requested. Substituting Rufen for Yod City is easy enough, they are two sides of the same ferry between Yod and Lower Fanir, the only question might be the availability of provisions in Rufen. In fact, the easiest way might simply be to go across the river to Yod if that is where the provisions are.
"The extra stop at Faralan might be more of a problem but, since we must needs overnight somewhere between Bibek and Yod or Rufen it may be to our advantage to stay somewhere familiar and friendly to us. It does mean that we have a longer leg from Faralan to Rufen and," he shrugged, "if the river is slow then it might mean an extra overnight along the way."
Eriana was simmering. "We depend, then, on the state of the river, which is unknown to us at this time of year. I like this not."
"Essentially correct, Highness. For nine months of the year the Sirrel can be regarded as dependable, for four it is either too low, impossible or too high. Such is life in the Great Valley."
"It is not your fault, Hashim. I am not used to the ways of the river, that is all. Indeed, that is one reason I wanted to make this voyage, that I and my men may learn those ways, that we might make use of them in the future. Tell me, if we call at Faralan and Rufen, how long might that delay our journey? Is there anywhere else we might change to make up the time?"
Hashim looked at his notes. "Highness, overnighting at Faralan should be a straightforward affair, we should waste little time there unless the Counts have matters which will require consultation." He looked up expectantly at Eriana.
"There is nothing that I know of, Hashim, you are right, it will be merely a delay of an hour or two while the package is delayed."
"Maybe not even then, Highness. The leg from here to Faralan is short enough, the package might be delivered the evening we arrive, which means we could depart early the following day."
"As you say. What of Rufen and Fanir?"
"That is more of a problem, Highness. Fanir is only a short carriage ride from Rufen but dealing with this new Council might mean an extra overnight, perhaps two if they are not well organized. As for what we might do further downstream, I can only note that we could be forced to overnight somewhere in Virgulend, which I know you are trying to avoid."
She nodded reluctantly. "Very well. We will essay this new task for Simbran and make what adjustments as we may. If I may ask, how are your own preparations for this voyage? Is there much for you to do?"
"Highness, it is all in hand. I have spoken to my moneylender and settled all accounts, including costs made while I was away. We are mostly packed, but if I could ask an indulgence."
"Ah?"
"By your leave, I do not desire to load the Visund with unnecessary cargo so we will bring a single chest each, leaving the rest to be packed and transported down to Sheldane as freight after the rains, once we have found new accommodation there."
"Five chests... that would be acceptable, Hashim. What have you left?"
"Some furniture, some winter attire, keepsakes from both our families, that sort of thing. Maybe two crates worth, possibly three. Oh! That reminds me. When I was at home looking out what to put in the chests I came upon our waterproof attire."
Eriana nodded. "A prudent choice, Hashim, considering we are so close to the Rains."
"Aye, Highness, but I began thinking of the rest of the crew. I am sure that your men have waterproof gear, I have occasionally seen it as they get something out of their duffles, but what of those we have rescued along the way at Bakhrad and Hamalbek? I doubt any of the women possess waterproofs."
That brought Eriana up short. "I know that Nethra and Larys have waterproofs, Hashim, since we recovered them from their barges when we tidied them up, but you are right. Neither Matta nor Vellana will have waterproofs, I do not know about Banest. Certainly none of the men we rescued at Hamalbek will have such attire. Ursula, I assume that you and Tyra have such items?"
"We do, Highness, but we have not used them so far. I can remember only two light showers along the way, it did not seem necessary to cover up then."
"I remember. Two short showers and then sunshine again. Very well. Hashim, thank you for bringing this to my attention, it may become important towards the end of our journey." Eriana sighed again. "Ssss! I must needs go to Simbran again and beg rainwear for those who do not possess it. But for now, I have just heard the lunch-time bell and we ladies must needs take ourselves to the bathing block. If you would excuse us."
~o~O~o~
"I have never seen a water craft so big!"
Hashim replied, "It is true, dear, such ships as the Visund are unusual this far from the sea. But even the Visund is unusual in design to my own eyes, since those of Einnland make them in a very different way. What do you think?"
It was the following day and Hashim had decided to give his family a respite from packing by bringing them down to the Royal Dock to see the vessel they would be traveling on. Ursula and Tyra had joined them, while several of the crew were already on board making sure the ship would be ready to sail at Eriana's command.
"It looks to me like a very big rowboat," Aryam replied doubtfully. "I can see there is no cabin, what do the crew do when it rains?"
Hashim shrugged. "They get wet, dear. And, since this ship has traveled the wide sea beyond the end of the Sirrel, they also get wet when the weather becomes rough. The crew are used to such inconveniences and it does not bother the ship at all."
Benor, the older son, asked, "Father, surely the water must come inside when it rains."
"That is true enough but because the hull is so shallow it is easy enough to bail out, I have helped do so myself." He added, "The shallowness is a great advantage, the Visund can go where few other ships this size can, and that has been of great use to us on occasion."
"That pirate galley you told us about?"
Hashim shook his head. "That one was not a pirate galley, son, but crewed by those of Yod, so we believe. After we marooned it on a shoal we did not stay around to ask them who they were."
"As you say, Father." Benor surveyed the row of boxes, crates, barrels and chests already aboard, most carefully placed along the center line to keep the Visund balanced. "Is it easy to move around when you are going? It looks awkward to me."
Hashim smiled and turned to Ursula. "By your leave, Mistress, would it be possible for Tyra to demonstrate her talents?"
Ursula turned to Tyra. "How do you feel about doing that? I don't want you to show off but just let him see how easy it can be to move around."
"I have no objection, Mistress. If you would take care of the bags?"
"Of course, Tyra." Ursula called to Tor. "Tyra wishes to show Hashim's son how easy it is to move around in the Visund."
Tor returned a big grin. "Yah, Mistress. Go ahead."
Tyra deposited the bags next to Ursula and then easily leapt the three strides from the floating dock onto the foaksul of the Visund, arresting her movement by grabbing the forestay. All of the family except Hashim gasped. Tyra then set off skipping along the nearside benches, just taking two steps along the top of the hull at one point to avoid Adin where he sat counting cutlery.
Reaching the stern, she then returned by jumping along the centerline along all the existing cargo and the top of the upturned praam. Back at the bow, she proceeded to swarm up the forestay to the top of the mast where she stood with one foot on the pulley which raised the yard and a hand on the top of the mast. She grinned down at the astounded audience.
"I told you not to show off, Tyra!"
"I ask your pardon, Mistress. This is so much fun."
"Come on down, you're distracting everyone. Look! There are even people in the boathouses watching!"
"As you wish, Mistress."
Tyra then walked herself down the mast to the bottom, jumped off and from there to the dockside, coming to a stop in front of Ursula with an insouciant grin. Ursula could barely stop herself from smiling herself.
Benor could barely speak but he managed to ask, "Are we expected to do that!?!"
"Not at all," Ursula replied. "Tyra was showing off, but what she did is not that difficult. She grew up in a part of Joth where the houses are tightly packed and washing lines cross the street. The children there can all do what she did. All Captain Tor might ask you to do is to haul on a rope on occasion or pull on an oar. Probably the latter most of the time since we will not be able to have the sail up."
"Oh. I can do that, at least."
Aryam asked, "Is it safe? I mean, Omar is yet small and it looks like it would be easy for him to fall over the side. I know that those barges I have seen Hashim on have had higher sides than this."
"It is a concern, yes. Perhaps we will need to put a safety line around his waist." At Aryam's look Ursula added, "The lookouts at the bow have safety lines, it isn't unusual, though most of the men have sailed enough that they don't need them."
"What about food? How do you cook aboard?"
"We don't cook aboard, Mistress. Whenever we need a hot meal we find a suitable bank and make a fire ashore. Or stop at the many places which offer meals and rest places to river travelers. To feed all the crew aboard would take so much kindling and fuel that there would be no room for anything else, and of course the fire itself would be dangerous."
"As you say. And we stop at hostels every night?"
"That is the theory, but sometimes we have camped out. I'm not sure I would want to do that in winter-time, though."
Hashim added, "The men have told me that it is possible to sleep aboard, dear, but it can be very uncomfortable. Normally they find a camping area along the bank where they may sleep properly. I know that Her Highness always has a watch set so there is no chance that anyone can sneak up on the camp."
Aryam considered this. "It will be a different few days, I deem, but if it gets us to Palarand quickly I shall not complain. Aye, husband, we will travel on the Visund and see how these new friends of yours manage their way down the river."
"Thank you, dear. Benor, Omar, have you any other questions?"
The younger son asked, "Father, is it just men on the ship? Grown-ups, I mean."
Hashim turned to Ursula, who told him, "We will have eleven women aboard, including your mother and sister, but most of the others are men, some will be passengers like you. There is one boy aboard, a ship's boy, he is a ward of Her Highness and is about thirteen years old."
Benor's ears perked up. "Oh?"
"Kaldar has been with the crew since we left Ferenis," she told him. "He has joined the crew so he has duties, he is not just a passenger." She hesitated for some moments and then added, "Because of his age he has been adopted by Her Highness. He... has deformities. He can do most things but do not assume he is either incapable or stupid."
"Ah. As you say, Mistress. Thank you."
Aryam said, "Well, husband, we have seen your ship now and we must needs go and make sure that all is done before we leave."
"Yes, of course, dear." Hashim turned. "Tor? Do you have need of me for a while?"
Tor looked up from the rope he was splicing. "Go, enjoy some time with family. See you later."
~o~O~o~
To Ursula's great surprise the Harvest Festival in Bibek was not held in their Shevesty Field. Apparently that arena was both too small for the number of residents in the capital and also dilapidated, not having been properly maintained or looked after by past Margraves. Instead their carriages and wagons took the hostel residents to another fold near where the Faral river broke through the North Wall. Here a great semi-circular amphitheater had been carved out of the rock and fitted out with tiers of seating that could accommodate many thousands.
I have only just adjusted to finding Roman ruins here, now I am looking at a Greek amphitheater! Of course they were all over the eastern Roman world so somebody obviously knew about them and decided that shape would fit this location better.
I wonder if they do performances here? Do they even have anything like the theater we know on Earth?
There was a stage with a large semi-circular pit in front of it in the traditional layout. Instead of a classical backdrop like every Greek amphitheater Ursula had ever seen pictures of, there was instead a simple blank wall four strides high with a doorway at each end. The stage and pit were surrounded by banks of seating that went a long way back up the hillside. It wasn't a perfect arrangement but easily enough room for those of the local population who wanted to take part.
Which appeared to be almost all of them.
Eriana, Bennet and Semma went on stage to join Simbran and some local nobles. The rest of the company were given places of honor, Ursula supposed, at the left edge, looking from the audience's point of view. The 'pit' appeared to be filled with artistically arranged piles of fresh food with, oddly, empty tables scattered among the produce. She could identify fruit, vegetables, sacks of grain, barrels and bottles of wine. She looked at the crowd and noticed gaps where some temporary stalls had been set up but their purpose was not clear.
Simbran appeared last. He strode onto the stage, bowed to Eriana and then stood at the front facing the crowd. The usual murmur that occurs with any mass of people gradually quietened until there was only the distant sound of avians disturbing the silence.
"My people."
He did not need to raise his voice but, with the genius of the amphitheater design, every person could hear him clearly.
"Regrettably, we must needs make short our celebrations today. The appearance of grakh three days ago means that I would be negligent if I should leave you all exposed in this place all afternoon, as is customary. I would not deny this place to those who desire to remain here, as is usual, but I do not desire the seating to be full of folk who would have no easy means of finding cover should grakh attend while you are here.
"Therefore I would ask that we proceed with the customary blessing and the dividing of the offerings as usual, but suggest that most of you take those offerings once prepared and go below, to enjoy your meals among the booths and other attractions. After that I would ask you all to return to your homes and enjoy the rest of today peacefully with your friends and families. There will be no second ceremony this afternoon and I will conduct no audience.
"You may notice that we have important visitors with us today, you may have seen some of them around Bibek in the last few days. Beside me is Her Highness Princess Eriana of Palarand and with her are her companions and shield-maidens Bennet and Semma, both of Palarand's Palace Guard. Yes, they all wear swords and, yes, they can all use them, even Her Highness.
"In the seating to my right," he gestured, "are many of the crew of her ship the Visund, which recently cleared out a large nest of pirates from their jungle lair downstream. With them are some of the men who had been captured by those pirates. The Visund will be departing tomorrow to return the crew to their homes in Palarand, hoping to arrive there before the Rains begin.
"If I may now ask Bibek's senior priest Brother Jerewin to come forward and begin the celebration. Next year I hope we may return to our normal routine, but I will warn you now that to do so in safety might mean moving our festival a few days earlier."
Ursula watched as a man and two women came forward from the door on the far side to stand in front of Simbran with their backs to the crowd. The man, who must have been about thirty, bowed to Simbran. The three wore long white robes and he also had a stole of red and yellow. What any of this signified she had no idea. This was the first time she had attended anything that could be described as a religious event.
With the exception of some funeral pyres run by military officers. I did get told about this 'Maker' of theirs but it was vague enough that it made little sense. It doesn't seem to interfere with daily life very much.
Once the priest had entered, a number of servants also entered by means of doorways into the pit. They brought with them baskets of meat, fish, pies and fresh bread together with whole joints carried on shoulders, which they carefully placed on the empty tables. Once all were filled they withdrew to the edges but did not leave the pit.
"By your leave, Your Grace?"
Simbran bowed his head and the priest turned to face the crowd, holding his hands aloft.
"The Maker made the world, and the Sun, the moons and the stars above. The Maker made the plants and creatures within the world including ourselves. We do not know the Maker's purpose, and we do not know if the Maker has ever visited the world since it was made. All we know is that this world is the Maker's creation, not ours, and we have a responsibility to live in this world in such a way that it is kept as the Maker may have originally intended.
"This includes the responsibility to prepare ourselves, our families and the animals in our custody for the coming winter, and that includes gathering the fruits that the world has seen fit to provide us with this summer past. All of the foodstuffs we see in front of us have been given by those who took part in the harvest, in order that all Faral may share in the bounty. What we eat together now and later today will be a token of the commitment we make to share the harvest amongst everyone, that none may go hungry in the dark and cold of the coming winter."
The priest turned towards Simbran. "Your Grace, is it your will that this food be distributed?"
Simbran inclined his head. "It is our will. Let sufficient food be prepared, for a luncheon that all may enjoy together, to celebrate this festival of the year's harvest." He added, "The remaining food shall be distributed later today to any who may have need of it."
A gong was struck and the servants in the pit began removing the food, taking it out through the doors. Once the food had all been removed some more tables were set up with a number of folding chairs to go around them. Ursula was familiar with this process as it was the same thing that happened for almost every meal she had attended with the rulers they had visited along the way. Meanwhile many of the crowd had begun trickling towards the various exits from the tiers of seating.
Simbran joined Eriana and they walked across the stage until they reached the foot of the seating where the Visund's crew was.
"If you would come down and join us for this meal," he called up to them. "This may be the last time we may sup together and to do it at Harvest Festival is fitting, I deem."
Everybody rose and followed the Margrave down steps to the pit, where he gestured at the tables and chairs. Simbran himself took a central chair facing the tiered seating, so that the many who had remained there could see him clearly. Eriana sat at his right-hand side and Ursula to his left.
"If I may ask, Your Grace," Eriana said, "do you not have family? Should they not be with you for such an occasion as this?"
"Ah, regretfully I must tell you that my wife died some years ago from an unpleasant fever which gripped our poor land. I have two sons and a daughter but they now have family of their own. They do reside in Bibek but I advised them not to attend today because of the danger from the flying beasts. I am prepared to risk myself but not my entire family."
"A pity this place is too large to have a roof, Your Grace, then the flying beasts could not see your crowd."
"Aye, as you say, Eriana." Simbran had a thought and turned in his chair to ask Ursula, "It occurs to me that..." he suddenly realized that those in the seats above could hear every word he spoke, "...where you come from, your own people might suffer from similar problems. Is there no remedy?"
Ursula thought as she added sliced meat and cheese to her plate. "It is true, Your Grace, that we have places as large as this, even larger, where I come from. Places like this one are generally named theaters," the word came out in English, "and most of them do have roofs. I can think of at least two ways in which this place could be covered, sufficiently that the creatures would not be able to see inside but allowing air to flow freely."
Simbran looked astonished. "Do you tell me? How can it be possible?"
"Firstly, I think, a simple awning would do it. You would need pillars - masts, really - at the top and behind the stage behind us, with strong ropes stretching down above the audience. Then you simply have canvas awnings to cover the whole area."
"But how it is it possible to have ropes that would not stretch or break?"
"Generally, Your Grace, in such installations the ropes would be made of steel wire, which is strong enough to support the weight. Of course, at each end behind the masts you would require strong anchorages for those wires and the masts would likely also be of steel."
Simbran considered this, then asked, "If I may ask how large these theaters would be."
"It varies, Your Grace. Sometimes..." She thought, There are not so many open-air theaters but many more stadiums. "Have you visited any Shevesty fields other than the one here?"
He nodded. "I have, I have watched a game of shevesty at the field in Faralan, one between our team from Bibek and their own." He looked disbelieving. "Surely you cannot tell me that you could cover that whole field with just an awning?"
"Not entirely, Your Grace. We name places shaped like that stadiums. I know of a stadium in another land which is used for running races and similar athletic events which is about the same size as the Shevesty Field in Faralan, but the awning covers just the audience, not the competitors in the middle. There is a rigid steel construction completely around the outside and the awning hangs from that, the inside edge is fixed to a ring of steel wire which goes all the way around."
Simbran considered this but said, "Does not the awning then sag to the ground, Mistress?"
"No, Your Grace, the ring of steel wire has no supports other than the awning itself. It is all stretched tightly enough that it does not."
Eriana asked, "Ursula, how many does that stadium seat, then?"
"I am not certain, Highness. At least seventy thousand, maybe up to ninety thousand for certain events. The stadium is used for a number of different purposes to ensure it is not left idle."
Simbran exploded, "Seventy thousand? Maker! Are there so many people in that place, Mistress?"
"It is called Rome and it is the capital city of a country, Your Grace, and the population must be several millions. I do not know the numbers, I did not live anywhere near that city."
"Maker!" he said again. "To rule so many people, I am not sure I would wish to be that leader. Mistress, I am almost afraid to ask what your second method would be."
"A fixed roof, your Grace, without any pillars inside to spoil the view. Have you heard of something called a truss?"
"Why, aye, I have heard the word, at least." He looked uncertain. "Princess Garia was talking to one of their guildsman about such matters and I overheard their words, but I did not understand them."
"It is a way of making a rigid structure big enough to cover a place like this but strong enough and light enough to be able to construct easily."
Eriana broke in, "Ah, Ursula, if you would, I have also overheard such conversations and, while I only understood a small portion of what I heard, I do know that there may be design licenses involved."
Ursula nodded. "I guessed that might be the case but I did not know how advanced things were. I am sorry, Your Grace, I cannot go into details. I can tell you that such a roof could cover the Shevesty Field in Faralan completely, only being supported around the outsides. That means you could even play games inside when it was raining outside."
"Maker! And these wonders are to come?"
Ursula could not answer but Eriana said, when she saw Ursula hesitating, "I have no doubt that such wonders will reach even Bibek and probably during your lifetime, Your Grace. The steam engines and other things you have received are but the start, I deem."
"It seems we are about to have some amazing times, I deem."
Eriana's chuckle was rueful. "Your Grace, now you know how I have felt ever since I arrived at Robanar's palace! It will be your job to ensure that your people do not suffer during these changes."
"Indeed, as you say, Eriana."
Everybody concentrated on their meals at that point. As they had only been served lunch it did not take long to consume their food and drink. When he had finished Simbran leaned back and wiped his lips with a cloth.
"This is a large place," he commented, indicating the theater with a wave of his hand, "but it is not suitable for shevesty nor many of the other amusements we have in Bibek. If I may ask either of you, what might a place like this be profitably used for?"
Eriana replied, "I have only attended the Shevesty field in Palarand once, Your Grace, and that was for the Spring Dawning festival, oh, and of course two days later for the marriage of Garia and Keren! You were there yourself, I recall. I have never seen a place like this before either. I do not know this game you speak of and I do not know what else it might be used for."
She turned to Ursula who answered, "Your Grace, this would be known as a theater where I come from but theater is a general name for a place where a stage like the one behind us is faced by seating for the audience. They can be large or small and have many uses. There can be plays, where actors act out words and actions from scripts. Sometimes the plays can be accompanied by music from players who would be down here, where we are now, so that they don't spoil the audience's view. Sometimes there can be musicians on the stage, either by themselves or with one or more singers, if they are the performers. What you can do in a theater can vary greatly, I'm not sure I can remember it all," she suddenly realized that everyone could overhear her words, "or that I should."
"Ah," Simbran took the point. "As you say. Music, did you say? To play for the people watching?"
"Yes, Your Grace. From that stage everyone would be able to hear the performance perfectly."
Eriana had a thought and broke in, "Ursula, do you by chance have your farb with you?"
Oh, no! Why did she have to remember that, now of all times! I really do not want to get up there and play! Fortunately the farb is back at the hostel - although, thinking about it, I don't remember anyone taking it out of the bag...
With a sense of dread, she asked Tyra, "I do not suppose the farb is still in that bag, Tyra?"
Tyra opened the bag and rummaged briefly. "Aye, Mistress, it is. Do you want it out?"
Ursula turned to Simbran, who said, "I have heard that you play, Mistress. Might you favor us with a tune or two? I am interested to hear what such music might sound like in this place. If the experiment is a success, then I will know that we can make more use of it with other performances."
She sighed. "As you wish, Your Grace. I'll have to go and stand on the stage to get the best sound, and the tunes I can play will sound different than anything I have heard local musicians play."
"That just makes the experiment more interesting, Mistress." He stood. "Come, I will join you and explain to those who remain above what we intend."
Talked into something I really, really did not want to do! Perhaps it is fortunate that we will be leaving tomorrow. If he finds out just what I can do with a little preparation, I'd be roped into a season of recitals here.
She rose and took the offered cylinder from Tyra to follow Simbran out through one of the entrance doorways, up some steps and onto the stage. Once there she took the farb out of its case and made herself ready while the Margrave moved to the center of the stage and spoke to the audience.
"My people! As you may have heard, I have been learning about some uses of such places as this from one of our visitors, Mistress Ursula, who tells me that like structures are commonly used elsewhere for playing music to listeners like you. I did not know that such was possible, and so I have asked her come and try an experiment which will show us what such music may sound like. She is a visitor from a distant land, somewhere else entirely, and so the music she knows may be different to anything you are familiar with, and, indeed, may sound unusual to your ear. I ask you all to listen quietly and attend her performance."
Ursula walked across to join Simbran as the audience, many of whom were still eating and drinking, rapidly became quiet and attentive. Simbran stepped back to leave Ursula the sole focus on the stage.
"Uh, good afternoon," she said. "I did not expect to do this today so I am completely unprepared. Let me try a few notes first and then I will play some folk tunes from my own land."
She tried a scale to wet her lips and then began. It appeared that her playing in the hold of the Downwind Dasher had served as good practise and she remembered the change in fingering. She played two of the folk tunes she had played before and the audience was absolutely silent and attentive, bursting into applause when she stopped for breath. Simbran came forward.
"Mistress, you have a rare talent, I deem. I can tell that our listeners enjoyed what you have just played. Might you play something of a different kind for us? Though your music does sound strange to my ear it is comforting in a way that our own music is not. Mayhap the folk of..." Simbran remembered where he was, "...your land understand music better than we do."
I have heard music here and it wasn't pleasant at all. I can probably find something different, though the farb isn't suitable for most of what I remember. I'm just glad they don't have grand pianos here or I'd be here all afternoon!
"Your Grace, I do know other music but most of it is not suitable for this instrument. I can try something else, something a little longer, but you'll have to excuse me if I need to pause every now and then to make the tune fit the instrument."
Simbran gestured. "By all means, Mistress. I have asked you to do something without preparation and already you have succeeded more than I expected. If you would play something else I shall be content."
She tried a couple of Beethoven studies and then stopped with a question for the audience, which, she had noticed as she played, had begun to grow as word of the ad hoc performance leaked around the site.
"I am not sure how far the sound of this little instrument can carry. Can I ask all of you who can hear the music clearly to raise a hand? Thank you."
To her surprise everyone raised a hand, even those who were sitting way up at the top of the amphitheater.
She said, "I can tell you and His Grace that whoever designed and constructed this place did a very good job. Thank you, you can put your hands down now."
What do I do now? If I am not careful I will be here all afternoon.
Maybe I could try something a little more modern? But what? Something from a musical? A pop tune of some kind?
This is beyond me. I don't have any music except whatever I remember and there's been no planning, no arranging, I do not even know if these people are used to going to a concert or the theater.
One last tune, then. Something I remember from my travels.
She started "La Mer", a song that seemed to be around wherever she went in Paris and also popped up occasionally in French-speaking Canada. The audience loved it.
At the end she bowed to the applause and then held up her hands.
"Thank you, thank you. I am not used to performing this way but it has been a pleasure." Mostly. "As I said earlier this was all requested just moments before we came on stage and I have had no time for preparation. Thank you for listening to me today."
Simbran came forward, then, holding his own hands up. The amphitheater immediately quietened.
"My people, thank you for allowing us to perform this experiment. I can tell you that, once the Rains have passed, we will be considering other similar uses we might make of this place. For now, I should remind you all that it would be better for all, once you have finished your lunches, if you would rise and leave, since the danger from grakh is still with us. Thank you."
Back down in the pit Eriana was effusive. "Amazing, Ursula! I did not know you could do such things with that little wooden pipe!"
"Neither did I, Highness. This is a simple musical instrument, really. I could have done more with a clarinet or some of the other instruments I am familiar with."
"Do you tell me? Perhaps this is something we could discuss later."
"As you wish, Highness." But any instrument I do know how to play is a thousand light-years away.
Ursula looked around the pit, seeing that everyone else had finished whatever they had been eating and were ready to leave. "Should we be going? It can only get hotter if we stay here, even with those clouds overhead."
"Aye, let us return as quickly as we can to the hostel and some cooling shade."
"And some cooling beer?"
"Hah! Am I read so easily? Mayhap you could be right, Ursula. But all my men will have drained the barrels, I deem."
"I do not doubt it, Highness."
"Then let us go. Men! Time to leave."
Eriana finds that the Visund is overloaded and their departure from Bibek is cautious. Their passage is not helped when they are threatened by a Pakmal galley. In Faralan they visit Count Darkwin and receive an offer of assistance.
The Voyage of the Visund
A tale of Anmar by Penny Lane
98 - Return to Faralan
Disclaimer: The original characters and plot of this story
are the property of the author. No infringement of pre-existing
copyright is intended. This story is copyright (c) 2025 Penny Lane.
Map copyright (c) 2025 Julia Phillips. All rights reserved.
"Are you sure that is everybody now?"
Zakaros briefly checked the parchment list. "Highness, I have watched every person who is on this list go aboard this morning. None have departed so aye, all are here." He hesitated. "I must add that there may be people who should be on this list but have been forgotten."
Eriana gave a mock scowl. "And what you do not say is that it was I who wrote that list." She held out a hand. "If I may see the list again."
Zakaros handed the parchment to Eriana, who glanced down it and then frowned. "Stine! Where is Stine?"
The Yodan pointed. "Over there, Highness, sitting by those crates. Do you tell me he is not on your list?"
Eriana gave him a smile. "I am embarrassed to say that he is not, Zakaros. Probably because I accounted him among the injured who would be staying here. Did you not notice him as you made your count and wondered why he was not on the list?"
"Ah, Highness, I looked for people on board who were on the list, that I may make a mark by their name. I did not look for others who may have come aboard but were not on the list."
"Ah? I doubt there would be many such! That reminds me, we have had others come aboard in a like fashion, where is Kaldar today?"
Zakaros pointed astern. "He is down there with Adin, Highness. Have no fear, I made certain he was accounted for."
She eyed the accountant with interest. "You are enjoying yourself, are you not?"
He flushed. "Highness, it embarrasses me to admit that I am. This is so different than the life I led before yet so satisfying. I never knew that the wide world had so much to interest me."
"I am the same, Zakaros. We both come from small communities that have isolated themselves for different reasons. To do all this, to see what we have done these past few weeks, has been refreshing, I deem."
"As you say, Highness."
"Very well. Go aboard now, I will join you in a few moments and we can cast off."
"Highness."
Eriana turned to those who remained on the floating dock. "If I may ask, have we forgotten anything or anybody?"
Lars answered, «I see nothing and no-one, Princess. Zakaros does a good job.»
«And I did not know what to do with him when we first met. Ursula is a better judge of character than I am, it seems. You have everything you and Nethra need?»
«Yah, Princess. Margrave is only a short walk away,» he gestured at his leg, «for someone else, if we need anything.»
«Good. We'll see you afterwards, then, aboard the Green Ptuvil.»
«Yah, Princess. Good sailing. Don't kill anyone I wouldn't.»
"Hah." Eriana turned to the man standing beside Lars' chair. "Your Grace. We have to go if we are to arrive in Faralan before dark."
Simbran nodded. "Agreed, even though the days are so long now. You'll be present for the next meeting of the Sirrel Congress in Joth?"
"Aye, so I intend, Your Grace."
"Then depart my demesne, Eriana, with my good wishes for a successful voyage. Fare you well."
She returned a local salutation. "May the Rains enrich your wineberry plantations, Your Grace."
He nodded, so Eriana turned and hopped onto the Visund, ready to depart.
"Let go forward! Ready oars to push us away!"
Tyra unwrapped the forward rope from the mooring post and threw it to the waiting sailor on board, following it herself with a leap onto the thwart near the bow. As the ship gently swung, pushed by two oars, the stern approached the dock, which made casting off that end much easier. Then they were out in the protected pool and free to maneuver. The rest of the oars were pushed out and Toshi beat a slow rhythm to get everyone accustomed to rowing again.
Eriana stood on the raised stern decking, her yellow hair blowing free in the morning breeze, and gave a final wave to those left on the dockside. Once they had passed between the guiding posts she hopped down and Tor took her place alongside Ormund, who held the steering oar. They were riding the Sirrel once more. Tor called down.
«Downstream, Highness?»
«Yes. You'll need to stay on this side for now, but we'll be crossing over about where we pass Jenbek.»
«Understood. Then stay over there until we pass Zebrin and Pakmal?»
«Maybe not. The river kinks left at Paktrin. We might have to cross two more times before then.»
Tor rolled his eyes. «Why make life easy, eh? Understood, Highness.»
A few minutes later he hopped down to join Eriana where she sat with Hashim looking at the local chart.
"A problem, Tor?"
"The ship," he began, then shook his head, switching to Norse. «The ship is very low in the water and heavy to handle, Highness. I think we might have too much aboard.»
She scowled. «We looked at the draft as we were loading, it seemed all right. Do you think we are dangerously low?»
«Manageable, Highness. Unless we get caught in a storm. Then hope all can swim.»
Eriana turned and explained the problem to Hashim, thinking he might have some answer.
"Highness, it is the difference between fresh water, that of the river, and sea water, which you are all accustomed to. You did tell me the tale of when you had to leave Einnland, Highness. That time you had about as many people on board but I am guessing that, because you left in a hurry, you did not have so much cargo - belongings and such. And you were in salt water then. That is what makes us ride so low now, the fresh water."
"Is it too dangerous to continue?"
"Highness, you must remember that I have never sailed in any other craft that is so low in the water." He held up a hand. "Aye, I know, it makes it possible for the ship to go places no other large vessel can, but all water craft are a compromise, as you know. I cannot tell you if what we do is dangerous enough for us to need to do something about it."
Eriana thought for a long moment and then nodded. "We cannot turn back, the delay would be too much. Let us be careful, then, as we go, and while we do so maybe we can all think of answers to this new problem."
"Agreed, Highness."
"Yah, Highness."
Further forward Ursula had elected to sit near Hashim's family, to offer assistance and advice if that should be necessary. There was a semi-sheltered space with a crate on one side and barrels on the other, with a tarpaulin that could be stretched over the gap if it rained. One of the sailors had just finished knotting a line around four-year-old Omar's waist and had stuck a thumb inside to make sure it was not too tight.
"Is done, Ursula."
She looked up and smiled. "Thank you, Brodgar."
The sailor moved away and Aryam looked curiously at Ursula. "I am not sure if I find it surprising that a real Princess has her own healer on board," she remarked. "I don't think that even His Grace has his own personal healer! If I may ask, is there some particular reason? Does Her Highness have something wrong with her that she has need of you?"
Ursula smiled. "Actually, I am the ship's physician, Mistress. There is little that is medically wrong with Her Highness. The reason why I am aboard at all is somewhat complicated. It might be something we can speak of along the way. Are you and your children comfortable? I know we do not have proper accommodation for passengers."
"It is better than I expected, actually, Mistress. I did not know what to expect, even though we were shown the ship a day or two ago. We have only been traveling for a bell or so, though. Ask me again when we have been traveling for two days and I might give you a different answer."
"I think we can drop the 'Mistress'ing, do you agree? We are all going to be in each other's laps for a week to ten days, we will be familiar with each other by then."
"As you say... Ursula. Should I speak so to all the other women? Are there any of rank aboard?"
"Only Her Highness... who should always be addressed as 'Your Highness' on first meeting each day and then just 'Highness'. You will occasionally hear one or more of her crew, including me, address her in other ways since she has several ranks according to whatever she is doing. Many of the men you see are her personal retainers and what they call her can sometimes be very personal."
"Oh. I'll remember to be careful, then. What about all these men? I have never seen so many together on any ship unless it be a galley, but of course I have never set foot aboard a galley."
Ursula tried to suppress a snort. "I do not know how much your husband has told you about the Visund and those who sail in her but the men and women aboard, including me, come from a large number of different places and with differing reasons for being aboard." She made herself more comfortable. "Let me see if I can give you a quick explanation."
Further forward Benor had managed to squeeze past crew members, protruding oars and passengers to discover Kaldar near the bow waiting for instructions from the bow lookouts.
"Good freshness," he said, sitting down beside Kaldar. "I'm Benor, the older son of Captain Hashim."
Kaldar blinked and then replied, "Good morning. My name's Kaldar. Captain Tor told me that Hashim was bringing his family along." He cocked his head. "Why do you say 'Good freshness'? Is that a custom of Bibek?"
"Yes, it is! They say something different downriver, then? And my father is a Captain so you should always say his rank when you say his name!"
"I was speaking about him, not to him," Kaldar pointed out. "Besides, he isn't captaining anything today, that's Captain Tor's job. He runs the Visund for Her Highness, who owns it."
"Oh. As you say." Benor frowned. "I never thought what might happen if a barge or a ship had two captains aboard. So how is it that you are crew, then? Do they start so early where you come from?"
Kaldar thought for a moment. "In a way. Your father tells me it is not unusual for boys to go on the river even younger than I am. I'm thirteen, by the way. How old are you?"
"I'm fourteen. Where are your mother and father, then? Don't they mind you being out here on the river?"
"Uh, it's... it's a difficult story," Kaldar stammered. "I don't want to talk about it now. The Princess has adopted me and is taking me back to her home in Palarand."
"Adopted! What happened? Did they die or something?"
There was enough slack in Vynil's safety line to allow him to climb down from the foaksul and lean over to Benor. "Not to ask, boy. Talk to Kaldar but not to ask about parents, okay?"
Benor was shocked at the interruption. "Uhh, yes, sir."
Sten leaned down and reached out a hand to help Vynil back onto the raised deck. Both turned their attentions back to the river.
"What are they doing?"
"Watching out for anything dangerous that is in the water," Kaldar explained. "If a log or other debris hits the hull it could make a hole and let water in."
"Oh, of course. But why do they have ropes tied around their waists?"
Kaldar thought. "I wasn't aboard when it happened, but there was some trouble with a gogon and one of the lookouts went in the river. The men say it took some time to find him and the gogon was still around so now they have safety lines."
"A gogon?" Benor made something between an incredulous splutter and a laugh. "There is no such thing! They are telling you stories! All the bargemen I know have tall tales to tell young ones like us."
Vynil turned and called down. "Tale is true, boy. I was man who went in water. Did not see big fish but saw damage to ship."
Benor sat there open-mouthed, unwilling to challenge Vynil's words. Instead, after a few moments, he bent down towards Kaldar and said quietly, "That man speaks funny. Is there something wrong with his head?"
"Not at all," was the immediate reply. "Her Highness and her men come from a distant land far beyond the end of the Sirrel, over the sea, and they speak a different tongue called Norse. I have been learning some of their words, it is a different way of talking from what we do in the Valley."
"Another tongue? I thought everyone talked the same way!"
"They don't, even along the river, even though we use the same tongue. The accents change as you go through different lands, you'll see. Have you seen the two men with black skin? They speak another different tongue and those two over there with the straight black hair speak another different tongue."
Benor considered this and then stood up. "I'm not sure I believe anything you've told me. I have better things to do than to listen to nonsense." He set off aft, climbing over boxes and crates to avoid the inboard ends of the oars which were helping the ship downstream.
Kaldar watched him go. Vynil called down, "Boy that age knows everything, Kaldar. He learn different by the time we arrive in Palarand."
"Thank you, Vynil. Some things do sound crazy when we tell others, though. Is it always like this?"
Vynil grinned. «Yah, Kaldar. Tell stories when drinking ale with friends. No-one would believe the truth.» The grin changed. «Can you fetch us some water, please?»
«Yah, Vynil.» Kaldar stood and made his own way aft.
The Visund steadily made its oar-assisted passage downstream. Since they wanted to remain in the fastest current there was no rough water when the current crossed to the other bank and Eriana breathed a sigh of relief. Their route took them on the opposite side to Hamalbek, where the widened entrance could now be plainly seen, with the last remaining building just visible between the trees.
The current took the Visund across twice more and then they were approaching the big bend where the River Pak entered the Sirrel on the outside. Since this was the main access used by both Zebrin City and Pakmal, the area was expected to be busier than they had encountered so far. The lookouts were warned and the men readied to take avoiding action should that be necessary.
Eriana regarded the chart with a jaundiced eye. "Hashim, I believe we could manage this next stretch with our sail as far as Faralan," she said. "What do you think? Should it complicate matters if the sail was raised?"
Hashim bent over the chart. "Highness, you are right, it would certainly be possible to use the sail." He shook his head. "I am not used to a craft which can sail as close to the wind as the Visund can." His finger dabbed at a bend. "Even here?"
"I believe so. Tor, if you would join us."
The three held a quick conference and then Eriana stood on the stern deck where most of the crew could see her.
«The direction of the river is such that we can use the sail between here and our next landing at Faralan,» she explained to them. «That means we must needs hoist the yard now, and to your sword sides. Once we do so we can pull the oars in for a while. Make room for the sailors to do their jobs.»
There was a certain amount of shuffling among the other crew members as some of the men gathered around the mast. Joining them was Kaldar, who by chance met Benor coming the other way.
"What is going on, Kaldar? I couldn't hear what Her Highness was saying from along there."
"She was speaking in Norse so you wouldn't have understood her anyway. They are going to raise the yard but, as you can see, the ropes which keep the mast straight have to be moved out of the way. Want to help?"
"Maybe. What needs to be done?"
Just aft of the widest part of the ship, a stout horizontal timber on top of the hull anchored four ropes which went to the mast-head. These stays helped spread the forces the sail would generate when the wind was captured by it. Each stay had a short rope at the bottom ending in a loop, through which a toggle, on a longer rope attached to the top of the mast, was fed.
"We have to undo these toggles and hold onto the ropes until they can be moved round to the other side of the yard when it goes up. Can you do that?"
Benor looked up and down the stay. "Looks easy enough. There are four, do we have to do two each?"
Kaldar pointed. "No, here comes Tyra and Semma. We have done this before."
Benor found the idea of two women doing men's work even more unsettling than having Kaldar do it but he kept his comments to himself. Life aboard this strange, low ship was obviously nothing like he had been told that life on a barge would be.
"What do I do?"
"Wait until the men have raised the yard a little, then we slacken off the ropes so we can unhitch the toggles."
The yard was raised a short distance by some of the larger men while others controlled the ends with lines.
"Now! Make some slack, undo your rope, and keep hold of the toggle end." The four did so. "Now we have to pass the rope around the yard but keep hold of some part of it all the time!"
The other three were prepared and maneuvered their ropes successfully but Benor had not allowed enough slack. He fumbled as he bent under and lost the toggle. The breeze immediately took the line and blew it out of his hands and away into the air.
The young girl next to him said, "Don't worry about it, I will go and fetch it back. It is important that we connect up the other three before the mast bends too much."
With the three stays now reconnected but slackly beneath the yard, the men hauled it up until it was about halfway up the mast.
Tor came forward. «What happened to that stay?» he asked, pointing to the errant rope, now blowing in the breeze and only secured at the mast-head.
Kaldar replied, «Boy wanted to help but does not know ropes.»
Tyra added, «I will bring it down, Tor.»
He nodded. «Good. Wait until we drop sail?»
Tyra shook her head. «I do it now. When sail is up, mast will rock.»
«Yah.» He gestured. «Then go.»
Benor was still trying to accept the fact that all three were speaking this strange language when Tyra grasped the stay she had been holding and climbed up it with ease, despite the fact that it was still slack. She reached the top, leaned out and with one hand grabbed the errant rope. She pulled it in, length by length, finally reaching the toggle. Holding this she climbed back down to the deck, slackened off the rope and put the toggle back through the waiting loop.
Tor pulled out his whistle and blew some commands. The angle of the yard was adjusted then the sail was lowered as the yard was raised to its normal position. As soon as the wind had lifted the lower edge away from the mast, the stays were tightened and made tidy, Tyra helping Benor with the final task.
She smiled at him. "Is this the first time you have been on the river?"
He could barely speak. "Uh, no, I went with father once on a barge he was on. This is unlike anything I thought could go on the river." With an effort he asked, "Who are you?"
"I'm Tyra from Joth. My father is a fisherman there. I am Mistress Ursula's assistant."
"I saw you yesterday. How can you do all that jumping and climbing? I'd fall off or over if I tried anything like that."
Tyra smiled. "It is to do with where I grew up. You see, the buildings -"
There was an urgent whistle and she looked up. Answering whistles from forward and aft made her tense.
"Enemy in sight, they say," she explained. "Excuse me, I might have to go up again."
"Enemy? What enemy? There is only Yod and they are defeated!"
"I don't know. Don't forget about the pirates."
Tor had been on his way back and now came forward again, stopping when he reached Tyra.
«Galley behind, aiming directly at us,» he explained, pointing. «Can you go up and have a look? I have Princess's seeing-tube for you.»
«Use the chair?»
He pushed the brass cylinder into her hands and waved at the mast. «No time. Go. Sit on yard.»
She used one of the ropes which had hauled the yard up to climb. Once there she sat on the yard, wrapped one arm around the mast and with difficulty extended the telescope with the other. One look at the approaching galley, even out of focus, was enough to identify the vessel.
She called down, "Pakmal!"
Tor said something impolite in Norse and beckoned her down. By this time Eriana had joined Tor and the two waited for Tyra.
"It is definitely from Pakmal, Captain, that blue color is very distinctive."
Tor asked Eriana, «Should we wait for them? Find out what they want?»
The Princess grimaced. «Nothing good, Tor. Remember, we had to depart in a hurry, maybe it is something connected to Korboro's death? Ssss! We have a tight schedule to keep if we are to arrive at Faralan today. Ah, Ursula. Tyra says it is a galley of Pakmal and I do not want us to be delayed.»
«Agreed. Can we use the ploy we did before and move to shallower water? I think that galley captain would refuse to follow us for fear of grounding.»
Another grimace from Eriana. «Ursula, we are too deeply loaded for us to risk the shallower waters this time. Besides, the current will drop off if we stray from the center. If the galley stays in the center and we do not, it could easily pass us and then we are trapped.»
«You are right, I forgot about the current.» Ursula pointed at the right bank. «How much of that is Pakmal?»
«All of it, Ursula, all the way to Faralan and then a long reach downstream beyond there.»
Ursula looked up at the sail, now bellying out in the breeze and noticeably helping the Visund along. She thought about their previous meetings with Pakmal sailors and finally remembered something.
She smiled. «Make sure we stay in the center of the current and keep that sail trimmed to give us the best speed,» she told them. «I just remembered that Pakmals do not like to row. While the wind is in our favor we can just about keep ahead of them and tire them out. If they insist on rowing all the way to Faralan then I'm sure they will get an interesting reception when they reach there.»
«Yes! Ursula, I like your ideas.»
Tor cautioned, «Highness, if we use the sail like that the ship will naturally heel and water might come in.»
«Yah. I will be careful. Tell the men to watch out if we heel too far. I'm going back to oversee the steering, make sure we are in the best current. Tyra, will you go up and keep an eye on them?»
«Yah, Highness.»
Tor said, «Use the chair this time.»
«Yah, Captain.»
Back at the stern both Kalmenar and Hashim had questions, so Eriana explained the problem, pointing at the galley which was now visibly closer.
"All we can do is to try and outrun them," she explained. "It is the wind against their muscle power, and to hope they wear themselves out first."
Kalmenar had a thought. "Highness, if you should raise the standard of Palarand, that should tell them this is a diplomatic vessel. It might give pause to those who pursue us."
Hashim added, "And, since we carry packets from Bibek for rulers downstream, you might add the Messenger streamer. It is unusual for mails to be carried this way but not impossible."
"The streamer, yes, it is nothing but a long yellow ribbon, but the standard will slow us down, did you not know that? A compromise, gentlemen. We need our speed so we will raise no standards or streamers now but if they come too close then they will go up."
They both bowed. "As you wish, Highness."
Eriana scowled again. "With them behind us we dare not stop anywhere for lunch and a nap," she said finally. "Where is Adin? Oh, along there. Kaldar, Benor, go along to Adin and ask him to provide rolls and water for everyone. Tell the men that we dare not stop and to take food, drink and rest where they can."
Kaldar replied, "Aye, Highness. Come on, Benor."
Adin looked up as they approached. "What is happening?"
Kaldar explained and the cook immediately turned to find the sack of fresh bread he had collected that morning. Soon he was providing rolls or chunks filled with either sliced meat or cheese which the two boys took to each of the crew at their stations. They then went back and fetched water bottles for the men to drink from. When they had fed everyone they collapsed near Adin to eat their own lunches.
"That was busy," Benor remarked. "Does this happen all the time?"
"Not often," Kaldar replied. "Only when we are being chased by something. That has only happened once since I joined the company and I was on the Green Ptuvil, a converted barge, when that happened."
"When what happened?"
"Oh there was a galley from Yod out looking for trouble. Problem was, I was on a barge that had all our women on it and they did not want those of Yod to find it, so the Visund pretended it was badly sailed and lured the galley away from the barge and onto a sandbank."
"Really? You're not just making up more stories?"
Kaldar looked patient. "Benor, I don't have to make up stories. What has happened to us is stranger than any story could be."
The galley had been very gradually getting nearer and Ursula thought that she could just hear the timekeeper beating the drum. She glanced up at the sail, noting that there were sailors at each lower corner making certain that it caught all the wind possible. Eriana noticed Ursula's glance.
"Aye, it will be a close thing," she said. "If our sail were in front we should lose them easily but with it to the side we only have part of the benefit. Skreyja oskilgetinn! I get tired of this interference! If we had time to turn and fight I would teach these kamphundr some manners!"
The main current switched to the Faral side and both craft followed it, the galley managing to make a few strides in the process. They could clearly hear the splash of the oars now and could make out people standing at the bow of the higher vessel, looking down on the Visund.
Tor came forward. «Time to raise flags?»
Eriana turned, watched the galley inch ever nearer and reluctantly nodded. «Yah. Do it.»
«I'll call Tyra down first. That flag could knock her off the mast as it goes up.»
Tyra came down and the flags were sent up, the large standard of Palarand, purple over green, above the thin yellow streamer that indicated the vessel carried protected mail. The drag caused by the standard made an immediate effect on the Visund's speed. It also caused the longship to heel just enough extra to let water come in through some of the lowest oar holes. This in turn made Eriana issue commands for everyone who could to move to the higher side to counteract the heel, while others grabbed anything to hand and began bailing.
Ursula, watching the galley, saw those at the bow pointing at the flags and having a hurried conversation. Suddenly all the oars came raggedly out of the water and remained that way, the galley immediately receding into the distance behind, now only carried by the current.
Eriana blew out an explosive breath in relief. "Gods! I am glad that they saw sense!" She turned to Ursula. "I did not know what we would do if those kamphundr had caught up with us. We have too much cargo and too few of those aboard are able to fight if it was needed."
Ursula said, "Agreed, Highness. We do not have time to spare for whatever Pakmal thinks they want us for." A memory came. "Oh, do we have any of those grenades left?"
Startled, Eriana swung to Ursula with a grin. "Aye! I had forgotten those! I do not know if they are easy to get hold of with all this other cargo covering everything. I believe there were two left of the twelve we began the voyage with. Hmm, aye. One of those tossed onto the bow when they came up to us would have concentrated their minds, do you not think? Still, they are not needed now." She turned. «Tor, I think we should pull those flags down now, please. The faster we can move away from these idiots the better and there will be less to bail.»
«Yah, Highness.»
With the pursuit now abandoned Tor slackened the sail to reduce speed slightly. This move meant that there was even less chance of water slopping into the open hull. One man each end had been assigned to do nothing but bail any further water that managed to find its way into the lower parts of the ship.
In this way the afternoon passed without further incident, but just as the Sirrel bent slightly to the left Tyra sent down a warning: Vessel approaching fast. It soon became obvious that the approaching craft was another galley but nothing could yet be seen of any colors.
"I like this not," Eriana fumed. "They have the advantage of us and we do not even know who they are!"
She decided prudence was the best course and whistled for the men to have their weapons ready. Ursula had come aft to join Eriana, Hashim and Tor and agreed with Eriana's caution. They all watched as the oars of the galley flashed into the water with commendable regularity. Ursula was the first to notice a difference.
"Highness, we have been here before. That is not a Pakmal galley, the design of the bow is slightly different compared to the one we left behind and their rowing is much better."
"We have not been here before, Ursula, unless by that you mean something different."
Ursula pointed across to the Pakmal bank, two marks to their right side. "We were over there, Highness, with the Visund leading the Green Ptuvil. This galley came up to us and hailed us, because -"
"Aye! I remember! They saw you and Tyra on board and thought you were me! These folk are those of Upper Fanir, I deem!"
As the galley approached it adjusted course to pass them to their right, the note of the drum easing slightly to slow them down. A bugle could be heard aboard and, as it came past, two figures at the bow gave her a salute which Eriana returned. The galley swept past, the oars stopped in the water forming an effective brake, then the whole thing spun in its own length and came up behind.
"I thought so," Ursula said. "That is the Ten-legged Brakky."
A shout came from the galley as it came close. "Hallo the Visund!"
"Hallo there!" Eriana called back. "Marshal Tevos, I presume?"
"Admiral, he awaits your arrival at Faralan. I am Under-Marshal Kodal and with me is Under-Marshal Orvan. Welcome to Faralan!"
* * *
Their berth was the same one that they had used before so the immediate formalities were quickly dealt with. Marshal Tevos was indeed waiting on the pontoon to greet them, along with Count Olva. At the end of the pontoon were two galleys, as before, but these both carried the colors of the new country of Faralan.
"Did you have any trouble today, Admiral?" Tevos asked after they had all become reacquainted.
"We were pursued by a Pakmal galley, Marshal," Eriana told him. "We had to show the standard of Palarand to make them abandon the chase. Have you had such problems yourself?"
"Not us, Admiral! When those of Pakmal sight us they find some other course to follow." He grinned. "I think we frighten them somewhat."
"They could do with frightening, Marshal! We guess that they only followed us because the Visund is so distinctive... and, if you did not know it, some, ah, irregularities occurred while we visited their capital. None caused by us, I swear, but they hear what they wish to hear. We would have had less trouble today but we are heavily laden as you can see."
Tevos peered over the side of the pontoon at the side of the Visund and whistled. "Highness, I would not care to sail in a ship that rides so low. How many of you are there?"
"Fifty-one adults and two children, Marshal. The Visund is more used to salt water, which carries it higher and easier. Our cargo is only the needs of each person aboard, though of course we women require more in the way of attire." She paused, then added reluctantly, "I doubt there is much aboard which could be unloaded and sent on later. If you may suggest some remedy, Marshal, we would be obliged."
Tevos frowned. "I recall that you had a barge when you came before."
"Aye, the Green Ptuvil, but the water level is now so low we were advised to leave it in Bibek until after the Rains have ceased. They will follow us down afterwards with others of our company."
"Ah! I understand. Hmm." Tevos rubbed his chin. "Must all your cargo needs be carried aboard your ship, Admiral? I understand that you do not desire a whole barge to attend you but we might find a smaller craft which you could then tow. In fact, depending on what we can find for you, you might put a crew on it and sail in company. Would that relieve your concerns?"
"Why, yes, Marshal, it would! But can such a vessel be found in time? Our schedule is tight, we must needs make a call at Fanir which could take a day, it is a long way from here to Fanir, it is a longer distance from there to Sheldane."
Tevos's mouth compressed but after a moment he nodded. "I will ask around if such a craft may be found for you, Admiral. It is the least we may do for you after what you and your men have done for us."
"Thank you, Marshal." Eriana scanned around, seeing the pontoons filled with craft laid up to ride out the Rains. "If I may ask, have you room for us tonight? Your port looks busy."
"We had word of your arrival, Admiral. Since we last met there has been a steady traffic of Valley Messengers along the road between here and Bibek. We have kept room for you all in the hostel you used when you came before, though some of the chambers may be different this time."
"Valley Messengers? That reminds me, I have a packet here for personal delivery to Count Darkwin from His Grace the Margrave. If I may be permitted to deliver it tonight? I would prefer a prompt departure in the morning, if that can be arranged."
"Of course, Admiral, of course." Tevos gestured. "If I may lead the way to the hostel, you may make yourself and your men comfortable. Then I will provide an escort for you to go to Count Darkwin's mansion."
* * *
The small party that arrived at Count Darkwin's mansion were surprised when he came to greet them himself. Admittedly he had just climbed out of his wheeled chair and walked the few steps to the door, and he was also wearing lightly tinted spectacles, but they appreciated the honor he had given them. Eriana climbed the steps first and gave him a deep curtsey.
"Good afternoon, My Lord. You are looking well today."
"Your Highness, friends, greetings, welcome to my house," Darkwin replied in his light voice. "This is an unexpected pleasure. We heard that you had begun your journey back to Palarand but I did not expect to meet you personally this time. Enter, enter, please."
He gestured inside and then retreated back to his chair, apparently sitting down again with relief. Mistress Chara turned the chair and led the procession into the dimly-lit sitting room they had used before.
Another gesture. "Please find yourself seats, ladies and gentlemen. Ah, I do not see the leader of your armsmen with you today, Highness. I trust he is well?"
"Force-Admiral Lars is still in Bibek, My Lord, recovering from an accident in which he managed to both burn his hand and arm and twist an ankle. Having such injuries prevents him sailing comfortably with us, so he remains in Bibek while the Rains fall and will join us afterwards in our barge the Green Ptuvil."
"Oh, I am sorry to hear that. I trust that he mends well, with the aid of your clever healer?"
"He does, My Lord, and with the aid of those of Faral."
"Well, I'm sure you have not come here to exchange pleasantries but for some special purpose, Highness."
"Indeed, My Lord. His Grace the Margrave gave me a packet for you since he knew that we would call here. I was not told what it concerned. Kalmenar, the packet, if you please."
Kalmenar pulled the packet out of his satchel and handed it to the Count with a bow.
"If I may offer you a blade to open it, My Lord." Kalmenar held out his own knife, hilt first.
"If you would cut the ribbons for me, My Lord. I can probably read what is inside but I fear to let blood if I were to open the packet myself. Ah, thank you."
Darkwin pulled open the parchment covering and pulled out a bundle of documents. The top one was a letter which he read carefully.
"Ah." He turned to his audience. "As you are all aware, much has changed along the river since the Federation was created. This letter is official notification of the union - or should I say reunion - of the two parts of Faral into one land again. It also recognizes what was once Upper Fanir as the new, independent land of Faralan. It confirms that we are, both, now officially part of the Sirrel Federation. Any treaties which had been made before we joined are now considered to be revoked."
Eriana said, "Then, My Lord, you may be sure that the River Patrol will be at your service whenever it is required."
"Thank you, Admiral." Darkwin looked at the other enclosures. "Ah, these are signed copies of the details of the various and many regulations which now govern the relations between Faralan and Faral. Customs, border duties, that kind of thing. I must needs read them and then pass them on to those who deal with such matters." He looked up at Eriana. "Admiral, is there anything else?"
"Nothing, My Lord, except that it is a pleasure to see you looking much better than the last time we met."
Tevos cleared his throat. "My Lord, by chance the ship of Her Highness is somewhat overburdened such that a rough passage would threaten to sink her."
"Do you tell me?"
"Aye, My Lord. I have offered to find her a small craft, able to contest the river when it is this low, to take some of their cargo and, mayhap, a few of her men to manage it. I trust this meets with your approval?"
"Marshal, it does. If you must needs purchase such a vessel, ensure the present owner that I will fairly compense him for his donation. It will mean much to these folk to help them on their way."
"Thank you, My Lord."
"Then I will let you all go about your business now. If we do not meet again before you depart, take my good wishes with you for a safe and successful voyage."
* * *
When they returned to the hostel Under-Marshal Kodal was waiting for them with two men in civilian attire. Eriana found them in the dining room finishing a late snack. Kodal rose, saluted her and gestured to the two men.
"Admiral. If I may introduce Ambronar, the owner of a craft you may be interested in. With him is his First Mate, Myros, if I should dignify him with such a rank. While you were elsewhere I enquired around the dockside and, to my surprise, several men volunteered themselves and their craft to help you on your way. It seems the water folk of Faralan hold you and your men in high esteem after the, ah, happenings at the Shevesty field.
"I inspected several of those which were offered and chose the one owned by these two men, as I deemed it the most suitable for your needs. It is a shallow-draft vessel we name a skate which is suitable for transporting goods to some of the harder-to-reach villages along our banks. It can be sailed by these two alone but, so Ambronar tells me, handles better when there are three or four aboard. I would not presume to tell you your business, you may decide for yourself whether these men and their skate will satisfy your needs."
Eriana examined the two men, one in his late thirties, the other five to eight years younger, both by appearance experienced watermen.
"Gentlemen. By your leave, let us sit to table and talk. Ursula, Tor, you had better join us. Lord Kalmenar, thank you for your assistance this afternoon, I suggest you retire for the night. I doubt we will be long behind you."
With everyone sitting around the dining table she began. "If Marshal Kodal has not informed you, I own a large ship named the Visund," she told them. "It is perhaps thirty strides long and has been known to carry seventy warriors when we have voyaged on the eastern ocean. Today we number fifty-one including ten women and two children and we attempt to journey the Sirrel as far as Sheldane in Palarand before the Rains begin.
"Unfortunately so many crew and passengers require sufficient cargo that our ship is slightly overloaded. It would not be possible for us to leave a portion of cargo behind to follow once the Rains have ended." The two men nodded. "Thus, I desire another vessel, shallow enough to sail the Sirrel when it is so low, to carry some of our cargo and mayhap two or three of my men, who would be able to help you sail your craft."
The two men nodded again. The older one said, "We understand, er, by your leave, what title should we address you? Some have called you Highness, others call you Admiral. We do not know what an Admiral is."
Eriana smiled tiredly. "I am a Princess by birth, thus I should be addressed as Your Highness when circumstances require. I am also head of the Federation Navy, a new organization which will manage all the galleys and other official craft presently run by those lands who are part of the Federation - which now includes Faralan and Palarand. I have other titles which may be used from time to time. For now I suggest you address me as Admiral, since that is my Navy rank and what we do will be a function of the Navy."
"Ah, then, Admiral, I believe we may be able to satisfy your needs. I own the Hopvalk and can choose to ply my trade anywhere along the Sirrel. Downstream we have only ventured as far as West Haral in Brugan but I have no doubt the remaining distance will be of little concern to us."
"As you say. If I may ask what kind of cargo you can manage and how much?"
"As always, ah, Admiral, it depends on the cargo. This side of Yod, for example, we frequently take barrels of wine from Bibek and Faralan to places which the usual barges cannot reach. Four barrels we can take almost everywhere, we may manage six when visiting certain deeper creeks." He added, "Six would fill our hold, with the barrels about halfway exposed."
"Ah, I see. If I may ask how big these barrels are? I have seen them different sizes, you understand."
"Admiral, a barrel is a standard size and," Ambronar stood and raised his hand to the height of his armpit, "will stand about this high."
Ursula noted, "Admiral, that is about the size of those barrels we found in the pirates' lair."
"Ah! So big? I doubt that what we desire to remove from the Visund will weigh so much or be as bulky. Tell me, do you have a sail? We have both sail and oars but intend to move with the current so will use our oars only when we must needs come to shore. We have used our sail today but will use it no further downstream."
"We have the customary lateen sail, Admiral, and use it almost all the time. We do have two oars for use whenever we arrive or depart and also two poles for places like the canals of Pakmal and Zebrin. For this journey I expect that we will use the current as you do. It is not unusual for small vessels to travel downstream that way."
"Then, Master Ambronar, we may have an agreement. In return for conveying such goods and people as far as Palarand, what would you expect to receive?"
"That depends on what we may do when when our business with you is finished, Admiral. We change coin according to where each contract ends. I have seen and used coin of Palarand but am not that familiar with it. In coin of Faral, let us say, we would probably ask half a Dram a day and then add the cost of food and lodging." Ambronar remembered something important. "Oh! And since we must needs shelter in Palarand against the Rains, we will need food and lodging for that time as well."
"You need not concern yourself with food or lodging, gentlemen. If you work for me then I will provide food and lodging for you. If you desire half a Dram a day then you shall have it - and that will include the period when you may not work because of the Rains, since your contract with us will have prevented it."
"That is very generous of you, Admiral. Done." Ambronar leaned across the table and shook Eriana's hand. "You desire to depart early tomorrow, I deem?"
"Aye. We have a request for a meeting with those of Fanir, that will be our next destination."
Ambronar considered. "That is why you desire an early start, I deem. With the current as it is, the length of the day and most river folk making ready for the Rains, it should be possible. Of course we can start early but we must needs bring the Hopvalk around to the Royal Dock and then transfer whatever you deem necessary."
"You can accommodate three of my men?"
"Aye, Admiral, though space below will be tight if we do not find a hostel along the way."
"I'm sure there will be no problem." Eriana rose, so did everyone else. "Then, gentlemen, we will see you early tomorrow morning."
"As you say, Admiral. Until then."
The two men bowed and made their way out of the dining room.
* Author's note: skreya - incompetent. oskilgettinn - born out of wedlock, bastards. kamphundr - camp dogs, carrion eaters.